Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit-English Dictionary
Dictionary reference list used at http://bhagavata.org to the file that was loaded from: sacred-texts.com and has been
extended with definitions of the Monier-Williams dictionary (indicated with an *=) and the ISKCON Vedabase
(marked*V) and (partly) adapted to the transliteration used at srimadbhagavatam.org (see also http://www.unikoeln.de/phil-fak/indologie/tamil/mwreport.html mwreport.html or the html-version).
Transliteration functions:
n with ~= J or n'; n with an accent is a G; A = aa or , I = ii or , U= uu or , T= th, z=s' (alphabetically in this list
positioned as sh), M=m/n (with dot), H=h (ha), N= n, 4= stressed in pronunciation, S (s with lower dot)=sh, R= ri (the
original list this list began with sometimes spells the s' or z as sh, thus creating confusion on the spelling of the s with a
above; but this is not so for words from the MW dictionary with a *= behind them). Apart from the transcription of
Devangar letters care has to be taken of accents, Udtta and Svarita, both represented by the digit 4. Furthermore in
MW entries the indication of vowel sandhi ("blending of short and long vowels'') by circumflex is represented here by
the number 7 if placed above a single vowel and by 9 if spanning two vowels. The (rare) combination of two separate
vowels in MW is represented by adding the number 0 to the second vowel.
See here for a list of the abreviations used.
Updated: see bottom of the page (check for regular updates)
A
AUM = Primordial Sound
OMkaara = the syllable om
a = not
aa *= from all sides, up to, even, until, up to the limit, not, all over,
aa+ghraa = to smell
aa+char.h = to practice
aa+yaa = to come
aa+ruh.h = to climb
aaudau = in the beginning
aauM-kaara = the sound AUM
aaH = to sit
aabda = year
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aadhii * =2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.
aadhii4 *= 2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.
aaDi* = f. (= {Ati4} q.v.) N. of an aquatic bird MrkP.
aadi*= 1 m. beginning, commencement; a firstling, first-fruits; ifc. beginning with, et caetera, and so on (e.g.
%{indrA7dayaH@surAH}, the gods beginning with Indra i.e. Indra &c.; %{gRhA7diyukta}, possessed of houses &c.;
%{evamAdIni@vastUni}, such things and others of the same kind: %{zayyA@khaTvA7dih} [Comm. on Pa1n2. 3-3, 99],
S3ayya1 means a bed &c.; often with %{-ka} at the end e.g. %{dAnadharmA7dikam} [Hit.], liberality, justice, &c.);
%{Adau} ind. in the beginning, at first.\\= 2 mfn. beginning with %{A} Ra1matUp.
aadibhiH = by those
aadidevaM = the original Lord
aadidevaH = the original Supreme God
aadii*= 2. (3. sg. impf. %{A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. %{A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine upon, enlighten.
aadii* = 2. (3. sg. impf. {A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. {A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine upon, enlighten.
aadiM = the origin
aadiH = the origin
aadi-s'arIra * = n. the primitive body MBh.; (in phil. = {sUkSma-} L.)
aadi-s'aabdika * = [NBD.] m. an old grammarian.
aadI7s'vara * = m. N. of a prince.
aadiishvara = the primeval lord, a name of Shiva
aadis'ya * = ind. p. aiming at MBh.; announcing, teaching Ragh. xii, 68; having said L.
aadis' * = 1 P. %{-dide4STi} [Subj. 3. sg. %{-didezati} AV. vi, 6, 2, &c.], %{-diza4ti} [3. pl. %{-dizanti} Impv. 2. sg. %{diza} impf. 1. sg. %{A7dizam}, &c.], rarely %{-dizate} [BhP. viii, 24, 51] inf. %{-di4ze} [RV. ix, 21, 5] and %{-deSTum}
(aor. 3. sg. %{A7dikSat} [Bhat2t2. iii, 3 see Pa1n2. 3-1, 45] fut. 1. pl. %{-dekSyAmaH}, perf. %{-dideza}) to aim at, have
in view; to threaten RV. ix, 21, 5, &c. AV. [137,3]; to hit RV. ix, 56, 1; to assign RV. ii, 41, 17, &c. AV. BhP. R. Ragh. &c.;
to point out, indicate; to report, announce, teach ChUp. iii, 18, 1 BhP. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; to determine, specify,
denominate S3Br. iii, 5, 8 S3a1n3khS3r. La1t2y. BhP. AitBr. &c.; to declare, foretell, Ratna1v. Ma1lav. &c.; to order,
direct, command Gobh. A1s3vGr2. Mn. MBh. BhP. Katha1s. &c.; to refer any one to (loc.); to banish MBh. S3ak.
Katha1s. &c.; to undertake, try MBh.; to profess as one's aim or duty RV. Ya1jn5.: Caus. %{-dezayati}, to show, indicate,
announce, Ratna1v. MBh. S3ak. Mr2icch.: Intens. (p. %{-de4dizAna}) to have in view, aim at (acc.) RV. ix, 70, 5.\\ 2
%{k} f. aiming at, design, intention RV. x, 61, 3, &c.; N. of a particular direction or point of the compass (enumerated
with %{diz}, %{pra-}, %{vi-}, and %{ud-}) VS. vi, 19 (cf. inf. %{A-di4ze} = dat.)
aadikartre = to the supreme creator
aadikeshhu = etc etc
aadis'akti * = f. the primeval powerN. of My L.
aadishhTa = ordered
aadishhTavaan.h = (he was)commanded
aaditya = a name of Sun, Vishnu is among twelve Aditya-s
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aadya = earliest
aadyaM = original
aaGYaa = commandaagachchhet.h = one should come
aagaadha * = `" a little deep "'
aagama = arrival: * = mf({A})n. coming near, approaching AV. vi, 81, 2; xix, 35, 3; m. (ifc. f. {A}) arrival, coming,
approach R. &c.; origin Mn. viii, 401 R. &c.; appearance or reappearance MBh. ii, 547; course (of a fluid), issue (e.g. of
blood) Mn. viii, 252 Sus'r.; income, lawful acquisition (of property, {artha}, {dhana}, {vitta}, {draviNa}) Mn. MBh. &c.;
reading, studying Pat.; acquisition of knowledge, science MBh. Yj. &c.; a traditional doctrine or precept, collection of
such doctrines, sacred work, Brhmana Mn. xii, 105 MBh. &c.; anything handed down and fixed by tradition (as the
reading of a text or a record, title-deed, &c.); addition Nir. i, 4; a grammatical augment, a meaningless syllable or letter
inserted in any part of the radical word Prt. Pn. Comm.; N. of a rhetorical figure; ({am}) n. a Tantra or work
inculcating the mystical worship of S'iva and S'akti.
aagamana = coming
aagame = on the arrivalaajaanubaahuM = the one whose arms extend upto his knees
aagamya * = ind. p. having arrived or comeN.
aagata * = mfn. come, arrived RV. AV. &c.; come to or into (acc. [Mn. iii, 113, &c.] or loc. [Pan5cat. Das3. &c.] or in
comp. [Mn. vi, 7 Ragh. iii, 11, &c.]); come from (in comp.) Ya1jn5. ii, 154; come into existence, born R. ii, 85, 19; coming
from (abl.) Pa1n2. 4-3, 74; returned S3Br.; (with %{punar}) Mn. xi, 195 and Hit.; meeting with an obstacle, pushed
against (in comp.) Mn. viii, 291; occurred, happened, risen Mn. ii, 152 MBh. &c.; entered (into any state or condition of
mind) MBh. R. Katha1s.; resulting (from calculation) Su1ryas.; walked through (as a path) S3Br. vi; m. a new comer,
guest S3Br. iii; (%{am}) n. anything that has taken place or has fallen to one's share (opposed to %{AzA4}, `" anything
still expected or hoped for "') S3Br. ii (cf. %{a4n-Agata} and %{sv-Agata}.)
aagataH = having attained
aagataaH = attained
aagraha * = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kaths. S'rng.; (= {grahaNa}) seizing,
taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately Kaths.
aagrahAyaNaka* = mfn. to be paid (as a debt) on the day of full moon of the month Agrahyana Pn. 4-3, 50.
aagrahAyaNika* = mfn. id. Pn. 4-3, 50; containing a full moon of Agrahyana (as a month or half a month or a year)
Pn. 4-2, 22.
aagrahArika* = mfn. one who appropriates to himself an Agra-hra or an endowment of lands or villages conferred
upon Brhmans L.
aagrahAyaNa* = {as}, m.= {agra-hAyaNa} (q.v.) Pn. 5-4, 36 Comm.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} q.v.; scil. {paurNamAsI})
the day of full moon in the month Agrahyana S'nkhS'r. &c.; (ifc. ind. {-Ni} or {-Nam} Pn. 5-4, 110); a kind of Pkayaja Gaut. BhavP. i, &c.; N. of the constellation Mriiga-s'iras L.
aagrahAyaNa* = &c. see above.
aaha = said
aaha* =1 ind. an interjection; a particle implying reproof; severity; command; casting; sending L. * =2 perf. 3. sg. of the
defect. 1. {ah} q.v.
aahaaramf(%{I})n. ifc. bringing near, procuring; being about to fetch, going to fetch MBh.; (%{as}) m. taking [163,1];
fetching, bringing near Ka1tyS3r. R.; employing, use Ka1tyS3r.; taking food; food [e.g. %{A-hAraM} 1. %{kR}, to take
food, eat MBh. &c.]; livelihood Hit. Pan5cat. R. Mn. Sus3r. &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aakram.h = to attack
aakrama *= m. approaching, attaining, obtaining, overcoming VS. xv, 9 S3Br. xiv (cf. %{dur-Akr-}.)
aakramaNa *= mfn. approaching, stepping upon VS. xxv, 3 and 6; (%{am}) n. stepping upon, ascending, mounting
AV. TS. &c.; marching against, invading, subduing Katha1s. Comm. on Mn. vii, 207; spreading or extending over (loc.,
%{dikSu}) Katha1s.
aakramaNam.h = (n) attack, invansion
aakritiini = forms
aakriti *= AkRti f. a constituent part RV. x, 85, 5 (cf. %{dvA4dazA7kRti}); form, figure, shape, appearance, aspect
Ka1tyS3r. S3vetUp. Mn. &c.; a well-formed shape VarBr2S. Mr2icch. [127,3]; kind, species Sus3r.; specimen RPra1t.; a
metre (consisting of four lines with twenty-two syllables each) RPra1t. &c.; (hence in arithm.) the number twenty-two;
(%{is}) m. N. of a prince MBh. ii, 126 and 1165 (v.l. %{AM-kRti}).
aakrita * = mfn. arranged, built (as a house) RV. viii, 10, 1; done (as evil or good) to any one VarBriS.
aakrishhTa = (past part. of aa + kR\^ishh) attractedaaksha* = mfn. (fr. 1. {a4kSa}) belonging or referring to terrestrial
latitude Comm. on Sryas.; ({am}) n. (fr. 2. {akSa4}) = {AkSakI} L.
aakShepaH = (m) objection
aakshi * = cl. 2. %{-kSeti} (3. pl. %{-kSiya4nti} and impf. %{A74kSiyan}; Pot. 1. pl. %{-kSiyema}) to abide, dwell in
(acc.), inhabit RV. AV.; %{-kSeti}, to possess, take possession of (acc.) RV.: cl. 6. %{-kSiya4ti}, to exist AV. x, 5, 45.
aakshipta* =mfn. cast, thrown down; thrown on the beach (by the sea) Pacat.; caught, seized, overcome (as the mind,
{citta}, {cetas} or {-hridaya}) by beauty, curiosity, &c., charmed, transported BhP. Kd. Kaths. &c.; hung out or
exposed to view (as flags &c.); put into (loc.) MBh. iii, 3094; pointed or referred to, indicated Sh. &c.; refused, left (as
the right path) Km.; insulted, reviled, abused, challenged, called to a dispute (dat.) Kaths.; caused, effected, produced
Kaths. Comm. on Bd.; ({am}) n. `" absence of mind "' see {sA7kSiptam}
aakula = full of
aakulitam.h = sad, worried
aakuuta * = intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta}); incitement to activity, Snkhyak.
aakIrnam * = dense, filled with, covered, brimming, crowded
aakta *= mfn. (fr. %{A7Jj}) anointed AV. x, 1, 25 (cf. %{sv-A74kta}.)
aakuuta * = n. intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta}); incitement to activity,
Snkhyak.
aakula =* confounded, confused, agitated, flurried MBh. &c.; confused (in order), disordered ib.; filled, full,
overburdened with (instr. or generally in comp.), eagerly occupied ib.; ({am}) n. a place crowded with people R. iii, 43,
34; `" confusion
aalaapa * = m. speaking to, addressing; speech; conversation, communication Pan5cat. Hit. Katha1s. S3ak. &c.; the
singing or twittering of birds Katha1s.; statement of the question in an arithmetical or algebraic sum; question; a lesson
Jain.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a particular Mu1rcchana1 or melody.
aalabdha A: embarrassed *= mfn. touched MBh.; killed, sacrificed; gained, conciliated BhP.
aalamba = support
aalamb * = A1. %{-lambate}, to hang from Vikr.; to lay hold of, seize, cling to; to rest or lean upon MBh. R. Katha1s.
Pan5cat. &c.; to support, hold R. Ragh. &c.; to take up; to appropriate; to bring near; to get; to give one's self up to
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aamana * 2 n. friendly disposition, inclination, affection TS. ii, 3, 9, 1 and 2 MaitrS.; (for 1. {Amana} see under 2.
{Ama}.)
aamantraNa *= n. addressing, speaking to, calling or calling to S3Br. Sa1h. &c.; summoning; inviting, invitation Ya1jn5.
MBh. &c.; deliberation, interrogation AV. viii, 10, 7 Ka1tyS3r.; greeting, courtesy, welcome [146,3]; bidding adieu,
taking leave L.; the vocative case; (%{A}) f. addressing, calling L.
aamarsha * = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pn. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath L.
aamaya = disease *= m. sickness, disease S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Ya1jn5. R. &c.; indigestion L.; (%{am}) n. the medicinal plant
Costus Speciosus Bhpr.
aamii * = P. %{-minAti} (RV. vi, 30, 2, &c.) to destroy, neutralize, curtail RV.; to put aside or away, cause to disappear
or vanish, displace; to exchange RV. i, 92, 10, &c.; to put or push out of place TBr.: A1. (impf. %{A74minanta}) to
vanish, disappear RV. i, 79, 2: Intens. (p. %{-me4myAna}) to change, alter RV. i, 96, 5.
aamisha * = food, meat, prey, an object of enjoyment, a pleasing or beautiful object, coveting, longing for, lust, desire; a
gift, boon
aamisham SB: meat-eating, meat, fish, eggs and so on
aamoda *= mf(%{A})n. (%{mud}), gladdening, cheering up S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; m. joy, serenity, pleasure R.; fragrancy, a diffusive
perfume; strong smell, smell Ragh. Megh. S3is3. Katha1s. &c.; Asparagus Racemosus L.
aamraphalam.h = (n) mango (the king of fruits)
aamla = souraanrta* = untruthful, lying, false.
aamnaa* = P. {-manati}, to utter, mention, allege; to cite, quote; to commit to memory, hand down in sacred texts; to
celebrate KtyS'r. Lthy. BhP. Mlav. Kum. &c.
aamnaaya* = m. sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by repetition; that which is to be remembered or studied
or learnt by heart; a Veda or the Vedas in the aggregate; received doctrine VPrt. Mn. MBh. &c.; traditional usage,
family or national customs; advice, instruction in past and present usage; a Tantra; a family, series of families L.
aamush * = P. (impf. %{A74muSNAt} RV. x, 67, 6) to draw or pull towards one's self; to take away RV.
aamushmika * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{amuSmin} loc. of %{adas}), of that state; being there, belonging to the other world
Sus3r. Sa1h. Das3. &c.
aamushmikatva * = n. the state of being there or belonging to the other world Nya1yam.
aamushyakulikaa * = f. (fr. %{amuSya-kula}), the being of that family Pa1n2. 6-3, 21 Ka1s3.aamushyaputrikaa * = f.
(fr. %{amuSya-putra}), the being the son of that one ib.
aamushyaayaNa * = mf(%{I})n. (g. %{naDA7di} Pa1n2. 4-1, 99), a descendant of such a one AV. S3Br. S3a1n3khGr2.
&c.; m. a son or descendant of an illustrious person L.
aana* = m. (fr. {an}), face [NBD.]; mouth; nose [Sy.] RV. i, 52, 15; exhaling the breath through the nose T.; inhalation,
breath inspired, breathing, blowing L.
aanaksh * =to approach, obtain, reach, present L.
aanana = Face, mouth; the face; entrance, door
aananaM = face
aananda = happiness
aanandana = happiness
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aanuSUka4 * = mfn. (probably fr. {anu-SUka}, `" after-shoot of rice "' [according to native interpretation from {anusU}]), `" in the manner of the after-shoot of rice "' i.e. shot after TS. ii, 3, 4, 2.
aanusuka * = mfn. studying or knowing the work Anus (q.v.) L.
aanusUka * = = {AnuSUka} (?) q.v.
aanvIkshikii *= f. (fr. %{anv-IkSA}), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics MBh. Mn. Gaut. &c.
aa pa* = 1 m. obtaining; (mfn.) ifc. to be obtained (cf. %{dur-}).
aa pa* = 2 m. N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus VP. Hariv. MBh.; (%{I}) f. N. of a constellation L.
aa pa* = 3 n. (fr. 2. %{ap} Pa1n2. 4-2, 37), a quantity of water, Mallina1tha on S3is3. iii, 72.
aapaa* = 1. P. %{-pibati}, (Impv. 2. du. %{A4pibatam} RV. ii, 36, 6; pf. %{-papau}: Pass. %{-pIyate}, &c.) to drink in,
suck in or up; to sip RV. MBh. Ragh.; to drink in with ears or eyes i.e. to hear or see with attention, hang on BhP. Ragh.;
to absorb, take away: Caus. %{-pAyayati}, to cause to drink or suck in BhP.
aap.h = to obtain
aapad * = 1 A1. %{-padyate} (pf. %{-pede} aor. %{A7pAdi}, &c.) to come, walk near, approach BhP.; to enter, get in,
arrive at, go into S3Br. La1t2y. R. &c.; to fall in or into; to be changed into, be reduced to any state; to get into trouble,
fall into misfortune AV. viii, 8, 18; xi, 1, 30 S3Br. AitBr. MBh. Mn. &c.; to get, attain, take possession; to happen, occur
S3Br. Ma1lav. &c.: Caus. %{-pAdayati} (aor. 1. pl. %{A74-pIpadAma} AV. x, 5, 42) to cause to enter, bring on S3Br.; to
bring to any state Ragh.; to bring into trouble or misfortune R. &c.; to bring near or towards, fetch, procure, produce,
cause, effect MBh. Sus3r. Ragh. &c.; to procure for one's self, obtain, take possession BhP.; to change, transform.
aapaada* = 1 m. reward, remuneration ChUp.; arriving at L.; (for 2. {A-pAda} see below.)
aapaada* = &c. see under 1. {A-pad}
aapadaa* = f. misfortune, calamity L.
aapaH = water
aapaNaH = (m) shop
aapana *= mfn. entered, got in S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. &c.; afflicted, unfortunate S3ak. Katha1s. &c.; gained, obtained,
acquired; having gained or obtained or acquired.
aapaana * = 1 mfn. one who has reached; (for 2. see %{A-} 1. %{pA}.)
aapaNa * = m. a market, a shop MBh. R. Katha1s.; waves MBh.; commerce, trade L.
aapana * = &c. see under 1. %{Ap}.
aapaNikaH = (m) shop-keeper
aapad.h = calamity
aapadaaM = dangers
aapannaM = achieved
aapannaaH = gaining
aapah = water
aapanna * = mfn. entered, got in S'Br. KtyS'r. &c.; afflicted, unfortunate S'ak. Kaths. &c.; gained, obtained, acquired;
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aaraadhya = pleasable
aaraama = (m) garden *= m. delight, pleasure S3Br. TUp. Bhag. Bhartr2.; place of pleasure, a garden, grove Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. R. Mr2icch. Katha1s. &c.; N. of a particular Dan2d2aka metre; [cf. $ and $.]
aarath * P. (p. {-raTat}) to shriek, screech Kaths. Bhathth.
aaraa4t * = ind. (abl. of an ideal base {Ara} fr. {A-R}; cf. {Are4}) from a distant place; distant; to a distant place; far
from (with abl.) RV. AV. p. MBh. Kaths.; near Gaut. Ragh.; directly, immediately Prab. Kaths. S'ak. 131 a; ({t}) m. N.
of a village L.
aarabdhat.h = started
aarabdha * = mfn. begun, commenced, undertaken AitBr. MBh. R. BhP. Katha1s. &c.; one who has begun or
commenced, beginning, commencing R. BhP.; m. N. of a king.
aarabdham.h = started
aarabhamaaNa* = mfn. beginning, commencing resolutely (with a determination to finish).
aarabhaTa* = m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.; (%{I}) f. boldness, confidence, heroism Ra1jat.; (in dram.)
the representation of supernatural and horrible events on the stage.
aarabhate = begins
aarabhatha * = m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.; (%{I}) f. boldness, confidence, heroism Ra1jat.; (in dram.)
the representation of supernatural and horrible events on the stage.
aarabhyate = is begun
aarakta* = mfn. reddish Sus'r. Vikr.; ({am}) n. red sandal-wood L
aarambha = beginning *= m. undertaking, beginning Mn. Pan5cat. Megh. &c.; a thing begun; beginning, origin,
commencement S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Megh. &c.; (in dram.) the commencement of the action which awakens an interest in
the progress of the principal plot Sa1h. 324 and 325; haste, speed; effort, exertion; pride; killing, slaughter (erroneous
for %{Alambha} see Zachariae, Beitrge, p. 20, l. 9)
aarambhaH = endeavor
aarambhashuura = one who shows active participation in the beginning
aarambhikaaH = beginners
aaraNya*= mf({A})n. (fr. {araNya}), being in or relating to a forest, forest-born, wild RV. AV. KtyS'r. MBh. &c.; m. a
wild animal ChUp.
aaraNyaka*= mfn. forest, wild, forest-born, produced in a forest, relating to a forest or a forest animal, (the
{AraNyakam parva} of the Mah-bhrata is either the whole third book or only the first section of it); m. a forester, an
inhabitant of the woods MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({am}) n. N. of a class of religious and philosophical writings closely connected
with the Brhmanas and called ranyakas because either composed in forests or studied there, (the Upanishads are
considered to be attached to them.)
aarakshakaH = (m) policeman
aarakshikaa = (f) policewoman
aaratii = crying out of desperation for help, ritual
aaraadhanaM = for the worship
Sanskrit Dictionary
aarda * = mf({I} [gana {gaurA7di} Pn. 4-1, 41])n. ({Rd}), pressing hard, tormenting exceedingly T
aardha* = in comp. optionally for {ardha-} (q.v.) Pn. 7-3, 2
aardita = parched, dry
aardra = wet * mf({A})n. ({ard} Un. ii, 18) wet, moist, damp RV. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Megh. &c.; fresh, not dry,
succulent, green (as a plant), living AV. S'Br. R. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; fresh, new Kaths.; soft, tender, full of feeling, warm;
loose, flaccid Kaths. Megh. Pacat. &c.; m. N. of a grandson of Priithu Hariv. VP.; ({A}) f. the fourth or sixth
Nakshatra or lunar mansion AV. MBh. VarBriS.; ({am}) n. fresh ginger Vishnus.; dampness, moisture Hariv.
aardrachittaa = having emotional mind
aardraa = Sixth nakshatra
aarghya * = mfn. relating to or coming from the above bee Sus'r.; ({am}) n. its honey L.
aarhaaH = deserving
aarii * = P. ({A4-riNanti} RV. ix, 71, 6) to pour, let drop: . {A4-rIyate}, to trickle or flow upon; to flow over RV.
aarita * = mfn. praised RV. i, 101, 4, &
aarjavaM = simplicity
aarjava* = mfn. (fr. {Rju} g. {pRthvAdi} Pn. 5-1, 122), straight; honest, sincere Kaths.; m. N. of a teacher VP.; ({am})
n. straightness, straight direction Sh.; rectitude, propriety of act or observance; honesty, frankness, sincerity ChUp.
p. Gaut. MBh. R. Mn. &c.
arjavaka* = mfn. straight, direct; m. N. of the ninth Sarga or creation MBh. xii, 11566.
aarjuna * = m. N. of Indra (= {arjuna} q.v.) Kthh. 34, 3.
aarka * = mfn. (fr. {arka}), belonging or relating to the sun BhP.; coming from the plant Calotropis Gigantea VarBriS.
aarogya = health
aaroha * = m. one who mounts or ascends, a rider (on a horse &c.), one who is seated in a carriage R.; ascent, rising,
creeping up, mounting S3ak. Katha1s. R.; haughtiness, pride Katha1s.; elevation, elevated place, altitude R.; a heap,
mountain R.; increase Sa1h.; a woman's waist, the swell of the body R. BrahmaP. S3is3.; length L.; a particular measure
L.; descending (= %{ava-roha} ?) L.
aarohaNa = climbing
aarohati = to climb, to ascend
aaropa *= m. imposing (as a burden) , burdening with , charging with ; placing in or on ; assigning or attributing to ;
superimposition , Veda1nt. Sa1h. &c.
aaropayati = to plant
aaropita*= mfn. raised, elevated Kum.; fixed, placed Kd.; made; charged with; strung (as a bow); deposited, intrusted;
interposed, supplied; accidental, adventitious L.
aarpita* = mfn. fastened to, annexed; dependent on RV. AV.
aarta = intensely troubled \\ * = mfn. (optionally also written {Artta}, whence erroneously derived fr. {Rt} or even
regarded as irreg. formation fr. {ard}; see also Weber in S'Br. p. 339, l. 20 ff.) fallen into (misfortune), struck by
calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed; injured; oppressed, suffering, sick, unhappy S'Br. TS. Mn. R. S'ak. Ragh. &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
aartha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {artha}), relating to a thing or object; material, significant (opposed to {zAbda} q.v.) Sh.;
resulting from or based on the possession of a thing Pat.
aartaH = the distressed
aarthika = (adj) economic, fiscal
aarthikaniiti = (f) economic policy
aaru* = 1 1. P. {-rauti} or {-ravIti} (Impv. {A4-ruva} RV. i, 10, 4) to shout or cry towards; to cry out VarBriS. R.
Bhathth.; to praise L.: Intens. {-roravIti}, to roar towards or against RV. \\* = 2 m. a hog; a crab; the tree
Lagerstroemia Regina L.; ({us}) f. a pitcher L.
aaruDha = The sign which is as distant from the lord as the lord is from the house concerned
aaruuDha * = mounted, ascended, bestridden (as a horse &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; risen; raised up, elevated on high
VarBriS. Pacat. Hit. Kaths. &c.; undertaken; reached, brought to (often used in compounds e.g. {indriyA7rUDha},
brought under the cognizance of the senses, perceived) BhP.; having reached or attained, come into (a state) BhP. Prab.
S'ak. Kaths. &c.; ({am}) n. the mounting, arising.
aarurukshoH = who has just begun yoga
aaruh 1 P. %{-rohati} (aor. %{-rukSat} and Ved. %{-ruhat} [Pa1n2. 3-1, 59]; Inf. %{-ru4ham} RV. x, 44, 6) A1. (2. sg.
%{A4-rohase} RV. i, 51, 12) to ascend, mount, bestride, rise up RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. R. Hariv. S3ak. Katha1s. &c.; to
arise, come off, result Katha1s. Kum. &c.; to venture upon, undertake; to attain, gain RV. MBh. Katha1s. Ragh. &c.:
Caus. %{-rohayati} & %{-ropayati}, to cause to mount or ascend; to raise RV. Ka1tyS3r. R. BhP. Pan5cat. &c.; to string
(a bow) MBh. Hariv. Kum. S3ak. &c.; to cause to grow; to plant Katha1s. &c.; to place, deposit, fasten MBh. R. BhP.
Ya1jn5.; to produce, cause, effect Katha1s. Prab. Ma1rkP.; to attribute BhP. Veda1ntas. Sa1h. &c.: Desid. P. %{rurukSati}, to wish to ascend or mount RV. BhP. MBh.
aaruhya = having climbed
aaruu* = mfn. ({R} [Un. i, 87]), tawny; ({Us}) m. tawny (the colour) L
aaruuDhasya = of one who has attained
aaruuDhaani = being placed
aaruudha = house
aaruNi * = m. (fr. {aruNa})N. of Uddlaka (a renowned Brhmana teacher, son of Aruna Aupaves'i and father of S'vetaketu) S'Br. AitBr. MBh.; N. of Auddlaki (= S'veta-ketu) KathhUp.; N. of Suparneya, a son of Prajpati Tr.; of
Vainateya MBh.; of Tathyu Blar.
aarya = wise man* = m. (fr. {arya4}, {R}), a respectable or honourable or faithful man, an inhabitant of ryvarta; one
who is faithful to the religion of his country; N. of the race which immigrated from Central Asia into ryvarta
(opposed to {an-Arya}, {dasyu}, {dAsa}); in later times N. of the first three castes (opposed to {zUdra}) RV. AV. VS.
MBh. Yj. Pacat. &c.; a man highly esteemed, a respectable, honourable man Pacat. S'ak. &c.; a master, an owner L.;
a friend L.; a Vais'ya L.; Buddha; (with Buddhists [Pli {ayyo}, or {ariyo}]) a man who has thought on the four chief
truths of Buddhism (see next col.) and lives accordingly, a Buddhist priest; a son of Manu Svarna Hariv.; (mf({A} and
{A4rI})n.) ryan, favourable to the ryan people RV. &c.; behaving like an ryan, worthy of one, honourable,
respectable, noble R. Mn. S'ak. &c.; of a good family; excellent; wise; suitable; ({A}) f. a name of Prvat Hariv.; a kind
of metre of two lines (each line consisting of seven and a half feet; each foot containing four instants, except the sixth
of the second line, which contains only one, and is therefore a single short syllable; hence there are thirty instants in the
first line and twenty-seven in the second); [cf. Old Germ. {e7ra}; Mod. Germ. {Ehre}; Irish {Erin}.]
aarurukshu *= mfn. desirous to rise or ascend or advance MBh. Ragh. Bhag. Ka1d.
aaryasamaaja = Aryan group
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aas'aa4 *=, desire, hope, expectation, prospect AV. S'Br. ChUp. R. S'ak. Kaths. Pacat. &c.; Hope personified as the
wife of a Vasu Hariv.; as the daughter-in-law of Manas Prab.; (for 2. {A4zA} see s.v.) \\. (1. {az}; for 1. {AzA4} see {AzaMs}), space, region, quarter of the heavens RV. AV. TS. R. MBh. Ragh. &c.
aas'aasana *= n. asking, praying or craving for Comm. on Nya1yam.
aas'aasanIya *= mfn. to be wished or craved for Comm. on Nya1yas.
aashaapaasha = entanglements in a network of hope
aashaapiNDaM = AshA+pindaM, desire+lump(piNDaM also means rice-ball given
aas'aya *= m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S3Br. MBh. Pan5cat. Bhag. &c.; a receptacle;
any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. %{raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the heart; %{AmA7zaya}, the
stomach &c.) Sus3r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus3r.; the seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Ya1jn5.
R. Katha1s. &c.; thought, meaning, intention Prab. Katha1s. Pan5cat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga
phil.) `" stock "' or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental
deposits of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and enjoyment
(Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.;
N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aas'i * = 1 f. eating Kaus'.
aas'ii * =1 f. = 1. {Azi4s} L.; (for 2. {AzI} see 2. {Azis}.)
aa-s'i * =2 P. (Impv. {A4-zizIhi}) to sharpen [Sy.] i.e. to make zealous RV. vii, 16, 6; viii, 21, 8 [to bestow, let partake
BRD.]; (for 1. {Azi} see 2. {Aza}.)
aas'ii * =2 f. = 2. {Azis} L.
aa-s'ii * =3 . (irr. {-za4ye} [3. sg.] RV. AV.: Impv. 3. sg. {A-zayAm} AV. v, 25, 9; 3. pl. {-zerate} Vikr.) to lie or rest on
or round: P. (impf. 3. pl. {A7zayan}) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this form is rather a Nom. from 1. {AzA}?]: Caus.
(impf. {A74zIzayat}) to lay or put upon R.
aas'is *= 1 %{Is} f. asking for, prayer, wish RV. AV. VS. TS. S3Br. &c.; blessing, benediction; wishing for any other R.
Ragh. Kum. S3ak. &c.; a particular medicament; (for 2. %{Azis} see s.v.)
aashina = old (also heard as aashiina)
aashishhati = to give aashirvaad
aashu = fast
aashcharyaM = surprise
aashcharyamayaM = wonderful
aashcharyavat.h = with wonder, surprise
aashcharyaaNi = all the wonders
aashrama = a yoga centre or school
aashrayatva = dependence, leaning
aashrayaa = sheltor
aashrayet.h = must come upon
aashri = to take shelter
Sanskrit Dictionary
aas'rita * = mfn. attaching one's self to, joining; having recourse to, resorting to as a retreat or asylum, seeking refuge
or shelter from; subject to, depending on MBh. Katha1s. Ra1jat. Kum. &c.; relating or belonging to, concerning R. Hariv.
BhP. Ma1rkP. &c.; inhabiting, dwelling in, resting on, being anywhere, taking one's station at MBh. R. Ya1jn5. VarBr2S.
&c.; following, practising, observing; using, employing; receiving anything as an inherent or integral part Mn. MBh.
BhP. Kum. Pan5cat. &c.; regarding, respecting Bhag. R.; taken or sought as a refuge or shelter Katha1s. BhP. Ra1jat.;
inhabited, occupied Katha1s. Pan5cat. Ragh. BhP.; chosen, preferred, taken as rule Katha1s. Ra1jat.; m. a dependant,
subject, servant, follower Kum. Hit. Ya1jn5. &c.; (%{am}) n. (with Buddhists) an object perceived by the senses and
%{manas} or mind.
aashritaM = assuming
aashritaH = taking refuge
aashritaaH = accepting
aashritya = taking shelter of
aashleshha = embrace
aashleshhaa = Ninth nakshatra
aashvaasayaamaasa = encouraged
aashvinii = First nakshatra
aas'u * = mfn. (1. {az} Un. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m. Ved. the quick one, a horse RV.
AV.; ({us}, or {u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S'Br. KtyS'r. L.; ({u}) n. N. of a Sman; ({u}) ind.
quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus'r. Megh. Pacat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157, 3]
{o7cissimus}: of the same origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aas'aya* = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pacat. Bhag. &c.; a receptacle; any
recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach
&c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yj. R. Kaths.
&c.; thought, meaning, intention Prab. Kaths. Pacat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "'
or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit
or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's
translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the
plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aas.h = to sit
aas'ii *= 1 f. = 1. %{Azi4s} L.; (for 2. %{AzI} see \\ 2. %{Azis}.) 2 f. = 2. %{Azis} L.\\ 3 A1. (irr. %{-za4ye} [3. sg.] RV.
AV.: Impv. 3. sg. %{A-zayAm} AV. v, 25, 9; 3. pl. %{-zerate} Vikr.) to lie or rest on or round: P. (impf. 3. pl.
%{A7zayan}) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this form is rather a Nom. from 1. %{AzA}?]: Caus. (impf. %{A74zIzayat})
to lay or put upon R.
aasi* = P. (pf. %{A4-siSAya} RV. x, 28, 10) to wrap or pack up.
aasita* = mfn. seated, being at rest; one who has sat down, one who is seated or dwells Kaths. R. &c.; ({am}) n. sitting,
sitting down Sh. MBh.; a seat; a place where one has lived, an abode R.; way or manner of sitting (cf. {dur--}); N. of
several Smans.
aasit.h = was/existed
aasina = by the weapon
aasinaM = situated
aasinaH = eaters
Sanskrit Dictionary
aas'is * = 1 %{Is} f. asking for, prayer, wish RV. AV. VS. TS. S3Br. &c.; blessing, benediction; wishing for any other R.
Ragh. Kum. S3ak. &c.; a particular medicament; (for 2. %{Azis} see s.v.) 2 f. a serpent's fang; (for 1. %{Azi4s} see %{AzAs}.)
azishya *= mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being instructed MBh. v, 1009
Pan5cat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pa1n2. 1-2, 53.
aasiit.h = was
aasiita = does remain still
aasiinaH = situated
aaspada* = n. (ifc. mf[{A}]n. fr. {pada} with {A} prefixed, {s} being inserted), place, seat, abode S'ak. Kaths. Mriicch.
Bhartri. Das'. &c.; the tenth lunar mansion VarBri.; business, affair; dignity, authority; power L.
aasphuT * = Caus. {-sphoTayati}, to split open, crush, grind Kaths.; to move, agitate quickly; to shake MBh. Mn. BhP.
&c.
aas'raya* = m. that to which anything is annexed or with which anything is closely connected or on which anything
depends or rests Pn. R. Ragh. Sus'r.; a recipient, the person or thing in which any quality or article is inherent or
retained or received; seat, resting-place R. Kaths. Sus'r. &c.; dwelling, asylum, place of refuge, shelter R. S'is'. &c.;
depending on, having recourse to; help, assistance, protection Pacat. Ragh. &c.; authority, sanction, warrant; a plea,
excuse L.; the being inclined or addicted to, following, practising; attaching to, choosing, taking; joining, union,
attachment; dependance, contiguity, vicinity RPrt. Yj. Mn. &c.; relation; connection; appropriate act or one
consistent with the character of the agent; (in Gr.) the subject, that to which the predicate is annexed; (with Buddhists)
the five organs of sense with {manas} or mind (the six together being the recipients of the {Azrita} or objects which
enter them by way of their {Alambana} or qualities); source, origin; ifc. depending on, resting on, endowed or furnished
with (e.g. {aSTa-guNA7zraya} see under {aSTa}).
aasrij *V-S evolved. send forth *= = P. (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-sRja}) . (pf. 3. pl. {A4-sasRjire}) to pour out upon, pour in
RV.; to admit (a stallion to a mare) RV. ix, 97, 18; to adorn, decorate RV. v, 52, 6; to carry near; to procure KtyS'r.
aastikyaM = religiousness
aas'ru * = P. {-zRNoti} . {-zRNute}, to listen to; to hear; to perceive (with the ear) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. BhP. &c.; to
accept, promise Pn. 1-4, 40 R. Yj. L.: Caus. {-zrAvayati} [but {A4-zravayatam} RV. vii, 62, 5; aor. {-azuzravus} RV.
x, 94, 12], to cause to hear; to announce, make known, tell RV. s'vS'r. MBh.; to address, speak to, call to (especially at
particular rites) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. ChUp. TUp. KtyS'r. &c.: Desid. {-zuzrUSati} [only P. Pn. 1-3, 59], to wish to hear; to
listen.
aas'ruta * = mfn. listened to, heard; audible TS.; promised, agreed Ya1jn5.; (%{am}) n. a calling (at rites see %{AzrAvaNa}) Ka1tyS3r. TS.
aaste = remains
aasthaaya = following
aasteya* = mfn. (Pn. 4-3, 56) belonging to something existent.
aasthitaH = being situated;
aasthita *= mfn. staying or sitting on , dwelling on , abiding MBh. R. BhP. Katha1s. &c. ; come or fallen into ; one who
has undertaken or performed MBh. R. Mn. S3is3. &c. ; being , existing BhP. Hit. ; acknowledging , believing Sarvad. ;
stayed , dwelt , inhabited ; ascended Ragh. BhP. ; undertaken , performed MBh. R. [161,3] ; brought , carried to BhP.
aasthitaaH = situated
aastikya* = n. (fr. {Astika}), belief in God, piety, faithfulness; a believing nature or disposition MBh. Bhag. BhP.
aasu * = to press out (Soma juice); to distil
Sanskrit Dictionary
aa-su * = 3. P. {-suno4ti}, (Subj. 2. pl. {-suno4tA} AV. xx, 127, 7 and {A4-sotA} RV. ix, 108, 7) to press out (Soma juice);
to distil RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp.
aa-suu * = P. {A4-suvati} 1. (p. {-suvAna4}) to excite towards [161, 1]; to throw to, send off towards; to assign to, bring
quickly, procure; to yield, grant RV. AV. S'Br.
aasuraM = demonic *
aasura = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {asura}), spiritual, divine RV. VS. AV.; belonging or devoted to evil spirits; belonging or
relating to the Asuras RV. AV. VS. KtyS'r. Prab. Das'. &c.; infernal, demoniacal; m. an Asura or demon AV. AitBr. Pn.;
a form of marriage (in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father and paternal kinsmen) s'vGri. i, 6, 6
Mn. iii, 31 (cf. {vivAha}); ({As}) m. pl. the stars of the southern hemisphere Sryas. &c.; a prince of the warrior-tribe
Asura Pn.; ({I}) f. a female demon; a division of medicine (surgery, curing by cutting with instruments, applying the
actual cautery); N. of the plant Sinapis Ramosa L.; the urethra BhP.; ({am}) n. blood; black salt L.
aasuraH = demoniac
aasuranishchayaan.h = demons
aasurii = demoniac qualities
aasuriiM = atheistic
aasuriishhu = demoniac
aas'u* = mfn. (1. %{az} Un2. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; (%{us}) m. Ved. the quick one, a horse
RV. AV.; (%{us}, or %{u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. L.; (%{u}) n. N. of a Sa1man;
(%{u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus3r. Megh. Pan5cat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius},
&49452[157,3] {o7cissimus}: of the same origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aasu *= 3. P. %{-suno4ti}, (Subj. 2. pl. %{-suno4tA} AV. xx, 127, 7 and %{A4-sotA} RV. ix, 108, 7) to press out (Soma
juice); to distil RV. AV. S3Br. ChUp.
aas'vaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up, consolation; relying on Kaths.; a
chapter or section of a book Sh.
aas'vaasita * = mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das3. BhP. Pan5cat. &c.\\mfn. reanimated, revived,
refreshed &c. MBh. R.
aasvaada = tastingaatanka = horror, terror
aazvaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus3r.; cheering up, consolation; relying on Katha1s.;
a chapter or section of a book Sa1h.
aasya = (m) mouth
aasyaa * = f. sitting Sus'r.; abiding, abode; state of rest L.
aasya4 * = n. [ifc. mf({A})n.] mouth, jaws RV. AV. VS. MBh. &c.; face Yj.; (mfn.) belonging to the mouth or face,
belonging to that part of the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth which is the organ of uttering sounds or
letters Pn. Siddh. Ks'. &c. [160, 1]
aasyand * = A1. %{-syandate} (p. %{-sya4ndamAna}), to stream or flow towards or near AV. iii, 12, 3 S3a1n3khGr2.
and S3r.
aaT* = ind. a croak (imitation of the sound uttered by a frog) Ta1n2d2yaBr.
aat * = ind. (abl. of 4. %{a}) afterwards, then (often used in a concluding paragraph antithetically to %{ya4d},
%{yadA}, %{ya4di}. and sometimes strengthened by the particles %{a4ha}, %{i4d}, %{Im}, %{u}) RV. AV.; then,
further, also, and RV. AV. It is sometimes used after an interrogative pronoun (like %{u}, %{nu4}, %{aGga4}) to give
Sanskrit Dictionary
aatithya *= mfn. (Pa1n2. 5-4 , 26) proper for a guest , hospitable AitBr. ; m. a guest L. ; (%{A}) f. (i.e. %{iSTi}) the
reception of the Soma when it is brought to the place of sacrifice Ka1tyS3r. ; (%{a4m}) n. hospitable reception ,
hospitality RV. VS. &c. ; the rite also called %{AtithyA} (see before) S3Br. AitBr. Ka1tyS3r.
aatura = anxious * = mf(%{A})n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi, 101, 2, &c.; diseased or pained by (in
comp.) MBh. R. &c.; desirous of (Inf.) (cf. %{an-Atura4}.)
aatta = ready
aattha = have spoken
aatma = of the self * = (in comp. for {Atma4n}; also rarely ifc. e.g. {adhy-Atma}, {adhy-Atma4m}).
aatmaa = soul- see aatman
aatmaanaM = the mind
aatmaani = in the pure state of the soul
aatmaasambhavitaaH = self-complacent
aatmaa.atattvamasi = Thou art That Not (self + Self are differnt:Duality)
aatmabhaava = within their hearts
aatmabhuutaatmaa = compassionate
aatma * = m. `" self-shower "', a mirror Ragh. vii, 65.
aatmadaa * = mfn. granting breath or life RV. x, 121, 2.
aatmadaana * = n. gift of self, self-sacrifice Kaths.
aatmaghosha * = m. `" uttering one's own name "', a crow L.; a cock L.aatmasaat * = ind. with 1. %{kR} (ind. p. %{kRtvA}) to place upon one's self Ya1jn5. iii, 54; %{-karoti} (ind. p. %{-kRtvA} MBh. iii, 493 and 496; %{-kRtya} BhP.)
to make one's own, attract, turn to one's self, acquire or gain for one's self; to cause to become one with the supreme
spirit Nr2isUp.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aatma-tattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva}) {-jJa} mfn. knowing or
versed in the Vednta doctrines L.
aatmata * = f. essence, nature BhP.
aatmatva * = n. essence, nature Sh.
aatmatriptaH = self-illuminated
aatman.h = Soul *= %{A} m. (variously derived fr. %{an}, to breathe; %{at}, to move; %{vA}, to blow; cf. %{tma4n})
the breath RV.; the soul, principle of life and sensation RV. AV. &c.; the individual soul, self, abstract individual [e.g.
%{Atma4n}] (Ved. loc.) %{dhatte}, or %{karoti}, `" he places in himself "', makes his own TS. v S3Br.;
%{AtmanA@akarot}, `" he did it himself "' Ka1d.; %{AtmanA@vi-yuj}, `" to lose one's life "' Mn. vii, 46; %{Atman} in
the sg. is used as reflexive pronoun for all three persons and all three genders e.g. %{AtmAnaM@sA@hanti}, `" she
strikes herself "'; %{putram@AtmanaH@spRSTvA@nipetatuH}, `" they two having touched their son fell down "' R. ii,
64, 28; [see also below s.v. %{AtmanA}]; essence, nature, character, peculiarity (often ifc. e.g. %{karmA7tman}, &c.)
RV. x, 97, 11, &c.; the person or whole body considered as one and opposed to the separate members of the body VS.
S3Br.; the body Ragh. i, 14 Ra1matUp.; (ifc.) `" the understanding, intellect, mind "' see %{naSTA7tman}, %{mandA7-};
the highest personal principle of life, Brahma (cf. %{paramA7tman}) AV. x, 8, 44 VS. xxxii, 11 S3Br. xiv, &c.; effort L.;
(= %{dhRti}) firmness L.; the sun L.; fire L.; a son L.; [Old Germ. {a1tum}; Angl. Sax. {oedhm}; Mod. Germ. {Athem},
{Odem}; Gk. $, $ (?).] &42279[135,1]
aatmana = (Masc.instr.sing.) thro' the self
aatmanaH = of the person
aatmanaa = by the purified mind * = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrhi] with ordinals Pn. 6-3, 6 (cf.
the Bahuvrhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)
aatmani = in himself
aatmaratiH = taking pleasure in the self
aatmasa.nyama = of controlling the mind
aatmasa.nstutiH = and praise of himself
aatmasa.nsthaM = placed in transcendence
aatmasaat.h = to imbibe, to make one's own, to train oneself
aatmavantaM = situated in the self
aatmavashyaiH = under one's control
aatmavat *= mfn. having a soul Nr2isUp.; self-possessed, composed, prudent Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; ind. like one's self
Hit.; (%{Atmavat}) %{-tA} f. self-possession, self-regard, prudence Mn. xi, 86 Ragh. viii, 83; self-resemblance,
proportion, analogy L.
aatmavaan.h = established in the self
aatmavinigrahaH = self-control
aatmavibhuutayaH = personal opulences
aatmavishvaasaH = (m) confidence
aatmayogaat.h = by My internal potency
aatmatattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva}) {-jJa} mfn. knowing or
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aayata * = mfn. stretched, lengthened, put on (as an arrow); stretching, extending, extended, spread over; directed
towards, aiming at; extended, long, future MBh. R. Sus'r. Ragh. S'is'. Kir. &c.; m. an oblong figure (in geometry); ({A}) f.
a particular interval (in music); ({am}), and ({ayA}) ind. without delay, on the spot, quickly S'Br.
aayatana n. resting-place, support, seat, place, home, house, abode TS. S3Br. ChUp. AitBr. Mn. Ya1jn5. Kum. &c.; the
place of the sacred fire (= %{agny-Ayatana}) Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vS3r. and Gr2.; an altar; a shed for sacrifices; a sanctuary
ChUp. R. Mn. Pan5cat. &c.; a plot of ground, the site of a house; a barn Ya1jn5. ii, 154; the cause of a disease Sus3r.;
(with Buddhists) the five senses and Manas (considered as the inner seats or A1yatanas) and the qualities perceived by
the above (the outer A1yatanas).
aayu* = 1 2. A1. (%{A4-yuvate} RV. ix, 77, 2; pf. %{-yuyuve4} RV. i, 138, 1; p. %{-yuva4mAna} RV. i, 582, and %{yuvAna} S3Br. ix, 4, 1, 8) to draw or pull towards one's self; to seize, take possession of RV. TBr. S3Br.; to procure,
provide, produce TS.; to stir up, agitate, mingle Ma1nS3r. and Gr2.: Intens. (p. %{-yo4yuvAna} RV. iv, 1, 11) to meddle
with.// 2 mfn. (fr. %{i} Un2. i, 2), living, movable RV. VS.; (%{us}) m. a living being, man; living beings collectively,
mankind RV.; son, descendant, offspring; family, lineage RV.; a divine personification presiding over life RV. x, 17, 4;
N. of fire (as the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1) VS. MBh. Hariv. (cf. %{Ayus}); N. of a man persecuted by Indra RV.;
N. of several other men MBh. Hariv. &c.; N. of a king of frogs MBh.; (%{u}) n. [and (%{us}) m. L.] life, duration of life
RV. iii, 3, 7; ix, 100, 1.
aayuH = [long] life
aayus * = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S3Br. Mn. MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; active
power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sa1y.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony
(= %{AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sa1man; of the eighth lunar mansion; food L.; (%{us}) m. the son of Puru1ravas and
Urvas3i1 (cf. %{Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor. $; perhaps also $.]
aayudhaM = weapons
aayudhadharmiNI* = f. the plant Sesbania AEgyptiaca (commonly called Jayant) L.
aayudhapAla* = m. the governor of an arsenal Hariv.
aayudhabhRt* = mfn. bearing arms; ({t}) m. a warrior VarBriS.
aayudhAgAra* = n. an armoury, arsenal Mn. MBh. Venis.; {-nara} m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. {AyudhA7gArika}
m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. [149, 2]
aayudha* = n. a weapon RV. AV. VS. R. Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; implement AV. x, 10, 18 AitBr. Kaus'.; gold used for
ornaments L.; ({Ani}) n. pl. water L.
aayudhaanaaM = of all weapons
aayur* = (in comp. for {Ayus} below).
aayush* = (in comp. for {Ayus} below).
aayusha* = n. ifc. = {Ayus}, duration of life S'Br. Pacat. &c.
aayus* = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. MBh. Pacat. &c.; active
power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sy.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony
(= {AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sman; of the eighth lunar mansion; food L.; ({us}) m. the son of Purravas and Urvas'
(cf. {Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor. $; perhaps also $.]
aayushhkaaraka = Significator of Longevity which is Saturn
aayuta * = mfn. melted, mixed, mingled; ifc. combined with MBh. R. BhP.; ({A4-yutam}) n. halfmelted butter MaitrS.
AitBr.
aayojakaH = (m) organiser, sponsoraasava
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{vRkSaM@vRkSam@abhi}, tree after tree [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ob}; Zend &18820[61,1] {aibi}, {aiwi}; Goth. {bi}; Old High
Germ. {bi1}].
abhibhavaat.h = having become predominant
abhibhava * = mfn. overpowering, powerful AV. i, 29, 4 [67,1]; m. prevailing, overpowering, predominance Bhag. &c.;
defeat, subjugation under (instr. or abl., or in comp.); disregard, disrespect; humiliation, mortification.
abhibhuuya = surpassing
abhicara = m. a servant L.
abhichaara = black magic
abhicaara * = m. exorcising, incantation, employment of spells for a malevolent purpose AV. &c.; magic (one of the
Upapa1takas or minor crimes).\\ m. exorcising, incantation A1p.\\ see %{abhi-car}.
abhidhaa *= 1 %{-dadhAti}, to surrender any one to (dat.; aor. Subj. 2. du. %{-dhAtam}) RV. i, 120, 8; to bring upon
(dat.) RV. ii, 23, 6: A1. (rarely P.) to put on or round, put on the furniture of a horse (cf. %{abhi4-hIta} below) RV. &c.;
to cover (a country) with an army MBh. ii, 1090; to cover, protect RV. viii, 67, 5 (aor. Pot. 2. pl. %{-dhetana}), &c.; (in
classical Sanskr2it generally) to set forth, explain, tell, speak to, address, say, name (cf. %{abhi4-hita} below): Pass. %{dhIyate}, to be named or called: Caus. %{-dhApayate}, to cause to name A1s3vGr2.: Desid. A1. %{-dhi4tsate}, to intend
to cover one's self RV. x, 85, 30. \\ 2 f. name, appellation; the literal power or sense of a word Sa1h.; a word, sound L.;
(%{A4s}) mf. surrounding VS. xxii, 3.
abhidhaana* = n. telling, naming, speaking, speech, manifesting; a name, title, appellation, expression, word; a
vocabulary, dictionary, lexicon; putting together, bringing in close connection VPrt.; (compar. {-tara}) KaushBr.; ({I})
f. see s.v.
abhidhaasyati = explains
abhidhiiyate = is called
abhidhitsA * = f. desire of expressing or naming Kpr.
abhidhi * = 3. (impf. 3. pl. {abhy-adhinvan}) to satisfy Kthh. PBr.
abhidhii * = (perf. 1. sg. {-dIdhaya-}; p. . {-dI4dhyAna} RV. iv, 33, 9) to reflect upon, consider RV. iii, 38, 1 and x, 32,
4.
abhigraha * = m. seizing taking hold of; attack, onset L.; defiance, challenge L.; robbing, plundering L.; authority L.; a
vow Jain
abhihitaa = described* = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV. AV. S3Br.; named, called Mn. iii, 141,
&c.; held forth, said, declared, spoken MBh. Mn. &c.; spoken to Kum. &c.; m. N. of a chief L.; (%{am}) n. a name,
expression, word.
abhii * = 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\ 2 ( %{i}), %{abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg. %{abhI74hi}; impf. 3. pl. %{-Ayan}, 3. sg. A1.
%{-Ayata}; ind. p. %{abhI74tya}) to come near, approach, go up to or towards (acc.) RV. &c.; (with %{sakAzam} or
%{samIpam} or %{pArzve}) id. Pan5cat.; to go along or after (acc.) RV. &c.; to enter, join, go over to Mn. Bhat2t2.;
(with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pl. %{abhI7yu4H}) S3Br.; to reach, obtain RV. &c.; to get or fall into (acc.) MBh. &c.;
to come to, fall to one's share (with acc.) Bhat2t2.; (said of the sun) to rise (as if he came nearer; also with
%{abhitarAm} [q. v.] instead of %{abhi}) AitBr., (with %{astam}) to set MBh. i, 1797 (cf. %{abhy-aya}): Pass.
%{abhI7yate}, to be perceived, known BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. %{-Imahe}) to ask, request RV. i, 24, 3.
abhiijya* = mfn. id. L.; m. a god L
abhiiksh * = ( %{IkS}) A1. (impf. 3. du. %{-ai4kSetAm}) to look towards (acc.) RV. x, 121, 6.
abhiikshNa *= mfn. (contr. of %{abhikSaNa} cf. Nir. ii, 25), constant, perpetual L.; in comp. for %{abhIkSNam} q.v.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
(%{am}) ind. repeatedly, again and again, perpetually, constantly; presently, at once; very, exceedingly (in comp.
%{abhIkSNa-}) Ra1jat.
abhiishtha *= mfn. wished, desired, dear TS. &c.; m. a lover Pan5cat. Sa1h. (cf. %{-tama} below); (%{A}) f. a mistress;
betel L.; (%{am}) n. wish.
abhijaana* = n. remembrance, recollection; knowledge L.; ascertainment; a sign or token of remembrance [62,3]; any
sign or token serving as a proof for (loc. or {prati}) R.; = {abhijJAna-zakuntala} q.v. Sh.
abhiipsita = desired
abhijanavaan.h = surrounded by aristocratic relatives
abhijaataH = born of
abhicaksh * =%{-caSTe} (2. sg. %{-cakSase} RV. v, 3, 9; Ved. Inf. %{-cakSase} RV.) to look at, view, perceive RV. BhP.;
to cast a kind or gracious look upon any one RV.; to address BhP.; to assail with harsh language RV. vii, 104, 8; to call
BhP.
abhicakshaNa* =n. conjuring, incantation AV. vi, 127, 2; (%{A}) f. (in augury or astron.) observation (of the sky) AV. ix,
2, 21.
abhicakshya * =mfn. manifest RV. viii, 4, 7.
abhidaa * = 1. %{-dadAti}, to give, bestow (for a purpose) MBh. iii, 13309.
abhidadi * = m. an oblation of boiled rice (%{caru}) upon which ghee has been sprinkled TS.
abhidah * = to singe, burn RV. ii, 4, 7 (aor.p. %{abhi-da4kSat} [Padap. %{-da4kSat}]) S3Br. &c.
abhihita * = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV. AV. S3Br.; named, called Mn. iii, 141, &c.; held forth,
said, declared, spoken MBh. Mn. &c.; spoken to Kum. &c.; m. N. of a chief L.; (%{am}) n. a name, expression, word.
abhijaa* = %{-jAnAti}, %{-nIte}, to recognize, perceive, know, be or become aware of; to acknowledge, agree to, own;
to remember (either with the fut, p. or with %{yad} and impf.) Pa1n2. 2-2, 112 seqq. Bhat2t2.
abhija* = mf(%{A})n. knowing, skilful, clever; understanding, conversant with (gen. or ifc.); (%{A}) f. remembrance,
recollection Pa1n2. 3-2, 112; supernatural science or faculty of a Buddha (of which five are enumerated, viz. 1. taking
any form at will; 2. hearing to any distance; 3. seeing to any distance; 4. penetrating men's thoughts; 5. knowing their
state and antecedents).
abhijaatasya = of one who is born of
abhijaananti = they know
abhijaanaati = does know
abhijaayate = becomes manifest
abhijita = A nakshatra between uttaraashhDhaa and shravaNa mainly centred on the star Vega. For some reason it is
not usually included in the 27 nakshatras although it would make 28 if it was. adhipatii - Lord
abhijit * = mfn. victorious VS. xv, 7; born under the constellation Abhijit Pn. 4-3, 36, (cf. {Abhijita}); ({t}) m. N. of a
Soma sacrifice (part of the great sacrifice Gavm-ayana) AV. S'Br. &c.; N. of a son [Hariv.] or of the father [VP.] of
Punarvasu; of Vishnu L.; N. of a star (a Lyrae) L.; of the 20th (or 22nd) Nakshatra AV. &c.; the eighth Muhrta of the
day (about midday) Kaus'. &c.
abhijin.hmuhuurta = the most auspicious moment
abhikaama *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) affection, desireN. BhP.; (mf(%{A})n.), affectionate, loving, desirous (with acc. or ifc.);
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sentiment)
abhinivesha = possessiveness
abhipaata *= m. hastening near Ka1d.
abhipravrittaH = being fully engaged
abhipraayaH = (m) opinion
abhiprayaa *= (Imper. 2. pl. %{-yAtha4na}) to come towards, approach RV. viii, 27, 6; to set out, march off, go to
battle MBh. &c.
abhipraaya *= m. aim Pa1n2. 1-3, 72; purpose, intention, wish R. &c.; opinion Mn. vii, 57, &c.; meaning, sense (as of a
word or of a passage).
abhipracakS * =(Ved. Inf. %{-ca4kSe}) to see RV. i, 113, 6.
abhipreta * = mfn. meant, intended R. &c.; accepted, approved Nir. &c. [66,3]; to whom one's heart is devoted, dear
MBh. S3a1k. &c.
abhiraama * = mf({A}) n. pleasing, delightful, agreeable, beautiful; m. N. of Siva; 1. ({am}) ind. so as to be agreeable to
(in comp.) S'k.; (for 2. {abhi-rAmam} see s.v. below.)
abhiraamastrilokaanaaM = the laudable rAma for all the three worlds
abhirabh A1. (perf. 3. pl. %{-rebhire}) to embrace BhP.: Caus. perf. Pass. p. %{-rambhita} see below.
abhirataH = following
abhirakshantu = should give support
abhirakshitaM = perfectly protected
abhirakshitam.h = who has been well protected
abhiram*= %{-ramate}, to dwell A1s3vGr2.; to repose S3a1n3khGr2. Mn. iii, 251 Ya1jn5. i, 251; to delight in, be
delighted MBh. &c. Caus. %{-rA4mayati}, to gladden MBh. &c.; to delight in, to be delighted.
abhirata * = mfn. reposing Ya1jn5. i, 251; pleased or contented with (loc.), satisfied; engaged in, attentive to (loc.),
performing, practising.
abhirati * = f. pleasure, delighting in (loc. or in comp.) Ragh. ix, 7, &c.; N. of a world Buddh.
abhisamaagam *= to approach together Nir.; to come to (acc.) MBh. xi, 445.
abhisaMhan * = (ind. p. %{-hatya}) to combine, confederate MBh.
abhisaMhata * = mfn. attacked, assailed BhP.
abhisaMhita * = see %{-saM-dhA}.
abhisaMhita * = mfn. aimed at; agreed upon R. v, 82, 5; acknowledged by (in comp.) MBh. xii, 4793; overcome; (ifc.)
connected with, attached to MBh. &c.
abhisandhaaya = desiring
abhizam * = %{-zAmyati}, to be calmed, cease MBh. xii, 6020.
abhizaMs * = to accuse, blame, calumniate TS. &c.; (2. sg. %{-zaMsasi}; ind. p. %{-zasya}) to praise R. ii, 11, 16 and 23,
Sanskrit Dictionary
8.
abhizaMsaka * = mfn. accusing L.; insulting L.
abhizaMsana * = n. accusation; insult (with gen.) Mn. vlii, 268; `" accusation "' ifc. e.g. %{anRtA7bhizaMsana} [Gaut.]
or %{mithyA7bhizaMsana} [Ya1jn5. ii, 289] a false accusation.
abhizaMsin see %{mithyA7bhizaMsin}.
abhishhi.nchati = performs' puuja', by pouring water etc. on the idol
abhishhekaM = ablution
abhishthTava *= m. praise, eulogy BhP.
abhitaH = everywhere
abhitaD.h = to strike
abhivan *= (impf. 3. pl. %{-avanvan}) to long for, desire
abhivand * = . (rarely P.) to salute respectfully
abhivandaka* = mfn. having the intention to salute Jain.
abhi-vandana * n. saluting respectfully
abhivicaksh * =%{-caSTe}, to look towards RV. iii, 55, 9 AV. ii, 10, 4.
abhivikhyaa * = to look at, view VS. Gobh.
abhivikhyaata* = mfn. universally known, renowned, known as, called MBh. &c.
abhiviraaj * = (= %{vi-rAj}, `" to govern "') Nir.; to shine, be radiant MBh. &c.
abhiviraajita * = mfn. quite bright or brilliant MBh.abhikSsham * = (Opt. %{-kSameta}; Imper. 2. pl. %{kSa4madhvam}) to be gracious, propitious to (dat. or loc.) RV.; to pardon (perf. Opt. 2. sg. %{-cakSamIthAH}) RV. ii,
33, 7.
abhimaana m. intention to injure, insidiousness Ka1tyS3r.; high opinion of one's self, self-conceit, pride, haughtiness;
(in Sa1n2khya phil.) = %{abhi-mati}, above; conception (especially an erroneous one regarding one's self) Sa1h. &c.;
affection, desire; N. of a R2ishi in the sixth Manvantara VP.
abhivyaJjana * = n. making manifest L.
abhiyaachanaa = (f) demand
abhiyuktaanaaM = fixed in devotion
abhivijvalanti = and are blazing
abhiyaata * = mfn. approached; attacked.
abhukta * = mfn. uneaten; unenjoyed, unused, unexpended; one who has not eaten, enjoyed or expended.
abhuuta* = mfn. whatever has not been or happened.
abhyaacaksh * = (impf. %{-A7caSTa}) to look at (acc.) BhP.; to speak BhP.
abhyaakarsha 8 = m. ( {kRS}), a striking of the flat of the hand upon the breast in defiance (a practice common to
wrestlers and pugilists) MBh. i, 7109.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
abhyasuuyakaaH = envious
abhyasuuyati = is envious
abhyasuuyantaH = out of envy
abhyavarsha: A* heaped with, showerd by, covered with, poured over
abhyutthaanaM = predominance
abhyudaya = rise, prosperity * = m. sunrise or rise of luminaries (during or with reference to some other occurrence)
Ka1tyS3r. Jaim.; beginning, commencing (as of darkness, &c.) R.; elevation, increase, prosperity, happiness, good result
Mn. iii, 254 R. &c.; a religious celebration, festival Mn. ix, 84.
abhyupAyana * = n. a complimentary gift, an inducement BhP.
abhyupeta* = mfn. approached, arrived at (acc.) MBh. i, 3592 Ragh. v, 14; (with %{gRham}) staying in a house
VarBr2S.; furnished with (in comp. [VarBr2S.] or instr.); agreed upon, assented to Das3.; promised Megh.
abhraM = cloud
abhr * = cl. 1. P. {abhrati} (perf. {Anabhra}) to error wander about Bhathth.
abiibhatsaa *= f. non-disgust TBr.
abibhiivas *= m(instr. %{-bhyuSA}; nom. pl. %{-bhyuSas})fn. (perf. p.) fearless, confident RV. i, 6, 7, 11, 5 and ix, 53, 2
AV. iii, 14, 3.
acara* = or {a4-carat} [RV.] mfn. immovable.
acaraM = and not moving
acarasya = and nonmoving
acala = (adj) still, stationary
acalaM = unmoving
acalaH = immovable
acalapratishhThaM = steadily situated
acalaa = unflinching
acalena = without its being deviated
acakshus.h = one without an eye
acaapalaM = determination
acetana* = mfn. without consciousness, inanimate; unconscious, insensible, senseless, fainting, &c.
acetAna* =mfn. thoughtless, infatuated RV. vii, 4, 7.
acetas* =mfn. imprudent RV.; unconscious, insensible.
acintya = inconceivable
acintyaM = beyond contemplation
Sanskrit Dictionary
acintyaH = inconceivable
aciraad.h = without delay/in no time
aciraadbhava = in no time from the cycle of birth\&death
acireNa = very soon
acetasaH = without KRishhNa consciousness
acchedyaH = unbreakable
achyuta = O infallible one
achyutam.h = the who does not slip
acit* = mfn. without understanding RV.; irreligious, bad RV.; (the NBD. suggests to take {a-ci4t} as a f. `" notknowledge "' Sy. sometimes explains by {ci}, `" neglecting the Agnicayana, irreligious); {a-cit} f. not-spirit, matter
Sarvad.
aH = (v) to be
aD * = 1 cl. 1. P. %{aDati}, to endeavour L.
ad * = 1 cl.2. P. %{a4tts}, %{Ada}, %{atsyati}, %{attum}, to eat, consume, devour, Ved. Inf. %{a4ttave} RV.: Caus.
%{Ada4yati} and %{-te} (once %{adayate} [A1pS3r.]) to feed [cf. Lith. {edmi}; Slav. {jamj} for {jadmj}; Gk. $; Lat.
{edo}; Goth. root {AT} pres. {ita}; Germ. &5166[17,3] {essen}; Eng. {to} {eat}, Arm. {utem}].\\ad mfn. ifc. `" eating "',
as %{matsyA7d}, eating fish.
addhA * = ind. (fr. %{ad}, or %{a}, this), Ved. in this way; manifestly; certainly, truly.
ad.h = to eat
a-daara * = having no wife
adara * = not little, much.
adatta * = mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given nothing AV.; (%{A}) f. an unmarried
girl; (%{am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Ya1jn5.
acala * = mf(%{A})n. not moving, immovable; m. a mountain, rock; a bolt or pin; the number seven; N. of S3iva and of
the first of the nine deified persons, called `" white Balas "' among the Jainas; of a Devarshi VP.; (%{A}) f. the earth;
one of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by a Bodhisattva before becoming a Buddha.
acara * = or {a4-carat} [RV.] mfn. immovable.
acarama * = mfn. not last, not least; said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5.
acikara* V: let made, let be done
adadat.h = gave
adambha* = mfn. free from deceit, straightforward m. N. of S'iva; absence of deceit; straightforwardness.
aadaahyaH = unable to be burneddambhitvaM = pridelessness
adarshaH = mirror
adas * = nom. mf. %{asau4} (voc. %{a4sau} MaitrS.) n. %{ada4s}, (opposed to %{ida4m} q.v.), that, a certain,
(%{adas}) ind. thus, so, there.
Sanskrit Dictionary
adatta V* assume, * n= mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given nothing AV.; ({A}) f. an
unmarried girl; ({am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Yj.
adakshiNaM = with no remunerations to the priests
adhika * = mfn. additional, subsequent, later; surpassing (in number or quantity or quality), superior, more numerous;
abundant; excellent; supernumerary, redundant; secondary, inferior; intercalated; (%{am}) n. surplus, abundance,
redundancy, hyperbole ind. exceedingly, too much; more.
adbhuta = the sentiment of marvel* =mfn. extraordinary; see s.v. \\ [once {adbhuta4} RV. i, 120, 4] mfn. (see 1. {at}),
supernatural, wonderful, marvellous m. the marvellous (in style), surprise; N. of the Indra of the ninth Manvantara,
({am}) n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy.
adbhutaM = wonderful
adbhuutaM = wonderfull
addhaa V* = directly, *= ind. (fr. %{ad}, or %{a}, this), Ved. in this way; manifestly; certainly, truly
adesha = at an unpurified place
adhaH = (indeclinable) below
adhana = one without money
adhama = inferior* = mfn. (see {a4dhara}), lowest, vilest, worst, very low or vile or bad (often ifc., as in {narA7dhama},
the vilest or worst of men); m. an unblushing paramour, ({A}) f. a low or bad mistress [cf. Lat. {infimus}].
adhamaaM = condemned
adhamaadhama = the worst among the inferior
adhara = Lip
adharaM = lips
adharaH = (m) lips
adhara- * = o the lower position of something *= mfn. (connected with %{adha4s}), lower, inferior, tending
downwards; low, vile; worsted, silenced; m. the lower lip, the lip, (%{A4t}) abl. ind. see s.v. below; (%{asmAt}) abl. ind.
below L.; (%{A}) f. the lower region, nadir; (%{am}) n. the lower part, a reply, pudendum muliebre L. [Lat. {inferus}]
adharaya Nom. P. %{adharayati}, to make inferior, put under; eclipse, excel.
adharma = breach of duty* m. unrighteousness, injustice, irreligion, wickedness; demerit, guilt; N. of a Prajpati (son of
Brahm, husband of Hins or Mriish); N. of an attendant of the sun; ({A}) f. unrighteousness (personified and
represented as the bride of death).
adharmaM = irreligion
adharmaH = irreligion
adharmachaarii = adj. impious
adharmasya = of irreligion
adhas * = ind. (see %{a4dhara}), below, down; in the lower region; beneath, under; from under (with acc. gen., and
abl.); also applied to the lower region and to the pudendum muliebre [cf. Lat. {infra}].
adhastaat * = ind.= %{adha4s} q.v.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
N. of a particular venomous substance or of a species of vermin AV., (%{am}) n. unforeseen danger or calamity, that
which is beyond the reach of observation or consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's
conduct in one state of existence and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he is visited in another);
destiny, fate: luck, bad luck.
adrishhTapuurvaM = never seen before
adya = today
adri *= a stone, a rock, a mountain; a stone for pounding Soma with or grinding it on
adrohaH = freedom from envy
advaasana = the prone posture
advitiiyaH = the inseparable or the non-dual
adveshhTaa = nonenvious
advaita = non-duality of the universal spirit
agaccha* = mfn. not going L.; m. a tree L.
agaadha *: not shallow, deep, unfathomable m. a hole, chasm L.; N. of one of the five fires at the Svadhkra Hariv.
agata = not past
agatasuuMscha = agata + asuun.h + cha:undeparted life + and (living people)
agatvaa = without going (from gam.h)
agama = proof of the trustworthiness of a source of knowledge
agama * = not going, unable to go m. a mountain L.: a tree [ef. {a-ga}].
agamya * = mfn. unfit to be walked in, or to be approached; not to be approached (sexually); inaccessible; unattainable
[4,3]; unintelligible; unsuitable.
agamyaa * = f. a woman with whom cohabitation is forbidden.
agastamaasa = month of August
agochara = (adj) unknown
agni = fire
agniH = fire
agniparvataH = (m) volcano, volcanic cone
agnipetikaa = (f) matchbox
agnishalaakaa = (f) matchstick
agnishhu = in the fires
agnitraya: n. or the three sacred fires, called respectively Grhapatya, havanya, and Dakshina
agnau = in the fire of consummation
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Maruts [{aja4 e4ka-pA4} RV., and {aja4 e4ka-pAda} AV.], of Agni, of the sun, of Brahm, of Vishnu, of S'iva, of Kma
(cf. 2. {a-ja}); the leader of a flock; a he-goat, ram [cf. Gk. &2547[9, 2] $, $; Lith. $]; the sign Aries; the vehicle of Agni;
beam of the sun (Pshan); N. of a descendant of Visvmitra, and of Das'aratha's or Drghabhu's father; N. of a mineral
substance; of a kind of rice; of the moon; ({A4s}) m. pl.N. of a people RV. vii, 18, 19; of a class of Riishis MBh.; ({A}) f.
N. of Prakriiti, of My or Illusion see {a-jA} (s.v. 2. {a-jA}); a she-goat; N. of a plant whose bulbs resemble the udder
of a goat Sus'r.
aja4 * = 2 mfn. not born, existing from all eternity; ({a4s}) m. N. of the, first uncreated being RV. AV.; Brahm, Vishnu,
S'iva, Kma; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, My or Illusion (see also 1. {aja4} and 1. {ajana}).
ajaM = unborn
ajaH = unborn
ajagaraH = (m) python
ajaagara * = not awake, not wakeful
ajana* =1 m. ( {aj}), `" the instigator "', Brahm; ({am}) n. act of instigating or moving, [10,1]
a-jana4* =2 mfn. destitute of men; desert; m. an insignificant person.
ajapa* = 1 m. ( {jap}), one who does not repeat prayers; a reciter of heterodox works L.; ({A}) f. the mantra or formula
called hansa (which consists only of a number of inhalations and exhalations).
ajapaa = involuntary repetition (as with a mantra)
ajasraM = the unborn one
ajaviithii * = f. `" goat's road "'N. of one of the three divisions of the southern path, or one of the three paths in which
the sun, moon, and planets move, comprehending the asterisms %{mUla}, %{pUrvA7SADha}, and %{uttarA7SADha}.
ajaya * = m. non-victory, defeat; (mfn.), unconquered, unsurpassed, invincible; m. N. of Vishnu; of a lexicographer; of a
river; ({A}) f. hemp; N. of a friend of Durg; My or Illusion.
ajita * = mfn. not conquered, unsubdued, unsurpassed, invincible, irresistible; m. a particular antidote; a kind of
venomous rat; N. of Vishnu; S'iva; one of the Saptarshis of the fourteenth Manvantara; Maitreya or a future Buddha;
the second of the Arhats or saints of the present (Jaina) Avasarpini, a descendant of Ikshvku; the attendant of Suvidhi
(who is the ninth of those Arhats); ({As}) m. pl. a class of deified beings in the first Manvantara.
a4-jIta * = mfn. ( {jyA}, usually {jina}), not faded, not faint AV. TS., &c.
ajina* = n. (probably at first the skin of a goat, {aja}); the hairy skin of an antelope, especially a black antelope (which
serves the religious student for a couch seat, covering &c.); the hairy skin of a tiger, &c. m. N. of a descendant of Priithu
VP.
ajman* = {a} n. career, passage, battle RV. AV. [Lat. {agmen}].
ajma* = m. ( {aj}), career, march RV. [cf. Gk. $]. &2960[10,3]
ajaas * = mfn. having no kindred RV. x, 39, 6.
ajaanin* = mfn. ignorant, unwise.
ajaataka* = mfn. unknown, (g.
ajaati* = m. not a kinsman, not related Mn.
ajaanakRta* = mfn. done inadvertently.
Sanskrit Dictionary
ajaanatA* = f. or ignorance.
aJNchalaH = (m) aanchal in Hindi
aJNjana = the name of the mother of Hanuman
aJNjaneyaasana = the splits
aJNjali = (m) folded hands, palms cupped in the form of a vessel
ajra = (m) field
ajushtha *= mfn. not enjoyed, unsatisfactory RV.
ajushthi *= f. non-enjoyment, feeling of disappointment RV.
akaanda * = without a trunk T.; causeless, unexpected; ({e}) ind. causelessly, unexpectedly.
akalmasha *= mf(%{A})n. spotless.
akara * = mfn. handless, maimed; exempt from tax or duty, privileged; not acting; (%{A}) f. Emblic Myrobalan,
Phyllanthus Emblica. Bh Pur: accepted, has performed, made, did exhibit, maintained, executed, created, carried out
akartaaraM = as the nondoer
akarma = inaction
akarman * = mfn. not working; not performing good works, wicked RV. x, 2 2, 8; inefficient; (in Gr.) intransitive; ({a})
n. absence of work; observances; improper work, crime.
akarmabhoga * = m. enjoyment of freedom from action.
akarmAnvita * = mfn. unoccupied; disqualified.
akarmaka * = mfn. (in Gr.) intransitive.
akarmaNya * = mfn. improper to be done; unfit for work; inefficient.
akarmakrit.h = without doing something
akarmaNaH = than no work
akarmaNi = in not doing prescribed duties
akalmashhaM = freed from all past sinful reactions
akalmasha *= mf(%{A})n. spotless.
akalmaaASa m. N. of a son of the fourth Manu Hariv.
akasmaat.h = by chance
akaaraH = the first letter
aakaarita * = mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedntas.
akaaro = the letter `a'
akaarya = and forbidden activities* = mfn. not to be done, improper; ({am}) n. a criminal action
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
akshi = (n) eye * = n. (1. %{az} Un2.) [instr. %{akSNA} dat. %{akSNe}, &c., fr. %{akSan}, substituted for %{akSi} in the
weakest cases. Vedic forms are: abl. gen. %{akSNa4s}; loc. %{akSa4n} (once %{akSiNi}!); du. nom acc. %{akSI4} RV.,
%{a4kSiNI}, %{a4kSyau}, and %{akSya4u} AV. S3Br. and AitBr.; instr. %{akSI4bhyAm}; gen. %{akSyo4s} VS.,
%{akSyo4s} and %{akSo4s} (!) AV.; pl. nom. acc. %{a4kSINi} AV., %{akSANi} RV.; ifc. %{akSa} is substituted see 4.
%{ahSa}], the eye; the number two; %{I4}) n. du. the sun and moon RV. i, 72, 10; [cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. &842[3,3] {oculos};
A.S. {aegh}; Goth. {augo}; Germ. {Auge}; Russ. {oko}; Lith. {aki-s}.]
akshiiNa *= mfn. not perishing or failing S3Br.; not waning (the moon) S3Br.; not diminishing in weight Ya1jn5.; N. of
a son of Vis3va1mitra MB
akta *= 1 mfn. ( %{aj}), driven.
akta *= 2 mfn. ( %{aJj}), smeared over, diffused, bedaubed, tinged, characterized. Often ifc. (cf. %{raktA7kta});
(%{am}) n. oil, ointment.
aktaa *= f. night RV. i, 62, 8.
akula * =not of good family, low
akuNTha * mfn. not blunted, not worn out; vigorous, fixed; ever fresh, eternal
akurvat.h = did
akurvata = did they do
akutas'cit *V= from nowhere
akuutha* = mf({A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful, unerring (said of arms) Yj.; not false
(said of coins) Yj. n.
akushalaM = inauspicious
akuupaara * = mfn. unbounded RV. v, 39, 2 and x. 109, 1; m. the sea VS. &c.; tortoise BhP. &c. the mythical tortoise
that upholds the world; N. of a man PBr.; N. of an A1ditya L.; (%{A}) f. N. of an An3girasi1 PBr.
akuutha * = mf(%{A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful, unerring (said of arms) Ya1jn5.; not
false (said of coins) Ya1jn5. (see also aakuuta)
akupya * = n. not base metal, gold or silver Kir.; any base metal (= %{kupya} see 3. %{a}).
akupyaka * = n. gold or silver L.
alam *= ind. (later form of %{a4ram} q.v.), enough, sufficient, adequate, equal to, competent, able. (%{alam} may
govern a dat. [%{jI4vitavai4} (Ved. Inf. dat.) %{a4lam} AV. vi, 109, 1, or %{alaM@jIvanAya} Mn. xi, 76, &c., sufficient
for living] or Inf. [Pa1n2. 2-4, 66; %{alaM@vijJAtum} `" able to conceive "' Nir. ii, 3] or instr. [Pa1n2. 2-3, 27 Siddh.;
%{alaM@zaGkayA}, enough i.e. away with fear!] or gen. [%{alaM@prajAyAH}, capable of obtaining progeny PBr.] or
may be used with the fut. [%{alaM@haniSyati}, he will be able to kill Pa1n2. 3-3, 154 Sch.] or with an ind. [Pa1n2. 3-4,
18; %{alaM@bhuktvA}, enough of eating i.e. do not eat more, %{alaM@vlcArya}, enough of consideration].)
2 alaM (in comp. for %{a4lam}).
alaM = especially
ala.nkaaradiiptaM = shining with adornments, decorations
alankrita = decorated / ornamented
alabdhabhuumikatva = the feeling that it is impossible to see reality
alabdha * = mfn. unobtained.
Sanskrit Dictionary
alabhya = Difficult
alasaH = lazy
alasya = indolence
alaka *= %{as}, %{am} m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a curl, lock Ragh. &c.; (%{as}) m. (= %{alarka} q.v.) a mad dog L.; (%{As})
m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S.; of the Inhabitants of Kubera's residence Alaka1 MBh. iii, 11813; (%{A}) f. (g.
%{kSipakA7di} q.v.) a girl from eight to ten years of age L.; N. of the capital of Kubera (situated on a peak of the
Hima1laya inhabited also by S3iva) Kum. vi, 37, &c.; N. of a town in Nishadha Katha1s.
alakshamaana = one who disregards
alakshmiH = poverty (alaxmiH is opp. of laxmiH)
alaya* = m. ( {lI}), non-dissolution, permanence R. iii, 71, 10 (v.l. {an-aya}); (mfn.) restless S'is'. iv, 57.
ali = a black bug
alika *= %{as}, m.= %{alIka}, the forehead Ba1lar.; N. of a Pra1krit poet.
aliika = (adj) false, untrue *= mf(%{A} Naish.)n. unpleasing, disagreeable (as a serpent) AV. v, 13, 5; untrue, false,
pretended MBh. &c. little L.; (%{am}) n. anything displeasing As3vS3r. R. ii, 52, 25; falsehood, untruth Mn. xi, 55, &c.;
the forehead (cf. %{alika}), heaven L.
aloluptvaM = freedom from greed
alpa = small, little2 *= mf(%{A})n. (m. pl. %{e} or %{As} Pa1n2. 1-1, 33) small, minute, trifling, little AV. &c.; (%{am})
ind. (opposed to %{bahu}) little Mn. ii, 149 and x, 60; (%{ena}) instr. ind. (with a perf. Pass. p. Pa1n2. 2-3, 33) `" for
little "', cheap Dal. [95,3]; easily R. iv, 32, 7; (%{At}) abl. ind. (with a perf. Pass. p.) without much trouble, easily Pa1n2.
2-3, 33; (in comp. with a past Pass. p.) ii, 1, 39 and vi, 3, 2.
alpaka * mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl. ind. shortly after S'Br.;
m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
alpaM = a few, little, inadequate
alpabuddhayaH = the less intelligent
alpaka* = mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl. ind. shortly after
S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
alpamedhasaaM = of those of small intelligence
alpavayaskaM = young (small) age
alpaayu = Short life between 8 and 32 years
alaukikatva * = n. rare occurrence (of a word) Sh.
a-laukika * = mf({I})n. not current in the world, uncommon, unusual (especially said of words); not relating to this
world, supernatural.
alaukika * see {a-loka}
a-laukika antika :* = (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate L. (compar. {nedIyas}, superl. {nediSTha}); ({am}) n. vicinity,
proximity, near e.g. {antikastha}, remaining near; ({a4m}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) until, near to, into the presence of;
({A4t}) ind. from the proximity; near, close by; within the presence of; ({e4}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in
the proximity or presence of; ({ena}) ind. (with gen.) near.
Sanskrit Dictionary
antika * = (fr. {anta}), only ifc. reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g. {nAsA7ntika}, reaching to the nose), lasting till,
until.
anudhyaana* = n. meditation, religious contemplation, solicitude.
a(a)ntikA * = f. an elder sister
am* = 1 ind. quickly, a little, (g. {cA7di} q.v.) \\2 the termination {am} in the comparative and other forms used as ind.
e.g. {pratara4m}, &c., (g. {svar-Adi} q.v.) \\3 {amati}, to go L.; to go to or towards L.; to serve or honour L.; to sound
L.; (Imper. . 2. sg. {amISva}; aor. {AmIt}; cf. {abhy-am}) to fix, render firm TS.; (perf. p. acc. sg. {emuSa4m} for
{emivA4Msam}) to be pernicious or dangerous RV. viii, 77, 10: Caus. {Ama4yati} (impf. {A4mayat}; aor. Subj.
{Amamat}) to be afflicted or sick RV. AV. VS. (cf. {a4n-Amayat}).
am* = n. the root of a fragrant grass (used for tatties or screens, &c., commonly called Kaskas, Andropogon Muricatus).
ama*=1 m. impetuosity, violence, strength, power RV. VS. AV.; depriving of sensation, fright, terror RV.; disease L.\\=2
mfn. (pron.; cf. {amu}) this AV. xiv, 2, 71 (quoted in S'Br. xiv and s'vGri.) [The word is also explained by {prA7Na}, `"
soul "' cf. Comm. on ChUp. v, 2, 6.]
amaa*=1 ind. (Ved. instr. fr. 2. {a4ma} q.v.) (chiefly Ved.) at home, in the house, in the house of (gen.), with RV. &c.;
together Pn. 3-1, 122; ({A}) f. = {amA-vAsyA4} q.v. Comm. on Ragh. xiv, 80 (in a verse quoted from Vysa) Comm. on
Sryas; also {amA7nta} m. the end, of the {amA} ({-vAsyA4}) night ib.\\2 (3. {mA}) f. (= {a-pramANa}) not an
authority, not a standard of action Nyyam.
amaanin* = mfn. ( {man}), not proud, modest MBh.
amaanitA* = f. or modesty, humility.
amaanitva* = [Bhag. &c.] n. modesty, humility.
a-maatA putra * = mfn. (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.) `" having neither mother nor son "', only in comp. e.g.
{amAtAputrA7dhyApaka} m. a teacher who cares for neither mother nor son (on account of being entirely absorbed in
his work) Pn. 8-1, 67, Kls'.
amaatya * = (4) m. (fr. 1. {amA4} cf. Pn. 4-2, 104 Sch.) inmate of the same house, belonging to the same house or
family RV. vii, 15, 3 VS. As'vGri. KtyS'r.; `" a companion (of a king) "', minister MBh. Mn. &c.
amaara *: non-destruction
amaanitvaM = humility
amaanana* = n. disrespect Hit.
amaanushha = (adj) inhuman, cruel
amaavaasya * = n. [NBD.] neighbourhood AV. iv, 36, 3 [perhaps for %{-vAztya}, `" lowing (of cows) at home "', as the
word is used together with %{A-gara4} and %{prati-kroza}]; mfn. born in an %{amA-vAsyA4} night Pa1n2. 4-3, 30 (cf.
%{AmAvAsya4}); N. of a Vedic teacher VBr.; (%{-vAsyA4}) f. (scil. %{rAtri}; fr. 5. %{vas}, `" to dwell "', with %{amA4},
`" together "') the night of new moon (when the sun and moon `" dwell together "'), the first day of the first quarter on
which the moon is invisible AV. S3Br. &c.; a sacrifice offered at that time; N. of the Acchoda1river MatsyaP.
amaayaya* straight, straigh forward, unduplicious, well mannered sincere * =. not cunning, not sagacious S'Br. AitBr.;
free from deceit, guileless Bhathth.; ({A}) f. absence of delusion or deceit or guile, ({ayA}), instr. ind. guilelessly,
sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.
amaaya mfn. not cunning, not sagacious S3Br. AitBr.; free from deceit, guileless Bhat2t2.; (%{A}) f. absence of
delusion or deceit or guile, (%{ayA}), instr. ind. guilelessly, sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.
amala = without rubbish * = mf({A})n. spotless, stainless, clean, pure, shining; ({as}) m. crystal (cf. {amara-ratna})
BhP.; N. of a poet; of Nryana L.; ({A}) f. N. of the goddess Lakshm L.; ( {amarA} q.v.) the umbilical cord L.; the tree
Sanskrit Dictionary
Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. L.; the plant Saptal L.; ({am}) n. talc L.
amalaM = clean
amalaan.h = pure
amama *= mfn. without egotism, devoid of all selfish or worldly attachment or desire Buddh. Jain.; indifferent, not
caring for (loc.) Mn. vi, 26; m. the twelfth Jaina saint of a future Utsarpin2i1.
aman'gala * = mfn. inauspicious, unlukey, evil Ragh. xii, 43, &c.; m. the castor oil tree, Ricinus Communis L.; (%{am})
n. inauspiciousness, ill-luck Kum. Ven2is.
aman'galya * = mfn. inauspicious, unlucky L.; (%{am}) n. inauspiciousness, ill-luck BhP.
amani* = f. road, way Un.
amanI* = (for {a-mana4s} in comp. with {bhU} and its derivatives).
amani see {am}.
amaNiva* = mfn. [NBD.] having no jewels SnkhS'r.
amaniibhAva* = m. the state of not having perception or intellect MaitrUp.
amantra *= m. not a Vedic verse or text or any formula; (mf(%{A})n.), unaccompanied by Vedic verses or texts Mn. iii,
121; unentitled to or not knowing Vedic texts (as a S3u1dra, a female, &c.) Mn. ix, 18 and xii, 114; not using or applying
Mantra formulas Bha1m. (see also aamantraNa)
amanyata = believed
amara *: undying, immortal, imperishable
amaratva * = [MBh. &c.] n. the condition of the gods (i.e. immortality).
amarsha * = m. ( {mRS}), non-endurance Pn. 3-3, 145; impatience, indignation, anger, passion MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a
prince VP.
amarshahaasa * = m. an angry laugh, a sarcastic sneer MBh.
amarshaja * = mfn. springing from impatience or indignation MB
amarshaNa * = mfn. = %{amarSa@vat} MBh. &c., impatient (cf. %{raNA7marSaNa}); m. (= %{amarSa})N. of a
prince BhP.; (%{am}) n. impatience of (gen.) MBh. xiii, 2159.
amarshavat * = mfn. not bearing, intolerant passionate, wrathful, angry L.
amata * = 1 m. sickness, disease Un.; death L.; time L.; dust Comm. on Un.
a4-mata * = 2 mfn. ( {man}), not felt, not perceptible by the mind S'Br. xiv; not approved of, unacceptable.
aama4-taa * = f. rawness; unpreparedness Sus'r.
ambaka * = n. S'iva's eye Blar. (cf. {try-ambaka}); an eye L.; copper L.
ambandha = relation / connection
ambara = aakaasha * = ambara n. circumference, compass, neighbourhood RV. viii, 8,14; (ifc. f. %{A}) clothes,
apparel, garment MBh. &c.; cotton L.; sky, atmosphere, ether Naigh. MBh. &c.; (hence) a cipher Su1ryas.; N. of the
tenth astrological mansion VarBr2.; the lip; saffron L.; a perfume (Ambra) L.; N. of a country MatsyaP.; (a1s) m. pl.N.
of a people VarBr2S.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
amrita = of ambrosia, potion to cause immortality *= (cf. Pa1n2. 6-2, 116) mfn. not dead MBh.; immortal RV. &c.;
imperishable RV. VS.; beautiful, beloved L.; m. an immortal, a god RV. &c.; N. of S3iva; of Vishn2u MBh. xiii; of
Dhanvantari L.; the plant Phaseolus Trilobus Ait.; the root of a plant L.; (%{A}) f. a goddess RV. &c.; spirituous liquor
L.; Emblica Officinalis, Terminalia Citrina Roxb., Cocculus Cordifolius, Piper Longum, Ocymum Sanctum; N. of the
mother of Parikshit MBh. i, 3794; of Da1ksha1yan2i1 MatsyaP.; of a sister of Amr2itodana Buddh.; of a river Hcat.; of
the first %{kalA} of the moon BrahmaP.; (%{am}) n. collective body of immortals RV.; world of immortality, heaven,
eternity RV. VS. AV.; (also %{Ani} n. pl. RV. i, 72, 1 and iii, 38, 4); immortality RV.; final emancipation L.; the nectar
(conferring immortality, produced at the churning of the ocean), ambrosia RV. (or the voice compared to itN. Ragh.);
nectar-like food; antidote against poison Sus3r.; N. of a medicament S3is3. ix, 36, medicament in general Buddh.; the
residue of a sacrifice (cf. %{amReta-bhuj}); unsolicited alms Mn. iv, 4 and 5, water Naigh.; milk L. clarified butter L.
(cf. %{paJA7mRta}), boiled rice L.; anything sweet, a sweetmeat R. vii, 7,3; a pear L.; food L., property L.; gold L.;
quicksilver L.; poison L.; a particular poison L.; a ray of light Ragh. x, 59N. of a metre RPra1t.; of a sacred place (in the
north) Hariv. 14095, of various conjunctions of planets (supposed to confer long life) L.; the number, `" four "' L.
amritaM = veritable nectar
amritattvaaya = for liberation
amritabinduu = a drop of nectar
amritabhujaH = those who have tasted such nectar
amritasya = of the immortal
amritodbhavaM = produced from the churning of the ocean
amritopamaM = just like nectar\
a4Msa*= *V: expansion, part of, m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade; corner of a quadrangle; N. of a king; ({au}) m. du. the
two shoulders or angles of an altar; a share (for {aMza}); [cf. Goth. {amsa}; Gk. $, $; Lat. {humerus}, &124[1, 2]
{ansa}.]
aMs'a *= m. (probably fr. 1. %{az}, perf. %{An-a4Mza}, and not from the above %{aMz} fictitiously formed to serve as
root), a share, portion, part, party; partition, inheritance; a share of booty; earnest money; stake (in betting) RV. v, 86,
5 Ta1n2d2yaBr.; a lot (cf. 2. %{prA7s}); the denominator of a fraction; a degree of latitude or longitude; a day L.; N. of
an A1ditya.
aMs'aka* = 1 mf({ikA})n. (ifc.) forming part. \\2 m. a share; degree of latitude or longitude; a co-heir L.; ({am}) n. a
day L.
amu * = a pronom. base, used in the declension of the pronom. %{ada4s}, that (e.g. acc. %{amu4m}, %{amU4m};
instr. %{amunA}, %{amuyA}; dat. %{amu4Smai}, %{amuSyai}, &c.)
amushmin * = (loc. sg. of %{ada4s}) ind. in the other world L.; (forms the base of %{AmuSmika} q.v.
amushya * = (gen.sg. of %{ada4c}), of such a one.amushyakula* = mfn. belonging to the family of such a one, (ganas
%{pratijanA7di} and %{manojJA7di} q.v.)
amushyaputra * = m. the son of such a one (i.e. of a good family, of known origin), (g. %{manojJA7di} q.v.)
amutra = in the next life1 * = ind. there AV. S3Br. &c.; there above i.e. in the other world, in the life to come VS. S3Br.
&c.; there i.e. in what precedes or has been said S3Br.; here Katha1s.
amuunii: *V = all those, all these, all such
amuurta * = mfn. formless, shapeless, unembodied S3Br. xiv Up. &c.; not forming one body, consisting of different
parts Su1ryas.; m. N. of Siva.
amuuDhaaH = unbewildered
Sanskrit Dictionary
aanga * = mfn. (in Gr.) relating to the base. ({aGga}) of a word Pn. 1-1, 63 Comm.; m. a prince of the country Anga, (g.
{pailA7di} q.v.); ({I}) f. a princess of that country MBh. i, 3772; ({am}) n. a soft delicate form or body L.
anana * =breathing, living
ananubhUta * = mfn. not perceived, not experienced unknown. (see also the affirmative anubhUta)
antaraya* = 1 m. impediment, hindrance pS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.) //2 Nom. P. {-ayati} see {antar-i}.
antaraaya* = m. intervention, obstacle.
anubhUta * = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce; that has experienced,
tasted, tried or enjoyed.
anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; (%{am}) n. obedience, conformity, compliance.
anuvritti *= f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of continuance; (in
Pa1n2ini's Gr.) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows; reverting to; imitating, doing or
acting in like manner.
an.gamejayatva = unsteadiness of the body
ana* = m. breath, respiration S'Br. ChUp.
anaa* = ind. (fr. pronom. base {a}), hereby, thus, indeed RV.
anaadara = lack of respect
anaadi = without beginning
anaadiM = without beginning
anaaditva = non-beginning
anaaditvaat.h = due to eternity
anaagata *= mfn. ( %{gam}), not come, not arrived [27,3]; future; not attained, not learnt; unknown; (%{am}) n. the
future.
anaakshArita * =mfn. unreproached.
anaakshit * =mfn. not residing or resting S'Br.
anaanasaphalam.h = (n) pineapple
anaanata* mfn. unbent, not humbled RV. m. N. of a Riishi of the SV.
anaamayaM = without miseries
anaapad* = {t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn.
anaarambhaat.h = by nonperformance
anaarya = persons who do not know the value of life
anaatha * =having no master or protector; widowed; fatherless; helpless, poor; ({a4m}) n. want of a protector,
helplessness RV. x, 10, 11.
anaatman * = not self, another; something different from spirit or soul; ({an-Atma4n}) mfn. not spiritual, corporeal,
destitute of spirit or mind S'Br.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
from the eye of S'iva, for having attempted to disturb his life of austerity by filling him with love for Prvat); ({am}) n.
the ether, air, sky L.; the mind L.; that which is not the anga.
ananta = infinite, a name of Vishnu* = mf({A})n. endless, boundless, eternal, infinite; m. N. of Vishnu; of S'esha (the
snake-god); of S'esha's brother Vsuki; of Kriishna; of his brother Baladeva; of S'iva; of Rudra; of one of the Vis'vadevas; of the 14th Arhat, &c.; the plant Sinduvra, Vitex Trifolia; Talc; the 23rd lunar asterism, S'ravana; a silken cord
(tied round the right arm at a particular festival); the letter {A}; a periodic decimal fraction? ({A}) f. the earth; the
number one; N. of Prvat and of various females, the plant S'riv; Periploca Indica or Asclepias Pseudosarsa or
Asthmatica (the root of which supplies a valuable medicine); ({am}) n. the sky, atmosphere; Talc.
anantaM = unlimited
anantaH = Ananta
anantaraM = after
anantaruupa = O unlimited form
anantaruupaM = unlimited form
anantavijayaM = the conch named Ananta-vijaya
anantaviiryaa = unlimited potency
anantaaH = unlimited
anantaasana = Ananta's posture
ananya * = mf({A})n. no other, not another, not different, identical; self; not having a second, unique; not more than
one, sole; having no other (object), undistracted; not attached or devoted to any one else
ananyachetaaH = without deviation of the mind
ananyabhaak.h = without deviation
ananyamanasaH = without deviation of the mind
ananyayaa = unalloyed, undeviating
ananyayogena = by unalloyed devotional service
ananyasvaamyam.h = (n) patent rights
ananyaaH = having no other object
ananyena = without division
anapades'a* = m. an invalid argument.
anapadhrishya* = ind, p. not having overpowered AitBr.
anaapad * = %{t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn *VB when there is no emergency;in the absence of
danger;not in a calamit
anapaayin* = mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state; invariable.
anapeksha * = mfn. regardless, careless; indifferent; impartial; irrespective of; irrelevant; (%{A}) f. disregard,
carelessness; (%{a4n-ape7kSam}) ind. irrespectively, carelessly S3Br.
anapeksha H = neutral
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aniiha *= mfn. listless, indifferent; m. N. of a king of Ayodhya1; (%{A}) f. indifference, apathy, disinclination.
aniika *= %{as}, %{am}, m.n. ( %{an}), face; appearance, splendour, edge, point; front, row, array, march; army,
forces; war, combat.
aniis'a *= mfn. one who has not a lord or superior, paramount; powerless, unable; m. Vishn2u; (%{A}) f.
powerlessness, helplessness Up.
aniishvaraM = with no controller
aniketaH = having no residenc* = or {a-niketana} mfn. houseless.
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.;
a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
animishaaksha * =mf({I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.
animishaacaarya * =m. N. of Briihaspati.
animishat * =n. not winking, vigil mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
animishaaksha * =mf({I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.;
a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
animishat * =mfn. not winking, vigil
animiaacaarya * = m. N. of Br2ihaspati.
animishaaksha * = mf(%{I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.
animishat * = mfn. not winking, vigilant RV.
animitta * = mf(%{A})n. having no adequate occasion, causeless, groundless; (%{am}) n. absence of an adequate cause
or occasion, groundlessness.
animittaliGganAsa * = m. `" unaccountable loss of distinct vision "'N. of an ophthalmic disease ending in total
blindness (perhaps amaurosis).
animittanirAkRta * = mfn. groundlessly rejected S3a1k.
animittatas * = ind. groundlessly Mn. iv, 144.
anilaH = (m) wind or air
aniiha* = mfn. listless, indifferent; m. N. of a king of Ayodhy; ({A}) f. indifference, apathy, disinclination.
anila* = m. ( {an} cf. Trish {anal}), air or wind; the god of wind; one of the fortynine Anilas or winds; one of the eight
demi-gods, called Vasus; wind as one of the humors or {rasas} of the body; rheumatism, paralysis, or any affection
referred to disorder of the wind; N. of a Riishi and other persons; the letter {y}; the number forty-nine.
aniiLa* = [RV. x, 55, 6] = {a4-nIDa} q.v.
anilachulli = (f) gas (LPG)
anirdes'ya* = mfn. undefinable, inexplicable, incomparable
anis'a *= mfn. `" nightless "', sleepless; uninterrupted, incessant (only in comp.); (%{am}) ind. incessantly, continually.
Sanskrit Dictionary
anitya = uncertain/temporary/ephemeral/transient
anityaM = temporary
anityaH = nonpermanent
anirdeshyaM = indefinite
aniruupita *= mfn. not determined, undefined.
anirviNNachetasa = without deviation
aniruddha * = mfn. unobstructed, ungovernable, self-willed; m. a spy, a secret emissary (?); the son of Pradyumna (a
form of Kma, and husband of Ush); S'iva; N. of an Arhat (contemporary of S'kyamuni); of a descendant of Vriishni;
({am}) n. the rope for fastening cattle L.
anis'a *= mfn. `" nightless "', sleepless; uninterrupted, incessant (only in comp.); (%{am}) ind. incessantly, continually.
aniis'a *= mfn. one who has not a lord or superior, paramount; powerless, unable; m. Vishn2u; (%{A}) f.
powerlessness, helplessness Up.
anishchayat.h = due to non-determination (having not decided)
anis'cita *= mfn. unascertained, not certain.
anishhTa = and undesirable
anishhTaM = leading to hell
anishiddha *= mfn. unprohibited, unforbidden.
anivrita * = mfn. (1. %{vR}), unchecked, not impeded RV. iii, 29, 6.
a.njana = anointment
ajali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive food; hence
when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction; a libation to the Manes (two
hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side,
equal to a kudava.
ajalika* = as, {am} m. n. N. of one of Arjuna's arrows MBh.; ({A}) f. a young mouse L.
anjana* = ointment for the eyes
ajah *V easily, properly, as-it-is, directly
ajana * = m. a kind of domestic lizard L.; N. of a fabulous, serpent; of a tree Pan5cat.; of a mountain, of a king of
Mithila1, of the elephant of the west or south-west quarter; (%{A}) f. N. of Hanumat's mother; of Pravarasena's
mother; (%{am}) n. act of applying an ointment or pigment, embellishing, &c., black pigment or collyrium applied to
the eyelashes or the inner coat of the eyelids; a special kind of this pigment, as lamp-black, Antimony, extract of
Ammonium, Xanthorrhiza, &c.; paint, especially as a cosmetic; magic ointment; ink L.; night L.; fire L. (In rhetoric)
making clear the meaning of an equivocal expression, double entendre or pun, &c.
ajanaka* = m. portion of a text containing the word {aJjana}, (g. {goSad-Adi} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a medicinal plant.
ajanii* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two medicinaI plants.
ajasa *= mfn. straight, straightforward, honest L.; (%{I4}) f. N. of a heavenly river RV. i, 104, 4.
ajasaa *= ind. straight on, right, truly, justly; quickly, soon, instantly.
Sanskrit Dictionary
ajasaa *= ind. straight on, right, truly, justly; quickly, soon, instantly.
ajasiina* = mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7.
ajaspA* = mfn. drinking instantly RV. x, 92, 2 and 94, 13.
ajasayana* = mf({I})n. having a straight course, going straight on TS. AitBr.
ajasIna* = mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7.
a.nkusha = a goad (metal stick used to control elephants)
a.nkushadhaariNam.h = bearing the weapon `ankusha' with which the elephant
a.nsha = part, angle
a.nsha-bhuutaM = has been a part of her
a.nshaH = fragmental particle
a.nshumaan.h = radiant
a.nshena = part
anrita = false
anrita*=not true, false; falsehood, lying, cheating; agriculture
anta = end *= m. end, limit, boundary, term; end of a texture; end, conclusion; end of life, death, destruction (in these
latter senses some times neut.); a final syllable, termination; last word of a compound; pause, settlement, definite
ascertainment, certainty; whole amount; border, outskirt (e.g. %{grAmA7nte}, in the outskirts of the village); nearness,
proximity, presence; inner part, inside; condition, nature; (%{e}) loc. c. in the end, at last; in the inside; (%{am}) ind. as
far as (ifc. e.g. %{udakA7ntam}, as far as the water); (mfn.), near, handsome, agreeable L. [cf. Goth. {andeis}, Theme
{andja}; Germ. {Ende}; Eng. {end}: with %{anta} are also compared the Gk. $, $; Lat. {ante}; the Goth. {anda} in
&13046[42,3] {anda-vaurd}, &c.; and the Germ. {ent} e.g. in {entsagen}].
antaM = or end
antaH = (adv) inside
antaHkaraNa = Mind
antaHpeTikaa = (f) drawer
antaHsthaani = within
antaka* = 1 m. border, boundary S3Br.\\2 mfn. making an end, causing death; m. death; Yama, king or lord of death
AV. &c.; N. of a man favoured by the As3vins RV. i, 112, 6N. of a king.
antakaale = at the end of life
antagataM = completely eradicated
antara = Sub-period in a Dasha
antara * = mf({A}) n. being in the interior, interior; near, proximate, related, intimate; lying adjacent to; distant;
different from; exterior; ({am}) n. the interior; a hole, opening; the interior part of a thing, the contents; soul, heart,
supreme soul; interval, intermediate space or time; period; term; opportunity, occasion; place; distance, absence;
difference, remainder; property, peculiarity; weakness, weak side; representation; surety, guaranty; respect, regard;
(ifc.), different, other, another e.g. {dezA7ntaram}, another country; ({am}), or {-ta4s} ind. in the interior, within [cf.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Goth. {anthar}, Theme {anthara}; Lith. {antra-s}, `" the second "'; Lat. {alter}].
antaraa * = ind. in the middle, inside, within, among, between; on the way, by the way; near, nearly, almost; in the
meantime, now and then; for some time; (with acc. and loc.) between, during, without.
antaraatmanaa = within himself
antaraatmaa = the inner self, residing in the heart
antaraaya = (m) obstacle* = m. intervention, obstacle.
antaraaraamaH = actively enjoying within
antaradeshiiya = among different countries mainly for transaction??
antaraM = between
antaranga = the practices of pranayama and
hara
antaraya * = 1 m. impediment, hindrance pS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.)
antariksha = (n) space
antarikshaM = space, sky
antardhaa * = 1 A1. %{-dhatte}, to place within, deposit; to receive within; to hide, conceal, obscure; to hide one's self:
Pass. %{-dhIyate} to be received within, to be absorbed; to be rendered invisible; to disappear, vanish; to cease: Caus.
%{-dhApayati}; to render invisible, to cause to disappear.
antare = between
antareNa = without
antarjyotiH = aiming within
antaryutakam.h = (n) vest
antarsukhaH = happy from within
antavat.h = perishable
antavantaH = perishable
antike = near
ante = after
antevaasa *= m. a neighbour, companion AitBr.
antevasaayin *= m. a man living at the end of a town or village, a man belonging to the lowest caste MBh. &c.
antyaja *= mfn. of the lowest caste; m. a S3u1dra; a man of one of seven inferior tribes (a washerman, currier, mimic,
Varud2a, fisherman, Meda or attendant on women, and mountaineer or forester).
antyajagamana *= n. intercourse (between a woman of the higher caste) with a man of the lowest caste.
antyajAgamana *= n. intercourse (between a man of the higher caste) with a woman of the lowest caste.
antyajanman *= or mfn. of the lowest caste.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
anugaa *= 1. to go after, follow; to act in conformity to, or according to the wishes of RV.
anugam *= cl. 1. P. %{-gacchati}, %{-gantum}, to go after, follow, seek, approach, visit, arrive; to practise, observe, obey,
imitate; to enter into; to die out, be extinguished: Caus. %{-gamayati}, to imitate cause to die out.
anugama *= m. or %{am}, following, going after in life or death
anugamana *= %{am}, following, going after in life or death; postcremation of a widow, imitating, approaching.
anugata * = mfn. followed by, having anything (as a skin) hanging behind; following; a follower; acquired;
extinguished; tallying with; (%{am}) n. moderate time (in music).
anugiitaa* = f. `" an after-song "'N. of part of the fourteenth book of the Mahbhrata (chaps. 16-92).
anugraha * = m. favour, kindness, showing favour, conferring benefits, promoting or furthering a good object;
assistance; facilitating by incantations; rear-guard; N. of the eighth or fifth creation VP.
anugrihiita * = mfn. favoured, obliged.
anuja * mfn. born after, later, younger; m. a younger brother, a cadet; the plant Tryamna; ({am}) n. the plant
Prapaundarika; ({A}) f. a younger sister TS.
anujaa* = 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to depart, dismiss, bid
farewell to; to entreat; to behave kindly: Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask permission, ask for leave to depart, to
take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow or permit Pa1n2. 1-3, 58.//2 f. assent, assenting, permission;
leave to depart; allowance made for faults; an order or command.
anujan * = cl. 4. . {-jAyate}, to follow in being born or produced or arising; to take after (one's parents) Ragh.
anu-janman * = {A} m. a younger brother, younger.
anu-janam * = ind. according to people, popularly.
anujiivin* = mfn. living by or upon; dependent; (%{I}) m. a dependent, follower; N. of a crow Pan5cat.
anujiivisaatkrita * = mfn. made wholly subservient Kir.
anujaa *= 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to depart, dismiss, bid
farewell to; to entreat; to behave kindly: Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask permission, ask for leave to depart, to
take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow or permit Pa1n2. 1-3, 58. \\ 2 f. assent, assenting,
permission; leave to depart; allowance made for faults; an order or command.
anukalpa * = m. permission to adopt an alternative or substitute (e.g. instead of Kus3a grass you may use Du1rba1)
Mn. &c.
anukamp * = to sympathize with, compassionate
anukampaka * = m. `" sympathizer "'N. of a king; (mfn.) ifc. sympathizing with, compassionating.
anukampana * n. sympathy, compassion.
anu-kampanIya * = mfn. pitiable.
anukampita * mfn. compassionated
anukampin * = mfn. sympathizing with.
anukampya * = mfn. pitiable, worthy of sympathy m. an ascetic L., expeditious (explained by {tarasvin}, perhaps for
{tapasvin}) L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
anumata* = mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant; loved, beloved; concurred with, being
of one opinion; ({am}) n. consent, permission, approbation; ({e}) loc. ind. with consent of.
anumati* = f. assent, permission, approbation; personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the fifteenth day of the moon's age
(on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive oblations with favour); also personified as a
goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess. anumIyamAna* = mfn. Pass. p. being inferred
anumeya mfn. to be measured AV. vi, 137, 2; inferable, to be inferred, proved or conjectured.
anumita * = mfn. inferred, conjectured.
anumimaana * = mfn. p. A1. concluding, inferring.
anumoda * = m. a subsequent pleasure, the feeling of pleasure from sympathy.
anumodaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. assenting, showing sympathetic joy.
anumodana * = n. pleasing, causing pleasure, applauding; assent, acceptance; sympathetic joy.
anumodita* = mfn. pleased, delighted, applauded; agreeable, acceptable.
anumR * to follow in death
anumRgyadAzu * = mfn. granting all that is sought.
anumRgya * mfn. ( {mRg}), to be sought after
anumRtA * f. the woman who burns with a part of her husband's dress.
anumRj * = to rub lengthways for polishing or cleaning AV. S'Br. &c. Intens. part. {-ma4rmRjAna}, stretching (the
arms) repeatedly towards RV. x, 142, 5.
anumRz * =to grasp, seize RV. &c.; to consider, think of, reflect: Caus. {-marzayati}, to touch or take hold of for the
sake of examining Kthh.
anuniita * = mfn. disciplined, taught; obtained; respected; pleased, pacified; humbly entreated.
anuniniishu * = mfn. desirous of conciliating.
anupaa* = 1 1. to drink after or there upon, follow in drinking, drink at; Caus. (Pot. {-pAya4yet}) to cause to drink
afterwards S'Br. [35, 2] \\* = 2 2. Caus. P. . {-pAlayati}, {-te}, to preserve, keep, cherish; to wait for, expect.
anuupa* = mfn. (fr. 2. {a4p} q.v., with {anu}), situated near the water, watery L.; ({a4s}) m. a watery country Mn. &c.;
pond RV.; bank of a river; a buffalo (cf. {AnUpa}) L.; N. of a Riishi, teacher of the Sma-veda.
anupakaariNe = irrespective of return
anupalabdha * = mfn. unobtained, unperceived, unascertained.
anupashyati = one tries to see through authority
anupashyanti = can see
anupas'aanta *= mfn. not calm; m. N. of a Buddhist mendicant.
anupas'aya *= m. any aggravating circumstance (in a disease).
anupashyaami = do I foresee
anuprapannaaH = following
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
anushochanti = lament
anus'ocaka * = mfn. grieving, one who repents; occasioning repentance.
anus'ocana * = n. sorrow, repentance.
anushochituM = to lament
anushhajjate = one necessarily engages
anushhTup.h = the format's name
anushhThana = (n) performance, execution
anusantataani = extended
anusaraNa* = n. following, going after; tracking, conformity to, consequence of; custom, habit, usage.
anusaara = following, customary(masc)
anus'aasana * = n. instruction, direction, command, precept
anus'aya m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any object; (in phil.) the consequence or result
of an act (which clings to it and causes the soul after enjoying the temporary freedom from transmigration to enter
other bodies); repentance, regret; hatred; ancient or intense enmity; ({I}) f. a4 disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on
the upper part; a boil on the head.
anusmara = go on remembering
anusmaran.h = remembering
anusmaret.h = always thinks of
anusuu * = {Us} m. N. of wk., Pn Comm.
anu-suucaka * = mf({ikA})n. ( {sUc}), indicative of, pointing out.
anu-suucana * = n. pointing out, indication.
anu-suupam * = ind. in every condiment.
anusvaaraH = the accompanying sound or letter ( the letter form `.n' `M'?)
anutaapa * = m. repentance, heat.
anutaapana * = mfn. occasioning remorse, repentance or sorrow
anutishhThanti = regularly perform
anuttamaM = the finest
anuttamaaM = the highest
anusvaara* = m. ( {svR}), aftersound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line, and which always
belongs to a preceding vowel.
anuvarN* = to mention, describe, recount; to praise.
anuvaada* = m. saying after or again, repeating by way of explanation, explanatory repetition or reiteration with
corroboration or illustration, explanatory reference to anything already said; translation; a passage of the Brhmanas
Sanskrit Dictionary
which explains or illustrates a rule ({vidhi}) previously propounded (such a passage is sometimes called {anuvAdavacana}); confirmation Nir.; slander, reviling L.
anuvaaram* = ind. time after time.
anuvartanIya* = mfn. to be followed; to be supplied from a previous rule.
anuvartin* = mfn. following, compliant, obedient, resembling.
anuvartitva* = n. the state of being so.
anuvartman* =mfn. following attending AV. &c.; ({a}) n. a path previously walked by another BhP.
anuvartitR* = {tA} m. a wooer RV. x, 109, 2.
anuvartana* = &c. see {anu-vRt}.
anuvartana* = n. obliging, serving or gratifying another; compliance, obedience; following, attending; concurring;
consequence, result; continuance; supplying from a previous rule.
anuvartate = follows in the footsteps
anuvartante = would follow
anuvartayati = adopt
anuvaadaM = translation
anuvaadya = having translated
anuvelam * = ind. now and then.
anuvidhiiyate = becomes constantly engaged
anuvrata *= mfn. devoted to, faithful to, ardently attached to (with gen. or acc.)
anuvri * = to cover, KaushBr. &c.; to surround: Caus. . {-vArayate}, to hinder, prevent.
anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; ({am}) n. obedience, conformity, compliance.
anuvritti * = f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of continuance; (in
Pnini's Gr.) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows; reverting to; imitating, doing or acting
in like manner.
anuvrit * = . to go after; to follow, pursue; to follow from a previous rule, be supplied from a previous sentence; to
attend; to obey, respect, imitate; to resemble; to assent; to expect; Caus. P. {-vartayati}, to roll after or forward; to
follow up, carry out; to supply.
anuvrit * = mfn. walking after, following MaitrS. PBr.
anuyaayinaH = followers
anuyaajaanumantraNa *= reciting those formulas Ka1tyS3r.
anuuchaanaM = (teacher?)
aNva * = n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer used for the Soma juice RV
anvA * (for 2. {anu-vA} q.v.), blowing after TndyaBr. GopBr.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
anya = other person * = 1 (3) n. inexhaustibleness (as of the milk of cows) AV. xii, 1, 4 (cf. %{a4nyA}.).// 2 %{as},
%{A}, %{at}, other, different; other than, different from, opposed to (abl. or in comp.); another; another person; one of
a number; %{anya@anya} or %{eka@anya}, the one, the other; %{anyac@ca}, and another, besides, moreover [cf. Zd.
{anya}; Armen. {ail}; Lat. {alius}; Goth. {aljis}, Theme {alja}; Gk. $ &13802[45,2] for $; cf. also $].
anyaM = other
anyaH = another
anyatama * = mfn. any one of many, either, any.
anyat.h = other
anyatra = somewhere else
anyathaa = other *= ind. otherwise, in a different manner (with %{atas}, %{itas}, or %{tatas} = in a manner different
from this; %{anyathA@anyathA}, in one way, in another way); inaccurately, untruly, falsely, erroneously; from another
motive; in the contrary case, otherwise [cf. Lat. {aliuta}].
anyayaa = by the other
anyaaM = another
anyaan.h = others
anyaani = different
anyaayena = illegally
anye = others
anyena = by another
anyebhyaH = from others
anyaiH = by others
anyonya = mutual
apa* = ind. (as a prefix to nouns and verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opposed to %{u4pa}, %{a4nu}, %{sam},
%{pra}); down (opposed to %{ud}).
apaada* = mfn. not divided into Pdas not metrical.
apaadaa* = 1. . to take off or away S'Br. Kaus'.
apaana = one of the vital airs, controls the elimination of bodily wastes* = m. (opposed to %{prA7Na4}), that of the five
vital airs which goes downwards and out at the anus; the anus MBh. (in this sense also (%{am}) n. L.); N. of a Sa1man
PBr.; ventris crepitus L.
apaanaM = the air going downward
apaane = in the air which acts downward
apaapo = without sins
apaaraa = one who has no limits
apaara* = mfn. not having an opposite shore TS.; not having a shore, unbounded, boundless (applied to the earth, or to
heaven and earth, [{ro4dasI}], &c.) RV. &c.; m. `" not the opposite bank "', the bank on this side (of a river) MBh. viii,
Sanskrit Dictionary
2381; ({am}) n. (in Snkhya phil.) `" a bad shore "', `" the reverse of {pAra} "', a kind of mental indifference or
acquiescence; the reverse of mental acquiescence L.; the boundless sea.
apaatrebhyaH = to unworthy persons
apaartha* = mfn. without any object, useless; unmeaning BhP. &c.; ({am}) n. incoherent argument
apaarthaka * =mfn. useless
apaavrita* = mfn. open, laid open RV. i, 57, 1, &c.; covered L.; unrestrained, self willed
apaavritaM = wide open
apaaya* = see %{ape7}.
apaaya* = m. going away, departure; destruction, death, annihilation; injury, loss; misfortune, evil, calamity.
apaayaya *V = to (breast)-feed
apaayinaH = disappearing
apachii = to decrease
apaciti 1 f. honouring, reverence S3is3.\\ 2 f. loss L.; expense L.; N. of a daughter of Mari1ci VP.; (for 3. %{a4pa-citi}
see below.) \\ 3 3 f. (= $, 3. %{ci}), compensation, either recompense [TS. &c.] or retaliation, revenge, punishing RV.
iv, 28, 4, &c.
apada* = n. no place, no abode AV.; the wrong place or time Kaths. &c.; (mfn.), footless Pacat.
apades'a *= m. assigning, pointing out Ka1tyS3r.; pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance; the second step in a
syllogism (i.e. statement of the reason); a butt or mark L.; place, quarter L.
apahaa 1 2. A1. %{-jihIte} (aor. 3. pl. %{-ahAsata} Subj. 1. pl. %{-hAsmahi}), to run away from (abl.) or off RV.\\ 2
3. A1. (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{-hAsthAH}) to remain behind, fall short, not reach the desired end AV. xviii, 3, 73: Pass. %{hIyate}, to grow less, decrease (in strength, %{balam}) Sus3r.
apaharaNa = stealing
apahartaaraM = the remover]destroyer
apahnava *= m. concealment, denial of or turning off of the truth; dissimulation, appeasing, satisfying S3Br.; affection,
love R.; = %{apa-hnuti} Sa1h.
apahrita = stolen
apahritachetasaaM = bewildered in mind
apaishunaM = aversion to fault-finding
apakaara * = m. wrong, offence, injury, hurt; despise, disdain.
apakarsha * = m. drawing or dragging off or down, detraction, diminution, decay; lowering, depression; decline,
inferiority, infamy; anticipation Nyyam.; (in poetry) anticipation of a word occurring later.
apa-karsha-sama * = {as}, {A} mf. a sophism in the Nyya (e.g. `" sound has not the quality of shape as a jar has,
therefore sound and a jar have no qualities in common "').
apa-karshaka * = mf({ikA})n. drawing down, detracting (with gen.) Sh.
apakri = to harm
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
aparaan.h = others
apare = others
aparigraha = abstention from greed, non-possessiveness
aparigrahaH = free from the feeling of possessiveness
aparimeyaM = immeasurable *= mfn. immeasurable, illimitable.
aparihaarye = of that which is unavoidable
aparyaaptaM = immeasurable
apasada * = m. the children of six degrading marriages (of a Brhman with the women of the three lower classes, of a
Kshatriya with women of the two lower, and of a Vais'ya with one of the S'dra Mn. x, 10 seqq., but cf. MBh. xiii, 2620
seqq. and {apadhvaMsa-ja}), an outcast (often ifc.; see {brAhmaNA7pasada}).
apashyat.h = he could see
apas'ya *= mfn. not seeing RV. i, 148, 5.
apaazyaa *= f. no great number of nooses or fetters Pa1n2. 6-2, 156 Sch.
apas'yanaa *= f. not seeing Buddh.
apas'yat *= mfn. id. RV. x, 135, 3; (in astron.) not being in view of VarBr2.; not noticing; not considering, not caring
for Ya1jn5. ii, 3.
aps'raya * = 2 m. the upper portion of a bed or couch on which the head rests Das3.; refuge, recourse, the person or
thing to which recourse is had for refuge; an awning spread over a court or yard R. v, 11, 19.
apatya = Progeny
apathham.h = read
apathu * = mfn. not clever, awkward, uncouth; ineloqueut; sick, diseased L.
a-pattra * = mfn. leafless; ({A}) f. N. of a plant.
a-patnika * = mfn. not having a wife AitBr. KtyS'r.; where the wife is not present KtyS'r.
apa-trap * = to be ashamed or bashful, turn away the face.
apa-tras * = (impf. 3. pl. {-atrasan}) to flee from in terror RV. x, 95, 8 MBh.
apa-trasta * = mfn. (ifc. or with abl.) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in terror Pn. 2-1, 38.
a-pathin * = {-nthAs} m. absence of road Pn. 5-4, 72.
apaurusha* n. unmanliness; superhuman power; (mfn.), unmanly; superhuman. [57, 1]
apavarga = heaven, liberation: m. completion, end (e.g. {paJcA7pavarga}, coming to an end in five days) KtyS'r. &c.;
the emancipation of the soul from bodily existence, exemption from further transmigration; final beatitude BhP. &c.;
gift, donation s'vS'r.; restriction (of a rule) Sus'r. S'ulb.
apavaada = exceptional
apaviddha* = mfn. pierced; thrown away, rejected, dismissed, removed.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
arbhaka = small
arbuda *= m. Ved. a serpent-like demon (conquered by Indra, a descendant of Kadru1 therefore called Ka1draveya
S3Br. AitBr.; said to be the author of RV. x, 94 RAnukr.) RV. &c.; (%{a4s}) m.id. RV.i, 51, 6 and x, 67, 12; (%{am}) n. N.
of the above-named hymn RV. x, 94 A1s3vS3r.; (%{as}, %{am}) m. n. a long round mass (said especially of the shape of
the foetus in the second half of the first month [Nir. xiv, 6] or in the second month [Ya1jn5. iii, 75 and 89]); a swelling,
tumour, polypus Sus3r. &c.; (%{a4rbuda}), ri. (also m. L.) ten millions VS. xvii, 2, &c.; (%{as}),m.N. of a mountain in
the west of India (commonly called Abu1, a place of pilgrimage of the Jainas, and celebrated for its Jaina temples); m.
pl.N. of a people VarBr2S. BhP. &c.
arbudarogaH = (m) cancer
archati = (1 pp) to worship
archituM = to worship
arcita * = mfn. honoured, worshipped, respected, saluted MBh. Mn. &c.; offered with reverence, Mn iv, 213 ({an-} neg.)
& 235 Yj. i, 167
ardana * = mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. ({janA7rdana}) disturbing, distressing, tormenting R. BhP. &c.;
annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf. {mahISA7rdana}); ({as}) m. a N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1147; ({A}) f. request L.; ({am}) n.
pain, trouble, excitement Sus'r.
ardani * = m. sickness, disease L.; asking, request L.; fire L.
ardha = half* = 1 m. Ved. side, part; place, region, country (cf. {a4py-ardham}, {abhy-ardha4}, {parA7rdha4}); [Lat.
{ordo}; Germ. {ort}.] \\2 mfn. (m. pl. {ardhe} or {ardhas} Pn. 1-1, 33) half. halved, forming a half [cf. Osset. {ardag}];
{ardha4}.. {ardha4} (or {ni4ma}.. {ardha4} RV. x, 27 "' 18), one part, the other part; ({a4s}, {a4m}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the
half. RV. vi, 30, 1, &c.; ({a4m}) n. `" one part of two "', with 1. {kR}, to give or leave to anybody (acc.) an equal share of
(gen.) RV. ii, 30, 5 and vi, 44, 18; a part, party RV. iv, 32, 1 and vii, 18, 16; ({e}) loc. ind. in the middle, Sk. ({ardha}) in
comp. with a subst. means `" the half part of anything "' [cf. Pn. 2-2, 2], with an adj. or past Pass. p. [cf. Pn. 5-4, 5] `"
half "'; also with an adj. indicating measure [cf. Pn. vii, 3, 26 and 27]; a peculiar kind of compound is formed with
ordinals [cf. Pn. 1-1, 23 Comm.] e.g. {ardha-tRtIya}, containing a half for its third, i.e. two and a half; {ardhacaturtha}, having a half for its fourth, three and a half.)
ardhachandraasana = the half-moon posture
ardhanavaasana = the half-boat posture
ardhanaariinatheshvara = S'iva and his S'akti united as one
ardhanaariishvara = S'iva and his S'akti united as one
ardhanicholaH = (m) frock
ardhapadmaasana = the half-lotus posture
ardhamatsyendraasana = the half spinal-twist posture
ardana *= mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. (%{janA7rdana}) disturbing, distressing, tormenting R. BhP. &c.;
annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf. %{mahISA7rdana}); (%{as}) m. a N. of S3iva MBh. xiii, 1147; (%{A}) f. request L.;
(%{am}) n. pain, trouble, excitement Sus3r.
ardhashirshhaasana = the half headstand posture
ardhasarvaangaasana = the half-shoulderstand posture
ardhasalabhaasana = the half-locust posture
ardhoruka = (n) half-pant
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
daughter of Daksha and one of the wives of Kas'yapa Hariv.; ({am}) n. bad or ill-luck. misfortune; a natural
phenomenon boding approaching death; good fortune, happiness MBh. iv, 2126, buttermilk L.; vinous spirit L.; a
womas apartment, the lying-in chamber (cf. {ariSTagriha} and {-zayyA} below) L.
arishhthanemiH = the appelation to Garuda?
arisuudana = O killer of the enemies
arjanaM = the earning or acquiring or acqusition
arjuna * = mfn. (cf. {Rjra4} and {raj}) white, clear (the colour of the day RV. vi, 9, 1; of the dawn RV. i, 49, 3; of the
lightning; of the milk; of silver, &c.); made of silver AV. iv, 37, 4; m. the white colour "' L.; a peacock L.; cutaneous
disease Sy. on RV. i, 122, 5; the tree Terminalia Arjuna W. and A.; N. of a man RV. i, 122, 5; of Indra VS. S'Br., of the
third of the Pindava princes (who was a son of Kriitavrya who was slain by Paras'urma) ib.; of a S'skya (known as a
mathematician); of different other persons; the only son of his mother L.; ({I}) f. a cow MBh. xiii, 3596; a kind of
serpent, (voc. {a4ijuni}) "' AV. ii, 24, 7; a procuress, bawd L.; N. of Ush (wife of Aniruddha) L.; of the river Bhud or
Karatoys L.; ({-nyau}, or {-nyas}) f. du. or Pl.N. of the constellation Phalgun RV. x, 85, 13 S'Br.; ({am}) n. silver AV. v,
28, 5 and 9; gold L.; slight inflammation of the conjunctiva or white of the eye Sus'r.; a particular grass (used as a
substitute for the Soma plant) PBr. &c.; (= {rUpa}) shape Naigh.; ({As}) m. pl. the descendants of Arjuna Pn. 2-4, 66
Sch.
arjuna-anujam A*: emblem [as in 10.77: 11]
arjuna = a disciple of Krishna, hero of the Mahabharata
arjunaM = unto Arjuna
arjunaH = Arjuna
arjunayoH = and Arjuna
arka = essence, a name of Sun * = m. ( {arc}), Ved. a ray, flash of lightning RV. &c.; the sun RV. &c.; (hence) the
number, twelve "' Sryas.; Sunday; fire RV. ix, 50, 4 S'Br. BrirUp.; crystal R. ii, 94, 6; membrum viriIe AV. vi, 72, 1;
copper L.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea (the larger leaves are used for sacrificial ceremonies; cf. {arka-kozI}, {parNa4}, {palaza4}, &c. below) S'Br. &c., a religious ceremony S'Br. BrirUp. (cf. {arkA7zvamedha} below); praise
hymn, song (also said of the roaring of the Maruts and of Indra's thunder) RV. and AV.; one who praises, a singer RV.;
N. of Indra L.; a learned man (cf. RV. viii, 63, 6) L. [89, 2]; an elder brother L.; N. of a physician BrahmaP. (cf. {arkacikitsA} below); ({as}, {am}) m. n. (with {agneH}, {indrasya}, {gautamasaH}, &c.) N. of different Smans; food Naigh.
and Nir. (cf. RV. vii, 9, 2).
arkadina *= n. a solar day.
arNava *= mfn. agitated, foaming, restless RV. VS. AV.; (%{a4s}) m. a wave, flood RV.; the foaming sea RV. VS.; the
ocean of air (sometimes personified as a demon with the epithet %{mahA4n} or %{ta@nayitnu4s}) RV. AV.; (%{as},
rarely %{am} [MBh. xiii, 7362]) m. n. the sea; (hence) the number, `" four "' Su1ryas.; N. of two metres (cf. %{a4rNa},
m.)N. of wk. on jurisprudence.
arogita = diseaselessness
arpaNa = Offer * = mf(%{I})n. procuring MBh. xiii, 1007; consigning, entrusting; (%{a4rpaNa}) n. inserting, fixing R.;
piercing AV. xii, 3, 22; placing in or upon Ragh. ii, 35; offering, delivering, consigning, entrusting of (gen. or in comp.);
giving back Hit.
arpaNaM = contribution
arpita = surrendering * = [eight times in RV.; cf. Pn. 6-1, 209 seq.] or\\* = [RV. i, 164, 48, &c.] mfn. inserted, fixed
RV. VS. &c.; fixed upon (as the eyes or the mind); thrown, cast into (loc.; said of an arrow) Ragh. viii, 87; placed in or
upon Ragh. ix, 78, &c.; (said of a document or of a sketch) transferred to (a plate or portrait i.e., `" engraved "' or,
painted "') Ragh. xvii, 79 S'k. Kum. iii, 42; offered, delivered, entrusted Yj. ii, 164, &c.; given back Ragh. xix, 10, &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
arth *= cl. 10. A1. %{arthayate} (2. du. %{arthayAse} RV. x, 106, 7; Subj. 2. sg. %{arthayAse} RV. i, 82, s); rarely cl. 1.
A1. (1. pl. %{arthAmahe} MBh. iii, 8613) to strive to obtain, desire, wish, request, ask for (acc.; rarely Inf. [Bhat2t2.
%{yoddhum}]); to supplicate or entreat any one (acc., rarely abl. [Katha1s.]); to point out the sense of. comment upon
Comm. on Mr2icch.
artha = money *= {as}, {am} m. n. [in RV. i-ix only n. [90, 3]; in RV. x six times n. and thrice m.; in later Sanskriit only
m.] aim, purpose (very often {artham}, {arthena}, {arthAya}, and {arthe} ifc. or with gen., for the sake of. on account of.
in behalf of. for "'); cause, motive, reason Mn. ii, 213, &c.; advantage, use, utility (generally named with kma and
dharma see {tri-varga}; used in wishing well to another dat. or gen. Pn. 2-3, 73); thing, object (said of the membrum
virile S'Br. xiv); object of the senses VarBriS.; (hence) the number, five "', Seiryas.; substance, wealth, property,
opulence, money; (hence in astron.) N. of the second mansion, the mansion of wealth (cf, {dhana}) VarBriS.;
personified as the son of Dharma arid Buddhi BhP.; affair, concern (Ved. often acc. a4rtham with {i}, or gam, to go to
one's business, take up one's work RV. &c.); (in law) lawsuit, action; having to do with (instr.), wanting, needing
anything (instr.), SBr, &c.; {sense}, meaning, notion (cf. {artha-zabdau} and {arthAt} s.v. below and {vedatattvA7rthavid}); manner, kind L., prohibition, prevention L.; price (for {argha} q.v.) L.; ({At}) abl. ind. see s.v. below; ({e}) loc.
ind. with 1. {kR} (g. {sakSAd-Adi} q.v.) // n. m. aim, purpose, meaning, sense, object, profit, advantage of (instr.),
wealth, property, money, thing, matter, business, cause, suit, action; o. --- adj. having a thing for object, for the sake of,
on account of, for; acc., instr., dat. & loc. the same adv.
arthaM = wealth
arthaH = is meant
arthakrit *= mfn. causing profit, useful.
arthakrita *= mfn. made for a special purpose Jaim.; made only with regard to utility, interested (as friendship) BhP.;
caused by the sense of a word (opposed to %{zabda-k-} and %{desa-k}) Comm. on VPra1t.
arthakritya *= n. [R.] or [Megh.] settling a matter or affair.
arthakrityaa *= f. [Megh.] settling a matter or affair.
arthan.h = and economic development
arthanaipuNa = (n) efficient in polity
arthapraaptirbhavati = wealth-attainment becomes
arthayate = (10 pp) to request
arthavaan.h = one with money
arthasya = (masc.poss.sing.) wealth or meaning
arthaarthii = one who desires material gain
arthe = in meaning V*= in the matter of, for the sake , for the purpose
arthin * = mfn. active, industrious RV.; (cf %{arthe74t} above); one who wants or desires anything (instr. or in comp.;
cf. %{putrA7rthin}, %{balA7rthin}); supplicating or entreating any one (gen.); longing for, libidinous R. i, 48, 18; (%{I})
m. one who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer Ya1jn5. i, 60 Katha1s.; a beggar, petitioner, suitor Mn. xi, 1, &c.; one
who supplicates with prayers VarBr2S.; a plaintiff, prosecutor Mn. viii, 62 and 79 Ya1jn5. ii, 6; a servant L.; a follower,
companion L.
arthinah*A = person in need, person asking for something
arthiyaM = meant
arthopaarjanaaya = for earning maney
Sanskrit Dictionary
asaadhya * = mfn. not to be effected or completed, not proper or able to be accomplished Ya1jn5. ii, 196 Hariv. &c.;
incurable, irremediable MBh. iv, 395 Sus3r. &c.; not to be overpowered or mastered Pan5cat. Ka1m.; not susceptible of
proof Comm. on Ya1jn5. ii, 6.
asaaraM = worthless/without essence
asaavaadityaH = asau and AdityaH: this(person) and Sun
asa*= not he
asabhya *= mfn. unfit for an assembly, vulgar, low Nir. BhP. &c.
asadris'ii *V= unequal
asadrisopama = n. (in rhetoric) a dissimilar simile.
asahya* = mf({A})n. unbearable, insufferable, insuperable SV. MBh.; impracticable, impossible MBh. iii, 12255 seq.;
with {draSTum}, `" impossible to be seen "' i.e. invisible Up.
asaadhu * = mfn. (Pn. 6-2, 160) not good, wicked, bad S'Br. MBh. &c.; wrong Comm. on TPrt.; ({u4s}) m. not an
honest man, a wicked man S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({u4}) n. anything bad, evil S'Br. ({sAdhvasAdhu4nI}, `" good and evil "')
MBh. &c.; disfavour, disgrace, only {-u4nA} instr. ind. disfavourably S'Br. ii ChUp. (cf. 3. {a-sAman}); ({u}) ind. (used
as an interjection of disapproval) bad! shame! Rjat. &c.
asadbhAva * = m. non-existence, absence Veda1ntas. &c.; an evil temperament or disposition L.
asakta = unattached\\* = mfn. not stopped or intercepted by os at (loc.; said of arrows and of a sword) MBh. iii, 1602;
xiv, 2189; (in the same sense {a-saGga} Ragh. iii, 63); free from ties, independent, Snkhyak.; detached from worldly
feelings or passions, unattached or indifferent to (loc.) Mn. ii, 13 Ragh. &c.; ({am}) ind. without obstacle or resistance
Hariv. 9741 R. iii, 75, 6; uninterruptedly Kir. iv, 31 Km.; immediately, at once Das'.
asaktaM = without attraction
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
asatkaarya* = n. bad or illicit occupation Mn. xii, 32; ({asatkArya}) {-vAdin} m. one who (like a Naiyyika) holds that
an effect is nonexistent in its cause before production.
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.
asatpatha* = m. a bad road L.; (mfn.) not being on the right path BhP.
asat* = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with lengthening of the accentuated vowel]
not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii, 134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue, wrong RV.; bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra
L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence, nonentity RV. AV. &c.; untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i,
10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or contemptible men MBh. &c.
asatkritya* = ind. p. not taking notice of (acc.) MBh. xiii, 2766. - 2.
asatkritya* = mfn. one who does evil actions L.
asatyasannibha * = mfn. improbable, unlikely L.
asau = him (from adas.h)
asaumya = (adj) unpleasant
asataH = of the nonexistent
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.
asattaa* = f. non-existence L. - 1.
asatii* = f. an unfaithful or unchaste wife MBh. R. &c.
asatya* = mfn. untrue, false, lying. RV. iv, 5, 5 MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. untruth, falsehood Mn. &c.
asatkritaM = without respect
asatkritaH = dishonored
asattva * = n. id. NriisUp.; non-presence, absence Nyyam \\2 mfn. strengthless, without energy
asatyaM = unreal
asevita mfn. neglected, unattended to; abstained from.
ashaantasya = of the unpeaceful
ashaashvataM = temporary
ashaastra = not in the scriptures
asha.nka = undaunted
ashakta = weak
ashaktaH = unable
as'akta *= mfn. unable, incompetent (with Inf. or loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c.
ashanam.h = (n) food
ashamaH = uncontrollable
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
ashvatthaamaa = Asvatthama
ashvamedha = a form of sacrifice where a horse is sent around to estiblish supremacy
ashvaanaaM = among horses
aas'vaasita * mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das'. BhP. Pacat. &c. //reanimated, revived, refreshed
&c. MBh. R
aas'vaasa * m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up, consolation; relying on Kaths.; a
chapter or section of a book Sh.
ashvini = a mudraa, contraction of the anal sphincter muscles
ashvinau = the two Asvinis
as'obhanam *V = lack of brilliance, against the etquette (see s'obha)
ashtha* = 1 mfn. ( {akS}; cf. {nir-akS}) `" marked, branded "', only in comp. with 1.\\2 fr. 1. {az}. see {a4-samaSTa-k-}.
\\=3 (in comp. for {aSTan}).\\^ (in comp for {aSTan}) mfn.\\ =4 or with the final {A8} blended in comp.
ashthau = (adj) eight
ashthadalakamalabandha = eight-petalled lotus pattern, a form of bandha poetry
ashthadhaa = eightfold
ashthaadasha = eighteen
ashthaavakra = name of a deformed(at eight places) sage
ashthottarii-dashaa = A lunar based Dasha system uses 108 yr cycle and one chooses it according to certain criteria
ashhtakavarga = A predictive method of Astrology that uses a system of points based upon planetary positions
asi = you are * = m. (2. %{as}), a sword, scimitar, knife (used for killing animals) RV. AV. &c.; (%{is}) f. N. of a river
(near Benar2es) Va1mP. (cf. %{asI}); [Lat. {ensi-s}.]
asii * = f. (= %{asi} f. q.v.) N. of a river (near Benares) MBh. vi, 338.
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i,
3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm,
mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.
as'itra *= {am}, u. food Kthh. (cf. {prA7zitra4}.)
as'ika *=v.l. for {asika} q.v.
a-s'iras *=mfn. headless Mn. ix, 237.
a4-s'iva *=mf({A}) n. unkind, envious, pernicious, dangerous RV. AV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a demon causing disease
Hariv. 9560; ({am}) n. ill-luck RV. i, 116, 24; x, 23, 5 MBh. &c.
a4-s'is'u *=mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pn. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without young ones RV. i, 120, 8
and iii, 55, 6.
a-s'iSya *=mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being instructed MBh. v, 1009
Pacat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pn. 1-2, 53.
as'iiti *=f. eighty RV. ii, 18, 6 AV. &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
asthiraM = unsteady
asu *= m. (1. %{as}), Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in
astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Su1ryas.; = %{prajJA} Naigh.; (in later
language only %{a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; (%{asu}) n. grief
L.; (= %{citta}) the spirit L.
asuu *= mfn. (3. %{sU}), not bringing forth, barren RV. and AV. (acc. f. %{a-sva4m}) VS. (acc. f. %{asU4m}). [121,3]
asvastha *= mf(%{A})n. not in good health, sick, feeling uneasy Mn. vii, 226 MBh. &c.; not being firm in itself. MBh.
xii, 276 (Hit.); (%{asvastha})%{-tA} f. illness, Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it {assatthadA}); %{-zarIra} mfn. ill Ka1d.
asvatantra * = not self-willed, dependant, subject Mn. ix, 2 Gaut. BhP.; ({asvatantra}) {-tA} f. the not being master of
one's feelings or passions Kd.
asya = of it
asyati = (4 pp) to throw
asyaaM = in this
asvargyaM = which does not lead to higher planets
assi = (v) you (sing) are
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i,
3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm,
mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &
asU * = not bringing forth, barren
asu * = m. (1. {as}), Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in astron.)
`" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sryas.; = {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later language only
{a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the
spirit L.
asu: * Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in astron.) `" respiration
"', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sryas.; = {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later language only {a4savas}) m.
pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
asukhaM = full of miseries
asura = devil* =mfn. (2. {as} Un.), spiritual, incorporeal, divine RV. AV. VS.; m. a spirit, good spirit, supreme spirit
(said of Varuna) RV. VS.; the chief of the evil spirits RV. ii, 30, 4 and vii, 99, 5; an evil spirit, demon, ghost, opponent
of the gods RV. viii, 96, 9; x AV. &c. [these Asuras are often regarded as the children of Diti by Kas'yapa see {Daitya}; as
such they are demons of the first order in perpetual hostility with the gods, and must not be confounded with the
Rkshasas or imps who animate dead bodies and disturb sacrifices]; a N. of Rhu VarBriS. &c.; the sun L.; a cloud
Naigh. (cf. RV. v, 83, 6); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe, (g. {parzv-Adi}, q.v.); of a Vedic school; ({A}) f. night L.; a
zodiacal sign L.; ({I}) f. a female demon, the wife of an Asura, KaushBr. (cf. {AsurI} and {mahA7surI}); the plant
Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. L. [In later Sanskriit {sura} has been formed from {asura}, as {sita} from {asita} q.v.]
asUra * =`" absence of sunlight "', only ({e4}) loc. ind. in the night RV. viii, 10, 4.
asuraaNaaM = of demons
asuraan.h = demons
asuu = to hate, be jealous
asuun.h = life
Sanskrit Dictionary
a-suu4 * = mfn. (3. {sU}), not bringing forth, barren RV. and AV. (acc. f. {a-sva4m}) VS. (acc. f. {asU4m}). [121, 3]
asuuya = jealousy *1 Nom. P. %{-yati}, rarely A1. %{-yate} (pr. p. %{-ya4t} RV. x, 135, 2 S3Br.; aor. %{AsUyIt} S3Br.
iii; 3. pl. %{asUyiSuH} Ra1jat.) to murmur at, be displeased or discontented with (dat. [S3Br. Pa1n2. 1-4, 37, &c.] or
acc. [MBh. R. &c.]): Caus. (ind. p. %{asUyayitvA}) to cause to be displeased, irritate MBh. iii, 2624 (N.)\\ 2 mfn.
grumbling at, displeased with (loc.) MBh. xiii, 513; (%{A}) f. displeasure, indignation (especially at the merits or the
happiness of another), envy, jealousy Nir. A1p. Mn. &c.
asuuyaka * = mfn. (Pn. 3-2, 146) discontented, displeased, envious, calumnious Nir. Mn. &c.
asuuyitR * = mfn. displeased, envious MBh. ii, 2545; ({an-} neg.) i, 5611.
asuuyu * = mfn. id.; (see {an-asuyu}.)
asvapat * = m. sleeplessness S3Br. iii Shad2vBr. (%{am}, n.) VarBr2S.; (%{a-svapna4}) mfn. (= $) not sleeping,
watchful AV.; not dreaming Nr2isUp.; m. `" sleepless "', a god L.
asvargya *= mfn. not leading to heaven S3Br. x Mn. Bhag. &c.
asvasa= see aasvaasa
asvastha* = mf(%{A})n. not in good health, sick, feeling uneasy Mn. vii, 226 MBh. &c.; not being firm in itself. MBh. xii,
276 (Hit.); (%{asvastha})%{-tA} f. illness, Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it {assatthadA}); %{-zarIra} mfn. ill Ka1d.//see %{a-sva}
asvaasthya * = indisposition, sickness, discomfort BhP. Kaths.
asyasi*= ind. sword against sword L.
ath (aT) cl. 1. P. A1. %{aTati}, %{-te}, %{ATa}, %{aTiSyati}, %{ATIt}, %{aTitum}, to roam, wander about (sometimes
with acc.; frequently used of religious mendicants): Intens. %{aTATyate}, to roam or wander about zealously or
habitually, especially as a religious mendicant: Desid. %{aTiTiSati}, to be desirous of roaming.
at 1 ind. a prefix said to imply `" surprise "', probably a contraction of %{ati}, meaning `" extraordinary "', (g. %{UryAdi}, q.v.)\\ 2 cl. 1. P. A1. %{a4tati} (Naigh.; p. %{a4tat} or %{a4tamAna}), to go constantly, walk, run RV.; to obtain L.
atad* = not that BhP. (cf. {a-sa}).
atandra *= mfn. free from lassitude, alert, unwearied RV. AV
athati = (1 pp) to roam
atat = see 'atad'
ataH = hence
ataHparam * = ind. henceforth, further on. [12,2]
atattvaarthavat.h = without knowledge of reality
atandritaH = with great care
atarka* = m. an illogical reasoner; bad logic.
atapaskaaya = to one who is not austere
athavi * = %{is}, or usually
athavii * = f. `" place to roam in "', a forest.
athavika * = better
Sanskrit Dictionary
atha = thereupon * =(or Ved. {a4thA}) ind. (probably fr. pronom. base {a}), an auspicious and inceptive particle (not
easily expressed in English), now; then; moreover; rather; certainly; but; else; what? how else? &c. \\" but if. "' MBh. v,
2775 Bhag. ii, 33; xviii, 58
atha-shabda = the word atha (prayers are started with words atha or AUM)
atha.rH = object, meaning
atharvan (Atharva-veda) *= %{A} m. (said to be fr. an obsolete word %{athar}, fire), a priest who has to do with fire
and Soma; N. of the priest who is said to have been the first to institute the worship of fire and offer Soma and prayers
(he is represented as a Praja1pati, as Brahma1's eldest son, as the first learner and earliest teacher of the Brahmavidya1, as the author of the Atharva-veda, as identical with An3giras, as the father of Agni, &c.); N. of S3iva, Vasisht2ha
[Kir. x, 10], Soma, Pra1n2a; (%{A}, %{a}) m. n. the fourth or Atharva-veda (said to have been composed by Atharvan,
and consisting chiefly of formulas and spells intended to counteract diseases and calamities); (%{a4tharvANas}). pl. m.
descendants of Atharvan, often coupled with those of An3giras and Bhr2igu; the hymns of the Atharva-veda.
atharvaNvaakyaM = `atharvaNa" word-piece
atharvashiirshha = atharva(?)
atharvashiirshhaM = 'atharva' heading or head
athavaa = or
athaataH = atha and ataH: then and therefore
athau = or in other words
atho *= ind. ( = %{atha} above), now; likewise; next; therefore.
ati = extremely
aticara *= mfn. transient, changeable; (%{A}) f. the shrub Hibiscus Mutabilis.
aticaara *= m. passing by, overtaking, surpassing; accelerated motion, especially of planets; transgression
atiitaH = surpassed
atiitya = transcending
atiindriyaM = transcendental
atiiva = very much * = ind. exceedingly, very; excessively, too; quite; surpassing (with acc.): Compar. {atI7va-tarAm}
ind. exceedingly, excessively S'is'. iv. 25.
ati-parichaya = excessive familiarity
ati-viiryaM = super power
atichaara = Accelerated planetary motion
atidaaruuNaman.h = adj. very dreadful
atidis' *= to make over, transfer, assign: Pass. %{-dizyate}, (in Gr.) to be overruled or attracted or assimilated.
atidurvritta = of exceedingly bad conduct
atikram *= to step or go beyond or over or across, (Ved. Inf. %{ati-kra4me}, to be walked on RV. i, 105, 16); to pass,
cross; to pass time; to surpass, excel, overcome; to pass by, neglect; to overstep, transgress, violate; to pass on or away;
to step out; to part from, lose: Caus. %{-krAti}, or %{-kramayati}, to allow to pass (as time); to leave unnoticed.
Sanskrit Dictionary
atikrama *= m. passing over, overstepping; lapse (of time); overcoming, surpassing, conquering; excess, imposition,
transgression, violation; neglect; determined onset.
atikrama * = m. passing over, overstepping; lapse (of time); overcoming, surpassing, conquering; excess, imposition,
transgression, violation; neglect; determined onset
atilaGgh* = Caus. %{-laGghayati}, to transgress Katha1s.
atilaGghana* = n. excessive fasting Sus3r.
atirichyate = becomes more
atishaya = wonderful
atishayokti = exaggeration
atishthhaa *= 1 ( %{sthA}), to be at the head of, govern RV. AV.; to jut over or out TBr.\\ 2 f. precedence, superiority
S3Br. &c.; (%{as}). mf. or %{ati-SThA4van} m. or %{atiSThA4-vat} [AV.], mfn. superior in standing, surpassing.
atitaaryaa *= mf(%{A4})n. to be crossed or passed over or overcome AV.
atitaranti = transcend
atitaralaM = ati+tarala, very+unstable
atithi = (m) guest
atithiH = (masc.Nom.sing.)guest (literally undated)
ativaa * = 2. cl. 2. P. {-vAti}, to blow beyond AV.: cl. 4. P. {-vayati}, to blow violently; ({ati-vAyati}), pr. p. loc. ind. the
wind blowing strongly MBh.
ativartana* = n. a pardonable offence or misdemeanour.
ativartate = transcends
ativartin* = mfn. passing beyond, crossing, passing by, surpassing; guilty of a pardonable offence.
ativartula* = mfn. very round; m. a kind of grain or pot-herb.
atmaanaM = (masc.Acc.S) the self
attA *= f. (probably a colloquialism borrowed from the Deccan, said to occur chiefly in dramas), a mother L.; mother's
sister L.; elder L.; (in Pra1kr2it) a mother-in-law L. see %{akkA}.
aththa *= ind. high, lofty L.; loud L.; m. a watch-tower; a market, a market-place (corruption of %{haTTa}); N. of a
Yaksha Ra1jat.; over-measure L.; (%{a}). f. overbearing conduct(?) Pa1n2. 3-1, 17 Comm.; (%{am}) n. boiled rice, food
L.; (mfn.), dried, dry L.
atra * = 1 (or Ved. %{a4-trA}) ind. (fr. pronominal base %{a}; often used in sense of loc. case %{asmin}), in this matter,
in this respect; in this place, here at this time, there, then.\\2 mfn. ( %{tras}), (only for the etym. of %{kSattra}), `" not
enjoying or affording protection "' Br2A1rUp.\\3 m. (for %{at@tra}, fr. %{ad}), a devourer, demon RV. AV., a
Ra1kshasa.\\ atra 4 n. (for %{at-tra}), food RV. x, 79, 2.
atrasat: V* getting frightened A* unsettled, daunted, put off, intimidated, shaken, overcome, dismayed.
atulaniiya = uncomparable.
atuulyaM = uncomparable.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
avadhI *= (impf. %{-dIdhet}) to watch or lie in wait for (dat.) RV. x, 144, 3. [100,1]
avadhuuta* = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.; discarded, expelled, excluded
MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the
dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn.
v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Rjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avadhuutapraNipAta* = mf({A})n. rejecting an act of homage Vikr.
avadhuutavesha* = mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is rejected "', or `" having
discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadhyaH = cannot be killed *= mfn. (Pa1n2. 3-1, 101) `" not to be praised "', blamable, low, inferior RV. iv, 18, 5
and vi, 15, 12 BhP.; disagreeable L.; (a4m) n. anything blamable, want, imperfection, vice RV. &c.; blame, censure ib.;
shame, disgrace RV. AV.
avadya * = mfn. (Pn. 3-1, 101) `" not to be praised "', blamable, low, inferior RV. iv, 18, 5 and vi, 15, 12 BhP.;
disagreeable L.; (a4m) n. anything blamable, want, imperfection, vice RV. &c.; blame, censure ib.; shame, disgrace RV.
AV.
ava-dhUta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.; discarded, expelled, excluded
MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the
dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn.
v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Rjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
ava-dhUta-praNipAta* =mf({A})n. rejecting an act of homage Vikr.
ava-dhUta-veSa * =mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is rejected "', or `" having
discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadhuuta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.; discarded, expelled, excluded
MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the
dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn.
v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Rjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avagur *=
(Pot. %{-guret} Mn. iv, 169; impf. %{avA7gurat} BhP.; ind. p. %{-gUrya} Mn. iv, 165; xi, 206 and 208) to assail any
one (loc. or dat.) with threats.
avaGYaa = contempt
avaGYaataM = without proper attention
avagachchha = must know
avagam.h = to comprehend, understand
avagamaM = understood
avagantavya * = mfn. to be known or understood, intended to be understood, meant.
avagraha = (m) famine
avahaasaarthaM = for joking
avahaa* = 3 (aor.3. sg. %{ava4hAh} [for %{-hAs-t}], perf. 3. sg. %{-jahA4} ind. p. %{-hA4ya}) to leave, quit RV. i, 116,
3 and viii, 45, 37 TS. MBh. xiii, 6208 Pass. %{hIyate} (fut. %{-hasyate} Ka1t2h.) to be left remaining, remain behind
Sanskrit Dictionary
MBh. iii, 11558, `" to remain behind "' i.e. to be excelled R. v, 2, 11, (1. sg. %{hIye}) to be abandoned RV. x, 34, 5: Caus.
(aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{-jIhipas}) to cause to remain behind on or to deviate from (a path abl.) RV. iii, 53, 9.
avajaananti = deride
avajaya* = m. overcoming, winning by conquest Ragh. vi, 62, &c.
avajaghnat* = mfn. (irreg. p. in Pass. sense; {-hanyamAna} Comm.) being beaten or struck by (instr.) MBh. i, 1424.
avajaya *V= indifferent, neglectful, disrespecting, disregarding, disobeying
avajaa *= 1 %{-jAnAti} (ind. p. %{-jJaya}; perf. Pass. %{-jajJle} Bhat2t2.) to disesteem, have a low opinion of,
despise, treat with contempt MBh. &c.; to excel Ka1vya7d.\\ f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.);
(%{ayA}) instr. ind. with disregard, indifferently Katha1s. (cf. %{sA7vAjJam}.)
avaji* = (impf. {avA7jayat}; ind. p. -jitya) to spoil (i.e. deprive of by conquest), win MBh. Mn. xi 80 &c.; to ward off
MBh. xiii, 124, to conquer MBh..: Desid. (p. {-jigISat}) to wish to win or recover S'nkhS'r.
avajita* = mfn. won by conquest R. iii, 54, 6, contemned L.
avajiti* = is f. conquest, victory Kir. vi, 43.
avajaata* = mfn. despised, disrespected; given (as alms) with contempt. Bhag. xvii, 22.
avajaana* = n. (Pn. 3-3, 55) = 2. {ava-jJA} Ragh. i, 79 Hit.
avajyut* = Caus. {-jyotayati}, to light up or cause a light to shine upon, illumine S'Br.
avajval* = Caus. {-jvalayati} [S'V-S'r.] or {-jvAl}, [Kaus'.], to set on fire.
avaaj* = ({aj}) {a4vA7jati}, to drive down RV. i, 161, 10.
avajA* =1 {-jAnAti} (ind. p. {-jJaya}; perf. Pass. {-jajJle} Bhathth.) to disesteem, have a low opinion of, despise, treat
with contempt MBh. &c.; to excel Kvya7d.
avajA* =2 f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.); ({ayA}) instr. ind. with disregard, indifferently Kaths.
(cf. {sA7vAjJam}.)
avakaranikara = dust, garbage
avakarikaa = (f) dustbin, garbage bin
avakalana = differentiation
avakalpate (avaklRp) *= %{-kalpate}, to correspond to, answer, be right TS. &c.; to be fit for, serve to (dat.) BhP.
Sarvad.: Caus., %{-kalpayati}, to put in order, prepare "', make ready S3Br. &c.; to employ becomingly S3Br.; to
consider as possible Pa1n2. 3- "', 3, 147 Sch.: Desid. of Caus. (impf. 3. pl. %{avA7cikalpayiSan}) to wish to prepare or to
make ready AitBr.
avakiraNa * = n. sweepings Car.
avakirNa * = mfn. who has spilt his semen virile, i. e. violated his vow of chastity TA1r., poured upon, covered with,
filled MBh. i, 7840, &c., (cf. %{sapta@dvArA7vakIrNa})
avakirNajaTAbhAra * = mfn. whose tresses of hair are scattered or have become loose Das3.
avalepa * = m. glutinousness (as of the mouth) Sus'r. [103, 3]; ointment L.; ornament L.; pride, haughtiness BhP. Ragh.
&c. (cf. {an-} neg.)
avalehaH = (m) pickle
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
AitBr. PBr.; (Subj. . 1. sg. {-padyai}) to fall, meet with an accident AitBr.; (fut. 3. pl. {-patsyanti}) to throw down
Kthh.: Caus. (Imper. 2. sg. {-pAdaya}; ind. p. {-pAdya}) to cause to glide or go down AV. Sus'r.
avapas'* = P. {-pazyati} (2. pl. {-pazyata}; p. {-pa4zyat}) to look down upon (acc.) RV. AV. xviii, 4, 37: . {-pazyate}, to
look upon AV. ix 4,19.
avapaT* = (ind. p. {-pATya}) to split, tear into pieces Sus'r. Kd. Pass. {-pAtyate}, to crack, flaw, split Sus'r.
avapat* = (p. {-patat} RV. x, 97, 17 ind. p. {-patya} see {ava-pAta}; impf. {avA7patat} MBh. &c.) to fly down, jump
down, fall down: Caus. (p. {-pAtayat}) to throw down Kaths.
avaraM = abominable
avarcas * = mfn. having no vigour or energy AV. iv, 22, 3 S3Br. v.
avardhata V*= immediately developed, increased, began to increase more and more
avardhamaana * = mfn. `" not growing "', (g. %{cArv-Adi} q.v.)
avaruuNaddhi = to obstruct
avarohati = to descend
avaruddha * = hindered, checked, stopped, kept back S'ak. Sh.; shut in, enclosed Mn. viii, 236 &c.; imprisoned
secluded (as in the inner apartments) Yj. ii, 290, &c.; expelled MBh. iv, 2011, &c.; wrapped up, covered VarBriS.;
disguised Das'.; Ved. obtained, gained S'Br. &c.
avarudh* = P. (aor. {-rudhat}) to obstruct, enclose, contain RV. x, 105, 1, (Inf. {-roddhum}) to check, keep back,
restrain R. iii, 1, 33, to expel Kaus'. S'nkhS'r. R. ii, 30, 9; {-ruNaddhi}, to seclude, put aside, remove S'Br. KaushBr.
ShadvBr.; to shut in, (aor. . {avA7ruddha} and Pass. {avA7rodh}) Pn. 3-1, 64 Sch.; to keep anything (acc., as one's
grief) locked up (in one's bosom acc.) Bhathth.; (ind. p. {-rudhya}) to keep one's self ({AtmAnam}) wrapped up in one's
self ({Atmani}) BhP.; (impf. {avA7ruNat}) to confine within, besiege Das'.: . {-rundhe} (for {-nddhe} AV.; impf.
{avA7rundha} TS.; ind. p. {-ru4dhya} ib.; Ved. Inf. {-ru4dham} ib. and {-rudham} MaitrS.) chiefly Ved. to reach, obtain,
gain: P. (p.f. {-rundhatI}; cf. {anurudh}) to be attached to, like BhP.: Desid.A. {-rurutsate}, Ved.to wish to obtain or
gain TS. &c.: Intens.P. (Subj. 2. sg. {-rorudhas}) to expel from "' (the domimon) R. si, 58, 20.
avaruuDha* = mfn. come near, approached AV. vi, 140, 1; descended, dismounted, alighted.
avarudham * = Ved.Inf. see %{avarudh}.
avarudhyamaana * = mfn. being enclosed or surrounded BhP.
avasaM = automatically
avasan.h = III pl. imperfect of vas, to live
avasannaaH = inadequate
avasaraH = (m) opportunity, chance
avasarpati = to slide (as from a waterslide)
avasaadayet.h = put into degradation
avasad *= P. %{-sIdati} (rarely A1. e.g. Pot. %{-sideta} MBh. i, 5184; impf. %{-sIdata} R. iv, 58, 6) to sink (is into
water) Sus3r. BhP.; to sink down, faint, grow lean [TS. PBr.], become exhausted or disheartened, slacken, come to an
end, perish, Caus. (p. %{-sAdayat}; ind. p. %{-sAdya}) to cause to sink (as, into water) Sus3r.; to render downhearted,
dispirit, ruin ChUp. MBh. &c.; to frustrate MBh. xii, 2634 R. v, 51, 2.
avasaada *= m. sinking (as of a chair) Sus3r.; the growing faint (as of a sound) ib.; failing exhaustion, fatigue,
Sanskrit Dictionary
lassitude ib.; defeat Ma1lav.; want of energy or spirit (especially as proceeding from doubtful or unsuccessful love) L.;
(in law) badness of a cause L.; end, termination L. (cf. %{nir-av-}.)
avasaadita * mfn. made to sink, exhausted, dispirited; frustrated
avasara *= m. `" descent (of water) "', rain L.; occasion, moment, favourable opportunity S3ak. &c.; seasonableness,
appropriate place for anything (gen.) Katha1s.; any one's (gen.) turn Pan5cat.; leisure, advantageous situation L.; (=
%{mantra}) consultation in private(?) L.; a year L.; (%{e}) loc. ind. at the right moment Katha1s.
avasatha * = m. (for {A-vasatha} q.v.) habitation Hcat.; a village L.; a college, school L.; ({am}) n. a house, dwelling L.
avasaadita * = mfn. made to sink, exhausted, dispirited; frustrated R. v, 51, 2.
avashaH = helplessly
avas'a * = mf(%{A})n. unsubmissive to another's will, independent, unrestrained, free, Av. vi, 42, 3 & 43, 3, &c.; not
having one's own free will, doing something against one's desire or unwillingly Mn. v, 33 Bhag. &c. *V = automatical,
spontaneous.
avas'aa* = f. not a cow, a bad cow AV. xii, 4, 17 and 42. 17 and 42
avas'aga * = mfn. not being in any one's (gen.) power.
avas'aMgama * = n. `" not submissive to each other N. of a special Sandhi (in which the two sounds meeting each
other remain
unchanged) RPra1t.
avas'apta * = mfn. cursed MBh. xiii, 7221.
avas'arNa * = mfn. broken, shattered Kaus3. MBh. xiii, 1503.
avas'as * = (only instr. %{-za4sA}) f. ( %{zaMs}), wrong desire AV. vi, 45, 2. [104,2]
avas'Atana * = n. ( %{zad}, Caus.), withering, drying up Sus3r.
avas'esha * = n. leavings, remainder Mn. viii, 159, &c.; often ifc. e.g. %{ardhA7v-}, %{kathA7v-}, %{pitA7v-} q.v.;
(%{am}) ind. ifc. so as to leave as a remnant Das3. (cf. %{nir-av}.)
avas'eshita* = mfn. left as a remnant, remaining MBh. i, 5129, &c. (cf. %{kathA-mAtrA7v-} and %{nAmamAtrA7v-}.)
avas'i * = (Imper. 2. sg. %{-zizIhi}) to deliver from, remove RV. x, 105, 8.
avas'I * = A1. (3. pl. %{zIyante}; Imper. %{-zIyatam}) to fall or drop off AV. xviii, 3, 60 TS. Ka1t2h. S3Br. PBr.
avas'IbhUta * = mfn. unrestrained, independent L.; uninfluenced by magic L.
avas'in * = mfn. not having one's own free will; not exercising on's own will, not independent A1p.
avas'ish * = Pass. %{-zi4Syate}, to be left as a remnant, remain TBr. S3Br. MBh. &c.: Caus. (Pot. %{-zeSayet}) to
leave as a remnant MBh. v, 2638 R. v, 26, 38.
avas'ishtha * = mfn. left, remaining.
avashishhyate = remains
avashhTabhya = entering into
avasthaa = a state of the mind* = P. {-tiSThati} (impf. {-atiSThat}; aor. Subj. {-sthAt}; perf. . 3. sg. {-tasthe}; perf. p.
P. {-tasthiva4s}) `" to go down into (acc.), reach down to (acc.) RV. S'Br.; (aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-sthAta}), to go away from
(abl.) RV. v, 53, 8; (aor. Subj. 1. sg. {-stkam}) to be separated from or deprived of (abl.) RV. ii, 27, 17: . (Pn. 1-3, 22;
Sanskrit Dictionary
rarely P. e.g. Bhag. xiv, 23 BhP. &c.) to take one's stand, remain standing s'vGri. &c.; to stay, abide, stop at any place
(loc.) MBh. &c.; to abide in a state or condition (instr.) MBh. i, 5080 BhP. &c.; (with ind. p.) to remain or continue
(doing anything) MBh. i, 5770; iii, 187 (ed. Bomb.), &c.; to be found, exist, be present MBh. Yj. i, 272, &c.; (perf. 1 sg.
{-tasthe}) to fall to, fall into the possession of (dat.) RV. x, 48, 5; to enter, be absorbed in in (loc.) Mn. vi, 81 [106,1]; to
penetrate (as sound or as fame) MBh. xiii, 1 845: Pass. {-sthIyate}, to be settled or fixed or chosen S'ak.: Caus.
(generally ind. p. {-sthApya}) to cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army &c.), let behind MBh. &c.; to place
upon (loc.), fix, set, array s'vGri. &c.; to cause to enter or be absorbed in (loc.) MBh. iii, 12502; to render solid or firm
R. v, 35, 36; to establish (by arguments) Comm. on Nyyad.: Pass. Caus. {-sthApyate}, to be kept firm [`" to be
separated "' BR.] BhP.
avasrishtha mfn. let loose RV. x, 4, 3; thrown (as arrows or the thunderbolt) RV. vi, 75, 16 and vii, 46, 3 AV. i, 3, 9 (cf.
%{rudrA7v-}); (%{ava-sRSTa4}) mfn. made over, dismissed, sent RV. x, 28, 11 and 91, 14, brought forth (from the
womb) BhP.; fallen down from or upon (in comp.) BhP.
avasthaatuM = to stay
avasthaatrayaH = three states of bodily consciousness (awake, sleep, dream)
avasthitaM = situated
avasthitaH = situated
avasthitaaH = situated
avasthitaan.h = arrayed on the battlefield
avasthiti %{is} f. residence BhP. Katha1s. abiding, stability see %{an-av-}; following, practising L.
avastu*n = n. a worthless thing Kum. v, 66, insubstantiality, the unreality of matter Kap. Vedntas.
avasyand* = . (p. {-syandamAna}) to flow or trickle down BhP.
avasyandita* = n. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not originally meant Sh. Das'ar. &c.
avasya* = Nom P. (p. dat. sg. m. {avasyate}) to seek favour or assistance RV. i, 116, 23.
av[at] * = cl. I .P. %{a4vati} (Imper. 2. sg. %{ava} sg. %{tAt} RV. viii, 2, 3, p. %{a4vat} impf. a4vat, 2. sg. 1. %{A4vaH}
[for 2. %{A4vaH} see %{vR}]; perf. 3. sg. %{Ava}, 2. pl. %{Ava4} RV. viii, 7, 18, 2.sg. %{A4vitha}; aor. %{a4vit}, 2. sg.
%{AvIs}, %{avIs} and %{aviSas}, Imper. %{aviSTu}, 2. sg. %{aviDDhi4} [once RV. ii, 17, 8] or %{aviDDh} [six times in
RV.], 2. du. %{aviSTam}, 3. du., 2. pl. %{aviSTa4nA} RV. vii, 18, 25 Prec. 3. sg. %{avyAs}, Inf. %{a4vitave} RV. vii, 33, 1;
Ved. ind. p. %{AvyA} RV. i, 166, 13) to drive, impel, animate (as a car or horse) RV.; Ved.to promote, favour, (chiefly
Ved.) to satisfy, refresh; to offer (as a hymn to the gods) "' RV. iv, 44, 6; to lead or bring to (dat.: %{Uta4ye}, %{vA4jasAtaye}, %{kSatrA4ya}, %{svasta4ye}) RV.; (said of the gods) to be pleased with, like, accept favourably (as sacrifices,
prayers or hymns) RV., (chiefly said of kings or princes) to guard, defend, protect, govern BhP. Ragh. ix, 1 VarBr2S. &c.:
Caus. (only impf. %{avayat}, 2. sg. %{Avayas}) to consume, devour RV. AV. VS. S3Br. [cf. Gk. $ Lat. {aveo}?].
&29765[96,1]
avatara * = m. descent, entrance S'is'. i, 43; opportunity Naish.
avataara = a divine incarnation particularly of Vishnu, e.g. Buddha* = m. (Pn. 3-3, 120) descent (especially of a deity
from heaven), appearance of any deity upon earth (but more particularly the incarnations of Vishnu in ten principal
forms, viz. the fish tortoise, boar, man lion, dwarf, the two Rmas, Kriishna, Buddha, and Kalki MBh. xii, 12941 seqq.);
any new and unexpected appearance Ragh. iii, 36 & v, 24, &c., (any distinguished person in the language of respect is
called an Avatra or incarnation of a deity); opportunity of catching any one Buddh.; a Tirtha or sacred place L.;
translation L.
avataritavya* = n. impers. to be alighted Mriicch.
avataarita* = mfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (abl.); taken down, laid down or aside; removed; set a-going,
rendered current, accomplished Rjat.
Sanskrit Dictionary
avataarin* = mfn. making one's appeance see {raGgA7vat-}; making a descent in the incarnation of (in comp.)
RmatUp.; ifc. appearing Mlatm.
avataarayati = to keep down, to get down
avati = (1 pp) to protect
avatishhThati = remains
avatishhThate = becomes established
avatu = (may the lord) protect
avayavaH = A Limb (of the body), A part, a portion, a component, a constitunt, an ingredient
avayava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a limb, member, part, portion Pn. &c.; a member or component part of a logical argument
or syllogism Nyyid. &c.
aveda * = %{As} m. pl. not the Vedas S3Br. xiv.
avedavid * = mfn. not knowing the Vedas GopBr. Mn. iv, 192.
avedavidvas * = m(dat. %{-viduSe})fn. id. MBh. xii, 8967.
avedavihita * = mfn. not prescribed in the Vedas Mn. v, 43.
avedayAna * = mfn. (pr. p. A1.) not knowing, not ascertaining Mn. viii, 32.
avekshe = let me see
avekshya = considering
aaves'a *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak. Prab. &c.; absorption of
the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath
Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.; indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.
aveksh *= ( %{IkS}) , %{ave7kSate} , to look towards , look at , behold TS. S3Br. &c. ; (1. sg. %{i4kSe}) to perceive ,
observe , experience RV. viii , 79 , 9 R. Bhag. &c.: A1. (rarely P. e.g. 2. sg. %{ave4kSasi} MBh. ii , 2158) to have in view ,
have regard to , take into consideration Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus , %{ave7kSayati} , to cause to look at Ka1tyS3r.
avekshaa * f. observation, care, attention to (loc.) Mn. vii, 101 R. BhP.
avekshaNa *= n. looking towards or at Gaut. Sa1h. ; (said of planets) the being in sight VarBr2S. ; the act of
considering , attention , observation Ragh. xiv , 85 , &c.
avekshaNiiya *= mfn. to be respected Ragh. xiv , 67.
avekshya* = mfn. to be attended to
avekshitavya mfn. to be observed attentively Sus3r.
avi* = mfn. ( {av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, ({is}) mf. a sheep RV. (mentioned with reference to its wool
being used for the Soma strainer) AV. &c.; the woollen Soma strainer RV.; ({is}) m. a protector, lord L.; the sun L.; air,
wind L.; a mountain L.; a wall or enclosure L.; a cover made of the skin of mice L., ({is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31, (= a-v
q.v.; cf. also {adhi}) a woman in her courses L. [cf. Lith. {awi-s}; Slav. {ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s}; Gk. $-s; Goth. {avistr}].
avibhaktaM = without division
avichaarii = adj. thoughtless
Sanskrit Dictionary
avidaasin *= mfn. not drying up (as a pond), perennial A1s3vGr2. Gobh. BhP.
avidita = without knowledge, unknowingly
avidushaH = of one who does not know
avidusa * = n. id. Pa1n2. 4-2, 36 Comm.
avidushthara * = see %{a-vidya}.
avidya = lack of education, ignorance * = mfn. unlearned, unwise Mn. ix, 205, &c.; ({avidyA}) f. ignorance, spiritual
ignorance AV. xi, 8, 23 VS. xl, 12-14 S'Br.xiv; (in Vednta phil.) illusion (personified as My), ignorance together with
non-existence Buddh.
avidyAmaya* = mfn. consisting of ignorance.
avidyamAna* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KtyS'r. Lthy. Mn. &c. {-ta} f. the not being
present Comm. on Nyayad.
avidyamAnatva* = n. id. Comm. on BrirUp.
avidyamAnavat* = ind. as if not being present Pn. 3-1, 3 Comm.; viii, 1, 72.
avidyaa = metaphysical ignorance
avidyamaana* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KtyS'r. Lthy. Mn. &c. {-ta} f. the not
being present Comm. on Nyayad.
avidvaa.nsaH = the ignorant
avidhipuurvakaM = in a wrong way
aviGYeyaM = unknowable
avidusha *V =ignorant, being foolish, not learned
avidushthara *= see %{a-vidya}.
avi *= mfn. ( %{av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, (%{is}) mf. a sheep RV. (mentioned with reference to its
wool being used for the Soma strainer) AV. &c.; the woollen Soma strainer RV.; (%{is}) m. a protector, lord L.; the sun
L.; air, wind L.; a mountain L.; a wall or enclosure L.; a cover made of the skin of mice L., (%{is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31,
(= a-vi1 q.v.; cf. also %{adhi}) a woman in her courses L. [cf. Lith. {awi-s}; Slav. {ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s}; Gk. $-s; Goth.
{avistr}].
avihata *= mfn. not refused or sent away BhP.; unobstructed, unimpeded BhP. Megh.
avii * = {Is} f. ( {vI}), a woman in her courses L.
avikalpena = without division
avikaaryaH = unchangeable
avikaarin * = mfn. unchangeable, invariable (as truth) MBh. xii, 5979 & (superl. %{-ri-tama}) 5986, &c.;
unchangeable (in character), faithful Mn. vii, 190; without change, without being changed Sus3r.; not exhibiting any
alteration (in one's features) Katha1s.
avikrita *= mfn. unchanged TPra1t.; not prepared, not changed by artificial means, being in its natural condition A1p.
Gaut., (said of cloth) not dyed Gaut.; not developed (in its shape) S3Br. iii; not deformed, not monstrous Gaut.
avikriya *= mf(%{a}) n. unchangeable, invariable Ragh. x, 17 BhP.; not showing any alteration (in one's features)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Katha1s.; not exhibiting any difference, quite similar Ra1jat.; (%{A}) `" unchangeableness "' see %{avikriyA7tmaka}
below.
avilambita *= mfn. not delaying, expeditious Katha1s.; not pronounced slowly Ka1tySr. La1t2y. TPra1t.; (%{am}) ind.
without delay S3ak. Katha1s. [110,1]
avilupta*= mfn. undamaged unhurt BhP. Ra1jat. Katha1s
avinashyantaM = not destroyed
avinaasha = undestructible, name of Vishnu
avinaashi = imperishable
avinaashinaM = indestructible
avinda *= not finding, not getting, not gaining
avipakva* =mfn. undigested Bhpr.; immature.
avipashchitaH = men with a poor fund of knowledge
avirati = sensuality
avirodha = no opposition * = m. non-opposition to, living or being in agreement with (in comp. or inst.) MBh. xiii, 1935
Hariv. 8752 R.; non-incompatibility, consistency, harmony, Ya1n5. ii, 186, &c.
avishahya mfn. not bearable, not wearable MBh. BhP.; intolerable, insupportable BhP. R. Ragh. Kum. iv, 30;
irresistible MBh. &c.; unfeasible, impracticable MBh. R. (ii, 20, 33, superl. %{-tama}); inaccessible (to the eyes,
%{cakSuSAm}) MBh. xiv, 611; indeterminable (as a boundary) Mn. viii, 265.
avisha *= 1 mf(%{A})n. not poisonous RV. AV. VS. Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. the plant Curcuma Zedoaria.\\ 2 m. ( %{av}), the
ocean Un2. (cf. %{taviSa}); (%{I}) f. a river Un2.; the earth L.
avis'aGka* = mfn. having no doubts, not hesitating MBh. iii, 2171 and xiii, 2747; ({A}) f. `" no hesitation "', ({ayA}) instr.
ind. undoubtingly without hesitation MBh. Hariv. &c.
avishaya m. anything out of reach, anything impossible or improper MBh. xiii, 2207 S3ak. Katha1s.; not a proper
object for (gen.). Ma1lati1m. Ven2is.; (mfn.) not having an object Nr2isUp.
avis'aGkita* = mfn. unapprehensive, not having doubts, not hesitating MBh. v, 490 BhP. &c.; ({am}) ind. without
hesitation R. v, 90, 13 Sus'r.
avis'astR* = {tA4} m. an unskilful cutter up or killer (of animals) RV. i, 162, 20.
avis'esha* = m. non-distinction, non-difference, uniformity Kap.; (mfn.)without difference, uniform BhP. Kap. &c.;
({ANi}) n. pl. (in Sinkhya phil.) N. of the (five) elementary substances (cf. {tan-mAtra}); ({At}) ind. or in comp.
{avizSa-} [e.g. {avizeSa-zruteS}, {aviseSo7padezAt} KtyS'r.] without a special distinction or difference KtyS'r.] Jaim.
Gaut. S'ulb.; not differently, equally Comm. on Nyyad.; ({eNa}) ind. without a special distinction or difference p.
Comm. on Yj. &c. =
avis'eshavat* = mfn. not making a difference between (loc.) Yj. iii, 154.
avakshaya *= %{as} m. destruction , waste , loss L.
avasita * = mfn. one who has put up at any place, who dwells, rests, resides RV. i, 32, 15 and iv, 25, 8 S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.;
brought to his abode (as Agni) TS.; ended, terminated, finished, completed MBh. i, 4678, &c.; one who has given up
anything (abl. MBh. xii, 7888; or in comp. Ya1jn5. ii, 183); determined, fixed BhP.; ascertained BhP.; known,
understood; one who is determined to (loc.) BhP.; being at end of the line of a verse (see %{ava-sA4na}) RPra1t.
VPra1t.; stored (as grain &c.) L.; gone L.; (%{am}) n. `" a dwelling-place "' see %{navA7vasita4}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
avishakta *= mfn. not clinging or sticking to; unrestrained, unchecked Kir. xiii, 24.
avis'va* = n. not the universe BhP.
avis'vasat* = mfn. not confiding Rjat. Kaths.
avis'vasta* = mfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted L.; = {a-vizvasa4t} R. iii, 1, 25, &c.
avisha * = 1 mf(%{A})n. not poisonous RV. AV. VS. Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. the plant Curcuma Zedoaria \\ 2 m. ( %{av}), the
ocean Un2. (cf. %{taviSa}); (%{I}) f. a river Un2.; the earth L.
avita * = mfn. ( %{av}). protected L. (cf. %{a4droghA7vita}.)\\ aviita * = mf(%{A})n. ( %{vI}), not enjoyed (as the
sacrificial oblation) RV. iv, 48, 1\\aaviita * = and %{AvItin} see %{A-vye}. [156,1]\\ aaviita * = mfn. covered,
invested (especially with the sacred thread).
avivikta *= mfn. unseparated Veda1ntas.; undiscriminated, uninvestigated L.; indiscriminate, confounded L.; not
separated from the Public, not retired or secluded L.
avottaraattaat.h = protect me from the northern direction
avrithaa * = ind. not in vain, profitably L.
avya * = mfn. (said of the woollen Soma strainer) coming from sheep ({a4vi} q.v.) RV.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. the woollen
Soma strainer RV.
avyaahata *= mfn. unresisted, unimpeded MBh. R. &c.; not disappointed, not contradictory L. [112,2]
avyaahataaGYaH = avyAhata+agyaH, not feeling the hit?
avyaakrita* = mfn. undeveloped, unexpounded S'Br. xiv BhP.; ({am}) n. elementary substance from which all things
were created, considered as one with the substance of Brahma L.
avyaakritaa = not expressed
avyabhichaariNii = without any break
avyabhichaariNyaa = without any break
avyabhichaareNa = without fail
avyakta = nonmanifested* = mfn. undeveloped, not manifest, unapparent, indistinct, invisible, imperceptible Up. Pn.
Mn. &c.; (in alg.) unknown as quantity or number; speaking indistinctly; m. (= {paramA7tman}) the universal Spirit
Mn. ix, 50; N. of Vishnu L.; of S'iva L.; of Kma L.; a fool L.; N. of an Upanishad; ({am}) n. (in Snkhya phil.) `" the
unevolved (Evolver of all things) "', the primary germ of nature, primordial element or productive principle whence all
the phenomena of the material world are developed, KathhaUp. Snkhyak. &c.; ({am}) ind. indistinctly.
avyaktaM = nonmanifested
avyaktaH = invisible
avyaktamuurtinaa = by the unmanifested form
avyaktaa = toward the unmanifested
avyaktaat.h = to the unmanifest
avyaktaadiini = in the beginning unmanifested
avyaliika * = mfn. having no uneasiness or unpleasantness; well off MBh. v, 698; not false, true, veracious BhP. Das'ar.;
({am}) ind. truly BhP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
avyaya = without deterioration: 1 or rarely {a4vyaya} [only RV. viii, 97, 2 and ix, 86, 34] mfn. ({a4vi}) made of sheep's
skin (as the woollen Soma strainer) RV.; belonging to or consisting of sheep RV. viii, 97, 2. \\2 mf({A})n. not liable to
change, imperishable, undecaying Up. Mn. &c.; `" not spending "', parsimonious; m. N. of Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of
Manu Raivata Hariv. 433; of a Nga demon MBh. i, 2157 (ed. Bomb.); the non-spending, parsimony; ({am}) n. [or m.
L.] an indeclinable word, particle Pn. APrt. &c.; (in Vednta) a member or corporeal part of an organized body L.
avyayaM = immutable; V state of affairs
avyayaH = inexhaustible
avyayasya = of the imperishable
avyavasaayinaaM = of those who are not in KRishhNa consciousness
avyutpanna mfn. not ensuing or following, Ven2is.; underived (as a word), having no etymology Pa1n2. 7-2, 8 Pat.;
unaccomplished, inexperienced BhP. &c.
ayaama * = not a night-watch, any time during daylight.
ayaana* =n. not moving "', halting, stopping L.; (= {sva.bhAva}), natural disposition or temperament "' L
ayaasya * (4) mfn. (= $ Windisch; cf. {ayA4s} and {ai0A4s} before), agile, dexterous, valiant RV.; m. N. of an Angiras
(composer of the hymns RV. ix, 44-66 and x, 67 and 68) RV. x, 67, 1 and 108, 8 S'Br. xiv.
ayaata * = mfn. not gone
ayaM = him (from idaM.h)
ayana*=mfn. going VS. xxii, 7 Nir.; ({am}) n. walking a road a path RV. iii 33, 7 &c. (often ifc. cf. {naimiSA7yana},
{puruSA7yana}, {prasamA7yana}, {samudrA7yaNa}, {svedA7yana}), (in astron) advancing, precession Sryas.; (with
gen [e.g. {a4ngirasAm}, {AdityA4nam}, {gavAm}, &c.] or ifc.) `" course, circulation "'N. of various periodical sacrificial
rites AV. S'Br. &c. the sus road north and south of the equator, the half year Mn. &c., the equinoctial and solstitial
points VarBriS. &c.; way, progress, manner S'Br.; place of refuge Mn. i, 10; a treatise ({zAstra} cf. {jyotiSAm-ayana}) L.
ayaneshhu = in the strategic points
ayajanta = third person plur. imperfect aatmanepada of yaj, to worship
ayazas *= n. infamy R. Mn. viii, 128, &c.; (%{a4s}) mfn. devoid of fame, disgraced S3Br. xiv Ka1tyS3r.
ayazaskara *= mf(%{I})n. causing dishonour, disgraceful MBh. &c.
ayatha * = n. a foot RV. x 28, 10 and 11 (mfn.) prosperous, Pa1rGr.\\see col. 2.\\ayatha ind. not as it should be,
unfitly BhP.
ayatiH = the unsuccessful transcendentalist
ayathaavat.h = imperfectly
ayatna * = as m. absence of effort or exertion; (%{ena} [Mn. v, 47, &c.], %{at}, or in comp. %{ayatna-}), ind. without
effort or exertion.
ayatnabAlavyajanIbhU * = (perf. 3. pl. %{babhUvuH}) to become or be changed into a fan without effort Ragh. xvi,
33.
ayatnaja * = mfn. easily or readily produced,. spontaneous L.
ayatnakArin * = mfn. making no exertion, idle.
ayama = length, extension, restraint
Sanskrit Dictionary
ayashaH = infamy
ayasaH = (m) iron
ayase = (v) to go
ayata * = mfn. unrestrained, uncontrolled
ayatha * = n. a foot RV. x 28, 10 and 11 (mfn.) prosperous, Pa1rGr.\\see col. 2.\\ ayatha ind. not as it should be,
unfitly BhP.
ayaGYasya = for one who performs no sacrifice
ayudha* = m. a non-fighter Pn. 5-1, 121.
ayuktaH = one who is not in KRishhNa consciousness
ayuktasya = of one who is not connected (with KRishhNa consciousness)
ayuta * = 1 mfn. (1. {yu}), unimpeded AV. xix, 51, 1; N. of a son of Rdhika BhP.
ayu4ta * = 2 n. [{as} m. only MBh. iii, 801], `" unjoined, unbounded "', ten thousand, a myriad RV. AV. &c.; in comp. a
term of praise (see {ayutA7dhyApaka}), (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.)
ayogataH = without devotional service
ayojayishhyat.h = if one does not join or connect
ayobhaaNDam.h = (n) a wooden barrel
ba * the third letter of the labial class (often confounded with {va}).
baadaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. %{badara}; cf. g. %{naDA7di}) N. of sev. teachers and authors (esp. of a sage identified
with Vya1sa, said to be the author of the Veda7nta-su1tras; of an astronomer; of the author of a Dharma-s3a1stra &c. )
IW. 106 &c.; mfn. written or composed by Ba1dBa1dara1yan2a Cat.
baadhate = (1 ap) to obstruct
baadhya *= mfn. to be (or being) pressed hard or harassed or distressed or pained or checked or suppressed, Kav.
Katha1s. Pur. &c.; to be (or being) set aside or suspended or annulled Vop.
baadhyate = affected, afflicted
baadhaka * = mf({ikA})n. oppressing, harassing, paining (see {zatru-b-}); opposing, hindering, injuring, prejudicing
MBh. Pur. ({-tA} f.); setting aside, suspending, annulling S'ank. Sarvad. ({-tva} n.); m. a partic. disease of women L.; a
kind of tree Gobh.; mf({I})n. belonging to or derived from the Bdhaka tree ShadvBr. S'rS.
baadhana * = mfn. oppressing, harassing (see {zatrub-}); opposing, refuting L.; ({A}) f. uneasiness, trouble, pain
Nyyas.; n. opposition, resistance, oppression, molestation, affliction (also pl.) R. S'ak.; removing, suspending,
annulment (of a rule &c.) Veda7ntas. Pn. Sch.
baadhita4 * = mfn. pressed, oppressed &c. RV. &c. &c.; (in gram.) set aside, annulled; (in logic) contradictory, absurd,
false, incompatible (cf. {a-bAdhita})
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhdra (= {-pada} below) Rjat.;
({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhBhdra Col.
baahu = arm *= 1 m. and (L.) f. (fr. %{bah}, %{baMh}; for 2. %{bAhu} see col. 3) the arm, (esp.) the fore-arm, the arm
between the elbow and the wrist (opp. to %{pra-gaNDa} q.v.; in medic. the whole upper extremity of the body, as opp.
to %{sakthi}, the lower extextremity) RV. &c. &c.; the arm as a measure of length (= 12 An3gulas) Sulbas.; the forefoot of an animal (esp. its upper part) RV. AV. Br. A1s3vGr2.; the limb of a bow S3Br.; the bar of a chariot-pole Gobh.;
the post (of a door; see %{dvAra-b-}); the side of an angular figure (esp. the base of a right-angled triangle) Su1ryas.;
the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial ib.; (also du.) the constellation A1rdra1 L.; m. N. of a Daitya MBh.; of a prince
(who brought ruin upon his family by his illegal actions) ib.; of a son of Vr2ika Hariv.; of a son of Vajra VP. [Cf. Gk. $,
$; &222225[730,2] Germ. {buog}, {Bug}; Angl. Sax. {bo1g}; Eng. {bough}.]\\ 2 (for 1. see col. 2), Vr2iddhi form of
%{bahu} in comp. = ki1t2a mfn. g. %{palady-Adi}.
baahuM = arms
baahulya = plentitude
baahyasparsheshhu = in external sense pleasure
baahyaan.h = unnecessary
baala = child
baalaH = young boy
baalakaH = boy
baalakavii = young poet
baalabuddhii = adj. childish
baalaa = Girl
baalaaH = the less intelligent
baalikaaH = girl
baalis'a *= 1 mf(%{A})n. young, childish, puerile, ignorant, simple, foolish MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. a fool, simpleton,
blockhead ib.
baalonmattavadeva = like a child who has gone mad
baalyakaalaat.h = from a young age
baandhava = brother* = a kinsman, relation (esp. maternal rrelation), friend (ifc. f. ) Mn. MBh. &c.; a brother A.;
({I}) f. a female relative Kaths.
baaNa = Arrow
baaNaH = (m) arrow
baaNa* = or {vANa4} (RV.), {bA4Na} (AV.; later more usually {vANa} q.v.) m. a reed-shaft, shaft made of a reed, an
arrow RV. &c. &c.; N. of the number five (from the 5 arrows of Kma-deva; cf. {paJca-b-}) Sryas. Sh.; the versed sine
of an arc Ganit.; a mark for arrows, aim BhP.; a partic. part of an arrow L.; Saccharum Sara or a similar species of reed
Bhpr.; the udder of a cow ({vANa4} RV. iv, 24, 9) L.; music (for {vANa4}) AV. x, 2, 17 = {kevala},; N. of an Asura (a,
son of Bali, an enemy of Vishnu and favourite of S'iva) MBh. Pur.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king Hariv.;
(also {-bhaTTa}) of a poet (the author of the Kdambar, of the Harsha-carita, and perhaps of the Ratna7val) Cat.; of a
man of low origin Rjat.; m. (S'is') or ({A}) f. (L.) a blue-flowering Barleria; ({A}) f. the hind part or feathered end of an
arrow L.; n. the flower of Barleria Kir. S'is'.; the body Pras'nUp. // n. appearance, evidence, perception Veda7ntas.
Bha1sha1p. &c.; light, lustre L.// 3 bhANa m. ( %{bhaN}) recitation (esp. of the Buddhist law) MWB. 44; N. of a sort
Sanskrit Dictionary
of dramatic entertainment (in which only one of the interlocutors appears on the scene, or a narrative of some intrigue
told either by the hero or a third person) Das3ar. Sa1h. Prata1p. (cf. IW. 471). // 4 bhAna %{bhAnu} and e. see p.
751, col. 1.
baaNapaaNiM = with hand holding arrow (and Bow)
baashhpasthaalii = (f) pressure cooker
baashpa * m. (also written {vASpa} cf. Un. iii, 28) a tear, tears MBh. Kv. &c.; steam, vapour R. Ragh. Pacat.; a kind of
pot-herb Vgbh.; iron L.; N. of a disciple of Gautama Buda7ha; ({I}) f. a kind of plant (= {hiGgu-pattrI}) L.
babhuuva = became (from bhuu, to become), VB: became, appeared, there was, there arose, he chose
bahavaH = in great numbers
bahiH = outside
bahis (for bahii-r) *= ind. (the final %{s} is changed before %{k} and %{p} into %{S}; cf. Pa1n2. 8-3, 41) out, forth,
outwards, outside (a house, village, city, kingdom &c.; also with abl. or ifc. = out of, apart from, except, beside) Br. &c.
&c. (with %{kR}, to place outside, expel, banish, exclude; with %{bhU}, to come forth; with %{gam}, or %{yA}, to go out
&c.; cf. comp.)
bahu *= mf(%{vI4} or %{u})n. much, many, frequent, abundant, numerous, great or considerable in quantity (n. also as
subst. with gen.) RV. (rarely in Man2d2. i-ix) AV. &c. &c. (%{tadbahu-yad}, `" it is a great matter that "' MBh.;
%{tvayA@me@bahu@kRtaM-yad}, `" you have done me a great service by-or that- "' Nal.; %{kim@bahunA}, `" what
occasion is there for much talk? "' i.e. `" in short "' S3ak. Hit.); abounding or rich in (instr.) S3Br.; large, great, mighty
AV. &c. &c.; (%{u4}) ind. much, very, abundantly, greatly, in a high degree, frequently, often, mostly RV. &c. &c. (often
ibc., where also= nearly, almost, rather, somewhat [724,3]; cf. %{bahu-tRNa}, %{bahu-trivarSa} and Pa1n2. 5-3, 68;
%{bahu-man} = to think much of esteem highly, prize, value); n. the pl. number AitBr.
bahukrita = variously done/made-up
bahukritaveshhaH = various make-ups/roles
bahus'as *= ind. manifoldly , repeatedly , much , often TS. &c. &c.
bahus'asta *= mfn. very excellent ; very right or good or happy MW.
bahujanasukhaaya = (dat.Sing.) for he happiness of many
bahujanahitaaya = (dat.Sing.)for the welfare of many
bahuDhaa = (indec.)in many ways or differently
bahuda.nshhTraa = many teeth
bahudustaare = fordable with great difficulty
bahudhaa = in many ways
bahunaa = many
bahumataH = in great estimation
bahuraashhTriyasaMsthaa = (f) a multinational corporation
bahulaaM = various
bahulaayaasaM = with great labor
Sanskrit Dictionary
bahuvachanaM = plural
bahuvidhaaH = various kinds of
bahushaakhaaH = having various branches
bahusyaaM = may exist as many
bahuudaraM = many bellies
bahuun.h = many
bahuunaaM = many
bahuuni = many
bangabhaashhaa = Bengali language
baDisham.h = (n) fishing rod
badarikaa = the jujube fruit (``bora'' in marathi)
badara * = m. the jujube tree, Zizyphus Jujuba L.; another tree (= {deva-sarSapa}) L.; the kernel of the fruit of the
cotton plant L.; dried ginger L.; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; ({A}) f. the cotton shrub L.; a species of Dioscorea L.;
Mimosa Octandra L.; Clitoria Ternatea L.; ({I}) f. see below; ({ba4d-}) n. the edible fruit of the jujube (also used as a
weight) VS. &c. &c.; the berry or fruit of the cotton shrub L.
baddha = caught * =mfn. bound, tied, fixed, fastened, chained, fettered RV. &c. &c.; captured, imprisoned, caught,
confined ib. ({zatAt}, `" for a debt of a hundred "' Pn. 2-3, 24 Sch.); bound by the fetters of existence or evil Kap.;
hanged, hung R.; tied up (as a braid of hair) Megh.; (ifc.) stopped, checked, obstructed, impeded, restrained,
suppressed MBh. Kv. &c.; girt with S'nkhS'r.; (with instr. or ifc.) inlaid or studded with, set in MBh. Kv. &c.;
attached to, riveted or fixed on (loc.) ib.; joined, united, combined, formed, produced ib.; composed (as verses) R.; (esp.
ibc.; cf. below) conceived, formed, entertained, manifested, shown, betrayed, visible, apparent (cf. {jAta} ibc.) MBh.
Kv. &c.; clenched (as the fist) Hariv. R.; folded (as the hands) Mriicch.; contracted (as friendship or enmity) R. S'ak.;
taken up (as an abode) Rjat.; built, constructed (as a bridge) R. Ragh.; embanked (as a river) Rjat.; congealed, clotted
(as blood; opp. to {drava}) Sus'r.; alloyed (as quicksilver) L.; m. or n. ? (with Jainas) that which binds or fetters the
embodied spirit (viz. the connection of the soul with deeds) MW.
baddhapadma = having bound himself in lotusbaddhahasta\-shirshhaasana = the bound hands headstand posture
baddhaaH = being bound
badh = to tie up
badh.h = to trap, to tie down
badhnaati = to tie, to pack
badhyatas* = ind. (freedom) from the crowd AV. xii, 1, 2 (v.l. {madhya-ta4s}).
badhU* = f. wrongly for {vadhU4} AV. viii, 6, 14.
baddhakadambaka* = mfn. forming groups S'ak.
badhyate = becomes entangled
badhU * = f. wrongly for {vadhU4} AV. viii, 6, 14.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
personal, paternal and maternal); a friend (opp. to {ripu}) MBh. Kv. BhP.; a husband Ragh.; a brother L.; Pentapetes
Phoenicea L. (= {bandhUka}); N. of a metre Col.; (in astrol.) of the fourth mansion Var.; of a Riishi with the patr.
Gaupyana or Laupyana (author of RV. v, 24 and x, 5660) RAnukr.; of Manmatha L.
bandhuH = friend
bandhuvargaH = relatives
bandhushhu = and the relatives or well-wishers
bandhuun.h = relatives
bandhau = in (towards) relatives
barham.h = (n) peacock feather
barhishmat * = (%{-hi4S-}) mfn. accompanied or provided with sacrificial grass RV. Br. Mn.; having fire or light,
blazing, shining W.; m. one who has or spreads ssacrificial grgrass, a worshipper, sacrificer RV.; N. of Pra1ci1nabarhis BhP.; (%{atI}) f. N. of a wife of Priya-vrata and daughter of Vis3vakarman BhP.; N. of a city in Brahma7varta ib.
basti = method for cleaning the intestines
baT* = ind. in truth, certainly (Sy.= {satyam}) RV.
baTaraka* = n. pl. circular lines of light which appear before the closed eye Aitr.
baTu* = m. (also written {vaTu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young Brhman, but also contemptuously applied to
adult persons) MBh. Kv. &c.; N. of a class of priests Cat.; a form of S'iva (so called from being represented by boys in
the rites of the S'ktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica L.
bata* = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing astonishment or regret, generally = ah! oh!
alas! (originally placed immediately after the leading word at the beginning of a sentence, or only separated from it by
{iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g. Mlav. iii, 21/22; in later language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.
bata* = 2 m. a weakllng RV. x, 10, 13.
bata * = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing astonishment or regret, generally = ah! oh!
alas! (originally placed immediately after the leading word at the beginning of a sentence, or only separated from it by
{iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g. Mlav. iii, 21/22; in later language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.
biDaalaH = (m) cat
bathu (vathu) *= m. (also written %{vathu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young Bra1hman, but also
contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; N. of a class of priests Cat.; a form of S3iva (so called from
being represented by boys in the rites of the S3a1ktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica L.
bindu = dot
binduH = (m) point, drop
binduu = a drop, a dot
bibharti = is maintaining, *: would carry
bibhiishhaNashriidaH = the man who gave `shrI' riches etc, to vibhIshhaNa
bibheti = fears
bibheshhi = afraid
bibhyati *V= is afraid; fears
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
conspicuous, any fit object or clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena}
ind. with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br. GriS.; a partic.
measure (= an dhaka= 14 Palas) S'rngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {bidA7di}.
bhaajanatA* = f. (ifc.) the being a vessel for, possession of BhP.
bhaaJanaloka* = m. (with Buddhists) the world of inanimate things (opp. to {sattva-l-} q.v.). Dharmas. 89.
bhaajanIbhUta* = mfn. (ifc.) one who has become a vessel for or who has obtained Kaths. Lalit.
bhaagadheya = fortune
bhaagya = Blessing * =1 mfn. (fr. %{bhaga}) relating to Bhaga; n. (with %{yuga}) the 12th or last lustrum in Jupiter's
cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (scil. %{bha} or %{nakSatra}) the asterism of Bhaga i.e. Uttara-Phalguni1 ib. [752,1]\\2
mfn. ( %{bhaj}) to be shared or divided, divisible (= %{bhajya}) Vop.\\3 mfn. (fr. %{bhAga}) entitled to a share g.
%{daNDA7di}; (with %{zata}, %{viMzati} &c.) = %{bhAgika} Pa1n2. 5-1, 42 Sch.; lucky, fortunate (compar. %{-tara})
MBh. R.; n. sg. or pl. (ifc. f. %{A}) fate, destiny (resulting from merit or demerit in former existences), fortune, (esp.)
good fortune, luck, happiness, welfare MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{ena} ind. luckily, fortunately Hit.); reward BhP.
bhaagya-bhaava = Ninth house of Luck
bhaagyaM = fortune; luck
bhaagyodaya = prosperity, rise of wealth and belongings
bhaaj *= mfn. (mostly ifc.; exceptionally with gen.) sharing or participating in, entitled to, possessing, enjoying,
perceiving, feeling, sensible of. devoted to, intent upon Br. &c. &c.; forming a part of, belonging to RPra1t.; joined or
connected with, liable to MBh. Ka1v. &c.; occupying, inhabiting, frequenting, dwelling or living in or on Ka1v. Ma1rkP.;
going or resorting to, falling into, seeking Ragh. Kir.; revering, worshipping Bhag. Ragh.; what is due, duty, concern (=
%{kartavya}) Bhat2t2.
bhaaj *= %{bhAjana} see col. 1.
bhaajayu* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) sharing with others, generous, liberal RV.
bhaajaka* = m. (fr. Caus.) a divisor (in arithm.) Col.
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or participating in, entitled or
relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient, receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh.
Kv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place or person in which anything is collected or in whom any quality is
conspicuous, any fit object or clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena}
ind. with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br. GriS.; a partic.
measure (= an dhaka= 14 Palas) S'rngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {bidA7di}.
bhaajanam.h = (n) division
bhaajaaM = acquiring peeople
bhaajita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) shared, divided Sryas.; distributed, portioned W.; n. a share, portion ib.
bhaakshaalaka* = mfn. relating to or coming from the place Bhakshl g. {dhUmU7di}.
bhaaksha* = mf({I})n. ( {bhakS}) habitually eating, gluttonous (= {bhakSA zIlam asya}) g. {chattrA7di}.
bhaakta *= 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{bhakta}) regularly fed by another, a dependent, retainer Pa1n2. 4-4, 68; fit for food ib.,
iv, 4, 100. \\ 2 mf(%{I})n., (fr. %{bhakti}) inferior, secondary (opp. to %{mukhya}) S3am2k. A1pS3r. Sch.; m. pl. `" the
faithful ones "'N. of a Vaishn2ava and S3aiva sect W.
bhaalaM = forehead
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
daughter of Ta1mra1) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Pra1dha1 MBh.; n. (m. TBr.) N. of a Sa1man Br. S3rS.
bhaaSshaa *= f. speech, language (esp. common or vernacular speech, as opp. to Vedic or in later times to Sanskr2it)
Nir. Pa1n2. Mn. MBh.; any Pra1kr2it dialect or a partic. group of 5 of them (viz. Ma1ha1ra1sht2ri, S3auraseni,
Ma1gadhi, Pra1cya1, and Avanti, also called Pan5ca-vidha1 Bha1sha1; cf. under %{prAkRta}, p. 703) Cat.; description,
definition Bhag.; (in law) accusation, charge, complaint, plaint Dhu1rtas. Ya1jn5. Sch.; N. of Sarasvati L.; (in music) of a
Ra1gin2i.
bhaavana * = n. (for 2. %{bhAvana} see p. 755, col. 1) a forest of rays Ghat2.\\ 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.; for 1. see 2.
%{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be, effecting, producing, displaying, manifesting MBh. Ka1v. BhP.; promoting or effecting
any one's (gen. or comp.) welfare MBh. R. &c.; imagining, fancying, Asht2a1vS.; teaching MBh.; m. a creator, producer,
efficient MBh. Ka1v.; N. of S3iva (= %{dhyAtR}) MBh.; of Vishn2u A.; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.); (%{A}) f. and n. the act
of producing or effecting Nir. Sa1h. BhP.; forming in the mind, conception, apprehension, imagination, supposition,
fancy, thought, meditation (%{bhAvanayA} ind, in thought, in imagination; %{-nAm-bandh}, with loc., to occupy one's
imagination with, direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v. S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c.; (in logic) that cause of memory which
arises from direct perception Tarkas.; application of perfumes &c. (= %{adhivAsana}) L.; (%{A}) f. demonstration,
argument, ascertainment Ya1jn5.; feeling of devotion, faith in (loc.) Pan5cat.; reflection, contemplation (5 kinds with
Buddhists MWB. 128); saturating any powder with fluid, steeping, infusion S3a1rn3gS.; (in arithm.) finding by
combination or composition; (with Jainas) right conception or notion; the moral of a fable HParis3.; N. of an
Upanishad; a crow L.; water L.; n. furthering, promoting MBh.; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; (ifc.) nature, essence
Ra1matUp.
bhaavanaa * = f. of prec., in comp.
bhaaravaahakam.h = (n) a truck
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf. below) R.; patr. fr.
{bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pn. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var.
&c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-rma ib.; of various men (esp. supposed authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu,
Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other
writers or mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'na, of Mrkandeya, of Pramati &c.) Br.
S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh. (Nlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good bowman (like Paras'u-rma) L.; an
elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called {bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh.
Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of Bhriigu Pn. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yni f. MBh.
BhP.; of Lakshm L.; of Prvat L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various Smans rshBr.
bhaaryaa = wife
bhaaryaa-bhaava = Seventh house of spouse (wife)
bhaaryaanuraagaH = attachment to wife
bhaasa* = m. light, lustre, brightness (often ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Kaths.; impression made on the mind, fancy MW.; a bird
of prey, vulture (L. = {zakunta}, {kukkuTa}, {gRdhra} &c.) AdbhBr. past. MBh. Hariv. &c. (w.r. {bhASa}); a cow-shed
L.; N. of a man Rjat.; of a dramatic poet (also called Bhsaka) Mlav. Hcar. &c.; of a son of a minister of king Candraprabha Kaths.; of a Dnava ib.; of a mountain MBh.; ({I}) f. N. of the mother of the vultures (a daughter of Tmr)
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Prdh MBh.; n. (m. TBr.) N. of a Sman Br. S'rS.
bhaashate = (1 ap) to speak
bhaashin.h = one who talks
bhaashh.h = to speak
bhaashhaNa = speech
bhaashhase = speaking
bhaashhaa = language
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
really, truly) MBh. Hariv.; manner of being, nature, temperament, character ({eko bhAvaH} or {eka-bh-}, a simple or
artless nature; {bhAvo bhAvaM nigacchati} = birds of a feather flock together) MBh. Kv. &c.; manner of acting,
conduct, behaviour Kv. Sh.; any state of mind or body, way of thinking or feeling, sentiment, opinion, disposition,
intention ({yAdRzena bhAvena}, with whatever disposition of mind; {bhAvam amaGgalaM-kR}, with loc., to be ill
disposed against; {bhAvaM dRDhaM-kR}, to make a firm resolution) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in rhet.) passion, emotion (2
kinds of Bhvas are enumerated, the {sthAyin} or primary, and {vyabhicArin} or subordinate; the former are 8 or 9
according as the Rasas or sentiments are taken to be 8 or 9; the latter 33 or 34) Kv. Sh. Pratp. &c.; conjecture,
supposition Mn. Pacat.; purport, meaning, sense ({iti bhAvaH}, `" such is the sense "' = {ity arthaH} or {ity
abhiprA7yaH}, constantly used by commentators at the end of their explanations); love, affection, attachment
({bhAvaM-kR}, with loc., to feel an affection for) MBh. Kv. &c.; the seat of the feelings or affections, heart, soul, mind
({parituSTena bhAvena}, with a pleased mind) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; that which is or exists, thing or substance, being
or living creature ({sarva-bhAvAH}, all earthly objects; {bhAvAH sthAvara-jaGgamAH}, plants and animals) MundUp.
MBh. &c.; (in dram.) a discreet or learned man (as a term of address = respected sir) Mriicch. Mlav. Mlatm.; (in
astron.) the state or condition of a planet L.; an astrological house or lunar mansion ib.; N. of the 27th Kalpa (s.v.) ib.;
of the 8th (42nd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBriS.; (in gram.) the fundamental notion of the verb, the sense
conveyed by the abstract noun (esp. as a term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb having neither agent nor object
expressed e.g. {pacyate}, `" there is cooking "' or `" cooking is going on "') Pn. 3-1, 66; 107 &c.; N. of the author of the
Bhvaprkas'a (= {mizra-bhAva}) Cat.; wanton sport, dalliance L.; birth L.; place of birth, the womb L.; the world,
universe L.; an organ of sense L.; superhuman power L.; the Supreme Being L.; advice, instruction L.; contemplation,
meditation L. (cf. {-samanvita}).
bhaava = House and is also used to indicate the chart that uses Porphyry's Cusps
bhaavaH = endurance
bhaavaM = nature
bhaavanaa = fixed mind (in happiness) // *= f. of prec., in comp.* = n. (for 2. %{bhAvana} see p. 755, col. 1) a forest of
rays Ghat2.//2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.; for 1. see 2. %{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be, effecting, producing, displaying,
manifesting MBh. Ka1v. BhP.; promoting or effecting any one's (gen. or comp.) welfare MBh. R. &c.; imagining,
fancying, Asht2a1vS.; teaching MBh.; m. a creator, producer, efficient MBh. Ka1v.; N. of S3iva (= %{dhyAtR}) MBh.; of
Vishn2u A.; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.); (%{A}) f. and n. the act of producing or effecting Nir. Sa1h. BhP.; forming in the
mind, conception, apprehension, imagination, supposition, fancy, thought, meditation (%{bhAvanayA} ind, in thought,
in imagination; %{-nAm-bandh}, with loc., to occupy one's imagination with, direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v.
S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c.; (in logic) that cause of memory which arises from direct perception Tarkas.; application of
perfumes &c. (= %{adhivAsana}) L.; (%{A}) f. demonstration, argument, ascertainment Ya1jn5.; feeling of devotion,
faith in (loc.) Pan5cat.; reflection, contemplation (5 kinds with Buddhists MWB. 128); saturating any powder with fluid,
steeping, infusion S3a1rn3gS.; (in arithm.) finding by combination or composition; (with Jainas) right conception or
notion; the moral of a fable HParis3.; N. of an Upanishad; a crow L.; water L.; n. furthering, promoting MBh.; the fruit
of Dillenia Speciosa L.; (ifc.) nature, essence Ra1matUp.
bhaavaya = deem/consider/visualise/imagine
bhaavayataa = having pleased
bhaavayantaH = pleasing one another
bhaavayantu = will please
bhaavasamanvitaH = with great attention
bhaavaaH = natures
bhaavitaaH = remembering
bhaavaiH = by the states of beingbhaaveshhu = natures cintyah
bhaavya4* = mfn. (fr. {bhU} or its Caus.) future, about to be or what ought to be or become RV. &c. &c. (in later
language often used as fut. tense of {bhU}; cf. {bhAvin}); to be effected or accomplished or performed Kum. BhP.; to be
apprehended or perceived Kaths.; to be (or being) imagined or conceived, AshthvS. (cf. {dur-bh-}); easy to guess or
Sanskrit Dictionary
understand Vm.; to be (or being) argued or demonstrated or admitted or approved Yj. Kv.; to be convicted Mn. viii,
60; m. N. of a man (= {bhAvayavya} Nir.) RV. i, 126, 1 (others `" to be worshipped "', others `" future "'); of a king (=
{bhAvya-ratha} or {bhAnu-ratha}) VP.; n. (impers.) it is to be by (instr, ) Mn. v, 150; it should be understood Mriicch.
Sch.
bhaDa* = m. N. of a partic. mixed caste Cat. (cf. {bhaTa})
bhadraM = (Nr.nom. + acc.sing.)goodness
bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c. &c.; good, gracious, friendly, kind ib.;
excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in (loc.) MBh. iv, 305; great L.; (with {nRpati} m. a
good or gracious king Yj.; with {kAnta} m. a beautiful lover or husband Pacat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter
i.e. the south MBh.; with {vAc} f. kind or friendly speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra}, {-dre}, {-drAH},
often in familiar address = my good sir or lady, my dear or my dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m} and {a4yA}
ind, happily, fortunately, joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well Hit.); m. (prob.) a sanctimonious
hypocrite Mn. ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a
bullock L.; a water wagtail Var. (cf. {-nAman}); Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva L.; of
mount Meru L.; of a class of gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of the 12 sons of
Vishnu and one of the Tushita deities in the Svyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with Jainas) of the third of the 9 white
Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devak (or Paurav) BhP. Kaths.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacrumat
Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a friend of Bna Vs., Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a cow L.; N.
of various plants (= {anantA}, {aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI}, {nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746,1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the
2nd, 7th and 12th days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2. {bhadrA-karaNa}); of a
form of Durg VP.; of a goddess Pacar.; of a Buddhist deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of Dkshyan in Bhadre7s'vara Cat.;
of a Vidy-dhar R.; of a Sura7ngan Sinha7s.; of a daughter of Surabhi R.; of a wife of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the
wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of Soma and wife of Utathya ib.; of a daughter of Raudrs'va and the Apsaras
Ghriitc Hariv.; of a Kkshvat and wife of Vyushita7s'va MBh.; of a daughter of Meru and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.; of
a daughter of S'ruta-krti and wife of Kriishna BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as rising on the northern
summit of Meru and flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean) Pur.; the celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.;
n. prosperity, happiness, health, welfare, good fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai}, prosperity to
him! Pn. 2-3, 73; {bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a sentence = `" if you please "', or to fill up a
verse; {bhadram upalAh}, happiness to you, O stones! S'ntis'.; {bhadram} with {kR} and dat., to grant welfare to, bless
RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta}) L.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf.
f.); a partic. mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a house Nalac.; N. of various Smans rshBr.
bhadraa* = 1 f. of {bhadra}, in comp. -1.
bhadraa* = 2 ind. (g. {sA7kSAd-Adi}), in comp. -2.
bhadraa* =1 f. of {bhadra}, in comp. -1.\\2 ind. (g. {sA7kSAd-Adi}), in comp. -2.
bhadraaH = goodness
bhadraasana = the auspicious posture.
bhadrapada* = n. N. of a metre Col. [746,2]; ({A}) f. N. of the 3rd and 4th lunar asterisms Var. &c. (also n.; {-dA-yoga}
m. N. of ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.)
bhadrapAda* = mfn. born under the Nakshatra Bhadra-pad Pn. 7-3, 18 Sch.
bhaga * m. (ifc. f. {A} and {I} g. {bahv-Adi}) `" dispenser "', gracious lord, patron (applied to gods, esp. to Savitrii) RV.
AV.; N. of an ditya (bestowing wealth and presiding over love and marriage, brother of the Dawn, regent of the
Nakshatra Uttara-Phalgun; Yska enumerates him among the divinities of the highest sphere; according to a later
legend his eyes were destroyed by Rudra) ib. &c. &c. [743, 3]; the Nakshatra UUttara-PhPhalgun MBh. vi, 81; the
sun ib. iii, 146; the moon L.; N. of a Rudra MBh.; good fortune, happiness, welfare, prosperity RV. AV. Br. Yj. BhP.;
(ifc. f. {A}) dignity, majesty, distinction, excellence, beauty, loveliness RV. AV. Br. GriS. BhP.; (also n. L.) love, affection,
sexual passion, amorous pleasure, dalliance RV. AV. Br. KtyS'r. BhP.; (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) the female organs, pudendum
muliebre, vulva Mn. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. in {bhagA-nAmnI} below; n. a partic. Muhrta Cat.; the perinaeum of males L.;
m. n. = {yatna}, {prayatna}, {kIrti}, {yazas}, {vairAgya}, {icchA}, {jJAna}, {mukti}, {mokSa}, {dharma}, s'r L. [Cf. Zd.
{bagha = Old Pers. {baga}; Gk. $; &226046[743, 3] Slav. {bogu8}, {bogatu8}; Lith. {bago4tas}, {na-ba4gas}.],
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhagna * (see also bhanga/bhaGga)=. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split, torn, defeated, checked, frustrated,
disturbed, disappointed Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes forming the first instead of the second part of a comp. e.g. {grIvAbhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has broken a limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost
Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of a leg Sus'r.
bhagavat.h = God
bhagavat * = ind. like a vulva Vishn. Sch. -2.
bha4ga-vat * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see under {bha4ga}) possessing fortune, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. AV. GriS. BhP.;
glorious, illustrious, divine, adorable, venerable AV. &c. &c.; holy (applied to gods, demigods, and saints ae a term of
address, either in voc. {bhagavan}, {bhagavas}, {bhagos} [cf. Pn. 8-3, 1 Vrtt. 2 Pat., and viii, 3, 17] f. {bhagavatI} m. pl.
{bhagavantaH}; or in nom. with 3. sg. of the verb; with Buddhists often prefixed to the titles of their sacred writings);
m. `" the divine or adorable one "'N. of Vishnu-Kriishna Bhag. BhP.; of S'iva Kaths.; of a Buddha or a Bodhi-sattva or
a Jina Buddh. (cf. MWB. 23); ({I}) f. see below.
bhagavad.h = god's
bhagavad.hgiitaa = the dialogues between Krishna and Arjuna
bhagavan.h = O Supreme
bhagavaan.h = O Personality of Godhead
bhagavaana = holy
bhaginii = sister
bhagneshakaarmukaH = the man who broke the bow of Isha(shiva) i.e. rAma
bhaGga (bhan'ga) *= mfn. breaking, bursting (said of the Soma) RV. ix, 61, 13; m. breaking, splitting, dividing,
shattering, breaking down or up VS. &c. &c.; a break or breach (lit. and fig.), disturbance, interruption, frustration,
humiliation, abatement, downfall, decay, ruin, destruction Mn. MBh. &c.; fracture (see %{asthi-bh-}); paralysis, palsy
L.; bending, bowing, stretching out (see %{karNa-}, %{gAtra-}, %{-grIvA-bh-}); knitting, contraction (see %{bhrU-bh}); separation, analysis (of words) Sa1h.; overthrow, rout, defeat (also in a lawsuit) Hit. Ka1m. Ya1jn5. Sch.; rejection,
refusal Ka1lid.; refutation Sarvad.; panic, fear Ra1jat.; pain (see %{pArzva-bh-}); a piece broken off, morsel, fragment
Ka1lid. Ka1d.; a bend, fold, Sah. (cf. %{vastra-bh-}); a wave Ragh. Gi1t. [cf. Lith. {banga4}]; a water-course, channel L.;
fraud, deceit L.; a tortuous course, roundabout way of speaking (= or w.r. for %{bhaGgi}) Sarvad.; toilet, fashion (for
%{bhaGgi}?) Var.; = %{gamana} L.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; (with Buddhists) the constant decay taking place in
the universe, constant flux or change; (with Jainas) a dialectical formula beginning with %{syAt} q.v.; (%{bhaGga4}) m.
hemp AV.; (%{A}) f. see below.
bhairava = terrible, one of the forms of Shiva
bhaikshyaM = by begging
bhaj *= cl. I. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxxiii, 29) %{bha4jati}, %{-te} (2. sg. as Impv. %{bhakSi} RV.; pf. P. %{babhA4ja} A1.
%{bheje4} RV. &c.; 2. sg. %{babhaktha} S3Br.; %{bhejitha} Pa1n2. 6-4, 122; aor. P. 2. 3. sg. %{abhAk} RV. Br.;
%{abhAkSIt}, %{-kSus} BhP.; Subj. %{bhakSat} RV.; A1. %{a4bhakSi}, %{-kta} RV. &c.; Prec. A1. %{bhakSIya4} RV.; 3.
sg. %{-kSISTa} Br.; %{-kSIta} SV.; fut. %{bhakSyati}, %{-te} Br. &c.; %{bhajiSyati}, %{-te} MBh. &c.; %{bhaktA} Gr.;
inf. %{bhaktum} Br. &c.; %{bhajitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{bhaktvA} AV. &c., %{-tvAya} RV.; %{-bhajya} and %{bhA4jam} Br.), to divide, distribute, allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.), share with (instr.) RV. &c. &c.; (A1.) to grant,
bestow, furnish, supply ib.; A1. (rarely P.) to obtain as one's share, receive as (two acc.), partake of, enjoy (also
carnally), possess, have (acc., Ved. also gen.) ib.; (A1., rarely P.) to turn or resort to, engage in, assume (as a form), put
on (garments), experience, incur, undergo, feel, go or fall into (with acc., esp. of abstract noun e.g. %{bhItim}, to feel
terror; %{nidrAm}, to fall asleep; %{maunam}, to become silent) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to pursue, practise, cultivate Mn. R.
Sus3r.; to fall to the lot or share of (acc.) MBh. R. &c.; to declare for, prefer, choose (e.g. as a servant) MBh.; to serve,
honour, revere, love, adore MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus. %{bhAja4yate}, %{-te} (aor. %{abIbhajuH} S3Br., %{ababhAjat} Gr.),
to divide Su1ryas.; to deal out, distribute Gaut.; to cause any one (acc.) to partake of or enjoy (acc. or gen.) RV. S3Br.; to
put to flight, pursue, chase, drive into (acc.) Bhat2t2.; to cook, dress (food) Vop.: Desid. %{bibhakSati}, %{-te} MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
(cf. %{bhikS}): Intens. %{bAbhajyate}, %{bAbhakti}, Gr2. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &225876[743,1] {fa1gus}; Goth. Old S. {bo1k};
Germ. {Buch}, {Buchstabe}; Eng. {buck-}, {beech}.]
bhaj.h = to practice / incur
bhaja = worship
bhajaka* = m. a distributer, apportioner (see {civara-bh-}); a worshipper MW.
bhajana* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.) reverence, worship, adoration Prab. Sch.
(also {-tA} f. with loc. Cn.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author
Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajaka = worshippers
bhajataaM = in rendering devotional service
bhajati = (1 pp) to divide, to allocate
bhajate = renders transcendental loving service
bhajanIya* = mfn. to be loved or revered or waited upon, venerable MBh. BhP.
bhajana = a hymn* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.) reverence, worship, adoration
Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cn.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of
an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajanti = render service
bhajante = render services
bhajasva = be engaged in loving service
bhajaama *V= we allot, we get, let us worship
bhajaami = reward
bhaje = I worship
bhajaina = (f) where to your erection
bhajamaana *= mfn. apportioning &c. MBh.; fitting, meet, appropriate L.; N. of various princes Hariv. Pur.
bhajaniiya *= mfn. to be loved or revered or waited upon, venerable MBh. BhP.
bhakataH = devotee
bhakta = devotee
bhaktaH = devotee
bhaktaaH = devotees
bhaktaanukaMpinaaM = compassionate to the devotees
bhakti = devotion, worship
bhaktiM = devotional service
bhaktiH = in devotional service
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhaktimaan.h = devotee
bhaktiyogena = by devotional service
bhaktimat =* mfn. = %{-bhAj} MBh. Ka1v. &c.; accompanied by devotion or loyalty BhP.
bhakteshhu = amongst devotees
bhaktyaa = in full devotion
bhaktyupahritaM = offered in devotion
bhaksha = Food
bhakshayati = (10 up) to eat, to devour
bhakshaNa* = mfn. eating, one who eats (cf. {dADima-}, {pApa-bh-}); n. the act of eating, drinking, feeding S'rS. Nir.
MBh. &c.; eating what excites thirst L.; chewing L.; the being eaten by (instr.) Mn. R.; ({bha4-}) a drinking vessel RV.
bhakshaNIya* = mfn. to be (or being) eaten Pacat.; {-tA} f. eatableness S'rngP.
bhakshayitavya* = mfn. to be eaten or devoured, edible MBh. Pacat.
bhakshayitR* = m. an eater, enjoyer MBh.
bhakshaTaka* = m. a variety of Asteracantha Longifolia L.
bhakshaalii* = f. N. of a place g. {dhUmA7di} (not in Ks'.)
bhaksha* = m. drinking or eating, drink or (in later language) food RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. {A}, having anything
for food or beverage, eating, drinking, living upon); {-kAra} m. `" food-maker "', a cook, baker L.; {-M-kAra4} mfn.
furnishing food MaitrS. (cf. Pn. 6-3, 72 Vrtt. 2 Pat.); {-MkRta} ({-kSa4M-}) mfn. drunk or eaten, enjoyed TS. s'vS'r.;
{-japa} m. the prayer muttered while drinking Soma s'vS'r.; {-pattrI} f. betel-pepper (the leaf of which serves for food)
L.; {-bIja} w.r. for {bhakSya-b-}; {-mantra} m. a verse spoken while drinking Soma S'nkhS'r.
bhalla * = mfn. auspicious, favourable (= {bhadra} or {ziva}) L.; m. a bear Hit. (cf. {accha-bhalla}, {bhalluka},
{bhallUka}); a term used in addressing the Sun (only dat.; cf. 2. {bhala}) MantraBr. Gobh.; (pl.) N. of a people Pn. 5-3,
114. Sch. (v.l. {malla}); N. of S'iva (cf. above); a kind of arrow or missile with a point of a partic. shape MBh. Kv. &c.
(also {I} f. and n.); a partic. part of an arrow MBh.; ({I}) f. Semecarpus Anacardium Bhpr.; n. an arrow-head of a partic.
shape S'rngP.
bhallatakaH = (m) cashewnut
bhallukaH = (m) bear
bhaMbhaM = (v) to fuck up the ass
bhaN *= cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. xiii, 4) %{bhaNati} (pf. %{babhANa}, 2. sg. %{babhaNitha} Pa1n2. 6-4, 121 Sch.; aor.
%{abhANIt} Bhat2t2.; fut. %{bhaNiSyati}, %{-NitA} Gr.; ind. p. %{bhaNitvA} Pan5cat.; inf. %{bhaNitum} Gr.: Pass.
%{bhaNyate} BhP.; aor. %{abhANi} Bhat2t2.), to speak, say to (acc. with or without %{prati}) Var. Das3. Pan5cat.; to
call, name (two acc.) Vet.: Caus. %{bhANayati}; aor. %{abIbhaNat}, or %{ababhANat} Siddh. Vop. (Prob. a later form
of %{bhan}.)
bhan *= cl. 1. P. %{bha4nati} (prob. connected with %{bhA}; cf. the later form %{bhaN}), to sound, resound, call
aloud, speak, declare RV. (= %{arcati} Naigh. iii, 14).
bha.nga = (masc) break
bhangura V: perishable, breakable, to be lost, transient
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhartR4-tva * =n. (MBh. &c.) masterhood, husbandship; {-tAMgata} mfn. subject, married W.
bhartRka * =ifc. (f. {A}) = {bhartR}, a husband (cf. {pro7Sita-}, {mRta-}, {svA7dhIna-bh-}).
bhartrima * =(?) mfn. maintained, nourished, supported W.
bhartsaka * = mfn. (ifc.) threatening , reviling L.
bhartsana * = n. (or %{A} f.) threatening , a threat , menace , curse Katha1s. Sa1h.
bhasha* = mf({I})n. barking, yelping, chiding VS. (cf. g. {pacA7di}); m. a dog L.; ({A}) f. a species of plant L.; ({I}) f. a
bitch L.
bhashhati = to bark
bhashita * = n. barking L.
bhasita * = mfn. reduced to ashes BhP.; n. ashes Bhm.
bhastrikaa = the bellows breath
bhasma = ash
bhasmaM = ashes
bhasmasaat.h = to burn to ashes
bhasmaavasheshhaM = ashes+remains
bhaTTakavaara = Sunday
bhatha * = m. (fr. {bhRta}) a mercenary, hired soldier, warrior, combatant MBh. Kv. &c.; a servant, slave Kvya7d.
VP.; a humpback Gal.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; = {arya-bhaTa} (cf. below); pl. N. of a degraded tribe L. (cf.
{bhaTTa}, {bhaDa}, {bhaNDa}; according to some `" a person whose father is a Brhman and whose mother is a Nath
"'); ({A}) f. coloquintida.
bhauma* = mf({I})n. relating or dedicated to the earth, produced or coming from the earth, earthly, terrestrial VS. &c.
&c. (with {naraka} m. = hell on earth MBh.; with {brahman} n. = the Veda ib.); consisting or made of earth, earthy
PacavBr. KtyS'r. MBh. &c.; coming from the land (as revenue &c.) L.; (fr. {bhauma}, the planet Mars) relating to the
plplanet Mars or to his day, falling on Tuesday Vet.; m. a red-flowering Punar-nav L.; = {ambara} L.; N. of the 27th
Muhrta L.; metron. of a partic. earth-deity GriS.; of Atri RAnukr.; of the Daitya Naraka MBh.; of the planet Mars
(whose day is Tuesday) ib. Var. Pur. &c.; m. or n. N. of AV. xii, 1; ({I}) f. `" produced from the earth "'N. of Sit L.; n.
dust of the earth (pl.) MBh.; corn, grain past.; (only ifc.) floor, story MBh. R.
bhaumacAra* = m. `" the course of the planet Mars "', N. of a ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.
bhaumavAra* = m. `" Mars-day "', Tuesday KtyS'r. Sch.; {-vratavidhi} m. N. of wk.
bhaumaka* = m. any animal living in the earth AdbhBr.
bhaumana* = m. N. of Vis'va-karman MBh. (prob. w.r. for {bhauvana}).
bhavaami = I become
bhavaan.h = you
bhava * = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f. {A} = arising or
produced from, being in, relating to) Yj. MBh. Kv. &c.; becoming, turning into (comp.) Kthh.; being, state of being,
existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'rngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara}); worldly existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kv. Pur.
[749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB.
Sanskrit Dictionary
102); well-being, prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti},
{prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva
(later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol.
Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavn BhP.; cf. Vm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th
Kalpa Cat.; of a Sdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of an
author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavaaya = for the sake of the world
bhavaarNava = bhava+arNava, birth\&death+ocean
bhavaH = birth
bhava* = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f. {A} = arising or
produced from, being in, relating to) Yj. MBh. Kv. &c.; becoming, turning into (comp.) Kthh.; being, state of being,
existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'rngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara}); worldly existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kv. Pur.
[749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB.
102); well-being, prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti},
{prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva
(later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol.
Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavn BhP.; cf. Vm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th
Kalpa Cat.; of a Sdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of an
author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavaa in comp. before {d} for {bhavat}.
bhavaketu * m. N. of a partic. phenomenon in the sky Var.
bhavacandra * m. N. of a man Cat.
bhavadiya: A* given by your,
bhava4-jala * n. the water (or ocean) of worldly existence Kv.
bhava4-bhaGga * m. annihilation of wworldly exexistence, delivery from births or transmigration Hcat.
bhava4-maya * mf({I})n. consisting of or produced from S'iva MBh.
bhavana = home, residence, place* = n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) a place of abode, mansion, home, house, palace,
dwelling (ifc. f. %{A}) Mn. Mbh. &c.; horoscope, natal star (see %{bhavane7za}); m. N. of a R2ishi in the 2nd
Manvantara VP.; a dog L.; n. coming into existence, birth, production Kap. Sch. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-4, 31; a site,
receptacle (ifc.) Pan5cat.; the place where anything grows (ifc.= field cf. %{zAli-bh-}); = %{bhuvana}, water L.
bhavaneshhu = in the homes of
bhavantaM = You
bhavantaH = you
bhavanti = grow
bhava.ntu = let them be or become
bhava4-rasa * m. delight in wworldly exexistence Sinha7s.
bhavat * = mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI}; voc. %{bhavan} or %{bhos}
q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or lady
present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only
exceptionally with the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in pl. to
express greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c.; (%{antI}) f. the
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhayaM = fear
bhayanaka = that which causes fear
bhayaat.h = out of fear
bhayaanaka = the sentiment of fear, terror
bhayaanakaani = very fearful
bhayaavahaH = dangerous
bhayena = out of fear
bhaujya = enjoyment (of kingship)
bhautika = material
bhauma = A name for the planet Mars
bhavaan: see bhavat
bhavat *= mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI}; voc. %{bhavan} or %{bhos}
q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or lady
present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only
exceptionally with the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in pl. to
express greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c.; (%{antI}) f. the
present tense Pat.; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bheka = a frog
bheDa* = m. a ram L. (cf. {eDa}, {bheDra} and {bheNDa}); a raft, float L. (cf. {bhela}); N. of a lexicographer and a
physician Cat.; of a Riishi L.; ({I}) f. a ewe L.; N. of one of the Mtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
bheda4 = break, pierce, also difference * = m. ( {bhid}) breaking, splitting, cleaving, rending, tearing, piercing (also
pass. the being broken &c.) KtyS'r. Yj. MBh. Kv. &c.; breaking open, disclosing, divulging, betrayal (of a secret cf.
{rahasya-bh-}); bursting asunder, opening, gaping, parting asunder BhP. Sus'r.; bursting forth or out, expanding,
blossoming, shooting out, sprouting Klid. Blar.; a cleft, fissure, chasm (cf. {zilA-bh-}; du. pudendum muliebre) RV.;
rupture, breach, hurt, injury, seduction Km. MBh. Kaths.; shooting pain (in the limbs), paralysis (cf. {ardhabh-})
Sus'r.; separation, division, partition, part, portion Kv. Pur.; distinction, difference, kind, sort, species, variety S'rS.
Up. MBh. &c.; disturbance, interruption, violation, dissolution RPrt. KtyS'r. Sh.; disuniting, winning over to one's
side by sowing dissension (cf. {upA7ya}) Mn. Yj. Km.; disunion, schism, dissension between (instr.) or in (comp.)
MBh. Var. Rjat.; change, alteration, modification MBh. S'ak.; contraction (cf. {bhrUbh-}) [766,2]; evacuation (of the
bowels) S'rngS.; (in astron.) a partic. crossing or conjunction of the planets; one of the ways in which an eclipse ends
(cf. {kukSi-bh-}); (in math.) the hypothenuse of a right-angled triangle; (in dram.) = {saMhati-bhedana}, or =
{pro7tsAhana}, Sh; (in phil.) dualism, duality (cf. comp.); N. of a man AV.; pl. N. of a people RV.
bhedaM = the differences
bhedana = breaking through, piercing
bhedaaGYaanaM = difference/otherness/duality
bhejire *V= - rendered service unto - SB 1.2.25; returned - SB 7.3.3; took shelter - SB 9.20.31
bheruNDa = terrible
bheruNDaasana = the formidable posture
bheryaH = large drums
Sanskrit Dictionary
bheshaja = medicine, antidote, cure* = mf({I})n. (fr. 1. {bhiSaj}) curing, healing, sanative RV. AV. AitBr.; n. a remedy,
medicine, medicament, drug, remedy against (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; a spell or charm (for curative purposes
(generally from Atharva-veda) S'rS.; water Naigh. i, 12; Nigella Indica W.
bhettavai * = %{bhettavya}, %{bhettR} see under %{bhid}, p. 757, col. 2.
bhettavya * = mfn. to be broken or split R.; to be betrayed or divulged Hariv.
bhettri * = mfn. breaking, splitting, bursting through, piercing; a breaker &c. RV. &c, &c.; a conqueror Cat.; an
interrupter, disturber, frustrator Ka1m.; a divulger, betrayer MBh. Ya1jn5.; a factious or seditious man MW.; m. N. of
Skanda Mr2icch.; N. of a partic. magical spell recited over weapons R.
bibharshi * V: manifest, assume, bear, accept, carry\\ S.G: assume, maintain (and perpetuate)
bibhrat* = mfn. (pr.p. of {bhR}) bearing, carrying RV. &c. &
bhid.h = to break
bhidaa* = f. splitting, bursting, destroying, destruction Ka1v. (cf. %{dur-bhida}); separation (see %{-bhRt});
distinction, difference Ka1v. BhP.; a kind or species. Sa1h.; coriander L.
bhidya * = m. a rushing river or N. of a rrushing Ragh. Bhat2t2. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-1, 115); n. splitting, breaking,
destroying (cf. %{pUr-bhi4dya} and %{zIrSa-bhi4dya})
2 bhidya n. hhead-splitting AV.
bhii *= 1 cl. 3. P. (Dha1tup. xxv, 2) %{bibhe4ti} (du. %{bibhItas} or %{bibhitas} Pot. %{bibhIyAt} or %{bibhiyAt}
Pa1n2. 6-4, 115; Pot. 3. pl. %{bibhyeyuH} MBh. xii, 459; impf. 3. pl. %{abibhayuH} Pa1n2. 7-3, 83 Sch.; ep. also A1. 1.
sg. %{bibhye} and and P. 3. sg. %{bibhyati} pl. %{bibhyanti}; Ved. also cl. 1. A. %{bha4yate}, and accord, to Dha1tup.
xxxiv, 15, cl, 10. P. %{bhAyayati}; pf. %{bibhAya}, 3. pl. %{bibhyuH} RV. &c. &c.; %{bIbhAya} AitBr.;
%{bibhayA4M@cakara} S3Br. cf. Pa1n2. 3-1, 39; aor. %{abhaiSIt}, %{-Sma}, %{-SuH} RV. AV. &c., 2. sg. %{bhaiSIs}
AV., %{bhais} Br. &c., esp. in %{mAbhais} "', do not be afraid; once for pl. = %{mA@bhaiSTa} R. i, 55, 25; %{bhes} Br.;
%{bhema} RV., p. A1. %{bhiyAna4} ib.,; fut. %{bhetA} Gr.; cond, %{abheSyat} S3Br.; inf. %{bhiya4se} RV.; %{bhetum}
MBh. &c.), to fear, be afraid of (abl. or gen., rarely instr, or acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to fear for, be anxious about (abl.) R.:
Pass. %{bhIyate}, aor, %{abhAyi} Gr.: Caus. %{bhISa4yate} (S3Br. &c.; cf. Pa1n2. 1-3, 68), %{bhISayati} (MBh.; once
m. c. %{bhiS-} BhP.; p. %{bhISayANa} MBh.; aor. %{bIbhiSaH} TS., %{-SathAH} RV.), %{bhAyayati}, %{-te} (Pa1n2.
1-3, 68 Sch.; Pot. %{bhAyayes} Megh. 61; v.l. %{bhISayes}; aor %{bIbhayat}, %{a4bIbhayanta} RV.; ind. p. %{-bhAyya}
Br.), %{bhApayate} (Pa1n2. 6-1, 56 Sch.), to terrify, put in a fright, intimidate RV. &c. &c.: Desid. %{bibhISati} Gr.:
Intens. %{bebhIyate}, %{bebhayIti}, %{bebheti} ib. [Cf. %{bhyas}; Lith. {bijo4tis}; Slav. {bojati}; Germ. {biben},
{beben}.]
bhiita * = mfn. frightened, alarmed, terrified, timid, afraid of or imperilled by (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; anxious
about (comp.) Pan5car.; (%{am}) ind. timidly S3iksh.; n. fear, danger L.; (impers.) fear has been shown, S3rin3ga1r.
bhiiru * = mf({U8})n. fearful, timid, cowardly, afraid of (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; (with {paratra}) dreading the
beyond or the hereafter Yj. Sch. (ifc. expressive of blame Ganar. on Pn. 2-1, 53); m. a jackal L. (cf. {pheru}); a tiger
L.; various kinds of fish L.; a centipede L.; a kind of sugarcane L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; f. a timid woman (esp. voc.
`" {bhIru} "', `" O timid one! "') Kv.; a shadow L.; a she-goat L.; Solanum Jacquini L.; n. a species of plant L. [758, 3];
silver L
bhiitaM = fearful
bhiitabhiitaH = fearful
bhiitaani = out of fear
bhiiti = fear
bhiitiM = fear
bhiitiH = fear
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhiima = terrible* = mf({A})n. fearful, terrific, terrible awful formidable, tremendous RV. &c. &c. (ibc., fearfully &c.); m.
Rumex Vesicarius L.; N. of Rudra-S'iva s'vGri. Un. Sch.; of one of the 8 forms of S'iva Pur.; of one of the 11 Rudras
Pur.; of a Devagandharva MBh.; of one of the Devas called Vajamush ib.; of a Dnava ib. Kaths.; of a Vidydhara
Kaths.; of a son of the Rkshasa Kumbhakarna Cat.; of the second son of Pndu (also called) Bhima-sena and
Vriiko7dara; he was only the reputed son of PPndu, being really the son of his wife Priith or Kunt by the wind-god
Vyu, and was noted for his size, strength and appetite) MBh. Kv. Pur. &c.; of sev. other men AitBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.;
pl. the race of Bhima MBh.; ({A}) f. a whip L.; a bullock's gall-stone L.; N. of a form of Durg Hariv.; of an Apsaras R.;
of sev. rivers MBh.; of a district Rjat.; of a town Buddh.
bhiimakarmaa = one who performs herculean tasks
bhiimaarjuna = to Bhima and Arjuna
bhiiru = mf(%{U8})n. fearful, timid, cowardly, afraid of (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; (with %{paratra}) dreading the
beyond or the hereafter Ya1jn5. Sch. (ifc. expressive of blame Gan2ar. on Pa1n2. 2-1, 53); m. a jackal L. (cf. %{pheru});
a tiger L.; various kinds of fish L.; a centipede L.; a kind of sugarcane L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; f. a timid woman
(esp. voc. `" %{bhIru} "', `" O timid one! "') Ka1v.; a shadow L.; a she-goat L.; Solanum Jacquini L.; n. a species of plant
L. [758,3]; silver L.
bhiishaya %{-yati} see %{bhI}. *V = terrifying, threatening.
bhiishhma = by Grandfather Bhishma
bhiishhmaM = unto Grandfather Bhishma
bhiishhmaH = Grandfather Bhishma
bhiNDiH = (f) ladies-finger, okra
bhitaaH = out of fear
bhittiH = (m) walls
bhinnaa = separated
bhilla = tribal
bhikshaapaatram.h = (n) begging bowl
bhikshukaH = (m) beggar
bhikshu* = m. a beggar, mendicant, religious mmendicant (esp. a Brhman in the fourth s'rama or period of his life,
when he subsists entirely on alms) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 55 n. 1); a Buddhist mendicant or monk Kaths. Lalit. (cf.
MWB. 55); a partic. Buddha L.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.; Sphaerantus Mollis L.; N. of an ngirasa (author of RV. x,
117) RAnukr.; of a son of Bhoja Rjat.; of a poet Cat.; n. N. of an Upanishad (cf. {bhikSuko7paniSad}),
bhikshucaryA* = f. `" a mendicant's course of life "', begging BhP.
bhikshusUtra* = n. a collection of rules or precepts for mendicants Pn. 4-3, 110; {-bhASya-vArttika} n. N. of a Comm.
on prec.
bhikshuka* = m. a beggar, mendicant, a Brhman of the mmendicant order (cf. {bhikSu}) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (RTL.
386); ({I}) f. see below.
bhikshukasatI* = f. a virtuous female mendicant L.
bhikshukI* = f. (of prec.) a female mendicant MBh. R. &c.
bhikshuNI* = f. a Buddhist female mendicant or nun Lalit. DivyA7v. (MWB. 86).
Sanskrit Dictionary
bis (or %{vis}) cl. 4. %{bisyati}, to go, move Naigh. ii, 14; to split or grow Nir. ii, 24; to urge on, incite Dha1tup. xxvi,
108; to cast, throw Vop.
bhishaya %{-yati} see %{bhI}.
bhitti *= f. breaking, splitting Ka1t2h.; a mat (made of split reeds) S3Br.; a wall (of earth or masonry), partition, panel
MaitrUp. Inscr. &c.; (ifc. with parts of the body) a wall-like surface (cf. %{kapola-}, %{gaNDa-bh-}); a fragment, bit,
portion L.; a place, spot Mudr.; a rent, fissure L.; a flaw, deficiency W.; an opportunity, occasion L.
bho = exclamatory word for addressing a person
bho-bhoh * = see bhos* n (fr. {bhavas} voc. of {bhavat} q.v.; before vowels and soft consonants {bho}; before hard
consonants {bhos} and {bhoH}; the latter form also in pause cf. Pn. 8-3, 17 &c.; but there is occasional confusion of
these forms, esp. in later literature; often also {bhobhoH}.), an interjection or voc. particle commonly used in
addressing another person or several persons = O! Ho! Hallo l, in soliloquies = alas! S'Br. &c. &c. (according to L. a
particle of sorrow and of interrogation).
bodha * = mfn. knowing, understanding, Asht2a1vS. (cf. g. %{jvalA7di}); m. waking, becoming or being awake,
consciousness AV. MBh. &c.; the opening of blossom, bloom Cat.; the taking effect (of spells; acc. with %{pra-yA}, `" to
begin to take effect "') ib.; exciting (a perfume) Var.; perception, apprehension, thought, knowledge, understanding,
intelligence Ka1v. Ra1jat. Pur.; designation Sa1h. Pa1n2. Sch.; awakening, arousing W.; making known, informing,
instructing MW.; Knowledge personified as a son of Buddhi Pur.; N. of a man Ma1rkP. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-1, 107); pl. N. of a
people MBh.
bodhaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. awakening, arousing R.; causing to know, explaining, teaching, instructing, a teacher,
instructor Ka1v. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; (ifc.) denoting, indicating, signifying (%{-tva} n.) Pa1n2. Sch. Veda7ntas.; m. a
spy, informer W.; N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar.; of a poet Cat.
bodhana * = mf(%{I})n. causing to awake or expand (a flower), arousing, exciting R. Hariv. Sus3r.; enlightening,
teaching, instructing (cf. %{bAla-bodhinI}); m. the planet Mercury W.; N. of a mountain VP.; (%{I}) f. intellect,
knowledge L.; long pepper L.; = %{bodha-vAsara} PadmaP.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; n. waking, being awake Ka1tyS3r.
Sus3r.; perceiving, understanding Ragh.; causing to wake, awakening, arousing MBh. R. &c.; causing (a spell) to take
effect, Cat [734,3]; calling forth a perfume, burning incense L.; causing to perceive or understand Sa1h.; instructing,
teaching, informing Hariv. Ka1v.; denoting, indicating, signifying Sa1h. Pa1n2. Sch.; `" the awaking of Durga1 "'N. of a
festival on the 9th day of the dark half of the month Bha1dra Col.
bodhaana * = mfn. prudent, clever, wise L.; m. a wise man; N. of Br2ihas-pati L.
bodhaayana * = m. N. of a teacher and author of the Brahma-su1tra-vr2itti (said to have commented also on the
Bhagavad-gi1ta1 and 10 Upanishads) Cat.
bodhayitri *= mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know, informing MaitrUp.
bodhi * = mf. (with Buddhists or Jainas) perfect knowledge or wisdom (by which a man becomes a Buddha or Jina),
the illuminated or enlightened intellect (of a BBuddha or JJina) Katha1s. Ra1jat. S3atr. Lalit. (cf. MWB. 97, 188 &c.);
m. the tree of wisdom under which perfect wwisdom is attained or under which a man becomes a Buddha, the sacred
fig-tree, (Ficus Religiosa) Hcat. (MWB. 35, 181 &c.); `" wakener "', a cock L.; N. of a man (= Buddha in a former birth)
Ja1takam.; of a mythical elephant Lalit.; of a place L.; pl. N. of a people R.; mfn. learned, wise Un2. iv, 117.\\ f. (with
Buddhists) perfect knowledge or enlightenment MWB. 43 (%{-dhy-aGga} n. an `" integral part of perfect knowledge or
enlightenment "' Lalit.)
bhadaaka * = m. fortune, prosperity (or mfn. auspicious, fortunate) Un2. iv, 15 Sch. (%{kalyANe}).
bhoutikashaastram.h = physics
bhoktavya = should be used, enjoyed *=mfn. to be enjoyed or eaten Ya1jn5. Ka1v. &c.; to be used or employed Mn. viii,
144; to be possessed or governed or ruled Ma1rkP.; to be utilized or exploited MBh.; to be fed (n. impers. `" a meal is to
be eaten "') MBh. Hariv.
bhoktaa = the enjoyer
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhoktR* = m. ({trI} f.) one who enjoys or eats, enjoyer, eater, experiencer, feeler, sufferer MaitrUp. MBh. &c. (also as
fut. of 3. {bhuj} R.); a possessor, ruler of a land, king, prince Inscr.; a husband, lover L.
bhogatva* = n. the state of being curved or winding, curvedness Km. 1.
bhogi* = in comp. for 1. {bhogin}.
bhogadA* = f. `" granting enjenjoyments "'N. of the goddess of the Pingalas Cat. [767,3
bhoktaaraM = the beneficiary
bhoktiaa = one who enjoys
bhoktuM = to enjoy life
bhoktritve = in enjoyment
bhoga = enjoyment
bhoga* = 1 m. (1. {bhuj}) any winding or curve, coil (of a serpent) RV. &c. &c.; the expanded hood of a snake Hariv.
Km. Pacat.; a partic. kind of military array Km.; a snake Suparn.; the body L.\\2 m. (3. {bhuj}) enjoyment, eating,
feeding on RV. &c. &c. (with Jainas `" enjoying once "', as opp. to {upa-bhoga}, q.v.); use, application S'Br. GriS'rS. &c.;
fruition, usufruct, use of a deposit &c. Mn. Yj.; sexual enjoyment Mn. MBh. &c.; enjenjoyment of the earth or of a
country i.e. rule, sway MrkP.; experiencing, feeling, perception (of pleasure or pain) Mn. MBh. &c.; profit, utility,
advantage, pleasure, delight RV. &c. &c.; any object of enjoyment (as food, a festival &c.) MBh. R.; possession,
property, wealth, revenue Mn. MBh. &c.; hire, wages (esp. of prostitution) L.; (in astron.) the passing through a
constellation VarBriS.; the part of the ecliptic occupied by each of the 27 lunar mansions Sryas.; (in arithm.) the
numerator of a fraction (?) W.; N. of a teacher Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a Sura7ngan Sinha7s.; n. w.r. for {bhogya} or
{bhAgya}.
bhogarataH = indulging in worldly pleasures
bhogaaH = material enjoyment
bhogaan.h = enjoyable things
bhogaiH = enjoyment
bhogi = serpent (that has bhoga, meaning hood)
bhogii = the enjoyer
bhogin* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) furnished with windings or curves or rings, curved, ringed (as a serpent) R. BhP.
&c.; m. a serpent or sserpent-demon MBh. Kv. &c.; a kind of shrub L.; ({inI}) f. a serpent nymph R. \\2 mfn. (for 1.
see col. 2) enjoying, eating MrkP. Prasang.; having or offering enjoyments, devoted to enjenjoyments, wealthy,
opulent MBh. Yj. Var. &c.; suffering, experiencing, undergoing Kap.; using, possessing MW.; m. a voluptuary MW.; a
king L.; the head man of a village L.; a barber L.; = {vaiyAvRtti-kara} (?) L.; a person who accumulates money for a
partic. expenditure W.; N. of a prince VP.; ({inI}) f. a kind of heroine Bhar.; the concubine of a king or a wife not
regularly consecrated with him L.
bhojanaM = eating
bhojanashaalaa = (f) dining room
bhojaneshhu = or while eating together
bhojotsavaH = (m) feast
bhojya *= mfn. to be enjoyed or eaten, eatable, what is enjoyed or eaten, (esp.) what may be eaten without mastication
Bhpr. MaitrUp. MBh. Ya1jn5. &c.; to be enjoyed or used MBh. Ba1lar. &c.; to be enjoyed sexually Ra1jat.; to be enjoyed
Sanskrit Dictionary
or felt MBh. Hariv.; to be suffered or experienced MW.; to be fed, one to whom food must be given MBh.; (fr. Caus.) to
be made to eat, to be fed MBh. Mn. Kull.; m. pl. N. of a people Ma1rkP. (prob. w.r. for %{bhoja}); (%{A}) f. a procuress
Gal.; a princess of the Bhojas MBh. Hariv. Ragh. BhP. (cf. %{bhojA}); n. anything to be enjoyed or eaten, nourishment,
food MBh. R. &c.; the act of eating, a meal MBh. Mn.; a festive dinner L.; a dainty MW.; a feast a store of provisions,
eatables ib., enjoyment, advantage, profit RV.
bhokshyase = you enjoy
bhrama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kaths.; moving about, rolling
(as of the eyes) Rjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} = to swing) MBh. Sryas. Hcat.; a whirling
flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain, watercourse L.; a potter's wheel Snkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a
grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or auger L.; a circle ryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error,
mistake (ifc. mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kv. Rjat. &c.; ({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gt.
bhraama* = m. roaming about, unsteadiness Gt.
bhraamaka * = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) causing error, deceitful, false R. Sch.; m. n. `" causing (scil. iron) to turn round "',
a magnet (also {-kA7dri}, m.) L.; m. `" turning round (scil. towards the sun?) "', a sunflower, heliotrope L.; a deceiver,
cheat L.; ({akA}) f. a species of plant L.
bhraamarin vmfn. (fr. prec.) affected with vertigo or epilepsy Mn. iii, 161; whirling round, revolving W.; made of honey.
ib.
bhraama * = roaming about, unsteadiness
bhraamayan.h = causing to travel
bhrashtha* = mfn. fallen, dropped, fallen down or from or off (abl. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; (with or scil. {divaH}), fallen
from the sky i.e. banished to the earth Kaths. S'ukas.; broken down, decayed, ruined, disappeared, lost, gone MBh.
Kv. &c.; fled or escaped from, rid of (abl.) Kaths.; strayed or separated from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) MBh. Kv.
&c.; depraved, vicious, a backslider W.; ({A}) f. a fallen or unchaste woman MW.
bhras'ishtha* = mfn. (superl.) most (very) powerful or strong or vehement Pat. on Pn. 6-4, 161.
bhras'iiyas* = mfn. (compar.) more (very) powerful &c. ib.
bhras'iman* = m. potency, vehemence, strength g. {dRDhA7di}.
bhras'* = see {bhraMz}, p. 769, col. 1.
bhras'iman* = {bhraziSTha}, {-zIyas} see p. 766, col. 1.
bhras'* = see {bhraMz}, p. 769, col. 1.
bhras'iman* = {bhraziSTha}, {-zIyas} see p. 766, col. 1.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. . {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pn. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.; pf. {babhrAze} and
{bhreze} Pn. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to shine, glitter Dhtup. xix, 76: Caus.
{bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid. {bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi}
ib.
bhraa4s'ya* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be struck down or overthrown RV.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. . {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pn. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.; pf. {babhrAze} and
{bhreze} Pn. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to shine, glitter Dhtup. xix, 76: Caus.
{bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid. {bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi}
ib.
bhraatra * = m. a brother (see {mAtur-bh-}); n. brotherhood, fraternity RV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhraatri * = m. (connection with {bhR} doubtful) a brother (often used to designate a near relative or an intimate
friend, esp. as a term of friendly address) RV. &c. &c.; du. brother and sister Pn. 1-2, 68. [Cf. Zd. {brtar}; Gk. $ &c.;
Lat. &234074[770, 2] {frater}; Lith. {broter-e7lis}; Slav. {bratru7}; Goth. {brothar}; Germ. {bruoder}, {Bruder}; Eng.
{brother}.]
bhraatrika * = (ifc., with f. {A}) = {bhrAtR}, a brother Klid. (cf. {a-} and {sa-bh-}); mf({I})n. coming from or belonging
to a brother, brotherly, fraternal Pn. 4-3, 78 Sch.
bhraa4trivya * = m. a father's brother's son, cousin AV. Rjat.; (mostly with {a4-priya}, {dviSa4t} &c.) a hostile cousin,
rival, adversary, enemy AV. VS. Br. R. BhP.; n. (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sman rshBr.
bhraatrIya * = m. a (father's) brother's son, nephew Pn. 4-1, 144; mfn. fraternal, belonging or relating to a brother W.
bhraatreya * = m. = prec. m. Bh
bhraataH = (m) brother
bhraatarau = the two brothers
bhraataa = brother
bhraatri = brother
bhraatrikaaraka = Significator of Brother which is Mars
bhraatrin.h = brothers
bhraanta = lost
bhraanti = confusion
bhraantidarshana = a delusion
bhrama*=m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kaths.; moving about, rolling
(as of the eyes) Rjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} = to swing) MBh. Sryas. Hcat.; a whirling
flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain, watercourse L.; a potter's wheel Snkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a
grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or auger L.; a circle ryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error,
mistake (ifc. mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kv. Rjat. &c.; ({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gt.
bhramati = (1 pp) to roam, to wander
bhramatva * = n. (in phil.) the being an error, erroneousness.
bhramat * = mfn. wandering about, roaming MBh.
bhramara-ja * = mfn. produced by bees (as honey) L.
bhramarA7ri * = m. `" bee-enemy "' = {bhramara-mArI} (q.v.) L.
bhramaraka * = m. n. a curl on the forehead L. (cf. {bhramarA7laka}); m. a bee L.; a ball for playing with L.; a
whirlpool L.; ({ikA}) f. wandering in all directions ({-dRSTi} f. a wwandering glance BhP.); n. a humming-top ({bhrAmam} with Caus. of {bhram}, to cause to spin like a humming-top Blar.); honey of the large black bee L.
bhramarAya * = Nom. . {-yate}, to resemble a bee Subh.
bhramarita * = mfn. covered with bees Naish.
bhramAya * = (accord. to g. {bhrizA7di} fr. p. {bhramat}) Nom. . {-yate}, (prob.) to begin turning round or revolving,
to roam about. [770, 1]
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhraanta* = mfn. wandering or roaming about MBh. Kv. &c.; having wandered about or through (with acc.) Kaths.;
wandered about or through (n. impers. with instr., `" it has been wandering about by "') S'rngP. Kaths.; moving about
unsteadily, rolling, reeling, whirling MBh. Kv.; perplexed, confused, being in doubt or error ib.; m. an elephant in rut
L.; a species of thorn-apple L.; n. roaming about, moving to and fro Kv. Pacat. Sus'r.; a partic. mode of fighting
Hariv.; error, mistake Cn.
bhraanta* = bhrikuTi = upper part of the eye-lashes and lower part of the forehead
BhriguH = Bhrigu
bhrijjati = to bake
bhris'a *= mfn. (perhaps the original meaning may be `" falling heavily "' cf. %{bhraz}) strong, vehement, mighty,
powerful, frequent, abundant (often ibc. cf. below; rarely as an independent word; cf. %{subhRta}) Mn. MBh. &c.; ibc
and(%{am}) ind. strongly, violently, vehemently, excessively, greatly, very much Mn. MBh. &c.; harshly, severely
ChUp.; quickly, without hesitation MBh.; often, frequently R.; eminently, in a superior manner L.; m. a partic. tutelary
deity VarBr2.
bhrit.h = one who carries
bhrit * = mfn. bearing, carrying, bringing, procuring, possessing, wearing, having, nourishing, supporting, maintaining
(only ifc.; cf. {iSu-}, {kSiti-}, {dharma-}, {vaMza-bhRt} &c.)
bhrita* =mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Katha1s.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid (as a servant)
Mn. MBh. &c. (%{bhakta-venayor@bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf. %{kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling,
hired servant or labourer, mercenary Ya1jn5. Sch.
bhrittva* = n. see {zastrA7stra-bhRt-tva}.
bhritaka* = mfn. brought, fetched (see {drAg-bh-}); mfn. hired, receiving wages; m. a hired labourer, servant Mn. MBh.
&c.; ({ikA}) f. hire, wages DivyA7v.
bhritin* = see {saMvatsara-bhRtin}.
bhritya* = mfn. to be nourished or maintained; m. one who is to be mmaintained, a dependent, servant (also the
sservant of a king, a minister) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. [765,1]; ({A}) f. support, maintenance, wages &c. (= {bhRti}). L.;
nursing, care of(cf. {kumAra-bhRtyA}).
bhrityAya* = Nom. . {-yate}, to behave like a servant Kaths.
bhritra* = m. (?) Siddh.
bhritha* = (prob.) m. offering, oblation (of Soma) RV.; a turtle, tortoise L.
bhritvan* = mfn. collecting, accumulating AV.
bhrita* = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kaths.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid (as a servant)
Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired
servant or labourer, mercenary Yj. Sch.
bhrita* = {bhRtya} &c. see p. 764
bhritya = servant
bhrisha = (adv) ample
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of continence and chastity
(also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam}, {upa-i}, to practise chchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student,
practising chchastity past. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhujaa*= f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the side of any geometrical
figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhuja.nga = snake
bhujanga = snake
bhujan.gaasana = the cobra posture
bhujaasana = the arm posture
bhujau = upper arms
bhukta* = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one who has eaten a meal (= %{bhukta-vat}
Siddh.) Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the thing eaten or enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or
living on Pan5cat.); the place where any person has eaten R. (cf. Pa1n2. 2-2, 13 Sch.)
bhukti = The Sub-period in a Dasha. Also known as the Antara * = f. enjoyment, eating, consuming, A1s3Gr2. Pan5cat.;
fruition, possession, usufruct Mn. Ya1jn5. Ka1v.; food, victuals Ka1v. Ra1jat.; (in astron.) the daily motion of a planet
Su1ryas. (cf. %{pakSa-bh-}); a limit MW.
bhuktvaa = enjoying
bhunkte = enjoys
bhunkshva = enjoy
bhuj.h = to eat
bhuJNjate = enjoy
bhuJNjaanaM = enjoying
bhuJNjiiya = one has to enjoy
bhutaH = (past part.)was there
bhudaana = the donation of land
bhumiH = the earth
bhumikatva = firm ground
bhumii = the object of meditation
bhumau = on the earth
bhunaktu = (may) eat or enjoy
bhun'kte (SB) = enjoys, causes to enjoy, suffers, he undegoes, causes to enjoy, causes to be subjected, eats
bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhtup.), P.. {bhura4ti}, {-te}, to move rapidly or convulsively, stir,
palpitate, quiver, struggle (in swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p. {ja4rbhurat}, {-rANa}), to flicker (as fire) ib. (Cf.
Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]
bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhtup.), P.. {bhura4ti}, {-te}, to move rapidly or convulsively, stir,
palpitate, quiver, struggle (in swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p. {ja4rbhurat}, {-rANa}), to flicker (as fire) ib. (Cf.
Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]
bhus'uNDii = (f) rifle, gun *= or %{-DI} f. a kind of weapon (perhaps fire-arms; also written %{bhuSuNDi}, %{DI},
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
and 763); earth (as a substance), ground, soil, land, lauded property ib.; floor, pavement Megh.; a place, spot, piece of
ground RV. &c. &c.; the base of any geometrical figure A1ryabh.; object, matter (see %{vivAdasaMvAda-bhU}); a term
for the letter %{l} Ra1matUp.; a sacrificial fire L.
bhuud.h = was
bhuuH = become
bhuuloka *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) the terrestrial world, earth Katha1s. Ma1rkP. (cf. %{bhUr-l-}); %{-kailAsa-mAhAtmya} n.
N. of a ch. of the Brahmo7ttKh.; %{-sura-nAyaka} m. an Indra of the earth Ra1jat.
bhuuri* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important, strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) ind.
much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of
Brahm or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of the Blhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pli
{bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.
bhuuta = happened, the spirits, the dead, attendants of S'iva* = mf({A})n. become, been, gone, past (n. the past) RV.
&c. &c.; actually happened, true, real (n. an actual occurrence, fact, matter of fact, reality) Yj. R. &c.; existing, present
Kan.; (ifc.) being or being like anything, consisting of, mixed or joined with Prt. Up. Mn. &c. (also to form adj. out of
adv., e.g. {ittham-}, {evam-}, {tathA-bh-}); purified L.; obtained L.; fit, proper L.; often w.r. for {bhRta}; m. a son, child
L.; a great devotee or ascetic L.; (pl.) N. of an heretical sect (with Jainas, a class of the Vyantaras) L.; N. of S'iva L.; of a
priest of the gods L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Paurav BhP.; of a son-in-law of Daksha and father of numerous Rudras
ib.; of a Yaksha Cat.; ({A} f.) the 14th day of the dark half of the lunar month SkandaP. (L. also m.); N. of a woman
HParis'.; n. (cf. above) that which is or exists, any living being (divine, human, animal, and even vegetable), the world
(in these senses also m.) RV. &c. &c.; a spirit (good or evil), the ghost of a deceased person, a demon, imp, goblin (also
m.) GriS. Up. Mn. &c. (cf. RTL. 241); an element, one of the 5 elements (esp. a gross elelement = {mahA-bh-} q.v.; but
also a subtle elelement = {tan-mAtra} q.v.; with Buddhists there are only 4 elelement) Up. Snkhyak. Veda7ntas. &c.;
N. of the number `" five "' (cf. {mahA-bh-} and {pAJcabhautika}); well-being, welfare, prosperity VS. TS. AitBr.
bhuutagaNaan.h = ghosts
bhuutagraamaM = all the cosmic manifestations
bhuutagraamaH = the aggregate of all living entities
bhuutabhartri = the maintainer of all living entities
bhuutabhaavana = O origin of everything
bhuutabhaavanaH = the source of all manifestations
bhuutabhaavodbhavakaraH = producing the material bodies of the living entities
bhuutabhrit.h = the maintainer of all living entities
bhuutala = on the surface of the earth
bhuutasargau = created living beings
bhuutasthaH = in the cosmic manifestation
bhuutasya = of forms
bhuutaanaaM = of living entities
bhuutaani = living entities (that are born)
bhuutaanii = all that are created
bhuutiH = exceptional power
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhuuti * = f. existence, being L.; well-being, thriving, prosperity, might, power, wealth, fortune RV. &c. &c.; Welfare
personified (= {lakSmI}) BhP.; superhuman power (as attainable by the practice of austerity and magical rites) W.;
ornament, decoration Megh. 19; ashes Kv. Kaths.; fried meat L. (?); = {bhUmi}, earth, ground AitBr. (Sy.); (with
{marutAm}) N. of a Sman rshBr.; of various plants (Andropogon Schoenanthus or = {rohiSa} &c.) L.; (also {-tI}), of
the wife of Ruci or Kavi and the mother of Manu Bhautya Hariv. VP.; m. a class of deceased ancestors MrkP.; N. of
Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of the father of Manu Bhautya MrkP.; of a Brhman L.
bhuutejyaaH = worshipers of ghosts and spirits
bhuutesha = O Lord of everything
bhuuteshhu = living entities
bhuutvaa = having come into being
bhuupa = king
bhuupaTaH = (m) map, chart
bhuupati = lord of the earth (king)
bhuubhrit.h = mountain
bhuuman * = n. the earth, world RV. AV.; a territory, country, district s'vGri.; a being (pl) the aggregate of all existing
things RV.; ({bhUma4n}) m. abundance, plenty, wealth, opulence, multitude, majority RV. &c. &c. (ifc. filled with
Mcar.; {bhUmnA} ind. generally, usually Kv. Rjat.; {bhUnA4} ind. plentifully, abundantly RV.); the pl. number
({bhUmni}, in the plural) L.; N. of Kriishna BhP.; f. a collection, assembly S'nkhBr.
bhuumaNDala* = n. `" earth-circle "', orbis terrarum, the terrestrial globe Cn. Pur. Kaths. &c.; the circumference or
circuit of the earth Sryas.
bhuumiH = earth* f. (Ved. also nom. {bhU4mI} gen. abl. {-myAs} loc. {-myAm}) the earth, soil, ground RV. &c. &c.;
(pl. divisions of the world; cf. {bhUmi-traya}); a territory. country, district ib.; a place, situation S'Br. &c. &c.; position,
posture, attitude MBh. Kv. &c.; the part or personification (played by an actor) Kaths.; the, floor of a house, story
Megh. Kaths.; the area S'ulbas.; the base of any geometrical figure Col.; (metaph.) a step, degree, stage Yogas. (with
Buddhists there are 10 or 13 stages of existence or perfection Dharmas. 45; 46); extent, limit Kir.; (ifc.) a matter,
subject, object, receptacle i.e. fit object or person for (cf. {vizvAsa-}, {sneha-bh-} &c., and {pAtra}, {bhAjana}); the
tongue L.; m. N. of a son or grandson of Yuyudhna and father of Yugandhara Hariv. VP.
bhuumiti = geometry
bhuumiisuta = A name for the planet Mars
bhuumnaa= m*V= supreme. unlimited
bhuuyaH = repeatedly
bhuuyas *= or it is true - but not, ere - than\\ mfn. becoming (n. the act of becoming; see %{brahma-bh-}); `"
becoming in a greater degree "' (in this meaning accord. to Pa1n2. 6-4, 158 compar. of %{bahu}) i.e. more, more
numerous or abundant, greater, larger, mightier (also `" much or many, very numerous or abundant "' &c.) RV. &c. &c.;
abounding in, abundantly furnished with (instr. or comp.). Katha1s. Sa1h.; (%{as}) ind. (g. %{svar-Adi}) more, most,
very much, exceedingly RV. &c. &c.; still more, moreover, besides, further on Gr2S3rS. Up. &c. (also
%{bhUyasyA@mAtrayA} DivyA7v.; %{pUrvam-bhUyaH}, first-next R.; %{Adau-pazcAt-bhUyaH}, first-then-next
Prasan3g.); once more, again, anew Mn. MBh. &c. (also %{bhUyo@'pi}, %{bhUyaz@cA7pi}, %{bhUyo@bhUyaH} and
%{punar@bhUyaH}); (%{asA}) ind. exceedingly, in a high degree Ka1lid.; mostly, generally, as a rule R. Katha1s. (cf.
%{yad@bhUyasA}).\\ %{bhUyiSTha} see p. 763.
bhuuyas' *= in comp. for %{bhUyas}.
bhuuyas'as *= ind. mostly, generally, usually MBh.; once more, again Hariv. BhP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
bhuuyo = again
bhuuri = much, great* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important, strong, mighty RV. &c.
&c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4);
m. N. of Brahm or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of the Blhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f.
(cf. Pli {bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.
bhuushanaM = ornament (Nr.nom.sing.)
bhuushhaNa = ornament
bhuushhita = adorned
bhuushin *= mfn. (ifc.) adorned with MBh. Hariv.
bhuuya* = n. (ifc.) becoming, being (see {amutra-}, {Atma-} &c
bhyas * = cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup.xvi, 27) %{bhya4sate} (only impf. %{a4bhyasetAm} RV.; Subj. %{bhya4sAt} SV.; Gr. also
pf. %{babhyase} fut. %{bhyasiSyati} &c.: Caus. %{bhyAsayati}: Desid. %{bibhyasiSate}: Intens. %{bAbhyasyate},
%{bAbhyasti}), to fear, be afraid, tremble (cf. %{bhI}, of which this is a secondary form, prob. through %{bhiyas}).
bhyasa * = see %{sva-bhyasa4}.
biibhatasa* = mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'nkhBr. S'rS. MBh. &c.;
loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.; m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa)
the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sh.; N. of Arjuna L.; ({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf.
{a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous, a hhideous sight Mlatm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked
things (as an abusive word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.
bibhakSayiSA * = f. (fr. Desid. of {bhaj}) a desire of eating or enjoying Nyyam.
bibhakSayiSu * =mfn. desirous of eating MBh. MrkP.; -, {-daMSTrin} mfn. having teeth ddesirous of eeating "',
hungry. mouthed VarBriS.
bibhaNiSu * =mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhaN}) desirous of speaking S'l.
biibhatsa * =mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'nkhBr. S'rS. MBh. &c.;
loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.; m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa)
the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sh.; N. of Arjuna L.; ({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf.
{a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous, a hhideous sight Mlatm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked
things (as an abusive word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.
bibhitsaa f. (fr. Desid. of %{bhid}) a desire to break through or destroy or pierce or penetrate (with acc. or gen.). MBh.
Ka1d. (cf. Siddh. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 66). %{-tsu} mfn. desirous of breaking through &c. (with acc.) MBh. BhP.
bibhrajjiSu * = m. `" that which wishes to destroy "', fire Bhathth.; {-prakhya} mfn. resembling fire ib. (= {agni-tulya}
Sch.)
bibhrakSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhrajj}) wishing to parch or destroy Bhathth.; m. fire W.
bibhrat *= mfn. (pr.p. of %{bhR}) bearing, carrying RV. &c. &c.
bila * = n. (also written %{vila}; ifc. f. %{A}) a cave, hole, pit, opening, aperture RV. &c. &c.; the hollow (of a dish),
bowl (of a spoon or ladle) &c. AV. VS. S3Br. S3rS.; m. Calamus Rotang L.; Indra's horse Uccaih2-s3ravas L.; N. of two
kinds of fish L.
bimba *= m. n. (also written %{vimba}, or %{vimva}, of doubtful origin, but cf. Un2. iv, 95 Sch.; ifc. f. %{A}) the disk
of the sun or moon Ka1v. Pur. &c.; any disk, sphere, orb (often applied to the rounded parts of the body) Ka1lid.
Pan5cat.; a mirror S3vetUp. Kum.; an image, shadow, reflected or represented form, picture, type R. BhP. Ra1jat.; (in
rhet.) the object compared (as opp. to %{prati-bimba}, `" the counterpart "' to which it is compared) Sa1h. Prata1p.; m.
Sanskrit Dictionary
a lizard, chameleon Gaut.; N. of a man Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. Momordica Monadelpha (a plant bearing a bright-red gourd)
L.; N. of 2 metres Col.; N. of the wife of Ba1la7ditya (king of Kas3mi1ra) Ra1jat.; (%{I}) f. Momordica Monadelpha, Sulr.
(cf. g. %{gaurA7di}); N. of the mother of king Bimbi-sa1ra (below) Buddh.; n. the fruit of the Momordica Monadelpha
(to which the lips of women are often compared) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
bindu * = m. (once n. MBh.; in later language mostly written {vindu}) a detached particle, drop, globule, dot, spot AV.
&c. &c.; (with {hiraNyaya}) a pearl AV. xix, 30, 5 (cf. {-phala}); a drop of water taken as a measure L.; a spot or mark of
coloured paint on the body of an elephant Kum.; (ifc. also {-ka}) the dot over a letter representing the Anusvra
(supposed to be connected with Siva and of great mystical importance) MBh. Kaths. BhP.; a zero or cypher R. (in
manuscripts put over an erased word to show that it ought not to be erased = `" stet "' Naish.); a partic. mark like a dot
made in cauterizing Sus'r.; a mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress L.; a coloured mark made on
the forehead between the eyebrows L.; (in dram.) the sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop
of oil in water, expands and furnishes an important element in the plot) Sh. (ifc. also {-ka}); m. N. of a man g.
{bidA7di}; of an ngirasa (author of RV. viii, 83; ix, 30) Anukr.; of the author of a Rasa-paddhati Cat.; pl. N. of a
warrior tribe g. {dAmany-Adi}.
bis'a * = %{biSa} w.r. for %{bisa}.
bisa * = n. (m. only Hariv. 15445; also written %{vIsa}; ifc. f. %{A}) a shoot or sucker, the film or fibre of the waterlily or lotus, also the stalk itself or that part of it which is underground (eaten as a delicacy) RV. &c. &c.; the whole lotus
plant MBh. xii, 7974.
bishayanti *V= threatening, [abhrayantii f. (pr. p. fr. %{abhraya} Nom. P.) `" forming clouds, bringing rainy weather
"'N. of one of the seven Kr2ittika1s TS. TBr.]
boddhavyaM = should be understood
bodhayantaH = preaching
bodhi = supreme knowledge
bodhita = having been taught/enlightened
bodhya * = to be known or understood, to be regarded or recognized as (nom.) Veda7ntas. BhP. Sh. &c.; to be made
known Veda7ntas.; to be enlightened or instructed Kaths.; m. N. of a Riishi MBh.
braahma * = mf({I})n. (fr. {brahman}, for which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to Brahma8 or Brahm,
holy, sacred, divine AV. &c. &c.; relating to sacred knowledge, prescribed by the Veda, scriptural Mn. ii, 150 &c.; sacred
to the Veda (with or scil. {tIrtha} n. the part of the hand situated at the root of the thumb), ii, 59 &c.; relating or
belonging to the Brhmans or the sacerdotal class peculiar or favourable to or consisting of Brhmans Brahmanical Mn.
MBh. &c. (with {nidhi} m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class Mn. vii, 89); belonging to an inhabitant of Brahm's
world Jtakam.; m. (with or scil. {vivAha}) N. of a form of marriage (in which the bride is bestowed on the bridegroom
without requiring anything from him) Mn. iii, 21 &c.; N. of a man (son of Kriishna and father of Mahe7s'vara) Cat.;
patr. of Nrada L.; of Kavi MBh.; of rdhva-nbhan and Raksho-han RAnukr.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmI}; n. sacred study,
study of the Veda BhP.; (with or scil. {tIrtha}) see above.
braahma* = {brAhmaNa} &c. see p. 741.
braahmamuhuurta *= m. n. a partic. period of the day (that included between the 4th Ghat2ika1 and the 2nd before
sunrise), dawn L. (cf. Mn. iv, 92). ( see also: brahmamuhuurta).
braahmaNa = Brahmin, priest, knower of Brahma (brahmaM jaanaati iti) * = mfn. relating to or given by a Brhman,
befitting or becoming a BrBrhman, Brhmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; ({-Na4}) m. one who has divine knowledge
(sometimes applied to Agni), a Brhman, a man belonging to the 1st of the 3 twice-born classes and of the 4 original
divisions of the Hind body (generally a priest, but often in the present day a layman engaged in non-priestly
occupations although the name is strictly only applicable to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; =
{brAhmaNAcchaMsin} KtyS'r.; a Brhman in the second stage (between Mtra and S'rotriya) Hcat.; N. of the 28th
lunar mansion L.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine AV.; sacred or ddivine power ib. s'vGri.;
Brhmanical explanation, explanations of sacred knowledge or doctrine (esp. for the use of the Brhmans in their
sacrifices) Br.; the Brhmana portion of the Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion) and consisting of
Sanskrit Dictionary
a class of works called Brhmanas (they contain rules for the employment of the Mantras or hymns at various
sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends; they are said by Syana to
contain two parts: 1. {vidhi}, rules or directions for rites; 2. {artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own
Brhmana, that of the RV. is preserved in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called s'valyana, and the Kaushtaki
or S'nkhyana-BrBrhmana; the white Yajur-veda has the S'ata-patha-BrBrhmana; the black Yajur-veda has the
Taittirya-BrBrhmana which differs little from the text of its Sanhit; the SV. has 8 BrBrhmana, the best known of
which are the Praudha or Paca-vins'a and the Shadvins'a; the AV. has one BrBrhmana called Go-patha) Nir. GriS'rS.
&c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman priest RV. AV.; a society or assemblage of Brhmans, a conclave W.
braahmaNaH = )Masc.Nom.S) the Brahmin
braahmaNasya = of the man who knows the Supreme Brahman
braahmaNaa = sacrificial formulae1 * = mfn. relating to or given by a Bra1hman, befitting or becoming a BrBra1hman,
Bra1hmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; (%{-Na4}) m. one who has divine knowledge (sometimes applied to Agni), a Bra1hman, a
man belonging to the 1st of the 3 twice-born classes and of the 4 original divisions of the Hindu1 body (generally a
priest, but often in the present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations although the name is strictly only
applicable to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; = %{brAhmaNAcchaMsin} Ka1tyS3r.; a Bra1hman in
the second stage (between Ma1tra and S3rotriya) Hcat.; N. of the 28th lunar mansion L.; (%{I}) f. see %{brAhmaNI}; n.
that which is divine, the divine AV.; sacred or ddivine power ib. A1s3vGr2.; Bra1hmanical explanation, explanations of
sacred knowledge or doctrine (esp. for the use of the Bra1hmans in their sacrifices) Br.; the Bra1hman2a portion of the
Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion) and consisting of a class of works called Bra1hman2as (they
contain rules for the employment of the Mantras or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their
origin and meaning and numerous old legends; they are said by Sa1yan2a to contain two parts: 1. %{vidhi}, rules or
directions for rites; 2. %{artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Bra1hman2a, that of the RV. is
preserved in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called A1s3vala1yana, and the Kaushi1taki or S3a1n3kha1yanaBrBra1hman2a; the white Yajur-veda has the S3ata-patha-BrBra1hman2a; the black Yajur-veda has the Taittiri1yaBrBra1hman2a which differs little from the text of its Sam2hita1; the SV. has 8 BrBra1hman2a, the best known of
which are the Praud2ha or Pan5ca-vin6s3a and the Shad2vins3a; the AV. has one BrBra1hman2a called Go-patha)
Nir. Gr2S3rS. &c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman priest RV. AV.; a society or assemblage of Bra1hmans, a conclave W.
braahmaNaaH = brhmanas
braahmaNaan.h = Brahmins
braahmaNe = in the brhmana
braahmi *= mfn. (fr. %{bra4hman}) holy, divine VS.
braahmii = spiritual*= f. (of %{brAhma4} q.v.) the S3akti or personified energy of Brahma1 (regarded as one of the 8
Ma1tr2is or divine mothers of created beings; in MBh. ix, 2655 they are said to attend Skanda) L.; speech or the
goddess of speech (= Sarasvati1) MBh. i, 19; N. of Durga1 Devi1P.; the wife of a Bra1hman W.; (in music) N. of a
Mu1rchana1 Sam2gi1t.; a religious practice, pious usage (%{-myA} ind. according to pious usage) R.; a woman married
according to the Bra1hma rite Gaut. Vishn2. (cf. %{-putra}), the constellation Rohin2i L.; a female fish or frog W.; a
species of ant L.; N. of various plants (Clerodendrum Siphonantus, Ruta Graveolens, Enhydra Hingcha &c.) L.; a kind of
brass L.; N. of a river S3atr.; (with %{saMhitA}) N. of wk.
braM = (root) to wander
bra4hma = cosmos * = 1 m. a priest (see {asura-}, {ku-}, {mahAbr-}); n. the one self-existent Spirit, the Absolute R.
brahma * = 2 in comp. for {brahman}. - Observe that in the following derivatives the nom. n. (Brahma8) is used for the
impersonal Spirit and the nom. m. (Brahm) for the personal god.
brahmaaNDa* = n. `" Brahm's egg "', the universe, world (also pl.) Hariv. Sryas. Pur. (also {-kaTAha} m. ryabh.
Sch.); N. of a Purna and an Upapurna; {-kapAla} m. the skull or hemisphere of the world, the inhabited earth Hcar.;
{-kalpa} m. {-jJAna-mahArAja-tantra} n. and {-tantra} n. N. of Tntric wks.; {-purANa} n. N. of one of the 18 Purnas
(so called as revealed by Brahm and containing an account of the egg of Brahm and the future Kalpas; cf. IW. 514;
521); {-bhANDo7dara} n. the interior of the vessel-like egg of Brahm MW. [740,3]; {-yAmale paJcamI-sAdhana} n. N.
of wk.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
B.C. ib. 49 n. 1; he was preceded by 3 mythical Buddhas of the present Kalpa, or by 24, reckoning previous Kalpa, or
according to others by 6 principal Buddhas ib. 136; sometimes he is regarded as the 9th incarnation of Vishnu Hariv.
Kv. Var. &c.); n. knowledge BhP. (B. {buddhi}).
buddhagataM = having gone to Buddhaor due to Buddha
buddhayaH = intelligence
buddhi = intelligence
buddhiM = intelligence
buddhiH = intellect
buddhinaashaH = loss of intelligence
buddhinaashaat.h = and from loss of intelligence
buddhibhedaM = disruption of intelligence
buddhimataaM = of the intelligent
buddhimaan.h = is intelligent
buddhiyuktaH = one who is engaged in devotional service
buddhiyuktaaH = being engaged in devotional service
buddhiyogaM = real intelligence
buddhiyogaat.h = on the strength of KRishhNa consciousness
buddhisa.nyogaM = revival of consciousness
buddhii = Intelligence
buddheH = more than the intelligence
buddhau = in such consciousness
budha = wise
budhaH = the intelligent person
budhakaushika = the person budhakaushika
budhakaushikaH = budhakaushikaH (the author of this hymn)
budhavaara = Wednesday
budhaaH = those who know
budhaadityayoga = Combination for learning
budhiH = mind
Sanskrit Dictionary
ca* = 1 and, likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhrtas. Hit. iti
ca* = 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti} refers to something that
has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes; in the Brhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you know "',
reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of
every kind {iti} means that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and
placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA},
having so considered, having so decided). It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind e.g. {bAlo
'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king, though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a
mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram. {iti tathA karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to
include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM
kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restraint,
absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative
pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an
adverbial compound with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus according to Pnini). It may also express the
act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in {ityAdi}, et
caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule
to express `" according to such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the rule of Pnini i,
3, 12, the tmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim}, wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brhmana {ti} occurs for
{iti}; cf. Prkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
caakra4 * = mfn. (fr. {cakra4}) carried on (a battle) with the discus Hariv. 5648; belonging to a wheel W.; circular W.;
m. N. of a man S'Br. xii.
caala *= m. (%{cal} g. %{jvalA7di}) `" moving "' see %{danta-}; looseness of the teeth VarBr2S. lxvi, 5 Sch.; a thatch,
roof L.; (for %{cA4Sa}) the blue jay L.
caalya *= mfn. id. Gol. xi, 4 Sch.; (%{a-} neg.) MBh. xiii, 2161; to be loosened Sus3r. vi, 15, 15; to be caused to deviate
BhP. ii, 7, 17
caaNDa *= m. patr. fr. %{ca4NDa} g. %{zivA7di}; n. violence &c. g. %{pRthv-Adi}.
caapaala * = N. of a Caitya DivyA7v.
caapala * = n. (fr. {cap-} g. {yuvA7di}) mobility, swiftness Ragh. iii, 42 BhP. vii, 12, 20; agitation, unsteadiness,
fickleness, inconsiderateness, insolence Gaut. ix, 50 Pn. 8-1, 12 Vrtt. 5 MBh. &c.
caara * = m. ({car}) = {cara}, a spy Mn. vii, ix MBh. i, 5604 R. Mriicch. Kaths.; going, motion, progression, course (of
asterisms VarBriS. BhP. v, 22, 12) ChUp. vii, 1, 5 R. &c.; wandering about, travelling W.; `" proceeding "' see {kAma-};
practising MBh. v, 1410; a bond, fetter L.; a prison L.; Buchanania latifolia Bhpr.; n. a factitious poison L. (v.l. for
{vAra}); ({I}) f. a particular step (in dancing); a trap, snare HParis'. i, 353.
caaraNa* = mfn. depending on a Vedic school ({caraNa}) p.; belonging to the same Vedic school (`" reading the
scripture "' W.) Gaut.; m. a wandering actor or singer Mn. xii, 44 MBh. v, 1039 and 1442 VarBriS. Pacat. &c.; a
celestial singer MBh. R. S'ak. BhP. Gt. i, 2; a spy BhP. iv, 16, 12 Blar.; n. ( {car}, Caus.) `" pasturing, tending "' see
{go-}; a kind of process applied to mercury; ({I}) f. a female celestial singer Blar. ix, 21/22 ff.; Hibiscus mutabilis Npr.
caarita mfn. set in motion Ra1jat. iv, 653; caused to be done by (instr.) MBh. xii, 11584. [393,3]
caaritra* =m. (%{car} cf. %{zAmitra}) `" moving "'N. of a Marut Hariv. 11547; n. (= %{car-}) proceeding, manner of
acting, conduct R. iii, iv Pan5cat. (ifc. f. %{A}); good conduct, good character, reputation Hariv. 10204 Nal. R. &c. (`"
life in accordance with the 5 great vows "' Jain.); peculiar observance, peculiarity of customs or conditions W.; a
ceremony Buddh. L.; (%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L.
caarma: made of skin, hide, leather
caaru* = mf({us})n. (2. {can}) agreeable, approved, esteemed, beloved, endeared, (Lat.) {carus}, dear (with dat. or loc.
of the person) RV. VS. xxxv, 17 TS. iii TBr. iii, 1, 1, 9 SnkhS'r. i, 5, 9; pleasing, lovely, beautiful, pretty RV. AV. MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c.; ind. so as to please, agreeably (with dat.) RV. ix, 72, 7 and 86, 21 AV. vii, xii, xiv; beautifully Hariv. Caurap.; m. (in
music) a particular {vAsaka}; N. of Briihaspati L.; of a son of Kriishna Hariv. 6699 BhP. x, 61, 9; of a Cakra-vartin
Buddh.; n. (v.l. for {vara}) saffron L. Sch.; ({vI}) f. a beautiful woman L.; splendour L.; moonlight L.; intelligence L.; N.
of Kubera's wife L.
caitya* = 1 m. (fr. 5. {cit} or 2. {citi}) the individual soul BhP. iii, 26; 28, 28; 31, 19 Sarvad. ii, 198f.
caitya* =2 mfn. relating to a funeral pile or mound ({citA}) s'vGri. iii, 6 Griihys. ii, 4; m. n. a funeral monument or
Stpa (q.v.) or pyramidal column containing the ashes of deceased persons, sacred tree (esp. a religious fig-tree)
growing on a mound, hall or temple or place of worship (esp. with Buddh. and Jain. and generally containing a
monument), a sanctuary near a village s'vGri. i, 12 Pars'. Yj. ii, 151 & 228 MBh. &c.; a Jain or Buddh. image L.; m.
= {-tyaka}, ii, 814.
caitaki* = m. pl. (fr. {cetaka}) N. of a family Pravar. ii, 2, 2.
caitta* = mfn. belonging to thought ({citta4}), imagined Veda7ntas.; mental, mdar. ii, 2, 18 Sch. Prab. Sch.
caitra* = m. N. of the 2nd spring month (its full moon standing in the constellation Citr cf. Pn. 4-2, 23) S'nkhBr. xix,
3 KtyS'r. Lthy. Mn. vii, 182 MBh. &c.; the 6th year in the cycle of Jupiter VarBriS. viii, 8; a Buddh. or Jain religious
mendicant L.; a common N. for any man (like Deva-datta), Gaudap. on Snkhyak. 5 and 7 Prab. iii, 7/8 Sch. Pn. 2-3,
29 Sch. (not in Ks'.); `" son of Citr "'N. of a son of Budha and grand father of Su-ratha BrahmaP.; = {caitriyAyaNa4}
Anukr. on Kthh. xxxix, 14; N. of two Riishis VP. iii, 1, 12 and 18; one of the seven ranges of mountains (dividing the
continent into Varshas) L.; n. = {caitya}, a sepulchre L.; a sanctuary L.; mfn. for {citra} (B) or {jaitra} (Sch.) MBh. vii,
76; ({I}) f. (with or without {paurNamAsI}) the day of full moon in month Caitra, sacrifice offered on that day
S'nkhS'r. iii, 13, 2 KtyS'r.xiii Lthy.x Pn. 4-2, 23 MBh. xii, xiv.
caittika* = mfn. belonging to thought W.
caitraka* = m. = {-trika} L.; m. pl. N. of a warrior tribe Pn. 6-2, 34 Ks
cakaara * m. the letter or sound {ca}. * m. the particle {ca} Pn. 2-3, 72 Ks'
cakra = Circle, wheel, psychic centre in humans* = n. (Ved. rarely m.; g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. {car}?; 1. {kR} Pn. 6-1, 12
Ks'.) the wheel (of a carriage, of the Sus chariot [RV.], of Time [i, 164, 2-48]; {-kra4M-car}, to drive in a carriage
S'Br. vi) RV. &c.; a potter's wheel S'Br. xi Yj. iii, 146 (cf. {-bhrama} &c.); a discus or sharp circular missile weapon
(esp. that of Vishnu) MBh. R. Sus'r. Pacat. BhP.; an oil-mill Mn. iv. 85 MBh. xii, 6481 & 7697; a circle R. BhP. &c.
({kalA7pa-}, `" the circle of a peacock's tail "' Riitus. ii, 14); an astronomical circle (e.g. {rAzi-}, the zodiac) VarBriS.
Sryas.; a mystical circle or diagram, Tantr.; = {-bandha} q.v. Sh. x, 13 a/b; a cycle, cycle of years or of seasons Hariv.
652; `" a form of military array (in a circle) "' see {-vyUha}; circular flight (of a bird) Pacat. ii, 57; a particular
constellation in the form of a hexagon VarBriS. xx VarBri. Laghuj.; a circle or depression of the body (for mystical or
chiromantic purposes; 6 in number, one above the other, viz. 1. {mUlA7dhAra}, the parts about the pubis; 2.
{svA7dhiSThAna}, the umbilical region; 3. {maNi-pUra}, the pit of the stomach or epigastrium; 4. {anAhata}, the root
of the nose; 5. {vizuddha}, the hollow between the frontal sinuses; 6. {AjJA7khya}, the fontenelle or union of the
coronal and sagittal sutures; various faculties and divinities are supposed to be present in these hollows); N. of a metre
(= {-pAta}); a circle or a similar instrument (used in astron.) Laghuj. Sryas. xiii, 20 Gol. xi, 10 ff.; (also m. L.) a troop,
multitude MBh. v, ix ({-krA7valI}, q.v.) Hariv. R. &c.; the whole number of (in comp.) Sarvad. xi, 127; a troop of
soldiers, army, host MBh. (ifc. f. {A}, iii, 640) BhP. i, ix Cn.; a number of villages, province, district L.; (fig.) range,
department VarBriS. xxx, 33; the wheel of a monarch's chariot rolling over his dominions, sovereignty, realm Yj. i,
265 MBh. i, xiii BhP. ix, 20, 32 VP.; (pl.) the winding of a river L.; a whirlpool L.; a crooked or fraudulent device (cf.
{cakrikA}) L.; the convolutions or spiral marks of the S'la-grma or ammonite W.; N. of a medicinal plant or drug
Sus'r. vf.; of a Trtha BhP. x, 78, 19; m. the ruddy goose or Brhmany duck (Anas Casarca, called after its cries; cf. {vAka4}) MBh. ix, 443 Blar. viii, 58 Kaths. lxxii, 40 S'rngP.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. vi, 352; (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a
man, BriArUp. iii, 4, 1 Sch.; of another man Kaths. lvi, 144; of a Nga MBh. i, 2147; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.
ix, 2539 and 2542; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 15 Kaths. liv. 16; ({A}) f. a kind of Cyperus or another plant L.; ({I4}) f. a
wheel (instr. sg. {-kri4yA}; gen. du. {-kryo4s}) RV.; (du. {-kriyau}) Kthh. xxix, 7; [cf. {a-}, {aSTA4-}, {uccA-}, {e4ka-},
{kAla-}, {kU-}, {daNDa-}, {dik-}, {dharma-}, {mahA-}, {mAtR-}, {ro4dha-}, {viSNu-}, {sa-}, {sapta4-}, {hiraNya-};
{tri-} and {sucakra4}; cf. also, $, Lat. {circus}; Angl. Sax. {hveohl}, Engl. {wheel}.]
cakraavarta *= m. whirling or rotatory motion L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
cakravartin *= mfn. rolling everywhere without obstruction Katha1s. cvii, 133; m. a ruler the wheels of whose chariot
roll everywhere without obstruction, emperor, sovereign of the world, ruler of a Cakra (or country described as
extending from sea to sea; 12 princes beginning with Bharata are esp. considered as Cakravartins) MaitrUp. MBh.
Buddh. Jain. &c.; mfn. supreme, holding the highest rank among (gen. or in comp.) Kum. vii, 52 Gi1t. i, 2 Katha1s. i, xx;
m. Chenopodium album L.; N. of the author of a Comm. on Alam2ka1ras., Prata1par. Sch.; (%{inI}) f. the fragrant plant
Jantuka1 L.; Nardostachys Jat2a1ma1n6si L.; = %{alaktaka} L.; %{-ti-tA} f. the state of a universal emperor Das3. xiii,
79; %{-ti-tva} n. id. Hariv. 8815.
cakravritta *= (%{-kra4-}) mfn. turned on a potter's wheel MaitrS. i, 8, 3; (%{a-cakravarta}, for %{-vRtta} neg.)
A1pS3r. vi, 3, 7 (cf. %{-kru-v-}.)
cala *= mf(%{A})n. (g. %{pacA7di}) moving, trembling, shaking, loose MBh. &c.; unsteady, fluctuating, perishable ib.;
disturbed, confused ib.; m. `" agitation, shaking "' see %{bhUmi-}; wind L.; wind (in med.) Asht2a7n3g. i, 11, 1;
quicksilver L.; a sprout, shoot Gal.; n. water Gal.; (%{A}) f. lightning L.; incense L.; the goddess of fortune Katha1s. lx,
119; a metre of 4 x 18 syllables (cf. %{a-}, %{niz-}, %{puMzcalI}, %{cAla}.)
calataa * = f. shaking, tremulous motion
cala * = mf({A})n. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, trembling, shaking, loose MBh. &c.; unsteady, fluctuating, perishable ib.;
disturbed, confused ib.; m. `" agitation, shaking "' see {bhUmi-}; wind L.; wind (in med.) Ashtha7ng. i, 11, 1; quicksilver
L.; a sprout, shoot Gal.; n. water Gal.; ({A}) f. lightning L.; incense L.; the Goddess of Fortune Kaths. lx, 119; a metre of
4 x 18 syllables (cf. {a-}, {niz-}, {puMzcalI}, {cAla}.)
campaka * =: m. Michelia Campaka(bearing a yellow fragrant flower) MBh. R. &c.; a kind of perfume VarBriS. lxxvii, 7;
a particular part of the bread-fruit W.; N. of a man Rjat. vii; of a relation of the Jaina Meru-tunga; of a country
Buddh.; n. the flower of the Campaka tree MBh. Sus'r. &c.; the fruit of a variety of the plantain L.; ({A}) f. N. of a town,
JaimBhr. Hit.
canda *= fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous, hot, ardent with passion, passionate, angry. *= m. (for %{-dra4}) the moon
L.; N. of the author of the work Pr2ithivi-ra1ja-ra1saka. * = 1
caNDa *= mf(%{A} VarBr2S. lxviii, 92; %{I} R. ii Vikr. Ragh. &c.)n. (probably fr. %{candra4}, `" glowing "' with
passion) fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous, hot, ardent with passion, passionate, angry MBh. R. &c.; circumcised L.; m. N.
of a mythical being (%{ca4NDasya@naptya4s}, `" daughters of Can2d2a "', a class of female demons AV. ii, 14, 1), Agp.
xlii, 20; S3iva or Bhairava MBh. xii, 10358 S3am2kar. xxiii (= %{sUrya}) SkandaP. MBh. iii, 14631; N. of a demon
causing diseases Hariv. 9563; of a Daitya, 12937; of an attendant of Yama or of S3iva L.; of one of the 7 clouds
enveloping the earth at the deluge MatsyaP.; = %{-cukrA} L.; n. heat L.; passion, wrath L.; (%{am}) ind. violently, in
anger Ma1lav. iii, 21; (%{A}) f. (g. %{bahv-Adi})N. of Durga1 (esp. as incarnation for the purpose of destroying the
Asura Mahisha, this exploit forming the subject of the Devi1m. and being particularly celebrated in Benga1l at the
Durga1pu1ja1 about Oct. Nov.) MBh. vi, 797 Hariv. 10245; N. of one of the 8 Na1yika1s or Saktis of Durga1 BrahmaP.
Devi1P.; N. of an attendant of the 12th Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1 L.; of a river L.; of a plant (Andropogon
aciculatus L.; Mucuna pruritus L.; Salvinia cucullata L.; white Du1rva1 grass L.; %{liGginI} L.) Sus3r. i, iv; vi, 51; a kind
of perfume (commonly Chor) L.; (%{I}) f. (g. %{bahv-Adi}) a passionate woman, vixen W.; a term of endearment
applied to a mistress W.; N. of Durga1 MBh. vi, 797 Hariv. 10233 Katha1s. xi; of a female attendant of Durga1; of
Udda1laka's wife, JaimBha1r. xxiv, 1; a short N. of the Devi1m.; a metre of 4 x 13 syllables (cf. %{uc-}, %{pra-}; %{acaNDI}, %{cANDa}.)
caNDavega * = mfn. having an impetuous course or current (said of the sea, of the battle, and of time) R. iv f. BhP. iv,
29, 20; m. N. of a metre; of a Gandharva chief. 27, 13; (%{A}) f. `" N. of a river "'; %{-gA-saMgama-tIrtha} n. N. of a
Ti1rtha Reva1Kh. xviii.
cana = cha(?)+na, and +not
capala * = mf({A})n. ({kamp}; g. {zauNDA7di}, {zreNy-Adi} and {vispaSTA7di}) moving to and fro, shaking, trembling,
unsteady, wavering MBh. &c.; wanton, fickle, inconstant ib.; inconsiderate, thoughtless, ill-mannered Mn. iv, 177 MBh.
xiv, 1251; quick, swift, expeditious Hariv. 4104; momentary, instantaneous Subh.; m. a kind of mouse Sus'r. v, 6, 3
Ashtha7ng. vi, 38, 1; a fish L.; the wind Gal.; quicksilver L.; black mustard L.; a kind of perfume ({coraka}) L.; a kind of
stone L.; N. of a demon causing diseases Hariv. 9562; of a prince MBh. i, 231; n. a kind of metal (mentioned with
quicksilver); ({am}) ind. quickly Das'. vii, 420 f.; ({A}) f. lightning Gt. vii, 23; long pepper L.; the tongue L.; (g.
{priyA7di}) a disloyal wife, whore L.; spirituous liquor (esp. that made from hemp) L.; the goddess Lakshmi or fortune
Sanskrit Dictionary
(cf. MBh. xiii, 3861) L.; N. of two metres (cf. {mahA-}); (in music) the 5th note personified.
car * =. 1. {ca4rati}, rarely {-te} (Subj. {ca4rat}, 3 pl. {ca4rAn} RV.; perf. {cacA4ra} [AV. &c.], 2 sg. {cacartha} BhP. iv,
28, 52; pl. {cerur}, &c.; {-ratur} S'Br. &c.; . {cere} BhP. iii, 1, 19; fut. {cariSyati}, {-te}; aor. {acArIt} [S'Br. xiv &c.]; inf.
{ca4ritum} [ii MBh. i, iii R.] or {cartum} [MBh. iii, xiii R. iii BhP. v], Ved. {cara4dhyai} [RV. i, 61, 12], {ca4ritave} [113,
5], {cara4se} [92, 9 and v, 47, 4], {carA4yai} [vii, 77, 1], {caritos} [Aitr. i, 1, 1, 7]; ind. p. {caritvA4} S'Br. xiv BhP. x, 75,
19; {cartvA} MBh. v, 3790; {cIrtvA}, xiii, 495; p. {ca4rat}) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir, roam about, wander
(said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, &c.) RV. AV. &c.; to spread, be diffused (as fire) VarBriS. xix, 7; to move or
travel through, pervade, go along, follow Mn. MBh. &c.; to behave, conduct one's self, act, live, treat (with instr. or loc.)
RV. AV. &c.; to be engaged in, occupied or busy with (instr e.g. {yajJe4na c-}, `" to be engaged in a sacrifice "' S'Br.) RV.
x, 71, 5 AV. vi, 117, 1 AitBr. &c.; (with [S'Br. iv ChUp. Kaus'. S'nkhS'r.] or without [S'Br. ii, xiv] {mithuna4m}) to have
intercourse with, have to do with (instr.); (with a p. or adj. or ind. p. or adv.) to continue performing or being (e.g.
{arcantaz cerur}, `" they continued worshipping "' S'Br. i; {svAminam avajJAya caret}, `" he may go on despising his
master "' Hit.) RV. AV. VS. &c.; (in astron.) to be in any asterism or conjunction VarBriS.; to undertake, set about,
under go, observe, practise, do or act in general, effect, make (e.g. {vratA4ni} `" to observe vows "' AV. &c.; {vighnaM c}, `" to put a hindrance "' MBh.; {bhaikSaM c-} `" to beg "' Mn. ii; {vivAdaM c-} "', to be engaged in a lawsuit "' Mn.
viii, 8; {mRgayAM c-}, to hunt "' MBh. R.; {sambandhAMz c}, `" to enter into connections "' Mn. ii, 40; {mArgaM
cacAra bANaiH}, `" he made a way with arrows "' R. iii, 34, 4; {tapasA indriyANi c-}, to exercise one's organs with
penance MBh. xiv, 544) RV. AV. &c.; to consume, eat (with acc.), graze Yj. iii, 324 Pacat. BhP. v, x Subh. Hit.; to
make or render (with double acc. e.g. {nare4ndraM satya-sthaM carAma} "', let us make the king keep his word "' R. ii,
107, 19: Caus. {cArayati}, to cause to move or walk about AV. xii, 4, 28 (aor. {a4cIcarat}) S'nkhBr. xxx, 8 Lthy.; to
pasture MBh. xiv R. BhP. iii, x; to send, direct, turn, move MBh. &c.; to cause any one (acc.) to walk through (acc.) MBh.
xii R. v, 49, 14; to drive away from (abl.) MBh. xii, 12944; to cause any one (acc.) to practise or perform (with acc.) Mn.
xi, 177 and 192; to cause (any animal acc.) to eat Bdar. ii, 2, 5 Sch.; to cause to copulate Mn. viii, 362; to ascertain (as
through a spy instr.) MBh. iii, xv R. i, vi; to doubt (cf. {vi-}) Dhtup. xxxiii, 71: Desid. {cicariSati}, to try to go S'nkhBr.
xxx, 8 (p. {cicarSat}) [389, 2]; to wish to act or conduct one's self S'Br. xi; to try to have intercourse with (instr.), vi:
Intens. {carcarIti} . or rarely [MBh. iii, 12850] Pass. {caJcUryate} ({-curIti} and {-cUrti} Pn. 7-4, 87f.; ind. p. {cUrya} R. iv, 29, 22; p. once P. {-cUryat} Hariv. 3602) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in loc.)
AV. xx, 127, 4 MBh. &c.; to act wantonly or coquettishly Bhathth. iv, 19 (cf. Pn. 3-1, 24); [cf. $, $ &c.]
cara * = mfn. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, locomotive (as animals opposed to plants, or as the Karanas in astrol.) VPrt.
S'vetUp. iii, 18 Mn. vii, 15 MBh. &c.; (= {saMcArin}) forming the retinue of any one BhP. iv, 29, 23; movable, shaking,
unsteady W.; ifc. going, walking, wandering, being, living, practising (e.g. {adhaz-}, {anta-}, {antarikSa-}, {ap-},
{AdAya-}, {udake-}, &c.; cf. Pn. 3-2, 16); ifc. (Pn. 5-3, 53 f.; vi, 3, 35; f. {I}) having been formerly (e.g. {ADhya-},
{devadatta-}, qq. vv.; {a-dRSTa-} or {nadRSTa-}, `" not seen before "' Kaths. [once f. irr. {A}, lx, 58] Sarvad. iii, 16;
vii, 19; {an-Alokita-} id. Blar. iv, 54/55); m. a spy, secret emissary or agent Mn. vii, 122 Hariv. 10316 R. &c.; = {caraTa}
L.; the small shell Cypraea moneta L.; the wind, air BhP. x, 14, 11; the planet Mars L.; a game played with dice (similar
to backgammon) L.; a cowrie W.; `" passage "' see {a-}, {duz-}; n. (in astron.) ascensional difference Gol. vii; ({A4}) f.
dat. {-rA4yai} inf. {car} q.v.; (in music) N. of a Mrchan; ({I}) f. a young woman (cf. {caraTi}) L.; =
{digambaraprasiddhA} g. {gaurA7di}; also ifc. see {anu-} and {sahacarI}.
caraTa * m. (= {cara}) a wagtail L.; ({I}) f. (= {-raNTI}, {ciraTI}, {ciraNTI}) a woman married or single who after
maturity resides in her father's house L. Sch.
carama m. (nom. pl. %{-me}, or %{-mAs} Pa1n2. 1-1, 33)f(%{A})n. (in comp. Pa1n2. 2-1, 58) last, ultimate, final RV.
vii, 59, 3; viii, 20, 14 TS. i, v BhP. &c. (%{-mA@kriyA}, `" the [final i.e.] funeral ceremony "' MBh. iv, 834); the
outermost (first or last, opposed to the middle one) RV. viii, 61, 15; later KapS. i, 72; (%{-maM@kiM}, `" what more? "'
Prasannar. v, 3/4); `" western "', in comp.; lowest, least L.; a particular high number Buddh. L.; (%{am}) ind. last MBh.
i, iii; at last, at the end Ra1jat. v, 7; after any one (gen.) Mn. ii, 194 Kir.
caraNa* = m. n. (g. {ardharcA7di}) a foot Gobh. Mn. ix, 277 Bdar. MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv. 3914 Mlav.); (ifc. pl.) `"
the feet of "', the venerable (N. N. ) MBh. xii, 174, 24 Sch.; a pillar, supor Hariv. 4643; the root (of a tree) L.; a Pda or
line of a stanza, S'rut.; a dactyl; a 4th part (pda) VarBri. Ll.; a section, subdivision Bhpr. Sarvad. ({catuz-} q.v.); a
school or branch of the Veda Nir. i, 17 Pn. MBh. xii, xiii Pacat. iv, 3; n. going round or about, motion, course RV. iii, 5,
5; ix, 113, 9; x, 136, 6 and 139, 6 S'Br. ii, x Sh. [389, 3]; acting, dealing, managing, (liturgical) performance, observance
AV. vii, 106, 1 S'Br. S'nkhS'r. KtyS'r. VP. iii, 5, 13; behaviour, conduct of life KtyS'r. ChUp. v, 10; good or moral
conduct Kaus'. 67 MBh. xiii, 3044 Lalit.; practising (generally ifc. cf. {tapaz-} [{tapasaz c-} Mn. vi, 75], {bhikSA-},
{bhaikSa-}) Gobh. iii, 1, 12 Nal.; grazing W.; consuming, eating L.; a particular high number Buddh. L. (cf. {dvi-},
{puraz-}, {ratha-}).
Sanskrit Dictionary
carita * = mfn. gone, gone to, attained W.; `" practised "', in comp.; espied, ascertained (by a spy, %{cara}) R. vi, 6, 16
and 7, 21; (%{a4m}) n. going, moving, course AV. iii, 15, 4; ix, 1, 3 Gobh. iii Sus3r.; motion (of asterisms) Su1ryas.;
acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds, adventures RV. i, 90, 2 MBh. R. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Gi1t. ix, 1);
fixed institute, proper or peculiar observance W. (cf. %{uttara-rAma-}, %{du4z-}, %{sac-}, %{saha-}, %{su-}).
caritArtha * = mf(%{A})n. attaining one's object, successful in any undertaking S3ak. vii, 31/32 Ma1lav. v, 19/20 Ragh.
Kum. Pa1n2. Ka1s3. and Siddh.; %{-tA} f. successfulness S3ak. v, 5/6 %{-tva} n. id. Sa1m2khyak. Bha1sha1p. (cf.
%{cAritA7rthya}.)
caritra* = n. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 184; rarely m. VS. vi, 14 MaitrS. i, 2, 16) a foot, leg RV. AV. x, 2, 12 Kaus3. 44; n. going VS.
xiii, 19; acting, behaving, behaviour, habit, practice, acts, adventures, deeds, exploits Mn. ii, 20; ix, 7 R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}
Pan5cat. iv, 7, 5); nature, disposition W.; custom, law as based on custom Na1r. i, 10 f.; xx, 24; (%{A}) f. the tamarind
tree L. (cf. %{cAr-}).
carItra* = n. = %{-ritra}, behaviour, conduct L.
carma: a shield
carmasAra* = m. `" skin-essence "', lymph, serum L.
caru* = m. (g. {bhImA7di}) a kind of vessel (in which a particular oblation is prepared), saucepan, pot RV. AV. S'Br. xiii
KtyS'r. Kaus'. Mn. Yj.; a cloud (cf. RV. i, 7, 6) Naigh. i, 10; an oblation (of rice, barley and pulse) boiled with butter
and milk for presentation to the gods or manes VS. xxix. 6 TS. i S'Br. AitBr. i, 1 & 7 KtyS'r. &c. (pl. Yj. i, 298). [390,
2]
carya* = mfn. (Pn. 3-1, 100) to be practised or performed Mn. iii, 1; m. (= {cara}) the small shell Cypraea moneta L.; n.
ifc. driving (in a carriage) MBh. viii, 4215; ({A}) f. going about, wandering, walking or roaming about, visiting, driving
(in a carriage, {ratha-} MBh. ix, xiii R. i, 19, 19) MBh. R. BhP. ix, 16, 1; (often ifc.) proceeding, behaviour, conduct S'Br.
xi, 5, 7, 1 Lthy. viii s'vS'r. xii, 4 Mn. vi, 32 &c.; due observance of all rites and customs Sarvad. vi ff.; a religious
mendicant's life L.; practising, performing, occupation with, engaging in (instr. [Gaut.] or generally in comp.) S'Br. xiv
s'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. i, 111 MBh. &c.; deportment, usage W.; (in music) a kind of composition; N. of Durg Gal. (cf.
{brahma-}, {bhikSA-}, {bhaikSya-}).
cashtha * = mfn. (%{cakS}) spoken W.
cathacathaas'abda *= m. crackling (of fire) , clashing (of weapons) , rattling (of violent rain) , &c. MBh. i , iii f. vii , ix
BhP. x , 72 , 36 Ma1rkP. viii , 114.
catvaraH = (adj) four
caura* = mfn. ({cur}) thievish HParis'. ii, 170 (= {cora4} g. {prajJA7di}; g. {chattrA7di}) a thief. robber Mn. iv, viii, xi
(ifc.) Hariv. &c.; a dishonest or unfair dealer, usurper Pacat. i, 8, 11/12 and 18/19 (also in comp. translatable as adj.);
(ifc.e.g. {kavi-}, `" a plagiarist "') Ganar. 114; a (heart-) captivator Hariv. 7125; 9981 and 9994; the perfume Coraka L.;
`" plagiarist "'N. of a poet (cf. {cora}) S'rngP.; pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 7 (Kty. and Vis'van.); ({I}) f. a female thief.
(heart-)captivator Kaths. vc, 54; civ, 168; = {-ra-karman} L.
caurya* = n. (g. {brAhmaNA7di}) = {-ra-karman} Mn. ix, xi Yj. ii, 72 Mriicch. &c.; trickery Hariv. 15163 f.; (ifc. with
{zulka}) defraudation Pacat. iv, 5, 0/1.
c(h)arina A* = wandering, staying
cha = and
ceratah *= wandering, rambling, playingamble, bat around, branch off, bum around, clamber, climb, cruise, depart,
digress, divagate, diverge, drift, excurse, extend, fork, gad, gallivant, get sidetracked, grow, knock about, knock around,
meander, perambulate, percolate, peregrinate, promenade, range, roam, rove, saunter, sc ramble, snake, sprangle,
sprawl, spread, spread-eagle, straddle, straggle, stray, stroll, trail, traipse, travel aimlessly, turn, twist, walk
ceshth *= cl. I. %{ce4STati}, %{-te} (inf %{-Titum}) to move the limbs, move, stir MBh. R. BhP. S3ak.; to make effort,
exert one's self, struggle, strive, be active AV. xi, 4, 23 f. S3Br. iii La1t2y. Kaus3. Mn. MBh.; to be busy or occupied with
Sanskrit Dictionary
(acc.); to act, do, perform, care for Gobh. i, 6, 19 MBh. R. S3ak. Ra1jat. iii, 493; to prepare S3Br. xiv, 9, 4, 18 (ind. p.
%{ceSTitvA4}): Caus. %{tayati}, %{-te} (aor. %{aciceSTat} [Bhat2t. xv, 60] or %{acac-} Pa1n2. 7-4, 96) to cause to
move, set in motion, impel, drive S3a1n3khS3r. viii, 9, 3 Mn. xii, 15 MBh. R. Sus3r. iv, 32, 17.
ceshtha *= m. `" moving "', a kind of fish (%{tapasvin}) L.; n. moving the limbs, gesture Mn. vii, 63; behaviour,
manner of life Hariv. 5939; (%{al}), f, (Pa1n2. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn. vii f. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. (ifc. Ragh.
ii, 43); action, activity, effort, endeavour, exertion A1s3vS3r. i S3vetUp. ii, 9 (ifc.) Mn. iv, 65 Bhag. &c.; doing,
performing Mn. i, 65; behaving, manner of life Mn. vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBr2S. (ifc.) &c.; cf. %{a-}, %{naSTa-},
%{niz-}.
ceshthaanaaza * m. ceasing of every motion L.; destruction of the world L.
ceshthaanirUpaNa * = n. observing any one's actions W
ceshthaarha * =({-TA7r-}) mfn. worthy of effort W
ceshthaavat * = mfn. moveable Sus'r. iii, 5, 23; full of activity, active W
ceshtha * = m. `" moving "', a kind of fish ({tapasvin}) L.; n. moving the limbs, gesture Mn. vii, 63; behaviour, manner
of life Hariv. 5939; ({al}), f, (Pn. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn. vii f. Yj. MBh. &c. (ifc. Ragh. ii, 43); action,
activity, effort, endeavour, exertion s'vS'r. i S'vetUp. ii, 9 (ifc.) Mn. iv, 65 Bhag. &c.; doing, performing Mn. i, 65;
behaving, manner of life Mn. vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBriS. (ifc.) &c.; cf. {a-}, {naSTa-}, {niz-}.
ceshthaka * =mfn. making effort or exertion W.; m. a kind of fish (= {-Ta}) L.; a kind of coitus.
ceshthana * = n. making effort W.; motion Mn.xii, 120 MBh. xii, 6363 R. BhP.; ifc. performing KapS. i, 3; effort,
exertion W.
ceshthayitR * mfn. one who sets in motion MBh. xii, 1181.
ceshthita * = mfn. set in motion W.; done with effort, exerted W.; done S3ak. iii, 23/24 (v.l.); v, 9; frequented Ragh. xi,
51; n. moving any limb, gesture Mn. Sus3r. VarBr2S.; doing, action, behaviour, manner of life Mn. MBh. R. KapS. iii, 59
ff. S3ak. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Bhar. xxxiv, 118).
cet* = Nom. (fr. {ce4tas}) {-tati} (Vop. xxi, 8; aor. 3. pl. {acetiSur}) to recover consciousness Bhathth. xv, 109.
cet* = 1 Nom. {tati}. see {cit}.\\ = 2 see {ce74d}.
cetanatA* = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.
cetanatva* = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAcetana* = pl. sentient and unsentient beings Megh. 5.
cetanAvat* = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv Snkhyak. Sus'r.
cetanikA* = f. Terminalia Chebula L.
cetu* = m. heedfulness RV. ix, 81, 3.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kaths. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sh.; a kind of fish p.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a female servant R. ii,
91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
cetti* = {ce4tya} see {cit}.
cetR* = 1 m. an observer S'vetUp. vi, 11.
cetR* = 2 m. a revenger RV. vii, 60, 5.
cetaH* = in comp. = {-tas}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
cetaH-pIDA * = f. grief L.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mr2icch. Katha1s. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sa1h.; a kind of fish A1p.i, 17, 38; (%{I}) f. a female servant R.
ii, 91, 62 S3ak. "' &c.
ceTaka * = m. a servant, slave Bhartr2. i, 91 Katha1s. vi and lxxi (ifc.) Hit.; a paramour L.; (%{ikA}) f. = %{-TI} Katha1s.
iv, xii, lii.
cetana* = mf(%{I4})n. visible, conspicuous, distinguished, excellent RV. AV. ix, 4, 21; percipient, conscious, sentient,
intelligent Kat2hUp. v, 13 S3vetUp. vi, 13 Hariv. 3587 KapS. Tattvas. &c.; m. an intelligent being, man Sarvad. ii, 221;
soul, mind L.; n. conspicuousness RV. i, 13, 11 and 170, 4; iii, 3, 8; iv, 7, 2; soul, mind R. vii, 55, 17 and 20; (%{A}) f.
consciousness, understanding, sense, intelligence Ya1jn5. iii, 175 MBh. &c. (often ifc. [f. %{A}] Mn. ix, 67 MBh. &c.) (cf.
%{a-}, %{niz-}, %{puru-ce4t-}, %{vi-}, %{sa-}, %{su4-}).
cetanatA* = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.
cetanatva* =n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAvat* =mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv Sa1m2khyak. Sus3r.
ce4tana-tA * = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.
ce4tana-tva * = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
ce4tana-bhAva * = m. id. Bdar. ii, 1, 6 Sch.
cetanA7cetana* = pl. sentient and unsentient beings Megh. 5.
cetanA-vat * = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv Snkhyak. Sus'r.
cetanA7STaka * = n. N. of wk.
cetanikA * = f. Terminalia Chebula L.
cetanI * = ind. for {-na}.
cetanI-kri * = to cause to perceive or become conscious BhP. viii, 1, 9 Sch.
cetanI-bhU * = to become conscious ib. [398, 1]
cetaniiyaa * = f. the medicinal herb {Rddhi} L.
cetas *= n. splendour RV.; (Naigh. iii, 9) consciousness, intelligence, thinking soul, heart, mind VS. xxxiv, 3 AV. Mn. ix,
xii MBh. &c. (ifc. Kat2hUp. Mn.&c.); will AV. vi, 116, 3 TBr.iii, 1, 1, 7; cf. %{a-ceta4s}, %{dabhra4-}, %{pra4-}, %{laghu}, %{vi4-}, %{sa4-}, %{su-ce4tas}.
cetasaka * = m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vii, 2095.
cetasam * = ind. ifc. fr. {-tas} Vop. vi, 62.
cetayaana * = mfn. (irreg. pr. p.) having sense, reasonable MBh. iii, v, viii R. ii, 109, 7.
cetayitavya * = mfn. to be perceived Pras'nUp.
cetayitR * = mfn. = {-ya} MBh. xii S'vetUp. Sch.
cetishthha* = mfn. (fr. {ce4ttR}) most attentive (with gen.) RV. i, 65, 9 and 128, 8; v, vii; x, 21, 7; (fr. {citra4}) most
conspicuous, viii, 46, 20 VS. xxvii, 15.
cetI * = ind. in comp. for {-tas}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
chaapi = also
chaariNau = blowing
chaataka = the ever thirsty chaataka bird that lives only on raindrops
chaaturvarNyaM = the four divisions of human society
chaaya *= m. granting shade (S3iva) MBh. xii, 10374; n. (Pa1n2. 2-4, 22 and 25; vi, 2, 14) ifc. (especially after a word to
be taken in the gen.) shadow Mn. iii, 274 Ragh. iv, 20; vii, 4; xii, 50; reflection Naish. vi, 34; colour, complexion, beauty
Megh. 102; (%{A4}) f. $, shade, shadow, a shady place (`" a covered place, house "' Naigh. iii, 4) RV. i, 73, 8; ii, 33, 6; vi,
16, 38 AV. VS. v, xv AitBr. vii, 12 S3Br. &c.; the shadow of a gnomon Su1ryas.; shelter, protection, Hit iii, 8,1/2; a
reflected image, reflection RV. v, 44, 6; x, 121, 2 VS. ii, 8 AV. v, 21, 8 Pras3nUp. Mn. &c.; shading or blending of colours,
play of light or colours, lustre, light, colour, colour of the face, complexion, features Sus3r. VarBr2S. lxviii, 89 ff. Ragh.
iv, 5 Megh. (ifc. f. %{A}) &c.; gracefulness, beauty, 77 & 101 VP. iv, 4, 31 Katha1s. iic; a series, multitude (%{paGkti})
Pan5cat. i, 16, 8; a Sanskr2it gloss on a Pra1kr2it text; a copy (of a MS.); a little (ifc.) Ven2is. vi, 13/14, 1; nightmare,
Buddh "' L.; a bribe L.; Shadow "', (like Sam2jn5a1) wife of the sun and mother of the planet Saturn Hariv. 545 ff. VP.
iii, 2 BhP. vi, viii MatsyaP. Katha1s. cv; (N. of a S3akti) Hcat. i, 5, 197; the sun L.; a metre of 4 x 19 syllables; a kind of
rhetorical figure Sarasv. ii, 5; (in music) N. of a Ra1ga; N. of Ka1tya1yani1 (or Durga1 W.) L.
chaayaa *= see %{-ya}.
chakaastu = let it be shining
chakra: see cakra
chakraM = cycle
chakrabandha = wheel pattern, a form of bandha poetry
chakram.h = (n) wheel, cycle, circle
chakravaataH = (m) cyclone
chakrahastaM = disc in hand
chakraaakaara = (bauvriihi) wheel-shaped
chakraasana = the wheel posture
chakriNaM = with discs
chakshu = eye
chakshuH = eyes
chakshus.h = eye
chal.h = to walk
chala = moving *= ( %{skhal}) n. (exceptionally m. BhP. vii, 15, 12; g. %{ardharcA7di}) fraud, deceit, sham, guise,
pretence, delusion, semblance, fiction, feint, trick, fallacy (often ifc., e.g. %{upadA-chalena}, `" under pretence of gifts
of honour "' i.e. with feigned gifts Ragh. vii, 27; %{rajaz-chalena}, `" under the semblance of dust "', xvi, 28; see
%{kanyakA-}, %{dharma-}, %{vAk-}) Mn. viii, 49 and (%{a-cch-}, neg.) 187 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Katha1s. lxii, 164);
deceitful disputation, perverting the sense of words Nya1yas. i, 51 ff. Sarvad.; wickedness W.; for %{sthala} MBH. xiii.
7257 m. N. of a son of Dala VP. iv, 4, 47; (%{A}) f. ifc. in names of several treatises or chapters belonging to SV. (e.g.
%{-Uha-}, %{Uhya-}, &c., qq. vv.)
chalaM = flickering
Sanskrit Dictionary
chalachchitra = movie
chalati = (1pp) to walk
chalita = deviated; calita mfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed MBh. &c.; one who has moved on MBh. Sryas. iii, 11; gone,
departed (e.g. {sa calitaH}, `" he started off "' Pacat. Gt. iii, 3 Hit.); walked Vet. iii, 1/2 (v.l.); being on the march (an
army) L.; moved from one's usual course, disturbed, disordered (the mind, senses, fortune, &c.) Hariv. 5669 R. &c.;
caused to deviate, turned off from (abl.) Yj. i, 360 Bhag. vi, 37; n. unsteady motion (of eyes) Bhartri. i, 4.
chamasaH = (m) spoon
chamuuM = military force
chanda* =mfn. pleasing, alluring, inviting RV. i, 92, 6; viii, 7, 36; {-nda4}, praising ({cha4nda} Naigh. iii, 16) RV. vi, 11,
3; cf. {madhu-cch-}; m. appearance, look, shape Hariv. 8359 ff.; cf. {prati} and {vi-cch-}; pleasure, delight, appetite,
liking, predilection, desire, will Yj. ii, 195 MBh. &c.; ({ena}) instr. ind. [also with {svena}, viii, 1249 R. ii, 83, 25; or
ifc. with {sva-} (Hariv. 7017) or {Atma-} MBh. v, xiii R. v, 26, 18] according to one's own wish Mn. viii, 176 Nal. xxiii, 15
R. v; according to the wish of (gen.) MBh. iii, 7096 Hariv. 7097; ({a-cch-} neg. `" against the wish of "') 7098 and 8557;
({At}) abl. ind. according to the wish of (in comp.) MBh. viii, 3542; ({a-cch-} neg. `" involuntarily "' R. iii, 5, 2); poison
L.; N. of S'kya-muni's charioteer ({chandaka}) Lalit. xv DivyA7v. xxvii, 159; of a prince W.; cf. {sva-}; {indra-},
{kalA7pa-}, {deva} and {vijaya-}, various kinds of pearl-ornaments.
cha4nda-ja * = mfn. `" originating from one's own wish "', self-produced (gods) Hariv. 12296.
chandaska * = ifc. (f. {A}) = {-das}, metre Nyyam. ix, 2, 5 and 8 Sch.
chandasya4 * = mfn. (Pn. 4-3, 71 and 4, 93, 140 Vrtt. 1) taking the form of hymns, metrical, relating to or fit for
hymns RV. ix, 113, 6 TS. i, 6, 11, 4; made or done according to one's wish Pn. 4-4, 93 Ks'.; ({A4}) f. (with {I4STakA})
N. of a sacrificial brick S'Br. vii, 5, 2, 42; viii, 2 f.
chAndasa * = mf({I})n. having the sacred text of the Veda ({cha4ndas}) as (its) subject, peculiar or relating or
belonging to the Veda, Vedic Kaus'. Pn. 4-3, 71 Pat. Hariv. 12284 BhP.; (once {-nda} BhavP. i); archaistic Sarvad. vi,
11; (g. {manojJA7di} Pn. 5-2, 84 Ks'.) studying the holy text of the Vedic hymns, familiar with it Kaths. lxii, cxviii;
(ifc. g. {khasUcy-Adi} Ganar. 114 Sch.); relating to metre RAnukr. Sch.
chandaka* = mfn. ifc. `" charming "' see {sarva-}; m. N. of S'kya-muni's charioteer DivyA7v. xxvii, 158 Lalit.
chandana * = mfn. charming VarBriS. civ, 61.
chandaka * = 1 n. `" roof "' see {bRha4c-}; deceit Un. [404, 3]
cha4ndas * = n. desire, longing for, will MBh. xii, 7376 Pn. 4-4, 93 Ks'.; intention, purport W.; a sacred hymn (of AV.;
as distinguished from those of RV. SV. and YajurV.), incantation-hymn RV. x AV. S'Br. viii MBh. v, 1224 Ragh. i, 11; the
sacred text of the Vedic hymns S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 3 s'vGri. Kaus'. Gobh. VPrt. Pn. Mn. &c.; metre (in general, supposed to
consist of 3 or 7 typical forms [AV. VS. &c.] to which Virj is added as the 8th [S'Br. viii, 3, 3, 6]; {cha4ndas} opposed
to {gAyatri4} and {triSTu4bh} RV. x, 14, 16); metrical science MundUp. i, 1, 5 MBh. i, 2887 Pacat. S'rut.; = {-dograntha} Nyyam. ix, 2, 6 Sch.; [cf. Lat. {scando}, `" to step, scan. "']
chandana = sandal
chandoga* = m. ({gai}) `" singer in metre "', chanter'of the SV., Udgtrii priest AitBr. iii, 32 S'Br. x S'nkhS'r. &c.; {paddhati} f. N. of the work Yaja-prs'va (YajurV. Paris'. xv Caran.); {-pariziSTa} n. Kty.'s supplement on Gobh. Mn.
ii, 44 Kull.; {-brAhmaNa} n. = {chAndogya-br-} AitBr. iv, 18 Sy.; {-mAhaki} m. N. of a teacher VBr.; {-vRSo7tsargatattva} n. N. of wk.; {-zAkhA} f. a branch of the SV. (quoted in a work on S'rddhas); {-zrAddha-tattva-pramANa} n. N.
of wk. by Raghu-nandana; {-zruti} f. `" tradition of the Chandogas "', the SV. Pars'. ii, 5/111, 3, 6; {-sopAna} n. N. of
wk.; {-gA7hnika-paddhati} f. N. of wk. by Rma-kriishna.
chandra = Name for the Moon
chandra-kuNDalii = Chart where the Ascendant or lagna is the sign of the natal moon
Sanskrit Dictionary
chandra-raashi = Natal Moon sign. Used in India much like we use the Sun sign system in the West
chandra-lagna = Ascendant using the Natal lunar position
chandrabimba = moon disc
chandramasi = in the moon
chandrika = moonlight
chandrodaya = moon-rise
channa* = mfn. covered, covered over MBh. iii, 800 R. i f. Megh. BhP. &c. (ifc. cf. Pn. 6-2, 170); obscured (the moon)
MBh. i, 2699 Sryas. iv, 10 and 22; hidden, unnoticed by (dat.), secret, clandestine, disguised MBh. iii f. R. ii, v BhP.
Kaths. Rjat.; ({am}) ind. secretly Mn. ix, 98 and 100 Mriicch. Das'.; (in comp. {-nna-}) Rjat. v, 467; (with {gai}, to
sing) privately, in a low voice Lthy. iii, 1, 12 ff.; ({e}) loc. ind. secretly Hariv. 8686.
chaJNchalaM = flickering
chaJNchalatvaat.h = due to being restless
chapala = fickle, unstable
chapalaM = fickle-minded
char.h = to wander
chara = moving
chara-raashi = Moveable signs
charaM = moving
charaNa = foot
charaNaH = (m) foot
charataaM = while roaming
charati = (1 pp) to move, to roam
charan.h = acting upon
charanti = move or travel or wander
charaacharaM = moving and nonmoving
charita = nature
charitaM = story, character
charitra = life
charitraaNi = tales of valour
charaiveti = chara:moving (things) +eva:alone; only + iti:thus
charchaa = discussion
charpaTa = torn/tattered cloth
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
chhedana = cutting
chekitaanaH = Cekitana
cheshhTaH = the endeavorscheshhTate = (1 ap) to try, to attempt
cheshhTasya = of one who works for maintenance
cheTii = (f) maid, dasii
chet.h = if
chetanaa = the living force
chetas.h = mind
chetasaH = their hearts
chetasaa = by consciousness
chetasaaM = of those whose minds
chetaaH = in heart
chida *= mfn. ifc. `" cutting off "' see %{mAtRka-}; (%{A}) f. (g. %{bhidA7di}) the cutting off (ifc.) HYog. ii, 96.
chidra *= mf(%{A})n. torn asunder RV. i, 162, 20; containing holes, pierced Ka1tySr. xv ff. R. i, 73, 20 Sus3r. v, 1, 43;
leaky MBh. v, 1307; 1047 (= xii, 8782); n. a hole, slit, cleft, opening VS. TS. i, vi Ka1tyS3r. La1t2y. Kaus3. Mn. &c.
(%{daiva-kRta}, `" opening or hole made by nature "', the cartilage of the ear, pupil of the eye Sus3r.; %{-draM} %{dA},
to yield an opening or free access "' BhP. v, 6, 4); defect, fault, blemish, imperfection, infirmity, weak point, foible MBh.
&c.; (in astrol.) the 8th lunar mansion VarBr2. Laghuj. i, 17; the number `" nine "' (there being 9 openings in the body)
Su1ryas. ii, 18; the lower regions Gal. (cf. %{a4-}, %{karNa-}, %{kRta-}, %{gRha-}, %{niz-}, %{mahA-}).
chihna = sign
chii = to increase
chiira = dress made of bark?
chikitsaka = remedy
chikitsaalayam.h = (n) hospital
chikiirshhavaH = wishing
chikiirshhuH = desiring to lead
chikroDaH = (m) squirrel
chinoti = to collect, to gather
chint.h = to think
chintaya = (causative of cit) to think
chintayati = (10 up) to think
chintayantaH = concentrating
chintayet.h = should think of
Sanskrit Dictionary
chintaa = worrying
chintaaM = fears and anxieties
chintaamaNi = the gem that gives you anything you can think about
chintita = something one has thought about
chinmayaH = full of the `mind' or consciousness
chira = permanently
chirakaala = always, everpresent, permanent
chiraat.h = after a long time
chiraaya = for long
chiraayuH = long-life- span (`chira' actually means permanent cf. chiranjIvI)
chit.h = pure consciousness
chitaa = funeral pyre
chitta = mind
chittaM = mind
chittaH = mind
chittalayaH = absorbed mind
chittavikshepa = confusion, distraction
chittavritti = a mode of behaviour
chittaa = mind
chittaatmaa = mind and intelligence
chittvara * = mfn. (Un2. iii, 1) fit for cutting off. L.; hostile L. (cf. %{chatt-}) roguish L.
chitti * = f. division W.; Pongamia glabra L.
chitra = strange// citra *= mf({A4})n. conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured RV.;
clear (a sound) RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.; agitated (as
the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn. ix, 248 Yj. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution)
having different varieties (of tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii, 281; strange, wonderful Rjat. vi, 227; containing the word
{citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KtyS'r. xvii; ({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14;
(to execute) with different tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.; Ricinus
communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama Tithyd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a Jbla-griihapati
(with the patr. Gaus'ryani), KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the patr. Gngyyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of
Dhritarshthra MBh. i, vii; of a Dravida king, Padma P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica
virginis, the 12th (in later reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of
snake L.; N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.; Ricinus communis L.;
Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia Munjista L.; the grass Gandadrv L.) Car. vii, 12 (=
{dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic instants; another of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of
stringed instrument; a kind of Mrchan (in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citr (Pn. 4-3,
34 Vrtt. 1)N. of Arjuna's wife (sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.),
9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism Citr VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m})
Sanskrit Dictionary
n. anything bright or coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br. TndyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament,
ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pacat. Bhartri. &c.; (with
{yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or {yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kaths. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pn. 3-3, 150 f.]) strange, curious (e.g.
{citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "' Ks'.) [396, 2];
strange! Hariv. 15652 Kaths. v, vii Rjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii, 2605; a sectarial mark on the
forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture, sketch, delineation MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest ({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and
ShadvBr. ii, 10; various modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful figures
(syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words being represented in a shortened form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8
Sh.; punning in the form of question and answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratpar. Kuval.; cf. a- and,
{su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
chitraM = surprising
chitrakaH = (m) a leopard
chitrakaara = (m) painter, artist
chitrapatangaH = (m) butterfly
chitramandiram.h = (n) movie theatre
chitrarathaH = Citraratha
chitraraasabhaH = (m) zebra
chitraveshhTiH = (m) lungi
chitraa = Fourteenth nakshatra
chitrinii = a fine cord within the spine
chitroshhTraH = (m) giraffe
chuTati = to pinch
chubukasamarpitajaanu = face dedicated to(huddled up between) the knees
chumbati = to kiss
churikaabandha = pattern of sword, a form of bandha poetry
chulli = (f) cooking fire
chuurNam.h = (n) fine powder
chuurNayati = to grind (as wheat to flour)
chuurNitaiH = with smashed
chodanaa = the impetus
chodhitakaraNa = tested or awakened senses
chorayati = (10 up) to steal, to rob
chorah = (m) thief
chyavanti = fall down
Sanskrit Dictionary
ciirNa *= mfn. (%{car}) practised, observed (as a vow, austerity) Mun2d2Up. iii, 2, 10 MBh. xv, 91 DivyA7v. BhP. v, 6,
3; n. conduct W.
cikiirsh* = mfn. ( %{kR} Desid.) wishing to do Vop.
cikiirshaa* = f. (Pa1n2. 3-3, 102 Ka1s3.) intention or desire to make or do or perform (generally ifc.) MBh. i R. i, v
Pa1n2. 2-3, 66 Ka1s3. (with gen.) BhP. ii f.; (%{-raSA}) xi, 9, 26; desire for (gen. or in comp.) MBh. i, 1860 and 5172
Hariv. 4907.
cikiirshaka* = mfn. id. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-1, 58 and vi, 1, 193.
cikiirshita* = n. `" intended to be done, designed "', purpose, design, intention Mn. iv, vii MBh. R. &c.
cikiirshu* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 168 Ka1s3.) intending to make or do or perform (with acc. or ifc.) MBh. R. Pa1n2. 2-3, 69
Ka1s3. BhP. Katha1s.; wishing to exercise one's self in the use of (acc.) MBh. viii, 1965; cf. %{upahArI-}.
cikiirshuka* = mfn. = %{-rS} (with acc.), vi, 48, 83. [395,1]
cikraMsaa * = f. (%{kram} Desid.) desire of attacking or springing upon W.
cikriiDishaa * = f. (%{krId} Desid.) desire to play BhP. iii, 7, 3.
cikriiDishu * = mfn. desiring to play HParis3. ii, 454.
cintaka* = mfn. ifc. one who thinks or reflects upon, familiar with (e.g. {daiva-}, {vaMza-}, &c., qq. vv.) Gaut. Mn. vii,
121 MBh. Hariv. R. Pacat.; m. an overseer DivyA7v.; N. of the 23rd Kalpa period VyuP. i, 21, 48 f.; cf. {kArya-},
{graha-}, {megha-}.
cintana* = n. thinking, thinking of. reflecting upon; anxious thought Mn. xii, 5 MBh. Kaths. Rjat.v, 205 Sh.;
consideration Sarvad. x; xii, 6 ff.
cintaniiya* = mfn. to be thought of or investigated VarBriS. xliii, 37 Pacat. 1, 1/2; iii BhP. viii, 11, 38.
cintayAna* = mfn. (irr. pr. p.) reflecting, considering MBh. ii, 1748; iii, 12929 Pacat. iv, 14/15.
cintaa* = f. (Pn. 3-3, 105), thought, care, anxiety, anxious thought about (gen. loc., {upari}, or in comp.) Mn. xii, 31
Yj. i, 98 MBh. &c. ({-tayA} instr. `" by mere thinking of "' VP. i, 13, 50); consideration Sarvad. xii f. [398,2]; N. of a
woman Rjat. viii, 3453.
cintaavat* = mfn. = {-para} W.
cintana *= n. thinking, thinking of. reflecting upon; anxious thought Mn. xii, 5 MBh. Katha1s. Ra1jat.v, 205 Sa1h.;
consideration Sarvad. x; xii, 6 ff.
cintita * = mfn. thought, considered W.; thought of. imagined Pan5cat. Vet.; found out, investigated Nal. xix, 4 Hit.
(%{su-}); treated of. Madhus.; reflecting, considering W.; n. thought, reflection, care, trouble VarBr2S.li, 24 Dhu1rtas.;
intention R. i; (%{A}) f. see %{caintita}.
cit * = 4 cl. 1. %{ce4tati} (impf. %{acetat} RV. vii, 95, 2; p. %{ce4tat} RV.) cl. 2. (A1. Pass. 3. sg. %{cite4}, x, 143, 4; p.
f. instr. %{citantyA}, i, 129, 7; A1. %{citAna}, ix, 101, 11 VS. x, 1) cl. 3. irreg. %{cIhetati} (RV.; Subj. %{ciketat} RV.;
Impv. 2. sg. %{cikiddhi} RV.; p. %{cikitAna4} RV.; perf. %{cike4ta} RV. &c.; %{ciceta} Vop. viii, 37; 3. du. %{cetatur}
AV. iii, 22, 2; A1. and Pass. %{cikite4} RV. &c.; 3. pl. %{-tre} RV.; for p. %{cikitva4s} see s.v.; A1. Pass. %{cicite}
Bhat2t2. ii, 29; aor. %{acetIt} Vop. viii, 35; A1. Pass. %{a4ceti} and %{ce4ti} RV.; for %{acait} see 2. %{ci}; fut. 1st
%{ce4ttA}, i, 22, 5) to perceive, fix the mind upon, attend to, be attentive, observe, take notice of (acc. or gen.) RV. SV.
AV. Bhat2t2.; to aim at, intend, design (with dat.) RV. i, 131, 6; x, 38, 3; to be anxious about, care for (acc. or gen.), i, ix
f.; to resolve, iii, 53, 24; x, 55, 6; to understand, comprehend, know (perf. often in the sense of pr.) RV. AV. vii, 2, 1 and
5, 5; P. A1. to become perceptible, appear, be regarded as, be known RV. VS. x, xv: Caus. %{ceta4yati}, %{-te} (2. pl.
%{ceta4yadhvam} Subj. %{cetayat} Impv. 2. du. %{cetayethAm} impf. %{a4cetayat} RV.; 3. pl. %{cita4yante} RV.; p.
%{cita4yat} RV. (eleven times); %{ceta4yat}, x, 110, 8, &c.; A1. %{cetayAna} see s.v.) to cause to attend, make attentive,
remind of. i, 131, 2 and iv, 51, 3; to cause to comprehend, instruct, teach RV.; to observe, perceive, be intent upon RV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
MBh. xii, 9890 Katha1s. xiii, 10; A1. (once P. MBh. xviii, 74) to form an idea in the mind, be conscions of, understand,
comprehend, think, reflect upon TS. vi S3Br. ChUp. vii, 5, 1 MBh. BhP. viii, 1, 9 Prab.; P. to have a right notion of. know
MBh. iii, 14877; P. `" to recover consciousness "', awake Bhat2t2. viii, 123; A1. to remember, have consciousness of
(acc.) Pa1n2. 3-2, 112 Ka1s3. Ba1dar. ii, 3, 18 Sch.; to appear, be conspicuous, shine RV. TS. iii: Desid. %{ci4kitsati} (fr.
%{kit} Pa1n2. 3-1, 5 Dha1tup. xxiii, 24; exceptionally A1. MBh. xii, 12544; Impv. %{-tsatu} Subj. %{-tsAt} aor. 2. sg.
%{a4cikitsIs} AV.; Pass. p. %{cikitsyamAna} Sus3r. Pan5cat.) to have in view, aim at, be desirous AV. v, 11, 1; ix, 2, 3; to
care for, be anxious about, vi, x; (Pa1n2. 3-1, 5 Siddh.) to treat medically, cure Ka1tyS3r. xxv MBh. i, xii Sus3r. Pan5cat.
Bhartr2.; to wish to appear RV. i, 123, 1: Caus. of Desid. (fut. %{cikitsayiSyati}) to cure Ma1lav. iv, 4/5, 6 f.: Intens.
%{cekite} (fr. 2. %{ci}?, or for %{-tte} RV. i, 53, 3 and 119, 3; ii, 34, 10; p. %{ce4kitat}, ix, 111, 3; A1. %{ce4kitAna} RV.
eight times) to appear, be conspicuous, shine RV.
citta* = mfn. `" noticed "' see {a-ci4tta}; `" aimed at "', longed for ChUp.vii, 5, 3; `" appeared "', visible RV. ix, 65, 12; n.
attending, observing ({tira4z cittA4ni}, `" so as to remain unnoticed "'), vii, 59, 8; thinking, reflecting, imagining,
thought RV. VS. S'Br. &c.; intention, aim, wish RV. VS. AV. TBr. &c.; (Naigh. iii, 9) the heart, mind TS. i S'vetUp. vi, 5
MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Pacat.); memory W.; intelligence, reason KapS. i, 59 Yogas. i, 37; ii, 54 Veda7ntas.; (in astrol.) the
9th mansion VarYogay. iv, 1; cf. {iha-}, {cala-}, {pU4rva-}, {prA4yaz-}, {laghu-}, {su-}, {sthira-}.
citra * = conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured RV.; clear (a sound) RV.; variegated,
spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.; agitated (as the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii,
39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn. ix, 248 Yj. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of tortures)
Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii, 281; strange, wonderful Rjat. vi, 227; containing the word {citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KtyS'r. xvii;
({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with different tortures
Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.; Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a
form of Yama Tithyd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a Jbla-griihapati (with the patr. Gaus'ryani),
KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the patr. Gngyyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of Dhritarshthra MBh. i, vii; of a Dravida
king, Padma P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th (in later reckoning the
14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.; N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.;
Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.; Ricinus communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the
Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia Munjista L.; the grass Gandadrv L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16
syllabic instants; another of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed instrument; a kind of
Mrchan (in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citr (Pn. 4-3, 34 Vrtt. 1)N. of Arjuna's wife
(sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.), 9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a
river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism Citr VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything bright or
coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br. TndyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br.
ii, xiii; a bright or extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pacat. Bhartri. &c.; (with {yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or {yad}
[Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kaths. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pn. 3-3, 150 f.]) strange, curious (e.g. {citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam
adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "' Ks'.) [396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kaths.
v, vii Rjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii, 2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture,
sketch, delineation MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest
({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10; various modes of writing
or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful figures (syllables which occur repeatedly being left
out or words being represented in a shortened form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sh.; punning in the form of question and
answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratpar. Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
codapravRddha* = ({-da4-}) mfn. exalted by the inspiring (draught of Soma), i,: 174, 6.
codana* = mfn. impelling AV. vii, 116, 1 (cf. {RSi-}, {eka-}, {kIri-}, {brahma-}, {radhra-co4d-}); ({A}, {am}) fn.
impelling, invitation, direction, rule, precept VS. xxix, 7 RPrt. S'nkhS'r. KtyS'r. Lthy. Mn. ii, &c.; ({A}) f. reproof (as
in Pli) DivyA7v. i, 54; ({i}),f. N. of a plant(v.l. for {rodanI}) L. Sch.
codanAguDa* = m. a ball to play with L.
codayanmati* = mfn. (fr. {-da4yat}, p. {cud}, Caus.) promoting devotion RV. v, 8, 6; viii, 46, 19.
codayitavya* = mfn. to be criticised Bdar. Sch.
codayitR* = mf({trI4})n. one who impels or animates or promotes RV. i, 3, 11; vii, 81, 6 Kum. iii, 21.
codas* = see {a-coda4s}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
or present or give up, oblige to pay, make restore VS. ix, 24 AV. iii, 20, 8 Mn. &c.; to demand from (abl.) Mn. viii, 47; to
cause to utter or speak Hariv. 15782 Yj. ii, 6/7 {ghoSaNAm}, to cause to be made known Kaths. lxiv, 86; to cause to
place or advance, xii, 160; to cause to perform, v, 112 to cause to be put on (loc.) MBh. i, 5724: Desid. {di4tsati} (Pn. 74, 54 and 58; p. {di4dAsat} RV. x, 151, 2; {di4tsat}, ii, vii-ix AV. v, 7, 6 MBh.; Pot. {-tseyam} RV. viii MBh.; pf. 2. sg.
{didAsitha} AitBr. viii, 21 S'nkhS'r. xvi, 16; cf. S'Br. xiii, 7, 1, 15) to wish to give, be ready to bestow RV. &c.; to wish to
give in marriage MBh. &c.: Intens. {dedIyate} Pn. 6-4, 66 Ks'.; [cf. $; Lat. {do}; &c.]
daa*2 m. a giver RV. v, 41, 1 (dat. {de4}); vi, 16, 26 (nom. {dA4s}); ifc., giving, granting "' see {an-azva-}, {a-bhikSa-},
{azva-}, {Atma-}, &c. {-dA4}; {a4n-AzIr-}.
daaH = giving
daaha *= m. (fr. %{dah}) burning, combustion, conflagration, heat Ka1tyS3r. Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. R. &c.; place of
cremation Vas. xix, 26; glowing, redness (of the sky cf. %{dig-}) Mn. MBh. VarBr2S. &c.; cauterizing, cautery (of a
wound) Sus3r. Ma1lav. iv, 4; internal heat, fever Sus3r.; pl. N. of a people (v.l. for %{vaideha}) Va1yuP. 1; %{-haka}
mf(%{I})n. burning, setting on fire Ya1jn5. ii, 282 BhP. xi, 10, 8; m. Plumbago Zeylanica.
daahana *= n. (fr. the Caus.) causing to burn or be burnt, reducing to ashes MBh. i, 403 BhP. xii, 12, 40; cauterizing
W.; (%{I}) f. Grislea Tomentosa L.
daakiNii = the goddess in mulaadhaara chakra
daaDimaphalam.h = (n) pomegranate, anaar
daaDhaa* = f. (= and prob. fr. %{daMSTrA}) large tooth, tusk L.; wish, desire L.; number, multitude
daadhaara = holds
daakshya = cleverness, honesty, brilliance
daakshyaM = resourcefulness
daakshiNa * = nif({I})n. (fr. {da4kSiNA} f.) belonging or relating to a sacrificial fee S'Br. S'nkhS'r.; relating to the
south W.; ({A}) f. the southern country i.e. the Deccan (see below, {-ja}); n. a collection of sacrificial fees (g.
{bhikSA7di}); pl. N. of a Knda of TS.
daal: thick lentil soup
daama = garland (like)
daambha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dambha}) deceitful, hypocritical Nalac
daamyati = (4 pp) to tame
daanta* = 1 mfn. ( {dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued; mild, patient Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; liberal L.; m. a tamed
ox or steer (cf. {damya}) Rjat. v, 432; a donor, giver W.; Ficus Indica or = {damanaka} L.; N. of a son of Bhma Nal. 1,
9; of a bull Kaths. xvi, 295; pl. of a school of the AV.; ({A}) f. of an Apsaras MBh. xiii, 1425.\\* = 2 mf({I})n. (fr.
{danta}) made of ivory MBh. R. Sus'r.\\= 3 mfn. ending in {dA}, MnGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.
daana = the act of giving
daana* = 1 n. the act of giving RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; giving in marriage (cf. {kanyA-}); giving up (cf. {prANa-}, {Atma-},
{zarIra-} Pac. ii); communicating, imparting, teaching (cf. {brakma-}); paying back, restoring Mn. Yj.; adding,
addition (VarBriS.); donation, gift Lat. {donum}] RV. S'Br. &c. ({-naMdA}, to offer a ggift Mn. Yj. Hit. &c.; {-nam
prayam}, to bestow a ggift Mn. iv, 234); oblation (cf. {udaka-}, {havir-}); liberality (cf. 2. {dAna}); bribery Mn.vii, 198
(cf. {upA7ya}).
daana* = 2 n. cutting off. splitting, dividing L.; pasture, meadow RV.; rut-fluid (which flows from an elephant's
temples) MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({dAna4}) m. (only in RV. but cf. {vasu-}) distribution of food or of a sacrificial meal;
imparting, communicating, liberality; part, share, possession; distributor, dispenser RV. vii, 27, 4.
Sanskrit Dictionary
daana* = 3 n. purification L.
daanaiH = by charity
daanaM = charity
daanava = a demon
daanavaH = the demons
daaNDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di}); ({A}) f. a partic.
game with sticks Pn. 4-2, 57 Ks'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi}); multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.
daane = in charity
daanena = by charity
daaneshhu = in giving charities
daanika * = mfn. relating to a gift, &c. (only ifc.; cf. %{adhyayana-}, %{udaka-}, %{vara-}).
daanta \\ 1 mfn. ( %{dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued; mild, patient Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; liberal L.; m. a
tamed ox or steer (cf. %{damya}) Ra1jat. v, 432; a donor, giver W.; Ficus Indica or = %{damanaka} L.; N. of a son of
Bhi1ma Nal. 1, 9; of a bull Katha1s. xvi, 295; pl. of a school of the AV.; (%{A}) f. of an Apsaras MBh. xiii, 1425.\\ 2
mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{danta}) made of ivory MBh. R. Sus3r. \\3 mfn. ending in %{dA}, Ma1nGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.
daantau = with good teeth?
daara* =1 Inf({I})n. ( {dRR}) tearing up, rending (cf. {bhU-}); m. rent, cleft, hole TndyaBr. xv, 3, 7 (cf. {udara-},
{karbu-}, {a-dAra-sRt}); ({I}) f. id. Sus'r.
daara* =2 m. pl. (probably not connected with s. {dAra} and {dRR}, but cf. Pn. 3-3, 20 Vrtt. 4) a wife (wives) GriS.
Mn. MBh. &c. ({-An} {kR} or {pra-kR}, take to wife, marry MBh.; cf. {kRta-}); rarely m. sg. (p. i, 14, 24 Gaut. xxii, 29)
f. sg. (BhP. vii, 14, ii) and n. pl. (Pac. i, 450).
daaraa = woman
daaridrya = poverty
daars'a* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{darza}) relating to the new moon or the nnew mmoon sacrifice Kaus3. 24; m. (scil.
%{yajJa}) the nnew moon ssacrifice Mn. vi, 9.
daaru = (neut) tree, wood
daaruNa * = mf({A}, once {I})n. hard, harsh (opp. {mRdu}) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; rough, sharp, severe, cruel, pitiless;
dreadful, frightful; intense, violent Mn. MBh. R. S'ak. Pac. &c.; (in comp. or {-am} before a vb. to express excellence
or superiority cf. g. {kASThA7di}); m. Plumbago Zeylanica L.; n. harshness, severity, horror MBh.; {-Naka} n. N. of a
disease of the roots of the hair Sus'r.; {-Nya} n. harshness (of sound, TPrat. ii, 10).
daarvaaghaaTaH = (m) woodpecker
daasa* = 1 m. fiend, demon; N. of certain evil beings conquered by Indra (e.g. Namuci, Pipru, S'ambara, Varcin &c.)
RV.; savage, barbarian, infidel (also {dA4sa}, opp. to {Arya}; cf. {dasyu}); slave, servant RV. AV. Mn. &c.; a s'dra L.
Sch.; one to whom gifts may be made W.; a fisherman (v.l. for {dAza}); ifc. of names, esp. of S'dras and Kya-sthas
(but cf. also {kAli-}); ({I}) f. a female servant or slave AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; harlot L. Sch.; N. of a plant (= {nilA} or
{pItA jhintI}, {kAka-jaGghA}, {nIlA7mlANa} &c.) L.; an altar L.; N. of a river L.; ({dA4sa}) mf({I})n. fiendish,
demoniacal, barbarous, impious RV.\\ 2 m. a knowing man, esp. a knower of the universal spirit L.
daasharathiH = dasharatha's son
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
dadhaami = create
dadhichii = a sage who gave his bones to the gods to make a thunderbolt
dadhmuH = blew
dadhmau = blew
dagdha = burned, tormented, pained, consumed by grief or hunger, distressed; dry, insipid; inauspicious; miserable,
execrable
daghibaaga = (f) Chinese take-out
dah *= 1 cl. 1. P%{dahati} (ep. a1so A1.; p. %{da4hati} impf. %{a4dahat}; aor "' %{adhAk} RV. ii, 15, 4; 1 .sg. %{kSam} MBh. vii; 3. pl %{-kskur} Katha1s.; Subj. %{dhAk} RV. i, 158, 4; 2. sg. %{dhakSi}, iv, 4, 4; p. %{dha4kSat} [also
nom. m.], vi, 3, 4 x, 91, 7 %{da4hSat}, i, 130, 8; fut. %{dhakSyati} [Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh. Ka1r. 6] MBh. [Pot.
%{dhakSyet}, i, 8383] &c.; %{dahiSy-}, i, 2120 BhP. iv Prasan3g. xix, 7; inf. %{dagdhum}) to burn, consume by fire,
scorch roast RV. &c.; to cauterise Sus3r.; to consume, destroy completely Mn. vii, 9 MBh. &c.; to torment, torture, pain,
distress, disturb, grieve MBh. &c.: Pass. %{dahyate} (%{-ti} Ma1nGr2. ii, 15 MBh. if., xiif.); to be burnt, burn, be in
flames AV. Nir. &c.; to be consumed by fire or destroyed Mn. vi, 71; to be inflamed (a wound) Sus3r. i, 28; to be
consumed by internal heat or grief, suffer pain, be distressed or vexed MBh. &c.; Caus. %{dAhayati} to burn or be
burned Mn. Ya1jn5. i, 89 MBh. &c.; to cause to be cooked Hariv. 15523 (aor. pl. %{adIdahan}): Desid. %{didhakSati}
(cf. %{-kSA}, %{-kSu}) to be about to burn or consume or destroy MBh. i-iv R. (p. %{-kSamANa}): Desid. Caus. (p. %{kSayat}) to cause any one to make efforts to burn Bhat2t2. iii, 33: Intens. %{dandahIti}, %{-hyate} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 24; 7-4,
86) to burn or destroy completely Hariv. 8726 BhP. vi, 8, 21 (Impv. %{-dagdhi}) S3is3. Prasannar. vi, 32 and 48; A1. to
be burnt completely Hariv. 7040 BhP. Pan5cat. i, 8, 23/24 [cf. Lith. {degu4}, I am hot "'; Goth. {dag-s}; Old Germ.
{ta1h-t}, `" a wick "'].\\dah 2 mfn. `" burning "' see %{uza4-}.
dahana *= mf(%{I})n. burning, consuming by fire, scorching, destroying (chiefly ifc.) Hariv. BhP. Bhartr2.; (said of the
%{dhAraNA} of fire) Goraksh. 164; m. fire (of three kinds), Agni Kaus3. MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Hora1s3.); the numeral three
VarBr2S. Su1ryas.; one of the 5 forms of fire in the Sva1ha1-ka1ra Hariv. 10465; a pigeon L.; Plumbago zeylanica L.; Anacardium
officinarum L.; N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2536; N. of a Rudra, i MatsyaP.; n. burning, consuming by fire Kaus3. 80 R.
vii Ragh. &c.; cauterising Sus3r.; sour gruel Npr.; (%{A}) f. N. of part of the moon's course VarBr2S. ix, 1-3 Sch.; (%{I}) f.
Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.dahat.h = one that burns
dahati = (1 pp) to burn, to pain
dahra *= 1 mfn. small, fine, thin, Na1-rUp. A1p. i, 9, 23 (%{-re@para-rAtre}, in the shorter half of the night "');
(%{a4m}, n) ind. little TS. vii, 5, 3, 1; n. the cavity of the heart BhP. iii; vi, 9.\\ 2 m. a wood on fire Un2. vr2.; fire ib.
daihya *= nif(%{A})n. being in the body (%{At}, nan) ib.; m. the soul ib.
Daitya = a demon son of Diti
DaityaanaaM = of the demons
dainya *= n. wretchedness, affliction, depression, miserable state MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c.; meanness, covetousness W.
dainyayoga = Combination of planets (Yoga) which give rise to poverty. Usually it is caused by the malefic conjunctions
of house lords with the lords of the 6th, 8th or 12th houses
daiva = destiny
daivaM = in worshiping the demigods
daivaH = godly
daivii = transcendental
daiviiM = divine
Sanskrit Dictionary
dal* = (= {dRR}) cl. l. {-lati} [pf. {dadAla}] Bhathth. xiv; aor. pl. {adAliSur}, xv) to, crack, fly open, split, open (as a
bud) Sus'r. ii, 16 Sis'. ix, 15 Bhm. i, 4 Amar. Gt. Dhrtas.: Caus. {dAlayati}, to cause to burst Sus'r. Bhathth.: {dal-}
id., Anargh. Gt. i, 8 Sch. [471, 2]; to expel Mlatm. viii, 1 Kaths. lviii, 8; cii, 58; cf. {ava-}, {ud-}, {vi-}.
Dam * = cl. 1. P. (p. %{-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.
dam * = 1 cl.4. %{dAmyati} (Pa1n2. 7-3, 74; ind. p. %{dAntvA} and %{damitvA}, 2, 56; aor. Pass. %{adami}, 3, 34
Ka1s3.; P. %{-mit} Bhat2t2. xv, 37) to be tamed or tranquillised S3Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv. %{dA4myata}); to tame,
subdue, conquer MBh. vii, 2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. %{damitvA}) Bhat2t2.: cl. 9. irreg. (? Subj. 2. sg. %{da4nas})
id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus. %{damayati} (p. %{-ma4yat}; A1. Pa1n2. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower RV. vii, 6; x, 74, 5 AV.v,
20, 1 MBh. Ra1jat.; Desid. see %{dAn}; [cf. $, $; Lat. {domare} &c.]\\ 2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. %{damAm});
%{pa4tir@da4n} (gen. sg.) = %{da4m-patis}, 99, 6; 105, 2; i, 149, 1; 153, 4; %{pa4ti@da4n} = %{da4m-patI}, 120, 6;
%{zi4zur@da4n} `" a child of the house "', x, 61, 20; [cf. $ &c.]
da.nDaH = punishment
da.ntii = the tusked one
da.nsh.h = to bite
da.nshhTra = tooth
da.nshhTraa = (fem) tooth, fang
dakaraakSasa* = m. a water-Rkshasa DivyA7v. viii, 262 ff.
dakalaavaNika* = mfn. prepared with water and salt L.
Dakaara* = m. the letter {D} TPrt. iv, 38 Sch.
dakaara* = m. the letter or sound {d}.
Daaka* = m. an imp attending Kl Klac. v, 38.
daka* = n. = {ud-}, water Phetk. xvii; cf. {dagA7rgala}.
dakhiNa = right side
daksha = a lord of created beings
dakshaH = expert* = mf({A})n. able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous, industrious, intelligent RV. &c.; strong,
heightening or strengthening the intellectual faculties (Soma), ix f.; passable (the Ganges) MBh. xiii, 1844; suitable
BhP. iv, 6, 44 Bhartri. iii, 64; right (opposed to left) RmatUp. i, 22 Phetk. i; m. ability, fitness, mental power, talent (cf.
{-kratu4}), strength of will, energy, disposition RV. AV. VS.; evil disposition RV. iv, 3, 13; x, 139, 6; a particular form of
temple Hcat. ii, 1, 390; a general lover W.; a cock Car. i, vi; N. of a plant L.; fire L.; Siva's bull L.; N. of an ditya
(identified with Praj-pati TS. iii S'Br. ii; father of Kriittik S'ntik.) RV. if., x Nir. ii, xi; N. of one of the Praj-patis
(MBh. xii, 7534 Hariv. VP. i, 7, 5 and 22, 4 BhP.iii, 12, 22 MatsyaP. cvl, 15 KrmaP. &c. S'ak. vii, 27; born from
Brahm's right thumb MBh. i, xii Hariv. &c.; or from A-ja "', the unborn "' BhP. iv, 1, 47; or son of Pra-cetas or of the of
10 Pra-cetasas, whence called Prcetasa MBh. i, xii f. Hariv. 101 VP. i, 15; father of 24 daughters by Pra-sti VP. i, 7, 17
ff. BhP. &c.; of 50 [or 60 MBh. xii, 61 36 R. iii, 20, 10; or 44 Hariv. 1 1521 ff.] daughters of whom 27 become the Moos
wives, forming the lunar asterisms, and 13 [or 17 BhP.; or 8 R.] those of Kas'yapa, becoming by this latter the mothers
of gods, demons, men, and animals, while 10 are married to Dharma Mn. ix, 128f. MBh. i, ix; xii, 7537ff. Hariv. VP. &c.;
celebrating a great sacrifice [hence {dakSa sya4yana}, `" N. of a sacrifice "' Mn. vi, 10] to obtain a son, he omitted, with
the disapproval of Dadhca, to invite Siva, who ordered Vira-bhadra to spoil the sacrifice Hariv. 12212 [identified with
Vishnu] ff. VyuP.i, 30, = BrahmaP. i LingaP. MatsyaP. xiii VmP. ii-v S'ivaP. i, 8 Ks'Kh. lxxxvii ff.; named among the
Vis've-devs Hariv. 11542 VyuP.; Briihasp. [Hcat] &c.); N. of a son of Garuda MBh. v, 3597; of a man with the patr.
Prvati S'Br. ii, 4, 4, 6; of a law-giver Yj. i, 5 Mn. ix, 88 Sch. &c.; of a son of Us'i-nara BhP. ix, 23, 2; of one of the 5
Knyakubja Brhmans from whom the Bengal Brhmansare said to have sprung Kshiti7s'. i, 13 and 41; ({A}) f. the earth
L.; cf. {a-tUta-}, {dina4-}, {samAna4}; {su-da4kSa}; {mArga-dakSaka}; {dAkSAya4n}; $; Lat. {dex-ter}; Goth.
{taiksvs}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
dAkSa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dakSa}) relating to Daksha (Hariv.) or to Dkshi (Pn. 4-2, 112); southern, dwelling in the
south SS'ankar.; m. or n. the south (in {-SasyA7yana} n. the sus progress towards ssouth, the winter solstice and
sacrifice then performed Mn. vi, 10 [v.l. {dakS-}]); m. pl. N. of the disciples of a partic. school (see {kumArI-d-}).
dakshiNa = South * = (also {-Na4} S'Br.) mf({A})n. (declined as a pron. when denoting relative position [`" right "' or,
southern "'] KtyS'r. As'vGri. &c.; cf. Pn. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; but not necessarily in abl. and loc. sg. m. n. [{-Ne} KtyS'r.
Mn. ii, 63] and nom. pl. m.; except Hariv: 12390) able, clever, dexterous Pn. 1-1, 34 Ks'. S'atr. (ifc.); right (not left)
RV. AV. VS. &c. ({-NaM parI7}, to walk round a person with the right side towards him "' BhP. iv, 12, 25; {-maMkR}, to
place any one on the right side as a mark of respect "', i, viii); south, southern (as being on the right side of a person
looking eastward), situated to the south, turned or directed southward AV. VS. &c.; coming from south (wind) Sus'r.
Ragh. iv, 8; (with {AmnAya}) the southern sacred text (of the Tntrikas), Kularn. iii; straightforward, candid, sincere,
pleasing, compliant MBh. iv, 167 R. S'ak.iv, 18 Sh. iii, 35 Pratpar. BrahmaP.; m. the right (hand or arm) RV. i, viii, x
TS. v; the horse on the, right side of the pole of a carriage, i, x VS. ix, 8; S'iva; m. or n. the south Nal. ix, 23 R. iv; n. the
righthand or higher doctrine of the S'ktas Kula7rn. ii; ({am}) ind. to the right R. ii, 92, 13; ({A}) f. (scil. {go}), able to
calve and give milk "', a prolific cow, good milch-cow RV. AV.; a fee or present to the officiating priest (consisting
originally of a cow cf. Kty S'r. xv Lthy. viii, 1, 2 ). RV. Rc.; Donation to the priest (personified along with brhmanaspati, Indra, and Soma, i, 18, 5; x, 103, 8; authoress of x, 107 RAnukr.; wife of Sacrifice [Ragh. i, 31 BhP. ii, 7, 21, both
being children of Ruci and Akti, iv, l, 4 f. VP. i, 7, 18 f.); reward RV. viii, 24, 2I; (offered to the Guru) MBh. v Ragh. v,
20 Kaths. iv, 93 f.; ({-NAm A-} {diz}, to thank "' DivyA7v. vii, 104; Caus. to earn thanks, i); a gift, donation (cf.
{abhaya-}, {prA7Na-}) Mn. iii R. ii; (scil. {diz}) the south, Deccan L.; a figure of Durg having the right side prominent
W.; completion of any rite ({pra-tiSThA}) L.; ({e}) loc. ind. on the right side Hemac.; ({At}) abl. ind. from or on the
right side Pn. 5-3, 4; from the south, southward ib.; ({ena}) instr. ind. on the right or south (35), on the right side of or
southward from (acc.; ii, 3, 31) S'Br. KtyS'r. MBh. &c. (with {kR}, to place or leave on the right BhP. v, 21, 8); ({ais})
instr. ind. to the right Kaus'. 77; [cf. Lith. {de4szine7} f. the right hand. "']
dakshiNaattaat.h = from the southern direction
dakshiNaayanaM = when the sun passes on the southern side
dakshiNe = in the southern direction
dakshiNeshvara = Dakshineshvar, place near Calcutta
danta* = m. (fr. &) = {da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28; ifc., {al} [Kaths. xxi Caurap.] or {I} [MBh. ix
Mriicch. x, 13 VarBriS. Ghath.] Pn. 4-1, 55); the number 32 Ganit.; an elephant's tusk, ivory MBh. R. &c. [468, 3]; the
point (of an arrow? {atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8; the peak or ridge of a mountain, Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas'arm. vii, 32; an
arbour S'is'. iv, 40; a pin used in playing a lute, Haravij. i, 9; ({i}) f. = {-tikA} Sus'r. VarBriS.; (in music) N. of a
composition; cf. {ibha-dantA}; {kuDmala-} and {krUra-a-dantI} &c.
daNDa = a staff, also monetary punishment for wrong doing\\* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {d4ru} and {dRR}) m.
(n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred
thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-},
{bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNrP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-},
{khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.)
AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a lute which holds the
strings S'nkhS'r. xvii; the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure
of length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MrkP.il; N. of a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kals) BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of
a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri.
Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and
sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.), control,
restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MrkP. xli, 22]; {tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a symbol of judicial
authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal; chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine)
TndyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of Dharma
and Kriy VP. i, 7, 27 MrkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and
{zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by Arjuna (brother of {dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f.
Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr
dANDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di}); ({A}) f. a partic.
Sanskrit Dictionary
game with sticks Pn. 4-2, 57 Ks'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi}); multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.
daNDaM = stick(walking)
dandas'uuka *= mfn. (iii, 2, 166) mordacious VS. TS. S3Br. MBh.; malignant, v, 1245 Car.iii, 8; m. a snake Ya1jn5. iii,
197 MBh. xiv BhP.iv-vii; N. of a hell infested by serpents, v, 26; of a Ra1kshasa L.
daNDaasana = the staff posture
daNDii = Dandii
dala = leaf
dalam.h = (n) flower petal
Dam* = cl. 1. P. (p. {-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.
dam* =1 cl.4. {dAmyati} (Pn. 7-3, 74; ind. p. {dAntvA} and {damitvA}, 2, 56; aor. Pass. {adami}, 3, 34 Ks'.; P. {-mit}
Bhathth. xv, 37) to be tamed or tranquillised S'Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv. {dA4myata}); to tame, subdue, conquer MBh. vii,
2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. {damitvA}) Bhathth.: cl. 9. irreg. (? Subj. 2. sg. {da4nas}) id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus.
{damayati} (p. {-ma4yat}; . Pn. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower RV. vii, 6; x, 74, 5 AV.v, 20, 1 MBh. Rjat.; Desid. see
{dAn}; [cf. $, $; Lat. {domare} &c.]
dam* =2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. {damAm}); {pa4tir da4n} (gen. sg.) = {da4m-patis}, 99, 6; 105, 2; i, 149, 1; 153,
4; {pa4ti da4n} = {da4m-patI}, 120, 6; {zi4zur da4n} `" a child of the house "', x, 61, 20; [cf. $ &c.]
dama = self-control *= m. (or n.) house, home ($, Lat. {domus}) RV. AV. vii (also %{puru-da4ma} q.v.) VS. viii, 24;
mfn. ifc. `" taming, subduing "' see %{ariM-}, %{gaM-} %{baliM-}; m. self-command, self-restraint, selfcontrol S3Br.
xiv, 8, 2, 4 (%{-ma4}, but cf. Pa1n2. 7-3, 34 Ka1s3.) TUp. KenUp. Mn. &c.; taming L.; punishment, fine, viii f. Ya1jn5. ii,
4 BhP.; N. of a brother of Damayanti1 Nal. i, 9; of a Maha-rshi MBh. xiii, 1762; of a son of Daksha, i Sch.; of a grandson
[or son BhP. ix, 2, 29] of Marutta VP. iv, 1, 20 Ma1rkP. cxxxiv Va1yuP.; cf. %{dur-}, %{su-}.
damaH = control of the senses
damayataaM = of all means of suppression
dambha = of pride* m. N. of a man Rjat. viii, 1135; ({A}) f. N. of a weapon Buddh. L. * m. deceit, fraud, feigning,
hypocrisy Mn. iv, 163 MBh. &c.; Deceit (son of A-dharma and Mriish BhP.iv, 8, 2) Prab.ii; Indra's thunder bolt L.;
S'iva; N. of a prince ({darbha} AgP.; {rambha} VP.) PadmaP.
dambhaH = pride
dambhena = out of pride
daNDa* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {d4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick, staff, rod, pole,
cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `"
trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNrP.
xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the
handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.) AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see
{mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a lute which holds the strings S'nkhS'r. xvii; the stick with which a lute is
played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MrkP.il; N.
of a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kals) BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a planet
"' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line
(cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn.
vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.), control, restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MrkP. xli, 22];
{tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii
Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal;
chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TndyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3];
pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of Dharma and Kriy VP. i, 7, 27 MrkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N.
of an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7
Sanskrit Dictionary
TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii;
of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr
danDadiipa = (m) tubelight
danDayati = (10 up) to punish
danta *= m. (fr. &) = %{da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28; ifc., %{al} [Katha1s. xxi Caurap.] or %{I} [MBh. ix
Mr2icch. x, 13 VarBr2S. Ghat2.] Pa1n2. 4-1, 55); the number 32 Gan2it.; an elephant's tusk, ivory MBh. R. &c. [468,3];
the point (of an arrow? %{atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8; the peak or ridge of a mountain, Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas3arm. vii, 32;
an arbour S3is3. iv, 40; a pin used in playing a lute, Haravij. i, 9; (%{i}) f. = %{-tikA} Sus3r. VarBr2S.; (in music) N. of
a composition; cf. %{ibha-dantA}; %{kuDmala-} and %{krUra-a-dantI} &c.
dantaH = (m) tooth
dantapaalii = (f) gums
dantacAla* = m. looseness of the teeth Sus'r.iv, 39.
dantakAra* = m. an ivory worker R. ii.
dantajAha* = n. the root of a tooth g. {karNA7di}
dantapattra* = n. a kind of ear-ring
dara* = (Pn. 3-3, 58) mfn. ( {dRR}) ifc., cleaving, breaking see {puraM-dara4}, {bhagaM-}; m. (g. {ardharcA7di},
{uJchA7du}) = {-rI} R. ii, 96, 4; a conch-shell BhP. i, vf., x Kramadp.; m. the navel Gal.; `" stream "' see {asRg-}; fear
MBh. v, 4622; n. poison (v.l. {dhara}) L.; ({I}) f. a hole in the ground, cave MBh. R. Hariv. Kum. &c.; ({am}) ind. a little
Bhartri. iii, 24.
darbha * = m. (2. {dRbh}) a tuft or bunch of grass (esp. of Kus'a grass; used for sacrificial purposes) RV. i, 191, 3 AV.
&c.; N. of a grass (different from Kus'a and Ks'a Sus'r. i, 38; Saccharum cylindricum W.) Lalit. xvii, 89 Sus'r.; (Pn. 41, 102; g. {kurv-Adi} v.l.) N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 1 (s'vGri. Kty. &c.); `" of a prince "' see {dambha}.
dari // daari *: splitting, opening, tearing asunder
daridrataa = poverty; shortage
darpa = pride (masc) *= m. (2. %{dRp}) pride, arrogance, haughtiness, insolence, conceit Mn. viii MBh. &c. (pl.
Sa1ntis3. iv, 22); Pride (son of A-dharma and S3ri1 MBh. xii, 3388 Ma1rkP. l, 25; of Dharma VP. i, 7, 26 BhP. iv, 1, 51;
musk Hcat. i, 7, 1311; cf. %{ati-}, %{sa-}
darpaM = pride
darpaH = arrogance
darpaNa *= m. (g. %{nandy-Adi}) `" causing vanity "', a mirror Hariv. 8317 R. ii S3ak. &c.; ifc. `" Mirror "' (in names
of works) e.g. %{AtaGka-}, %{dAna-}, %{sAhitya-}; = %{dAna-} Smr2itit. iv; N. of a measure (in music); of a mountain
(seat of Kubera), Ka1IP.; of Siva MBh. xiii, 1194; n. the eye L.; repetition VarBr2S. iii, 11 Sch.; kindling W.; Nom. P. %{Nati}, to represent a mirror.
darpaNaH = (m) mirror
darbha = a sweet-smelling dried grass
dars'a * = mfn. ( %{dris}) ifc. `" looking at, viewing "' see %{avasAna-}, %{Adinava-}, and %{vadhU-darza4}, %{tattva}; `" showing "' see %{Atma-}; m. `" appearance "' see %{ca4dir-darza4}, %{dur-}, %{prity-}; (g. %{pacA7di}) the moon
when just become visible, day of new moon, halfmonthly sacrifice performed on that day AV.; (parox.) TS. TBr. & S3Br.
ix Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. &c. (n. MBh. iii, 14206); (Day of) New Moon (son of Dha1tr2i BhP. vi, 18, 3; of Kr2ishn2a, x, 61,
14; N. of a Sa1dhya Va1yuP. ii, 5, 6); du. = %{pUrNamAsa4} TS. Sch.
Sanskrit Dictionary
dars'ana = seeing * =darzana mf({I})n. showing. Pn. 5-2, 6; ifc. seeing, looking at (see {tulya-}, {deva-}, {sama-}.)
Ragh. xi, 93; `" knowing see {dharma-}; exhibiting, teaching MBh. i, 583 BhP. v, 4, 11; n. seeing, observing, looking,
noticing, observation, perception RV. i, 116, 23 S'Br. xiv S'nkhGri. v, 5 MBh. &c. [471, 1]; ocular perception Sus'r. iv, 27;
the eye-sight, vi, 17; inspection, examination Yj. 1, 328 Hariv. 5460; visiting Yj. i, 84 Kaths. iii, 8; audience,
meeting (with gen. Cn.; instr. with or without {saha} Vet.; in comp. Ragh. xii, 60 S'ak. v, 5/6; vii, 25/26 Rjat. vi, 43;
experiencing BhP. i, 8, 25; foreseeing Ragh. viii, 71; contemplating Mn. viii, 9 and 23; apprehension, judgment S'ak. iii,
6/7 discernment, understanding, intellect Mn. vi, 74 Yj. i, 8 Bhag. &c.; opinion Mlav. v, 13/14 Km. ii, 6; intention
(cf. {pApa-}) R. i, 58, 18; view, doctrine, philosophical system (6 in number, viz. [Prva-] Mmns by Jaim. UttaraMmns by Bdar.; Nyya by Gotama Vais'eshika by Kana7da Snkhya by Kap.; Yoga by Pat.) MBh. xii, 11045 f. BhP.
&c.; the eye Sus'r. v, 8 S'ak. iv, 6 Prab. iii, 10; the becoming visible or known, presence s'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. ii, 101; iv Yj.
i, 131; ii, 170 MBh. &c.; appearance (before the judge) Mn. viii, 158 Yj. ii, 53 Km.; the being mentioned (in any
authoritative text) Kty. S'r. i, xxvi Lthy. vi, ix Bdar. i, s, 25 MBh. xiv, 2700; a vision, dream Hariv. 1285 Hit. iii, 0/1;
ifc. appearance, aspect, semblance Mn. ii, 47 MBh. (Nal. ii, 3; xii, 18 and 44) R. Ragh. iii, 57; colour L.; showing (cf.
{danta-}) Bhartri. ii, 26 Dhrtas. i, 35/11 a mirror L.; a sacrifice L.; = {dharma} L.; ({I}) f. Durg Hariv. 10238; N. of an
insect Npr.; cf. {a-}, {su-}.
darshanaM = sight, Darshan
darshanakaankshiNaH = aspiring to see
darshanaaya = for seeing
darshaniiya = handsome
darshanena = at the sight of
darshaya = show
darshayaamaasa = showed
darshitaM = shown
darshinaH = seers
darshibhiH = by the seers
darvii = (f) serving spoon, ladle
Dasa* = mfn. id. g. {tRNA7di}.
dasa* = m. a demon, vi, 21, 11.
das'a = (adj) ten* =1 ifc. for {-zA} ({ajpa-}, {udag-} &c.) \\=2 ifc. ({tri-}, {dvi-}, {nir-}) and in comp. for {-zan} ({as}) f.
pl. `" Decads "'N. of 10 Jain texts ({upA7saka-}. &c.) consisting of 10 chs. each.
das'aa * =f. ( {daMz}?) the fringe of a garment, loose ends of any piece of cloth, skirt or hem KtyS'r. iv, 1, 17 ({UrNA})
Lthy. viii, 6, 22 Kaus'. S'nkhGri. ii, 12, 5 Mn. &c.; a wick Gobh. iv, 2, 32 ({kSauma-}) Kum. iv, 30 Bhartri. iii, i; state or
condition of life, period of life (youth, manhood, &c.), condition, circumstances R. Pacat. Megh. &c.; the fate of men
as depending on the position of the planets, aspect or position of the planets (at birth &c.) VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj.; the
mind L.; cf. {vastra-}; i. {daza}.
dashati = (1 pp) to bite
dashanavihiinaM = dashana+vihInaM, teeth+bereft
dashanaantareshhu = between the teeth
dashamukhaantakaH = the finisher (destroyer) of the ten-faced one (rAvaNa)
dasharatha = dasharatha's
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
devi = Goddess
devii = Goddess * = f. (cf. {deva4}) a female deity, goddess RV. AitBr. MBh. &c. (e.g. Ushas RV. vii, 75, 5; Sarasvat, v,
41, 17; Svitr, the wife of Brahm MBh.; Durg, the wife of S'iva MBh. Hariv. Kv. &c.; the 4 goddesses of Buddhists
are Rocan, Mmaki, Pndur and Tr Dharmas. iv); N. of nymph beloved by the Sun L.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818;
(with Jainas) the mother of 18th Arhat of present Ava-sarpin L.; queen, princess lady (the consecrated wife or
daughter of a king, but also any woman of high rank) MBh. Kv. &c.; a kind of bird (= {zyAmA}) L.; a partic.
supernatural power (= {kuNDalinI}) Cat.; worship, reverence W.; N. of plants (colocynth, a species of cyperus,
Medicago Esculenta &c.) L
devesha = O Lord of all lords
deveshhu = amongst the demigodsdava *= a wood on fire B; fire; burning, heat = (water)
deyaM = is to be given
deyam.h = to be given
desha = country
deshe = land
dhaa * = 1 cl. 3. P. . {da4dhAti}, {dhatte4} RV. &c. &c. (P. du. {dadhva4s}, {dhattha4s}, {dhatta4s} [Pn. 8-2, 38]; pl.
{dadhma4si} or {-ma4s}, {dhattha4}, {dAdhati}; impf. {a4dadhAt} pl. {-dhur}, 2. pl. {a4dhatta} or {a4dadhAta} RV. vii,
33, 4; Subj. {da4dhat} or {-dhAt} [Pn. 7-3, 70 Ks'.], {-dhas}, {-dhatas}, {-dhan}; Pot. {dadhyA4t}; Impv. {dAdhAtu}
pl. {-dhatu}; 2. sg. {dhehi4} [fr. {dhaddhi}; cf. Pn. 6-4, 119] or {dhattAt} RV. iii, 8, 1; 2. pl. {dhatta4}, i, 64, 15,
{dhattana}, i, 20, 7, {da4dhAta}, vii, 32, 13, or {-tana}, x, 36, 13 [cf. Pn. 7-1, 45 Sch.]; p. {da4dhat}, {-ti} m. pl. {-tas};
. 1. sg. {dadhe4} [at once 3. sg. = {dhatte4} RV. i, 149, 5 &c. and= pf..], 2. sg. {dha4tse}, viii, 85, 5 or {dhatse4} AV. v,
7, 2; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}; 2. pl. {-dhidhve4} [cf. pf.]; 3. pl. {da4dhate} RV. v, 41, 2; impf. {a4dhatta}, {tthAs}; Subj. {da4dhase}, viii, 32, 6 [Pn. 3-4, 96 Ks'.]; Pot. {da4dhIta} RV. i, 40, 2 or {dadhIta4}, v, 66, 1; Impv. 2. sg.
{dhatsva}, x, 87, 2 or {dadhiSva}, iii, 40, 5 &c.; 2. pl. {dhaddhvam} [Pn. 8-2, 38 Ks'.] or {dadhidhvam} RV. vii, 34, 10,
&c.; 3. pl. {dadhatAm} AV. viii, 8, 3; p. {da4dhAna}); rarely cl. 1. P. . {dadhati}, {-te} RV. MBh.; only thrice cl. 2. P.
{dhA4ti} RV.; and once cl. 4. . Pot. {dhAyeta} MaitrUp. (pf.P. {dadhau4}, {-dhA4tha}, {-dhatur}, {-dhimA84}, {-dhur}
RV. &c.; . {dadhe4} [cf. pr.], {dadhiSe4} or {dhiSe} RV. i, 56, 6; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}, 2. pl. {dadhidhve4}
[cf. pr.]; 3. pl. {dadhire4}, {dadhre}, x, 82, 5; 6, or {dhire}, i, 166, 10 &c.; p. {da4dhAna} [cf. pr.]; aor. P. {a4dhAt},
{dhA4t}, {dhA4s}; {adhu4r}, {dhu4r} RV. &c.; Pot. {dheyAm}, {-yur}; {dhetana} RV. TBr.; 2. sg. {dhAyIs} RV. i, 147, 5;
Impv. {dhA4tu} [cf. Pn. 6-i, 8 Vrtt. 3 Pat.]; 2. pl. {dhA4ta} or {-tana}, 3. pl. {dhAntu} RV.; . {adhita}, {-thAs},
{adhItAm}, {adhImahi}, {dhImahi}, {dhimahe}, {dhAmahe} RV.; 3. sg. {ahita}, {hita} AV. Tr.; Subj. {dhe4the} RV. i,
158, 2, {dhaithe}, vi, 67, 7; Impv. {dhiSvA84}, ii, 11, 18, &c.; P. {adhat} SV.; {dhat} RV.; P. {dhAsur} Subj. {-sathas} and
{-satha} RV.; . {adhiSi}, {-Sata} Br.; Pot. {dhiSIya} ib. [P. vii, 4, 45]; {dheSIya} MaitrS.; fut. {dhAsyati}, {-te} or
{dhAtA} Br. &c.; inf. {dhA4tum} Br. &c.; Ved. also {-tave}, {-tavai4}, {-tos}; {dhiya4dhyai} RV.; Class. also {-dhitum};
ind. P. {dhitvA4} Br.; {hitvA} [Pn. 7-4, 42], {-dhA4ya} and {-dhA4m} AV.: Pass. {dhIya4te} RV. &c. [Pn. 6-4, 66], p.
{dhIya4mAna} RV. i, 155, 2 [513, 3]; aor. {a4dhAyi}, {dhA4yi} RV. [Pn. 7-3, 33 Ks'.]; Prec. {dhAsISTa} or
{dhAyiSISTa} [vi, 4, 62]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with {daNDam}, to inflict punishment on
[with loc. MBh. v, 1075, with gen. R. v, 28, 7]; with {tat-padavyAm padam}, to put one's foot in another's footstep i.e.
imitate, equal Kvya7d. ii. 64); to take or bring or help to (loc. or dat.; with {Are4}, to remove) RV. AV. S'Br.; (.) to
direct or fix the mind or attention ({cintAm}, {manas}, {matim}, {samAdhim} &c.) upon, think of (loc. or dat.), fix or
resolve upon (loc. dat. acc. with {prati} or a sentence closed with {iti}) RV. Mn. MBh. Kv. BhP.; to destine for, bestow
on, present or impart to (loc. dat. or gen.) RV. Br. MBh. &c. (Pass. to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share
RV. i, 81, 3); to appoint, establish, constitute RV. S'Br.; to render (with double acc.) RV. vii, 31, 12 Bhartri. iii. 82; to
make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute RV. TBr. S'vetUp. &c. (aor. with {pUrayAm},
{mantrayAm}, {varayAm} &c. = {pUrayAm} &c. {cakAra}); to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on
(clothes) RV. AV. Kv. BhP. &c.; (.) to accept, obtain, conceive (esp. in the womb), get, take (with {o4kas} or {ca4nas},
to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dat.]) RV. AV. Br.; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo RV.
Hariv. Kv. Hit.etc.: Caus. {-dhApayati} Pn. 7-3, 36 (see {antar-dhA}, {zrad-dhA} &c.): Desid. {dhi4tsati}, {-te} (Pn.
7-4, 54), to wish to put in or lay on (loc.) RV. AitBr. (Class. Pass. {dhitsyate}; {dhitsya} see s.v.); {di4dhiSati}, {-te}, to
wish to give or present RV.; (.) to wish to gain, strive after (p. {di4dhiSANa}, x, 114, 1) ib.: with {avadya4m}, to bid
defiance ib. iv, 18, 7 (cf. {didhiSA4yya}, {didhiSu4}): Intens. {dedhIyate} Pn. 6-4, 66. [Cf. Zd. {d}, {dadaiti}; Gk. $;
&158945[513, 3] Lith. {dedu4}, {de4ti}; Slav. {dedja}, {diti}; Old Sax. {duan}, {do7n}, Angl. Sax. {do7n}, Engl. {do};
Germ. {tuan}; {tuon}, {thun}.]
Sanskrit Dictionary
dhaanya = grain
dhaa4na * = mfn. containing, holding (cf. {uda-}); n. receptacle, case, seat (cf. {agni-}, {kSura-}, {rajju-} &c.; {-nam
akto4s} prob. = womb or bosom of the night RV. iii, 7, 6); ({I}) f. = n. (cf. {aGgAra-}, {gopAla-}, {rAja-} &c.); the site of
a habitation L.; coriander L.; N. of a river L.; ({A4}) f. see s.v.
dhaanaaq4 * = f. corn, grain (originally the grains of seed from their being `" laid "' into and `" conceived "' by the earth
cf. 1. {dhA}, but usually = fried barley or rice or any grain fried and reduced to powder) RV. &c. &c.; coriander L.; bud,
shoot L.
dhaama = one who has the abode. *= 1 m. pl. N. of a class of superhuman beings MBh.; ii. abode &c. = %{dhAman}
L.\\ 2 in comp. for %{-man}, below.
dhaaman.h = (n) lustre
dhaaraNa* = mf({I})n. holding, bearing, keeping (in remembrance), retention, preserving, protecting, maintaining,
possessing, having (ifc. or with gen.) Tr. MBh. Sus'r.: BhP.; assuming the shape of (gen.), resembling MBh.xiii, 739;
m. N. of S'iva MBh.; of a son of Kas'yapa ib.; of a prince of the Candravatsas ib.; du. the two female breasts L.;
({dhA4raNa}) n. the act of holding, bearing &c. S'Br. Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; wearing (see {liGga-}); suffering, enduring
R.; keeping in remembrance, memory Tr. Mn. MBh. Hariv.: immovable concentration of the mind upon (loc.)
Veda7ntas.; restraining (cf. {zvAsa-}); keeping back i.e. pronouncing imperfectly Prt.; ({A} and {I}) f. see {dhAraNA}
and {-NI}.
dhaaraNaa* = f. (cf. {-Na}, col. 1) the act of holding, bearing, wearing, supporting, maintaining MBh. R.; retaining,
keeping back (also in remembrance), a good memory KathhUp. GriS. MBh. BhP.; collection or concentration of the
mind (joined with the retention of breath) Mn. MBh. Sus'r. Kv. Pur. &c.; cf. MWB. 239 ({-NAM-dhR}, to exercise
concentration Yj.; {-NAM gataH}, having composed one's self R.); understanding, intellect Yj. iii, 73; firmness,
steadfastness, righteousness L.; fixed preceptor settled rule, certainty Mn. MBh.; pl. the 8th to the 11th day in the light
half of month Jyaishthha Var.
dhaataa = supporter
dhaataaraM = the maintainer
dhaataaram.h = the creator
dhaatu = verb
dhaatu * = 1 m. layer, stratum KtyS'r. Kaus'.; constituent part, ingredient (esp. [and in RV. only] ifc., where often= `"
fold "' e.g. {tri-dhA4tu}, threefold &c.; cf. {triviSTi-}, {sapta-}, {su-}) RV. TS. S'Br. &c.; element, primitive matter (=
{mahA-bhUta} L.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (usually reckoned as 5, viz. {kha} or {AkAza}, {anila}, {tejas}, {jala}, {bhU}; to
which is added {brahma} Yj. iii, 145; or {vijJAna} Buddh.); a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body
(distinct from the 5 mentioned above and conceived either as 3 humours [called also {doSa}] phlegm, wind and bile
BhP. [cf. {purISa}, {mAMsa}, {manas}, ChndUp. vi, 5, 1]; or as the 5 organs of sense, {indriyANi}.[cf. s.v. and MBh.
xii, 6842, where {zrotra}, {ghrANa}, {Asya}, {hRdaya} and {koSTha} are mentioned as the 5 dhdhtu of the human
body born from the either] and the 5 properties of the elements perceived by them, {gandha}, {rasa}, {rUpa}, {sparza}
and {zabda} L.; or the 7 fluids or secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen Sus'r. [L. {rasA7di} or {rasaraktA7di}, of which sometimes 10 are given, the above 7 and hair, skin, sinews BhP.]); primary element of the earth i.e.
metal, mineral, are (esp. a mineral of a red colour) Mn. MBh. &c. element of words i.e. grammatical or verbal root or
stem Nir. Prt. MBh. &c. (with the southern Buddhists {dhAtu} means either the 6 elements [see above] Dharmas. xxv;
or the 18 elementary spheres [{dhAtu-loka}] ib. lviii; or the ashes of the body, relics L. [cf. {-garbha}]). \\2 mfn. (
{dhe}) to be sucked in or drunk ({havis}) RV. v, 44, 3 f. = {dhenu}, milch cow Lthy. vii, 5, 9. \\3 n. (with {rauhiNa}) N.
of a Sman rshBr.
dhaatrii = (f) nurse
dhaatrI* = f. `" female supporter "', a nurse MBh. Kv. &c.; midwife Hit. iv, 61; mother Yj. iii, 82; the earth Var.
MBh. Hariv. &c.; Emblica Officinalis Var. Sus'r. (some derive it fr. {dhe} cf. {dhAyas} and Pn. 3-2, 181). [514,2]
dhaatra* = 1 n. receptacle, vessel L. \\2 mf({I})n. belonging to Dhtrii S'Br.
Sanskrit Dictionary
dhaaraNaa = concentration
dhaarayate = one sustains
dhaarayan.h = considering
dhaarayaami = sustain
dhaaraa = (fem) rain
dhaariNi = wearer
dhaartaraashhTrasya = for the son of Dhritarashtra
dhaartaraashhTraaH = the sons of Dhritarashtra
dhaartaraashhTraaNaaM = of the sons of Dhritarashtra
dhaartaraashhTraan.h = the sons of Dhritarashtra
dhaarma* = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{dharma}) relating to justice or virtue S3Br.; belonging to Dharma (god of justice)
MBh.\\Vr2iddhi form of %{dharma} in comp.
dhaarmiNa* = n. an assemblage of virtuous men g. {bhikSA7di} (iv, 2, 38).
dhaarmika* = mf({I})n. righteous, virtuous, pious, just Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; resting on right, conformable to justice
(mind, words &c.) R.; m. judge L.; a bigot Kd.; juggler Ratn.; a Bodhi-sattva L.
dhaarmikam.h = the religious one
dhaaryate = is utilized or exploited
dhaatR *= m. establisher, founder, creator, bearer, supporter (cf. %{vasu-}), orderer, arranger RV. &c. &c.; N. of a
divine being who personifies these functions (in Vedic times presiding over generation, matrimony, health, wealth, time
and season, and associated or identified with Savitr2i, Praja1-pati, Tvasht2r2i, Br2ihaspati, Mitra, Aryaman, Vishn2u
&c. RV. x AV. TS. S3Br. &c.; later chiefly the creator and maintainer of the world = Brahma1 or Praja1-pati MBh. Ka1v.
Pur.; in ep. one of the 12 A1dityas and brother of Vi-dha1tr2i and Lakshmi1, son of Brahma1 MBh.; or of Bhr2igu and
Khya1ti Pur.; Fate personified Ka1v.); one of the 49 winds VahniP.; paramour, adulterer Dal.; the 1-th or 44th year in
the cycle of Jupiter Cat.; N. of a R2ishi in the 4th Manv-antara Hariv. (C. %{dhAman}); of an author Cat.; (%{trI}) f.
see %{dhAtrI}. [Cf. Zd. {da1tar}; Gk. $: Slav. {de8teli}.] &159084[514,1]
dhaava* = mfn. washing, cleansing (ifc.; cf. {asi-}, {caila-}); m. see {danta-}.
dhaav.h = to run
dhairya = courage
dham *= or %{dhmA} cl. 1. P. %{dha4mati} (A1. %{-te} Up. MBh.; p. %{dhmAntas} = %{dhamantas} BhP. x, 12, 7;
perf. %{dadhmau}, 3. pl. A1. %{-mire} MBh.; aor. %{adhmAsIt} Ka1v.; Prec. %{dhmAyAt} or %{dhmeyAt} Gr.; fut.
%{dhamASyati} MBh.; %{dhmAsyati}, %{dhmAtA} Gr.; ind. p. %{-dhmA4ya} Br.) to blow (either intrans. as wind
[applied also to the bubbling Soma RV. ix, 73] or trans., as to blow a conchshell or any wind instrument) RV. &c. &c.; to
blow into (loc.) MBh. l, 813; to breathe out, exhale RV. ii, 34, 1 MBh. xiv, 1732; to kindle a fire by blowing RV. ii, 24, 7
MBh. ii, 2483; to melt or manufacture (metal) by blowing RV. &c. &c.; to blow or cast away MBh. v, 7209: Pass.
%{dhamyate}, ep. also %{-ti}, %{dhmAya4te}, %{-ti} (S3Br. MBh.) to be blown &c.: Caus. %{dhmApayati} MBh. (aor.
%{adidhmapat} Gr.; Pass. %{dhmApyate} MBh.) to cause to blow or melt; to consume by fire, reduce to cinder MBh.
Sus3r.: Desid. %{didhnAsati} Gr.: Intens. %{dedhmIyate} Pa1n2. 7-4, 31; %{dAdhmAyate}, p. %{-yamAna} being
violently blown (conch-shell) BhP. i, 11, 2. [Cf. Slav. {dumo} `" smoke "']
dhamana *V = dispeller, subduer * dhamana blowing with a bellows L.; blowing i. e. scaring away (cf. {mAyA-}); cruel
L.; m. reed Bhpr. [510, 1]; Azadirachta Indica L.; m. or n. a partic. high number Buddh.; n. melting (of ore).
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
daambhika * = mf(%{I})n. id.; m. a cheat, hypocrite Mn. MBh. Hariv.; Ardea Nivea L. (cf. %{baka}).
dhaara * = 1 mf({I})n. ( {dhR}) holding, supporting, containing (ifc.; cf. {karNa-}, {chattra-}, {tulA-} &c.); m. N. of
Vishnu L.; debt L.
dhaara * = 2 m. or n. (1. {dhAv}) stream, gush (cf. {taila-} [add.] and {toya-}); mfn. coming down in a stream or as rain
Sus'r. Bhpr.
dhaa4raa * = 1 f. stream or current of water; (cf. {tri-}, {dvi-}, {zata-}, {sahasra-}), flood, gush, jet, drop (of any liquid),
shower, rain (also fig. of arrows, flowers, &c.; {va4sor dh-}, `" source of goodN. of a partic. libation to Agni AV. S'Br.
MBh.; of a sacred bathing-place MBh.; of Agni's wife BhP.); a leak or hole in a pitcher &c. L.; the pace of horse S'is'. v,
60 (5 enumerated, viz. {dhorita}, {valgita}, {pluta}, {ut-tejita}, {ut-te7rita}, or {A-skandita}, {recita} for the two latter
L.; with {paramA}, the quickest pace Kaths. xxxi, 39); uniformity, sameness (as of flowing water?) L.; custom, usage
W.; continuous line or series (cf. {vana-}); fig. line of a family L.; N. of a sacred bathing-place (also with {mAhezvarI}
cf. above) MBh.; of a town (the residence of Bhoja) Cat.
dhaara * = 3 m. a sort of stone L.; edge. boundary L. (cf. 2. {dhArA}); deep place, depth W. (to 1. {dhAra}?).
dhaa4raa * = 2 f. (2. {dhAv}) margin, sharp edge, rim, blade (esp. of a sword, knife, &c.; fig. applied to the flame of fire)
RV. S'Br. MBh. Kv. &c.; the edge of a mountain L.; the rim of a wheel Ragh. xiii, 15; the fence or hedge of a garden L.;
the van of an army L.; the tip of the ear L.; highest point, summit (cf. {-rA7dhirUDha}) glory, excellence L.; night L.;
turmeric L.
dhaaraya * = mfn. holding, bearing &c. (Pa1n2. 3-1, 138); owing a sum (gen.) to (dat.) L.
dhaaraaya * = Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to be like a stream Amar. 20 Sch.
dhaarayadvat * = mfn. possessing the quality of sustaining or supporting (A1dityas) TS.
dhak 1 nom. fr. %{dagh} or %{dah} (cf. %{dakSiNa-dagh} and %{uza4-dah}).//2 an exclamation of wrath Uttarar. iv,
23.
dhanvan *= n. a bow RV. &c. (esp. ifc.; cf. %{asthi-}, %{ugra-}, %{kSipra-} &c., and Pa1n2. 5-4, 132 &c. Va1m. v, 2,
67); rain-bow Ma1nGr2. i, 4; the sign of the zodiac Sagittarius Jyot.; (also m.) dry soil, shore (%{samudasya}; cf.
%{dhanu}); a desert, a waste RV. &c. &c.; m. Alhagi Maurorum L.; N. of a country. BhP. (Cf. %{dhanu}, %{-nus}.
dhanvantari *= m. (for %{-vani-t-}), `" moving in a curve "'N. of a deity to whom oblations were offered in the northeast quarter Kaus3. 74 Mn. iii, 85 MBh. xiii, 4662 (where %{-tare} w.r. for %{-tareH}); of the sun MBh. iii, 155; the
physician of the gods (produced at the churning of the ocean with a cup of Amr2ita in his hands, the supposed author
of the A1yur-veda, who in a later existence is also called Divo-da1sa, king of Ka1s3i, and considered to be the founder of
the Hindu1 school of medicine) MBh. Hariv. R. Sus3r.; Pur Ra1jat. vii, 1392 (%{dhAnv-}); N. of the author of a medical
dictionary (perhaps the same mentioned among the 9 gems of the court of Vikrama7ditya) Cat.
dhAka * = m. an ox Un2. iii, 40 Sch.; a receptacle (= %{AdhAra}; v.l. %{AhAra}, food) ib.; a post L.; (%{A}) f. Pa1n2. 74, 13 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [cf. $].
dhara = earth
dharaM = wearing
dharaNa * = mf({I})n. bearing, supporting VS. Tr.; m. a dike or bank L.; the world L.; the sun L.; the female breast L.;
rice-corn L.; N. of a king of the Ngas S'atr.; m. or n. a sort of weight variously reckoned as= 10 Palas, = 16 silver
Mshakas, = 1 silver Purna, = 1/10 S'atamna, = 19 Nishpva, = 2/5 Karsha, = 1/10 Pala, = 24Raktik Mn. Yj. Sus'r.
Var. &c.; n. the act of bearing, holding, &c. Kv.; bringing, procuring (cf. {kAma-}); support, prop, stay (cf. {pRtkivI-},
{savana}.); a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. {dhamana}, {dhamara}); ({I}) f. see s.v.
dharaNi = earth
dharati = to wear
Sanskrit Dictionary
dharayet.h = bears
dharitri = earth
dhartaa.asi = are the bearer or support
dharma = religion * = 1 m. (rarely n. g. %{ardharcA7di}; the older form of the RV. is %{dha4rman} q.v.) that which is
established or firm, steadfast decree, statute, ordinance, law; usage, practice, customary observance or prescribed
conduct, duty; right, justice (often as a synonym of punishment); virtue, morality, religion, religious merit, good works
(%{dha4rmeNa} or %{-mAt} ind. according to right or rule, rightly, justly, according to the nature of anything; cf.
below; %{mesthita} mfn. holding to the law, doing one's duty) AV. &c. &c.; Law or Justice personified (as Indra S3Br.
&c.; as Yama MBh.; as born from the right breast of Yama and father of S3ama, Ka1ma and Harsha ib.; as Vishn2u
Hariv.; as Praja1-pati and son-in-law of Daksha Hariv. Mn. &c.; as one of the attendants of the Sun L.; as a Bull Mn.
viii, 16; as a Dove Katha1s. vii, 89, &c.); the law or doctrine of Buddhism (as distinguished from the %{saJgha} or
monastic order MWB. 70); the ethical precepts of Buddhism (or the principal %{dharma} called %{sUsra}, as
distinguished from the %{abhi-dharma} or, further dharma and from the %{vinaya} or `" discipline, these three
constituting the canon of Southern BBuddhism MWB. 61); the law of Northern BBuddhism (in 9 canonical
scriptures, viz. Prajn5a1-pa1ramita1, Gan2d2a-vyu1ha, Das3a-bhu1mi7s3vara, Samadhira1ja, Lan3ka7vata1ra,
Saddharma-pun2d2arika, Tathagata-guhyaka, Lalita-vistara, Suvarn2a-prabha1sa,ib. 69); nature, character, peculiar
condition or essential quality, property, mark, peculiarity (= %{sva-bhAva} L.; cf. %{daza-dh--gata} S3Br. &c. &c.;
%{upamAno7pameyayor@dh-}, the tertium comparationis Pa1n2. 2-1, 55 Sch.); a partic. ceremony MBh. xiv, 2623;
sacrifice L.; the ninth mansion Var.; an Upanishad L.; associating with the virtuous L.; religious abstraction, devotion
L.; = %{upamA} L. (cf. above); a bow Dharmas3.; a Soma-drinker L.; N. of the 15th Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1
L.; of a son of Anu and father of Ghr2ita Hariv.; of a sson of Ga1ndha1ra and ffather of Dhr2ita Pur.; of a sson of
Haihaya and ffather of Netra BhP.; of a sson of Pr2ithu-s3ravas and of Us3anas ib.; of a sson of Su-vrata VP. (cf.
%{dharma-sUtra}); of a sson of Di1rgha-tapas, Va1yup.; of a king of Kas3mi1ra, Ra1j. iv, 678; of another man ib. vii,
85; of a lexicographer &c. (also %{-paNDita}, %{-bhaTTa} and %{-zAstrin}) Cat. [Cf. Lat. {firmus}, Lith. {derme4}.]\\ 2
Nom. P. %{-mati}, to become, law Vop.\\3 in comp. for %{-man} q.v. 2.\\ see p. 510, col. 3.
dharmadeva * = m. the god of justice MBh.
dharmaM = doctrines
dharman* = m. bearer, supporter, arranger RV.; N. of a son of Br2ihad-ra1ja and father of Kr2itam2-jaya VP.;
(%{dhA7rman}) n. (older than %{dha4rma} q.v., in later language mostly ifc.; cf. below) support, prop, hold RV. VS.;
established order of things, steadfast decree (of a god, esp. of Mitra-Varun2a), any arrangement or disposition; will,
pleasure; law, rule, duty; practice, custom, mode, manner (%{dha4rmaNA}, %{-mabhis}; %{-maNas@pa4ri} in regular
order, naturally; %{svAya@dhar@maNe} at one's own pleasure; %{dharmaNi} with the permission of, %{a4dhi@dh-}
against the will of [gen.]) RV. AV. VS.; (esp. ifc.) nature, quality, characteristic mark or attribute S3Br. (cf. %{anucchitti-}) MBh. (cf. %{uJcha-} [add.], %{kSatra-}, %{phala-}, %{phena}.) Var. (cf. %{dasyu-} [add.]) Kap. (cf. %{ciddh-} [add.]) Ka1v. (cf. %{vinAza-}.).
dharmaH = (masc.nom.sing.)(roughly)religion; life-code; way of good living;duty
dharmapatnii = respectable address for wife, wife from prescribed vedic rituals
dharmaruci * = mfn. delighting in or devoted to virtue A1past.; m. N. of a Da1nava Katha1s.; of a god of the Bodhi tree
Lalit.; of a man Buddh.
dharmasaadhanaM = the means for doing one's duty
dharmasya = occupation
dharmakshetre = in the place of pilgrimage
dharmaatmaa = righteous
dharmaarthaM = For the sake of dharma
dharmaaviruddhaH = not against religious principles
Sanskrit Dictionary
dharme = religion
dharmeNahiinaaH = bereft of dharma or duty
dharmin* = mfn. knowing or obeying the law, faithful to duty, virtuous, pious, just Gaut. MBh. R.; endowed with any
characteristic mark or peculiar property Hariv. Kvya7d. (cf. below) Sh.; (ifc.) following the laws or duties of, having
the rights or attributes or peculiarities of. having anything as a characteristic mark, subject to any state or condition
Mn. MBh. Kv. Pur. &c.; m. the bearer of any characteristic mark or attribute, object, thing Kap.; N. of the 14th Vysa,
DevbhP.; of a king VP.; (in) f. a kind of perfume L.; N. of a woman (cf. {dhArmiNeya}).
dharmitA* = f. the being endowed with any chcharacteristic mmark or aattribute (ifc.) Sarvad.; {-tA7va-} {ccheda}
m. {-tA7vacchedakatA-vAda} and {-vAdA7rtha}, m. {-tA7vacchedaka-pratyAsatti} f. {-tti-nirUpaNa} n. {tA7vacchedaka-rahasya} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-vAda} m. N. of wks. [513, 1]
dharmitva* = n. virtuousness, justice, faithfulness to duty Km.; (ifc.) the being obliged to Gaut.; the being endowed
with or obnoxious to Sus'r. Kv. Pur.
dharmiSTha* = mfn. (superl.) very virtuous or righteous, completely lawful or legal Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.
dharmIyas* = mfn. (compar.) more virtuous &c.; very pious or moral &c. W.
dharmika* = w.r. for {dhArmika}.
dharmya * = mfn. legal, legitimate; usual, customary Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; just, virtuous, righteous Mr2icch. ix, 5;
endowed with qualities or properties, `" propertied "' Kat2hUp. ii, 13 (cf. %{tad-}); suitable to (gen.) Pa1n2. 4-4, 47; N.
of a man(cf %{-dhArmyAyaNa}); n. a customary donation, vi, 2, 65.
dharmyaM = as a religious duty
dharmyaaNi = religious (used in plural )
dharmyaat.h = for religious principles
dharmvirahiita = adj. irreligious
dharsha* n= m. ( {dhRS}) boldness, insolence, arrogance MBh. i, 7040 (cf. {dur-}); impatience W.; paralysing,
rendering weak or impotent ib.; violation (of a woman) ib.; injury, wrong, insult; restraint ib.; a eunuch ib. (cf. below).
dharshita* = mfn. overpowered, violated, illtreated MBh. Hariv. Pur.; n. contumely, insolence W.; copulation ib.; ({A})
f. an unchaste woman L.
dhasaJNjaya = a vital air that stays in the body after death
dhatse *V = You excecute, You have assumed, You give
dhatta [dhaTa] * = m. (prob. fr. {dhri} like {bhaTa} fr. {bhR}) a balance or the scale of a bbalance Hcat. (cf. {tulA-});
ordeal by the bbalance Mit.; the sign of the zodiac Libra Jyot.; ({I}) f. old cloth or raiment; a piece of cloth worn over
the privities L.
dhatu = element
dhatte V* accepts; SB 1.2.23\\ is manifested; SB 1.10.25\\ eternally accepts; SB 1.15.35\\ take place; SB
1.19.14\\accepts; SB 2.10.36\\ executes; SB 3.5.13\\ He assumes; SB 3.17.31\\she inflicts; SB 3.27.24\\ has taken; SB
4.8.26\\accept; SB 5.1.13\\gives; SB 6.1.51\\ possesses; SB 6.8.32-33\\ accepts; SB 7.2.22\\ he assumes; SB 7.14.41\\
one possesses; SB 7.15.45\\He performs; SB 8.1.13\\He accepts; SB 8.5.22\\ dhatte &emdash; accepts the forms of
incarnations; SB 8.24.5\\takes upon Himself; SB 10.74.3\\ manifests; SB 10.87.46\\ (the devotee) places; SB 11.4.10\\
He impregnates; SB 11.6.16\\assumes its position; SB 11.22.17\\gives; CC Antya 1.150
dhauta = white* = mfn. (2. {dhAv}) washed, cleansed, purified TndBr. Sus'r. Kv. &c.; washed off, removed, destroyed
Klid. S'is'. Bhathth. (cf. {dhUta4}) [520, 3]; polished, bright, white, shining MBh. Kv. &c.; ({I}) f. washing Sinha7s.; n.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{dharSiSyati}, %{-SitA} Gr.; ind. p. %{-dhRSya} Br.; inf. %{-dhR4Sas}, %{-Si} RV.), to be bold or courageous or
confident or proud RV. AV. VS.; to dare or venture (inf. in %{tum} Pa1n2. 3-4, 65); to dare to attack, treat with
indignity (acc.) Br. MBh.; to surpass (?) AV. iii, 3, 2: Csus. %{dharSayati} (Dha1tup. xxxiv, 43; aor. %{adIdhRSat}, or
%{adadharSat} Gr.) to venture on attacking; to offend, violate (a woman), overpower, overcome Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.:
Desid. %{didharSiSati}: Intens. %{darIdhRSyate} or %{darIdharSTi} Gr. [Cf. Zd. {dareS}; Gk. $; Lit. {dristu}; Goth.
{ga-dars}, Angl. &160823[519,3] Sax. {dors-te}, Engl. {durs-t}.]
dhrishtha [dhRSTa] *= mfn. bold, daring, confident, audacious, impudent RV. AV. (cf. %{a4-}, %{a4n-A-}) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; secured, obtained W.; profligate, abandoned ib. (ifc. it gives a bad sense to the first member of the comp.
Pa1n2. 2-1, 53 Gan2ar. ii. 114); m. a faithless husband ib.; a magic. formula spoken over weapons R.; N. of a son of
Manu Vaivasvata Hariv. (C. %{-SNu}) Pur. (cf. %{dhArSTa}); of a son of Kunti Hariv.; of a son of Bhajama1na ib. (C.
%{-SNa}); (%{A}) f. a disloyal or unchaste woman W.; (%{am}) ind. boldly, courageously, fearlessly S3Br. La1t2y. R.
[520,1]
dhriti* = f. holding, seizing, keeping, supporting (cf. {carSaNI-}, {vi-}), firmness, constancy, resolution, will, command
RV. &c. &c. [519, 3]; satisfaction, content, joy MBh. Kv. &c. ({-tiM-kR}, to keep ground or stand still MBh. vii, 4540;
to find pleasure or satisfaction Ratn. iv, 4/5; {-tim-bandh}, to show firmness Amar. 67; to fix the mind on Mn. v, 47);
Resolution or Satisfaction personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma (MBh. Hariv. Pur.) or as a S'akti
(Hcat. &c.); N. of partic. evening oblations at the as'vamedha S'Br.; any offering or sacrifice W.; of sev. kinds of metre
and of a class of metres consisting of 4 X 18 syllables Col.; of the numeral 18 Var. Ganit.; of one of the astrol. Yogas. L.;
of a mythical garden Gol.; of one of the 16 Kals of the moon Pur.; of a goddess (daughter of a Kal of Prakriiti and wife
of Kapila) ib.; of the wife of Rudra-Manu ib.; of the 13th of the 16 Mtriiks L.; m. wish {kSatrasya} = {kSatra-dh-}
Lthy.; N. of one of the Vis've Devs MBh.; of a preceptor Cat.; of the son of Vijaya and father of Dhriita-vrata Hariv.
Pur.; of a son of Vta-havya and father of Bahula7s'va Pur.; of a son of Babhru L.; of a Varsha in Kus'a-dvpa VP.
dhrita = ghee *
dhrita * = mfn. held, borne, maintained, supported kept, possessed; used, practised, observed RV. &c. &c.; measured,
weighed (with or scil. {tulayA}) MBh.; worn (as clothes, shoes, beard, &c.) Mn. MBh. Kv.; kept back, detained ({kare},
by the hand) Hit.; drawn tight (reins) S'ak.; turned towards or fixed upon, ready or prepared for, resolved on (loc. or
dat.) MBh. R.; continuing, existing, being ib.; prolonged (in pronunciation) Prt. ({am} ind. solemnly, slowly Pac. iii,
72/73); (with {antare}) deposited as surety, pledged ib. iv, 31/32; quoted, cited by (comp.) L.; m. N. of a son of the 13th
Manu Hariv. (v.l. {bhRtha}); of a descendant of Druhyu and son of Dharma Pur. (cf. {dhArteya}); n. a partic. manner of
fighting Hariv.
dhritaraashhTrasya = of Dhritarashtra
dhriti = with determination
dhritiM = steadiness
dhritiH = firmness
dhritigrihiitayaa = carried by conviction
dhriteH = of steadiness
dhritya = by determination
dhrityaa = determination
drishtha4 * = mfn. seen, looked at, beheld, perceived, noticed Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; visible, apparent AV. VS.; considered,
regarded, treated, used S'ak. iii, 7 Pac. i, 401/402; appeared, manifested, occurring, existing, found, real Kv. Pac.
Hit.; experienced, learnt, known, understood MBh. Kv. &c.; seen in the mind, devised, imagined MBh. R.; allotted,
destined ib.; settled, decided, fixed, acknowledged, valid Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; n. perception, observation Snkhyak.
Tattvas.; (scil. {bhaya}) a real or obvious danger.
drishtha * = mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= {pra-khyAta} Sch.); {-TAnta} see p. 662, col.
1.
Sanskrit Dictionary
dhrishhTaketuH = Dhrishtaketu
dhrishhTadyumnaH = Dhristadyumna (the son of King Drupada)
dhruk*= unworthy, opposing, killing, harming
dhruva*= mf(%{A4})n. (prob. fr. %{dhR}, but cf. %{dhru} and %{dhruv}) fixed, firm, immovable, unchangeable,
constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a vow &c.; with %{svA7Gga} n. an
inseparable member of the body Pa1n2. 6-2, 177; with %{dhenu} f. a cow which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45;
with %{diz} f. the point of the heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. %{diz}] AV.
Br. [521,3]; with %{smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under %{karaNa} and
%{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; ifc. = %{pApa} L.; m. the
polar star (personified as son of Utta1na-pa1da and grandson of Manu) Gr2S. MBh. &c.; celestial pole Su1ryas.; the
unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip
of the nose (?) L.; a partic. water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the
morning is not offered till evening S3Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of
burthen) or a partic. time or measure (%{tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of dates is referred W.; N. of
an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om Ra1matUp.; of Brahma1 L.; of Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of a serpent
supporting the earth Gr2S. TA1r.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohin2i1 BhP.; of an
A1n3girasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha MBh.; of a follower of the Pa1n2d2us ib.; of a
son of Ranti-na1ra (or Ranti-bha1ra) Pur.; (%{A}) f. the largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with %{juhU}
& %{upabhRt}) VS. S3Br. &c.; (scil. %{vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.; (scil. %{strI}) a virtuous woman L.;
Desmodium Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point
(from which a departure takes place) Pa1n2. 1-4, 24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the Abhinidha1na)
RPra1t.; air, atmosphere L.; a kind of house Gal.; (%{am}) ind. firmly, constantly, certainly, surely Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; (%{Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhruvaM = certainly * = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. {dhR}, but cf. {dhru} and {dhruv}) fixed, firm, immovable, unchangeable,
constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a vow &c.; with {svA7Gga} n. an
inseparable member of the body Pn. 6-2, 177; with {dhenu} f. a cow which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45;
with {diz} f. the point of the heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. {diz}] AV.
Br. [521, 3]; with {smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under {karaNa} and {nakSatra});
staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; ifc. = {pApa} L.; m. the polar star
(personified as son of Uttna-pda and grandson of Manu) GriS. MBh. &c.; celestial pole Sryas.; the unchangeable
longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of the nose (?)
L.; a partic. water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the morning is not offered
till evening S'Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of burthen) or a partic. time or
measure ({tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of dates is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable
Om RmatUp.; of Brahm L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva S'ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth GriS. Tr.; of a Vasu
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohin BhP.; of an ngirasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a
son of Nahusha MBh.; of a follower of the Pndus ib.; of a son of Ranti-nra (or Ranti-bhra) Pur.; ({A}) f. the largest
of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with {juhU} & {upabhRt}) VS. S'Br. &c.; (scil. {vRtti}) a partic. mode of life
Baudh.; (scil. {strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the
introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point (from which a departure takes place) Pn. 1-4, 24; the enduring sound
(supposed to be heard after the Abhinidhna) RPrt.; air, atmosphere L.; a kind of house Gal.; ({am}) ind. firmly,
constantly, certainly, surely Mn. Yj. MBh. Kv. &c.; ({Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhruvaH = a fact
dhruvaa = certain
dhutavastra = Washed garment
dhuka* = m. a kind of plant (commonly Bhuyabora or Rnabora). L.; ({A}) f. id. ib.
dhumaH = smoke
dhunana * = n. shaking, agitation W.
dhunaana * = mfn. shaking, agitating ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
RV. &c. &c.; a flag-staff W.; mark, emblem, ensign, characteristic, sign MBh. Hariv.; attribute of a deity (cf. {makara-},
{vRSabha-} &c.); the sign of any trade (esp. of a distillery or tavern) and the business there carried on Mn. iv, 85; a
distiller or vendor of spirituous liquors L.; (ifc.) the ornament of (e.g. {kula-dhvaja}) L.; the organ of generation (of any
animal, male or female) Sus'r. L. (cf. {puM-}, {strI-}); a skull carried on a staff (as a penance for the murder of a
Brhman W.; as a mark of ascetics and Yogis MW.); N. of a tree (= {-vRkSa}) Cat.; a place prepared in a peculiar way
for building L. (in pros.) an iambic; (in Gr.) a partic. kind of Krama-pthha: (in astrol.) N. of a Yoga; pride, arrogance,
hypocrisy L.; N. of a Grma Pn. 4-2, 109 Sch.
dhvajin * = mfn. having or bearing a banner MBh. R.; (ifc.) having anything as a mark (esp. for a committed crime)
MBh.; m. a standard-bearer ib.; any one having an emblem or sign, (esp.) a vendor of spirituous liquors Ya1jn5. i, 141;
(only L.) a chariot; a mountain; a snake; a peacock; a horse; a Bra1hman; (%{inI}) f. `" a bannered host "', an army
MBh. Ka1v. &c.
dhvaMsana * = mfn. = {-saka} MBh. (cf. {dakSA7dhvara-}); spluttering Nir. ii, 9; n. destruction, ruin R. BhP.
dhvani = sound
dhvanigraahakam.h = (n) microphone
dhvanivardhakam.h = (n) amplifier, loud-speaker
dhvanii = sound
dhvaniifita = audio cassette
dhvasta* = mfn. fallen, destroyed, perished, lost Br. &c. &c.; eclipsed, obscured Var.; scattered or covered with (instr. or
comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.
dhyaatvaa = having meditated
dhyaana = contemplation * n. meditation, thought, reflection, (esp.) profound and abstract religious meditation, ({-nam
Apad}, {A-sthA} or {-naM-gam}, to indulge in rreligious mmeditation) ChUp. Mn. MBh. Kv. &c. (with Buddhists
divided into 4 stages MWB. 209 Dharmas. lxxii; but also into 3 ib. cix); mental representation of the personal attributes
of a deity W.; insensibility, dulness Bhpr.; ({-na4}) m. N. of a partic. personification MaitrS.; of the 11th day of the light
half in Brahma's month
dhyaanam.h = meditation
dhyaanayogaparaH = absorbed in trance
dhyaanaat.h = than meditation
dhyaanena = by meditation
dhyaaya.nti = meditate or think
dhyaayataH = while contemplating
dhyaayati = meditates
dhyaayantaH = meditating
dhyaayed.h = may we meditate
dhyeyaM = is to be meditated
didhishu *= mfn. wishing to gain or obtain, striving after, seeking RV.; m. a suitor RV. x, 18, 8; a husband BhP. ix, 9,
34; the second husband of a woman twice married (also %{-SU}) L.; (%{u} or %{U}) f. a widow remarried or an elder
sister married after the younger (both of whom having the choice of their husbands may be compared to suitors).
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
divam *V= to the spiritual world, the heavens, the sky, to heaven, the higher planets, to their heavenly himes, to the
spiritual world, the higherplanets, the celestial planets.
divaakara = sun
divaukas *= m. `" sky-dweller "', a deity Mn. MBh. Ka1lid. &c.; planet Gan2it.; the Ca1taka; a deer; a bee; an elephant
L.; %{-kaH-pati} m. N. of Indra Prasannar.
divi = in heaven
divya = divine *=1 Nom. P. %{-yati}, to long for heaven Pa1n2. 8-2, 77 Sch\\(%{di4vya} Pa1n2. 4-2, 101) mfn. divine,
heavenly, celestial (opp. to %{pArthiva}, %{AntarIkSa} or %{mAnuSa}) RV. AV. S3Br. Kaus3. MBh. &c.; supernatural,
wonderful, magical (%{aGgAra} RV. x, 34, 9; %{auSadha} Bhartr2. ii, 18; %{vAsas} Nal. xiv, 24; cf. %{-cakSus}, %{jJAna} &c. below); charming, beautiful, agreeable R. Katha1s. &c.; m. a kind of animal (= %{dhanvana}) VarBr2S.
lxxxviii, 9; barley L.; bdellium L.; N. of a prince Pur.; of the author of RV. x, 107 &c.; (%{A})) f. N. of plants (=
%{harItakI}, %{bandhyA}, %{karkoTahI}, %{zatAvarI}, %{mahA-medA} &c.) L.; a kind of perfume = %{surA} L.; N. of
a Buddh. deity Ka1lac.; of an Apsaras Sch.; n. the divine world or anything ddivine; pl. the celestial regions, the sky,
heaven RV.; an ordeal (10 kinds, viz. %{tulA}, %{agni}, %{jala}, %{viSa}, %{koza}, %{taNDula}, %{tapta-mASa},
%{phAla}, %{dharmA7dharma}, %{tulasI} cf. ss.vv.) Ya1jn5. ii, 22, 95 Pan5c. i, 450/451, 451, 452 &c.; oath, solemn
promise Hit. iv, 129/130 cloves L.; a sort of sandal L.; N. of a grammar, [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat. {di1us} for {divius} in
&148998[479,2] {sub@dIo}.]
divyaM = transcendental
divyaaH = divine
divyaan.h = celestial
divyaanaaM = of the divine
divyaani = divine
divyaayudhaH = the man with divine weapons
divyau = transcendenta
dogdhi = milks (from duh.h: to milk )
dodhayati = to explain
doraka = (m) rope, string
dolaa = swing
doshaa * = 1^ f. darkness, night RV. AV. &c. ({A4m} & {A4} [instr.; cf. g. {svar-Adi}] ind. in the evening, at dusk, at
night); Night personified (and regarded with Prabhs as wife of Pushpa7rna and mother of Pradosha or Evening,
Nis'itha [!] or Midnight and Vyushtha or Day-break) BhP. iv, 13, 13; 14 (cf. {doSa4s}, {pazcA-doSa}, {pra-doSa}, {pratidoSam}) 1.
dosha * = 1 m. evening, darkness (only BhP., where personified as one of the, 8 Vasus and husband of Night, vi, 6, 11;
14); ({A4}) f. see next. \\2 m. rarely n. ( {duS}) fault, vice, deficiency, want, inconvenience, disadvantage Up. Mn. MBh.
Kv. &c. [498, 3]; badness, wickedness, sinfulness Mn. R.; offence, transgression, guilt, crime (acc. with {R} or {labh},
to incur guilt), SrS. Mn. MBh. &c.; damage, harm, bad consequence, detrimental effect ({nai9Sa doSaH}, there is no
harm; {ko'tra d-}, what does it matter?) Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; accusation, reproach ({-SaMkR} or {-SeNa-gam} with acc.,
to accuse) R.; alteration, affection, morbid element, disease (esp. of the 3 humours of the body, viz. {pitta}, {vAyu}, and
{zleSman}, 1 [cf. {tridoSa} and {dhAtu}], applied also to the humours themselves) Sus'r.; (also {-Saka}) a calf L.
doshaa* = 2 f. (for 1. see 1. {doSa}) the arm L.
doshaiH = by faults
Sanskrit Dictionary
doshha = Blemish
doshhaM = fault
doshhavat.h = as an evil
doshhaaH = the faults
doshhena = with fault
doshhaiH = by such faults
drAva * = m. (fr. 2. %{dru}) going quickly, speed, flight; fusing, liquefaction; heat L.
draavya* = mfn. to be made to run or put to flight W.; fusible, liquefiable.
drava = liquid * = mfn. (fr. 2. %{dru}) running (as a horse) RV. iv, 40, 2; flowing, fluid, dropping, dripping, trickling or
overflowing with (comp.) Ka1t2h. Mn. MBh. Ka1v.; fused, liquefied, melted W.; m. going, quick motion, flight Hariv.;
play, sport Ja1takam.; distilling, trickling, fluidity Bha1sha1p.; juice, essence, decoction; stream or gush of (comp.)
Ka1v.; (dram.) the flying out against one's superior Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of one of the Vis3ve Deva1s, Hcat "'
dravaNa = melting
dravati = (1 pp) to melt
dravanti = glide
dravaya *= Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to run, flow RV. x, 148, 5.
draviNa* = n. movable property (as opp. to house and field), substance, goods (m.pl. BhP. v, 14, 12), wealth, money RV.
AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; essence, substantiality, strength, power RV. AV. S'Br. R. &c.; N. of a Sman ArshBr.; m. N. of a son
of Vasu Dhara (or Dhava) MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a son of Priithu BhP.; of a mountain ib.; pl. the inhabitants of a Varsha
in Krauca-dvpa ib.
dravya* = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of anything MBh. R.; medicinal
substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the Nyya, viz "' {pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza
kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma}, {adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.)
single object or person, individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods,
money Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a
wager W.
dravya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pn. 4-3, 161; tree-like or corresponding to a tree
S'nkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
dravyamayaat.h = of material possessions
dravyayaGYaaH = sacrificing one's possessions
dravyeNa = (instr.S) money or riches or wealth
drashhTaa = consciousness, the 'witness, ' also a statesman with insight
drashhTuM = to be seen
drakshyasi = you will see
draakshaa = (f) grapes
dhri (dhR) * =. 1. P. . {dharati}, {-te} (Dhtup. xxii, 3; . Pot. {dhareran} pS'r.), but more commonly in the same
sense the Caus. form {dhArayati}, {-te} (perf. P. {dA8dhA4ra}, {-dha4rtha} [Impv. {dadhartu} AV. Paipp.]; .
Sanskrit Dictionary
{dadhre4}, 3. pl. {-dhrire4} RV. &c. &c.; aor. {adhAram} R.; {adhRta}, {dhRthAs} AV.; {a4dIdharat} RV. &c. &c.
[{dIdhar}, {didhRtam}, {-ta} RV.; 3. pl. {-rata} S'Br.]; {adArSIt} Gr.; fut. {dhariSyati} MBh.; {-Sye4} AV.; {dhartA}
BhP.; inf. {dhartum} Kv., {-tavai} Br. [{dharta4ri} see under {-Tri}]; ind. p. {dhRtvA}, {-dhRtya} Br.) to hold, bear
(also bring forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep, possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo RV. &c. &c.; (with or
scil {AtmAnam}, {jIvitam}, {prANAn}, {deham}, {zarIram} &c.) to preserve soul or body, continue living, survive MBh.
Kv. &c. (esp. fut. {dhariSyati}; cf. Pass. below); to hold back, keep down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist Br. MBh. Kv.
&c.: to place or fix in, bestow or confer on (loc.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; destine for (dat.; . also to be destined for or belong
to) RV.; present to (gen.) Krand.; to direct or turn (attention, mind, &c.) towards, fix or resolve upon (loc. or dat.) Up.
Yj. MBh.; . to be ready or prepared for S'Br.; P. . to owe anything (acc.) to (dat. or gen.) MBh. (cf. Pn. 1-4, 35); to
prolong (in pronunciation) AitBr. RPrt.; to quote, cite L.; (with {garbham}) to conceive, be pregnant (older {-bhambhR}) MBh. Kv. &c.; (with {daNDam}) to inflict punishment on (loc.) MBh. R. BhP. (also {damam}); (with {kezAn}, or
{zmazru}) to let the hair or beard grow MBh.; (with {razmIn} [ib.] or {praharAn} [S'ak.]) to draw the reins tight; (with
{dharamam}) to fulfil a duty R.; (with {vrata4m}) to observe or keep a vow RV. &c. &c.; (with {dhAraNAm}) to practise
self-control Yj.; (wit. {ipas}) to perform penance BhP.; (with {mUrdhnA} or {-dhni}, {zirasA} or {-si}) to bear on the
head, honour highly Kv.; (with or scil. {tulayA}) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure MBh. Kv. &c.; (with or scil.
{manasA}) to bear in mind, recollect, remember ib.; (with {samaye}) to hold to an agreement, cause to make a compact
Pac. i, 125/126 (B. {dRSTvA} for {dhRtvA}): Pass. {dhriya4te} (ep. also {-yati}; pf. {dadhre4} &c. = .; aor. {adhAri})
to be borne &c.; so be firm, keep steady RV. &c. &c.; continue living, exist, remain Br. MBh. Kv. &c. (also {dhAryate}
R.); to begin, resolve upon, undertake (dat.; acc. or inf.) AV. S'Br. ChUp.: Caus. {dhAra4yati}, {-te} see above: Desid.
{didhIrSati} (see {-SA}), {didhariSate} Pn. 7-2, 75; {didhArayiSati}, to wish to keep up or preserve ({AtmAnam})
Gobh. iii, 5, 30: Intens. {da4rdharti} (RV.) and {dAdharti} (3. pl. {-dhrati} TS.; cf. Pn. 7-4, 65) to hold fast, bear firmly,
fasten. [Cf. Zd. {dar} [519, 2]; Gk. $; Lat. {fre1-tus}, &160659[519, 2] {fre1-num}.]
driDha = unrelenting
driDhaM = strongly
driDhataa = firmness, strength
driDhanishchayaH = with determination
driDhavrataaH = with determination
driDhaasana = the side relaxation posture
driDhena = strong
drig *= in comp. for 2. %{driz}.
drigbhakti *= f. look of love Dhu1rtas.
drigbhU *= f. a thunderbolt L.; the sun L.; a serpent L. (cf. %{dRnphU}, %{dRmphU}, %{dRnbhU}, %{dRmbhU}).
dripta* = mfn. mad, wild, proud, arrogant ({-tara}, compar.) MBh. Kv. &c. (cf. {a4-d-} and {a-dRpita4}).
dris' *= 1 (Pres. forms supplied by %{paz} q.v.; pf. P. %{dada4rza} RV. &c. [2 sg. %{dadarzitha} and %{dadraSTha}
Pa1n2. 7-2, 65]; A1. %{dadRze4} AV. [%{da4dRze}, 3pl. %{-dRzre} RV.; %{-zrire} TBr.]; p. P. %{dadRzva4s} RV.; %{sivas} Up.; %{darzivas} q.v. [491,2]; A1. %{da4dRzAna} RV.; fut. P. %{-drakSya4ti} Br. &c.; A1. %{-Syate} and fut. 2.
%{draSTA} MBh.; aor. P. %{adarzam}, %{-zas}, %{-zat}, 3 pl. %{-zur} Br.; 1 pl. %{adarzma} TS.; %{adRzma} JaimBr.;
Subj. %{darzam}, %{-zat}, %{-zathas} RV. AV.; A1. 3 pl. %{a4dRzran} VS. AV. Br.; %{-zram} RV.; p. %{dRzAna4} or
%{dR4zAna} [cf. s.v.] RV.; P. %{dRzan}, 3 pl. %{a4dRzan} Br.; Pot. %{dRze4yam} RV.; %{-zema} AV.; P. %{adrAkSit}
and %{adrAk} Br.; A1. 3 pl. %{a4dRkSata}; Subj. 2 sg. %{dR4kSase} RV.; inf. %{dRze4} and %{driza4ye} RV.;
%{dra4STum} AV. &c.; ind. p. %{dRSTvA4} AV. &c. [MBh. also %{dRzya}], %{-TvAya} RV.; %{-dR4zya} RV.; %{darzam} Das3.) to see, behold, look at, regard, consider RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; to see i.e. wait on, visit MBh. R.; to see
with the mind, learn, understand MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to notice, care for, look into, try, examine Ya1jn5. Pan5c.; to see by
divine intuition, think or find out, compose, contrive (hymns, rites, &c.) Br. Nir. ii, 11: Pass. %{dRzya4te} (ep. also %{ti}) aor. %{ada4rzi} RV. &c. to be seen, become visible, appear RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; to be shown or manifested,
appear as (%{iva}), prove Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus. P. A1. %{darzayati}, %{-te} AV. &c.; aor. %{adIdRzat} Br.;
%{adadarzat} Pa1n2. 7-4, 7, to cause to see or be seen, to show a thing (A1. esp. of something belonging to one's self) or
person (P. and A1. with or scil. %{AtmAnam}, also one's self), to (acc. AV. iv, 20, 6 S3Br. &c.; gen. Mn. iv, 59 MBh. &c.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
dat. R. ii, 31, 33 Ragh. &c.; instr. after A1. refl. Pa1n2. 1-4, 53 Ka1s3.); to show = prove, demonstrate Mn. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; to produce (money) i.e. pay Mn. viii, 155; (a witness), 158: Desid. A1. %{dIdRkSate} (ep. also %{-ti}) to wish to see,
long for (acc.) RV. iii, 30, 13 S3Br. MBh. &c.: Desid. of Caus. %{didarzayiSati}, to wish to show S3am2k.;
%{adidarzayiSIt} Nid.: Intens. %{darIdRzzate}, to be always visible Bhojapr.; %{darI8darSTi} or %{dard-} Pa1n2. 7-4,
90; 91. [Cf. Gk. $, $, $; Goth. &152440[491,2] {tarhjan}.]
2 dRz 2 m. (nom. %{k}, Ved. %{G} Pa1n2. 7-1, 83) seeing, viewing, looking at; knowing, discerning Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.
(ifc. cf. %{Ayurveda-d-}, %{diSTa-d-}, %{pRthag-d-}, %{ma4ntra-d-}, %{sama-d-}, %{sarva-d-}, %{sUryad-}) [491,3];
f. sight, view (dat. %{dRze4} as inf. cf. 1 %{dRz}); look, appearance (in %{I-d-}, %{kI-d-}, %{tA-d-}); the eye R. Var.
&c. (also n. BhP. iv, 4, 24); theory, doctrine Vcar.; (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot. [Cf. Gk. $ for $ in
$.] &152504[491,3]
dris'a *= m. look, appearance (cf. %{I-d-}, %{kI-d-}, %{tA-d-} &c.); (%{am}) ind. = 2. %{dRz} ifc. (g. %{zarad-Adi});
(%{A}) f. the eye L.\\ mf(%{I})n. id. Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.
drishau = eyes
drishh = (pashyati) to see
drishaH = eyes
dris'a m. look, appearance (cf. %{I-d-}, %{kI-d-}, %{tA-d-} &c.); (%{am}) ind. = 2. %{dRz} ifc. (g. %{zarad-Adi});
(%{A}) f. the eye L.
dris'a mf(%{I})n. id. Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.
dris'ad * = %{dRzadvati} = %{dRSad}, %{dRSadvatI} below.
dris'aakaaGkshya * = n. `" desirable to the eye "', a lotus L.
dris'aalu * = m. the sun L.
dris'aana * = m. (cf. 1. %{dRz}) a Bra1hman or spiritual teacher L.; N. of a R2ishi with the patr. Bha1rgava Ka1t2h.; of
a demon L.; n. light, brightness L.
dris'aasphutamAlA * = (or %{-zA-sph-}?) f. N. of wk.
dris'ati * = f. look, appearance RV. vi, 3, 3.
drishad *= f. ( %{dRR}? Un2. i, 130) a rock, large stone, mill-stone, esp. the lower mmill-ststone (which rests on the
%{upala}) RV. AV. VS. S3Br.; GS. Ka1v. &c.
drishhTaH = observed
drishhTavaan.h = seeing
drishhTavaanasi = as you have seen
drishhTiM = vision
drishhTii = Sight
drishhTiibheda = difference in seeing, observing or outlook
drishhTvaa = having seen
drita *= respected, honoured
drikshyati = see
draavya * = mfn. to be made to run or put to flight W.; fusible, liquefiable.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
acc.) RV. &c. &c.; (mostly A1.) to give milk, yield any desired object (acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Pass. %{duhya4te}
aor. %{adohi} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 63 Ka1s3.) to be milked, to be drawn or extracted from RV. AV. MBh. &c.: Caus.
%{doha4yati}, %{-te} aor. %{adUduhat} Pass. %{dohya4te}, to cause to milk or be milked; to milk, milk out, extract
S3Br. Vait. Mn. BhP.: Desid. %{du4dukSati} (RV.), %{dudhukSati} (Bhartr2. ii, 38 cf. %{dudhukSu}), to wish to milk.
[489,2]\\3 mfn. (nom. %{dhuk}) milking; yielding, granting (cf. %{kAma-}, %{go-} &c.)
duhitaH = (f) daughter
duhitaa = (f) daughter
duHs'Ila * = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman Kaths.; {-citta} mfn.
bad-hearted, Subhsh.
duHshcharita = adj. bad blooded
duHkha = sorrow * = 1 mfn. (according to grammarians properly written {duS-kha} and said to be from {dus} and
{kha} [cf. {su-kha4}]; but more probably a Prkritized form for {duH-stha} q.v.) uneasy, uncomfortable, unpleasant,
difficult R. Hariv. (compar. {-tara} MBh. R.); n. (ifc. f. {A}) uneasiness, pain, sorrow, trouble, difficulty S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 15
Mn. MBh. &c. (personified as the son of Naraka and Vedan VP.); ({am}) ind. with difficulty, scarcely, hardly (also {at}
and {ena}) MBh. R.; impers. it is difficult to or to be (inf.with an acc. or nom. R. vii, 6, 38 Bhag. v, 6); {duHkham} {as}, to be sad or uneasy Ratn. iv, 19/20; - {kR}, to cause or feel pain Yj. ii, 218 MBh. xii, 5298.\\2 Nom. P. {-khati},
to pain SaddhP.
duHkhaM = distress
duHkhataraM = more painful
duHkhasa.nyoga = of the miseries of material contact
duHkhahaa = diminishing pains
duHkhaanaaM = material miseries
duHkhaalayaM = place of miseries
duHkhe = and distress
duHkhena = by miseries
duHkheshhu = in the threefold miseries
duHkhaiH = the distresses
duHkhita *= mfn. pained, distressed; afflicted, unhappy Mn. MBh. R. &c.; %{-citta} mfn. grieved in mind MW
duHsaha *= mfn. didifficult to be borne, unbearable, irresistible (%{-tva} n.; comp. %{-tara}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. N.
an evil demon Ma1rkP.; of a son of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh. i; of Puru-kutsa Pur.; (%{A}) f. N. of S3ri MBh. xii, 8154; of
a shrub (= %{nAga-damanI}) L.
duHshaha *= mfn. irresistible RV. ix, 91, 5 (cf. %{duH-s-}).
duHshiila = adj. bad-tempered
duHstha *= mfn. `" standing badly "', unsteady, disquieted (lit. and fig.); uneasy, unhappy, poor, miserable Pur.
Ra1jat.; ignorant, unwise, a fool L.; covetous W.; (%{am}) ind. badly, ill; with %{sthA}, to be unwell Amar. 29.
duHsvapna *= m. a bad dream, GS.; %{-darzana} n. seeing a bbad ddream S3a1n3khGr2.; %{-nAza} m. removal of
bbad ddream BhP.; mfn. = next Hariv.; %{-nAzana} and %{-zin} mfn. removing bbad ddreams MBh. Hariv.; %{pratibodhana} mfn. difficult to be awakened from sleep R. v, 81, 53; %{-zAnti} f. (lit.= the next) N. of wk.; %{pno7pazAnti} f. the cessation of a bbad ddream BhP. viii, 4, 15.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{bhallAtaka}) L.; a kind of hell L.; N. of a son of. Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra (cf. %{-dharSa}) MBh.; of one of S3ambara's
generals Hariv.; of Mahisha L.; (%{A}) f. N. of a partic. constellation (cf. %{durudharA}); of Candra-gupta's wife
HParis3.; %{-rA-yogA7dhyAya} m. N. of a ch. of the Mina-ra1ja-ja1taka.
durdhariitu* = and mfn. unrestrainable, irresistible RV.
durdharma * = mfn. having or obeying bad laws MBh. viii, 2066.
durdharsha * = mfn. ddifficult to be assaulted or laid hold of, inviolable, inaccessible, unconquerable, dangerous,
dreadful, awful MBh. R. &c. (%{-tA} f. MBh.; %{-tva} n. BhP.); haughty, distant W.; m. N. of a son of Dhr2ita-ra1shtra
(cf. %{dhara}) MBh. i; of a Ra1kshasa R. v; of a mountain in Kus3a-dvipa MBh. vi, 451; (%{A}) f. N. of two plants (=
%{nAga-damanI} and %{kanthArI}) L.; %{-kumArabhUta} m. `" one who has become an inviolable youth "'N. of a
Bodhi-sattva.
durdharshaNa * = mfn. inaccessible, dangerous R. iv, 9, 55 &c.
durdhartu * = mfn. unrestrainable, irresistible RV.
durdharutha * = = %{-dhurUTa} W.
dureva* = mfn. ill-disposed, malignant; m. evildoer, criminal RV. AV.
durga = fort
durgati = bad state, defeat
durgatiM = to degradation
durgam.h = (n) fort
durgama* = mfn. difficult to be traversed or travelled over, impassable, inaccessible, unattainable MBh. Hariv. Kv.; m.
or n. a ddifficult situation; m. N. of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravi VP.; of Dhriita ib., &c.; {-mArga-nirgama} mfn. of
ddifficult access and issue Pac. i, 427; {durgamA7zu-bodhinI} f. N. of a Comm.
durgaa = Goddess Durga
durgaaNi = impediments
durghaTanaa = (f) calamity, disaster
durita * = ({du4r-} RV. i, 125, 7) n. bad course, difficulty, danger. discomfort, evil, sin (also personified) RV. AV. Hariv.
Kv. &c.; mfn. difficult, bad AV. xii, 2, 28; wicked, sinful L.; {-kSaya} m. destruction of sin BhP.; N. of a man ib.; {damanI} f. Mimosa Suma L.; {-tA7tman} mfn. evil-minded, malicious Subh. 147; {-tA7ri} f. `" enemy of sin "'N. of a
Jaina goddess; {-tA7rNava} m. `" ocean of sins "'N. of a king Kautukar.
durjana = wicked person
durjanaM = bad person
durjara *= mfn. not decaying or mouldering BhP. x, 6, 10; 64, 32; indigestible Sus3r.; ddifficult to be enjoyed Ra1jat.
v, 19; m. or n. N. of a place Ka1lP.
durnigrahaM = difficult to curb
durniriikshyaM = difficult to see
durnivaara = hard to correct
durlabha = ungettable
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
before {r} and sometimes before {d}, {dh}, {n}, which become {D}, {Dh}, {N}; remains unchanged before {t}, {th} (in
older language however {ST}, {STh}); becomes {duS} (q.v.), rarely {duH} before {k}, {kh}; {p}, {ph}; {duz} (q.v.) before
{c}, {ch}; {duH} (q.v.), rarely {duz}, {duS}, {dus}, before {z}, {S}, {s}.
dushkirtii = adj. declared evil
dushhkritaaM = of the miscreants
dushhkritinaH = miscreants
dushhTagraha = Aspected (Aspecting) Planet
dushhTabuddhii = adj. evil spirited
dushhTaasu = being so polluted
dustyajya * mfn. difficult to be relinquished or quitted
dushhpuuraM = insatiable
dushhpuureNa = never to be satisfied
dushhpraapaH = difficult to obtain
duSprasaha *= mfn. difficult to be borne or supported or suffered, irresistible; terrible, frightful MBh. Ka1v.; m. N. of a
Jaina teacher S3atr.
dustara = hard to cross
dustarka* = m. false reasoning, wrong argument BhP.; {-mUla} mfn. founded on it MW.
dushtha* = mfn. spoilt, corrupted; defective, faulty; wrong, false; bad, wicked; malignant, offensive, inimical; guilty,
culpable S'rS. Mn. Yj. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; sinning through or defiled with (cf. {karma} {mano-}, {yoni-}, {vAg-}); m. a
villain, rogue; a kind of noxious animal Vishn. xii, 2; ({A}) f. a bad or unchaste woman L.; u. sin, offence, crime, guilt
Hariv. R. (cf. {zruti-}); Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.
dushthataa* = f. or badness, wickedness
dushthara* = mfn. difficult to be passed or overcome or endured; unconquerable, irresistible; incomparable, excellent
RV. AV. (cf. {dus-t-}); {-ta4rItu} mfn. id. RV. TS.; N. of a man S'Br. xii, 9, 3, 1.
dustara* = mfn. (cf. {S-T-}) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable, invincible MBh. Kv. &c.
dustyajya * = mfn. difficult to be relinquished or quitted MBh. R. &c
dussthaana = An evil position (6, 8, 12 Houses)
duuda * = mfn. afflicting, harassing L. (For 1 . %{dU} see p. 488, col. 2.)
duuta = messenger
duura = far
duura4 * = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {du}, hut see Un. ii, 21; compar. {da4vIyas}, superl. {daviSTha}, qq.vv.) distant, far,
remote, long (way); n. distance, remoteness (in space and time), a long way S'Br. MBh. Kv. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. far, far
from (gen. or abl. Pn. 2-3, 34 Ks'.), a long way off or a long period back RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (also {dUrA4d dUra4m}
AV. xii, 2, 14); far above ({ut-patati} Hit. i, 101/102) or below ({ambhasi} Kaths. x, 29); far i.e. much in a high degree
({dUram un-mani-kRta} Prab. iii, 21/22; {dUraM-kR}, to surpass, exceed Ragh. xvii, 18; {-M-karaNa} mf({i})n.
making far or distant, removing Vop. (v. l.); {-M-gata} mfn. = {-ra-g-} Sank.; {-M-gama4} mfn. going far away VS.
xxxiv, 1; ({A}) f. (scil. {bhUmi}) one of the 10 stages in the life of a S'rvaka L.; ({eNa}) ind. (Pn. 2-3, 35) far, from
Sanskrit Dictionary
afar, by far MBh. Kv. &c.; compar. {-ra-tareNa} VP. iii, 7, 26, 33; ({At}) ind. (Pn. ib.) from a distance, from afar RV.
AV. MBh. &c.; far from (abl.) Mn. iv, 151; a long way back or from a remote period, iii, 130; in comp. with a pp. e.g.
{dUrAd-Agata}, come from afar Pn. 2-1, 39; vi, 1, 2; 2, 144 Ks'.; ({e}) ind. (Pn. 2-3, 36 Ks'.) in a distant place, far,
far away RV. i, 24, 9; iv, 4, 3 (opp. {a4nti}) and c AV. S'Br. Ts'Up.5(opp. {antike}) Mn. MBh. &c.; compar. {-ra-tare},
some way from (abl.) Mn. xi, 128; {dUre-kR}, to discard Amar. 67; {dUre-bhU} or {gam}, to be far away or gone off
Kaths. Vet.; {-re tiSThatu}, let it be far i.e. let it be unmentioned, never mind Kaths. vi, 37.
duuradarshakam.h = (n) telescope
duuradarshana = television
duuradarshanam.h = (n) television
duuradarshii = one with far-sight especially a statesman
duuradhvanii = telephone
duuravaaNiivinimayakendram.h = (n) telephone exchange
sthaM = far away
durAza* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair Rjat. BhP.
duurena = discard it at a long distance
duure* = loc. of {dUra} (q.v.) in comp.
duureanta* = mfn. ending in the remote distance, boundless (heaven and earth) RV. AV.
duureartha* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose aim is far off RV. vii, 63, 4.
duuretya* = mfn. being far off, distant Pn. 4-2, 104 Vrtt. 1 Pat.
duurebhaa* = ({-re4-}) mfn. shining to a distance RV. i, 65, 10.
duureheti* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose arrows fly to a distance PrGri. iii, 14; m. a partic. form of Agni TS. Comm.
duurvaa.nkuraiH = with the bud of `dUrva'
duushaNa *= mf(%{I})n. corrupting, spoiling, vitiating, violating AV. S3a1n3khGr2. &c.; counteracting, sinning against
(comp.) R. ii, 109, 7 (cf. %{arA-ti-d-}, %{kula-d-}, %{kRtyA-d-}, %{khara-d}, %{loka-d-}, %{viSa-d-}, %{viSkandha-d}); m. N. of a Rakshas (general of Ra1van2a) MBh. R. &c.; of a Daitya slain by S3iva S3ivaP.; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of
Bhauvana and mother of Tvasht2r2i BhP. v, 15, 13; n. the act of corrupting &c. (see above) Mn. MBh. &c.; dishonouring,
detracting, disparaging MBh. Mr2icch. Katha1s. &c.; objection, adverse argument, refutation Sarvad. Jaim. Kap. Sch.;
fault, of fence, guilt, sin Mn. Ka1v. Hit. &c. (cf. %{arthad-}, %{sukRta-d-}, %{strI-d-}).
duushita * = mfn. spoiled, corrupted, contaminated, defiled, violated, hurt, injured Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; censured,
blamed MBh. Katha1s.; calumniated, blemished, compromised, falsely accused of (often in comp. see %{manyu-},
%{zatrU7pajApa}.) Mn. vi, 66 (v.l. %{bhUSita}), viii, 64 &c. MBh. Bhartr2. Pan5c. &c.; (%{A}) f. a girl who has been
violated or deflowered W.
dva * =original stem of {dvi} q.v. (nom. acc. du. m. {dva4}, or {dvau4} fn. {dve4}; instr. dat. abl. {dvA4bhyAm} gen. loc.
{dva4yos}) two RV. &c. &c.; both (with {api} Ragh. xii, 93); loc. {dvayos} in two genders (masc. and fem.) or in two
numbers (sing. and pl.) Gr. L. [Cf. {dvA} and {dvi}; Zd. {dva}; Gk. &155939[503, 2] $, $ and $= $; Lat. {duo18} and {bi}
= {dvi}; Lith. {du}, {dvi}; Slav. {du8va}; Goth. {tvai}, {tva} &c.]
dvaa * =old nom. du. of {dva}, substituted for {dvi} in comp. before other numerals
dvaapara * = m. n. that die or side of a die which is marked with two spots VS. TS. Ka1t2h. MBh.; the Die personified
Nal. vi, 1; `" the age with the number two "'N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years;
Sanskrit Dictionary
the YYugas itself = 2000, and each twilight = 200 years; it is also personified as a god) AitBr. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 111;
433; N. of a myth. being MBh. i, 2713; doubt, uncertainty L.; %{-cchandas} n. pl. a partic. class of metre Nida1nas.; %{stoma} m. pl. of Stomas ib.
dvaara = entry (neut)
dvaaraka* n. door, gate MBh.; ifc. occasioned or caused by S'ank.; ({akA}) f. `" many-gated "'N. of the capital of
Kriishna (on the western point of Gjart, supposed to have been submerged by the sea) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. ({ikA} f.
id. L. RTL. 55, 1; 113; 400, 2).
dvaaraM = door
dvandva = couple
dvandvaM = tha pair
dvandvaH = the dual
dvandvaiH = from the dualities
dvayaM = twin
dvaadashamaJNjarikaabhiH = by the bouquet consisting of 12 flowers (12
dvaidhaaH = duality
dvau = (adj) two
dve = two
dvesha = haterd
dveshha = hatred
dveshhaH = hatred
dveshhau = also detachment
dveshhTi = envies
dveshhya = the envious
dveshhyaH = hateful
dvi = two, both
dvisha * = mfn. (ifc.) hostile, hating (cf. {-tA} and {-tva}) [507, 1]; hateful or unpleasant to Hariv.; m. foe, enemy L.
dvishaa * = f. cardamoms
dviguNa = twice
dvichakrikaa = (f) bicycle
dvija = brahmin, tooth
dvijaa* = mfn. twice-born RV
dvija* = mfn. twice-born; m. a man of any one of the first 3 classes, any ryan, (esp.) a Brhman (re-born through
investiture with the sacred thread cf. {upa-nayana}) AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; a bird or any oviparous animal (appearing first
Sanskrit Dictionary
as an egg) Mn. MBh. &c.; a tooth (as growing twice) Sus'r. Bhartri. Var. (n. BhP. ii, 1, 31); coriander seed or
Xantboxylum Alatum L.; ({A}) f. Piper Aurantiacum Bhpr.; Clerodendrum Siphonantus L.; {pAlaGkI} L. (cf. {-jA4} and
{-jati}).
dvijottama = O best of the brhmanas
dvipa = elephant\\m. elephant (lit. drinking twice, sc. with his trunk and with his mouth) Mn. MBh. R. &c. (ifc. f.
%{A}); N. of the number 8 Gan2it.; Mesua Ferrea L.; %{-dAna} n. the rut-fluid of an elephant Ragh.; %{-pati} m. `"
prince of elephants "', a large eelephants Ratn.; %{-mada} m. = %{-dAna} L.; %{--pA7ri} m. `" foe of elephants "', a.
lion BhP.; %{-pA7sya} m. having an eelephant's face "'N. of Gan2e7s3a L.; %{--pe7ndra} m. = %{-pa-pati} Ragh.; %{-pe7ndradAna} n. the rut-fluid of a large eelephants Var.; %{-pe7zvara} m. = %{-pe4udra}, Malatim.
dvipaada = two feet
dvirdvaadashaa = 2nd and 12th house from each other
dvishhataH = envious
dvisvabhaavaraashi = Common Signs
dvitiiya* = mf({A})n. (fr. {dvi} Pn. 5-2, 54; decl "' i, 1, 36 Vrtt. 3 Pat. cf. vii, 3, 115) second RV. &c. &c.; ({am}) ind. for
the second time KathhUp. MBh. &c.; m. companion, fellow (friend or foe) S'Br. MBh. &c.; ifc. doubled or accompanied
by, furnished with (cf. a-, {chAyA-}, {dhanur-} &c.); the 2nd in a family (i.e. a son L.; cf. AitBr. vii, 29); the 2nd letter of
a Varga i.e. the surd aspirate Prt. Pn. &c.; ({A}) f. female companion or friend Kthh. xcviii, 33; wife (a second self) L.;
(sc. {vibhakti}) the 2nd case, the accusative or its terminations Pn. 2-1, 24 &c.; (sc. {tithi}) the 2nd day of a halfmonth Rtn. iv, 2/3; ({dvi4tIya}) mfn. (Pn. 5-3, 49) forming the 2nd part or half of anything, with {bhAga} m. half of
(gen.) Mn. iv, 1 &c.; n. the half (at the beginning or end of a comp.) Pn. ib., ii, 2, 3 Ks'.
dviipaH = (m) island * = m. n. (fr. %{dvi} + %{ap} Pa1n2. 5-4, 74; vi, 3, 97) an island, peninsula, sandbank RV. S3Br.
MBh. &c.; a division of the terrestrial world (either 7 [Jambu, Plaksha or Go-medaka, S3a1lmali1, Kus3a, Kraun5ca,
S3a1ka and Pushkara MBh. vi, 604 &c. Hariv. Pur. &c.] or 4 [Bhadra7s3va, Ketu-mlla, Jambu-dvipa and Uttara1h2
Kuravah2 MBh. vi, 208 Hariv. Ka1v. &c. cf. Dharmas. cxx] or 13 [the latter four + 9, viz. Indra-dvipa, Kaseru1-mat,
Ta1mra-varn2a, Gabhasti-mat, Na1ga-dvipa, Saumya, Ga1ndharva, Varun2a and Bha1rata, which are enumerated VP.
ii, 3, 6; 7, as forming Bha1rata-varsha] or 18 [among which the Upa-dvipas are said to be included Naish. i, 5 Sch.];
they are situated round the mountain Meru, and separated from each other by distinct concentric circumambient
oceans; %{ayaM@dvIpaH} = %{jambu-dv-} BhP. v, 16, 5 or = %{bhArata-dv-} VP. ii, 3, 7); m. place of refuge, shelter,
protection or protector MBh. Ka1ran2d2.; a tiger's skin L.; cubebs L. (cf. %{-sambhava}).
dvividhaa = two kinds of
dyaamutemaaM = sky
dyutaM = gambling
dyuta* = n. N. of the 7th mansion (= $) Var. (v.l. {dyuna}, or {dyUna}).
dyUta* = n. (m. only MBh. ii, 2119; cf. Pn. 2-4, 31) play, gaming, gambling (esp. with dice, but also with any inanimate
object). AV. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (fig.) battle or fight, contest for (comp.) MBh. iii, 3037 &c.; the prize or booty won in
battle ib. vii, 3966; ix, 760.
dyuti (dyoti)= gleam* = f. splendour (as a goddess Hariv. 14035), brightness, lustre, majesty, dignity. Mn. MBh. Var.
Kv. &c.; (dram.) a threatening attitude Das'ar. Sh.; m. N. of a Riishi under Manu Merusvarna Hariv.; of a son of
Manu Tmasa ib.
dyutiM = the sunshine
dyau = from outer space
Sanskrit Dictionary
E
ebhiH = by them
ebhyaH = to these demigods
edh* =cl. 1. . {e4dhate} (rarely P. {-ti}), {edhAM-cakre}, {edhitA}, {edhiSyate}, {aidhiSTa}, to prosper, increase,
become happy, grow strong RV. AV. VS. S'Br. Mn.; to grow big with self-importance, become insolent; to become
intense, extend, spread, gain ground (as fire or passions) MBh. BhP.; to swell, rise (as waters) BhP.: Caus. {edhayati},
to cause to prosper or increase, wish for the welfare or happiness (of any one), bless BhP. Kum. vi, 90 Bhathth.
edha* = m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232,1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling see {agny-edha}; [cf.
Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232,1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
edhaa.nsi = firewood
edhamAnadviS * = mfn. hating those who have become insolent or impious (through prosperity)
edhate = (1 ap) to grow
edhita * = mfn. grown, increased, enlarged, made big, made to spread, filled up
edhitR * = mfn. one who increases
edhanIya * mfn. to be increased or enlarged.
edhavat * =mfn. kept up with fuel (as fire)
edhodaka * =n. fuel and wate r
edhatu * =1 (for 2. see p. 232, col. 1), {us} mf. prosperity, happiness RV. viii, 86, 3 AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m. man Un. i,
79; (mfn.) increased, grown L.
edhas * =1 {as} n. happiness, prosperity\\ 2 n. fuel
edha * =m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232, 1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling see {agny-edha}; [cf.
Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232, 1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
eka = one
ekaM = one
ekaH = (adj) one
ekatvaM = in oneness
ekatvena = in oneness
ekada.ntaM = one who has a single tusk
ekada.ntaaya = to the one-tusked
ekamaksharaM = pranava
ekamevaadvitiiyaM = one without a second
ekaanta *= m. a lonely or retired or secret place, (%{e} ind. in a lonely or solitary place, alone, apart, privately) MBh.
Mn. S3ak. &c.; a single part, part, portion Pat.; the only end or aim, exclusiveness, absoluteness, necessity R. Sus3r. &c.;
devotion to one object, worship of one Being, monotheistic doctrine MBh. BhP.; (%{am}, %{ena}, %{At}) ind. solely,
only, exclusively, absolutely, necessarily, by all means, in every respect, invariably MBh. Megh. Bhartr2. Kap. &c.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
(mfn.) directed towards or devoted to only one object or person BhP. R. &c.; %{-karuNa} mfn. wholly and solely
compassionate, wholly charitable Hit.; %{-grahaNa} n. partial comprehension Car.; %{-grAhin} mfn. comprehending
partially ib.; %{-tas} ind. lonely, alone; solely, exclusively, invariably, &c.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. exclusive worship BhP.;
the state of being a part or portion Pat.; %{-duHSamA} f. `" containing only bad years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes
in the wheel of time (the sixth of the Avasarpin2i1 and the first of the Utsarpin2i1, qq.v.); %{-bhAva} m. devotedness to
only one object MBh.; %{-bhUta} mfn. one who is alone or solitary BhP.; %{-mati} mfn. having the mind fixed on one
object; %{-rahasya} n. N. of wk.; %{-rAj} m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva; %{-vihArin} mfn. wandering alone; %{-zIla} mfn.
fond of loneliness MBh.; %{-suSamA} f. `" containing only good years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel of
time (the first of Avasarpin2i1 and the sixth of Utsarpin2i1, qq. v.); %{-sthita} mfn. staying or remaining alone or apart.
akatva * = n. oneness, unity, union, coincidence, identity Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; (in Gr.) the singular number
Ka1s3.; singleness, soleness HYog.
ekayaa = by one
ekavachanaM = singular
ekasthaM = in one place
ekasmin.h = in one
ekaaH = one
ekaakini = solitary woman
ekaakii = alone
ekaagra = one-pointed
ekaagraM = with one attention
ekaagreNa = with full attention
ekaantaM = overly
ekaaksharaM = the one syllable
eke = in one
ekena = alone
ekaikaM = one by one
ekaikamaksharaM = each and every word
eko.ahaM = I the one single being
eNa *= %{as}, %{I4} mf. a species of deer or antelope (described as being of a black colour with beautiful eyes and
short legs) AV. v, 14, 11 VS. xxiv, 36 Mn. iii, 269 MBh. &c.; m. (in astron.) Capricorn.
ena *= 1 a pronom. base (used for certain cases of the 3rd personal pronoun, thus in the acc. sing. du. pl. [%{enam},
%{enAm}, %{enad}, &c.], inst. sing. [%{enena}, %{enayA}] gen. loc. du. [%{enayos}, Ved. %{enos}]; the other cases are
formed fr. the pronom. base %{a} see under %{idam}), he, she, it; this, that, (this pronoun is enclitic and cannot begin a
sentence; it is generally used alone, so that %{enam@puruSam}, `" that man "', would be very unusual if not incorrect.
Grammarians assert that the substitution of %{enam} &c. for %{imam} or %{etam} &c. takes place when something is
referred to which has already been mentioned in a previous part of the sentence; see Gr. 223 and 836); [cf. Gk. $, $;
Goth. {ains}; Old Pruss. {ains}; Lat. &72418[232,1] {oinos}, {unus}.] \\2 and %{enA}, Ved. instr. of %{idam} q.v.\\3 (cf.
%{eNa}), a stag. see %{an-ena}.
enaa *= ind. here, there; in this manner, thus; then, at that time RV. AV.; (%{enA4@para4s} ind. further on RV. x, 27,
Sanskrit Dictionary
21; 31, 8; %{para4@enA4} ind. beyond here; there; beyond [with instr.] RV. x, 125, 8; %{ya4tra} - %{enA4}, whither thither.)
enaM = this
enas * = {as} n. ( {i} Un. iv, 197; {in} BRD.), mischief, crime, sin, offence, fault RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. &c.; evil,
unhappiness, misfortune, calamity RV. AV.; censure, blame L.; [cf. Zd. {aenaGh}; Gk. $.]
enasvin * = mfn. wicked, &72437[232, 1] sinful, a sinner RV. AitBr. S'Br. Mn.
enasya * = mfn. produced by sin; counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful AV. vi, 115, 2; viii, 7, 3 S'Br.
eraka * = m. N. of a Nga MBh. i, 2154; ({A}) f. a kind of grass of emollient and diluent properties MBh. VP. Bhpr. &c.;
[cf. Gk. $]; &72471[232, 1] ({I}) f. a species of plant; N. of a river; ({am}) n. a woollen carpet (Buddh.)
eSaNa* = 1 {am}, {A} n. f. impulse, ardent desire BhP. \\* = 2 mfn. seeking for, wishing Nir.; m. an iron arrow L.; ({A})
f. seeking with, desire, begging, solicitation, request S'Br. Pn. Rjat. &c.; (with Jainas) right behaviour when begging
food Sarvad. 39, 9; ({I}) f. an iron or steel probe Sus'r.; a goldsmith's scale L.; ({am}) n. the act of seeking, begging,
solicitation MBh.; medical examination, probing Sus'r.
esha* = 1 mfn. gliding, running, hastening RV. \\* = 2 (nom. m. of {eta4d} q.v.)\\* = 3 mfn. (fr. 3. {iS}) ifc. seeking
S'Br. xiii; m. the act of seeking or going after RV. x, 48, 9; ({eSa4}), wish, option RV. i, 180, 4, (cf. {svaI7Sa4}); ({A}) f.
wish L.; [cf. Zd. {ae7sha}; O. H. G. {e1r}.]
eshhaH = this
eshhaa = this
eshhaaM = of them
eshhyati = comes
eshhyasi = you will attain
eshin *= mfn. (generally ifc.) going after , seeking , striving for , desiring AitBr. MBh. Ragh. &c.
etat.h = it
etan.h = this
etayoH = of these two
etasya = of this
etaaM = this
etaan.h = all these
etaani = all these
etaavan* = (by Sandhi for {etA4vat})
etaavat.h = this much * = mfn. so great, so much, so many, of such a measure or compass, of such extent, so far, of such
quality or kind RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; (often in connection with a relative clause, the latter generally following;
{etAvAn eva puruSo yaj jAyA7tmA prajA}, a man is of such measure as [i.e. made complete by] his wife, himself, and his
progeny Mn. ix, 45) R. BhP. Hit. &c.; ({at}) ind. so far, thus far, so much, in such a degree, thus RV. vii, 57, 3 S'Br. Hit.
&c.
etad * = mfn. (Gr. 223; g. %{sarvA7di} Pa1n2. 1-1, 27) this, this here, here (especially as pointing to what is nearest to
the speaker e.g. %{eSa@bANaH}, this arrow here in my hand; %{eSa@yAti@panthAH}, here passes the way;
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{eSa@kAlaH}, here i.e. now, is the time; %{etad}, this here i.e. this world here below); sometimes used to give
emphasis to the personal pronouns (e.g. %{eSo'ham}, I, this very person here) or with omission of those pronouns (e.g.
%{eSa@tvAM@svargaM@nayAmi}, I standing here will convey thee to heaven; %{etau@praviSTau@svaH}, we two
here have entered); as the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to
the noun to be supplied (e.g. %{etad@eva@hi@me@dhanam}, for this [scil. cow] is my only wealth MBh.); but
sometimes the neuter sing. remains (e.g. %{etad@guruSu@vRttiH}, this is the custom among Gurus Mn. ii, 206);
%{etad} generally refers to what precedes, esp. when connected with %{idam}, the latter then referring to what follows
(e.g. %{eSa@vai@prathamaH@kalpaH} %{anukalpas@tv@ayaM@jJeyaH}, this before-mentioned is the principal rule,
but this following may be considered a secondary rule Mn. iii, 147); it refers also to that which follows, esp. when
connected with a relative clause (e.g. %{eSa@cai9va@gurur@dharmo@yam@pravakSyAmy@ahaM@tava}, this is the
important law, which I will proclaim to you MBh.) RV. &c. &c.; (%{a4d}) ind. in this manner, thus, so, here, at this
time, now (e.g. %{na4@vA4@u@eta4n@mriyase}, thou dost not die in this manner or by that RV. i, 162, 21) AV. VS.
&c.; [cf. Zd. {ae7ta}; Old Pers. {aita}; Armen. {aid}; Osk. {eiso}.]
eti = attain * = f. arrival, approach RV. x, 91, 4; 178, 2.
ete = they
etena = by this
eteshhaaM = of the Pandavas
etaiH = all these
etaiH = all these
eva = ( used to put emphasis )
eva * = 1 (in the Sanhit also {evA4}) ind. ({i} Un. i, 152; fr. pronom. base {e} BRD., probably connected with 2. {e4va}),
so, just so, exactly so (in the sense of the later {evam}) RV. AV.; indeed, truly, really (often at the beginning of a verse in
conjunction with other particles, as {id}, {hi}) RV.; (in its most frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any
word, {eva} must be variously rendered by such adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only, even, alone, merely,
immediately on, still, already, &c. (e.g. {tvam eva yantA nA7nyo 'sti pRthivyAm}, thou alone art a charioteer, no other is
on earth, i. e. thou art the best charioteer MBh. iii, 2825; {tAvatIm eva rAtrim}, just so long as a night; {evam} {eva} or
{tathai9va}, exactly so, in this manner only; in the same manner as above; {tenai9va mantreNa}, with the same Mantra
as above; {apaH spRSTvai9va}, by merely touching water; {tAn eva}, these very persons; {na cirAd eva}, in no long
time at all; {japyenai9va}, by sole repetition; {abhuktvai9va}, even without having eaten; {iti vadann eva}, at the very
moment of saying so; {sa jIvann eva}, he while still living, &c.) RV. &c. MBh. &c.; (sometimes, esp. in connection with
other adverbs, {eva} is a mere expletive without any exact meaning and not translatable e.g. {tv eva}, {cai9va}, {eva ca},
&c.; according to native authorities {eva} implies emphasis, affirmation, detraction, diminution, command,
restrainment); [cf. Zd. {aeva}; Goth. {aiv}; Old Germ. {eo}, {io}; Mod. Germ. {je}.]
e4va * = 2 mfn. ({i}), going, moving, speedy, quick TBr. iii Un.; m. course, way (generally instr. pl.) RV.; the earth,
world VS. xv, 4; 5 [Mahdh.]; a horse RV. i, 158, 3 [Sy.]; ({As}) m. pl. way or manner of acting or proceeding, conduct,
habit, usage, custom RV.; [cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. &72584[232, 2] {aevu-m}; Goth. {aivs}; O.H.G {e7wa} and Angl. Sax. {e7u},
{e7o}, `" custom "', `" law "'; Germ. {ehe}.]
evam * = ind. (fr. pronom. base %{e} BRD.; probably connected with 1. %{eva4}), thus, in this way, in such a manner,
such, (it is not found in the oldest hymns of the Veda, where its place is taken by 1. %{eva4}, but occurs in later hymns
ind in the Bra1hman2as, especially in connection with %{vid}, `" to know "', and its derivatives [e.g.
%{ya@evaM@veda}, he who knows so; cf. %{evaM-vi4d}, col. 3]; in classical Sanskr2it %{evam} occurs very frequently,
especially in connection with the roots %{vac}, `" to speak "', and %{zru}, `" to hear "', and refers to what precedes as
well as to what follows [e.g. %{evam@uktvA}, having so said [232,3]; %{evam@evai9tat}, this is so; %{evam@astu}, or
%{evam@bhavatu}, be it so, I assent; %{asty@evam}, it is so; %{yady@evam}, if this be so; %{kim@evam}, how so?
what is the meaning of it? what does this refer to? %{mai9vam}, not so! %{evam} - %{yathA} or %{yathA} - %{evam},
so - as) Mn. S3ak. &c.; (it is also often used like an adjective [e.g. %{evaM@te@vacane@rataH}, rejoicing in such words
of thine; where %{evam} = %{evaM-vidhe}]) MBh. S3ak. &c.; sometimes %{evam} is merely an expletive; according to
lexicographers %{evam} may imply likeness (so); sameness of manner (thus); assent (yes, verily); affirmation (certainly,
indeed, assuredly); command (thus, &c.); and be used as an expletive.
Sanskrit Dictionary
G
ga *= 1 (3rd consonant of the alphabet), the soft guttural having the sound %{g} in %{give}; m. N. of Gan2e7s3a L.\\ 2
mf(%{A})n. (%{gam}) only ifc. going, moving (e.g. %{yAna-}, going in a carriage Mn. iv, 120 Ya1jn5. iii, 291; %{zIghra}, going quickly R. iii, 31, 3; cf. %{antarikSa-} &c.); having sexual intercourse with (cf. %{anya-strI-}); reaching to (cf.
%{kaNTha-}); staying, being, abiding in VarBr2. Ragh. iii, 13 Katha1s. &c. (e.g. %{paJcama-}, abiding in or keeping the
fifth place, S3rut.); relating to or standing in connection with R. vi, 70, 59 BhP. &c. (cf. %{a-}, %{agra-}, %{a-jihma-},
%{atyanta-}, &c.; %{agre-ga4}, &c.)\\3 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 3-2, 8)n. (%{gai}) only ifc. singing (cf. %{chando-}, %{purANa}, %{sAma-}); m. a Gandharva or celestial musician L.; (%{A}) f. a song L.; (%{am}) n. id. L.\\ 4 (used in works on
prosody as an abbreviation of the word %{guru} to denote) a long syllable W.; (in music used as an abbreviation of the
word %{gAndhAra} to denote) the third note.
gaa = (v) to come
gaadha *= mf(%{A})n. (ifc. Pa1n2. 6-2, 4) offering firm standing-ground, fordable (as a river), not very deep, shallow,
KaushBr. ii, 9 Nir. MBh. &c.; (%{a4m}) n. ground for standing on in water, shallow place, ford RV. TS. iv S3Br. xii
Ta1n2d2yaBr. &c. (with %{bhAradvAjasya}N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.); m. id. R. v, 94, 12; = %{sthAna} L.; desire,
cupidity L.; m. pl.N. of a people AV. Paris3. li, 22.
gaaDha *= mfn. dived into, bathed in Ragh. ix, 72; `" deeply entered "', pressed together, tightly drawn, closely
fastened, close, fast (opposed to %{zithila}) MBh. iv, 152 (said of a bow) R. Ragh. &c.; thick, dense L.; strong, vehement,
firm MBh. &c.; (%{am}, in comp. %{a-}) ind. tightly, closely, firmly Mr2icch. Megh. Sus3r. &c.; strongly, much, very
much, excessively, heavily MBh. &c.
gaamin *= mfn. going anywhere (local adv. [MBh. i] or acc. [Pa1n2. 2-3, 70 Ka1s3.] or %{prati} MBh. iv); (in the
following meanings only) ifc. (Pa1n2. 2-1, 24 Va1rtt. 1) going or moving on or in or towards or in any peculiar manner
Mn. iii, 10 MBh. &c.; having sexual intercourse with Ya1jn5. ii, 234 (cf. %{mAtR-g-}); reaching or extending to R. v
VarBr2S.; coming to one's share, due Ya1jn5. ii MBh. xiii Hariv. S3ak. &c.; attaining, obtaining Ma1lav. v, 12/13;
directed towards Mn. xi, 56 Bhag. viii, 8; relating to MBh. ii, 26 Sa1h. vi, 180 (cf. %{agra-}, %{anta-}, %{anya-},
%{Azu-}, %{Rtu-}, %{kAma-}.)
gaana* = n. singing, song KtyS'r. Lthy. i, vii Hariv. 11793 Sis'. ix, 54; a sound L. (cf. {araNya-}, {Uha-}, {Uhya-}
gaathazravas * = ({-tha4-}) mfn. famous through (epic) songs (Indra), viii, 2, 38.
gaathaka * = m. (Pn. 3-1, 146) a singer (chanter of the Purnas) Pn. 1-1, 34 Ks'. Rjat. vii, 934; ({ikA}) f. an epic
song Yj. i, 45 MBh. iii, 85, 30 Ratna7v. ii, 5/6.
gaathA-kAra * = m. author of (epic) songs or verses Pn. 3-2, 23; a singer, reciter W.
gaathA-nArAzaMsI4 * = f. du. epic songs and particularly those in praise of men or heroes MaitrS. i, 11, 5; f. pl. id. S'Br.
xi, 5, 6, 8 (cf. {nArAzaMsI4}.)
gaathAnI * = mfn. leading a song or a choir RV. i, 190, 1 and viii, 92, 2.
gaathA7ntara * = m. N. of the fourth Kalpa or period of the world.
gaatha * = m. a song RV. i, 167, 6 and ix, 11, 4 SV.; ({gA4thA}) f. id. RV.; a verse, stanza (especially one which is neither
Riic, nor Sman, nor Yajus, a verse not belonging to the Vedas, but to the epic poetry of legends or khynas, such as
the S'unahs'epa-khyna or the Suparn.) AV. TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; the metrical part of a Stra Buddh.; N. of the ry
metre; any metre not enumerated in the regular treatises on prosody (cf. {Rg-gAthA}, {riju-gAtha}, {yajJa-gAthA}.)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
{-gamya} or {-gatya} Pn. 6-4, 38) to go, move, go away, set out, come RV. &c.; to go to or towards, approach (with acc.
or loc. or dat. [MBh. Ragh. ii, 15; xii, 7; cf. Pn. 2-3, 12] or {prati} [MBh. R.]) RV. &c.; to go or pass (as time e.g. {kAle
gacchati}, time going on, in the course of time) R. Ragh. Megh. Naish. Hit.; to fall to the share of (acc.) Mn. &c.; to go
against with hostile intentions, attack L.; to decease, die Cn.; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (acc.)
s'vGri. iii, 6 Mn. &c.; to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (e.g. {mitratAM
gacchati}, `" he goes to friendship "' i.e. he becomes friendly) RV. AV. &c.; {jAnubhyAm avanIM-gam}, `" to go to the
earth with the knees "', kneel down MBh. xiii, 935 Pacat. v, 1, 10/11; {dharaNIM mUrdhnA-gam}, `" to go to the earth
with the head "', make a bow R. iii, 11, 6; {ma4nasA-gam}, to go with the mind, observe, perceive RV. iii, 38, 6 VS. Nal.
R.; (without {ma4nasA}) to observe, understand, guess MBh. iii, 2108; (especially Pass. {gamyate}, `" to be understood
or meant "') Pn. Ks'. and L. Sch.; {doSeNa} or {doSato-gam}, to approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to a
person (acc.) MBh. i, 4322 and 7455 R. iv, 21, 3: Caus. {gamayati} (Pn. 2-4, 46; Impv. 2. sg. Ved. {gamayA} or
{gAmaya} [RV. v, 5, 10], 3. sg. {gamayatAt} AitBr. ii, 6; perf. {gamayA4M cakAra} AV. &c.) to cause to go (Pn. 8-1, 60
Ks'.) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to (dat. AV.), bring to a place (acc. [Pn. 1-4, 52] or loc.) RV. &c.; to cause
to go to any condition, cause to become TS. S'Br. &c.; to impart, grant MBh. xiv, 179; to send away Pn. 1-4, 52 Ks'.; `"
to let go "', not care about Blar. v, 10; to excel Prasannar. i, 14; to spend time S'ak. Megh. Ragh. &c.; to cause to
understand, make clear or intelligible, explain MBh. iii, 11290 VarBriS. L. Sch.; to convey an idea or meaning, denote
Pn. 3-2, 10 Ks'.; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (acc.) to go by means of {jigamiSati} another Pn. 1-4, 52
Ks'.: Desid. {ji4gamiSati} Pn., or {jigAMsate} Pn. 6-4, 16 Siddh.; impf. {ajigAMsat} S'Br. x) to wish to go, be going
Lthy. MBh. xvi, 63; to strive to obtain S'Br. x ChUp.; to wish to bring (to light, {prakA4zam}) TS. i: Intens. {ja4Gganti}
(Naigh.), {jaGgamIti} or {jaGgamyate} (Pn. 7-4, 85 Ks'.), to visit RV. x, 41, 1 (p. {ga4nigmat}) VS. xxiii, 7 (impf.
{aganIgan}); [cf. $; Goth. {qvam}; Eng. {come}; Lat. {venio} for {gvemio}.]
gama*= mf({A})n. (Pn. 3-3, 58) ifc. going (e.g. {araM-}, {kAma-}, {kha-}, {tiryag-}, &c.); riding on (in comp.) Hcat. i,
11, 718; m. going, course Pn. 5-2, 19; march, decampment VarYogay. iv, 58; intercourse with a woman (in comp.) Mn.
xi, 55 Yj. ii, 293; going away from (abl.) Caurap.; (in math.) removal (as of fractions), Bjag.; a road L.; flightiness,
superficiality L.; hasty perusal W.; a game played with dice and men (as backgammon &c.) L.; a similar reading in two
texts Jain.
gamaH = take to
gamana = Going
gamanaM = going
gamya *= mfn. to be gone or gone to, approachable, accessible, passable, attainable (often %{a-} neg.) MBh. &c.; to be
fixed (as to the number, %{saMkhyayA}), countable RPra1t. xiv, 28; accessible to men (a woman), fit for cohabitation
Ya1jn5. ii, 290 MBh. i BhP. i, &c.; (a man) with whom a woman may have intercourse, v; libidinous, dissolute Das3. vii,
32; `" easily brought under the influence of (a drug) "', curable by (gen.) Bhartr2. i, 88; approaching, impending Gan2it.
Gol.; to be perceived or understood, intelligible, perceptible Mn. xii, 122 Megh. &c.; intended, meant L.; desirable,
suitable, fit Ya1jn5. i, 64.
gamyataa *= f. accessibility W.; perceptibility, intelligibleness, clearness; the being intended or meant Sa1h. x, 25.
gamyate = one can attain
gaNa* = m. a flock, troop, multitude, number, tribe, series, class (of animate or inanimate beings), body of followers or
attendants RV. AV. &c.; troops or classes of inferior deities (especially certain troops of demi-gods considered as S'iva's
attendants and under the special superintendence of the god Gane7s'a; cf. {-devatA}) Mn. Yj. Lalit. &c.; a single
attendant of S'iva VarBriS. Kaths. Rjat. iii, 270; N. of Gane7s'a W.; a company, any assemblage or association of men
formed for the attainment of the same aims Mn. Yj. Hit.; the 9 assemblies of Riishis under the Arhat Mah-vra
Jain.; a sect in philosophy or religion W.; a small body of troops (= 3 Gulmas or 27 chariots and as many elephants, 81
horses, and 135 foot) MBh. i, 291; a series or group of asterisms or lunar mansions classed under three heads (that of
the gods, that of the men, and that of the Rkshasas) W.; (in arithm.) a number L.; (in metre) a foot or four instants (cf.
{-cchandas}); (in Gr.) a series of roots or words following the same rule and called after the first word of the series (e.g.
{ad-Adi}, the g. {ad} &c. or the whole series of roots of the 2nd class; {gargA7di}, the g. {garga} &c. or the series of
words commencing with {garga}); a particular group of Smans Lthy. i, 6, 5 VarYogay. viii, 7; a kind of perfume L.; =
{vAc} (i.e. `" a series of verses "') Naigh. i, 11; N. of an author; ({A}) f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue
MBh. ix, 2645 (cf. {ahar-}, {maru4d-}, {vR4Sa-}, {sa4-}, {sapta4-}, {sa4rva-}; {deva-}, {mahA-}, and {vida-gaNa4}.)
ga.n = the letter or sound `ga.n
Sanskrit Dictionary
gantavyaM = to be reached
gantaasi = you shall go
gandha = smell (masc)
gandhaH = fragrance
gandharva = of the Gandharvas
gandharvaaNaaM = of the citizens of the Gandharva planet
gandhaan.h = smellsgariimaa = (f) superiority
gaNes'a *= m. (= %{-Na-nAtha}) N. of the god of wisdom and of obstacles (son of S3iva and Pa1rvati1, or according to
one legend of Pa1rvati1 alone; though Gan2e7s3a causes obstacles he also removes them; hence he is invoked at the
commencement of all undertakings and at the opening of all compositions with the words
%{namo@gaNe7zAya@vighne7zvarAya}; he is represented as a short fat man with a protuberant belly, frequently
riding on a rat or attended by one, and to denote his sagacity has the head of an elephant, which however has only one
tusk; the appellation Gan2e7s3a, with other similar compounds, alludes to his office as chief of the various classes of
subordinate gods, who are regarded as S3iva's attendants; cf. RTL. pp. 48, 62, 79, 392, 440; he is said to have written
down the MBh. as dictated by Vya1sa MBh. i, 74 ff.; persons possessed, by Gan2e7s3a are referred to Ya1jn5. i, 270 ff.);
N. of S3iva MBh. iii, 1629; = %{gaNa-puMgava} VarBr2. xiii, 8; m. pl. (= %{vidye7za} or %{-zvara}) a class of Siddhas
(with S3aivas) Hcat. i, 11, 857 ff; N. of a renowned astronomer of the 16th century; of a son of Ra1ma-deva (author of a
Comm. on Nalo7d.) [343,3]; of a son of Vis3vana1tha-di1kshita and grandson of Bha1vara1ma-kr2ishn2a (author of a
Comm. called Ciccandrika1); %{-kumbha} m. N. of a rocky cave in Orissa; %{-kusuma} m. a variety of oleander with
red flowers L.; %{-khaNDa} m. n. N. of BrahmaP. iii; of a section of the SkandaP.; %{-gItA} f. N. of a song in praise of
Gan2e7s3a; %{-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the light half of the month Bha1dra (considered as Gan2e7s3a's birthday)
RTL. p. 431; %{-tApinI} f. N. of an Up. (cf. %{gaNapati-pUrva-t-}); %{-purANa} n. N. of an Upa-pura1n2a; %{-pUjA} f.
the worship of Gan2e7s3a see RTL. pp. 211-217; %{-bhujaMga-prayAtastotra} n. N. of a hymn in praise of Gan2e7s3a
(attributed to S3am2kara7ca1rya); %{-bhUSaNa} n. red lead; %{-mizra} m. N. of a copyist of the last century; %{yAmala} n. N. of wk.; %{-vimarzinI} f. `" appeasing Gan2e7s3a "'N. of wk.; %{-sahasra-nAman} n. N. of a part of the
Gan2P.; %{-stava@rAja} m. N. of a part of the BhavP.; %{-stuti} f. a hymn in honour of Gan2e7s3a by Ra1ghava; %{zo7papurANa} n. = %{-za-pur-}.
gangaa = river Ganga
gangaasaagara = the sea of Ganga (banks of the Ganges)
gaN.h = to count, to consider
gaNa = Number
gaNadevatA* = {As} f. pl. troops of deities who generally appear in classes (dityas, Vis'vas, Vasus, Tushitas,
bhsvaras, Anilas, Mahrjikas, Sdhyas, and Rudras)
gaNakarishhiH = the rishi of this stotra is gaNaka
gaNanaa = consideration
gaNapataye = to gaNapati
gaNapati = gaNaanaaM pathiH or lord of groups (of devas)
gaNapatiM = Ganesh
gaNapatirdevataa = the god of this stotra
gaNapatii = god of luck and wisdom
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
fate R. vi Megh. 93; {kAvyasya g-}, the progress or course of a poem R. i, 3, 2); arriving at, obtaining (with gen. loc., or
ifc.) S'Br. ix MBh. &c.; acting accordingly, obeisance towards (loc.) p. i, 13 f.; path, way, course (e.g. {anyatarAM
gatiM-gam}, `" to go either way "', to recover or die s'vS'r.) R. Bhag. &c.; a certain division of the moos path and the
position of the planet in it (the diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit?) VarBriS.; issue Bhag. iv, 29; running wound or
sore Sus'r.; place of issue, origin, reason ChUp. i, 8, 4 f. Mn. i, 110 R. Mudr.; possibility, expedient, means Yj. i, 345
R. i Mlav. &c.; a means of success; way or art, method of acting, stratagem R. iii, vi; refuge, resource Mn. viii, 84 R.
Kaths. Vet. iv, 20; cf. RTL. p. 260; the position (of a child at birth) Sus'r.; state, condition, situation, proportion, mode
of existence KathhUp. iii, 11 Bhag. Pacat. &c.; a happy issue; happiness MBh. iii, 17398; the course of the soul through
numerous forms of life, metempsychosis, condition of a person undergoing this migration Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; manner
s'vGri. i Sch.; the being understood or meant Pat.; (in gram.) a term for prepositions and some other adverbial
prefixes (such as {alam} &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a verb or with verbal derivatives (cf.
{karmapravacanIya}) Pn. 1-4, 60 ff.; vi, 2, 49 ff. and 139; viii, 1, 70 f.; a kind of rhetorical figure Sarasv. ii, 2; a
particular high number Buddh.; `" Motion "' (personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Pulaha) BhP. i, v, 1; m.
N. of a son of Anala Hariv. i, 3, 43.
gatiM = progress, V*= destination, position, way, progress, path
gatiH = entrance
gatra = body
gatvaa = attaining
gavaakshaH = (m) window, an opening for ventilation
gaurava = glory *= mfn. relating or belonging to a Guru or teacher BhP. i, 7, 46; m. N. of a poisonous plant Gal.; n. (g.
%{pRthv-Adi}) weight, heaviness MBh. R. &c.; difficulty Car. iii, 4; heaviness in argumentation, cumbrousness, needless
multiplication of causes Sarvad. ii, xi f. KapS. i, 89 Sch.; length (in prosody), S3rut. &c.; importance, high value or
estimation R. &c.; gravity, respectability, venerableness A1p. Mn. ii, 145 MBh. &c.; respect shown to a person (e.g.
%{mAtR-gauravAt}, `" out of respect for one's mother "' Pan5cat.) R. S3ak. &c.
gata *= mfn. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i, 119, 4 AV. &c.; past (as time),
gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh. &c.; come, come forth from (in comp.
or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Katha1s. ii, 11; come to, approached, arrived at, being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in
comp. e.g. %{sabhAM@g-}, `" come to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; %{kAnyakubje@g-}, gone to Ka1nyakubja Pan5cat.
v; %{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; %{Adya-g-}, %{turya-g-}, %{antya-g-}, taking the first, fourth,
last place; %{sarva-g-}, spread everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S3Br. &c.; having walked (a path acc.);
gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. %{kSayaM} or %{-ye@g-}, gone to destruction;
%{Apad-g-}, fallen into misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with (e.g. %{putra-g@sneha}, love directed towards the son R. i; %{tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited RV.
vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.; spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the meaning of (loc.) L.; n.
going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S3ak. vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the being gone or having disappeared Ca1n2.; the
place where any one has gone Pa1n2. Ka1s3.; anything past or done, event W.; diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp.
vii, 1, 5; manner Pa1n2. 1-3, 21 Va1rtt. 5.
gava *= 1 in comp. before a word beginning with a vowel [Pa1n2. 6-1, 123 f.] and ifc. [v, 4, 92 and vi, 2, 72; f. %{I} cf.
%{guru-gavI4}, %{brahma-gavI}, %{brAhmaNa-}, %{bhilla-}, %{strI-}] for %{go4}, a cow, cattle (cf. %{SaD-gava4},
%{dvAdaza-gava4} &c.); %{I}) for %{go4}, a cow, cattle (see before); speech S3is3. ii, 68.
gauravaM = respect *= mfn. relating or belonging to a Guru or teacher BhP. i, 7, 46; m. N. of a poisonous plant Gal.; n.
(g. %{pRthv-Adi}) weight, heaviness MBh. R. &c.; difficulty Car. iii, 4; heaviness in argumentation, cumbrousness,
needless multiplication of causes Sarvad. ii, xi f. KapS. i, 89 Sch.; length (in prosody), S3rut. &c.; importance, high
value or estimation R. &c.; gravity, respectability, venerableness A1p. Mn. ii, 145 MBh. &c.; respect shown to a person
(e.g. %{mAtR-gauravAt}, `" out of respect for one's mother "' Pan5cat.) R. S3ak. &c.
gautama* = mf({I})n. relating to Gotama (with {pada-stobha} m. pl.N. of a Sman); m. patr. fr. Gotama (N. of Kus'ri,
Uddlaka, Aruna S'Br.; of S'aradvat Hariv. Mriicch. v, 30 VP.; of S'ata7nanda L.; of S'kya-muni; of Nodhas and Vmadeva RAnukr.; of a teacher of ritual Lthy. s'vS'r. s'vGri.; of a grammarian TPrt. Lthy. [with the epithet {sthavira}];
of a legislator Yj. i, 5; the father of Ekata, Dvita, and Trita MBh. ix, 2073); (= {got-}) N. of the first pupil of the last
Jina (one of the three Kevalins); N. of a Nga (also {-maka}) DivyA7v. ii; m. pl. Gautama's family Hariv. 1788 Pravar.; a
Sanskrit Dictionary
kind of poison L.; n. N. of several Smans rshBr. Lthy. iv, 6, 16; fat (cf. {bhAradvAja}, `" bone "') L.; ({gau4tamI}) f.
(ganas {gaurA7di} and {zArGgaravA7di}) a female descendant of Gotama (N. of Kriip Hariv. BhP.; of Mah-prajpat
Lalit. vii, xv) MBh. xiii, 17 ff. S'ak.; N. of Durg Hariv. 10236; of a Rkshas L.; of a river (= {go-dAvarI}, or {go-matI})
MBh. xiii, 7647 R. vi, 2, 27; the bile-stone of cattle ({go-rocanA}) L.; = {rAjanI} L.
gavi = in the cow
geya = that which can be sung * = mfn. (Pn. 3-1, 97 Ks'.) to be sung, being sung or praised in song Lthy. Hariv. Pn.
3-4, 68 BhP. x; singing, singer of (gen.) Pn. 3-4, 68; n. a song, singing MBh. R. Megh. &c. (said of the flies) humming
Pacat. i, 15, 8/9); cf. {AzIr-}, {prAtar-}.
geyaM = is to be sung
gehe = in the house
gehenardin * = mfn. `" shouting defiance at home "', id. ib. Bhathth. v, 41.
ghRNa = heat, ardour, sunshine, through heat or sunshine; a warm feeling towards others, compassion, tenderness;
aversion, contempt; horror, disgust; a kind of cucumber
ghaaTa * =mfn. (%{ghaT}) `" working on "' see %{danta-}; = %{ghATA} (or %{-Te}) %{yasyA7sti} (or %{-sya@stas}) g.
%{arza-Adi} (not in Ka1s3.); n. management of an elephant Gal.; m. for %{ghaTa} (a pot) Hariv. 16117 (C); the nape or
back of the neck, cervical ligament L.; (%{A}) f. id. Car. i, 17, 17 Sus3r. vi, 25, 11 (cf. g. %{arza-Adi}) (cf. %{kara-}.) //2
ghaata = mfn. (%{han} Pa1n2. 7-3, 32 and 54) ifc. `" killing "' see %{amitra-}, %{go-}; m. a blow, bruise MBh. R. &c.;
slaying, killing Mn. x, 48 Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; injuring, hurting, devastation, destruction Ya1jn5. ii, 159 MBh. &c.; (see
%{grAma-} & %{karma-}); (in astron.) entrance Su1ryapr. AV. Paris3.; the product (of a sum in multiplication) Gan2it.
ghanaaya *= Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to be found in great numbers Un2. i, 108 Sch.
ghanadhAtu* = m. `" inspissated element of the body "', lymph L
ghaTa = pot * = mfn. intently occupied or busy with (loc.) Pa1n2. 5-2, 35; = %{ghaTA@yasyA7sti} g. %{arza-Adi}; m. a
jar, pitcher, jug, large earthen water-jar, watering-pot Mn. viii, xi Ya1jn5. iii, 144 Amr2itUp. MBh. &c.; the sign
Aquarius VarBr2S.; a measure = 1 Dron2a (or = 20 Dron2as W.) Asht2a7n3g. v, 6, 28 S3a1rn3gS. i, 28; the head MBh.
i, 155, 38 Sch.; a part of a column VarBr2S. liii, 29; a peculiar form of a temple, lvi, 18 and 26; an elephant's frontal
sinus L.; a border L.; (= %{kumbha4}) suspending the breath as a religious exercise L.; (along with %{karpara} cf. %{karpara}) N. of a thief Katha1s. lxiv, 43; (%{A}) f. (gan2as %{arza-Adi}, %{sidhmA7di} and %{picchA7di}) effort,
endeavour L.; an assembly L.; a number, collection, assemblage BhP. iii, 17, 6 Kpr. vii, 11/12; a troop (of elephants)
assembled for martial purposes Ma1lati1m. v, 19 VarBr2S. xliii S3is3. i, 64 Katha1s. Ra1jat.; justification (%{-TAm-aT},
`" to have one's self justified by another "') Bhadrab. iv; (perhaps %{-Ta}, m.) a kind of drum; a sweet citron L.; (%{I}) f.
a waterjar Prab. ii, 7/8; (also %{-Ti} q.v.; cf. %{-TI-ghaTa}) a period of time (= 24 minutes) Sch. on Ya1jn5. ii, 100-102
and on Su1ryas. i, 25; the Ghari1 or Indian clock (plate of iron or mixed metal on which the hours are struck) L.; a
particular procession PSarv. (cf. %{dur-}, %{bhadra-}.)
ghaTaH = (m) earthen pot
ghaTaka = component
ghaTi = Hour
ghataH = (m) earthen pot
ghatii = (f) clock, watch
ghana = dark, ghana also means cloud *= mf(%{A4})n. (%{han}) a striker, killer, destroyer RV. i, 4, 8; iii, 49, 1; iv, 38,
1; viii, 96, 18; compact, solid, material, hard, firm, dense, i, 8, 3 (%{ghanA4} for %{-na4m@A4}) Sus3r. &c.; coarse,
gross; viscid, thick, inspissated Sus3r. Bhartr2. Katha1s. xxiv, 93; full of (in comp.), densely filled with (in comp.) MBh.
i, xiii Ragh. viii, 90 Ratna7v. iv, 2; uninterrupted Pan5cat. iii, 14, 11; dark (cf. %{-zyAma}) BhP. iv, 5, 3; deep (as sound;
colour) MBh. i, 6680 VarBr2S. xliii, 19; complete, all Katha1s. iv, 53; auspicious, fortunate W.; m. (= $) slaying RV. vi,
26, 8; an iron club, mace, weapon shaped like a hammer, i, 33, 4; 36, 16; 63, 5; ix, 97, 16 AV. x, 4, 9; any compact mass
Sanskrit Dictionary
or substance (generally ifc.) S3Br. xiv &c. (said of the foetus in the 2nd month Nir. xiv, 6 Laghuj. iii, 4); ifc. mere,
nothing but (e.g. %{vijJAna-ghana4}, `" nothing but intuition "' S3Br. xiv) Ma1n2d2Up. 5 Pras3nUp. v, 5 BhP. viii f. (cf.
%{ambu-}, %{ayo-}); a collection, multitude, mass, quantity W.; vulgar people Subh.; a cloud MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}
Hariv. 2660); talc L.; the bulbous root of Cyperus Hexastachys communis Sus3r. vi; a peculiar form of a temple Hcat. ii,
1, 389; a particular method of reciting the RV. and Yajur-veda (cf. RTL. p. 409); the cube (of a number), solid body (in
geom.) Laghuj. Su1ryas.; phlegm (%{kapha}) L.; the body L.; extension, diffusion W.; n. any brazen or metallic
instrument or plate which is struck (cymbal, bell, gong, &c.) Hariv. 8688; iron L.; tin L.; a mode of dancing (neither
quick nor slow) L.; darkness L.; (%{am}) ind. closely Ratna7v. iii 9; (%{dhvan}, to sound) deep Ra1jat. v, 377; very
much W.; (%{A}) f. N. of a stringed instrument; Glycine debilis L.; a kind of creeper L.
ghanasama = Like cloud
ghanishha = well-built
ghaatayati = causes to hurt
ghaatukaH = (m) butcher
ghna * = mf({A} MBh. xiii, 2397 Hariv. 9426; {I} f. of 2. {han} q.v.)n. ifc. striking with Mn. viii, 386; killing, killer,
murderer, ix, 232 MBh. R. iii; destroying Mn. viii, 127 Yj. i, 138 R. i BhP. iv; removing Mn. vii, 218 Hariv. 9426 Sus'r.;
multiplied by VarBriS. li, 39 Sryas. (f. {I}); n. ifc. `" killing "' see {a4hi-}, {parNaya-ghna4} (cf. {artha-}, {arzo-},
{kAsa-}, {kula-}, {kuSTha-}, {kRta-}, {kRmi-}, {gara-}, {guru-}, {go-}, {jvara-}, {puruSa-}, &c.) ghna4t * = mfn. pr. p.
{han} q.v.
ghora = horrible * = mf({A4})n. (cf. {ghur}) venerable, awful, sublime (gods, the Angiras, the Riishis) RV. AV. ii, 34, 4;
terrific, frightful, terrible, dreadful, violent, vehement (as pains, diseases, &c. ) VS. AV. TS. ii S'Br. xii &c. (in comp., g.
{kASThA7di}); ({am}) ind. `" dreadfully "', very much g. {kASTA7di}; m. `" the terrible "', S'iva L. (cf. {-ghoratara}); N.
of a son of Angiras S'nkhBr. xxx, 6 s'vS'r. xii, 13, 1 ChUp. MBh. xiii, 4148; ({A}) f. the night L.; N. of a cucurbitaceous
plant L.; (scil. {gati}) N. of one of the 7 stations of the planet Mercury VarBriS. vii, 8 and 11; ({I}) f. N. of a female
attendant of Durg W.; ({a4m}) n. venerableness VS. ii, 32; awfulness, horror AV. S'Br. ix Kaus'. BhP. iv, 8, 36 Gobh. ii,
3 Sch.; `" horrible action "', magic formulas or charms RV. x, 34, 14 s'vS'r. S'nkhS'r. R. i, 58, 8 [379,3]; a kind of
mythical weapon MBh. v, 3491; poison L.; saffron L. (cf. {dhIra} and {gaura}).
ghore = ghastly
ghoshha = noise
ghoshthha* =m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pn. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.;
stable or station of animals (in general Pn. 5-2, 29 Vrtt. 3) MBh.; meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with
{aGgirasAm}N. of a Sman TndyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh.
xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. = {-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept
Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f. an assembly, meeting, society, association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior
branches), partnership, fellowship MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation, discourse, dialogue Pacat.
Kd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sh. vi, 274; N. of a village g. {palady-Adi} (Ks'. Ganar. 325); {karman} n. a rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19; {-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara}
m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `" born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva}
m. (fr. {zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders his neighbours,
malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a cow-pen L.; {-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati}
L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-}); {-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
ghrita = purified butter, Hindi ghee
ghritaM = (Nr.nom. + acc. S) ghee; clarified butter
gheparaida = (m) a celebration of homosexuality
ghoshhaH = vibration
ghosha * = m. indistinct noise, tumult, confused cries of a multitude, battle-cry, cries of victory, cries of woe or distress,
any cry or sound, roar of animals RV. AV. &c.; the sound of a drum, of a conchshell, of the Soma stones, of a carriage,
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c. RV. AV. &c.; the whizzing or whir of a bow-string [TBr. ii], crackling of fire [MBh. ix, 1334], singing in the ear [S'Br.
xiv]; the roaring of a storm, of thunder, of water, &c. RV. AV. Sus'r. Megh.; the sound of the recital of prayers MBh. R.
Mriicch. x, 12; the sound of words spoken at a distance S'Br. ix; rumour, report (also personified KtyS'r. Sch.) RV. x,
33, 1; a proclamation SaddhP. iv; a sound (of speech) ChUp. Sus'r.; the soft sound heard in the articulation of the
sonant consonants ({g}, {gh}, {j}, {jh}, {D}, {Dh}, {d}, {dh}, {b}, {bh}, {G}, {J}, {N}, {n}, {m}, {y}, {r}, {l}, {v}, {h}), the
vowels, and Anusvra which with the Yamas of the first 10 of the soft consonants make up altogether 40 sounds (cf. {agh-}) RPrt. xiii, 5 f. APrt. Sch. Pn. 1-1, 9 Sch.; an ornament that makes a tinkling sound BhP. x, 8, 22; a station of
herdsmen MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (ifc. cf. Pn. 6-2, 85); (pl.) the inhabitants of a station of herdsmen MBh. iv, 1152; a
particular form of a temple Hcat. ii, 1, 389; a musquito L.; Luffa foetida or a similar plant L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xii,
10386; N. of a man (Sy.) RV. i, 120, 5; of an Asura Kthh. xxv, 8; of a prince of the Knva dynasty BhP. xii, 1, 16; of a
son of Daksha's daughter Lamb Hariv. 148 and 12480; of an Arhat Buddh.; a common N. for a Kya-stha or one of the
writer caste W.; m. pl. (g. {dhUmA7di}) N. of a people or country VarBriS. xiv, 2; m. n. brass, bellmetal L.; ({A}) f.
Anethum Sowa L.; = {karkaTazRGgI} L.; N. of a daughter of Kakshvat RV. i, 117, 7; 122, 5 (? Impv. {ghuS}); x, 40, 5
(cf. {Atma-}, {indra-}, {uccair-}, &c.)
ghoshhayati = (10 up) to proclaim, announce
ghna *= mf(%{A} MBh. xiii, 2397 Hariv. 9426; %{I} f. of 2. %{han} q.v.)n. ifc. striking with Mn. viii, 386; killing,
killer, murderer, ix, 232 MBh. R. iii; destroying Mn. viii, 127 Ya1jn5. i, 138 R. i BhP. iv; removing Mn. vii, 218 Hariv.
9426 Sus3r.; multiplied by VarBr2S. li, 39 Su1ryas. (f. %{I}); n. ifc. `" killing "' see %{a4hi-}, %{parNaya-ghna4} (cf.
%{artha-}, %{arzo-}, %{kAsa-}, %{kula-}, %{kuSTha-}, %{kRta-}, %{kRmi-}, %{gara-}, %{guru-}, %{go-}, %{jvara-},
%{puruSa-}, &c.)
ghnataH = being killed
ghnii = destroying
ghoshaNa * = mfn. sounding BhP. iv, 5, 6; n. proclaiming aloud, public announcement R. v, 58, 18 Hit. (v.l.); (ifc.
Ragh. xii, 72); (%{A}) f. id. Mr2icch. x, 12 and 25 Pan5cat. Das3. Katha1s.
ghraaNaM = smelling power
giiratha* = m. `" the vehicle of speech "' = {gir-Iza} L.
gila * = swallowing
gir.h = language
giraH = words
giraaM = of vibrations
gira* = 1 ifc. = 1. {gi4r}, speech, voice VarBriS. xxxii, 5; 1. ({A}) f. (g. {ajA7di} Ganar. 41 Sch.) id. L.
giri = mountain
girikandara = (neut) ravine
girijaa = paarvati
girish = God of mountain attributed to Lord Shiva
giri4s'a * =m. (g. {lomA7di}) `" inhabiting mountains "', N. of Rudra-S'iva VS. xvi, 4 (voc.) MBh. Ragh. Kum. &c.; N. of
a Rudra RmatUp.; ({A}) f. = {-zAyikA} Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 14; N. of Durg Hariv. 9423 (v.l. {guhasya jananI}).
gir117s'a * =m. (= {-rI7ndra}) a high mountain; N. of the Himavat L.; `" mountain-lord "', S'iva MBh. xiii, 6348 Kum.;
one of the 11 Rudras Yj. ii, 102/103, 34; ({A}) f. N. of Durg Hariv. 9424 (cf. {giri-zA}).
gi4riis'a * m. `" lord of &110071[355, 1] speech "'N. of Briihaspati (regent of the planet Jupiter) L
Sanskrit Dictionary
gilati = to swallow
giirvaaNa *= (or %{-bANa}), `" whose arrow is speech "' (a corruption fr. %{gi4r-vaNas}), a god, deity BhP. iii, viii f.
Katha1s. cxvi f.; %{-kusuma} n. `" flower of the gods "', cloves L.; %{-pada-maJjari} f. N. of wk.; %{-vartman} n. `"
path of gods "', the sky Ka1d.; %{-senApati} m. `" army-chief of the gods "'N. of Skanda Ba1lar. iv, 17; %{-Ne7ndrasarasvatI} m. N. of a teacher.
giita = (n) song* = mfn. ( {gai}) sung, chanted, praised in songs Mn. ix, 42 MBh. &c.; n. singing, song VS. xxx TBr. iii
S'Br. iii, vi p. &c.; N. of four hymns addressed to Kriishna; ({A}) f. a song, sacred song or poem, religious doctrines
declared in metrical form by an inspired sage (cf. Agastyaggta4. Bhagavad-ggta4 [often called Gt Prab. vi, 9/10
&c.], Rma-ggta4, S'iva-ggta4); N. of a metre.
giitakrama* = m. the arrangement of a song W.; = {varNa} L.
giitajJa* = mfn. versed in the art of singing, acquainted with songs Yj. iii, 116.
giitanRtya* = n. sg. song and dance R. i, 24, 5; a particular dance.
giitaka* = n. a song, hymn Yj. iii, 113 BhP. viii VP. (Sh. i, 2/3, 14) Kaths.; a kind of metre ({narkuTaka}) VarBriS.
civ, 52; melody (seven in number) MrkP. xxiii, 51 and 59 ({ikA}) f. a short song or hymn MBh. iii, 8173 ({gAthikA} ed.
Bomb.); a metre of 4 X 20 syllables; a stanza composed in the Gti metre Kaths. cxvii, 109 (with reference to 65 f.) (cf.
{daza-gItikA}.)
giitaM = described
giitaa = Shrimad.h Bhagavad.h gItA
glaaniH = discrepancies
glaayati = (1 pp) to fade
go = cow / bull * = {gau4s} (acc. {gA4m} instr. {ga4vA} dat. {ga4ve}, gen. abl. {go4s} loc. {ga4vi}; du. {gA4vA} [Ved.],
{gA4vau}; pl. nom. {gA4vas} acc. {gA4s} [rarely {gA4vas} TBr. iii TUp. MBh. iv, 1506 R. ii] instr. {go4bhis} dat. abl.
{go4bhyas}, gen. {ga4vAm} [once at the end of a Pda RV. iv, 1, 19] and [in RV. at the end of Pdas only cf. Pn. 7-1,
57] {go4nAm} loc. {go4Su}) m. an ox f. a cow, (pl.) cattle, kine, herd of cattle RV. &c. (in comp. before vowels [cf. Pn.
6-1, 122 ff.] {gav}, {gava}, qq. vv.; cf. also {gavAm}, {gavi}, {gAM} ss.vv.; {gavAM vrata}N. of a Sman; {gavAM tIrtha}
see {go t-}; {go4Su-gam}, to set out for a battle [to conquer cows] RV. ii, 25, 4; v, 45, 9; viii, 71, 5); `" anything coming
from or belonging to an ox or cow "', milk (generally pl.), flesh (only pl. RV. x, 16, 7; `" fat "' Gmn.), skin, hide, leather,
strap of leather, bow-string, sinew (RV. x, 27, 22 AV. i, 2, 3) RV.; = {go4-SToma} (q.v.) AitBr. iv, 15 S'Br. xiii ( also {goAyu4s}); (pl.) `" the herds of the sky "', the stars RV. i, 154, 6 and vii, 36, 1; (m. [also f. Un. Sch.]) rays of light
(regarded as the herds of the sky, for which Indra fights with Vriitra) MBh. i, iii Hariv. 2943 R. &c.; m. the sign Taurus
VarBriS. xl f. VarBri. Laghuj.; the sun (cf. {-putra}) Nir. ii, 6 and 14; the moon L.; a kind of medicinal plant ({RSabha})
L.; a singer, praiser (fr. {gai}) Naigh. iii, 16; `" a goer "', horse (fr. 1. {gA}) Sy. on RV. i, 121, 9 and iv, 22, 8; N. of two
Riishis of the SV. (with the patr. ngirasa [TndyaBr. xvi] and Myka); N. of a man (who with Pushkara is said to be
the {balA7dhyakSa} of the sons and grandsons of Varuna) MBh. ii, 381 (cf. R. vii, 23, 28); m. or f. (?) the sus ray called
Sushumna Nir. ii, 6; water BhP. i, 10, 36 (also f. pl., xi, 7, 50); an organ of sense BhP. vii, 5, 30; the eye Kuval. 70; a
billion TndyaBr. xvii, 14, 2; mf. the sky Naigh. i, 4 (perhaps VS. xxiii, 48); the thunderbolt Sy. on RV. v, 30, 7; the
hairs of the body L.; f. an offering in the shape of a cow (= {dhenu} q.v.) W.; a region of the sky L.; (Naigh. i, 1) the
earth (as the milk-cow of kings) Mn. iv, xii MBh. R. &c.; (hence) the number `" nine "' Jyot. Sryas.; = {go-vIthI} Sch.
on VarBriS. ix, 1 ff.; a mother L. (cf. VarBriS. iii, 68); (Naigh. i, 11) speech, Sarasvat (goddess of speech) MBh. i, iii, v
Ragh. ii, v Cn.; voice, note (fr. {gai}) S'is'. iv, 36; N. of Gaur Gal.; of the wife [or of a daughter-in-law BhP. ix, 21, 25]
of S'uka (a daughter of the manes called Suklas) Hariv. 986 MatsyaP.; N. of a daughter of Kakut-stha and wife of
Yayti Hariv. 1601; [cf. $; Lat. {bos}; Old Germ. {chuo}; Mod. Germ. {Kuh}; Eng. {cow}; Lett. {gohw}; cf. also $, $;
Goth. {gavi} and Mod. Germ. {Gau}.]
gocara *= m. pasture ground for cattle A1pS3r. i, 2, 4; (R. iv, 44, 80); range, field for action, abode, dwelling-place,
district (esp. ifc. `" abiding in, relating to "'; `" offering range or field or scope for action, within the range of, accessible,
attainable, within the power "') Kat2hUp. iii, 4 Mn. x, 39 MBh. &c.; the range of the organs of sense, object of sense,
anything perceptible by the senses, esp. the range of the eye (e.g. %{locana-gocaraM-yA}, to come within range of the
eye, become visible Pan5cat.) MBh. vii, 5616 Sus3r. Vikr. iv, 9 &c. [364,2]; the distance of the planets from the Lagna
Sanskrit Dictionary
and from each other VarBr2S. civ, 2 Romakas.; mf(%{A})n. being within the range of, attainable for (gen.) BhP. iii, 25,
28; perceptible (esp. to the eye) MBh. xiii, 71, 33 and 91, 24; having (or used in) the meaning of (loc.) L. Sch.; %{-gata}
mfn. one who has come within the range of or in connection with (gen.) Bhartr2.; %{-tA} f. the state of being liable to
(in comp.) Sarvad. iv, 253; %{-tva} n. id., 42; %{-prakaraNa}N. of wk.; %{-phala}N. of VarBr2S. civ; %{-pIDA} f.
inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic VarBr2S. xli, 13; %{-rA7dhyAya} m. = %{-ra-phala}; %{-rA7ntaragata} mfn. being within the power of (gen.) Pan5cat.; %{-rI-kRta} mfn. within the range of observation Sa1h. iii, 28 a/b;
overcome (by fatigue, %{glAnyA}) Hcar. v, 139.
gocaryaa * = f. seeking food like a cow BhP. xi, 18, 29
gokula* = n. a herd of kine MBh. R. &c.; a cow-house or station ib.; a village or tract on the Yamun (residence of
Nanda and of Kriishna during his youth BhP.; [RTL. p. 113] the inhabitants of that place) BhP. ii, 7, 31; N. of a certain
sanctuary or holy place Rjat. v, 23; {-jit} m. N. of an author of the 17th century; {-nAtha} m. N. of the author of the
Padavkya-ratna7kara; of the author of the Rasa-maha7rnava; {-stha} m. pl.N. of a Vaishnava sect; {-lA7STaka} n. N.
of a poem; {-le7za} m. `" lord of the Gokula "'N. of Kriishna Gal.; {-lo7dbhavA} f. N. of Durg L.
gola = globe
goloka * = m. (n., Tantr.), `" cow-world "', a part of heaven, or (in later mythol. RTL. 118 and 291) Kriishna's heaven
MBh. xiii, 3195 (cf. 3347) Hariv. 3994 (cf. 3899) R. ii BrahmaP.; {-varNana} n. N. of BrahmaP. iv, 4; of part of the
Sad-siva-sanhit; of part of SkandaP.
gomukha = musical instrument resembling a cow's face
gomukhaaH = horns
gomukhaasana = the cow-faced posture
gotra = family, race
gopa = cover, that which is not visible
gosa* = m. ({so}) = {-} L.; ({e}) loc. ind. (v.l. {go-ze}) at day-break L. Sch.; (in Prkriit Hl.)
gosa* =2 m. myrrh L.
goshaa* = mfn. ({sA} = {san} Ks'. on Pn. 3-2, 67 and viii, 3, 108 = {-Sa4Ni} RV. ix, 2, 10; 16, 2; 61, 20; x, 95, 3.
[367,2]
goshthhika* = mfn. relating to an assemblage or society Pacat. i, 14.
goshthhe* = loc. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-kSveDin} mfn. `" bellowing in a cow-pen "', a boasting coward, g. {pAtresamitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}; {-paTu} mfn. `" clever in a cow-pen "', a vain boaster ib.; {-paNDita} mfn. id. ib.; {pragalbha} mfn. `" courageous in a cow-pen "', a boasting coward ib.; {-vijitin} mfn. `" victorious in a cow-pen "' id. ib.;
{-zaya} mfn. sleeping in a cow-stable Yj. iii, 263; {-zUra} m. a hero in a cow-pen, boasting coward g. {pAtresamitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}.
goshthhya* = ({go4-}) mfn. being in a cow-stable VS. xvi, 44. 1.
gostana* = m. a cow's dug MBh. iii, 32, 4; a cluster of blossoms, nosegay W.; a pearl necklace consisting of 4 (or of 34
W.) strings L.; a kind of fort; ({I}) f. a kind of red grape Bhpr. v, 6, 108; N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda
MBh. ix, 2621; {-nA7kAra} mfn. shaped like cow's dug Sus'r. ii, vi Bhpr. v; {-nI-sava} m. a kind of wine Npr.
goshthoma* = ({go4-}) m. ({sto4ma} Pn. 8-3, 105 Ks'.) an Eka7ha ceremony forming part of the Abhiplava which
lasts 6 days (also called {go4} q.v.) TS. vii Lthy. x (cf. AitBr. iv, 15 and {-stoma}.) 1.
goshthhaana* = mfn. ({sth-}) serving as an abode for cows VS. i, 25.
goshthhI* = f. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-pati} m. the chief person or president of an assembly W.; {-bandha} m. meeting for
conversation Kd. v, 825; {-yAna} m. a society-carriage Mriicch. vi, 4; {-zAlA} f. a meeting-room; {-zrAddha} n. a kind
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
hippopotamus) Mn. vi, 78 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}, iv, 2017; xvi R. ii); a prisoner L.; the handle (of a sword &c.) Gal.;
seizure, grasping, laying hold of Pacat. i, 10, 1 (v.l. for {graha}); morbid affection, disease S'Br. iii; paralysis (of the
thigh, {Uru-grAha4} AV. xi, 9, 12 [{ur-} MSS.] MBh. v, 2024 and vi, 5680); `" mentioning "' see {nAma-}; fiction, whim
Bhag. xvii, 19; conception, notion of (in comp.) Vajracch. 6 and 9; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({I}) f. a female marine animal or
crocodile R. vi, 82, 73 ff.
graahakaH = (m) customer
graahaya = (verbal stem) to cause to be caught
graahaan.h = things
graaheNa = with endeavor
graahya = what is to be grasped * = mfn. to be seized or taken or held RV. x, 109, 3 Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; to be clasped
or spanned Kaths. lxxiv, 217; to be captured or imprisoned Yj. ii, 267 & 283 MBh. &c.; to be overpowered Prab. ii,
8/9; ({a-} neg.) R. (B) iii, 33, 16; to be picked or gathered R. iv, 43, 29; to be received or accepted or gained Mn. Yj.
MBh. &c.; to be taken in marriage, xiii, 5091; to be received in a friendly or hospitable manner, xii, 6282; to be insisted
upon Kaths. xvii, 83; to be chosen or taken account of Rjat. iv, 612; to be perceived or recognised or understood Mn.
i, 7 MBh. &c. (cf. {a-}); (in astron.) to be observed VarBriS.; to be considered R. v, vii VarBriS. lxi, 19; to be understood
in a particular sense, meant Vop. vi, 15 Pn. Sch.; to be accepted as a rule or law, to be acknowledged or assented to, to
be attended to or obeyed, to be admitted in evidence Mn. viii, 78 Yj. MBh. &c.; to be undertaken or followed (a vow)
Kaths. vcii, 38; to be put (as confidence) in (loc.), lviii, 36; m. an eclipsed globe (sun or moon) Sryas.; n. poison
(NBD.; `" a present "' BRD.) L.; the objects of sensual perception Yogas. i, 41; ({A}) f. archery exercise Gal. (cf. {dur-},
{suhha-}, {svayaM-}.)
graahya * mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. {a-pratig-}); one from whom anything may be received
MBh. (cf. {-gRhya} and Pn. ib.); m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch.
graahyaM = accessible
graama* = m. an inhabited place, village, hamlet RV. i, x AV. VS. &c.; the collective inhabitants of a place, community,
race RV. x, 146, 1 AV. &c.; any number of men associated together, multitude, troop (esp. of soldiers) RV. i, iii, x AV. iv,
7, 5 S'Br. vi, xii; the old women of a family PrGri. i, 9, 3 Sch.; ifc. (cf. Pn. 6-2, 84) a multitude, class, collection or
number (in general) cf. {indriya-}, {guNa-}, {bhUta-}, &c.; a number of tones, scale, gamut Pacat. v, 43 MrkP. xxiii,
52; = {indriya-} Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people RV. ii, 12, 7; x, 127, 5; n. a village R. ii, 57, 4 Hcat. i, 7, 721/722; [cf.
{ariSTa-}, {mahA-}, {zUra-}, {saM-}; cf. Hib. {gramaisg}, `" the mob "'; {gramasgar}, `" a flock. "']
graamaka * = m. a small village Hcar. viii, 3; a village MBh. v, 1466; N. of a town Buddh.; n. = %{-ma-caryA} BhP. iv,
25, 52.
graamya * = mfn. (Pa1n2. 4-2, 94) used or produced in a village TS. v AitBr. vii, 7, 1 Kaus3.; relating to villages Mn. vii,
120; prepared in a village (as food) S3Br. ix, xii Mn. vi, 3; living (in villages i.e.) among men, domesticated, tame (an
animal), cultivated (a plant; opposed to %{vanya} or %{araNya}, `" wild "') RV. x, 90, 8 AV. VS. &c.; allowed in a
village, relating to the sensual pleasures of a village MBh. xii, 4069 R. iii f. BhP. iv, vi [374,1]; rustic, vulgar (speech)
Va1m. ii, 1, 4; (see %{-tA} and %{-tva}); relating to a musical scale W.; m. a villager Ya1jn5. ii, 166 MBh. xiii BhP. &c.; a
domesticated animal see %{-mAMsa}; = %{-ma-kola} W.; n. rustic or homely speech W.; the Pra1kr2it and the other
dialects of India as contra-distinguished from the Sanskr2it W.; food prepared in a village MBh. i, 3637 Ka1tyS3r. xxii
Sch.; sensual pleasure, sexual intercourse MBh. ii, 2270 BhP. iv; (%{A}) f. = %{-miNI} L.; = %{-ma-ja-niSpAvI} L.
graha = Planet * =(Pn. 3-3, 58; g. {vRSA7di}) mfn. ifc. (iii, 2, 9 Vrtt. 1) seizing, laying hold of, holding BhP. iii, 15, 35
(cf. {aGkuza-}, {dhanur-}, &c.); obtaining, v, viii; perceiving, recognising, iv, 7, 31; m. `" seizer (eclipser) "', Rhu or the
dragos head MBh. &c.; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner; sometimes 5
are enumerated, viz. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn MBh. vi, 4566 f. R. i, 19, 2 Ragh. iii, 13 &c.; also 7 i.e.
the preceding with Rhu and Ketu MBh. vii, 5636; also 9 i.e. the sun [cf. S'Br. iv, 6, 5, 1 and 5 MBh. xiii, 913; xiv, 1175]
and moon with the 7 preceding Yj. i, 295 MBh. iv, 48 VarBriS.; also the polar star is called a Graha, Garg. (Jyot. 5
Sch.); the planets are either auspicious {zubha-}, {sad-}, or inauspicious {krUra-}, {pApa-} VarBriS.; with Jainas they
constitute one of the 5 classes of the Jyotishkas); the place of a planet in the fixed zodiac W.; the number `" nine "'; N.
of particular evil demons or spirits who seize or exercise a bad influence on the body and mind of man (causing
insanity &c.; it falls within the province of medical science to expel these demons; those who esp. seize children and
Sanskrit Dictionary
cause convulsions &c. are divided into 9 classes according to the number of planets Sus'r.) MBh. &c.; any state which
proceeds from magical influences and takes possession of the whole man BhP. vii, ix BrahmaP. Hit. ii, 1, 20; a crocodile
MBh. xvi, 142 (ifc. f. {A}) R. iv f. BhP. viii; any ladle or vessel employed for taking up a portion of fluid (esp. of Soma)
out of a larger vessel Mn. v, 116 Yj. i, 182; N. of the 8 organs of perception (viz. the 5 organs of sense with Manas, the
hands and the voice) S'Br. xiv NriisUp. i, 4, 3, 22; (= {gRha}) a house R. vii, 40, 30 (cf. {a-}, {khara-}, {-druma} and {pati}); `" anything seized "', spoil, booty MBh. iii, 11461 (cf. {-hA7luJcana}); as much as can be taken with a ladle or
spoon out of a larger vessel, ladleful, spoonful (esp. of Soma) RV. x, 114, 5 VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the middle of a bow
or that part which is grasped when the bow is used MBh. iv, 1351 ({su-}, 1326); the beginning of any piece of music;
grasp, seizing, laying hold of (often ifc.) Kaus'. 10 MBh. &c.; keeping back, obstructing Sus'r.; imprisoning,
imprisonment ({-haM-gam}, `" to become a prisoner "' Km.) R. ii, 58, 2; seizure (by demons causing diseases e.g.
{aGga-}, spasm of the limbs) Sus'r.; seizure of the sun and moon, eclipse AV. xix, 9, 7 and 10 VarBriS.; stealing, robbing
Mn. ix, 277 MBh. vi, 4458; effort Hit.; insisting upon, tenacity, perseverance in (loc. or in comp.) BhP. vii, 14, 11 Naish.
ix, 12 Kaths. Rjat. viii, 226; taking, receiving, reception Mn. viii, 180 S'riingr.; taking up (any fluid); choosing MBh.
xii, 83, 12 Sh. vi, 136; `" favour "' see {-nigraha}; mentioning, employing (a word) Mn. viii, 271 Pn. 7-1, 21, Kr. 2
Amar. Rjat.; apprehension, perception, understanding Bhshp. BhP. Sarvad. Sch. on Jaim. and KapS.; ({Aya}) dat.
ind. = {gRhItvA} see {grah} (cf. {guda-}, {ziro-}, {hanu-}, {hRd-}.)
graaha * =m. a spittoon L.; accepting gifts W.
grahaNa * =mfn. ifc. seizing, holding Hariv. 2734; resounding in (?) S'ak. ii, 0/1, 6; n. the hand L.; an organ of sense
Yogas. i, 41; a prisoner MBh. xiii, 2051; a word mentioned or employed (e.g. {vacana-}, `" the word {vacana} "') Pat.
and Ks'.; seizing, holding, taking S'Br. xiv Mn. ii, 317 MBh. &c.; taking by the hand, marrying, i, 1044; catching,
seizure, taking captive Mn. v, 130 MBh. &c.; seizure (as by a demon causing diseases), demoniacal possession Hcat.;
seizure of the sun or moon, eclipse p. i, 11 Yj. i, 218 VarBriS. &c.; gaining, obtaining, receiving, acceptance R. i, 3, 18
Pacat. Kaths. xci, 37; choosing Snkhyak. Prab. Sh. vi, 201; purchasing Pacat.; taking or drawing up (any fluid)
S'Br. iv KtyS'r.; the taking up of sound, echo W.; attraction Megh. Ragh. vii, 24 Pacat. v, 13, 5/6; putting on (clothes)
MBh. ii, 840 Ragh. xvii, 21; assuming (a shape) Yj. iii, 69 MBh. xiv Devm.; undertaking, devoting one's self to (in
comp.) R. v, 76, 22 Pacat. [372, 3]; service BhP. iii, 1, 44; including Pn. Ks'.; mentioning, employing (a word or
expression) KtyS'r. Lthy. VPrt. Pn. Vrtt. Pat. and Ks'. Sh. vi, 205; mentioning with praise, acknowledgment
Sus'r.; assent, agreement W.; perceiving, understanding, comprehension, receiving instruction, acquirement of any
science Mn. ii, 173 MBh. iii, xiv Ragh. &c.; acceptation, meaning Pn. 1-1, 68 Vrtt. 5 Pat. Ks'. and Siddh. on Pn.; ({I})
f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the
alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused) Sus'r.; = {-NIgada} Ashtha7ng. iii, 8 Hcat. i, 7 (cf. {kara-}, {keza-}, {garbha-}, {cakSur-}, {nAma-}, {pANi-}, {punar-}.)
grahatva * = n. = %{-tA} Hariv. BhP. v f.; the state of a ladleful or spoonful Ka1t2h. ix, 16.
grAhita * = mfn. made to take or seize W.; made to accept or take (a seat &c.) Vikr. iii, 0/1 Das3. vii, 266 Katha1s. li, 71;
made to undertake or to be occupied with (instr.) R. (G) i, 7, 14; taught MBh. iii, 12195.
grantha *= m. tying, binding, stringing together L.; = %{-thi4}, a knot TS. vi, 2, 9, 4 (v.l.); honeycomb Pa1n2. 4-3, 116
Va1rtt.; an artificial arrangement of words (esp. of 32 syllables = %{zloka} Jain.), verse, composition, treatise, literary
production, book in prose or verse, text (opposed to %{artha} `" meaning "' VarBr2S. Va1kyap. Sarvad.) Nir. i, 20
Pa1n2. MBh. Up. &c.; a section (of Ka1t2h.); the book or sacred scriptures of the Sikhs containing short moral poems by
Na1nak Sha1h and others (cf. RTL. pp. 158-177); wealth, property Jain. Sch. (cf. %{uttara-}, %{nir-}, %{SaD-}.)
granthaalayaH = (m) library
granthiH = (m) knot
granthii = a knot, obstruction in the chitrini
grasate = (1 pp) to swallow
grasana * = swallowing, devouring, a kind of partial eclipse of the sun or moon, seizing, the mouth, jaws
grasamaanaH = devouring
grasishhNu = devouring
Sanskrit Dictionary
grasta* = mfn. swallowed, eaten Pacat.; taken, seized W.; surrounded or absorbed Sus'r.; possessed (by a demon) Das'.
iv Hit.; involved in MBh. xiii, 7292 R. iv, 50, 11; tormented, affected by Yj. iii, 245 Pacat. &c.; eclipsed MBh. iii, 2667
R. &c.; inarticulately pronounced, slurred RPrt. Lthy. Pn. S'. (RV.) 35 Pat.; ({a-} neg.) ChUp.; n. inarticulate
pronunciation of the vowels Pat. Introd. on Vrtt. 18.
grastaM = having been caught/seized *= mfn. swallowed, eaten Pan5cat.; taken, seized W.; surrounded or absorbed
Sus3r.; possessed (by a demon) Das3. iv Hit.; involved in MBh. xiii, 7292 R. iv, 50, 11; tormented, affected by Ya1jn5. iii,
245 Pan5cat. &c.; eclipsed MBh. iii, 2667 R. &c.; inarticulately pronounced, slurred RPra1t. La1t2y. Pa1n2. S3. (RV.) 35
Pat.; (%{a-} neg.) ChUp.; n. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels Pat. Introd. on Va1rtt. 18.
grathita * = mfn. strung, tied, bound, connected, tied together or in order, wound, arranged, classed RV. ix, 97, 18 S3Br. xi MBh.
&c.; set with, strewn with MBh. &c.; artificially composed or put together (the plot of a play) S3ak. i, 1/2 Ma1lav. i, 1/2 Vikr.;
closely connected with each other, difficult to be distinguished from each other MBh. i, v, xii BhP. iv f.; having knots, knotty Sus3r.
i f. iv; coagulated, thickened, hardened, vi; hurt, injured L.; seized, overcome L.; n. the being strung Sch.; a tumor with hard lumps
or knots Sus3r. ii, 14, 1 and 4; iv, 21, 3.
grida * = (= %{guda4} ?), a part of a horse's hind quarter near the anus TS. vii, 4, 19, 1.
griddha * = mfn. desirous of, eagerly longing for (loc.) MBh.
griddhin * = mfn. ifc. eagerly longing for MBh.; being very busy with (in comp.) Hariv. 3406.
griddhitva * = n. eagerly longing for (in comp.) MBh. v, 2591.
gridh cl. 4. P. %{gR4dhyati} (perf. 3. pl. %{jagRdhur} BhP. v, 4, 1; %{jAgRdhu4r} RV. ii, 23, 16; aor. %{a4gRdhat} RV. x, 34,
4; fut. %{gardhiSyati} S3Br. iii; pr. p. %{gR4dhyat} RV. iv, 38, 3; ind. p. %{gRddhvA} BhP. x, 64, 40), to endeavour to gain RV.
iv, 38, 3 AV. viii, 6, 1; to covet, desire, strive after greedily, be desirous of or eager for (loc. [RV. AV. &c.] or acc. I1s3Up. MBh.
iv, 276 BhP. v, vi, x): Caus. P. %{gardhayati}, to be greedy Dha1tup. xxxii, 124; to make desirous or greedy Pa1n2. 1-3, 69
Ka1s3.; A1. %{-yate}, to deceive, cheat ib. Bhat2t2. viii, 43: Intens. 2. sg. impf. %{ajarghAH} Pa1n2. 8-3, 14 Ka1s3.; [cf. %{anu}, %{prati-}; %{abhi-ghRdhna}, %{pra-gardhin}; cf. also Old Germ. {gir}: Mod. Germ. {gier}: Engl. {greedy} (?): Goth.
{gredags}, {gaurs}: Hib. {greadaim}, `" I burn "'; {greadhnach}, `" joyful, glad "'; {gradh}, `" love, charity; dear "'; {graidhneog},
`" a beloved female "', &c.: Lith. {godus}, {gedu}: Slav. {glad}, `" hunger. "']
grihiita * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of ChUp. A1s3vGr2. &c.;
received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained, gained; `" taken on one's self "' see %{mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak. (v.l.) Mudr.; received completely into one's mind (opposed
to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not successfully) Pa1n2. 2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.
griJNjanakam.h = (n) carrot
griNanti = are offering prayers
griNaami = I hold
gRR\\1 cl. 9. P. A1. %{gRNA4ti}, %{-NIte4} (1. sg. A1. and 3. sg. Pass. %{gRNe4} RV.; 1. sg. A1. %{gRNISe4} RV.; 2. pl.
%{gRNa4tA} AV. v, 27, 9; p. P. %{gRNa4t} RV. &c.; A1. & Pass. %{gRNAna4} RV.; Ved. inf. Impv. %{gRNISa4Ni} RV.
vi, 15, 6 and viii, 12, 19), to call, call out to, invoke RV. AV. S3Br. iv Bhag. xi, 21; to announce, proclaim RV.; to mention
with praise, praise, extol RV. BhP. xi, 13, 41 Bhat2t2. viii, 77; to pronounce, recite MBh. vii, 1754 Ragh. BhP. i, 1, 14; to
relate, teach in verses, 4, 9 Gan2it. i, 4, 5; [cf. $, $; Hib. {goirim}; Old Germ. {quar}, {quir}, &c.; Old Pruss. {gerbu}, `"
to speak "'; Angl. Sax. {gale}; Germ. {Nachtigal}; Lat. {gallus} ?]\\2 cl. 6. P. %{girati} or (cf. P. viii, 2, 21) %{gilati}
(S3Br. i MBh. Sus3r.), ep. also A1. %{girate} (1. sg. %{gi4rAmi} AV. vi, 135, 3; perf. %{jagAra} RV.; aor. Subj. 3. pl.
%{garan} RV. i, 158, 5), to swallow, devour, eat RV. &c.; to emit or eject from the mouth MBh. xii, 12872: Caus. (aor. 2.
sg. %{ajIgar}) to swallow RV. i, 163, 7: Intens. %{jegilyate} Pa1n2. 8-2, 20: Desid. %{jigariSati}, vii, 2, 75; [cf. 2. %{gal},
2 %{gir}, %{gila}, 2. %{gIrNa4}; Lith. {gerru}, `" to drink "'; Lat. {glu-tio}, {gula}; Slav. {gr-lo}; Russ. {z8ora}.]\\ = 3
(= 3. %{kRR}) cl. 10. A1. %{gArayate}, to know Dha1tup. xxxiii, 33; to make known, teach ib.
gridhraH = (m) eagle
griha = house *= gRha m. an assistant, servant RV. x, 119, 13; (m. sg. and pl., in later language m. pl. and n. sg.) a
house, habitation, home RV. (%{mRn-ma4ya@g-}, `" house of earth "', grave, vii, 89, 1) AV. (%{adharA4d@g-}, `" the
Sanskrit Dictionary
lower world "', ii, 14, 3) &c.; (ifc. f. %{A} R. i, 5, 9; %{I} Pan5cat. i, 17, 5); ifc. with names of gods `" a temple "' (cf.
%{caNDikA-}, %{devatA-}), of plants `" a bower "'; m. pl. a house as containing several rooms RV. AV. &c.; the
inhabitants of a house, family S3Br. i BhP. iii, 2, 7 Katha1s. xx, 21; a wife Pa1n2. 3-1, 144 Ka1s3.; m. a householder BhP.
xi, 8, 9; n. a wife Pan5cat. iii, 7, 13; a sign of the zodiac VarBr2S. vci, civ; an astrological mansion VarBr2. i, iv f.; N. of
the 4th astrological mansion, i, 16; a square (in chess or in any similar game) Ka1d. i, 48 Pa1n2. 5-2, 9, Kaiy.; a name,
appellation L. (cf. %{anti-}, %{bhumi-}, %{zayyA-}, %{su}) (cf. Zd. {geredha}; Got. {gards}; Lat. {hortus}.)
grihagodhikaa = (f) house lizard
grihamedha *= m. a domestic sacrifice MaitrS. i, 10, 15 S3Br. x Pa1n2. 4-2, 32; mfn. one who performs the domestic
sacrifices or is the object of them (as the Maruts) RV. vii, 59, 10 MaitrS. i, 10, 1 and 15 S3a1n3khS3r. iii; connected with
domestic rites or a householder's duties BhP. ii f.; m. a householder's duties A1p.; m. pl.N. of particular winds causing
rain TA1r. i, 9, 5 RV. ii, 12, 12 Sa1y.
grihamedhin *= mfn. one who performs the domestic sacrifices, religious man AV. TS. iii S3Br. xiii &c.; being the
object of domestic rites (as the Maruts) VS. xvii, xxiv TS. i TBr. i S3Br. ii Ka1tyS3r.; m. the householder who performs
the domestic rites, a married Bra1hman who has a household, a Bra1hman in the 2nd period of his life Mn. iii f. vi
MBh. &c.; (%{inI}) f. the wife of a householder BhP. iv, 26, 13 (`" natural intelligence "' Sch.); %{-dhi-tA} f. the state of
a householder Ba1lar. vi, 30; %{-dhivrata} n. a rite observed by a householder along with his wife Gobh. i, 4, 18.
grihamedhiiya *= mfn. (Pa1n2. 4-2, 32) relating to the %{-dha4} or domestic sacrifice RV. vii, 56, 14 TBr. i S3Br. xi
S3a1n3khS3r. xiv BhP.; n. a domestic sacrifice La1t2y. x, 12, 8.
grihamedhya *= mfn. (Pa1n2. 4-2, 32) relating to the %{-dha4} or domestic sacrifice Ka1t2h. xxxvi, 9.
grihapaaThaH = (m) homework
grihasthaaH = householders
grihaadishhu = home, etc
grihiita * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of ChUp. A1s3vGr2. &c.;
received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained, gained; `" taken on one's self "' see %{mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak. (v.l.) Mudr.; received completely into one's mind (opposed
to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not successfully) Pa1n2. 2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.
grihiitvaa = holding the
grihiitacetas*= mfn. one whose mind or heart is captivated BhP. vi, 18, 38.
grihiitavidya*= mfn. one who has acquired knowledge, learned W.
grihiiti*= f. `" seizing, taking "' (the hand, 1. {kara-}), and `" levying "' (taxes, 2. {kara-}) Hcar. iv, 23; perception Bdar.
iii, 3, 16; taking anything to mean or understanding by anything, 4, 23 Sch.
grihiitin*= mfn. one who has grasped &c. anything (loc.), g. {iSTA7di}.
grihiitri*= mfn. (for {grah-}) one who seizes L.
grihNan.h *V = accepting, exating, withdrawing, taking, chanting
grihNaati = to catch
grihyate = can be so controlled
grihyavat*= m mfn. having many adherents or partisans TndyaBr. xiii, 11, 13 Sch.
grihyaka*= mfn. domesticated (as animals) Pn. 3-1, 119 Ks'.
grihya*=1 ind. p. Ved. ifc., `" seizing by "' see {karNa-}, {pAda-}, and {hasta-gR4hya}; {haste-}. \\*=2 mfn. (fr. {grah})
Sanskrit Dictionary
to be grasped or taken AV. v, 20, 4 S'nkhGri. v, 2, 5; perceptible S'vetUp. i, 13; ({a4-} neg.) S'Br. xiv; (Pn. 3-1, 119) `"
to be taken together with "' (in comp.), adhering to the party of (Ks'.), being in close relation to (as the lotus to the
moon) Kvya7d. ii, 179 Das'. vi; vii, 254 Kir. ii, 5 Bhathth. vi, 61; to be acknowledged or admitted W.; to be adopted or
trusted or relied on W.; = {ava-} Vop. xxvi, 20; n. for {guhya} (anus) L.; ({A}) f. (Pn. 3-1, 119) ifc. being outside (of a
town or village, as {senA}, an army) Ks'.; a suburb L. \\*=3 mfn. (fr. {gRha4}) belonging to a house, domestic (said of
an Agni) TS. v MaitrS. AitBr. viii, 10, 9 Gobh. &c. (said of a series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic affairs,
such as marriages, births &c., and treated of in the Griihya-stras, q.v.); living in houses, domesticated (as animals) L.;
not free, dependent, ({a-} neg.) Bhathth. vi, 61; m. the domestic Agni S'nkhGri. v, 2, 5; a domesticated animal L.; m. pl.
the inmates of a house, domestics S'Br. ii f. xii KtyS'r. PrGri. ii; n. a domestic rite Gaut.; a domestic rule or affair BhP.
x, 8, 25 Hcat.; = {-sUtra}; ({A}) f. domestic rites and the rules relating to them Griihys.
griivaM = neck
gu = darkness
guDa = jaggery
guDaH = (m) jaggery
guDaakesha = O Arjuna
guDaakeshaH = Arjuna, the master of curbing ignorance
guDaakeshena = by Arjuna
guha * m. (g. {azmA7di}) `" reared in a secret place "'N. of Skanda (the god; cf. Krttikeya) MBh. iii, ix, xiii Hariv. 10478
Sus'r. Kum. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1263; of Vishnu W.; of a king of the Nishdas (friend of Rma) R. i f. vi Mcar. iv,
60/7; N. belonging to persons of the writer caste W.; a horse (`" a swift horse "' W.) L.; m. pl.N. of a people in the south
of India MBh. xii, 7559 [360, 3]; (2. {gu4hA}) f. (ganas {vRSA7di} and {bhidA7di}) a hiding-place, cave, cavern VS. xxx,
16 TBr. i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat. i, 7 and 10); (fig.) the heart S'vetUp. iii, 20 MBh. xii BhP. ii, 9, 24; Hemionitis
cordifolia Sus'r. i, 19, 27; v, 7, 1 (cf. {prati-g-}); Desmodium gangeticum L.; (3. {gu4hA}), Ved. instr. ind. in a hidingplace, in secret, secretly (opposed to {Avi4s}, and especially with {dhA}, {ni-dhA}, {kR}, `" to conceal, remove "') RV.
AV. S'Br. xi, xiii.
guhyaka* = m. N. of a class of demi-gods who like the Yakshas are attendants of Kubera (the god of wealth) and
guardians of his treasures (they may have received their N. from living in mountain caverns) Mn. xii, 47 MBh. Hariv.
&c. (identified with Yakshas MBh. v, 7480 Megh. 5 &c.); the number `" eleven "' Sryas.; N. of Kubera L.; m. `" mystery
"' see {tathAgata-g-}.
gulma * = m. (rarely n. MBh. x BhP. viii, x) a cluster or clump of trees, thicket, bush, shrub VS. xxv, 8 Mn. Yj. &c.; a
troop or guard of soldiers, body of troops, division of an army (consisting of 45 foot, 27 horse, 9 chariots, and 9
elephants MBh. i, 290; or of 135 foot, 81 horse, 27 chariots, and 27 elephants L.; cf. MBh. v, 5270) Mn. vii, ix MBh. &c.;
a fort, entrenchment W.; disciplining an army W.; m. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular
enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland &c.) Sus'r. VarBri. xxi, 8 Kaths. xv; the spleen L.; `" a
wharf or stairs, Ghath "' see {-tara-paNya}; ({I}) f. a cluster or clump of trees L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; jujube L.; small
cardamoms L.; a tent L.
guna = character
guNa = qualities * = m. ( {grah} Un.) a single thread or strand of a cord or twine (e.g. {tri-g-} q.v.), string or thread,
rope TS. vii Mriicch. Kum. Ragh.; a garland W.; a bow-string R. iii, 33, 16 ({cApa-}) Ragh. ix, 54 Riitus. Hit.; (in geom.)
a sinew; the string of a musical instrument, chord S'is'. iv, 57: ifc. (f. {A}) with numerals `" fold, times "' (see {ca4tur-},
{tri-}, {daza-}, {dvi4-}, {paJca-}; rarely the numeral stands by itself along with {guNa4} [e.g. {viziSTo dazabhir
guNaiH}, `" of ten times higher value "' Mn. ii, 85] AV. x, 8, 43 MBh. iii, 15649 Hariv. 509; [{guNa} = {bhAga}] Pn. 52, 47 Ks'.); a multiplier, co-efficient (in alg.); subdivision, species, kind (e.g. {gandhasya guNAH}, the different kinds of
smell MBh. xii, 6847); the 6 subdivisions of action for a king in foreign politics (viz. peace, war, march, halt, stratagem,
and recourse to the protection of a mightier king) Mn. vii, 160 Yj. i, 346 MBh. ii, 155; = {upA7ya} (q.v., denoting the
4 ways of conquering an enemy) R. v, 81, 41; `" requisite "' see {-No7pe7ta}; a secondary element, subordinate or
unessential part of any action (e.g. {sarva-g-} mfn. `" reaching to all subordinate parts "', hence `" valid throughout "'
KtyS'r.) S'nkhS'r. s'vS'r. KtyS'r. R. v, 1, 71; an auxiliary act S'nkhBr. xxvi, 4; a secondary dish (opposed to {anna}
Sanskrit Dictionary
i.e. rice or the chief dish), side-dish Mn. iii, 224 ff.; (= {-karman}, in Gr.) the secondary or less immediate object of an
action Pn. 1-4, 51 Sch.; a quality, peculiarity, attribute or property Lthy. S'nkhGri. Mn. iii, ix, &c.; an attribute of the
5 elements (each of which has its own peculiar quality or qualities as well as organ of sense; thus 1. ether has {zabda},
or sound for its Guna and the ear for its organ; 2. the air has tangibility and sound for its Gunas and the skin for its
organ; 3. fire or light has shape or colour, tangibility, and sound for its Gunas, and the eye for its organs; 4. water has
flavour, shape, tangibility, and sound for its Gunas, and the tongue for its organ; 5. earth has the preceding Gunas, with
the addition of its own peculiar Guna of smell, and the nose for its organ) Mn. i, 20 and 76-78 MBh. xii, 6846 ff. S'ak. i,
1 BhP. iii, 5, 35; (in S'nkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakriiti, chief quality of all existing beings (viz.
{sattva}, {rajas}, and {tamas} i.e. goodness, passion, and darkness, or virtue, foulness, and ignorance; cf. RTL. pp. 31;
36; 163) Mn. i; iii, 40; xii, 24 ff. Snkhyak. Bhag. xiii f.; (hence) the number `" three "' VarBriS. iic, 1; a property or
characteristic of all created things (in Nyya phil. twenty-four Gunas are enumerated, viz. 1. {rUpa}, shape, colour; 2.
{rasa}, savour; 3. {gandha}, odour; 4. {sparza}, tangibility; 5. {saMkhyA}, number; 6. {parimANa}, dimension; 7.
{pRthaktva}, severalty; 8. {saMyoga}, conjunction; 9. {vibhAga}, disjunction; 10. {paratva}, remoteness; 11. {aparatva},
proximity; 12. {gurutva}, weight; 13. {dravatva}, fluidity; 14. {sneha}, viscidity; 15. {zabda}, sound; 16. {buddhi} or
{jJAna}, understanding or knowledge; 17. {sukha}, pleasure; 18. {duHkha}, pain; 19. {icchA}, desire; 20. {dveSa},
aversion; 21. {prayatna}, effort; 22. {dharma}, merit or virtue; 23. {adharma}, demerit; 24. {saMskAra}, the selfreproductive quality); an epithet KtyS'r.; good quality, virtue, merit, excellence Mn. MBh. &c.; the merit of
composition (consistency, elegance of expression, &c.) Kvya7d. i, 41 f. Kpr. viii Sh. viii; the peculiar properties of the
letters (11 in number, viz. the 8 {bAhya-prayatnAs} [q.v.] and the 3 accents) Ks'. on Pn. 1-1, 9 and 50 (cf. {-mAtra});
the first gradation of a vowel, the vowels {a} (with {ar}, {al} Pn. 1-1, 51), {e}, {o} Nir. x, 17 RPrt. xi, 6 Pn.; an organ
of sense L.; a cook (cf. {-kAra}) L.; Bhma-sena (cf. {-kAra}) L.; ({A}) f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.; the plant
{mAMsarohiNI} L.; N. of a princess Rjat. iv, 695 (cf. {nir-}, {vi-}, {sa-}; {gauNa}.)
guNaiH = by the qualities
gunavat.h = man with good qualities
guNakathanapuNyena = through the merit from praising Thy glories
guNakarma = of works under material influence
guNakarmasu = in material activities
guNan.h = praising
guNanam.h = (n) multiplication
guNanidhiM = the stock-pile of good qualities
guNabhedataH = in terms of different modes of material nature
guNabhoktri = master of the gunas
guNamayii = consisting of the three modes of material nature
guNamayaiH = consisting of the gunas
guNataH = by the modes of material nature
guNatrayaH = three qualities i.e satvaH, rajaH \&tamaH
guNatva n. the condition of a string Hit.; subordination Ka1tyS3r.; the possession of qualities Sarvad. x, 35 and 52;
excellence Sus3r. i, 45, 7, 19; multiplication W.
guNavaan.h = a man with good qualities
guNavat * = mfn. `" furnished with a thread or string "' and `" endowed with good qualities "' Pan5cat. S3a1rn3gP.
Subh.; endowed with the five qualities or attributes of elements Sa1m2khyak. 60; endowed with good qualities or
virtues or merits or excellences, excellent, perfect MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a son of Gun2avati1 Hariv. 8840; (%{tI}) f. N.
of a combination of three S3lokas forming all one phrase Ka1vya7d. i, 13 Sch.; of a daughter (of Suna1bha and wife of
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sa1mba Hariv. 8762; 8779; 8840; of the prince Gun2a-sa1gara Katha1s. cxxiii); %{-tama} mfn. (superl.) most excellent
Ya1jn5. ii, 78; %{-tara} mfn. (compar.) more excellent Mn. v, 113 R. iii Pan5cat.; %{-tA} f. the state of possessing
qualities W.; possession of good qualities or virtues, excellence MBh. xiv, 86 R. ii Ragh. viii; %{-tva} n. the state of
possessing qualities Sa1h. i, 2/3, 37 f.
guNasa.nkhyaane = in terms of different modes
guNasangaH = the association with the modes of nature
guNaGYa = one who knows qualities (one who is a patron of good qualities)
guNaaH = senses
guNaatiitaH = transcendental to the material modes of nature
guNaan.h = the three modes of nature
guNaanvitaM = under the spell of the modes of material nature
guNebhyaH = to the modes of nature
guNeshhu = in sense gratification
guNin *= mfn. `" furnished with a string or rope (as a hunter) "' and endowed with good qualities "' S3a1rn3gP. Subh.;
containing parts, cosisisting of parts Pa1n2. 5-2, 47 Va1rtt. 1; endowed with good qualities or merits S3vetUp. vi Mn.
viii, 73 Ya1jn5. &c.; auspicious (a day) Das3. vii, 296 f.; endowed with the good qualities of or contained in (in comp.)
Ma1rkP. xxvii, 9; requiring the first gradation (a vowel) Ka1t. iii f.; `" possessing qualities "' or (m.) `" quality-possessor
"', object, thing, noun, substantive Ya1jn5. iii, 69 BhP. ii, 8, 14; m. `" furnished with a string "', a bow L.
gup.h = guard, hide
gupta = secret; gupta mfn. protected, guarded, preserved AV. &c.; hidden, concealed, kept secret, secret Bhartri. Pacat.
Kaths. &c. (with {daNDa}, a secret fine, fine secretly imposed or exacted Hit.; cf. {gUDha-d-}); = {saMgata} (? joined,
combined) W.; ({am}; in comp. {a-} Hcat.) ind. secretly, privately Kaths.; ({su-}) Pacat. iv; ({e}) loc. ind. in a hidden
place Kaths. lxxv; m. (Pn. 6-1, 205 Ks'.) N. of several men belonging to the Vais'ya caste (PrGri. i, 17; cf. RTL. p.
358), especially of the founder of the renowned Gupta dynasty in which the names of the sovereigns generally end in
{gupta} (cf. {candra-}, {samudra-}, {skanda-}; {gupta} is also often found ifc. in names of the Vais'ya class); ({A}) f. a
married woman who withdraws from her lover's endearments L.; Mucuna pruritus Sus'r. iv, 26, 33; vi, 46, 21 ({-pta});
N. of a woman Pn. 4-1, 121 Sch. ({gopA} Ks'.); of a S'kya princess Buddh.
guptaasana = the hidden posture
guru = (adj) heavy * = mf({vI})n. (cf. {giri4}; comp. {ga4rIyas}, once {-yas-tara}, {guru-tara}, superl. {gariSTha},
{gurutama} see ss. vv.) heavy, weighty (opposed to {laghu4}) RV. i, 39, 3 and iv, 5, 6 AV. &c. (g. {zauNDA7di} Ganar.
101); heavy in the stomach (food), difficult to digest MBh. i, 3334 Sus'r.; great, large, extended, long Yj. (see {kratu}) Bhartri. &c.; (in prosody) long by nature or position (a vowel) Prt. (a vowel long both by nature and by position
is called {garIyas} RPrt. xviii, 20) Pn. 1-4, 11 and 12; high in degree, vehement, violent, excessive, difficult, hard RV.
MBh. &c.; grievous Megh. 80; important, serious, momentous MBh.&c.; valuable, highly prized Yj. ii, 30 ({guru} =
{garIyas}) &c.; haughty, proud (speech) Pacat.; venerable, respectable; m. any venerable or respectable person (father,
mother, or any relative older than one's self) Gobh. S'nkhGri. Mn. &c.; a spiritual parent or preceptor (from whom a
youth receives the initiatory Mantra or prayer, who instructs him in the S'stras and conducts the necessary ceremonies
up to that of investiture which is performed by the crya Yj. i, 34) RPrt. s'vGri. PrGri. Mn. &c.; the chief of (gen.
or in comp.) Cn. Ragh. ii, 68; (with S'ktas) author of a Mantra; `" preceptor of the gods "', Briihaspati Mn. xi; (hence)
the planet Jupiter Jyot. VarBriS. Bhartri. &c.; `" Pndu-teacher "', Drona L.; Prabh-kara (celebrated teacher of the
Mmns, usually mentioned with Kumrila) SS'ankar. vi, 50; xv, 157; (= {dharma}) `" venerable "', the 9th astrological
mansion VarBriS. i, 16; Mucuna pruritus L.; N. of a son of Sankriiti BhP. ix, 21, 2 du. parents MBh.; m. pl. parents and
other venerable persons Mn. iv Vikr. v, 10 Kaths.; a honorific appellation of a preceptor (whose N. is also put in the
pl.), Jain Hit.; ({vI}) f. `" venerable woman "', a mother p. i, 21, 9; `" great (with child) "', pregnant, a pregnant
woman L.; the wife of a teacher W.; [cf. $; Lat. {gravis}; Goth. {kauriths}; Lith. {gie4ras}.]
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
GYaanaM = knowledge
GYaanaH = whose knowledge
GYaanagamyaM = to be approached by knowledge
GYaanachakshushhaH = those who have the eyes of knowledge
GYaanachakshushhaa = by the vision of knowledge
GYaanadiipite = because of the urge for self-realization
GYaanaplavena = by the boat of transcendental knowledge
GYaanamana.ntaM = Knowledge and Infinity or Absoluteness
GYaanamayaH = (Masc. Nom.Sing.)full of knowledge
GYaanamayo = full of Gyana or knowledge
GYaanayaGYaH = sacrifice in knowledge
GYaanayaGYaaH = sacrifice in advancement of transcendental knowledge
GYaanayaGYena = by cultivation of knowledge
GYaanayogena = by the linking process of knowledge
GYaanavataaM = of the wise
GYaanavaan.h = learned
GYaanavihinaH = (but)bereft of knowledge of the Self
GYaanashabdayoH = of knowledge and sound
GYaanasya = of knowledge
GYaanaaH = knowledge
GYaanaagniH = the fire of knowledge
GYaanaat.h = than knowledge
GYaanaanaaM = of all knowledge
GYaanaavasthita = situated in transcendence
GYaaninaH = of the knower
GYaanibhyaH = than the wise
GYaanii = one who is in knowledge
GYaane = in knowledge
GYaanena = with knowledge
GYaanenaiva = GYAnena + eva:thro' knowledge alone
Sanskrit Dictionary
ha = the sun
ha * = Meaning1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Ngar alphabet (in Pnini's system belonging to the guttural
class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in {hard}; it is not an original letter, but is mostly derived from an
older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
ha * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e. the arithmetical figure
which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon;
Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive; = {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; =
{zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f. coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the
sparkling of a gem; calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
ha * = Meaning 3 ind. (prob. orig. identical with 2. {gha}, and used as a particle for emphasizing a preceding word, esp.
if it begins a sentence closely connected with another; very frequent in the Brhmanas and Stras, and often
translatable by) indeed, assuredly, verily, of course, then &c. (often with other particles e.g. with {tv eva}, {u}, {sma},
{vai} &c.; {na ha}, `" not indeed "'; also with interrogatives and relatives e.g. {yad dha}, `" when indeed "'; {kad dha}, `"
what then? "' sometimes with impf. or pf. [cf. Pn. 3-2, 116]; in later language very commonly used as a mere expletive,
esp. at the end of a verse) RV. &c. &c.
ha * = Meaning 4 mf({A})n. (fr. {han}) killing, destroying, removing (only ifc.; see {arAti-}, {vRtra-}, {zatruha} &c.)
ha * = Meaning 5 mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {hA}) abandoning, deserting, avoiding (ifc.; see {an-oka-} and {vApI-ha}); ({A}) f.
abandonment, desertion L.
haa * = Meaning 1 ind. an exclamation expressive of pain, anger, astonishment, satisfaction &c. (= ah! alas! oh! ha!
often before or after a voc. case, also repeated {hA-hA} cf. 1. {hahA} above, or followed by other particles, esp. {dhik},
{hanta}, {kaSTam} &c.) MBh. Kv.&c,
haa * = Meaning 2 (not always separable fr. 3. {hA}) cl. 3. . (Dhtup. xxv, 7) {ji4hIte} (p. {ji4hAna} [q.v.]; pf. {jahire4}
AV.; aor. {ahAsta} RV. &c.; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyate} Br. MBh.; inf. {-hAtum} ib.; ind. p. {hAtvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} RV.),
to start or spring forward, bound away, give way to (dat.) RV.; to spring or leap upon (?) RV. x, 49, 5; to go or depart or
betake one's self to have recourse to (acc.) Nalo7d. [1296, 2]; to fall or come into any state Kir.: Pass. {hAyate} (aor.
{ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hApayati} (aor. {ajIhapat}) ib.: Desid. {jihAsate} ib.: Intens. {jahAyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} ib.
haa * = Meaning 3 cl. 3. P. (Dhtup. xxv, 8) {ja4hAti} (rarely cl. 1. {jahati} 3. du. {jahltaH} Impv. {jahi4hi} For {jahAhi}
Pn. 6-4, 117]; {jahItAt} AV.; Pot. {jahyAt} AV. &c.; pf. {jahau}, {jahu4H} RV. &c.; {jahe} Br.; aor. {ahAt} ib. &c.;
{ahAsIt} Gr.; 3. sg. {ahAs} RV.; {a4hAsi} AV.; {hAsiSTa} ib.,; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyati}, {-te} AV. &c, {jahiSyati} MBh.
&c.; inf. {hAtum} ib.; ind. p. {hitvA4}. [q.v.] RV. &c.; {hitvI4} {-tvA4ya} RV.; {-hItvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} Br., {hI4yam} TS.),
to leave, abandon, desert, quit, forsake, relinquish (with {zarIram}, {deham}, {prA7NAn}, {asUn}, {jvitam} &c. - "' to
die "') RV. &c, &c.; to discharge, emit ib.; to put away, take off, remove, lay aside, give up, renounce, resign, avoid, shun,
Sanskrit Dictionary
abstain or refrain from Mn. MBh. &c.; to disregard, neglect ib.; to lose, be deprived of. R. Km.; to get rid of. escape
from Up. MBh. &c.; to cause to emit (with {zardham}, `" to cause to break wind "') Vop.: Pass. {hIya4te} or {hI4yate}
(ep. also {hIyati}; aor. {ahAyi}), to be left or abandoned or deserted &c.; to be left behind, fall short of (abl.) RV. &c.
&c.; to be excluded from or bereft of (abl. or instr.; with {prA7NaiH}, `" to die "') KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to be
overtaken by (instr.) MBh.; to be deficient or wanting, suffer loss or injury, fail (also in a lawsuit), decrease, wane,
decline, come to an end ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to weigh less (at the ordeal of the balance) Yj. Sch.; to be given up or
avoided Bhartri. (v.l.); to be subtracted VarBriS.; to become detached from (with abl. or instr.), fall out (as hair) BhP.:
Caus. {hApayati} (m. c. also {-te} aor. {ajIhapat}; {-jIhipaH} RV.), to cause to leave or abandon &c.; to omit, neglect
Mn. MBh. &c.; to fall short of. be wanting in (acc.) MBh. Cn.; to give up ({asUn}, `" life "') Hariv.; to lose ({kAlam}, `"
time "') Km.; to abandon ({pratijJAm}, `" a thesis "') Jtakam.: Desid. {jihAsati}, to wish to leave or abandon Das'.
BhP. HParis'.; to wish to reject or disdain Prab.; to wish to escape Sarvad.: Intens. {jehIyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} Gr.
This page was generated by SFgate 4.0.30. Ha Meaning 1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Ngar alphabet (in
Pnini's system belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in {hard}; it is not an
original letter, but is mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
haa * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e. the arithmetical figure
which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon;
Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive; = {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; =
{zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f. coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the
sparkling of a gem; calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
haakiNii = the goddess in aGYaa chakra
haalaahala = poison
haalahala* = (Jtakam.) and n. the above poison.
haalahaala* = (L.) n. the above poison.
haalaahala* = m. a panic. poisonous plant (the seed of which is said to resemble a cow's teat) Bhpr.; a kind of lizard L.;
a kind of spider L.; n. (rarely m.), a deadly poison prepared from the roots of the above plant accord. to R. and BhP.
produced at she churning of the ocean (cf. {halAhala}) Kv. Sus'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. a kind of small mouse L.; ({I}) f.
spirituous liquor L.
haalahala* = {hAlAhala}, {hAhala} &c. Sea p. 1293, col. 2.
haana * 2 n. the act of abandoning, relinquishing, giving up, escaping, getting rid of Gaut. S'ank. Sarvad.; want, lack
Kap.; cessation ib. Bhartri. (v.l.)
haana 1 mfn. gone or departed &c. (in {sa4MhAna}, `" risen "') VS.
haani = damage
haaniH = destruction
haapita *= mfn. (fr. id.) caused to be left or abandoned &c.; injured (as a deposit) Ya1jn5.; deprived of (instr.) BhP.
haara = Garland *= 1 mf(%{I})n. bearing, carrying, carrying away, stealing (e.g. %{kSIra-h-}, `" stealing milk "')
Ma1rkP.; levying, raising (e.g. %{kara-h-}, `" raising taxes "') BhP.; ravishing, charming, delightful (or `" relating to
Hari i.e. Vishnu "') ib.; relating to Hara or S3iva Nalac.; m. taking away, removal ib.; confiscation, forfeiture (of land,
money &c.) Mn. MBh. Katha1s.; waste, loss (see %{kAla-h-}); war, battle W.; a carrier, porter ib.; (in arithm.) a divisor
or division Col.; (in prosody) a long syllable ib.; a garland of pearls, necklace (accord. to some, one of 108 or 64 strings)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{A}) f. Pa1n2. 3-3, 104; (%{I}) f. a pearl L.; a girl of bad reputation (unfit for marriage) L.; a kind of
metre Col.\\2 (for 3. see p. 1292, col. 1) Nom. P. %{-rati} to be like a string of pearls Dhu1rtas.\\ 3 mfn. (for 1. and 2.
see p. 1289, col. 2) relating to Hari or Vishn2n BhP.\\ %{hAraka}, %{hArin} &c. see p. 1289, cols. 2 and 3.
haariNii = remover
haard * = (fr. and = {hRd}). see {dur-} and {su-hA4rd}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
haa4rdi * = m. the heart AV.; contentment, ease, comfort VarBriS.; n. the heart or interior of the body (also applied to
the intestines) RV.
haardikA * =see {yama-h-}.
haardikya * =m. patr. of Kriita-varman MBh. Hariv.; friendship R.
haardin * =mfn. feeling affection for (loc.) MrkP.
haardivan * =(Tr.) or (vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)
haardvan * =(vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)
haasa = laughter
haasya = the sentiment of humor
haata * = mfn. given up, abandoned BhP
halaayudha * m. `" plough-weaponed "'N. of Bala-rma (see above; also transferred to Vishnu-Kriishna) MBh. Hariv.;
(also with {bhatTa}, {mizra} &c.) N. of various writers (esp. of a poet, of the author of the Abhidhna-ratnamls, of the
author of the Purna-sarvasva &c.) Cat.; {-cchAndogya} (?) and {-stava} m. N. of wks.
haiyaMgava * = n. (fr. %{hyas} + %{go}) = next BhP.
haiyaMgavIna * = n. clarified butter prepared from yesterday's milking, fresh butter Hariv. Ragh. Bhat2t2.
haituka* = mf({I})n. having a cause or reason, founded on some motive (in {a-h-}) Bhag. BhP.; (ifc.) caused by,
dependent on MBh. BhP.; m. a reasoner, rationalist, sceptic, heretic ({I} f.) Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; a follower of the
Mmns doctrines W.
hala = a plough
halaasana = the plough posture
halaahala = poison
halahala* = mfn. ploughing making furrows L.
halahalaa* = ind. an exclamation of applause or approbation MBh. R.
halaahala* = m. n. a kind of deadly poison (prodoced at the churning of the ocean by gods and demons) Kv. Pacat.;
m. (only L.) a kind of lizard; a kind of snake; a Jaina or Bauddha sage.
haMsaH = (m) swan
han* = mfn. only f. {-ghnI} q.v.\\* = m. killer of Makha "'N. of Agni or Indra or Rudra TS.
han* =1 cl. 2. P. (Dhtup. xxiv, 2) {hanti} (3. du. {hata4H}, 3. pl. {ghnanti}; rarely . {hate}, 3. pl. {ghnate}; and cl. 1.
{hanati}, Ved. also {jighnate}, {-ti}; Pot. {hanyAt} Br. also {ha4nIta}, {ghnIta}; Impv. {jahi4} Tr. {handhi4}; impf.
{a4han}, Ved. and ep. also {ahanat}, {ahanan}, {aghnanta}; p. {jaghnat}, {ghnamAna} MBh.; pf. {jaghA4na},
{jaghnu4H} Br.and ep. also {jaghne}, {-nire} Subj. {jagha4nat} RV.; p. {jaghniva4s}, Ved. also {jaghanvas}; aor.
{ahAnIt} JaimBr. [cf. {vadh}]; fut. {hantA} MBh.; {haMsyati} ib.; {haniSya4ti}, {-te} AV. &c.; inf. {ha4ntum}, Ved. also
{ha4ntave}, {-tavai4}, {-toH}; ind. p. {hatvA4}, Ved. also {-tvI4}, {-tvAya}, {-hatya}; {-hanya} MBh.; {-ghA4tam} Br.
&c.), to strike, beat (also a drum), pound, hammer (acc.), strike &c. upon (loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to smite, slay, hit, kill, mar,
destroy ib.; to put to death, cause to be executed Mn. Hit.; to strike off Kaths.; to ward off, avert MBh.; to hurt, wound
(the heart) R.; to hurl (a dart) upon (gen.) RV.; (in astron.) to touch, come into contact VarBriS.; to obstruct, hinder
Rjat.; to repress, give up, abandon (anger, sorrow &c.) Kv. BhP.; (?) to go, move Naigh. ii, 14: Pass. {hanya4te} (ep.
also {-ti}; aor. {avadhi} or {aghAni}), to be struck or killed RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {ghAtayati}, {-te} (properly a Nom. fr.
{ghAta} q.v.; aor. {ajIghatat} or {ajIghanat}), to cause to be slain or killed, kill, slay, put to death, punish Mn. MBh. &c.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
to notify a persos death ({kaMsaM ghAtayati} = {kaMsa-vadham AcaSTe}) Pn. 3-1, 26 Vrtt. 6 Pat.; to mar, destroy
MBh. Pacat. (v.l.): Desid. {ji4ghAMsati}, {-te} (Pot. {jighAMsIyat} MBh.; impf. {ajighAMsIH} S'Br.), to wish to kill or
destroy RV. &c. &c.: Intens. {ja4Gghanti} (RV.; p. {jaGghanat}, {ja4Gghnat} or {gha4nighnat}), {jaGghanyate} (with
pass. sense MundUp.), {jeghnIyate} (Pn. 7-4, 31), to strike = tread upon (loc. or acc.) RV.; to slay, kill ib.; to dispel
(darkness), destroy (evil, harm) ib.; to hurt, injure, wound MundUp. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {de-fendere}, &388667[1287, 2]
{of-fendere}; Lit. {genu}, {gi4ti}; Slav. {gu8nati}.]
han* =2 mf({ghnI})n. killing, a killer, slayer (only ifc.; see {ari-}, {tamo-han} &c.)
hana * mf({I})n. id. (see {vIra-haNa}); m. killing, slaughter (see {su-hana}); ({A}) f. (see {dur-ha4NA}).
ha.nsa = (masc) swan, goose
ha.nsaasana = the swan posture
hanana = killing
hanishhye = I shall kill
hanumatprabhuH = the lord of Hanuman
hanumaana = a monkey chief, son of Anjana and Vayu
hanumaanaasana = the splits
hanta = O !, Alas !* ind. an exclamation or inceptive particle (expressive of an exhortation to do anything or asking
attention, and often translatable by `" come on! "' `" here! "' `" look! "' `" see! "' in later language also expressive of
grief, joy, pity, haste, benediction &c. and translatable by `" alas! "' `" ah! "' `" oh! "' &c.; often repeated or joined with
other particles e.g. {hA hanta}, {hanta hanta}, {hanta tarhi}) RV. &c. &c.
hantaaraM = the killer
hanti = kills
hantuM = to kill
hantri = desirous of killing
hanuvat *V= lips
hanyate = is killed
hanyamaane = being killed
hanyuH = may kill
har.h = to steal
hara = shankara * = mf(%{A}, rarely %{I})n. (only ifc.; fr. 1. %{hR}) bearing, wearing, taking, conveying, bringing (see
%{kavaca-}, %{vArttA-h-}), taking away, carrying off, removing, destroying (see %{bala-}, %{zakti-h-}); receiving,
obtaining (see %{aMza-h-}); ravishing, captivating (see %{mano-h-}); m. `" Seizer "', `" Destroyer "'N. of S3iva
A1s3vGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; of a Da1nava MBh. Hariv.; of a monkey R.; of various authors &c. Cat.; (in arithm.) a divisor
Col.; the denominator of a fraction, division ib.; a stallion (?) L.; an ass L.; fire L.
haraH = shiva
harati = (1pp) to take (away)
haranti = throw
Sanskrit Dictionary
haras *= n. a grasp, grip AV.; a draught, drink, beverage RV. AV.; flame, fire (accord. to some also `" anger "', `" fury "')
ib. [Cf. Gk. $.]
harasi = you remove
hari = vishnu
hariH = the Supreme Personality of Godhead, KRishhNa
hariNa = deer
harita = green
haritam.h = (n) cabbage
haridraa = (f) turmeric (haldii)
hariiH = VishNu
hareH = of Lord KRishhNa
hartaa.asi = are the usurper
harmya = building
harsha = (masc) joy * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{hRS}) bristling, erection (esp. of the hair in a thrill of rapture or delight)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy, pleasure, happiness (also personified as a son of Dharma) Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1292,3]; erection of
the sexual organ, sexual excitement, lustfulness Sus3r.; ardent desire MBh.; N. of an Asura Katha1s.; of a son of
Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of various authors &c. (also with %{dIkSita}, %{mizra}, %{sUri} &c.; cf. %{zrI-harSa}); mfn. happy,
delighted W.
harshha = from happiness
harshhaM = cheerfulness
harshhashokaanvitaH = subject to joy and sorrow
haryaksha * = mfn. yelloweyed VS. MBh.; m. a lion MBh. R.; the zodiacal sign Leo Cat.; a monkey R.; N. of Kubera L.;
of a demon causing diseases PrGri.; of an Asura BhP.; of a son of Priithu ib.; of S'iva MW.
hary-aksha * = hary-akSa
haryaksha * = {hary-aGga} &c. see above, col. i.
hasati = (1pp) to laugh
hasta = hand
hastaM = hand
hastaghaTii = (f) wristwatch
hasta\-paadangushhThaasana = the hand-to-big-toe posture
hastaat.h = from the hand
hastaaksharam.h = (n) handwriting
hastini = in the elephant
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
heman.h = gold
hemanta = (masc) winter
hetavaH = causes - see hetu
heti * = f. (fr. 1. %{hi}; in later language also m. a missile weapon, any weapon (also personified) RV. &c. &c.; stroke,
wound Sa1y.; Agni's weapon, flame, light MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a ray of the sun L.; rapid motion, shot, impact (of a bowstring) RV.; an implement, instrument BhP.; a young shoot or sprout L.; m. N. of the first Ra1kshasa king (represented
as occupying the Sun's chariot in the month Caitra or Madhu) R.; of an Asura BhP.
hetoH = in exchange
hetu = intention * = m. `" impulse "', motive, cause, cause of, reason for (loc., rarely dat. or gen.; {hetunA}, {hetoH},
{hetave}, {hetau}, `" for a cause or reason "', `" by reason of "', `" on account of "' [with gen. or comp. e.g. {mama
hetoH} or {mad-dhetoH}, `" on account of me "']; {kaM hetum} or {ko heTuH}, `" wherefore? "' `" why? "' Pn. 2-2, 23
Pat.; {yato hetoH}, `" because "'; {anena hetunA} or {iti hetoH}, `" for this reason "'; {mRtyu-hetave}, `" in order to kill
"'; {hetur alaukikaH}, `" a supernatural cause "'; ifc. {hetu} also = `" having as a cause or motive "', `" caused or effected
or actuated or attracted or impelled by "' e.g. {karma-hetu}, `" caused by the acts [of a former existence] "' Mn. i, 49;
{mAMsa-hetu}, `" attracted by [the smell of] flesh "' MBh. x, 496; {karma-phala-hetu}, `" impelled by [the expectation
of] the consequences of any act "' BhP. ii, 47; 49) RV. &c. &c.; a logical reason or dedaction or argument, the reason for
an inference (esp. applied to the second member or Avayava of the five-membered syllogism see {nyAya}) Nyyad. IW.
61; logic (in general see {hetuvidyA}); (in gram.) the agent of the causal verb Pn. 1-4, 55 &c.; (with Buddhists) primary
cause (as opp. to {pratyaya} q.v.) Sarvad.; (with Pas'upatas) that which causes the bondage of the soul i.e. the external
world and the senses ib.; a means ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" by means of "') MBh.; mode, manner ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" according
to "') ib. Sus'r. Yj.; price, cost Rjat. v, 71; condition MBh.; (in rhet.) = {kAvya-liGga} (q.v.) Bhar. Kpr. Sh.
hetuH = aim (Here: cause)
hetunaa = for the reason
hetumadbhiH = with cause and effect
heya 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1297, col. 1) to be gone &c. MW.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. and 3. see p. 1296 and 1304) to be left or
quitted or abandoned or rejected or avoided (%{-tva} n.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; to be subtracted L.
hi = really
hi * =Meaning 1 i (cf. {hay}) cl. 5. P. (Dhtup., xxvii, 11) {hino4ti} (Ved. also {hinute4}, {hi4nvati} and {hinva4ti}, {-te};
p. {hinvAna4} [with aet. and pass. sense] RV.; {ha4yat} RV. TS.; 1: sg. {hiSe} RV.; pf. {jighAya}, {jighyuH} Br. &c.;
{jighye} [with pass. sense] Bhathth.; aor. {a4hema} {a4hema}, {ahyan}, {heta} p. {hiyAna4} [with pass. sense] RV.;
{ahyam} [?], {a4hait} AV.; {ahaiSIt} Br.; {aheSata} RV.; fut. {hetA} Gr.; {heSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {-hye4} RV.), to send
forth set in motion, impel, urge on, hasten on (. also intrans.) RV. AV. S'Br. KtyS'r.; to stimulate or incite to (dat.)
RV.; to assist or help to (dat.) ib.; to discharge, b, hurl, cast, shoot RV.; to convey, bring, procure ib. S'Br.; to forsake,
abandon, get rid of Bhathth.; ({hinvati}), to gladden, delight Dhtup. xv, 82: Pass. {hIyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus.
{hAyuyati} (aor. {ajIhayat}) ib.: Desid. of Caus. {jihApayiSati} ib.: Desid. {jighISati} ib.: Inteus. {jeghIyate}, {jeghayIti},
{jegheti} ib.
hi4* =Meaning 2 ind. (used as a particle [cf. {ha} and {gha}] and usually denoting) for, because, on account of (never
standing first in a sentence, but generally after the first word and used enclitically, sometimes after pronouns; e.g.
{sa4rvo hi4 pR4tanA jigISati}, `" for everybody wishes to win battles "'; {bkavAn hi pramANam}, `" for your honour is
the authority "'; {tahA hi}, `" for example "', `" accordingly "'; {na4 hi4} or {nahI4} "', for not "', `" not at all "') RV. &c.
&c.; just, pray, do (with an Impv. or Pot. emphatically; sometimes with Indic., e. g. {pasyAmo hi}, `" we will just see "')
ib.; indeed, assuredly, surely, of course, certainly ({hi4 vai4}, `" most assuredly "'; {hi-tu} or {hi-punar}, `" indeed-but
"'; often a mere expletive, esp. to avoid a hiatus, sometimes repeated in the same sentence; {hi} is also said to be an
interjection of `" envy "', `" contempt "', `" hurry "' &c.) ib.
hii* = ind. (an exclamation of surprise or astonishment or horror or sorrow or hilarity or satisfaction, usually
translatable by) ah! oh! alas l &c.; (also said to be so used in giving a reason or cause, and translatable by) therefore, so,
because, for (cf. 2. {hi}) &c.; (it is sometimes repeated cf. {hIhI} Hariv. Bhathth.
Sanskrit Dictionary
hiMs * = 1 (orig. Desid. of %{han}) cl. 1. 7. P. (Dha1tup. xxix, 19; xxxiv, 23) %{hiMsati}, %{hina4sti} (Ved. and ep. also
A1. %{hiMsate}, %{hi4Mste}; 2. sg. %{hiMsi} for %{hinassi} MBh. iii, 13269; pf. %{jihiMsa}, %{-sima4}, %{jIhiMsIh}
AV.; aor. %{ahiMsIt}, %{hiMsIt} RV. &c.; fut. %{hiMsita} Gr.; %{hiMsiSyati}, %{-te} Br. &c.; inf. %{hiMsitum} [Ved.
also %{hi4esitoH}] ib.; ind. p. %{hiMsitvA4} AV. Br.; %{-hiMsya} MBh.), to injure, harm, wound, kill, destroy RV. &c.
&c.: Pass. %{hiMsyate} (aor. %{ahiMsi}), to be injured or killed RV. (in %{a4-hiMsyamAna}) &c.: Caus, or cl. so. P.
(Dha1tup. xxxiv, 23) %{hiMsayati} (aor. %{ajihiMsat}), to injure, harm, kill, slay MBh.: Desid. %{ji4hiMsiSati}, to wish
to injure &c. S3Br.: Intens, %{jehiMsyate}, %{jehiMsti} Gr.
hiMs * = 2 mfn. injuring, striking (see %{su-hiMs}).
hiMsa * = mfn. injuring, injurious, mischievous, hostile RV.; (%{A}) f. see below.
hiMsaa * = f. injury, harm (to life or property), hurt, mischief, wrong (said to be of three kinds, 1. mental as `" bearing
malice "'; 2. verbal, as "' abusive language; 3. personal, as `" acts of violence "') Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; Injury or
Mischief personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of Lobha and Nishkr2iti) Pur.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.
hiMsita * = mfn. hurt, injured, wounded, killed, destroyed AV. &c. &c.; n. injury, harm Pan5cat.
hi.nsati = kills
hi.nsaa = violence
hi.nsaaM = and distress to others
hi.nsaatmakaH = always envious
hita = benefit *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1298, col. 2) sent, impelled, urged on, set in motion &c.; going, running, speeding
RV. AV. [1297,3]\\ 2 mf(%{A4})n. (p.p. of 1. %{dhA} cf. %{dhita}; for 1. %{hita} see p. 1297, col. 2) put, placed, set,
laid, laid upon, imposed, lying or situated or contained in (loc.) RV. AV. Up.; set up, established, fixed (as a prize) RV.;
planned, arranged (as a race or contest) ib.; prepared, made ready ib.; held, taken MW.; assigned to, destined for (dat.
or gen.) ib.; reckoned among(loc) TS.; constituted or appointed as (nom.) RV.; given (as a name) AV.; beneficial,
advantageous, salutary, wholesome, suitable, agreeing with (of ten, said of diet, regimen, medicines &c.), convenient,
suitable, fit, agreeable to or for (dat. gen. loc., or comp.) RV. &c.&c.; well-disposed, favourable, friendly, affectionate,
kind Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a friend, benefactor ib.; (%{A4}) f. a causeway, dike (see %{hitA-bhaGga}); pl. N. of partic. veins
or arteries S3Br. KaushUp. Ya1jn5.; (%{am}) n. (sg. or pl.) anything useful or salutary or suitable or proper, benefit,
advantage, profit, service, good, welfare, good advice &c. Mn. MBh. &c.
hitaM = beneficial
hitakaamyayaa = for your benefit
hite = in welfare work
hitaishhin.h = one who wishes good
hitaaya * = Nom. . {-yate}, to avail, be of use or advantage Vs. Hit4vat mfn. one who has put away or hidden his
property RV.
hitvaa = having given up/abandoned
hinasti = degrade
hima = snow
himaalayaH = the Himalayan mountains = * Nom. P. {-yati}, to resemble the Hima7laya Dhrtas.
hiMsa* = mfn. injuring, injurious, mischievous, hostile RV.; ({A}) f. see below.
hiMsA* = f. injury, harm (to life or property), hurt, mischief, wrong (said to be of three kinds, 1. mental as `" bearing
malice "'; 2. verbal, as "' abusive language; 3. personal, as `" acts of violence "') Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; Injury or Mischief
Sanskrit Dictionary
personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of Lobha and Nishkriiti) Pur.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.
hiraNmaya* = mf({I}) n. (for {hiraNya-maya}) golden, gold-coloured TS.&c, &c.; m. N. of Brahm. (see {hiraNyagarbha}) L.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son of Agnidhra and ruler of a Varsha BhP.; m.n. one of the 9 Varshas or divisions of
the continent (said to be between the mountainous ranges S'veta and S'riinga-vat; see varsha and {zveta}) Pur.
hiraNyakashyapu = a demon king, killed by Vishnu
hiraNyagarbha = Effulgent, a name of Sun
hiraNyagarbhaH = the Golden Embryo of life and form
hiinau = bereft, having lost
horaa = A Varga. The Division of a sign into Solar and Lunar or Division into halves. Used for determining Wealth
amongst other things
hraada * = m. sound, noise, roar (of thunder) ChUp. MBh. Kir.; sound (in a phonetical sense) Pat.; N. of a serpentdemon MBh.; of a son of Hiranyakas'ipu Hariv. Pur.
hraasa * = m. shortening, diminution, decrease, deterioration, detriment Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.; paucity, scarcity MBh. Hariv.
&c.; sound, noise L.
hrada * = 1 m. (once n.; ifc. f. {A} rather to be connected with {hlAd}, but cf. {hrAd}; for 2. {hrada} see p. 1307) a large
or deep piece of water, lake, pool (rarely applied to the sea; with {gAGga}, `" the water of the Ganges "') RV. &c. &c.;
({A}) f. the incense tree L.; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di}.
hrada * =2 m. (ifc. f. {A}; for 1. see p. 1306, col. 3) sound, noise L.; a ray of light (see {zata-hr-}); a ram L.; N. of a son
of Hrda Hariv.
hraasa * = m. shortening, diminution, decrease, deterioration, detriment Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.; paucity, scarcity MBh.
Hariv. &c.; sound, noise L
hrasvaa = (adj) short
hriiH = modesty
hrii* = 1 cl. 3. P. (Dhtup. xxv, 3) {jihreti} ({ji4hriyat} MaitrS.; pf. {jihrAya} Ragh.; {jihrayAM-cakAra}, {-yAm-Asa},
Gr.; aor. {ahraiSIt} ib.; Prec. {hrIyAt} ib.; p. {hrayANa}, see {a-hr-}; fut. {hretA}, {hreSyati} Gr.), to feel shame, blush,
be bashful or modest, be ashamed of any one (gen.) or anything (abl.) Kv. Kaths.: Caus. {hrepayati} (aor. {ajihripat}),
to make ashamed, cause to blush, confound, put to shame (also fig. = `" surpass, excel "') ib.: Desid. {jihrISati} Gr.:
Intens. {jehrIyate} (p. {-yamANa} SaddhP.), {jehrayIti}, {jehreti}, to be greatly ashamed ib. \\2 f. shame, modesty,
shyness, timidity (also personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) VS. &c. &
hriiyantraNA * f. torment of shshame, constraint of bashfulness
hriyate = is attracted
hri = to steal
hrit *= mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see %{bali-}, %{taila-}, %{pApa}, %{-bhayahRt}
&c.)
hrita = deprived of
hritat.h = heart
hritsthaM = situated in the heart
hrid.h = heart (neut)
Sanskrit Dictionary
hridaya = heart* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) the heart (or region of the heart as the seat of feelings and sensations; {hRdaye-kR},
`" to take to heart "'), soul, mind (as the seat of mental operations; {capala-hRdaya}, `" fickleminded "') RV. &c. &c.;
the heart or interior of the body RV. AV. TBr. MBh.; the heart or centre or core or essence or best or dearest or most
secret part of anything AV. &c. &c.; true or divine knowledge MW.; the Veda ib.; science ib.; (with {prajApateH}) N. of a
Sman IndSt.; m. a partic. Sunday BhavP.; ({A}) f. N. of a mare Hariv.; mfn. going to the heart BhgP. (fr. {hRd} +
{aya} Sch.)
hridayaM = heart
hridayasthaM = heart-stationed
hridayaani = hearts
hridayii = in my heart
hridayeshhu = in the hearts of
hridi = in the heart
hriddeshe = in the location of the heart
hridyaaH = pleasing to the heart
hrish* = cl. 1. P. A1. %{ha4rSati}, %{-te} fr. P. only p. %{ha4rSat}), to be excited or impatient, rejoice in the prospect of,
be anxious or impatient for (dat.) RV.; to speak or affirm falsely, lie Dha1tup. xvii, 59; cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 119)
%{hRSyati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; pf. %{jaharSa}, %{jahRSuH}; %{jahRSe}, %{-Sire} MBh. &c.; aor. %{ahRSat}
ib.; fut. %{harSitA}, %{harSiSyati} Gr.; inf. %{harSitum} ib.; ind. p. %{-hRSya} MBh. &c.), to thrill with rapture,
rejoice, exult, be glad or pleased Pa1rGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; to become sexually excited Sus3r.; to become erect or stiff or
rigid, bristle (said of the hairs of the body &c.), become on edge (like the teeth) MBh. BhP.: Pass. %{hRSyate} (aor.
%{aharSi}) Gr.: Caus. %{harSa4yati}, %{-te} (aor. %{ajIhRSat}, or %{ajaharSat}), to excite, make impatient or eager for
(victory &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to rejoice, be glad Mn. MBh.; to cause to bristle Cat.: Desid. %{jiharSiSati} Gr.: Intens.
%{jarIhRSyate}, %{jarharSTi} &c. (Ved. forms %{jarhRSanta}, %{ja4rhRSANa} and %{jAhRSANa4}), to be impatient
or excited RV. VS. A1s3vS3r.; to excite violently RV. [Cf. Lat. {horreo} for {horseo}.]
hrishhitaH = gladdened
hrishhiikesha = O master of all senses
hrishiikes'a* = m. (perhaps = {hRSI-keza} cf. {hRSI-vat} above) id. ({-tva} n.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; N. of the tenth month
VarBriS.; of a Trtha Cat.; of a poet ib.; lord of the senses (said of Manas) BhP.; {-zA7zrama} m. N. of a man Cat.
hrishhiikeshaM = unto Lord KRishhNa
hrishhiikeshaH = Hrishkes'a (KRishhNa, the Lord who directs the senses of the devotees)
hrishhTaromaa = with his bodily hairs standing on end due to his great ecstasy
hrishhyati = takes pleasure
hrishhyaami = I am enjoying
hrishtha * = mfn. thrilling with rapture, rejoiced, pleased, glad, merry Mn. MBh. &c.; bristling, erect, standing on end
(said of the hairs of the body) MBh. R. &c.; rigid, stiff Hariv.; blunted (cf. {hRSita}) Pat.; surprised, astonished ib.
hrit *= hRt mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see %{bali-}, %{taila-}, %{pApa}, %{bhayahRt} &c.)// 2 in comp. for %{hRd}.
hu *= 1 cl. 3. P. (Dha1tup. xxv, 1) %{jho4ti} (Ved. and ep. also A1. %{juhute4} 3. p. pr. %{ju4h} 3. pl. pr. %{jilhvati},
%{-te} RV. &c. [1301,1]; 2. sg. Impv. %{juhudhi4} Br. &c.; %{hoSi} RV.; p. P. %{ju4hvat}; A1. %{ju4hvAna} [also with
pass. sense]; 3. pl. impf. %{a4juhavuH} ib.; pf. P. %{juhAva}, %{juhuvuH} MBh.; A1. %{juhuve} R.; %{juhve4},
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{juhure4} RV.; %{juhvire} Br.; %{juhavAM-cakAra} ib. Up.; %{juhavAm-Asa} Vop.; aor. %{ahauSIt} Br. &c.; Prec.
%{hUyAt} Gr.; fut. %{hotA} ib.; %{hoSya4ti}, %{-te} AV. &c.; Cond. %{ahoSyat} Br.; inf. %{ho4tum}, %{-tos}, %{tavai4}, and ind. p. %{hutvA} ib. &c.), to sacrifice (esp. pour butter into the fire), offer or present an oblation (acc. or
gen.) to (dat.) or in (loc.), sacrifice to, worship or honour (acc.) with (instr.) RV. &c. &c.; to sprinkle on (loc.) Ya1jn5.; to
eat Vop.: Pass. %{hUya4te} (aor. %{a4hAvi}), to be offered or sacrificed RV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{hAvayati} (aor.
%{ajUhavat}), to cause to sacrifice or to be sacrificed or to be honoured with sacrifice Gr2S3rS. &c.: Desid. %{juhUSati},
to wish to sacrifice MBh. R.: Intens. %{johavIti} (impf. %{ajohavIt} or %{ajuhavIt} BhP.), %{johUyate}, %{johoti} (Gr.),
to offer oblations repeatedly or abundantly. [Cf. Gk. $ in $ (for $), $, $; Lat. &392811[1301,1] {fu1tis}, `" water-pot. "']\\
2 ind. an exclamation in %{huM@hu}, %{hUM@hu} &c. Sarasv.
hum *= or %{hUm} ind. an exclamation (of remembrance, doubt, interrogation, assent, anger, reproach, fear &c., not
translatable); a mystical syllable used in spells and magical texts or sentences; in Vedic ritual used immediately before
the singing of the Prasta1va or prelude as well as during the chanting of the Pratiha1ra or response S3rS. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.
huM *= in comp. for %{hum}.
hUm *= ind. an exclamation or interjection &c.; see %{hum}
huta = offerings (usually made to a fire)
hutaM = offered
hutabhuk.h = fire (one who eats offerings)
hutaashavaktraM = fire coming out of Your mouth
huu *= 1 weak form of %{hve}, p. 1308.\\2 mfn. calling, invoking (see %{indra-}, %{deva-}, %{pitR-hU} &c.)\\3 ind.
an exclamation of contempt, grief &c. (%{hU@hU}, the yelling of a jackal VarBr2S.)
hyaH = yesterday
icchaa *= f. wish, desire, inclination, K.: Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. Ragh. &c.; (in math.) a question or problem; (in gram.)
the desiderative form APra1t.; (%{icchayA} ind. according to wish or desire Pan5cat. Hit. Megh. &c.; %{icchAM@nigrah}, to suppress one's desire.)
icchaka *= mfn. wishing, desirous of (cf. %{yathe7cchakam}); m. Citrus Medica L.; (in arithm.) the sum or result
sought L.
ichchh.h = to wish
ichchha = the will
ichchhati = (6 up) to wish
icchataa * = f. or desire, wishfulness L.
icchatva * = n. desire, wishfulness L.
ichchhan.h = present participle of ishh, to wish
ichchhantaH = desiring
ichchhasi = you wish
Sanskrit Dictionary
ichchhaa = desire
ichchhaami = do I wish
iD * = (fr. 1. %{iS}; connected with %{i4rA} q.v.; only in inst. gen. abl. sing., and acc. pl. %{iDA4} and %{iDa4s}; or,
according to the spelling of the R2igveda, %{iLA4} and %{iLa4s}), a refreshing draught, refreshment, libation offered to
the gods RV.; the flow of speech, the stream of sacred words and worship, prayer; (Sa1y.) the earth, food RV. VS.;
(%{iDas}, or %{iLas}) pl. the objects of devotion (a particular form of Agni addressed in the fourth verse of the A1pri1
hymn RV. i, 13) RV. iii, 4, 3; (erroneously also referred to in the Bra1hman2as &c. as if etymologically connected with
the words %{IDya}, %{IDita}, %{ILita}, `" the praiseworthy "', `" the praised "', which are used in other passages as the
designation of the same object of worship) VS. AitBr. S3Br. A1s3vS3r. &c.
id * = ind. Ved. (probably the neut. form of the pronom. base %{i} see 3. %{i}; a particle of affirmation) even, just,
only; indeed, assuredly (especially, in strengthening an antithesis, e.g. %{ya4thA@va4zanti@devA4s@ta4he74d@asat},
as the gods wish it, thus indeed it will be RV. viii, 28, 4; %{di4psanta@i4d@ripa4vo@nA74ha@debhuH}, the enemies
wishing indeed to hurt were in nowise able to hurt RV. i, 147, 3). %{id} is often added to words expressing excess or
exclusion (e.g. %{vizva@it}, every one indeed; %{zazvad@it}, constantly indeed; %{eka@it}, one only). At the
beginning of sentences it often adds emphasis to pronouns, prepositions, particles (e.g. %{tvam@it}, thou indeed;
%{yadi@it}, if indeed, &c.) %{id} occurs often in the R2ig-veda and Atharva-veda, seldom in the Bra1hman2as, and its
place is taken in classical Sanskr2it by %{eva} and other particles.
idaM = this* = 1 {aya4m}, {iya4m}, {ida4m} (fr. {id} Un. iv, 156; g. {sarvA7di} Pn. 1-1, 27 Vop.; a kind of neut. of the
pronom. base 3. {i} with {am} [cf. Lat. {is}, {ea}, {id}, and {idem}]; the regular forms are partly derived from the
pronom. base {a}; see Gr. 224; the Veda exhibits various irregular formations e.g. fr. pronom. base {a}, an inst. {enA4},
{ayA4} [used in general adverbially], and gen. loc. du. {ayo4s}, and perhaps also {avo4s}, in RV. vi, 67, 11; vii, 67, 4; x,
132, 5 [BRD.]; fr. the base {ima}, a gen. sing. {ima4sya}, only RV.; the RV. has in a few instances the irregular
accentuation {a4smai}, v, 39, 5, &c.; {a4sya}, iv, 15, 5, &c.; {A4bhis}, vi, 25, 2, &c.: the forms derived fr. {a} are used
enclitically if they take the place of the third personal pronoun, do not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and
have no peculiar stress laid upon them), this, this here, referring to something near the speaker; known, present;
(opposed to {adas} e.g. {ayaM lokaH} or {idaM vizvam} or {idaM sarvam}, this earthly world, this universe; {ayam
agniH}, this fire which burns on the earth; but {asAv agniH}, that fire in the sky, i. e. the lightning: so also {idam} or
{iyam} alone sometimes signifies `" this earth "'; {ime smaH}, here we are.) {idam} often refers to something
immediately following, whereas {etad} points to what precedes (e.g. {zrutvai9tad idam UcuH}, having heard that they
said this). {idam} occurs connected with {yad}, {tad}, {etad}, {kim}, and a personal pronoun, partly to point out
anything more distinctly and emphatically, partly pleonastically (e.g. {tad idaM vAkyam}, this speech here following
[165, 3]; {so 'yaM vidUSakaH}, this Vidshaka here).
idam* = 2 ind. [Ved. and in a few instances in classical Sanskriit] here, to this place; now, even, just; there; with these
words RV. AV. S'Br. AitBr. ChUp.; in this manner R. ii, 53, 31 S'ak. (v.l. for {iti} in {kim iti joSam Asyate}, 202, 8).
idaaniiM = now
idrik.h = as it is
iDaa = the channel on the left of the spine
iDyaM = worshipable
iha = here * = ind. (fr. pronom. base 3. %{i}), in this place, here; to this place; in this world; in this book or system; in
this case (e.g. %{tene7ha@na}, `" therefore not in this case "' i.e. the rule does not apply here); now, at this time RV.
&c. &c.; [cf. Zend {idha}, `" here "' [170,1]; Gk. $ or $ in $ and $; Goth. {ith}; &53164[170,1] perhaps Lat. {igi-tur}.]
ihaiva = in the present bodyijyate = is performed
iheha *= ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly; {-mAtR} m. one whose mother is here and there i.e. everywhere
RV. vi, 59, 1.
iidrishhaM = like this
iiD *= 1 cl. 2. A1. %{I4TTe} (2. sg. pres. %{IDiSe}, Ved. %{ILiSe} pf. %{IDe4} fut. %{IDiSyate} aor. %{aiDiSTa}. inf.
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{IDitum}, Ved. %{ILe}, &c.) to implore, request, ask for (with two acc.); to praise RV. AV. \\ 2 %{T} f. praise,
extolling RV. viii, 39, 1.
iiDya *= mfn. to be invoked or implored; to be praised or glorified, praiseworthy, laudable RV. AV. VS. S3Br. Ragh. &c.
iih *= cl. 1. A1. %{Ihate}, %{IhAM-cakre}, %{IhiSyate}, %{Ihitum}, rarely P. %{Ihati}, &c., to endeavour to obtain; to
aim at, attempt; to long for, desire; to take care of; to have in mind, think of (with acc.) MBh. R. BhP. Bhag. Pan5cat.
&c.: Caus. %{Ihayati}, to impel. [171,3]
iiha *= m. attempt (see %{Urdhve7ha}); (%{A}) f. effort, exertion, activity Mn. MBh. R. &c.; request, desire, wish R.
Sa1h. MBh. &
iihita * mfn. sought, attempted, striven for; wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, request, wish, effort Hit. Kaths. Prab.
&c.
iih.h = to wish
iihate = he aspires
iihante = they desire
iihaa = wish
iihatas * = ind. diligently, energetically, by or with labour or exertion.
iiksh.h = to see
iikshaNa = seeing
iikshaNaM = eyes
iimahi *= we approach for shelter SB 5.20.5; I surrender or take shelter SB 8.2.33; let us approach SB 10.37.22; worship
SB 12.10.22
iips* = (Desid. of {Ap} q.v.), to wish to obtain.
iipsana* = n. desiring or wishing to obtain L.
iipsaa* = f. asking, desire or wish to obtain MBh. R.
iipsita* = mfn. wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, wish MBh. R. Ragh. Kaths.
iipsitatama* = mfn. most desired, immediately aimed at (as the object of an action) Pn. 1-4, 49.
iipsu* = mfn. striving to obtain; wishing to get or obtain, desirous of (with acc.) Mn. MBh. Ragh. R. &c.
iipsuyajJa* = m. a particular Soma sacrifice KtyS'r.
iirita *= mfn. sent, despatched; said, uttered.
iiritaakuuta *= n. declared purpose or intention.
iirya *= mfn. to be excited.
iiryaa *= f. wandering about as a religious mendicant (i.e. without hurting any creature).
iis'itaa *= f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP
iiksha *= mf(%{I})n. ifc. seeing, looking, visiting (see %{tiryag-IkSa}, %{vadhv-IkSa}); (%{A}) f. sight, viewing;
considering BhP. Nya1yad.; (%{am}) n. anything seen S3Br. vii, 1, 2, 23 (merely for the etym. of %{antarikSa}).
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S3Br.
AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; (%{as}, %{I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S3Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a
husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus3r. Ya1jn5. &c.; the supreme soul (%{Atman}); S3iva; one of the
Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; (%{A} or %{I}) f. N. of Durga1; of Lakshmi1; of any
other of the S3aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iisha* = m. the month s'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.
iishannimayamfn. exchanged for a little L.
iishaavaasyaM = inhabited or manifested by the Master
iishvara = lord, the capable (here)* * = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable,
exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br. Ragh.
Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yj. &c.; the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of
the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durg; of Lakshm; of any other
of the S'aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iishvaraM = the Supersoul
iishvaraH = the Supreme Lord
iishvarapraaNidhaana = attentiveness to god
iis'itaa* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'varapraNidhaana* = n. devotion to God, Vedntas
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S'Br.
AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband
MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yj. &c.; the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of
love; N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durg; of Lakshm; of any other of the S'aktis or female
energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iis'itavya* = mfn. to be reigned or ruled over BhP.
iis'itR* = {tA} m. a master, owner, proprietor; a king S'vetUp. Prab.
iis'itA* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iiti * = 1 f. (fr. 4. {I}?), plague, distress, any calamity of the season (as drought, excessive rain, swarm of rats, foreign
invasion, &c.); infectious disease MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an affray L.; travelling in foreign countries, sojourning L.
iiyakSamANa * = = {i4yakSamANa} (fr. {iyakS}) q.v. MaitrS. ii, 10, 6.
iiya-cakSas * = fn. ({Iya} fr. {i}), of pervading or far-reaching sight RV. v, 66, 6.
ijyayaa = by worship
ikshuH = sugarcane
ikshvaakave = unto King IksvakuimaM = (from idaM) this
iLA * = (not to be confounded with the inst. case of %{iD} above), refreshing draught, refreshment, animation,
recreation, comfort, vital spirit RV. AV. AitBr.; offering, libation (especially a holy libation, offered between the Praya1ga and Anu-ya1ga, and consisting of four preparations of milk, poured into a vessel containing water, and then
Sanskrit Dictionary
partially drunk by the priest and sacrificers; personified in the cow, the symbol of feeding, and nourishment) S3Br. i, 8,
1, 1, &c. AitBr. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3.; (metaphorically cf. %{id}), stream or flow of praise and worship (personified as the
goddess of sacred speech and action, invoked together with Aditi and other deities, but especially in the A1pri1 hymns
together with Sarasvati1 and Mahi1 or Bha1rati1) RV. AV. VS. &c. [164,3]; the earth, food Sa1y.; a cow; the goddess
%{iDA} or %{iLA} (daughter of Manu or of man thinking on and worshipping the gods; she is the wife of Budha and
mother of Puru1-ravas; in another aspect she is called Maitra1varun2i as daughter of Mitra-Varun2a, two gods who
were objects of the highest and most spiritual devotion); N. of Durga1; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Kas3yapa; of
a wife of Vasudeva and of the Rudra R2ita-dhvaja; speech BhP.; heaven L.; earth MBh.; a particular artery on the left
side of the body; a tubular vessel (one of the principal channels of the vital spirit, that which is on the right side of the
body) L.\\= f. (closely connected with %{i4DA} and %{i4rA}, qq.v.) flow; speech; the earth, &c.; see %{iDA}.
ila * = %{ilA} see %{iDa}, %{i4DA}, p. 164, col. 2, and %{i4lA} below.
ima* = * the base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m} q.v. (acc. sg. m. {ima4m} f. {imA4m} [168, 1];
nom. pl. m. {ime4}, &c.; irregular gen. sg. {ima4sya} RV. viii, 13, 21 [once]).
imaaH = all these
imaan.h = these
ime = these
imau = these
ingate = waver
indiraa = Goddess Lakshmi
indiraaramaNa = Vishnu, Husband of Goddess Lakshmi
indu = moon
indugopa = a centipede commonly seen during rainy season
indra m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sa1y. on RV. i, 3, 4 Un2. ii, 28; according to BRD. fr.
%{in} = %{inv} with suff. %{ra} preceded by inserted %{d}, meaning `" to subdue, conquer "' [166,2]; according to
Muir, S. T. v, 119, for %{sindra} fr. %{syand}, `" to drop "'; more probably from %{ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and
connected with %{indu} above), the god of the atmosphere and sky; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in
Vedic mythology reigns over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere; he fights against and conquers with
his thunder-bolt [%{vajra}] the demons of darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism; %{indra} was not
originally lord of the gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to mankind, and he was therefore addressed in
prayers and hymns more than any other deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varun2a; in the
later mythology %{indra} is subordinated to the triad Brahman, Vishn2u, and S3iva, but remained the chief of all other
deities in the popular mind) RV. AV. S3Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east quarter, and considered
one of the twelve A1dityas) Mn. R. Sus3r. &c.; in the Veda1nta he is identified with the supreme being; a prince; ifc.
best, excellent, the first, the chief (of any class of objects; cf. %{sure7ndra}, %{rAje7ndra}, %{parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn.
Hit.; the pupil of the right eye (that of the left being called Indra1n2i1 or Indra's wife) S3Br. Br2A1rUp.; the number
fourteen, Su1ryas; N. of a grammarian; of a physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see %{kuTaja}) L.; a
vegetable poison L.; the twenty-sixth Yoga or division of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twentysixth Nakshatra, $ Pegasi; the human soul, the portion of spirit residing in the body; night L.; one of the nine divisions
of Jambu-dvi1pa or the known continent L.; (%{A}) f. the wife of Indra see %{indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; (%{I}) f. N. of
an attendant of Devi1.
indraH = the god Indra
indrachaapa = (m) rainbow
indradhanuH = (m) rainbow
Sanskrit Dictionary
indrapramati* = m. a pupil of Paila and author of some verses of the Riig-veda RAnukr. BhP. VP. AgP.
indrapramada* = m. N. of a man.
indraprasUta* = ({i4ndra-}) mfn. caused or impelled by Indra RV. x, 66, 2.
indraprastha* = n. `" Indra's place "'N. of a city (now called Delhi, the residence of the Pndavas) MBh.
indrapraharaNa* = n. Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt L.
indriya = organ of sense or action* = mfn. fit for or belonging to or agreeable to Indra RV. AV. VS.; m. a companion of
Indra(?) RV. i, 107, 2 AV. xix, 27, 1; ({am}) n. power, force, the quality which belongs especially to the mighty Indra RV.
AV. VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br.; exhibition of power, powerful act RV. VS.; bodily power, power of the senses; virile power AV.
VS. S'Br.; semen virile VS. KtyS'r. MBh. &c.; faculty of sense, sense, organ of sense AV. Sus'r. Mn. Ragh. Kir. &c.; the
number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception, {buddhI7ndriyANi} or
{jJAne7ndriyANi}, i.e. eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hinds enumerate five organs of action, {karme7ndriyANi}
i.e. larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of generation; between these ten organs and the soul or {Atman} stands {manas}
or mind, considered as an eleventh organ; in the Vednta, {manas}, {buddhi}, {ahaMkAra}, and {citta} form the four
inner or internal organs, {antar-indriyANi}, so that according to this reckoning the organs are fourteen in number,
each being presided over by its own ruler or {niyantR}; thus, the eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world,
the nose by the two As'vins, the tongue by Pracetas, the skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by Indra, the foot
by Vishnu, the anus by Mitra, the parts of generation by Prajpati, manas by the Moon, buddhi by Brahman, ahankra
by S'iva, citta by Vishnu as Acyuta; in the Nyya philosophy each organ is connected with its own peculiar element, the
nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear with Ether; the Jainas
divide the whole creation into five sections, according to the number of organs attributed to each being.)
indriyaH = senses
indriyagocharaaH = the objects of the senses
indriyagraamaM = the full set of senses
indriyajaya = mastery of the senses by controlling the desires
indriyasya = of the senses
indriyasyaarthe = in the sense objects
indriyaaNaaM = of the senses
indriyaaNi = the senses
indriyaaraamaH = satisfied in sense gratification
indriyaarthaan.h = sense objects
indriyaarthebhyaH = from the sense objects
indriyaartheshhu = in sense gratification
indriyebhyaH = more than the senses
indriyaiH = by the senses
indro = the Lord Indra
indra * = m.m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sy. on RV. i, 3, 4 Un. ii, 28; according to BRD. fr.
{in} = {inv} with suff. {ra} preceded by inserted {d}, meaning `" to subdue, conquer "' [166, 2]; according to Muir, S. T.
v, 119, for {sindra} fr. {syand}, `" to drop "'; more probably from {ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and connected with {indu}
above), the god of the atmosphere and sky; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic mythology reigns
Sanskrit Dictionary
over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere; he fights against and conquers with his thunder-bolt
[{vajra}] the demons of darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism; {indra} was not originally lord of the
gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to mankind, and he was therefore addressed in prayers and hymns more
than any other deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varuna; in the later mythology {indra} is
subordinated to the triad Brahman, Vishnu, and S'iva, but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular mind)
RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east quarter, and considered one of the twelve dityas) Mn.
R. Sus'r. &c.; in the Vednta he is identified with the supreme being; a prince; ifc. best, excellent, the first, the chief (of
any class of objects; cf. {sure7ndra}, {rAje7ndra}, {parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn. Hit.; the pupil of the right eye (that of the
left being called Indrn or Indra's wife) S'Br. BrirUp.; the number fourteen, Sryas; N. of a grammarian; of a
physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see {kuTaja}) L.; a vegetable poison L.; the twenty-sixth Yoga or division
of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twenty-sixth Nakshatra, $ Pegasi; the human soul, the
portion of spirit residing in the body; night L.; one of the nine divisions of Jambu-dvpa or the known continent L.;
({A}) f. the wife of Indra see {indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; ({I}) f. N. of an attendant of Dev.
indhana = fuel
irya *= mfn. active, powerful, energetical; N. of Pu1shan and of the As3vins; instigating; destroying enemies [Sa1y.]; a
lord RV. AV.
isha* = 1 mfn. seeking (see {gav-iSa}). \\=2 mfn. possessing sap and strength; well-fed, strong; sappy, juicy, fertile RV.;
m. N. of the month s'vina, September-October) VS. S'Br. Sus'r. VP.; N. of a Riishi BhP.
ishu * = {us} mf. an arrow RV. AV. VS. MBh. Ragh. S'ak. &c.; (in mathematics) a versed sine; N. of a Soma ceremony
KtyS'r.; the number five Sh.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri. xii, 7. [According to Daynanda {iSu} may mean
`" ray of light "'; cf. Gk. $; &52843[168, 3] Zd. {ishu}.]
ishat.h = a little
ishhubhiH = with arrows
ishtha = of all desirable things
ishthaM = leading to heaven
ishthaaH = palatable
ishthaan.h = desired
ishthikaa = (f) brick
ishthvaa = worshiping
ishtha* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see s.v.), sought S'Br.; wished, desired; liked, beloved; agreeable; cherished RV. S'Br. KtyS'r.
Mn. Pacat. S'ak. &c.; reverenced, respected; regarded as good, approved Mn. Snkhyak.; valid; m. a lover, a husband
S'ak. 83 c; the plant Ricinus Communis L.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({am}) n. wish, desire RV. AV. AitBr. Mn. R.; ({am})
ind. voluntarily.\\2 mfn. (p.p. fr. {yaj}; for 1. {iSTa4} see col. 2) sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices VS. S'Br. KtyS'r.
AitBr. &c.; m. sacrifice MrkP. xiii, 15; ({am}) n. sacrificing, sacrifice; sacred rite, sacrament L.
ishthadeva* = m. (L.) or a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf. {abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthadevataa* = f. a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf. {abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthayaaman* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. going according to desire RV. ix, 88, 3.
ishthavrata* = mfn. that by which good ({iSTa}) works ({vrata}) succeed [Sy.] RV. iii, 59, 9.
ishthArtha* = m. anything desired or agreeable; (mfn.) one who has obtained a desired object MBh. R.; {-rtho7dyukta}
mfn. zealous or active for a desired object.
ishthAvat* = mfn. possessing a desired object (?) AV. xviii, 3, 20 [perhaps and belonging to 2. {iSTa}].
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
ith * = cl. 1. P. %{eTati}, %{eTitum} (Dha1tup. ix, 31), to go; to go to or towards; (p. %{iTa4t} RV. x, 171, 1) to make
haste; to err [NBD.]
iti= like that* =1 f. {ityai4} (dat.) see {i} above; (for 2. {iti} see s. v.) \\ 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this
manner, thus (in its original signification {iti} refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what
precedes; in the Brhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain
customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means that the preceding
words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves
the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so decided). It
may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH},
a king, though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram. {iti tathA
karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to include under one head a number of
separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo
'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of
conduct, &c.) {iti} is sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm
brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound with the name of an
author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus according to Pnini). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may
have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera), order, arrangement specific or
distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express `" according to such a rule "'
(e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the rule of Pnini i, 3, 12, the tmane-pada takes place).
{kim iti} = {kim}, wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brhmana {ti} occurs for {iti}; cf. Prkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
itihaasa = history
itihaasa(H) = history; epic
ittha *= n. in astron. = $ VarBr2S.
itthaa *= ind. Ved. thus; (often used in the R2ig-veda, and sometimes only to lay stress on a following word; therefore
by native etymologists [Nir.] considered as a particle of affirmation.) %{itthA} is often connected with words expressing
devotion to the gods &c. in the sense of thus, truly, really; especially with %{dhI} as an adjective. Hence %{itthA-dhI} =
such, i.e. true (%{satyA}) or real worship. Similarly, %{itthA-dhI4} mfn. so devout, so pious i.e. very devout;
performing such or true works [Sa1y.] RV. AV. Kat2hUp.
ityuta = thus it is said
ittham *= ind. (fr. %{id} q.v. Pa1n2. 5-3, 24), thus, in this manner RV. AV. TS. R. S3ak. &c.; [cf. Lat. {item}.]
itthaM = like that
itvan *= mf(%{arI})n. going. see %{agre7tvan} and %{prAtar-itvan}.
itvara *= mf(%{I})n. going, walking RV. x, 88, 4; travelling; a traveller; cruel, harsh L.; poor, indigent L.; low, vile,
condemned Pan5cad.; m. a bull or steer allowed to go at liberty (v.l. %{iTcara}, q.v.) L.; (%{I}) f. a disloyal or unchaste
woman Ra1jat.
ityetaani = iti+etAni, thus+ these
ityevaM = knowing thus
iyaat *V = gets, may attain, attains, may obtain, schould achieve, continues, he achieves,
iyaM = this
iyakS * = (anom. Desid. of {yaj}) P. {i4yakSati} (Subj. 3. pl. {i4yakSAn} RV. x, 50, 3; p. {i4yakSat}) . (p.
{i4yakSamANa} RV. i, 123, 10 VS. xvii, 69) to go towards, approach; to request, endeavour to gain; to long for, seek RV.
VS.
iyakSu4 * = mfn. Ved. longing for, seeking to gain RV. x, 4, 1.
iyat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), so large, only so large; so much, only so much; of such extent RV. TS. S'Br.
Sanskrit Dictionary
AitBr. Pacat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as {totiens}, {toties}, {quotiens}, {quoties},
and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyate V*: it appears like, is perceived, is seen, is mistaken as, is spent, seems,
iyat--c-ciram * = ({iyacciram}) ind. so long, such a time Kaths.
iyat-taka4 * = ({iyat-}) mf({ikA})n. so small, so little RV. i, 191, 11; 15.
iyam * = f. nom. sg. of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m}, q.v.
iyasya * = aning
(anom. Intens. of {yas}) . {iyasyate}, to relax, weaken; to vanish S'Br.
iyasaa4 * = * = f. lassitude, shrinking S'Br.
iyasita4 * = mfn. shrunk S'Br.; ({a4m}) n. shrinking ib.
iyat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. %{i}), so large, only so large; so much, only so much; of such extent RV. TS. S3Br.
AitBr. Pan5cat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as {totiens}, {toties}, {quotiens}, {quoties},
and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyattaa * = f. or the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or quantity, so much Ragh. Ka1d. &c
iyesha = (SB) attempted, prepared, desired; (Sastri) feeling inclined; being ready
Iiyushaam V*= those who take to, they who approach.
iva = just like or as if
Jaa
jaaDya = laziness, inability to identify/appreciate good qualities (here)
jaagarti = is wakeful
jaagri = to stay awake * = cl. 2. %{-garti} (cf. Pa1n2. 6-1, 192; cl. 1. %{-garati} MBh. xii, 7823; 1. sg. irr. %{-gRmi},
6518; 3. pl. %{jA4grati} AV. &c. [Pa1n2. 6-1, 189 Ka1s3.]; Impv. %{-gRhi4}, %{-gRtAt}, %{-gRtam}, %{-gRta4}; Subj.
%{-garat}; Pot. %{-gRyAt}, or %{-griy-} AitBr. viii, 28 &c.; impf. %{a4jAgar} [RV. x, 104, 9]; p. %{jA4grat}; rarely A1.
%{jAgramANa} MBh.; pf. Ved. %{jA7gA4ra} [RV. AV.], 1. sg. %{-ga4ra} [RV. x, 149, 5], p. %{-gRva4s} [see s.v.]; pf.
class. [Pa1n2. 3-1, 38; vii, 3, 85; but cf. vi, 1, 8 Va1rtt.1] %{jajAgAra} or %{jAgaraM-cakAra}; fut. 2nd %{jAgriSya4ti} TS.
&c. [A1. R. ii, 86, 4]; fut. 1st %{-ritA} Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Va1rtt. 1 Pat.; aor. %{ajAgarIt}, vii, 2, 5; Pass. impers. %{ajagAri},
3, 85; Prec. %{jAgaryAt}, iii, 4, 104 Ka1s3.) to be awake or watchful RV. AV. &c.; to awake Pan5cat. iii, 9, 0/1 Hit. ii, 3,
2/3; to watch over, be attentive to or intent on, care for, provide, superintend (with loc. or loc. with %{a4dhi}) RV. AV.
&c. (with acc. Caurap.); (said of fire) to go on burning AV. Pra1yas3c. i, 5; to be evident W.; to look on W.: Caus. (aor. 2.
and 3. sg. %{a4jIgar} Impv. %{jigRta4m}, %{-ta4}) to awaken RV.; %{jAgarayati}, (Pa1n2. 7-3, 85; aor. Pass. impers.
%{aJAgari} or %{-gAri} Vop. xviii, 22; xxiv, 6 and 13) id. Hit. ii, 3, 0/1; [cf. $; Lat. {vi1gilo}.]
jaagrita = alert
jaagrata = (Vr.Imp.IIP.Pl.PP) Wake up; awake
jaagrataavasthaa = complete awareness of the state of the mind
jaagrati = are awake
jaaha * =n. ifc. (g. 2. {karNadi}) the root or point of issue of certain parts of the body cf. {akSi-}, ({Asya-}), {oSTha-},
{karNa-}, {keza-}, {gulpha-}, {danta-}, {nakha-}, {pAda-}, {priSTha-}, {bhrU-}, {mukha-}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
of a disciple of Bhagavat BhP. vi, 3, 20; of several official men Ra1jat. vii f.; pl. the descendants of Janaka MBh. iii,
10637 R. i Uttarar. i, 16; iv, 9; vi, 42 Ma1rkP.; (%{ikA}) f. (as in Pa1li) a mother Divya1v. xviii, 137; a daughter-in-law W.
janakaatmajaa = janakA's daughter
janakaadayaaH = Janaka and other kings
Janaloka * = m. `" world of men "', the 5th Loka or next above Mahar-loka (residence of the sons of Brahm and other
godly men), ArunUp. NriisUp. i, 5, 6 BhP. MrkP. SkandaP.; cf. {janas}.
janana = birth
jananaM = birth
janani *= metrically for %{-nI}, a mother VarBr2S. vi, 10 f. birth W.; the plant %{janI} L.
jananii = mother
janapadam.h = (n) district
janapadeshhu = in the society (janapada really meaning a village )
janayet.h = causal form from jan.h meaning ``should generate''
janasa.nsadi = to people in general
janayanta *= mfn. generating , producing Vop.
janayati *= f. generation VS. i , 22.
ja.nghe = ankle
jangamaM = moving
jan.h = to to be born or produced
jaj* = cl. I. P.= {jaj} Dhtup.vii, 69; p. f. {ja4JjatI}, glittering, flashing (Gmn.; = {abhibhavantI} Sy.) RV. i, 168, 7.
jantu * = m. a child, offspring RV. Katha1s. iic, 58; a creature, living being, man, person (the sg. also used collectively
e.g. %{sarva@j-}, everybody "' S3ak. v, 5/6; %{ayaM@jantuH}, `" the man "' Kat2hUp. ii, 20 S3vetUp. iii, 20 Mn. xii,
99) RV. Mn. &c.; a kinsman, servant RV. i, 81, 9 and 94, 5; x, 140, 4; any animal of the lowest organisation, worms,
insects Mn. vi, 68 f. MBh. xiv, 1136 Sus3r.; (n.) HYog. iii, 53 and Subh.; a tree Gal.; N. of a son of Somaka MBh. iii,
10473ff. Hariv. 1793 BhP. ix, 22, 1 Katha1s. xiii, 58ff; cf. %{kSiti-}, %{kSudra-}, %{jala-}
ja.ntuunaaM = (Nr.Poss.pl.) living beings; insects
jantavaH = the living entities
jantoH = of living beings
janma = birth, incarnation
janmaH = (Mas.nom.Sing.)birth.janma:(Nr.)
janmakarmaphalapradaaM = resulting in good birth and other fruitive reactions
janman.h = birth
janmanaaM = repeated births and deaths
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
jighaamsaa * = wish or intention to strike or slay or destroy Mn. xi, 207 MBh. &c.; malice, revenge W.
jighaaMsaka * = mfn. ( %{han} Desid.) intending to kill W. [421,1]
jighaaMsin * = mfn. ifc. intending to kill R. vi, 77.
jighaaMsiiyas * = mfn. compar. of %{-Msu} W.
jighaaMsu * = mfn. = %{-sin} (with acc.) MBh. i, iii R. BhP. Das3. Katha1s.; desirous of destroying or ruining (ifc. or
with acc.) La1t2y. i, 10, 3 Sus3r. i, 19, 21; revengeful W.; m. an enemy W.
jighatnu * = mfn. ( %{han} redupl.) endeavouring to hurt, ii, 30, 9.
jighatsaa * = f. ( %{ghas} Desid.) desire of eating or consuming Katha1s. lxi; cf. %{vi-jighatsa4}.
jighatsu mfn. hungry L.; desirous of consuming, cviii, 106 Bhakta7m. 36; f. N. of an evil demon AV. ii, 14, 1; (pl.) viii,
2, 2
jighra * = mfn. ( %{ghrA}) smelling Pa1n2. 3-1, 137; ifc. observing, conjecturing Sa1h. iii, 66/6
jighrati = (1 pp) to smell
jighran.h = smelling
jijiivishhaamaH = we would want to live
jijiiviSu * = mfn. desirous of life Mn. MBh. &c.
jiGYaasuH = inquisitive
jihiirshu *= mfn. (with acc.) intending to bring R. ii, 63, 36; wishing to carry off or rob or appropriate Suparn2. xx, 2
(%{-riSu}) MBh. Hariv. 14248 Ra1jat. vi, 106; desirous of removing, v, 401.
jihva *= mfn. (said of Agni) MaitrS. i, 3, 35 (for %{yahva4} of Padap. and RV. iii, 2, 9); m. the tongue Hariv. 6325 f.;
(%{A4}) f. (= %{juhU4}) id. RV. AV. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} MBh. iii, 16137 Hcat.); the tongue or tongues of Agni i.e. various
forms of flame (3 are named RV. iii, 20, 2; generally 7 VS. xvii, 79 Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4 [%{kAlI}, %{karAlI}, %{manojavA}, %{su-lohitA}, %{su-dhUmra-varNA}, %{sphuliGginI}, %{vizvarUpI}] Hemac.; cf. %{sapta4-jihva}; also
identified with the 7 winds %{pra-}, %{A-}, %{ud-}, %{saM-}, %{vi-}, %{pari-}, and %{ni-vaha}); the tongue of a
balance Hcat. i, 5, 163; speech (Naigh. i, 11) RV. iii, 57, 5; the root of Tabernaemontana coronaria L.; cf. %{dvi4-},
%{ma4dhu-}, %{su-}; %{agni-jihva4} &c.; [cf. Lat. {lingua}; Goth. {tuggo1}.]
jii = to live
jiira *= 1 mf(%{A4})n. ( %{jinv} Un2.), quick, speedy, active RV. (Naigh. ii, 15); driving (with gen.) RV. i, 48, 3 (cf.
%{go4-}); m. quick movement (of the Soma stones), v, 31, 12; a sword L.
jiirNa = very old, dilapidated, torn
jiirNaani = old and useless
jiiv.h = to live
jiiva* = mf({A4})n. living, existing, alive RV. &c.; healthy (blood) Car. viii, 6, 74; ifc. living by (see {jala-cara-}, {rUpa}); causing to live, vivifying (see, {putra-}, {-jala}); m. n. any living being, anything living RV. &c.; life, existence MBh.
iv, vi Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kaths.); m. the principle of life, vital breath, the living or personal soul (as distinguished
from the universal soul see {jIvA7tman}) RV. i, 164, 30 ChUp. S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Mn. &c.; N. of a plant L.; Briihaspati
(regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. Laghuj. Sryas. Ks'Kh.; the 3rd lustrum in the 60 years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. viii,
26; N. of one of the 8 Maruts Yj. ii, 102/103 39; Karna L.; n. N. of a metre RPrt. xvii, 4 [422,3]; ({A}) f. life L.; the
earth L.; a bow-string L.; (in geom. = {jyA}) the chord of an arc; the sine of an arc Sryas. ii, 57 (cf. {tri-}, {tri-bha} "',
Sanskrit Dictionary
{dRg-gati-}, {lamba-} and {zaGku-jIvA}); N. of a plant ({jIvantI} or {vacA} L.) VarBriS. iii, 39; the tinkling of
ornaments L.; pl. N. of a particular formula Kaus'. Vait.; cf. {ati-}, {upa-} and {saM-jIva4}; {a-}, {kumAra-}, {ciraM-},
{jagaj-}, {dur-}, {nir-}, {pApa-}, {bandhu-}, {sa-}, {su-}; {khSudra-jivA}, {yAvaj-jIvam}; [cf. {bi4os}; Lat. {vivus}; Lith.
{gIvas}; Goth. {qvius}; Eng. {quick}; Hib. {beo}.]
jiivada* = m. `" life-cutter "', an enemy L.
jiivadeva* = m. N. of a man,
jiivaja* = mfn. born-alive ChUp. vi, 3, 1.
jiivaka *= mfn. living, alive Hcar. vii; ifc. (f. %{ikA}) `" living "' see %{cira-}: making a livelihood by (in comp.) MBh.
xii f. Hariv. 4484 S3atr. (cf. %{akSara-}); `" generating "' see %{putraM-}; ifc. (f. %{A}) long living, for whom long life
is desired Pa1n2. 3-1, 150 Ka1s3.; m. a living being L.; `" living on others "', a servant L.; an usurer L.; a beggar L.; a
snake-catcher L.; a tree L.; one of the 8 principal drugs called Asht2avarga (Terminalia tomentosa L.; Coccinia grandis
L.) Sus3r. VarBr2S.; N. of Kuma1ra-bhu1ta DivyA7v. xix, xxxv; (%{ikA}) f. living, manner of living Kat2hUp. Mn. (iv, 11;
x, 82) &c.; livelihood, x, 76 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Ra1jat. vi, 22); the plant Ji1vanti L.; pl. `" life-giving element "', water,
A1SvSr. vi, 9.
jiivakoza* = m. a case (or sheath) enveloping the personal soul BhP. iv, 22 f.; x.
jiivaMjIva* = m. = {-j-} L.; the Greek partridge L.; a mythical bird with two heads Buddh.; N. of a tree L.
jiivaMjIvaka* = m. = {-jIva} MBh. iii Hariv. 6957 Lalit. Sus'r. Kd. MrkP.
jiivanas'* = mfn. (nom. {-na4T}; also {-nak} [= {jivasya nAza}] Pn. 8-2, 63, Kas'.) [a sacrifice] in which living beings
are killed MaitrS. i, 4, 13.
jiivanetrii* = f. a kind of pepper L.
jiivatva* = n. the state of life RmatUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. {-da} m. `" life-giver "', a
physician L.; ({A}) f. = {-vantI} L. -2.
jiivapati* = m. a living husband, vi, 19, 24. =
jiiva = life
jiiva-loka = the mortal world
jiivaH = life
jiivati = while living(without earning)
jiivana = life
jiivanaM = life
jiivanmuktiH = salvation+freedom from bondage of birth
jiivabhuutaH = the conditioned living entity
jiivamaana = one who lives
jiivaloke = in the world of conditional life
jiivaatman* = m. the living or personal or individual soul (as distinct from the %{paramA7t-} q.v.), the vital principle
Tarkas. BhP. vi, viii Sarvad. iv; vii, 57.
jiivatva * = n. the state of life Ra1matUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. %{-da} m. `" life-giver "',
a physician L.; (%{A}) f. = %{-vantI} L. -2.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
jaa* = 1 cl. 9. P. . {jAnA4ti}, {-nite4} (cf. Pn. 1-3, 76; Subj. {-nat}; Impv. {-nItat}, 2. sg. {-nIhi4}, once irr. {jJa} BhP.
x, 89, 46; [fr. cl. 3.] {jijAhi} MBh. xiii, 4493; 2. pl. irr. {-nata}. ii, 2397; 2. sg. . irr. {-nase} DivyA7v. xviii; p. {-na4t}, {nAna4} irr. {-namAna} [MBh.]; pf. {jajJau}, {-jJe} [Pass. Rjat. v, 481], 3. pl. {-jJu4r} RV. vii, 79, 4 S'Br. xi; p. {jJAna4} RV. x, 14, 2; fut. {jJAsyati}, {-te}; aor. {ajJAsIt}, {-sta} Pass. {a4jJAyi}, vi, 65, 1 &c.; Pot. {jJAyAt} or {jJey-}
Pn. 6-4, 68 [425,3]; 2. sg. {jJeyas} = {$} RV. ii, 10, 6; inf. {jJAtum}) to know, have knowledge, become acquainted
with (acc.; rarely gen. MBh. iii, 2154 Hariv. 7095), perceive, apprehend, understand (also with inf. [Pn. 3-4, 65] MBh.
ii, v Das'.), experience, recognise, ascertain, investigate RV. &c.; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider
as (with double acc. e.g. {tasya mAM tanayAM jAnIta} "', know me to be his daughter "' MBh. iii, 2476; with {mRSA}, `"
to consider as untrue "' Ratna7v. ii, 18) Mn. &c.; `" to acknowledge, approve, allow VS. xviii, 59 f. AV. ix, 5, 19 S'Br. i, xi,
xiv; to recognise as one's own, take possession of SaddhP.; to visit as a friend AV. x, 1, 25; to remember (with gen.)
MBh. xii, 5169; . to engage in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSo}, `" to make an oblation with clarified butter "') Pn. 1-3, 45; ii, 3, 51:
Caus. {jJapayati}, to teach any one (acc.) SnkhS'r.xv; {jJAp-} (Pass. {jJApyate}) to make known, announce, teach
anything MBh. ii, xii Kty. and Pat.; to inform any one (gen.) that (double acc.) MBh. i, 5864; . to request, ask ChUp.
ii, 13, 1 ({jJap-}) MBh. iii, 8762 ({jJAp-}): Desid. {jijJAsate} (Pn. 1-3, 57; ep. also P.) to wish to know or become
acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine Mn. ii, 13 MBh. &c.; to wish for information about (acc.) Kaths. xxii, 84;
to conjecture AV. xiv, 1, 56: Caus. Desid. {jijJapayiSati} (also {-jJAp-} Siddh.) and {jJIpsati} (cf. {-psyamAna}), to wish
to make known or inform Pn. 7-2, 49 & 4, 5; [cf. $ &c.]
ja * = 2 mf({A})n. (iii, 1, 135) knowing, familiar with (chiefly in comp.; rarely gen. or loc. MBh. xii, 12028 R. vii, 91,
25) S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 3 Mn. &c.; intelligent, having a soul, wise, (m.) a wise and learned man S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Bdar.
VarBri. BhP. vii; having J as deity Pn. 6-4, 163 Pat.; m. the thinking soul (= {puruSa}) Snkhyak. Nyyad.iii, 2, 20
Sch.; the planet Mercury VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj. Sryas.; the planet Mars L.; Brahm L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman Pn.
6-4, 163 Pat.; [cf. Lat. {mali-} and {beni-gnu-s}.]
jJaa* =3 f. for {A-j-} (by irr. Sandhi after {e} and {o}) MBh. i, 3168; iii, 16308.
jaa4* = mfn. ifc. `" knowing, familiar with "' see {Rta-}, {pada} and {pra-jiJA4}, {a4-saM-}.
jatva*= n. intelligence Nyyad. Sch.
jazakti*= f. the intellectual faculty Bdar. ii, 2, 9.
jaka*= mf({akA} or {ikA})n. dimin, fr. 2. {jJa4} Pn. 7-3, 47.
japta*= mfn. (2, 27) instructed S'Br. xi, 5, 3, 8ff.
jaati*= m. `" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "' L. and Sch.; cf. {sambandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.
jaateya*= n. (Pn. 5-1, 127) affinity, kindred sentiments Hcar. i, 534.
jaanakIrti*= m. N. of a Buddh. teacher.
jaanaketu*= m. `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a Devaputra, iii, 160.
jaanagamya*= mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).
jaanagUha*= mf({A})n. concealing the understanding BhP. iii, 26, 5.
jaana-ghana*= m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of a teacher W.
jaana = * n. knowing, becoming acquainted with, knowledge, (esp.) the higher knowledge (derived from meditation on
the one Universal Spirit) S'nkhS'r.xiii Gobh. Mn. &c.; knowledge about anything cognizance "' see {-tas} and {ajJAnAd} {a-jJAnAd} {vA}, knowingly or ignorantly, xi, 233); conscience MBh.; = {-ne7ndriya} KathhUp. vi, 10;
engaging in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSas} "', in sacrifice with clarified butter "') Pn. 2-2, 10 Vrtt. Pat.; N. of a S'akti Rasik.xiv,
36 RmatUp. i, 90 Sch.; ({A}) f. id. Pacar. iii, 2, 30 Rmapjs'.
jaa4na * mf({I})n. prudent, wise L. [659, 2]; easily known AV.; n. knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, discrimination AV.
&c. &c.; a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c.; a monument,
memorial S'Br.; {-kumuda-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; {-ghana4} m. nothing but knowledge S'Br. (cf. under {ghana4}); {-
Sanskrit Dictionary
tRpta} mfn. satiated with i.e. full of knknowledge MBh.; {-saMtati} f. a train of thought Tattvas.; {-nA7nanda}, {nA7zrama}, and {-ne7ndra} m. N. of authors Cat.
jaanakIrti * =N. of a Buddh. teacher.
jaana-ketu*= `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a Devaputra, iii, 160.
jaana-khaNDa * N. of part of S'ivaP.
jaana-gamya *=mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).
jaana-garbha * `" filled with knowledge "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L.; of a scholar ib.
jaana-gUha *= mf({A})n. concealing the understanding BhP. iii, 26, 5.
jaana-ghana * m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of a tea
jnendrya*= n. `" knowledge-organ "', an organ of sensation BhP. Sy. on S'Br. ix.
japayata `V*: communicate, tell, announce
jaati * =`" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "' L. and Sch.; cf. {sambandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.
japta * (2, 27) instructed
jatva *=intelligence
joshhayet.h = he should dovetail
jrimbhate = to yawn
jyaayasaH = gen. sing. of jyaayas, greater
jyaayasi = better
jyaayaaH = better
jyaishthha* = m. N. of a month (May-June, the full moon standing in the constellation Jyeshthh) Lthy. x, 5, 18 Mn.
viii, 245 Hariv. 7828 KtyS'r. Sch.; ({I}) f. the full moon in month Jyaishthha VarBriS. xxiii, 1 (cf. {mahA-jyaiSThI});
see {jyeSThI}.
jyeshhThaa = Eighteenth nakshatra
jyotiH = light
jyotirdhyaana = luminous contemplation
jyotishha = The study of Illuminated bodies. The study of Astrology and Astronomy which were one science in the past
jyotishhii = An Astrologer
jyotii = inner light
jyotiishhaaM = of all luminaries
jyotsna = moonlight
jyotsnaa = (f) moonlight
Sanskrit Dictionary
jugupsita* =mfn. abhorring anything (abl.) Vop. v, 21; disliked, detested, disgusting MBh. R. &c.; censured W.; n. a
disgusting or horrible deed BhP. i, 5, 15; (also {karma-} id., i, 7, 42); = {-psA} Sarvad. iii, 270.
jush *= 1 cl. 6. A1. %{-Sa4te} (also P. RV. [%{-Sa4t}, %{a4juSat}] MBh. &c.; Subj. %{-SAte}; Pot. %{-Se4ta}; 3. pl. %{Serata} RV.; Impv. %{-Sa4tAm}; impf. %{ajuSata}, ii, 37, 4; 1. sg. %{a4juSe} AV. vi, 61, 3; p. %{-Sa4mANa}) cl. 3. P.
irr. %{ju4joSati} (Subj. and p. %{ju4joSat}; cf. Pa1n2. 7-3, 87 Va1rtt. 2; Impv. 2. pl. %{-juSTana} RV.), rarely cl. i. P.
%{joSati} (Subj. %{jo4Sat}; - aor. p. %{juSANa4}; 3. pl. %{ajuSran}, i, 71, 1; 2. sg. %{jo4Si}, ii, iv; 3. sg. %{jo4SiSat}, ii,
35, 1 [cf. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 3-1, 34 and 4, 7; 94 and 97]; pf. %{jujo4Sa}, %{-juSe4}; p. %{-juSva4s}, generally %{SANa4}; ind. p. %{juSTvI4} RV.) to be pleased or satisfied or favourable RV. AV. &c.; to like, be fond of delight in (acc.
or gen.), enjoy RV. (with %{tanvAm} or %{-va4s}, `" to be delighted "', iii, 1, 1; x, 8, 3) AV. &c.; to have pleasure in
granting anything (acc.) to (loc.) RV. vi, 14, 1; to have pleasure in (dat.), resolve to (Ved. Inf.), i, 167, 5; iv, 24, 5 S3Br. iii,
6, 4, 7; to give pleasure to (loc.) RV. x, 105, 8; to choose for (dat.) VS. v, 42 TS. vi S3Br. iii, 6, 4, 8; to devote one's self to
(acc.), practise, undergo, suffer BhP. ii, 2, 7; viii, 7, 20 Bhat2t2. xvii, 112; to delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit,
enter (a carriage &c.) MBh. iii, v, xiv Bhat2t2. xiv, 95; to afflict MBh. iii: Caus. A1. (Subj. 2. sg. %{joSa4yAse}) to like,
love, behave kindly towards (acc.), cherish RV.; to delight in, approve of(acc.), choose S3Br. iii MBh. xiv, 1289; (P. cf.
Dha1tup. xxxiv, 28) Bhag. iii, 26; [cf. $; Zd. {zaoSa}; Hib. {gus}; Goth. {kiusu}; Lat. {gus-tus}.]\\ 2 mfn. ifc. liking, fond
of, devoted to (once with acc. BhP. vii, 6, 25; cf. %{nikRtiM-}) BhP. Bhartr2. Sa1ntis3. Katha1s.; dwelling in Hcar. vii;
visiting, approaching BhP. ii, 7, 25 Madhus.; having, showing Ba1lar. iv, 17; ix, 25 Sin6ha7s. Introd. 5l; xv, 4 Kuval. 169;
similar Hcar. i, 44; cf. %{sa-}.
jushhTaM = practiced by
jushtha * = mfn. (%{-STa4} RV. ix, 42, 2 AV. and in later language Pa1n2. 6-1, 209f.) pleased, propitious RV. ix, 42, 2;
liked, wished, loved, welcome, agreeable, usual (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 188 Ka1r.; with dat. or gen., rarely instr.) RV. AV. S3Br.
&c.; frequented, visited, inhabited MBh. R. BhP.; swept over (by the wind) Hariv. 6984; afflicted by (instr. or in comp.)
Sus3r.; served, obliged, worshipped W.; practised W.; furnished with, possessed of (instr. or in comp.) R. iii BhP.; n. the
remnants of a meal L.; cf. %{a4-}.
juhosi = you offer
juhvati = offer
jusha=jushkaka
jvara = fever
jvala = flame
jvalati = (1 pp) to glow
jvaladbhiH = blazing
jvalanaM = a fire
ka* = 1 the first consonant of the alphabet, and the first guttural letter (corresponding in sound to {k} in {keep} or
{king}).
ka* = 2 {kas}, {kA}, {kim}, interrog. pron. (see {kim} and 2. {kad}, and cf. the following words in which the
interrogative base {ka} appears, {katama}, {katara}, {kati}, {katham}, {kadA}, {karhi}, {kA}, &c.), who? which? what?
In its declension {ka} follows the pronoun {tad} except in nom. acc. sing. neut., where {kim} has taken the place of
{kad} or {kat} in classical Sanskriit; but the old form {kad} is found in the Veda (see Gram. 227); [cf. Zd. {ka}, {ko7},
{kA7}, {kat}; Gk. $, $, (Ion. $, $,) $, $; Lat. {quis}, &75137[240,2] {quid}; Lith. {kas} {ka4}; Goth. {hvas}, {hvo7},
{hva}, Angl. Sax. {hw}, {hwaet}; Eng. {who}, {what}.] The interrogative sentence introduced by {ka} is often
terminated by {iti} (e.g. {kasya sa putra iti kathyatAm}, let it be said, `" whose son is he? "'), but {iti} may be omitted
Sanskrit Dictionary
and the sentence lose its direct interrogative character (e.g. {kasya sa putro na jJAyate}, it is not known whose son he
is). {ka} with or without 1. {as} may express `" how is it possible that? "' `" what power have I, you, they, &c.? "' (e.g.
{ke mama dhanvino'nye}, what can the other archers do against me? {ke AvAm paritrAtum}, what power have we to
rescue you?) {ka} is often connected with a demonstrative pron. (e.g. {ko 'yam AyAti}, who comes here?) or with the
potential (e.g. {ko hariM nindet}, who will blame Hari?) {ka} is sometimes repeated (e.g. {kaH ko 'tra}, who is there?
{kAn kAn}, whom? whom? i.e. which of them? cf. Gram. 54), and the repetition is often due to a kind of attraction (e.g.
{keSAM kiM zAstram adhyayanIyam}, which book is to be read by whom? Gram. 836. {a}). When {kim} is connected
with the inst. c. of a noun or with the indecl. participle it may express `" what is gained by doing so, &c.? "' (=
{ko'rthas}) [240,3]; (e.g. {kiM vilambena}, what is gained by delay? {kim bahunA}, what is the use of more words?
{dhanena kiM yo na dadAti}, what is the use of wealth to him who does not give? with inst. and gen., {nIrujaH kim
auSadhaiH}, what is the use of medicine to the healthy?) {ka} is often followed by the particles {iva}, {u}, {nAma},
{nu}, {vA}, {svid}, some of which serve merely to generalize the interrogation (e.g. {kim iva etad}, what can this be? {ka
u zravat}, who can possibly hear? {ko nAma jAnAti}, who indeed knows? {ko nv ayam}, who, pray, is this? {kiM nu
kAryam}, what is to be done? {ko vA devAd anyaH}, who possibly other than a god? {kasya svid hRdayaM nA7sti}, of
what person is there no heart?) {ka} is occasionally used alone as an indefinite pronoun, especially in negative
sentences (e.g. {na kasya ko vallabhaH}, no one is a favourite of any one; {nA7nyo jAnAti kaH}, no one else knows;
{kathaM sa ghAtayati kam}, how does he kill any one?) Generally, however, {ka} is only made indefinite when
connected with the particles {ca}, {cana4}, {cid}, {vA}, and {a4pi}, in which case {ka} may sometimes be preceded by
the relative {ya} (e.g. {ye ke ca}, any persons whatsoever; {yasyai kasyai ca devatAyai}, to any deity whatsoever; {yAni
kAni ca mitrANi}, any friends whatsoever; {yat kiMca}, whatever). The particle {cana}, being composed of {ca} and
{na}, properly gives a negative force to the pronoun (e.g. {yasmAd indrAd Rte kiMcana}, without which Indra there is
nothing), but the negative sense is generally dropped (e.g. {kazcana}, any one; {na kazcana}, no one), and a relative is
sometimes connected with it (e.g. {yat kiMcana}, anything whatsoever). Examples of {cid} with the interrogative are
common; {vA} and {api} are not so common, but the latter is often found in classical Sanskriit (e.g. {kazcid}, any one;
{kecid}, some; {na kazcid}, no one; {na kiMcid api}, nothing whatsoever; {yaH kazcid}, any one whatsoever; {kecit} {kecit}, some - others; {yasmin kasmin vA deze}, in any country whatsoever; {na ko 'pi}, no one; {na kimapi}, nothing
whatever). {ka} may sometimes be used, like 2. {kad}, at the beginning of a compound. see {ka-pUya}, &c.
ka* = 3 m. (according to native authorities) N. of Prajpati or of a Prajpati VS. xx, 4; xxii, 20 TS. i S'Br. &c.; of
Brahman MBh. i, 32 BhP. iii, 12, 51; xii, 13, 19; 20; of Daksha BhP. ix, 10, 10; of Vishnu L.; of Yama L.; of Garuda; the
soul Tattvas.; a particular comet VarBriS.; the sun L.; fire L.; splendour, light L.; air L.; a peacock L.; the body L.; time
L.; wealth L.; sound L.; a king L.; = {kAma-granthi} (?); ({am}) n. happiness, joy, pleasure ChUp. iv, 10, 5 Nir. &c.;
water MaitrS. i, 10, 10 S'Br. x Yj. &c.; the head; hair, a head of hair L.; (also regarded as ind.; cf. 1. {kam}.)
ka* = 4 a Taddhita affix (much used in forming adjectives; it may also be added to nouns to express diminution,
deterioration, or similarity e.g. {putraka}, a little son; {azvaka}, a bad horse or like a horse).
kaa* = 1 onomat. imitation of the cry of the ass BhP. x, 15, 30. \\2 = 2. {ka4d} and 1. {ku} in comp. to express
depreciation e.g. {kA7kSa}, {kA-patha}, {kApuruSa}, {ko7SNa}, qq. vv. Pn. 6-3, 104 Vop. vi, 93. \\3 = {kan} (perf.
{cake}, {cakAna4}; see {kA4yamAna} s.v.), to seek, desire, yearn, love (with acc. and dat.) RV.; to like, enjoy, be
satisfied with (loc. gen. or inst.) RV.: Intens. (p. {cAka4t}) to please, be sought after, be wished for, satisfy RV. x, 29, 1
(cf. {anu-}, {A-}, {saM-} 3. {kA}, {kAti}.)
kaa = who
kaadaMbarii = name of a girl or title of a novel
kaadambaH = (m) duck
kaaJNchana = gold
kaaJNchanaH = gold
kaagadam.h = (n) paper
kaaka = crow
kaakaasana = the crow posture
kaakiNii = the goddess in anaahata chakra
Sanskrit Dictionary
kaaksha * = 1 mfn. (fr. 2. %{kA} + %{akSa}) frowning, looking scornfully or in displeasure Siddh. on Pa1n2. 6-3, 104
Sch. on Bhat2t2. v, 24; (%{as}, %{am}) m. n. a glance, wink, leer Pa1n2. 6-3, 104 Bhat2t2. v, 24 Vop. vi, 93 (cf.
%{kaTA7kSa}.)\\ 2 m. a kind of plant g. %{plakSA7di} in the Ka1s3.; (%{am}) n. the fruit of the same ib.; (%{I}) f. the
plant Cytisus Cajan L.; a kind of fragrant earth, perfume (%{kacchI}, %{saurASTra-mRttikA}) L.
kaakutsthaM = kAkutsthaH is another family name for rAma(kakutstha's
kaakutsthaH = descendant of `kakutstha'
kaala *= 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or darkblue colour L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous serpent Coluber Na1ga (=
%{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.;
the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP.
iii, 3, 10; of a brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha)
Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a mountain R. iv, 44, 21
Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter %{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants
(Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.;
Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of
a %{zakti} Hcat.; of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i, 2520
Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation L.; a row or succession of
black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or
%{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.; Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of
the seven tongues or flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is
or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the sixteen Vidya1-devi1s
L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she
had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra
and Pa1n2d2u MBh. Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata BhP.);
(with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind of perfume (%{kakkolaka})
L.; iron L.
kaala *= 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of time, a space of
time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot.
with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action
Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to delay Nal.; %{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time
for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh. &c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.;
meal-time (twice a day, hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623;
%{SaSThe@kAle}, `" in the evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth
meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third day "' Mn. xi, 200; or
without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi,
109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time
of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.; measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death
by age Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man), destiny, fate MBh.
R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified and represented with the attributes of
Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him: hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.;
%{kAla} in this sense is frequently connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhyadhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `" he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf.
%{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla} personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.);
(%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.) [278,2]; %{nitya-k-},
constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn. viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course
of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id. VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long
time R. i, 45, 40; %{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251;
%{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.;
(%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle}); %{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time;
%{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib.
{ceal}, `" death and everything terrible. "']
kaalakuutha* = m. (n. L.) a poison (contained in a bulbous root or tube) MBh. iii, 540 Pacat.; a poison (produced at
the churning of the ocean, swallowed by S'iva and causing the blueness of his neck) MBh. i, 1152 BhP. &c. [277,2];
poison (in general) BhP. iii, 2, 23.\\* = m. id. L.; (for 1. and 3. see p. 277, col. 1, and p. 279, col. 2.)\\ 3 {As} m. pl. (1. fr.
{kalak-})N. of a country near the Hima7laya and of the people inhabiting it MBh.; mfn. relating to that country g.
Sanskrit Dictionary
{palady-Adi}.
kaalika* =1 m. a species of heron (Ardea jaculator) L. (v.l. {kAlIka}); N. of a king of the Ngas Lalit.; of a prince Pacad.
kaalikaa* =1 (f. of 1. {kAlaka} q.v.)
kaalika* =2 mf({I} Pn. 5-1, 108)n. relating to or connected with or depending on time Bhshp.; fit for any particular
season, seasonable MBh. iii, 868; lasting a long time Pn. 5-1, 108; (often ifc. e.g. {Asanna-k-}, relating to a time near
at hand, impending Pn. 5-4, 20 Sch.; {mAsa-k-}, monthly MBh. ii, 2080).
kaaM = which
kaamya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to have a desire for (only ifc. e.g. {putra-kAmyati}, to have a desire for children) Pn. 3-1, 9
Comm. on Pn. 8-3, 38 and 39 Vop. xxi, 1 S'ntis'. Bhathth. ix, 59.
kaamya * = 2 mf({A})n. desirable, beautiful, amiable, lovely, agreeable RV. VS. R. ii, 25, 9; v, 43, 13 Ragh. vi, 30
S'ntis'. ii, 7 Bhartri. iii, 40; to one's liking, agreeable to one's wish KtyS'r. iv, 5, 1 S'nkhS'r. iii, 11, 5 s'vGri. iv, 7;
optional (opposed to {nitya} or indispensable observance), performed through the desire of some object or personal
advantage (as a religious ceremony &c.), done from desire of benefit or from interested motives KtyS'r. xii, 6, 15
s'vS'r. ii, 10 s'vGri. iii, 6 Kaus'. 5 ChUp. v, 2, 9 Mn. ii, 2 MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsasas MBh. i, 4820 Hariv.; of
several women VP.
kaamyaa * = f. wish, desire, longing for or striving after (gen. or in comp. e.g. {putra-kAmyayA}, through desire for a
son R. i, 13, 36 Ragh. i, 35); will, purpose, intention (e.g. {yat-kAmyA4}, irreg. instr. `" with which intention "' S'Br. iii,
9, 3, 4) Mn. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; [cf. Zd. {khshathro1-kmya}, `" wish for dominion. "']
kaankshati = desires
kaankshantaH = desiring
kaankshitaM = is desired
kaankshe = do I desire
kaa.nchanamaashraya.nti = take refuge in gold or moneykaala = Time, providence = * 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or
enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54
S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya}
or %{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum},
this is not the time to delay Nal.; %{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.)
S3Br. MBh. &c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day, hence
%{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle}, `" in the evening of the
third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals
without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturthakAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence
%{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (=
%{yuga}) Ra1jat.; measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age Sus3r.;
time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man), destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time
(as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of
the dead, or even identified with him: hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense
is frequently connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `" he attacked
the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla} personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's
court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.); (%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam},
for a long time Pan5cat.) [278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time
Mn. viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id. VP.;
%{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40; %{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.;
(%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251; %{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.;
%{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf.
%{a-kAle}); %{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always in time
MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything terrible. "'] //* 2 1 mf(%{I}
Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or dark-blue colour L.; the
Sanskrit Dictionary
black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the
plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of
S3iva; of Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a brother of
king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha) Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja
Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine
treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter %{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.;
(perhaps) Ipomoea atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa L.;
Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.; of a daughter of Daksha
(the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i, 2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black
colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or
animalcule generated in the acetous fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant
Ka1la7n5jani1 L.; Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or flames
of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is or divine mothers L.; N. of a
female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of
king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya,
whose widows were married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh.
Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata BhP.); (with or without
%{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
*V= rla Vivantha Cakravart quotes the Medin dictionarys definition of the word kal as follows: kal mle pravddhau syc
childv a a-mtrake. The word kal means a root, increase, a stone or a mere part.
kaalaM = time
kaalaanala = the fire of death
kaalaapa * = m. (fr. %{kalA7pa}), a serpent's hood L.; a demon, imp or goblin L.; a student of the Kala1pa grammar L.;
(fr. %{kalApin}) a pupil of Kala1pin Pa1n2. MBh. ii, 113; N. of A1ra1d2a (a teacher of S3a1kya-muni) Buddh. (v.l.
%{kAlAma}); (%{As}) m. pl. the school of Kala1pin (often named together with the Kat2has q.v.)
kaalaaya = (masc.dat.S)to the (Lord of) Time
kaalaH = Master Time
kaalatraya = three states of time(present, past and future)
kaalapurushha = Universal Prototypal Human. Spirit of Time
kaalabala = Temporal strength of planets used in Shad bala
kaalabaahyam.h = (adj) outdated, obsolete
kaalabhairavaasana = Lord Kalabhairava's posture
kaalasarpayoga = Planets on one side of the Nodal Axis of Rahu-Ketu
kaalaya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to show or announce the time Dhtup. xxxv, 28 (v.l.)
kaaliimaatuH = Mother Kali's
kaale = time
kaalena = in the course of time
kaaleshhu = times
kaalii* = (f. of 1. {kAla} q.v.)
kaalpa* = mfn. (fr. %{ka4lpa}), preceptive, ritual W.; relating to a period called Kalpa W.; m. the plant Curcuma
Zerumbet L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
kaalya * = mf(%{A})n. timely, seasonable Pa1n2. 5-1, 107; being in a particular period g. %{aig-Adi}; ifc. g.
%{vargyA7di}; pleasant, agreeable, auspicious (as discourse cf. %{kalya}) L.; (%{A}) f. (with %{prajane}) a cow fit for
the bull Pa1n2. 3-1, 104: (%{am}) n. `" day-break "', (%{am}, %{e}) acc. loc. ind. at day-break R. Sus3r. [279,2]
3 kAlya see 2. %{kAla}.
kaam * = ind. an interjection used in calling out to another L.
kaama = lust* = m. (fr. 2. {kam}; once {kAma4} VS. xx, 60), wish, desire, longing ({kAmo me bhuJjIta bhavAn}, my
wish is that you should eat Pn. 3-3, 153), desire for, longing after (gen. dat., or loc.), love, affection, object of desire or
of love or of pleasure RV. VS. TS. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c.; pleasure, enjoyment; love, especially sexual love or sensuality;
Love or Desire personified AV. ix; xii; xix (cf. RV. x, 129, 4) VS. PrGri.; N. of the god of love AV. iii. 25, 1 MBh. Lalit.;
(represented as son of Dharma and husband of Rati [MBh. i, 2596 ff. Hariv. VP.]; or as a son of Brahm VP.; or
sometimes of Sankalpa BhP. vi, 6, 10; cf. {kAma-deva}); N. of Agni SV. ii, 8, 2, 19, 3 AV. TS. KtyS'r. S'nkhS'r.; of
Vishnu Gal.; of Baladeva (cf. {kAma-pAla}) L.; a stake in gambling Nr. xvi, 9; a species of mango tree (= {mahA-rAjacUta}) L.; N. of a metre consisting of four lines of two long syllables each; a kind of bean L.; a particular form of temple
Hcat.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. `" wish, desire "' (only instr. {kAmayA} q.v.); N. of a daughter of Priithus'ravas and
wife of Ayuta-nyin MBh. i, 3774; ({am}) n. object of desire L.; semen virile L.; N. of a Trtha MBh. iii, 5047; ({am}) ind.
see s.v.; ({ena}) ind. out of affection or love for; ({Aya}, or {e}) ind. according to desire, agreeably to the wishes of, out
of love for (gen. or dat.) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. ChUp.; ({At}) ind. for one's own pleasure, of one's own free will, of one's own
accord, willingly, intentionally Mn. R.; ({kAma4}) mfn. wishing, desiring RV. ix, 113, 11; (ifc.) desirous of, desiring,
having a desire or intention (cf. {go-k-}, {dharma-k-}; frequently with inf. in {tu} cf. {tyaktu-k-}.)
kaamaaH = desires
kaamaat.h = from desire
kaamaatmaanaH = desirous of sense gratification
kaamaan.h = desiring
kaamaatura* = mfn. love-sick, affected by love or desire; m. N. of a man Pacat.
kaamaatman* = mfn. `" whose very essence is desire "', consisting of desire, indulging one's desires, given to lust,
sensual, licentious MBh. Mn. vii, 27 [273, 1]; desiring, wishing for W.; {-tma-tA} f. passion, lust Mn. ii, 2 R. ii, 21, 57.
kaamabhogeshhu = to sense gratification
kaamadhenu = the heavenly cow
kaamadaam.h = (the hymn which) gives (grants) all desires
kaamadeva* = m. the god of love (see {kAma} above; according to some, son of Sahishnu and Yas'o-dhar VP.); N. of
Vishnu (as the god who creates, preserves, or destroys at will) Vishn. xcviii, 10 (cf. BhP. v, 18, 15); of S'iva L.; of a poet;
of a king of Jayant-pur; N. of the author of the Pryas'citta-paddhati; {-tva} n. the being the god of love Kaths.; {maya} mfn. representing the god of love AgP.
kaamadhuk.h = kaamadhenu: the cow who can milk out anything you wish
kaamaH = desire
kaamahaitukaM = it is due to lust only
kaamakaama = desirer of desires (kaamaan kaamayati iti aN)
kaamakaamaaH = desiring sense enjoyments
kaamakaamii = one who desires to fulfill desires
kaamakaarataH = acting whimsically in lust
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kaac* = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10; to bind ib. (cf. %{kac}, %{kaJc}.)
kaaJc * = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10; to bind ib. (cf. %{kac}, %{kaJc}.) {kaJc cl. 1. A1. %{kaJcate},
%{cakaJce}, %{kaJcitA}, &c., to bind; to shine Dha1tup. vi, 9; [cf. %{kac} and %{kAJc}, %{kakSa}; Lat. {cingere}.}
kaaJcana * = n. gold Naigh. i, 2 Mn. Ya1jn5. Nal. Sus3r. Hit. [268,3]; money, wealth, property W.; the filament of the
lotus L.; (mf(%{I})n.) golden, made or consisting of gold MBh. R. Mn. Megh. S3ak. BhP.; m. N. of several edible plants
(Mesua ferrea L.; Michelia Champaca L.; Ficus glomerata L.; Bauhinia variegata L.; Datura fastuosa L.; Rottleria
tinctoria L.); a covenant binding for the whole life Ka1m. (= Hit.); a particular form of temple Hcat.; N. of the fifth
Buddha L.; N. of a son of Na1ra1yan2a (author of the play Dhanan5jayavijaya); N. of a prince (cf. %{kAJcana-prabha});
(%{I}) f. turmeric L.; a kind of Asclepias (%{svarNakSIrI}) L.; a plant akin to the Premna spinosa L.; a kind af yellow
pigment.
kaaNDa* = [or {kANDa4} TS. vii], {as}, {am} m. n. (ifc. f. {A}, or {I}) [cf. {khaNDa}, with which in some of its senses
{kANDa} is confounded] a single joint of the stalk or stem of a plant, such as a bamboo or reed or cane (i.e. the portion
from one knot to another cf. {tri-k-}), any part or portion, section, chapter, division of a work or book (cf. {tri-k-}), any
distinct portion or division of an action or of a sacrificial rite (as that belonging to the gods or to the manes) AV. TS.
VS.; a separate department or subject (e.g. {karma-kANDa}, the department of the Veda treating of sacrificial rites Ks'.
on Pn. 4-2, 51) AV. TS. S'Br. R.; a stalk, stem, branch, switch MBh. R. Mn. i, 46, 48 Kaus'. Sus'r.; the part of the trunk
of a tree whence the branches proceed W.; a cluster, bundle W.; a multitude, heap, quantity (ifc.) Pn. 4-2, 51 Ks'.; an
arrow MBh. xiii, 265 Hit.; a bone of the arms or legs, long bone (cf. {kANDa-bhagna} and {pucchakANDa4}) Sus'r.; a
rudder (?) R. ii, 89, 19; a kind of square measure Pn. 4-1, 23 Vop. vii, 55; a cane, reed, Saccharum Sara ({zara}) L.;
water L.; opportunity, occasion (cf. {a-kANDa}) L.; a private place, privacy L.; praise, flattery L.; (ifc. implying
depreciation) vile, low Pn. 6-2, 126; = {kANDasyA7vayavo vikAro vA7} g. {bilvA7di}; ({I}) f. a little stalk or stem Rjat.
vii, 117.
kaandarpa*= m. descended from or relating to Kandarpa g. {bidA7di}.
kaanta * 1 mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; m. any one beloved, a
lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.)
L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely
woman, wife, mistress Kaths.; a charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a kind of
perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen syllables each; a kind of S'ruti;
({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of hou
kaantaM = lovely, glowing * = mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; m.
any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a stone (cf.
{sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a
beloved or lovely woman, wife, mistress Kaths.; a charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large
cardamoms L.; a kind of perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen syllables
each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of house L.
kaantaa = wife
kaanti = splendourkaa-purushha = contemptible fellow* = f. desire, wish L.; loveliness, beauty, splendour, female
beauty, personal decoration or embellishment Nal. S'ak. Megh. Pacat. Sus'r. Kaths.; a lovely colour, brightness
(especially of the moon) Kaths.; (ifc. f. {I}) Caurap.; (in rhetoric) beauty enhanced by love Vm. iii, 1, 22; xxii, 14 Sh.;
a lovely or desirable woman personified as wife of the moon Hariv. 5419; N. of Lakshm BhP. x, 65, 29; of Durg DevP.
kaarttikeya *= m. N. of a son of S3iva and Pa1rvati1 (popularly regarded as god of war, because he leads the Gan2as or
hosts of S3iva against the demon hosts see RTL. p. 213; accord. to one legend he was son of S3iva without the
intervention of Pa1rvati1, the generative energy of S3iva being cast into the fire and then received by the Ganges,
whence he is sometimes described as son of Agni and Gan3ga1; when born he was fostered by the six Kr2ittika1s q.v.,
and these offering their six breasts to the child he became six-headed; he is also called Kuma1ra, Skanda, and
Subrahman2ya; his N. Ka1rttikeya may be derived from his foster mothers or from the month Ka1rttika as the best for
warfare: in the Mr2icch. and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves) MBh. &c.
kaara * =1 mf({I})n. (1. {kR} Pn. 3-2, 23), making, doing, working, a maker, doer (ifc. see {kumbha-k-}, {yajJa k-},
{suvarNa-k-}); an author (e.g. {vArttika-k-}); m. (ifc.) an act, action (see {kAma-k-}, {puruSa-k-}); the term used in
designating a letter or sound or indeclinable word (e.g. {a-k-}, {ka-k-}, qq. vv.; {eva-k-}, the word {eva}; {phUt-k-}
Sanskrit Dictionary
q.v.) Prt. Mn. &c.; effort, exertion L.; determination L.; religious austerity L.; a husband, master, lord L.; ({as} or {A})
m. or f. act of worship, song of praise Divyv.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant (= {kArikA}, {kAryA} &c.) L.
kaara *= 2 m. (= 2. {kara}) tax, toll, royal revenue Pn. 6-3, 10; a heap of snow or a mountain covered with it L.; (mfn.)
produced by hail Sus'r.
kaara * =3 m. (2. {kR}), a song or hymn of praise RV.; a battle song RV.
kaara * = 4 m. (2. {kRR}), killing, slaughter L.
kaaraa * =f. (1. {kR}?), a prison Vikr. Das'.; binding, confinement g. {bhidA7di}; the part of a lute below the neck (for
deadening the sound) L.; pain, affliction L.; a female messenger L.; a female worker in gold L.; a kind of bird L.
-kaara * = m. bringing down, humiliation, wrong, offence, injury MBh. Kv. &c.; wickedness, malice W.; opposition,
contradiction W.; = next Gal.
kaaraka = Planetary Significator which remain the same for all houses \ * = 1 mf(%{ikA})n. (generally ifc.) making,
doing, acting, who or what does or produces or creates MBh. &c. (cf. %{siMha-k-}, %{kRtsna-k-}, %{zilpa-k});
intending to act or do Pa1n2. 2-3, 70 Sch.; (%{am}) n. `" instrumental in bringing about the action denoted by a verb (=
%{kriyA-hetu} or %{-nimitta}) "', the notion of a case (but not co-extensive with the term case; there are six such
relations accord. to Pa1n2., viz. %{karman}, %{karaNa}, %{kartR}, %{sampradAna}, %{apA7dAna}, %{adhikaraNa}, qq.
vv. The idea of the genitive case is not considered a %{kAraka}, because it ordinarily expresses the relation of two
nouns to each other, but not the relation of a noun and verb).\ 2 n. hail-water L. \5 mf(%{ikA})n. panting, gasping L.
kaarakaiH = which are causes
kaaraNa = reason
kaaraNa * = * = 1 n. cause, reason, the cause of anything (gen., also often loc.) KtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; instrument,
means; motive origin, principle; a cause (in phil. i.e. that which is invariably antecedent to some product cf.
{samavA7yi-k-}, {asamavA7yi-k-}, {nimitta-k-}); an element, elementary matter Yj. iii, 148 Bhag. xviii, 13; the origin
or plot of a play or poem Sh.; that on which an opinion or judgment is founded (a sign, mark; a proof; a legal
instrument, document) Mn. MBh. &c.; an organ of sense Ragh. xvi, 22 &c.; an action MBh. xii, 12070; agency,
instrumentality, condition Kaths. cxii, 178; `" the cause of being "', a father W.; `" cause of creation "', a deity W.; the
body L.; a kind of musical instrument L.; a sort of song L.; a number of scribes or Kyasthas W.; ({A}) f. pain, agony
Das'.; an astronomical period W. [{kAraNAt}, from some cause or reason, Rprt. iii, 13 Mn. viii, 355; {kasmAt
kAraNAt}, from what cause? {mama-kAraNAt}, for my sake R. &c.; {a-kAraNena}, without a reason Yj. ii, 234; {yena
kAraNena}, because; {yasmin kAraNe}, from which motive, wherefore.] \\ 2 n. killing, injury L.
kaaraNa n. killing, slaughter L.
kaaaraNa* = n. killing, slaughter L.
kaaraNaM = the means
kaaraNam.h = reason
kaaraNaani = causes
kaarayan.h = causing to be done
kaaraagriham.h = (n) prison, jail
kaardama * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{kardama}), made of mud, muddy, filled or covered with mud R. v, 27, 16 Pa1n2. 4-2, 2
Ka1s3.; belonging to Praja1pati Kardama BhP. iii, 24, 6.
kaari = causing *= 1 %{is} mf. an artist, artificer, mechanic Pa1n2. 4-1, 152; (%{is}) f. action, act, work (only used in
questions) Pa1n2. 3-3, 110.\\2 mfn. raising hymns of praise VS. xxx, 6 and 20.
kaarin *= 1 mfn. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 72) doing, making, effecting, producing, acting, an actor Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. (mostly ifc.
Sanskrit Dictionary
S3Br. Mn. &c.); (%{I}) m. a mechanic, tradesman L.\\ 2 mfn. rejoicing, praising \\ m. injurer, oppressor VS.
kaarmana* = mf({I})n. relating to or proceeding from a work or action W.; finishing a work W.; performing anything by
means of magic; ({am}) n. magic, sorcery, witchcraft Pn. 5-4, 36 Rjat.
kaarpaNya = of miserliness1 * = n. (fr. %{kRpaNa}), poverty, pitiful circumstances MBh. &c. R.; poorness of spirit,
weakness ib.; parsimony, niggardliness Hit. &c.: compassion, pity BhP. v, 8, 10.
kaarpaNyavaadii = adj. wrechedness incarnate
kaaruNyaruupaM = the personification of compassion
kaartikeya = the god of war, was reared by the Pleiades
kaarttikeya* = m. N. of a son of S'iva and Prvat (popularly regarded as god of war, because he leads the Ganas or
hosts of S'iva against the demon hosts see RTL. p. 213; accord. to one legend he was son of S'iva without the
intervention of Prvat, the generative energy of S'iva being cast into the fire and then received by the Ganges, whence
he is sometimes described as son of Agni and Gang; when born he was fostered by the six Kriittiks q.v., and these
offering their six breasts to the child he became six-headed; he is also called Kumra, Skanda, and Subrahmanya; his N.
Krttikeya may be derived from his foster mothers or from the month Krttika as the best for warfare: in the Mriicch.
and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves) MBh. &c.
kaarya = work *= mfn. (fut. p.p. 1. %{kR}), to be made or done or practised or performed, practicable feasible AV. iii,
24, 5 TS. Mn. &c.; to be imposed (as a punishment) Mn. viii, 276 & 285; to be offered (as a libation) Mn. &c.; proper to
be done, fit, right; (%{am}) n. work or business to be done, duty, affair Mn. MBh. &c.; a religious action or performance
Mn. &c.; occupation, matter, thing, enterprise, emergency, occurrence, crisis; conduct, deportment; occasion, need
(with inst. e.g. %{tRNena@kAryam}, there is need of a straw; %{na@bhUmyA@kAryam@asmAkam}, we have no
business with the earth R. i, 13, 50); lawsuit, dispute; an operation in grammar (e.g. %{sthAny-AzrayaM@kAryam}, an
operation resting on the primitive form as opposed to the %{Adeza}, or substitute) Ka1s3. on Pa1n2.; an effect, result
MBh. Sa1m2khyak. Veda7ntas.; motive, object, aim, purpose (e.g. %{kiM@kAryam}, for what purpose? wherefore?)
Mn. R. &c.; cause, origin L.; the denouement of a drama Sa1h.; (%{A}) f. (= %{kArI}, %{-rikA})N. of a plant L.
kaaryaM = work
kaaryakartaa = worker, active participant in an organization
kaaryate = is forced to do
kaaryaalayaH = (m) office, place of work
kaarye = work
kaars'a* = m. Curcuma Zedoaria L.
kaashate = (1 ap) to shine
kaazaya* = m. N. of a son of Ks'a or Ks'i Hariv. 1734; of the country of the Ks'is Comm. on Un. iv, 117.
kaas'a* =1 m. `" the becoming visible, appearance "', only in {sa-k-} q.v.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a prince (the son
of Suhotra and father of Ksi-rja) Hariv. VP.; a species of grass (Saccharum spontaneum, used for mats, roofs, &c.;
also personified, together with the Kus'a grass, as one of Yama's attendants) Kaus'. R. Kum. &c.; ({A}, {I}) f. id. L.
({am}) n. id. L.\\kaas'a* =2 wrongly spelt for {kAsa} q.v.
kaas'ishNu * = mfn. shining, brilliant BhP. iv, 30, 6.
kaashiraajaH = Kasiraja
kaashyaH = the King of Kasi (Varanasi)
kaashhaaya = saffron cloth
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
body Ka1tyS3r. Mn. &c.; the trunk of a tree R.; the body of a lute (the whole except the wires) L.; assemblage,
collection, multitude SaddhP.; principal, capital Na1r. Br2ih.; a house, habitation L.; a butt, mark L.; any object to be
attained L.; natural temperament L.
kaayikaa = pertaining to the body
kaayena = with the body
ka = what( use) is the
kachchit.h = whether
kachchhapa = (masc) tortoise
kaD *= cl. 1. P. %{kaDati}, to be confused or disturbed by pleasure or pain; to be elated or intoxicated Dha1tup.: cl. 6.
P. %{kaDati}, to eat, consume Vop.: Caus. %{kADayati}, to break off a part, separate, divide; to remove the chaff or
husk of grain &c.; to preserve Dha1tup. xxxii, 44 (cf. %{kaND}.)
kad *= 1 cl. 1. A1. %{kadate}, %{cakAda} (R. ed. Gorresio vi, 65, 23; but ed. Bomb. vi, 86, 24 reads %{cakAra}), to be
confused, suffer mentally; to grieve; to confound; to kill or hurt; to call; to cry or shed tears Dha1tup. xix, 10. \\ ind.
(originally the neuter form of the interrogative pronoun %{ka}), a particle of interrogation (= Lat. {nonne}, %{num})
RV.; anything wrong or bad BhP. vii, 5, 28 (cf. below); = %{sukha} Nigh.; %{kad} is used, like %{kim}, with the
particles %{cana} and %{cid}, `" sometimes, now and then "'; %{kac-cana} with the negation %{na}, `" in no way or
manner "' RV.; %{kac-cid} is also used, like the simple %{kad}, as a particle of interrogation (e.g.
%{kaccid@dRSTA@tvayA@rAjan@damayantI}, was Damayanti1 seen by thee, O king?) MBh., or %{kaccid} may be
translated by `" I hope that "'; at the beginning of a compound it may mark the uselessness, badness or defectiveness of
anything, as in the following examples.
kadaachan.h = never
kadaachana = at any time
kadaachit.h = at any time (past, present or future)
kadaapi = at any time
kadaliphalam.h = (n) banana
kadarya *= mfn. avaricious, miserly, stingy, niggardly Gaut. ChUp. Mn. iv, 210, 224 Ya1jn5. &c.; little, insignificant,
mean W.; bad, disagreeable W.; m. a miser; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. the state or condition of the above MBh.; %{-bhAva}
m. id. ib.
kahalayoga = Stubborness (Ranjan says laziness). Lords of 4th and 9th houses should be in Kendras from each other
and the lord of Lagna should be strongly disposed
kadana * = n. destruction, killing, slaughter MBh. R. Pan5cat. &c.
kaiH = by whom
kailaasa = a Himalayan mountain, home of Shiva
kaitava * = mf({I})n. (fr. {kit-}), deceitful Hariv. 7095; m. patr. of Ulka MBh. i, 7002; ({I}) f. fraud, deceit Blar.;
({am}) n. the stake in a game MBh. ii, 2163 Nal. xxvi, 10; gambling L.; deceit, fraud, cheating, roguery R. v, 86, 19 Kum.
Bhartri. &c.; beryl L.
kaivalya = spiritual independence and freedom * = n. (fr. {ke4vala}), isolation Vm.; absolute unity Veda7ntas. BhP.;
perfect isolation, abstraction, detachment from all other connections, detachment of the soul from matter or further
transmigrations, beatitude MBh. KapS. Snkhyak. &c.; for {vaikalya} Rjat. vii, 1149; (mf({A})n.) leading to eternal
happiness or emancipation MBh. xiii, 1101.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kalaapa* = (%{kalA7pa}, fr. %{Ap}) m. `" that which holds single parts together "', a bundle, band (cf. %{jaTA-k-},
%{muktA-k-}, %{razanA-k-}) MBh. Kum. &c.; a bundle of arrows, a quiver with arrows, quiver MBh. R. &c.; (once n.
MBh. iii, 11454); a peacock's tail MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; an ornament in general Ma1lav.; a zone, a string of bells (worn by
women round the waist) L.; the rope round an elephant's neck L.; totality, whole body or collection of a number of
separate things (esp. ifc.; cf. %{kriyA-k-}, &c.); the moon L.; a clever and intelligent man L.; N. of a grammar also called
Ka1tantra (supposed to be revealed by Ka1rttikeya to S3arvavarman); N. of a village (cf. %{kalApa-grAma}) VP.; a
poem written in one metre W.; (%{I}) f. a bundle of grass Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vS3r.; %{-khaJja} m. a particular disease (said
to be St. Vitus's dance; v.l. %{kalAyakhaJja}) Bhpr.; %{-grAma} m. N. of a village Hariv. BhP. VP.; %{-cchanda} m. an
ornament of pearls consisting of twenty-four strings L.; %{-tattvA7rNava} m. N. of a commentary on the grammar
called Kala1pa; %{-dvIpa} m. v.l. for %{kalApa-grAma} above; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Ka1d.; %{-zas} ind. in
bundles, bundle by bundle MBh. xiii; %{-ziras} m. N. of a man (v.l. %{kapAla-ziras}) R.//2 &c. see %{kalA}.
kalakala* = m. any confused noise (as a tinkling or rattling sound, the murmuring of a crowd &c.) Mriicch. S'is'. Ratnv.
&c.; the resinous exudation of Shorea robusta L.; a N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10378; {-rava} m. a confused noise Bhartri.; {vat} mfn. tinkling, rattling Amar.; {-lA7rava} m. a confused noise Pacat.; {-le7zvaratIrtha} n. N. of a Trtha, S'ivP.
kalaja* = m. a cock Bhpr.
kala-tva* = n. melody, music W.
kala-rava* = m. a low sweet tone Bhartri.; `" having a sweet voice "', the Indian cuckoo L.; a pigeon L.
kalaGka* = m. (etym. doubtful) a stain, spot, mark, soil; defamation, blame Kaths. Mriicch. &c.
kalatra* = n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and loins L.; pudendum
muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.
kalaanaatha = moon (??? I may be wrong here)
kalaayaH = (m) groundnut
kalaaya * m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers S'is'. xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a
species of Drv-grass L.
kalakattaanagaraM = Calcutta
kalakala = a sort of sound imitation (dhvnyanukaraNa) like a river flow
kalakuutha* = {As} m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe Pn. 4-1, 173.; the poison: see kaalakuutha
kalatrakaaraka = Significator of marriage partner which is Venus:
kalatra *= a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and loins L.; pudendum
muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.
kalaya * = 1 Nom. P. (fr. {kali}) {kalayati}, to take hold of the die called Kali Ks'. on Pn. 3-1, 21.
kalaaya * = m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers S'is'. xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a
species of Drv-grass L.
kalayataaM = of subduers
kalaha = fight/discord/argument
kalatra n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartr2. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and loins L.; pudendum
muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBr2.
kalau = during the kali age
kaldaspaagheti = (m) left-overs
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{svakarmaNi@na@kalpaH}, not competent for his own work; %{yadA@na@zAsituM@kalpaH}, if he is not able to
rule) BhP.; m. a sacred precept, law, rule, ordinance (= %{vidhi}, %{nyAya}), manner of acting, proceeding, practice
(esp. that prescribed by the Vedas) RV. ix, 9, 7 AV. viii, 9, 10; xx, 128, 6-11 MBh.; (%{prathamaH@kalpaH}, a rule to be
observed before any other rule, first duty Mn. iii, 147 MBh. &c.; %{etena@kalpena}, in this way; cf. %{pazu-k-}, &c.);
the most complete of the six Veda1n3gas (that which prescribes the ritual and gives rules for ceremonial or sacrificial
acts) Mun2d2Up. Pa1n2. &c.; one of two cases, one side of an argument, an alternative (= %{pakSa}; cf. %{vikalpa})
Sarvad.; investigation, research Comm. on Sa1m2khyak.; resolve, determination MW.; (in medic.) treatment of the sick,
manner of curing Sus3r. ii; the art of preparing medicine, pharmacy Car.; the doctrine of poisons and antidotes Sus3r. i;
(ifc.) having the manner or form of anything, similar to, resembling, like but with a degree of inferiority, almost (e.g.
%{abhedya-kalpa}, almost impenetrable; cf. %{prabhAta-k-}, %{mRta-k-}, &c.; according to native grammarians,
%{kalpa} so used is an accentless affix [Pa1n2. 5-3, 67], before which a final %{s} is left unchanged, and final %{I} and
%{U} shortened Pa1n2. Vop.; %{kalpam} ind., may be also connected with a verb e.g. %{pacati-kalpam}, he cooks pretty
well Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-1, 57) [262,3]; a fabulous period of time (a day of Brahma1 or one thousand Yugas, a period of
four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of mortals, measuring the duration of the world; a month of
Brahma1 is supposed to contain thirty such Kalpas; according to the MBh., twelve months of Brahma1 constitute his
year, and one hundred such years his lifetime; fifty years of Brahma1's are supposed to have elapsed, and we are now in
the %{zvetavArAha-kalpa} of the fifty-first; at the end of a Kalpa the world is annihilated; hence %{kalpa} is said to be
equal to %{kalpA7nta} below L.; with Buddhists the Kalpas are not of equal duration) VP. BhP. Ra1jat. &c.; N. of
Mantras which contain a form of %{klRp} TS. v S3Br. ix; a kind of dance; N. of the first astrological mansion VarBr2S.;
N. of a son of Dhruva and Bhrami BhP. iv, 10, 1; of S3iva MBh. xii, 10368; the tree of paradise; = %{-taru} below L.;
(with Jainas) a particular abode of deities (cf. %{-bhava} and %{kalpA7tIta} below); (%{am}) n. a kind of intoxicating
liquor (incorrect for %{kalya}) L.
kalpaadau = in the beginning of the millennium
kalpaanta* = m. the end of a Kalpa, dissolution of all things L. (cf. {pralaya}); {-vAsin} mfn. living at the end of a Kalpa
R. iii, 10, 4 [263,1]; {-sthAyin} mfn. lasting to the end of time Hit. i, 50 BhP.
kalpaantara* = n. another Kalpa.
kalpaatiita* ={As} m. pl.N. of a class of deities among the Jaina
kalpa-druma = kalpa-vRiksha: the tree that will give you anything you can
kalpaka* = mfn. conforming to a settled rule or standard BhP. i, 8, 6; ix, 11, 1; adopting Hariv.; m. a rite, ceremony
MBh. [TBr. ii, 7, 18, 4 of doubtful meaning Comm. %{kaplaka}]; a barber (cf. %{kalpanI}; Lith. {kerpikas}) L.; a kind of
Curcuma (commonly %{karcUra}) L.
kalpana * = n. forming, fashioning, making, performing L.; `" forming in the imagination, inventing "', composition of a
poem Prab.; cutting, clipping, working with edge-tools VarBr2S.; N. of a religious ceremony; anything put on for
ornament MBh. xiii, 2784; (%{A}) f. making, manufacturing, preparing Sus3r. BhP.; practice Car.; fixing, settling,
arranging Mn. ix, 116 Ya1jn5.; creating in the mind, feigning, assuming anything to be real, fiction KapS. &c.; hypothesis
Nya1yam.; caparisoning an elephant Das3.; form, shape, image; a deed, work, act Mr2icch.; (%{I}) f. a pair of scissors
or shears L.
kalpataru = (m) The heavenly tree giving whatever one desires * = m. one of the five trees (cf. {paJca-vRkSa}) of Svarga
or Indra's paradise fabled to fulfil all desires (cf. {saMkalpa-viSaya}), the wishing tree, tree of plenty Hit. Pacat. Ragh.
i, 75, xvii, 26; any productive or bountiful source BhP. i, 1, 3; (fig.) a generous person MW.; N. of various works; {parimala} m. N. of wk.; {-rasa} m. a particular kind of mixture Bhpr.
kalpataa* = f. fitness, ability, competency BhP. xi.
kalpate *V= is considered eligible, is qualied, becomes, leads, is capable, is equal, to be considered ready, becomes fit capable,
it is so accepted, is fit, does become so, is effected, can attain, appears, amounts t, one imagines, brings about, generates, creat, is
meant.
kalpatantra * = n. N. of wk.
kalpataru * = m. one of the five trees (cf. %{paJca-vRkSa}) of Svarga or Indra's paradise fabled to fulfil all desires (cf.
%{saMkalpa-viSaya}), the wishing tree, tree of plenty Hit. Pan5cat. Ragh. i, 75, xvii, 26; any productive or bountiful
Sanskrit Dictionary
source BhP. i, 1, 3; (fig.) a generous person MW.; N. of various works; %{-parimala} m. N. of wk.; %{-rasa} m. a
particular kind of mixture Bhpr.
kalpavrikshaaNaaM = the kalpa(imagined) vR^iksha trees (wish-yielding)
kalpakshaye = at the end of the millennium
kalpita = imagined * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed, prepared; assumed, supposed;
inferred; regulated, well arranged Yj.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn. ix, 166; caparisoned (as an
elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; ({A}) f. a kind of allegory Vm. iv, 2, 2.
kalpena* = he imagines
kalpetara * = mf({A})n. having or requiring a different kind of treatment
kalpita * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed, prepared; assumed, supposed; inferred;
regulated, well arranged Ya1jn5.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn. ix, 166; caparisoned (as an elephant) L.;
m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of allegory Va1m. iv, 2, 2.
kalpya* = mfn. (Pn. 3-1, 110 Vop. xxvi, 17, 18) to be formed from (inst.) Naish. viii, 21; to be performed, to be
prescribed; to be settled or arranged VarBriS.; to be conceived or imagined VarBriS.; to be substituted W.; relating to
ritual W.
kalya * = mf(%{A})n. (3. %{kal} T.) well, healthy, free from sickness (cf. %{a-k-} Gaut. ix, 28); hale, vigorous MBh. ii,
347 Naish. Ya1jn5. i, 28; sound, perfect, strong MBh.; clever, dexterous L.; ready or prepared for (loc. or inf.) MBh.;
agreeable, auspicious (as speech) L.; instructive, admonitory L.; deaf and dumb (cf. %{kala} and %{kalla}) L.; (%{am})
n. health L.; dawn, morning L.; yesterday L.; (%{am}, %{e}) ind. at day-break, in the morning, tomorrow MBh. Nal.
xxiv, 14 R. BhP.; (%{am}, %{A}) n. f. spirituous liquor L. (cf. %{kadambarI}); (%{A}) f. praise, eulogy T.; good wishes,
good tidings L.; Emblic Myrobalan (%{harItakI} q.v.), [cf. Gk. $.] &81904[263,2].
kalyaaNa = well being (of others) *= mf(%{I4})n. (g. %{bahv-Adi}) beautiful, agreeable RV. S3Br. &c.; illustrious,
noble, generous; excellent, virtuous, good (%{kalyANa} voc. `" good sir "'; %{kalyANi}, `" good lady "'); beneficial,
salutary, auspicious; happy, prosperous, fortunate, lucky, well, right RV. i, 31, 9; iii, 53, 6 TS. AV. S3Br. Nir. ii, 3 MBh.
R.; m. a particular Ra1ga (sung at night); N. of a Gandharva; of a prince (also called Bhat2t2a-s3ri1-kalya1n2a); of the
author of the poem Gi1ta1-gan3ga1-dhara; (%{I}) f. a cow L.; the plant Glycine Debilis L.; red arsenic L.; a particular
Ra1gin2i1; N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 in Malaya; N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2625; N. of a city in
the Dekhan and of one in Ceylon; a river in Ceylon; (%{am}) n. good fortune, happiness, prosperity; good conduct,
virtue (opposed to %{pApa}) S3Br. Bhag. R. Ragh. Pan5cat. Mn. iii, 60, 65 Sus3r.; a festival Mn. viii, 292; gold L.;
heaven L.; N. of the eleventh of the fourteen Pu1rvas or most ancient writings of the Jainas L.; a form of salutation (`"
Hail! "' `" May luck attend you! "'), S3a1ntis3.
kalyaaNakrit.h = one who is engaged in auspicious activities
kalyaaNii *= in comp. g. %{priyA7di}.
kalyaaNiidazama *= mfn. having the tenth night lucky Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 5-4, 116.
kalyaaNin *= mfn. happy, lucky, auspicious, prosperous; illustrious; virtuous, good Katha1s.; (%{inI}) f. the aquatic
plant Sida cordifolia L.
kaM = whom
kam * = 1 ind. (Gk. $) well (opposed to {a-kam}, &78525[251, 3] ill "') TS. S'Br. &c.; a particle placed after the word to
which it belongs with an affirmative sense, `" yes "', `" well "' (but this sense is generally so weak that Indian
grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating {kam} among the expletives Nir.; it is often found attached to a dat.
case, giving to that case a stronger meaning, and is generally placed at the end of the Pda, e.g. {a4jIjana o4SadhIr
bho4janAya ka4m}, thou didst create the plants for actual food RV. v, 83, 10) RV. AV. TS. v; {kam} is also used as an
enclitic with the particles {nu}, {su}, and {hi} (but is treated in the Pada-pthha as a separate word; in this connection
{kam} has no accent but once AV. vi, 110, 1) RV. AV.; a particle of interrogation (like {kad} and {kim}) RV. x, 52, 3;
(sometimes, like {kim} and {kad}, at the beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual character of
Sanskrit Dictionary
anything or expressing reproach L. [252, 1]; head L.; food Nir.; water Nir. Nigh.; happiness, bliss L. \\ * = 2 cl. 1. .
(not used in the conjugational tenses) {cakame}, {kamitA}, {kamiSyate}, {acakamata} Dhtup. xii, 10 to wish, desire,
long for RV. v, 36, 1; x, 117, 2 AV. xix, 52, 3 S'Br. Ragh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with S'Br. xi
BhP.: Caus. . (ep. also P.) {kAmayate}, {-ti}, {kAmayAM-cakre}, {acIkamata}, &c.; to wish, desire, long for (with acc.
or inf. or Pot. Pn. 3-3, 157; e.g. {kAmaye bhuJjIta bhavAn}, I wish your worship may eat; {kAmaye dAtum}, I wish to
give Ks'.) RV. AV. TS. MBh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with RV. x, 124, 5; 125, 5 S'Br. MBh.
&c.; to cause any one to love Riitus. (in that sense P. Vop.); (with {bahu} or {aty-artham}) to rate or value highly R.:
Desid. {cikamiSate} and {cikAmayiSate}: Intens. {caMkamyate}; [cf. Lat. {comis}; also {amo}, with the loss of the
initial, for {camo}; {cA7-rus} for {cam-rus}: Hib. {caemh} "', love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant "'; {caomhach}, `" a
friend, companion "'; {caomhaim}, `" I save, spare, protect "'; Armen. {kamim}.]
kamaniiyakaraM = desired hands
kamala = Lotus
kamalapatra = Lotus leaf
kamalapatraaksha = O lotus-eyed one
kamalaa = saraswati
kamalaasanasthaM = sitting on the lotus flower
kamaTha* = m. (Un. i, 102) a tortoise BhP. Pacat. &c.; a porcupine L.; a bamboo L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a Muni; of a
Daitya; ({as} or {am}) m. or n. a water-jar (esp. one made of a hollow gourd or cocoa-nut, and used by ascetics) L.; ({I})
f. a female tortoise, a small one S'ntis'.
kampa * = m. trembling, tremor, trembling motion, shaking MBh. Sus'r. &c.; earthquake (cf. {bhUmi-kampa}, {mahI-k}, &c.); tremulous or thrilling pronunciation (a modification of the Svarita accent which may take place if the Svarita
syllable is followed by an Udtta syllable) Nir. &c.; a kind of time (in mus.); N. of a man.
kampate = (1 ap) to shake
kampayati = to shake
kampiutaH = (m) Sanskrit hi-tech
kaMsa * = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kam} Un. iii, 62), a vessel made of metal, drinking vessel, cup, goblet AV. x, 10, 5 AitBr.
S'Br. &c.; (a noun ending in {as} followed by {kaMsa} in a compound does not change its final cf. {ayas-kaMsa}, &c.
Pn. 8-, 3, 46); a particular measure (= two dhakas Car.; = one dhaka L.); a metal, tutanag or white copper, brass,
bell-metal; m. N. of a king of Mathur (son of Ugra-sena and cousin of the Devak who was mother of Kriishna [Ugrasena being brother of Devaka, who was father of Devak]; he is usually called the uncle, but was really a cousin of
Kriishna, and became his implacable enemy because it had been prophesied to Kansa that he would be killed by a child
of Devak; as the foe of the deity he is identified with the Asura
nemi; and, as he was ultimately slain by Kriishna, the latter receives epithets like {kaMsa-jit}, conqueror of Kansa, &c.)
MBh. VP. BhP. &c.; N. of a place g. {takSazilA7di} Pn. 4-3, 93; ({A}) f. N. of a sister of Kansa Hariv. BhP. VP.
kaNa = small bit* = m. (Nir. vi, 30; related to {kanA}, {kaniSTha}, {kanIyas}, {kanyA}, in all of which smallness is
implied BRD.), a grain, grain of corn, single seed AV. x, 9, 26; xi, 3, 5 KtyS'r. Mn. &c.; a grain or particle (of dust)
Ragh. i, 85 Vikr.; flake (of snow) Amar.; a drop (of water) S'ak. 60 a Megh. BhP. &c.; a spark (of fire) Pacat.; the spark
or facet of a gem; any minute particle, atom Prab. S'ntis'.; ({A}) f. a minute particle, atom, drop; long pepper Sus'r.;
cummin seed L.; a kind of fly (= {kumbhIra-makSikA}) L.; ({I}) f. = {kaNikA} below L.; ({am}) n. a grain, single seed
Kaths. (cf. {kaniSTha}.)
kana* = mfn. (substituted for {alpa}, `" little, small "', in forming its comparative and superlative see below; cf. {kaNa};
according to Gmn. fr. {kan}, `" to shine, be bright or merry "', originally meaning `" young, youthful "').
kanaa* = f. a girl, maid RV. x, 61, 5; 10; 11; 21.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kanyaa4 * = f. ( {kan} Un. iv, 111), a girl, virgin, daughter RV. AV. &c. MBh. &c. ({kanyAM} {dA} or {pra-dA} or {prayam} or {upa-pad}, Caus. to give one's daughter in marriage Mn. viii, ix; {kanyAM prati-grah} or {hR} or {vah}, to
receive a girl in marriage, marry Mn. ix); the sign of the zodiac Virgo VarBri. and BriS. &c.; the female of any animal
Mriicch.; N. of Durg MBh. iii, 8115; N. of a tuberous plant growing in Kas'mra Sus'r.; Aloe Perfoliata L.; several other
plants L.; N. of a metre (of four lines, each of them containing four long syllables).
kapatha *= %{as}, %{am} m. n. (%{kamp} Comm. on Un2. iv, 81), fraud, deceit, cheating, circumvention MBh.
Bhartr2. Pan5cat. &c.; m. N. of a Da1nava MBh. i, 2534; (%{I}) f. a measure equal to the capacity of the hollows of the
two hands joined L.; N. of a tree Nigh.
kapaTika = cunning, scheming
kapaala = forehead
kapaalaH = (m) human skull
kapaalabhati = a process to clear the sinuses
kapaalnala = fire in the forehead (??? again perhaps wrong)
kapi = monkey
kapiH = (m) monkey
kapidhvajaH = he whose flag was marked with Hanuman
kapota = pigeon, dove
kapotaasana = the dove posture
kapolaH = (m) cheek
kara = Hand* * = 1 (for 2. see p. 254, col. 3) mf({I}, rarely {A})n. (1. {kR}), a doer, maker, causer, doing, making,
causing, producing (esp. ifc.; cf. {duHkhakara}, {bhayaM-k-}, {sampat-k-}, &c.; cf. Lat. {cerus}, `" creator "') AV. xii, 2,
2 Mn. Pacat. &c.; helping, promoting RV. i, 116, 13; m. the act of doing, making &c. (ifc.; cf. {ISatkara}, {su-k-}, {duSk-}, &c.); `" the doer "', the hand RV. x, 67, 6 MBh. Mn. &c.; a measure (the breadth of twenty-four thumbs); an
elephant's trunk MBh. Pacat. &c.; the claws of a crab Hit.; symbolical expression for the number two; the lunar
mansion Hasta VarBriS.
kara = * 2 (for 1. see p. 253, col. 1) m. ({kRR}), a ray of light, sunbeam, moonbeam R. Megh. Pacat. &c.; hail L.; royal
revenue, toll, tax, tribute, duty Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.
karaM = the cause of
karakushalavastuu = (n) handicraft, hand-made objects of art
karaNaM = the means
karaNa * = (once {karaNa4} RV. i, 119, 7) mf({I})n doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.; cf. {antakaraNa},
{uSNaM-k-}, &c.) R. &c.; clever, skilful RV. i, 119, 7; m. a helper, companion AV. vi, 46, 2; xv, 5, 1-6; xix, 57, 3; a man of
a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya Mn. x, 22; or the son of a S'dra woman by a Vais'ya Yj. i, 92; or the
son of a Vais'ya woman by a Kshatriya MBh. i, 2446; 4521; the occupation of this class is writing, accounts &c.) a
writer, scribe W.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech (or as separated from the context; in this
sense usually n.) Ks'. on Pn. 3-1, 41 Pat. Comm. on RPrt.; (in mus.) a kind of time Kum. vi, 40; ({I}) f. a woman of
the above mixed tribe Yj. i, 95; (with {sutA}) an adopted daughter R. (ed. Gorr.) i, 19, 9; (in arithm.) a surd or
irrational number, surd root; the side of a square S'ulbas. Comm. on VS.; a particular measure Comm. on KtyS'r.; a
particular position of the fingers; ({am}) n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting S'Br. MBh. &c. (very often ifc.
e.g. {muSTi-k-}, {virUpa-k-}); an act, deed RV.; an action (esp. a religious one) Yj. i, 250 R.; the special business of
any tribe or caste L.; a calculation (esp. an astronomical one) VarBriS.; an astrological division of the day (these
Karanas are eleven, viz. {vava}, {valava}, {kaulava}, {taitila}, {gara}, {vaNija}, {viSTi}, {zakuni}, {catuSpada},
Sanskrit Dictionary
{kintughna}, and {nAga}, two being equal to a lunar day; the first seven are called {a-dhruvANi} or movable, and fill,
eight times repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the moos increase to the first half of the
fourteenth day in its wane; the four others are {dhruvANi} or fixed, and occupy the four half-days from the second half
of the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the first day in its increase) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.;
pronunciation, articulation, APrt.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech, separated from its
context Pn. Ks'. &c., ({karaNa} may be used in this way like {kAra} e.g. {iti-karaNa} S'nkhS'r.); the posture of an
ascetic; a posture in sexual intercourse; instrument, means of action S'vetUp. Yj. Megh.; an organ of sense or of
speech VPrt. PrGri.; (in law) an instrument, document, bond Mn. viii, 51; 52; 154; (in Gr.) the means or instrument
by which an action is effected, the idea expressed by the instrumental case, instrumentality Pn. 1-4, 42; ii, 3, 18; iii, 2,
45; cause (= {kAraNa}); a spell, charm Kaths. (cf. {karaNa-prayoga}); rhythm, time Kum.; body Megh. Kum. Kd.; N.
of a treatise of Varha-mihira on the motion of the planets; of a work belonging to the S'iva-na; a field L.; the mind,
heart W. (cf. {antaH-karaNa}); grain W.
karaNaaya = to do
karaNiiyaM = to be done
karatalabhikshaa = alms in the palms
karatalam.h = (n) palm
karadiipaH = (m) torch, flashlight
karabhoru = fair-limbed
karaka * = 1 (for 2. see col. 3), %{as} m. a watervessel (esp. one used by students or ascetics) MBh. R.; a species of bird
L.; hand (?) L.; N. of several plants (the pomegranate tree, Pongamia Glabra, Butea Frondosa, Bauhinia Variegata,
Mimusops Elengi, Capparis Aphylla) L.; a cocoa-nut shell L.; (%{as}, %{am}) m. n. a cocoa-nut shell hollowed to form a
vessel; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a people MBh. VP.; (%{am}) n. fungus, mushroom L.; (%{ikA}) f. a wound caused by a
finger-nail S3is3. iv, 29.\ karaka (for 1. see col. 1) m. hail; toll, tax, tribute.
karalaM = terrible
karavaala = sword
karavaavahai = may we do
karasthaaH = obtaining(literally standing) in his very hands
karaaMshukam.h = (n) full-sleeved shirt
karaala = dreadful
karaalaM = horrible
karaalaani = terrible
kardama * = m. (Un2. iv, 84) mud, slime, mire, clay, dirt, filth MBh. Ya1jn5. Ragh. &c.; sin Comm. on Un2.; shade,
shadow (in Veda according to BrahmaP.); N. of a Praja1pati (born from the shadow of Brahma1, husband of Devahu1ti
and father of Kapila) MBh.; a kind of rice Sus3r.; a kind of poisonous bulb; N. of Pulaka (a son of Praja1pati) VP.; of a
Na1ga MBh. i, 1561; (%{I}) f. a species of jasmine; (%{am}) n. flesh L.; Civet L.; (mfn.) covered with mud or mire or
dirt, dirty, filthy Sus3r.
karhi *= ind. (fr. 2. %{ka}), when ? at what time ? Pa1n2. 5-3, 21; (with %{svid}, or %{cid} or %{api} [BhP. v, 17, 24])
at any time RV. MBh. BhP. &c.; (with %{cid} and a particle of negation) never, at no time Mn. Pan5cat. &c.; [cf. Goth.
{hvar}, `" where ? "' Eng. {where} ?]
kari *= 1 mfn. (ifc.) causing, accomplishing (cf. %{zakRt-k-}); (%{is}) m. the hand L.\\2 (in comp. for %{karin} col.
3).\\&c. see p. 254, col. 2.
Sanskrit Dictionary
karin *= mfn. doing, effecting &c. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 70; (%{I}) m. `" having a trunk "', an elephant MBh. BhP.
Pan5cat. &c.; (%{iNI}) f. see above.
kariyaadaH = (m) hippopotamus
karishhyati = can do
karishhyasi = perform
karishhye = I shall execute
karoti = does
karomi = I do
karosi = you do
karau = hands (lower arms)
karka = The Zodiacal sign Cancer
karkaTi = (f) cucumber
karma = Action or activity (see karman)
karma-bhaava = The 10th house of Careers and Work
karmajaM = due to fruitive activities
karmajaa = from fruitive work
karmajaan.h = born of work
karman * = %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance, business RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.;
office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently ifc., the first member of the compound being either the person
who performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the person or thing for or towards whom the action is performed [e.g.
%{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a specification of the action [e.g. %{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c.; any
religious act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the hope of future recompense and as opposed to
speculative religion or knowledge of spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c.; work, labour, activity (as opposed to rest,
%{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c.; physicking, medical attendance Car.; action consisting in motion (as the third among the
seven categories of the Nya1ya philosophy; of these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa}, %{ava-kSepaNa}, %{AkuJcana}, %{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p. Tarkas.; calculation Su1ryas.; product, result, effect Mn.
xii, 98 Sus3r.; organ of sense S3Br. xiv (or of action see %{karme7ndriya}); (in Gr.) the object (it stands either in the
acc. [in active construction], or in the nom. [in passive construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of
action]; opposed to %{kartR} the subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a. %{nirvartya}, when anything new
is produced e.g. %{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes a mat "' [258,3]; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "'; b.
%{vikArya}, when change is implied either of the substance and form e.g. %{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces
fuel to ashes "'; or of the form only e.g. %{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "'; c.
%{prApya}, when any desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he goes to the village "';
%{candraM@pazyati}, `" he sees the moon "'; d. %{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is abandoned e.g.
%{pApaM@tyajati}, `" he leaves the wicked "'); former act as leading to inevitable results, fate (as the certain
consequence of acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf. %{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}); the tenth lunar
mansion VarBr2S. &c.
karmaNaH = than fruitive action
karmaNaa = by work
karmaNaaM = of prescribed duties
Sanskrit Dictionary
karmaNi = in action
karman.h = work
karmaphala = the result of an action
karmaphalaM = the results of all activities
karmaphalatyaagaH = renunciation of the results of fruitive action
karmaphalaasangaM = attachment for fruitive results
karmaphale = in fruitive action
karmabandhaM = bondage of reaction
karmabandhanaH = bondage by work
karmabhiH = from the bondage of the law of fruitive actions
karma * = (in comp. for %{ka4rman} above).
karman * = n. Kus3a grass (as essential part in many religious acts) L.
71 karman %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance, business RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.;
office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently ifc., the first member of the compound being either the person
who performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the person or thing for or towards whom the action is performed [e.g.
%{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a specification of the action [e.g. %{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c.; any
religious act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the hope of future recompense and as opposed to
speculative religion or knowledge of spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c.; work, labour, activity (as opposed to rest,
%{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c.; physicking, medical attendance Car.; action consisting in motion (as the third among the
seven categories of the Nya1ya philosophy; of these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa}, %{ava-kSepaNa}, %{AkuJcana}, %{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p. Tarkas.; calculation Su1ryas.; product, result, effect Mn.
xii, 98 Sus3r.; organ of sense S3Br. xiv (or of action see %{karme7ndriya}); (in Gr.) the object (it stands either in the
acc. [in active construction], or in the nom. [in passive construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of
action]; opposed to %{kartR} the subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a. %{nirvartya}, when anything new
is produced e.g. %{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes a mat "' [258,3]; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "'; b.
%{vikArya}, when change is implied either of the substance and form e.g. %{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces
fuel to ashes "'; or of the form only e.g. %{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "'; c.
%{prApya}, when any desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he goes to the village "';
%{candraM@pazyati}, `" he sees the moon "'; d. %{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is abandoned e.g.
%{pApaM@tyajati}, `" he leaves the wicked "'); former act as leading to inevitable results, fate (as the certain
consequence of acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf. %{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}); the tenth lunar
mansion VarBr2S. &c.
karmayoga = unselfish actions
karmayogaM = devotion
karmayogaH = work in devotion
karmayogeNa = by the linking process of devotion
karmasa.nnyaasaat.h = in comparison to the renunciation of fruitive work
karmasanginaaM = who are attached to fruitive work
karmasangishhu = in the association of those engaged in fruitive activities
karmasangena = by association with fruitive activity
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
attachment to worldly objects W.; m. red, redness; a kind of snake Sus3r. ii, 265, 14; emotion, passion (%{rAga}, of
which the Jainas reckon four kinds HYog. iv, 6 and 77); the Kali-yuga L.; the tree Bignonia Indica R. ii, 28, 21; N. of a
teacher (v.l. %{kazAya}) g. %{zaunakA7di}; (%{as}, %{A}, %{am}) mf. n. the tree Grislea tomentosa L.; (%{A}) f. a
thorny shrub, a species of small Hedysarum L.; (%{am}) n. a dull or yellowish red garment or robe MBh. ii, 675 (cf.
%{kASAya}, %{paJca-kaSAya}; %{a-niSkaSAya}, full of impure passions MBh. xii, 568.)
kasheruH = (m) spine, spinal chord
kashchana = cerain
kas'cit.h *V= someone, anyone, any of them, some, a certain, certain, some of them,
kas'ipu *= %{us}, %{u} m. n. a mat, pillow, cushion, mattress AV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3. Vait. BhP.; a couch BhP.;
(%{us}) m. food L.; clothing L.; (%{U}) m. du. food and clothing L.; (sometimes spelt %{kasipu}.)
kashmalaM = dirtiness
kashhaaya = (m) astringent
kaste = kaH+te, who+yourkasmaat.h = why
kasmala* = for {kazmala} q.v.
kasmaat* = ind. (abl. fr. 2. {ka4} AV. &c.) where from? whence? why? wherefore? MBh. R. S'ak. Pacat. &c. (cf. {akasmAt}.)
kas'mala * =mf({A}, or {I})n. foul, dirty, impure Dhrtas.; timid, pusillanimous; ({am}) n. dirt, filth Subh.; impurity, sin
L.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) consternation, stupefaction, faintheartedness, pusillanimity MBh.; dejection of mind,
weakness, despair MBh. BhP.
kasmai = to `Ka'
kashtha* = mfn. (perhaps p.p. of {kaS} Pn. 7-2, 22 Vop. 26, 111 Ks'. on Pn. 6-2, 47), bad R. [266,1]; ill, evil, wrong
Mn. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; painful Sus'r.; grievous, severe, miserable Mn. xii, 78 Yj. iii, 29 Bhartri.; difficult,
troublesome Mn. vii, 186 and 210; worst Mn. vii, 50 and 51; pernicious, noxious, injurious Sus'r.; dangerous (=
{kRcchra}) Pn. 7-2, 22 Nal. xiii, 16; inaccessible (= {gahana}) Pn. 7-2, 22; boding evil Comm. on Pn. 3-2, 188; m. `"
N. of a man "' see {kASTAyana}; (in rhetoric) offending the ear Vm. ii, 1, 6; forced, unnatural; ({am}) n. a bad state of
things, evil, wrong; pain, suffering, misery, wretchedness; trouble, difficulty; bodily exertion, strain, labour, toil, fatigue,
weariness, hardship, uneasiness, inquietude (mental or bodily) R. Kaths. Pacat. S'ak. Hit.; {kaSTAt-kaSTam}, or
{kaSTataram}, worse than the worst; {kaSTena} or {kaSTAt}, with great difficulty Pacat.; ({am}) ind. an exclamation
of grief or sorrow; ah! woe! aIas! MBh. R. Mriicch.
kasya = whose
kasyachit.h = anyone's
kat * =(in comp. for 2. {kad} above).
katama * = %{as}, %{A}, %{at} mfn. (superlative of 2. %{ka}; declined as a pronom., Gram. 236), who or which of
many? (e.g. %{katamena@pathA@yAtAs@te}, by which road have they gone?); it is often a mere strengthened
substitute for %{ka}, the superlative affix imparting emphasis; hence it may occasionally be used for `" who or which of
two? "' (e.g. %{tayoH@katamasmai}, to which of these two?); it may optionally be compounded with the word to which
it refers (e.g. %{katamaH@kaThaH}, or %{katama-kaThaH}, which Kat2ha out of many?); when followed by %{ca} and
preceded %{yatama} an indefinite expression is formed equivalent to `" any whosoever "', `" any whatsoever "', &c. (e.g.
%{yatamad@eva@katamac@ca@vidyAt} he may know anything whatsoever). In negative sentences %{katama} with
%{cana} or %{katama} with %{api} = not even one, none at all (e.g. %{na@katamaccanA7haH}, not even on a single
day, on no day at all) [246,3]; in addition to the above uses %{katama} is said to mean `" best "', `" excessively goodlooking "' (cf. 3. %{ka}) RV. &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kaushalaM = art
kausalyeyo = kausalyA's (son)
kaustubha = one of Vishnu's jewels* = {as}, {am} m. n. (cf. {kust-})N. of a celebrated jewel (obtained with thirteen
other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the breast of Kriishna or Vishnu) MBh. Hariv. R.
&c.; m. a manner of joining the fingers Tantras.; = {kiMtughna} AV. Jyot.; ({am}) n. a kind of oil ({sarSapo7dbhava})
KtyS'r. i, 8, 37 Sch.; N. of wk.
kautUhala * = n. (fr. %{kut-}; g. %{yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (loc., or acc. with
%{prati}, or inf.) MBh. R. &c.; anything causing curiosity, any unusual phenomenon Megh. 48; a festival MBh. i, 7918
DivyA7v. i.
kautuka * n. (fr. {kut-}; g. {yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (loc. or in comp.), eagerness,
vehemence impatience Pacat. Kaths. (ifc. f. {A}) &c.; anything causing curiosity or admiration or interest, any
singular or surprising object, wonder Pacat. Kaths. Vet.; festivity, gaiety, festival, show, solemn ceremony (esp. the
ceremony with the marriage-thread or necklace preceding a marriage) Kum. Das'. Bhartri. BhP. &c.; the marriagethread or necklace Kaths. li, 223; pleasure, happiness, prosperity BhP. i, 17, 26; N. of nine particular substances Hcat.
i, 110, 19; ii, 49, 10; sport, pastime L.; public diversion L.; song, dance, show, spectacle L.; season of enjoyment L.; kind
or friendly greeting, civility L.; ({At}) abl. ind. out of curiosity or interest Kaths. Hit.; for amusement, as a relaxation
W.
kavayaH = the intelligent
kavayitrii = (f) poetess
kavala: ) a mouthful (as of water &c.); a morsel MBh. R. Ragh. Mn. Bhartri.; a wash for cleansing the mouth, gargle
Sus'r.; a kind of fish (commonly Baliya) L.
kavaliikrita = (adj) swallowed
kavara * = mf.({A})n. (3. {ku} Un. iv, 154) mixed, intermingled, variegated S'is'. v, 19; m. a lecturer L.; ({as}, {I}) m. f.
(Pn. 4-1, 42 Vop. iv, 26; also n. according to a Sch.) a braid, fillet of hair BhP. Gt. Sh. S'is'.; ({am}) n. salt L.;
sourness, acidity L.; ({A}) f. (Sch. on Pn. 4-1, 42) the plant Ocimum gratissimum L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; Acacia arabica or
another plant Npr.
kavi = poet * = kavi mfn. (1. %{kU} cf. 2. %{kava}, %{A4kUta}, %{A4kUti}, %{kAvya} Naigh. iii, 15 Nir. xii, 13 Un2. iv,
138) gifted with insight, intelligent, knowing, enlightened, wise, sensible, prudent, skilful, cunning; (%{is}) m. a thinker,
intelligent man, man of understanding, leader; a wise man, sage, seer, prophet; a singer, bard, poet (but in this sense
without any technical application in the Veda) RV. VS. TS. AV. S3Br. i, 4, 2, 8 Kat2hUp. iii, 14 MBh. Bhag. Bha1gP. Mn.
vii, 49 R. Ragh.; N. of several gods, (esp.) of Agni RV. ii, 23, 1; x, 5, 4, 3; iii, 5, 1; i, 31, 2; 76, 5; of Varun2a, Indra, the
As3vins, Maruts, A1dityas; of the Soma; of the Soma priest and other sacrificers; (probably) N. of a particular poet; cf.
%{a4Ggiras} (Mn. ii, 151) and %{uza4nas} (Bhag. x, 37); of the ancient sages or patriarchs (as spirits now surrounding
the sun); of the R2ibhus (as skilful in contrivance); of Pu1shan (as leader or guider); N. of a son of Brahma1 MBh. xiii,
4123, 4142-4150; of Brahma1 W.; of a son of Bhr2igu and father of S3ukra MBh. i, 2606 (cf. 3204 Bha1gP. iv, 1, 45 and
Kull. on Mn. iii, 198); that of S3ukra (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the demons) Ra1jat. iv, 495; of the
planet Venus NBD.; of the sons of several Manus Hariv. Bha1gP. VP.; of a son of Kaus3ika and pupil of Garga Hariv.; of
a son of R2ishabha Bha1gP.; of Va1lmi1ki L.; a keeper or herd RV. vii, 18, 8; (fig.) N. of the gates of the sacrificial
enclosure TS. v, 11, 1, 2 (cf. %{kava4S}); the sun W.; of various men; the soul in the Sa1m2khya philosophy Comm.; a
cunning fighter L.; an owl L.; (%{is}, or %{I} W.) f. the bit of a bridle L.; the reins (cf. %{kavikA}) W.; a ladle (cf.
%{kambi}) L.
kaviM = the one who knows everything
kaviH = poet
kavitaa = poetry
kavitaashaakhaaM = the poetry-branch (of a tree)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kes'ava * mfn. (Pn. 5-2, 109) having long or much or handsome hair AV. viii, 6, 23 S'Br. KtyS'r.; m. N. of Vishnu or
Kriishna MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; (hence) of the month Mrgas'rsha VarBriS. cv, 14; Rottleria tinctoria L.; N. of the author
of a lexicon called Kalpa-dru; of the author of the Dvaita-paris'ishtha; of the father of Govinda and Rucikara; of the
father of Brhma and uncle of Mahes'vara; of the son of Vis'va-dhara and brother of Kari-ntha; of the father of Vopadeva.
kes'avasya = of KRishhNa
keshinishuudana = O killer of the Kesi demon
keshhu = in which
kesara* = n. the hair (of the brow) VS. xix, 91; (in classical literature usually {kezara}) m. or n. (?), the mane (of a horse
or lion) R. S'ak. Pacat. &c.; ({A}) f. id. KtyS'r. ({kes-}); ({am}) n. the tail of the Bos grunniens (used as a fan for
driving away flies) L.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. the filament of a lotus or of any vegetable R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a fibre (as of a
Mango fruit) Sus'r.; m. the plants Rottleria tinctoria, Mimusops Elengi, and Mesua ferrea MBh. xiii, 5042 R. Lalit. Kum.
Megh. [311, 1]; ({am}) n. the flower of those plants L.; ({as}, {A}, {am}) mf. n. Asa foetida L.; ({am}) n. gold L.; sulphate
of iron L.; N. of a metre (of 4 x 18 syllables); m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi, 11, 23; [cf. Lat. {eoesaries}; Angl. Sax. {haer};
Eng. {hair}; Germ. {Haar}.]
ke4sara-grAma * = m. N. of a village Kshiti7s'.
ke4sara-pura * = n. N. of a town Vsant.
kesaravat * = ({ke4s-}) mfn. having a mane S'Br. vi.
ke4sara-vara * = n. saffron L.
kesaravarNaH = orange colour
kesarin * = mfn. having a mane MBh. i, iii; ({I}) m. a lion MBh. Sus'r. Bhartri. &c.; a horse TBr. Sch.; N. of an aquatic
bird Car. i, 27; the plant Rottleria tinctoria L.; the plant Mesua ferrea L.; a citron tree L.; a variety of Moringa with red
flowers (= {rakta-zigru}) L.; N. of a monkey (husband of the mother of Hanumat) MBh. iii, 11193 R. Das'.; N. of a
prince Lalit.; of a mountain VP.; ({iNI}) f. a lioness Kaths. lxx, 102.
kesava = O killer of the demon Kesi (KRishhNa)
ketakii = a fragrant flower
ketuu = The south Lunar Node also known as Cauda Draconis in latin. The Dragos tail in English
ketu * = m. (fr. 4. {cit}), bright appearance, clearness, brightness (often pl., `" rays of light "') RV. VS. AV.; lamp, flame,
torch ib.; day-time S'nkhBr.; (Naigh. iii, 9) apparition, form, shape RV. PrGri.; sign, mark, ensign, flag, banner RV.
AV. MBh. &c.; a chief, leader, eminent person RV. R. iv, 28, 18 Ragh. ii, 33 BhP.; intellect, judgment, discernment (?)
RV. v, 66, 4 AV. x, 2, 12; any unusual or striking phenomenon, comet, meteor, falling star AdbhBr. Mn. i, 38 VarBriS.
BhP. &c.; the dragos tail or descending node (considered in astron. as the 9th planet, and in mythol. as the body of the
demon Sainhikeya [son of Sinhik] which was severed from the head or Rhu by Vishnu at the churning of the ocean,
but was rendered immortal by having tasted the Amriita) Hariv. 4259 R. VP.; `" a pigmy race "' see {-gaNa} below;
disease L.; an enemy L.; N. of a son of Agni (author of RV. x, 156) RAnukr.; (with the patr. Vjya) VBr.; N. of a Dnava
Hariv. 198; of a son (of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of the 4th Manu, viii, 1, 27); {aruNA4H keta4vaH}, `" red apparitions
"', a class of spirits (a kind of sacrificial fire is called after them {AruNaketuka} q.v.) AV. xi, 10, 1 f. and 7 Tr. MBh. xii,
26, 7.
kevala = whole, pure * = m. (nom. pl. {e} RV. x, 51, 9) f. ({I} RV. x, 73, 6 AV. S'Br.; {A} Mn. &c. see Pn. 4-1, 30)n. (in
comp. Pn. 2-1, 49) exclusively one's own (not common to others) RV. AV.; alone, only, mere, sole, one, excluding
others RV. AV. TS. &c.; not connected with anything else, isolated, abstract, absolute [310,1]; simple, pure,
uncompounded, unmingled S'Br. &c.; entire, whole, all Mn. MBh. &c.; selfish, envious L.; ({am}) ind. only, merely,
solely ({na kevalam} - {api}, not only-but also Ragh. VP. Rjat.; {kevalam-na tu}, only - but not, S'riingr.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; entirely, wholly, absolutely R. ii, 87, 23; but Kd. Hcar.; (= {nirNItam}) certainly, decidedly L.; m. (= {kelaka}) a
dancer, tumbler Gal.; N. of a prince BhP. ix, 2, 30; ({A}) f. N. of a locality MBh. iii, 254, 10 (v.l. {-lI}); ({I}) f. `" the
Sanskrit Dictionary
whole of a philosophical system "' see {pAzaka-k-}; N. of a locality (v.l. for {-lA} q.v.); ({am}) n. the doctrine of the
absolute unity of spirit; the highest possible knowledge (= {kevala-jJAna}) Jain.; N. of a country (v.l. {kerala}) MBh. vi,
9, 34.
kevalaM = (adv) merely
kevalaiH = purified
kevalin *= mfn. alone, one, only W.; (%{I}) m. `" devoted to the doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit "', a meditative
ascetic BhP. iv, 25, 39; vi, 5, 40; `" possessing the %{kevala} (%{-jJAna}) "', an Arhat Jain.
keyuura = armlet (bracelet worn on upper arm)
kha = sky, aakaasha * = 1 the second consonant of the alphabet (being the aspirate of the preceding consonant; often
in MSS. and Inscr. confounded with %{Sa}). // 2 2 m. the sun L. [334,2] // 3 kha 3 n. (%{khan}) a cavity, hollow,
cave, cavern, aperture RV.; an aperture of the human body (of which there are nine, viz. the mouth, the two ears, the
two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation) AV. xiv, 2, 1 and 6 Pra1t. Kat2hUp. Gaut. Mn.
&c.; (hence) an organ of sense BhP. viii, 3, 23; (in anat.) the glottis W.; `" the hole made by an arrow "', wound Mn. ix,
43; the hole in the nave of a wheel through which the axis runs RV. S3Br. xiv; vacuity, empty space, air, ether, sky S3Br.
xiv Pras3nUp. Mn. xii, 120 &c.; heaven L.; Brahma (the Supreme Spirit) W.; (in arithm.) a cypher Su1ryas. Sa1h.; the
Anusva1ra represented by a circle (%{bindu}) L.; N. of the tenth astrological mansion VarBr2.; talc L.; a city L.; a field
L.; happiness (a meaning derived fr. %{su-kha}, %{duH-kha}) L.; action L.; understanding L.; (%{A4}) f. a fountain,
well RV. ii, 28, 5 (%{khA4m@Rta4sya}), cf. Zend {aSahe@khAo}) & vi, 36, 4; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. &103509[334,2] {halo}.]
khaa mfn. digging (ifc. e.g. %{kUpa-}; %{bisa-khA4}) Pa1n2. 3-2, 67. // see %{khan}, p. 337, col. 1.
khaani *= f. a mine S3atr. x, 112 (ifc.)
khaaNDava * = {as}, {am} m. n. sugar-candy, sugarplums, sweetmeats MBh. xiii R. i, vii; N. of a forest in Kuru-kshetra
(sacred to Indra and burnt by the god of fire aided by Arjuna and Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP. i, 15, 8 Kaths.) TndyaBr.
xxv, 3 Tr.; ({I}) f. N. of a town built by Suna L.
khaadat.h = one who eats
khaadati = (1 pp) to eat
khaata* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 6-4, 42) dug, dug up, excavated RV. iv, 50, 3 AV. S3Br. iii &c.; digged into the earth, buried
MBh. xiii, 3089; torn, rent W.; m. a ditch Hcat. i, 3, 921; n. (Naigh. iii, 23) a ditch, fosse, moat, well, pond S3Br. ix, 4, 3,
9 S3a1n3khS3r. Pan5cat. BhP. &c.; an excavation, cavern; digging a hole W.; (%{A}) f. an artificial pond L. (cf. %{devakh-}, %{viSama-kh-}, %{sama-kh-}, %{sUcI-kh-}.)3
khaatha * = m. (= %{khaTTi}) a bier, cot or bedstead on which dead bodies are conveyed to the pyre L.; (%{A}) f. id. L.;
(%{I}) f. id. Gal.
khabhAra * = m. a particular weight of wood Hariv. 4356 R. i, 4, 21.
khaga = one traversing in the sky, a name of Sun, also birds
khagaH = bird (literally the sky-goer, 'khah' meaning sky
khagolashaastram.h = astronomy
khaM = ether *= ind. g. %{cA7di} (v.l.)
khangaH = (m) sword
khangamrigaH = (m) rhinoceros
khaJNjaH = (m) a handicapped person, lame
Sanskrit Dictionary
khaDga = sword
khaDgii = with sword
khala *= m. (n. g. %{ardharcA7di}) a threshing-floor, granary RV. x, 48, 7 AV. S3a1n3khS3r. &c.; earth, mould, soil L.;
place, site L.; m. contest, battle Naigh. Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil Pan5cat. ii, 53; (= %{khaDa}) butter-milk boiled
with acid vegetables and spices Sus3r. i, vi; a mischievous man Mr2icch. Ca1n2. BhP. Pan5cat. &c.; the sun L.;
Xanthochymus pictorius (%{tamAla}) L.; the thorn-apple L.; (%{A}) f. a mischievous woman Amar.; N. of a daughter of
Raudra7s3va Hariv. Va1yuP. ii, 37, 122; (%{I}) f. sediment or deposit of oil Car. Bhartr2. ii, 98.
khana *= mfn. digging, rooting up AV. xvi, 1, 3 (cf. %{mRt-kh-}); (%{I}) f. a mine L.
khaNDa = (masc, neut) piece
khaNDana = to pound, cut into pieces, injuring, hurting
khaNDapiTaasana = the ankle-twist posture
khaNDayati = to grate (as in grating a coconut)
khaNDashaskritaH = made into pieces
khanati = (1 up) to dig
khara = sharp
kharadhva.nsii = he who smashed (killed) khara (a Rkshasa)
khala = rouge; * (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a threshing-floor, granary RV. x, 48, 7 AV. S'nkhS'r. &c.; earth, mould, soil L.;
place, site L.; m. contest, battle Naigh. Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil Pacat. ii, 53; (= {khaDa}) butter-milk boiled with
acid vegetables and spices Sus'r. i, vi; a mischievous man Mriicch. Cn. BhP. Pacat. &c.; the sun L.; Xanthochymus
pictorius ({tamAla}) L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({A}) f. a mischievous woman Amar.; N. of a daughter of Raudra7s'va Hariv.
VyuP. ii, 37, 122; ({I}) f. sediment or deposit of oil Car. Bhartri. ii, 98.
khalayoga = The Yoga of a swindler or confidence trickster
khalu = (indec.) indeed * =ind. (as a particle of asseveration) indeed, verily, certainly, truly R. S'ak. &c.; (as a
continuative particle) now, now then, now further RV. x, 34, 14 TS. &c.; (as a particle in syllogistic speech) but now, =
Lat. {atqui} TBr. S'Br. &c.; [{khalu} is only exceptionally found at the beginning of a phrase; it is frequently combined
with other particles, thus {a4tha kh-}, {u kh-}, {vai4 kh-}, {kh- vai4}, = now then, now further TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; in
later Sanskriit {khalu} frequently does little more than lay stress on the word by which it is preceded, and is sometimes
merely expletive; it is also a particle of prohibition (in which case it may be joined with the ind. p. [{khalu kRtvA}, `"
desist from doing that "'] Nir. i, 5 [also {-tam}] Pn. 3-4, 18 S'is'. ii, 70); or of endearment, conciliation, and inquiry L.;
{na khalu}, by no means, not at all, indeed not R. &c.]
khalvaaTaH = (m) pate, baldness
khathvaanga* = ({-vA7G}) m. n. `" a club shaped like the foot of a bedstead "' i.e. a club or staff with a skull at the top
(considered as the weapon of S'iva and carried by ascetics and Yogins) Gaut. VarBriS. Mlatm. v, 4 Kaths.; m. the
back-bone Gal.; N. of a plant ib.; wood from a funeral pile W.; N. of a king of the solar line MBh. i, 2109 VP. (v.l.
{khaTvA7Ggada}) BhP. ii; xi; (= Dilpa) Hariv. 808 and BhP. ix; N. of an attendant in the retinue of Dev; ({I}) f. N. of a
plant Gal.; of a river Hariv. 5329; {-dhara} m. `" staff-bearer "'N. of S'iva BhP. iv, 19, 20; {-dhAra} m. id. Hariv. 10680;
{-nAmikA} f. `" named after the {khaTvA7Gga} "'N. of a plant (resembling Plectranthus) L.; {-bhRt} mfn. one who
bears the {khaTvA7Gga} staff Mn. xi, 105 Sch.; ({t}) m. N. of S'iva L.; {-vana} n. N. of a forest Hariv. 4171; {-zUlin} mfn.
bearing the weapons called {kh-} and {zUla} Hcat.
khidira: * a pauper, an ascetic, pentinent, the moon, name of Indra
khinna = sad
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
expression of contempt (cf. {zUra-k-}) Mcar.; ({I}) f. a worm, insect L.; ({am}) n. id. L.; (= {kiTTa}) feces L.
kiidrishii = how
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. {A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c.; a post, post in a cow-house to
which cows are fastened, pillar L.; a gnomon L.; handle, brace Sus'r.; the elbow VP.; a kind of tumour (having the form
of a stake) Sus'r.; a position of the foetus impeding delivery Sus'r.; N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra RmatUp.; N. of
Vi7ta-rga Mahe7s'a (= {kIle7zvara}); = {bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34; a weapon L.; flame, lambent flame L.; a minute
particle L.; a blow with the elbow (= {kilA}) L.; ({A}) f. a stake, pin L.; the elbow L.; a weapon L.; flame L.; a minute
particle L.; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in copulation "') Vtsyy.; ({am}) n. (= {kIna}), flesh Gal.
kiina* = n. flesh L. (cf. {kIra}.)
kiirt.h = to tell
kiikatha *= m. N. of a son of R2ishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of a son of Sam2kat2a BhP. vi, 6, 6; a horse (perhaps originally a
horse of the Ki1kat2as) L.; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the A1ryan race RV. iii, 53, 14 BhP.; (mfn.),
poor L.; avaricious L.
kila * =1 m. play, trifling L. \\2 ind. (a particle of asseveration or emphasis) indeed, verily, assuredly RV. AV. &c.; (or of
explanation) namely S'Br. &c.; `" so said "' `" so reported "', pretendedly VarBriS. Kd.; ({kila} is preceded by the word
on which it lays stress, and occurs very rarely at the beginning of a sentence or verse [R. iv, 14, 14 Pacat. lxxxix, 4];
according to native lexicographers {kila} may be used in communicating intelligence, and may imply `" probably "', `"
possibly "', `" agreement "', `" dislike "', `" falsehood "', `" inaccuracy "', and `" reason. "')
kila * =3 m. N. of a man Pravar.
kilakila * = m. N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10365; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a Yavana tribe VP. (cf. {kilikila}); ({A}) f. (an
onomatopoetic word), sounds or cries expressing joy, or the expression of joy by any sound or cry MBh. R. Mcar. Blar.
kilakilaaya * =Nom. P. . {-yati}, {-yate}, to raise sounds expressing joy Bhathth. vii, 102 Krand.; to cry, give a shriek
Krand. [284, 2]
kilaatha * = m. inspissated milk Hariv. (v.l. {kilAda}) Sus'r. Bhpr.; ({I}) f. id. L.
kilbishaM = sinful reactions
kilbisha *= n. (ifc. f. %{A}) fault, offence, sin, guilt RV. v, 34, 4 AV. VS. &c. (once m. BhP. iii, 28, 11); injustice, injury
MBh. i, 882; disease L.
kilbishhaH = all of whose sins
kilbishhaiH = from sins
kim = what* = is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Lat. {num}, {an}, sometimes translatable by `"
whether? "' but oftener serving only like a note of interrogation to mark a question (e.g. {kiM vyAdhA vane 'smin
saMcaranti}, `" do hunters roam about in this wood? "' In an interrogation the verb, if uncompounded with a
preposition, generally retains its accent after {kim} Pn. 8-1, 44). To this sense may be referred the {kim} expressing
inferiority, deficiency, &c. at the beginning of compounds (e.g. {kiM-rAjan}, what sort of king? i.e. a bad king Pn. 2-1,
64; v, 4, 70); also the {kim} prefixed to verbs with a similar meaning (e.g. {kim-adhI7te}, he reads badly Pn. 8-1, 44
Ks'.) {kim-uta}, or {kim-uta-vA} or {kim-athavA-uta}, whether-or-or R. S'ak. Bhartri. &c. (cf. {uta4}.) \\= is very
frequently connected with other particles, as follows: {ki4m aGga4}, wherefore then? RV.; {atha kim} see {a4tha}; {kim
api}, somewhat, to a considerable extent, rather, much more, still further S'ak. Megh. &c.; {kim iti}, why? S'ak. Kum.
Pacat. &c.; {kim-iva}, what for? S'is'. xvi, 31; {ki4m-u} or {ki4m-uta4} how much more? how much less? RV. S'Br.
MBh. &c.; {kiM kila}, what a pity! (expressing dissatisfaction) Pn. 3-3, 146; {kiM-ca}, moreover, further Pacat.
Kaths. &c.; what more (expressing impatience) S'ak.; {kiM-cana} (originally {-ca na}, negative = `" in no way "'), to a
certain degree, a little Kaths.; (with a negation) in no way, not at all MBh. i, 6132; {kiM-cid}, somewhat, a little MBh.
R. &c.; {kiM tarhi}, how then? but, however Pn. 2-2, 4 Pat.; iv, 1, 163, Kas'.; {kiM-tu}, but, however, nevertheless
(bearing the same relation to {tu} that {kiM-ca} bears to {ca}) MBh. R. &c.; {kiM-nu}, whether indeed? (a stronger
interrogative than {kim} alone) MBh. R. &c.; how much more? how much less? Bhag. i, 35; {kiM nu khalu}, how
Sanskrit Dictionary
possibly? (a still stronger interrogative) S'ak.; {kim punar}, how much more? how much less? R. Bhag. ix, 33 &c.;
however Blar.; but ib.; {kiM vA}, whether? or whether? S'ak. Pacat. &c.; or (often a mere particle of interrogation);
{ki4M svid}, why? Kaths. xxvi, 75; a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone RV. MBh. Kaths.
kiM* = 1 (in comp. for {ki4m}).
kim* = (in comp.)
kiim* = ind. see {A4-kIm}, {mA4-kIm}.
kiM tu* = or though - still
kiM tu* = still, nevertheless
kiMkartavyataamuuDhaH = (m) confused, bewildered
kiMnara (kinnara) *= m. `" what sort of man? "' a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (or with
a horse's body and the head of a man S3is3. iv, 38; originally perhaps a kind of monkey cf. %{vA-nara}; in later times
(like the Naras) reckoned among the Gandharvas or celestial choristers, and celebrated as musicians; also attached to
the service of Kubera; (with Jains) one of the eight orders of the Vyantaras) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of a prince VP.; of Nara
(a son of Vibhi1shan2a) Ra1jat. i, 197; of the attendant of the fifteenth Arhat of the present Avasarpini1 Jain.; N. of a
locality g. %{takSazilA7di}; (%{A}) f. a kind of musical instrument L. (cf. $); (%{I}) f. a female Kim2nara R. Megh. &c.;
a female Kimpurusha R. vii, 89, 3; the lute of the Can2d2a1las L. [283,2]; %{-kaNTha} mfn. singing like a Kim2nara
Viddh.; %{-nagara} n. a town of the Kim2naras DivyA7v.; %{-pati} m. `" the lord of the Kim2naras "'N. of Kubera
Ba1lar.; %{-varSa} m. a division of the earth (said to be north of the Hima1laya mountains); %{kiMnare7za}, %{-zvara}
m. `" the lord of the Kim2naras "'N. of Kubera L.
kimpurusha *= [S3Br. vii] or m. `" what sort of a man? "' a mongrel being (according to the Bra1hman2as an evil
being similar to man\\2 [S3Br. i] m. `" what sort of a man? "' a mongrel being (according to the Bra1hman2as an evil
being similar to man; perhaps originally a kind of monkey [cf. BhP. xi, 16, 29]; in later times the word is usually
identified with %{kiM-nara}, though sometimes applied to other beings in which the figure of a man and that of an
animal are combined; these beings are supposed to live on Hema-ku1t2a and are regarded as the attendants of Kubera;
with Jains the Kimpurushas, like the Kim2naras, belong to the Vyantaras); N. of one of the nine sons of A1gni1dhra
(having the Varsha Kimpurusha as his hereditary portion) VP.; a division of the earth (one of the nine Khan2d2as or
portions into which the earth is divided, and described as the country between the Hima7cala and Hema-ku1t2a
mountains, also called %{kimpuruSa-varSa} Ka1d.) VP. BhP. MatsyaP. &c.; (%{I}) f. a female Kimpurusha R. vii, 88,
22; %{kimpuruSI-} 1. %{kR}, to change into a Kimpurusha ib.; %{kimpuruSe7za} m. `" lord of the Kimpurushas "'N. of
Druma MBh. ii, 410 Hariv. 5014 = 5495; %{-Se7zvara} m. N. of Kubera L.
kimpuurusha m. `" what sort of a man? "' (probably) a low and despicable man VS. xxx, 16; a mongrel being (= %{puruSa4}) BhP. &c.; (%{am}) n. N. of the Kimpurusha-varsha L.
kiina* = n. flesh L. (cf. {kIra}.)
kiinaara* = m. (perhaps = {kInA4za}) a cultivator of the soil [`" a vile man "' Sy.] RV. x, 106, 10.
kiinaas'a* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard MBh.; Das. BhP.
Kaths.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Blar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of Rkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals
(or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiikatha * = m. N. of a son of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of a son of Sankatha BhP. vi, 6, 6; a horse (perhaps originally a
horse of the Kkathas) L.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the ryan race RV. iii, 53, 14 BhP.; (mfn.), poor
L.; avaricious L.
kiNavat* = mfn. id. MBh. iv, 633 and 639.
kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found in wood L.
kinaatha* = n. the inner part of a tree S'Br. xiv.kiinaasha* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS.
xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard MBh.; Das. BhP. Kaths.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Blar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a
Sanskrit Dictionary
kind of Rkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiNakrita* = mfn. (for {kRta-kiNa}) callous MBh. iv, 53
kicha *V moreover, some more, anything, whatever.
kichana = any
kichit.h = a few, very little, something, nothing, whatever, anything, some, at all.
kindhin* = {I} m. a horse L. (v.]. for {kilkin}).
kicit = SB: anything, something, sometimes, somewhat, slightly, very little, some.; (na-):nothing
kindhin* = {I} m. a horse L. (v.]. for {kilkin})
kinkiNii = (f) ghungroo
kintu = but
kiNva* = [{as} m. L] n. ferment, drug or seed used to produce fermentation in the manufacture of spirits from sugar,
bassia, &c. p. Mn. viii, 326 Sus'r. (cf. {taNDula-k-}); ({am}) n. sin Un. i, 150.r
kimuu = how come ?
kiraNa = ray
kirati = (6 pp) to scatter
kiriitha *= mfn. see %{ati-kir-}; (%{am}) n. [%{as} m. g. %{ardharcA7di}], a diadem, crest, any ornament used as a
crown, tiara MBh. R. &c.; N. of a metre of four lines (each containing twenty-four syllables); m. (= %{kirATa}) a
merchant BhP. xii, 3, 35; (%{I}) f. Andropogon aciculatus L.
kiritham.h = (n) crown
kirithi *= {i} n. the fruit of the marshy date tree (Phoenix paludosa) L.
kiriithin * mfn. decorated with a diadem MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of Indra MBh. i, 1525; xiii, 765; of Arjuna MBh. Bhag.
Pacat.; of Nara [according to the Comm.] MBh. i; of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2573; of an attendant of S'iva
Comm. on Kum. vii, 95.
kiriithin.h = Arjuna
kiriiTinaM = with helmets
kitava *= m. (g. {zauNDA7di} [also {vyAghrA7di}, but not in Ks'. and Ganar.]) a gamester, gambler RV. VS. AV. &c.; a
cheat, fraudulent man BhP. viii, 20, 3 Megh. Amar.; (also ifc. e.g. {yAjJika-k-} Pn. 2-1, 53 Ks'.); (= {matta}) a crazy
person L.; thorn-apple (cf. {dhUrta} and {unmatta}) L.; a kind of perfume (commonly Rocana) Bhpr.; N. of a man g.
{tikA7di}, {utkarA7di}, {azvA7di}; ({As}) m. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1832; ({I}) f. a female gambler s'vGri.
kiithaavapanna* = mfn. anything on which an insect has fallen Kapishthh. MnS'r. (cf. {keza-kITA7vapatita}.)
kishora = son
kishorii = daughter
krti * = f. (Pn. 3-3, 97; fr. 2. {kR}) mention, making mention of, speech, report RV. x, 54, 1 AV. S'Br. &c.; good report,
fame, renown, glory AV. S'Br. TUp. Mn. &c. [285, 2]; Fame (personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma)
MBh. Hariv. VP.; (in music) a particular measure or time; extension, expansion L.; lustre L.; = {prasAda} (favour) or
{prAsAda} (a palace) L.; (fr. 1. {kRR}), dirt L.; N. of one of the Mtriiks (or personified divine energies of Kriishna) L.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
krita*= mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R. &c.; low, base, wicked ib.;
removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation Bhartri. ii, 30 (v.l. {-ti}); {-prajJa} (MBh.), {mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritakrityaH = the most perfect in his endeavors
kritadhiyaaM = of sanes (stable-minded)
kritaGYa = Grateful
kritaGYataa = gratitude
kritaaJNjaliH = with folded hands
kritaante = in the conclusion
kriti = Direction
kritena = by discharge of duty
krittikaa = Third nakshatra
kritvaa* = ind. p. having done see s.v. 1. %{kR}
kritya = Deed
krityaiH = that which was done
kritvaa = after doing
kritsnaM = whole
kritsnakarmakrit.h = although engaged in all activities
kritsnavat.h = as all in all
kritsnavit.h = one who is in factual knowledge
kritsnasya = all-inclusive
kriya = action
kriya* = m. (borrowed fr. Gk.$.) the sign &99331[320,3] Aries VarBri. i, iii, x, xvii; Ganit. Hors'.
kriyaa* = f. (Pn. 3-3, 100), doing, performing, performance, occupation with (in comp.), business, act, action,
undertaking, activity, work, labour. KtyS'r. Mn. Yj. &c.; bodily action, exercise of the limbs L.; (in Gr.) action (as the
general idea expressed by any verb), verb Ks'. on Pn. 1-3, 1 &c. (according to later grammarians a verb is of two kinds,
{sakarma-kriyA}, `" active "', and {akarma-k-}, `" intransitive "'); a noun of action W.; a literary work Vikr.; medical
treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (see {sama-kriya-tva} and {viSama-k-}) Sus'r.; a religious rite or
ceremony, sacrificial act, sacrifice Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; with {caramA}, `" the last ceremony "', rites performed
immediately after death, obsequies, purificatory rites (as ablution &c.) MBh. iv, 834 R. vi, 96, 10; religious action,
worship BhP. vii, 14, 39 RmatUp.; Religious Action (personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. i,
2578 Hariv. 12452 BhP.; or as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Kratu BhP.); judicial investigation (by human means,
as by witnesses, documents, &c., or by superhuman means, as by various ordeals) Comm. on Yj.; atonement L.;
disquisition L.; study L.; means, expedient L.
kriyaH = and activities
kriyate = is done
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kshaanta * =1 mfn. (g. {priyA7di}) borne, endured ({soDha}) L.; pardoned MBh. Pacat.; (Pn. 3-2, 188 Kr.) enduring,
patient Mn. v, 158 Yj. R. Ragh. (compar. {-tara}); m. (g. {utkarA7di}) N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a hunter Hariv.
1206; of S'iva (cf. {kSama}); ({A}) f. `" the patient one "', the earth L.; ({am}) n. patience, indulgence R. i, 34, 32 and 33.
kshaa4nta * =1 mfn. ending with the letter {kSa} RmatUp.
kshaanta * = 2 see 1. {kSam}.
kshaantiH = tolerance
kshaamaye = ask forgiveness
kshaara = salty
kshaatraM = of a ksatriya
kshamaa = forgivance
ksham *= 1 cl. 1. A1. %{kSa4mate} (ep. also P. %{-ti}; Ved. cl. 2. P. %{kSamiti} Pa1n2. 7-2, 34; cl. 4. P. %{kSAmyati}
[cf. Impv. A1. 3. sg. %{kSamyatAm} BhP. vi, 3, 30] Pa1n2. 7-3, 74; perf. %{cakSame} MBh. &c., 3. pl. %{-mire} S3Br.; 1.
du. %{cakSaNvahe} & 1. pl. %{-Nmahe} Pa1n2. 8-2, 65 Sch.; fut. 2nd %{kSaMsyate}, %{-ti}, %{kSamiSyati}; aor. 2. sg.
%{akSaMsthAs} Bhat2t2.; inf. %{kSantum} MBh. &c.), to be patient or composed, suppress anger, keep quiet RV. x,
104, 6 MBh. R. &c.; to submit to (dat.) S3Br. iii; iv; to bear patiently, endure, put up with (acc.), suffer MBh. R. Ragh.;
to pardon, forgive anything (acc.) to (gen. or dat.) MBh. R. &c. (e.g. %{kSamasva@me@tad}, forgive me that Ragh. xiv,
58); to allow, permit, suffer Sa1h. (Kuval.); (with Pot.) Das3.; to bear any one, be indulgent to MBh. iii, 13051 R. iv, 27,
22 VarBr2S. Pan5cat. (Pass.) Hit.; to resist Pa1n2. 1-3, 33 Sch.; to be able to do anything (inf.) S3is3. i, 38 and ix, 65; to
seem good DivyA7v. iv: Caus. P. A1. %{kSamayati}, %{kSAmayate}, to ask any one (acc.) pardon for anything (acc.)
MBh. Bhag. Pan5cat.; (perf. %{kSamayAm@Asa}) to suffer or bear patiently R. v, 49, 11 (cf. %{kSamApaya}); [cf. Goth.
{hramja} (?) Angl. Sax. {hremman}, `" to hinder, disquiet. "']
2 kSam 2 f. (nom. %{kSA4s} acc. %{kSA4m} instr. %{kSamA4} once %{jmA4} [RV. vi, 52, 15] dat. %{kSe} [? RV. iv,
3, 6], gen. abl. %{gma4s}, %{jma4s}, once %{kSma4s} [RV. i, 100, 15], loc. %{kSa4mi}; du. nom. %{kSA4mA} [RV. ii,
39, 7; x, 12, 1; cf. %{dyA4va-kSA4mA}]; pl. nom. %{kSAmas} [RV. viii, 70, 4; %{kSA4mIs} fr. %{-mi} SV.], %{kSA4s}
RV. iv, 28, 5] acc. %{kSA4s} [RV. x, 2, 6] loc. %{kSA4su} RV. i, 127, 10 and v, 64, 2) the ground, earth, $ RV. AV. VS.
S3Br. vi; [cf. %{kSmA}; cf. also Gk. $, $; &101095[326,2] Lat. {humus}, {homo}.]
kshama *= mf(%{A})n. (g. %{pacA7di}) patient (said of the earth, perhaps with reference to 2. %{kSa4m}) AV. xii, 1,
29; ifc. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 1 Va1rtt. 8) enduring, suffering, bearing, submissive, resisting MBh. S3ak. Kum. v, 40; adequate,
competent, able, fit for (loc. or inf. or in comp., e.g. %{vayaM@tyaktuM@kSamAH}, `" we are able to quit "',
S3a1ntis3.) Nal. R. Ragh. &c.; favourable to (gen.) R. ii, 35, 31; bearable, tolerable S3ak. Pan5cat. (= Subh.); fit,
appropriate, becoming.), suitable proper for (gen. dat., loc. inf. or in comp.) MBh. (e.g. %{kSamaM@kauravANAm},
proper for the Kauravas, iii, 252) R. (e.g. %{na@sa@kSamaH@kopayitum}, `" he is not a fit object "', for anger "', iv, 32,
20) &c.; m. `" the patient "'N. of S3iva; a kind of sparrow L.; (%{A}) f. patience, forbearance, indulgence (one of the
%{sAmAnya-dharmAs} i.e. an obligation to all castes Vishn2.) Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kSamAM} %{kR}, to be indulgent to,
have patience or bear with (%{prati} MBh. iii, 1027; or gen., S3a1ntis3.); `" Patience "' (personified as a daughter of
Daksha and wife of Pulaha VP.) Hariv. 14035 Prab. [326,3]; tameness (as of an antelope) R. iii, 49, 25; resistance Pa1n2.
1-3, 33 Sch.; (= 2. %{kSa4m}) the earth VarBr2S. Pan5cat. &c.; (hence) the number `" one "'; N. of Durga1 Devi1P.; the
Khadira tree (Acacia Catechu) L.; N. of a species of the Atijagati metre; N. of a female shepherd BrahmaP.; of a S3a1kta
authoress of Mantras; of a river (= %{vetravatI}) Gal.; for %{kSapA4} (night) L.; (%{am}) n. propriety fitness W. [cf.
Hib. {cam}, `" strong, mighty; power "'; {cama}, `" brave. "']
kshamii = forgiving
kshana = to invite
kshana = quick, a quick measure of time =* kshaNa = 1 m. any instantaneous point of time, instant, twinkling of an eye,
moment Nal. S3ak. Ragh. &c.; a moment regarded as a measure of time (equal to thirty Kala1s or four minutes L.; or
(in astron.) to 48 minutes VarBr2S. &c.; or 4/5 or 24/35 seconds BhP. iii, 11, 7 and 8); a leisure moment, vacant time,
leisure (e.g. %{kSaNaM-kR}, to have leisure for, wait patiently for MBh.; cf. %{kRta-kSaNa}); a fit or suitable moment,
opportunity (%{kSaNaM-kR}, to give an opportunity. MBh. iv, 666; cf. %{datta-kSaNa} and %{labdha-kS-}); a festival
Megh. Das3. BhP. iii, 3, 21; a certain day of the fortnight (as the full moon, change of the moon, &c.) Sarvad.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
dependence L.; the centre, middle L.; (%{am}) n. an instant, moment Bhartr2. (= Subh.); (%{am}.) acc. ind. for an
instant R. vi, 92, 35 BrahmaP. Vet. &c. [325,1]; in a moment Ragh. xii, 36 S3a1ntis3. (cf. %{tat-kSaNam}); (%{eNa})
instr. ind. in a moment Nal. R. &c.; (%{At}) abl. ind. after an instant, immediately, at once Mn. R. S3ak. &c.;
%{tataH@kSaNAt} (= %{tat-kSaNAt} q.v.), immediately upon that Katha1s.; %{kSaNAt-kSaNAt}, in this moment - in
that moment Ra1jat. viii, 898; (%{eSu}) loc. ind. immediately, at once R. vi, 55, 19; %{kSaNe@kSaNe}, every instant,
every moment Ra1jat. v, 165 and 337.\\2 %{-Natu}, %{-Nana}, &c. see %{kSan}.\\2 m. killing (= ma1ran2a) Gal.
kshaanti * = f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance, indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh.
R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river VP.
kshantiH = tolerance
kshantR * = mfn. one who pardons or bears patiently MBh. xiii, 4873.
kshaNaM = one second
kshaNaprabhaa = (f) lightning
kshaNaviyoga = momentary separation
kshaNaviikshita = glance
kshapayishNu * = 1 mfn. one who intends to efface or do penance for 2: destroying
kshara = prone to end, destructible
ksharaM = to the fallible
ksharaH = constantly changing
kshatra * = n. (1. {kSi}?; g. {ardharcA7di}) sg. and pl. dominion, supremacy, power, might (whether human or
supernatural, especially applied to the power of Varuna-Mitra and Indra) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. ii; xi; sg. and pl.
government, governing body RV. AV. VS. x, 17 TBr. ii; the military or reigning order (the members of which in the
earliest times, as represented by the Vedic hymns, were generally called Rjanya, not Kshatriya; afterwards, when the
difference between Brahman and Kshatra or the priestly and civil authorities became more distinct, applied to the
second or reigning or military caste) VS. AV. TS. &c. [325, 2]; a member of the military or second order or caste, warrior
Mn. MBh. &c. (fancifully derived fr. {kSatAt tra} fr. {trai} i.e. `" a preserver from injury "' Ragh. ii, 53); the rank of a
member of the reigning or military order, authority of the second caste AitBr. viii, 5 S'Br. xiii, 1, 5, 2 BhP. iii, ix; wealth
Naigh. ii, 10; water, i, 12; the body L.; Tabernaemontana coronaria (v.l. {chattra}) L.; ({I}) f. a woman of the second
caste L.
kshatriya = the caste of princes and warriors
kshatriyabalaM = the power or might of the kshatriyas or kings
kshatriyasya = of the ksatriya
kshatriyaaH = the members of the royal order
kshatta: person born from a male sudra with a ksatriya female: For instance, a brhmana begets an ambastha of a
vaisya woman, a parasava or a nisada of a sudra woman. A kshatriya begets an ugra of a sudra woman, a suta of a
brhmana woman. A vaisya begets a magadha of a kshatriya woman, a vaidehaka of a brhmana woman. A sudra begets
an ayogava of a vaisya woman, a ksatta of a kshatriya woman and a chandala of a brhmana woman.
kshauma * mf({I})n. (fr. {kSumA}; = {kSoma} Un. i, 138), made of linen, linen Lthy. Gobh. PrGri. &c.; covered with
linen W.; prepared from linseed (as oil) Sus'r.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. = {aTTa} (an airy room on the top of a house,
apartment on the roof, back of an edifice, fortified place in front of a building, building of a particular form W.; cf.
{kSoma}) L.; ({I}) f. flax (Linum usitatissimum) L.; ({am}) n. linen cloth or garment KtyS'r. Gaut. Mn. &c. (also =
{dukUla} L.); linseed Sus'r.; the flower of flax L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
kshaura* = mfn. (fr. {kSura4}), performed with a razor (with {karman}, `" shaving "') VarBriS. iic, 12; ({as}), m.= {mantra} Sy. on TS. i; ({I}) f. a razor W.; ({am}) n. shaving the head, shaving in general ({-raM} 1. {kR}, to shave Hit.;
{-raM}, Caus. 1. {kR}, to have one's self shaved Hit.) Cn.
kshaudra * m. (fr. {kSudra} and {-drA}), Michelia Campaka MBh. iii, 11569; N. of a mixed caste (son of a Vaideha and a
Mgadh) MBh. xiii, 2584; ({am}) n. smallness, minuteness g. {pRthvAdi}; honey, species of honey L.; water L.; N. of a
Stra of the SV.
kshaya = loss, weakening, scaricity
kshayaM = destruction
kshayas* = see {aurukSayasa}.
kshayaja* = mfn. produced by consumption (as cough) Sus'r.
kshayaNa* = 1 mfn. habitable [? m. `" a place with tranquil water "' Comm.] VS. xvi, 43; ({kSa4yaNa}) TS. iv;
({kSeNa4}) MaitrS.; m. a bay, harbour Comm. on RPrt.; ({am}) n. a dwelling place Nir. vi, 6.
kshayaNa* = 2 mfn. ifc. `" destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing "' see {arAya-}, {asura-}, {pizAca-},
{bhrAtRvya-}, {yAtudhAna-}, {sadAnvA-} and {sapatna-kSa4yaNa}.
kshaya* = see 1. 2. and 4. {kSi}.
kshaya* = 1 m. `" dominion "' Sy. (on RV. vii, 46, 2).
kshaya* = 2 mfn. dwelling, residing RV. iii, 2, 13; viii, 64, 4; m. an abode, dwelling-place, seat, house (cf. {uru-} and
{su-kSa4ya}, {rAtha-}, {divikSaya4}) RV. VS. v, 38 TS. Pn. MBh. R. BhP.; the house of Yama (cf. {yama-kS-},
{vaivasvata-kS-}); abode in Yama's dominion Comm. on R. (ed. Bomb.) ii, 109, 11; (= {kSiti4}) family, race RV. i, 123, 1.
kshaya* = 3 m. (Pn. 6-1, 201) loss, waste, wane, diminution, destruction, decay, wasting or wearing away (often ifc.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; fall (as of prices, opposed to {vRddhi} e.g. {kSayo vRddhiz ca paNyAnAm}, `" the fall and rise in the
price of commodities "') Yj. ii, 258; removal W.; end, termination (e.g. {nidrA-kS-}, the end of sleep R. vi, 105, 14;
{dina-kSaye}, at the end of day MBh. i, 699 R. iv, 3, 10; {jIvita-kSaye}, at the end of life Das'.; {AyuSaH kS-} id. Ragh.;
{kSayaM} {gam}, {yA}, {i}, or {upai}, to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an end, perish Nal. R.
Sus'r. VarBriS. Das'. Amar. Hit.; {kSayaMnI}, to destroy R. v, 36, 51); consumption, phthisis pulmonalis Sus'r. Hcat.;
sickness in general L.; the destruction of the universe Pacat.; (in alg.) a negative quantity, minus ryabh.; = {-mAsa}
Jyot.; = {kSayA7ha} Ganit.; N. of a prince VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a Yogini Hcat.; ({am}) n. N. of the last year in the sixty
years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. [328,2]
kshayakrit.h = the destroyer
kshayati = (1 pp) to decay
kshayaat.h = (from) consunption/destruction
kshayaaya = for destruction
kshemaM = protection
kshema * mf({A})n. (2. {kSi}) habitable; giving rest or ease or security MBh. R.; at ease, prosperous, safe W.; m. basis,
foundation VS. xviii, 7 AV. iii, 12, 1 and iv, 1, 4 S'Br. xiii KapS. i, 46; residing, resting, abiding at ease RV. x AV. xiii, 1,
27; iii; viii; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (Ved. only m.; g. {ardharcA7di}), safety, tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or
easy or comfortable state, weal, happiness RV. AV. VS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({kSe4ma} & {yo4ga} [or {pra-yu4j}], rest and
exertion, enjoying and acquiring RV. VS. xxx, 14 PrGri. MBh. xiii, 3081; cf. {kSema-yoga} and {yoga-kS-}; {kSemaM
te}, `" peace or security may be to thee "' [this is also the polite address to a Vais'ya, asking him whether his property is
secure Mn. ii, 127], S'ntis'. ii, 18); final emancipation L.; m. a kind of perfume (= {caNDA}) L.; Ease or Prosperity
(personified as a son of Dharma and S'nti VP.; as a son of Titiksh BhP. iv, 1, 51); N. of a prince MBh. i, 2701 DivyA7v.
xviii; of a son of S'uci and father of Su-vrata BhP. ix, 22, 46; N. of a kind of college ({maTha}) Rjat. vi, 186; ({eNa})
instr. ind. at ease; in security, safely R. Mriicch. Pacat. BhP.; (ifc. with {yathA} R. ii, 54, 4); ({ais}) instr. pl. ind. id.
Sanskrit Dictionary
MBh. xiii, 1519; ({A}) f. a kind of perfume (= {kASTha-guggula}, or {coraka} Comm.) VarBriS. iii; N. of Durg L.; of
another deity (= {kSemaM-karI}) DevP.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; ({am}) n. N. of one of the seven Varshas in
Jamb-dvpa BhP. v, 20, 3.
kshemakAma * = ({kSe4ma-}) mfn. longing for rest RV. x, 94, 12.
kshemajit * = m. N. of a prince MatsyaP. (vv.ll. {kSatrau9jas}, {kSemA7rcis}).
kshe4ma-yoga * = {au} m. du. rest and exertion AitBr.
kshe4ma-vat * = mfn. attended with tranquillity and security, prosperous Pn. Siddh.; ({An}) m. N. of a prince VP.;
({atI}) f. N. of a woman Buddh.; of a locality.
kshemataraM = better
kSepaNa * = n. the act of throwing, casting, letting fly or go (a bow-string) Nir. ii, 28 MBh. iv, 352 and 1400; throwing
away (in boxing) VP. v, 20, 54; sending, directing W.; sending away MBh. iii, 13272; passing away or spending time (v.l.
%{kSapaNa}); `" omitting "', for 1. %{kSapaNa} Mn. iv, 119; sling BhP. iii, 19, 18; x, 11, 38; (%{I}) f. id. R. vi, 7, 24; an
oar L.; a kind of net L.
kshepaNaastraH = (m) missile
kshepaNii = (f) rocket
kshetra = fieldk* = n. (2. {kSi}) landed property, land, soil ({kSe4trasya pa4ti}, `" lord of the soil "'N. of a kind of
tutelary deity RV. AV. ii, 8, 5; also {kSe4trasya pa4tnI}, `" mistress of the soil "', and {kSe4trANAm pa4ti}, `" the lord
of the soil "'N. of tutelary deities AV. ii, 12, 1 VS. xvi, 18); `" soil of merit "', a Buddha or any holy person DivyA7v.; a
field (e.g. {-traM-kR}, `" to cultivate a field "' Mn. Yj. ii, 158; cf. {sasya-kS-}) RV. &c.; place, region, country RV. AV.
iii, 28, 3 TS. vii Sus'r. Megh. Vet.; a house L.; a town L.; department, sphere of action MBh. xiv, 126 R. &c.; place of
origin, place where anything is found Yogas. ii, 4 Sus'r. BhP. viii, 12, 33; a sacred spot or district, place of pilgrimage (as
Benares &c.; often ifc.) BrahmaP.; an enclosed plot of ground, portion of space, superficies (e.g. {sv-alpa-kS-}, of a
small circuit Yj. ii, 156); (in geom.) a plane figure (as a triangle, circle, &c.) enclosed by lines, any figure considered as
having geometrical dimensions Gol.; a diagram W.; a planetary orbit Ganit.; a zodiacal sign Sryas.; an astrological
mansion VarBriS. VarBri. i, xi; (in chiromancy) certain portions marked out on the palm VarBriS. lxviii, 1; `" fertile soil
"', the fertile womb, wife Mn. Yj. ii, 127 MBh. R. S'ak. BhP.; the body (considered as the field of the indwelling soul)
Yj. iii, 178 Bhag. xiii, 1 and 2 Kum. vi, 77; (in Snkhya phil.) = {a-vyakta} (q.v.) Tattvas.; ({I4}) f. only dat. {-triyai4}
for {-triyA4t} (AV. ii, 10, 1) TBr. ii, 5, 6, 1; [cf. {a4-kS-}, {anya-} and {kuru-kSetra4}, {karma-kS-}, {deva-kS-},
{dharma-kS-}, {raNa-kS-}, {siddha-kS-}, {su-kS-}, {sure7zvarI-kS-}; cf. also Goth. {haithi}, Them. {haithjo}; Germ.
{Heide}.]
kshetraM = the field
kshetraGYa = and the knower of the body
kshetraGYaM = the knower of the field
kshetraGYaH = the knower of the field
kshetraGYayoH = and the knower of the field
kshetrii = the soul
kshetreshhu = in bodily fields
kSi *= 1 cl. 1. P. %{kSa4yati} (2. du. %{kSa4-yathas} or %{kSay-}, 2. pl. %{kSa4yathA}; Subj. 1. %{kSa4yat} or
%{kSayat} RV. vi, 23, 10 and vii, 20, 6; x, 106, 7; pr. p. %{kSa4yat}), to possess, have power over, rule, govern, be
master of (gen.) RV.; [cf. Gk. &101454[327,3] \\ cl. 2. 6. P. %{kSe4ti}, %{kSiya4ti}; (3. du. %{kSita4s}, 3. pl.
%{kSiyanti}; Subj. 2. sg. %{kSayat}, 2. sg. %{kSa4yas}, 3. du. %{kSayatas}, 1. pl. %{kSa4yAma}; pr. p. %{kSiya4t}; aor.
Subj. %{kSeSat}; fut. p. %{kSeSya4t}), to abide, stay, dwell, reside (used especially of an undisturbed or secret
residence) RV.; to remain, be quiet AV. S3Br.; to inhabit TBr. iii; to go, move (%{kSi4yati}) Naigh. ii, 14 Dha1tup.:
Sanskrit Dictionary
Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. %{kSaya4yA}; Subj. %{kSepayat}) to make a person live quietly RV. iii, 46, 2 and v, 9, 7; [cf. Gk. $.]
\\3 f. abode L.; going, moving L. \\4 cl. 1. P. %{kSayati} (only once R. iv, 6, 14) cl. 5. P. %{kSiNoti} (S3Br. Mn. MBh.
&c.; 1. sg. %{kSiNo4mi} VS. for %{-NA4mi} of AV.) cl. 9. P. %{kSiNA4ti} (3. pl. %{kSiNa4nti}; perf. 3. du.
%{cikSiyatur} Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 6-4, 77 and vii, 4, 10), to destroy, corrupt, ruin, make an end of (acc.), kill, injure RV.
AV. &c.: Pass. %{kSIya4te} (AV. xii, 5, 45; 3. pl. %{kSI4yante} RV. i, 62, 12; aor. Subj. %{kSeSTa} [AV. iv, 34, 8] or
%{kSAyi} TBr. i; Cond. %{akSeSyata} S3Br. viii), to be diminished, decrease, wane (as the moon), waste away, perish
RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; to pass (said of the night) Katha1s.: Caus. P. %{kSapayati} (fut. %{-yiSyati}), rarely A1. %{-te} (MBh.
i, 1838 Das3.), very rarely %{kSayayati} (MBh. v, 2134 ed. Calc.), to destroy, ruin, make an end of (acc.), finish MBh. R.
&c.; to weaken Mn. v, 157 MBh. i, 1658 Kum. v, 29; to pass (as the night or time, %{kSapAm}, %{-pAs}, %{kAlam})
Pan5cat. Ka1d. S3a1rn3gP.; [cf. $ $, &c.] \\ 5 f. destruction, waste, loss L.\\ = 4. %{kSi} (derived fr. %{kSINa4}, %{kSI4ya}) Dha1tup. xxxi, 35 (v.l.)
kshiiba (or %{kSIva}) mf(%{A})n. (pf. p. Pass. %{kSIb} Pa1n2. 8-2, 55) excited, drunk, intoxicated MBh. R. Bhartr2.
BhP. &c.
kshiti = earth
kshitipaala = (m) protector of the earth, king
kship = (root) to throw * = 1 cl. 6. P. %{kSipa4ti} A1. %{kSipate} (MBh. &c.; cl. 4. P. %{kSipyati}, only Bhat2t2.; Subj.
%{kSipa4t}; perf. %{cikSepa} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{cikSipe}; fut. 2nd %{kSepsyati} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{-te}; inf.
%{kSeptum}; cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to throw, cast, send, despatch AV. ix, 1, 10 and 20 Mn. MBh. (Pass. pr. p.
%{kSipyat}, i, 1126) &c.; to move hastily (the arms or legs) Mr2icch. BhP. x, 36, 14; to throw a glance (as the eye)
Bhartr2. i, 94; to strike or hit (with a weapon) RV. i, 182, 1-3; to put or place anything on or in (loc.), pour on, scatter,
fix or attach to (loc.) Ya1jn5. i, 230 Bhag. Mr2icch. &c.; to direct (the thoughts) upon (loc.) Sarvad.; to throw away, cast
away, get rid of Bhartr2. ii, 69 Katha1s.; to lay (the blame) on (loc.) Hit.; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse
Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to disdain "' i.e. to excel, beat, outvie BhP. iv, 8, 24 and 15, 17; to strike down, ruin, destroy BhP. vi, 1,
14 BrahmaP.; (A1. `" to destroy one another, go to ruin "' Pot. 3. pl. %{kSiperan} MBh. iii, 1094); to pass or while away
(the time or night, %{kAlam}, %{kSapAm}) Katha1s. lv, 154; xcii, 84; to lose (time, %{kAlam}; cf. %{kAlakSepa}) R. vii,
80, 14; to skip or pass over (a day, %{dinam}.) Car. vi, 3; (in math.) to add Gol.: Caus. P. %{kSepayati}, to cause to cast
or throw into (%{antar}) Katha1s. xiii, 160; to throw into R. ii, 76, 16; to cause to descend into (loc.) Katha1s. lxxv, 121;
to pass or while away (the night, %{kSapAm}) ib. lvi, 75; (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{cikSipas}) to hurt, injure RV. x, 16, 1 (cf.
Subj. %{kSepayat} s.v. 2. %{kSi}); [cf. Lat. {sipo}, {dissipo}, for {xipo}.]\\2 %{pas} f. pl. (only used in nom.; the instr. is
formed fr. %{kSi4pA} RV. ix, 59, 57) `" the movable ones "', the fingers RV. iii, v, ix (Naigh. ii, 5). [329,1]
kshipaami = I put
kshipati = (6 pp) to throw
kshipa* = mfn. `" throwing, casting "' see %{giri-kS-}; m. a thrower W.; (%{A}) f. throwing, sending, casting g. %{bhidA7di}; (for %{kSapA4}) night Comm. on L.; (%{kSi4pA}) f. only instr. pl. %{-pAbhis} see 2. %{kSi4p}.
kshipaka* = m. an archer L.; (%{A}) f. ? Pa1n2. 7-3, 45 Va1rtt. 5; g. %{pre7kSA7di}.
kshipakin* = mfn. fr. %{-kA} g. %{pre7kSA7di}.
kshipaNi* = f. `" moving speedily "', gallop [NBD.] RV. iv, 40, 4; a missile weapon Un2.; a kind of net L.; = %{mantra}
L.; = %{adhvaryu} L.; an oar Comm. on L. (also %{-NI} f. ib.)
kshipaNu* = m. `" an archer "', or (%{u4}) n. `" a missile weapon "' RV. iv, 58, 6; (%{us}) m. air, wind Un2. iii,
kSipaNyu* = mfn. diffusive, what may be sent or scattered, fragrant L.; (%{us}) m. the body L.; spring Un2. iii, 51 Sch.
kshipta = neglected or distracted
kshipra = sudden, quick
kshipraM = soon
kshii = to dimnish
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
kshudhita 8 = mfn. hungered Pa1n2. 7-2, 52; (g. %{tArakA7di}) hungry ChUp. MBh. R. Sus3r. Ragh.
kshudra V*= petty, * = mf({A})n. (compar. {kSodIyas}, superl. {-diSTha}, qq.vv.) minute, diminutive, tiny, very small,
little, trifling AV. VS. xiv, 30 TBr. iii S'Br. ChUp. AitUp. Yj. &c.; mean, low, vile Mn. vii, 27 Yj. i, 309 MBh. &c.;
wicked (said in joke) Mlav.; niggardly, avaricious L.; cruel L.; poor, indigent L.; m. a small particle of rice L. [330, 3];
= {-roga} (q.v.) Sus'r.; = {-panasa} (q.v.) L.; ({A}) f. (Pn. 4-3, 119) a kind of bee Bhpr.; a fly, gnat L.; a base or
despicable woman Pn. 4-1, 131; a maimed or crippled woman ib. Pat.; a whore, harlot L.; a dancing girl L.; a
quarrelsome woman L.; N. of several plants (Solanum Jacquini, also another variety of Solanum, Oxalis pusilla, Coix
barbata, Nardostachys Jath-mns) L.; ({a4m}) n. a particle of dust, flour, meal RV. i, 129, 6 and viii, 49, 4; [cf. Lith.
{kUdikis}, `" an infant "'; Pers. $ {kUdak}, `" small a boy. "']
kshulla * = mfn. (originally a Pra1kr2it form of %{kSudra4}; derived fr. 2. %{kSu4dh} and %{lA} Pa1n2. 6-2, 39
Ka1s3.) small, little, minute, inferior BhP.
kshullaka * = mf({A})n. (Naigh. iii, 2) little, small AV. ii, 32, 5 TS. S'Br. i BhP.; low, vile L.; poor, indigent L.; wicked,
malicious, abandoned L.; hard L.; youngest L.; pained, distressed L.; m. a small shell L.; N. of a prince VP. (v.l.
{kSulika}); ({am}) n. a sort of play or game (= {muSTi-dyUta}) L.
kshura = (masc) knife
kshurakriyaa = (fem) shaving, cutting with a knife
kshurapatram.h = (n) blade
kshut* = 1 {t} f. a sneeze, sneezing MrkP. xxxv, 24.
kshuudra = weak (here)
kshvel *= cl. 1. P. %{-lati} (v.l. %{kvel} Dha1tup. xv, 32; probably fr. Pra1kr2it %{kel} = %{krID}), to leap, jump, play
R. v; vi; to shake, tremble W.; [cf. Old Germ. {suillu}, {sual}, {suall}.]
kshveli*= see keli
kuumanas* = mfn. (1. {ku}) Ved. wicked-minded Pn. 6-3, 133 Ks'.
ku * =1 a pronom. base appearing in {ku4tas}, {ku4tra}, {kuvi4d}, {ku4ha}, {kva4}, and as a prefix implying
deterioration, depreciation, deficiency, want, littleness, hindrance, reproach, contempt, guilt; originally perhaps {ku}
signified `" how (strange!) "'; as a separate word {ku} occurs only in the lengthened form 3. {kU4} q.v. \\ =2 f. the
earth ryabh. VarBriS. VarBri. BhP. vi, 1, 42; the ground or base of a triangle or other plane figure, Comm on ryabh.;
the number `" one. "'
kU * = 1 or {ku} cl. 2. P. {kauti} (Ved. {kavIti} Pn. 7-3, 95), or cl. 1. . {kavate} (Dhtup. xxii, 54), or cl. 6. {kuvate} (ib.
xxviii, 108), or cl. 9. P. . {kU8nAti}, {kU8nAte} (perf. 3. pl. {cukuvur} Bhathth.), to sound, make any noise, cry out,
moan, cry (as a bird), coo, hum (as a bee) &c. Bhathth.: cl. 1. {ka4vate}, to move Naigh. ii, 14: Intens. . {kokUyate}
(Nir. Pn.) P. . {kokavIti} and {cokUyate} (Pn. 7-4, 63 Ks'.), to cry aloud Bhathth.; [cf. Gk. $.] &92760[299, 1] \\2
ind. (= {kva4}) where? RV. v, 74, 1. \\3 {Us} f. a female Pis'ca or goblin L.
kuhaka * = 1 m. (Un2. ii, 38) a cheat, rogue, juggler MBh. BhP. Ka1m.; an impostor A1p.; a kind of frog Sus3r.; N. of a
Na1ga prince BhP.; (%{am}) n. juggling, deception, trickery Hit. BhP. &c.; (%{A}) f. id. MBh. v, 5461.//2 ind. onomat.
from the cry of a cock, &c., only in comp.
kuja = Mars
kujadoshha = Affliction caused by Mars occupying the 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th or 12th houses. There are some more details
and it is best to learn more about this before delineating marital relationships
kukshi *= m. [f. L.] the belly, cavity of the abdomen (in the earlier language generally used in du. RV. VS. AV.); the
interior of anything W.; the womb R. Ragh. x, 60 &c.; a cavity in general (e.g. %{adri-kukSi}, cavity of a mountain
Ragh. ii, 38) MBh. iii, 10694 &c.; a valley Katha1s. lxv, 214; (with %{sAgara} or %{samudra}) an ocean-cavity i.e. a bay,
gulf MBh. Pan5cat.; the sheath of a sword L.; steel L.; N. of a son of Priya-vrata and Ka1mya1 Hariv. 59; of Bali Hariv.
Sanskrit Dictionary
191; of a king MBh. i, 2692; of a son of Ikshva1ku and father of Vikukshi R.; of a teacher BhP.; of a region g.
%{dhUmA7di}, (%{is}) f. N. of a daughter of Priyavrata and Ka1mya1 VP.; [cf. Lat. {coxa}, {coxendix}; Gk. $? Old Germ.
{bu7h}; Mod. Germ. &89223[287,2] {Bauch}.]
kula * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) a herd, troop, flock, assemblage, multitude, number, &c. (of quadrupeds, birds, insects, &c., or of
inanimate objects e.g. {go-kula}, a herd of cows R. &c.; {mahiSIk-}, a herd of female buffaloes Riitus.; {ali-k-}, a swarm
of bees S'is'. Gt. &c.; {alaka-k-}, a multitude of curls BhP.); a race, family, community, tribe, caste, set, company (e.g.
{brAhmaNa-k-}, the caste of the Brhmans BhP.; {padAtInAM kula}, infantry Rjat. v, 247); (ifc. with a gen. sg.) a lot,
gang (e.g. {caurasya-k-}, a gang of thieves) Pn. 6-3, 21 Ks'.; the residence of a family, seat of a community, inhabited
country (as much ground as can be ploughed by two ploughs each drawn by six bulls Comm. on Mn. vii, 119) [294, 3]; a
house, abode MBh.; a noble or eminent family or race Mn. MBh. &c.; high station (in comp. `" chief, principal "' cf.
{kula-giri}, &c.); the body L.; the front, forepart W.; a blue stone L.; (with S'ktas) N. of S'akti and of the rites observed
in her worship (cf. {kaula}); = {kula-nakSatra} q.v. Tantras.; m. the chief of a corporation or guild L.; = {kula-vAra} q.v.
Tantras.; N. of a man R. vii, 43, 2; ({A}) f. `" a principal day "'N. of the 4th and 8th and 12th and 14th day in a {pakSa},
or half-month Tantras.; ({I}) f. a wife's elder sister L.; the plant Solanum Jacquini or Solanum longum L.
kU4la * = n. a declivity, slope RV. viii, 47, 11; a shore, bank S'Br. xiv Nir. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pn. 6-2, 121; 129 & 135; f. {A}
MBh. xiv, 1163); a heap, mound, tope Car.; a pond or pool L.; the rear of an army L.; N. of a locality g. {dhUmA7di}; [cf.
{aja-kUlA}, {anu-kUla}, {ut-k-} &c.; cf. also Hib. {cul}, `" custody, guard, defence, back part of anything "'; {col}, `" an
impediment "'; Lat. {collis}?]
kulaM = family
kulaghnaanaaM = for those who are killers of the family
kulajanaa = of noble people
kuladharmaaH = the family traditions
kuladharmaaNaaM = of those who have the family traditions
kulaniha.ntaarau = family+destroyers (2 persons)
kulavinaasha = the destroyer of the kula(dynasty, lineage) of (Rkshasaas)
kulastriyaH = family ladies
kulasya = for the family
kulakshaya = in the destruction of a dynasty
kulakshaye = in destroying the family
kulaani = lineages
kulaalaH = (m) potter
kuliina = from a good family
kuliiraH = (m) a crab
kule = in the family
kulyaa = (f) canal (carrying water for irrigation)
kuNDa = starting place of kundalini* n. [{as} m. L.], a bowlshaped vessel, basin, bowl, pitcher, pot, water-pot KtyS'r.
MBh. &c.; a vessel for coals R. v, 10, 16 &c.; a round hole in the ground (for receiving and preserving water or fire cf.
{agni-kuNDa}), pit, well, spring or basin of water (especially consecrated to some holy purpose or person) MBh. R. &c.;
m. an adulterine, son of a woman by another man than her husband while the husband is alive Mn. iii, 174; (see. {gola}
and {-golaka} below); N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10358; of a Nga MBh. i, 4828; of a son of Dhriita-rshthra MBh. i, 4550;
Sanskrit Dictionary
({A}) f. ( {kuND}) mutilation Pn. 3-3, 103 Ks'.; N. of Durg L.; ({I}) f. (Pn. 4-1, 42) a bowl, pitcher, pot Hcat.
Prasannar.; ({ami}) n. ifc. a clump (e.g. {darbha-k-}, a clump of Darbha grass) Pn. 6-2, 136; a particular measure L.;
N. of certain mystical figures; a particular appearance of the moon (surrounded by a circle) VarBriS. iv, 15.
kunda *m. (Un. iv, 101) a kind of jasmine (Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens) MBh. &c.; fragrant oleander (Nerium
odorum, {karavIra}) L.; Olibanum (the resin of the plant Boswellia thurifera) L.; a turner's lathe L.; one of Kubera's
nine treasures (N. of a {guhyaka} Gal.) L.; the number `" nine "' W.; N. of Vishnu MBh. xiii. 7036; of a mountain BhP.
v, 20, 10; ({am}) n. the jasmine flower.
kuNDala = coil of rope, ring
kuNDali = The Wheel or Horoscope Chart
kuNDalinii = a coiled female snake, the latent energy at the base of the spine
ku.njaraH = (Masc.nom.S)elephant
ku-pariikshaka = one who cannot judge value correctly
kukuTaasana = the cockerel (rooster) posture
kukkuTa = rooster
kukkuTaH = (m) cock
kukkuTii = (f) hen
kukkuraH = (m) dog
kunmalaH = (m) button
kula = family, dynasty
kulaaya * = n. (in later language also {as} m. Pacat. &c.) a woven texture, web, nest (of a bird), case or investing
integument, receptacle, home AV. TS. S'Br. &c.; the body as the dwellingplace of the soul AV. S'Br. xiv BhP.; the kennel
or resting-place of a dog Pn. 1-3, 21 Vrtt. 4; a place, spot in general L.; (with {agneH} Vait.; or with {indrA7gnyoH}
TndyaBr. s'vS'r. &c.) N. of a particular Eka7ha (cf. {aindrA7gna-k-}.)
kumaara = (m) boy, young
kumaaraH = boy
kumaarikaa = (f) girl
kumaari * = (shortened for {-rI} q.v.; cf. Pn. 6-3, 63).
kumaarii = (f) girl, young* = f. of {-ra4} q.v.; (mfn.) desirous of a daughter Pn. 1-4, 3 Pat
kumaniishin * = mfn. of slow intellect
kumantra * = m. a bad advice BhP.; a bad charm Kaths.
kumantrin * = m. a bad counsellor BhP.
kumanas * = ({ku4-}) mfn. displeased, angry MaitrS. iv, 2, 13
kumati *= f. vile sentiment; weak intellect, folly Das3. BhP.; (mfn.), of slow intellect, foolish BhP.
kumbha = The Zodiacal sign of Aquarius
Sanskrit Dictionary
kumbhaka = holding the breath:* = m. ifc. a pot Kaths.; a measure (of grain, &c.) Jyot.; the prominence on the upper
part of an elephant's forehead MBh. xii, 4280; ({as}, {am}) m. n. stopping the breath by shutting the mouth and closing
the nostrils with the fingers of the right hand (a religious exercise) BhP. Veda7ntas. Sarvad. &c.; m. the base of a
column Buddh.; N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2577; ({ikA}) f. a small pot or pitcher Kaths. vi, 41; the plant
Myrica sapida Bhpr.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; a small shrub (= {droNapuSpI}) L.; a
disease of the eyes (= {kumbhIkA}); N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2633.
kumuda * = n. [{as} m. L.], `" exciting what joy "', the esculent white water-lily (Nymphaea esculenta) AV. iv, 34, 5
Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; the red lotus (Nymphaea rubra) L.; m. camphor Bhpr.; (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; N. of a particular
comet VarBriS.; of a Nga MBh. Ragh.; of an attendant of Skanda [MBh. ix, 2558] or of Vishnu [BhP.]; of the elephant
of the south-west or southern quarter L.; of a Daitya L.; of a son of Gada by Briihat Hariv. 9193; of a confidant of king
Unmatta7vanti Rjat.; of a monkey-hero MBh. R.; of a poet; of a pupil of Pathya BhP. xii, 7, 2; of a mountain BhP. VP.;
of one of the smaller Dvpas VP.; ({A}) f. a form of Durg BhP. x, 2, 12 MatsyaP.; the plant Gmelina arborea L.; the
plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; the plant Desmodium gangeticum L.; the plant Grislea tomentosa L.; another plant
(commonly Kathphala) L.; ({I}) f. the plant Kathphala (Myrica sapida); ({am}) n. camphor L.; silver L.
kunchikaa = (f) key
kuntaH = (m) spear
kuNthha* = * = mfn. (g. {kaDArA7di}) blunt, dull MBh. i, 1178 R. &c.; stupid, indolent, lazy, foolish
kuntibhojaH = Kuntibhoja
kuntiiputraH = the son of Kunti
kunda = night lily
kupita = angered* = mfn. provoked, incensed, offended, angry.
kupitaM = angry
kupya *= mfn. to be excited MBh. xv, 821 (%{a-k-} neg.); (%{am}) n. base metal, any metal but silver and gold, copper,
brass, &c., zinc, lapis calaminaris, pewter, tutenag Mn. vii, 96; x, 113; xi Ya1jn5. &c.; m. N. of a man Ra1jat. vi, 264.
kupyati = (4 pp) to be angry
kupyasi = you get angry
kurma = a tortoise, one of the vital airs - controls blinking
kurmaasana = the tortoise (leg-lock) posture
kuranga = deer
kuru = do
kurute = does (from kRi)
kurunandana = O beloved child of the Kurus
kurupraviira = O best among the Kuru warriors
kuruvriddhaH = the grandsire of the Kuru dynasty (Bhishma)
kurushreshhTha = O best of the Kurus
kurushhva = do
kurusattama = O best amongst the Kurus
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
N. of a woman g. {bAhv-Adi}; ({I}) f. the plant Oxalis Corniculata (= {azmantaka}) L.; the plant {kSudrA7mlikA} L.;
({am}) n. welfare, well-being, prosperous condition, happiness TUp. Gaut. p. MBh. &c. [{kuzalam-pracch}, to ask after
another's welfare, to say `" how do you do? "' Mn. MBh. &c.; {kuzalaM te} (optionally with dat. Pn. 2-3, 73), `" hail to
thee! "' (used as a salutation, especially in greeting a Brhman) MBh. &c.]; benevolence R. ii, 34, 22; virtue L.;
cleverness, competence, ability Pacat.; N. of a Varsha governed by Kus'ala VP.; ({am}) ind. well, in a proper manner,
properly ChUp.; (in comp.) g. {vispaSTA7di}; happily, cheerfully, (with {As}, `" to be well "') BhP.; ({ena}) ind. in due
order Gobh. (also in comp. {kuzala-}).
kushale = in the auspicious
kushahasta = holding kusha grass in hand
kus'asthala *= n. N. of the town Ka1nyakubja Hcar.; (%{I}) f. N. of the town Dva1raka1 MBh. ii, 614 Hariv. BhP. Ba1lar.
kushmNDa * = m. (cf. {kUSm-}) a kind of pumpkin-gourd (Beninkasa cerifera) MBh. xiii, 4364 ({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.)
Sus'r.; = {bhrUNA7ntara} (a state of the womb in gestation W.) L.; false conception (?); ({am}) n. N. of the verses VS.
xx, 14 ff. Tr. ({kUzm-}) MBh. xiii, 6236 ff. ({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.); ({As}) m. pl. a class of demons (or of demi-gods
attached to S'iva; cf. {kumbhA7NDa}) BhP. x VP. ({kUSm-}) Kaths.; m. N. of a demon causing disease Hariv. 9560
(v.l. {kUSm-}); ({I}) f. the gourd Beninkasa Cerifera L.; N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. (see {kUSm-}) L.; N. of Durg
Hariv. 10245 (v.l. {kUSm-}).
kusidaayii* = f. (Pn. 4-1, 37) id. Kthh. x, 5; the wife of a money-lender L.
kusIdaayii* = f. the wife of a usurer Vop. iv, 25.
kushiida* = mfn. indifferent, apathetic W.; ({am}) n. for {kusIda} q.v. L.
kusida* = m. id. Pn. 4-1, 37.
kusiida* = mfn. (fr. 1. {ku} and {sad}?; cf. {kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; ({am}) n. any loan or thing lent to be repaid
with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pn. &c.; red sandal wood L.; ({as}, {A}) mf. a
money-lender, usurer L.
kusuma = flower * = (fr. {kus} Un.; g. {ardharcA7di}), a flower, blossom Mn. xi, 70 R. &c. (ifc. f. {A}) Mlav. & Ratnv.
[298, 2]; N. of the shorter sections of Deves'vara's Kavi-kalpa-lat (the longer chapters being called {stabaka}); fruit L.;
the menstrual discharge L.; a particular disease of the eyes L.; m. a form of fire Hariv. 10465; N. of an attendant of the
sixth Arhat of the present Avasarpin L.; N. of a prince Buddh.
kusumaakaraH = spring
kusumita = blooming
kusyati = (4 pp) to embrace, to hug
kuTiichaka = the hut-builder
kuTiilbuddhii = adj. heinous, attrocious, nefarious
kuTuMbakaM = small family
kuTumba = family
kuTumbaka = family
kuTTati = to grind, to pound
kutaH = from where
kutha * = {as} or {am} m. n. a house, family (cf. {kuTi}) RV. i, 46, 4 [?= {kRta} Nir. v, 24]; a water-pot, pitcher L.; m. a
fort, stronghold L.; a hammer, mallet for breaking small stones, ax L.; a tree L.; a mountain L.; N. of a man g.
Sanskrit Dictionary
{azvA7di} and {kurv-Adi} [also RV. i, 46, 4, accord. to Gmn.]; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di} (Ganar. 47).
kuta * = m. N. of one of the eighteen attendants of the sun (identified with the god of the ocean) L.
kutra = where
kutsya = despicable
kuuja.ntaM = making the `coo'ing sound
kuujat.h = the singing (chirping) one
kuuTasthaM = unchanging
kuuTasthaH = spiritually situated
kuupaH = (m) well
kuupii = (f) bottle
kuurchikaa = (f) paint brush, drawing brush
kuurdati = to jump
kuurparaH = (m) elbow
kuurmaH = tortoise
kuushmNDa * = v.l. for {kuSm-} q.v.; ({A}) f. N. of Durg; ({I}) f. id. (see {kuSm-}); ({yas}) f. pl.N. of the verses VS.
xx, 14-16 (spoken in a certain rite for penance or expiation) Yj. iii, 304; ({am}, {Ani}) n. sg. and pl. id. Gaut. Mn. viii,
106.
kuutha * = n. the bone of the forehead with its projections or prominences, horn RV. x, 102, 4 AV. S'Br. AitBr.; a kind
of vessel or implement Kaus'. 16; ({as}, {am}) m. n. any prominence or projection (e.g. {aMsa-k-}, {akSi-k-}, qq. vv.);
summit, peak or summit of a mountain MBh. &c.; summit, head i.e. the highest, most excellent, first BhP. ii, 9, 19; a
heap, multitude (e.g. {abhra-k-}, a multitude of clouds) MBh. R. BhP.; part of a plough, ploughshare, body of a plough
L.; an iron mallet MBh. xvi, 4, 6; a trap for catching deer, concealed weapon (as a dagger in a wooden case, sword-stick,
&c.) R. Pacat.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. illusion, fraud, trick, untruth, falsehood L.; a puzzling question, enigma BhP. vi, 5,
10 and 29; m. a kind of hall (= {maNDapa}) Hcat.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri. xii, 8 and 16; a subdivision of
Graha-yuddha Sryas.; a mystical N. of the letter {kSa} RmatUp.; N. of Agastya (cf. {kuTaja}) L.; of an enemy of
Vishnu R. BhP. x; ({as}, {am}) m. n. uniform substance (as the etherial element, &c.) L.; a water-jar Hcar.; a kind of
plant L.; ({as}, {I}) mf. a house, dwelling (cf. {kuTa} and {kuTI}) L.; ({kUta4}) mf({A4})n. not horned or cornuted (as
an animal with incomplete continuations of the bone of the forehead) AV. xii, 4, 3 TS. i Kthh. &c.; false, untrue,
deceitful Mn. Yj. Kaths. &c.; base (as coins) Yj. ii, 241; m. an ox whose horns are broken L.; ({am}) n.
counterfeited objects (of a merchant) VarBri. xiv, 3.
kva = where
kvaacitka *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{kva-cid}), met with occasionally or somewhere (as a reading) Nya1yam. Comm. on TS.
and A1pS3r.
kvachit.h = at any time, sometimes, at that time1
kvathati = to boil
kyAn *V: of what extent, how much
Sanskrit Dictionary
laabha = acquirement, acquisition* = m. meeting with, finding Mn. Katha1s.; obtaining, getting, attaining, acquisition,
gain, profit Mn. MBh. &c.; capture, conquest Hariv. VarBr2S.; apprehension, perception, knowledge S3am2k. Sa1h.
BhP.; enjoying MW.; N. of the 11th astrological house or lunar mansion VarBr2S. (also %{-sthAna}, Cat)
laabhaM = gain
laabhaalaabhau = both profit and loss
laaghava = sweetness, kindness, lightness n. (fr. {laghu}) * = swiftness, rapidity, speed MBh. R.; alacrity, versatility,
dexterity, skill MBh. Kv. &c.; lightness (also of heart), ease, relief Mn. Yj. Sus'r.; levity, thoughtlessness,
inconsiderateness, rashness R. Kaths.; insignificance, unimportance, smallness R. Mlav. MrkP.; (in prosody)
shortness of a vowel or syllable (opp. to {gaurava}), Ping.; shortness of expression, brevity, conciseness Sarvad. Kty.
Sch.; lack of weight or consequence, derogation of dignity, slight, disrespect MBh. Kv. &c.
laabhin *= mfn. (ifc.) obtaining, meeting with, finding Ra1jat.; Pracan2d2. Ka1ran2d2.
laaghavaM = with ease or lightness
laajaiH = with the roasted rice, wheat flakes
laalaaya *= Nom . A1. %{-yate}, to let saliva fall from the mouth, slobber, drivel Bhartr2.
laakiNii = the goddess in manipuraka
laakshaNa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSaNa}) relating to or acquainted with characteristic signs or marks APrt. Sch.
Lanarkshire * = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSmaNa}) relating to the plant Lakshman Vgbh.; a patr. fr. {lakSmaNa} Sanskrak.
lalita * = mfn. sported, played, playing, wanton, amorous, voluptuous Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.; artless, innocent, soft, gentle,
charming, lovely (%{am} ind.) ib. &c.; wished for, desired MBh. Mr2icch. BhP.; quivering, tremulous Ba1lar.; m. a partic. position
of the hands in dancing Cat.; (in music) a partic. Ra1ga Sa1h.; (%{A}) f. a wanton woman, any woman W.; musk L.; N. of various
metres Col.; (in music) a partic. Mu1rchana1 Sam2gi1t.; a partic. Ra1ga ib.; N. of a gram. wk.; N. of a Durga1 or a partic. form of
her Hcat. Cat.; of a Gopi1 (identified with Durga1 and Ra1dhika1) PadmaP.; of the wife of a S3ata7yudha Hparis3.; of a river
Ka1lP.; n. sport, dalliance, artlessness, grace, charm R. Kpr.; languid gestures in a woman (expressive of amorous feelings, `"
lolling, languishing "' &c.) Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of 2 metres Pin3g. Sch.; of a town Ra1jat. (cf. %{-pura}); a kind of necklace (?) L.
lalitaa * = f. (see %{lalita}) in comp. [898,1]
laalita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) caressed, fondled, coaxed, indulged, cherished MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. pleasure, joy, love MW.
laal.h = to pamper
laalasa * =mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of {las}) eagerly longing for, ardently desirous of, delighting or absorbed in, devoted or
totally given up to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c. ({-tA} f.); m. and ({A}) f. longing or ardent desire, fond attachment or
devotion to (loc.) Bhartri. Blar. (L. also `" regret, sorrow; asking, soliciting; the longing of a pregnant woman;
dalliance "'); ({A}) f. a kind of metre Ping. Sch.
laachana * = n. a mark, sign, token (ifc.= marked or, characterized by, furnished or provided with) Ka1lid. BhP.; a
mark of ignominy, stain, spot Vcar.; a name, appellation L. [900,2]
laachanataa * = f. the condition of being marked or stained Subh.
laava* =1 {lAvaka} &c. see p. 905, col, 2. \\2 {lAvaka} w.r. for {lAba}, {lAbaka}. \\* = mf({I})n. (ifc.) cutting, cutting off,
plucking, reaping, gathering Ragh. Sh.; cutting to pieces, destroying, killing Bhathth.
laavaNa =* mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{lavaNa}) saline, salt, salted, cooked or dressed with salt Hariv. Sus3r.; m. N. of the salt
sea which surrounds Jambudvi1pa L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
labdha* = m mfn. taken, seized, caught, met with, found &c.; got at, arrived (as a moment) Kaths.; obtained (as a
quotient in division) Col. (cf. {labdhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a partic. heroine L.; a woman whose husband or lover is faithless
W.
labdhaM = gained
labdhaa = regained
labdhvaa = having achieved
labh.h = to obtain (see also laabha)
labhate = (1 ap) to get, to obtain
labhante = do achieve
labhasva = gain
labhe = I obtain
labhet.h = gains
labhya = Easy
labhyaH = can be achievedlaguDa = a club, a stick
lac = a one hundred thoausand
ladduka = laddoo, a sweet-ball
lagna = The Ascendant or 1st house
lagnadhipati = Ascendant lord
laghu = small / inferior / light
laghuH = light
laghuDa = club, stick
laghutvaM = lightness
laghutaa * = f. quickness, promptness, agility, dexterity MBh. Ma1rkP.; lightness, ease, facility Sus3r. R2itus.; feeling of
ease, ffeeling of bodily freshness Ka1ran2d2.; prosodial shortness VarBr2S.; smallness, littleness, meanness,
insignificance MBh. Ra1jat. S3is3.; light-mindedness, thoughtlessness, levity, wantonness R.; want of rank or dignity,
humbleness, disregard, disrespect Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c.
laghvaashii = eating a small quantity
lAja * =m. (or %{A} f.) pl. fried or parched grain (esp. rice grain) VS. &c. &c.; n. the root of Andropogon Muricatus L.
lajjaa = modesty\\* = f. shame, modesty, bashfulness, embarrassment (also Shame personified as the wife of Dharma
and mother of Vinaya) MBh. Kv. &c.; the sensitive plant, Mimosa Pudica L.
lajja* =m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants Vop.; ({A}) f. see below.
laJja* = m. (only L.) a foot, a tail; = {kaccha}; = {paGgu}; ({A}) f. (only L.) an adulteress; sleep; a current; N. of
Lakshm.
lajjyate = (1 ap) to be ashamed, embarrassed.
Sanskrit Dictionary
lakshaNa* = mfn. indicating, expressing indirectly Veda7ntas.; m. Ardea Sibirica L.; N. of a man Rjat. (often
confounded with, {lakSmaNa}); ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) a mark, sign, symbol, token, characteristic, attribute,
quality (ifc. = `" marked or characterized by "', `" possessed of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a stroke, line (esp. those drawn on the
sacrificial ground) S'Br. GriS'rS.; a lucky mark, favourable sign GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; a symptom or indication of
disease, Cat; a sexual organ MBh. xiii, 2303; a spoon (?) DivyA7v; accurate description, definition, illustration Mn.
Sarvad. Sus'r.; settled rate, fixed tariff Mn. viii, 406; a designation, appellation, name (ifc. = `" named "', `" called "')
Mn. MBh. Kv.; a form, species, kind, sort (ifc.= `" taking the form of "', `" appearing as "') Mn. S'ank. BhP.; the act of
aiming at, aim, goal, scope, object (ifc. = `" concerning "', `" relating to "', `" coming within the scope of "') APrt. Yj.
MBh. BhP.; reference, quotation Pn. 1-4, 84; effect, operation, influence ib. i, 1, 62 &c.; cause, occasion, opportunity R.
Das'.; observation, sight, seeing W.
lakshaNA* = f. aiming at, aim, object, view Hariv.; indication, elliptical expression, use of a word for another word with
a cognate meaning (as of `" head "' for `" intellect "'), indirect or figurative sense of a word (one of its three Arthas; the
other two being {abhidhA} or proper sense, and {vyaJjanA} or suggestive ssense; with {sA7ropA}, the placing of a
word in its figurative sense in apposition to another in its proper ssense) Sh. Kpr. Bhshp. &c. [892, 2]; the female
of the Ardea Sibirica (= {lakSmaNA}) Sus'r.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.
laksh * = cl. 1. . {lakSate}, to perceive, observe BhP. Kaths.; (P. {-ti}), to recognise MBh.; cl. 10. P. . (Dhtup. xxxii,
5; xxxiii, 23; rather Nom. fr. {lakSa} below) {lakSayati}, {-te} (aor. {alalakSat}, {-ta}; inf. {lakSayitum}; ind. p.
{lakSayitvA}, {-lakSya}), to mark, sign MBh.; to characterize, define (in Comms.); to indicate, designate indirectly S'ank.
Kpr. Sh. Sarvad.; to aim, it (as to aim an arrow at any object), direct towards, have in view, mean Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 37
&c.; to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; to suppose of any one (acc.)
that he will &c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. iii, 10375; to know, understand, recognise by (instr.) or as (acc.) or that
&c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. Kv. Pur.; to notice, perceive, observe, see, view MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass.
{lakSyate}, to be marked &c.; to be meant or intended Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 14 &c.; to be named or called (with double
nom.) BhP.; to be perceived or seen, appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without {iva}) MBh. Kv. &c.: Desid. see
{lilakSayiSita}.
lakshataa * = f. the state of being a mark or aim MW.
lakshes'a * = m. = {lakSA7dhI7za} Kv.
lakshaka * = mfn. indicating, hinting at, expressing indirectly or elliptically or by metonymy Sh.; N. of two men Rjat.;
n. a lac, one hundred thousand Pacar.
laksha = Lakh, 100, 000 in number, also sight
lakshaNaM = symptom; indication; aspect; characteristics
lakshmaNa * = mf({A4})n. having marks or signs or characteristics TS.; endowed with auspicious signs or marks, lucky,
fortunate L.; m. Ardea Sibirica past.; N. of a Vsishthha g. {zubhrA7di}; of a son of Das'a-ratha by his wife Su-mitr
(he was younger brother and companion of Rma during his travels and adventures; LLakshmana4 and S'atru-ghna
were both sons of Su-mitr, but LLakshmana4 alone is usually called Saumitri; he so attached himself to Rma as to
be called RRma's second self; whereas S'atru-ghna attached himself to Bharata) R. Pur. &c.; N. of various authors
and other persons (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {dvivedin}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {zAstrin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.;
({A}) f. the female of the Ardea Sibirica MBh.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; a kind of potherb Car.; N. of various other plants
(Hemionitis Cordifolia; Uraria Lagopodioides; = {putra-kandA} and a white-flowering Kanthaka7ri). L.; N. of a wife of
Kriishna Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Dur-yodhana (carried off by Smbha, a son of Kriishna) BhP.; of an Apsaras
Hariv.; of a Buddhist Dev Klac.; of the mother of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpin L.; n. a mark, sign, token
MBh. R. &c. (often v.l. {lakSaNa}), a name L.
lakshmaNapuurvajaM = the (earlier-born)elder of LakshmaNa
lakshmaNaanucharo = having LakshmaNa as the follower
lakshmaNo = laksshmaNaH
lakshmaNopetaM = having Lakshmana nearby
lakshmi = goddess of wealth, beauty and luck, wife of Vishnu
Sanskrit Dictionary
lakshmii = wealth
lakSya *= mfn. to be marked or characterized or defined, Kap. Sch.; to be indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed
Sh. Veda7ntas.; (to be) kept in view or observed VarBriS. Kaths.; to be regarded as or taken for (nom.) S'is'. Hit.; to
be recognised or known, recognisable by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Klid. Dhrtas.; observable, perceptible, visible MBh.
Kv. &c.; m. N. of a magical formula or spell recited over weapons R.; n. an object aimed at, prize MBh. R. Km.;
(exceptionally also n. with m. as v.l.) an aim, butt, mark, goal Up. Gaut. MBh. &c. ({lakSyaM-labh}, to attain an object,
have success; {lakSyam-bandh} with loc., `" to fix or direct the aim at "', with {AkAze} = {AkAze lakSam-bandh} see
under {lakSa}) [893, 2]; the thing defined (opp. to {lakSaNa}) A.; an indirect or secondary meaning (that derived from
{lakSaNA}, q.v.) Kpr.; a pretence, sham, disguise Ragh. Km. (cf. {-supta}); a lac or one hundred thousand Rjat.; an
example, illustration (?) Sh.; often v.l. or w.r. for {lakSa} and {lakSman}.
lakshyam.h = (n) aim, target, goal
lakshyamaatravyaapakaH = lakshyam + atra + vyApakaH:goal or target + here + manifested
lalaama *= mf(%{I})n. having a mark or spot on the forehead, marked with paint &c. (as cattle) AV. TS.; having any
mark or sign MBh.; beautiful, charming L.; eminent, best of its kind (f. %{A}) L.; m. n. ornament, decoration,
embellishment MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{I}) f. N. of a female demon AV.; a kind of ornament for the ears L.; n. (only L.) a
coloured mark on the forehead of a horse or bull; a sectarial mark; any mark or sign or token; a line, row; a flag,
banner; a tail; a horse; = %{prabhAva}.
lalaaman *= n. an ornament, decoration Vcar.; (only L.) a sectarial mark; any mark or sign; a banner, flag; a tail; a
horn; a horse; chief or principal; a species of stanza (having 10 syllables in the first two Pa8das, 11 in the third, and 13
in the fourth); = %{ramya} or %{sukha}.
lalaaTa = the forehead
lalaaTaka = (n) forehead
lalita = lovely, beautiful, elegant, graceful
laMbodaraM = having a long stomach
laMbodaraaya = to the long-stomached
lampaTa * = mf({A})n. covetous, greedy, lustful, desirous of or addicted to (loc. or comp.) Inscr. Kv. Pur.; m. a
libertine, lecher, dissolute person, w.; ({A}) f. a partic. personification L.
lampaTa-tA * = n. greediness, dissoluteness, lewdness.
laampaTya * = n. (fr. {lampaTa}) lasciviousness, lustfulness, dissoluteness Nalac.
lankaa = the kingdon of Ravana, Ceylon or Sri Lanka
la.ngh.h = to climb
lashunam.h = (n) garlic
lasatbhiH = glowing
lasiikaa* = f. watery humour in the body, lymph, serrum &c. Car. Bhpr.; the juice of the sugar-cane L.; a tendon, muscle
L.
lasitaM = beautified
lata = creeper
lataa = (f) creeper, vine
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
lingaM = gender
lingaanaaM = genders
lingaani = genders
lingaiH = symptoms
lip = to smear
lipa * = m. smearing, anointing, plastering W.
lipyate = Vb: be affected, tainted, or: becomes involved or attached or entangled
lobha* = m. perplexity, confusion (see {a-l-}); impatience, eager desire for or longing after (gen. loc. or comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; covetousness, cupidity, avarice (personified as a son of Pushthi or of Dambha and My) ib.
lobha = greed
lobhaM = greed
lobhaH = greed
lobhaviraha = greedless
lobhaavishhTa = (adj) greedy
lochana = eye
lochanam.h = eyes
loha = iron
lohamaargaH = (m) railway track
loka = this world * = m. (connected with {roka}; in the oldest texts {loka} is generally preceded by {u}, which accord. to
the Padap. = the particle 3. {u}; but {u} may be a prefixed vowel and {uloka4}, a collateral dialectic form of {loka};
accord. to others {u-loka} is abridged from {uru-} or {ava-loka}), free or open space, room, place, scope, free motion
RV. AV. Br. S'vS'r. (acc. with {kR} or {dA} or {anu-} {nI}, to make room grant freedom "'; {loke} with gen. `" instead
of "'); intermediate space Kaus'.; a tract, region, district, country, province S'Br.; the wide space or world (either `" the
universe "' or, any division of it "', esp. `" the sky or heaven "'; 3 Lokas are commonly enumerated, viz. heaven, earth,
and the atmosphere or lower regions; sometimes only the first two; but a fuller classification gives 7 worlds, viz. Bhlloka, the earth; Bhuvar-lloka "' the space between the earth and sun inhabited by Munis, Siddhas &c.; Svar-lloka,
Indra's heaven above the sun or between it and the polar star; Mahar-lloka, a region above the polar star and
inhabited by Bhriigo and other saints who survive the destruction of the 3 lower worlds; Janar-lloka, inhabited by
Brahm's son Sanat-kumra &c.; Tapar-lloka, inhinhabited by deified Vairgins; Satya-lloka or Brahma-lloka,
abode of Brahm, translation to which exempts from rebirth [906, 2]; elsewhere these 7 worlds are described as earth,
sky, heaven, middle region, place of re-births, mansion of the blest, and abode of truth; sometimes 14 worlds are
mentioned, viz. the 7 above, and 7 lower regions called in the order of their descent below the earth- A-tala, Vi-ttala,
Su-ttala, Rasttala, Talttala, Mah-ttala, and Ptla; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1 IW. 420, 1; 435, 1) AV. &c. &c.; N. of the
number `" seven "' (cf. above) VarBriS. Sch.; the earth or world of human beings &c. Mn. MBh. &c. ({aya4M loka4H},
this world "'; {asau4} or {pa4ro loka4H}, that or the other world "'; loke or {iha} {loke}, `" here on earth "', opp. to
{para-tra}, {para-loke} &c.; {kRtsne} {loke}, `" on the whole earth "'); (also pl.) the inhabitants of the world, mankind,
folk, people (sometimes opp. to `" king "') Mn. MBh. &c.; (pl.) men (as opp. to `" women "') Vet. Hit.; a company,
community (of ten ifc. to form collectives) Kv. Vas. Kaths. &c.; ordinary life, worldly affairs, common practice or
usage GriS. Nir. Mn. &c. ({loke} either `" in ordinary life "', `" in worldly matters "'; or, in common language, in popular
speech "', as opp. to {vede}, {chandasi}); the faculty of seeing, sight (only in {ca4kSur-l-} q.v.); {lokAnAM sAmanI} du.
and {lokAnAM vratAni} pl.N. of Smans rshBr. [Cf. Lat. {lsus}, originally, a clearing of a forest "'; Lith. {lau4kas}, a
field.]
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
loshhTa = clay
loshhTra = pebbles
luJNchhitakesha = hair cut here and there
lupta = stopped
lubdhaH = greedy * = mfn. bewildered, confused AitBr. (%{am} ind.); greedy, covetous, avaricious, desirous of or
longing for (loc. or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c. [905,1]; n. a hunter MBh. R.; a lustful man, libertine W.
lubdhaka = (m) hunter
lubhyati = (4 pp) to covet
lumpati = (6 pp) to break
M
maa = Do not
maaDa* = m. measure, weight, quantity W.; Caryota Urens L. (also {maDA-druma}; cf. {madya-d-}).
maada * = m. (2. {mad}) drunkenness, exhilaration, delight. passion, stupor L.; fighting war Sy. (cf. {gandha-} and
{sadha-m-}).
maadana* = mfn. exhilarating, delighting RV.; maddening. intoxicating Sus'r.; m. the god of love L.; Vanguiera Spinosa
L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({I}) f. N. of two plants (= {mAkandI} and {vijayA}) L.; n. intoxication, exhilaration L.; `"
stupefier "'N. of a mythic weapon. R. (v.l. {madana}).
maadyati = (4 pp) to be glad
maadhava = vishnu, krishhna * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{madhu}; f. %{A} only in %{mAdhavA} [= %{madhavyA}]
%{tanUH} Pa1n2. 4-4, 129 Sch.) relating to spring, vernal Hariv. Vikr. Katha1s.; belonging or peculiar to the
descendants of Madhu i.e. the Ya1davas Hariv.; representing Kr2ishna (as a picture) Hcat.; M. N. of the second month
of spring (more usually called Vais3a1kha, = April-May) TS. &c. &c. spring Ka1v. Pan5car.; Bassia Latifolia L.; Latifolia
L.; Phaseolus Mungo L.; a son or descendant of Madhu, a man of the race of Yadu (sg. esp. N. of Kr2ishn2a-Vishn2u or
of Paras3u-ra1ma as an incarnation of this god; pl. the Ya1davas or Vr2ishn2is) MBh. R. Hariv. BhP.; N. of S3iva
S3ivag.; of Indra Pan5cat. Vet. (w.r. for %{vAsava}?); of a son of the third Manu Hariv.; of one of the 7 sages under
Manu Bhautya Ma1rkP.; of the hero of Bhava-bhu1ti's drama Ma1lati1-ma1dhava; of various other men Katha1s. Hit.
&c.; of various scholars and poets (also with %{paNDita}, %{bhaTTa} %{mizra}, %{yogin}, %{vaidya}, %{sarasvatI} &c.;
cf. %{mAdhavA7cArya}); (%{I}) f. see below; n. sweetness L.; (also m.) a partic. intoxicating drink L.
maadhavaH = KRishhNa (the husband of the Goddess of Fortune)
maadhurya = Sweetness
maadhvii *= f. (Pa1n2. vi, 4, 175) sweet RV. (i, 90, 6; 8) S3Br. TS. BhP.; a kind of intoxicating liquor Mn. xi, 94;
Gaertnera Racemosa Va1s.; a date L.; a species of fish L.; N. of a woman (an ardent worshipper of Vishn2u) W.; du. `"
the two sweet ones "' N. of the As3vins RV. VS. AV. TS.; pl. the waters MaitrS. TS.
maadhyam.h = (n) medium, platform
maadhyama* = mfn. (fr. {madhyama}) relating to the middle, middlemost, central (also applied to the composers of the
middle portion of the Riig-veda i.e. of books ii-vii) S'nkhBr. GriS. Pat.; middleborn W.; m. pl. N. of a race Pravar.
maagaa = mA+gaa, Dot+go
maagadha4 * = mf({I})n. relating to or born in or living in or customary among the Magadhas or the Magadha country
AV.Paris'. Lalit. &c.; m. a king of the MMagadha MBh. Hariv.; N. of a mixed caste AV. &c. &c. (accord to Mn. x, 11 the
Sanskrit Dictionary
son of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father; he is the professional bard or panegyrist of a king, often associated with
{suta} and {bandin} MBh. Kv. &c.; accord. to others one who informs a Rja of what occurs in bazaars; also an
unmarried womas son who lives by running messages or who cleans wells or dirty clothes &c.; also opprobrious N. of a
tribe still numerous in GujarSt, and called the Bhts W.); white cumin L.; N. of one of the seven sages in the 14th Manvantara Hariv.; of a son of Yadu ib.; (pl.) N. of a people (= {magadhAH}) AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; of the warrior-caste in
S'ka-dvi0pa VP.; of a dynasty ib.; ({A}) f. a princess of the Magadhas PadmaP.; long pepper L.; ({I}) f. a princess of the
MMagadhas MBh. R.; the daughter of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father MBh.; a female bard Kd.; (with or scil.
{bhASA}), the language of the MMagadhas (one of the Prakriit dialects) Sh. &c. (cf. {ardha-m-}); Jasminum
Auriculatum L.; a kind of spice Sus'r. (long pepper; white cumin; anise; dill; a species of cardamoms grown in Gujarat.
L.); refined sugar L.; a kind of metre VarBriS.; N. of a river (= {zoNA}) R.
maaghavana * = mf(%{I})n. belonging to or ruled by Indra Pa1n2. 6-4, 128 Sch.; (%{I}) f. (with %{kakubh}) the east
S3is3.
maa4ghona * = bountifulness, liberality RV.; ({I}) f. (scil. {diz}) the east L.
maahaa * = f. a cow L. (cf. {mahA}, {mahI}, {mAheyI}). \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {mahA}, in comp.
maahaatmyaM = glories
maahaatmya * = n. (fr. %{mahA7tman}) magnanimity, highmindedness MBh. Ka1v. &c.; exalted state or position,
majesty, dignity ib.; the peculiar efficacy or virtue of any divinity or sacred shrine &c. W. (cf. RTL. 433); a work giving
an account of the merits of any holy place or object W. (cf. %{devI-m-} &c.)
maahaaraajya = being the great king
maahaaraajika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {mahA-rAja}) attached or devoted to the reigning prince Pn. 4-2, 35.
maakara* = mf({I})n. relating or belonging to a Makara or sea-monster (with {Akara} m. mine of MMakara, the sea
Nalo7d.; with {Acana} n. a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; with {vyUha} m. a partic. form of military array Hariv.; with
{saptamI} f. = {makara-saptamI} W.); m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS.
maakha * =(prob.) n. (fr. {mabha}) any relationship based upon an oblation offered in common Hariv. (v.l. {maukha}).
maala = a wreath *= m. (derivation doubtful) N. of a district (lying west and south-west of Bengal) Megh.; of one of
the 7 islands, of Antara-dvilpa L., of Vishn2u L.; of the son of a Su1dra and a Su1ta L.; pl. N. of a barbarous tribe or
people MBh.; (%{A}) f. see col. 3; n. a field Inscr. MBh.; a forest or wood near a village L.; fraud, artifice L.; (in some
comp.) = ma1la1, a wreath, garland.
maalaa f. a wreath, garland, crown Gr2S3rS. MBh. &c.; a string of beads, necklace, rosary. Ka1v. Pan5cat. (cf. %{akSa-}
and %{ratna-m-}); a row, line, streak MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a series, regular succession (with %{nAmnAm}, a collection of
words arrayed in a series, a vocabulary, dictionary; cf. %{nAma-m-}); a kind of Krama-pa1tha (cf. %{krama-mAlA}); N.
of various metres Col.; (in rhet.) a series of epithets or similes W.; (in dram.) a series of offerings for obtaining any
object of desire (S3ak. iii, 17) Sa1h.; (in astrol.) a partic. Dala-yoga (q.v.) VarBr2S. Sch.; Trigonella Corniculata L.; N. of
a river MBh.; of a glossary.
maalaa = Garland
maalaakaara = (m) gardener
maalaakaarii = (f) a woman selling flowers and garlands
maalaasana = the garland posture
maalikaa = Garland
maalinii = shining, also maalinii metre, the one with garland
maalya = garlands: * =m. patr. PacavBr. (also pl. Sanskrak.); ({A}) f. Trigonella, Corniculata L.; n. a wreath, garland,
chaplet GriS'rS. Up. Mn. &c.; a flower L.; mfn. relating to a garland W.
Sanskrit Dictionary
maalyavat * = mfn. crowned with garlands, garlanded MBh.; m. N. of a Ra1kshasa (son of Su-kes3a) R.; of one of
S3iva's attendants Katha1s.; of a mountain or mountainous range (lying eastward of mount Meru) MBh.; (%{atI}) f. N.
of a river R.
maaM = me
maam.h = me
maamakaM = from Me
maamakaaH = my party (sons).
maamikaaM = My
maan * = cl. 1. 10. P. {mAnati}, {mAnayati}, to honour, respect Dhtup. xxxiv, 36 (cf. {man}, of which {mAnayati} is
the Caus.)
maana * = 1 m. ( %{man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas. (cf. %{Atma-m-}); purpose, wish, design AitBr.;
self-conceit, arrogance, pride KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 6 evil feelings Dharmas. 67; or one of the 10
fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also n.) consideration, regard, respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded sense of
honour, anger or indignation excited by jealousy (esp. in women), caprice, sulking Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of the father
of Agastya (perhaps also of AAgastya himself Pa1n2. the family of Ma1na) RV.; (in astron.) N. of the tenth house
VarBr2S. (W. also a blockhead [809,2]; an agent; a barbarian "').\\ 2 m. (3. %{mA}) a building, house, dwelling RV.;
an altar A1past.; (%{mAna4}) a preparation, decoction(?) RV. x, 144, 5; (%{I}) f. measure (see %{tiryan-m-}); a partic.
measure "' (= 2 An5jalis) L.; n. measuring. meting out Ka1tyS3r. Hariv. &c.; measure, measuring-cord, standard RV.
&c. &c.; dimension, size, height, length (in space and time), weight ib. (ifc.= fold see %{zata4-m-}); a partic. measure or
weight (= %{kRSNata} or %{raktikA}; accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS3r. 100 Ma1nas= 5 Palas or Pan2as); form,
appearance RV.; likeness, resemblance S3is3.; (in phil.) proof. demonstration, means of proof (= %{pra-mANa}. q.v.)
maanda * = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {mand}) `" gladdening "'N. of water in partic. formularies VS. TS. Kthh. \\2 mfn. (fr.
{manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the process of correction for the apsis; {-dam
phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sryas.; n. = {mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.
maaNikya = perl
maanda * = 2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the process of
correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sryas.; n. = {mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.
maa.ngalika = auspicious
maa.nsaavasaadi = mAmsau+Adi, flesh+etc
maana =1: Respect * = m. ( {man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas. (cf. {Atma-m-}); purpose, wish, design
AitBr.; self-conceit, arrogance, pride KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 6 evil feelings Dharmas. 67; or one
of the 10 fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also n.) consideration, regard, respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded
sense of honour, anger or indignation excited by jealousy (esp. in women), caprice, sulking Kv. Das'ar. Sh.; N. of the
father of Agastya (perhaps also of AAgastya himself Pn. the family of Mna) RV.; (in astron.) N. of the tenth house
VarBriS. (W. also a blockhead [809, 2]; an agent; a barbarian "').\\2: *= m. (3. {mA}) a building, house, dwelling RV.;
an altar past.; ({mAna4}) a preparation, decoction(?) RV. x, 144, 5; ({I}) f. measure (see {tiryan-m-}); a partic.
measure "' (= 2 Ajalis) L.; n. measuring. meting out KtyS'r. Hariv. &c.; measure, measuring-cord, standard RV. &c.
&c.; dimension, size, height, length (in space and time), weight ib. (ifc.= fold see {zata4-m-}); a partic. measure or
weight (= {kRSNata} or {raktikA}; accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS'r. 100 Mnas= 5 Palas or Panas); form, appearance
RV.; likeness, resemblance S'is'.; (in phil.) proof. demonstration, means of proof (= {pra-mANa}. q.v.)
maanana* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) honouring, serving as a token of respect Nir.; n. and (%{A}) f. paying honour, showing
respect MBh. Ka1v. &c.
maanasa* = mf(%{I}, once %{A})n. (fr. %{ma4nas}) belonging to the mind or spirit, mental, spiritual (opp. to
%{zArirA}, corporeal) VS. &c. &c.; expressed only in the mind, performed in thought i.e. silent, tacit (as a hymn or
prayer) S3rS. Mn. MBh.; conceived or present in the mind, conceivable, imaginable R.; relating to or dwelling on the
Sanskrit Dictionary
lake Ma1nasa (see n. below) BhP.; m. a form of Vishn2u VP.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Vapush-mat
Ma1rkP.; pl. a partic. class of deceased ancestors (regarded as sons of Vasisht2ha) Cat.; a class of ascetics Ra1matUp.;
N. of the Vais3yas in S3kadvi1pa MBh.; of the worlds of the Soma-pa Hariv.; (%{I}) f. (with %{pUja}) mental or
spiritual devotion (opp. to %{mUrti-p-}, adoration of images) RTL. 524; N. of a Kim2-nari1 Ka1ran2d2.; of a Vidya1devi1 L.; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the mental powers, mind, spirit, heart, soul (= %{manas} g. %{prajJA7di}) Kat2hUp. MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; (in law) tacit or implied consent W.; a kind of salt Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; the 25th mansion from that under which
one is born VarYogay.; (with or scil "' %{saras}, or %{tIrtha}) N. of a sacred like and place of pilgrimage on mount
Kaila1sa (the native place of the wild geese, which migrate to it every year at the breeding season) MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; N.
of wk. on S3ilpa or art.
maanava = human
maanavaH = a man
maanavadharma = humanity based ideology, prescribed behavior for humans
maanavaaH = human beings
maanavii = (adj) done by human
maanasa = mind
maanasaM = of the mind
maanasaH = within the mind
maanasaaH = from the mind
maanasika = of the mind
maaniindha* = m. N. of an astronomer (v.l. {mAnindha}; cf. {maNittha}). mAnin* = 1 mfn. (fr. {man} or fr. 1. {mAna})
thinking, being of opinion KathhUp.; high-minded, haughty, proud towards ({pratI}) or of ({-tas}) MBh. Kv. &c.;
highly honoured or esteemed ib.; (ifc.) thinking (esp. one's self) to be or have, appearing as or passing for (see
{darzanIya-}, {paNDita-m-} &c.); highly esteeming or honouring (see f.); m. Marsilia Dentata L.; ({inI}) f. a disdainful
or sulky woman Kv.; (ifc.) the wife of (see {madhu-mAninI} lit. `" highly esteeming her husband "'); Aglaia Odorata
L.; a kind of metre W. (prob. w.r. for {mAlinI}); N. of an Apsaras VP.; of a daughter of Vidrastha and wife of Rjyavardhana MrkP.
maaNi * = Vr2iddhi form of %{maNi} in comp.
maani * = in comp. for 1. %{mAnin}.
maanin* = 2 mfn. measuring, applying a measure, measurable VP.
maanmatha: *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{manmatha}) relating to or concerning love, produced by love, filled with love &c.
Ka1v.; belonging to the god of llove Vcar.
maantra * = mf(%{I})n, (fr. %{mantra}) proper or peculiar to Vedic or magical texts MW.
maanushhaM = human
maanushhiiM = in a human form
maanushhe = in human society
maanusha * = or %{mAnuSa4} mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{manus}) belonging to mankind, human RV. &c. &c.; favourable or
propitious to men, humane RV. AV.; m. (ifc. f. %{A}) a man, human being (pl. the races of men, 5 in number) RV. &c.
&c.; N. of the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, and Libra VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. a woman MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (scil.
%{cikitsA}), human medicine "', a branch of medmedicine, the administering of drugs (opp. to %{AsurI} and
%{daivIcik-}) W.; n. the condition or manner or action of men, humanity, manhood RV. &c. &c.; N. of a place Cat.
Sanskrit Dictionary
maanya* = mfn. to be respected or honoured, worthy of honour, respectable, venerable Mn. MBh. &c.; ({mAnya4}) m.
patr. fr. 1. {mA4na} RV. i, 163, 14, &c.; N. of Maitrvaruni (author of RV.viii, 67) RAnukr.
maanyamaana* = m. (fr. %{manyamAna} see %{man}) the proud one RV. vii, 18, 20 (lit. `" the son of the proud "' Sa1y.
`" the son of Manyma1na "').
maapanadaNDaH = (m) ruler, scale
maapikaa = (f) scale, ruler
maaraya = (verbal stem) to kill
maarakata*= of the color or nature of emerald
maaraatmaka = habitual killer
maarakata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {marakata}) belonging to an emerald, having any of the properties or qualities of an
eemerald, coloured like an eemerald MBh. Kv. Pur.; m. (with {dhAtu}) an emerald MBh.
maardavaM = gentleness
maarga = way (masc)
maargaH = a way, road, path, a means, search, inquiry, investigate
maargashiirshhaH = the month of November-December
maargaachala = mountain coming in the way
maarj * = (rather Caus. of %{mRj} q.v.) cl. 10. P. (Dha1tup. xxxii, 106 Vop.) %{mArjayati}, to wipe, cleanse, purify; to
sound (?) Dha1tup. ib.
maarjana = cleaning
maarjanaM = correcting, rubbing
maarjaara = cat
maarsha * m. (cf. {mAriSa}) an honourable man, respectable person Buddh.; Amaranthus Oleraceus Bhpr.
maartya * = n. (fr. {martya}) the corporeal part (of man), mortality BhP.
maaruta = wind
maarutaH = wind
maarutatulyavegam.h = with the speed equal to that of wind-god(his father
maarutiryasya = mArutiH+yasya, Hanuman+whose
maashha = (m) a gold coin
maasa = month
maasa* = m. (or n. Siddh.) the moon (see {pUrNa-m-}); a month or the 12th part of the Hind year (there are 4 kinds
of months, viz. the solar, {saura}; the natural, {sAvana}; the stellar, {nAkSatra}, and the lunar, {cA7ndra}; the latter,
which is the most usual and consists of 30 Tithis, being itself of two kinds as reckoned from the new or full moon cf.
IW. 179; for the names of the months see ib. 173 n. 3) RV. &c. &c. ({mAsam}, for a month; {mAsam ekam}, for one
month; {mAsena}, in the course of a month; {mAse}, in a mmonth = after the lapse of a mmonth); a symbolical N.
for the number `" twelve "' Sryas.
Sanskrit Dictionary
maasha* = m. (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a bean RV. &c. &c. (sg. the plant; pl. the fruit; in later times = Phaseolus Radiatus, a
valued kind of pulse having seeds marked with black and grey spots); a partic. weight of gold (= 5 Kriishnalas= 1/10
Suvrna; the weight in common use is said to be about 17 grains troy) Mn. Yj.; a cutaneous eruption resembling
beans L.; a fool, blockhead L.; N. of a man g. {bAhv-Adi}; pl. (with or scil. {akRSTAH}) `" wild beans "'N. of a Riishigans (the children of S'u-rabhi, to whom RV. ix, 86, 1-10 is ascribed) RAnukr. R. Hariv.; ({I}) f. see below.
maasI= relating to the black, to soot, darkening, the dark moon a new moon
maasaanaaM = of months
maata = mother
matha* = m. (Prkr. for {mRta}) the son of a Vais'ya and a Kuthi L.
maata* = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see pp. 806 and 807) formed, made, composed (?) RV. v, 45, 6 (others, `" fr. {man} "',
others, {mAtA}, mother "'; cf. {deva-mAta}).
maata* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 804, col. 2; for 3. under 2. {mAtR}, p. 807, col. 2) metron. fr. {mati4}; ({I4}) f. in {vA4n
mAtI} TS. ({mAtyA4} VS. MaitrS.; cf. Pn. 4-1, 85 Vrtt. 1 Pat.)
maataa* = 1. 2 {mAtA-duhitR} &c. see col. 3. mAtA 2 nom. of %{mAtR}, in comp.
maata* = (for 1. and 2. see pp. 804 and 806) ifc. after a proper N. = {mAtR} Pn. 6-1, 14 Pat.
maataa* = 1 f. = {mAtR} (see {kAka-} and {vizva-m-}).\\* = 2 nom. of {mAtR}, in comp
maata.nga = Matang
maataraM = (fem.acc.Sing.)mother
maataa = mother
maataamaha = (m) grandfather (mother's father)
maataamahi = (f) grandmother (mother's mother)
maati * =f. measure, accurate knowledge L.; a partic. part of the body L.
maathi * =f. armour, mail L.
maatri *= 2 f. (derivation from 3. %{mA} very doubtful; for 1. %{mA4tR} see p. 804, col. 2) a mother, any mother
(applicable to animals) RV. &c. &c. (sometimes ifc. e.g. %{kuntI-m-}, having KKunti1 for a mother); du. father and
mother, parents RV. iii, 3, 33; vii, 2, 5 (also "', %{mAta4rA-pita4rA}, iv, 6, 7, and %{pita4rA-mAta4rA} Pa1n2. 6-3, 33;
cf. %{mAtarapitarau}, col. 2); the earth (du. heaven and earth) RV.; (with or scil. %{lokasya}), a cow MBh.; (du. and
pl.) the two pieces of wood used in kindling fire RV. (cf. %{dvi-m-}); (pl.) the waters RV. (cf. %{saptam-} and Naigh. i,
13); (pl.) the divine mothers or personified energies of the principal deities (sometimes reckoned as 7 in number, viz.
Bra1hmi1 or Brahma1n2i, Ma1hes3vari1, Kauma1ri1, Vaishn2avi1, Va1ra1hi1, Indra1n2! or Aindri1 or Mihendri1,
Ca1mun2d2a1; sometimes 8, viz. Bra1hmi, Ma1hes3vari1, Kauma1ri, Vaishn2avi1, Va1ra1hi1, Raudri1, Carmamun2d2a1, Ka1la-sam2pkarshin2i1; sometimes 9, viz. Brahma1n2i1, Vaishn2avi1, Raudri1, Va1ra1hi1, Na1rasin6hika1,
Kauma1ri, Ma1hendri1, Ca1mun2d2a1, Can2d2ika1; sometimes 16, viz. Gauri1, Padma1, S3aci1, Medha1, Sa1vitri1,
Vijaya1, Jaya1, Deva-sena1, Sva-dha1, Sva1ha1, S3a1nti, Pusht2i, Dhr2iti, Tusht2i, A1tma-devata1 and Kula-devata1;
they are closely connected with the worship of S3iva and are described as attending on his son Skanda or Ka1rttikeya,
to whom at first only 7 Ma1tr2is were assigned, but later an innumerable number; also the 13 wives of Kas3yapa are
called, %{lokAnAm@mAtaraH}) MBh. R. Pur. Hcat. (RTL. 222 &c.); (pl.) the 8 classes of female ancestors (viz.
mothers, grandmothers, great-grandmothers, paternal and maternal aunts &c. Sam2ska1rak.; but the word `" mother "'
is also applied to other female relatives and in familiar speech to elderly women generally); N. of Lakshmi1 Bhartr2.; of
Durga1 L.; of Da1ksha1yan2i in certain places Cat.; accord. to L. also = a colocynth; Salvinia Cucullata, Nardostachys
Jatamansi, Sphaerantus Indicus; air, space; the lower mill-stone; = %{vibhUti}; %{-revatI}. [Cf. Gk., $, $; Lat. {mater};
&244768[807,1] Lith. {mote}; Slav. {mati}; Germ. {muotar}, {Mutter}; Eng. {mother}.]
Sanskrit Dictionary
maatra * = m. a Bra1hman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; (%{A}) f. see s.v.; n. an element, elementary
matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of height, depth, breadth,
length, distance, time or number e.g. %{aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pan5cat.; %{artha-mAtram}, a certain sum
of money ib.; %{kroza}. %{mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos Hit. [804,3]; %{mAsa-mAtre}, in a month La1t2y.; %{zatamAtram}, a hundred in number Katha1s.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing
and no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. %{rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S3a1n3khSr.; %{bhayam-}, all that may be called danger, any danger VarBr2S.; %{rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.; %{zabda-mAtreNa},
only by a sound S3ak.); mf(%{A} and %{I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep
or far or much or many (cf. %{aGguSTha-}, %{tAla-}, %{bAhu-}, %{yava-}, %{tavan-}, %{etavan} mmany);
Possessing (only) as much as or no more than (cf. %{prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after
numerals; cf. %{tri-m-}); being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. %{padAti-}, %{manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely,
as soon as, merely, just e.g. %{jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; %{kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed Ka1tyS3r.;
%{bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maatraa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
(%{bhUyasyA@mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBr2S.; unit of time, moment Sus3r.
Sa1rn3gS. (= %{nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e. the
length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Ma1tra1s, and a prolated vowel 3) Pra1t.;
musical unit of time (3 in number) Pan5cat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= %{mAtra}) Hariv. 7125;
right or correct measure, order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S3Br. &c. &c. (%{ayA}, ind. in small
portions, in slight measure, moderately Das3. Sus3r.; %{AyAm} ind. a little Gan2ar.; %{rAje7ti@kiyatI@mAtrA}, of
what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pan5cat.; %{kA@mAtrA@samudrasya}, what is the importance of the
sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh.
BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh.
&c.; a mirror Vishn2.; an ear-ring, jewel, ornament Ka1d.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Na1gari1 characters W.
maatratas* = ind. (ifc.) from the first moment of (cf. {bhUmi-STha-m-}).
maatratA* = f. (ifc.) the being as much as, no more nor less than anything S'ankar.
maatratraya* = mfn. threefold MrkP.
maatratva* = n. = {-tA} Veda7ntas.
maatrarAja* = m. (with {anaGgaharSa}) N. of a poet Cat.
maatraka* = (ifc.) = {mAtra} MBh. Kv. &c.; ({ikA}) f. = {mAtrA}, a prosodial instant RPrt. (cf. {mAtrika}).
maatrAkRta* = mfn. (a metre) regulated by morae L.
maatrAvat* = mfn. containing a partic. measure KtyS'r. Sus'r.
maatra* = m. a Brhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an element, elementary matter
BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length,
distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pacat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money
ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos Hit. [804,3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a
hundred in number Kaths.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and no more,
often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S'nkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be
called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.);
mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf.
{aGguSTha-}, {tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more than
(cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-}); being nothing but, simply
or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just
born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed KtyS'r.; {bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maatrA* = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c. ({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in
a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time, moment Sus'r. SrngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. =
lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to
pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Mtrs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prt.; musical unit of time (3 in
number) Pacat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure, order
Sanskrit Dictionary
RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure,
moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere
trifle Pacat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an
element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household,
furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring, jewel,
ornament Kd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Ngar characters W.
maatra* = {-traka} &c. see p. 804, cols. 2, 3.
maatri = mother
maatri-bhaava = The 4th house of Mother
maatra = only
maatra* = m. a Brhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an element, elementary matter
BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length,
distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pacat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money
ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the distance of a Kos Hit. [804, 3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a
hundred in number Kaths.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and no more,
often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S'nkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be
called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.);
mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf.
{aGguSTha-}, {tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more than
(cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-}); being nothing but, simply
or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just
born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed KtyS'r.; {bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maa4traa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c. ({bhUyasyA mAtrayA},
in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time, moment Sus'r. SrngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. =
lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to
pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Mtrs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prt.; musical unit of time (3 in
number) Pacat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure, order
RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure,
moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere
trifle Pacat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an
element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household,
furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring, jewel,
ornament Kd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Ngar characters W.
maatraasparshaH = sensory perception
maatula = maternal uncle
maatulaaH = maternal uncles
maatulaan.h = maternal uncles
maaya * = mfn. (3. {mA}) measuring (see {dhAnya-m-}); creating illusions (said of Vishnu) MBh.; ({A}) f. see below.
maayaa * = f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the earlier language); illusion, unreality,
deception, fraud, trick, sorcery, witchcraft magic RV. &c. &c.; an unreal or illusory image, phantom, apparition ib. (esp.
ibc= false, unreal, illusory; cf. comp.); duplicity (with Buddhists one of the 24 minor evil passions) Dharmas. 69 (in
phil.) Illusion (identified in the Snkhya with Prakriiti or Pradhna and in that system, as well as in the Veda7nta,
regarded as the source of the visible universe) IW. 83; 108; (with S'aivas) one of the 4 Ps'as or snares which entangle
the soul Sarvad. MW.; (with Vaishnavas) one of the 9 S'aktis or energies of Vishnu L.; Illusion personified (sometimes
identified with Durg, sometimes regarded as a daughter of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nikriiti and mother of Mriityu, or as
a daughter of Adharma) Pur.; compassion, sympathy L.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; N. of the mother of Gautama
Buddha MWB. 24; of Lakshm W.; of a city Cat.; of 2 metres Col.; du. ({mAye indrasya}) N. of 2 Smans ArshBr.
Sanskrit Dictionary
maayaavaada* = m. the doctrine affirming the world to be illusion (applied to the doctrine of the Vednta and of
Buddhism) Cat.; {-khaNDana} n. ({-na-TippaNI} f. {-na-TIkA} f.), {khaNDa-vivaraNa} n. {-saMdUSaNI} f. N. of wks.
maayayaa = by the illusory energy
maayaa = Unreality, illusion, prakRitii
maayaametaaM = this illusory energy
maayaatmaka *= (%{mAyA7tm-}) mf(%{ikA})n. consisting of illusion, essentially illusory W.
maayaayantra * = n. instrument of illusion "', enchantment (ibc. = enchanted, magical, e. g. %{-tra-vimAna} m. n. an
enchenchanted chariot, magical car) Katha1s.
maayaayin * = mfn. = %{mAyA-vi4n} above MW.
maayaayodhin * = mfn. fighting illusively or with deceitful artifices MBh.
maayaayoga * = m. the application or employment of illusion, emplemployment of magical arts R. BhP.
maayi * = in comp. for %{mAyin}.
maayibhairavatantra * = n. N. of a Tantra (cf. %{mAyika-bhairava}).
maayika * = mfn. illusory, creating illusion Pan5car.; practising deceit, deceiving others L.; m. a conjurer, juggler L.; n.
or (%{A}) f. a gall-nut L.
maayikabhairava * = n. N. of a Tantra.
maayikAya * = m. N. of a grammarian TPra1t.
maayimatakhaNDana * = n. N. of wk.
maayin * = mfn. artful, skilled in art or enchantment, cunning, deceptive, illusory (%{-yi-tA} f.) RV. AV. S3vetUp. &c.;
subject to illusion BhP.; m. a conjurer, juggler, magician Katha1s.; a cheat, deceiver W.; N. of Brahrna1 L.; of S3iva L.;
of Agni L.; of Ka1ma L.; n. magic, magical art BhP. (cf. %{durm-}); a gall-nut L.
maayiphala * = n. a gall-nut L.
maayIya mfn. proceeding from Ma1ya Harav.
machchittaH = in consciousness of Me
machchittaaH = their minds fully engaged in Me
mad.hbhaktaH = My devotee
mad.hbhaktiM = My devotional service
mad.hbhaavaM = transcendental love for Me
mad.hvyapaashrayaH = under My protection
madhya *= mf(%{A})n. middle (used like {medius} e.g. %{ma4dhye} %{samudre4}, `" in the midst of the sea "') RV.
VPra1t. Kat2hUp.; middlemost, intermediate, central Var. Megh.; standing between two, impartial, neutral Ka1m.;
middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with %{vRtti} f. `" a middle course "') La1t2y.
Mn. Sus3r. &c.; (in astron.) mean i.e. theoretical (opp. to %{spaSTa}, or %{sphuTa}) Su1ryas. (%{-tva} n.); lowest,
worst L.; m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the middle of the body, (esp.) a woman's waist S3Br. &c. &c.; (in alg.) the middle term or
the mean of progression Col.; (%{A}) f. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty Sa1h.; the middle finger L.; (in music)
a partic. tone Sam2gi1t.; (also n.) a kind of metre Col.; n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) the middle, midst, centre, inside,
Sanskrit Dictionary
interior RV. &c. &c. (%{am} ind. into the midst of, into, among, with gen. or ifc. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; %{ena} ind. in or
through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with gen. acc. or ifc. S3Br. MBh. &c.; %{At} ind. from the midst
of. out of. from among R. Hariv. &c.; %{e} ind. see s.v.); the middle of the sky (with or scil. %{nabhasas}) Mn. MBh.;
space between (e.g. %{bhruvos}, the eye brows) MBh.; midday (with %{ahnaH}), Ma1av.; the meridian Ma1lati1m.;
intermediate condition between (gen.) R.; the belly, abdomen Kum.; the flank of a horse L.; (in music) mean time
Sam2gi1t.; ten thousand billions MBh.; cessation, pause, interval L.; N. of a country between Sindh and Hindu1stan
proper Cat. [Cf. Zd. {maidhya}; Gk. $, $ for $; Lat. &237399[781,3] {medius}; Goth. {midjis3}; Eng. {mid} in {midland},
{midnight} &c.]
madhyaa *= ind. in the middle, between, among (gen.) RV. i, 89, 9 &c.; meanwhile ib. x, 61, 6.
madhyama* = mf({A})n. (superl. of {ma4dhya}) middle (used like Lat. {medius} e.g. {madhyaime gulme}, `" in the
midst of the troop "') MBh. R.; being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central RV. &c. &c.; middleborn (neither youngest nor oldest), Venis.; of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate TS. &c. &c.; standing
between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral MBh. Kv. &c.; (in astron.) mean (cf. {madhya}) Sryas.; relating to
the meridian ib.; m. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his
foe) Mn. vii, 155; the middle character in plays IW. 473; the midland country (= {madhya-deza}) L.; (in music) the 4th
or 5th note Sangt.; the middlemost of the 3 scales ib.; a partic. Rga ib.; (in gram.) the 2nd person (= {-puruSa}) Pn.;
the governor of a province L.; a kind of antelope L.; N. of the 18th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.; pl. a class of gods S'nkhSr.; (with
Buddhists) N. of a partic. Buddh. sect Sarvad.; m. n. the middle of the body, waist MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. the womb TBr.;
the middle finger Kaus'. Sus'r.; midnight L.; a girl arrived at puberty L.; the pericarp of a lotus L.; a central blossom W.;
a kind of metre L.; (in music) a partic. Mrchan Sangt.; n. the middle APrt.; mediocrity, defectiveness, S'riingr.; N.
of the 12th (14th) Knda of the S'Br.; (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point Sryas.
mada = Intoxication * = m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration, intoxication RV. &c. &c.; (du. wite {madasya}N. of
2 Smans rshBr.); ardent passion for (comp.) MBh.; (ifc. f. {A}) sexual desire or enjoyment, wantonness, lust,
ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}), pride, arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about
(gen. or comp.) ib.; any exhilarating or intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,; honey Ragh.; the
fluid or juice that exudes from a rutting elephant's temples MBh. Kv. &c.; semen virile L.; musk L.; any beautiful
object L.; a river L.; N. of the 7th astrol. mansion Var.; Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a monster created by
Cyavana) MBh.; N. of a son of Brahm VP.; of a Dnava Hariv.; of a servant of S'iva BhP.; ({I}) f. any agricultural
implement (as a plough &c.) L.; n. N. of 2 Smans rshBr.
madaandha = blind from lust
madaanvitaaH = absorbed in the conceit
madaashrayaH = in consciousness of Me (KRishhNa consciousness)
madaM = illusion
madana = manmatha (god of Love)* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) passion, love or the god of love MBh. Kv. &c.; a kind of embrace
L.; the season of spring L.; a bee L.; (?) bees-wax (see {paTTikA}); Vanguiera Spinosa Sus'r.; a thorn-apple and various
other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia Catechu &c.) L.; a bird L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangt.; (in astrol.)
N. of the 7th mansion Var.; N. of various men and authors (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {sarasvatI} &c.; cf. below)
Rjat. Inscr. Cat.; ({A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; musk L.; N. of a plant (= {atimukta})
L.; the civet-cat L.; n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.; (scil. {astra})N. of a mythical weapon R. (v.l.
{mAdana}); bees-wax L.; mfn. = {mandra4} Nir.
madanaM = god of love, Cupid
madanugrahaaya = just to show me favor
madarthaM = for My sake
madarthe = for my sake
madayat * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) intoxicating &c.; (%{antI}) f. Arabian or wild jasmine L.; N. of the wife of Kalma1shapa1da or Mitra-saha MBh. Pur.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
maha * = 2 in comp. for {mahA} before {R} and before {r} for {R}.
mahaa * = in comp. for {mahat} (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23; 49, 1 used for {mahat} as an independent word in acc. sg.
{mahA4m} = {mahAntam}).
mahaa * = {mahA-kaGkara} &c. see p. 794, col. 3.
mahaa = Big
mahaabhaaga * = mf({A})n. one to whom a grgreat portion or lot has fallen, highly fortunate, eminent in the highest
degree, illustrious, highly distinguished (mostly of persons and frequently in address) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.; virtuous in
a high degree, pure, holy W.; m. grgreat luck, prosperity MW.; N. of a king VP.; ({A}) f. N. of Dkshyan in
Maha7laya Cat.; {-tA} f. (W.) or {-tva} n. (MW.) high excellence, grgreat good fortune, exalted station or merit; the
possessing of the 8 cardinal virtues.
mahaabaahuH = mighty-armed
mahaabaaho = O mighty-armed one
mahaabhaarataH = epic Mahabharat, part of itihas (history)
mahaabandha = types of mudraa
mahaabalau = (two)great powerful persons
mahaabhuutaanii = the great elements
mahaadeva = the great god - Shiva
mahaadhaatu* = m. `" great metal or element "', gold L.; lymph L.; N. of S'iva MBh. (= {meru-parvata} Nlak.)
mahaadoshhaat.h = from the great defects, wrongs
mahaajanaH = great man
mahaakaavya = epic poem, very long poem
mahaakalpa* = m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh.; N. of S3iva MBh. (= %{divya-bhUSaNa} Sch.)
mahaamudraa = types of mudraa
mahaan.h = great
mahaanadyaaM = in the great river
mahaanubhavaan.h = great souls
mahaapaataka = great sins
mahaapaapaat.h = from the great sins
mahaapaapmaa = greatly sinful
mahaapurushhayoga = Combination for an extraordinary personality. Usually a planet is in Exaltation and in a Kendra
(Angular sign or house)
mahaaraajika* = m. N. of Vishnu MBh.; {-deva} pl. (with Buddhists) N. of a class of gods (the inhabitants of the lowest
heaven) MWB. 206. 2
mahaarathaH = great fighter
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
mahati = in a great
mahatiiM = great
mahadaanaM = great care \& attention
mahadyoniH = source of birth in the material substancemahaapadma* = m. (L.) or n. a partic. high number MBh. R.
Ll.; m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera Cat. L.; (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nga L.; of
one of the 8 ttreasure connected with the Padmini magical art MrkP.; of a hell DivyA7v. (one of the 8 cold hells
Dharmas. 122); a kind of serpent Sus'r.; N. of a Nga dwelling in the Mah-padma treasure mentioned above Hariv.
VP. &c.; of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth MBh. R. (IW. 432); of Nanda Pur.; of a son of
NNanda Buddh.; of a Dnava Hariv.; a Kin-nara or attendant on Kubera MW.; a species of esculent root L.; n. a white
lotus flower L.; the figure of a whwhite llotus flflower Kaths. MrkP. RmatUp.; a partic. compound of oil Car.; N.
of a city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.; m. or n. (?) N. of a Kvya; {-pati} m. `" proprietor of millions "'N. of
Nanda BhP.; {-saras} or {-salila} n. N. of a lake Rjat.
mahan *= n. greatness, might, power, abundance (only instr. sg. %{mahnA4} and once pl. %{maha4bhiH}, which also
= greatly, mightily, right heartily) RV.
mahaniiya = great person
maharshhayaH = great sages
mahar* = ind. (for {mahas}) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other (supposed to be the abode of
those saints who survive a destruction of the world Pur.; Veda7ntas; cf. IW. 55 n. 2).
maharshi* = m. a great Riishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten Maharshis were created by Manu
Svyambhuva, viz. Marci, Atri, Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas, Vasishthha, Bhriigu, Nrada, also called the
10 Prajpatis, q.v.; some restrict the number to 7, and some add Daksha, Dharma, Gautama, Kanva, Vlmki, Vysa,
Manu, Vibhndaka &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. (IW. 206 n. 1); N. of S'iva S'ivag.; of Buddha L.; of a poet Cat.
maharshhi = great sages
maharshhiiNaaM = of the great sages
mahaaviira = Mahavir
mahi *V= the land, the earth, the planets, the glory
mahi * = 1 mfn. (only nom. acc. sg. n.) = {maha4t}, great RV. AV. VS.; ind. greatly, very, exceedingly, much ib.
S'nkhS'r.; m. n. greatness BhP.; m. = {mahat}, intellect ib.; f. = 1. {mahI4} the earth L. (in comp. not always separable
from 1. {mahi4n} q.v.)
mahii * = 1 f. (cf. 2. {ma4h}), the great world "', the earth (cf. {urvI}, {pRthivI}) RV. &c. &c. (in later language also =
ground, soil, land, country); earth (as a substance) Mn. vii, 70; the base of a triangle or other plane figure Col.; space
RV. iii, 56, 2; v, 44, 6 &c.; a host, army ib. iii, 1, 12; vii, 93, 5 &c.; a cow RV. VS. (Naigh. ii, 11); du. heaven and earth RV.
i, 80, 11; 159, 1 &c. (Naigh. iii, 30); pl. waters, streams RV. ii. 11, 2; v, 45, 3 &c.; Hingtsha Repens L.; a kind of metre
Col.; N. of a divine being (associated with Id and Sarasvat RV. i, 13, 9 Sy.; cf. Naigh. i, 11); of a river MBh. Hariv.; of
the number `" one "' Ganit.
mahipaala = (m) king
mahimaa = Glory
mahimaanaM = glories
mahiman *= m. greatness, might, power, majesty, glory RV. &c. &c. (%{-himnA4} or %{-hinA4} ind. mightily, forcibly
RV.); the magical power of increasing size at will Vet. Pan5car. (cf. MWB. 245); magnitude (as one of S3iva's attributes;
%{-mnaH@stava} m. %{stuti} f. %{stotra} n. N. of hymns; cf. %{mahimastava}); N. of a man Ra1jat.; a N. of
Mammat2a q.v. Cat.; du. N. of two Grahas at the As3va-medha sacrifice S3Br. S3rS.
Sanskrit Dictionary
mahimnaH = of greatness
mahisha = he - buffalo
mahishha = (m) buffalo
mahishhaH = demon
mahishhaasurasya = of demon mahisha
mahishhaasureNa = by the demon mahishasura
immediately curbed,
mahiiM = the world
mahiikrite = for the sake of the earth
mahiipate = O King
mahiikshitaaM = chiefs of the world
mahiiya *= Nom. A1. %{-ya4te}, to be joyous or happy RV. &c. &c.; to prosper TUp.; to be exalted, rise high R.; to be
highly esteemed or honoured Ka1v. (also pr. p. Pass. %{mahIyyamAna} Bhat2t2.)
mahiiyaa *= f. joyousness, happiness, exultation (dat. %{-yai4}) RV. TS.; N. of a partic. verse A1pS3r. Sch.
mahiiyas *= mfn. greater, mightier, stronger (or, very great, vvery mighty &c. "') Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c. (with %{hAsa}
m. very loud laughter; with %{kula} n. a very noble family).
mahendra = Indra, god of gods
maheshvaraM = the Supreme Lord
maheshvaraH = the Supreme Lord
maheshvaasaaH = mighty bowmen
mahodadhi = ocean
mahyam.h = Mine
maitraH = friendly
maitrii = friendship
maithuna = sacramental intercourse
majina = deer skin?
majjana * = m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.; of one of Siva's attendants L.; n. sinking (esp. under
water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; (with {niraye}), sinking into hell MBh.; drowning,
overwhelming ib.; = {majjan}, marrow L.
majjat.h = one who takes a dip
majjati = (6 pp) to sink, to drown
majja* = 1 mfn. sinking, diving (in {uda-majja}; see {audamajji}).
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
maNDa* = m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus3r.; the thick part of milk, cream,
S3veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. %{dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (W. also `" foam or froth; pith, essence;
the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of potherb; a frog (cf. %{maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a
measure of weight (= 5 Ma1shas); (%{A}) f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see
%{nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf(%{A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic,
phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice),
gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.; weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted,
silly, stupid, foolish Kat2hUp. MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. = %{kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Ma1lav.;
bad, wicked Ma1rkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; = %{-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper)
apsis of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Su1ryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid or slow
elephant L. (cf. %{mandra}, %{bhadra-manda}, %{mRga-manda}); the end of the world (= %{pralaya}) L.; (%{A}) f. a
pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 Cat.; (scil. %{saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N.
of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra L.; (%{am}) ind.
slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also %{manda} ibc., and %{mandam@mandam}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
maNDala * = mf(%{A})n. circular, round VarBr2S.; n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di}, and f. %{I} g. %{ganrA7di}) a
disk (esp. of the sun or moon); anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular; cf. %{maNDalaka}); a
circle (instr. `" in a circle "'; also `" the charmed ccircle of a conjuror "'), globe, orb, ring, circumference, ball, wheel
S3Br. &c. &c.; the path or orbit of a heavenly body Su1ryas.; a halo round the sun or moon VarBr2S.; a ball for playing
MBh.; a circular bandage (in surgery) Sus3r.; (also n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot ib.;
a round mole or mark (caused by a finger-nail &c.) on the body La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; a circular array of troops MBh.
Ka1m.; a partic. attitude in shooting L.; a district, arrondissement, territory, province, country (often at the end of
modern names e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Paris3. MBh. &c.; a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the
circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations; 4 or 6 or
10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; a multitude, group,
band, collection, whole body, society, company Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a division or book of the R2ig-veda (of which
there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns; these are divided into 85 Anuva1kas or lessons, and these agan
into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028 Su7ktas or hymns; the other more mechanical division, is into
Asht2akas, Adhya1yas and Vargas q.v.) RPra1t. Br2ih. &c.; m. a dog L.; a kind of snake L.; (%{I}) f. Panicum Dactylon
L.; Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr.; n. Unguis Odoratus L.; a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.
ma.ndira = temple
ma.nsyante = they will consider
mangala = Mars. Also Auspiciousness and well-being
mangalavaara = Tuesday
maNi = gem * = pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule, crystal; a magnet, loadstone p.; glans penis; N. of the
jewel-lotus prayer; clitoris
maNigaNaaH = pearls
maNipura = a chakra near or at the navel
maNibandhaH = (m) wrist
maNDala = circle
maNDita = shining
maNDuka = a frog
maNDukaasana = the frog posture
makha4-kriyA *= f. a sacrificial rite L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
makha4-vat *= ({makha4-}) mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain {magha4vat} q.v.) S'Br.; a sacrificer
manu * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.; m. `" the thinking creature(?) "', man, mankind RV. VS. AitBr.
TA1r. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus are called %{manor@na4pAtaH}, the sons of
man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as
the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the R2ishis Kan2va and Atri; in the
AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called Na1bha1-nedisht2ha
q.v.; called Sa1m2varan2a as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12; A1psava as author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6 he is
numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even identified with Prajspati; but the name Manu is esp. applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described
Mn. i, 63 and in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive Antaras or long periods of time see
%{manv-antara} below; the first is called Sva1yambhuva as sprung from %{svayam-bhU}, the Self-existent, and
described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 Praja1patis or
Maharshis, of whom the first was %{marIci}, Light; to this Manu is ascribed the celebrated `" code of Manu "' see
%{manu-saMhitA}, and two ancient Su1tra works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites; he is also
called Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as son of Pra-cetas; the next 5 Manus are called
Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa, Raivata, Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th Manu, called %{vaivasvata}, Sun-born, or
from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah
of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1 in the form of a fish: he is also
variously described as one of the 12 A1dityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of Yama, who as a son of
he Sun is also called Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1, and as father of Ila1 who married Budha,
son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each other see IW. 344; 373; the 8th
Manu or first of the future Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th Daksha-sa1varn2i; the 12th Rudrassa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-ssa1varn2i; the 14th Bhautya or Indra-ssa1varn2i); thought (= %{manas}) TS.
Br.; a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra}) Ra1matUp. Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an Agni MBh.; of a
Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an astronomer Cat.; (pl.) the mental Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "'
(on account of the 14 Manus) Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (= %{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth.
{manna}; Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the mythical
ancestor of the West-Germans, {mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng. {man}.]
makhas *= see next apd {sa4dma-makhas}.
makhasya *= Nom. P. A. {-sya4ti}, {-te}, to be cheerful or sprightly RV. [cf. $].
makhasyu4 *= mfn. cheerful; sprightly, exuberant ib.
makha4 *= 1 mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous, active, restless (said
of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or festivity RV. S'nkhGri.; a sacrifice,
sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N. of a mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's
head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf. also comp.)
makha *= 2 m. or n. (?) the city of Mecca Klac.
makshikaa = bee
mala = dirt, rubbish *= n. (in later language also m.; prob. fr. %{mlai}) dirt, filth, dust, impurity (physical and moral)
AV. &c. &c.; (in med.) any bodily excretion or secretion (esp. those of the Dha1tus q.v., described as phlegm from chyle,
bile from the blood, nose mucus and ear wax from the flesh, perspiration from the fat, nails and hair from the bones,
rheum of the eye from the brain; cf. also the 12 impurities of the body enumerated in Mn. v, 135) Sus3r. Va1gbh. &c.;
(with S3aivas), original sin, natural impurity Sarvad.; camphor L.; Os Sepiae L.; m. the son of a S3u1dra and a Ma1luki1
L.; (%{A}) f. Flacourtia Cataphracta L.; n. tanned leather, a leathern or dirty garment (?) RV. x, 136, 2; a kind of brass
or bell-metal L.; the tip of a scorpion's tail L. (v.l. %{ala}); mfn. dirty, niggardly L.; unbelieving, godless L. [Cf. Gk. $;
&240436[792,1] Lat. {ma8lus}; Lith. {mo4lis}, {me4lynas}.]
malana* = m. a tent L.; ({A}) f. the long cucumber L.; n. crushing, grinding L. (= {mardana}; cf. {pari-mala})
malaya = malaya mountain *= m. (Un2. iv, 99) N. of a mountain range on the west of Malabar, the western Gha1ts
(abounding in sandal trees) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; of the country Malabar and (pl.) its inhabitants ib.; of another country (=
%{zailA7Mza-dezaH}, or %{zailA7Ggo@d-}) L.; of an Upa-dvi1pa L.; of a son of Garud2a MBh. (B. %{mAlaya}); of a
son of R2ishabha BhP.; of a poet Cat.; a celestial grove (= %{nandana-vana}) L.; a garden L.; (in music) a kind of
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
manasa m. N. of a R2ishi RV. v, 44, 10 (Sa1y.); (%{A}) f. see 1. %{manasA}; n. (ifc., with f. %{A}) = %{manas}, mind,
heart Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c.
manasaa *= 1 f. N. of a partic. goddess (described as consisting of a particle of Prakr2iti and as daughter of Kas3yapa.
sister of the serpent-king Ananta, wife of the Muni Jarat-ka1ru, mother of the Muni A1sti1ka and protectress of men
from the venom of serpents; cf. %{viSa-harI}) Pan5car.; of a Kim2-nari1 Ka1ran2d2.\\ manasA 2 instr. of %{manas},
in comp.
manasaM = whose mind
manasaH = more than the mind
manasaa = by the mind
manasi = in the mind
mandaakinii = the ganges
mandaan.h = lazy to understand self-realization
mandaara = mountain used by the gods to stir the cosmic ocean
maNDa * = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus'r.; the thick part of milk, cream,
S'veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. {dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (W. also `" foam or froth; pith, essence; the
head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of potherb; a frog (cf. {maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a
measure of weight (= 5 Mshas); ({A}) f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see
{nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf({A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic,
phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Kv. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice),
gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.; weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted,
silly, stupid, foolish KathhUp. MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. = {kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Mlav.;
bad, wicked MrkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; = {-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis
of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Sryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid or slow elephant L.
(cf. {mandra}, {bhadra-manda}, {mRga-manda}); the end of the world (= {pralaya}) L.; ({A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand
L.; N. of Dkshyan Cat.; (scil. {saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti Sangt.; n. the
second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra L.; ({am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly,
faintly, softly (also {manda} ibc., and {mandam mandam}) MBh. Kv. &c.
mandaaya * = Nom. P. A1. %{-yati}, %{-te} (g. %{bhRzA7di} and %{lohitA7di}), to go slowly, linger, loiter Ka1lid.; to
be weak or faint ib.
maNDala* = mf({A})n. circular, round VarBriS.; n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}, and f. {I} g. {ganrA7di}) a disk (esp. of
the sun or moon); anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular; cf. {maNDalaka}); a circle (instr. `"
in a circle "'; also `" the charmed ccircle of a conjuror "'), globe, orb, ring, circumference, ball, wheel S'Br. &c. &c.; the
path or orbit of a heavenly body Sryas.; a halo round the sun or moon VarBriS.; a ball for playing MBh.; a circular
bandage (in surgery) Sus'r.; (also n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot ib.; a round mole or
mark (caused by a finger-nail &c.) on the body Lthy. KtyS'r. Sch.; a circular array of troops MBh. Km.; a partic.
attitude in shooting L.; a district, arrondissement, territory, province, country (often at the end of modern names e.g.
Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the circle of a king's near
and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such
neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Yj. MBh. &c.; a multitude, group, band, collection,
whole body, society, company Yj. MBh. Kv. &c.; a division or book of the Riig-veda (of which there are 10, according
to the authorship of the hymns; these are divided into 85 Anuvkas or lessons, and these agan into 1017, or with the 11
additional hymns into 1028 Su7ktas or hymns; the other more mechanical division, is into Ashthakas, Adhyyas and
Vargas q.v.) RPrt. Briih. &c.; m. a dog L.; a kind of snake L.; ({I}) f. Panicum Dactylon L.; Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr.;
n. Unguis Odoratus L.; a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.
mandaya * = Nom. P. %{-yati}, to weaken, lessen, allay (hunger) MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
maniishin * = mfn. thoughtful, intelligent, wise, sage, prudent. RV. &c. &c.; devout, offering prayers or praises RV.; m.
a learned Bra1hman, teacher, Pan2d2it W.; N. of a king VP.
maniishhiNaaM = even for the great souls
maniishitaa* = wisdom
maniishhita = (n) a wish
maniishita * = mfn. desired, wished
maju: * = pleasing charming, sweet
manogataan.h = of mental concoction
manojavaM = having the speed of mind
manobhiH = and mind
manomani = samadhi
manoraJNjana = entertainment, pleasant to mind
manoratha = wish
manorathaM = according to my desires
manorame = another appellation to PArvati here meaning `pleasing to the mind'
manohara = beautiful
mantavyaH = is to be considered
manthin* = mfn. shaking, agitating Bhathth.; paining, afflicting W.; m. Soma-juice with meal mixed in it by stirring
RV. TS. Br. S'rS.; semen virile (cf. {Urdhva-m-}); ({inI}) f. a butter-vat L.; N. of one of the Mtriis attending on Skanda
MBh.
mantra = spel * = m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. %{A}), `" instrument of thought "', speech, sacred text or speech, a prayer or song
of praise RV. AV. TS.; a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of the Veda which contains the texts called
%{Rc} or %{yajus} or %{sAman} (q.v.) as opp. to the Bra1hmana and Upanishad portion (see IW. 5 &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS.
&c. [786,1]; a sacred formula addressed to any individual deity (e.g. %{om} %{zivAya} %{namaH}) RTL. 61; a mystical
verse or magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (esp. in modern times employed by the
S3a1ktas to acquire superhuman powers; the primary Mantras being held to be 70 millions in number and the
secondary innumerable RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) A1s3vS3r. Mn. Katha1s. Sus3r.; cousultation, resolution, counsel,
advice, plan, design, secret RV. &c. &c.; N. of Vishn2u Vishn2.; of S3iva MBh.; (in astrol.) the fifth mansion VarYogay.
mantraH = transcendental chant
mantrayate = (10 ap) to consult
mantrahiinaM = with no chanting of the Vedic hymns
manthati = to churn (as in to get butter from curds)
manma *= in comp. for %{manman}.
manman *= n. thought, understanding, intellect, wisdom RV.; expression of thought i.e. hymn, prayer, petition ib.
manmahe V*= iti- this is our opinion, upa- I consider
Sanskrit Dictionary
manmatha = god of love, Cupid*= m. (either an intens. form fr. %{math}, or fr. %{man} = %{manas} + %{matha}, `"
agitating "'; cf. %{mandeha} and %{mandhAtR}) love or the god of love, amorous passion or desire (ifc. f. %{A}) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; Feronia Elephantum L.; the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBr2S.; N. of a physician and
various other men Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 ib.
manmanaaH = always thinking of Me
manmayaa = fully in Me
manoratha *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) `" heart's joy "' (see 2. %{ratha}), a wish, desire (also = desired object) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
fancy, illusion S3am2k.; (in dram.) a wish expressed in an indirect manner, hint Sa1h.; the heart compared to a car (see
1. %{ratha}) R.; N. of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Cat.; of various men Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. N. of a woman( = %{-prabhA})
Katha1s.; %{-kusuma} n. wish or desire compared to a flower MW.; %{-kRza} mfn. chosen or taken at will (as a
husband) Hariv.; %{-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat.; %{-tRtIyA} f. the 3rd day in the light half of the month Caitra (%{vrata} n. N. of wk.) Cat.; %{-dAyaka} m. `" fulfilling wishes "'N. of a Kalpa-vr2iksha, Kathls.; %{-druma} w.r. for
%{mano-bhava-dr-} Ma1lav. iii, 11; %{-dvAdazI} f. the 12th day in a partic. half month Cat.; %{-prabhA} f. N. of a
woman Katha1s.; %{-bandha} m. the cherishing or entertaining of desires (%{-dhabandhu} m. the friend of [i.e. one
who satisfies] wishes, Ma1atim. i, 34); %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting of wishes, having many wwishes Bha1m.;
being the object of a wwishes Naish.; %{-siddha} w.r. for %{-siddhi} Katha1s.; %{-siddhi} f. the fulfilment of a
wwishes Katha1s.; m. (also %{-dhika}) N. of a man ib.; %{-sRSTi} f. creation of the fancy, phantasm of the
imagination MW.; %{-thA7ntara} m. `" innermost desire "', beloved object or person Mr2icch.
manu = father of the human race * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.; m. `" the thinking creature(?) "', man,
mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TA1r. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus are called
%{manor@na4pAtaH}, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the
human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with
the R2ishis Kan2va and Atri; in the AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the
exclusion of one called Na1bha1-nedisht2ha q.v.; called Sa1m2varan2a as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12; A1psava as
author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6 he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as
father of men even identified with Prajs-pati; but the name Manu is esp. applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors
and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through
successive Antaras or long periods of time see %{manv-antara} below; the first is called Sva1yambhuva as sprung from
%{svayam-bhU}, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his
work by producing 10 Praja1patis or Maharshis, of whom the first was %{marIci}, Light; to this Manu is ascribed the
celebrated `" code of Manu "' see %{manu-saMhitA}, and two ancient Su1tra works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial
and domestic rites; he is also called Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as son of Pra-cetas;
the next 5 Manus are called Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa, Raivata, Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th Manu, called
%{vaivasvata}, Sun-born, or from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living
beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1
in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 A1dityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the
brother of Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1, and as
father of Ila1 who married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to
each other see IW. 344; 373; the 8th Manu or first of the future Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th
Daksha-sa1varn2i; the 12th Rudra-ssa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-ssa1varn2i; the 14th Bhautya or Indrassa1varn2i); thought (= %{manas}) TS. Br.; a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra}) Ra1matUp.
Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an Agni MBh.; of a Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an astronomer Cat.; (pl.) the mental
Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "' (on account of the 14 Manus) Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (=
%{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth. {manna}; Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by
Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans, {mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng.
{man}.]
manuH = the father of mankind
manushhya = man
manushhyaloke = in the world of human society
manushhyaaH = all men
manushhyaaNaaM = of such men
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
martya * = mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kaus'.; m. a mortal, man, person RV. &c. &c.; the world of mortals,
the earth L.; ({A}) f. dying, death (see {putra-martyA}); n. that which is mortal, the body BhP.
maru = desert
marut* = m. pl. (prob. the `" flashing or shining ones "'; cf. {marIci} and Gk. $) the storm-gods (Indra's
&239948[790,2] companions and sometimes e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 = {devAH}, the gods or deities in general; said in the
Veda to be the sons of Rudra and Priis'ni q.v., or the children of heaven or of ocean; and described as armed with
golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts, as having iron teeth and roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as
riding in golden cars drawn by ruddy horses sometimes called Priishath q.v.; they are reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among
the gods of the middle sphere, and in RV. viii, 96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number; in the later literature
they are the children of Diti, either seven or seven times seven in number, and are sometimes said to be led by
Mtaris'van) RV. &c. &c.; the god of the wind (father of Hanumat and regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir.
Rjat. (cf. comp.); wind, air, breath (also applied to the five winds in the body) Kv. Pur. &c.; a species of plant Bhpr.; =
{Rtvij} Naigh. iii, 18; gold ib. i, 2; beauty ib. iii, 7; N. of a Sdhya Hariv.; of the prince Briihad-ratha MaitrUp.; f.
Trigonella Corniculata L.; n. a kind of fragrant substance (= {granthi-parNa}) L.
marut.h = wind
marutaH = the forty-nine Maruts (demigods of the wind)
marutta * = (= {marud-datta} accord. to Pat. on Pn. 1-4, 58. 59 Vrtt. 4) m. N. of various kings Br. S'nkhS'r. &c.;
wind, a gale (?) W.
marutaaM = in the air or thoro' the air
marubhuumiH = (m) desert, barren land
martya = mortal
martyalokaM = to the mortal earth
martyeshhu = among those subject to death
maryaada * = m. `" one who sets marks or limits "', an arbiter, umpire (?) AV. v, 1, 8.
maryaadaa * = f. (doubtful whether fr. %{maryA} + %{dA} or %{maryA} + %{Ada} [fr. %{A} + %{dA}]; fancifully said
to be fr. %{marya} + %{ada}, `" devouring young men "' who are killed in defending boundaries) `" giving or
containing clear marks or signs "', a frontier, limit, boundary, border, bank, shore, mark, end, extreme point, goal (in
space and time) RV. &c. &c. (%{SaN-mAsmaryAdayA}, within six months VarBr2S.); the bounds or limits of morality
and propriety, rule or custom, distinct law or definition Mn. MBh. &c.; a covenant, agreement, bond, contract MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; continuance in the right way, propriety of conduct Ka1v. Pan5cat.; N. of a kind of ring used as an amulet AV.
vi, 81, 2; N. of the wife of Ava1ci1na (daughter of a king of Vidarbha) MBh.; of the wife of Deva7tithi (daughter of a king
of Videha) ib.
masa * = m. measure, weight W.
mashaka = gnat, small fly
mashakaH = (m) mosquito
mashakajaalaH = (m) mosquito net
mashii = (f) ink
mat.h = upon Me (KRishhNa)
mata* = {mataM-ga} &c. see under {man}, p. 783, col. 1.
mata= Opinion* = mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c. &c.; regarded or considered as,
Sanskrit Dictionary
taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh. &c.; thought fit or right, approved Yj. Kv. Km.; honoured, esteemed,
respected, liked (with gen. Pn. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Km.; desired, intended R.; m. N. of a son of S'ambara Hariv. (v.l.
{mana}); n. a thought, idea, opinion, sentiment, view, belief. doctrine MBh. Kv. &c.; intention, design, purpose, wish
MBh. BhP.; commendation, approbation, sanction L.; knowledge W.; agallochum L.
mataM = injunctions
mataH = (f) mother
mataa = is considered
mataaH = are considered
mati * = (in S'Br. also {ma4ti}) f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance RV. VS.; thought, design, intention,
resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with loc. dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c. ({matyA} ind. wittingly,
knowingly, purposely; {matiM} {kR} or {dhA} or {dhR} or {A-dhA} or {samA-dhA} or {A-sthA} or {sam-A-sthA}, with
loc. dat. acc. with {prati}, or {artham} ifc., to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine; {matim} with
Caus. of {ni-vRt} and abl. of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of; {Ahita-mati} ifc. -having resolved upon; {vinivRttamati} with abl. = having desisted from); opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view, creed S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.
({matyA} ind. at will; ifc., `" under the idea of "' e.g. {vyAghra-m-}, `" under the idea of its being a tiger "'); the mind,
perception, understanding, intelligence, sense, judgment S'Br. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" that which is sensible "',
intelligent, mindful, applied to Aditi, Indra and Agni); esteem, respect, regard Kir.; memory, remembrance L.; Opinion
personified (and identified with Subala7tmaj as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pndu, or regarded as a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka) MBh. Hariv. Prab.; a kind of vegetable or pot-herb L.; m.
N. of a king Buddh. [Cf. Lat. {mens}; Angl. Sax. {ge-mynd}; Eng. {mind}.]
matiM = intellect
matiH = intellect, thought, opinion
matiraapaneyaa = matiH + ApaneyA:mind + to be led
matirbhinnaH = mind +different (different opinions or views)
matirmama = my opinion
mate = in the opinion
matkarma = My work
matkarmakrit.h = engaged in doing My work
matkuNa = bed-bug
matkuNaH = (m) bedbug, khatamal
matparaM = subordinate to Me
matparaH = in relationship with Me
matparamaH = considering Me the Supreme
matparamaaH = taking Me, the Supreme Lord, as everything
matparaaH = being attached to Me
matparaayaNaH = devoted to Me
matprasaadaat.h = by My mercy
Sanskrit Dictionary
matri = mother
matsa.nsthaaM = the spiritual sky (the kingdom of God)
matsara = Anger, Jealousy, Envy, Hostility
matsthaani = in Me
matsya = a fish
matsyaNDii = (n) molasses
matsyaasana = the fish posture
matsyendraasana = the posture of Matsyendra
maththa * = m. a kind of drum Sam2gi1t. (cf. %{maDDu}); a kind of dance ib. (also %{-nRtya} n.)
matta * = &c. see p. 77, col. 3\\ . excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c.;
excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad, insane ib.; m. a buffalo L.;
the Indian cuckoo L.; a drunkard L.; a ruttish or furious elephant L.; a madman L.; a thorn-apple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa
R.; (%{A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col. [cf. Lat. {mattus}, drunk].
mattaH = (VB) beyond Me; from me, than me* = mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk, intoxicated (lit.
and fig.) AV. &c. &c.; excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad,
insane ib.; m. a buffalo L.; the Indian cuckoo L.; a drunkard L.; a ruttish or furious elephant L.; a madman L.; a thornapple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa R.; (%{A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col. [cf.
Lat. {mattus}, drunk].
maturaa = the city of mathura
matvaa = having thought, thinking that *V thinking Bg 3.28, Bg 11.41-42, SB 4.10.9, SB 4.13.11, SB 7.1.37, SB
9.15.9, SB 9.18.10, SB 10.14.27, SB 10.28.11, SB 10.43.11, SB 10.57.34, SB 10.60.57, SB 10.75.37, SB 10.84.30, SB 11.9.7,
SB 12.8.28, CC Madhya 19.199-200; knowing Bg 10.8; thinking to be SB 3.20.37; thinking like that SB 8.9.19,
SB 9.15.5-6; considering SB 9.20.39, SB 10.9.13-14, SB 10.11.20, SB 10.16.13-15, SB 10.22.20, SB 10.52.2, CC Madhya
19.205; thinking of SB 10.1.65-66; thought it SB 10.12.18; accepting the milk like that SB 10.13.22; thinking
(him) SB 10.51.10; thinking Him SB 10.55.27-28, SB 10.56.22; understanding CC Madhya 24.189
matya *= 1 n. (for 2. see p. 783, col. 2) a harrow, roller TS. Br.; a club (perhaps with iron points) AV.; harrowing,
rolling, making even or level L. \\ 2 n. (for 1. see p. 776, col. 2) the means of acquiring knowledge (=
%{jJAnasya@kAraNam}) Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 4-4, 97.
mauDhya *= m. (fr. %{mUDha}) patr. g. %{kurv-AdI}; n. stupidity, ignorance, folly MBh. Ka1v. &c.; swoon, stupor L.
maula * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{mUla}) derived from roots (as poison) Hcar.; handed down from antiquity, ancient (as
acustom) MBh.; holding office from previous generations, hereditary (as a minister or warrior) Mn. MBh. &c.;
aboriginal, indigenous Mn. viii, 62; 259; m. an hereditary minister (holding his office from father and grandfather)
Ragh. Das3.; pl. aboriginal inhabitants who have emigrated L.; (with %{pArthivAH}) = %{mUlaprakR-tayaH} Ka1m.
mauna* = m. (fr. {muni}) a patr. s'vS'r.; pl. N. of a dynasty VP.; ({I}) f. N. of the 15th day in the dark half of the month
Phlguna (when a partic. form of ablution is performed in silence) Col.; n. the office or position of a Muni or holy sage
S'Br. MBh. [837, 1]; silence, taciturnity ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c. ({maunaM} with {kR}, or {vi-dhA} or {sam-A-car}, to
observe silence, hold one's tongue).
may * = cl. 1. A1. to go, move Dha1tup. xv, 50.
maya * = 1 m. (3. %{mA}) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in magic, astronomy and
military science) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of an astronomer and a poet) Cat.; (%{A}) f.
medical treatment L.\\ m. (prob. fr. 2. %{mA}) a horse VS.; a camel L.; a mule L.; (%{I}) f. a mare La1t2y. Sch. [789,2]
\\ m. (1. %{mI}) hurting, injuring W.mf({I}) \\ n. consisting or made of orpiment Kum.
Sanskrit Dictionary
maya * = 1 m. (3. {mA}) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in magic, astronomy and
military science) MBh. Kv. &c.; N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of an astronomer and a poet) Cat.; ({A}) f.
medical treatment L. \\ = 2 m. (prob. fr. 2. {mA}) a horse VS.; a camel L.; a mule L.; ({I}) f. a mare Lthy. Sch. [789, 2]
\\3 m. (1. {mI}) hurting, injuring W.
mayaa = by me, V: magic
mayaH = full of
mayaM = full of/completely filled V* possessing, consisting, fully engaged in, pervaded by, made of, sum total
mayas * n. (prob. fr. 3. {mA}) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS. TBr.
ma4yas-kara4 * mfn. causing enjoyment, giving pleasure VS.
mayata= prasmayata- prasada= grace
maye: V*: consists of, made of, in the form of, situated in, full of, filled with,. affected by
mayi = in myself
mayivasu *= mfn. (fr. %{mayi} loc. sg. of 3. %{ma} + %{vasu}) good in me (used in partic. formulas) AitBr. TS.
mayuraasana = the peacock posture
mayuura = a peacock
mayuuraH = (m) peacock
mayyasahishhNu = mayi+asahishhNuH, in me+intolerant
me = mine
megha = cloud
medha *= m. the juice of meat, broth, nourishing or strengthening drink RV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; marrow (esp. of the
sacrificial victim), sap, pith, essence AV. TS. Br.; a sacrificial animal, victim VS. Br. S3rS.; an animal-sacrifice, offering,
oblation, any sacrifice (esp. ifc.) ib. MBh. &c.; N. of the reputed author of VS. xxxiii, 92 Anukr.; of a son of Priya-vrata
(v.l. %{medhas}) VP. [833,1]; (%{A}) f. see below; mfn. g. %{pacA7di}.
medaH = (neu) fat
medas* = n. fat, marrow, lymph (as one of the 7 Dhtus, q.v.; its proper seat is said to be the abdomen) RV. &c. &c.;
excessive fatness, corpulence S'rngS.; a mystical term for the letter {v} Up.
medhas * = n. = %{medha}, a sacrifice S3Br. S3a1n3khSr.; m. N. of a son of Manu Sva1yambhuva Hariv.; of son of
Priya-vrata (v.l. %{medha}) VP.; (ifc.) = %{medhA}, intelligence, knowledge, understanding.
medhasa * = m. N. of a man Cat.
medhasaati* = (%{medha4-}) f. the receiving or offering of the oblation, sacrificial ceremony RV. (Sa1y.; others `" the
offering of devotion, service or worship of the gods "'; others "' the gaining or deserving of a reward or praise "').
medhayaa = (fem.instr.S)intellect
medhaa = (f) memory, ability to remember things
medhaavaan.h = well- read man, intellectual
medhaavii = intelligent
Sanskrit Dictionary
medhya *= mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{medha}) full of sap, vigorous, fresh, mighty, strong AV.; fit for a sacrifice or oblation,
free from blemish (as a victim), clean, pure, not defiling (by contact or by being eaten) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; (fr.
%{medhA}). wise, intelligent RV. AV. VS.; = %{medhAm@arhati} g. %{daNDA7di}; m. a goat L.; Acacia Catechu L.;
Saccharum Munja L.; barley L.; N. of the author of RV. viii, 53; 57; 58 Anukr.; (%{A}) f. N. of various plants (thought to
be sacrificially pure) L.; the gall-stone of a cow (= %{recanA}) L.; a partic. vein Pan5car.; N. of a river MBh.
mekhala* =m. or n. a girdle, belt R.; m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS. (prob. w.r. for {mekala}); ({A}) f. see below
mekhalaa* = f. a girdle, belt, zone (as worm by men or women, but esp. that worn by the men of the first three classes;
accord. to Mn. ii, 42 that of a Brhman ought to be of {muJja} [accord. to ii, 169 = {yajJo7pavIta} q.v.]; that of a
Kshatriya, of {mUrvA}; that of a Vais'ya, of {zaNa} or hemp, I.W. p. 240) AV. &c; &c.; the girth of a horse Kaths.; a
band or fillet L.; (ifc. f. {A}) anything girding or surrounding (cf. {sAgara-m-}); investiture with the girdle and the
ceremony connected with it VarBriS.; a sword-belt, baldric L.; a sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt L.; the cords
or lines drawn round an altar (on the four sides of the hole or receptacle in which the sacrificial fire is deposited) BhP.;
the hips (as the place of the girdle) L.; the slope of a mountain (cf. {netamba}) Klid.; a partic. part of the firereceptacle Hcat.; Hemionitis Cordifolia L.; N. of the river Narma-d (prob. w.r. for {mekalA}) L.; of a place (?) Vs.,
Introd.; of various women Viddh. Kaths.
meruH = Meru
merudaNDa = the spinal column
meshha = First Zodiacal sign Aries
mesha * = m. (2. {miS}) a ram, sheep (in the older language applied also to a fleece or anything woollen) RV. &c. &c.;
the sign of the zodiac Aries or the first arc of 30 degrees in a circle Sryas. Var. BhP.; a species of plant Sus'r.; N. of a
partic. demon L. (cf. {nejam-}); ({A}) f. small cardamoms L.; ({I}) f. (cf. {me4zI}) a ewe RV. VS. Kaus'.; Nardostachys
Jatamansi L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.
meshhaH = (m) sheep
miiDhvas * = mf(%{u4Si})n. (declined like a pf. p.; nom, %{mIDhvan} voc. %{mIDhvas} dat. %{mIDhu4Se-} or
%{mILhu4Se} &c.), bestowing richly, bountiful, liberal R. V. &c. &c.; (%{uSI}) f. N. of Devi1 (the wife of I1s3a1na)
A1pGr2.
miimaaMsaa* = f. profound thought or reflection or Consideration, investigation, examination, discussion S'Br. Tr.;
theory (cf. {kAvya-m-}); `" examination of the Vedic text "'N. of one of the 3 great divisions of orthodox Hind
philosophy (divided into 2 systems, viz. the Prva-mnns or Karma-mmns by Jamini, concerning itself chiefly with
the correct incalled the Mimns; and the Uttara-mimns or Brahma-mmimns or S'rraka-mmimns by
Bdaryana, commonly styled the Veda7nta and dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahma8 or the one universal Spirit)
IW. 46; 98 &c.
misha :*. rivalry, emulation L.; the son of a Kshatriya and a low woman L.; n. false appearance, fraud, deceit ({miSeNa}
or {miSAt} or {-tas} or ifc. under the pretext of) Kv. Kaths. Rjat.
mita4 *fixed, set up, founded, established RV. AV. SnkhS'r.; firm, strong (see comp.); cast, thrown, scattered W.
mita * = measured, meted out, measured or limited by i.e. equal to (instr. or comp.) Sryas. VarBriS. BhP.; containing a
partic. measure i.e. measuring, consisting of (acc.) RPrt.; Bharthr. (v.l.); measured, moderate, scanty, frugal, little,
short, brief. Inscr. Mn. Kv. &c.; measured i.e. investigated, known (see. {loka}); m. N. of a divine being (associated
with Sammita) Yj.; of a Riishi in the third Manv-antara VP.
mitha * = in comp. for %{mithah} = %{mithas}\\in comp. for %{mithaH}
mithas * = ind, together, together with (instr.), mutually, reciprocally, alternately, to or from or with each other RV.
&c, &c.; privately, in secret Mn. Ka1lid. Das3.; by contest or dispute BhP.
mithasamaya * = m. mutual agreement ib. (v.l. %{-samavA7ya}).
mithaspRdhya * = ind. p. ( %{spR4dh}) meeting together as rivals, mutually emulous RV. i, 166, 9 (Padap.
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{mithaspri4dhyA}).
mitra = (neut) friend *= 1 m. (orig. %{mit-tra}, fr. %{mith} or %{mid}; cf. %{medin}) a friend, companion, associate
RV. AV. (in later language mostly n.); N. of an A1ditya (generally invoked together with Varun2a cf. %{mitrA-v-}, and
often associated with Aryaman q.v.; Mitra is extolled alone in RV. iii, 59, and there described as calling men to activity,
sustaining earth and sky and beholding all creatures with unwinking eye; in later times he is considered as the deity of
the constellation Anura1dha1, and father of Utsarga) RV. &c. &c.; the sun Ka1v. &c. (cf. comp.); N. of a Marut Hariv.; of
a son of Vasisht2ha and various other men Pur.; of the third Muhu1rta L.; du. = %{mitra4-varuNa} RV.; (%{A}),f. N. of
an Apsaras MBh. (B. %{citrA}); of the mother of Maitreya and Maitreyi1 S3am2k. on ChUp. BhP.; of the mother of
S3atru-ghna (= %{su-mitrA}) L. (W. %{I}); n. friendship RV.; a friend, companion (cf. m. above) TS. &c, &c.; (with
%{aurasa}) a friend connected by blood-relationship Hit.; an ally (a prince whose territory adjoins that of an immediate
neighbour who is called %{ari}, enemy. Mn. vii, 158 &c., in this meaning also applied to planets VarBr2S.); a
companion to = resemblance of (gen.; ifc. = resembling, like) Ba1lar. Vcar.; N. of the god Mitra (enumerated among the
10 fires) MBh.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. for %{bhinna}).
mitra * = 2 Nom. P. %{mitrati}, to act in a friendly manner S3at
mitraavaruNa * = vi. du. Mitra and Varun2a RV. &c. &c. (together they uphold and rule the earth and sky, together
they guard the world, together they promote religious rites, avenge sin, and are the lords of truth and light cf. under 1.
%{mitra4} above [816,3]; %{-Nayor@ayanam} and %{-Nayor@iSTiH}N. of partic. sacrifices; %{NayoH@saMyojanam}N. of a Sa1man) RV. VS. Br. &c. (sg., w.r. for %{maitrAvaruNa} Hariv.); %{-vat} mfn.
accompanied by Mitra and Varun2a RV.; %{-samIrita} mfn. impelled by MMitra and VVarun2a TBr.
mitrataa* = f. friendship ({-tam samprA7ptaH}, one whd has become a friend) MBh. Pacat. &c.; equalness, likeness
with (comp) Vcar.
mitratva* = n. friendship TS. Pacat. &c.
mitradhita* = ({mitra4-}) n. (RV.) or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or n. (VS. S'Br.) a covenant or contract
of friendship.
mitradheya* = n. (VS. S'Br.) a covenant or contract of friendship.
mitrapati* = m. lord of friends or of friendship RV.
mitrabheda* = m. separation of frfriend, breach of friendship MBh. Km. &c.; N. of the first book of the Paca-tantra.
mitradrohe = in quarreling with friends
mitre = in (towards) the friend
mithila *= m. N. of a king (the founder of Mithila1) = %{mithi} BhP.; pl. N. of a people (prob. the inhabitants of
Mithila1) MBh. VarBr2S.; (%{A}) f. N. of a city said to have been founded by Mithi or Mithila (it was the capital of
Videha or the modern Tirhut, and residence of King Janaka) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; of a school of law IW. 302 &c.
mithuna = Sexual union. The Zodiacal sign Gemini
miththyaachaaraNi = adj. living in the falsehood
miththyaavaadii = adj. adherent to improper philosophy
mithyaa = (fem.nom.S)false; unreal
mithyaachaaraH = pretender
mithyaaGYaanena = (instr.) through false knowledge
mithyaishhaH = this is all false
mimaaM = this
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
mrigya* = mfn. to be hunted after or sought for or found out Kv. Pur.; to be striven after or aimed at ({a-m-}). Kum.;
to be investigated, questionable, uncertain Vm.
mrigendraH = the lion
mrijita * = mfn. wiped, wiped off, removed BhP.
mriNaala = soft
mriSTa* = mfn. (for 2. see p. 831, col. 1.) washed, cleansed, polished, clean, pure (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c.; smeared,
besmeared with (instr.) R. Naish.; prepared, dressed, savoury, dainty R. Hariv. Var. (cf. {miSTa}); sweet, pleasant,
agreeable MBh. Kv. &c.; n. pepper L.
mrishaa* ind. in vain, uselessly, to no purpose RV. &c. &c.; wrongly, fabely, feignedly, lyingly AV. &c. &c. (with {kR}, to
feign; with {jJA} or {man}, to consider false or untrue; {mRSai9va} {tat}, that is wrong; {varanIyam mRSA budhaiH},
untruthfulness is to be avoided by the wise); `" Untruth "' personified as the wife of A-dharma BhP.
mrita = Dead
mritaM = dead
mritasya = of the dead
mritaasana = the corpse posture
mrittikaa = mud
mrityu = of death
mrityu-bhaava = House of Death or the 8th
mrityuM = death
mrityuH = death
mrityuu = death
mrityoH = (masc.poss.S) death's
mrida.nga = drum
mridanga = Drum
mriduu = soft
mriyate = (6 ap) to die
mriishati = (6 pp) to ponder, to reflectmauna = silence
muc *= 1 cl. 1. A1. %{mocate}, to cheat Dha1tup. vi, 12 (= %{mac} q.v.)
\\2 cl. 6. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxviii, / 136) %{muJca4ti}, %{-te} (RV. also, %{muca4nti}, %{mucasva}; p. %{muJcAna}
MBh.; pf., %{mumo4ca}, %{mumuce4}, Ved, also, %{mumo4cat}, %{mu4mocati}, %{mumucas}, %{mumoktu},
%{amumuktam}; aor. %{a4mok} AV.; Impv. %{mogdhi4} TA1r.; %{amauk} Br.; %{a4mucat} AV.; %{amukSi},
%{mukSata} RV. AV.; Prec. %{mucISta} RV.; %{mukSIya} ib.; fut, %{moktA}, Kalid.; %{mokSyati}, %{-te} Br. &c.; inf.
%{moktum} Br. &c.; ind p. %{muktvA4} ib., %{-mu4cya} RV., %{mo4kam}, Br), to loose, let loose, free, let go, slacken,
release, liberate from, (abl. or %{-tas}); A1. and Pass. with abl. or instr., rarely with gen. `" to free one's self, get rid of,
escape from "') RV. &c, &c. (with %{kaNTham}, to relax the throat i.e. raise a cry; with %{razmIn}, to slacken the reins;
with %{prA7NAn}, to deprive of life, kill); to spare, let live R.; to set free, allow to depart, dismiss, despatch to, (`" loc.
or dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to relinquish, abandon, leave, quit, give up, set aside, depose ib. (with %{kalevaram},
%{deham}, %{prA7NAn} or %{jIvitam}, to quit the body or give up the ghost i.e. to die); to yield, grant, bestow Ra1jat.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Campak.; to send forth, shed, emit, utter, discharge, throw, cast, hurl, shoot at (`" or upon "' loc. dat., or acc. with or
without %{prati}; with abl. and %{AtmAnam}, to throw one's self down from) Ya1jn5. MBh. R. &c.; (A1) to put on
Bhat2t2. (Sch.): Pass. %{mucya4te} (or %{mu4cyate}, ep. also %{-ti} and fut. %{mokSyati}; aor. %{a4moci}), to be
loosed, to be set free or released RV. &c. &c.; to deliver one's self from, to get rid of, escape (esp. from sin or the bonds
of existence) Mn. MBh. &c.; to abstain from (abl.) Pan5cat.; to be deprived or destitute of (instr.) MBh.: Caus.
%{mocayati} (m. c. also %{-te}; aor. %{amUmucat}), to cause to loose or let go or give up or discharge or shed (with
two acc.) Megh. Bhat2t2.; to unloose, unyoke, unharness (horses) MBh. R.; to set free, liberate, absolve from (abl.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; to redeem (a pledge) Ya1jn5.; to open (a road) Prab.; to give away, spend, bestow Ma1rkP.; to gladden,
delight, yield enjoyment Dha1tup. xxxiii, 66: Desid. of Caus. %{mumocayiSati}, to wish to deliver (from the bondage of
existence) S3am2k. (cf., %{mumocayiSu}): Desid. %{mumukSati}, %{-te}, (P.) to wish or be about to set free Pa1n2. 74, 57 Sch.; to be about to give up or relinquish (life) Katha1s.; to wish or intend to cast or hurl Ragh.; (A1.) to wish to
free one's self Pa1n2. 7-4, 57 Sch.; to desire final liberation or beatitude RV. BhP. (cf. %{mokS}): Intens. %{momucyate}
or %{monokti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $, $, $; Lat. &248859[820,3] {mungo}, {mucus}.]\\ 3 mfn. freeing or delivering from (see
%{aMho-m-}); letting go or letting fall, dropping, discharging, shooting, sending (see %{jala-}, %{parNa-}, %{sAyakam-} &c.); f. deliverance (see %{a-mu4c}).
muchyante = get relief
mucya
mucuTI * f. a pair of forceps Vgbh.; (also {-Ti}) a closed hand, fist L.; snapping the fingers L.
muculinda * m. a kind of big orange L. (cf. {mucalinda} and {mucilind
mudaa* = pleasure, joy, gladness
mudhaa* = ind. ( {muh}) in vain, uselessly, to no purpose MBh. Kv. &c.; falsely, wrongly, Bhaflri. (v.l.)
mudita = delight
mudgara = hammer, mallet
mudgaraH = (m) hammer
mudraNa = printing, publication
mudraa = a seal, postures especially with hands and face * = f. (fr. {mudra} see above) a seal or any instrument used for
sealing or stamping, a seal-ring, signet-ring (cf. {aGguli-m-}), any ring MBh. Kv. &c.; type for printing or instrument
for lithographing L.; the stamp or impression made by a seal &c.; any stamp or print or mark or impression MBh. Kv.
&c.; a stamped coin, piece of money, rupee, cash, medal L.; an image, sign, badge, token (esp. a token or mark of divine
attributes impressed upon the body) Kv. Pur. Rjat.; authorization, a pass, passport (as given by a seal) Mudr.;
shutting, closing (as of the eyes or lips gen. or comp.) Kv.; a lock, stopper, bung Amar. Bhpr.; a mystery Cat.; N. of
partic. positions or intertwinings of the fingers (24 in number, commonly practised in religious worship, and supposed
to possess an occult meaning and magical efficacy Das'. Sarvad. Krand. RTL. 204; 406); a partic. branch of education
(`" reckoning by the fingers "') DivyA7v.; parched or fried grain (as used in the S'kta or Tntrik ceremonial) RTL. 192;
(in rhet.) the natural expression of things by words, calling things by their right names Kuval.; (in music) a dance
accordant with tradition Sangt.
mudra* = mfn. joyous, glad AV.; ({A}). f. see {mudrA} below.
mugdha* = gone astray, lost, perplexed, bewildered, foolish, ignorant, silly, inexperienced, simple, innocent, artless,
attractive or charming (from youthfulness), lovely, beautiful, tender, young, a young and beautiful female
muhu *= or ind. suddenly, in a moment RV. S3Br.
muhuH *= in comp. = %{muhur}.
muhuHprokta *= mfn. often told L.
muhuka *= n. a moment, instant (%{ai4s} ind. = prec.) RV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
muhUkara *= mfn. (fr. %{madhu-kara}) gathered or collected after the manner of bees Cat. (cf. %{mAdhu-k-above}).
muhur *= ind. (perhaps orig. `" in a bewildering manner "') suddenly, at once, in a moment (often with a following
%{A4}) RV. AV.; for a moment, a while RV. &c. &c.; at every moment, constantly, incessantly (%{muhur-muhur}, now
and again, at one moment and at another, again and again) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; on the other hand, on the contrary S3ak.
muhur see col. 1.
muhurmuhuH = repeatedly
muhuurta *= m. n. a moment, instant, any short space of time RV. &c. &c. (ibc., in a moment; %{ena} ind, after an
instant, presently); a partic. division of time, the 3oth part of a day, a period of 48 minutes (in pl. personified as the
children of Muhu1rta) S3Br. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and mother of the
Muhu1rtas) Hariv. Pur.
muhya = illusioned, bewildered, fainted, stunned
muhyati = (4 pp) to faint
muhyanti = are bewildered
mukulam.h = (n) a bud
mukta = liberated
muktaM = liberated
muktaH = released
mukta\-hasta\-shirshhaasana = the freehand headstand posture
muktasangaH = liberated from association
muktasya = of the liberated
muktaanaaM = pearls or released
muktaasana = the liberated posture
muktiM = salvation/freedom
muktvaa = quitting
mukha = mouth
mukhaM = mouth
mukhadvaaram.h = (n) the main entrance gate (of a house)
mukhapuTalekhaH = (m) cover story
mukhaani = faces
mukhe = through the mouth
mukhyaM = the chief
mukhya * = mf({A})n. being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face AV. &c. &c.; being at the head or at
the beginning, first, principal, chief, eminent (ifc. = the first or best or chief among, rarely = {mukha} or {Adi} q.v.) TS.
&c. &c.; m. a leader, guide Km.; N. of a tutelary deity (presiding over one of the 81 or 63 divisions or Padas of an
Sanskrit Dictionary
astrological house) VarBriS. Hcat.; pl. a class of gods under Manu Svarni Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of the residence of Varuna
VP.; n. an essential rite W.; reading or teaching the Vedas ib.; the month reckoned from new moon to new moon ib.;
moustache Gal.
mulaalin* = m. or {mulAli} f. (prob.) a species of edible lotus AV.
muNDaM = head
muNDii = shaven head
munayaH = the sages
muniH = a sage
muniinaaM = of the sages
muneH = sage
mumocha = left, gave up
mumukshaa *= f. (fr. Desid.) desire of liberation from (abl.) or of final emancipation MBh. Ka1v. Pur.
mumukshaa *= %{-kSu}, %{mumucAna}, %{-cu} see p. 821, col. 2.
mumukshubhiH = who attained liberation
mumuurshA *= shu. see p. 827, col. 2.
mumuurshA *= f. (fr. Desid.) desire of death, impatience of life MBh. R. &c.
mumuurshu *= mfn. wishing or being about to die, moribund ib.
muja *= m. `" sounding, rustling (?) "', a species of rush or sedge-like grass, Saccharum Sara or Munja (which grows
to the height of 10 feet, and is used in basketwork) S3Br. &c. &c.; the Bra1hmanical girdle formed of Munja (cf.
%{mauJja} Mn. ii, 27, 42 &c.) an arrow(?) W.; N. of a king of Dha1ra1 Das3ar.; of a prince of Campa1 Pin3g. Sch.; of a
man with the patr. Sa1mas3irsvasa Shad2vBr.; of a Bra1hman MBh.; of various authors &c. Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river
VP.; = m. (see comp. below).
mura * = 1 n. encompassing, surrounding L.; ({A}) f. see 2. {mura}. \\2 m. N. of a Daitya slain by Kriishna MBh. Hariv.
BhP. (cf. {muru}); ({A}) f. a species of fragrant plant (named after the Daitya) Bhpr.; said to be the N. of the wife of
Nanda and mother of Caudragupta VP.; n. see under 1, {mura}.
murabhit.h = one who has killed Mura - Lord Vishnu
muralii = flute
muraliidhara = one who holds flute attribute to Krishna
muraari = the enemy of `Mura' (Lord Krishna)murAri * = m. `" enemy of Mura "'N. of Kriishna or Vishnu Kv. Pur.
Kaths.; N. of the author of the Mura7ri-nthaka or Anargha-rghava; of a Sch. on the Ktantra grammar and other
authors &c. (also with {pA7Thaka}, {bhaTTa}, {mizra} &c.) Cat.; {-gupta} m. N. of a disciple of Caitanya Cat.; {nATaka} n. Mura7ri's drama i.e. Anargha-rghava ({-vyAkhyA}, f. and {-vyAkhyA-pUrNa-sarasvatI} f. N. of Comms, on
it); {-mizrIya} n. N. of wk.; {-vljaya} n. N. of a drama by Kriishna-kavi (son of Nrii-sinha); {-zrI-pati} m. (with
{sAvabhauma}) N. of an author Cat.
muraare = Oh Mura's enemy!(KrishhNa)
murchhaa = mind-fainting
muru * = m. N. of a country MBh.; of a Daitya (= {mura}) MBh. (C. {maru}) Hariv. VP.; a species of plant (in
Sanskrit Dictionary
explanation of {maurvI}) PrGri. Sch.; a kind of iron L.; ({U}) f. (in music) a kind of dance Sangt.
musala = pestle* = m. n. (often spelt {muzala} or {muSala}; cf. Un. i, 108 Sch.) a pestle, (esp.) a wooden pestle used for
cleaning rice AV. &c, &c.; a mace, club Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {cakra-m-}); the clapper of a bell Kaths.; a partic. surgical
instrument Sus'r.; a partic. constellation VarBriS.; the 22nd astron. Yoga or division of the moos path MW.; m. N. of a
son of Vis'mitra MBh.; ({I}) f. Curculigo Orclnoides L.; Salvinia Cucullata L.; a house-lizard L.; an alligator L.
mushhTiH = (m) fist
mushita* = mfn. stolen, robbed, carried off RV. &c. &c.; plundered, stripped, naked S'Br. GriS.; bereft or deprived of,
free from (acc. ) RV.; removed, destroyed, annihilated Ratna7v. Kaths.; blinded, obscured MBh.; seized, ravished,
captivated, enraptured MBh. Kv. &c.; surpassed, excelled Kvya7d.; deceived, cheated Ratna7v. BhP.; made fun of
Rjat.
mushtha mfn. stolen, robbed &c. (a rarer form for %{muSita}) Ka1v. Pan5cat.; ri. theft, robbery W.
muslima = Muslim
musta mn. and(%{A}) f. a species of grass, Cyperue Rotundus Ka1v. Var. Sus3r. (n. prob. the root of CCyperue
RRotundus).mukshiya = release (Verb)
muuDha = foolish person
muuDhaH = the fool
muuDhamate = O, foolish mind!
muuDhayonishhu = in animal species
muuDhaa = fools
muuDhaaH = foolish men
muudha = foolish man
muuDha * = mfn. stupefied, bewildered, perplexed, confused, uncertain or at a loss about (loc. or comp.) AV. &c.&c.;
stupid, foolish, dull, silly, simple Mn. MBh. &c.; swooned, indolent L.; gone astray or adrift As'vGri.; driven out of its
course (as a ship) R.; wrong, out of the right place (as the fetus in delivery) Sus'r.; not to be ascertained, not clear,
indistinct past. R.; perplexing, confounding VP.; m. a fool, dolt MBh. Kv. &c.; pl. (in Snkhya) N. of the elements
Tattvas.; n. confusion of mind Sarvad.
muuDha * = {mUDha-garbha} &c. see col. 2
muuka = dumb
muulaani = roots
muulaashinau = roots-eaters (2 persons)
muula = Also spelt Moola. The nineteenth nakshatra\\* = n. (or m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} or {I}; prob. for 3.
{mU4ra} see above) "' firmly fixed "', a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the foot or lowest part or bottom of
anything) RV. &c. &c. ({mUlaM} {kR} or {bandh}, to take or strike root); a radish or the root of various other plants
(esp. of Arum Campanulatum, of long pepper, and of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus) L.; the edge (of the horizon) Megh.;
immediate neighbourhood ({mama mUtam} = to my side) R.; basis, foundation, cause, origin, commencement,
beginning ({mUlAd Arabhya} or {A} {mUlAt}, from the begbeginning; {mUlAt}, from the bottom, thoroughly;
{mUlaM} {kramataz ca}, right through from beginning DivyA7v.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ibc.= chief principal cf. below; ifc. =
rooted in, based upon, derived from); a chief or principal city ib.; capital (as opp. to `" interest "') SmavBr. Prab.; an
original text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss) R. Kaths. Sus'r.; a king's original or proper territory Mn. vii, 184; a
temporary (as opp. to the rightful) owner Mn. viii, 202; an old or hereditary servant, a native inhabitant MW.; the
square root Sryas.; a partic. position of the fingers (= {mUta-bandha}) Pacar.; a copse, thicket L.; also m. and ({A}) f.
Sanskrit Dictionary
N. of the 17th (or 19th) lunar mansion AV. &c. &c.; m. herbs for horses, food DivyA7v.; N. of Sad-s'iva Cat.; ({A}) f.
Asparagus Racemosus L.; ({I}) f. a species of small house-lizard L.; mfn. original, first Cat.; = {nija}, own, proper,
peculiar L.
muulabandhaasana = the ankle-twist posture
muulaja* = mfn. `" rroot-born "', growing from a rroot L.; formed at the roots of trees MBh.; m. a plant growing from
a rroot (as a lotus) W.; n. green ginger L.
muulajAti* = f. chief or principal origin L.; = {-guNa-jAti} above MW.
muulakRt* = mfn. preparing rroot (for magical uses) AV.
muuLa = Nineteenth nakshatra
muulaM = rooted
muulashodhana = cleansing the rectum
muulatas* = ind. on the root, on the lower side TBr. Kaus'. &c.; {A} mmagical, from the rroot upwards Riitus.; from
the beginning Kaths.
muulatrikona = Root trine. Specially favourable sign positions for planets. Almost as good as Exaltation
muulatva* = n. the state of being a root or foundation or source, the having a ffoundation ({tan-mUlatvAt}
{prajAnAM rAjA skandhaH}, `" the king is the stem of his subjects through their being his root "'; {veda-mUlatva}, `"
the fact that the Veda is the original source of all knowledge "'; {zAstra-m-}, `" the being founded upon the S'stras "')
Km. (cf. {tan-m-}). [826,3]
muulya = value, worth
muulyaankaH = (m) postage stamp
muura4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (either = {mUDha} or fr. {mRR}) dull, stupid, foolish RV. PacavBr. \\= 2 mfn. (fr. 1. {mU} =
{mIv}) rushing, impetuous (said of Indra's horses) RV. iii 43, 6 (Sy. = {mAraka}). \\ = 3 n. (prob. also fr. 1. {mU} and
meaning `" something firm and fixed "' cf. Ks'. on Pn. 8-2, 18) = {mUla}, a root AV. i, 28, 3.
muurchana *= mfn. stupefying, causing insensibility (applied to one of the 5 arrows of Ka1ma-deva) R.; (ifc.)
strengthening, augmenting, confirming Pan5car.; n. (m. c.) and (%{A}) f. fainting, swooning. syncope Sus3r. Kir. Sch.;
(in music) modulation, melody, a regulated rise or fall of sounds through the Gra1ma or musical scale (ifc. f. %{A})
Ka1v. Pur. Sam2gi1t.; n. vehemence, violence, prevalence, growth, increase (of diseases, fire &c.) MBh.; (also %{A} f.) a
partic. process in metallic preparations, calcining quicksilver with sulphur Bhpr. Rasar.
muurchita *= mfn. fainted, stupefied, insensible (n. impers.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. calcined, solidified (said of quicksilver)
Sarvad.; intensified, augmented increased, grown, swollen (ifc. = filled or pervaded or mixed with) MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r.;
tall, lofty W.; reflected (as rays) Var.; agitated, excited MBh.; n. a kind of song or air BhP.
muurdhajaa = hair (from the head)
muurdhan.h = head
muurdhni = on the head
muurkha = fool* = mf({A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.; inexperienced in (loc.) Kaths.; = {gayatrI-rahita}
or {sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L.; m. a fool, blockhead Bhartri.; Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N. of a poet Cat.
muurtayaH = forms
muurti = idol* = f. any solid body or material form, (pl. material elements, solid particles; ifc. = consisting or formed
of) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; embodiment, manifestation, incarnation, personification TBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (esp. of S'iva Hcat.);
Sanskrit Dictionary
anything which has definite shape or limits (in phil. as mind and the 4 elements earth, air, fire, water, but not {AkAza},
ether IW. 52 n. 1), a person, form, figure, appearance MBh. Kv. &c.; an image, idol, statue Kv.; beauty Pacat.; N. of
the first astrological house VarBriS.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi under the 10th
Manu ib.; of a son of Vasishthha VP.
muurkha * = mf(%{A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.; inexperienced in (loc.) Katha1s.; = %{gayatrI-rahita}
or %{sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L.; m. a fool, blockhead Bhartr2.; Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N. of a poet Cat.
muushhakaH = (m) mouse
muushhakadhvajam.h = having the mouse as the flag
muushita* = mfn. = {muSita}, stolen, robbed, plundered L
N
naabhiM = navel
naabha * ifc. (mfn.) = {nAbhi}, nave, navel, central point (cf. {abja-nAbha}, {vajra-n-}, {su-n-} &c.); m. N. of S'iva
MBh.; of a son of S'ruta and father of Sindhudvpa BhP.
nabhi m. a wheel W.
naabhi *= f. (prob. fr. 1. %{nabh}, `" to burst asunder or into a hole "'; ifc. f. %{i} or %{I} Va1m. v, 49) the navel (also
nnavel-string cf. %{-kRntana}), a navel-like cavity RV. &c. &c. (in later language also m. and %{-bhI} f.); the nave of a
wheel ib. (also m. L., and %{-bhI} f.); centre, central point, ppoint of junction or of departure, home, origin, esp.
common oorigin, affinity, relationship; a near relation or friend ib. (m. L.); musk: (= %{mRra-n-}) L.; m. or f. muskdeer Megh. 53 (?) BhP.; m. a chief (= central point) of (gen.) Ragh. xviii, 19 (cf. %{maNDala-nAbhi-tA}); a sovereign or
lord paramount (= %{mukhya-rAj}) L.; a Kshatriya L.; N. of a grandson of Priya-vrata (son of Agnidhra and father of
R2ishabha) Pur.; of the father of R2ishabha (first Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i) L. [Cf. Angl. Sax. {nafu}, {nafela};
Germ. {naba}, {Nabe}, {nabolo}, {Nabel}; Eng. {nave}, {navel}.]
naabhasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {nabhas}) celestial, heavenly, appearing in the sky Var.; (with {yoga}) N. of certain
constellations ib. (according to Bhaththo7pala 2, divided into 4 classes, viz. 3 s'raya-, 2 Dala-, 20 kriiti- and 7
Sankhy-yogas).
naabhijaanaati = does not know
naabhipedaasana = the upward ankle-twist posture
naabhiideshaM = nAbhI+deshaM, navel+region/country
naaDii = a channel within the subtle body
naaDiishodhana = the purification of the nadis
naada = Sound
naaDa* = n. (fr. {naDa}) = {nAla}, a hollow stalk L.; ({A}) f. N. of a partic. verse Vait.
naada* = m. ( {nad}) a loud sound, roaring, bellowing, crying RV. &c. &c.; any sound or tone Prt. R. &c. (= {zabda} L.);
(in the Yoga) the nasal sound repressented by a semicircle and used as an abbreviation in mystical words BhP.; a
praiser (= {stotR}) Naigh. iii, 16.
naadaH = the sound
naadabrahma = Blissful tone
Sanskrit Dictionary
naaDi * = 1 m. the son of Nad2a Pa1n2. 4-1, 99 Ka1s3.\\ 2 f. any tube or pipe, (esp.) a tubular organ (as a vein or
artery of the body) BhP. (cf. %{nADI}).\\
naadi * = 1 mfn. sounding, roaring Pa1rGr2. [535,1]
naaDii f. (fr. %{nADa} nom. %{-DI4s} RV. x, 135, 7) the tubular stalk of any plant or any tubular organ (as a vein or
artery of the body); any pipe or tube RV. &c. &c.; a flute RV. Ka1t2h.; the box of a wheel TS. Ka1t2h.; a fistulous sore
Sus3r.; the pulse W.; any hole or crevice Katha1s.; a sort of bent grass (= %{gaNDa-dUrvA}) L.; a strap of leather, thong
L.; a measure of time = 1/2 Muhu1rta Var.; a juggling trick, deception L.
naaga = snake
naagaphaNii = cactus
naagabandha = cobra pattern, a form of poetry
naagavalli = the paan (betel leaf)
naagaanaaM = of the manyhooded serpents
naagaashana = peacock (whose food is snakes)
naagendra = elephant
naa4husha* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {na4huSa}) neighbouring, kindred; m. neighbour, kinsman RV. \\* = 2 m. (fr. {na4huSa})
patron. of Yayti MBh. R &c. N. of a serpent-demon VyuP.
naaka = heaven, sky *= m. ( %{nam}[?]; according to Br. and Nir. fr. 2. %{na4} + 2 %{-a4ka}, `" where there is no
pain "' [?]; cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 75 and below mfn. ) vault of heaven (with or scil. %{diva4s}), firmament, sky (generally
conceived as threefold cf. %{tri-diva}, %{tri-nAka}, and AV. xix, 27, 4; in VS. xvii, 67 there is a fivefold scale, viz.
%{pRthivI}, %{antari-kSa}, %{div}, %{divo-nAka}, and %{svar-jyotis}) RV. &c. &c.; the sun Naigh. i. 4; N. of a
Maudgalya S3Br. &c.; of a myth. weapon of Arjuna MBh.; of a dynasty VP.; mfn. painless ChUp. ii, 10, 5.
naakshatra* = mf({I})n. relating to the Nakshatras, starry, sidereal Lthy. Var. &c.; m. astronomer, astrologer MBh.; n.
a month computed by the moos passage through the 27 mansions, or of 30 days of 60 Ghaths each W.
naalaH = (m) tap
naalikaa = (f) pipe
naama = Name
naaman.h = name
naamabhiH = the names of rAma
naamabhirdivyaiH = by the divine `nAmAs'(names)
naamayati = to bend
naamasmaraNaat.h = (exceept) through/from rememberance of the lord's name
naana * = m. N. of a man (also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. coin (= = {nANaka}) Hcat.
naanaa = many * = 1 ind. (Pn. 5-2, 27; g. {svarAdi}) differently, variously, distinctly, separately, (often used as an adj.
= various, different, distinct from [with instr. e.g. {vizvaM na} {nAnA} {zambhunA}, `" the Universe is not distinct from
S'S'ambhun "' Vop.; rarely mfn. e.g. {nArISu nAnAsu} Pacar.] esp. in comp.; cf. below) RV. &c. &c.; {-vinA}, without
(with instr. abl. or acc.) Pn. 2-3, 32.
naanaatva* = n. difference, variety, manifoldness Br. MBh. &c.; {-vAda-tattva} n. N. of wk.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Na * = 1: no, it is not so "' Bdar. ii, 1, 35 Sarvad. ii, 15 \\2 m. knowledge L.; certainty, ascertainment L.; ornament L.; a
water-house L.; = {nirvRti} (invented for the etymology of {kriSNa}, ) MBh. v, 70, 5 Sch.; a bad man L.; N. of S'iva or of
a Buddh. deity L.; the sound of negation L.; gift L.
na * =or not-but * =1 the dental nasal (found at the beginning of words and before or after dental consonants as well as
between vowels; subject to conversion into $ Pn. 8-4, 1-39). = 1. * = 2 ind. not, no, nor, neither RV. ({nA}, x, 34, 8) &c.
&c. (as well in simple negation as in wishing, requesting and commanding, except in prohibition before an Impv. or an
augmentless aor. [cf. a. {mA}]; in successive sentences or clauses either simply repeated e.g. Mn.iv, 34; or strengthened
by another particle, esp. at the second place or further on in the sentence e.g. by {u} [cf. {no7}], {uta4}, {api}, {cA7pi},
{vA}, {vA7pi} or {atha vA} RV. i, 170, 1; 151, 9 Nal. iii, 24, &c.; it may even be replaced by {ca}, {vA}, {api ca}, {api vA},
&c. alone, as Mn.ii, 98 Nal.i, 14, &c.; often joined with other particles, beside those mentioned above esp. with a
following {tu}, {tv eva}, {tv eva tu}, {ce7d} q.v., {khalu} q.v., {ha} [cf. g. {cA7di} and Pn. 8-1, 31] &c.; before round or
collective numbers and after any numeral in the instr. or abl. it expresses deficiency e.g. {ekayA na viMzati}, not 20 by 1
i.e. 19 S'Br.; {paJcabhir na catvAri zatAni}, 395 ib.; with another {na} or an {a} priv. it generally forms a strong
affirmation [cf. Vm. v, 1, 9] e.g. {ne7yaM na vakSyati}, she will most certainly declare S'ak. iii, 9; {nA7daNDyo 'sti}, he
must certainly be punished Mn. viii, 335; it may also, like {a}, form compounds Vm. v, 2, 13 [cf. below]); that not, lest,
for fear lest (with Pot.) MBh. R. Das'. &c.; like, as, as it were (only in Veda and later artificial language, e.g. {gauro na
tRSitaH piba}, drink like [lit. `" not "' i.e. `" although not being "'] a thirsty deer; in this sense it does not coalesce
metrically with a following vowel). [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &161835[523, 1] {ne8-}; Angl. Sax. {ne}, `" not "'; Eng. {no}, &c.] -2.
na \\3 (L.) mfn. thin, spare; vacant, empty; identical; unvexed, unbroken; m. band, fetter; jewel, pearl; war; gift;
welfare; N. of Buddha; N. of Gane7s'a; = {prastuta}; = {dviraNDa} (?); ({A}) f. the navel; a musical instrument;
knowledge.
na = not
nabha * = the sky* = m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr. {nah} `" connecting
"', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'rvana Car.; N. of a son of Manu
Svrocisha or of the 3rd MManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a
demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhik) ib. VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv.
BhP.; ({A}) f. a spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabha * m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr. {nah} `" connecting "', scil. heaven
and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'rvana Car.; N. of a son of Manu Svrocisha or of the 3rd
MManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti
by Sinhik) ib. VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a spittingpot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabhaHsprishaM = touching the sky
nabhasa* = mfn. vapoury, misty AV.; m. sky, atmosphere L.; the rainy season L.; the ocean L.; N. of a Rishi of the 10th
Manv-antara Hariv.; of a Dnava ib. (v.l. {rabhasa} and {razmisa}); of a son of Nala, Vp.
nabhastala = sky
Nactan' = 'nigth
nada = The Universal Sound. Vibration
naDa* = or m. (L. also n.) a species of reed, Arundo Tibialis or Karka RV. AV. S'Br.
nada* = m. a roarer, bellower, thunderer, crier, neigher &c. (as a cloud, horse, bull, met. a man, i, 179, 4) RV.; N. of RV.
viii, 58, 2 (beginning with {nadam}) S'Br. S'nkhS'r.; a river (if thought of as male ifc. ind. {-nadam}; cf. {nadI}) Mn.
MBh. &c.; = {naDa}, reed RV. i, 32, 8; ({I}) f. see {nadI4}.
nadanu *= m. noise, din RV. viii, 21, 14; the sound of approbation MW.; war, battle Naigh. ii, 17; a cloud
(%{nada4nu}) Un2. iii, 52 Sch.; a lion L.; %{-ma4t} mfn. roaring, thundering RV. vi, 18, 2.
nadi = (f) river
nadiinaaM = of the rivers
Sanskrit Dictionary
naga = the vital air that causes burping* = m. `" not moving "' (cf. {a4-ga}), a mountain (ifc. f. {A}; cf. {sa-naga})
AV.&c. &c.; the number 7 (because of the 7 principal mountains; cf. {kula-giri}) Sryas.; any tree or plant MBh. Kv.
&c.; a serpent L.; the sun L.
naH = by us, of us, ours (see nas)
nah* = 1 cl. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 57) %{na4hyati}, %{-te} (Pot. %{-nahet} MBh.; %{nahyur} AitBr.; p. A1.
%{na4hyamAna} [also with pass. meaning] RV. &c.; pf. %{nanAha}, %{nehe}; fut. %{natsyati}, %{naddhA} Siddh. [cf.
Pa1n2. 8-2, 34]; aor, %{anAtsIt}, Bhst2t2.; %{anaddha} Vop.; ind. p. %{naddhvA} Gr.; %{-na4hya} Br. &c.; inf. %{naddhum} Ka1v.) to bind, tie, fasten, bind on or round or together; (A1.) to put on (as armour &c.), arm one's self. RV.
&c. &c.: Pass. %{nahyate}, p. %{-hyamAna} (see above): Caus. %{nAhayati} (aor. %{anInahat} Gr.) to cause to bind
together BhavP.: Desid. %{ninatsati}, %{-te} Gr.: Intens. %{nAnahyate}, %{nAnaddhi}. ib. [Prob. for %{nagh}; cf. Lat.
{nectere}, Germ. {Nestel} (?).]\\2 (only in %{na4dbihyas} RV. x, 60, 6; but cf. %{akSA-na4h}) a bond, tie.
nahi = No; never
nahusha * = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu and author of RV. ix,
101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of yu or yus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and father of Yayti; he took possession of Indra's
throne but was afterwards deposed and changed into a serpent Mn. vii, 41 MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i,
72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is a son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut
Hariv.; of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
nahyati = (4 pp) to bind
naiH* = Vriiddhi form of {niH} (for {nis}) in comp.
nahusha* = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu and author of RV. ix,
101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of yu or yus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and father of Yayti; he took possession of Indra's
throne but was afterwards deposed and changed into a serpent Mn. vii, 41 MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i,
72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is a son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut
Hariv.; of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
naihara * =produced by mist or fog
naipuNa * = mfn. = %{nipuNa} (ifc.) Ja1takam.; n. = next.
naipuNya * = (cf. g. %{brAhmaNA7di}) n. dexterity, experience in (gen. or comp.), skill or anything which requires
skill; completeness, totality (%{ena} ind. totally, exactly) Mn. MBh. R. &c.
naitika = (adj) ethical
naiva = never is it so
naisargikabala = Natural strength and a part of Shad Bala or Six strength calculation method of planetary weighting
naiHzreyasa* = mf({i})n. leading to happiness or future beatitude Mn. ({-sika}, xii, 88) MBh.; n. N. of a wood in the
world of Vishnu BhP.
naiHsaGgya* = n. absence of attachment, indifference Jtakam.
naiHsargika* = mfn. cast off, put off DivyA7v.; N. of partic. transgressions punished with the confiscation of something
belonging to the transgressor Buddh.
naiHsnehya* = n. absence of love or affection Mn. ix, 15.
naiHspRhya* = n. absence of longing for anything Kv.
naiHsvabhAvya* = n. (fr. {niH-svabhAva}) L.
naiHsvya* = n. (fr. {nih-sva}) absence of property, destitution, poverty Var.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
and Uttara7shdha are called {dhruvANi}, fixed; in the Vedas the Nakshatras are considered as abodes of the gods or of
pious persons after death Sy. on RV. i, 50, 2; later as wives of the moon and daughters of Daksha MBh. Hariv. &c.;
according to Jainas the sun, moon, Grahas, Nakshatras and Trs form the Jyotishkas); a pearl L.
nakshatram.h = (n) constellation
nakshatraaNaaM = of the stars
nandana* = rejoicing, gladdening
nalinii = lotus
naliniidalagata = nalinI+dala+gata, lotus+petal+reached/gone
nam.h = to salute
namaH = a salute
namati = to bow
namaskaara = Salutation
namaskaaraniichamanii = Salutation to evil minded
namaskuru = offer obeisances
namaskritvaa = offering obeisances
namaste = offering my respects unto You
namasyantaH = offering obeisances
namasyanti = are offering respects
namaami = I bow
namaamyaham.h = namAmi+ahaM, bow+I
nameran.h = they should offer proper obeisances
namo = salutation
namya = (adj) bendable
nanaa * = f. fam. expression for `" mother "' RV. ix, 112, 3 (cf. 2. {tata4}); = {vAc} Naigh. i, 11.
nanu = really
nandaH = nanda
nandati = revels
nandatyeva = nandati+eva, revels alone/revels indeed
nandana = child
napu.nsakaM = neuter
nara = Man a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76; hero VarBriS. iv, 31 Blar. viii,
56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial Sryas. (cf. {-yantra}); person, personal
Sanskrit Dictionary
termination Ks'. on Pn. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa}); the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always
associated with Nryana, `" son of the prprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or sages and
accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by Mrti or A-hins and
emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with Nryana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv.
Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tmasa
BhP.; of a sson of Vis'vmitra Hariv.; of a sson of Gaya and father of Virj VP.; of a sson of Su-dhriiti and ffather
of Kevala Pur.; of a sson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and ffather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhradvja (author of RV. vi, 35
and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mra Rjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n.
a kind of fragrant grass.
naraka *= (Nir.; %{nara4ka} TA1r.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished from %{pAtAla} q.v.;
personified as a son of Anr2ita and Nirr2iti or Nirkr2iti Ma1rkP.; there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 8890 Ya1jn5. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishn2u and Bhu1mi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma,
haunting Pra1g-jyotisha and slain by Kr2ishn2a) MBh. Pur. Ra1jat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = %{devarAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. %{anaraka}); (%{ikA}) f. Pa1n2. 7-3, 44 Va1rtt. 4
Pat.
narayaaNa * = or n. a carriage drawn by men
naraH = a man
naraka = hell * = (Nir.; {nara4ka} Tr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished from {pAtAla} q.v.;
personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MrkP.; there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 8890 Yj. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and Bhmi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting
Prg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Rjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m.
or n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pn. 7-3, 44 Vrtt. 4 Pat.
narakasya = of hell
narakaaya = for the hell
narake = in hell
narajanma = human birh
narapungavaH = hero in human society
nararaakshasa = adj. devil incarnate
naralokaviiraaH = kings of human society
narasi.nha = the man-lion, fourth incarnation of Vishnu
naraaNaaM = among human beings
naraadhamaaH = lowest among mankind
naraadhamaan.h = the lowest of mankind
naraadhipaM = the king
naraiH = by men
nara * m. (cf. {nR}) a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76; hero VarBriS. iv, 31
Blar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial Sryas. (cf. {-yantra});
person, personal termination Ks'. on Pn. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa}); the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the
universe (always associated with Nryana, `" son of the prprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as
gods or sages and accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by Mrti
or A-hins and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with Nryana) Mn. (cf. {sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son
Sanskrit Dictionary
of Manu Tmasa BhP.; of a sson of Vis'vmitra Hariv.; of a sson of Gaya and father of Virj VP.; of a sson of Sudhriiti and ffather of Kevala Pur.; of a sson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and ffather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhradvja
(author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mra Rjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the Moon L.; ({I}) f. a
woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
narka = Hell
Naraka* =(Nir.; {nara4ka} Tr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished from {pAtAla} q.v.;
personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MrkP.; there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 8890 Yj. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and Bhmi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting
Prg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Rjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m.
or n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pn. 7-3, 44 Vrtt. 4 Pat
nartakii = (f) danseuse, a female dancer
nas (naH) *= 1 encl. form for acc. gen. dat. pl. of the Ist pers. pron. (Pa1n2. 7-l, i, 21), us, of us, to us; in Veda
changeable into %{Nas} (4, 27; 28). [Cf. Zd. {na}, our; Gk. $, $,; Lat. {nos-ter}; Old Lat. dat. &164531[532,2] {nis}.]\\2
cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup. xvi, 26) %{na4sate} (aor. Pot. %{nasImahi} RV. ii, 16, 8; pf %{nese}; fut. %{nasitA} Gr.) to
approach, resort to, join, copulate (esp. as husband and wife) RV.; to be crooked or fraudulent Dha1tup. [Cf. Gk.$ ({o})
$ {va-} ({o}), $; &164538[532,2] Goth. {ga-nizan}, {nas-jan}; Angl. S. {gene0san}; HGerm. {gine0san}, {genesen}.]\\3
or %{nAs} f. (the strong stem occurs only in du. %{nA4sA} RV. ii, 39, 6, the weak stem only in %{nasA4}, %{nasi4},
%{naso4s} [cf. Pa1n2. 6-1, 63] and in comp.) the nose RV. AV. VS. TS. BhP. [Cf. %{nAsA}, %{nAsikA}; Lat. {nasturciunm}, {na1res}; Lith. {no4sis}; Slav. {nosu7}; Germ. {Nase}; Angl. Sax. {nosu}; Eng. {nose}, {nostril} = {nosethrill}, {nose-hole}.]
nashtha* = mfn. lost, disappeared, perished, destroyed, lost sight of invisible; escaped (also {-vat} mfn. MBh.), run
away from (abl.), fled (impers. with instr. of subj. Ratn. ii. 3) RV. &c. &c.; spoiled, damaged, corrupted, wasted,
unsuccessful, fruitless, in vain Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; deprived of(instr.) R. i, 14, 18 (in comp. =, without "', `" -less "', `"
un- "'; see below); one who has lost a lawsuit Mriicch. ix, 4.
nasta* = m. the nose L.; ({A}) f. a hole bored through the septum of the nnose L.; n. a sternutatory, snuff L.
nashyati = (4 pp) to perish, to be destroyed
nashyaatsu = being annihilated
nashvara = Temporary
nashhTa = Destroyed or missing birth data. A method of calculating the Chart when one has missing data
nashhTaH = scattered
nashhTaan.h = all ruined
nashhTe = being destroyed
nas'vara* = mf({I})n. perishing, perishahle, transitory Kv. Pur. &c.; destructive, mischievous W.
nartana = Dance
nathaH = (m) actor, filmstar
nathi = Actress
nathii = (f) actress, heroine
nata = Bowed
nataraaja = Lord of the dancers, a name of Shiva
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
ne = not
nesh, neshate: * to go to move
netaa = (m) leade
netavya *= mfn. ( %{nI}) to be led or guided &c.; to be led away; to be led towards or to or into (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
to be applied S3am2k.; to be examined ib.
neti = not so
netiyoga = cleansing of the nostrils
netra = eye *= m. a leader, guide (with gen. R. [B.] iii, 66, 10; mostly ifc. e.g. %{tvaM-netra}, `" having you for guide "'
MBh. ii, 2486 [f. %{A} ib. ix, 222]; cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 116 Va1rtt. 2, 3 Pat.) AitUp. MBh. BhP.; N. of a son of Dharma and
father of Kunti1 BhP.; of a son of Su-mati MatsyaP.; (%{-tra4}) n. (and m. Siddh.) leading, guiding, conducting AV. x,
10, 22; (itc f. %{A}), the eye (as the guiding organ, also %{-ka}, HCat.; cf. %{nayana}); the numeral 2 Su1ryas. (cf.
%{netR}); the string by which a churning-stick is whirled round MBh.; a pipe-tube Car.; an injection pipe Sus3r.; the
root of a tree Ka1d.; a kind of cloth Hcar.; a veil R. Ragh.; a carriage L.; a river L.
netraM = eyes
neyaM = is to be lead/taken
ni = down * =1 ind. down, back, in, into, within (except AV. x, 8, 7 always prefixed either to verbs or to nouns; in the
latter case it has also the meaning of negation or privation [cf. `" down-hearted "' = heartless]; sometimes w.r. for
{nis}); it may also express {kSepa}, {dAna}, {upa-rama}, {A-zraya}, {mokSa} &c. L. [Cf. Zd. {ni}; Gk. $; Slav. {ni-zu};
&166432[538, 3] Germ, {ni-dar}, {ni-der}, {nieder}; Angl. Sax. {ni-ther}, Eng. {ne-ther}, {be-neath}.]
ni+vid.h = to tell
ni+vrit.h = to go away
nibha* = mf({A})n. ( {bhA}) resembling, like, similar (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (sometimes pleonast. after adj. e.g. {cArunibhA7nana}, `" handsome-faced "' Hariv., or comp. with a synonym e.g. {naga-nibho7pama}, `" mountain-like "'
MBh.; {padma-pattrA7bha-nibha}, `" like a lotus-leaf "' ib.); m. or n. appearance, pretext (only ifc. instr. Das'.; abl.
Kaths.).
nibhrita * = mfn. ( %{bhR}) borne or placed down, hidden, secret MBh. Ka1v. &c.; nearly set (as the moon) Ragh.;
firm, immovable Hariv. Ka1v. Pur.; shut, closed (as a door) L.; fixed, settled, decided RV.; fixed or intent upon (comp.)
Ka1d.; filled with, full of (instr. or comp.) BhP.; attached, faithful MBh. Ma1rkP.; still, silent Kum.; quiet, humble,
modest, mild, gentle MBh. R. &c.; free from passions, undisturbed (= %{zAnta}) Hcar.; lonely, solitary Gi1t.; (%{A}) f. a
kind of riddle Ka1vya7d.; (%{am}) ind. secretly, privately, silently, quietly Mn. Ka1v.; Pan5c. &c.; n. humility, modesty
MBh. v, 1493 (Ni1lak. `" secrecy, silence "').
nibaddha = tied down (from bandh)
nibaddhaH = conditioned
nibadhnanti = bind
nibadhnaati = binds
nibadhyate = becomes affected
nibadh{}nanti = do bind
nibandhaaya = for bondage, crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n. destruction, annihilation ib.
nibarhaNa* =crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n. destruction, annihilation ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nibiDa * = or {ni-viDa} mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {biDa} = {bila}, a hole; cf. {ni-khila}) without spaces or interstices, close,
compact, thick, dense, firm MBh. Kv. &c. full of abounding in (instr. or comp.) Hariv. S'ak. vii, 11 (v.l. for {ni-cita});
low Kd.; crooked-nosed Pn. 5-2, 32 Ks'.; m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi, 460; n. crooked-nosedness Pn. 5-2, 32 Ks'
nibodha = just take note of, be informed
nibodhita(H) = (masc.Nom.sing.)having been enlightened
niboddhavya * = mfn. to be learnt; to be regarded or considered as (with nomin.) Var.
niboddhR * = mfn. knowing, wise Gal.
nibhrita = are served
nichridgaayatriichchha.ndaH = the prosody form is `nichR\^it.h gAyatrii'
nicholaH = (m) skirt
nidaana *= n. a band, rope, halter RV. vi, 32, 6 MBh.; a first or primary cause (cf. %{ni-bandhana}) RV. x, 114, 2 Br.
Ka1t2h.; original form or essence (%{ena} ind. originally, essentially, properly) Br.; (with Buddh.) a cause of existence
(12 in number) MWB. 56; 103; any cause or motive DivyA7v.; the cause of a disease and enquiry into it, pathology (=
%{nidAna-sthAna} q.v.) L.; = %{nidAna-sUtra} Cat.; cessation, end L.; purification, correctness L.; claiming the reward
of penitential acts L.; %{-tattva} n. %{-pradIpa} m. N. of wks.; %{-vat} (%{nidA4na-}) mfn. funded on a cause,
essential TBr. Ka1t2h.; %{-vid} mfn. knowing the causes or symptoms of a disease BhP.; %{-saMgraha} m. N. of a
medic. wk.; %{-sUtra} n. N. of wk. on metres and Vedic Stomas; %{-sthAna}, ii. the subject of the causes of diseases,
pathology (one of the 5 departments of medic. science) Sus3r.; %{-dAnA7rthakara} mfn. operating as a cause Bhpr.
nideza *= m. order, command, direction (%{-zaM-kR}, or %{pAlaya} or %{upa-pAlaya} or %{-ze-vRt} or %{sthA}, to
execute orders, be obedient) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; talk, conversation L.; vicinity, neighbourhood (%{e} ind. near, close by
Kull. on Mn. ii, 197; others `" in a lower place "'); = %{bhAjana} L.; %{kArin}, %{-kRt}, %{-bhAj}, %{-vartin} mfn.
executing the orders of, obedient to (gen. or comp.) MBh. &c.
nididhyaasana = meditation and contemplation
nidraa = sleep * = f. sleep, slumber, sleepiness, sloth RV. MBh. Kv. &c.; the budding state of a flower (hence {-drAMtyaj}, to bloom) S'rngP.; a mystic. N. of the letter {bh} Up.; {-kara} mfn. making sleepy Hariv. Sus'r.; {-kSaNa} m. or
n. a moment of sleep BhP.; {--gama} ({-drA7g-}), approach or time of ssleep, S'ntis'.; {-caura} m. stealer of ssleep
Mriicch.; {--tura} ({-drA7t-}) mfn. sleepy, languid Cat.; {-daridra} mfn. suffering from want of sleep Vcar.; m. N. of a
poet Cat.; {-daridrI-kR}, to deprive of ssleep Kpr.; {-druh} (mfn. nom. {dhruk} Pn. 8-2, 37; cf. Vm. v, 2, 88),
disturbing ssleep; {--ntarita} ({-drA7nt-}). mfn. asleep Pac.; {--ndha} ({-drA7n-}) mfn. blind with sleep, dead asleep,
fast asleep MBh.; {-bhaGga} m. rousing from ssleep, awaking W.; {--bhibhUta} ({-drA7bh-}) mfn. subdued by ssleep,
sleeping Sus'r.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting in ssleep Hariv.; {-yoga} m. a state of such deep meditation as to
resemble sleep ib. (cf. {yoganidrA}); m light sleep, doze L.; {--lasa} ({-drA7l-}) mf({A})n. slothful from drowsiness, fast
asleep Hit.; {--lasya} ({-drA7l-}) n. sleepiness, long sleeping MBh. Var.; {-vaza} mfn. overpowered by sleep Vet.; {vRkSa} m. `" sleep-plant "', darkness L.; {-saMjanana} n. `" producing ssleep "', phlegm, the phlegmatic humour L.
nidraabhiH = and sleep
nidhanaM = destruction
nidhana* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) having no property, poor L.
nidha4na* = (for 1. see col. 2) n. (m. only Hariv. 4846; g. {ardharcA7di}) settling down, residence or place of
rresidence, domicile, receptacle AV. Sus'r. BhP.; conclusion, end, death, destruction, loss, annihilation Mn. Var. MBh.
&c.; (in music) the concluding passage of a Sman which is sung in chorus; any finile AV. TS. Br. &c.; N. of the 8th
mansion Var.; race, family L.; m. the head of a family W.; ({A}) f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas Kaus'.; {-kAma} n.
N. of sev. Smans TndBr. Lthy.; {-kArin} mfn. causing death, destroying W.; {-kriyA} f. a funeral ceremony Hariv.; {pati} m. lord of the end or of destruction Tr.; {-bhUta} mfn. (in music) forming a finale Lthy.; {-vat} ({-dha4na-})
mfn. having a finale VS. TndBr. &c.; {-sUtra} n. {-sUtra-vRtti} f. N. of wks.; {-no7ttama} m. N. of S'iva R. 2.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nidhAna* = n. putting or laying down, depositing, keeping, preserving KtyS'r. MBh. &c.; laying aside (cf. {daNDa-n-});
placing (the sacrificial fire) KtyS'r.; place for depositing anything, receptacle (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}; cf. {garbha-n-}) RV.
&c. &c.; a place of cessation or rest W.; anything laid up, a store, hoard, treasure (esp. the ttreasure or Kubera) Mn.
Mriicch. Ragh. &c. ({-tA} f. Jtakam.); ({I}) f. N. of a formula TBr. pS'r.; mfn. containing anything (gen.) in itself Tr.;
{-kumbha} m. a pot or jar containing a treasure Sh.; {-nI-kR}, to pile up Hcar.; {-ne7za} m. `" lord of treasure "', a
Yaksha S'atr.
nidhanaani = when vanquished
nidhaanaM = resting place
nidhaanikaa = (f) cupboard, almariah
nidhi = reservoir, treasure
nigachchhati = attains
nigaDaH = (m) handcuffs
nigaDa* = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) and n. (fr. {gaD} = {gal}?) an iron chain for the feet, (csp.) the heel chains for an
elephant or a noose for catching the feet and throwing an animal down, any fetter or shackle Hariv. Kv. &c.; N. of a
teacher ({-kSveDana} n. N. of wk.); mfn. bound or fettered on the feet Mn. iv. 210.
nigada* = m. reciting, audible recitation, a prayer or sacrificial formula recited aloud Br. S'rS. &c.; mention, mentioning
Bdar.; speech, discourse W.; N. of wk.; m. or n. a partic. potion Car.; {-vyAkhyAta} mfn. explained i.e. clear by mere
mentioning Nir.
nigAda* = m. recitation L.; {-din} mfn. reciting, telling, speaking Sus'r.
nigama* = m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S3rS.; the place or passage (esp. of the
Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage Nir.; the root (as the source from which a
word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda or the Vedic text Hariv. Pa1n2. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to
and explanatory of the Vedas Mn. iv, 19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.;
doctrine, instruction in, art of (comp.) Ba1lar.; certainty, assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city, market-place
A1past. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or company of merchants (ifc. f. %{A}) R. Das3.; = %{pariziSTa} Cat.; n. a
partic. number Buddh.; %{-kalpa-druma} m. %{-kalpa-latA} f. %{-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-jJa} mfn. familiar
with the holy texts Var.; %{-tattvasAra} m. %{-pariziSTa} n. %{-latA} f. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n. place of
insertion (cf. above) S3rS.; %{-mA7khya-koza} and %{-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.
nigamana *= n. insertion, quotation of words (from the Veda) and the word quoted Nir.; the summing up of an
argument or conclusion in a syllogism, deduction Tarkas.; going in or into W.
niguuDhaa = cast in
nigrihiitaani = so curbed down
nigrihIti *= f. restraint, check; overpowering Katha1s.
nigrihNaami = withhold
nigrahaM = subduing
nigrahaH = repression * = m. keeping down or back, restraining, binding, coercion, suppression, subjugation Mn. MBh.
&c.; defeat, overthrow, destruction Kv.; seizing, catching, arresting, holding fast MBh. R. &c.; suppression of an illness
i.e. healing, cure Sus'r.; confinement, imprisonment, any punishment or chastisement Mn. MBh. R. Pac. &c.
({vadhanigt-}, pain of death Kaths.); reprimand, blame L.; aversion, ill-will, dislike, disgust L.; anything for catching
hold of. a handle (ifc. f. {A}) Sus'r.; a place or occasion for being caught hold of, (esp. in Nyya phil.) an occasion for
refutation, a weak point in an argument or fault in a syllogism (cf. {-sthAna}) [546, 2]; a boundary, limit L.; N. of S'iva
and VishnuKriishna MBh.; {-sAdhana} and {-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. (in phil.) the position of being unfit to
carry on an argument from impossibility of agreeing about first principles; {-sthAna-sUtra-TIkA} f. {-hA7STaka} n. N.
Sanskrit Dictionary
of wks
nigraaha * = m. punishment, chastisement Bhathth. (esp. used in imprecations e.g. {ni-grAhas te bhUyAt}, confusion
seize thee Pn. 3-3, 45 Ks'.)
nigrihya *= ind. p. having held back or taken or arrested or confined R. &c.; having restrained or coerced, by coercion
MW.
niguuDha* = mfn. concealed, hidden, secret, obscure (lit. and fig.) RV. ({ni4-gULha}) &c. &c.; ({am}) ind. privately,
secretly Kaths.; {-kArya} mfn. secret in operation MW.; {-cArin} mfn. walking concealed or in disguise Mn. ix, 260; {tara} mfn. well cconcealed or hidden Pac.; {-nizcaya} mfn. whose design is cconcealed MBh.; {-roman} mfn. having
cconcealed hair Sus'r.; {-DhA7rtha} mfn. having a hidden or mysterious sense, abstruse, occult; {-DhA7rtha-dI},
{pikA} and {-DhA7rtha-maJjUSikA} f. N. of wks.
niH = without
nihataaH = killed
nihatya = by killing
nihan.h = destroy
nihan *= P. %{-hanti} (Impv. %{-jahi} RV.; p. %{-ghna4} TS. &c.; 3- sg. A1. %{-jighnate} RV.; p. %{jighnamAna}
MBh.; pf. %{-jaghAma} RV. &c.; 3. pl. %{-jaghnur}, %{-nire} MBh. R.; fut. %{-haniSyati}, %{-te}, %{-haMsyati} MBh.;
p. %{-haniSya4t} RV.; ind. p. %{-hatya} Ka1tyS3r. [cf. %{a-nihatya}]; inf. %{-hantave} RV.; %{-hantum} R.), to strike
or fix in, hurl in or upon or against (loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to make an attempt upon, attack, assail (acc. loc. or gen.) AV.
Ka1tyS3r. MBh.; to strike or hew down (also -mow L.), kill, overwhelm, destroy RV. &c. &c. (also applied to planets
Var.); to hit, touch (lit. and fig.) MBh. BhP. [564,3]; to beat (a drum) Bhat2t2.; to punish, visit, afflict Ka1v. Pur.; to
attach to (Pass. %{-hanyate}, to be fixed upon, with loc.) AV.; to drop, lower, let sink (hands, wings &c.) AV. VPra1t.; to
speak with the unaccented tone i.e. with the Anuda1tta RPra1t. A1s3vS3r.; (in arithm.) to multiply A1ryabh. Comm.:
Caus. see %{ni-ghAta}, %{-taya}.
nihan *= m. a killer, destroyer (ifc.) MBh. R.
nihanana *= n. killing, slaughter L.
nihantavya *= mfn. to be struck down or killed or destroyed MBh. Pan5c.
nihantR *= m. a killer, destroyer Mn. MBh. &c.; one who removes or expels or hinders Vikr. Sus3r.; N. of S3iva MBh.
niHsiiman *= mfn. unbounded, immeasurable, infinite, grand Ka1v.
ni.HkrishThkuliinaH = adj. born to a lowly family
niHsaara * = mf(%{A})n. sapless, pithless, worthless, vain, unsubstantial (%{-tA} f. %{-tva} n.) Hariv. Var. Ka1v.
Pur.; m. Trophis Aspera or a kind of S3yo. na1ka L.; (in music) a kind of time (also %{sAru} and %{-ruka}); (%{A}) f.
Musa Sapientum L.; %{-raka} n. a kind of diarrhoea Bhpr. =\\ m. going forth or out MBh.
niHsara * = mfn. issuing out; %{-tva} n. = %{pitta-roga} L.
niHsheshha = remainderless
niHshreNikaa = (f) ladder
niHshreyasakarau = leading to the path of liberation
niHs'reNi* = f. = {ni-zreNI} L.; the wild date tree L.; {-NikA} f. a ladder Dharmas'arm.; a kind of grass L.; {-NipuSpaka} m. a species of thorn-apple L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
ib.; of sev. authors (also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; N. of Majus'r L.; of a Nga MBh. Rjat.; of one of the monkey-chiefs
attending on Rma (said to be a son of Agni) MBh. R. &c.; the mountain Nla or the blue mmountain (immediately
north of Ila7vriita or the central division; cf. {nIlA7dri}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. the indigo plant (Indigofera
Tinctoria) L. (cf. {nIlI}); a species of Boerhavia with blue blossoms L.; black cumin L.; a species of blue fly L.; (du.) the
two arteries in front of the neck L.; a black and blue mark on the skin L.; N. of a goddess W.; (in music) of a Rgini
(personified as wife of Mallra); of a river MBh. (v.l. {nAlA}); ({I}) f. the indigo plant or dye Mn. Var. Sus'r. &c. Blyxa
Octandra. L.; a species of blue fly L.; a kind of disease L.; N. of the wife of Aja-mdha MBh. Hariv. (v.l. {nalinI} and
{nIlinI}); n. dark (the colour), darkness TS. KaushUp.; any dark substance S'Br. ChUp.; = {tAlI-pattra} and {tAlI7za}
L.; indigo Yj. iii. 38; black salt L.; blue vitriol L.; antimony L.; poison L.; a partic. position in dancing L.; a kind of
metre Col.
niilalohitaH = navy blue colour
niilaabja = blue lotus
niilaaya* = Nom. P. . {-yati} and {-te}, to begin to become blue or dark-coloured Kd. (cf. Pn. 3-1, 13
niilotpalashyaamaM = bearing the bluish black color of blue lilies
niita = take * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see 4. %{nI7}) led, guided, brought &c. RV. &c. &c.; gained, obtained W.; well-behaved,
correct, modest ib.; n. wealth, corn, grain L.; = %{nava-nIta} A1pS3r.\\mfn. entered, gone or come to
(%{mRtyorantikam}) RV. AV.\\%{nIti} &c. see %{nI}
niitiH = morality
niiraja = (n) lotus
niiradaabham.h = bearing a resemblance to rain-bearing cloud i.e with
niirata* = mfn. not delighting in, indifferent (= {virata}) L. -1.
niiruja = free from disease
niire = water
niivaaraa * = v.l. for {nivArA} (see under {ni-vR}).
niivara * = m. ( {nI}?; cf. Un. iii.) a trader; an inhabitant; a beggar; mud; n. water L.
niivaa4ra * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wild rice (sg. the plant; pl. the grains) VS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.
(v.l. {ni-v-}).
niivi *= or %{nIvI} f. (prob. fr. %{ni+-vye}) a piece of cloth wrapped round the waist (esp. as worn by women; but cf.
Va1m: i, 3, 5), a kind of skirt or petticoat VS. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; a band or cord for tying together folded Kus3a-grass
in making offerings at the funeral rites of a S3u1dra L.; a hostage L.; capital, principal stock Das3.
nija = one's own * = mf(%{A})n. ( %{jan}) innate, native, of one's own party or country (with %{ripu} m. an enemy in
one's own country Hit.; m. pl. one's own people Ra1jat.); constant, continual AV. Br. Mn. MBh. &c. (in later Sanskr2it
used as a reflex. possess. pron. = %{sva}, my own, his own, our own &c.)
nijakarma = nija+karma, one's+duty(normal work)
nikaaya *= (1. %{ci}) a heap, an assemblage, a group, class, association (esp. of persons who perform the same duties)
Mn. MBh. &c.; congregation, school Buddh.; collection (of Buddh. Su1tras, there are 5 MWB. 62, 63); habitation,
dwelling, hiding-place R. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3, 41); the body S3vetUp.; the air, wind VS. xv, 5 (Mahidh.); aim, mark L.; the
Supreme Being L.
nikaaman *= (%{nI-}) mfn. desirous, eager RV.
nikaH = rays
Sanskrit Dictionary
nikam *= (Pot. %{-kAmoyet} BhP.; p. A1. %{-kAma4yamAna} TS.; pf. %{cakame} S3Br.; inf. %{-kamam} Ka1t2h.), to
long or wish for, lust after (acc.) %{-kAma4} m. desire, wish, pleasure RV. VS. AV.; ibc., = (%{am}) ind, according to
wish or desire, to one's heart's content, abundantly, excessively Var. Mr2icch. &c. (cf. %{yadA-nikA4mam}); (%{nl-k-})
mfn. desirous, covetous, greedy RV.; m. N. of an Agni S3a1n3khGr2.; %{-kAma} mfn. covetous, Bhp.; %{-jala} mfn. (a
river) yielding abundant water S3ak. vi, 16; %{-tapta} mfn. excessively burnt Kum.; %{-dha4raNa} mfn. bearing
according, to wish TBr.; %{-niraGkuza} mfn. freely ruling over (gen, ), Gtt. vii, 40; %{-bhAma-bhASya} n. N. of wk.;
%{-varSa} mfn. having plenty of rain MBh.; %{-varSin} mfn. raining according, to wish ib.; %{-sukhin} mfn.
exceedingly happy S3is3. iv, 54.
nikaaman *= (%{nI-}) mfn. desirous, eager RV.
nikaamana *= n. desire La1t2y.
nikaaya *= (1. %{ci}) a heap, an assemblage, a group, class, association (esp. of persons who perform the same duties)
Mn. MBh. &c.; congregation, school Buddh.; collection (of Buddh. Su1tras, there are 5 MWB. 62, 63); habitation,
dwelling, hiding-place R. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3, 41); the body S3vetUp.; the air, wind VS. xv, 5 (Mahidh.); aim, mark L.; the
Supreme Being L.
niketana * = n. a house, mansion, habitation, temple, Mn. MBh. &c.; m. an onion L.
nikhila * V expansive, * complete, all, whole, entire Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [545, 3]; ({ena}) ind. completely, totally MBh. R.
&c. (cf. {a-kh-}).
nikR * 1. P.. {-karoti}, {-kurute}, (dat. inf. {ni4-kartave} RV. viii, 78, 5), to bring down, humiliate, subdue, overcome
RV. AV. VS. S'Br.: Desid. {-cikIrskati}, to wish to overcome AV.
nikrand * =cl. 1. P. {-krandati}, (aor. {ny-akrandIt}), to cry from above (as a bird on a tree) Nir. ix, 4: Caus. {krandayati}, to cause to roar RV. x, 102, 5.
nikrandita * =mfn. cried or roared (said of a faulty recitation), Sanhito7p.
nikram * =P. {-krAmati}, (aor. {nyakramIt}), to put down the feet, tread down (acc.) RV.; to enter (loc.) AV. TS.
nikramaNa * =n. putting down the feet, footstep, footfall RV. AV. TS.
nikrit * 1. P. . {-kRntati}, {-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or chop off, cut through or or to pieces, massacre
KtyS'r. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; . {-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.) TS. S'Br.: Caus. {-kartayati}, to cause to
cut or cut down SnkhS'r.
nikritii = (f) falsehood, cunning move
nikritta * mfn. cut off, cut up MBh. R.; {-mUla} mfn. cut up by the roots Sus'
nikRntana * = mf({I})n. cutting down or off, destroying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of a hell MrkP.; n. cutting, cutting off
(hair, the neck &c.) KtyS'r. MBh.; massacring, destruction (of enemies) MBh.; an instrument for cutting (cf. {nakha-})
nikrishhTa = inferior
nikRntin * =mfn. tearing asunder (ifc.), Ks'ikh.
nikRS * =1. P. {-karSati}, to draw or drag down TS. S'Br.; {-kRSati}, to plough in ({phalaM kSetreSu}) AV.Paipp.: Pass.
{-kRSyate}, to be borne down by the stream of a river MBh. i, 3616.,
nikRSTa * =mfn. debased, vile, low, despised, outcast MBh. Kv. &c.; near n. nearness Kaths. Sus'r.; {-bhUta} mfn.
appearing low or small in comparison with (gen.) MBh.; {-TA7zaya} mfn. base-minded ({-ya-tA} f.) Das'.; {-TI-} {kR},
to surpass, excel Kv. ii, 37 Sch.; {-TpA7dhi} mfn. having something inferior as a condition ({-dhitA} f.) Veda7ntas.
nikrID * =Caus. {-krIDayati} to cease or finish (playing) ShadvBr. (Sch. = {vi-} {ram}).
nikrIDa * = m. play, sport, with {marutAm}N. of a Sman rshBr.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nikrit * = 1. P. A1. %{-kRntati}, %{-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or chop off, cut through or or to pieces,
massacre Ka1tyS3r. MBh. R. Sus3r. &c.; A1. %{-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.) TS. S3Br.: Caus. %{kartayati}, to cause to cut or cut down Sa1n3khS3r.
nikshipati = to throw in
nikshepaNaya = for putting down (the next step)
nilaaya* = m. place of refuge AV. iv, 16, 2.
nilaya* = m. rest, resting-place (cf. {a-nil-}); hiding- or dwelling-place, den, lair, nest; house, residence, abode (often
ifc. [f. {A}] = living in, inhabiting, inhabited by) MBh. Var. Kv. &c.; {-sundara} m. N. of a man Cat. 2.
nilimpa = a pictured one: a god
nimajjati = to drown
nimbaarka * = m. id.; {-karavIrA7rcanavrata} n. N. of a partic. vow and of ch. of BhavP.
nimittamaatraM = just the cause
nimittaani = causes
nimishhan.h = closing
nimitta* n. (possibly connected with {ni-mA} above) a butt, mark, target MBh.; sign, omen Mn. Yj. MBh. &c. (cf.
{dur-n-}); cause, motive, ground, reason Up. Kap. Var. Mn. MBh. Kv. &c. (in all oblique cases = because of, on account
of cf. Pn. 2-3, 23 Pat.; mfn. ifc. caused or occasioned by; {-ttaMyA}, to be the cause of anything Kd.); (in phil.)
instrumental or efficient cause (opp. to {upA7dAna}, the operative or material cause) Veda7ntas. Bhshp.; = {Agantu};
{deha}; {Adeza}; {parvan} L.
nimiilita = closed
nimeshhaat.h = in the twinkling of the eye
nimnagaa = (f) river
nimba = neem
niMbhuminyak.h = (f) a woman who cat get enough
ninaada = sound
nind.h = to condemn
nindati = (1 pp) to blame
nindantaH = while vilifying
nindaa = in defamation
ninii *= P. A1. %{-nayati}, %{-te} (Subj. aor. %{-neSat}), to lead to, carry or bring towards (dat. or loc.), bring or
cause to (dat. inf.) RV. AV. &c.; to incline, bend BhP.; to pour down, pour out or in TS. S3Br. Ya1jn5. &c.; to cause to
enter BhP.; to offer as a sacrifice ib.; to carry out, accomplish, perform ib.; to spend (time) MW.
niNya* = mfn. (fr. %{ni}; cf. %{ni-Ni4k}) interior, hidden, concealed, mysterious RV.; n. a secret, mystery ib.; (%{a4m})
ind. secretly, mysteriously ib.
nipaana = (n) a pond
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Naraka and Bhaya [Ma1rkP.]; binds mortals with her cords AV. Br. &c.; is regent of the south [AV.] and of the asterism
Mu1la [Var.]); the bottom or lower depths of the earth (as the seat of putrefaction) AV. VS. S3Br.; m. death or the
genius of death BhP.; N. of a Rudra MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of one of the 8 Vasus Hariv. (v.l. %{ni-kRti}); %{-gRhIta}
(%{ni4r-R-}) mfn. seized by Nir-r2iti S3Br.; %{-pAza4} m. the fetters of NNir-r2iti TS.
nirdaalana = Destruction
nirdishati = to indicate, to point out
nirdeshaH = indication
nirdeshakaH = (m) director
nirdoshhaM = flawless
nirdvandvaH = without duality
nirdhana = poor
nirdhanayoga = Combinations for poverty
nirdhuuta = cleansed
nirgama* = came out; going forth, setting out, departure Var. R. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; disappearing,
vanishing, cessation, end MBh. Kv. Sus'r. &c.; exit, issue, outlet R. Pac.; a door L.; export-place (of goods).
nirguNaM = without material qualities
nirguNatvaat.h = due to being transcendental
nirguNa* mf({A})n. having no cord or string, Kiv.; having no good qualities or virtues, bad, worthless, vicious MBh. R.
&c.; devoid of all qualities or properties Up. MBh. &c.; having no epithet, KatyS'r. Sch.; (said of the Supreme Being) W.;
{-ka} mfn. having no qualities RmatUp.; {-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. absence of qualities or properties;
want of good qqualities, wickedness, viciousness MBh. Kv. Pur.; {-NA7masa} mfn. of bad or vicious mind Kv.; {NA7tmaka} mfn. having no qqualities MBh.\\f. value, measure, equivalent La1t2y.
niriiksh *= A1. %{-IkSate} (%{-ti}), to look at or towards, behold, regard, observe (also the stars), perceive Var. MBh.
Ka1v. &c.
nirkshA *= f. looking at, regarding; (%{ayA}) ind. with regard to (comp.) R.; hope, expectation W.
niriikshaka *= mfn. looking at, seeing, viewing BhP.; seeing = visiting (%{a-n-}) Ra1jat.
niriikshaNa *= mfn. looking at, regarding (ifc.) BhP.; n. look, looking at, observing; sight, view (ifc. f. %{A}; cf. %{durn-}); the aspect of the planets Var. R. Sus3r. &c.
nirjita *= mfn. conquered, subdued, gained, won ib.; claimed i.e. due (as interest on money) Mn. viii, 154; %{-varman}
m. N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-tA7ri-gaNa} mfn. one who has conquered hosts of enemies MW.; %{-te7ndriya} and %{driya-grAma} mfn. one who has subdued (the whole assemblage of) his passions or feelings (the latter also m. `" a
Muni, a saint "') W.
nirlipta = unstainedness
nirmaa = to create
A1. %{-mimIte} TS.: AV. Br.; %{-mAti} Ka1v. Pur. (pf. %{-mame} Mn. MBh.; ind. p. %{-mAya} Prab.; inf. %{-mAtum}
Ra1jat.); to mete out, measure AV.; to build, make out of (abl.), form, fabricate, produce, create TS. Br. Mn. &c.; (with
%{citram}) to paint S3ak. Das3.; (with %{kozam}) to compose or write Cat.; (with %{giram}) to utter Kull.; (with
%{nItim}) to show, betray MBh.: Pass. %{-mIyate} (pf. %{-mame} Ra1jat. v, 425; aor. %{-amAyi} Cat.), to be measured
out &c.: Caus. %{-mApayati}, to cause to be made or built Ra1jat. Katha1s.: Desid. %{-mitsati}, to wish to make or build
Naish.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
niruddha * = mfn. held back, withheld, held fast, stopped, shut, closed, confined, restrained, checked, kept off,
removed, suppressed RV. (%{ni4-ruddha}, i, 32, 11; %{ni-ruddha4}, x, 28, 10) &c. &c.; rejected (= %{apa-ruddha})
Ta1n2d2Br. Ka1t2h.; covered, veiled MBh. Hariv. &c.; filled with, full of (instr. or comp.) R. Katha1s. BhP.; m. N. of a
prince (v.l. %{a-nir-} q.v.); %{-kaNTha} mfn. having the breath obstructed, suffocated MW.; %{-guda} m. contraction
or obstruction of the rectum Sus3r.; %{-prakaza} m. stricture of the urethra ib.; %{-vat} mfn. having (= he has)
invested or besieged Ra1jat. BhP.; %{-zama-vRtti} mfn. `" whose state of repose is interrupted "', wearied, tired W.
niruddhaM = being restrained from matter1
nirudhya = confining
nirukta* n= mfn. ( {vac}) uttered, pronounced, expressed, explained, defined Br. Up. MBh. &c.; declared for (nom.)
MBh.; explicitly mentioned or enjoined s'vGri.; containing the name of a god (as a verse) S'nkhBr.; distinct, loud
(opp. to {upA7Mzu}) S'Br.; interpreted i.e. become manifest, fulfilled, accomplished (as a word) MBh. ix, 1316; n.
explanation or etymological interpretation of a word ChUp. viii, 3, 3 MBh. i, 266 &c.; N. of sev. wks., esp. of a Comm. on
the Nighanthus by Yska.
nirupaadhika *= (BhP. ) mfn. without attributes or qualities, absolute.
nirupita A* relative to * = nirUpita mfn. seen, observed, considered, weighed, discovered, ascertained, determined,
defined Kv. Pur. &c.; appointed, elected, chosen BhP. Pac.; pointed against, shot off BhP.; n. the state of having been
discussed or ascertained Hcat.
nirutsava *= mfn. having no festivals Ragh. BhP.; %{-vA7rambha} mfn. making or showing no preparation for a
festival S3ak.
niruuha* = 2 m. ({nir-} 2. {Uh}) logic, disputation W.; certainty, ascertainment ib.; mfn. = {niz-cita} L. 2
niruudhha * = mfn. unmarried W.
niruudhha * = (cf. {nir-UDha}, p. 540, col. 3) mfn. grown up BhP.; conventional, accepted (as a word or its meaning,
opp. to {yaugika} q.v.) Dyabh. Sarvad.; m. (in rhet.) the force or application of words according to their natural or
received meanings W.; (in logic) the inherence of any property in the term implying it (as of redness in the word `" red
"' &c.) ib.; {-mUla} mfn. firmly rooted BhP.; {-lakSaNA} f. (in rhet.) the secondary use of a word which is based not on
the particular intention of the speaker but on its accepted and popular usage.
niruudhha * = mfn. drawn out, put aside, separate Gaut.; purged Car. Sus'r.; eviscerated (cf. comp.); {-pazupaddhati} f.
N. of wk.; {-pazu-bandha} m. `" the offering of an eviscerated animal "' or `" separate offoffering of an aanimal "'N.
of one of the regular Havir-yajas Gaut. &c. ({-dha-prayoga}, {-dha-maitrAvaruNa-prayoga}, {-dha-hautra-prayoga} m.
N. of wks.); {-ziras} ({ni4r-}) mfn. with the head laid apart S'Br.
niruup * = P. %{-rUpayati}, to perform, represent on the stage, act, gesticulate, indicate or exhibit by gestures (e.g.
%{ratha-vegam}, the swiftness of a carriage; %{vRkSa-secanam}, the watering of a tree S3ak.); to perceive, notice, find
out, ascertain Hariv. Ka1v. &c.; to investigate, examine, search, try, consider, reflect upon Ka1v. Sus3r. Sarvad. &c.; to
state, define Pan5c. Pur. S3am2k.; to select, choose, appoint as (double acc.), appoint to (loc., lat. or inf.) Ka1v. Pan5c.
&c.
niruupita * = mfn. seen, observed, considered, weighed, discovered, ascertained, determined, defined Ka1v. Pur. &c.;
appointed, elected, chosen BhP. Pan5c.; pointed against, shot off BhP.; n. the state of having been discussed or
ascertained Hcat.
nirvaachana = (m ?) election
nirvaaNa = freedom of the personal soul from the physical world
nirvaaNaparamaaM = cessation of material existence
nirvaata = (adj) windless
nirvaapayati = to douse
Sanskrit Dictionary
nirvedaM = callousness
nirveda* = mfn. not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural W.\\ (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference,
disregard of worldly objects S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham}
ind. in a despairingly insupportable manner Mlatm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pac.
nirveda* =1. and 2 see p. 542, col. 2, and {nir-vid}
nirvichaara = non-investigational meditation
nirvidya *= mfn. unlearned, uneducated Ka1m.
nirviNNa *= mfn. (wrongly %{-vinna}; cf. Pa1n2. 8-4, 29 Va1rtt. 1 Pat.) despondent, depressed, sorrowful, afraid,
loathing, disgusted with (abl. instr. gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Katha1s.; pur. &c.; abused, degraded, humble W.; known,
certain ib.; %{-cetas} mfn. depressed in mind, meek, resigned Bhag.
nirvinoda *= mfn. having no pastime, void of solace or diversion Megh. Vcar. [542,2]
nirvitarka = non-inspectional meditation
nirvisheshha = Ordinary
nirvizesha *= mf(%{A})n. showing or making no difference, undiscriminating, without distinction MBh. R. &c.; not
different from, same, like (comp.) Ka1lid.; (with %{vizeSa} m. not the least difference Bhartr2. iii, 54); unqualified,
absolute Sarvad.; (%{am} and %{eNa}) ind. equally, alike, the same as (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. absence of difference,
indiscriminateness, likeness MBh. vi, 5519; %{-SaNa} mfn. having no attributes BhP.; %{-Sa-tA} f. (Bha1m.), %{-Satva} n. (MBh.) = %{-Sa} n.; %{-Sa-vat} mfn. not different, indiscriminate, xii, 7516; %{-SA7kRti} mfn. whose forms are
precisely alike MW.
vivitsu *= mfn. desirous of knowing or learning (with acc.) MBh. BhP.; m. N. of a son of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh.
nirvaNa* = m. or n. a country without forests L.; mfn. = {-vana}; ({-Ne}) ind. in the open country Pn. vi, 2, 178; viii, 4,
5 Ks'.
nirvana* = mfn. having no wood, being out of a wwood or in the open country MBh. v, 863 (cf. {-vaNa}).
nirvaaNa* = mfn. blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire), set (as the sun), calmed, quieted, tamed (cf. {anirv-}), dead, deceased (lit. having the fire of life extinguished), lost, disappeared MBh. Kv. &c.; immersed, plunged L.;
immovable L.; {-bhUyiSTha} mfn. nearly extinguished), or vanished Kum. ii, 53; n. blowing out, extinction, cessation,
setting, vanishing, disappearance ({-NaM-kR}, to make away with anything i.e. not to keep one's promise); extinction
of the flame of life, dissolution, death or final emancipation from matter and re-union with the Supreme Spirit MBh.
&c. &c.; (with Buddhists and Jainas) absolute extinction or annihilation (= {zUnya} L.) of individual existence or of all
desires and passions MWB. 137139 &c.; perfect calm or repose or happiness, highest bliss or beatitude MBh. Kv. &c.;
N. of an Upanishad; instructing in sciences L.; bathing of an elephant L.; the post to which an elephant is tied Gal.;
offering oblations (for 1. {nir-vApaNa} ?) L.; {-kara} m. `" causing extinction of all sense of individuality "', a partic.
Samdhi Krand.; {-kANDa} m. or n. N. of wk.; {-tantra} see {bRhan-nirvANat-} and {mahA-n-}; {-da} mfn. bestowing
final beatitude MBh.; {-dazaka} n. N. of wk.; {-dIkSita} m. N. of a grammarian Cat.; {-dhAtu} m. the region of Nirvna
Vajracch. Krand.; {-purANa} n. offering oblations to the dead Rjat.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-priyA} f. N. of a
Gandharv Krand.; {-maNDapa} m. N. of a temple, Skandap.; {-mantra} n. N. of a mystical formula Cat.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. full of bliss VP.; {-mastaka} m. liberation, deliverance W.; {-yoga-paTala-stotra} and {-yogo7ttara} n. N. of
wks.; {-ruci} m. pl. `" delighting in final beatitude "'N. of a class of deities under the 11th Manu BhP. (cf. {nirmANarati}); {-lakSaNa} mfn. having complete bliss as its characteristic mark MW.; {-SaTka} n. N. of a Stotra; {-saMcodana}
m. a partic. Samdhi, Krand.; {-sUtra} n. N. of partic. Buddh. Stras; {-No7paniSad} f. N. of an Upanishad.
nirvaira* = n. absence of enmity, Bh. (also {-riNa} Tarkas.); mfn. free from enmity, peaceable, amicable Var. MBh. &c.;
({am}) ind. peaceably, without enmity R.; m. N. of a hunter Hariv.; {-tA} f. concord MBh. Hariv.
nirvartana* = n. completion, execution Sank.; v.l. for {niv-}.
nirvartaka* = {nir-vartana}, &c. see under {nir-vRt}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nirvartaka* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) bringing about, accomplishing, performing, finishing Sank. Pat.; v.l. for {niv-}
nirvartana * = n. completion, execution Sam2k.; v.l. for %{niv-}.
nirvarti* = mfn. wickless Kd.
nirvartin* = mfn. accomplishing (ifc.) S'ak. v, 20/21 (v.l. {niv-}).
nirvartitavya* = mfn. to be performed (in Prkr.), Ratna7v. 2.
nirvartya* = mfn. to be brought about or accomplished or effected ({-tva} n.) Das'ar. Rjat. Sank.; to be uttered or
pronounced VPrt. Sch.
nirvikalpa * = mfn. (or %{-pana} L.) not admitting an alternative, free from change or differences, Tejob. Up.
Veda7ntas.; admitting no doubt, not wavering Bhartr2. (%{am}) ind. without hesitation or reflection Pan5c.; %{-vAda}
and %{-vicAra} m. N. of wks.
nirvinna* = mfn. (wrongly {-vinna}; cf. Pn. 8-4, 29 Vrtt. 1 Pat.) despondent, depressed, sorrowful, afraid, loathing,
disgusted with (abl. instr. gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kaths.; pur. &c.; abused, degraded, humble W.; known, certain ib.;
{-cetas} mfn. depressed in mind, meek, resigned Bhag.
nirvivikshat *= mfn. (fr. Desid. of %{nir-viz}) wishing to enter a common dwelling BhP. [558,1]
nirvivitsu *= mfn. (fr. Desid. of %{nir-} 3. %{vid}) desirous of disuniting (%{surA7surAn}) MBh. ii, 141.
nirvyalIka* = mfn. not causing pain, (either = ) not offending, harmless (as a word) BhP.; (or =) easy, hearty, willingly
done (as a gift) MBh.; not feeling pain or uneasiness, willing, ready, sincere, undissembling MBh. R. &c.; %{kena@cetasA} or %{hRdA}, with a willing or easy heart or mind MBh.; (%{-kam} or %{-ka-tas}) ind. sincerely,
willingly BhP.
nirvrita * = mfn. satisfied, happy, tranquil, at ease, at rest Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; extinguished, terminated, ceased, Ven.
vi, 1 MrkP.; emancipated W.; n. a house W.
nirvritiM = non-engagement, non-performance, release from bondage, salvation
niryaasaH = (m) gum, glue
niryaata * gone out or forth, issued, &c.; laid aside (as money) MBh.; completely familiar or conversant with (loc. or
comp.) Lalit. (v. l. {nir-jAta}).
niryaataka * =mfn. bearing away, carrying off, removing (ifc.; cf. %{preta-}, %{mRta-}).
niryaatana * =, n. giving back, returning, restoring, delivery of a deposit, replacing anything lost, payment of a debt
(with gen. or comp.; cf. %{vaira-}) Hariv. R. &c.; gift, donation L.; revenge, killing, slaughter L.
niryogakshemaH = free from ideas of gain and protection
nis'cita * = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or formed a certain opinion, determined to, resolute upon (dat. loc.,
%{artham} ifc. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c.; ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up. MBh. (superl. %{-tama})
R. &c.; (%{am}) ind. decidedly, positively Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5c.; n. certainty, decision, resolution, design R.; (%{A}) f.
N. of a river MBh. VP.; %{-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.), judging rightly (compar.
%{-tara}) R. (B.)
nisheka *= m. sprinkling, infusion, aspersion, dripping, distilling Ka1v.; seminal infusion, impregnation and the
ceremony connected with it Mn. Var. Sus3r.; water for washing, dirty water, wash (impurities caused by seminal
effusion ?) Mn. iv, 151; %{-prakAra} and %{-vicAra} m. %{-svarA} f. N. of wks.
nisheva *= practising, exercising, observing (ifc.) MBh.; ({A}) f. exercising, practice, service BhP.; use, employment ib.;
worship, adoration ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nishaa = Night
nis'aama *= m. observing, perceiving Vop.
nishaachara = animals who roam around in the dark or night
nishaacharachamuu = the army of the night-wanderers(demons)
nishita = sharpened
nishiitha = night
nisheka = Coital Chart
nisheva *= mfn. practising, exercising, observing (ifc.) MBh.; (%{A}) f. exercising, practice, service BhP.; use,
employment ib.; worship, adoration ib.
nis'cala* = mf({A})n. motionless, immovable, fixed, steady, invariable, unchangeable MBh. Kv. &c.; ({A}) f. the earth
L.; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L.; {-la-kara} and, {-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of authors; {-lA7Gga} m. `" firm-limbed, firm,
Ardea Nivea L.; a rock, mountain L.
nishchaya = determination
nishchayaM = certainty
nishchayaH = in certainty
nishchayena = with firm determination
nishchalatattvaM = tranquillity/imperturbability
nishchalati = becomes verily agitated
nishchalaa = unmoved
nishchaayakapramaaNena = thro'confirmation and proof
nis'ceshtha *= mfn. incapable of motion, motionless, powerless, helpless MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c.; (%{am}) ind. without
motion MBh.; (%{A}) f. motionless; %{-TA-karaNa} mfn. causing it (N. of one of the arrows of the god of love) L.; %{TI-} %{bhU}, become motionless Katha1s.
nis'cita = determined, ascertained* = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or formed a certain opinion, determined
to, resolute upon (dat. loc., {artham} ifc. or comp.) MBh. Kv. Sus'r. &c.; ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up.
MBh. (superl. {-tama}) R. &c.; ({am}) ind. decidedly, positively Kv. Kaths. Pac.; n. certainty, decision, resolution,
design R.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.), judging
rightly (compar. {-tara}) R. (B.)
nishchitaM = confidently
nishchitaaH = having ascertained
nishchitya = ascertaining
nishedha*= m. warding or keeping off, hindering, prevention, prohibition Ya1jn5. Var. Sus3r.; contradiction, negation,
denial S3ak. vii, 20/21 (v.l. for %{vi-vAda}) Va1m. v, 1, 8; discontinuance, exception W.; (with %{aGgirasAm} &c.) N. of
Sa1mans A1rshBr.; %{-vAda} m. N. of wk.
nishedhaka *= mfn. keeping back, preventing, prohibiting Ma1rkP. TPra1t. Sch.
nishedhana *= n. the act of warding off or defending, prevention Sus3r.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nishkala *= mfn. without parts, undivided Up. MBh. &c.; waned, diminished, decayed, infirm MBh. Das3.; seedless,
impotent L.; m. an old man W.; N. of S3iva S3ivag.; a receptacle L.; pudendum muliebre L.; (%{A} or %{I}; g.
%{gaurA7di}) f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation L.; %{-tva} n. indivisibility, the state of the absolute
Brahma MBh.
nishkarshhaH = (m) conclusion, result
nishkaasayati = to remove, to take off
nishkicana *= mf(%{A})n. having nothing, poor Ra1jat. BhP.; %{tva} n. poverty MBh.
nishkoshhayati = to peel
nishkrita * = mfn. done away, removed, expelled, atoned, expiated (cf. %{a-niSkRta}); made ready, prepared; n.
atonement, expiation BhP.; a fixed place, place of rendezvous RV.; %{-tA7hAva} mfn. furnished with a trough TS.
nishna *= mfn. clever, skilful, versed or experienced in (comp.) Bhat2t2. (cf. %{ni-zna}, %{nadI-Sna}, and next)
nishpiiDa *= (R. ii, 62, 17) w.r. for %{niS-pIta}.
nishpiita *= mfn. drunk out or up S3Br.; emptied by drinking, dried or sucked up, exhausted R. Katha1s.
nishthha = faith* = mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for {niH} + {stha}) being in or on, situated on, grounded or resting
on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent on, devoted to ib. (cf. {dharma-}, {satya-});
conducive to, effecting (dat.) Blar. v, 51; {-loka} m. pl. dependent people i.e. servants Rjat. vii, 114. 1.
nishthhaa* = ( %{sthA}; aor %{ny-aSThAt} pf. %{ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. %{ny-atiSThipat}) to fix in (loc.) S3Br.;
to give forth, emit, yield HParis3.// =f. (ifc. f. %{A}) state, condition, position Bhag.; firmness, steadiness, attachment,
devotion, application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge of (loc.) MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; decision about (gen.)
Ra1jat.; decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. A1p.; completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point Mn. A1p. MBh.
&c. [563,2]; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc. `" ending with "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; asking, begging L.; trouble,
distress L.; (in gram.) N. of the p.p. affixes %{ta} and %{tavat}; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W.; %{-gata} mfn.
gone to or attaining perfection; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit.; %{-nta} (%{-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh.
BhP. (v.l. %{diSTA7nta}); %{-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr.; %{-vat} mfn. perfect, complete, consummate R.;
%{-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Ma1latim. 2.//(Padap. %{niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent
RV. nishthha* =mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for %{niH} + %{stha}) being in or on, situated on, grounded or resting
on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent on, devoted to ib. (cf. %{dharma-},
%{satya-}); conducive to, effecting (dat.) Ba1lar. v, 51; %{-loka} m. pl. dependent people i.e. servants Ra1jat. vii, 114. 1.
nishthana * = m. groan, sigh R.
nishthaanaka * = mfn. speaking loud R.; m. roar, murmur, rustling MBh.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh. (v.l. %{SThAnaka}).
nishthhiivati = to spit
nishpaavaH = (m) peas
nishphala* = mf({A})n. bearing no fruit, fruitless, barren, resultless, successless, useless, vain Mn. MBh. Var. Kv. &c.;
seedless, impotent W.; ({A}) f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation (also {I}, v.l. {niS-kalA}) L.; a species of
Momordica L.; {-tva} n. unfruitfulness, uselessness Mriicch. iv, 9; {-laya} Nom. P. {-yati}, to render fruitless Kull.; {-lI}
{kR}, to make fruitless, neglect Mriicch.; v.l. for {niS-kulI-} {kR} VarBriS. Iv, 29.
nishpiiDayati = to squeeze
nishka *= m. rarely n. (Un2. iii, 45 g. %{ardharcA7di}) a golden ornament for the neck or breast (also used as money)
RV. &c. &c.; later a partic. coin varying in value at different times (= 1 Di1na1ra of 32 small or 16 large Rettis, = 1
Karsha or Suvarn2a of 16 Ma1shas, = 1 Pala of 4 or 5 Su-varn2as, = 1 larger Pala or Di1na1ra variously reckoned at 108
or 150 Su-varn2as, = 4 Ma1shas, = 16 Drammas; also a weight of silver of 4 Su-varn2as); a golden vessel L.; gold L.; m.
a Ca1n2d2a1la L.; (%{A}) f. a measure of length Ma1rkP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nishkaama* = ({ni4S-}) mfn. desireless, disinterested, unselfish S'Br. Mn. &c.; {-cArin} mfn. acting without interest or
selfishness MrkP.
nishNAta* = mfn. deeply versed in, skilful, clever, learned (with loc. or ifc.) MBh. Kv. Pur.; agreed upon Yj.
Mlatm.; {-tva} n. skill in, familiarity with ({prati}) Kull. x, 85.
nistraiguNyaH = transcendental to the three modes of material nature
nisprihaH = devoid of desire
nissangatvaM = aloneness/non-attachment/detachment
nisspriha = one who has no desire
nistIrNa *= mfn. crossed, passed over, spent, gone through, fulfilled, accomplished; escaped, rescued, delivered, saved
MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nistriMs'a *= mfn. more than thirty (pl.) L.; merciless, cruel Ka1v. Pan5c.; m. a sword MBh. Katha1s. Sus3r. &c.; a
sacrificial knife W.; a partic. stage in the retrograde motion of the planet Mars, Var, (= %{-zamusala} ib.); %{-karkaza}
mfn. cruel and hard Ka1v.; %{-tva} n. cruelty Ra1jat.; %{-dharmin} mfn. resembling a sword Ra1jat.; %{-dhArin} m. a
ssword-bearer MatsyaP.; %{-pattraka} m. (Car.); %{-trikA} f. (L.) Euphorbia (Antiquorum or Tortilis); %{-bhRt} m. =
%{-dhArin} MW.; %{-zin} mfn. bearing a ssword A1s3vS3r.
nita = to bend
nitaraam * = nd. ({ni} with the compar. suffix) downwards TBr.; in a low tone, S'nkh. Br.; completely, wholly, entirely;
by all means, at all events; especially, in a high degree Kv. Pur.; explicitly Kull.
nitaM = has been led
nitya = always
nityaM = daily/always
nityaH = eternal
nityajaataM = always born
nityatvaM = constancy
nityam.h = ever
nityamadhiiyataaM = daily, may be studied
nityayuktaH = always engaged
nityayuktaaH = perpetually engaged
nityavairiNa = by the eternal enemy
nityashaH = regularly
nityasattvasthaH = in a pure state of spiritual existence
nityasya = eternal in existence
nityaaH = in eternity
nivartaka* = mf(%{ikA})n. turning back, flying (%{a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to cease, abolishing, removing MBh. Sam2k.
(%{-tva} n.); desisting from, stopping, ceasing MW.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning the back i.e. retreating, fleeing AV.
MBh. &c. (%{mRtyuM@kRtvA@nivartanam}, making retreat equivalent to death i.e. desisting from fighting only in
death MBh. vi, vii; w.r. %{kRtvA@mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing, not happening or occurring, being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.;
desisting or abstaining from (abl.) MBh. BhP.; desisting from work, inactivity (opp. to %{pra-vartana}) Ka1m.; causing
to return, bringing back (esp. the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh. Ka1v.; turning back (the hair)
Ka1tyS3r.; a means of returning RV. AV.; averting or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; reforming, repenting W.; a
measure of land (20 rods or 200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square) Hcat.; %{-stUpa} m. N. of a Stu1pa erected at the
spot where the charioteer of Buddha returned.
nivarta.nte = return (Verb Pr.III P. plural PP)
nivartate = he ceases from
nivartanti = they come back
nivartante = come back
nivartituM = to cease
nivasati = lives/dwells
nivasishhyasi = you will live
nitaraam *= ind. (%{ni} with the compar. suffix) downwards TBr.; in a low tone, S3a1n3kh. Br.; completely, wholly,
entirely; by all means, at all events; especially, in a high degree Ka1v. Pur.; explicitly Kull.
nivedana* = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making known, publishing, announcement,
communication, information ({Atma-niv-}, presentation or introduction of one's self) MBh. R. &c.; delivering,
entrusting, offering, dedicating MBh. Rjat. BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a person of a neglected duty Sh.
nivedayiSu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B. {vived-}).
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R. Kaths. &c.
nivedin* = mfn. knowing, aware of (comp.) Mlatm.; communicating, reporting MBh. R.; offering, presenting BhP.
nivedya* = mfn. to be communicated or related or presented or delivered MBh. Rjat. Hcat.; n. an offering of food for
an idol (for {naivedya}) Rjat.
nivedaka* = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.
nivedaka* = {-dana} &c. see 1. {ni-vid}.
nives'ayitavya * = mfn. to be put or placed S3am2k. nirvikaaraH = without change
nivahena = by carrying
nivanaa * = ind. downwards, downhill RV. (cf. {ni-vatA}).
nivaatasthaH = in a place without wind
nivara * = &c. see {ni-vR}.
ni-vaara * =m. covering, protection or a protector RV. viii, 93, 15 (Sy. `" a preventer, obstructer "'); ({A}) f. a virgin,
unmarried girl Pn. 3-3, 48 Sch. (fr. {ni} + {vara}, `" having no husband "' W.)
ni-vaara * =m. keeping off, hindering, impediment (cf. {dur-niv-}); ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {nIv-}).
nivaasa = residence* = m. clothing, dress (ifc. = prec.) Hariv. * = m. living, dwelling, residing, passing the night;
dwelling-place, abode, house, habitation, night-quarters MBh. R. &c.; {-bhavana} n. sleeping-room Kaths.; {-bhUmi}
Sanskrit Dictionary
f. place of residence S'rngP.; {-bhUya} n. habitation or inhabiting W.; {-racanA} f. an edifice Mriicch. iii, 23; {-rAjan}
m. the king of the country in which one dwells Yj. iii, 25; {-vRkSa} m. `" dwelling tree "', a tree on which a bird has its
nest Vikr. v, 4/5.
nivaasaH = living
nivaasana * = n. (fr. Caus.) living, residing, sojourn, abode Ca1n2. R.; passing or spending time R.\\n. (fr. Caus.) a kind
of raiment Buddh.
nivaasin * = mfn. dressed in, wearing (ifc.) MBh. Ka1v.
nivaasin * = mfn. dwelling or living or being or sticking in (comp.); m. an inhabitant Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nivad * = Caus. . {-vAdayate}, to make resound (as a drum &c.) MBh. [559, 1]
nivadh * = (aor. {-avadhIt}), to strike down, kill MBh. R. &c.; to fix in, hurl down upon (loc.) RV. iv, 41, 4.
nivaha = flow
nivah * = P. . {-vahati}, {-te}, to lead down, lead or bring to (dat. or loc.) RV. S'Br.; to flow MBh. xii, 10318; to carry,
support (see below): Caus. {-vAhayati} (Pass. {vAhyate}), to set in motion Hariv.
nivahaH = (m) group, crowd, herd
nivarta* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.
nivartaka* = mf({ikA})n. turning back, flying ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to cease, abolishing, removing MBh. Sank. ({tva} n.); desisting from, stopping, ceasing MW.
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning the back i.e. retreating, fleeing AV.
MBh. &c. ({mRtyuM kRtvA nivartanam}, making retreat equivalent to death i.e. desisting from fighting only in death
MBh. vi, vii; w.r. {kRtvA mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing, not happening or occurring, being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.; desisting
or abstaining from (abl.) MBh. BhP.; desisting from work, inactivity (opp. to {pra-vartana}) Km.; causing to return,
bringing back (esp. the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh. Kv.; turning back (the hair) KtyS'r.; a means
of returning RV. AV.; averting or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; reforming, repenting W.; a measure of land (20
rods or 200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square) Hcat.; {-stUpa} m. N. of a Stpa erected at the spot where the charioteer
of Buddha returned.
nivartanIya* = mfn. to be brought back Mlav. v, 14/15 (w.r. {nir-v-}); to be prevented or hindered MBh.
nivartayitavya* = mfn. to be kept back or detained R.
nivartita* = mfn. turned or brought back, averted, prevented, given up, abandoned, suppressed, removed MBh. Kv.
Pur.; {-pUrva} mfn. one who has turned away before MW.; {-tA7khilA7hAra} mfn. one who has abstained from all food
BhP.
nivartin* = mfn. turning back, retreating, fleeing (mostly {a-niv-} q.v.); abstaining from (comp.) MBh.; allowing or
causing to return ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; w.r. for {nir-v-} q.v.
nivartya* = mfn. to be turned back (see {dur-niv-}); annulled, declared to be invalid Pat.
nivarta* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.
nivasana * = n. putting on (a garment) R.; cloth, garment (cf. %{kaTI-niv-}) Var. Ka1v. &c.; an under garment L.
nivasana* = n. dwelling, habitation L.
nirveda* = mfn. not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural W.
nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a despairingly insupportable manner
Mlatm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pac.
nivrita* ({ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560, 1]; surrounded, enclosed L.; m. or f. or n. (= {ni-vIta}) a veil,
mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivrittiM = not acting improperly
nivrit* = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.; rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-vartet} MBh. Hariv.;
impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf. %{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.; %{-vartsyan} Bhat2t2.; aor. %{-avRtat}
ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to return from (abl.) to (acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to
return into life, revive, be born again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid
of (abl.) ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to leave off (%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished S3Br.), cease,
end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br. Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong to (abl.); to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y.
Mn. MBh.; to be ineffective or useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for which
there are no words) TUp.; to pass over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon (loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, %{te} (A1. Pot. %{-vartayIta} A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let sink (the head) TBr.; to turn
back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return AV. &c. &c.; to turn away, avert or keep back
from (abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold, refuse, deny; to annul, remove, destroy Mn. MBh.
Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform, accomplish (a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to
desist from (abl.) MBh. R.
nivrita * = (%{ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560,1]; surrounded, enclosed L.; m. or f. or n. (= %{ni-vIta}) a
veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivRtti* = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.; ceasing, cessation, disappearance S3rS. Up. MBh.
&c.; leaving off, abstaining or desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87 (w.r. %{ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts, inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to %{pra-vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of an
example Sa1h.; suspension, ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition Ra1matUp.; denial,
refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.
nivedana * = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making known, publishing, announcement,
communication, information ({Atma-niv-}, presentation or introduction of one's self) MBh. R. &c.; delivering,
entrusting, offering, dedicating MBh. Rjat. BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a person of a neglected duty Sh.
nivedayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B. {vived-}).
nivedaka* =mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.
nivedaka * ={-dana} &c. see 1. {ni-vid}
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R. Kaths. &c
niveshaya = apply
nives'ita mfn. made to enter, placed in or upon, turned to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nives'ya * = mfn. to be founded (as a town) Hariv.; to be married (as a man) MBh.; w.r. for {nirv-} (see {nir-viz}).
nivrit * = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.; rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-vartet} MBh. Hariv.;
impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf. %{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.; %{-vartsyan} Bhat2t2.; aor. %{-avRtat}
ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to return from (abl.) to (acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to
return into life, revive, be born again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid
of (abl.) ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to leave off (%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished S3Br.), cease,
end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br. Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong to (abl.); to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y.
Mn. MBh.; to be ineffective or useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for which
there are no words) TUp.; to pass over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon (loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, %{te} (A1. Pot. %{-vartayIta} A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let sink (the head) TBr.; to turn
back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return AV. &c. &c.; to turn away, avert or keep back
from (abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold, refuse, deny; to annul, remove, destroy Mn. MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform, accomplish (a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to
desist from (abl.) MBh. R.\\ w.r. for %{ni-cRt}.\\ (L.),
nivrita * = (%{ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560,1]; surrounded, enclosed L.; m. or f. or n. (= %{ni-vIta}) a veil,
mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivriti * = f. covering, enclosing L\\(HParis3.) f. an inhabited country, a realm.
nivritta * = mfn. (often w.r. for %{nir-vRtta}, %{vi-vRtta}, %{ni-vRta}) turned back, returned to (acc.) MBh.;
rebounded from (abl.) R.; retreated, fled (in battle) MBh.; set (as the sun) R.; averted from, indifferent to, having
renounced or given up (abl. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; abstracted from this world, quiet BhP. Hcat.; rid or deprived of
(abl.) MBh. R.; passed away, gone, ceased, disappeared, vanished ib.; (with %{karman} n. an action) causing a cessation
(of mundane existence) Mn. xii, 88 (opp. to %{pravRtta}); ceased to be valid or binding (as a rule) Pat. Ka1s3.; omitted,
left out (cf. comp. below); finished, completed W.; desisting from or repenting of any improper conduct ib.; n. return
(see %{durniv-}); %{-kAraNa} mfn. without further cause or motive; m. a virtuous man, one uninfluenced by worldly
desires W. [560,2]; %{-kRSi-gorakSa} mfn. ceasing from agriculture and the tending of cattle MBh.; %{-dakSiNA4} f. a
gift renounced or despised by another S3Br.; %{-deva-kArya} mfn. ceasing from sacrificial rites MW.; %{-mAMsa} mfn.
one who abstains from eating meat Uttarar.; %{-yajJa-svA7dhyAya} mfn. ceasing from sacrifices and the repetition of
prayers MBh.; %{-yauvana} mfn. whose youth has returned, restored to yyouth Ragh.; %{-rAga} mfn. of subdued
appetites or passions W.; %{-laulya} mfn. whose desire is averted from, not desirous of (comp.) Ragh.; %{-vRtti} mfn.
ceasing from any practice or occupation W.; %{-zatru} m. `" having one's foes kept off "'N. of a king Hariv.; %{saMtApa} mfn. one whose heat or pain has ceased Sus3r.; %{-hRdaya} mfn. with relenting heart MBh.; one whose
heart is averted from or indifferent to (%{prati}) Ma1lav. ii, 14; %{-ttA7tman} m. `" one whose spirit is abstracted "', a
sage W.; N. of Vishn2u ib.; %{-tte7ndriya} mfn. one whose senses or desires are averted from (comp.) Ragh.
nivritti * = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.; ceasing, cessation, disappearance S3rS. Up.
MBh. &c.; leaving off, abstaining or desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87 (w.r.
%{-ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts, inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to %{pra-vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of
an example Sa1h.; suspension, ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition Ra1matUp.; denial,
refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.
niyaama * = m. = {niyama} Pn. 3-3, 63; a sailor, boatman (cf. next and {nir-yAma})
niyaamaka mf(%{ikA})n. restraining, checking, subduing, controlling, governing MBh. Ka1m. Sarvad.; restrictive,
limiting, defining (%{-tA} f. %{-tva} n.) BhP. Sarvad.; m. a guide or ruler Sarvad.; a charioteer L.; a sailor or boatman
L.
4 niyamana mfn. subduing, taming, overpowering Hariv.; n. the act of subduing &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; restriction,
limitation, definition Ra1jat. Kpr. Sa1h.; precept, fixed practice or rule W.; coercion, humiliation MW.
niyantaa = controller
niyantraNa = (n) control
niyantrayati = (10 pp) to control
niyam * P. {-yacchati}, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (loc.) [552, 1]; (.) to stop (intrans.), stay, remain RV.; to
keep back, refuse; (.) to fail, be wanting ib.; to fasten, tie to (loc.), bind up (hair &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to hold over, extend
({zarma}) AV.; to hold downwards (the hand) TS.; to bring near, procure, bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts &c.)
RV. AV. Br. &c.; to hold in, keep down, restrain, control, govern, regulate (as breath, the voice, the organs of sense &c.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; to suppress or conceal (one's nature) Mn. x, 59; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to {sRj}) BhP.; to restrict
(food &c.; cf. below); to fix upon, settle, determine, establish Sarvad. Kaths. BhP. Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 66; (in gram.) to
lower, pronounce low i.e. with the Anudtta RPrt.: Caus. {-yamayati}, to restrain, curb, check, suppress, restrict MBh.
Kv. &c.
niyama = self-purification through discipline * = m. restraining, checking, holding back, preventing, controlling Mn.
MBh. &c.; keeping down, lowering (as the voice) RPrt.; limitation, restriction ({ena} ind. with restrictions i.e. under
certain conditions Car.); reduction or restriction to (with loc. or {prati}), determination, definition GriS'rS. Prt. MBh.
Rjat.; any fixed rule or law, necessity, obligation ({ena} and {At} ind. as a rule, necessarily, invariably, surely) Var. R.
Sus'r. &c.; agreement, contract, promise, vow R. Kaths.; any act of voluntary penance or meritorious piety (esp. a
lesser vow or minor observance dependent on external conditions and not so obligatory as {yama} q.v.) Tr. Mn. MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Kv. &c.; a partic. process applied to minerals (esp. to quicksilver w.r. {-yAma}) Cat.; (in rhet.) a common-place, any
conventional expression or usual comparison; (in Mm. phil.) a rule or precept (laying down or specifying something
otherwise optional); restraint of the mind (the 2nd of the 8 steps of meditation in Yoga); performing five positive duties
MWB. 239; N. of Vishnu MBh.; Necessity or Law personified as a son of Dharma and Dhriiti Pur.; {-dharma} m. a law
prescribing restraints Mn. ii, 3; {-niSThA} f. rigid observance of prescribed rites MW.; {-pattra} n. a written agreement
or stipulation ib. [552, 2]; {-para} mfn. observing fixed rules; relating to or corroborative of a rule W.; {-pAla} m. `"
observer of vows "'N. of a sage (from whom the Nepalese derive the N. Nepl); {-bhaGga} m. breach of a stipulation or
contract MW.; {-laGghana} n. trangression of a fixed rule or obligation, Kp.; {-vat} mfn. practising religious
observances MBh.; ({I}) f. a woman in her monthly courses Sus'r.; {-sthiti} f. state of selfrestraint, ascetism L.; {-hetu}
m. a regulating cause Sarvad.; {-yamA7nanda} m. another N. of Nimba7rka Cat.; {-yamo7pamA} f. a simile which
expressly states that something can be compared only with something else Kv. ii, 19.
niyamaadeva = control alone(niyamAt.h eva)
niyamaM = regulations
niyamya = regulating
niyamya * = ind. having restrained or checked or bound &c. MBh. R. &c. 2.
niyamya * = mfn. to be restrained &c. ib.; to be (or being) limited or restricted or defined S'ank.
niyata = Discipline *= niyata %{-ti}, &c. see under %{ni-yam}.2 (%{ni4-}) mfn. held back or in, fastened, tied to
(loc.) RV.; put together (hands) R.; restrained, checked, curbed, suppressed, restricted, controlled Mn. MBh. &c.;
limited in number Ratna7v. iii, 3; connected with, dependent on (loc.) \\ Mn. iv, 256; contained or joined in (loc.) R. iii,
70, 5; disciplined, self-governed, abstemious, temperate; constant, steady, quite concentrated upon or devoted to (loc.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; fixed, established, settled, sure, regular, invariable, positive, definite Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
customary, usual (cf. %{a-n-} MBh. iii, 15416); (in gram.) pronounced with the Anuda1tta RPra1t.; m. N. of the
Sam2dhi of %{As} before sonants ib.; (%{am}) ind. always, constantly, decidedly, inevitably, surely; n. pl. (in
Sa1m2khya) the organs of sense; %{-kAla} mfn. limited in time, temporary Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-4, 44; %{-bhojana} mfn.
abstemious in food, temperate R.; %{-mAnasa} mfn. of subdued mind or spirit W.; %{-maithuna} mfn. abstaining from
cohabitation R.; %{-vAc} mfn. limited as to the use of words Nir. i, 15; %{-vibhaktika} mfn. limited as to case, standing
always in the same case Pa1n2. 1-2, 44 Sch.; %{-viSayavartin} mfn. steadily abiding in one's own sphere MW.; %{vrata} mfn. constant in the observance of vows, regular in observances, pious, religious MBh.; %{-yatA7Jjali} mfn.
putting the joined hands to the forehead R.; %{-yatA7tman} mfn. self-controlled, selfrestrained Mn. R.; %{yatA7nupUrvya} mfn. limited as to the order of words Nir. i, 15; %{-yatA7pti} f. (in dram.) sure expectation of attaining
an object by overcoming a partic. obstacle Sa1h.; %{-yatA7zin} mfn. = %{-ta-bhojana} Ya1jn5.; %{-yatA7hAra} mfn. id.
Mn. (%{zva-mAMsa-n-}, eating only dog's flesh R.); %{-yate7ndriya} mfn. having the passions subdued or restrained
Mn. MBh. &c.
niyataM = always
niyatamanasaH = with a regulated mind
niyatasya = prescribed
niyataaH = controlled
niyataatmabhiH = by the self-controlled
niyata * {ni4-}) mfn. held back or in, fastened, tied to (loc.) RV.; put together (hands) R.; restrained, checked, curbed,
suppressed, restricted, controlled Mn. MBh. &c.; limited in number Ratna7v. iii, 3; connected with, dependent on (loc.)
Mn. iv, 256; contained or joined in (loc.) R. iii, 70, 5; disciplined, self-governed, abstemious, temperate; constant,
steady, quite concentrated upon or devoted to (loc.) MBh. Kv. &c.; fixed, established, settled, sure, regular, invariable,
positive, definite GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; customary, usual (cf. {a-n-} MBh. iii, 15416); (in gram.) pronounced with the
Anudtta RPrt.; m. N. of the Sandhi of {As} before sonants ib.; ({am}) ind. always, constantly, decidedly, inevitably,
surely; n. pl. (in Snkhya) the organs of sense; {-kAla} mfn. limited in time, temporary Ks'. on Pn. 1-4, 44; {-bhojana}
mfn. abstemious in food, temperate R.; {-mAnasa} mfn. of subdued mind or spirit W.; {-maithuna} mfn. abstaining
from cohabitation R.; {-vAc} mfn. limited as to the use of words Nir. i, 15; {-vibhaktika} mfn. limited as to case,
standing always in the same case Pn. 1-2, 44 Sch.; {-viSayavartin} mfn. steadily abiding in one's own sphere MW.; {-
Sanskrit Dictionary
vrata} mfn. constant in the observance of vows, regular in observances, pious, religious MBh.; {-yatA7Jjali} mfn. putting
the joined hands to the forehead R.; {-yatA7tman} mfn. self-controlled, selfrestrained Mn. R.; {-yatA7nupUrvya} mfn.
limited as to the order of words Nir. i, 15; {-yatA7pti} f. (in dram.) sure expectation of attaining an object by
overcoming a partic. obstacle Sh.; {-yatA7zin} mfn. = {-ta-bhojana} Yj.; {-yatA7hAra} mfn. id. Mn. ({zva-mAMsa-n}, eating only dog's flesh R.); {-yate7ndriya} mfn. having the passions subdued or restrained Mn. MBh. &c.
niyojaya = (verbal stem) make ready
niyojayasi = You are engaging
niyojitaH = engaged
niyokshyati = will engage
niyuj *= P. A1. %{-yunakti}, %{-yuGkte}, to bind on, tie or fasten to (loc.) AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; (with %{dhuri}) to tie
to the pole of a carriage i.e. yoke, harness R.; (met.) to place in front i.e. employ in the hardest work ib. (also %{gurudhUrSu} MBh.); to join, put together (esp. the hands in a certain position; cf. %{kapota}) Sch. on S3ak.; to attach to i.e.
make dependent on (dat. or loc.) AV. S3Br.; to enjoin, order, command, coerce, impel, appoint, instal (double acc.),
trust or charge with, direct or commission or authorize to (loc. dat., %{artham} ifc., or infin.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to confer
or intrust anything (acc.) upon or to (loc.) R. BhP.; to place at, put in the way (with loc.) MBh.; to direct towards, fix
(mind or eyes upon, with loc.) ib.; to use, employ Gr2S.: Caus. %{-yojayati}, to harness (horses &c.), put or tie to (loc.)
Pan5c. Hit.; to set or lay (a trap or snare &c.) Hit.; to enjoin, urge, impel, coerce, appoint or instal as (double acc.),
appoint to (loc.), direct or compel or request or command to (dat. loc. acc. with %{prati}, or %{artham} ifc.); commit or
intrust anything (acc.) to (loc.) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to put in any place or state (loc.) ib.; to confer or bestow upon (loc.)
Ka1v. Pan5c. Pur.; to use, employ (reason &c.) Pan5c. i, 413 [552,3]; to accomplish, perform (a rite) Mn. iii, 204; to
endow or furnish with, cause to partake of (instr.) Var. Ka1v. Pan5c.
niyujya ind. having joined or attached or harnessed or appointed &c. R. Pur. &c.
niyukta * = mfn. bound on, bound, chained, fettered AitBr.; tied or fastened or attached or directed to, put or placed
or fixed on (loc.) MBh. R. &c.; appointed, directed, ordered, commissioned, charged, intrusted (loc.; dat.; %{artham}
ifc.; inf. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; used or employed for (loc.) Mn. v, 16; prescribed, fixed, settled; (%{am}) ind. by
all means, necessarily Pa1n2. 4-4, 66; m. a functionary, official Hit.
niyuktaka * = mfn. appointed, elected, placed in authority L.
niyukti * = f. injunction, order, command, charge, office Kull.
niyuta *= (%{ni4-}) mfn. fixed, fastened RV. i, 121, 3; m. or n. a very high number, generally a million Br. Pur.
no = nor
nri = man
nrityati = (6 pp) to dance
nripa = (m) king
nripatva = The title of king
nriloke = in this material world
nrimNa *= n. manhood (virtus), power, strength, courage RV. VS. AV. Ka1t2h. TA1r.; = %{dhana} Naigh. ii, 10; mfn. =
%{sukha-kara} BhP. Comm.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river (v.l. %{nRmaNA}) ib. (B.)
nrisha.nsa = wicked
nrishaa mfn. ( %{san}) procuring men ib. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 67).
nrishaac * = mfn. favouring or befriending men RV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
nrishad * = mfn. sitting or dwelling among men RV. VS. AitBr.; m. N. of the father of Kan2va RV.; (prob. f.) =
%{buddhi} BhP.
nrishadana * = n. assemblage or residence of men RV.
nrishaDgu * = m. N. of a R2ishi R. (v.l. %{ruzaGgu}).
nrishadman * = (SV.),
nrishadvan * = (RV.),
nrishadvara * = (AitBr.; but cf. %{ni-Sadvara4} under %{ni-Sad}) mfn. sitting or dwelling among men.
nrishaah * = mfn. overcoming men RV.
nrishaahya * = mfn. overpowering men ib.; n. the overpowering of men ib.
nrishaati * = f. the capturing or procuring of men ib.
nris'aMsa * = (%{nR4-}) m. N. of a god RV. ix, 81, 5 (cf. %{narA-s-} under %{nara}); mf(%{A})n. injuring men,
mischievous, noxious, cruel, base RV. &c. &c.; %{-kArin} or %{-kRt} mfn. acting cruelly, mischievous MBh.; %{-tA} f.
mischievousness, baseness Katha1s. Ra1jat.; %{-vat} mfn. malicious, vile MBh.; %{-varNa} or %{-vAdin} mfn. using low
speech ib.; %{-vRtta} mfn. practising mischief. W.; %{-sita} n. = %{-satA} BhP.; %{-sya} mf(%{A})n. malicious,
mischievous, vile MBh.; n. = %{-sita} ib.
nris'astra * = mfn. praised by men TBr. (Comm.)
nrishhu = in men
nu = of course* = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} + {u}), ind. now, still, just,
at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV. &c. &c.; cf. Pn. 3-2, 121 Sch. (often connected
with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4 nu4}, `" by no means "', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "',
{mA4 nu4}, `" in order that surely not "' [567, 2]; often also {gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either
`" for ever, evermore; at once, forthwith "' or, never, never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1]; with relat. = cunque or -soever; sometimes it lays stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or particle, and is then often
connected with {khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also employed in questions, esp. in sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pn.
8-2, 98 Ks'.] where {nu} is either always repeated [S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second
place and further replaced by {svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1. {na4va}, {nU4tana},
{nUna4m}; Zd. {n}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu}, {nun}; Angl.Sax. {nu}, {n}; Eng. {now}.]
nu * = 2 m. a weapon L.; time L. * = 3 cl. 1. . {navate} ({nauti} with {apa}), to go Naigh. ii, 14: Caus. {nAvayati}, to
move from the place, remove ShadvBr. * = 4 or {nU} cl. 2. 6. P. (Dht. xxiv, 26; xxviii, 104) {nauti}, {nuvati}, (pres. also
{na4vate}, {-ti} RV. &c.; p. P. {nuva4t}, {na4vat} . {na4vamAna} RV.; pf. {nunAva} Kv.; aor. {a4nUnot}, {a4nUSi}, {Sata}, {anaviSTa} RV.; {anauSit}, {anAvit}, {anuvIt} Gr.; fut. {naviSyati}, {nuv-}; {navitA}, {nuv-} ib.; ind. p. {-nutya},
{-nAvam} Br.; inf. {lavitum} v.l. {nuv-} Bhathth.), to sound, shout, exult; praise, commend RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {nUyate}
MBh. &c.: Caus. {nAvayati} aor. {anUnavat} Gr.: Desid. {nunUSati} ib.; Desid. of Caus. {nunAvayiSati} ib.: Intens.
{no4navIti}, {nonumas} (impf. {anonavur} Subj. {na4vInot}; pf. {no4nAva}, {nonuvur} RV.; {nonUyate}, {nonoti} Gr.),
to sound loudly, roar, thunder RV. * = 5 m. praise, eulogium L. * = 6 Caus. {nAvayati}, to cause to be drawn into the
nose Car. (cf. 3 {nava}). * = 7 (ifc.) = {nau}, a ship BhP.
nuda * = mfn. pushing, impelling, driving away, removing Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ifc. or with acc.)
nunna = nutta = *nutta pushed or driven away AV.; despatched, sent, ordered W.; m. N. of a plant ib
nuta = praised
nuunaM = (really) *=, otherwise; ind. now, at present, just, immediately, at once; for the future; now then, therefore;
(esp. in later lang.) certainly, assuredly, indeed, when indeed?, where indeed?
Sanskrit Dictionary
nuutana *= mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{nu4}, or %{nU4}), belonging to `" now "' or the present day, new, novel, recent,
modern, young, fresh (opp. to %{pUrva}, %{purANa} &c.) RV. &c. &c.; (with %{vayas} n. youth, juvenility Hcar.); new
i.e. curious, strange Ba1lar. vii, 69 Hit. ii, 168/169.
nyaasa *= m. putting down or in, placing, fixing, inserting, applying, impressing, drawing, painting, writing down MBh.
Kv. &c. (cf. {akSara-}, {khura-}, {caraNa-}, {nakha-}, {pada-}., {pAda-}., {bIja-}, {rekhA-}); putting away, taking off,
laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das'. BhP. (cf. {deha-}, {zarIra-}, {zastra-}); abandoning, resigning Up. Bhag. BhP.;
depositing, intrusting, delivering; any deposit or pledge Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; written or literal text (cf. {yathA-nyAsam})
Pat.; lowering (the voice) RPrt.; (in music) the final tone; bringing forward, introducing (cf. {arthA7ntara}.);
consigning or intrusting anything to the mind W.; mental appropriation or assignment of various parts of the body to
tutelary deities RTL. 205 &c.; N. of sev. wks., (esp.) of a Comm. on Ks'.; {-kAra} or {-kRt} m. the author of the Comm.
on Ks'. called Nysa i.e. Jine7ndra-buddhi; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-khaNDana} n. {-tilaka} m. or n. {-tUlikA} f. {dazaka} n. N. of wks. [572, 2]; {-dhAraka} or {-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-bhUta}
mfn. being (or that which is) a deposit MBh.; {-lopa} m. wasting a ddeposit ib.; {-viMzati} f. {-vidyA-darpaNa} m. {vidyA-vilAsa} m. {-vidhAna} n. {-vizeSa} m. {-zataka} n. N. of wks.; {-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP.; {-sA7dezavivaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-sA7pahnava} m. repudiation of a ddeposit MW.; {-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.
nyaasad *= P. {-sIdati} (pf. {-sasAda} ind. p. {-sadya}), to sit down near or in or upon (loc. or acc.) RV.
nyaasin *= mfn. one who has abandoned all worldly concerns ib.
nyaaya = justice * m. (fr. 4. {ni}) that into which a thing goes back i.e. an original type, standard, method, rule, (esp.) a
general or universal rule, model, axiom, system, plan, manner, right or fit manner or way, fitness, propriety TS. Br. Mn.
MBh. &c. ({nyAyena} and {-yAt} ind. either `" in the right manner, regularly, duly "', or ifc. `" after the manner of, by
way of "'); a lawsuit, legal proceeding, judicial sentence, judgment Mriicch. Pac.; a logical or syllogistic argument or
inference (consisting of a combination of enthymeme and syllogism, and so having, according to the Naiyyikas 5
members, viz. {pratijJA}, {hetu}, {udAharaNa}, {upanaya}, {nigamana}, or according to the Vedntins 3 members); a
system of philosophy delivered by Gotama or Gautama (it is one of the six {darzanas} q.v., and is perhaps so called,
because it `" goes into "' all subjects physical and metaphysical according to the above syllogistic method treated of in
one division of the system; its branch is called Vais'eshika); likeness, analogy, a popular maxim or apposite illustration
(cf. {kAkA7kSi-}, {ghuNA7kSara-}, {daNDA7pUpa}. &c.); ({am}) ind. after a finite verb expresses either censure or
repetition Pn. 8-1, 27.
nyaayika* = n. logic
nyas *= P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the earth) AV. &c. &c.; to
take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant ({prarohAn}, shoots) Blar.; (with loc.) to
throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place or fix or insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or
commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kv. &c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place
on the head "', receive with reverence; with {manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on the
road "', give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM cakre}) to cause to put or lay
down MBh.
nyasta *= mfn. thrown or cast or laid down, put, placed, fixed, inserted, applied, deposited, committed; given up,
resigned Mn. MBh. Ka1v.; stretched out, lying R.; exposed (%{krayAya}, for sale) L.; mystically touched, Ma1latim. v, 2;
put on, donned ib. 22; having the low tone (as a vowel) RPra1t.; short S3rutab.; %{-cihna} mf(%{A})n. one who has
relinquished one's marks or characteristics, destitute of external signs Ragh. ii, 7; %{-daNDa} mfn. `" one who has laid
down the rod "', meek, harmless R.; %{-deha} mfn. `" one who has laid down the body "', dead ib.; %{-zastra} mfn. `"
one who has laid down the weapons, averse from strife, peaceful Mn. iii, 192; m. the Pitr2is or deified progenitors L.;
%{-vAda} mfn. one who has ceased to speak, ceasing to speak about (%{prati}) Hariv.; %{-tA7rtvijya} mfn. where the
R2itvij have laid down their office S3a1n3khS3r.
nyaya* = m. (fr. 4. {nI7}) going off, destruction, loss, waste Pn. 3-3, 37 Sch. L.
H3)ny-aasita [p= 572,2] [L=112793]
nyaasita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to lay or put down.
nyaayalayaH = (m) court
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
ojasaa = by My energy
oja* = mfn. odd (as the first, third, fifth, &c. in a series) RPrt. Sryas. VarBriS.; m. N. of a son of Kriishna BhP.; =
{o4jas} L.
o4jas* = {as} n. ({vaj}, or {uj}; cf. {ugra}), bodily strength, vigour, energy, ability, power RV. AV. TS. AitBr. MBh. &c.;
vitality (the principle of vital warmth and action throughout the body) Sus'r. &c.; (in rhet.) elaborate style (abounding
with compounds); vigorous or emphatic expression Sh. Vm.; water L.; light, splendour, lustre L.; manifestation,
appearance L.; support L.; ({As}) m. N. of a Yaksha BhP.; [cf. Zd. {avjanh}, `" power "'; Gk. $, $, $; Lat. {vige1re},
{augere}, {augur}, &73513[235, 2] {augus-tus}, {auxilium}; Goth. {aukan}, Eng. {eke}.]
o4jastara* = mfn. = {o4jIyas} Comm. on BrirUp.
ojasvat* = mfn. vigorous, powerful, strong, energetic RV. viii, 76, 5 AV. viii, 5, 4; 16 VS.
ojasvin* = mfn. id. TS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya VP. ({ojasvi}) {-tA} f. an energetic or
emphatic manner of expression or style Sh.
ojasIna* = mfn. having strength, powerful TS. iv Pn.
ojasya* = mfn. vigorous, powerful MaitrS. ii Pn.
ojAya* = Nom. . {ojAyate} (p. {ojAya4mAna}) to exhibit strength or energy, make effort RV. i, 140, 6; ii, 12, 11; iii, 32,
11 Pat. on Pn. 3-1, 11 Bhathth.
ojAyita* = n. stout-heartedness, courageous behaviour.
oka* = m. (%{uc} Comm. on Un2. iv, 215), a house, refuge, asylum (cf. %{an-oka-zAyin}); a bird L.; = %{vRSala} T.;
conjunction of heavenly bodies L.
oshadhi * = f. (etym. doubtful; probably fr. %{oSa} above, `" light-containing "' see S3Br. ii, 2, 4, 5 Nir. ix, 27) a herb,
plant, simple, esp. any medicinal herb RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; an annual plant or herb (which dies after becoming
ripe) Mn. i, 46, &c. Sus3r. i, 4, 16; 18 Ya1jn5. &c.; a remedy in general Sus3r. i, 4, 15.
oshhati = (1 pp) to burn
ostha * = lip. mouth
okasa= inhabitant
om * = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141; originally %{oM} = %{AM}, which may be derived from %{A} BRD.), a word of solemn
affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily, so be it "' (and in this sense compared with
Amen; it is placed at the commencement of most Hindu1 works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not
so as to be heard by ears profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or previously to any prayer; it is
also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!]; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a mystic
monosyllable, and is there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual efficacy being
attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds %{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists; in later times
%{om} is the mystic name for the Hindu1 triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u), %{u}
(S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1); it may also be typical of the three Vedas; %{om} is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely
%{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only in later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c.; (Buddhists place %{om} at the
beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in six syllables [viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}];
according to T. %{om} may be used in the following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau},
%{apA7kRtau}, %{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi}; with preceding %{a} or %{A}, the %{o}
of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)
ota *= (%{A-uta}) mfn. interwoven BhP. Mun2d2Up.\\1 (for 2. see col. 3) mfn. addressed, invoked, summoned AV.\\2
(for 1. see 4. %{o7}) p.p. of %{A-ve}, p. 156, col. 2.
otaprota *= mfn. sewn lengthwise and crosswise MBh. v, 1789.
Sanskrit Dictionary
paa = to bless
paada = foot * = m. (ifc. f. {A}, rarely {I}) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl. sometimes added to proper
names or titles in token of respect e.g. {deva-pAdAH}, `" the king's majesty "' Pac. [617, 2]; {nArAyaNap-}, `" the
venerable NNryana "' Sh.; {pAdaiH} ind. on foot [said of several persons]. R.; {-dayoH} and {-de-pat}, to fall at a
persos [gen.] feet Kv. Hit); the foot or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; a wheel S'is'. xii,
21; a foot as a measure (= 12 Angulas) S'Br. S'rS. MrkP.; the foot or root of a tree Var.; the foot or a hill at the ffoot of
a mountain MBh. Kv. &c.; the bottom ({dRteh pAdAt}, `" from the bbottom of a bag "' v.l. {pAtrAt}) MBh. v, 1047; a
ray or beam of light (considered as the ffoot of a heavenly body) ib.; a quarter, a fourth Part (the ffourth of a
quadruped being one out of 4) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for [gen.] Sus'r.); the quadrant
(of a circle) ryabh. Sch.; a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br. S'rS. Prt. &c.; the caesura of a verse
AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a bbook consisting of 4 parts, as the Adhyyas of
Pnini's grammar).
paadaM = and legs
paadatraaNam.h = (n) shoes
paadahastaasana = the balancing forward bend posture
paadaaMshukam.h = (n) pyjama
paadaangushhTha = the big toe
paadaasana = the foot above posture
paadau = feet
paahi = protect
paaJNchajanyaM = the conchshell named Pancajanya
paaJNchaalikaa = (f) doll
paaka * = 1 mfn. (either fr. 1. {pA+ka}, `" drinking, sucking, or fr. 2. {pac}, `" ripening, growing "') very young GriS.;
simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. s'vS'r.; m. the young of an animal (see {uluka-}, {kapata-}); a child, infant
L.; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. {-trA4} ind. in simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV.
paaka* = 2 m. (2. {pac}; ifc. f. {I}) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans "' and intrans.) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. [614, 1];
burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib.; any cooked or dressed food BhP.; digestion, assimilation of food Sus'r.;
ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KtyS'r. Mn. Var. Sus'r.; inflammation, suppuration Sus'r.; an abscess, ulcer ib.;
ripening of the hair i.e. greyness, old age L.; maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection,
excellence Hariv. Kv. &c.; development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pac. MrkP.;
any act having consequences. BhP.; the domestic fire L.; a cooking utensil L.; general panic or revolution in a country
W. (in comp. 2. {pAka} is not always separable from 1. {pAka}).
paakashaalaa = (f) kitchen
paakSa* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pakSa}) belonging to a half month; relating to a side or party W.
paalaniiya = should be protected or observed
paalayati = (10 up) to protect
Sanskrit Dictionary
paala * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv.; a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yj. MBh.; protector of the earth,
king. prince BhP.; (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as `" recipient "' ?) L.; N. of a serpent-demon of the race of Vsuki
MBh.; of a prince Cat.; (with {bhatTa}) N. of an author ib.; ({I}) f. a herdsmas wife MBh. v, 3608; an oblong pond (as
`" receptacle "' of water?) Var. (cf. {pAli}).
paalaka* = guarding, protecting, nourishing, a guardian, protector; a foster-father; a prince, ruler, sovereign; a worldprotector
paacaala * = mf(%{I})n. relating or belonging to or ruling over the Pan5ca1las MBh. R. &c.; m. a prince of the
PPan5ca1las ib.; (with %{bAbhravya}) N. of an author Cat.; the country of the PPan5ca1las L.; pl. the people of the
PPan5ca1las MBh. Var. &c.; an association of 5 guilds (carpenter, weaver, barber, washerman, and shoe-maker) L.;
(%{I}) f. see below; n. the language of the PPan5ca1las Cat.
paannaga * = mf({I})n. (fr. {panna-ga}) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky Hariv.
paa.nDityaM = punditry; expertise or scholarliness
paaNi = hands * = 1 m. a place of sale, shop, market W.\\ 2 m. (said to be fr. %{paN}) the hand RV. &c. &c. (often ifc.
= holding in the hhand e.g. %{asi-p-}, holding a sword in the, ssword in hhand; %{pANiM-grah} or %{-Nau-kR},
to take the hhand of a bride, marry; %{-niMdA}, to give the hhand in marriage); a hoof. RV. ii, 31, 2; N. of Sch. on
the Das3a-rupaka Cat. [Orig %{palni}; cf. Gk. $; Lat. {palma}; Angl. Sax. &188673[615,2] {folm}; Germ. {fu10hlen};
Eng. {feel}.]
paaNidharma * = m. form of marriage MBh.
paaNigata * = mfn. being in the hand or at hhand, ready, present Naish.
paaNDava = O son of Pandu
paaNDavaH = Arjuna (the son of Pandu)
paaNDavaaH = the sons of Pandu
paaNDavaanaaM = of the Pandavas
paaNDavaaniikaM = the soldiers of the Pandavas
paaNDitya = wisdom
paaNDuputraaNaaM = of the sons of Pandu
paana = drinking
paaNa *= 1 m. ( %{paN}) a stake at play MBh. (cf. %{paNa}); trade, traffic W.; praise W.\\ 5 2 m. = %{pANi}, the
hand L.
paantha = traveller
paapa = Bad deed
paapaM = sin
paapakrittamaH = the greatest sinner
paapaghniiM = which kills the sins (the hymn)
paapajanya = adj. derived from sin, son of sin :-)
paapayonayaH = born of a lower family
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
paarameshthha * =m. (fr. {parame-SThin}) patr. of Narada MBh.; {-SThya} mfn. relating or belonging to or coming
from the supreme god (Brahm) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; relating to a king, royal (cf. below); m. patr. of Nrada MBh. (v.l. {STha}); n. highest position, supremacy AitBr. MBh. Pur.; pl. the royal insignia BhP.
paaraMpaarika = traditional
paaradarshaka = (adj) transparent, clear
paarameshhTya = supreme rulership
paarata* = m. (cf. 2. {pArada}) quicksilver Kaths. xxxvii, 232; pl. N. of a people Var. (also {-taka} v.l. in VP.)
paaraayaNa * = n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPra1t A1past.; (esp.) reading a Pura1n2a or causing
it to be read W.; the whole, totality MBh. xiii, 2701 Pa1n2. 3-2, 130 Sch.; (esp.) complete text, ccausing collection of
(cf. %{dkAtu-pperusing@nAma-p-}); N. of a gram. wk. (abridged fr. %{dhAtu-p-}); (%{I}) f. (L.) action; meditation;
light; N. of the goddess Sarasvati1; %{-Na-krama} m. %{-Na-mAhAtmya} n. %{-Navidhi} m. N. of wk.; %{-Nika} mfn.
one who goes through or studies Pa1n2. 5-i, 72; m. a lecturer, reader of the Pura1n2as W.; a pupil, scholar W.; PlN. of a
partic. school of grammarians Cat.; %{-NIya} n. N. of a grammar.
paarikha* =(fr. %{pari-khA}) g. %{palady-Adi}.
paarikheya* =mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pari-kha}) surrounded by a ditch ib. v, 1, 17.
paarikhIya* =mfn. (fr. %{pArikha}) Pa1n2. 4-2, 141 Sch.
paarivettrya *= n. (%{-vettR}) the marriage of a younger brother before the elder VP.
paaroksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {paro'kSa}) undiscernible, mysterious (v.l. for next) Bh
paars'va * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank
(either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc.; %{ayaH}, on both
sides; %{am}, aside, towards; %{e}, at the side, near [opp. to %{dura-tas}]; %{At}, away, from; by means of, through)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a curved knife S3Br.; a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib.; (only n.)
a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2]; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses
of a four-horse chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side horse on a chariot MBh.; N. of
an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant; (du.)
heaven and earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paarshada m. (fr. %{parSad}) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp. MBh. Sus3r. (pl.
attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.); a member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar.; n. a text-book received by any
partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Pra1tis3a1khyas) Nir. i, 17; N. of wk.
paarshva\-dhanuraasana = the sideways bow posture
paarshva\-shirshhaasana = the headstand posture
paarshva\-sarvaangaasana = the sideways shoulderstand posture
paarshva\-halaasana = the lateral plough posture
paarshvaakakaasana = the sideways crow posture
paarshhNiH = (m) heel
paars'va * = n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} fr. 1. {parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank
(either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc.; {ayaH}, on both
sides; {am}, aside, towards; {e}, at the side, near [opp. to {dura-tas}]; {At}, away, from; by means of, through) MBh.
Kv. &c.; a curved knife S'Br.; a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib.; (only n.) a
multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622, 2]; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of
a four-horse chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side horse on a chariot MBh.; N. of an
Sanskrit Dictionary
ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin and of his servant; (du.) heaven
and earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paashaNDa * mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor,
any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hind, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine,
heresy Mn. BhP.
paas'a *= m. (once n. ifc. f. %{A}; fr. 3. %{paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.
&c.; (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81; 290; (with Jainas) anything that binds or fetters the soul i.e.
the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89); selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), S3rGr2S.; a die, dice
MBh.; (in astrol.) a partic. constellation; (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. %{chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or
0admiration e.g. %{karNa-p-}, `" a beautiful ear "'; after a word signifying, hair "' abundance, quantity e.g. %{keza-p-},
`" a mass of hair "'); (%{I}) f. a rope, fetter Sis3. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. %{pAzI}).
paarshada* = m. (fr. {parSad}) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp. MBh. Sus'r. (pl.
attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.); a member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar.; n. a text-book received by any
partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Prtis'khyas) Nir. i, 17; N. of wk.
paartha = O son of Pritha* = 1 m. (fr. {pRthi}) patr. of Tnva RAnukr.; n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Priithi
Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Rja-sya sacrifice) Br. KtyS'rS.; of sev. Smans Br. Lthy.
\\ =2 m. (fr. {pRthA}) metron. of Yudhi-shthhira or Bhma-sena or Arjuna (esp. of the last; pl. the 5 sons of Pnu)
MBh. (cf. IW. 381 n. 4); N. of a king of Kas'rriira (son of Pangu) and of another man Rjat.; Terminalia Arjuna L.\\* =3
m.= {pArthiva}, a prince, king L. \\* =4 or {pArthona} m. (in astron.) = $ as (the Virgo of the zodiac).
paarthaH = Arjuna
paarthasya = and Arjuna
paarthaaya = unto Arjuna
paarthiva* = mf({I} or {A}; cf. Pn. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. {pRthivI} f. of {pRthu}) earthen, earthy, earthly, being in or
relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c.; (from m. below) fit for kings or princes, royal, princely
MBh. Hariv.; m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV.; a lord of the earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c.; an earthen
vessel L.; a partic. Agni Griihys.; the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var.; (pl.) N. of a family
belonging to the Kaus'likas Hariv.; ({I}) f. `" earth-born "'N. of St Ragh.; of Lakshm L.; (with {zAnti}) N. of wk.; n.
(pl.) the regions of the earth RV.; an earthy substance Hariv. (v.l. {-thavi}) Sus'r.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.
paarthivatva* = n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty MBh.
paarthivesvara * = m. id.; {-cintAmaNi}, ni. ({Ni-paddhati} f.), {pUjanavidhi} and. {-pUjA-vidhi} m. N. of wks
paarushhyaM = harshness
paarvaNa * = :mf({I})n. (fr. {parvan}) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes of the moon (such as
at new or full moon); increasing, waxing, full (as the moon; {parvaNau zazi-divAkarau}, mmoon and sun at the time
of full mmoon Ragh. xi, 82) GriS'rS. Kv. Pur. &c.; m. a halfmonth (= {pakSa}) Jyot.; oblations offered at new and full
moon GriS.
paarvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{parvata}) being in or growing on or coming from or consisting of mountains;
mountainous, hilly MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-2, 67, 8ch.); m. Melia Bukayun L.; (%{I}) f. see below.
paary-antika * =mf({I})n. ({-anta}) final, concluding, last MW.
paashaM = rope/ties
paas'aNDa* = mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor,
any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hind, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine,
heresy Mn. BhP.
paashaasana = the noose posture
Sanskrit Dictionary
paas'a * = m. (once n. ifc. f. {A}; fr. 3. {paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c.;
(esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81; 290; (with Jainas) anything that binds or fetters the soul i.e. the
outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89); selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), S'rGriS.; a die, dice MBh.; (in
astrol.) a partic. constellation; (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. {chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or 0admiration
e.g. {karNa-p-}, `" a beautiful ear "'; after a word signifying, hair "' abundance, quantity e.g. {keza-p-}, `" a mass of hair
"'); ({I}) f. a rope, fetter Sis'. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. {pAzI}).
paaTa* =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L. \\m. ( {paT}) breadth, expanse, extension L.;
(in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by such an intersection Col.; =
{vAdya-tUrA7tkara} Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch.; ({A4}) f. a species of plant AV. Kaus'. (cf. {pAThA}); regular order, series,
succession W.; ({I}) f. see {pATI}. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see under 3. {pA}) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh.; throwing one's
self or falling into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c. e.g., {gRha-}, fall of
a house; {parvata-}, fall from a mountain; {bhU-}, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; alighting, descending or
causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pacat.; a stroke (of a
sword &c.) Kaths.; application (of ointment, of a knife &c.) Kvya7d.; casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes)
Ragh.; decay of the body ({deha-pAta}), death Kaths. Bdar.; (with {garbhasya}) fall of the fetus, miscarriage Sus'r.;
an attack, incursion Var.; a cass, possibility, S'ankhBr.; happening, occurrence, appearance Prab. Kaths. Das'ar.; a
fault, error, mistake Sryas.; the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179); a malignant aspect ib.; N. of Rhu L.; pl. N. of
a school of the Yajur-veda ib.
paataka* = mfn. causing to fall (see {garbha-}); n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}), `" that which causes to fall or sink "', sin,
crime, loss of caste GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.
pata * = m. flying, falling (cf. g. {pacA7di} and {jvalA7di}). \\ pata * = 2 mfn. well fed (= {puSTa}) L.
paati * = m.= {pati}, a master, lord, husband Un. v, 5 Sch.
paathii * f. arithmetic, Bjag.; a species of plant L.
paatha* = m. = {patha} g. {jvalA7di}; fire L.; the sun L.; n. water L.; N. of 2 Smans rshBr.
paathha* = m. ( {paTh}) recitation, recital Kv.; reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts) S'iksh. &c.; a partic.
method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Sanhit, Pada, Krama, Jath and Ghana RTL. 409);
the text of a book, SrS. MBh.; the reading (of a text) Naish. Sch.; = {dhAtu-pA7Tha} Vop.; ({A}) f. Clypea Hernandifolia
L.
paathaka* = m. a splitter, divider Hariv.; (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village; a shore, bank; a flight of
steps leading to the water; a kind of musical instrument; a long span (= {mahA-kiSku}) [615,1]; expense or loss of
capital or stock; throwing dice; ({ikA}) f. see {dina-pATikA}.
paathava* = m. (fr. {paTu}) a son or deseendant or pupil of Pathu S'Br. Pravar. (cf. Pn. 4-2, 119 Sch.); mfn. clever,
sharp, dexterous W.; n. sharpness, intensity Sus'r. Tattvas.; skill, cleverness in (loc.) Kv. Rjat. Hit.; quickness,
precipitation in (comp.) Kaths.; health L.
paathalam.h = (n) rose flower
paathhayati = (1 pp, causative) to teach
paathhashaalaa = (f) school
paathhiinaH = (m) prawns
paathhyakrama = syllabus
paatakaM = sinful reactions
paatakamuula = adj. essentially criminal
paataJNjalii = author of the Yoga Sutras
paataala = nether-world
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Cat.; any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; a period in an arithmetical progression Col.; a square
root Sryas.; a quadrant ib.; protection L. [Cf. Gk. $; &179282[583, 2] Lat. {peda}; {op-pidum} for {op-pedum}.]
padaani = words or steps
padaiH = by the aphorisms
padakam.h = (n) medal
padana *= mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150)
padaM = the step
padavii *= m. (nom. %{s}) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. %{-vAya}) [583,3]; f. (nom. %{vI}) a road, path,
way, track, reach, range; acc. with %{gam}, %{yA} &c., to go the way of (cf. under %{artha-padavI}, %{ghana-},
%{pavana-}, %{mokSa-}, %{yauvana-}, %{sAdhu-}, %{smaraNa-}, %{hAsya-}; %{padam-dhA} or %{nidhA@padavyAm} [comp. or gen.], to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; station,
situation, place, site R. Pan5c.; %{--vI4ya} n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for %{vya4m}).paddhati * = (for
%{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-tI} g. %{bahv-Adi}); sign, token
Ja1takam.; N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts
relating to them) and of sev. wks.; a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in
comps. serving as proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and S3u1dra names). L.; %{-candrikA}
f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA}, f. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.
paddhati (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-tI} g. %{bahv-Adi});
sign, token Ja1takam.; N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies
and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks.; a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or
occupation in comps. serving as proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and S3u1dra names). L.;
%{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA}, f. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n. %{-sAra} m. N. of
wks.
padhashala = school
padma = lotus
padmaasana = the lotus posture
padmaakshaM = lotus-eyed
padmanaabha = a name of Vishnu
padmapatraM = a lotus leaf
padmaraaga m. `" lotus-hued "', a ruby L. (also %{-ka} Hcat.; %{-ga-maya} mf[%{I}]n. made or consisting of rubies
Ka1ran2d2); (%{I}) f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gr2ihya1s.
pakvaM = ripe
paksha = (m) political party, fortnight * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) a wing, opinion (in one passage n.) RV. &c. &c.; a
symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat.; a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. %{gArdhra-p-}); the fin
of a fish (cf. %{nis-tvak-p-}); the shoulder; the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c.; the side or wing of a
building AV. [573,3]; the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv.; the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon
to full moon was called %{pUrva} or %{apUryamANa}, later %{zukla} or %{zuddha}; the other half %{apara} or
%{apa-kSIyamANa}, later %{kRSNa} or %{tAmisra}; each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called
%{prathamA}, %{dvitIyA} &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. MBh. Var. &c.; a side, party, faction; multitude, number, troop, set, class of
beings; partisan, adherent, follower, friend (%{zatru-} `" the enemy's side "' or `" a partisan of the enemy "'; %{mahA}, `" one who has many adherents "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; side i.e. position, place, stead (%{-kSe} ifc. instead of or by way
of) ib.; quantity (see %{keza-}); one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (%{-kSe}, `" on the other
hand "', with %{atra}, `" in this case "', %{pakSA7ntare}, `" in the other case "') Pa1n2. Sch.; a point or matter under
discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. %{pUrva-}, %{uttara-
Sanskrit Dictionary
}); an action or lawsuit Ya1jn5. Sch.; (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bha1sha1p.; any
supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (%{mukhyaH@pakSaH}, `" an excellent idea "' S3ak. Sch.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
the sun Sa1y. on RV. iii, 53, 16; N. of sev. men VP.; (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary
division; the wall of a house or any wall L.; an army L.; favour L.; contradiction, rejoinder L.; the ash-pit of a fire-place
L.; a royal elephant L.; a limb or member of the body L.; the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L.; proximity,
neighbourhood L.; a bracelet L.; purity, perfection L.; mfn. = %{pAcaka}, %{bAdhaka} Sa1y. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf.
OGerm. {fahs}; Angl.Sax. {feax}.]
pakshabala = Strength based on the Lunar phases. Used in Shad Bala calculations
pakshayoH = to the parties
pakshi = bird
pakshiNaaaM = of birds
pakshin.h = (masc) bird
pakshin * = mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c.; (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv.; m. a bird or any winged
animal RV. &c. &c.; the bird Garud2a as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L.; N. of S3iva MBh.; a day with the 2
nights enclosing it L.; an arrow L.; a partic. sacrificial act Ta1n2d2Br.; (%{iNI}) f. a female bird Hariv.; (with or sc.
%{rAtri}) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut.; the day of full moon L.; N. of a S3a1kini L.
pakshma = eyelid
pakva *= mf(%{A})n. (considered as p.p. of 2. %{pac}; cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on
a fire (opp. to %{Ama}) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder); warmed (cf. %{dviS-}) Gobh. Mn. &c.; baked
or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) S3Br. Var. &c.; ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree
with ripe fruits); grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhu1rtas.; accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding,
character &c.) MBh. BhP.; ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing,decaying ib.; digested W.; n. cooked food,
dish RV. AV. S3Br.; ripe corn AV.; the ashes of a burnt corpse ib.
pallava*: a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kv. &c.; a strip of
cloth, scarf, lappet Kd. Blar. Rjat.; spreading, expansion L. (cf. below); strength L. (= {bala}; v.l. = {vana}, a wood);
red lac ({alakta}) L.; a bracelet L.; sexual love L.; unsteadiness L.; m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat.; a
libertine, catamine L.; a species of fish L.; pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v.l. for {pahlava}); of a race of princes Inscr.
pala = Moment* = m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L.; = {pAla} g. {jvalA7di}; n. a partic. weight = 4
Karshas = 1/100 Tul (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. Yj. Sus'r. &c.; a partic. fluid measure Nir. xiv, 7 KtyS'r. Sch.; a
partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghath) Ganit.; flesh, meat Yj. Sus'r. [Cf. Lat. {palea}; Fr. {paille}, Lith. {pelai}.]
palaaNDuH = (m) onion
palaayituM = to run away
palitaM = ripened(grey)
pamb * = cl. 1. P. %{pambati}, to go, move Dha1tup. xi, 35 Vop.
paNava * m. (prob. fr. {pra-Nava}) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kv. (also {A} f.
L.); a kind of metre Col. (v.l. {pan-}); N. of a prince VP.
paNa = Play
paNavaanaka = small drums and kettledrums
panaparaH = Succedant houses. Houses 2, 5, 8 and 11
panasaphalam.h = (n) jackfruit
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
pannaga * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) `" creeping low "', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparn. MBh. &c.; Cerasus Puddum L.; ({I})
f. see below; {-kesara} m. Mesua Roxburghii L.; {-nAzana} m. `" sserpent-killer "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; {-purI} f. the
city of the sserpent-demons L.; {-bhojana} m. `" sserpent-eater "'N. of Garuda MBh.; {-maya} mf({I})n. formed or
consisting of sserpent Hariv.; {-rAja} m. sserpent-king MBh.; {--gA7ri} m. `" serpent-foe "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; of a
teacher (v.l. {-gAni}) VP.; {--gA7zana} m. = {-gabhojana} L.; {-ge7ndra} and {--gezvara} m. `" sserpent king "' MBh.
pansi = (m) an alternative man
pantha = sects, based on the word path
panthaH = wayfarer?
pa.nthaa = way
pa.nthaaH = (masc.Nom.Sing.) path; way
pa.nthaanaH = ways; paths
papakartariyoga = Hemmed in between 2 malefics
para = other* = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {pR}; abl. sg. m. n. {pa4rasmAt}, {-rAt}; loc. {pa4rasmin}, {-re}; nom. pl. m. {pa4re}, {rAs}, {-rAsas}; cf. Pn. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on
the other or farther side of, extreme; previous (in time), former; ancient, past; later, future, next; following, succeeding,
subsequent; final, last; exceeding (in number or degree), more than; better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best
or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also {-tara}], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc.;
exceptionally {paraM zatam}, more than a hundred lit. `" an excessive hhundred, a hhundred with a surplus "' R.
[586, 2]; {parAH koTayaH} Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c.; strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib.; other than, different
from (abl.) Prab.; left, remaining Kaths.; concerned or anxious for (loc.) R.; m. another (different from one's self), a
foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c.; a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. {ta-para}, having {t} as the
ffollowing lletter, followed by {t}) RPrt. Pn.; (scil. {graha}) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS.; N. of a king of Kosala
with the patr. thnra Br.; of another king MBh.; of a son of Samara Hariv.; (sc. {prAsAda}) of the palace of Mitravind
ib.; m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur.; ({A}) f. a foreign country, abroad (?)
Kaths.; a species of plant L.; N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L.; a partic. measure of time Sy.; N. of a river
MBh. VP. (v.l. {pArA}, {veNA}, {veNNA}); of a goddess (cf. s.v.) n. remotest distance MBh.; highest point or degree ib.;
final beatitude L. (also {-taram} and {parAt para-taram}); the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahm)
VP.; N. of partic. Smans Kthh.; any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. {A}] having as the chief object, given up
to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kv. &c.);
the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull.; (in logic) genus; existence (regarded as the
common property of all things) W.; ({am}) ind. afterwards, later; (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. {paraM vijJAnAt},
beyond human knowledge; {astam-ayAt p-}, after sunset; {mattaH p-}, after me; {ataH p-} or {param ataH}, after this,
farther on, hereafter, next; {itaH p-}, henceforward, from now; {tataH p-} or {tataz ca p-}, after that, thereupon;
{nA7smAt p-} [for {mA7sm-p-}], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kv. &c.; in a high degree, excessively, greatly,
completely ib.; rather, most willingly, by all means ib.; I will, so be it DivyA7v.; at the most, at the utmost, merely, no
more than, nothing but ib.; but, however, otherwise ({paraM tu} or {paraM kiM tu} id.; {yadi p-}, if at all, perhaps, at
any rate; {na-p-}, not-but; {na pparaM-api}, not only-but also; {pparaM na-api na}, not only not-but not even; {na
pparaM-yAvat}, not only-but even) ib.; ({pa4reNa}) ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c.; thereupon,
afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c.; ({pare4}) ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV.
MBh. Kv. [Cf. Zd. {para}; Gk. $; Lat. {peren-die}; Goth. &180201[586, 2] {fai4rra}; Germ. {fern}; Eng. {far} and
{fore}.]
paraa* = (for 1. see col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. {per}; it occurs only in {-taram} and {-vat}, and as a
prefix to nouns and verbs; it is prob. akin to {para}, {paras}, {pra}.)
paraadhiina *= mf(%{A})n. = %{-ra-vaza} Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Ka1d.
Ra1jat.; %{-tA} f. (Ka1v.), %{-tva} n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection.
paraanta* = m. `" the last end "', death ({-kAla} m. time of ddeath) MundUp.; `" living at the remotest distance "'N. of
a people MBh.
parAntaka* = m. a frontier DivyA7v.; pl. N. of a people L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
pa4ra-bhaava * =m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. {-bhUta}).
paraa-bhava4 * =m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R.; overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification,
contempt, injury, destruction, ruin S'Br. MBh. Kv. &c.; N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var.
(cf. {parAvasu}); {-pada} n. an object of contempt MW.
paraa-bhaava * =m. defeat, overthrow MBh.; humiliation, contempt L.
parayaa = of a high grade
paraa = beyond, higher
paraaga* m. (prob. for %{apa-r-}), the pollen of a flower Ka1v. Pur. &c.; dust Ragh. iv, 30; fragrant powder used after
bathing L.; sandal L.; an eclipse of the sun or moon L.; fame, celebrity L.; independence L.; N. of a mountain L.
paraaM = transcendental
paraakrama = valor
paraakramaH = the daring warrior
paraakramaaNaaM = of valients
paraamars'a * = m. seizing, pulling (%{keza-}, by the hair) MBh.; bending or drawing (of a bow) R.; violation, injury,
assault, attack MBh. R. Ka1d.; affection (by disease &c.) Ma1rkP.; remembrance, recollection Veda7ntas.; referring or
pointing ttouched Sa1h.; reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bha1sha1p.; (in logic) inference, conclusion,
drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major; N.
of wk.; %{-kAraNapakSatA-vAda} m. %{-karya-kAraNa-bhAva-vicAra} m. %{-grantha} m. %{-grantha-rahasya} n. %{TippanI} f. %{-pUrva-pakSa-grantka-TIkA} f. (%{-thakroDa} m. %{-tha-dIdhiti-TIkA} f. %{-tha-prakAza} m. %{-thavivecana} n. %{-thA7nugama} m.), %{-pUrvapakSa-rahasya} n. %{-rahasya} n. %{-vAda} m. %{-vAdA7rtha} m. %{vicAra} m. %{-siddhA7nta-grantha-TIkA} f. (%{-tha-kroDa} m. %{-tha-prakAza} m. %{-tha-vivecana} n. %{-thA7loka},
m.), %{-siddhA7nta-rahasya} n. %{-hetutA-vicAra} m. N. of wks. [590,3]
paraangmukhii = facing inwards, *V because of nondevotees, who refused their prayers,
paraaNi = superior
paraardha = other end
paraardha* = m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KathhUp. MBh.; mn. the highest number (100, 000
billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c.; the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahm's life Pur.; (as mfn. w.r. for
{-dhya}.)
paraashara = Maharishi Parashar(a). One of the Fathers of Vedic Astrology. Author of the text which is the basis for the
most commonly used Astrological System in India
paraasya* = or mfn. to be thrown away S'Br.
paraasya* = mfn. to be thrown away S'Br.
paraayaNaM = the one to be worshipped
paraayaNaH = being so destined
paraayaNa* = n. (for 2. see p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence,
summary (%{-NaM-kR}, to do one's utmost) S3Br. Up. MBh. &c.; (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car.; a
religious order or division W.; (ifc.; f. %{A}) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged
in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (%{-tA} f. Das3.) Mn. MBh. &c.; mf(%{A})n. violent,
strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Ni1lak.); principal, being the chief object or final aim ib.; dependent on (gen.) R.; leading
or conducive to (gen.) MBh.; m. N. of a pupil of Ya1jn5avalkya Va1yuP.; %{-vat} mfn. occupying the principal point,
Sanskrit Dictionary
most elevated MBh.\\ 2 n. (%{parA} + %{i}) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV.
S3Br. (cf. 1. %{parA7yaNa}, p. 587).
paraayaNaaH = so inclined
parabhaava * =mf({A})n. loving another MBh. -2.
paradesha = foreign land, foreign country
paradesha-sahama = Sensitive point related to foreign travel
paradharmaH = duties prescribed for others
paradharmaat.h = than duties mentioned for others
paraH = in the next life
parahaste = (loc.sing.) in other persos hand
parahyaH = day before yesterday
paraM = better
param, tato * = afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4; [cf. $,$],
parama * = mf(%{A})n. (superl. of %{pa4ra}) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c.; chief, highest,
primary, most prominent or conspicuous; best, most excellent, worst (%{-meNa@cetasA}, with all the heart; %{-makaNThena}, `" with all the throat "', roaring, speaking aloud) ib.; (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than
MBh. R.; m. N. of 2 authors Cat.; n. highest point, extreme limit (%{catur-viMzati-p-}, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c.;
chief part or matter or object (ifc. f. %{A} = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon)
Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{am}) ind. yes, very well; (also %{parama-} in comp.; see below) very much, excessively,
excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Ka1v. &c.
paramaa = greatest
paramaaH = the highest goal of life
paramaaM = the supreme
paramaaNu * = m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Ya1jn5. Yogas. MBh.
&c. (cf. %{bhRtya-p-}); the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur.; n. 1/8 of a Ma1tra1 VPra1t.; %{kAraNa-vAda} m. the atomistic system of the Vais3eshikas, Sam2k.; %{-tA} f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom
Ragh. BhP.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting merely of atoms BhP.; %{-Nv-aGgaka} m. `" subtle-bodied "'N. of
Vishn2u L. 1.
paramaatma = the Supersoul
paramaatman.h = The soul within the Divine sphere
paramaatmaa = the supreme spirit
paramaananda = one who leads to the greatest happiness
parama * = mf(%{A})n. (superl. of %{pa4ra}) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c.; chief, highest,
primary, most prominent or conspicuous; best, most excellent, worst (%{-meNa@cetasA}, with all the heart; %{-makaNThena}, `" with all the throat "', roaring, speaking aloud) ib.; (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than
MBh. R.; m. N. of 2 authors Cat.; n. highest point, extreme limit (%{catur-viMzati-p-}, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c.;
chief part or matter or object (ifc. f. %{A} = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon)
Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{am}) ind. yes, very well; (also %{parama-} in comp.; see below) very much, excessively,
excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Ka1v. &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
parigraaha *= m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS.
parigraha = hoarding *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the
Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. &c.; wrapping round, putting on (a dress
&c.), assuming (a form &c.) Ka1v.; comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, Sa1n3khBr. Mn.; taking, accepting,
receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Ka1v. &c.; getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property
(ifc. `" being possessed of or furnished with "') ib.; household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib.; a
house, abode Hariv.; root, origin, foundation MBh.; admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R.
Ka1ran2d2.; taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c.; a wife (also collect.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; choice, selection
ib.; understanding, conception Pa1n2. Sch.; undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with
Mn. R. Hariv.; homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; dominion, control (ifc. `" dependent
on, subject to "') R. Var. Ma1rkP.; force, constraint, punishment (opp. to %{anu-graha}) R.; claim on, relation to,
concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after %{iti}; the form
which precedes %{iti} RPra1t.; a curse, imprecation, oath L.; an eclipse of the sun L.; the rear or reserve of an army L.
(v.l. %{prati-gr-}); %{-tva} n. state of a wife, marriage Das3.; %{-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by one's wife or family
MW.; %{-bahu-tva} n. multitude of wives S3ak.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting of a family Prab.; %{-vat}, or %{-hin}
mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [593,2]; %{-hA7rthIya} mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e.
generalization Nir. i, 7.
parigrahaka *= mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L.
parigrahaM = and acceptance of material things
parigrahaH = sense of proprietorship over possessions
parigrihIta* = mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV.; surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. S3Br. MBh.
&c.; seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
opposed, checked W.; m. g. %{AcitA7di}.
parigrihIti * = (%{pa4ri-}) f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br.
parigrihya* = ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; considering regarding W.;
%{-vat} (%{-gri4hya-}) mfn. containing the word %{parigRhya} TS. 2.\\ mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W.;
(%{A}) f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kaus3.; a married woman L.
parigha = a bolt for shutting a gate
parighaasana = the locked gate posture
pariguNDita * = mfn. covered with dust, S3i1l.
pariguNita * = mfn. (fr. %{-guNaya}) reiterated, repeated BhP.; augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBr2S. lxv, 5.
pariguNThita * = mfn. ( %{guNTh}) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R.
parigup * = only Desid. %{-jugupsate}, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh.
pariGYaataa = the knower
parigiiyamaana = singing
parihaaraH = (m) compensation
parihaasa *= m. jesting, joking, laughing at, ridiculing, deriding; a jest, joke, mirth, merriment MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf.
%{parI-h-}); %{-kathA} f. an amusing story Ragh.; %{-pura} n. N. of a town Ra1jat.; %{-pUrvam} ind. jokingly, in jest
Ragh.; %{-vastu} n. an object of jest (%{-stu-tA} f.) Pan5c.; %{-vijalpita} mfn. uttered in jest S3ak.; %{-vedin} m. a
jester, a witty person W.; %{-zIla} mfn. of a gay or joyous disposition, fond of jesting Var. Ka1v.; %{-la-tA} f. Ratna7v.;
%{-hari} m. N. of a temple of Vishn2u Ra1jat.
pariihaasa *= m. = %{pari-h-} Ca1n2.; %{-kezava} m. N. of a temple of Vishn2u Ra1jat.; %{-kSama} mfn. able to deride
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
parikhaa* = f. (once ibc. %{-kha} BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea
surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; N. of a village in the North country g. %{palady-Adi} (iv, 2, 110); %{sthita} mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250; %{-khI-kRta} mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30.
parikhacita* =mfn. ( %{khac}) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Ka1ran2d2.
parikhan* =(only ind. p. %{-khAya}), to dig round, dig up A1s3vGr2.
parikhaNDa* =see %{pari-SaNDa}.
parikhaNDana* =see %{mAna-parikh-}.
parikhaNDaya* =Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make small, break, conquer Ba1lar. Bhat2t2. [592,3]
parikhAta* =mfn. dug round; m. a furrow, rut BhP.
parikheda* =m. (ifc. f. %{A}) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parikhedita* =mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Ka1v. BhP.
parikhid* =P. %{-khidyati}, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. %{-khedayati}, to trouble, afflict,
destroy ib. &c.
parikhinna* =mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c.
parikhyaa* =P. %{-khyAti} (Subj. %{-khyatam}, %{-khyan} RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c.; to
observe, regard, consider MBh. R.; to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. %{-khyAyate}, to be perceived ChUp.
parikhyaa* =f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number S3a1n3khS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; (in phil.) exhaustive
enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45; (in
rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sa1h.
parikhyaana* =n. enumeration, total, a number MBh.; exclusive specification BhP.; a correct judgment. proper estimate
Ya1jn5. iii, 158.
parikhyaata* =mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.); called, named; celebrated, famous MBh. R.
parikhyaata* =mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W.
parikhyAti* =f. fame, reputation W.
parikraanta * =f mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod; n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R.
parikri * = 1. P. %{-karoti} &c. (cf. %{pari-S-kR}), to surround MBh.; to uphold DivyA7v.
parimaaNaH = (m) volume, size
parimaargitavyaM = has to be searched out
parimita = (adj) limited to, bounded, surrounded by
parimiti = (f) limits, boundary
parimlaana* = mfn. faded, withered Kv. BhP.; exhausted, languid MBh. [599, 3]; become thinner, emaciated Car.;
disappeared, gone Vm. iv, 3, 8; n. change of countenance by fear or grief W.; soil, stain ib.
parimris' * = P. . {-mRzati}, {-te} (pf. {-mamarza}; 3. pl. [RV.] {-mAmRzuH}; aor. {-amRkSat}; ind. p. {-mRzya}), to
touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c.; to examine, consider, inquire into ib.; to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. {-mRzyate} (with
{pavanais}), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Sus'r.; to be considered MBh.: Intens. {-marmRzat}, to encompass,
clasp, embrace RV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{-NA7rtha} mfn. having attained one's aim R.; full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R.; %{-Ne7ndu} m. the full
moon Mr2icch.
parisaantv * = (also written %{zAntv}), Caus. %{-sAntvayati}, %{-te} (ind. p. %{-sAntvya}), to console, comfort,
conciliate MBh. R. Katha1s.
parisaantvana * = n. the act of consoling and c.; pl. friendly words, flattering speech Ka1d.
parisaantvita * = mfn. consoled, conciliated MBh. R. BhP.
parisarpaNa* = n. crawling upon (comp.) Mr2icch.; running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly changing one's
place A1s3vS3r. R. Mr2icch. BhP.; a kind of disease (= %{-sarpaNa}) Sus3r.
parisatya * = n. the full or pure truth s'vS'r.
parisamapyate = end
paris'ankA* =f. suspicion, distrust Ja1takam.; hope, expectation R.
paris'ankanIya* =mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. `" distrust must be felt "')
Ka1v. Pur.
paris'ankin* =mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh.; afraid on account of (comp.) BhP.
paris'ankita* = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur.; suspected, questionable MBh.;
believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh.; thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.
parishaantaa = that gives peace or solace
parishah * = ( {sah}) . {-Sahate} (impf. {pary-aSahata} or {-asahata}; fut. {pari-soDhA} [Vop. {-SahitA}]; inf. {soDhum} Pn. 8-3, 70 &c.; aor. {pary-asahiSTa} Bhathth.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. {pary-asISahat}
Pn. 8-3, 116.
parishaJj * = ( {saJj}) P. {-Sajati} Pn. 8-3, 63 Sch.; . {-sajjate}, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to
MBh.: Desid. {-SiSaGkSati} Pn. 8-3, 64 Sch.
parishadvan * = mfn. surrounding, besetting RV.
parishaNDa * = m. or n. a partic. part of a house L.; ({A}) f. a valley (?) DivyA7v, (v.l. {-khaNDa}).
paris'an'kin * = mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh.; afraid on account of (comp.) BhP.
paris'an'kita * = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur.; suspected, questionable MBh.;
believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh.; thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.
parishanna * = (!) mfn. lost or omitted AV.Paris'.
parishavaNa * = n. grasping, bunching together ib.
parishushhyati = is drying up
pariishtha * = m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib.
paris'rama * = m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kv. &c.; {mA7paha} mfn. relieving
weariness MW.
paris'raama m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP.
paris'rita * = mfn. standing round MBh.; surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Katha1s. BhP.; w.r. for %{-zruta} MBh.; n.
(%{pa4ri-}) = %{pa4ri-vRta} n. (see under %{pari-} 1. %{vR}) TS. Br. S3rGr2S.
Sanskrit Dictionary
parIshtha * = m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a SSoma ssacrifice ib. 2 see %{pariyaj}, p. 599.
paris'ush * = P. A1. %{-zuSyati}, %{-te}, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away
MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus. %{-zoSayati} (Pass. %{-zoSyate}), to dry up, emaciate Ka1v. Pan5c. Sus3r.
paris'ushka * = mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks)
&c. MBh. Ka1v. Var. Sus3r.; (with %{mAMsa}) n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L.; %{-tAlu} mfn. having the
palate dried up, R2it.; %{-palAza} mfn. having withered foliage R.
paritam * = P. %{-tAmyati}, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Sus3r.
paritaMs* = (only inf. of Caus. %{-taMsaya4dhyai}), to stir up RV.
paritan* = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-nute} (aor. %{-atanat}; ind. p. %{-tatya}), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV.
S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
paritaapa * = m. glow, scorching, heat Ka1lid. Ma1rkP.; pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Katha1s. BhP. &c.; repentance
MBh. Pan5c.; N. of a partic. hell L
paritosha = satisfaction *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) = %{-tuSTi}; (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of a man Cat.;
%{-vat} mfn. satisfied, delighted Katha1s
parityaj *= P. %{-tyajati} (%{-te} R. Ma1rkP.; ind. p. %{-tyajya}), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not
heed Mn. MBh. &c.; (with %{deham}) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP.; (with %{prA7NAn}, or %{jIvitam}) to resign the
breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Das3. Vet.; (with %{nAvam}) to disembark MW.: Pass. %{-tyajyate}, to be deprived
or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pan5c. Hit. &c.: Caus. %{-tyAjayati}, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R.
2 parityaj mfn. id. MBh.
parityakta = deprived of
parityaj.h = to sacrifice
parityajya = abandoning
parityaagaH = renunciation
parityaagii = renouncer
paritraaNaaya = for the deliverance
paritraata * = mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kv. Pur.; m. N. of a man L.
paritraatavya * = mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Blar.
paritraatri * = mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pac
parivaaraH = (m) relatives, family
parivartaka* = mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kaths. MrkP.; bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.)
MBh.; m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vm. iv, 1, 6;
(in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Das'ar. Sh. exchange, barter Vas.; N. of a son of Duh-saha (son of Mriityu)
MrkP.; ({ikA}) f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Sus'r.
parivartana = Exchange of two signs* = mf({I})n. causing to turn round; ({I}) f. (with {vidyA}) N. of a partic. magical
art Kaths.; n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kv. Sus'r. Pac. BhP.; rolling about
or wallowing on (comp.) Klid.; revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv.; barter, exchange Kaths. Pac.
Mriicch.; cutting or clipping the hair S'Br.; protecting, defending Nalac.; = {pre7raNa} TBr. Sch.; inverting, taking or
putting anything in a wrong direction W.; requital, return ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
encompassing ib.; (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Ma1lav.
iii, 16; cf. Va1m. iv, 3, 16); substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. %{vRSa-lAJchana} for
%{vRSadhvaja}) Kpr.; contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= %{-vartikA}) Sus3r.; m. w.r. for %{pari-vitti}; (%{I}) f.
(%{pa4ri-v-}), prob. w.r. for %{pari-vRktI}.
parivroti * = f. surrounding, standing round R.
parjanyaH = rain
parjanyaat.h = from rains
parjanya * = m. ( {pRc}, or {pRj} ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [606, 2]; rain Bhag. iii, 14; rain personified or the
god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c.; N. of one of the 12 dityas Hariv.; of a Deva-gandharva or
Gandharva MBh. Hariv.; of a Riishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MrkP.; of a Praj-pati (father of Hiranya-roman)
VP.; ({-nyA} or {-nI}) f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. {fairguni}; Icel {fi"rgyn}; Lith. {perku4nas}.]
parvan * = n. a knot, joint (esp. of a cane or other plant [cf. %{parus}], but also of the body), limb, member (lit. and
fig.) RV. &c. &c.; a break, pause, division, section (esp. of a book) S3Br. MBh. &c.; the step of a staircase Ragh.; a
member of a compound Pra1t. Nir.; a period or fixed time RV. VS. S3Br. Gr2S3rS.; (esp.) the Ca1turma1sya festival,
SrS.; the days of the 4 changes of the moon (i.e. the full and change of the mmoon and the 8th and 14th of each halfmonth) Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; a sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon R.; the day of the
moon's passing the node at its opposition or conjunction Var. Su1ryas. MBh. &c.; the moment of the sun's entering a
new sign W.; any partic. period of the year (as the equinox, solstice &c.) ib.; a division of time e.g. a half-month (24 in a
year) MBh.; a day (360) BhP.; a festival, holiday W.; opportunity, occasion ib.; a moment, instant ib.
parvaNa * = m. N. of a demon MBh.; (%{I}) f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv.; a species of pot-herb (=
%{parva-zAka}) Car.; a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Sam2dhi of the eye Sus3r. (also %{-NI8kA}); ifc. =
%{parvan}, a knot BhP.
parivri 1. P. A1. %{-varati}, %{-te}, (pf. %{-vavrur}, p. %{-vavRva4s}; ind. p. %{-vRtya}), to cover, surround, conceal,
keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{-vArayati}, %{-te} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 87 Va1rtt. 16 Pat. [601,2]; ind. p. %{-vArya}), to
cover, surround, encompass, embrace (%{bAhubhyAm}) AV. &c. &c. \\ 2. A1. %{-vRNIte}, to choose RV.
paryanta * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kv. &c. (ifc. `"
bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind. entirely, altogether,
S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam}, from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end
Kaths.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-anta4-deza * =m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv.
paryantI-kR * =to finish; {-kRta} mfn. finished DivyA7v.
paryantIya * =mfn. being at the end pS'r.
paryanya * =w.r. for {parjanya}. [607, 2]
paryaaNii * =paryANI * =( {nI}) P. {-Nayati} (but Impv. {pary-A7nayata} MBh. i, 5446), to lead round S'Br. GriS.
MBh.; to lead or bring forward RV. MBh.
paryantikaa * =paryantikA * =: f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L.
parye (%{-A-i}) P. %{-ai9ti} (ind. p. %{e4tya}), to roam about AitBr.; to go round, circumambulate (acc.) S3Br.; to
come back, return ChUp.
paryehi m. N. of a man; (%{I}) f. N. of a woman g. %{zArGgaravA7di}.
5 paryeshaNa n. search, inquiry, investigation MBh.; striving after Nya1yas.; (%{A}) f. = %{parI7STi} Pa1n2. 3-3, 107
Va1rtt. 3 Pat.
6 paryeaNa &c. see %{parI7S}.
7 paryeshthavya mfn. to be sought MBh.; to be striven after Car.
8 paryeshthi f. searching for, inquiry SaddhP.; striving after worldly objects Ja1takam.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
contumelious speech, abuse MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L.; a species of
Barleria with blue flowers L.
parva * = in comp. for {-van}.
parva-kAla * =m. a periodic change of the moon R. MrkP.; the time at which the moon at its conjunction or
opposition passes through the node MBh. Var.; {-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; {-rAzi} m. time for festivals Jyot.
parva-divasa * =m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat.
parva-dhi * =m. `" period-container "', the moon L.
parva-nAdI * =f. `" moment of the Parvan "', moment of opposition or conjunction MW.
parvaka * =n. the knee-joint L.
paryaacar * = P. %{-ca4rati}, to come near, approach RV. AV.
paryanka = a bed* m. (also {paly-} Pn. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kv. &c. (also {kikA} f. Kd.; {-kI-kRta} mfn. turned into a couch Gt.); a partic. mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting position
assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below); a cloth wound round the back and loins and
knees while so sitting L.; N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya) L.
paryanta * = circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded
by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.)
to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam}, from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kaths.;
mf({A})n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-an * =P. {pary-aniti} Pn. 8-4, 20 Vrtt. 1 Pat.
pary-anta4 * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kv. &c. (ifc. `"
bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind. entirely, altogether,
S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam}, from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end
Kaths.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
paryantI-kR * =to finish; {-kRta} mfn. finished DivyA7v.
paryantIya * =mfn. being at the end pS'r.
paryanya * =w.r. for {parjanya}. [607, 2]
pary-Antam * =ind. (prob.) w.r. for {pary-antam}, as far as, up to (comp.) past.
paryantikA * =f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L.
paryantaM = including
paryaaptaM = limited
paryaavaraNam.h = (n) environment
paryupaasate = worship perfectly
paryushhitaM = decomposed
parvata = mountain *= mfn. (fr. %{parvan} cf. Pa1n2. 5-2, 122 Va1rtt. 10 Pat.) knotty, rugged (said of mountains) RV.
AV. (according to A1pS3r. Sch. = %{parutka}, %{parva-vat}); m. a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, rock (often
personified; ifc. f. %{A}) RV. &c. &c.; an artificial mound or heap (of grain, salt, silver, gold &c. presented to Bra1hmans
cf. %{-dAna}); the number 7 (from the 7 principal mountain-ranges) Su1ryas.; a fragment of rock, a stone
(%{adrayaH@parvatAH}, the stones for pressing Soma) RV.; a (mountain-like) cloud ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 10); a tree L.; a
Sanskrit Dictionary
species of pot-herb L.; a species of fish (Silurus Pabda) L.; N. of a Vasu Hariv.; of a R2ishi (associated with Na1rada and
messenger of the gods, supposed author of RV. viii, 12; ix, 104, 105, where he has the patr. Ka1n2va and Ka1s3yapa)
MBh. Katha1s.; of a son of Paurn2ama1sa (son of Mari1ci and Sambhu1ti) Ma1rkP.; of a minister of king Puru1-ravas
Vikr.; of a monkey R.; of one of the 10 religious orders founded by Sam2kara7ca1rya's pupils (whose members add the
word %{parvata} to their names) W.; (%{I4}) f. a rock, stone VS.
parvaNa * =m. N. of a demon MBh.; ({I}) f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv.; a species of pot-herb (=
{parva-zAka}) Car.; a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Sandhi of the eye Sus'r. (also {-NI8kA}); ifc. =
{parvan}, a knot BhP.
parvataasana = the mountain posture
pashchaat.h = later
pashchaaddhanta = later on in the end
pashchima = west, the back of the body
pashchimottoanaasana = the back-stretching posture
pashu = animal
pashubhiH = (instr.pl.) animals
pas'upati * = m. `" lord of animals "' (or `" llord of a servant named Pas'u "' or `" llord of the soul "' RTL. 89)N. of
the later Rudra-S'iva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, S'arva, Ugra, Rudra, Mah-deva,
s'na and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c.; of Agni
"' TS. S'Br.; of S'iva MBh. &c. (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere {pazu} or animal
when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura); of a lexicographer; of a Scholiast &c.; {-dhara} m. N. of a poet
Cat.; {-nagara} n. `" S'iva's town "'N. of Ks' or Benares ib.; {-nAtha} m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W.; {-purANa} n.
(prob.) = S'ivaP.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-zAsTra} n. the sacred book of the Ps'upatas revealed by S'iva Col.;
{-tI7zvara-nAhAtmya} and {-ty-askTaka} n. N. of wks.
pazya * = mf(%{A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-1, 137).
pas'yat* = mf({antI})n. seeing, beholding &c.; ({antI}) f. a harlot L.; N. of a partic. sound L.
pas'yatohara* = mfn. stealing before a persos eyes Pn. 6-3, 21 Vrtt. 1 Pat.
pas'yata* = mfn. visible, conspicuous AV.
pas'yanA* = f. see {a-pazyanA}.
pas'ya* = mf({A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pn. 4-1, 137).
pas'ya = see (from dRish.h)
pas'yataH = for the introspective
pas'yati = sees
pas'yan.h = seeing
pas'yanti = see
pas'yannapi = even after seeing
pas'yaatmaanaM = see your own self
pas'yaama = we see
Sanskrit Dictionary
pas'yaami = I see
pas'yet.h = see
pashyemaakshabhiH = May we see through the eyes
pashyemaakshabhiryajatraaH = may we see with eyes?
pataga = Bird
patangaaH = moths
patana = falling
patanti = fall down
pataye = husband
patati = (1 pp) to fall
patatra *= n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c.; a vehicle L. (cf. %{pattra}).
patatrin.h = bird
pathagriham.h = (n) a tent path.h = to read
pathanaM = reading
pathhaniiyaa = should be read
pathaami = read
pathitvaa = after reading
pathet.h = may read
pat.h = to fall
patha * = m. (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kv. &c. (cf. {marut-}, {vAta-});
a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yj. Kd.; monastic habit Krand.; a kind of bird Lalit.; Buchanania Latifolia L.; =
{puras-kRta} L.; ({I}) f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Blar. Hcar.; the curtain of a stage L. (cf.
{apaTI}); n. a thatch or roof (= {paTala}) L.
patha* = * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kv. &c. (generally ifc. for {pathin}; cf. Pn. 5-4, 74).
pathaha * m. (rarely n. or f. ) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with {dA}, or Caus. of {dA} or {bhram}, to
proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kv. &c. [579, 2]; m. beginning L.; hurting L.
pathaka* = m. cotton-cloth L.; a camp, encampment L.; the half of a village L. (v.l. for {pAT-}).
pathaaka* = m. a bird Un. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. {paiT-}); ({A}) f. a flag, banner L. (cf. {patAkA}).
path.h = road
pathha* = m. reading, recitation (? see comp.); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.
pataka* = mfn. who or what falls or descends &c.; m. an astronomical table W.
pataaka* = m. (`" flying "'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for {-kA}) AdbhBr.; a partic. position of the hand or the
fingers in shooting off an arrow, SrngP. (cf. {tri-p-}); ({A}) f. see next.
Sanskrit Dictionary
pataakaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kv. &c. ({-kAM-labh} or {hR}, `" to win the
palm "' Das'. Vcar.) [581,2]; a flag-staff L.; a partic. high number MBh. (= {mahA-padma} Nlak.); (in dram.) an
episode or episodical incident Das'ar.; good fortune, auspiciousness L.; N. of wk.
pathha * = m. reading, recitation (? see comp.); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.
patha * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Ka1v. &c. (generally ifc. for %{pathin}; cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 74).
pathi = on the path
pathika = traveller
pathya = suitable
pati = husband
pathi*= f. a kind of cloth Pac. (cf. {paTI} under {paTa}); = {vAguli} L.; a species of plant L.
pathi*= see under {paTa}, col. 1.
paththis'a *= m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points
pa4ti*= 1 m. (cf. 1. {vat}; when uncompounded and meaning `" husband "' instr. {pa4tya}; dat. {pa4tye}; gen. abl.
{pa4tyur}; loc. {pa4tyau}; but when meaning `" lord, master "', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions; cf. Pn. 1-4,
8; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c.; a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with
the gen., e.g. {duhitR-p-} or {-tuH-p-} Pn. 6-3, 24; when mfn. f. = m. e.g. {-jIvat-patyA tvayA} R. ii, 24, 8, or {patikA}
e.g. {pramIta-patikA} Mn. ix, 68); one of the 2 entities (with {pAzupata4s}) RTL. 89; a root L.; f. a female possessor,
mistress Pn. 4-1, 33 Sch.; a wife ({vRddha-p-} = {-patnI}, the wwife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. $, `" husband
"'; &178937[582, 1] Lat. {potis}, {pos-sum} for {potis-sum}; Lith. {patis}, `" husband "'; Goth. ({bruth-}) {faths}, `"
bridegroom "']
pathya* = mfn. `" belonging to the way "', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig.; esp. said of diet in a
medical sense) Ya1jn5. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal La1t2y. Nid.; m.
Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L.; N. of a teacher of AV.; (%{A4}) f. a path, way, road (with %{reva4tI}, `" the
auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br.; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other
plants L.; N. of sev. metres Nid. Col.; N. of a woman Katha1s.; n. a species of salt L.
paththa *= m. (fr. %{pattra}?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh.; (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing
royal grants or orders (cf. %{tAmra-}); the flat or level surface of anything (cf. %{lalATa-}, %{zilA-}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a
bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Sus3r.; a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens,
princes, generals, and the %{prasAda-paTTas}, or turban of honour [579,3]; cf. VarBr2S. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh.
Ka1v. Ra1jat. (ifc. f. %{A}); cloth (= %{paTa}); coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= %{kauzeya}) Ka1v. Pan5c. (cf.
%{cIna-p-}, %{paTTA7Mzuka} &c.); an upper or outer garment Bhat2t2.; a place where 4 roads meet (= %{catuSpatha}) L.; Corchorus Olitorius W.; = %{vidUSaka} Gal.; N. of sev. men Ra1jat.; (%{I}) f. a forehead ornament L.; a
horse's food-receptacle (= %{tAla-sAraka}) L.; a species of Lodhra L.; a city, town (cf. %{-nivasana}).
patitaM = fallen (past part.)
patireka = He is the One Lord
pattanam.h = (n) town, city
patni = wife
patnii = wife
patra = leaf
patraM = a leaf
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
payoda = cloud (one who gives water)1 =* mf(%{A})n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv.; yielding water (as a cloud) Subh.;
m. a cloud Ka1lid. Var. &c. (%{-suhRd} m. `" friend of clouds "', a peacock Sa1h.); N. of a son of Yadu Hariv.; (%{A}) f.
N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda MBh.
payodhara = cloud
payodhi = (m) sea, ocean
payodhii = sea (one that stores water)
pedabhaila = (m) a father who loves his son very much
peya = should be drunk
peSa * = pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. {zilA-p-}); m. the act of pounding or grinding or crushing S'is'. (cf.
{piSTa-p-}).
pes'a* =m. ( {piz}) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5; vii, 34, 11; ornament, decoration AitBr. BhP. (cf. {puru-} and
{su-}; g. {gaurA7di} and {sidhmA7di}); ({I}) f. see below.
pes'ala * = mf({A})n. (g. {sidhmA7di}) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr.; beautiful, charming, lovely,
pleasant MBh. Kv. &c.; soft, tender, delicate, Kalid.; expert, skilful, clever Bhartri.; fraudulent, crafty L.; ({am}) ind.
tenderly, delicately Kaths.; m. N. of Vishnu, V.; n. charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP.
pes'askrit * = m. the hand (as `" the artist "') BhP.; a wasp ib.
phaalguna * = mf({I4})n. relating to the Nakshatra Phalgun S'Br. S'rS.; born under the NNakshatra PhPhalgun
Pn. 4-3, 34 (v.l.); m. (with or scil. {mAsa}) the month during which the full moon stands in the NNakshatra
PhPhalgun (February-March) Mn. MBh.; N. of Arjuna (= {phalguna}) MBh. Hariv.; Terminalia Arjuna (= {nadI-ja})
L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. a species of grass used as a substitute for the Soma plant (and also called {arjunAnI}) S'Br. TBr.
s'vS'r. [718, 2]; N. of a place of pilgrimage BhP.
phaaT ind. an interjection of calling W.
phaTaaTopa = (m) expanding of the hood by a cobra
phaNin.h = snake
phal.h = to bear fruit
phala = fruit
phalaM = results
phalakaH = (m) board, blackboard, bill-board
phaladaa = giver of fruits (rewards, results )
phaladiipika = A classical work on Astrology by Mantreswara
phalahetavaH = those desiring fruitive results
phalaakaankshii = desiring fruitive results
phalaani = results
phalaanumeyaaH = fruits resembling actions
phale = in the result
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and Rkshasas see also Mn. xii, 44; in later times they are the children of
Krodh cf. IW. 276); a fiend, ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. `" a devil of a - "' Kd.); N.
of a Rakshas R.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Pis'cas VP.; ({I}) f. a female PPis'cas, a shedevil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.); excessive fondness for (ifc.; e.g. {Ayudha-p-}, eexcessive ffondness for fighting)
Blar. Anarghar.; a species of Valerian L.; N. of a Yogini Hcat.
pitaH = (m) father
pitaraH = fathers
pitaa = father
pitaamaha = (m) grandfather (father's father)
pitaamahaH = the grandfather
pitaamahaaH = grandfathers
pitaamahaan.h = grandfathers
pitaamahi = (f) grandmother (father's mother)
pitaambara = yellow sacred clean cloth worn by gods and priest
pithha* = m. pain, distress W.
piithha* = n. (rarely , f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench, GriS'. MBh. &c.; a
religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp. of an idol) Rjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat,
throne RmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of
Prvat fell after she had been cut to pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pac.; a partic. posture in
sitting Cat.; (in geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a
minister of Kansa Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter
pitri = father
pitrihuu * = mfn. invoking the PPitris; f. (sc. %{dvAr}) N. of the southern aperture of the human body i.e. the right
ear BhP. (cf. %{deva-hU}).
pitrihuuya * = n. invoking or summoning the Pitr2is S3Br.
pitri-kaaraka = Significator of Father which is the Sun
pitrin.h = fathers
pitrivrataaH = worshipers of ancestors
pitriiNaaM = of the ancestors
pitriin.h = to the ancestors
piteva = like a father
pitta = Biological Fire humour. Used in Ayurvedic Medical Typology
pidadhaati = to close
pidhaana *= n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) covering, stopping, shutting, closing Ma1lav. Sa1h.; a cover, lid, sheath &c.
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{-vat} mfn. covered with a lid Ra1jat.); a partic. process to which quicksilver is subjected Sarvad.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
{pITha}.
piiDita = Distress. Usually caused by Combust position of planet* = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c.; hurt,
injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.;
suppressed; badly pronounced, APrt.; ({am}) ind. closely R.; n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l.
{pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.
piinaH = (m) something you suck on
piita = yellow *= 1 mfn. (1. %{pA}) drunk, sucked, sipped, quaffed, imbibed RV. &c. &c.; ifc. having drunk, soaked,
steeped, saturated, filled with (also with instr.) Mn. MBh. (cf. g. %{AhitA7gny-Adi}); n. drinking L.\\ 2 mf(%{A})n.
(possibly fr. 2. %{pi} or %{pyai}, the colour of butter ind oil being yellowish) yellow (the colour of the Vais3yas, white
being that of the Bra1hmans, red that of the Kshatriyas, and black that of the S3u1dras) Gr2S. Up. MBh. &c.; m. yellow
colour W.; a yyellow gem, topaz L.; a yyellow pigment prepared from the urine of kine L.; N. of sev. plants
(Alangium Hexapetalum, Carthamus Tinctorius, Trophis Aspera) L.; of the Vais3yas in S3a1lmala-dvipa VP.; (%{A}) f.
N. of sev. plants (Curcuma Longa and Aromatica, a species of Dalbergia Sissoo, a species of Musa, Aconitum Ferox,
Panicuni Italicum = %{mahA-jyotihmatI}) L.; a kind of yyellow pigment (= %{go-rocanA}) L.; a mystical N. of the
letter %{S} Up.; n. a yyellow substance ChUp.; gold L.; yyellow orpiment L.
piitavaasasam.h = wearing the yellow dress
pishtha *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see %{piS}) fashioned, prepared, decorated (superl. %{-tama}) RV. AV. VS.; n. = %{rUpa}
Naigh. iii, 7.\\ 2 piSTa 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) crushed, ground &c. RV. &c. &c.; clasped, squeezed, rubbed together
(as the hands) W.; kneaded ib.; m. a cake, pastry L.; N. of a man g. %{zivA7di}; pl. his descendants g. %{upakA7di};
(%{I}) f. see s.v.; n. flour, meal, anything ground (%{na@pinaSTi@piSTam}, `" he does not grind flour "' i.e. he does no
useless work) BhP.; lead L.
pithha* = m. pain, distress W.
pIva * = 1 mfn. fat RV. AitBr.; (%{A}) f. water L.\\ 2 Nom. P. %{-vati}, to be fat or corpulent Dha1tup. xv, 55.\\ 3 in
comp.= %{pI4vas}.
pkasha = (masc) wing
pluta * = mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or filled with (instr. or
comp.) Yj. MBh. R. &c.; protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mtrs (q.v.) Prt. Pn. 1-2, 27 esp. S'rS.
&c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [715, 3]; flown R.; leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv.; n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv.;
leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R. Vcar.; capering (one of a horse's paces) L.
poshasya V: - maintainer of -, sustainer ofpothalikaa = (f) a sack
potaka = young one of an animalpraak.h = a long time ago
praa-bhava * = n. (fr. {-bhu}) superiority L.
praabhava * = &c. see under 3. {prA} ib.
praacurya * = n. (fr. {-cura}) multitude, abundance, plenty Bdar. Rjat. Pacat.; amplitude, prolixity TPrt. Sch.;
prevalence, currency S'ank. Rjat.; ({eNa}) ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MrkP.; in detail BhP.
praachii = (f) east
praachiinam.h = (adj) old, ancient
pra+chal.h = to agitate
praacurya *= n. (fr. %{-cura}) multitude, abundance, plenty Ba1dar. Ra1jat. Pan5cat.; amplitude, prolixity TPra1t.
Sch.; prevalence, currency S3am2k. Ra1jat.; (%{eNa}) ind. in a mass, fully, mostly Ma1rkP.; in detail BhP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
AitBr. TUp. Sus3r.; usually 5, viz. the preceding with %{sam-Ana} and, %{yd-Ana} S3Br. MBh. Sus3r. &c. cf. MWB.
242; or with the other vital organs 6 S3Br.; or 7 AV. Br. Mun2d2Up.; or 9 AV. TS. Br.; or 10 S3Br.; pl. the 5 organs of
vitality or sensation, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{vAc}, %{cakSus}, %{zrotra}, %{manas}, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i; or = nose,
mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. S3rS. Mn. iv, 143); air inhaled, wind AV. S3Br. [705,2]; breath (as a sign of strength).
vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. (%{sarvaprA7Nena} or %{-prA7NaiH}, `" with all one's strength "' or, all one's heart
"'; cf. %{yathA-prA7Nam}); a breath (as a measure of time, or the ttime requisite for the pronunciation of 10 long
syllables = 1/6 Vina1d2ika1) Var. Aryabh. VP.; N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahma1's month) Pur.; (in
Sa1m2khya) the spirit (= %{puruSa}) Tattvas.; (in Veda7nts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits
Veda7ntas. RTL. 35 (cf. %{prANA7tman}); poetical inspiration W.; myrrh L.; a N. of the letter %{y} Up.; of a Sa1man
Ta1n2d2Br. (%{vasiSThasya@prA7NA7pA7nau} A1rshBr.); of Brahma1 L.; of Vishn2u RTL. 106; of a Vasu BhP.; of a
son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv.; of a Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; of a son of Dha1tr2i Pur.; of a son of Vidha1tr2i BhP.; of a R2ishi
in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv.
prahi *= 1 P. A1. %{-hiNoti}, %{-hiNute}: %{-hiNvati}, %{-hiNvate} (cf. Pa1n2. 8-4, 15; pf. %{-jighAya} KaushUp.;
1.sg. pr. A1. %{-hiSe} RV.; Aor.p. %{prA74hait} AV.; Impv. %{pra4-hela} RV.; inf %{pra-hye4} ib.), to urge on, incite
RV.; to direct, command La1t2y. KaushUp. [701,1]; to convey or send to, furnish, procure. bestow on (dat.) RV. &c. &c.;
to hurl, cast, throw upon, discharge at (dat. or loc ) Ka1v. Pur.; to turn the eyes towards (acc.) Ka1d.; to dispatch
(messengers), drive away, dismiss, send to (acc. with.or without %{prati} dat. gen. with or without %{antikam} or
%{pArzvam}) or in order to (dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c.; (A1.) to rush on RV.; to forsake (= %{pra}. 3. %{hA}) BhP.: Caus.
aor. %{prA7jIhayat} Pat.: Desid. of Caus. %{pra-jighAyayiSati} ib.
praaNaa * = m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins Dharmas.)
praaNaM = the air which acts outward
praaNakarmaaNi = functions of the life breath
praaNavaayu = a vital air that moves in the chest
praaNaan.h = life (always used in plural )
praaNaapaanau = up-and down-moving air
praaNaayaama = control of the breath
praaNaayana* = n. (for 2. see below) an organ of sense BhP.\\praaNaayana* = 2 m. (for 1. see under {prA7Na}) the
offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g. {naDA7di}).
praaNinaaM = of all living entities
praaNe = in the air going outward
praaNes'a * = m. `" lord of llife "', a husband Sa1h.; `" lord of breath "'N. of a Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; (%{A}) f. a
mistress, wife Katha1s.
praaNes'vara * = m. `" lord of llife "', a husband, lover MBh. Ka1v. Hit.; a partic. drug Cat.; pl. the vital spirits
personified Hariv.; (%{I}) f. a mistress, wife Inscr.
praaNeshvara = husband
praaNeshhu = in the outgoing air
praanta = the end
praap *= (%{pra-Ap}) P. A1. %{prA7pnoti} (irreg. Pot. %{prA7peyam}), to attain to; reach, arrive at, meet with, find
AV. &c. &c.; to obtain, receive (also as a husband or wife) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to incur (a fine) Mn. viii, 225; to suffer
(capital punishment) ib. 364; (with %{dizaH}) to flee in all directions Bhat2t2.; to extend, stretch, reach to (%{A})
Pa1n2. 5-2, 8; to be present or at hand AV.; (in gram.) to pass or be changed into (acc.) Siddh.: to result (from a rule),
be in force, obtain (also Pass.) Ka1s3.: Caus. %{prA7payati}, %{-te} (ind. p. %{prA7payya}, or %{prA7pya} Pa1n2. 6-4,
57 Sch.), to cause to reach or attain (2 acc.), advance, promote, further (P. ChUp. MBh. &c.; A1. TBr. MBh.); to lead or
Sanskrit Dictionary
bring to (dat.) VP.; to impart, communicate, announce, relate Mn. MBh. &c.; to meet with, obtain R.: Desid.
%{pre7psati}, to try to attain, strive to reach S3Br.
praap.h = to obtain
praapta = occurred
praaptaM = received
praaptaH = achieving
praaptiH = achievement
praapnuyaat.h = he attains
praapnuvanti = achieve
praapya = achieving
praapyate = is achieved
praapsyasi = you gain
praapsye = I shall gain
praaraMbhaaH = (Masc.nom.S)beginning
praarabhate = begins
praarambha = beginning (more motivated than aarambha)
praarth.h = to beg / pray
praarthanaa = Prayer
praarthayante = pray for
praarthe = request, pray
praasa *= m. casting, throwing Br. S3rS.; scattering, sprinkling Prata1p.; a barbed missile or dart MBh. Katha1s.; a
partic. constellation or position of a planet Var.; N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-bhArata} n. N. of a poem [709,3]; %{-saka} m.
a die, dice L.; %{-sika} mfn. armed with a dart or javelin Pa1n2. 4-4, 57 Sch.; m. a spearman L.
praasaada = palace * = m. (for {pra-s-} lit. `" sitting forward "', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous place; cf. Pn. 6-3,
122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace S'nkhS'r. Mn.; the top-story of a lofty building Kd.; a lofty palatial
mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kv. &c.; (with Buddhists) the monks "' hall for assembly
and confession MWB. 426.
praataH = morning
praataHkaala = morning
praataradhiiyaano = morning-studied man
praati* = f. filling (= {pUrti}) L.; the span of the thumb and forefinger. L. \\2 (for 1. see under {prA}), Vriiddhi or
lengthened form of 1. {prati} in comp. In the following derivatives formed with 2. {prAti} only the second member of
the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses (leaving the preposition {prati}, which is
lenghened to {prAti} in the derivatives, to be supplied). [706, 3]
praatIpa* = m. (fr. %{pratIpa}) patr. of S3am2-tanu MBh
Sanskrit Dictionary
praatipada* = mf({I}) n. (fr. {-pad}) forming the commencement S'nkhS'r.; m. N. of a man S'atr.
praavaarakam.h = (n) coat
praavara * =m. (for 1. see under 3. {prA}. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. {mahI-pr-}) L.
praavAra * m. id. MBh. Km. Mriicch. (also {-ka}); N. of a district (= {-varaka}) MBh.; mfn. found in outer garments or
cloaks Kv.; {-karNa} m. `" Cloak-Ear "'N. of an owl MBh.; {-kITa} m. `" clothes-insect "' = {kuNa} L.; a louse W.; {rika} m. a maker of cloaks R.; {-rIya} P. {-yati}, to use as a clcloaks Pn. 3-1, 10 Sch.
praavis' *= (%{pra-A-viz}) P. %{-vizati}, to come or resort to (acc.) S3a1n3khS3r.: Caus. %{-vezayati}, to let or lead in
(loc.) MBh. Das3
praavraajya* = n. (fr. {-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. {-vrajya}) MrkP.
praavrit *= (%{prA} m. c. for %{pra}), Caus. %{-vartayati}, to produce, create MBh. Hariv.
praavrita *= mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; put on (as a garment) Hcar. Katha1s.
Hit.; filled with (instr.) R.; m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. covering, concealing Gaut.; (%{A}) f. a veil, mantle
Shad2vBr.
praavriT *= in comp. for %{prAvRS}.
praavrithkaala* = m. the rainy season Var. Pacat.; {-vaha} mf({A})n. (a river) flowing only in the rainy season MrkP.
praavriti *= f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L.; (with S3aivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4 consequences of Ma1ya1)
Sarvad.
praaya * = m. (fr. {pra} + {aya}; 5. {i}) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8; course, race AV. iv, 25, 2;
departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce compliance with a demand;
acc. with {As}, {upa-As}, {upa-viz}, {upa-i}, {A-sthA}, {sam-A-sthA}, or {kR}, to renounce life, sit down and fast to
death; with Caus. of {kR}, to force any one [acc.] to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kv. &c.; anything prominent,
chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. {A} = chiefly consisting of or destined for or
furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using; near, like, resembling; mostly, wellnigh, almost, as it were; cf. {Arya-}, {jita-}, {jJAti-}, {tRNa-}, {daNDa-}, {duHkha-}, {siddhi-pr-} &c.; also {-tA} f.)
S'Br. Lthy. Mn. MBh. &c.; a stage of life, age L.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}.
praayaa* = to come near, approach
praayaNa* = mfn. going forth, going VS.; n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up.; the course or path of life
MBh. BhP.; going for protection, taking refuge BhP.; departure from life, death, voluntary ddeparture ({-NaM-kR}, to
court ddeparture) Mn. ix, 323; a kind of food prepared with milk Pur.
praayas * = 1 ind. (for 2. see below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh. Ka1v. &c.; in all
probability, likely, perhaps MBh.; abundantly, largely W.
praayas'as * = ind. for the most part, mostly, generally; as a rule MBh. Ka1v. &c.; in all probability Katha1s.
praayas'citta n. (%{prA4yaz-}; `" predominant thought "' or `" thought of death "' cf. Pa1n2. 6-1, 157 Sch.) atonement,
expiation, amends, satisfaction S3Br. Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. (v, 1086 as m.) &c.; N. of sev. wks.; mfn. relating to
atonement or expiation, expiatory Shad2vBr.; %{-kadamba} m. or n. %{-kamalA7kara} m. %{-kalpataru} m. %{kANDa} m. or n. %{-kArikA} f. %{-kautUhala} n. %{-kaumudI} f. %{-krama} m. %{-khaNDa} m. or n. %{-grantha} m.
%{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-tattva} n. %{-taraMga} (?) m. %{-dIpikA} f. %{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-nirNaya} m.
%{-paddhati} f. %{-parAzara} m. or n. %{-pArijAta} m. %{-prakaraNa} n. %{-prakAza} m. %{-pratyAmnAya} m. %{pradIpa} m. %{-pradIpikA} f. %{-prayoga} m. %{-bhASya} n. %{-maJjarI} f. %{-manohara} m. %{-mayUkha} m. %{mAdhavIya} n. %{-mArtaNDa} m. %{-muktA7valI} f. %{-muktA7valI-prakAza} m. %{-ratna} n. %{-ratna-mAlA} f. %{rahasya} n. %{-vAridhi} n. %{-vidhAna} n. %{-vidhi} m. %{-vinirNaya} m. %{-viveka} m. %{-viveko7ddyota} m. %{vyavasthA-saMkSepa} m. %{-zakti} f. %{-zata-dvayI} f. (or %{-zata-dvayI-prA7yazcitta} n.), %{-zekhara} m. %{zrauta-sUtra}, n. %{-saMkalpa} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-samuccaya} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-sAra-kaumudI} f. %{-sArasaMgraha} m. %{-sArA7vali} f. %{-sudhAnidhi} m. %{-subodhinI} [708,2]; f. %{-sUtra} n. %{-setu} m. %{-sthAna} n.
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{-hemA7dri} m. %{-ttA7NDa-bilA} f. %{-ttA7di-godAna} n. %{-ttA7di-saMgraha} m. %{-ttA7dhikAra} m. %{ttA7dhyAya} m. %{-ttA7dhyAya-bhASya} n. %{-ttA7parA7rka} m. N. of wks.; %{-ttA7huti} f. an expiatory sacrifice Br.
A1s3vS3r.; %{-tte7ndu-zekhara} m. and %{-ra-sAra-saMgraha} m. N. of wks.; %{-tte7STi}. f. = %{-ttA7huti} Gr2S3rS.;
%{-tte7STi-candrikA} f. %{-tto7ddyota} m. %{-ttau9gha-sAra} m. N. of wks.
praayeNa * = ind. mostly, generally, as a rule S3rS. Mn. R. &c.; most probably, likely Hit. (cf. %{prA7yazas} and 1.
%{prA7yas}).
praayeNa* = see under %{prA7ya} above.
praayojakaH = (m) sponsor
prabhava * = &c. see under {pra-bhU}.
pra-bhAva * = &c. see {pra-bhU}.
pra-bhava4 * = mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m. production, source, origin, cause of existence (as
father or mother, also `" the Creator "'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. {A}, springing or rising or derived from, belonging
to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= {pra-bhAva}) L.; N. of a Sdhya Hariv.; of Vishnu A.; of sev. men HParis'.; N. of
the first or 35th year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; {-prabhu} and {-svAmin} m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6
S'ruta-kevalins L.
pra-bhaava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. ({-veNa}, {-vAt} and {vatas} ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [684, 3]; supernatural power Klid.; splendour, beauty MBh.
R.; tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriy Cat.; N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MrkP.;
{-ja} mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W.; {-tva} n. power, strength Km.; {-vat} mfn. powerful,
strong, mighty MBh. Kaths.
prabhavaM = origin, opulences
prabhavaH = the source of manifestation
prabhavati = is manifest
prabhavanti = become manifest
prabhavasya = of borned
prabhavaan.h = born of
prabhavishhNu = developing
prabhavaiH = born of
prabhaa = light
prabAdhaka mfn. (ifc.) pressing back, keeping away Sus3r.; refusing MW.
2 prabAdhana n. keeping off, keeping at a distance MBh. Ma1rkP.; pressing hard upon, tormenting, paining MBh.
(also %{A} f. Ja1takam.); refusing, denying MW.
prabhaasa* = M. `" splendour "', `" beauty "'N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a being attendant on Skanda ib.; of a deity under the
8th Manu MrkP.; (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas L.; of a son of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra
Kaths.; (pl.) N. of a race of Riishis MBh.; m. or n. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the
Dekhan near Dvrak MBh. Kv. &c. (also {-kSetra} n. {-kSetra-tIrtha} n. {-deza} m.); {-kSetra-tIrtha-yAtrA7nukrama}
m. {-kSetra-mAhAtmya} n. {-khaNDa} m. or n. and {-se7zvara-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wks. [684,2]
prabhaasha* = m. declaration, doctrine Hariv. (Nlak.); w.r. for {-bhAsa}.
prabhaata = morning
Sanskrit Dictionary
prabhaava m. (ifc. f. %{A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. (%{-veNa}, %{-vAt} and
%{-vatas} ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [684,3]; supernatural power Ka1lid.; splendour, beauty
MBh. R.; tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriya1 Cat.; N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis
Ma1rkP.; %{-ja} mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W.; %{-tva} n. power, strength Ka1m.; %{-vat} mfn.
powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Katha1s.
prabhava = influence*= mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m. production, source, origin, cause of
existence (as father or mother, also `" the Creator "'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. %{A}, springing or rising or derived
from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= %{pra-bhAva}) L.; N. of a Sa1dhya Hariv.; of Vishn2u A.; of
sev. men HParis3.; N. of the first or 35th year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; %{-prabhu} and %{-svAmin} m.
(with Jainas) N. of one of the 6 S3ruta-kevalins L.
prabhavana n. production, source, origin (ifc. `" springing from "'; cf. %{meru-prabh-} and Pa1n2. 8-4, 34 Sch.);
ruling, presiding (?) W.
10 prabhAvana mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) creating, creative MBh.; explaining, disclosing (= %{prakAzaka}) R. (B.); m.
creator MBh. R. Hariv.; (%{A}) f. disclosing, revealing, promulgation (of a doctrine) HYog.
prabhaavat mfn. luminous, radiant, splendid MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{I}) f. the lute of one of the Gan2as or demigods
attendant on S3iva L.; a kind of metre S3rutab.; (in music) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit.; of the
wife of the sun MBh.; of one of the Ma1tr2is attendant on Skanda ib.; of an Apsaras VP.; of a Sura7n3gana1 Sin6ha7s.;
of a sister of the Asura Indra-damana L.; of a daughter of king Vajra-na1bha and wife of Pradyumna Hariv.; of the wife
of Citra-ratha king of An3ga MBh.; of the daughter of Suvi1ra and wife of Marutta Ma1rkP.; of a Ta1pasi1 MBh.; of them
other of Malli (the 19th Arhat of present Avasarpin2i1) L.; of the daughter of the S3resht2hin Soma-datta and wife of
Madana the son of Vikrama-sena S3ukas.; of a river W.; (%{-pariNaya} m. `" the marriage of Prabha1vati1 "'N. of a
drama by Vis3va-na1tha).
prabhavaniiya mfn. Pa1n2. ib.
prabhavat mf(%{antI})n. coming forth, arising &c.; mighty, powerful, potent MBh. Ka1v.
prabhaashheta = speaks
prabhu = lord, king (here)
prabhu * = see under {pra-bhU} below.
pra-bhU * = P. {-bhavati} (rarely . {-te}; Ved. inf. {-bhUSa4Ni}), to come forth, spring up, arise or originate from
(abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur S'Br. &c. &c.; to be before, surpass (with {pRSTham}, `" to be greater or
more than the back can carry "', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be
powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. {prabhavati-tarAm}, `" has more power "' Vikr. v, 18); to rule, control, have power over, be
master of (gen. loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib.; to be a match for (dat.) Pn. 23, 16 Vrtt. 2 Pat.; to be able to (inf.) Klid. Kaths. &c.; to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br.; to implore, beseech
(?) Hariv.: Caus. {-bhAvayati}, to increase, spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a
greater number of vessels) Br.; to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture
ib. MBh. &c.; (as Nom. fr. {-bhAva} below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R.; to recognise
R.: Desid. of Caus. {-bibhAvayiSati}, to wish to increase or extend AitBr.
pra-bhu4 * = mfn. (Ved. also {U4} f. {vI}) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c.; more powerful than
(abl.) MBh.; having power over (gen.) VP.; able, capable, having power to (loc. inf. or comp.) Kv.; a match for (dat.)
Pn. 2-3, 16 Vrtt. 2 Pat.; constant, eternal L.; m. a master, lord, king (also applied to gods e.g. to Srya and Agni RV.;
to Praj-pati Mn.; to Brahm ChUp.; to Indra R.; to S'iva MBh.; to Vishnu L.); the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142; a
sound, word L.; quicksilver L.; N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MrkP.; of a son of Kardama Hariv.; of a son of S'uka
and Pvar ib.; of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP.; of a poet Cat.; of sev. other men HParis'.; ({-bhvI} f. N. of a S'akti
Pacar.); {-kathA} f. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yj. (v.l.) Kaths.; power over (loc.) S'ak.;
possession of (comp.) Ragh.; prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Ratna7v.; {-tva} n. lordship, sovereignty, high
rank, might, power over (gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Sus'r.; {tvabodhi} f. knowledge joined with supreme power Krand.; {-tvA7kSepa} m. (in rhet.) an objection based on power
(i.e. on a word of command) Kvya7d. ii, 138; {-deva} m. N. of a Yoga teacher Cat.; ({I}) f. (with {lATI}) N. of a poetess
ib.; {-bhakta} mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog) Cn.; m. a good horse L.; {-bhakti} f. loyalty, faithfulness MW.; {liGga-caritra} n. {-liGga-lIlA} f. {-vaMza} m. N. of wks.; {-zabda-zeSa} mfn. having only the title of lord remaining
Sanskrit Dictionary
Ragh.
pra-bhU * = = {-bhu} (cf. above); {-tva} n. sufficiency KtyS'r. (cf. {prabhu-tva}); {-vasu} ({-bhU4-} Padap. {-bhu4-})
mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV.; m. N. of a descendant of Angiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36; ix, 35,
36
prabhuH = the master of the city of the body
prabhuddho = having risen( after sleep, unconscious state)
prabudha *= m. a great sage BhP.
prabhuuta = large quantity
prabhriti = from
prabho = Oh Lord
pracakra * = n. an army in motion L.
pracaNDa* = mf({A})n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable MBh.
Kv. &c.; great, large, hot, burning, sharp (see comp. below); m. a species of oleander with white flowers L.; N. of a
Dnava Kaths.; of a goblin MrkP.; of a son of Vatsa-pr and Su-nand ib.; ({A}) f. a species of Drv with white
flowers L.; a form or S'akti of Durg Cat.
pracar * = P. %{-carati} (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to come
forth, appear MBh. R. &c.; to roam, wander Prab. BhP.; to circulate, be or become current (as a story) R. Var.; to set
about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with instr. of the object or of the means employed) AV. Br. Ka1tyS3r.;
to be active or busy, be occupied or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP.; to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh.
&c.; to come off, take place BhP.: Caus. %{-cArayati}, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv.; to make public W.
pracal * = P. %{-calati} (rarely A1. %{-te}), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c.; to stir, move on,
advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pan5cat.; to start, spring up from (a seat) R.; to swerve, deviate from (abl.) MBh.; to
become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited ib. BhP.: Caus. %{-calayati}, to set in motion,
move, jog, wag Ka1v.; to remove from (abl.) Sus3r.; %{-cAlayati}, to cause to shake or tremble R.; to stir up, stir round
Pan5cat.
pracala * = mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r.; what goes well or widely W.; current, circulating,
customary ib.; %{-kAJcana-kuNDala} mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden rings R2itus.; %{-dAsa} m. N. of a poet Cat.;
%{-latA-bhuja} mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that tremble) Prab.; %{-siMha} m. N. of a poet
Cat.; %{--calA7Gga} mfn. having tremulous limbs MBh.
pracaraNa* = n. going to graze Cat.; proceeding with, beginning, undertaking S3rS. Ba1lar.; circulating, being current
W.; employing, using MW.; (%{I4}) f. (sc. %{sruc}) a wooden ladle employed for want of a better at a sacrifice S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r.
pracAraNa * = n. (prob.) scattering, strewing Ka1d.
pracaraNIya * = mfn. being in actual use S3Br.
prachalita = something that has started
pracyava * = m. fall, ruin Ka1t2h.; withdrawal Kap. Sch.; advancement, improvement MW.
pracyavana * = mfn. removing, destroying Car. (w.r. for %{-cyAvana}?); n. falling down (esp. from heaven i.e. being
born again) HParis3.; departure, withdrawal Sus3r.; loss, deprivation (with abl.) MBh.; oozing, dropping A.
prachodayaat.h = (abl.Sing.)from His inducement or stirring the consciousnessprachchhanna = covered, secretly clad
pracura * = mf({A})n. much, many, abundant (opp. to {alpa}); plenteous, plentiful, frequent; (ifc.) abounding in, filled
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
prakaashaH = manifest
prakaashakaM = illuminating
prakaashate = to shine
prakaashana = Publication
prakaashayati = discloses
prakaashita = (adj) published
prakampa* = mfn. trembling R.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering &c. MBh. Kv. &c.
prakiirtya = by the glories
prakIrtita *= mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Ya1jn5.; named, called Mn. Pan5c.;
approved, praised, celebrated Ya1jn5. Pan5c
prakopa *= m. effervescence, excitement, raging (of diseases, war &c.) Var. Ra1jat.; tumult, insurrection Hit.; violent
anger, rage, fury, wrath, ire Mn. MBh. &c.; (in med.) excess, superabundance, vitiation Sus3r.
prakriti = Nature* = f. `" making or placing before or at first "', the original or natural form or condition of anything,
original or primary substance (opp. to {vi-kRti} q.v.) Prt. Nir. Jaim. MBh.; cause original source Mn. MBh. S'ak. &c.;
origin, extraction Mriicch.; nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kv. Sus'r. &c. (ibc. and {-tyA}
ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly Prt. S'rS. Mn. &c.); fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule
(esp. in ritual) S'rS.; (in the Snkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material
world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Gunas called {sattva}, {rajas} and {tamas}), Nature (distinguished from
{puruSa}, Spirit as My is ddistinguished from Brahman in the Veda7ntas); pl. the 8 producers or primary essences
which evolve the whole visible world (viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi} or {mahat}, {ahaM-kAra}, and the 5 {tan-mAtras} or
subtle elements; rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c.; (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in
the creation (hence the same with the S'akti or personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshm, Durg &c.; also
considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL. 223; (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya
Hariv.; (in polit.) pl. a king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c.; the subjects of a
king, citizens, artisans &c. ib.; the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz.
king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294; 295); the various sovereigns to be considered in
case of war (viz. the {madhyama}, {vijigISu}, {udAsIna} and {zatru}; to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz.
the {mitra}, {arimitra}, {mitra-mitra}, {arimitra-mitra}, {pArSNi-graha}, {Akranda}, {pArSNigrAhA7sAra},
{AkrandA7sAsa}; each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakriitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army,
so that the total number of Prakriitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155; 157 Kull.; (in gram.) the crude or elementary form of a
word, base, root, an uninflected word Sh. Pn. Sch. Vop.; N. of 2 classes of metres Col.; (in arithm.) a co-efficient
multiplier ib.; (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W.; (with
{tritIyA}) the third nature, a eunuch MBh.; matter, affair Lalit.; the male or female organ of generation L.; a woman or
womankind L.; a mother L.; an animal L.; N. of a woman Buddh.; N. of wk.
prakritiM = nature
prakritiH = nature
prakritijaan.h = produced by the material nature
prakritijaiH = born of the modes of material nature
prakritisthaH = being situated in the material energy
prakritii = Nature
prakriteH = of material nature
prakrityaa = by nature
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
pramaaNatas* = ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137; according to proof or authority. W.
pramaaNayukta* = mfn. having the right measure Var.
pramaaNavat* = mfn. established by proofs, well-founded Prab
pramaaNaM = example
pramaathi = agitating
pramaathiini = agitating
pramaada = indifference *= m. intoxication RV. MBh.; madness, insanity L.; negligence, carelessness about (abl. or
comp.) Kaus3. Mn. MBh. &c.; an error, mistake W.; a partic. high number L.; %{-cArin} mfn. acting in a careless
manner Ka1ran2d2.; %{-pATha} m. a wrong reading S3am2k.; %{-vat} mfn. = %{-mAdin} L.\\ &c. see %{pra-mad}.
pramaadaH = madness
pramaadaat.h = out of foolishness
pramaade = in madness
pramaatha * = m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv.; rape (cf. {draupadI-pr-}); subjugation,
destruction (of enemies) Uttarar.; N. of a son of Dhriita-rshthra MBh.; of one of the attendants of Skanda ib.; of a
Dnaya Kaths.; pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on S'iva Hariv. (cf. {pramatha}).
pramada* = m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Katha1s.; mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also %{-daka} Nir.); mad,
intoxicated L.; m. the thorn-apple L.; the ankle L.; N. of a Da1nava Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha and one of the sages
under Manu Uttama BhP.; (%{A} f. see below); %{-kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-kAnana} n. = %{-dA-k-} L.;
%{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pan5cat.; %{-vana} n. = %{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.
pramadaa* =f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c.; the sign of the zodiac Virgo L.; N.
of 2 kinds of metre Col.; %{-kAnana} n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L.; %{-jana} m.
womankind, the female sex R. Var.; %{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of metre Col.; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R.;
(%{-na-pAlikA} f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Ma1lav.); %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-}) n.
the gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.
pramadaH = (become) proud or arrogant
pramathapataye = to the lord destroying pride
pramatha * = m. `" Tormentor "'N. of a class of demons attending on S'iva MBh. Kv. &c. (cf. RTL. 238); of a son of
Dhriita-rshthra MBh.; a horse L.; ({A}) f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L.; N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of
Vra MrkP.; pain, affliction W.; {-nAtha} (Kd.), {-pati} (L.) m. `" lord of the Pramathas "' N. of S'iva [685, 2]; {prathama} m. `" first of the PPramathas "'N. of Bhriingirithi Blar.; {-thA7dhipa} m. `" ruler of the PPramathas "'N.
of S'iva VarBriS.; of Gane7s'a L.; {-thA7laya} m. `" abode of torment "', hell L.
pramatta * = mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pacat.; drunken, intoxicated S'ak.; mad, insane W.;
inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; indulging in (loc.) MBh. R.;
blundering, a blunderer W.; {-gIta} mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person Pat.; {-citta} mfn. careless-minded,
heedless, negligent Km.; {-tA} f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity ({a-pram-}) Rjat.; {-rajju} f. (?) Kaus'.;
1. {-vat} mfn. inattentive, careless ({a-pram-}) MBh.; 2. {-vat} ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW.; {-zramaNa}
n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat.
pramrij *= P. %{-mArSTi} (%{-mArjati}, %{-te} MBh.; %{-mArjayati} Sus3r.), to wipe, wipe off, wash off, clean,
cleanse Ka1t2h. S3Br. Gr2S3rS. &c.; to rub, pass the hand over, rub gently, stroke MBh. R.; to wipe out, wash out,
remove, expel, rid one's self of ib. GopBr. Ka1v. &c.; to render unavailing, frustrate (as a wish) Ra1jat.; to destroy AitBr.;
to make ready, prepare MW.
pramrita *= mfn. deceased, dead MBh.; withdrawn or gone out of sight; covered, concealed W.; n. death MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Ma1rkP.; tillage, cultivation (as causing the death of many beings) Mn. iv, 4, 5 (cf. x, 83).
pramud *= A1. %{-modate}, to become joyful, rejoice greatly, exult, be delighted AV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{-modayati}, to
make glad, delight Mn. MBh. Hariv. Sa1h.\\ 2 mfn. pleased, happy L.; (%{-mu4d}) f. gladness, delight, pleasure (esp.
sensual plpleasure) RV. VS. S3Br. MBh. Pan5cat. (%{-mude-bhU}, to become a cause of delight).
pramUDha *= mfn. bewildered, unconscious MBh. Hariv. Uttarar.; infatuated, foolish Mun2d2Up. S3a1rn3gP.;
disjointed MBh.; %{-saMjJa} mfn. having the mind perplexed, bewildered, infatuated R.
pramukhaH = (m) leader, chief (adj) principal, main
pramukhataH = in front of
pramukhe = in the front
pramuchyate = is completely liberated
pramudita = joyous
pramukha * = mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R.; first, foremost, chief, principal, most excellent Hit.;
(generally ifc.; f. %{A}) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied by or with [cf. %{prIti-p-};
%{vasiSThap-}] MBh. Ka1v.; honourable, respectable L.; m. a chief, respectable man, sage W.; a heap, multitude L.;
Rottleria Tinctoria L.; n. the mouth MW.; commencement (of a chapter) Br2A1rUp. S3am2k.; time being, the present,
the same time Prata1p.; (ibc. or %{e} ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh.
Ka1v.; (with %{kR}) to cause to go before or precede R.
pramush *= P. %{-muSNAti}, to steal away, rob, carry off, take away RV. S3Br. Pa1rGr2. &c.
pramuushikaa *= f. the external corner of the eye VarBr2S. lviii, 7 Comm.
pramushita *= mfn. stolen or taken away (also %{-muSTa}) BhP.; distracted, beside one's self ib. Katha1s.; (%{A}) f. a
kind of riddle Cat.
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S'nkhBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP.; bent towards,
offered respectfully Mlav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a partic.
kind of accentuation Sy.; of a Paris'. of SV.; {-kAya} mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP.; {-bahu-phala} mfn. one
to whom various fruits or good things are offered Mlav. i, 1; {-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; {-ziras} mfn. having
the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; {-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); {tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNayena = out of love
praNava = another name for AUM * (see also under om) = (or {pra4-N-}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) the mystical or sacred syllable
{om} VS. TS. S'Br. Mn. (ifc. also {-ka}) &c. ({-tva} n. RmatUp.); a kind of small drum or tabor = (and prob. w.r. for)
{paNana} L.; {-kalpa} m. {-darpaNa} m. {-pariziSTa} n. {-vyAkhyA} f. {-vA7rcana-candRkA} f. {-vA7rtha-nirNaya} m.
{-vA7rtha-prakAzikA-vyAkhyAna} n. {-vo7paniSad} f. N. of wks.
praNavaH = the three letters a-u-m
pranaya* = m. a leader Pn. 3-1, 142 ({jyotiSAm} Nir. ii, 14); guidance, conduct MBh.; manifestation, display Mriicch.;
setting forth (an argument) Jtakam.; affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc.; {At},
{ena} and {-yo7pe7tam} ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kv. &c.; desire, longing for (loc.;
{anyathA}, `" for something else "') ib.; an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr.; reverence, obeisance L.; final
beatitude L.; {-kalaha} m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kd. Pacat.; {-kupita} mfn. angry
through love, feigning anger Megh.; {-kopa} m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW.; {-pezala} mfn.
soft through affection R.; {-prakarSa} m. excess of affaffection, extraordinary attachment Kaths.; {-bhaGga} m.
breach of confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur.; {-madhura} mfn. sweet through affection Bhartri.; {-maya} mf({I})n. full
of confidence Jtakam.; {-mAna} m. `" love-pride "', the jealousy of llove W.; {-vacana} n. a declaration of llove or
affection Megh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank, open, confident Klid.; attached or devoted to,
loving (loc. or comp.) ib.; desirous of. longing for (loc.) S'is'.; (ifc.) familiar with, used to Blar.; {-virhAta} = {-vihata}
Sanskrit Dictionary
A.; {-vimukha} mf({I})n. averse from love or friendship Megh.; {-vihati} f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W.; {spRz} mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mlatm.; {-yA7parAdha} m. an offence against (mutual) affection or confidence
Amar.; {-yA7pahArin} mfn. taking with cconfidence or without shyness MW.; {-yA7mRta-paJcAzaka} n. N. of wk.; {yI-kR}, to attach closely Vcar.; {-yI-bhU}, to become attached or affectionate Sus'r.; {-yo7nmukha} mf({I})n. expectant
through love Mlav.; {-yA7pe7ta} mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MrkP.
praNayana* = n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching S'rS. MBh. &c.; means or vessel for bringing or
fetching (cf. {agni-}); showing, betraying (ct. {zraddhA-}); (with {daNDasya} or {daNDa}.), applying(the rod), infliction
of (punishment) Mn. Yj.; establishing, founding (of a school) BhP.; execution, performance, practice MBh. Kv.;
bringing forward, adducing L.; composing, writing L.; satisfying, satiating R.
praNashyati = one falls down
praNashyanti = become vanquished
praNashyaami = am lost
praNashhTaH = dispelled
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S3a1n3khBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP.; bent
towards, offered respectfully Ma1lav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a
partic. kind of accentuation Sa1y.; of a Paris3. of SV.; %{-kAya} mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP.; %{-bahuphala} mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered Ma1lav. i, 1; %{-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.;
%{-ziras} mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; %{-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's person bowed "',
inclined, stooping R. (B.); %{-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNejana * = mf(%{I})n. washing or wiping away La1t2y.; n. the act of washing or bathing AV.; water for washing
S3Br.
praNenii * = mfn. (fr. Intens.) leading or guiding constantly or repeatedly RV.
praNetavya * = mfn. to be led or guided MBh.; to be accomplished or executed or used or applied
praNetri * = m. a leader, guide RV. &c. &c. (Ved. with gen. or acc.; Class. gen. or comp.); a maker, creator MBh.
Hariv.; an author, promulgator of a doctrine MBh. Pur.; a performer or one who plays a musical instrument L.; one who
applies (a clyster) Car.; %{-mat} mfn. containing the notion of leading AitBr.
praNetra * = see %{vAyu4-praNetra}.
praNeya * = mfn. to be guided or led, docile, obedient MBh. Hariv. S3am2k.; to be (or being) used or applied Ba1lar.
Car.; to be executed or accomplished MBh.; to be fixed or settled ib.
praNidhaana = dedication
praNidhaaya = laying down
praNihita * = mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Sus3r.; put down, deposited Ba1lar. BhP.; outstretched, stretched forth
Megh. Sa1h.; directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartr2. BhP.; delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Ba1lar.;
contained in (comp.) BhP.; sent out (as a spy) MBh.; found out, discovered ib.; ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54; one
who has his thoughts concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhat2t2.; obtained, acquired W.; prudent,
cautious, wary ib.; resolved, determined ib.; agreed to or admitted ib.; %{-dhI} (Bhartr2.), %{-tA7tman} (A1past.) mfn.
having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.); %{-te7SaNa} mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.)
Hariv.
praNipaatena = by approaching a spiritual master
praNudati = to push, to press, to ring a bell
prapaada* = see {a4-prapAda}. [682,2]
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sAdati}, to be clear or bright. S'atr.) [697, 1]; clearness of style, perspicuity Pratp. Kvya7d. Sh.; brightness (of the
face) Ragh.; calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KathhUp. Sus'r. Yogas.; serenity of disposition, good humour
MBh. Sus'r. Ragh. &c.; graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, meditation ({-dAt} ind. through the
kindness or by the favour of; {-daM} {kR}, to be gracious; cf. {duS-p-}, {drik-p-}) Gobh. MBh. Kv. &c.; Kindness
personified as a son of Dharma and Maitr BhP.; clarified liquor, a decoction Car.; settlings, a residuum ib.; free gift,
gratuity Ratna7v.; a propitiatory offering or gift (of food = {p--dravya}, {prasAdA7nna}) L.; the food presented to an
idol, or the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69;
145 &c.; approbation W.; well-being, welfare W.; N. of a Comm. on the Prakriy-kaumudi; {-cintaka} w.r. for {-vittaka}
Blar.; {-dAna} n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a superior MW.; {-paTTa} m. a turban of
honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var.; {-paTTaka} n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr.; {-parAGmukha} mf({I})
not caring for any one's favour Amar.; withdrawing ffavour from any one (gen.) Pacat.; {-pAtra} n. an object of
ffavour Das'.; {-puraga} mfn. inclined to ffavour, favourably inclined MrkP.; {-pratilabdha} m. N. of a son of Mra
Lalit.; {-bhAj} mfn. being in favour, Smkhyas. Sch.; {-bhUmi} f. an object of ffavour, favourite Hcar.; {-mAlA} f. N. of
wk.; {-vat} mfn. pleased, delighted; gracious, favourable L. ({-vatI-samAdhi} m. a partic. Samdhi Buddh.); {-vitta}
mf({A})n. (Kd. Kaths. Rjat. Blar.) or {-vittaka} mfn. (Kaths.) rich in favour, being in high ffavour with any one
(gen. or comp.); m. and favourite, darling; {-SaT-zlokI} f. {-stava} m. N. of 2 Stotras; {-su-mukha} mf({I})n. inclined to
favour (others `" having a clear or serene face "') Mlav. Ragh.; {-stha} mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious; happy
W.; {-sAdA7ntara} n. another (mark of) favour MW.; {sAdA7nna} n. see {-sAda} above; {-sAdI-} {kR}, to bestow as a
mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen. of person) Pacat. Kd. Rjat. &c.
pra-saada * = &c. see {pra-} {sad}.
prasaadya * mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sh. Bla
prasaktaaH = attached
prasaktaanaaM = for those who are attached
prasanga = event, happenning, incidence * = prasaGga see under %{pra-} %{zaJj}. prasaGga m. adherence,
attachment, inclination or devotion to, indulgence in, fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with (loc.
gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (%{ena} ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly; cf. also below); evil inclination or illicit
pursuit Mn. ix, 5; union, connection (ifc. `" connected with "' e.g. %{madhu-prasaGga-madhu}, `" honey connected
with or coming in the spring season "') Ratna7v. i, 17 [696,3]; (pl.) all that is connected with or results from anything
Ka1m.; occurrence of a possibility, contingency, case, event S3rS. Mn. S3am2k. Pa1n2. Sch. (e.g. %{ecaH@plutaprasaGge}, `" in the event of a diphthong being prolated "'); applicability Vajras.; an occasion, incident, conjuncture,
time, opportunity MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ibc.; %{ena}, %{At} and %{atas} ind. when the occasion presents itself, occasionally,
incidentally; %{prasaGge@kutrA7pi}, `" on a certain occasion "'; %{amunA@prasaGgena}, %{tat-prasaGgena} or
%{etat-prasaGge}, `" on that occasion "'); mention of parents (? = %{guru-kIrtita}) Sa1h.; (in dram.) a second or
subsidiary incident or plot W.; N. of a man Katha1s.; (pl.) of a Buddhistic school; %{-nivAraNa} n. the prevention of
(similar) eases, obviation of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334; %{-pro7Sita} mfn. happening to be
departed or absent Das3.; %{-ratnA7kara} m. %{-ratnA7valI} f. N. of wks.; %{-vat} mfn. occasional, incidental Das3.;
%{-vazAt} ind. according to the time, as occasion may demand MW.; %{-vinivRtti} f. the non-recurrence of a case Mn.
viii, 368; %{-sama} m. (in Nya1ya) the sophism that the proof too must be proved Nya1yas. Sarvad.; %{-gA7nu}.
%{saGgena} ind. by the way, by the by, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-gA7bharaNa} n. N. of a modern poetical anthology.
prasangena = because of attachment
prasannachetasaH = of the happy-minded
prasannam.h = with pleasant, satisfied look
prasanna * = mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; distinct, perspicuous MBh. Ka1m.; true, right, plain,
correct, just Ma1lav. Ma1lati1m.; placid, tranquil R. Var. A1p.; soothed, pleased; gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards
(with loc. gen., or acc. aod %{prati}), favourable (as stars &c.); gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; m. N. of a prince Hemac.; (%{A}) f. propitiating, pleasing W.; spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat.; %{kalpa} mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pan5cat.; %{-gAtr-tA}. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a
Buddha) Dharmas. 84; %{-caNDikA} f. N. of a drama; %{-candra} m. N. of a prince HParis3.; %{-jala} mfn. containing
clear water R.; %{-tarka} mfn. conjecturing right Ma1lav.; %{-tA} f. brightness, clearness, purity Sus3r.; clearness of
expression, perspicuity Cat.; complacence, good humour Ka1v. Ra1jat. VP.; %{-tva} n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh.;
%{-pAda} m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti; %{-prA7ya} mfn. rather plain or correct, Ma1latim.; %{-mukha} mfn.
Sanskrit Dictionary
`" placid-countenanced "', looking pleased, smiling W.; %{-rasa} mfn. clear-juiced Kpr.; %{-rAghava} n. N. of a drama
by Jaya-deva; %{-veGkaTe7zva-mAhAmya} n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishyo7ttara-Pura1n2a; %{-salila} mfn. %{-jala}
MBh.; %{-sannA7tman} mfn. gracious-minded, propitious MaitrUp.; %{-sanne7rA} f. spirituous liquor made of rice L.
prasannaa = is pleased
prasannaatmaa = fully joyful
prasannena = happily
prasabhaM = by force
prasavishhyadhvaM = be more and more prosperous
prasahyasaahin.h = he who overcomes the powerful
prasaadaM = the mercy of the Lord
prasaadajaM = born of the satisfaction
prasaadaye = to beg mercy
prasaadaat.h = by favour, grace
prasaade = on achievement of the causeless mercy of the Lord
prasaadhayati = to comb
prasaadya *= mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sa1h. Ba1lar.
prasaaraH = (m) broadcast, propoganda, expanse
prasaarayati = to spread
prasaarita = stretched out
prasaarya = (gerund) holding forth
prasaJj * = P. A1. %{-sajati}, %{-te}, (P.) to hang on, attach to (loc.) La1t2y.; to hang with i.e. to provide or supply with
(instr.) S3Br.; to cling to (loc.) Das3.; to engage with any one(loc.) in a quarrel or dispute, ChUP.; (only ind. p. %{sajya}) to be attached to the world BhP.; to result, follow, be the consequence of anything Sarvad.; to cause to take place
Pat.; (A1.) to attach one's self to (acc.) MBh.: Pass. %{sajyate}, or %{-sajjate} (%{-ti}), to attach one's self, cling to, be
devoted to or intent upon or occupied with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be in love (pr.p. %{-sajjantI}) Hariv.; (%{-sajjate}),
to be the consequence of something else, result, follow, be applicable Pat. Bha1sha1p. Sarvad.: Caus. P. %{-saJjayati}, to
cause to take place Naish.; A1. %{-sajjayate}, to attach to, stick in (loc.; with %{na}, `" to fly through "', said of an
arrow) R.
prasakta* = mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or
comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; clinging to the world, mundane BhP.; being in love, enamoured MBh. Ka1v.; (ifc.) supplied or
provided with R. (v.l. %{pra-yukta}); resulting, following, applicable Ka1s3. Katha1s. Sarvad.; continual, lasting,
constant, eternal MBh. Ka1v. &c.; used, employed W.; got, obtained ib.; opened, expanded ib.; contiguous, near A.; (%{sakta4}), w.t for %{-satta4} AV.; ibc. and(%{am}) ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever Ka1v.; %{-dhI} or %{hRdaya} mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.) Var.; %{-tA7zrumukha} mf(%{I})n. having the
face wet with tears R.
prasaktavya* = mfn. to be attached to (loc.) Katha1s.
pras'ama* = m. calmness, tranquillity "' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction, abatement MBh. Kv. &c.; m.
N. of a son of naka-dundisbhi and S'nti-deva BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.; {-M-kara} mfn. causing the
cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R.; {-rati-sUsra} n. N. of wk.; {-sthita} mfn. being in a state of quiescence
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic. measure Sam2gi1t.; %{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn.
consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.
prasIdikA* = f. a small garden L. (v.l. {prasedikA}).
prasidh* = 2. P. . {-sedhati}, {-te}, to drive on RV. TndBr. Lthy. \\3. P. {-sidhyati}, (rarely . {te}), to be
accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c.; to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97; to be explained or made clear Ks'. on
Pn. 3-1, 122.
prasiida = be pleased * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (%{a-pras-}); arranged, adomed (as hair)
ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic. measure Sam2gi1t.; %{-kSatriyaprA7ya} mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.)
celebrity, notoriety.
prasidati * = thus becomes fully satisfied; SB 1.2.19\\ becomes reconciled; SB 2.1.19\\ become satisfied; SB 3.9.12\\
becomes very pleased; SB 3.13.48\\ becomes happy; SB 3.14.47\\ becomes fully satisfied; SB 4.20.9\\ is pleased; SB
5.2.15\\ actually becomes happy; SB 6.2.32\\is pleased; SB 6.19.1\\ become fully satisfied; SB 7.11.7\\ is in favor; SB
8.21.24\\ is spiritually satisfied; SB 11.20.22\\ becomes satisfied; SB 11.21.43\\ gets satisfaction; CC Madhya 20.147148
prasi* = 1. (only . pf. {siSye}, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Rjat.
prasic* = P. {-siJcati}, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,; to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv.; to fill (a vessel) KaushUp.:
Pass. {-sicyate}, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Sus'r.; to be watered i.e. refreshed MBh.: Caus. {-secayati}, to pour
into (loc.) Yj.
prasikta* = mfn. poured out Uttarar. Sus'r.; (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh.
prasiv* = P. {-sIvyati}, to sew up S'Br.
prasIdikA* = f. a small garden L. (v.l. {prasedikA}).
prasita* = mfn. (for 2. see below) bound, fastened W.; diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to, engrossed by, engaged
in, occupied with (loc. or instr.; cf. Pn. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh.; lasting, continuous SaddhP. 1.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 2. see below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sy.); a ligament, binding, fetter L.
prasita* = 2 mfn. (2. {si}; cf. {pra-si} above) darting along RV.; n. pus, matter L. 2.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 1. see above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV.; a throw, cast, shot, missile VS. TBr.;
stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV.; succession, duration VS.; dominion, power, authority, influence RV.
prasritaa = extended
prasritaaH = extendedpravachanena = (instr.sing.)thro' discourse or lecture
prastha * = mfn. going on a march or journey, going to or abiding in (cf. %{vana-pr-}); stable, firm, solid W.;
expanding, spread ib.; m. n. table-land on the top of a mountain MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a level expanse, plain (esp. at the end
of names of towns and villages; cf. %{indra-}, %{oSadhi-}, %{karIra-pr-} and see Pa1n2. 4-2, 110); a partic. weight and
measure of capacity (= 32 Palas or = 1/4 of an A1d2haka; or = 16 Palas= 4 Kud2avas= 1/4 of an Ad2haka; or = 2
S3ara1vas; or = 6 Palas; or = 1/16 of a Dron2a) MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c.; m. N. of a monkey R.; %{-kusuma} or %{puSpa} m. `" flowering on mountain-tops "', a species of plant, a variety of Tulasi or basil L.; %{-m-paca} mf(%{A})n.
cooking the amount of a Prastha (said of a cooking utensil capable of containing one PPrastha) Pa1n2. 3-2, 33 Sch.;
%{-vat} m. a mountain L.
prasthaa * = P. %{-tiSThati}, (rarely A1. %{te}). to stand or rise up (esp. before the gods. an altar &c.) RV. TS. VS.; to
advance towards (acc.) S3Br. S3a1n3khSr.; (A1.; cf. Pa1n2. i, 3, 22) to be awake MBh.; (A1. m. c. also P.) to set out,
depart from (abl.), proceed or march to (acc. with or without %{prati}) or with a view to or in order to (dat. or inf)
A1s3vGr2. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (with %{AkAze}) to move or abide in the open air R.: Caus. %{-sthApayati}, to put aside AV.
[699,3]; to send out, send to (acc. with or without %{prati}) or for the purpose of (dat. or loc.), send away or home,
Sanskrit Dictionary
dispatch messengers &c., dismiss, banish MBh. Ka1v. &c.; drive, urge on (horses), Kum Desid. A1. %{-tiSThAsate}, to
wish to set out S3am2k. Bhat2t2.\\%{-stha} in %{-vat} mfn. having a platform AV.; (%{-vatI}), t N. of a river Hariv.
prastobha *= m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP.; du. (with %{rajer} %{aGgirasasya}) N. of 2 Sa1mans A1rshBr.
prastotR * = m. N. of the assistant of the Udgtrii (who chants the Prastva) Br. S'rS. MBh. &c.; {-prayoga} m. {sAman} n. N. of wks.
prastotriiya * =mfn. relating to the Prastotrii Lthy. Sch.
prastobha * =m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP.; du. (with {rajer} {aGgirasasya}) N. of 2 Smans rshBr.
pras'asta *= mfn. praised, commended, considered fit or good, happy, auspicious (as stars, days &c.) RV. A1s3vGr2.
Mn. MBh. &c.; better, more excellent Gaut.; best A1past.; consecrated (as water) Var.; m. N. of a man Katha1s.; of a
poet Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river MBh.; %{-kara} m. N. of an author (perhaps the writer of a wk. entitled Pras3asta)
Cat.; %{-kalaza} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-ta} f. (MW.) or %{-tva} n. (Mcar.) excellence, goodness; %{-paribhASA} f.
N. of wk.; %{-pAda} m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat.; %{-bhASya} n. N. of wk. Cat.; %{-vacana} n. pl. laudatory words,
praises Mr2icch.; %{-zastA7dri} m. N. of a mountain to the west of Madhya-des3a Var.
prazna * =1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). \\* =2 m. ( {prach}) a question, demand,
interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.; judicial inquiry or examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p});
astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-}, {deva-}, {daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy,
problem S'Br. &c. &c. ({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A}
{gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari}, the point at issue is
before thy father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrt.; a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prasupta * = mfn. fallen into sleep, fast asleep, sleeping, slumbering Mn. MBh. &c.; closed (said of flowers) Ka1lid.;
having slept Hit.; asleep i.e. insensible Sus3r.; quiet, inactive, latent BhP.; %{-tA} f. = next Sus3r.
prasvaapana * = mf(%{I})n. causing sleep MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-nI@dazA} f. condition of ssleep Ma1rkP.); n. the act of
sending to ssleep R.
prata = Quality
prataapavaan.h = the valiant
prataapa * = m. glowing heat, heat, warmth Ka1v. Var. Sus3r.; splendour, brilliancy, glory, majesty, dignity, power,
strength, energy Mn. MBh. &c.; Calotropis Gigantea (= %{arka}) L.; N. of a man MBh. Ra1jat.; %{-candra} m. N. of a
king Katha1s.; of a Jaina author Sarvad.; %{-deva} (Cat), %{-dhavala} (Inscr.) m. N. of princes; %{-nAraziMha} or %{nRsiMha} m. N. of wks.; %{-pAla} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-pura} n. N. of a town ib.; %{-mArtaNDa} m. N. of sev.
wks.; %{-mukuTa} m. N. of a prince Vet.; %{-rAja} m. N. of a king Dharmas3.; %{rAma-pUjA} f. N. of wk. [661,2]; %{rudra} m. N. of a king of the Ka1kati1yas (or according to others of Vijayanagara or of Eka-s3ila1; sev. wks. are
attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) Cat.; %{-dra-kalyANa} n. N. of a drama; %{-drayazo-bhUSaNa}, or = %{-drIya} n. N. of wk. by Vidya1-na1tha on rhetoric (in which king Prata1pa-rudra is eulogized);
%{-vat} mfn. full of splendour, majestic, glorious, powerful MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of S3iva S3ivag.; of an attendant of
Skanda MBh.; %{-velA7valI} f. (in music) N. of a Ra1ga; %{-zIla} m. N. of a king (= %{zilA7ditya}) Ra1jat.; %{-zekhara}
m. (in music) a kind of measure; %{-siMha} and %{-siMha-rAja} m. N. of authors Cat.; %{-pA7ditya} m. N. of sev.
princes (%{-tA} f.) Ra1jat.; %{-pA7laMkAra} m. N. of wk. (prob.= %{-parudrIya}); %{-pe7ndra} m. N. of the sun Hcar.
pratap * = P. %{-tapati}, to give forth heat, burn, glow, shine (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to feel pain, suffer R.; to
warm, heat, shine upon S3Br. &c. &c.; to roast, bake R. Sus3r.; to kindle, light, illumine RV.; to pain with heat, torment,
harass MBh. Ka1v.: Pass. %{-tapyate}, to suffer pain BhP.: Caus. %{-tApayati} (fut. %{-tApitA} MBh. viii, 1971), to
make warm, heat Gr2S3rS. MBh. and e.; to set on fire, irradiate, illuminate R.; to destroy or pain with heat, torment,
harass MBh. R. &c.
pratapa * = m. the heat of the sun; %{-tra} n. a parasol BhP.
pratapana * = n. warming, heating Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Sus3r.; %{-ne-kR}, (prob.) to put near the fire, make warm (ind. p.
%{-kRtya}, or %{-kRtvA}) g. %{sA7kSAd-Adi}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
pratapat * = mf(%{antI})n. burning glowing, shining (lit. and fig.), feeling pain, doing penance MBh.; m. the sun MW.
(cf. MBh. iv, 42); an ascetic R.
pratapta * = mfn. hot, glowing shining MBh.; subjected to great heat, annealed BhavP.; pained (esp. by heat),
tortured, harassed MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (prob.) n. annealed gold R.
prataptR m. one who burns or singes S3am2k.
pratapanti = are scorching
prathaya * = Nom. P. %{-yati} = %{pRthum@AcaSTe} Pat. (cf. Caus. of %{prath}).
prathayat * = mfn. spreading out, extending &c. AV. &c. &c.; seeing, beholding W.
prati = towards * = 1 ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nnouns, sometimes {pratI}; for 2.
see p, 664) towards, near to; against, in opposition to; back, again, in return; down upon, upon, on; before nouns it
expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. {prati-candra}); or it forms Avyayibhvas of different kinds (cf. {pratikSaNam}, {prati-graham}, {praty-agni} &c.; rarely ifc. e.g. {sUpaprati}, a little broth Pn. 2-1, 9); or as a prep. with
usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. {zabdam p-}, in the
dirdirection of the sound R.; {agnim pr-}, against the fire Mn.; also {praty-agni} ind. Pn. 6-2, 33 Sch.; {ripum pr-},
agagainst the enemy Mn.; {AtmAnam pr-}, to one's self Ratna7v.); opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. {rodasI pr}, befbefore heaven and earth RV.); in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. {indram pr-}, in
comparcomparison with llittle RV.; {sahasrANi pr-}, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib.; also with abl. or
{-tas}; cf. Pn. 1-4, 92; ii, 3, 11); in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. {yUpam pr-}, near the sacrificial post AitBr.;
{gaGgAm pr-}, at or on the Ganges R.; {etat pr-}, at this point TS.; {Ayodhanam pr-}, on the field of battle MBh.); at
the time of, about, through, for (e.g. {phAlgunam pr-}, about the month PhPhlguna Mn.; {ciram pr-}, for a long time
MBh.; {bhRzam pr-}, often, repeatedly Car.); or used distributively (cf. Pn. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every,
severally (e.g. {yajJam pr-}, at every sacrifice Yj.; {yajJaM yajJam pr-} TS.; {varSam pr-}, every year, anually Pacat.;
in this sense often comp.; cf. above); in favour of, for (Pn. 1-4, 90; e.g. {pANDavAn pr-}, in favour of the PPn. MBh.)
[661, 3]; on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pn. ib. e.g. {sImAm pr-}, concconcerning a boundary Mn.;
{gautamam pr-}, with regregard to GGanges R.); conformably or according to (e.g. {mAm pr-}, accaccording to me,
i.e. in my opinion Mlav.; cf. {mAm praty araNyavat pratibhAti}, `" it seems to me like a forest "' Hit.; {na bubhukSitam
prati bhAti kiM cit}, `" to a hungry man nothing is of any account "' Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 2); as, for (after a verb meaning,
to regard or consider "'; cf. Vikr. iv, 69); or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of
(Pn. 1-4, 92 Sch.); with abl. or {-tas} see above; with abl. or gen. (?) to express, `" about "', `" at the time of "' (only
{prprati vastoH} "', at daybreak "' RV.); as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [Cf. Zd. {paiti}; Gk. $, $,
$.] &202234[661, 3]
pratibuddha * = (%{pra4ti-}) mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c.; one who has attained to
perfect knowledge S3Br. (cf. MWB. 98 n.); illuminated, enlightened BhP.; observed, recognized ib.; known, celebrated
W.; made prosperous or great ib.; %{-vastu} mfn. understanding the real nature of things BhP.; %{-ddhA7tman} mfn.
having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW.
pratibuddhaka * = mfn. known, recognized (%{a-pratib-}) MBh.
pratii * = 1 in comp. for {prati} (cf. Pn. 6-3, 122 Vrtt. 3 Pat.)\\2 ({prati-i}) P. {praty-eti}, to go towards or against, go
to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c.; to come back, return ib.; to resort or apply to RV. AV. S'Br.; to fall to a persos
(dat.) lot or share AitBr.; to receive, accept MBh.; (also Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2
acc.) GriS'rS. Nir. R. &c.; to trust, believe (with gen.) Kaths.: Pass. {pratI7yate}, to be admitted or recognized, follow,
result Kv. S'ank. Hit. (p. {-yamAna}, known, understood, implicit Pn. Sh.): Caus. {praty-Ayayati} (Pass. {pratyAyyate}), to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything) Klid.; to
make clear, prove S'ank. Sh.: Desid. {pratI7SiSati}, to wish or try to understand Pn. 2-4, 47 Sch.
praticchad * = ( %{chid}) P. %{-cchAdayati}, to cover, envelop, hide, conceal, Kaus3 MBh. &c.
praticchanna * = mfn. covered, enveloped, hidden, concealed, disguised MBh. Ka1v. &c.; endowed or furnished with
(ifc.) MBh. iii, 1268.
pratiiciina * = mfn. turned towards, going or coming ttowards RV.; (%{-cI4na}) mfn. turned away from, turning the
back RV.; being behind, coming from bbehind AV.; turning westward, western TS. Br.; subsequent, future (with abl.)
Sanskrit Dictionary
RV. TBr.; (%{am}) ind. back to one's self TBr.; backwards, behind TS. TBr. Ka1t2h. BhP.
pratiiksha *= mf(%{A})n. looking backward (see %{apr-}); (also %{-kSaka} R.) looking forward to, waiting for,
expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; having regard to (ifc.) Hariv.; (%{A4}) f. expectation TBr. Kat2hUp.; consideration,
attention, respect, veneration A1past. MBh. R.
pratiita * = mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known ({zyAmaiti}, `" by the name of SS'ank "') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.;
convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KathhUp. MBh. Hit.; satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased
AitBr. MBh. &c.; respectful L.; past, gone L.; clever, wise L.; m. N. of a divinity enumerated among the Vis've Devs.
MBh.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-tA7kSarA} f. N. of a Comm. on the Mita7kshar; {-tA7tman} mfn. confident,
resolute MBh.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a prince VP.
pratijaaniihi = declare
pratijaa* =f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kv. &c.; a statement, assertion,
declaration, affirmation ib.; (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved, the first member or
{avyaya} of the fivemembered Nyya syllogism IW. 61; (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yj.
pratijaane = I promise
pratidinaM = every day
pratinananda * = m. N. of a poet Cat.
pratinanandana * = n. greeting, salutation, friendly acceptance AV.; thanksgiving MW.
pratinanandita * = mfn. saluted or accepted kindly or cheerfully MBh. Ka1v. &c.
pratinand * = P. %{-nandati}, to greet cheerfully, salute (also in return), bid welcome or farewell, address kindly,
favour, befriend AV. &c. &c.; to receive joyfully or thankfully, to accept willingly (with %{na}, to decline, refuse, reject)
Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-nandayati}, to gladden, delight, gratify MBh. Ka1m.
pratinidhii = (m) representative, delegate
pratinivishhTa = perverse, obstinate
pratibimbam.h = (n) reflection
pratiichii = (f) west
pratijaagR *= P. %{-jAgarti}, to watch beside (acc.) RV. VS. AV.; to keep (?) DivyA7v.
pratijaagraaha *V= accepted, took hold
pratijaagRvi *= mfn. watchful, attentive Cat.
pratiloma = going against the grain* = mf({A})n. against the hair or grain (opp. to {anu-l-}), contrary to the natural
course or order, reverse, inverted; adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant; low, vile S'Br. RPrt. S'rS. &c.; left, not
right W.; contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste than the father) ib.; (ibc. and {a4m} ind.) against the
hair, agagainst the grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. s'vS'r. &c.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{upakA7di}; ({A}) f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kaths.; n. any disagreeable or
injurious act; ({ena}) ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cn.; {-ja} mfn. born in the inverse order of the
classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brhman mother, or of a Vais'ya ffather and Kshatriy mman or BBrhman
mman, in which cases the wife is of a higher caste than the husband; cf. Mn. x, 16) W.; {-tas} ind. in consequence of
the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68; invertedly, in inverted order or series Yj. MBh. Pacat.; {-rUpa} mfn. inverted
KaushUp.; {-mA7nuloma} mfn. speaking against or for anything; (ibc. and {am} ind.) in inverted order or course and in
the natural oorder or ccourse Mn. Yj.; {-ma-tas} ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R.
pratimaa = (f) statue, image; perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a consequeuce; that has
experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed \\* = m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS.; ({A4}) f. an image, likeness, symbol RV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c. &c.; a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1; 241); reflection (in comp. after a word meaning `"
moon "' cf. below); measure, extent (cf. below); N. of a metre RPrt.; the part of an elephant's head between the tusks
(also {-ma} m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c.; having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as
e.g. {tri-nalva-pr-}, 3 Nalvas long Hariv.; {-ma-tA} f. {-tva} n. reflection, image, shadow W.); {-gata} mfn. present in an
idol (as a deity) Ragh.; {-candra} m. `" reflection-moon "', image of the mmoon Ragh.; {-dAna} n. {-dravyA7divacana} n. N. of wks.; {-paricAraka} m. an attendant upon an idol (= {devala}) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1); {-pUjA} f. worship
of images MWB. 464; {-pratiSThA} f. (and {-thA-vidhi}, m.), {-rodanA7di-prA7yazcitta-vidhi} m. {-lakSaNa} n. N. of
wks.; {vizeSa} m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW.; {-zazA7Gka} m. = {-candra} Ragh.; {-sampro7kSaNa} n. N. of
wk.; {-me7ndu} m. = {-mAcandra} Rjat.
pratinand *= P. %{-nandati}, to greet cheerfully, salute (also in return), bid welcome or farewell, address kindly,
favour, befriend AV. &c. &c.; to receive joyfully or thankfully, to accept willingly (with %{na}, to decline, refuse, reject)
Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-nandayati}, to gladden, delight, gratify MBh. Ka1m.
pratishthhaa *= ( %{sthA}) P. A1. %{-tiSThati}, %{-te}, to stand, stay, abide, dwell RV. &c. &c.; to stand still, set (as
the sun), cease MBh. BhP.; to stand firm, be based or rest on (loc.), be established, thrive, prosper RV. &c. &c.; to
depend or rely on (loc.) Vajracch.; to withstand, resist (acc.) MBh. Hariv.; to spread or extend over (acc.) MBh.: Caus.
%{SThApayati}, to put down, place upon, introduce into (loc.) Br. Gr2S3rS.; to set up, erect (as an image), Ratnav.; to
bring or lead into (loc.) MBh.; to establish in, appoint to (loc.) ib. R. &c.; to transfer or offer or present to, bestow or
confer upon (dat. or loc.) A1s3vGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; to fix, found, prop, support, maintain TS. Br. MBh. Hariv.; to hold
against or opposite R.\\ f. (ifc. f. %{A}) standing still, resting, remaining, steadfastness, stability, perseverance in
(comp.) VS. &c. &c.; a standpoint, resting-place, ground, base, foundation, prop, stay, support RV. &c. &c.; a receptacle,
homestead, dwelling, house AV. &c. &c. (ifc. abiding or dwelling in Ragh. Pur.); a pedestal, the foot (of men or
amimals) AV. Br. S3a1n3khS3r.; limit, boundary W.; state of rest, quiet, tranquillity, comfort, ease MBh. Ka1v.; setting
up (as of an idol &c. RTL. 70); pre-eminence, superiority, high rank or position, fame, celebrity Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.;
establishment on or accession to (the throne &c.) Hariv. S3ak. Var. Ra1jat.; the performance of any ceremony or of any
solemn act, consecration or dedication (of a monument or of an idol or of a temple &c.; cf. %{prA7Na-pr-}), settling or
endowment of a daughter, completion of a vow, any ceremony for obtaining supernatural and magical powers Var.
Katha1s. Ra1jat. Pur.; a mystical N. of the letter %{A} L.; N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda MBh.; of sev.
metres RPra1t.; (with %{prajA-pateH}) N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; = %{hrasva} Naigh. iii, 2; = %{yoga-siddhi} or %{niSpatti} L.; %{-kamalA7kara} m. %{-kalpalatA} f. %{-kalpA7di}, m.pl. N. of wks.; %{-kAma} (%{-SThA4-}) mfn.
desirous of a firm basis or a fixed abode or a high position TS. Ta1n2d2Br. Gr2S3rS. BhP.; %{-kaumudI} f. %{kaustubha} m. or n. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-tattva} n. %{-tantra} n. %{-tilaka} n. N. of wks.; %{-tva} n. the being a basis
or foundation S3am2k.; %{-darpaNa} m. %{-darza} m. %{-dIdhiti} f. %{-dyota} m. %{-nirNaya} m. N. of wks. [671,3];
%{--nvita} (%{-SThA7nv-}) mfn. possessed of fame, celebrated MW.; %{-paddhati} f. %{-mayUkha} m. %{-ratna} n.
%{-rahasya} n. %{-lakSaNa} n. N. of wks.; %{-vat} mfn. having a foundation or support TUp.; %{-vidhi} m. %{-viveka}
m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-samuccaya} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-sAra-saMgraha} m. %{-hemA7dri} m. %{-STho7ddyota}, m.
N. of wks.
pratishthhaana *= n. a firm standing-place, ground, foundation Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c.; a pedestal, foot TBr. MBh. R.; the
foundation (others `" consecration "') of a city SkandaP.; N. of a town at the confluence of the Gan3ga1 and Yamuna1
(on the left bank of the GGan3ga1 opposite to Alla1ha1bad, the capital of the early kings of the lunar dynasty) MBh.
Hariv. Katha1s. &c. (IW. 511 n. 1); m. N. of a locality on the Go-da1vari Katha1s.; (du.) of the constellation Prosht2hapada L.
pratisthaanam *= ind. in every place, everywhere Prab. Sch.
pratishthha *= mf(%{A})n. standing firmly, steadfast S3Br. MBh.; resisting Kaus3.; (ifc.) ending with, leading to
Ja1takam.; famous W.; m. N. of the father of Su-pa1rs3va (who was 7th Arhat of present Avasarpin2i) L.; (%{A}) f. see
next; n. point of support, centre or base of anything RV. x, 73, 6 (%{pratiSThA4hRdyA@jaghantha}, `" thou hast
stricken to the quick; %{pratiSThA} may also be acc. pl. of next).
pratipa* = m. N. of a prince L. (prob. w.r. for %{pratIpa} q.v.)
pratIpa* = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{prati+ap}; cf. %{anUpa}, %{dvIpa}, %{samIpa}), `" against the stream "', `" agagainst
the grain "', going in an opposite direction, meeting, encountering, adverse, contrary, opposite, reverse MBh. R. Ragh.
&c.; inverted, out of order Sus3r. Var.; displeasing, disagreeable Mn. MBh. R. Hariv.; resisting, refractory, cross,
obstinate; impeding, hindering BhP. MBh. R. &c. backward, retrograde; turned away, averted W.; m. an adversary,
opponent BhP.; N. of a prince, the father of S3a1m2tanu and grandfather of Bhi1shma AV. MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. (in
rhet.) inverse comparison (e.g. `" the lotus resembles thine eyes "', instead of the usual comparison `" thine eeyes
Sanskrit Dictionary
resemble the llotus; 5 forms are enumerated) Kuval. Prata1p. Sa1h. Kpr.; N. of a gram. wk.; (%{a4m}) ind. against the
stream, backwards; against RV. &c. &c.; in return Ba1lar.; in inverted order Mn.; refractorily (with %{gam}, to resist
S3ak.; with %{abhy-upa-gam}, to go against, oppose R.).
pratipad* . {-padyate} (ep. fut. also {-patsyati}), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. &c.
&c.; to walk, wander, roam ChUp.; to come back to (acc.), return MBh.; to happen, occur, take place PrGri. MBh.; to
get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self. S'Br. &c. &c.; to receive back, recover AitBr.
S'ak.; to restore to favour Ragh.; to undertake, begin (acc. dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kv.
&c.; to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc. gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R.; to
make, render MBh.; to fall to a persos (acc.) lot or share, PrGr.; to let a person (dat.) have anything past.; to give
back, restore Mn. viii, 183; to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh.
R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard S'ank. Sh.; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. {tathA}, or {tathe7ti}),
acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kv. &c.; to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br.; to answer
ChUp. (also with {uttaram} R.): Caus. {-pAdayati}, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 acc.). give a
present to, bestow on (loc. dat. or gen.) Kaus'. Mn. MBh. &c.; to give in marriage past.; to spend. ib.; to present with
(instr.) Krand.; to put in, appoint to (loc.) R.; to produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c.; to establish, substantiate, prove,
set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pacat. (v.l. {-vadasi} for {pAdayasi}): Desid. {-pitsate} (Pn. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain S'ank.; to wish to know Bhm.: Desid. of Caus. {pipAdayiSati}, to wish or intend to explain or analyze S'ank.
pratipad* = f. access, ingress. entrance VS. S'Br.; the path to be walked, the right path L.; beginning, commencement
TS. TBr.; an introductory verse or stanza Br. S'rS.; (also {-padA} or {-padI}) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the
moos wane) AgP. L.; understanding, intelligence L.; taste for anything Jtakam.; rank, consequence W.; a kettle-drum
ib.; {-paccandra} m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh.; {-pat-tUrya} n. a kind
of kettle-drum (cf. {-patti-paTaha}) L.; {-pan-maya} mfn. obedient, willing Jtakam.
pratipadyate = attains
pratipada* = n. N. of an Upa7nga; ({am}) ind. (also {-da} ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at every place,
everywhere Kv.; at every word, word by word Sarvad.; literally, expressly (Pn. 2-2, 10 Vrtt.1; vi, 2, 26 Sch.); each,
singly R. (= {pratyekam} Sch.); {-da-tva} n. walking step by step Kthh.
pratipadaa* = or f. see under {-pad}.
pratipaadya* = mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded ({-tva}. n.) S'ank. Veda7ntas. Ks'.
pratipUjya * = mfn. to be honoured Mn.
Sanskrit Dictionary
pratishhThitaa = fixed
pratispardhii = rival, competitor
prativyohum *V= to counteract - SB 8.15.26 - to stop him from such activities - SB 10.1.47 - to keep properly arranged
pratiyotsyaami = shall counterattack
prativaara * = m. warding off, resisting (%{a-prativ-}) Sus3r. 2.
prativasati = lives adjunctly
prativeshin.h = (m) neighbour
pratiyaa *= P. %{-yAti}, to come or go to (acc., also with %{prati}) RV. MBh.; to go against (acc.) Hariv.; to go or come
back, return to or into (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to comply with, oblige, please (acc.) R.; to equal, be a match for (acc.)
BhP.; to be returned or requited ib.: Caus. %{-yApayati}, to cause to return to (acc.) BhP.
pratyaaniikeshhu = on the opposite sides
pratyaahaara = control of the senses
pratyaacaksh *= A1. %{-caSTe}, to refuse, decline, reject, repulse (with acc. of pers. or thing) S3rS. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
answer, refute, oppose in argument MW.
pratyaanii *= P. A1. %{-nayati}, %{-te} (inf. %{-nayitum} R.), to lead or bring back, restore Kaus3. R. BhP.; to recover,
regain Hariv. BhP.; to pour or fill up again S3Br. Kaus3.: Desid. A1. %{-ninISate}, to wish to bring back, try to
rearrange or restore MBh.
pratyaniika *= mfn. hostile, opposed, injuring (with gen.); withstanding, resisting MBh. BhP. Sarvad.; opposite Sus3r.
Sarvad.; equal, vying with Ka1vya7d.; m. an adversary, enemy BhP.; n. a hostile army MBh. Hariv.; hostility, enmity, a
hostile relation, hhostility position, rivality (sg. and pl.) MBh. R.; injuring the relatives of an enemy who cannot be
injured himself Prata1p. Kpr. Kuval.; injuring one who cannot retaliate (?) W.; %{-tva} n. = %{-bhAva} Sus3r.; the state
of an enemy, hostility MW.; %{-bhAva} m. being the contrary Nya1yad.
pratyanta *= mfn. bordering on, adjacent or contiguous to, skirting W.; m. a border, frontier Ragh. Lalit.; a bordering
country i.e. a ccountry occupied by barbarians L.; (pl.) barbarous tribes Var.; %{-janapada} n. a bordering country;
%{-dA7papatti} f. birth in a bordbordering or barbarous ccountry (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious
ways of being born) Dharmas. 134; %{-deza} m. a country bordering upon another, S3a1n3kh. Sch.; %{-parvata} m. an
adjacent (small) hill L.; %{-vAsa} n. (!) a frontier-place Lalit.
pratyarpaNa *= n. giving back, restoring, returning Ragh. Kull.
pratyssdis' *= P. %{-dizati}, to enjoin, direct, advise R. BhP.; to report, relate (with 2 acc.) MBh.; to summon Hit.; to
decline, reject, repel MBh. Ka1v.
pratyssdri *= A1. %{-driyate}, to show respect to (acc.) S3Br.
pratyaJc (pratyak) *= mfn. (nom. %{pratya4G}. %{pratI4cI}, %{pratIcI4} [and %{pratyaJcI} Vop.] [675,1];
%{pratya4k}) turned towards, facing (acc.) RV. AV. VS.; coming (opp. to %{arvAJc}, `" going "') RV.; being or coming
from behind, turning the back, averted, moving in an opposite direction ib. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; westward, western,
occidental, to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c.; turned back or inward, inner, interior Prab. BhP. Veda7ntas.; equal
to, a match for (acc.) AV.; past, gone L.; m. the individual soul Prab. vi, 4/5; (%{pratI4cI}) f. (with or scil. %{diz}) the
west AV. &c. &c.; N. of a river BhP.; (%{pratya4k}) ind. backwards, in an opposite direction RV. AV.; behind (abl.)
Ka1tyS3r.; down (opp. to %{Urdhvam}) Kat2hUp.; westward, to the west of (abl.) S3rS. MBh. BhP.; inwardly, within
BhP. Veda7ntas.; in former times L.
pratyavaayaH = diminution
pratyavavaruddha* = mfn. stopped, suppressed ib
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
pravraajaka* = m. a religious mmendicant R. Kaths.; ({ikA}) f. a female ascetic (also {-jaka-strI}) Kaths.
pravraaj* = m. a religious mendicant Var. Kaths.
pravraajana* = n. banishment, exile MBh. R.
pravraajita* = mfn. become a monk DivyA7v.
pravaha mf(%{A})n. bearing along, carrying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of one of the 7 winds said to cause the motion of the
planets MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 179); wind, air L.; N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col.; a reservoir into which water is
carried Ya1jn5.; flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. %{-vAka}); going forth, ggoing from a town W.
pravaalaaH = twigs
pravaasaH = (m) journey, travel, trip
pravaha mf(%{A})n. bearing along, carrying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of one of the 7 winds said to cause the motion of the
planets MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 179); wind, air L.; N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col.; a reservoir into which water is
carried Ya1jn5.; flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. %{-vAka}); going forth, ggoing from a town W.
pravada * = mfn. sounding forth, sounding (as a drum) Kaus3.; m. a herald, bard (?) AV. v, 20, 9.
pravaada * = m. speaking forth, uttering A1s3vS3r. MBh.; expressing, mentioning Nir.; talk, report, rumour, popular
saying or belief MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-dAya}, in order to spread the rumour Katha1s.; %{-dena}, according to rrumour,
as the saying goes MBh.); ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Ka1v.; mutual defiance, words of challenge
(prior to combat) Bhat2t2.; (ifc.) passing one's self off as R.; (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp.; opp. to a
specified fform or ccase) Pra1t.; (%{A}) f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait.\\m. or n. (?) = %{pra-vAla}, coral
SaddhP. \\ &c. see under %{pra-vad}.
pravadataaM = of arguments
pravadanti = say
pravakshyaami = I shall explain
pravakshye = I shall explain
pravaNa *= (prob. fr. 1. %{pra} and suffix %{vana} cf. %{vag-vana4}, %{sat-vana4}, %{zuzuk-vana4}; but according
to Pa1n2. 8-4, 5 fr. %{pra} and %{vana}, `" wood "'; according to others from %{pru}) m. or n. (?) the side of a hill,
slope, declivity, abyss, depth RV. Ka1t2h. MBh. (in RV. only loc. sg. and once pl.; in MBh. viii, 2369 also abl. sg.); m. a
place where four roads meet L.; a moment L.; a whirlpool L.; n. an access to (loc.) MBh.; (%{e}) ind. in a precipitous
course, hurriedly, hastily MBh.; mf(%{A})n. declining, bent, sloping down, steep, abrupt TS. Br. Gr2S3rS. Mn. &c.; (ifc.)
directed towards (cf. %{udak-}, %{dakSiNA-}, %{nimna-} &c.); inclined or disposed or devoted to, intent upon, full of
(loc., dat. gen. inf. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; wasted, decayed, disappeared R.; generous L.; humble, modest L. [Cf. Gk.
$; Lat. {pro1nus}.]
pravara* =1 mf({A})n. (fr. {pra} + {vara} or fr. {pra} 2. {vR}; for 2. and 3. see p. 693) most excellent, chief, principal,
best Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest (son) MBh.; better than (abl.) BhP.; greater (opp. to {sama}, `" equal "', and {nyUna}, `"
smaller "') Var.; (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by Hariv.; m. a black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L.; Opuntia Dillenii L.;
N. of a messenger of the gods and friend of Indra Hariv.; of a Dnava ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (which falls into the
Godvar and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water) MBh. VP.; n. aloe wood Bhpr.; a partic. high number Buddh.
//3 m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brhman to priestly functions) AitBr.; an invocation of Agni at the beginning of a
sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the
sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Riishis being then added) Br.
S'rS.; a family, race L.; an ancestor KtyS'r. Sch. ({I} f. Pat.); {-kANDa} m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors
Cat.; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-darpaNa} m. {-dIpikA} f. {-nirNaya}, m. {-maJjarI} f. {-ratna} n. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn.
having a series of ancestors L.; {-rA7dhyAya} m. {-re-kRta-zAnti} f. N. of wks. 2.
pravargya m. a ceremony introductory to the Soma sacrifice (at which fresh milk is poured into a heated vessel called,
%{mahA-vIra} or %{gharma}, or into boiling ghee) Br. S3rS. MBh. &c.; n. N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; %{-kANDa} m. N.
Sanskrit Dictionary
of S3Br. xvi (in the %{kANva-zAkhA}); %{-prayoga} m. N. of wk.; %{-vat} (%{-gya4-}.) mfn. connected with the
Pravargya ceremony S3Br. S3rS.; %{-sAman} n. N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.
pravAra * m. a covering, cover, woollen cloth, BriArUp. (cf. 2. {pra-vara}).
pravartaka = (adj m) a promoter
pravartate = act
pravarta * = m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. `" an ear-ring "'; cf: {pra-vRtta}); engaging in, undertaking W.;
excitement, stimulus ib.
pravartana *= mf(%{I})n. being in motion, flowing Ragh. x, 38 (C. %{-vartin}); (%{A}) f. incitement to activity Gaut.;
(in gram.) order, permission, the sense of the precative or qualified imperative tense (?) W.; n. advance, forward
movement, rolling or flowing forth R. Var. Ya1jn5. Sch.; walking, roaming, wandering R.; activity, procedure, engaging
in, dealing with (instr. or loc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; going on, coming off, happening, occurrence MBh. Hariv. &c.; conduct,
behaviour MBh.; bringing near, fetching S3a1n3khS3r.; erection, construction Mn. Ya1jn5. Sch.; causing to appear,
bringing about, advancing, promoting, introducing, employing, using MBh. R. &c.; informing W.
pravartante = they flourish
pravartitaM = established by the Vedas
praveka * = mfn. ( %{vic}) choicest, most excellent, principal, chief (always ifc.) MBh. R. &c.
praves'a * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc. gen. with or without {antar}, or comp.)
MBh. Kv. &c. (acc.with {kR}, to make one's entrance, enter); entrance on the stage Hariv. Malav.; the entrance of the
sun into a sign of the zodiac Var.; coming or setting in (of night) L.; the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a persos house
or hand Pacat.; interfering with another's business, obtrusiveness Kaths.; the entering into i.e. being contained in
(loc.) Pn. 2-1, 72 Sch. Sh.; employment, use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr.; income, revenue, tax, toll (cf. {bhAgika}); intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W.; manner, method Lalit.; a place of
entrance, door MBh. Kv. &c.; the syringe of an injection pipe Sus'r.; {-bhAgika} m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of
taxes Rjat.
praves'ita *= mfn. (fr. Cause.) caused to enter, brought or sent in, introduced MBh. Ka1v. &c.; thrown into (any
condition, as sleep &c.) Ragh.; appointed, installed BhP.; (%{A}) f. impregnated, pregnant (%{dArakam} "', with a boy
"') DivyA7v.; n. causing to appear on the stage BhP.
pravibhaktaM = divided
pravibhaktaani = are divided
praviliiyate = merges entirely
pravilas* = m P. {-lasati}, to shine forth brightly BhP.; to appear in full strength or vigour Gt. Sch.
pravilI* = . or Pass. {-lIyate}, ({-ti}), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MundUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-lApayati},
to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) S'ank. BhP. Sch.; to dissolve, melt (trans.) Sus'r.
pravilayana* = n. complete dissolution or absorption Car.
pravilaya* = m. melting Sus'r.; = next S'ank.
pravis' *= P. A1. %{-vizati}, %{-te}, to entor, go into, resort to (acc. or loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with %{agnim}, %{agnau},
%{madhyam} %{agneH}, %{vahnau}, or %{citAyAm}, `" to ascend the funeral pyre "'; with %{karNayoH} "', to come
into the ears i.e. be heard "'; with %{Atmani}, or %{cittam}, `" to take possession of the heart "'; in dram. `" to enter
the stage "'); to reach, attain Sarvad.; to have sexual intercourse with (acc., applied to both sexes) MBh. Sus3r.; to enter
upon, undertake, commence, begin, devote one's self to (acc., rarely loc.) MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (with %{piNDIm} or
%{tarpaNam}, `" to accept or enjoy an oblation "'); to enter into i.e. be absorbed or thrown into the shade by (acc.)
Hariv. (with [%{svAni}] %{aGgAni} or %{gAtrANi}), `" to shrink, shrivel "' R. Katha1s.: Caus. %{-vezayati}, %{-te}, to
Sanskrit Dictionary
cause or allow to enter, bring or lead or introduce to, usher into (acc. or loc.) AV. &c. &c. (without an object, `" to bring
into one's house &c. "', esp. `" to bring on the stage "'); to lead home as a wife i.e. marry MBh.; to lay or store up,
deposit in, put or throw into (loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter i.e. commit to paper, write down Ya1jn5. Sch.; to
initiate into (acc.) Prab.; to instil into (loc.) = teach, impart Katha1s.; to spend (money) Pan5cat.; to enter, come or be
brought into (acc.) Var. BhP.: Desid. %{-vivikSati}, to wish to enter into (acc.) MBh. R.
pravish.h = to enter
pravisha = enter
pravishanti = enter
praviSTa * = mfn. entered R. Ragh.; one who has entered or gone or come into, being in or among (loc., acc. or comp.;
cf. %{madhya-prav-}) RV. &c. &c. (in dram. `" one who has entered the stage "'); sunk (as an eye) Sus3r.; appeared or
begun (as an age) Vet.; one who has entered upon or undertaken, occupied with, intent upon, engaged in (loc. or
comp.) BhP. Ra1jat.; initiated into (acc.) Prab.; agreeing with (loc.) MBh.; made use of. invested (as money) Ya1jn5.
Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of Paippala1di and Kaus3ika Hariv. (prob. w.r. for %{zraviSThA}).
pravistaram.h = extensively
praviiNa = expert
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.) S'Br. Up. GriS'rS.
MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk
HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to
wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk MBh. HParis'.
pravrajya * = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; (%{A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing to
become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized
by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the order of a relreligious mmendicant MBh. Var.; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation
under which future relreligious mmendicants are born Var.; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relreligious mmendicant who has
renounced his order Ya1jn5.
pravrajya *= n. going abroad, migration MBh.; (%{A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing
to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not
authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the order of a relreligious mmendicant MBh. Var.; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a
constellation under which future relreligious mmendicants are born Var.; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relreligious
mmendicant who has renounced his order Ya1jn5.
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.) S'Br. Up. GriS'rS.
MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk
HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to
wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk MBh. HParis'.
pravrajana* = n. going abroad MBh.
pravrajita* = mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 38; run away (said of horses) MBh.; (also with {vanam})
one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a monk Mn. MBh. HParis'.; m. a
religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. a female ascetic or a nun Yj. Var. Kd. Sh.; Nardostachys
Jatamansi L.; another plant ({muNDIrI}) L.; n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh.
pravrajya* = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; ({A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing to
become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized
by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; the order of a relreligious mmendicant MBh. Var.; {-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation
under which future relreligious mmendicants are born Var.; {jyA7vasita} m. a relreligious mmendicant who has
renounced his order Yj.
pravridh.h = to grow fast pravridh * = P. %{-vardhati}, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22; A1. %{-vardhate} (rarely P. %{ti}), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{-vardhayati}, %{-te}, to
strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c.; to raise, exalt, cause to thrive Hariv.; to rear, cherish, bring up
Sanskrit Dictionary
Katha1s.
pravriddha * = mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great, numerous RV. &c. &c.;
swollen, heaving R. Ka1lid.; risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong MBh. Var.; (also with %{vayasA})
advanced in age, grown old MBh. Katha1s.; expanded, diffused W.; full, deep (as a sigh) ib.; haughty, arrogant MW.;
w.r. for %{pra-vRtta}, %{-viddha}, %{-buddha}.
pravriddhaH = great
pravriddhaaH = developed
pravriddhe = developed
pravrih* = P. . {-vRhati}, {-te}, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up.; () to draw towards one's self.
attract S'Br.
pravrij* = P. . {-vRNakti}, {-vRGkte}, (Ved. inf. {-vR4je}), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br.; to place in or on the
fire, heat ib.; to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KtyS'r.
pravrijya* = mfn. to be placed in or near the fire pS'r.
pravrikta* = ({pra4-}.) mfn. placed in or near the fire S'Br.
pravrit * = A1. %{-vartate}, (ep. also P. %{-ti}), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or going ChUp.
MBh. &c.; to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c.; to proceed (%{vartmanA}, or %{-ni}, on a path;
%{apathena}, on a wrong path) Ka1v. Katha1s.; to come forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur,
happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c.; to commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with
(dat. loc., or %{artham} ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to proceed against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [693,3]; to debauch
(%{anyo@'nyam}, `" one another "') MBh.; to act or proceed according to or with (instr. or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib.; to hold good, prevail ib.; to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv.
Sarvad.; to be, exist Ma1rkP.; to serve for, conduce to (dat., or %{artham} ifc.) Sarvad.; to mean, be used in the sense of
(loc.) ib.; to let any one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion RV.
&c. &c.; to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS.; to send Prab.; to set on foot, circulate, diffuse, divulge MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
to introduce, appoint, instal ib.; to produce, create, accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with %{setum} to
erect a dam; with %{vyayakarma}, to effect expenditure; with %{loka-yAtrAm}, to transact the business of life; with
%{kathAm}, to relate a story); to exhibit, show, display R. BhP.; to undertake, begin Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; to use, employ
Bhat2t2.; to induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Katha1s.; to proceed against (loc.) MBh.
pravrita *= mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP.; %{-homa} m. an oblation offered on the appointment of a
priest, S3rS.; %{-mIya} mfn. relating to it S3a1n3khBr.; %{-tA7huti} f. = %{-tahoma} ib. Vait.
pravritta* = mfn. rotund, globular S'nkhBr.; driven up (as a carriage) ChUp.; circulated (as a book) Pacat.; set out
from ({-tas}), going to, bound for (acc. loc. inf., or {artham} ifc.; {dakSiNena}, `" southwards "'; with {pathA} "',
proceeding on a path "') MBh. Kv. &c.; issued from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about,
happened, occurred VS. &c. &c.; come back, returned MBh.; commenced, begun MBh. Kv. &c.; (also {-vat} mfn. )
having set about or commenced to (inf.) Kaths.; purposing or going to, bent upon (dat. loc., or comp.) Kv. Kaths.
Rjat.; engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; hurting, injuring, offending MBh.; acting,
proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; existing past.; who or what has become (with nom.) R.; (with {karman}
n. action) causing a continuation of mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [694,1]; w.r. for {pra-cRtta} and {pra-nRtta}; ({vRtta4}) m. = {-varta}, a round ornament S'Br.; ({A} f. N. of a female demon MrkP.); {-karman} n. any act leading to a
future birth W.; {-cakra} mfn. `" whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded "', having universal power ({-kra-tA} f.) Yj.;
{-tva} n. the having happened or occurred Jaim.; {-pAnIya} mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh.; {-pAraNa} n. a
partic. religious observance or ceremony S'ak. (v.l.); {-vAc} mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh.; {-samprahAra} mfn.
one who has begun the fight ({-ra-tva} n.) Kaths.; {-ttA7zin} m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh.
pravrittaH = engaged
pravritte = while about to engage
pravritti = (f) tendency, behaviour
Sanskrit Dictionary
pravritti* = f. moving onwards, advance, progress GriS'rS. MBh. Sus'r.; coming forth, appearance, manifestation
S'vetUp. Klid. Rjat.; rise, source, origin. MBh.; activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap. Snkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the
Nyya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63); active life (as opp. to {ni-vRtti} [q.v.] and to contemplative devotion, and
defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W.; giving or
devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.) Rjat.
Hit. Sh.; application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MrkP.; conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c.; the applicability
or validity of a rule KtyS'r. Pn. Sch.; currency, continuance, prevalence ib.; fate, lot, destiny R.; news, tidings,
intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; cognition (with {viSaya-vatI}, `" a sensuous ccognition "') Yogas.; the
exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47); N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L.; (in
arithm.) the multiplier W. (w.r. for {pra-kRti}?); {-jJa}, m. `" knowing the news "', an emissary, agent. spy L.; {-jJo4na}
n. {-vijJAna} Sarvad.; {-nimitta} n. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears
MW.; {-nivRtti-mat} mfn. connected with activity and inactivity BhP.; {paro4Gmukha} mf({I})n. disinclined to give
tidings Vikr.; {-pratyaya} m. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh.; {-mat} mfn.
devoted to anything, Kaiy.; {mArga} m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world
or with the rites and works of religion MW.; {-vacana} mfn. (a word) expressing activity Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 51; {vijJAna} n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh.; {-tty-aGga} n. N. of wk. pravrittiM =
mission
pravrittiH = activity
praavrittika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {-vRtti}) corresponding to a former mode of action KtyS'r. Sch.; (ifc.) well acquainted
with Hariv.
praveshhTuM = to enter into
praviz *= P. A1. %{-vizati}, %{-te}, to entor, go into, resort to (acc. or loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with %{agnim}, %{agnau},
%{madhyam} %{agneH}, %{vahnau}, or %{citAyAm}, `" to ascend the funeral pyre "'; with %{karNayoH} "', to come
into the ears i.e. be heard "'; with %{Atmani}, or %{cittam}, `" to take possession of the heart "'; in dram. `" to enter
the stage "'); to reach, attain Sarvad.; to have sexual intercourse with (acc., applied to both sexes) MBh. Sus3r.; to enter
upon, undertake, commence, begin, devote one's self to (acc., rarely loc.) MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (with %{piNDIm} or
%{tarpaNam}, `" to accept or enjoy an oblation "'); to enter into i.e. be absorbed or thrown into the shade by (acc.)
Hariv. (with [%{svAni}] %{aGgAni} or %{gAtrANi}), `" to shrink, shrivel "' R. Katha1s.: Caus. %{-vezayati}, %{-te}, to
cause or allow to enter, bring or lead or introduce to, usher into (acc. or loc.) AV. &c. &c. (without an object, `" to bring
into one's house &c. "', esp. `" to bring on the stage "'); to lead home as a wife i.e. marry MBh.; to lay or store up,
deposit in, put or throw into (loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter i.e. commit to paper, write down Ya1jn5. Sch.; to
initiate into (acc.) Prab.; to instil into (loc.) = teach, impart Katha1s.; to spend (money) Pan5cat.; to enter, come or be
brought into (acc.) Var. BhP.: Desid. %{-vivikSati}, to wish to enter into (acc.) MBh. R.
pravis'am *= Caus. %{-zAmayati} to extinguish, destroy, annihilate (?) DivyA7v.
pravyathita = perturbed
pravyathitaM = perturbed
pravyathitaaH = perturbed
prayaa * =prayA to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc., also with {accha}, or
{prati}, or loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kv. &c.; to part, go asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish,
die ib.; to get into a partic. state or condition, enter, undergo, incur (acc.) ib.; to proceed i.e. behave Bhartri. (v.l.); to
cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.) Hcat.: Caus. {-yApayati}, to cause to set out S'Br. (cf. Pn. 8-4, 29; 30 Sch.): Desid. {yiyAsati}, to wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid. {-yiyAsayati}, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhathth.
prayachchhati = offers
prayataatmanaH = from one in pure consciousness
prayata * mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV.; placed upon (loc.) RV.; offered, presented, given, granted, bestowed
RV. &c. &c.; piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also
applied to a vessel and a place past. R.), selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a holy or
pious person W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. purity, holiness MBh.; {-dakSiNa} ({pra4y-}) mfn. one who has made presents (to
Sanskrit Dictionary
the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV.; {-parigraha-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW.; {mAnasa} mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh.; {-tA7tman} or {-tA7tma-vat} mfn. id. Mn. R.
prayatna = excertion *= m. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour, exertion bestowed on (loc. or comp.),
activity, action, act Mn. MBh. &c. (instr. sg. and pl. abl. and %{-tas} ind. with special effort, zealously, diligently,
carefully; %{-tna} ibc. and %{-tnAt} ind. also = hardly, scarcely); great care, caution Pan5cat.; (in phil.) active efforts
(of 3 kinds, viz. engaging in any act, prosecuting it, and completing it); pl. volitions (one of the 17 qualities of the
Vais3eshikas) IW. 68; (in gram.) effort in uttering, mode of articulation (also %{Asya-pray-}, distinguished into
%{Abhyantara-p-} and %{bAhya-p-}, internal and external effort) Pra1t. Pa1n2. 1-1, 9 Sch.; (%{A}) f. N. of a partic.
S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; %{-cchid} mfn. frustrating a person's (gen.) efforts Mudr.; %{-pre7kSaNIya} mfn. hardly visible
S3ak.; %{-muktA7sana} mfn. rising with difficulty from a seat Ragh.; %{-vat} mfn. assiduous, diligent, persevering
Ka1m.; %{-tnA7nanda} m. N. of wk.
prayatnaat.h = by rigid practice
prayantu = may go
prayaaNa = of death
prayaaNakaale = at the time of death
prayaasa* = m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS. TS. Kv. &c. (cf.
{a-prayAsena}) [688,1]; high degree Jtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W.
prayaataaH = having departed
prayaati = goes
prayaanti = they go
prayaaNa* = n. (Ks'. on Pn. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress, journey, march,
invasion RV. &c. &c. (with {gardabhena}, `" riding on an ass "' Pacat.); departure, death (cf. {prA7Na-pray-}); onset,
beginning, commencement Kthh. S'Br.; {-kAla} m. time of departure, death Bhag.; {-paTaha} m. a drum beaten while
marching Hcar.; {-purI} f. N. of a town ({-rI-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wk.); {-bhaGga} m. the breaking or suspending of a
journey, a halt Pacat.; {-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; {-NA7rha} mfn. deserving death W.
prayaantu = may go to
prayaayin *= mfn. (du. %{-yeNau} Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-4, 29) going forwards, marching, driving, riding MBh. R.
prayojana * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim, end Pra1t. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; %{prayojanena}, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh.; %{-na-vazAt} id. Pan5cat.; %{kena@-nena}, from
what cause or motive ? Prab.; %{kasmai@-nAya}, %{kasmAt@-nAt}, %{kasya@-nasya} and %{kasmin@-ne} id. Ka1s3.
on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; %{-nam@ati-kram}, to neglect an opportunity MBh.; profit, use or need of, necessity for Ka1v.
Pan5cat. &c. (with instr., %{taruNA@kim@prayojanam}, what is the use of the tree? Kuval.;
%{bhavatv@etaiH@kusumaiH@prayojanam}, let these flowers be used S3ak.; with gen. or dat. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3,
27; ii, 3, 72); means of attaining Mn. vii, 100; (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in question IW. 64; %{-vat}
mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or interest, interested R.; serviceable, useful Sus3r. (%{-ttva} n.
Sarvad.); having a cause, caused, produced W.
prayoga = practice
prayogaH = (m) experiment
prayogashaalaa = (f) laboratory
prayojana = (n) reason
prayojaniiyaM = should use
Sanskrit Dictionary
prayuj *= A1. %{-yuGkte} (rarely P. %{-yunakti}; cf. Pa1n2. 1-3, 64), to yoke or join or harness to (loc.) RV.; to unite
with (instr.) AV.; to turn (the mind) to (loc.) RV.; to prepare for (dat.) ib.; to set in motion, throw, cast (also dice),
discharge, hurl at (loc. or dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to utter, pronounce, speak, recite ib.; to fix, place in or on (loc.) BhP.; to
direct, order, urge to (dat. or loc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to choose for (two acc.) Kum.; to lead towards, bring into (acc.) BhP.;
to use, employ, practise, display, exhibit, perform, accomplish, contrive, do Br. &c. &c.; to undertake, commence, begin
Vait. R.; to cause, effect, produce Kum. BhP. Sarvad.; to represent on the stage, act Mr2icch. Ka1lid.; to lend (for use or
interest) Mn. Ya1jn5.: Pass. %{-yujyate}, to be fit or suitable, conduce to (dat.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.: Caus. %{-yojayati}, to
throw, discharge, hurl at or against (loc.) MBh.; to utter, pronounce R.; to show, display, exhibit BhP.; (with %{manas})
to concentrate the mind S3vetUp.; to urge, direct, appoint to (loc.) MBh. BhP.; to transfer or entrust to (dat.) MBh.; to
undertake, begin Ka1m.; to represent on the stage Hariv. Sa1h.; to cause to be represented by (instr.) Uttarar.; to use,
employ MBh. Ka1m. Sus3r. &c.; to perform, practise Mn. iii, 112; (with %{vRddhim}) to take interest ib. x, 117; (with
%{prayogam}) to invest capital SaddhP.; to be applicable g. %{kSubhnA7di}; to aim at, have in view Pa1n2. 6-3, 62
Sch.: Desid. %{-yuyukSate}, to wish to use, want, require Pat.\\ 2 (prob.) f. a team RV.; impulse, motive VS. AV.;
acquisition RV.; (%{-yujAM@havIMSi} or %{-yug-ghav-}N. of 12 oblations, one of which is offered each month S3Br.);
mfn. joining, connected with (lit. or fig., as a cause, motive &c.) W.
prayu.njaano = combined
prayuktaH = impelled
prayukta *= mfn. yoked, harnessed MBh. R. &c.; stirred (by wind) Ragh.; directed, thrown, hurled MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
drawn (as a sword) BhP.; vented (as anger) MBh.; uttered, pronounced, recited Up. S3iksh. &c.; urged, ordered, bidden
Gobh. Bhag. &c.; used, employed, practised, performed, done Br. Kaus3. MBh. &c.; undertaken, begun, contrived R.
Ma1lav. Prab.; made, prepared Kum.; (n. impers.) behaved or acted towards (loc. or acc. with %{prati}) S3ak.; lent (on
interest) Ya1jn5.; suitable, appropriate Pan5cat. (see %{a-pray-}); resulting from (comp.) ib.; n. a cause W.; %{-tama}
mfn. most used AitBr.; %{-saMskAra} mfn. to which polish has been applied, polished (as a gem) Ragh.
prayuktavyaM = should be used
prayujyate = is used
prayujyet.h = is used
prauchchaarita = (adj) loud, prominent
prayAsa * = exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS. TS. Kv. &c. (cf. {aprayAsena}) [688, 1]; high degree Jtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W.
prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc. cf.
%{dharma-pre7kSa}, %{mukha-pr-}); a sight or view (esp. a beautiful ssight or vview) BhP.; a public show or
entertainment Mn. Hariv. Katha1s.; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17; circumspection, consideration,
reflection MBh. Hariv. Ra1jat.; the branch of a tree L.
prema = Divine Love
preraNa* = n. driving out; see {pazu-pr-}; (also {A} f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction, command,
impelling to ({prati} or comp.) Naish. Kaths. Rjat. Hit.; activity, action Yj. Megh.; the sense of the causal verb Vop.
prepsuH = desiring
preshh.h = to send
preshhaNaM = posting
preshhaNaani = postings
preshhayanti = post or send
preshhayaami = present, post
Sanskrit Dictionary
preshhayet.h = present
preshhthha = (past part.) sent (thing)
pre4shthha * mfn. (superl. fr. {priya}) dearest, most beloved or desired RV.; (in address) KathhUp. BhP.; very fond of
(loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1; m. a lover, husband BhP.; ({A}) f. a mistress, wife L.; a leg L.
preshthhatama * mfn. dearest, most beloved BhP.
preshita mfn. set in motion, urged on, impelled RV.; hurled, flung, thrown S3Br.; sent, dispatched on an errand MBh.
Ka1v. &c. (%{-vat} mfn. Hit); sent into exile, banished R.; turned, directed (as the eyes) S3ak. i, 23 (v.l. %{pre7rita});
ordered, commanded Vop.
preshitavya mfn. to be invited (to commence a ceremony) AitBr.
pretaan.h = spirits of the dead
pretya = after death * = ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come, hereafter (opp. to {iha})
S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.
prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc. cf.
{dharma-pre7kSa}, {mukha-pr-}); a sight or view (esp. a beautiful ssight or vview) BhP.; a public show or
entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kaths.; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17; circumspection, consideration,
reflection MBh. Hariv. Rjat.; the branch of a tree L.
preyas * = mfn. (compar. fr. %{priya}) dearer, more agreeable, mmore desired RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; m. a lover Amar.
Katha1s.; a dear friend Ma1lati1m.; (%{asI}) f. a mistress Bhartr2. Dhu1rtas. [711,3]; n. (in rhet.) flattery Prata1p. Kuval.
Sa1h.
preyaskara * = m. the hand of a lover BhP.
preyastaa * = f. (Ra1jat.) or (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear.
preyastva * = n. (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear.
pricchaa* = f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Ka1v.; an inquiry into the future VarBr2S.
priiNa * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) pleased , satisfied W.
priiNa * = 2 (for 1. see under %{prI}) mfn. (fr. 1. %{pra}) old , ancient , former Pa1n2. 5-4 , 30 Va1rtt. 7 Pat. (cf.
%{pra-Na} , %{pra-tna} , %{pra-tana}).
priiNana * = mfn. pleasing , gratifying , appeasing , soothing Sus3r. ; n. the act of pleasing or delighting or satisfying
MBh. BhP. Ratna7v. ; a means of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP.
priiNayitR * = mfn. one who gladdens or delights ; (%{trI}) f. Sa1y. on RV. iv , 42 , 10 (w.r. %{prINAyitrI}).
priiNayitvaa * = ind. having pleased or propitiated W.
prishtha (pRSTa) *= mfn. ( %{prach}) asked, inquired, questioned, interrogated, demanded, wished for, desired,
welcome RV. &c. &c.; n. a question, inquiry A1pGr2. Pa1n2.
prithak * = ind. ( %{pRth} or %{prath} + %{aJc}) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by one
(often repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pa1n2. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or differently from L.;
(with abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhat2t2.
prithu * = mf({vI4} or {u})n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large; great, important; ample, abundant;
copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. ({u} ind.); prolix, detailed Var.; smart, clever, dexterous L.; m. a partic.
measure of length (= {pRtha}) L.; fire L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of the Vis've Devs VP.; of a Dnava Hariv.; of a son
of An-enas MBh. Hariv.; of a Vriishni and son of Citraka ib.; of a son of Citra-ratha BhP.; of a descendant of Ikshvku
Sanskrit Dictionary
(son of An-aranya and father of Tri-s'anku) R.; of a son of Para Hariv.; of a son of Prastra VP.; of a son of Rucaka
BhP.; of a son of one of the Manus Hariv.; of one of the Saptarshis ib.; of a son of Vathe7s'vara (father of Vis'khadatta) Cat.; of a son of Vena MWB. 423; of a monkey R.; ({u}) f. Nigella Indica L.; = {hiGgu-pattrI} L.; opium L.; ({vI})
f. see below. [Cf. Gk. $; Germ. {platt}; Eng. {plate}.]
priya = dear
priyaM = the pleasant
priyaMvada * = mf({A})n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; m. a kind of bird R.; N.
of a Gandharva Ragh.; of a poet Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; N. of a woman S'ak. Das'.; {-da-ka} m. N. of a man
Mudr.
priyakRt * mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R.; m. a friend, benefactor W.; {-tama} mfn. doing that which pleases most
MW.
priyaH = dear
priyakrittamaH = more dear
priyakarman * mfn. doing kind actions, kind Km.; n. the action of a lover BhP.
priyatva * n. the being dear, bbeing beloved MBh. R.; the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Sus'r. [710, 2
priyadhA * ind. lovingly, kindly TS.
priyadhAma * ({priya4-}) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 1.
priyaMdada * mfn. giving what is pleasant, Krand.; ({A}) f. N. of a Gandharv ib.
priyataraH = dearer
priyamvada = (f) one who speaks agreeable things
priyavaadii = one who speaks nice things
priyaaH = palatable
priyaayaaH = with the dearmost
priitamanaaH = pleased in mind
priiti = and satisfaction * = f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or ifc.; with ind.
p., `" joy at having done anything "') Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; friendly disposition, kindness, favour, grace, amity (with
%{samam} or ifc.), affection, love (with gen. loc., or ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy or gratification personified (esp. as a
daughter of Daksha or as one of the two wives of Ka1ma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Katha1s.; N. of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; the 2nd of
the 27 astrological Yogas. L.; N. of the 13th Kala1 of the moon Cat.; a symbolical expression for the sound %{dh}
Ra1matUp.; (%{yA}) ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Katha1s.; in a friendly way,
amicably Mn. Ragh. &c.
priitiH = pleasure
priitipuurvakaM = in loving ecstasy
priiyamaaNaaya = thinking you dear to Me
plavate = to swim
plihaa = the spleen
Sanskrit Dictionary
prichchhati = inquires/asks/minds
prichchhaami = ask
prichhati = (6 pp) to ask, to question
prikta *= mfn. mixed or mingled with, full of; brought into contact with, touching (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; n. w.r.
for %{pRktha} L.\\ (%{vi4-}) mfn. separated, divided ib. i, 163, 3.
prithak * = ind. ( {pRth} or {prath} + {aJc}) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by one (often
repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pn. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or differently from L.; (with
abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhathth.
prithak-krita * = mfn. separated, sundered, cut off MrkP.
prithak-cara * = mf({I})n. going separately or alone MW.
prithak-tA * = f. separateness, severalty, singleness, individuality Nyyam. Sch.
prithak-tva * = n. id. S'nkhS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68); ({ena}) ind. singly, one by one MBh.; {-tas} (S'nkhS'r.) and
{-zas} (Nyyam. Sch.), separately, singly.
prithak-pada * = mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words ({-tva} n.) Vm.
prithak-zabda * = m. a separate or distinct or independent word Vop.
prithak-zruti * = mfn. uttering a distinct sound, distinctly heard RPrt.
prithak-sthiti * = f. separate existence, separation Vikr.
prithakat * = ind.= {pRthak} Pn. 5-3, 72 Sch.
prithak.h = each separately
prithakkaraNam.h = (n) analysis
prithaktvena = in duality
prithag.hvidhaM = of different kinds
prithag.hvidhaaH = variously arranged
prithag.hvidhaan.h = different
prithagbhaavaM = separated identities
prithiviiM = Earth
prithiviipate = O King
prithivyaaM = in the earth
prithvii = earth
prishthha * = n. (prob. fr. %{pra-stha}, `" standing forth prominently "'; ifc. f. %{A}) the back (as the prominent part of
an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (%{pRSThena-yA}, with gen., to ride on; %{-Thena-vah}, to
carry on the back; %{-ThaM-dA}, to give the back, make a low obeisance; %{-The} ind. behind or from behind); the
upper side, surface, top, height ib. (with %{diva4H}, or %{nA4kasya}, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven; cf.
%{ghRta-p-}); the flat roof of a house (cf. %{gRha-p-}, %{harmya-p-}); a page of a book MW.; N. of partic.
arrangement of Sa1mans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the Ratham2tara, Br2ihat, Vairu1pa,
Sanskrit Dictionary
Vaira1ja, S3a1kvara, and Raivata SS3alkvara) TS. Br. S3rS.; N. of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
prishhThataH = (adv) above
prishhThabhumikaa = (f) background
prishhThebhaanuH = pRishhThe+bhaanuH, behind+sun
proksha* = m. the act of sprinkling upon pS'r.
prokshaNa*= n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before burial) TS. &c. &c.; a
vessel for holy water Hariv. (v.l. {-NI}); immolation of victims L. ({-vidhi} m. N. of wk.); ({I}) f. see below.
prokta = said
proktaM = is called
proktaH = spoken
proktavaan.h = instructed
proktaa = were said
proktaaH = spoken
proktaani = said
proktaanyenaiva = proktAn.h + ena + eva:said + this + alone
prochyate = are said
prochyamaanaM = as described by Me
proSita *= mfn. one who has set out on a journey, absent from home, abroad Ka1tyS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; effaced Ragh.;
set (as the sun) Var.; deceased, dead Hcar.; %{-trAsa} m. fear of one who is absent MW.; %{-bhartRkA} f. (a wife)
whose husband is abroad; %{-maraNa} n. dying abroad or in a foreign country. W.; %{-vat} mfn. sojourning away from
home, strange, a stranger ib.
prota *= mfn. (fr. %{pra} + %{uta}, or %{Uta}; %{ve}) sewed (esp. with the threads lengthwise, and opp. to %{o7ta}
cf. under %{A-ve}, p. 156); strung on, fixed on or in, put or sticking in (loc. or comp.) ChUp. MBh. &c.; set, inlaid MBh.;
contained in (loc.), pervaded by (instr.) S3Br. Up.; fixed, pierced, put on (a spit) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. n. woven cloth,
clothes L.
protaM = is strun
pu *= mfn. cleaning, purifying (see %{su-pu4}).
puu *= 1 cl. 9. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxxj, 12) %{punA4ti}, %{punIte4} (3. pl. A1. %{puna4te} AV., %{punate4} RV.; 2. sg.
Impv. P. %{punIhi} RV. &c., %{punAhi4} SV.); ci. 1. A1. (xxii 70) %{pa4vate} (of P. only Impv. %{-pava} RV. ix, 19, 3,
and p. gen. pl. %{pavatAm} Bhag.x, 31; p. A1. %{punAna4} below, %{pa4vamAna} see p. 610, col. 3; 1. sg. A1.
%{punISe} RV. vii, 85, 1; pf. %{pupuvuh}. %{-ve} Br.; %{apupot} RV. iii, 26, 8; aor. %{apAviSuH} Subj. %{apaviSTa}
RV.; fut. %{paviSyati}, %{pavitA} Gr.; ind., p. %{pUtvA4} AV.; %{pUtvI4} RV.; %{pavitvA} Gr.; %{-pU4ya} and %{pAvam} Br. &c.; inf. %{pavitum} Br.), to make clean or clear or pure or bright, cleanse, purify, purge, clarify, illustrate,
illume (with %{sa4ktum}, to cleanse from chaff, winnow "'; with %{kra4tum} or %{manISA4m}, to enlighten the
understanding "'; with %{hiraNyam}, `" to wash gold "') RV. &c. &c.; (met.) to sift, discriminate, discern; to think of or
out, invent, compose (as a hymn) RV. AV.; (A1. %{pa4vate}) to purify one's self. be or become clear or bright; (esp.) to
flow off clearly (said of the Soma) RV.; to expiate, atone for ib. vii, 28, 4; to pass so as to purify; to purify in passing or
pervading, ventilate RV. &c. (cf. %{pav}): Pass. %{pUya4te}, to be cleaned or washed or purified; to be freed or
delivered from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{pava4yati} or %{pAvayati} (ep. also %{-te}; aor. %{apIpavat} Gr.; Pass.
%{pAvyate} Ka1v.), to cleanse, purify TS. Br. &c.: Desid, %{pupUSati}, %{pipaviSate} Gr.: Desid. of Caus.
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{pipAvayiSati} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $; Umbr. {pir}; Germ. {Feuer}; Eng. &196164[640,3] {fire}.]\\2 mfn. cleansing, purifying
(ifc.; cf. %{annauda-}, %{ghRta-} &c.)\\3 mfn. (1. %{pA}) drinking (see %{agre-pU4}).
puchchha = tail
puchchham.h = (n) tail
pujayati = (10 pp) to worship
pujaarii = priest
pulakita = shivering with joy
pulina *= m. n. (g. %{ardarcA7di}) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach
(ifc. f. %{A}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the bank of a river (= %{tIra}) Ragh. Sch.; m. N. of a mythical being conquered by
Garud2a MBh.; of a poet Cat.
pulkasa *= m. (%{I} f.) N. of a despised mixed tribe Gaut. MBh. (also %{-kaka} BhP.; cf. %{paulkasa4} and
%{pukkaza}).
pumaan.h = a person
pumanujA* = f. `" born after a male child "', having an elder brother Pn. 3-2, 100 Ks'. (cf. {puMsA7nuja}).
pumapatya* = n. male offspring L.
pum-artha* = m. the aim of man ({-tA} f.) TBr. Sch.; ({am}) ind. for the sake of the soul KapS.
pum-Akhya* = mfn. designated as male or masculine Pn. 8-3, 6 Sch.; ({A}) f. a name or designation for male beings L.
Pn. 4-1, 48 Sch.
pumAcAra* = m. the custom or usage of men Pn. 8-3, 6 Sch
pumbhaava * = m. the being a man, manhood, masculine gender Das3.
pumbhUman * = m. a word of the mascmasculine gender in the pl. number L.
puMguNajantu jIva* = m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man Tattvas.
puMs * = 1 cl. 10. %{puMsayati}, to crush, grind Dha1tup. xxxii, 94 (Nom. fr. next?).
2 puMs 2 m. (the strong cases from %{pumAns} [cf. Pa1n2. 7-1, 89]; sg. nom. %{pu4mAn}; voc. %{pu4mas} or
%{pu4man}; acc. %{pu4mAMsam}; du. nom. %{pu4mAMsau}; pl. nom. %{pu4mAMsas} [irreg. %{puMsas} MBh. iii,
13825]; the weak from %{puMs} [e.g. sg. instr. %{puMsA4}; loc. %{puMsi4} acc. pl. %{puMsa4s}], which loses its %{s}
before consonants [e.g. instr. pl. %{pum-bhi4s}; loc. pl. %{puMsu4}]; for %{puMs}, ibc see Pa1n2. 8-3, 6) a man, a
male being RV. &c. &c.; (in gram.) a masculine (word) S3Br. Pa1n2. Vop.; a human being MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a servant,
attendant BhP.; the soul, spirit, spirit of man (= %{puruSa}; with %{para} or %{parama}, the Supreme Spirit, Soul of
the Universe, Vishn2u) KapS. Tattvas. Sa1m2khyak. MBh. Pur. Katha1s.
puMs'calI * = f. `" running after men "', a harlot, courtezan AV. &c. &c. (%{-cala} m. a fornicator VarBr2S. xxiii, 5);
%{-lI-putra} m. a harlot's son Mr2icch.; %{-li4ya} m. id. Ra1jat.
puMs'caluu * = f. a harlot VS.; m. a whoremonger Ka1tyS3r.
puMsa * = in comp. for 2. %{puMs}. -1.
puM-s'abda * m. a masculine word L.
puMsI * = f. a cow which has a bull-calf. Kaus3.
puM-sU * f. bringing forth only mmale children pGri.
Sanskrit Dictionary
puMvat * = ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kv.; like or in or with the masculine gender S'rS. Pn.
Vop. ({-vad-vidhAna} n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male MW.)
puM-veSa * mf({A})n. wearing male attire, dressed like a man Kaths.
puNDarIka* = n. ( {puN} [?]; cf. Un. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white lotus; ifc. expressive of beauty cf. g.
{vyAghrA7di}) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred to S'ikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515); a white umbrella L.; a kind of drug L.;
(m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead S'atr.; N. of a Trtha MBh.; m. a kind of sacrifice MBh.; a species of rice Sus'r.; a
kind of fragrant mango L.; Artemisia Indica L.; a variety of the sugar-cane L.; a tiger L.; a kind of bird L.; a kind of
serpent L.; a kind of leprosy L.; fever in an elephant L.; white (the colour) L.; N. of a Nga MBh.; of the elephant of the
south-east quarter Ragh.; of an ancient king MBh.; of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv.; of a Brhman renowned for
filial piety, and afterwards worshipped as the god Vithhobl RTL. 263; (with Jainas) of a Gana-dhara S'atr.; of a hermit
(son of Sveta-ketu and Lakshmi) Kd.; of a poet Cat.; of a mountain S'atr.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.; of a daughter
of Vasishthha (wife of Pra7na or Pndu) VP.; of a river in Krau9ca-dvipa ib.
pu.nDariika = lotus
pungava (puMgava0)m. (ifc. f. {A}) a bull Lthy. Hariv.; a hero, eminent person, chief of ifc. cf. {kuru-p-}, {gaja-p-}
&c.); a kind of drug L.; {-ketu} m. `" marked by a bull "'N. of S'iva Kum.
pu.nlingaM = masculine
pu.nsaH = of a person
pu.nsaaM = to the males (to all people)
pu.nstriilinge = masculine
punaH = again (on the other hand) *= in comp. for %{punar}.
punar * = ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with 1. %{gam}, %{yA}, to go back or away; with
%{dA}, to give back, restore; with %{bhU}, to turn round; with %{as} and dat., to fall back upon); again, once more
(also with %{bhUyas}) ib. (with %{bhU}, to exist again, be renewed, become a wife again, re= marry); again and again,
repeatedly ib. (mostly %{pu4naH@p-} which with %{na} = nevermore); further, moreover, besides ib. (also
%{punar@aparam}; %{Adau-punar-pazcAt}, at first-then-later); however, still, nevertheless MBh. Ka1v. &c. (at the end
of a verse it lays stress on a preceding %{atha@vA}, %{api@vA}, or %{vA} alone; %{punar@api}, even again, on the
other hand, also; %{kadA@p-}, at any time, ever; %{kim@p-}, how much more or less? however; %{ppreceding-p-},
now-now; at one time - at another time).
punarapi = punaH+api, again \& again
punaravasuu = Seventh nakshatra
punarjanma = rebirth
punashcha = and again
punaami = shall purify
puniita *= mfn. cleaned, purified MBh.
puja* = m. (mostly ifc.; f. {A}) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kv. &c.
punkhitashara = feathered arrow
puNya = purification acquired by virtuous deeds; auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good, right, virtuous,
meritorious, pure, holy, sacred; ni. N. of a poet Cat.; of another man Buddh.; m. or n. N. of a lake MBh.; ({A}) f. holy
basil L.; Physalis Flexuosa L.; N. of a daughter of Kratu and Sannati VP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) the good or right, virtue, purity,
good work, meritorious act, moral or religious merit MBh. Kv. &c.; a religious ceremony (esp. one performed by a wife
in order to retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son; also {-ka}) MBh. Hariv.; a brick trough for watering
Sanskrit Dictionary
cattle W.
puNyaM = pious, meritorious
puNyaH = original
puNyakarmaNaaM = of the pious
puNyakritaM = of those who performed pious activities
puNyaphalaM = result of pious work
puNyaaH = righteous
puNyaapuNya = virtues \ + sins
puNyaaya = (Dative S) for virtu
puNye = the results of their pious activities
pura * = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.
puraa4 * = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "') RV. &c. &c.; in a previous
existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with {sma} cf. Pn. 3-2, 122;
with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pn. 5-3, 33 Ks'.); soon,
shortly (with pres.= fut.) Klid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before;
securely from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pn. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with {na} or
{na} and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kv. &c.)
pura * = (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings
surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [635, 3]; if it extends for half that distance it is
called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma}
or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode,
residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pthali-putra or Patn L.; =
{tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kaths.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N.
of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the
Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L.; m.
N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA}
and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town Tr. MBh. &c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga,
noted for the worship of Jagan-ntha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body
BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the members of which add
the word {purI} to their names) W.
puura * = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf. {kAma-}); m. the act of filling,
fulfilling &c. Kv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. =
abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kv. Sus'r. &c. [642, 1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka}
below BhP.; the cleansing of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.;
n. a kind of incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. {pUrikA} below).
pura* = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.\\ (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city, town
(a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [635,3]; if it
extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller
cluster of houses is called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaHp-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk.
$ i.e. Pthali-putra or Patn L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kaths.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the
skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for
{puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a
kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a
stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town Tr. MBh.
&c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-ntha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary
Sanskrit Dictionary
or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples
of S'ankara, the members of which add the word {purI} to their names) W.
puraa = formerly* = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "') RV. &c. &c.; in a
previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with {sma} cf. Pn. 32, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pn. 5-3, 33
Ks'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.) Klid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or
gen.) before; securely from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pn. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes
with {na} or {na} and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kv. &c.)
puraaNa* = mf({I} or {A})n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old (also= withered, worn out, opp. to
{nUtana}, {nava}) RV. &c. &c.; m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Panas of cowries) Mn. viii, 136 (also n. L.); N. of
a Riishi Kthh.; pl. the ancients MW.; n. a thing or event of the past, an ancient tale or legend, old traditional history.
AV. &c. &c.; N. of a class of sacred works (supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vysa and to treat of 5 topics [cf.
{paJca-lakSaNa}]; the chief Purnas are 18, grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1. Rjasa exalting Brahm [e.g. the Brahma,
Brahma7nda, Brahmavaivarta, Mrkandeya, Bhavishya, Vmana]; 2. Sttvika exalting Vishnu [e.g. the Vishnu,
Bhgavata, Nradiya, Garuda, Padma, Varha]; 3. Tmasa exalting Siva [e.g. the S'iva, Linga, Skanda, Agni or in place
of it the Vyu, Matsya, Krma]; by some the PPadma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups; cf. IW. 509 &c.);
N. of wk. (containing an index of the contents of a number of PPadma and some other wks.)
puraaNa* = {purAtana} see p. 635.
puraaNaM = the oldest
puraaNaH = the oldest
puraaNapurushhottamaH = the ancient \&the best of men
puraaNaaH = Purana
puraaNii = very old
puraatanaH = very old
puraH = before or in front, East is considered front for auspicious occasion
puraka = inhalation
purataH = in front
purato = in the front
puramathana = O Destroyer of Tripura
purandhrii = wife
puraNa* = m. ( {pRR}) the sea, ocean Un. ii, 81 Sch.
puraNDa* = m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP. (cf. {puruNDa}).
puras *= ind. in front, in advance, forward; (as prep.) before (of place and time), in the presence or before the eyes of
(gen. abl. acc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; in comparison with (gen.) Vcar.; in or from or towards the east, eastward VS. Br.
&c. (%{dakSimataHpuraH}, towards the south-east MBh.); previously, first, first of all Ratna7v. iii, 7. [Cf.
%{pra@purA}, %{pUrva}; Gk., $ "', before. "']
puraskaaraH = (m) prize
purastaat.h = from the front
purata *V= see puras
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
pushkala = a lot1 * = mf(%{A})n. (cf. %{puSka}) much, many, numerous, copious, abundant MBh. Ka1v. &c.; rich,
magnificent, full, complete, strong, powerful, excellent, best AV. &c. &c.; loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur.;
purified L.; m. (v.l. %{-kara}) a kind of drum MBh.; (in music) a Partic. stringed instrument; N. of S3iva S3ivag.; of a
son of Varun2a L.; of an Asura Hariv.; of a R2ishi Cat.; of a son of Bharata R.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a Tirtha (rather n.)
L.; pl. N. of, people Ma1rkP.; of the military caste in Kus3advipa VP.; (%{I}) f. g. %{gaurA7di}; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the bowl
of a spoon Gr2ihya1s. (v.l. %{-kara}); a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kun5cis = 64 handfuls) A1pS3r. Sch.; a partic.
weight of gold Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; alms to the exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L.
pushya = Eighth nakshatra
pushhkalaabhiH = Vedic hymns
pushhTiH = nourishment
pushthi * = (or {puSTi}, esp. RV.) f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth, increase, thriving,
prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c.; breeding, rearing (esp. of cattle; also with {pazoH}) RV. TS. S'Br.;
development, fulness, completeness Sh.; N. of a partic. ceremony performed for the attainment of welfare or
prosperity Cat.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [639, 2]; of the mother of Lobha
MrkP.; of a ddaughter of Dhruva VP.; of a ddaughter of Paurnamsa ib.; of a S'akti Hcat.; one of the 16 Mtriiks or
divine mothers L.; of a Kal of the moon BrahmaP.; of a Kal of Prakriiti and wwife of Gane7s'a BrahmaP.; of a form
of Dakshyan MatsyaP.; of a form of Sarasvat W.; Physalis Flexuosa L.
pushhNaami = am nourishing
pushpamitra* = m. (v.l. {puSya-m-}) N. of a king (according to the Brhmanical account, a general of the last Maurya
dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra, or according to Buddhists, a king, the successor of Pushyadharman) Mlav.
Pur. Buddh. (cf IW. 167 n. 2); of another king VP.; {-sabhA} f. the court of king PPushyadharman Pn. 1-1, 68 Vrtt. 7
Pat.
pushhpa = flower
pushhpaM = a flower
pushhpadhaanii = (f) vase, flower-pot
pushhpita = one that has flowered
pushhpitaaM = flowery
pushhpitaagraM = flowertipped (also the metre with that name)
pushhya = Eighth nakshatra
pushhyati = (4 pp) to nourish
pushkala *= mf(%{A})n. (cf. %{puSka}) much, many, numerous, copious, abundant MBh. Ka1v. &c.; rich, magnificent,
full, complete, strong, powerful, excellent, best AV. &c. &c.; loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur.; purified L.;
m. (v.l. %{-kara}) a kind of drum MBh.; (in music) a Partic. stringed instrument; N. of S3iva S3ivag.; of a son of
Varun2a L.; of an Asura Hariv.; of a R2ishi Cat.; of a son of Bharata R.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a Tirtha (rather n.) L.; pl.
N. of, people Ma1rkP.; of the military caste in Kus3advipa VP.; (%{I}) f. g. %{gaurA7di}; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the bowl of a
spoon Gr2ihya1s. (v.l. %{-kara}); a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kun5cis = 64 handfuls) A1pS3r. Sch.; a partic.
weight of gold Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; alms to the exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L.
pushya* = n. nourishment (pl.) Car.; the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything (cf. Gk.
&196071[640,2] $; Lat. {flos}) RV.; ({puSyA}) m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but see {nakSatra}) lunar asterism (also called
Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c.; (= {-yoga}), the conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the month
Pausha VP.; of the Kali-yuga or fourth age W.; of one of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136 n. 1; of various princes
VP.; n. N. of a Sman rshBr.; ({puSyA4}) f. a species of plant AV.; the asterism Pushya L.
pushyamitra* = m. N. of a prince VP.; pl. his dynasty ib. (cf. {puSpa-m-})
Sanskrit Dictionary
pushpin *= mfn. bearing flowers, flowering, blossoming RV. &c. &c.; florid, flowery (as speech) BhP.; (%{iNI}) f. (a
woman) in menstruation or desirous of sexual intercourse Ka1v. BhP.
pustaka = book
puT * = cl. 6. P. (Dhtup. xxviii, 74) {puTati}, to clasp, fold, envelop in (instr.) Bhpr.; to rub together with (instr. ib.); cl.
1. P. {poTati}, to grind, pound Dhtup. ix, 38 (v.l. for {muT}); cl. 10. P. {puTayati}, to be in contact with, xxxv, 58
{poTayati}, to speak or to shine ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}), xxxiii, 80; to grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop.; to be
small, xxxii, 24 (v.l. for {puTT}).
put * = or {pud} (a word invented to explain {putra} or {put-tra} see Mn. ix, 138, and cf. Nir. ii, 11), hell or a partic. hell
(to which the childless are condemned) MBh.: Kv. and C. [632, 3]
pUt * = ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. w.r. for {phUt}, {phut} q.v.
puTiikaroti = to fold, to roll (a carpet)
putrau = 2 sons of
putra = son * = m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. 2. {puS}; traditionally said to be a comp. {put-tra}, `" preserving from
the hell called Put "' Mn. ix, 138) a son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an animal; cf. Pn. 8-1, 15 Sch.; ifc. it forms
diminutives cf. {dRSat-p-} and {zilA-p-}; voc. sg. du. pl. often used to address young persons, my son, my children &c.
"'; du. `" two sons "' or, a son and a daughter "'; cf. Pn. 1-2, 68); a species of small venomous animal (= {putraka})
Cat.; (in astrol.) N. of the fifth house Var.; N. of a son of Brahmishthha Ragh.; of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c.; ({I})
f. a daughter MBh. Hariv. &c.; a doll or puppet (see {dAru-putrI}); ifc. used to form diminutives (see {asi-putrI}); a
species of plant L.; N. of Prvati L. [Cf. Zd. {puthra}; Gk. $ and Lat. {puer} (?).] &193862[632, 3]
putra-bhaava = House of children or the 5th
putraH = son
putrakaaraka = Significator of Offspring
putrakritakaan.h = as a son
putrasya = with a son
putraaH = sons
putraadapi = even from the the son
putraan.h = sons
putrii = with daughter(s)(here it may mean, a man with issues)
putre = in(towards) the son
puuj.h = to worship
puujana = worship
puujayati = to worship
puujaa = Hindu ritual sometimes done to propitiate a planet
puujaaM = Worship
puujaagriham.h = (n) the puja room
puujaanaM = worship
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Var.; (with {dhanuSaH}) drawing or bending a bow to the full MBh. R.; (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with
food; (in astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sryas.; (in arithm.) multiplication; rain L.; a sort
of cake Bhpr.; Cyperus Rotundus L.; the cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L.
puuraya = (verbal stem) to fill
puurayati = to pour
puurushhaH = a man
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant, rich Kv.; fulfilled,
finished, accomplished, ended, past S'nkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire
SnkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.) perfectly familiar with Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow)
MBh. Hariv.; (in augury) fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta}
q.v.); uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of the sun Cat.; a
kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nga MBh.; of a Deva-gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.;
({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kal of the month BrahmaP.; of the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with
S'iktas) of an authoress of Mantras Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the
cipher or figure o Ganit.
puurNa * = mfn. filled with tears
puurNaH = the complete, perfect one
puurNamadaH = complete; whole; is that (the other worlds?)
puurNamidaM = complete and wwhole is this world
puurNamudachyate = complete whole is produced
puurNaat.h = From he Complete whole
puurnaayu = Full lifespan taken as 75-120 years
puuru4 * = m. (orig.= {puru}, and connected with {puruSa}, {pUrvSa}) a man, people. RV.; N. of a tribe (associated
with the Yadus, Turvas'as, Druhyus) ib.; of a class of demons S'Br.; of an ancient prince (the son of Yayti and
S'armishthh) MBh. S'ak. Pur. (cf. Pn. 4-1, 165 Vrtt. 3 Pat.) [643, 1]; of a descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16;
17 RAnukr.; of a son of Manu and Nadval Hariv.; of a son of Jahnu BhP.
puurva = previous; pUrva mf({A})n. (connected with {purA}, {puras}, {pra}, and declined like a pron. when implying
relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg. m. n. and nom. pl. m.; see Pn. 1-1, 27; 34;
vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c.; eastern, to the east of (abl.) ib.; former, prior, preceding,
previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.) ib. ({gaja-pUrva}, preceding the number `" eight "' i.e. seven, the seventh
S'rutab.; {mAsena p-}, or {mAsa-p-}, earlier by a month Pn. 2-1, 31; ifc. often = formerly or before e.g. {strI-p-},
fformerly a wife; {ADhya-p-}, fformerly wealthy; esp. after a pp. e.g. {kRta-p-}, done before, {dRSTa-p-}, seen
bbefore; ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with e.g. {smita-pUrvA-vAk}, speech accompanied by smiles;
sometimes not translatable e.g. {mRdu-pUrvA vAk}, kind speech); ancient, old, customary, traditional RV. &c. &c.; first
(in a series), initial, lowest (opp. to {uttara}; with {dama} or {sAhasa} `" the lowest fine "') Mn. viii, 120 &c.; (with
{vayas}) `" first age "', youth MBh.; foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pn.; m. an ancestor,
forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c.; an elder brother R.; N. of a prince BhP.; ({A}) f. (with or sc. {diz})
the east MBh. R.; N. of a country to the east of Madhya-des'a L.; of the Nakshatras Prva-phalgunt, Prva7shdh and
Prvabhadrapad collectively Var.; n. the fore part S'ak. ii, 4 (cf. Pn. 2-2, 1); a partic. high number (applied to a period
of years) Buddh.; N. of the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L.; N. of a Tantra Cat.; an
ancient tradition W.; ({am}) ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously (sometimes with pres.)
RV. &c. &c. (often ibc. e.g. {pUrva-kArin}, active before, {pUrvo7kta}, said bbefore; also ifc. in the sense of `" with "'
e.g. {prIti-pUrvam}, with love; {mati-pUrvam} with intention, intentionally; {mRdu-pUrva-bhAS}, to speak kindly; cf.
above; also with an ind. p. e.g. {pUrva-bhojam}, or {-bhuktvA}, having eaten bbefore Pn. 3-4, 24; {adya-p-}, until
now, hitherto; ppreviously {-tataH}, first-then; {pUrva-pazcAt}, previously-afterwards; {pUrva-upari}, previouslysubsequently; {pUrva-adhUnA} or {adya}, formerly-now); ({eNa}) ind. in front, before; eastward, to the east of (opp. to
{apareNa}, with gen. or acc.; cf. Pn. 5-3, 35 Sch.) S'Br. &c. &c.; (with {tataH}) `" to the east of that "' MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
rAtra} S3Br.; = %{rAtri-paryAya} ib.; = %{rAtri-sAman} La1t2y.; (only %{rAtri}) one of the 4 bodies of Brahma1 VP.; =
%{haridrA}, turmeric MBh. Sus3r.; (with the patr. %{bhAradvAjI}) N. of the authoress of RV. x, 127 Anukr.
raatriM = night
raatriH = night
raatrikritaM = night-done
raatrichandrau = the pair of night and moon
raatrau = in the night
raatryaagame = at the fall of night
raadhaa = Radha, Krishna's beloved
raakshasa = demon
raakshasiiM = demonic
raama = Rama, deity Shrii Rama
raama * = mf({A4})n. (prob. `" causing rest "', and in most meanings fr. {ram}) dark, dark-coloured, black (cf. {rAtri})
AV. Tr. ({rAmaH zakuniH}. a black bird, crow KthhGri. Vishn.); white (?) L.; pleasing, pleasant, charming, lovely,
beautiful MBh. Kv. &c.; m. a kind of deer Car.; a horse L.; a lover VarBriS.; pleasure, joy, delight BhP.; N. of Varuna.
L.; N. of various mythical personages (in Veda two Rmas are mentioned with the patr. Mrgaveya and Aupatasvini;
another RRmas with the patr. Jmadagnya [cf. below] is the supposed author of RV. x, 110; in later times three
RRmas are celebrated, viz. 1. Paras'u-rma [q.v.], who forms the 6th Avatra of Vishnu and is sometimes called
Jmadagnya, as son of the sage Jamad-agni by Renuk, and sometimes Bhrgava, as descended from Bhriigu; 2.
Rma-candra [see below]; 3. Bala-rma [q.v.], `" the strong Rma "', also called Hala7yudha and regarded as elder
brother of Kriishna [RTL. 112] accord. to Jainas a Rma is enumerated among the 9 white Balas; and in VP. a RRmas
is mentioned among the 7 Riishis of the 8th Manv-antara) RV. &c &c. N. of a king of Malla-pura Cat.; of a king of
S'riinga-vera and patron of Nge7s'a ib.; of various authors and teachers (also with {AcArya}, {upA7dhyAya}, {kavi},
{cakra-vartin}, {jyotir-vid}, {jyau-} {tiSaka}, {tarka-vAg-Iza}, {dIkSita}, {daiva-jJa}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa},
{bhaTTA7cArya}, {vAjapeyin}, {zarman}, {zAstrin}, {saMyamin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; N. of the number `" three "' (on
account of the 3 Rmas) Hcat. ({rAmasya iSuH}, a kind of cane = {rAmakaNDa} L.); pl. N. of a people VP.; ({A4}) f. a
beautiful woman, any young and charming woman, mistress, wife, any woman KathhUp. MBh. &c. (for comp. see p.
878); a dark woman i.e. a woman of low origin TS. Tr.; N. of various plants (Jonesia Asoka; Aloe Perfoliata; Asa
Foetida &c.) L. vermilion L.; red earth L.; a kind of pigment (= {gorocanA}) L.; a river L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music)
a kind of measure Sangt.; N. of an Apsaras L. Sch.; of a daughter of Kumbha7nda Hariv.; of the mother of the ninth
Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin L.; ({I4}) f. darkness, night RV.; n. id. ib.; the leaf of Laurus Cassia L.; Chenopodium
Album L.; = {kuSTha} L.
raamaa * = f. (of {rAma}) a lovely or charming wom
raamaanuja * = m. `" younger brother of Rma "' (this title would be applicable to Kriishna as born after Bala-rma of
the same father); N. of a celebrated Vaishnava reformer (founder of a particular Vedantic school which taught the
doctrine of {viziSTA7dvaita} or qualified non-duality i.e. that the human spirit is separate and different from the one
Supreme Spirit though dependent on it and ultimately to be united with it; he lived at Kcpuram and S'r-rangam in
the South of India, in the 12th century, and is believed by his followers to have been an incarnation of S'esha; he is also
called Rma7nujcrya and Yati-rja; n. or {jam matam}, Rma4nuja's doctrine) RTL. 119, 448 &c.; (with {dIkskita}) N.
of another author Cat.; {-guru paramparA} f. {-grantha} m. {-campU} f. {-carita} n. {-caritra} n. {-daNDaka} m. or n. {darzana} n. N. of wks.; m. N. of an author Cat.; {-divyacaritra} n. {-bhASya-gAmbhIrya} n. {-matakhaNDana} n.
{mata-dhvaMsana} n. {-mauktika} n. {-vaMzA7vali} f. {-vijaya},m., {-zataka-TIkA} f. {-siddhA7nta-padavI} f. {siddhA7nta-vijaya} m. {-siddhA7nta-saMgraha} m. {su-prabhAta} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks. [878,2]; {-svAmin} m. N. of
an author Cat.; {-jA7rAdhana-vidhi} m. {-jA7STo7ttara} n. {-jIya} n. {-jIya-siddhA7nta} m. N. of wks.
raamaM = rAma
Sanskrit Dictionary
raamaH = Rama
raamakavachaM = rAma-armour
raamakrishhNa = Commonly known Ramakrishna, a saint from Bengal
raamakrishhNasya = of Ramakrishna
raamacha.ndra = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraH = rAma
raamacha.ndram.h = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraaya = to rAmachandra
raamacha.ndreti = saying `rAmachandra'
raamacha.ndro = Lord RAmachandra
raamanaama = the name of rAma (uttering of the word `rAma' only once is
raamanaamnaa = by the name of rAma
raamabalopetaaM = that which has been attained through rAma'a strength, power
raamabhadra = raama who gives the well-being
raamabhadraaya = to the good-giving, protecting RAma
raamabhadreti = rAmabhadra+iti, saying `rAmabhadra"(raama who gives the
raamarakshaa = rAma armour or rama- protection
raamarakshaaM = raamarakshA (hymn)
raamarakshaastotrajape = in the chanting of rAmaraksha hymn
raamalakshmaNau = raama \& lakshmaNa
raamasya = rAmaa's
raamah = Lord Rama
raamaannaasti = no one is except from rAma
raamaabhoga = sexual pleasures?
raamaaya = to rAma
raamaayaNaH = epic Ramayana, part of itihas (history)
raamacandra *= m. `" RRa1mas-moon "'N. of the principal Ra1ma called Da1s3arathi, as son of Das3a-ratha, and
Ra1ghava, as descended from Raghu (although the affix %{candra} seems to connect him with the moon, he is not, like
Kr2ishn2a and Bala-ra1ma, of the lunar but of the solar race of kings; he forms the 7th Avata1ra of Vishn2u and is the
hero of the Ra1ma1yan2a, who, to recover his faithful wife Si1ta1, advanced southwards, killed the demon Ra1van2a and
subjugated his followers the Ra1kshasas, the poetical representatives of the barbarous aborigines of the south)
Ra1matUp. (IW. 330 RTL. 110); N. of various kings and authors &c. (also with %{AcArya}, %{kavi}, %{kSiti-pati},
%{cakra-vartin}, %{daNDin}, %{dIkSIta}, %{naimiSa-stha} or %{vAjapeyin}, %{nyAya-vAg-Iza}, %{parama-haMsa},
%{pAThaka}, %{bhaTTa}, %{bhaTTA7cArya}, %{bhArgava}, %{bhiSaj}, %{mizra}, %{yajvan}, %{yatI7zvara}, %{vAcas-
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
rajanii = night
rajaniichara = moon, demon
rajasa = mobility
rajasaH = from the mode of passion
rajasi = of the mode of passion
rajoguNa = the mode of passion
rajju = (fem) rope, straight line
rajjuH = (m) rope
raJNjana = entertainment, delight
raJNjanaa = (f) a giver of delight
raksh.h = to protcet
rakshaH = the Rkshasaas
rakshakaH = (m) guard, protector
rakshaNa = protection
rakshaNaaya = for protection
rakshati = (1 pp) to protect
Rkshasa = adj. devil
rakshaa = protection
rakshaaM = protecting armour
rakshaa.nsi = the demons
rakshitaM = the person who has ben protected(by)
rakshitaH = (past part.masc.nom.S) the protected one
rakshya = protection
rakta * = mf({A})n. coloured, dyed, painted Br. GriS'rS. Mn. &c. (cf. Pn. 4-2, 1); reddened, red, crimson S'nkhGri.
MBh. Kv. &c. (said of 5 or 7 parts of the body which ought to be red MBh. iv, 253 VarBriS. lxviii, 84); `" coloured or
modified by nasalization "', nasalized (said of a vowel) RPrt. (cf. {raGga}); excited, affected with passion or love,
impassioned, enamoured, charmed with (instr.), attached or devoted to, fond of (loc. gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
beloved, dear, lovely, pleasant, sweet Kv.; fond of play, engaging in pastime, sporting L.; m. red colour L.; safflower L.;
Barringtonia Acutangula L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of the planet Mars VarBriS. Sch.; ({A}) f. lac (= {lAkSA}) Sus'r.; Abrus
Precatorius (or its seeds as a measure or weight, = {raktikA}) Car.; Rubia Munjista L.; Echinops Echinatus L.; N. of one
of the 7 tongues of fire L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti Sangt.; n. blood Mn. Hariv. &c.; a partic. disease of the eyes, Hcat;
the menstrual fluid L.; copper L.; vermilion L.; cinnabar L.; saffron L.; the fruit of Flacourtia Cataphracta L.; =
{padmaka} L.
raka * =m. the sun gem; crystal; a hard shower
raksha * = 1 mf(%{I})n. (%{A} f. see p. 860) guarding, watching, protecting, serving; a watcher, keeper Suparn2. MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c. (mostly ifc.; cf. %{kSetra-}, %{go-}, %{cakra-r-} &c.) \\ akSa 2 in comp. for %{rakSas}.
rakshA f. the act of protecting or guarding, protection, care, preservation, security Mn. MBh. &c.; a guard, watch,
sentinel Mr2icch. Ka1m.; any preservative, (esp.) a sort of bracelet or amulet, any mysterious token used as a charm
BhP. Sus3r.; a tutelary divinity (cf. %{mahA-r-}); ashes (used as a preservative) L.; (%{A} or %{I}) f. a piece of thread
or silk bound round the wrist on partic. occasions (esp. on the full moon of S3ra1van2a, either as an amulet and
preservative against misfortune, or as a symbol of mutual dependence, or as a mark of respect) MW.
raktaM = the red one (raktaM may mean blood also)
raktaH = attached
raktaga.ndha = red scent
raktapusshhpaiH = with red flowers
raktavaasasam.h = haaving red dress
rambhaaphala = plantain
ramaa * = f. of {rama} q.v.; a wife, mistress W.; N. of Lakshm, the Goddess of Fortune Bhartri. BhP.; good luck,
fortune, splendour, opulence Cn.; splendour, pomp Bhm. [868, 2]; N. of the 11th day in the dark half of the month
Krttika Cat.; of the syllable {zRRm} (also {rama}) Sarvad.; of a daughter of S'as'i-dhvaja and wife of Kalki KalkiP.
ramaavaasa = the abode of rama (lakshmi)
rama * = mfn. pleasing, delighting, rejoicing (only ifc.; cf. {mano-r-}); dear, beloved W.; m. (only L.) joy; a lover,
husband, spouse; Kma-deva, the god of love; the red-flowering As'oka; ({A}) f. see s.v.
rama.nte = revel; enjoy (Vr.Pr.III P Pl.AP)
ramanti = enjoy transcendental bliss
ramate = delights
rame = Oh! ramA (Shiva tells this shloka to his consort PArvati
rameshaM = the lord of ramA(sItA)
raMhas * = n. speed, quickness, velocity MBh. Ka1v. &c.; eagerness, impetuosity BhP.; m. N. of S3iva (Vehemence
personified) MBh.; of Vishn2u Hariv.
raMhasa* = (ifc.) = %{raMhas} (e.g. %{mano-mArutar-}, having the swiftness of thought or of the wind Hariv.)
ran.ga *= raGga m. colour, paint, dye, hue MBh. Sus3r. Lalit.; the nasal modification of a vowel S3iksh.; a place for
public amusement or for dramatic exhibition, theatre, play-house, stage, arena, any place of assembly MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
the members of an assembly, audience S3ak. Sa1m2khyak. Das3ar.; a dancing-place L.; a field of battle L.; diversion,
mirth L.; love L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.; borax L.; an extract obtained from Acacia Catechu L.; N. of a
man Ra1jat.; of various authors (also with %{bhaTTa} and %{jyotir-vid}) Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river DivyA7v.; n. (m.)
tin (= %{vaGga}) L.
ra.ngaavalii = colored design
ra.nj..h = to entertain
rangavalli = (f) rangoli
raNa* = 1 m. delight, pleasure, gladness, joy RV. VS. AV.; (also n.) battle (as an object of delight), war, combat, fight,
conflict RV. &c. &c.\\ =2 m. (for 1. see p. 863, col. 3) sound, noise L.; the quill or bow of a lute (= {koNa}) L. - 2.\\ =3
m. going, motion L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c.; bringing or betokening misfortune, inauspicious R. Var.; m. a descendant of Rudra MBh.; a worshipper of Rudra
W.; (pl., or sg. with %{gaNa}) a class of evil spirits Hariv.; (scil. %{rasa}) the sentiment of wrath or fury Sa1h. Prata1p.;
N. of Yama L.; the cold season of the year, winter L.; a partic. Ketu VarBr2S.; N. of the 54th year of the Jupiter cycle of
60 years ib.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh.; (also n.) heat, warmth, sunshine L.; (also n. and %{I} f.) N. of the Nakshatra
A1rdra1 when under Rudra VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. N. of Gauri1 L.; one of the 9 Samidhs Gr2ihya1s.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.;
(in music.) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; a partic. Mu1rchana1 ib.; a species of creeper L.; N. of the Comms. on the Tattvacinta1man2i-di1dhiti and the Nya1ya-siddha7nta-mukta7vali1 by Rudra Bhat2t2a7ca1rya; (with %{megha-mAlA} and
%{zAnti}) of two older wks.; n. savageness, fierceness, formidableness Katha1s. Sus3r.; N. of a Lin3ga Cat.; of various
Sa1mans A1rshBr.
raura (see rora)
raurava * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{ruru}) coming from or made of the skin of the deer called Ruru Gr2S3rS. MBh. &c.;
fearful L.; unsteady, dishonest L.; m. N. of one of the hells Mn. MBh. &c. (personified as husband of Vedana1 and father
of Duh2kha Ma1rkP.; with Buddhists, one of the 8 hot hells Dharmas. 121); N. of the fifth Kalpa (q.v.); a savage,
monster W.; n. the fruit of the Ruru tree g. %{plakSA7di}; N. of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
rava* = roar, yell, cry, howl
ravi = a name of Sun; ravi m. (accord. to Un. iv, 138 Sch. fr. 1. {ru}) a partic. form of the sun (sometimes regarded as
one of the 12 dityas; hence {ravi} is also a N. of the number `" twelve "') Var. Hariv. &c.; the sun (in general) or the
sun-god, Mn. MBh. &c.; = {ravidina}, Sunday Inscr.; Calotropis Gigantea L.; a mountain L.; N. of a Sauvraka MBh.; of
a son of Dhriita-rshthra ib.; of the author of a Comm. on the Kvya-praks'a Cat.; of the author of the Horpraks'a
ib.; the right canal for the passage of the vital air (?) W.
raviH = the sun
ravivaara = Sunday
raya* = m. ( {rI}) the stream of a river, current MBh. Kv. &c. [868, 3]; quick motion, speed, swiftness ({eNa} and {At}
ind. quickly, immediately, straightway) Kv. Pur.; course (cf. {saMvatsarar-}); impetuosity, vehemence, ardour, zeal,
S'is. BhP.; N. of a son of Pur-ravas BhP.; of another king Cat.
recaka= outbreathing* = exhaling btrbh}), clever, skilful, inventive, prudent (said of Indra, Agni, and the dityas RV.;
also of property or wealth RV. iv, 37, 5; viii, 93, 34; of an arrow AV. i, 2, 3); ({us}) m. an artist, one who works in iron, a
smith, builder (of carriages &c.)N. of three semi-divine beings (Riibhu, Vja, and Vibhvan, the name of the first being
applied to all of them; thought by some to represent the three seasons of the year [Ludwig RV. vol. iii, p. 187], and
celebrated for their skill as artists; they are supposed to dwell in the solar sphere, and are the artists who formed the
horses of Indra, the carriage of the As'vins, and the miraculous cow of Briihaspati; they made their parents young, and
performed other wonderful works [Sv-apas]; they are supposed to take their ease and remain idle for twelve days [the
twelve intercalary days of the winter solstice] every year in the house of the Sun [Agohya]; after which they
recommence working; when the gods heard of their skill, they sent Agni to them with the one cup of their rival
Tvashthrii, the artificer of the gods, bidding the Riibhus construct four cups from it; when they had successfully
executed this task, the gods received the Riibhus amongst themselves and allowed them to partake of their sacrifices
&c.; cf. Kaegi RV. p. 53 f.) RV. AV. &c.; they appear generally as accompanying Indra, especially at the evening sacrifice;
in later mythology Riibhu is a son of Brahman VP.; a deity L.; ({avas}) m. a class of deities; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {labor};
Goth. &70848[226, 2] {arb-aiths}; Angl. Sax. $; Slav. {rab-u8}.]
rekhaa = line
reta = semen
reta* = {retas}, semen virile L
retas * = n. ( %{ri}, %{rI}) a flow, stream, current, flow of rain or water, libation RV. AV.; flow of semen, seminal fluid,
sperm, seed RV. &c. &c. (%{retaH-sic} or %{ni-sic} or %{A-dhA} with loc., `" to discharge semen into "', intpregnate;
%{reto-dhA} A., to conceive; %{retaso@'nte}, after the discharge of ssemen); offspring, progeny, descendants TS.
S3Br.; quicksilver (regirded as S3iva's semen) L.; water L.; sin (?) Sa1y. on RV. iv, 3, 7.
retasa* (ifc.) = {retas} (cf. {agni-} and {kapota-r-}).
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
(%{e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV.
MBh. i.
rita * = %{Rti}, %{Rtu} see p. 223, col. 2 - p. 224, col. 1.
ritu = season
rituunaaM = of all seasons
rite = without, except for
riddha * = mfn. increased, thriving, prosperous, abundant, wealthy Kum. Ragh. Katha1s. &c.; filled with (voices), made
to resound; (%{am}) n. stored grain L.; a demonstrated conclusion, distinct result L. [226,2]
riddhaM = prosperous
riddham.h = enriched
riddhi * = f. increase, growth, prosperity, success, good fortune, wealth, abundance VS. TS. S3Br. A1s3vGr2. &c.
(personified as Kuvera's wife MBh. Hariv.); accomplishment, perfection, supernatural power BhP. Lalit. &c.; magic; a
kind of medicinal plant Bhpr. Car.; N. of Pa1rvati1 L.; of Lakshmi1 L.
Rigveda *= m. Hymn-Veda "' or `" Veda of praise "', the R2ig-veda, or most ancient sacred book of the Hindu1s (that
is, the collective body of sacred verses called R2icas [see below], consisting of 1017 hymns [or with the Va1lakhilyas
1028] arranged in eight Asht2akas or in ten Man2d2alas; Man2d2alas 2-8 contain groups of hymns, each group
ascribed to one author or to the members of one family; the ninth book contains the hymns sung at the Soma
ceremonies; the first and tenth contain hymns of a different character, some comparatively modern, composed by a
greater variety of individual authors; in its wider sense the term R2ig-veda comprehends the Bra1hman2as and the
Su1tra works on the ritual connected with the hymns) AitBr. S3Br. Mn. &c.; %{-prAtizAkhya} n. the Pra1tis3a1khya of
the R2ig-veda; %{-bhASya} n. N. of treatises and commentaries on the R2ig-veda; %{-vid} mfn. knowing the R2igveda; %{-saMhitA} f. the continuous text of the R2ig-veda arranged according to the Sam2hita1-pa1t2ha q.v.; %{dA7nukramaNikA} f. the Anukraman2ika1 or index of the R2ig-veda.
rik.h = the Rg Veda
rikshaa * = f. a nit (= {likSA}) L.; a mote in a sunbeam W. \\ V: the excact time
riksha (RkSa)* =1 mfn. (etym. doubtful) bald, bare TS. MaitrS.\\= 2 mfn. (2. %{RS} Un2. iii, 66; 67; probably fr.
%{Rz}), hurting, pernicious RV. viii, 24, 27; m. a bear (as a ravenous beast) RV. v, 56, 3 VS. xxiv, 36 Mn. Sus3r. &c.; a
species of ape Katha1s.; Bignonia Indica L.; N. of several men RV. viii, 68, 15 MBh. &c.; of a mountain VP. MBh.; (ifc.)
the best or most excellent L.; (%{As}) m. pl. the seven stars, the Pleiades, the seven R2ishis RV. i, 24, 10 S3Br. ii TA1r.;
(%{A}) f. N. of a wife of Ajami1d2ha MBh. i; of a woman in the retinue of Skanda MBh. ix; (%{I}) f. a female bear MBh.
R. Katha1s.; m. and (%{am}) n. a star, constellation, lunar mansion Mn. MBh. R. &c.; (%{am}) n. the twelfth part of the
ecliptic; the particular star under which a person happens to be born VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ursus};
Lith. {loky-s} for &70306[224,3] {olkys}.]\\ = 3 mfn. cut, pierced L.
ringati = to crawl
rip * = 1 (cf. %{lip}; only pf. %{riripu4H}), to smear, adhere to (loc.) RV. (cf. %{ripta4}); to deceive, cheat ib.\\ 2 f.
injury, fraud, deceit RV.; an injurer, deceiver, enemy ib.; the earth (?) RV. iii, 5, 5; x, 79, 3 (Sa1y.; cf. Naigh. i, 1).
riph * = cl. 6. P. (Dha1tup. xxviii, 23) %{riphati} (p. %{-rephat} S3a1n3khBr.; pf. %{rirepha} &c. Gr.; ind. p.
%{rephitvA} Pa1n2. 1-2, 23 Sch.), to snarl AV.; (only L.) to speak or boast (%{kathane} or %{katthane}); to blame; to
fight; to give; to hurt, kill (cf. %{rimph}): Pass. %{riphyate}, to be murmured or spoken in a guttural or burring manner
(like the letter %{r}); to have or take the pronunciation of the letter %{r} A1s3vS3r. (cf. %{repha}).
ripavaH = enemies
ripu = Enemy
Sanskrit Dictionary
ripuH = enemy
rishi* = m. (2. {RS} Comm. on Un. iv, 119; {RSati jJAnena saMsAra-pAram} T.; perhaps fr. an obsolete {RS} for {dRz},
`" to see ? "' cf. {RSi-kRt}), a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet or sage, any person who alone or with others
invokes the deities in rhythmical speech or song of a sacred character (e.g. the ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri, Rebha,
Agastya, Kus'ika, Vasishthha, Vy-as'va) RV. AV. VS. &c.; the Riishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal
sages or saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes and patriarchs of other countries, and
constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system, as distinct from gods, men, Asuras, &c. AV. x, 10, 26
S'Br. AitBr. KtySr. Mn. &c.; they are the authors or rather seers of the Vedic hymns i.e. according to orthodox Hind
ideas they are the inspired personages to whom these hymns were revealed, and such an expression as `" the Riishi says
"' is equivalent to `" so it stands in the sacred text "' [227,1]; seven Riishis, {sapta RSayaH}, or {saptaRSayaH} or
{saptarSayaH}, are often mentioned in the Brhmanas and later works as typical representatives of the character and
spirit of the pre-historic or mythical period; in S'Br. xiv, 5, 2, 6 their names are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvja,
Vis'v-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishthha, Kas'yapa, and Atri; in MBh. xii, Marci, Atri, Angiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya,
Vasishthha are given as the names of the Riishis of the first Manvantara, and they are also called Prajpatis or
patriarchs; the names of the Riishis of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff.; afterwards three
other names are added, viz. Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, and Nrada, these ten being created by Manu Svyambhuva
for the production of all other beings including gods and men s'vS'r. MBh. VP. &c.; in astron. the seven Riishis form
the constellation of `" the Great Bear RV. x, 82, 2 AV. vi, 40, 1 S'Br. s'vGri. MBh. &c.; (metaphorically the seven
Riishis may stand for the seven senses or the seven vital airs of the body VS. xxxiv S'Br. xiv KtyS'r.); a saint or
sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense; sometimes three orders of these are enumerated,
viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, and Rjarshis; sometimes seven, four others being added, viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis,
S'rutarshis, and Kndarshis) Mn. iv, 94; xi, 236 S'ak. Ragh. &c.; the seventh of the eight degrees of Brhmans Hcat.; a
hymn or Mantra composed by a Riishi; the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat.; a symbolical expression for the number
seven; the moon; an imaginary circle; a ray of light L.; the fish Cyprinus Rishi L.; [cf. Hib. {arsan}, `" a sage, a man old
in wisdom "'; {arrach}, `" old, ancient, aged. "'],
rishhayaH = those who are active within
rishhiH = the sage
rishhin.h = great sages
rishhibhiH = by the wise sages
rishtha *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) torn off, broken, injured RV. AV.// 2 riSTa 2 mfn. hurt, injured wounded (cf.
%{a4riSTa} and 1. %{riSTa}); failed, miscarried S3Br.; m. a sword L. (cf. %{riSTi}); Sapindus Detergens L. (cf. %{ariSTa}); N. of a Daitya Hariv.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Ma1rkP. [881,2]; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of the
Apsarases ib. (prob. w.r. for %{a-riSTA}); n. misfortune, calamity VarBr2S. Sch.; a bad omen Sus3r.; good luck, fortune
L.
rishu *= m. . (2. %{RS} ?), glow, flame (?) BRD.; (according to Sa1y., moving constantly; approaching; great; mighty;
knowing; a R2ishi) RV.
rita: real, true, not false,
rita *= {A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able, brave, honest RV. VS. xvii,
82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.; enlightened, luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra
MBh.; of a son of Manu Ckshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a son of Vijaya VP.; ({am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp.
in religion); sacred or pious action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are
generally more to be accepted than those of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. &c. [223, 3];
truth in general, righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pacat. &c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the
right means of a Brhmas obtaining a livelihood as opposed to agriculture, which is {anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise,
oath, vow TndyaBr. Lthy.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and hence enumerated among the sacred
objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; ({a4m}) ind. right, duly,
properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; ({Rtam} {i}, to go the right way, be pious or virtuous RV.); ({e4na}) ind. right, duly,
properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
ritasatya* = {e} n. du. right and truth S'Br. xi.
Sanskrit Dictionary
ritasad* = mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sy.)
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works (as men), connected
with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.
ritasaata* = mfn. filled with truth or righteousness AV. xviii, 2, 15.
ritasaaman* = n. N. of a Sman rshBr.
ritasadanii* = f. the right or proper seat VS. iv, 36.
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works (as men), connected
with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.
ritaashah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7 mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV.
iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sy.)
ritasena* = m. N. of a Gandharva BhP.
ritastubh* = m. `" praising properly or duly "'N. of a Riishi RV. i, 112, 20.
ritasthA* = mfn. standing right AV. iv, 1, 4.
ritaspati* = (voc. {Rtaspate}) m. lord of pious works (as sacrifice &c. [224, 1]; N. of Vyu) RV. viii, 26, 21.
ritaspris'* = mfn. connected with pious works or worship RV. v, 67, 4 (N. of the dityas); i, 2, 80; iv, 50, 3 (N. of Mitravaruna); (touching water Sy.)
ritASah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7
ritu * = m. (Un2. i, 72) any settled point of time, fixed time, time appointed for any action (esp. for sacrifices and other
regular worship), right or fit time RV. AV. VS.; an epoch, period (esp. a division or part of the year), season (the number
of the divisions of the year is in ancient times, three, five, six, seven, twelve, thirteen, and twenty-four; in later time six
seasons are enumerated, viz. Vasanta, `" spring "'; Gri1shma, `" the hot season "'; Varsha1s (f. nom. pl.), `" the rainy
season "' S3arad, `" autumn "'; Hemanta, `" winter "'; and S3is3ira, `" the cool season "'; the seasons are not
unfrequently personified, addressed in Mantras, and worshipped by libations) RV. AV. VS. &c. MBh. Mn. &c.;
symbolical expression for the number six VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; the menstrual discharge (in women), the time after the
courses (favourable for procreation; according to Bhpr. sixteen days after their appearance) Sus3r. MBh. Mn. &c.;
sexual union at the above time Mn. ix, 93 MBh.; fixed order, order, rule [BRD.] RV. i, 162, 19; light, splendour L.; a
particular mineral L.; N. of a R2ishi; of the twelfth Manu.
rohiNii * = f. (f. of {rohita}, `" red "', below; also f. of {rohin} above) a red cow or [later] any cow (represented as a
daughter of Surabhi and mother of cattle, esp. of Kma-dhenu, `" cow of plenty "'; in the Veda, Rohin may perhaps also
mean `" a red mare "') RV. &c. &c.; N. of the ninth Nakshatra or lunar asterism and of the lunar day belonging to it (in
this sense it may optionally have the accent on the last syllable; it is personified as a daughter of Daksha, and as the
favourite wife of the Moon, called `" the Red one "' from the colour of the star Aldebaran or principal star in the
constellation which contains 5 stars, prob. $, $, $, $, $, Tauri, and is figured by a wheeled vehicle or sometimes by a
temple or fish; it is exceptionally pl., and in TS. and TBr. there are 2 Nakshatras of this name; it may also be used as an
adj. and mean `" born under the Nakshatra Rohin "' Pn. 4-3, 34 Vrtt. 1); lightning L.; a young girl (in whom
menstruation has just commenced; others `" a girl nine years of age "') Griihys. Pacat.; N. of various plants Sus'r.
Bhpr. (= Helleborus Niger; Acacia Arabica; Gmelina Arborea &c. L.); inflammation of the throat (of various kinds)
Sus'r.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangt.; a partic. Mrchan ib.; a kind of steel L.; N. of two wives of Vasudeva and the
mother of Bala-rma MBh. Pur.; of a wife of Kriishna Hariv.; of the wife of Mah-deva Pur.; of a daughter of Hiranyakas'ipu MBh.; of one of the 16 Vidy-devs L.; of a river VP.
roga = disease
rogii = patient, ill or sick person
rocate = (1 ap) to like
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
of a man g. {zivA7di}.
rodha* = 1 {rodhana}. see p. 884, col. 1.
rodha* = 2 {rodhaka} &c. see p. 884, col. 2.
romaharshhaH = standing of hair on end
romaharshhaNaM = making the hair stand on end
rohaNa * = m. N. of a mountain (Adam's Peak in Ceylon) Ra1jat. [890,2]; (%{I}) f. a medicine for healing or cicatrizing
AV.; n. a means of ascending RV.; the act of mounting or ascending or riding or sitting or standing on (comp.) Ya1jn5.;
the putting or fastening on (of a bowstring) Cat.; the growing over, healing (of a wound; cf. %{kSata-r-}) MBh.; the
proceeding from, consisting of Va1s. Sa1h.; semen virile L.
rohanta * = m. a partic. tree (others `" any tree "') L.; (%{I}) f. a partic. creeper (others `" any creeper "') L.
rohati = (1 pp) to grow
rohiNii = Fourth nakshatra
rora (raura) *= 1 m. a partic. part of the body MaitrS. (du.) VS. (= %{aMsa-granthi}, Mahidh.)\\2 or %{raura} m. a
worker, labourer (?) HParis3.
roravaNa *= &c. see s.v.\\ n. (fr. Intens. of 1. %{ru}) a loud roaring or bellowing Nir.
ru = light
ruchiH = taste; flavour
rucira *= mf(%{A}) n. bright, brilliant, radiant, splendid, beautiful MBh. Ka1v. &c.; pleasant, charming, agreeable to,
liked by (gen. or comp.) ib.; sweet, dainty, nice L.; stomachic, cordial, S3srn3gS.; m. N. of a son of Sena-jit Hariv.;
(%{A}) f. a. kind of pigment (= %{go-rocanA}) L.; N. of a woman (see col. 3); of two metres Col.; of a river R.; n. (only.)
saffron (prob. w.r. for %{rudhira}), a radish; cloves (prob. w.r. for %{suSira}).
ruciraa *= f. (of %{-ra}) N. of a woman.
rud.h = to cry
rudatha* = m. (only L.) a child, pupil, scholar; a dog; a cock.
rudana* = n. the act of crying, weeping, lamentation Hariv.
rudantikA* = and f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (= {amRta-sravA}) L.
rudantI* = f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (= {amRta-sravA}) L.
rudita* = mfn. wept, lamented MBh. Kv. &c. weeping, crying, lamenting ib.; wet with tears MBh.; n. weeping, crying,
lamentation Kv. VarBriS. Kaths. &c.
ruddha * = mfn. obstructed, checked, stopped, suppressed, kept back, withheld RV. &c. &c.; shut, closed, covered MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; invested, besieged, blockaded R. Pan5cat.; secured, held, taken possession of Ka1v. BhP.; obstructed in its
effect, ineffectual (as a spell) Sarvad.; (%{A}) f. a siege W.; (prob.) n. N. of a town Cat.
rudh * = 1 (cf. 1. %{ruh}, of which this seems to be only another form) cl. 1. P. %{ro4dhati}, to sprout, shoot, grow (only
%{ro4dhati} RV. viii, 43, 6; and %{viro4dhat}, i, 67, 9; accord. to some also p. %{rudhat}, i, 179, 4, in
%{nada4sya@rudhata4H@kA4maH}, `" the desire of the growing reed "' i.e. of the membrum virile; others, `" of the
husband who keeps me away "', fr. 2. %{rudh}; cf. also %{nada}).
\\ 2 cl. 7. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxix, 1) %{ruNa4ddhi}, %{runddhe4} (1. pl. %{-rudhmas} AV.; %{rundhati}, %{-te} Br. &c.;
%{rodhati} MBh. pf. %{rurodha}, %{rurudhe} RV. &c. &c.; %{rurundhatuH} MBh.; aor. %{araut} AV.; %{arautsIt} Br.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c.; %{rotsIs} Up.; %{arutsi}, %{aruddha} Br. Up.; %{arautsi} AitBr.; %{arodham} RV.; %{arudhma} MaitrS.; p.
%{rudha4t} cf. 1. %{rudh}; %{arudhat} RV. &c. &c.; Prec. %{rudhyAt} Ka1v.; fut. %{roddhA} Gr.; %{rotsyati}, %{-te}
Br. &c. inf. %{roddhum} or %{rodhitum} MBh.; %{roddhos} Br.; ind. p. %{ruddhvA} MBh.&c.; %{-ru4dhya} RV. &c.
&c.; %{-rundhya} MBh.; %{-ru4dham} AV. Br.; %{-ru4ndham} Br.; %{-ro7dham} ib.), to obstruct, check, arrest, stop,
restrain, prevent, keep back, withhold RV. (always with %{na}), &c. &c.; to avert, keep off, repel Bhat2t2. (cf. %{rudhat}
under 1. %{rudh}); to shut, lock up, confine in (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. (accord. to Vop. also with double acc.); to besiege,
blockade, invest Pat. MBh. &c.; to close, block up (a path) R.; to cover, conceal, veil, obscure MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to stop up,
fill ib.; to lay (dust) Ragh.; to touch, move (the heart) Ba1lar.; to torment, harass R.; to lose, be deprived of (acc.) TS.
S3Br.; to tear, rend asunder (?) AV. xix, 29, 3: Caus. %{rodhayati} (ep. also %{-te} and %{rundhayati} [884,2]; aor.
%{arUrudhat}; Pass. %{rodhyate}), to stop, arrest MBh.; to cause to be confined by (acc.) Pan5car.; to cause to be
besieged by (instr.) Ragh.; to close (with a cover or lid) Bhpr.; to fetter, enchain, influence BhP.; to oppress, torment,
harass MBh. R.: Desid. %{rorutsate} (Br.), %{-ti} (MBh.), to wish to obstruct &c.: Intens. %{rorudhyate}, %{roroddhi},
to obstruct intensely or repeatedly &c. Gr. (only %{rorudhaH} MBh.)
rud.hdhvaa = checking
rudra = a form of Shiva\\* = mfn. (prob.) crying, howling, roaring, dreadful, terrific, terrible, horrible (applied to the
As'vins, Agni, Indra, Mitra, Varuna, and the {spa4zaH}) RV. AV. (accord. to others `" red, shining, glittering "', fr. a
{rud} or {rudh} connected with {rudhira}; others `" strong, having or bestowing strength or power "', fr. a {rud} =
{vRd}, {vRdh}; native authorities give also the following meanings, `" driving away evil "'; `" running about and roaring
"', fr. {ru} + {dra} = 2. {dru}; `" praiseworthy, to be praised "'; `" a praiser, worshipper "' = {stotR} Naigh. iii, 16); m. `"
Roarer or Howler "'N. of the god of tempests and father and ruler of the Rudras and Maruts (in the Veda he is closely
connected with Indra and still more with Agni, the god of fire, which, as a destroying agent, rages and crackles like the
roaring storm, and also with Kla or Time the all-consumer, with whom he is afterwards identified; though generally
represented as a destroying deity, whose terrible shafts bring death or disease on men and cattle, he has also the epithet
{ziva}, `" benevolent "' or `" auspicious "', and is even supposed to possess healing powers from his chasing away
vapours and purifying the atmosphere; in the later mythology the word {ziva}, which does not occur as a {name} in the
Veda, was employed, first as an euphemistic epithet and then as a real name for Rudra, who lost his special connection
with storms and developed into a form of the disintegrating and reintegrating principle; while a new class of beings,
described as eleven [or thirty-three] in number, though still called Rudras, took the place of the original Rudras or
Maruts: in VP. i, 7, Rudra is said to have sprung from Brahm's forehead, and to have afterwards separated himself into
a figure half male and half female, the former portion separating again into the 11 Rudras, hence these later Rudras are
sometimes regarded as inferior manifestations of S'iva, and most of their names, which are variously given in the
different Purnas, are also names of S'iva [883, 2]; those of the VyuP. are Ajai9kapad, Ahir-budhnya, Hara, Nirriita,
s'vara, Bhuvana, Angraka, Ardha-ketu, Mriityu, Sarpa, Kaplin; accord. to others the Rudras are represented as
children of Kas'yapa and Surabhi or of Brahm and Surabhi or of Bhta and Su-rp; accord. to VP. i, 8, Rudra is one
of the 8 forms of S'iva; elsewhere he is reckoned among the Dik-plas as regent of the north-east quarter) RV. &c. &c.
(cf. RTL. 75 &c.); N. of the number `" eleven "' (from the 11 Rudras) VarBriS.; the eleventh Cat.; (in astrol.) N. of the
first Muhrta; (in music) of a kind of stringed instrument (cf. {rudrI} and {rudra-vINA}); of the letter {e} Up.; of
various men Kaths. Rjat.; of various teachers and authors (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {bhaTTa}, {zarman}, {sUri}
&c.) Cat.; of a king Buddh.; du. (incorrect acc. to Vm. v, 2, 1) Rudra and Rudrni (cf. also {bhavA-r-} and {somArudra}); pl. the Rudras or sons of Rudra (sometimes identified with or distinguished from the Maruts who are 11 or 33
in number) RV. &c. &c.; an abbreviated N. for the texts or hymns addressed to Rudra GriS'rS. Gaut. Vas. (cf. {rudrajapa}); of a people (v.l. {puNDra}) VP.; ({A}) f. a species of creeping plant L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva VyuP.; of a
daughter of Raudrs'va (v.l. {bhadrA}) VP.; pl. a hundred heatmaking suns "' rays L.; ({I}) f. a kind of lute or guitar L.
(cf. m. and {rudra-vINA}).
rudraaksha* = m. `" RRudra-eyed "', Elaeocarpus Ganitrus or its berry (used for rosaries) W. (cf. RTL. 67, 82); a
rosary (gender doubtful) Rjat.; N. of an Upanishad (gender ddoubtful); {-kalpa} m. {-dhAraNa} n. {-parI7kSA} f. N.
of wks.; {-mAlA} (Hcar.) or {-mAlikA} (Kd.) f. a rosary; {-mAhAtmya} n. {-ya-varNana} n. N. of wks.; {-valaya} m. or
n. (?) a rosary Kd.; {-So7paniSad} (f. N. of an Upanishad.
rudraH = the Destroying God
rudraaNaaM = of all the Rudras
rudraan.h = the eleven forms of Rudra
rudh *= 1 (cf. 1. %{ruh}, of which this seems to be only another form) cl. 1. P. %{ro4dhati}, to sprout, shoot, grow
(only %{ro4dhati} RV. viii, 43, 6; and %{viro4dhat}, i, 67, 9; accord. to some also p. %{rudhat}, i, 179, 4, in
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{nada4sya@rudhata4H@kA4maH}, `" the desire of the growing reed "' i.e. of the \\2 cl. 7. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxix, 1)
%{ruNa4ddhi}, %{runddhe4} (1. pl. %{-rudhmas} AV.; %{rundhati}, %{-te} Br. &c.; %{rodhati} MBh. pf. %{rurodha},
%{rurudhe} RV. &c. &c.; %{rurundhatuH} MBh.; aor. %{araut} AV.; %{arautsIt} Br. &c.; %{rotsIs} Up.; %{arutsi},
%{aruddha} Br. Up.; %{arautsi} AitBr.; %{arodham} RV.; %{arudhma} MaitrS.; p. %{rudha4t} cf. 1. %{rudh};
%{arudhat} RV. &c. &c.; Prec. %{rudhyAt} Ka1v.; fut. %{roddhA} Gr.; %{rotsyati}, %{-te} Br. &c. inf. %{roddhum} or
%{rodhitum} MBh.; %{roddhos} Br.; ind. p. %{ruddhvA} MBh.&c.; %{-ru4dhya} RV. &c. &c.; %{-rundhya} MBh.; %{ru4dham} AV. Br.; %{-ru4ndham} Br.; %{-ro7dham} ib.), to obstruct, check, arrest, stop, restrain, prevent, keep back,
withhold RV. (always with %{na}), &c. &c.; to avert, keep off, repel Bhat2t2. (cf. %{rudhat} under 1. %{rudh}); to shut,
lock up, confine in (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. (accord. to Vop. also with double acc.); to besiege, blockade, invest Pat. MBh.
&c.; to close, block up (a path) R.; to cover, conceal, veil, obscure MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to stop up, fill ib.; to lay (dust) Ragh.;
to touch, move (the heart) Ba1lar.; to torment, harass R.; to lose, be deprived of (acc.) TS. S3Br.; to tear, rend asunder
(?) AV. xix, 29, 3: Caus. %{rodhayati} (ep. also %{-te} and %{rundhayati} [884,2]; aor. %{arUrudhat}; Pass.
%{rodhyate}), to stop, arrest MBh.; to cause to be confined by (acc.) Pan5car.; to cause to be besieged by (instr.) Ragh.;
to close (with a cover or lid) Bhpr.; to fetter, enchain, influence BhP.; to oppress, torment, harass MBh. R.: Desid.
%{rorutsate} (Br.), %{-ti} (MBh.), to wish to obstruct &c.: Intens. %{rorudhyate}, %{roroddhi}, to obstruct intensely or
repeatedly &c. Gr. (only %{rorudhaH} MBh.) \\ 3 (ifc.) impeding, holding (see %{kara-r-}). \\ prob. a root of this form
once existed with a meaning `" to be red. "'
rudh.h = to stop, control
rudhira = blood
ruja * = mf(%{A4})n. breaking, crushing, destroying RV. VS. (cf. %{valaM-r-}); m. of doubtful meaning AV. xvi, 3, 2;
(%{A}) f. see below.
rujaa * = f. breaking, fracture Megh.; pain, sickness, disease MBh. Ka1v. &c.; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.; an ewe
L.
rupaM = beauty
rundh * = see rudh
rup *= 1 (cf. %{lup}) cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 125) %{ru4pyati} (pf. %{ruropa} aor. %{arupat} &c. Gr.), to suffer violent
or racking pain (in the abdomen) TBr. Ka1t2h.; to violate, confound, disturb Dha1tup.: Caus. %{ropayati} (aor.
%{arUrupat}), to cause acute or violent pain AV.; to break off TBr. [Cf. Lat. {rumpere}; Angl. Sax. {reo4fan}; Germ.
{roubo7n}, {rauben}; Eng. {reave}.]\\2 f. the earth RV. (Sa1y.)
rupita* = see {A4-ropita}.
rurutsaa * = f. (fr. Desid.) the wish to obstruct or check or prevent Harav.
rurutsaa * = %{-tsu} see p. 884, col. 2.
rurutsu * = mfn. wishing to obstruct or oppose or keep back Naish.; wishing to bind or tie up (as the hair) W.
ruroda *V = cried SB 1.18.38, SB 6.14.59, SB 10.84.65 . cried loudly SB 3.4.35, SB 3.12.8, SB 4.28.15, cried severely
rush* = 1 (cf. %{ruz}) cl. 1. 4. P. (Dha1tup., xvii, 42; xxvi, 120) %{roSati} or %{ruSyati} (rarely %{-te}, and %{ruSati}, cf.
%{ruSat}; Gr. also pf. %{ruroSa}; aor. %{aruSat} or %{aroSIt}; fut. %{roSitA}, %{roSTA}; %{roSiSyati}; inf. %{roSitum}
or %{roSTum}; ind. p. %{ruSya} MBh.), to hurt, injure, kill (%{hiMsAyAm}) Dha1tup.; (cl. 1.) to be hurt or offended by,
take offence (acc.) RV. viii, 99, 4; to displease, be disagreeable to (gen.) ib. viii, 4, 8 AitBr. iv, 10 (cf. %{ruSat} and 1.
%{ruzat}); (cl. 4.) to be vexed or cross, be angry with (gen.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. (or cl. 10. Dha1tup. xxxii, 131)
%{roSayati}, %{-te} (aor. %{arUruSat}; Pass. %{roSyate}), to vex, annoy, displease, irritate, exasperate MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
to be furious or angry DivyA7v.: Desid. %{ruruSiSati}, %{ruroSiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{roruSyate}, %{roroSTi} ib. [Cf. Gk.
$ &c.] &268111[885,1]
rush* = 2 f. (nom. %{ruT} Siddh.) anger, westh, rage, fury, passion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
rushaa* = f. = 2. %{ruS} (mostly ifc.)
Sanskrit Dictionary
rus'at * = 1 mf(%{a4ntI} or %{atI})n. cropping, browsing on AV. iv, 21, 7 (RV. %{riza4ntI}); hurting, injuring,
mortifying, detestable, disagreeable AV. Kaus3. MBh. (v.l. %{ruSat}) BhP.
10\\2 mf(%{atI})n. (cf. 1. %{ruc}) brilliant, shining, bright, white RV.
rukma * m. `" what is bright or radiant "', an ornament of gold, golden chain or disc RV. AV. (here n.) VS. Br. S'rS.;
Mesua Roxburghii L.; the thorn-apple L.; N. of a son of Rucaka BhP.; n. gold L.; iron L.; a kind of collyrium L.
ruksha = dry
ruksha * =1 m. (prob.) a tree (cf. {vRkSa}) RV. vi, 3, 7.
ruksha * = 2 w.r. for {rUkSa} q.v.
ruuDha *= mfn. mounted, risen, ascended AV. &c. &c.; lifted up, imposed on, laden (see %{-paricchada}); grown
together, healed R. Sus3r.; sprung up, grown, increased, developed, produced from (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; budded,
blown W.; large, great MW.; high, noble (see %{-vaMza}); diffused, spread about, widely known, current, notorious,
famous Ka1v. Sa1h.; traditional, conventional, popular (opp. to %{yaugika} and said of words which have a meaning not
directly connected with their etymology; esp. in pl. applied to names of warrior tribes, which also denote the country
inhabited by them) S3is3. Pa1n2. Sch. &c.; acquainted or conversant with (loc.) Gan2it.; certain, ascertained W.; obscure
MW.; m. a scar (also n. and %{A} f.); barley L.
ruuksha4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {rUS}; cf. 2. {rukSa}) rough, dry, arid, dreary S'Br. &c. &c.; emaciated, thin Sus'r.;
rough to the taste, astringent MBh. Sus'r.; not greasy or oily (as food or medicine) Kaths. Sus'r.; hard, harsh, unkind,
cruel (as a person or speech) MBh. Kv. &c.; unpleasant, disagreeable, not soft (to the sight, smell &c.) ib.; dismal (as a
house) Pacat.; soiled, smeared, dirtied R. Mudr.; having the smell of an elephant in rut L.; m. hardness, harshness L.;
the smell of the rut of an elephant L.; a kind of grass (= {varaka}) L.; ({A}) f. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium L.; n. a
good kind of iron L.; the thick part of curds L.
ruuksha * = 2 m. (prob. for Prkriit {rukkha} = {vRkSa}) a tree L.
ruusha * rUSa m. bitter and sour taste L.; mf({A})n. bitter and sour L. (cf. {rUkSa}).
rusaa * =f. = 2. {ruS} (mostly ifc.)
ruup *= (prob. Nom. fr. %{rUpa}) cl. 10. P. (Dha1tup. xxxv, 79) %{rUpayati}, to form, figure, represent (esp. on the
stage), exhibit by gesture, act, feign Hariv. Ka1v. BhP. &c.; to view, inspect, contemplate Kir. viii, 26 Pa1n2. 3-1, 25 Sch.;
(A1. %{-yate}) to show one's self, appear Vop.
ruupa = beautiful form *= n. (perhaps connected with %{varpa}, %{varpas}; ifc. f. %{A}, rarely %{I}) any outward
appearance or phenomenon or colour (often pl.), form, shape, figure RV. &c. &c. (%{rUpeNa} ifc. in the form of
[886,1]; %{rUpam-kR} or %{bhU}, to assume a form; often ifc. = `" having the form or appearance or colour of "', `"
formed or composed of "', `" consisting of "', `" like to "'; sometimes used after an adj. or p.p. to emphasize its meaning
or almost redundantly cf. %{ghora-r-}; or connected with a verb e.g. %{pacati-rUpam}, he cooks very well cf. Pa1n2. 81, 57); dreamy or phantom shapes (pl.) VS. S3Br.; handsome form, loveliness, grace, beauty, splendour RV. &c. &c.;
nature, character, peculiarity, feature, mark, sign, symptom VS. &c. &c.; likeness, image, reflection Mn. Katha1s.;
circumstances (opp. to `" time "' and `" place "') Mn. viii, 45; sort, kind R. Sus3r.; mode, manner, way Kap.; (ifc.) trace
of. R.; a single specimen or exemplar (and therefore a term for the number `" one "') VarBr2S. Gan2it.; a partic. coin
(prob. a rupee) VarBr2S.; a show, play, drama Das3ar.; (in alg.) the arithmetical unit; (pl.) integer number; known or
absolute number, a known quantity as having specific form (and expressed by %{rU} i.e. first syllable of %{rUpa}) IW.
182; (in gram.) any form of a noun or verb (as inflected by declension or conjugation) Pa1n2. 1-1, 68 &c.; (in phil.) the
quality of colour (one of the 17 or 24 Gun2as of the Vais3eshikas) IW. 68; (with Buddhists) material form i.e. the
organized body (as one of the 5 constituent elements or Skandhas) Dharmas. 22 MWB. 109; (in dram.) a reflection or
remark made under partic. circumstances when the action is at its height (%{garbhe}) Bhar. Das3ar. &c.; (only L.)
cattle; a beast; a sound, word; rereading a book (= %{granthA7vRtti}); m. a word of unknown meaning AV. xviii, 3, 40;
(pl.) N. of a people MBh.; m. or n. N. of a place (v.l. %{rUma}) Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river VP.
ruupaM = beaut
ruupamaishvaraM = universal form
Sanskrit Dictionary
S
sa = he * = 1 the last of the three sibilants (it belongs to the dental class and in sound corresponds to %{s} in %{sin}). 1.
5 sa 2 (in prosody) an anapest ($-). -2.
6 sa 3 (in music) an abbreviated term for %{SaD-ja} (see p. 1109, col. 2).
7 sa 4 (only L.) m. a snake; air, wind; a bird; N. of Vishn2u or S3iva; (%{A}) f. N. of Lakshmi or Gauri1; n.
knowledge; meditation; a carriage road; a fence.
8 sa 5 mfn. (fr. %{san}) procuring, bestowing (only ifc.; cf. %{palu-Sa4} and %{priya-sa4}).
9 sa 6 the actual base for the nom. case of the 3rd pers. pron. %{ta4d} q.v. (occurring only in the nom. sg. mf.
[%{sa4} or %{sa4s}, %{sA}], and in the Ved. loc. [%{sa4smin} RV. i, 152, 6; i, 174, 4; x, 95, 11]; the final %{s} of the
nom. m. is dropped before all consonants [except before %{p} in RV. v, 2, 4, and before %{t} in RV. viii, 33, 16] and
appears only at the end of a sentence in the form of Visarga; %{sa} occasionally blends with another vowel [as in
%{saI7SaH}]; and it is often for emphasis connected with another pron. as with %{aham}, %{tvam}, %{eSa}, %{ayam}
&c. [e.g. %{so@'ham} %{sa@tvam}, `" I (or thou) that very person "'; cf. under %{ta4d}, p. 434], the verb then
following in the 1st and 2nd pers. even if %{aham} or %{tvam} be omitted [e.g. %{sa} %{tvA@pRcchAmi} `" I that very
person ask you "' Br2A1rUp.; %{sa} %{vai@no@brUhi} `" do thou tell us "' S3Br.]; similarly, to denote emphasis, with
%{bhavAn} [e.g. %{sa@bhavAn@vijayAya@pratiSThatAm}, `" let your Highness set out for victory "' S3ak.]; it
sometimes [and frequently in the Bra1hman2as] stands as the first word of a sentence preceding a rel. pronoun or adv.
such as %{ya}, %{yad}, %{yadi}, %{yathA}, %{ce7d}; in this position %{sa} may be used pleonastically or as a kind of
ind., even where another gender or number is required [e.g. %{sa@yadi} %{sthAvarA@Apo@bhananti}, `" if those
waters are stagnant "' S3Br.]; in the Sa1m2khya %{sa}, like %{eSa}, %{ka}, and %{ya}, is used to denote Purusha, `" the
Universal Soul "') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Zd. {ha1}, {hA}; Gk. $, $.] &336305[1111,2]
10 sa 7 ind. (connected with %{saha}, %{sam}, %{sama}, and occasionally in BhP. standing for %{saha} with instr.)
an inseparable prefix expressing `" junction "', `" conjunction "', `" possession "' (as opp. to %{a} priv.), `" similarity "',
`" equality "'; and when compounded with nouns to form adjectives and adverbs it may be translated by `" with "', `"
together or along with "', `" accompanied by "', `" added to "', `" having "', `" possessing "', `" containing "', `" having
the same "' [cf. %{sa-kopa}, %{sA7gni}, %{sa-bhAya}, %{sa-droNa}, %{sa-dharman}, %{sa-varNa}]; or it may = `" ly "',
as in %{sa-kopam}, `" angrily "', %{so7padhi}, `" fraudulently "') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Gk. {a4} in $; Lat. {sim} in {simplex};
&336323[1111,2] {sem} in {semel}, {semper} Eng. {same}.]
Sa 1 the second of the three sibilants (it belongs to the cerebral class, and is sometimes substituted for %{s}, and more
rarely for %{z}, and occasionally interchangeable with %{kh}; in sound it corresponds to %{S} on the English word
{Sun}; many roots which begin with %{s} are written in the Dha1tu-pa1t2ha with %{S}, prob. to show that their initial
%{s} is liable to be cerebralized after certain prepositions).
2 Sa 2 mfn. (only L.; for 3. %{Sa} see below) best, excellent; wise, learned; m. loss, destruction; loss of knowledge;
end, term; rest, remainder; eternal happiness, final emancipation; heaven, paradise; sleep; a learned man, teacher; a
nipple; = %{kaca}; = %{mAnava}; = %{sarva}; = %{garbhavimocana}; n. the embryo; (accord.to some) patience,
endurance.
3 Sa 3 mfn. = %{SaS} ifc. (in %{paJca-Sa} q.v.)
sa: V: that is, that with this, both along with
Sanskrit Dictionary
saa = that is
saadhaara* =having a support or basis or foundation
saaDesaati = Saturs transit of the lunar 12, 1, 2 houses. It lasts about 7 1\/2 years and is regarded as problematic for
the Native by some Jyotishi. If the sarvaashhTakavarga of the signs in 12th, 1st and 2nd from the Moon have more than
30 points this relieves a lot of the above malefic side-effects. One should also judge the whole chart and see whether
there is real malevolence to this transit
saadhaka = an aspirant, seeker
saadhakaM = means
saadhana = instrument * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.; effective,
efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit) Katha1s.; denoting,
designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having the patr. %{bhauvana})
Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see %{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n.
(ifc. f. %{A}), the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up,
summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or
recovery (of a debt) Das3.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection Nir. MBh.
&c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism,
leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or
utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a
spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg. and pl.) Hariv.
Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of
enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or female),
Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself)
Pat.; preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain,
acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or
suffix which is placed between the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `"
matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of
beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of
their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going;
going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhaana* = mfn. together with the receptacle S3Br.
saadhaaraNa *= mf(%{I} or %{A})n. `" having or resting on the same support or basis "', belonging or applicable to
many or all, general, common to all, universal, common to (gen. dat. instr. with and without %{saha}, or comp.) RV.
&c. &c.; like, equal or similar to (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Ka1lid.; behaving alike Dhu1rtas.; having something of two
opposite properties, occupying a middle position, mean (between two extremes e.g. `" neither too dry nor too wet "', `"
neither too cool nor too hot "') Sus3r. Ka1m. VarBr2S.; (in logic) belonging to more than the one instance alleged (one
of the three divisions of the fallacy called %{anaikAntika} q.v.); generic W.; m. N. of the 44th (or 18th) year of Jupiter's
cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. a key L.; a twig of bamboo (perhaps used as a bolt) MW.; m. or n. (?) N. of a
Nya1ya wk. by Ga1da-dhara; (%{am}) n. something in common, a league or alliance with (comp.) Subh.; a common rule
or one generally applicable W.; a generic property, a character common to all the individuals of a species or to all the
species of a genus &c. ib.; (%{am}) ind. commonly, generally L.
saadhanaa = practice, a quest
saadhayitavya *= mfn. (fr. Caus. of %{sAdh}) to be accomplished or performed Hit.
saadhayitR *= mfn. (fr. id.) one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer Nir.
saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa}) consternation, perturbation, alarm, terror, fear of
(gen. or comp.; %{-saM-gam}, to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in dram.) false alarm, sudden fright, panic (one
of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h
saadhayet.h = achieves
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the
sense of the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing, making
ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding
out by calculation, computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed between
the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance,
ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation,
worship; killing, destroying; killing metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of
mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhAna * = mfn. together with the receptacle S3Br.
saadhava *= n. (fr. %{sAdhu}) g. %{pRthv-Adi}.
saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa}) consternation, perturbation, alarm, terror, fear of
(gen. or comp.; %{-saM-gam}, to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in dram.) false alarm, sudden fright, panic (one
of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h.
saadhvasaadhu * = mfn. good and bad (%{-tva} n.) VarBr2S.; m. pl. the good and the wicked MBh.; n. du. good and
bad things S3Br. R.
saadhvasavipluta * = mfn. overwhelmed with consternation MW.
saadhya * = mfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable, amenable MBh. R. &c.; to be summoned
or conjured up L.; to be set to rights, to be treated or healed or cured Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s.; to be formed
(grammatically) Vop.; to be cultivated or perfected Ka1v.; to be accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or
attained, practicable, feasible, attainable Mn. MBh. &c.; being effected or brought about, taking place Ka1s3.; to be
prepared or cooked Car.; to be inferred or concluded Sarvad. Bha1sha1p. Kpr.; to be proved or demonstrated Ragh.
Sa1h.; to be found out by calculation VarBr2S. Gan2it.; to be killed or destroyed MW.; relating to the Sa1dhyas (see
below) MBh. BhP.; m. (pl.) `" they that are to be propitiated "'N. of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the %{gaNadevatA} q.v., sometimes mentioned in the Veda [see RV. x, 90, 16]; in the S3Br. their world is said to be above the
sphere of the gods; according to Ya1ska [Nir. xii, 41] their locality is the Bhuvarloka or middle region between the earth
and sun; in Mn. i, 22, the Sa1dhyas are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely refined, and in iii,
195, as children of the Soma-sads, sons of Vira1j; in the Pura1n2as they are sons of Sa1dhya1, and their number is
variously twelve or seventeen; in the later mythology they seem to be superseded by the Siddhas see %{siddha}; and
their names are Manas, Mantr2i, Pra7n2a, Nara, Pa1na, Vinirbhaya, Naya, Dan6sa, Na1ra1yan2a, Vr2isha, Prabhu) RV.
&c. &c.; the god of love L.; N. of a Vedic R2ishi, IndSt.; of the 21st astronomical Yoga L.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of
Daksha and wife of Dharma or Manu (regarded as the mother of the Sa1dhyas) Hariv. Pur.; (%{am}) n.
accomplishment, perfection W.; an object to be accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate ib.;
(in logic) the major term in a syllogism ib.; silver L.; N. of a Sa1man ArshBr.
saagaraM = (masc.Acc.S) ocean
saagaraH = the ocean
saagaraat.h = from the ocean
saahankaareNa = with ego
saahasa = adventure
saahase = (loc.sing.) in bravery or adventure
saahaayyaka = (m) assitant, helper
saahaayyam.h = (n) help, assistance
saahitya = literature
saajyasamidbhiH = with ghee(clarified butter) and `samidhaa' sticks
Sanskrit Dictionary
s'aakra *= mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh. VarBriS. Kaths.; ({I}) f.
Indra's wife (also applied to Durg) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthh (presided over by Indra) VarBriS.
saakaM = with
saakhya * = n. association, party RV. KtyS'r.; friendship (prob. w.r. for {sakhya}) L.; mfn. {-sAkheya} KtyS'r. [1198, 2]
saakshaat * = ind. (abl. of {sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Kv. Kaths. Sarvad.; before one's eyes,
evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198, 1]; in person, in bodily form, personally, visibly, really, actually
MBh. Kv. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.
saakshin* = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing; an eye-witness, witness (in law) of or to (gen. loc., or
comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the object or to that which is external to the
mind, AshthvS.; cf. {sA7kSi-mAtra}); N. of a man (also pl.) Sanskrak.
saaksha* = mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}) furnished with a yoke (of oxen) Kaus'. \\sAkSa* = 2 mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa})
having the seeds (of which rosaries are made), having rosary MW. \\sAkSa* = 3 (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}), having eyes (only
in abl.; see next).
saakshatkaara = the spirit
saakshaat = directly * = ind. (abl. of %{sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.;
before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198,1]; in person, in bodily form, personally,
visibly, really, actually MBh. Ka1v. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.\\in comp. with forms of %{kR}.
saakshin * = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing; an eye-witness, witness (in law) of or to (gen. loc., or
comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the object or to that which is external to the
mind, Asht2a1vS.; cf. %{sA7kSi-mAtra}); N. of a man (also pl.) Sam2ska1rak.
saala *= 1 m. (often incorrectly written for 1. {zAla}) the S'l tree; a wall, fence &c.; for these and other meanings and
compounds such as {salagrAma} &c., see 1. {zAla}; ({A}) f. see next.
saalaa * f. (generally written {zAlA}) a house (see {niHsAla4}).
saalaavritika *= m. (in later language mostly %{zAlA-vRka}) `" house-wolf (?) "', a kind of wolf or hyena or jackal or
similar animal RV. &c. &c.
saalamba = supported
saalamba\-sarvaangaasana = the supported shoulderstand posture
saam* = see 1. {sAmaya}, p. 1205, col. 1.
saama = the Sama Veda
saaman * =1 n. (fr. 1. {sA} = 1. {san}) acquisition, possession, property, wealth, abundance RV. VS. \\
saaman * = 2 n. (m. only in TBr.; prob. connected with {sAntv}; accord. to some fr. 1. {sA}; cf. 3. {sAman}) calming,
tranquillizing, (esp.) kind or gentle words for winning an adversary, conciliation, negotiation (one of the 4 Upa7yas or
means of success against an enemy, the other 3 being {dAna}, {bheda}, and {daNDa}, qq. vv.; ibc. or instr. sg. and pl.,
`" by friendly means or in a friendly way, willingly, voluntarily "') TBr. &c. &c.
saaman * =3 n. (of doubtful derivation; accord. to Un. iv, 152 fr. {so} = 2. {sA}, as `" destroying sin "'; in Nir. vii, 12
apparently connected with {sammita}; by others derived fr. 1. {san}, {sA}, {sAntv}, and perhaps not to be separated fr.
1. and 2. {sAman}) a metrical hymn or song of praise, (esp.) a partic. kind of sacred text or verse called a Sman
(intended to be chanted, and forming, with {Rc}, {yajus}, {chandas}, one of the 4 kinds of Vedic composition
mentioned first in RV. x, 90, 9) RV. &c. &c.; any song or tune (sacred or profane, also the hum of bees) MBh. Kv. &c.;
the faculty of uttering sounds (?) TBr. (Sch.)
saamana * = 1 mf(%{A})n. (for 2. see under 2. %{sAman}) rich, affluent, abundant (others `" common, universal "')
Sanskrit Dictionary
RV. iii, 30, 9.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see under 1. %{sAman}) quiet, calm RV. x, 85, 9.\\ sAmAna Vr2iddhi form of 2.
%{samAna} in comp.
saamarthyaM = ability
saamarsha* = mfn. having impatience or anger, impatient, indignant, wrathful, enraged at (prati) Kv. Kaths. &c.;
({am}) ind. angrily Mriicch.
saamavedaH = the Sama Veda
saamaajika = social
saamaani = Nr.nom.pl.)the Sama Veda
saamaanya = common * = mf(%{A})n. equal, alike, similar MBh. S3ak.; shared by others, joint, common to (instr with
and without %{saha}, or comp.) Ya1jn5. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; whole, entire, universal, general, generic, not specific (opp. to
%{vaizeSika}) Sus3r. VarBr2S.; common, common-place, vulgar, ordinary, insignificant, low MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{am})
n. equality, similarity, identity MBh. Sus3r. &c.; equilibrium, normal state or condition Ni1lak.; universality, totality,
generality, general or fundamental notion, common or generic property (ibc. instr., or abl., `" in general "', as opp. to
%{vizeSa-tas}, `" in particular "') Kan2. Jaim. Sarvad.; public affairs or business W.; (in rhet.) the connection of
different objects by common properties Kpr. Kuval.; (%{A}) f. a common female, prostitute L.; (%{am}) ind. after the
same manner as, like (comp.) Ka1lid.; jointly, in general, in common Mn. vii, 56.
saamaasikasya = of compounds
saamatva* = n. state or condition of (being) a SShadvBr. S'Br.
saamaveda m. `" Veda of chants "'N. of one of the three principal Vedas (see %{veda}; it contains a number of verses
or stanzas nearly all of which [except about 78] occur in the R2ig-veda and which, modified in various ways, are
chanted, mostly, by the Udga1tr2i priests at Soma sacrifices; the Sam2hita1 of the Sa1ma-veda consists of two parts; the
first, called Arcika [or Purviccika or Chando-grantha], contains 585 verses disjoined from their proper sequence in the
R2ig-veda and arranged in 59 Das3atis or decades, which again are subdivided into Prapa1t2hakas and Ardhaprapa1t2hakas; the second, called Uttara7rcika or Uttara1-grantha, contains 1225 verses, also chiefly from the R2iksam2hita1, but less disjointed than in the first part, and arranged in nine Prapa1hakas with Ardha-prapa1t2hakas,
mostly, however, grouped in triplets; the directions for the formation of Sa1mans or chants out of these verses are
carefully laid down in the Ga1nas or manuals for chanting, two of which, viz. the Geya-ga1na and A1ran2ya-g, are a
directory for the A1rcika portion, and two, viz. U1ha-gga1na and U1hya-ga1na, for the Uttara7rcika1; in Mn. i, 23 the
Sa1ma-veda is described as drawn forth from the sun; in iv, 124 it is described as having a special reference to the
Pitr2is or deceased ancestors, and its sound is therefore said to possess a kind of impurity, whereas the R2ig-veda has
the gods for his objects and the Yajurveda men; the Sa1ma-veda is said to possess 8 Bra1hman2as [see %{brAhmaNa}]
Br. S3a1n3khS3r. &c. [IW. 25]; %{-cchala} n. %{-paritiSTa} n. %{-rahasya} n. %{-rahasyo7paniSad} f. N. of wks.; %{rAj} m. N. of Vishn2u Pan5car.; %{-vid} mfn. familiar with the SShad2vBr-vveda; %{-zikSA} f. N. of a S3iksha1; %{sAra} m. N. of Vishn2u Pan5car.; %{-dA7ntaga} mfn. one who has gone through the SShad2vBr-vveda MBh.; %{dA7rtha} m. %{-dA7rtha-prakAza} m. N. of wks.; %{-dIya-rudrI} f. %{-dIya-raudra-vidhi} m. %{-do7paniSad} f. N. of
wks.
saamaya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 2) friendly, favourable (in %{a-s-} q.v.)\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) skilful in chanting
or singing RV. Bhat2t2.
saamaya* = 1 (Nom. fr. {sAman} or fr. artificial {sAm}; for 2. {sA7maya} see col. 3) cl. 10. P. {sAmayati} (aor.
{asasAmat} or {asISamat}), to conciliate, appease, pacify. tranquillize Dhtup. xxxv, 27.
saamaya* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) connected with or suffering from disease S'ank.
saamba* = 1 m. (also written {zAmba}) N. of a son of Kriishna and Jmbavat (in consequence of the curse of some holy
sages who had been deceived by a female disguise which he had assumed, he was condemned to produce offspring in
the shape of a terrific iron club for the destruction of the race of Vriishni and Andhaka; he is said to have been
instructed by Nrada in the worship of the sun, and by Vysa in the ritual of the Magi) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (also with
{zAstrin}) N. of various authors and teachers Cat.; n. = {-purANa} ib.\\2 mfn. attended by Amb (q.v.), Ksikh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
BhP.; cream, curds L.; worth, value ({eNa}, `" in consideration of. "', according to "') Mn. Yj. &c.; wealth, property,
goods, riches Kv. Pur. Rjat.; (in rhet.) a kind of climax ({uttaro7ttaram utkarSaH}) Sh. Kpr.; resin used as a perfume
Sus'r. SrngS.; water Vs.; dung Kriishis.; the matter formed in a boil or ulcer, pus MW.; impure carbonate of soda ib.;
a confederate prince, ally VarBriS.; (= 1. {zAra}) a piece at chess or backgammon &c.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant( =
{kriSNa-trivRtA}) L.; Kus'a grass L.; ({I}) f. see under {sAri} and {sArI} (next p.); mf({A})n. hard, firm solid strong
MBh. Rv. &c.; precious, valuable Das'.; good, sound, best, excellent BhP. Pacar.; sound (as an argument, thoroughly
proved) W.; full of (instr.) VarBriS.; motley, speckled (= {zAra}) Sus'r. Kd.\\ 3 mfn. having spokes S'ulba
saaraH = (m) essence, summary
saarasya *= 1 n. (fr. prec.) a cry, shout, call &c. ib.\\ 2 n. abundance of water Nalo7d.
saaroha 8 = mf(%{A})n. having elevation, elevated to (loc.) R.; together with a horseman ib.
saarikaa = a bird (nightingale / cuckoo ? )
saartha * = mf(%{A})n. having an object or business, Sa1n3khBr.; anything that has attained its object, successful (as
a request) S3ak. Sch.; having property, opulent, wealthy Ra1jat.; having meaning or purport, significant, important,
Kusum.; of like meaning or Purport W.; serving a purpose, useful, serviceable MW.; m. a travelling company of traders
or pilgrims, caravan MBh. R. &c.; a troop, collection of men MBh.; a multitude of similar animals, herd, flock &c.
Pan5cat.; any company (%{ena}, with gen. = `" in the company of. "' Campak.), collection, multitude MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a
member of any company W.; a wealthy man W.
saarthakyaM = (n) fulfillment
saarthavaaha = (m) a merchant
saaruupya * = n. (fr. {sa-rUpa}) sameness or similarity of form, identity of appearance, resemblance, likeness,
conformity with (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; assimilation to or conformity with the deity (one of the grades of Mukti or
beatitude = {sarUpa-tA}, {sAlokya}) BhP.; (in dram.) a mistake caused by the mutual resemblance of two persons (as
in Venis. vs Yudhi-shthhira takes Bhma for Duryodhana and injures him) Bhar. Sh.; mf({A})n. seasonable, fit, proper,
suitable Lalit.
saarvabhauma = of the whole earth
saarvaayushha = of full life-span
saasahaana * = mfn. (for %{sa-s-}) overcoming, conquering RV.
saasana* = mf(%{I})n. punishing, a punisher, chastiser (see %{pAka-}, %{pura-}, %{rukmi-}, %{smara-z-}) [1069,1];
teaching, instructing, an instructor BhP.; (%{I}) f. an instructress RV. i, 31, 11; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}) punishment,
chastisement, correction (%{zAsanaM-kR}, to inflict punishment) Baudh. Mn. MBh. &c.; government, dominion, rule
over (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; an order, command, edict, enactment, decree, direction (%{zAsanaM-kR} [%{kAGkS}
Baudh.] or %{zAsane-vRt} or %{sthA}, `" to obey orders "'; %{zAsanAt} with gen., `" by command of "'; %{zAsanA} f.
Sch. on S3is3. xiv, 36) RV. &c. &c.; a royal edict, grant, charter (usually a grant of land or of partic. privileges, and often
inscribed on stone or copper) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. Ra1jat. &c.; a writing, deed, written contract or agreement W.; any written
book or work of authority, scripture (= %{zAstra}) ib.; teaching, instruction, discipline, doctrine (also= `" faith "', `"
religion "') MBh. Ka1m. Katha1s.; a message (see comp.); self-control W.
saat * = 1 a Taddhita affix which when put after a word denotes a total change of anything into the thing expressed by
that word (see {agni-}, {bhasma-sAt} &c.) \\ * = 2 a Sautra root meaning `" to give pleasure "' Pn. Vop. \\ 3 n. N. of
Brahman L.
saati * = 1 f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, winning of spoil or property RV.; a gift, oblation L.; N. of a teacher (having
the patr. {auSTrAkSi}) Cat. \\ 2 f. end, destruction L.; violent pain ib. \\3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre
Ping. \\ 3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre Ping
saath * = cl. 10. P. {sATayati}, to make visible or manifest Dhtup. xxxv, 84.
saatmataa* = (%{sA7tma4-}) f. community of essence or nature with (gen. instr., or comp.) S3Br. MBh.; absorption into
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sabala * =({sa4-}) mfn. powerful, strong RV. &c. &c.; together with strength or power L.; accompanied by a force or
army. MBh. R.; together with Bala (Kriishna's eldest brother) BhP.; m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya Hariv.; of a son of
Vasishthha (and one of the 7 Riishis) MrkP.; of one of the 7 Riishis under Manu S'varna ib.; {-tA} f. (S'nkhBr.), {tva} n. (S'is'.) power, strength; {-vAhana} mfn. with an army and followers Yj. Sch.; {-siMha} m. N. of a king Inscr.;
{-lAt-kAram} ind. with force, forcibly S'ak.; {-lA7nuga} mfn. followed by an army MBh. R.; = {sa-balavAhana} MW.
sabaandhavaan.h = along with friends
sabhaa = (f) assembly, meeting
sabhaajita * = mfn. served, honoured, gratified, pleased MBh. R. &c.; praised, celebrated BhP.
sabhaasada = literally one who sits in the assembly
sabhya * = mfn. being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room, belonging to or fit for an assembly or court, suitable to
good society, courteous, polite, refined, civilized, not vulgar, decorous (as speech) AV. &c. &c.; being at the court of
(gen.) Va1s., Introd.; m. an assistant at an assembly or council, (esp.) an assessor, judge Mn. MBh. &c.; the keeper of a
gambling. house W.; a person of honourable parentage ib.; N. of one of the five sacred fires (see %{paJcA7gni})
Ka1tyS3r. Mn. iii, 100, 185 Kull.
sachanta = to accompany, procure
sachiva = (m) minister
sachetaaH = in my consciousness
sachchhabdaH = the sound sat
sadaa = always
sadas *= n. (accord. to some also f.) a seat, residence, abode, dwelling, place of meeting, assembly (esp. at a sacrifice;
%{sa4dasas-pa4ti} m. = %{sa4das-pa4ti}; %{sadasi}, `" in public "') RV. &c. &c.; a shed erected in the sacrificial
enclosure to the east of the Pra1ci1navan6s3a AV. VS.: Br. MBh. Hariv.; du. heaven and earth (= %{dyAvA-pRthivI})
Naigh. iii, 30. [Cf. Gk. $.]
sadasad *= for %{-asat} in comp.; %{-Atmaka} mf(%{ikA})n. having the nature both of entity and non-entity Mn.
Hariv. BhP.; n. original germ L.; %{-AtmatA} f. the having the nature both of entity and non-entity BhP.; %{-bhAva}
m. reality and unreality, truth and falsehood Sa1ntis3.; %{-rUpa} mf(%{A})n. having the appearance of being and nonbeing BhP.; %{-viveka} m. discrimination between true and false or betbetween good and bad W. [1137,2]; %{-vyaktihetu} m. the cause of the discrimdiscrimination between true and false or betbetween good and bad MW.
sadasat *= mfn. being and not being, real and unreal BhP.; true and false (see n.); good and bad VarBr2S.; m. pl. the
ggood and the bbad Ra1jat.; n. what is existent and non-exexistence (also du.) BhP.; the true and the false Ka1v.;
good and evil Ragh.; du. existence and nonexexistence, truth and falsehood MW.; %{-khyAti-vicAra} m. N. of wk.;
%{-tva} n. existence and non-exexistence BhP.; %{-pati} m. a lord of what is existent and non-exexistence Pan5car.;
%{-phala}, (ibc.) good and evil consequences, %{-la-maya}, mf[%{I}]n. consisting of ggood and eevil
cconsequences MaitrUp. VarBr2S.
9 sAdasata mfn. containing the words %{sat} and %{asa4} g. %{vimuktA7di}.
sadhana * =n. (i.e.7. {sa} + {dh-}) common property S'Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy, opulent R. VarBriS.;
together with riches Kaths.; {-tA} f. wealthiness Prasang.
sadaachaar = good conduct / behaviour
sadaananda = ever joyous
sadaasaa * mfn. (nom.pl. {-sAH}) alwalways gaining (superl. {-tama}) RV.; alwalways subsisting abundantly ib.
sadaashiva = a form of Shiva
Sanskrit Dictionary
sadaiva = always
sadasat.h = to cause and effect
sadasya * = m. `" present in the sacrificial enclosure, an assessor, spectator, member of an assembly (at a sacrifice), a
superintending priest, the seventeenth priest (whose duties accord. to the Kushtakins, are merely to look on and
correct mistakes) TS. Br. GriS'rS. MBh. BhP.; a person belonging to a learned court-circle Jtakam.
sadaya = compassionate
sadbhih *V = gradually elevated in position SB 3.21.13; by those of gentle manner SB 4.2.10; by honest men
SB 6.2.27; by the association of such saintly persons SB 10.10.17; by well-behaved persons SB 10.74.36; by My
pure devotees SB 11.11.25; by Your pure devotees such as Nrada SB 11.11.26-27
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{sA4kSAma} RV.; Impv. %{sakSi}, %{sA8kSva} ib.; p. %{sa4kSat} ib.; %{a4sahisTa} RV.; Prec. %{sahyAs},
%{sAhyA4ma} ib.; %{sAkSIya}. AV.; %{sA4hiSIma4hi} RV.; fut. %{soDhA} MBh. &c.; %{sahitA} Gr.; %{sakSyati}
MBh., %{-te} Br.; %{sAkSye} [?] AV.; %{-sahiSyati}, %{-te} MBh.; Cond. %{asahisyat} ib.; inf %{sa4hadhyai} RV.
Ka1t2h.; %{sA4Dhyai} MaitrS.; %{soDhum}, %{sahitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{soDhvA} A1pS3r. Sch.; %{sAdhvA},
%{sahitvA} Gr.; %{sa4hya} RV. &c.; %{sa4ham} Br.), to prevail, be victorious; to overcome, vanquish, conquer, defeat
(enemies), gain, win (battles) RV. AV. Br. R. Bhat2t2.; to offer violence to (acc.) AitBr. S3Br. [1193,1]; to master,
suppress, restrain MBh. R. &c.; to be able to or capable of (inf. or loc.) ib.; to bear up against, resist, with. stand AV. &c.
&c.; to bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with %{na}, `" to grudge "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be lenient towards,
have patience with any one (gen.) Bhag.; to spare any one Ma1rkP. Pan5cat.; to let pass, approve anything Sarvad.; (with
%{kalam}, %{kala-kSepam} &c.) to bide or wait patiently for the right time Ka1v. Katha1s.: Caus. or cl. 10. %{sAhayati}
(aor. %{asISahat}), to forbear Dha1tup. xxxiv, 4: Desid. of Caus. %{sisAhayiSati} Pa1n2. 8-3, 62?: Desid. %{sI4kSate}
(p. %{sI4kSat}; accord. to Pa1n2. 8-3, 61, also %{sisahiSa}), to wish to overcome RV. TS.: Intens. %{sAsaSyate},
%{sAsoDhi} (cf %{sA8sahi4} Gr. [Cf. %{sahas} and $ for $; $, $.]
sah* = 2 (strong form %{sAh}) mfn. bearing, enduring, overcoming (ifc.; see %{abhimAti-SA4h} &c.)
sah* = 3 cl. 4. P. %{sahyati}, to satisfy, delight Dha1tup. xxvi, 20; to be pleased ib.; to bear, endure (cf. 1. %{sah}) ib.
saha = With * = mf(%{A})n. powerful, mighty RV.; (ifc.) overcoming, vanquishing MBh.; bearing, enduring,
withstanding, defying, equal to, a match for (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; causing, effecting, stimulating, exerting
S3is3.; able to, capable of (inf. cr comp.) Ka1lid. S3is3. Katha1s.; m. the month Ma1rgas3i1rsha (see %{sahas}) VS. S3Br.
Car.; a partic. Agni MBh.; a species of plant AV.; N. of a son of Manu Hariv.; of a son of Pra7n2a and U1sjasvati1 BhP.;
of a son of Dhr2itara1shi7ra MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a and Ma1dri1 BhP.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; (with Buddhists) N.
of a division of the world (with %{loka-dhAtu}, `" the world inhabited by men "') Ka1ran2d2.; N. of various plants
(accord. to L. = Aloe Perfoliata, %{daNDo7patA}, %{rAsnA} &c.) VarBr2S. Sus3r.; Unguis Odoratus L.; n. = %{bala} L.;
kind of salt L. 1.\\2 ind. (prob. fr. 7. %{sa+dhA}, which in Veda may become %{dha}; cf. 1. %{sadha}) together with,
along with, with (with %{grah} and %{A-dA}, `" to take with one "'; with %{dA}, to give to take away with one "'; with
%{kRtvA} and acc., `" taking with one, `" in the company of "'; often as a prep. governing instr. case, but generally
placed after the governed word e.g. %{tena@saha}, `" along with him "' [1193,3]; exceptionally with abl. e.g.
%{aizvaryAt@saha}, `" with sovereignty "' Ca1n2. 104); in common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often
used as a prefix in comp., expressing `" community of action "', e.g. %{sahA7dhyayana} q.v.; or forming adjectives
expressing `" the companion of an action "', e.g. %{saha-cara} q.v.); at the same time or simultaneously with (prefixed
to adverbs of time e.g. %{saha-pUrvA7hNam} q.v.; rarely ifc. e.g. %{vainateya-s-}, `" with Vainateya "' Hariv.) RV. &c.
&c.; m. a companion L.; (%{A}) f. a female companion BhP.
saha.nsha = Special positions or points signifying important events in life. They are somewhat similar to Arabic parts
sahaH = force, strangth (neut)
sahaja = the karma to which one is born
sahaja-bhaava = House of Siblings or 3rd
sahajaM = born simultaneously
sahate = (1 ap) to bear
sahadevaH = Sahadeva
sahanavavatu = saha + nau + avatu: together + us + (You)protect
sahanau = together us
sahasaa = (adv) hastily, perforce * (instr. of {sahas}), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly, precipitately,
immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner, inconsiderately (with instr.
`" together with
sahastraavartanaat.h = according to the prescribed shAstrA cycle
sahasra = one thousand
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrni, Vaishnav,
S'nt, Brahmn, Kaumri, Nrasinh, Vrh, and Mhes'var, but some substitute Cmund and Cndik for the third
and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishnav, Brahmni, Raudri, Mhes'var,
Nrasinh, Vrh, Indran, Krttik, and Pradhn: others reckon fifty different forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides
Lakshm, some of these are Krtti, Knti, Tushthi, Pushth, Dhriiti. S'nti, Kriy, Day, Medh &c.; and fifty forms of
the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra besides Durg "' or Gaur, some of whom are Guno7dar, Viraj, Slmali, Lola7kshi,
Vartula7ksh, Drgha-ghon, Sudirgha-mukh, Go-mukh, Dirgha-jihv, Kundo7dar, Ardha-kes', Vikriita-mukh, Jvlmukhi, Ulkmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra: according to the Vyu-Purna
the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again
becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included Lakshm, Sarasvati, Gaur, Um &c.; those of the dark
and fierce nature, Durg, Kli &c.) Kv. Kaths. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped by
the S'kta sect either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word (defined in the Nyya as
{padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the thing designated "') Bhshp. Sh.; (in Gram.)
case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (= {kAraka}) Pn. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most effective word of a
sacred text or magic formula Up. Pacar.; the creative power or imagination (of a poet) Kvya7d.; help, aid, assistance,
gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.; (prob.) a flag-staff (see
{ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and
10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he
was father of Pars'ara, and was devoured by king Kalmsha-pda, when changed to a man-eating Rkshasa, in
consequence of a curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16; S'akti is also
identified with one of the Vylsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere the patr. Jtukarna and Snkriiti)
Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'am *= 1 cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 92), %{zA4myati} (rarely %{-te}, and ep. also %{zanati}, %{-te}; Ved. %{zamyati},
%{zimyati}, and cl. 9. %{zamnAti} [Naigh. ii, 9], %{zamnISe}, %{zamnIthAs} Impv. %{zamnISva}, %{zamISva},
%{zamiSva}, %{zamIdhvam}; pf. %{zazAma}, %{zemuH} Br. &c.; %{zazame4} Subj. %{zaza4mate} RV.; p.
%{zazamAna4} [q.v.]; aor. %{a4zamiSThAs} RV.; %{azamat} Br. [cf. pres.]; Prec. %{zamyAt} Gr.; fut. %{zamizA},
%{zamiSyati} ib.; ind. p. %{zamitvA}, %{zAntvA}, %{zA8mam} ib.), to toil at, fatigue or exert one's self (esp. in
performing ritual acts) RV. TBr.; to prepare, arrange VS.; to become tired, finish, stop, come to an end, rest, be quiet or
calm or satisfied or contented TS. S3Br. &c.; to cease, be allayed or extinguished MBh. Ka1v. &c.; cl. 9. (cf. above) to put
an end to, hurt, injure, destroy Ka1t2h.: Pass. %{zamyate} (aor. %{azami}) Pa1n2. 7-3, 34: Caus. %{zama4yati} (m. c.
also %{zAmayati}; aor. %{azIzamat}; Pass. %{zAmyate}), to appease, allay, alleviate, pacify, calm, soothe, settle RV. &c.
&c.; to put to an end or to death, kill, slay, destroy, remove, extinguish. sup. press TS. &c. &c.; to leave off, desist MBh.;
to conquer, subdue Ka1lid. Bhat2t2.: Desid. %{zizamiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{zaMzamIti} (Ba1lar.), %{zaMzamyate},
%{zaMzanti} (Gr.), to be entirely appeased or extinguished (pf. %{zaMzamAM@cakruH} Bhat2t2.). [Cf. Gk. $],
&318859[1053,3]\\ 2 ind. (g. %{cA7di} and %{svar-Adi}) auspiciously, fortunately, happily, well (frequently used in the
Veda, rarely in later language; often to be translated by a subst., esp. in the frequent phrase %{za4M@yo4H} or
%{za4M@ca@yo4z@ca}, `" happiness and welfare "', sometimes joined with the verbs %{bhU}, as, %{kR}, %{dAvah},
%{yA}, sometimes occurring without any verb; with dat. or gen. [cf. Pa1n2. 2-3, 73 Sch.]; in some cases corresponding
to an adj. e.g. %{zaM@tad@asmai}, that is pleasant to him) RV. &c. &c.
s'amala * = n. (Un2. i, iii) impurity, sin, blemish, fault, harm AV. TS. Ka1t2h. Kaus3. BhP.; feces, ordure L
s'auca * = m. (fr. %{zuci}) N. of a man (also called A1hneya) TA1r.; n. cleanness, purity, purification (esp. from
defilement caused by the death of a relation) A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; purity of mind, integrity, honesty (esp. in
money-matters) MBh. R. &c.; (with Buddhists) self-purification (both external and internal) MWB. 240; evacuation of
excrement MW.
sakthinii = pivotal region?
sakhaa = friend
sakhi = friend
sakhiin.h = friends
sakhaiva = like a friend
sakhya * = n. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (loc. or instr. with and without {samam}, {saha} &c.), fellowship,
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
samaagataaH = assembled
samaachara = do perfectly
samaacharan.h = practicing
samaachiina = appropriate, apt, proper
samaaja = Society
samaajasevaa = social service benefiting society
samaadhaatuM = to fix
samaadhaaya = fixing
samaadhinaa = by complete absorption
samaadhividhaana = in the state of trance
samaadhisthasya = of one situated in trance
samaadhii = state where the aspirant is one with the object of his meditation
samaadhau = in the controlled mind
samaadis *= P. %{-dizati}, to assign, allot Mn. MBh. R.; to point out, indicate, announce, communicate, declare Ka1v.
VarBr2S. BhP.; to appoint, name, designate MBh. R. &c.; to foretell, foreshow Ka1v. Katha1s.; to direct, advise, order,
command to (dat. inf., or %{-artham}) S3rS. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-dezayati}, to order, command Pan5cat.
samaadishtha *= mfn. assigned, indicated, directed, commanded, enjoined MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samaahara* = mfn. crushing together, destroying R. {-AharaNa} n. bringing together, collection, accumulation,
combination, composition W.
samaahaara* = m. seizing, taking hold of. Griihys.; aggregation, summing up, sum, totality, collection, assemblage,
multitude MBh. Kv. &c.; (in gram.) conjunction or connecting of words or sentences (as by the particle {ca}) Sank.
Prt. Sch. Pn. Sch.; compounding of words, a compound (esp. applied to a Dvamdva whose last member is in the
neuter gender [e.g. {ahi-nakulam}, `" a snake and an ichneumon "'], or to a Dvigu, when it expresses an aggregate; see
{trilokI}). Pn.; = {pratyAhAra} Vop (cf. IW. 169 n. 1); withdrawal (of the senses from the world) Km.; contraction,
abridgment L.; -varma m. N. of the diphthongs {ai} and {au} Pat,
samaahartuM = in destroying
samaahita = (adj) content, satisfied
samaahitaH = approached completely
samaahrita * = mfn. brought together, collected, fetched MBh. Ka1v. &c.; gathered, assembled, met Hariv. Ragh. BhP.;
taken together, contracted, combined, all Ka1s3. Katha1s.; drawn (as a bowstring) Kathals.; related, told BhP.; accepted,
received, taken W.
samaahriti * = f. taking together, collecting (= %{saMgraha}) L.; withdrawal (of the senses) from (abl.) L.
samaahritya * = ind. (taking) together, all at once TBr. Kaus3.
samaakhyaakhyAya* = mfn. to be addressed or exhorted past. (v.l.)
samaakhyaakhyAyam* = ind. while mentioning by name (in {aGga-s-}) AitBr.
Sanskrit Dictionary
samaakhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate Mn. MBh. R.; to relate fully, report,
communicate, tell, declare MBh. Kv. &c.
samaakhyaa* = f. name, appellation Nir. Kan. BhP.; explanation, interpretation Sarvad.; report, fame, celebrity L.; {bhakSa} m. drinking the Soma while mentioning by name (the partic. receptacles for holding it) s'vS'r. Sch.
samaana = identical, likeness, comparable *= m. (for %{samAna} and %{sa-mAna} see p. 1160) one of the five vital
airs (that which circulates about the navel and is essential to digestion; it is personified as a son of Sa1dhya) AV. &c.
&c.\\ samAna mf(%{I4}, or %{A})n. (connected with 1. and 2. %{sama}; in RV. v, 87, 4 abl. sg. %{samAna4smAs} for
%{samAnA4t} see 1. %{sama}; for %{sam-ana} see %{sam-an}, for %{sa-mAna} see col. 3) same, identical uniform,
one (= %{eka} L.) RV. &c. &c.; alike, similar, equal (in size, age, rank, sense or meaning &c.), equal or like to (with
instr. gen., or comp.) VS. &c. &c.; having the same place or organ of utterance, honogeneous (as a sound or letter) Vop.;
holding the middle between two extremes, middling moderate BhP.; common, general, universal all RV. Br. S3rS. BhP.;
whole (as a number opp to `" a fraction "') Pa1n2. 5-2, 47 Va1rtt. 4; being (= %{sat}, after an adj.) Divya1v.; virtuous,
good L.; %{-varNa-bhid} L.; (%{am}) ind. like, equally with (instr.) Kir.; m.an equal. friend TBr. Ca1n2. BhP.; (%{I}) f.
a kind of metre Pin3g.; (prob.) n. N. of wk. (cf. %{zAkhA-s-}).\\1 mfn. (for %{samAna} see col. 1; for %{sam-Ana} see p.
1154, col. 2)possessing honour or esteem, honoured by (gen.) Vet.; with anger BhP. \\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) having
the same measure L.
samaanaaH = (Masc.nom.pl) are equal
samaanyaa *= ind. equally, jointly, together RV. MaitrS.
samaaptam.h = is complete or over
samaapnoshhi = You cover
samaasad *= P. %{-sIdati}, to be take one's self to, come near to, approach or advance to, reach, arrive at (acc.) MBh.
R. &c.; to meet, encounter (either in a friendly or hostile manner), attack, assail MBh.; to attain, obtain, meet with, find,
recover Ra1jat. Katha1s.: Caus. %{-sAdayati} (ind. p. %{-sAdya} q.v.), to come to, to approach, advance to, arrive at, fall
or get into, reach, attain, incur MBh. Ka1v. &c.; meet, encounter (a friend or enemy), attack, assail ib.; to hit (as an
arrow) MBh.; to accrue to (acc.) Ra1jat.
samaas'ritya V= resorting to
samaasa = compound word
samaasataH = in summary
samaasena = in summary
samaarambhaaH = attempts
samaaroha = programme
samaavishhTaH = absorbed
samaavritaH = covered
samaayaa* = P. {-yAti}, to come together, meet MBh. Kv. &c.; to come near, approach, come from (abl.) or to (acc. or
loc.), go to or towards (acc.) ib.; to elapse, pass away MBh.; to fall upon, get into any state or condition (acc.) Pacat.
Rjat.
samaaya* = m. a visit, arrival W.
samaayuktaH = keeping in balance
sama = Equal
samabhaava* = m. equability, homogeneousness Bhm. HParis'.; mfn. of like nature or property W
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Bhartri.; N. of a class of beings attending on S'iva Cat.; mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the eyes) BhP.; {-jvalita}
mfn. excited by flurry MW.; {-bhRt} mfn. possessing bewilderment, embarrassed, agitited ib.
saMcita * mfn. piled together, heaped up, gathered, collected, accumulated S'Br. &c. &c.; dense, thick (as a wood) R.;
fitted or provided with, full of (comp.) MBh.; impeded, obstructed VarBriS.; frequently practised or exhibited MBh.; {karman} n. the rites to be performed after arranging the sacrificial fire S'rS.
saM+tri = to cross
saMbhaavanaamaatreNa = by honouring (with gifts) alone
sambandha = Full relationship between planets
sambandhinaH = relatives
sambhava = birth* = (or {sa4m-bhava}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) being or coming together, meeting, union, intercourse (esp.
sexual intintercourse, cohabitation) Gobh.; finding room in, being contained in (ifc.= `" contained in "') MBh. Sus'r.;
birth, production, origin, source, the being produced from (abl.; ifc. = `" arisen or produced from, made of, grown in "')
Mn. MBh. &c.; cause, reason, occasion (ifc.= `" caused or occasioned by "') ib.; being brought about, occurrence,
appearance (ifc. = `" occurring "' or `" appearing in "') ib.; being, existence S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; capacity, ability,
possibility (ifc. `" made possible by "'; {ena}, `" according to possibility "', `" as possible "') MBh. MrkP. Sh.; (in rhet.)
a possible case Kuval.; (in phil.) equivalence (regarded as one of the Pramnas q.v.; illustrated by the equivalence
between one shilling and pence) MW.; agreement, conformity (esp. of the receptacle with the thing received) W.;
compatibility, adequacy ib.; acquaintance, intimacy ib.; loss, destruction ib.; (with Buddhists) N. of a world SaddhP.; N.
of a prince, VF.; of the third Arhat of the present Avasarpin. L.; mf({A})n. existing, being Pacar.; {-kANDa} m. n. N.
of a Pauranic wk.; {-parirnan} n. `" the section about the origin (of the gods) "', N. of ch. of the first book of the MBh.
sambhavaM = born of
sambhavaH = production
sambhavati = occur, arise
sambhavanti = they appear
sambhavaaH = produced of
sambhavaan.h = produced of
sambhavaami = I do incarnate
sambhaavitasya = for a respectable man
sambhaashhaNa = conversation, talk, chat
sambhRta* = mfn. brought together, collected, assembled, accumulated, concentrated RV. &c. &c.; provided, stored,
laden, filled, covered, furnished or endowed with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; carried, borne (in the
womb) MBh.; well maintained or nourished RV. R.; honoured, respected BhP.; produced, effected, caused, made,
prepared S'Br. Klid. Sus'r.; loud, shrill (as a sound) MBh. vii, 3911; {-kratu} mfn. one in whom all knowledge is
concentrated, intelligent, wise (said of Indra) RV.; {-tama} mfn. fully concentrated S'nkhS'r.; {-bala} mfn. one who has
assembled an army Rjat.; {-zrI} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one in whom all beauty is concentrated, lovely, charming AV. Megh.;
{-zruta} mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned, wise Rjat.; {-sambhAra} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has brought together
all requisite materials, quite ready or prepared for anything TS. MBh. BhP.; {-sneha} mfn. full of love for (loc.) Megh.;
{-tA7Gga} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one whose body is well nourished or fed TBr.; (ifc.) one whose limbs are covered with MBh.
(B. {sam-vRt-}); {-ta4rtha} mfn. one who has accumulated wealth Ragh.; {-tA7zva} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has wellfed horses RV.; {-tau9Sadha} mfn. one who has collected many drugs MBh.
sambhuutaM = arisen kim
saMcAra* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) walking about, wandering, roaming, driving or riding, any motion MBh. Kv. &c.; transit,
Sanskrit Dictionary
passage ib.; the passage or entrance of the sun into a new sign MW.; passing over, transition, transference to (comp.)
Yj.; transmission (of disease), contagion W.; course, path, way (also fig. = `" mode, manner "') MBh. Hariv.; track (of
wild animals) S'ak. Sch.; course of life, career Sh.; a partic. class of spies L.; difficult progress, difficulty, distress W.;
leading, guiding ib.; inciting, impelling ib.; a gem supposed to be in the head of a serpent ib.; = {huM-kAra} ChUp.;
[w.r. for {saM-cara}, {saM-sAra}, and {sac-cAra}]; {-jIvin} m. (prob.) a tramp, vagabond L.; {-patha} m. a walk,
walking-place Hariv.; (in dram.) a female attendant on a king (= {yavanI}) Bhar.; {-pUta} mfn. purified by the course or
passage (of anything) MW.; {-vyAdhi} m. a partic. (prob. infectious) disease L.
saMcodita *= mfn. (fr. id.) impelled, ordered, commanded BhP.
saMdagdha * = mfn. burned up, consumed TS. &c. &c.
saMdaMs'a * = m. compression (of the lips) MBh.; too great compression of the teeth in the pronunciation of vowels
RPra1t.; junction, connection Subh.; a pair of tongs or pincers or nippers AV. Br. Pur. Sus3r.; N. of those parts of the
body which are used for grasping or seizing (as the thumb and forefinger together, the opposite eye-teeth, the nippers
of a crab &c.) Ya1jn5. VarBr2S. Sus3r. Pan5cat. Katha1s.; a partic. Naraka or hell (where the flesh of the wicked is
tortured with pincers) Pur.; a chapter or section of a book Da1yabh.; a partic. Eka7ha Vait.; the site of a village &c.
(fixed according to the compass) L.
saMdes'ita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to point out, asked to declare MBh.
saMdes'ya* = mfn. to be directed or instructed Kaths.; founded on direction or impulse, done on purpose AV.;
belonging to this place, domestic (as opp. to {vi-dezya}, `" foreign "') AV.
saMdes'a* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) communication of intelligence, message, information, errand, direction, command, order to
(gen. or loc.; {-tas} with gen., `" by order of "') Kaus'. MBh. &c.; a present, gift L.; a partic. kind of sweetmeat L.; {-gir}
f. news, tidings L.; {-pada} n. pl. the words of a message Ragh.; {-vAc} f. (= {-gir}) L.; {-hara} m. a newsbringer,
messenger, envoy, ambassador Kv.; ({A}) f. a female messenger Gal.; {-hAra} mfn. bringing news or tidings Sh.; {hAraka} (Sh.), {-hArin} (S'ak.) m. (= {-hara}); {-zA7rtha} m. the contents of a message Megh.; {-zo7kti} f. (= {-gir}) L.
same = in equanimity
sametaM = come together with * = come together, assembled, joined, united Mn. MBh. &c.; connected or united or
furnished with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; encountered, come into collision with (instr.) MBh.; come
near or to, got into any state or condition (acc.) Pacat.; {-mAya} mfn. affected by or possessing illusions MW.
saMgara = (m) a vow
saMgAh* = . {-gAhate} (only aor. {sam-agAhiSTa}), to plunge into, enter, go into (acc.) Bhathth.
saMgai* = P. {-gAyati}, to sing together, celebrate by singing together, sing in chorus, chant S'Br. &e. &c.: Pass. {gIyate}, to be sung or praised in chorus BhP.
saMga* = and {saGga} see below and {saJj}.
saMga* = m. (for {saGga} see {saJj}) `" coming together "', conflict, war RV. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17).
saMgA* = P. {-jigAti}, to come together AV.; to go to, approach (acc.) BhP.
saMgaNanA*= f. counting together, enumeration MBh.
saMgaNikA*= f. society, the world DivyA7v.
saMgarj* = P. {-garjati}, to roar together, shout at or against (acc.) MBh.
saMgara* = 1 m. agreeing together, agreement, assent AV. &c. &c.; conflict, combat, fight, battle with (instr.) or for
(gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a bargain, transaction of sale L.; knowledge L.; {-kskama} mfn. fit for combat or war Km.; {stha} mfn. engaged in combat or war R.
saMgara* = 2 m. swallowing up, devouring MW.; n. poison L.; misfortune, calamity L.; n. the S'am fruit L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
saMgava* = m. (fr. {sam} and {go}) the time when grazing cows are collected for milking or when they are together
with their calves (the second of the five divisions of the day, three Muhrtas after Prtastana q.v.) RV. AV. Br. S'rS.
saMgataka*= m. contact (see {bhrU-s-}); N. of a story-teller Kaths.
saMgatin*= mfn. come together, met, assembled MrkP.
saMgam* = . {-gacchate} (rarely P. {-ti}, and accord. to Pn. 1-3, 29 only with an object; pf. {-jagme}; Vedic forms &c.
{-gamemahi}, {-gamAmahai}, {-ajagmiran}, {-agata} [3. sg.], {-aganmahi}, {-agasmahi}, or {-agaMsmahi}, {-gmiSIya},
{-gasISTa} or {-gaMsISTa}, {-gaMsyate} &c.; cf. 1. {gam} and Pn. 1-2, 13; vii, 2, 38), to go or come together, come into
contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instr. with and without {saha} or
{sA7rdham}) RV. &c. &c.; to unite sexually with (acc.) Bhathth.; to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit R. Kaths.
Veda7ntas.; to go to or towards, meet (acc.) BhP.; to come together or assemble in (loc.) AV.; to undergo or get into any
state or condition, become (e.g. with {vizrambham}, `" to become trustful, confide "') BhP.; (P.) to partake of (instr.)
RV.; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die Lthy.; (P.) to visit (acc.) Pn. 1-3, 29 Sch.: Caus. {-gamayati} (ind. p. {gamayya}), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or endow or present with (instr. of pers. and acc. of
thing) AV. &c. &c.; to lead any one to (two acc.) Hit., Introd.; to deliver or hand over to (loc.), transfer, bestow, give
MBh. Ragh.; to connect, construe (words) Sh.; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill MBh. (Nlak.): Desid. {jigaMsate}, to wish to meet with (instr.). Pat.; {-jigAMsati}, to wish to attain to (acc.) ib.
saMgamaka*= mfn. leading to, showing the way Nlak. on Hariv. 8992.
saMgamanIya*= mfn. leading to union, effecting union Vikr.
saMgamita*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought together, united ib.; {-vat} mfn. one who has brought together or united Das'.
saMgavavelA*= f. (ChUp.) the time when cows are collected for milking.
saMgavinI*= f. the place where cows come together for milking AitBr. (Sy.)
saMgaraNa*= n. transaction together, agreement Nir. iii, 9.
sAMgamiSNu*= mfn. (fr. {saM-g-}) a kind of sand (or expressive of some quality belonging to it) TBr.
saMgama*= m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting (in a friendly or hostile manner), union,
intercourse or association with (instr. with and without {saha} gen., or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; connection or contact with
(instr. or comp.; with {anarthena}, `" coming to harm "', `" injury "') R. Km.; sexual union L.; confluence (of two rivers
as of the Ganges and the Jumn, or of a river, at its mouth, with the ocean; such confluences are always held sacred
RTL. 347) Yj. MBh. &c.; conjunction (of planets) VarBriS.; harmony, adaptation W.; point of intersection Gol.; an
uninterrupted series of (comp.) RPrt.; acquirement of (gen.) Pacat.; {-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {-zrI-jJ-})
Buddh.; {-tantra-rAja}N. of wk.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Kaths.; {-maNi} m. a jewel effecting union (of lovers) Vikr.;
{-zrI-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {saMgama-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-sAdhvasa} n. perturbation in regard to sexual union
Mlav.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man Kaths.; {-mA7ditya} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-me7za} n. N. of a Linga Ks'Kh.; {me7zvara} m. a surname of Vis'va-ntha (the author of the Vrata-rja) Cat.; N. of a Linga Ks'Kh.; ({-ra-mAhAtmya} n.
{-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man ib.)
saMgamana*= mf({I})n. gathering together, a gatherer RV. AV.; m. N. of Yama (q.v.) MW.; n. coming together, coming
into contact with, meeting with (comp.) AV. TBr.; partaking of (instr) MBh.
saMgAyana*= n. singing or praising together KtyS'r.
saMgata* = mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, united AV. &c. &c.; allied with, friendly to (instr. or comp.)
Gaut. Rjat.; fitted together, apposite, proper, suitable, according with or fit for (comp.) Kv. Kaths.; contracted,
shrunk up MBh. (cf. comp.), in conjunction (as planets) W.; m. (scil. {saMdhi}) an alliance or peace based on mutual
friendship Km. Hit.; N. of a king (belonging to the Maurya dynasty) Pur.; ({am}) n. coming together, meeting with
(instr. loc. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; frequent meeting, intercourse, alliance, association, friendship or intimacy
with (instr. gen., or comp.) KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; addiction or devotion to (gen.) Kvya7d.; agreement MBh.; {gAtra} mfn. having contracted or shrivelled limbs MBh.; {-saMdhi} m. a friendly alliance (see above) MW.; {-tA7rtha}
mfn. containing a fit or proper meaning KtyS'r.
Sanskrit Dictionary
saMgati* = f. coming together, meeting with (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; going or resorting to (loc.) Cn. Hit.;
association, intercourse, society, company (with instr. with and without {saha} or {samam}; loc. gen., or comp.) MBh.
Kv. &c.; a league, alliance Cn.; sexual union L.; meeting or coming to pass accidentally, chance, accident ({-tyA}, ind.
`" by chance, haply "') MBh. R. &c.; adaptation, fitness, appropriateness, applicability Kaths. Sarvad.; connection with,
relation to (instr. or comp.) Kvya7d.; becoming acquainted, knowledge L.; questioning for further information W.; (in
the Prva-mmns) one of the 5 members (Avayavas) of an Adhikarana Sarvad.; {-prakAza} m. {-mAlA} f. {-lakSaNa}
n. {-vAda} m. {-vicAra}, m.; ({-ty}) {-anumiti} f. {-anumiti-vAda} m. N. of wks. [1128, 3]
sAMgatika*= mfn. (fr. {saM-gati}) relating to society, social, associating W.; m. a new comer, visitor, guest,
acquaintance Vishn. Mn.; one who comes to transact business MW.
saMgatha* = m. meeting-place, centre RV. TBr.; conflict, war Naigh.; ({A}) f. confluence MW.
sAMgatya* = n. (fr. {saM-gata}) meeting, intercourse with ({saha}) Hit. Subh.
samgati = company
samgatiraikaa = sa.ngatiH+ekA, company+(only) one (way)
samgavarjitaH = freed from the contamination of fruitive activities and mental speculation
samGYake = which is called
samGYaarthaM = for information
samGYitaM = in the matter of
samGYitaH = is called
samGYaiH = named
samghe = (loc.sing.) in Union or togetherness or group
samgiita = (m) divine music, the space between the breaths
samgiita = music
samgraha = collection* = m. holding together, seizing, grasping, taking, reception, obtainment MBh. Kv. &c.; taking
(in the sense of eating or drinking food, medicine &c.) Ragh. Bhartri.; the fetching back of discharged weapons by
magical means MBh. Hariv.; bringing together, assembling (of men) R. Ragh. Sinha7s.; collecting, gathering,
conglomeration, accumulation (as of stores) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in phil.) agglomeration (= {saMyoga} q.v.) MW.; a place
where anything is kept, a store-room, receptacle BhP.; complete enumeration or collection, sum, amount, totality
({eNa}, `" completely "', `" entirely "') Yj. MBh. &c.; drawing together, making narrower, narrowing, tightening,
making thin or slender, the thin part of anything Car. Vgbh. KtyS'r. Sch.; a compendium, summary, catalogue, list,
epitome, abridgment, short statement ({eNa} or {At}, `" shortly "', `" summarily "', `" in few words "') KathhUp. MBh.
&c.; inclusion, comprehension, Kusum. Kull.; check, restraint, control ib. Vet.; keeping, guarding, protection Mn. MBh.
&c.; a guardian, ruler, manager, arranger R. BhP.; obstruction, constipation (see {-grahanI}); attracting, winning,
favouring, kind treatment, propitiation, entertaining, entertainment Mn. MBh. &c.; taking to wife, marriage (see {dAras-}); perception, notion Kap. BhP.; mention, mentioning L.; elevation, loftiness L.; velocity L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of
various wks. (esp. of a gram. wk. in 100,000 S'lokas by Vydi; also often in comp.); {-kAra} m. the composer or author
of the Sangraha; {-grantha} m. N. of wk.; {-grahaNI} f. a partic. form of diarrhoea (alternating with constipation)
Bhpr.; {-cUDAmaNi} m. {-parvan} n. (IW. 370 n. 1), {-prakAzikA}, f. {-ratnamAlA} f. {-rAmA7yaNa} n. N. of wks.; {vat} mfn. provided with a short summary of a subject Cat.; {-vastu} n. an element of popularity DivyA7v.; {-vivaraNa}
n. {-vaidyanAthIya} n. N. of wks.; {-zloka} m. a verse recapitulating what has been explained before (in prose
intermixed with Stras).
saM-graaha* = m. grasping, laying hold of. forcible seizure W.; the fist or clenching the fist L. (cf. Pn. 3-3, 36 Sch.);
the handle of a shield L.
samgrahaH = the accumulation
Sanskrit Dictionary
samgraheNa = in summary
samgraama-bhuumi = (fem) battleground
samgraamaM = fighting
saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping together, contiguous, coherent,
combined, compacted, forming one mass or body s'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c. [1122, 3]; accompanied or attended by (instr.)
Mn. vii, 165; become solid, compact, firm, hard MBh. Kv. &c.; strong-limbed, athletic MBh.; strong, intensive
VarBriS.; (prob.) complex, composite, compound (said of a partic. tone and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed
W.; n. a partic. position in dancing, Sanigt.; {-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or related pS'r. Sch.; {jAnu} or {-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L.; {-tala} m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought together W.; {tA} f. close contact or union S'is'.; {-tva} n. id. Pacat. (v.l.); complexity. compactness, close combination W.; {-pucchi}
ind. with contracted tail g. {dvidaNDy-Adi}; {-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.; {-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn. one on
whose face the brows are contracted ib.; {-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape, strong, intensive VarBriS.; {vAkkala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "', singing a duet MrkP.; {-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has round and
firm thighs R.; {-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are very close to each other MW.; {-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding
each other by the hand ({-tva}, n.) Gobh. Sch.; {-tA7Gga} mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Sus'r.; in close contiguity (as
hills) MBh.; {-tA7Jjoli} mfn.; joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication) Hariv.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a king
(son of Nikumbha) Hariv.; {-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for {saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in, {akSara-s-}) Sh.; N. of a partic. hell Mn. iv, 89;
of one of S'iva's attendants L.
samh = being so
samhaara = destroy (take away)
samharate = winds up
saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping together, contiguous, coherent,
combined, compacted, forming one mass or body A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,3]; accompanied or attended by
(instr.) Mn. vii, 165; become solid, compact, firm, hard MBh. Ka1v. &c.; strong-limbed, athletic MBh.; strong, intensive
VarBr2S.; (prob.) complex, composite, compound (said of a partic. tone and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed
W.; n. a partic. position in dancing, Sam2igi1t.; %{-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or related A1pS3r.
Sch.; %{-jAnu} or %{-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L.; %{-tala} m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought
together W.; %{-tA} f. close contact or union S3is3.; %{-tva} n. id. Pan5cat. (v.l.); complexity. compactness, close
combination W.; %{-pucchi} ind. with contracted tail g. %{dvidaNDy-Adi}; %{-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.;
%{-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn. one on whose face the brows are contracted ib.; %{-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape,
strong, intensive VarBr2S.; %{vAk-kala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "', singing a duet Ma1rkP.; %{vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has round and firm thighs R.; %{-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are very close to each other
MW.; %{-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand (%{-tva}, n.) Gobh. Sch.; %{-tA7Gga} mfn. stronglimbed, well-knit Sus3r.; in close contiguity (as hills) MBh.; %{-tA7Jjoli} mfn.; joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark
of supplication) Hariv.; %{-tA7zva} m. N. of a king (son of Nikumbha) Hariv.; %{-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for %{saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in, %{akSara-s-}) Sa1h.; N. of a partic. hell Mn. iv,
89; of one of S3iva's attendants L.
samhita = sandhi: the phonetic combination of words in sanskrit
saMhita* = mfn. (1. {dhA}) put together, joined, attached RV. &c. &c.; fixed, settled AitBr.; composed of (comp.) ib.;
placed together ({pArzva-s-}, `" placed side by side "') Lthy.; uninterrupted (as a series of words) RPrt.; joined or
connected or endowed or furnished with, abounding in, possessed of, accompanied by (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; agreeing
with, conformable to ({dharma-s-}, `" in accordance with justice "') R.; relating to, concerning (comp.) ib.; connected
with, proceeding from (comp.) MBh.; being on friendly terms with (instr.) ib.; ({-ta4}) mfn. mixed in colour, variegated
VS. TS.; ({A}) f. see next; n. N. of a Sman rshBr.
saMhitaa* = f. conjunction, connection, union TUp.; (in gram.) the junction or combination of letters according to
euphonic rules (= {saMdhi}, but sometimes considered rather as the state preparatory to the actual junction than the
junction itself Prt.; a text treated according to euphonic rules (esp. the real continuous text of the Vedas as formed out
Sanskrit Dictionary
of the Padas or separate words by proper phonetic changes [according to various schools; cf. IW. 152]: beside the
Sanhits of the Riig-, Sma-, and Atharvaveda there is the Vjasaneyi-SSanhits belonging to the White Yajur-veda,
and five other Sanhits belonging to the black Yajur-veda, viz. the Taittirya-SSanhit, the Sanhita of the treyas
[known only by its Anukraman], the SSanhit of the Kathhas, the Kapishthhala-Kathha-SSanhit, and the SSanhit
of the Maitryaniyas or Maitryan-SSanhit) Nir. Prt. &c.; any methodically arranged collection of texts or verses
(e.g. the Rma7yana, the various law-books, the medical works of Caraka and S'rngadhara, the complete system of
natural astrology &c. [cf. {bRhat-s-}]; there is also a Sanhit of the Purnas said to have been compiled by Vysa, the
substance of which is supposed to be represented by the Vishnu-purna) MBh. VarBriS. Pur. &c.; science L.; the force
which holds together and supports the universe (a term applied to the Supreme Being accord. to some) MW.; N. of
various wks.
samhitaasa.ndhiH = sa.nhitaa+sandhiH joined together?
samhri = to completely destroy1
saMhrita * = mfn. drawn or brought together &c.; interrupted (in %{a-s-}) Uttarar.; %{-busam} ind. after the chaff has
been got in g. %{tiSThadgu-prabhRti}; %{-yavam} ind. after the barley has been got in ib.
samhrishhTa = (adj) happy
samidh *= mfn. igniting, flaming, burning RV.; f. firewood, fuel, a log of wood, faggot, grass &c. employed as fuel (7
Samidhs, or sometimes 3 X 7 are mentioned, as well as 7 Yonis, 7 flames &c.) RV. &c. &c.; kindling, flaming RV. VS.
S3Br.; %{-samid-AdhAna} S3rS.
samiddhaH = blazing *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3), Pra1kr2it for %{sam-Rddha}, perfect, full, complete HirGr2. \\ 2
mfn. (for 1. see col. 2) set alight or on fire, lighted, kindled, ignited, inflamed RV. &c. &c.
samiihaa* = f. striving after, longing for, wish, desire MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samiih * = A1. %{-Ihate} (pr. p. %{-Ihat}), to strive after, wish for, desire, endeavour to gain (acc.) VS. &c. &c.
samiihaa * = f. striving after, longing for, wish, desire MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samiihana * = mfn. zealous, eager (said of Vishn2u) MBh.
samiihita * = mfn. longed or wished for, desired, striven after, undertaken R. Bhartr2. Pan5cat.; n. great effort to
obtain anything, desire, longing, wish Ka1v. Katha1s. Hit.
samiikaraH = (m) electric iron
samiikaraNa = equation
samiipa-stha = (standing) nearby
samiipe = (adv) near
samiira = breeze
samiiksh.h = to examine
samiikshya = after seeing
samiiksha* n. complete investigation "'N. of the Smkhya system of philosophy L.; ({A}) f. thorough or close inspection,
perceiving, beholding (dat., within the range of any one's [gen.] sight "') past.; desire or wish to see MBh.; a glance
BhP.; view, opinion in regard to (with {prati}) MBh.; deep insight, understanding, intellect BhP.; investigation, search
W.; the Mmns philosophy or any work examining or explaining Vedic ritual ib.; essential nature or truth or principle
(= {tattva} q.v.) ib. [1165,1]; effort ib.
samitiJNjayaH = always victorious in battle
Sanskrit Dictionary
saMkaaza *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) look, appearance (often ifc. = `" having the appearance of "', `" looking like "', `"
resembling "') AV. &c. &c.; vicinity, neighbourhood (w.r. for %{sa-k-}) L.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the crackling of flame L.; ({I}) f. a girl
recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkara* = m. mixing together, commingling, intermixture confusion (esp. of castes or races, proceeding from the
intermarriage of a man with a woman of a higher caste or from the promiscuous intercourse of the four tribes, and
again from the indiscriminate cohabitation of their descendants; cf. {yoni-s-}) Mn. MBh. &c.; the offspring of a mixed
marriage R.; any action similar to the intermixture of castes (sometimes n.) MBh.; (in rhet.) the confusion or blending
together of metaphors which ought to be kept distinct (opp. to {saM-sRSTi} q.v.) Sh. Kpr.; anything that may be
Sanskrit Dictionary
defiled by the touch of any unclean thing MBh.; dung Car.; dust, sweepings L.; the crackling of flame L.; N. of a man
Buddh.; {-ja} mfn. born from a mixed caste Cat.; {-jAta} mfn. id. Mn. v, 89; {-jAti} mfn. id. BhP.; {-jAtIya} mfn. id.
MW.; {-tA} f. (see {varNa-s-}); {-mImAMsA} f. N. of wk.; {-saMkara} m. the mixed offspring of mixed offspring Vishn.;
{-sveda} m. a partic. sudorific treatment; {-rA7pAtra-kRtyA} f. an action which degrades a man to a mixed caste or
makes him unworthy to receive gifts Mn. xi, 126; {-rAzva} m. `" mongrel horse "', a mule L.
saMkarshana * = n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP.; a means of joining or uniting BhP.; drawing together,
contracting W.; making rows, ploughing ib. [1126,2]; m. N. of Bala-deva or Bala-ra1ma (also called Hala7yudha [q.v.],
the elder brother of Kr2ishn2a; he was drawn from the womb of Devaki1 and transferred to that of Rohin2i1; among
Vaishn2avas he is considered as the second of the four forms of Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad.; N. of the
father of Ni1la7sura Cat.; (also with %{sUri}) of various authors ib.; %{-kANDa} (or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m. N. of an
appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP.; %{-vidyA} f. the art of
drawing a child from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that of another (applied to Baladeva cf. above)
Prab.; %{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author, Cat; %{-sUtra-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat.
see also zamkara under s'amkara
samkatha = calamity / danger
saMkhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon or count, up, sum up, enumerate, calculate S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to estimate by
(instr.) MBh.; . (only aor. {saM-akhyata}) to appear along with, be connected with, belong to (instr.) RV. VS.: Caus. {khyApayati}, to cause to be looked at or observed by (instr.) TS. S'Br.
saMkhya* = mfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up Pn. 3-2, 7 Sch. (ifc.; cf. {go-s-}); m. N. of a man Cat.;
({A}) f. see below; n. conflict, battle, war (only in loc.; cf. Naigh. ii, 17) MBh. Kv. Rjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n.
numerableness, numeration MW.
saMkhyaa* = f. reckoning or summing up, numeration, calculation (ifc. = `" numbered or reckoned among "') R. Ragh.
Rjat.; a number, sum, total (ifc. `" amounting to "') S'Br. &c. &c.; a numeral Prt. Pn. &c.; (in gram.) number (as
expressed by case terminations or personal tterminations) Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 1; deliberation, reasoning, reflection,
reason, intellect MBh. Kv.; name, appellation (= {AkhyA}) R.; a partic. high number Buddh.; manner MW.; (in geom.)
a gnomon (for ascertaining the points of the compass), RmRs.
saMkhyAta * = mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, numbered, counted, measured AV. &c. &c. [1128,2]; estimated by R.;
considered (see comp.); m. pl. N. of a people VarBr2S.; (%{A}) f. (scil. %{prahelikA}) a kind of riddle based on counting
Ka1v. iii, 101; n. number, multitude BhP.; %{-saMkhyeya} mfn. one who has considered what is to be considered Car.;
%{-tA7nudeza} m. a subsequent enumeration the members of which correspond successively to those of a previous one
Ka1s3. on
saMkiirtana *= n. the act of mentioning fully &c.; praise, celebration, glorification MBh. Ka1v. &c.
saMkrama* = m. going or coming together VS.; progress, course, (esp.) transition, passage or transference to (loc.),
Kusum.; the passage of the sun or a planet through the zodiacal signs Yj. VarBriS. &c.; the falling or shooting of stars
Mriicch.; the meeting of two words in the Krama text (caused by omitting those between) VPrt.; a bridge or steps
leading down to water Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king of the Vidy-dharas (the son of
Vasu) Kaths.; m. or n. (?) a particular high number Buddh.; m. n. difficult passage or progress (as over rocks or
torrents or inaccessible passes) L.; a means or vehicle for effecting a difficult passage or of obtaining any object Das'.; n.
du. (with {indrasya} or {vasiSThasya}) N. of two Smans rshBr.; {-dvAdazA7ha} m. a partic. form of the Dvdas'a7ha
(q.v.) KtyS'r.; {-yajJa} m. a kind of sacrifice Vait.
saMkraama* = m. passing away pS'r.; m. n. difficult passage or progress L.
saMlaapa *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) talking together, familiar or friendly conversation, discourse with (instr. with and
without %{saha}, or gen.) or about (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in dram.) a kind of dialogue (passionless, but full of manly
sentiments e.g. Mcar. ii, 34), Bhas.
sammantrya V: consulting, deliberating, discussing
sammarjanii = (f) broom\
Sanskrit Dictionary
sammata * mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented or assented to, concurred in, approved
by (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; (ifc.) agreeing with BhP.; thought, supposed, considered or regarded as (nom.) R.;
thought highly of, esteemed, renowned, celebrated, highly honoured by (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; allowed, authorized (see
{a-sammata}); m. N. of a son of Manu Svarna Hariv.; (pl.) of a school Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Marutta
Hariv.; of a treatise on the Dhtu-pthha; ({am}) n. opinion, impression ({e} or {ena} with gen., `" in the opinion of. "'
`" under the idea of "') MBh.; consent, assent, approval, acquiescence, concurrence ({e}, `" with the consent or approval
of "') MW.
saMmaarjayati = to clean, to wash, to wipe
saMmishraNaM = mixed
sammis'ra* = mf(%{A})n. commingled, mixed together, joined, connected, furnished or endowed with (instr. or comp.)
MBh. R. &c.
sammita* = mfn. measured out, measured, meted BhP.; measuring. so much, just so much (no more nor less) MBh.
BhP.; of the same measure or extent, equal, like, same (in length, height, number, value &c.), corresponding to,
resembling, passing for (instr., rarely gen.; or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; reaching up to (comp.) S3Br. A1s3vS3r.; symmetrical
(?) Pan5car.; consisting of. furnished or provided with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Pan5car.; destined for (comp.) MBh.; v,
2462 (B. %{saMdhita}); (%{am}) ind. perpetually, incessantly Ka1ran2d2. (prob. w.r. for %{samitam}); m. N. of a
mythical being Ya1jn5.; of a son of Vasisht2ha VP.; (%{am}) n. distance (%{e} ifc. = `" at a distance from "') VarBr2S.;
%{-tva} n. (in rhet.) universal analogy Prata1p.; %{-varNA} f. N. of a Commentary.
&c. see above.
sammohaH = perfect illusion
sammohana *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) id. MBh. Hariv. &c.; m. N. of one of the five arrows of Ka1madeva Kum. Gi1t.
Sch. (cf. RTL. 200); (%{I}) f. a kind of fascination or illusion (%{mAyA}) Hariv.; n. deluding, infatuating, leading astray
Ma1rkP.; a kind of mythical weapon MBh. Ragh. Katha1s.; %{-tantra} n. N. of a Tantra.
sammohaat.h = from illusion
sammohaM = into delusion
sammuuDha = bewildered * = sammUDha mfn. completely stupefied, astounded, perplexed, bewildered, unconscious,
senseless MBh. Ka1v. &c.; foolish, ignorant Ya1jn5. Ra1jat.; heaped, accumulated (as clouds; accord. to others, `" torn
asunder "') Hariv.; produced rapidly W.; broken ib.; (%{A}) f. a kind of riddle or enigma Cat.; (%{-Dhacetas} mfn.
troubled or infatuated in mind, S3a1ntis3.; %{-tA} f. (Katha1s.), %{-tva} n. (MaitrUp.) stupefaction, infatuation,
bewilderment, unconsciousness; %{-piDakA} f. N. of partic. eruptions on the membrum virile Sus3r.; %{-hRdaya} mfn.
troubled in heart MW.
sammugdha * = mfn. gone astray (see %{a-s-}); perplexed, bewildered, stupefied Uttarar.; not clearly understood
Ni1lak.; (%{am}) ind. furtively Gi1t. [1181,1]
sammuh * = P. %{-muhyati} (pf. %{-mumoha}, or %{-mumuhs}), to become quite stupefied or bewildered or
unconscious MBh. R. BhP.; to become confused or unrecognizable (as the quarters of the sky) MBh. : Caus. %{mohayati}, to stupefy, make unconscious, perplex, bewilder, lead astray MBh. Ka1v. &c.
sammukha * = mf(%{I} rarely %{A}) n. facing, fronting, confronting, being face to face or in front of or opposite to
(gen. or ifc. or ibc.), present, before the eyes S3Br. &c. &c.; being about to begin or at the beginning of (comp.) Hariv.;
directed or turned towards S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; inclined or favourable to (gen. or comp.), propitious Ka1v. Katha1s.
Pan5cat.; intent upon (loc. or comp.) S3atr. Katha1s.; adapted to circumstances, fit, suitable Lalit.; with the mouth or
face A1pS3r.; (%{am}) ind. towards, near to (%{atmanaH}, `" one's self "'); opposite, in front or in presence of (gen.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{e}) ind. opposite, before, face to face, in front or in presence or in the beginning of (gen. or comp.;
with %{bhU}, `" to oppose, resist "'; with %{sthA}, to look any one in the face "') ib.
samuttij *= Caus. %{-tijayati}, to excite, fire with enthusiasm DivyA7v.
samuttiirNa *= mfn. come forth from, escaped from, passed through, crossed, landed Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; broken
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
concerns, retirement from the world MW.; {-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {saMdhyA} f. {-samArAdhana} n.
N. of wks.
saMnyaasika* = in {veda-s-} (q.v.)
saaMnyaasika* = mfn. (fr. {sam-nyAsa}) forming the original or correct text Pat. on iii, 2, 107, Vartt. 2; m. a Brhman
in the fourth stage of his life, religious mendicant L.
sampaadaka = (m) editor
saMpaadakaH = (m) editor
sampaadakaH = (m) editor
sampaadana = editting
sampaadikaa = (f) editor
samparaaya *= m. (fr. %{sam-parA}. 5. %{i}) decease, death Vas. BhP.; existence from eternity, Sa1n2d2.; conflict,
war, battle Suparn2. Das3.; calamity, adversity L.; futurity, future time L.; a son W.
sampat.h = assets
sampatti = prosperity
sampat *= to fly or rush together (in a friendly or hostile manner), encounter, meet any one (acc.), meet with (instr.)
RV. &c. &c.; to fly along, fly to, hasten towards, arrive at, reach (acc. or loc.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to fly or fall down, alight
on (loc.) MBh.; to go or roam about R. VarBriS.; to come to pass, take place, happen, occur MBh. Hariv.: Caus. {pAtayati}, to cause to fly or fall, throw or hurl down R. BhP.
sampat * =in comp. for {samp ad]
sampad *: to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to become full or
complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of
(instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought
forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn into (nom.) MBh. Kv. &c.; to be conducive to,
sampa4d *: success, accomplishment, completion, fulfilment, perfection Yj. MBh. &c.; a condition or requisite of
success &c. BhP.; concord, agreement, stipulation, bargain TS. s'vS'r.; equalization of similar things S'ank.; attainment,
acquisition, possession, enjoyment, advantage, benefit, blessing VarBriS. Sarvad. Pur.; turning into, growing, becoming
S'ank.; being, existence
sampad* = . {-padyate} (in some forms also P.; ind. p. {-pAdam} q.v.), to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed,
prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to become full or complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to
fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed
in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn into
(nom.) MBh. Kv. &c.; to be conducive to, produce (dat.) Pacat. Vrtt. on Pn. 2-3, 13; (with adv. in {sAt}) to become
thoroughly Pn. 5-4, 53; to fall into a Persos, power ib. 54; (with adv. in {tra}) to fall to a persos share ib. 55; to
produce a partic. sound (as that expressed by an onomatopoetic word in {A}) Vop. vii, 88: Caus. {-pAdayati} (rarely {te}), to cause to succeed, cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with {zuzrUSAm} and gen., `" to obey
"') MBh. Kv. &c.; to make full, complete S'Br. BhP.; to transform, make or turn into (acc.) Kaths.; to provide or
furnish with (instr.; with {kriyayA}, to charge or entrust a person with a business "') S'Br. MBh. [1172, 1] SaddhP.; to
afford to, procure for (dat. or gen.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to attain, obtain, acquire AV. R. &c.; to ponder on, deliberate MBh.;
to consent, agree Br. ChUp.: Desid. of Caus. {-pipAdayiSati} (see {sam-pipAdayiSA} &c., col, 2): Intens. {panIpadyate}, to fit well Sarvad.
sampada *= 1 (for 2. see col. 2) = %{sam-panna} furnished with (ifc.) Car.
sampadaM = assets
Sanskrit Dictionary
sampadyate = he attains
sampanna = endowed with * = mfn. fallen or turned out well, accomplished, effected, perfect, excellent (ifc. or with loc.
= `" perfectly acquainted or conversant with "') AV. &c. &c.; of perfect or correct flavour, palatable, dainty s'vGri.
MBh. R.; endowed or furnished with, possessed of (instr. adv. in {-tas}, or comp. also with transposition of the
members; cf. below) S'Br. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) become, turned into R.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; ({am}) n. dainty food, a delicacy
MBh. xiii, 4567; {-krama} m. a partic. Samdhi Buddh.; {-kskIrA} f. giving good milk (superl. {-ra-tamA}) Ks'. on Pn.
2-3, 41; {-M-kAram} ind. making dainty, seasoning ib. iii 4, 26; {-tama} mfn. most complete or perfect, AitAr.; {-tara}
mfn. more or most dainty or delicate R.; {-tA} f. the being endowed with or possessed of (comp.) Das'.; {-danta} mfn.
possessing teeth s'vGri.; {-pAnIya} mfn. rich in water Pat. on Pn. 1-2, 52; {-rUpa} mfn. of perfect form, complete
MW.; dainty, delicate ib.
sampanne = fully equipped
samparaaya * = m. (fr. %{sam-parA}. 5. %{i}) decease, death Vas. BhP.; existence from eternity, Sa1n2d2.; conflict,
war, battle Suparn2. Das3.; calamity, adversity L.; futurity, future time L.; a son W.
samparikhyaa* =P. %{-khyAti}, to communicate completely, relate in full MBh.
samparka = contact
sampashyan.h = considering
saMpashyan.h = (pr.participle) looking at
sampiiDa * = m. pressing or squeezing together, pressure Kir.; (%{A}) f. pain, torture Gobh. Mn. Hariv.
sampiiDana * = n. compression, pressing, squeezing (also as a partic. fault in pronunciation) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samplava* = m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a dense mass, heap,
multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv.
R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yj. MBh. Kv. &c.; end, close of (comp.) BhP.
samplutodake = in a great reservoir of water
sampradaaya * = m. a bestower, presenter S3a1rn3gP.; tradition, established doctrine transmitted from one teacher to
another, traditional belief or usage Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; any peculiar or sectarian system of religious teaching, sect RTL.
61; 62; %{-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; %{-tas} ind. according to tradition MW.; %{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-paddhati} f. %{parizuddhi} f. %{-prakAzinI}, f. %{-pradIpa} m. %{-pradIpa-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-pradyotaka} m. a revealer of
the tradition of the Veda, Kusum.; %{-prA7pta} mfn. obtained through tradition MW.; %{-vigama} m. want or loss of
tradition S3is3.; %{-vid} m. one versed in traditional doctrines or usages Sa1y.
sampradis' *= P. %{-dizati}, to point out or indicate fully, appoint, designate MBh. BhP.
samprakiirtitaH = is declared
sampramatta * = mfn. ( {mad}) very excited (said of an elephant in rut) Hariv.; very careless, thoughtless, neglectful
MBh. [1175, 3]; very fond of (inf.) ib. viii, 3509 (B. {sam-pra-vRtta}).
sampratishhThaa = the foundation
samprapad * = A1. %{-padyate} (in some forms also P.), to go towards or enter together, approach, enter (acc.) AitBr.
BhP.; to set out (on a journey acc.) Hariv.; to betake one's self or have recourse to (acc.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; to succeed,
be accomplished Pan5cat.; to become, be turned into (%{-sAt}) Bhat2t2.; to set about, begin MW.
samprapad.h = to become
sampradaaya* = m. a bestower, presenter S3a1rn3gP.; tradition, established doctrine transmitted from one teacher to
another, traditional belief or usage Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; any peculiar or sectarian system of religious teaching, sect RTL.
61; 62; %{-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; %{-tas} ind. according to tradition MW.; %{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-paddhati} f. %{-
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
samriddhaM = flourishing
samriddhavegaH = with full speed
saMruddha * = mfn. stopped completely, detained, obstructed, hindered &c.; surrounded by (comp.) Mn. BhP.; held,
closed Katha1s.; invested, besieged R.; covered, concealed, obscured MBh. R.; stopped up, filled with R. Katha1s. BhP.;
withheld, refused Nir.; %{-ceSTa} mfn. one whose motion is impeded Ragh.; %{-prajanana} mfn. one who is hindered
from having offspring Nir. v, 2.
saMsaaraanta* = m. the end of mmundane exexistence or of human life Bhartr
saMsaara* = m. going or wandering through, undergoing transmigration MaitrUp.; course, passage, passing through a
succession of states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the world, secular life, worldly
illusion ({A saMsArAt}, `" from the beginning of the world "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [1119,3]; w.r. for {saM-cAra} Bhartri.
saMsaarakupa * =m. the world comp. compared to a well or pit BhP.
saMsaara-cakra * =n. the world compared to a wheel MaitrUp.
saMsaarataru* =m. the wworld compcompared to a tree BhP.
saMsaarabIja * =n. the seed or origin of the world Sarvad.
saMsaaravat * =mfn. possessing or liable to mundane exexistence, AshthtvS.
saMsaarasAra * =m. the quintessence of (the joys of) the world Dhrtas.
saMsaarasukha. the joys of the world Caurap.
samsarga = company
saMsaara *= m. going or wandering through, undergoing transmigration MaitrUp.; course, passage, passing through a
succession of states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the world, secular life, worldly
illusion (%{A@saMsArAt}, `" from the beginning of the world "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [1119,3]; w.r. for %{saM-cAra}
Bhartr2.
saMsaara *= world 2 // *= saMsaara: m. going or wandering through, undergoing transmigration MaitrUp.; course,
passage, passing through a succession of states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the
world, secular life, worldly illusion (%{A@saMsArAt}, `" from the beginning of the world "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [1119,3];
w.r. for %{saM-cAra} Bhartr2.
samsaaraH = world/family
samsaaraat.h = fromthe world
samsaariNo = ordinary family man
samsaare = world
samsaareshhu = into the ocean of material existence
saMsevaa* = f. visiting, frequenting BhP.; use, employment ib.; attendance, reverence, worship ib.; (ifc.) inclination to,
predilection for Rjat.
saMs'ranta *= mfn. ( %{zram}) completely wearied, languid, exhausted MBh. BhP.
saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success Gobh. MBh. &c.; perfect state, beatitude,
final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur.; the Iast consequence or result BhP.; fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive
word R. (L. also= `" nature "'; `" natural state or quality "'; `" a passionate or intoxicated woman "').
Sanskrit Dictionary
saMsaraNa n. going about, walking or wandering through MBh.; passing through a succession of states, birth and
rebirth of living beings, the world BhP. Sarvad.; the unobstructed march of an army L.; the commencement of war or
battle L.; a highway, principal road L.; a resting-place for passengers near the gates of a city W.
sams'aya = doubt* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) lying down to rest or sleep L.; uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation, doubt in or of
(loc., acc. with {prati}, or comp; {saMzayaH}, with Pot., `" there is doubt whether "'; {na} {s-}, {nA7sti s-}, {nA7tra s-},
{na hi s-}, {nA7sty atra-s-} &c., `" there is no doubt "', `" without doubt "') s'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; a doubtful matter
Car.; (in Nyya) doubt about the point to be discussed (one of the 16 categories) IW. 64; difficulty, danger, risk of or in
or to (gen. loc., or comp.) s'vGri. MBh. &c.; {-kara} mf({I})n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (comp.) S'is'.; {kAraNA7rthA7patti-pUrva-pakSa-rahasya} n. {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-rahasya} n. N. of Nyya wks.; {-gata} mfn. fallen
into danger S'ak.; {-ccheda} m. the solution of doubt ({-dya} mfn. relating to it) Ragh.; {-cchedin} mfn. clearing all
doubt, decisive S'ak.; {-tattva-nirUpaNa} n. {-pakSatA-rahasya} n. {-pakSatA-vAda}, m. {-parI7kSA} f. {-vAda} m. {vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.; {-sama} m. (in Nyya) one of the 24 Jtis or self-confuting replies Nyyas. Sarvad. (cf. IW.
64); {-sama-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-stha} mfn. being in uncertainty, doubtful W.; {-yA7kSepa} m. `" removal of
doubt "', a partic. figure of speech Kvya7d. ii, 163; 164; {-yA7tmaka} mfn. consisting of doubt, dubious, uncertain
Pacat.; {-yA7tman} mfn. having a doubtful mind, a sceptic Bhag. Sarvad.; {-yA7numiti} f. {-yA7numiti-rahasya} n. N.
of wks.; {-yA7panna} mfn. beset with doubt, dubious ({-mAnasa} mfn. irresolute in mind) W.; {-yA7vaha} mfn. causing
danger, dangerous to (gen. or comp.) MBh.; {-yo7cchedin} mfn. resolving doubts Hit., Introd.; {-yo7pamA} f. a
comparison expressed in the form of a doubt Kvya7d. ii, 26; {yo7pe7ta} mfn. possessed of uncertainty, doubtful,
uncertain MW.
sams'ayaM = doubts
sams'ayaH = doubt
sams'ayasya = of the doubt
samshitavrataaH = taken to strict vows
saMshodhanam.h = (n) research, discovery
samshuddha = washed off
samshuddhiH = purification
samshritaaH = having taken shelter of
samsiddhaH = he who is mature
samsiddhiM = in perfection
saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success Gobh. MBh. &c.; perfect state, beatitude,
final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur.; the Iast consequence or result BhP.; fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive
word R. (L. also= `" nature "'; `" natural state or quality "'; `" a passionate or intoxicated woman "').
samsiddhau = for perfection
saMskaaraaH = (Masc.Nom.Pl.) prescribed ritual duties(16?)
saMskaara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting together, forming well, making perfect, accomplishment, embellishment
adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready, preparation, dressing (of food), refining (of metals), polishing (of
gems), rearing (of animals or plants) GriS'rS. MBh. Kv., &c.; cleansing the body, toilet, attire Hariv.; forming the mind,
training, education R. Ragh.; correction (also in an astronomical sense Sryas.), correct formation or use of a word Nir.
Sarvad.; correctness, purity (esp. of pronunciation or expression) MBh. R. &c.; making sacred, hallowing, consecration
Mn. MBh. &c.; a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and
leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in Mn. ii, 27, viz. 1.
{garbhA7dhAna}, 2. {puM-savana}, 3. {sImanto7nnayana}, 4. {jAta-karman}, 5. {nAmakarman}, 6. {niSkramaNa}, 7.
{anna-prA7zana}, 8. {cUDA-karman}, 9. {upanayana}, 10. {kezA7nta}, 11. {samAvartana}, 12. {vivAha}, qq. vv.; accord.
to Gaut. viii, 8 &c. there are 40 Sanskras) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW.188; 192 &c. RTL. 353) [1120, 3]; the ceremony
performed on a dead body (i.e. cremation) R.; any purificatory ceremony W.; the faculty of memory, mental impression
Sanskrit Dictionary
or recollection, impression on the mind of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the
Vais'eshikas, including {bhAvanA}, the faculty of reproductive imagination "') Kan. Sarvad. (IW. 69); (pl., with
Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world, regarded by it as real,
though actually non-existent, and forming the second link in the twelvefold chain of causation or the fourth of the 5
Skandhas) Dharmas. 22; 42; a polishing stone MW.
saMskrita * = (or {sa4M-skRta}) mfn. put together, constructed, well or completely formed, perfected Lalit.; made
ready, prepared, completed, finished RV. &c. &c.: dressed, cooked (as food) MBh. R. BhP.; purified, consecrated,
sanctified, hallowed, initiated S'Br. &c. &c.; refined, adorned, ornamented, polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to
highly wrought speech, such as the Sanskriit language as opp, to the vernaculars) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a man of one of the
three classes who has been sanctified by the purificatory rites W.; a Iearned man MW.; a word formed according to
accurate rules, a regular derivation ib.; ({a4m}) n. making ready, preparation or a prepared place, sacrifice RV. TS. S'Br.
GriS'rS.; a sacred usage or custom MW.; the Sanskriit language (cf. above) S'iksh. Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; {-tva} n. the being
prepared or made ready &c. Jaim.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of wk.; {-maya} mf({I}) u. consisting of Sanskriit, Ks'ikh.; {-mAlA}
f. {-ratna-mAlA} f. {-vAkya-ratnA7valI} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. one who has perfected or elaborated or finished MW.;
{-tA7tman} m. one who has received the purificatory rites Mn. x, 110; a sage W.; {-to7kti} f. refined or polished
language, a Sanskriit word or expression Hit. [1121, 1]
saMskriti * f. making ready, preparation, perfection VS. &c. &c.; formation AitBr.; hallowing, consecration BhP.;
determination, effort L.; m. N. of Krishna MBh. (B. {saM-skRta}); of a king VP. (v.l. {saM-kRti}).
saMskritatra * = n. a bench used in sacrificing or slaughtering animals RV. vi, 28, 4.
saMskritrima * mfn. highly polished, artificially adorned (in {a-saMskR-}) Bhathth.
saMsriti * = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of mundane existence,
transmigration, the world (%{-cakra} n. and %{-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or circle of mundane existence), Asht2ivS.
BhP.
saMstu* = 1. P. {-stauti}, to praise together with (instr.) Nir. vii, 6; to praise all at once, ivS'r.; to praise properly or
well, laud, celebrate MBh.; kv. &c.
saMstR* = (or - {stRR}) P.. {-striNoti}, {-stRNute}; {-stRNAti}, {-stRNIte} (ep. also {-starati}), to spread out (side by
side), extend TS. S'Br.; to strew over, cover KaushUp. MBh. Sus'r.; to spread, make even, level Kaus'.
saMsthAna* = mfn. standing together MW.; like, resembling W.; applied to Vishnu MBh.; m. (pl.) N. of a people ib.; n.
(ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding in (comp.) Hit. (cf. {dUra-s-}); standing still or firm (in a battle) Gaut.; being, existence,
life MBh. S'ank. BhP.; abiding by, strict adherence or obedience to (comp.) Km.; abode, dwelling-place, habitation Nir.
KaushUp. MBh. &c.; a public place (in a town) Mn. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (often with {rUpa}) MBh. R. &c.;
beauty, splendour MBh.; the symptom of a disease Sus'r.; nature, state, condition BhP.; an aggregate, whole, totality
BhP.; termination, conclusion MaitrS.; end, death L.; formation L.; vicinty, neighbourhood L.; {-cArin} w.r. for {sasthAsnu-c-}; {-bhukti} f. (with {kAlasya}) the passage through various periods of time BhP.; {-vat} mfn. being, existing
R.; having various forms Km.
saMsthAsnu* = see {sa-sthAsnu-cArin}.
saMsthita* = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" lying "' or `" sitting "') Yj.; one who has stood or held out (in fight) MrkP.;
placed, resting, lying, sitting, being in or on ({upari} loc., or comp.) Yj. MBh. &c.; abiding, remaining, left standing
(for a long time, as food; with {tathai9va}, remaining in the same condition "') Yj. VarBriS. Ragh.; lasting, enduring
MBh.; imminent, future Hariv.; shaped, formed (cf. {duH-} and {su-s-}), appearing in a partic. shape or form, formed
like, resembling (often ifc.; with {navadhA}, `" ninefold "'; with {masI-rUpeNa}, `" appearing in the form of black ink
"') MBh. Kv. &c.; being in a partic. state or condition, addicted or given to, intent upon (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Kv.
VarBriS.; founded or based upon (loc.) MBh.; directed to wards, fixed upon (comp.) BhP.; relating to, concerning (loc.
or comp.) Km. MrkP.; skilled in, acquainted or familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; started, set out for (dat. or
{abhimukham}) R.; frequented (as a place) Mn. viii, 371; finished, concluded, completed, ready Br. S'rS.; perished, died
(n. impers.) Mn. MBh. BhP.; near or contiguous to W.; heaped, collected ib.; n. conduct Cat.; form, shape MBh.; {yaju4s} n. the final sacrificial formula and the oblation connected with it Br.; {-vat} mfn. (pl, = 3. pl. pf.; pl. [with
{sukhena}] `" they lived happily together "') Pacat.; {-homa} m. a final sacrifice, S'rS
saMsthiti* = f. staying together, living in or with or near, union with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,1]; standing or sitting on
Sanskrit Dictionary
(loc.) Yj. i, 139; duration, continuance in the same state or condition Hariv. Km.; constancy, perseverance Hariv.
BhP.; being bent upon, attaching importance to (loc.) Mn. ix, 14; existence, possibility of (gen. or comp.) MrkP.; form,
shape ib.; established order Km. VyuP.; nature, condition, quality, property Yj. MBh. Pur.; conclusion, completion
(of a sacrifice) TS. TBr. Vait.; end, death Pur.; obstruction of the bowels, constipation Sus'r.; heap, accumulation W.;
restraint ib.
saMSThula* = see {vi-s-}, p. 953, col. 1.
saMsthaa = (f) organisation, company
saMsthaa*= saMsthA 1. {-tiSThate} (Pn. 1-3, 22; ep. and m. c. also P. {-tiSThati}; Ved. inf. {-sthAtos} pS'r.), to stand
together, hold together (pf. p. du. {-tasthAne4}, said of heaven and earth) RV.; to come or stay near (loc.) ib. VS. S'Br.;
to meet (as enemies), come into conflict RV.; to stand still, remain, stay, abide (lit. and fig.; with {vAkye}, to obey "')
MBh. R. &c.; to be accomplished or completed (esp. applied to rites) Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. BhP.; to prosper, succeed, get
on well MBh.; to come to an end, perish, be lost, die MBh. Kv. BhP.; to become, be turned into or assume the form of
(acc.) Lalit.: Caus {-sthApayati} (subj. aor. {tiSTipaH} S'Br.), to cause to stand up or firm, raise on their legs again
(fallen horses) MBh.; to raise up, restore (dethroned kings) ib.; to confirm, encourage, comfort ({AtmAnam}, or
{hRdayam}, one's self "' i.e. `" take heart again "') Kv. Pacat.; to fix or place upon or in (loc.) Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to put
or add to ({uparI}) Yj.; to build (a town) Hariv.; to heap, store up (goods) VarBriS.; to found, establish, fix, settle,
introduce, set a foot MBh. R. Rjat.; to cause to stand still, stop, restrain, suppress (breath, semen &c.) AitBr.; to
accomplish, conclude, complete (esp. a rite) Br. Kaus'. MBh.; to put to death, kill S'Br. MBh.; to perform the last office
for i.e. to burn, cremate (a dead body) S'nkhBr.; to put to subjection, subject MW.: Desid. of Caus. {-sthApayiSati}, to
wish to finish or conclude S'nkhBr.
saMstha* = mf({A})n. standing together, standing or staying or resting or being in or on, contained in (loc. or comp.)
MBh. Kv. &c.; being in or with, belonging to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; based or resting or dependent on (loc.)
MBh.; partaking or possessed of (comp.) MBh. Pacat.; existing, lasting for a time (comp.) Vet.; ended, perished, dead
L.; ({saM-stha4}) m. presence (only loc. `" in the presence or midst of. "' with {cid}, `" by one's mere presence "') RV.; a
spy, secret emissary (cf. {saMsthA} below) L.; a dweller, resident, inhabitant W.; a fellow-countryman, neighbour ib.;
({A4}) f. see next.
saMsthaa4 * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding with (comp.) MBh.; shape, form, manifestation, appearance (ifc. `"
appearing as "') Up. MBh. &c.; established order, standard, rule, direction (acc. with {kR} or Caus. of {sthA}, to
establish or fix a rule or obligation for one's self "'; with {vyati-kram} or {paribhid}, `" to transgress or break an
established rule or obligation "') MBh. R. &c.; quality, property, nature Kv. Pur.; conclusion, termination, completion
TS. S'Br. &c. [1121, 3]; end, death Pur.; destruction of the world (= {pralaya}, said to be of four kinds, viz. {naimittika},
{prAkRtika}, {nitya}, {Atyantika}) ib.; a complete liturgical course, the basis or essential form of a sacrifice (the Jyotihshthoma, Havir-yaja, and Pka-yaia consist of seven such forms) S'rS.; killing ({pazu-s-}, `" killing of the sacrificial
animal "') BhP.; cremation (of a body; also {pre7ta-s-}) ib.; (prob.) = {zrAddha} MrkP.; a spy or secret emissary in a
king's own country (= {cara} m. prob. a group of five spies consisting of a {vaNij} "', merchant "', {bhikSu}, `"
mendicant "', {chAttra} "', pupil "', {lingin} "', one who falsely wears the mark of a twice-born "', and {kRSIvala}, `"
husbandman "' cf. {paJca-varga}, and Mn. vii, 154 Kull.) Km.; continuation in the right way L.; occupation, business,
profession W.; an assembly ib.; a royal ordinance ib.; {-kRta} mfn. settled, determined Hariv.; {--gAra} ({-thA7g-}) m.
n. a meeting-house Lalit.; {-japa} m. a closing prayer s'vS'r.; {-tva} n. the being a form or shape BhP.; {-paddhati} f.
N. of wk.; {--vayava-vat} ({-thA7v-}) mfn. having a shape and limbs BhP.
saMstuta * = mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv. R. Pur.; counted
together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. KtyS'r.; equal to, passing for (instr. or comp.) past. Kaths. BhP.;
acquainted familiar, intimate Kv. VarBriS. Rjat.; {-tva} n. the being praised together ChUp.; {-prA7ya} mfn. for the
most part lauded or hymned together, associated in hymns MW.
samsthaapanaarthaaya = to reestablish
samsparshajaaH = by contact with the material senses
samsparshana = (neut) contact
samsmritya = remembering
samskaara = impression, conditioning
Sanskrit Dictionary
samskrit.h = Sanskrit
samskrita = refined
samskritashikshaNaM = learning of Sanskrit
samskriti = culture
saMsri* = P. {-sarati} (in. c. also {-te}), to flow together with. (instr.) RV. ix, 97, 45; to go about, wander or walk or
roam through MBh. Kv. &c.; to walk or pass through (a succession of states), undergo transmigration, enter or pass
into (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be diffused or spread into (acc.) MBh.; to come forth BhP.: Caus. {-sArayati}, to cause to
pass through a succession of states or to undergo transmigration Mn. BhP.; to introduce, push into (loc.) MBh. xii,
7878; to put off, defer ib. v, 1004; to use, employ ib. xii, 11,932.
saMsriti* = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of mundane existence,
transmigration, the world ({-cakra} n. and {-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or circle of mundane existence), AshthivS. BhP.
saMsrishtha* = mfn. gathered together, collected RV. x, 84, 7; brought forth or born together (as a litter of animals)
VS.; associated or connected together (as partners or brothers who combine their property after division), Ma. Yj.;
united, combined, mingled or mixed with, involved in (instr.) VS. S'Br. R. &c.; nearly related or acquainted friendly,
familiar MBh. R. Hariv.; affected with (comp.) Sus'r.; connected with, belonging to (comp.) Hariv.; mixed, of various
kinds, both good and bad in quality &c. S'Br. Car.; accomplished, performed (cf. {-maithuna}); cleared through
vomiting &c. L.; cleanly dressed W.; created MW.; m. N. of a fabulous mountain Krand.; ({am}) n. near relationship,
friendship, intimacy ({-taM} {car}, with loc., `" to enter on intimate relations with "') AitBr. MBh.; {-karman} mfn.
denoting mixed or various actions Nir.; {-ji4t} mfn. victorious in contest RV.; {tva} n. commixture, union, association
Sank.; (in law) voluntary reunion or co-residence of kinsmen (as of father and son or of brothers with each other, after
partition of the family property) Dyabh.; {-dhaya4} mfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with (the cow) TBr.; {-bhAva} m.
near relationship, friendship R.; {-maithuna} mf({A})n. one who has performed sexual intercourse Yj.; {-rUpa} mfn.
mixed in form or kind, adulterated W.; {-homa} m. a common oblation (to Agni and Srya) TBr.
saMsrishthi* = ({sa4M-}) f. union, combination, association, intercourse MaitrS.; living together in one family W.;
collection, collecting, assembling ib.; (in rhet.) the association of two distinct metaphors in close proximity in one
sentence (cf. {saMkara}) Vm. Sh.
saMsrishthin* = m. a re-united kinsman (said of relatives who, after partition of the family inheritance, again live
together, annulling the previous partition) Gaut. Yj. &c.; a co-partner, co-parcener W.
samstabhya = by steadying
saMstuta *= mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv. R. Pur.; counted
together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; equal to, passing for (instr. or comp.) A1past. Katha1s.
BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.; %{-tva} n. the being praised together ChUp.; %{-prA7ya}
mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together, associated in hymns MW.
saMstutaka*=mfn. affable, condescending, civil Buddh.
saMstuti*=f. praise, eulogy MBh. BhP.; figuritive mode of expression A1past. [1121,2]
samucchvas *= (%{-ud-svas}) P. %{-chvasiti}, or %{-chvasati}, to breathe well or regularly Sus3r.; to breathe again,
recover, revive Katha1s.; to spring or sprout up S3is3.: Caus. see %{sam-ucchvAsita}.
samucchvaasa *= m. heavy expiration, sighing ib.
saMsUcita* = mfn. indicated, displayed, manifested, shown BhP. Pan5cat.; informed, told, apprised MW.; reproved ib.
samudbhava * = (ifc. f. {A}) existence, production, origin (ifc. either `" arisen or produced from "' or `" being the source
of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; coming to life again, revival MBh.; N. of Agni at the Vrata7des'a Griihys.
samuha = (m) group
Sanskrit Dictionary
samuhe = in group
samudaya * = m. (rarely n.) coming together, union, junction, combination, collection, assemblage, multitude,
aggregation, aggregate (acc. with %{kR}, `" to collect or assemble "') MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; (with Buddhists) the aggregate
of the constituent elements or factors of any being or existence (in later times equivalent to `" existence "' itself) Buddh.
Sarvad.; a producing cause (e.g. %{duHkhas-} `" the cause of suffering "') Dharmas. 22; income, revenue Mn. MBh.;
success, prosperity Mr2icch.; war, battle L.; a day L.; = %{udgama} or %{samudgama} L. [1167,3]; rising (of the sun
&c.) W.; n. an auspicious moment (= %{lagna}) L.
samudita = (adj) flourishing
samuddhartaa = the deliverer
samudbhavaM = directly manifested
samudbhavaH = born of
samudbhavaan.h = produced of
samUDha * = (or %{-Ulha}) mfn. swept or pressed together, brought together, collected, united RV. TS.; regularly
arranged, restored to order (as opp. to %{vy-UDha}, `" disarranged "', `" transposed "') Br. S3rS.; purified L.; tamed L.;
%{-cchandas} mfn. having metres restored to their order S3Br.; %{-dvAdazA7hapaddhati} f. %{-puNDarIka-paddhati}
f. N. of wks.
samudIraNa *= n. setting in motion or getting into motion Ma1rkP.; raising the voice, uttering pronouncing, reciting
W.
samudyame = in the attempt
samudra = sea
samudra-paryantaa = bounded by ocean
samudraM = the ocean
samudreshhuu = among the oceans
samudyata *= mfn. raised up, lifted up MBh. Ka1v. &c.; offered, presented R. Ma1rkP.; intended, prepared, begun ib.;
ready or eager for action, prepared to or about to (inf. or dat.), engaged in (loc.) R. BhP. Katha1s.; ready to march
against (%{prati}) MBh. vi, 5166.
samudya *= ind. having spoken together &c.; having concluded or agreed upon BhP.\\see %{saM-vad} and %{sam-ud},
pp. 1114, 1166.
samudyaa *= P. %{-yAti}, to rise up against (acc.), assail MBh.
samudyam *= P. %{-yacchati}, to raise up, lift up MBh. R. &c.; to rein in, curb, restrain, drive (horses &c.) MBh.
samudyama *= m. lifting up MBh.; great effort or exertion, setting about, readiness to or for (loc. dat., or comp.) Ka1v.
Katha1s.
samudyamin *= mfn. exerting one's self. strenuous, eager, zealous Ka1m.
samudyata *= mfn. raised up, lifted up MBh. Ka1v. &c.; offered, presented R. Ma1rkP.; intended, prepared, begun ib.;
ready or eager for action, prepared to or about to (inf. or dat.), engaged in (loc.) R. BhP. Katha1s.; ready to march
against (%{prati}) MBh. vi, 5166.
samudyaata *= mfn. risen up against (acc.)
samutthena = arisen from
Sanskrit Dictionary
samutpanna = arisen
samunnati = prosperity
samupaashritaH = having taken shelter of
samupaanayana *= n. bringing near, procuring MBh.
samupacaara * = m. attention, homage Pacar.
samupaci * = P. {-cinoti}, to heap up, gather Ng.: Pass. {-cIyate}, to grow up, increase Sus'r.
samupacita * = mfn. collected, heaped W.; abundant Ratna7v.; thick Car.; {-jala} mfn. having accumulated waters (as
the ocean) MW.
samupacchaada * = m. (1. {chad}) Pn. 6-4, 96 Sch.
samupagama * = m. going near, approach, contact W.
samupaguh * = P.. {-gUhati}, {-te}, to embrace, surround Caurap.
samupajan * = . {-jAyate}, to arise, spring up, take place Kv.; to be born again MBh.: Caus. {-janayati}, to generate,
cause, produce Riitus.
samupajJaa * = P. . {-jAnAti}, {-janite}, to ascertain fully, find out MBh.; to perceive, learn W.
samupasthita = present
samupasthitaM = present
samupatap * = Pass. {-tapyate}, to feel pain MBh.
samupadhaa * = P. . {-dadhAti}, {-dhatte}, to put together, construct, create, produce MW. [1169, 2]
samupapad * = . {-padyate}, to come to pass, be brought about or accomplished MBh.; to meet with (acc.), experience
ib.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, to bring about, make ready, prepare. R.
samupapAdita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made ready, prepared ib.
samupavrit.h = Thus
saMs'raavayitR m. (fr. Caus.) an announcer, crier, proclaimer KaushUp.; %{-mat} mfn. having an announcer ib. %{zrAvita} mfn. (fr. id.) read out or aloud Katha1s
samucita * = mfn. delighted in, liked, well suited, fit, right, proper R. Megh. Inscr.; accustomed or used to (gen.)
Megh.
samuuha = (m) a multitude, crowd
saMvaada = (m) conversation, dialouge *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) speaking together, conversation, colloquy with (instr. with
and without %{saha} loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; appointment, stipulation Ka1tyS3r. Ka1v. VarBr2S.; a cause, lawsuit
A1pGr2. Katha1s.; assent, concurrence, agreement, conformity, similarity W.; information, news ib.
saMvatsara* = m. (rarely n.; cf. {pari-v-}) a full year, a year (having 12 [TS.] or 13 [VS.] months or 360 days [S'Br.
AitBr. Sus'r.]; {am}, `" for a year; {eNa} `" after or in course of a yyear "'; {e} or {asya}, after or within a yyear "') RV.
&c. &c.; a year of the Vikrama era (see above; {varSa} is used for the {zaka}) the first in a cycle of five or six years TS.
PrGri. VarBriS. BhP.; the Year personified (having the new and full moon for eyes and presiding over the seasons) TS.
Pur.; N. of S'iva MBh.
saMvartaka * mfn. (cf. {sAM-v-}) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end of the world) NriisUp. MBh. &c.; m. the
Sanskrit Dictionary
world-destroying fire (pl. `" the fires of hell "'), Grihys. BhP.; submarine fire (= {bADava}) L.; (scil. {gaNa}) a group or
class of world-destroying clouds VP.; the end or dissolution of the universe R. Hariv.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; N. of
Baladeva (q.v.) L.; of a serpent-demon MBh.; of an ancient sage (= {saM-varta}) VarBriS.; of a mountain Col.; ({ikA}) f.
a young lotus-leaf (still rolled up) Bhpr. Kd.; n. Bala-deva's ploughshare Hariv.; {-kA7gni} m. the world-destroying
fire MW.; {-kA7bhra} n. pl. the clouds at the destruction of the world, Nga7n.; {-kin} m. N. of Bala-deva (cf. above) L.
saMves'a * = m. approaching near to, entrance TS. Br.; lying down, sleeping Ragh.; dreaming, a dream W.; a kind of
sexual union L.; a bedchamber BhP.; a chair, seat, stool L.; %{-pati} (%{-za4-}) m. the lord of rest or sleep or sexual
union (Agni) VS. A1s3vS3r.
saMvida:* =mfn. having consciousness, conscious (in {a-s-}) S'Br.; n. (?) stipulation, agreement MBh. viii, 4512.
saMvidhA * = P.A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte}, to dispose, arrange, settle, fix, determine, prescribe MBh. R. Sus3r.; to
direct, order Hariv.; to carry on, conduct, manage, attend to, mind Mn. MBh. &c.; to use, employ R.; to make use of. act
or proceed with (instr.) Pan5cat.; (with %{mAnasam}) to keep the mind fixed or composed, be in good spirits Bhartr2.;
to make, render (two acc.) Naish.; to set, put, lay, place MBh.: Pass. %{-dhIyate}, to be disposed or arranged &c. MBh.:
Caus. %{-dhApayati}, to cause to dispose or manage Ka1d.
saMvigna * = mfn. agitated, flurried, terrified, shy MBh. Ka1v. &c.; moving to and fro BhP.; (ifc.) fallen into ib.; %{mAnasa} mfn. agitated or distracted in mind MBh.
saMviz * = P. %{vizati}, (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to approach near to, associate or attach one's self to (acc. or instr.) RV.
VS.; to enter together, enter into (acc., rarely loc.) Kaus3. MBh. &c.; to merge one's self into (acc.) MBh.; to lie down,
rest, repose in or upon (loc. or %{upari} ifc.), sleep with (instr. with and without %{saha}, or dat.) S3Br. &c. &c.; to
cohabit, have sexual intercourse with (acc.) Mn. Ya1jn5. Ma1rkP.; to sit down with (acc.) Hariv.; to engage in, have to do
with (acc.) BhP.: Caus. %{-vczayati}, to cause to lie together or down or on Ya1jn5. Sch.; to place or lay together or on,
bring to (loc.) Kaus3. MBh. &c.
saMyojayati = to thread (i.e. pass a thread through the eye of a needle)
saMvrit 1 mfn. covering TS.
saMvrit *= A1. %{-vartate} (pf. p. %{-vavRtva4s} q.v.; Ved. inf. %{-vR4tas}; ind. %{-vartam}), to turn or go towards,
approach near to, arrive at RV. AV. R.; to go against, attack (acc.) MBh.; to meet, encounter (as foes) RV. iv, 24, 4; to
come together, be rolled together, be conglomerated Pan5cavBr. Kaus3.; (also with %{mithas}) to have sexual
intercourse together S3Br. A1past.; to take shape, come into being, be produced, arise from (abl.) RV. &c. &c.; to come
round or about, come to pass, happen, occur, take place, be fulfilled (as time) MBh. Ka1v.; &c.; to begin, commence R.;
to be, exist ChUp. MBh. &c.; to become, grow, get (with nom.) R. Ragh.; to be conducive to, serve for (dat.) Lalit.: Caus.
%{vartayati}, to cause to turn or revolve, roll (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c.; to turn towards or hither RV.; to clench (the fist)
Hariv.; to wrap up, envelop MBh.; to crumple up, crush, destroy MBh. R.; to bring about, accomplish, perform, execute
Hariv. R. BhP.; to fulfil, satisfy (a wish) R.; to think of. find out (a remedy) Car.: Desid. %{-vi4vRtsati}, to wish to have
sexual intercourse with (acc.) AV.
saMvrita *= mfn. covered, shut up, enclosed or enveloped in (loc.), surrounded or accompanied or protected by (instr.
with or without %{saha}, or comp.), well furnished or provided or occupied or filled with, full of (instr. or comp.) AV.
&c. &c.; concealed, laid aside, kept, secured MBh. Ka1v. &c.; restrained, suppressed, retired, withdrawn Hariv. S3ak. ii,
12 (v.l. for %{saM-hRta}); well covered or guarded (see %{su-s-}); contracted, compressed, closed (as the throat),
articulated with the vocal chords contracted Pra1t.; subdued (as a tone) ib. Pat.; (in rhet.) hidden, ambiguous (but not
offensive see Va1m. ii, 1, 14); m. N. of Varun2a L.; n. a secret place KaushUp.; close articulation (cf. above) Pra1t.; %{tA} f. (Tpra1t. Sch.), %{-tva} n. (Ven2is.) closed condition; %{-mantra} mfn. one who keeps his counsels or plans secret
(%{-tA}, f.) Ka1m.; %{-saMvArya} mfn. one who conceals what ought to be concealed Mn. vii, 102; %{-tA7kAra} mfn.
one who conceals all signs of feeling MW.
saMvriti *= f. closure Sus3r. S3a1rn3gP.; covering, concealing, keeping secret S3is3. Sarvad.; dissimulation, hypocrisy
Amar.; obstruction HYog.; %{-mat} mfn. able to dissimulate S3is3. Subh.
saMvritta *= mfn. approached near to, arrived Gaut.; happened, occurred, passed Ka1v. Pan5cat.; fulfilled (as a wish)
R.; become, grown (with nom.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; often w.r. for %{saM-vRta}; m. N. of Varun2a L.; of a serpent-demon
MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
saMvritti *= f. common occupation A1past.; the right effect Car.; Fulfilment (personified) MBh.; being, existing,
becoming, happening MW.; often w.r. for %{saM-vRti}.
sAMvritti *= %{-ttika} w.r. for %{saM-vRtti} and %{sAMvittika}.
samyac * = mfn. (fr. %{sami} = 2. %{sam} + 2. %{aJc} cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 93; nom. %{samya4n}, %{samIcI4}, or
%{samI4cI}, %{samya4k}) going i, long with or together, turned together or in one direction, combined, united (acc.
with %{dhA}, to unite or provide with "' [acc. or dat. of pers. and instr. or acc. of thing]), entire, whole, complete, all
(%{samyaJcaH} %{sarve}, `" all together "') RV. Br. S3a1n3khS3r.; turned towards each other, facing one another RV.
VS. Br.; lying in one direction, forming one line (as foot steps) S3Br.; correct, accurate, proper, true, right BhP.;
uniform, same, identical W.; pleasant, agreeable ib.; (%{I4cI}) f. praise, eulogy L.; a doe Un2. iv, 92 Sch.; N. of a divine
female TBr.; of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.; (%{a4k}) ind. in one or the same direction, in the same way, at the same time,
together (with %{sthA}, `" to associate with "') RV. MBh.; in one line, straight (opp. to %{akSNayA}, `" obliquely "')
S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; completely, wholly, thoroughly, by all means (with %{na}, by no means, not at all "') Mn. MBh. &c.;
correctly, truly, properly, fitly, in the right way or manner, well, duly (with %{kR}, `" to make good [a promise] "') Up.
Mn. MBh. &c.; distinctly, clearly MW.
samyak.h = proper
saMyam* = P. {-yacchati} (rarely .), to hold together, hold in, hold fast, restrain, curb, suppress, control, govern, guide
(horses, the senses, passions) RV. &c. &c.; to tie up, bind together (hair or a garment) MBh. Kv. &c.; to put together,
heap up (. `" for one's self "') Pn. 1-3, 75 Sch.; to shut up, close (a door) Bhag.; to press close to or against Sus'r.; to
present with, give to (. with instr. of person, when the action is permitted P. with dat., when the action is not
permitted) Pn. 1-3, 35: Caus. {-yamayati} (cf. {-yamita}), to cause to restrain &c.; to bind up (the hair) Venis.
samyaggraahayitvaa = well+captured
saMyaava: m. a sort of cake (of wheaten flour fried with ghee and milk and made up into an oblong form with sugar and
spices) Mn. MBh. &c. [1112, 2]
saMyama * = m. holding together, restraint, control, (esp.) control of the senses, self-control Mn. MBh. &c.; tying up
(the hair) Sh.; binding, fettering VarBriS.; closing (of the eyes) MrkP.; concentration of mind (comprising the
performance of Dhran, Dhyna, and Samdhi, or the last three stages in Yoga) Yogas. Sarvad.; effort, exertion ({A4},
with great difficulty "') MBh.; suppression i.e. destruction (of the world) Pur.; N. of a son of Dhmra7ksha (and father
of Kriis'a7s'va) BhP.; {-dhana} mfn. rich in self-restraint MBh.; {-puNya-tIrtha} mfn. having restraint for a holy place of
pilgrimage MBh.; {-vat} mfn. self-controlled, parsimonious, economical Kaths.; {-mAgni} m. the fire of abstinence
Bhag.; {-mA7mbhas} n. the flood of water at the end of the world BhP.
saMyAma * = m. = {saM-yama} Pn. 3-3, 63; {-vat} mfn. self-controlled Bhathth.
saMyamana * = mf(%{I})n. id. MBh. Pur.; bringing to rest RV.; (%{I}) f. N. of the city or residence of Yama (fabled to
be situated on Mount Meru) MBh. BhP.; n. the act of curbing or checking or restraining VP.; self-control KaushUp.;
binding together, tying up Vikr. Sa1h.; drawing tight, tightening (reins &c.) S3ak.; confinement, fetter Mr2icch.; Yama's
residence (cf. above) Ba1dar.
saMyoga * = m. conjunction, combination, connection (%{-ge} or %{-geSu} ifc. `" in connection with, with regard to,
concerning "'), union or absorption with or in (gen., or instr. with and without %{saha}, or loc., or ifc.) A1past. MBh.
&c.; contact (esp. in phil. `" direct material contact "', as of sesamum seed with rice-grains [in contradistinction to
contact by the fusion of particles, as of water with milk], enumerated among the 24 Gun2as of the Nya1ya cf. under
%{sam-bandha}) Yogas. Kan2. Bha1sha1p.; carnal contact, sexual union MBh. &c.; matrimonial connection or
relationship by marriage with or between (gen., %{saha} with instr., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind of alliance or
peace made between two kings with a common object Ka1m. Hit.; agreement of opinion, consensus (opposed to
%{bheda}) R.; applying one's self closely to, being engaged in, undertaking (%{-gaM} %{kR}, `" to undertake, set about,
begin "'; %{agnihotra-saMyogam} %{kR}, `" to undertake the maintenance of a sacred fire "') A1past. Mn. R.; (in gram.)
a conjunct consonant, combination of two or more consonants Pra1t. Pa1n2. &c.; dependence of one case upon another,
syntax Vop.; (in astron.) conjunction of two or more heavenly bodies MW.; total amount, sum VarBr2S.; N. of S3iva
MBh.; %{-pRthak-tva} n. (in phil.) separateness with conjunction (a term applied to express the separateness of what is
optional from what is a necessary constituent of anything) MW. [1112,3]; %{-mantra} m. a nuptial text or formula
Gaut.; %{-viruddha} n. food which causes disease through being mixed MW.
Sanskrit Dictionary
saMyuga* = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17); %{goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe "') MBh.; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front
of battle Ragh.//2 = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "') S3is3.
saMyuta* = mfn. joined or bound together, tied, fettered R. Ragh.; put together, joined or connected with (instr. with
and without {saha}, or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; increased hy, added to (instr. or comp.) VarBriS. Rjat.; (ifc.) being in
conjunction with VarBriS.; consisting of. containing (instr. or comp.) R.; (ifc.) relating to, implying ({praI7Sya-s-}, `"
implying service "') Mn. ii, 32; accumulated (v.l. for {sam-bhRta}) S'ak. iv, 120/121
san * = cl. 1. P., 8. P. . (Dhtup. xiii, 21; xxx, 2) {sa4nati}, {-te} or {sano4ti}, {sanute} (. rare and only in nonconjugational tenses; pf. {sasA4na} RV.; p. {sasava4s} ib. f. {sasanu4SI} Br.; {sasanivas} or {senivas} Gr.; {sene} ib.;
aor. {asAniSam} [Subj. {saniSat} . {saniSAsmahe}, {sa4niSanta}] RV.; Impv. {sa4niSantu} SV.; {seSam}, {set} MaitrS.
Br.; {asAta} Gr.; Prec. {sanyAt}, {sAyAt} ib.; fut. {sanitA} ib.; {saniSya4ti} RV. Br.; inf. {sanitum} Gr.), to gain, acquire,
obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; to gain for another, procure, bestow, give, distribute RV.; (.) to be
successful, be granted or fulfilled ib.: Pass. {sanyate} or {sAyate} Pn. 6-4, 43: Caus. {sAnayati} (aor. {asISaNat}) Gr.:
Desid. of Caus. {sisAnayiSati}. ib.: Desid. {sisaniSati} (Gr.) or {si4SAsati} (? {sISatI} AV. iv, 38, 2), to wish to acquire or
obtain RV. TS. AV.; to wish to procure or bestow RV. AV.: Intens. {saMsanyate}, {sAsAyate}, {saMsanti} (Gr.), to gain
or acquire repeatedly (only 3. pl. {saniSNata} RV. i, 131, 5). \\2 in %{go-Sa4n} q.v.\\3 (in gram.) a technical term for
the syllable %{sa} or sign of the desiderative.\\4 N. of an era (current in Bengal and reckoned from 593 A.D.), RTL;
433.
sana * = 2 mf({A})n. (derivation doubtful; for 1. see p. 1140, col. 3) old, ancient ({am} ind. "' of old, formerly "') RV.
AV.; lasting long BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi (one of the four or seven spiritual sons of Brahm; cf. {sanaka}) MBh. Hariv.
[Cf. Lat. {senex}, {senior}; Lith. {se4nas}; Goth. {sinista}.]
sana * 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1141, col. 1) gain, acquisition (in {ahaM-sana} and {su-SaNa}, qq. vv.); presenting, offering
BhP.
sanaa * = ind. (g. {svar-Adi}) from of old RV. S'Br.
sana * =3 m. the flapping of an elephant's ears L.; Bignonia Suaveolens or Terminalia Tomentosa (cf. 2. {asana}) L.
sanaatana = ancient
sanaatanaM = eternal atmosphere
sanaatanaH = eternally the same
sanaatanaaH = eternal
sanaatana * mf({I}, m.c.also {A})n. eternal, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, primeval, ancient S'Br. &c. &c.; m. N. of
Brahm L.; of Vishnu Bhathth.; of S'iva L.; a guest of deceased ancestors, one who must always be fed whenever he
attends S'rddhas L.; N. of a Riishi (in MBh. and later `" a mind-born son of Brahm "') TS. &c. &c.; of a king Buddh.;
(with {zarman} and {go-svAmin}) of two authors Cat.; pl. N. of partic. worlds Hariv.; ({I}) f. N. of Durg Cat. [1141, 2];
of Lakshm or Sarasvat L.
sachaya = collection
sachayaan.h = accumulation
sachikaa = (f) file
sachhinna = cut
saja *= see %{saM-ja} below. [ saaja *= m. N. of a lexicographer L.]
sajanayan.h = increasing
sajaya = O Sanjaya
Sanskrit Dictionary
sajayati = binds
sajaayate = develops
sajiivanii = a life-restoring elixir or herbsa-yata = attempting
sa.nchaya = collection
sandarbha = reference
sa.ndarshaya = (verbal stem) to show
sa.ndhaanaM = combination? or san-dhnm; acquiring as a gift grain, rice or barley
sandrishyante = are seen
sandes'a = message (see samdes'a)
sandehaH = (m) doubt
sandoha * V= diversity, different types, or S: the amount, the volume
sandis'a *V = transmigration [s'ashtri], should actually enjoy [vedabase
sandhi = The junctional point of two consecutive bhaavas
sandhiikaala = twilight (both morning and evening time)
sangama = to meet
sanga = togetherness, closeness
sanga (saGga) * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) sticking, clinging to, touch, contact with (loc. or comp.) TS. &c. &c.; relation
to, association or intercourse with (gen. instr. with and without %{saha} loc., or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; addiction or
devotion to, propensity for, (esp.) worldly or selfish attachment or affection, desire, wish, cupidity Mn. MBh. &c.; (with
%{atreH}) N. of a Sa1man Br.\\or %{saGga} mfn. having limbs or a body Katha1s.; together with the limbs AV. S3Br.;
with all its An3gas or supplements Ka1tyS3r.; complete, entire MBh.; concluded, finished Uttarar.
sangaM, see saMgam = attachment, associating, meeting
sangaH = attachment
sangaNaka = computer
sangarataH = indulging in good company
sangarahitaM = without attachment
sangavivarjitaH = free from all association
sangaviihinaH = bereft of company
sangaat.h = from attachment
sangiita = music
sangiitakam.h = (n) a music concert
sange = in the company
Sanskrit Dictionary
sangena = by association
sangraha = collection, see saMgraha
sangraama = battle, battlefield
sangha =(see saMga) group, organization, gathering
sanghaTita = united
sanghaaH = the assemblies
sanghaataH = the aggregate
sanghaiH = the groups
saNghaTana = organization, unity
sajushtha *= mfn. liked by the good R.
sankalpamastu = saMkalpaM + astu:resolution + let there be
s'an'kaamaya (zaGkAmaya) mf(%{I})n. full of doubt or uncertainty, fearful, afraid R.
sankatha *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. Pra1kr2it for %{saM-kRta}; cf. 2. %{vi-kaTa} &c.) `" brought together "', contracted,
closed, narrow, strait MBh. Ka1v. &c.; crowded together, dense, impervious, impassable MBh. Ma1rkP.; dangerous,
critical MBh.; (ifc.) crowded with, full of Ka1d.; m. N. of a partic. personification (a son of Kakubh) BhP.; of a man
Ra1jat.; of a gander or flamingo Katha1s. Pan5cat. Hit.; (%{A}) f. see below; (%{am}) n. a narrow passage, strait, defile,
pass MBh. Ka1v. &c., a strait, difficulty, critical condition, danger to or from (comp.; cf. %{prA7Na-s-}) ib.\\ f. N. of a
Yogini1 (seven others are named, viz. Man3gala1, Pin3gala1, Dhanya1, Bhra1mari1, Bhadrika1, Ulka1, Siddhi) Jyot.; of a
goddess worshipped in Benares L.
sankaTaasana = the dangerous posture
sankara: see samkara
sankaraH = such unwanted children
sankarasya = of unwanted population
sankalanam.h = (n) addition
sankalpa = determination
sankalpaH = (m) decision, resolution, plan
san'karsha &c. see %{saM-} %{lRS}. [1125,3]
san'karsha *= mfn. drawing near, vicinity, neighbourhood Gobh.; %{-kANDa} m. N. of wk. (= %{saMkarSaNa-k-}; see
col. 2); %{-bhATTa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.
san'karshaNa *= n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP.; a means of joining or uniting BhP.; drawing together,
contracting W.; making rows, ploughing ib. [1126,2]; m. N. of Bala-deva or Bala-ra1ma (also called Hala7yudha [q.v.],
the elder brother of Kr2ishn2a; he was drawn from the womb of Devaki1 and transferred to that of Rohin2i1; among
Vaishn2avas he is considered as the second of the four forms of Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad.; N. of the
father of Ni1la7sura Cat.; (also with %{sUri}) of various authors ib.; %{-kANDa} (or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m. N. of an
appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP.; %{-vidyA} f. the art of
drawing a child from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that of another (applied to Baladeva cf. above)
Prab.; %{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author, Cat; %{-sUtra-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sapadi * = ind. (%{sa} + %{pada}) at the same instant, on the spot, at once, immediately, quickly Ka1v. VarBr2S. Pur.
&c.
sapaada *= mfn. having feet (see comp.); with a quarter, increased by one-fourth Mn. Ra1jat. BhP.: %{-pITha} mfn.
furnished with a footstool MW.; %{-matsya} m. the shad-fish, Silurus L.; %{-lakSa} m. or n. one hundred thousand and
a quarter of it i.e. 125, 000 Pan5cat.; N. of a district (%{-kSmApAla} m. a king of the above district; %{-zikharin} m. N.
of a mountain) Uttamac. Inscr.; %{-vandanam} ind. `" saluting a person's feet "', respectfully, deferentially Ma1lati1m.
sapaala * = mfn. attended by a herdsman Mn. viii, 240; together with a king or kings BhP.; m. N. of a king Buddh.
saparya * = 1 Nom. P. %{-ya4ti} (prob. fr. a lost noun %{sapar}) , to serve attentively , honour , worship , adore RV.
AV. ; to offer or dedicate reverentially RV. x , 37 , 1 ; to accept kindly Kaus3.\\ 2 mfn. (of doubtful meaning) RV. x , 106
, 5 ; (%{A}) f. see next.
saparyaa * = f. (also pl.) worship , homage , adoration (acc. with %{kR} or %{dA} , %{vi-} or %{prati-vi-dhA} , and
Caus. of %{rac} or %{ni-vRt} "' , to perform worship , do homage "' ; with %{labh} or %{prati-grah} , `" to receive
wworship or hhomage "' ; instr. with %{pUj} , %{abhi-gA} , %{upa-As} , %{praty-ud-i} "' , to worship , adore ,
approach reverentially "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.
sapatnaan.h = enemies
sapatna * = m. (fr. 1. {sa-pa4tnI} below) a rival, adversary, enemy RV. &c. &c.
sapatnI * = 1 f. (once in R. {-tni}) a woman who has the same husband with another woman (Pn. 4-1, 35) or whose
husband has other wives, a fellow-wife or mistress, female rival RV. &c. &c.
sapatnya * = w.r. for %{sAp} (q.v.) - see saapatnya
sapta = (adj) seven
saptavarga = Seven Vargas a sequence of varga or harmonic charts. Consists of Rashi, Hora, Drekkana, navaa.nsha,
dvaadasha.nsha, tri.nshaa.nsha and Saptaa.nsha
saptaa.nsha = A varga. The harmonic Seventh Division. Used for delineations of Children and Grandchildren and one's
creative projections
saphala = fruitful
sara* = mf({A})n. (fr. {sR}) fluid, liquid VS.; cathartic, purgative, laxative Sus'r. Vgbh.; (ifc. f. {I} Pn. 3-2, 18) going,
moving &c. (cf. {anu-}, {abhi-}, {puraH-s-}); m. going, motion L.; a cord, string (cf. {prati-}, {maNi-}, {muktA-maNi-},
and {mauktika-s-}); a short vowel (in prosody) Col.; salt L.; N. of Vyu or the wind L.; a waterfall L.; often v.l. or w.r.
for {zara} (also in comp. {sara-ja} &c. for {zara ja} &c.); ({A4}) f. moving or wandering about Gal.; a brook AV. TS.; a
cascade, waterfall L.; Paederia Foetida L.; ({I}) f. a cascade (cf. {sari}) L.; n. a lake, pool (also irregularly in comp. for
{saras}) Un. iv, 188 Sch.; milk L.
saraH = (neut) lake
saraNa * = mfn. (for %{sa-raNa} see p. 1183) going, moving, running GopBr.; m. a kind of tree Col. (perhaps w.r. for
%{sorala}); N. of a king Buddh.; (%{A} or %{I}) f. Paederia Foetida L.; (%{A}) f. a sort of convolvulus L.; n. running,
quick motion (with %{AjeH}, `" a foot-race, `" running-match "') Gr2S3rS. ChUp. MBh.; moving from one place to
another, locomotion VarBr2S.; running after, following R.; iron rust or filings L.
saraNa * = mfn. (for %{saraNa} see p. 1182, col. 1) connected with war or conflict Lalit.
saraNa * = %{-Ni} &c. see p. 1182, col. 1, [1183,3]
sAraNa * = mf(%{I})n. id. L.; cracked, split L.; having five hair-tufts on the head L.; m. dysentery, diarrhoea L.; wind
during the autumn L.; Paederia Foetida L.; Spondias Mangifera. L.; N. of a brother of Kr2ishn2a MBh. Hariv. Ma1rkP.;
of one of Ra1van2a's ministers (sent as ambissad or to Ra1ma) R.; (%{A}) f. stretching out, extension (only ifc.)
Katha1s.; (ifc. f. %{A}) producing a sound, striking a note on (loc.) ib.; a partic. process to which mineral substances
Sanskrit Dictionary
(esp. quicksilver) are subjected (two others being given called %{Rtu-s-} and %{prati-sAraNA}; %{-NA-traya} n. `" the
three Sa1ran2a1 processes "') Sarvad.; (%{I}) f. see below; (%{am}) n. leading home Das3.; buttermilk (one fourth part
of which is water) L.; a kind of perfume L.
sarani = (f) stream, path
sarala = straight, candid
saras.h = lake
sarasa = Excellent
sarasaaM = of all reservoirs of water
sarasaangayashhthii = she whose body is like a (lean)stick
sarasvati = goddess of speech and learning
sarira *= n. (cf. {salila}) the heaving sea, flood, tide VS. TBr.; = {bahu} Naigh. iii, 1; the universe (= {loka} or {tri-loka})
VS. Sch.
saritaa = (f) river
sarati = (1 pp) to go
saroja = lotus ( one that is born in a lake)
sarovaram.h = (n) lake
sargaH = birth and death
sargaaNaaM = of all creations
sarge = while taking birth
sarge.api = even in the creation
sarpa = snake
sarpaaNaaM = of serpents
sarva = all *= mf(%{A})n. (perhaps connected with %{sAra} q.v.; inflected as a pronoun except nom. acc. sg. n.
%{sarvam}, and serving as a model for a series of pronominals cf. %{sarva-nAman}) whole, entire, all, every (m.sg. `"
every one "'; pl. `" all "'; n. sg. `" everything "'; sometimes strengthened by %{vizva} [which if alone in RV. appears in
the meaning `" all "', every "', `" every one "'] and %{nikhila}; %{sarve} "' %{pi}, `" all together "'; %{sarvaH@ko} "'
%{pi} "', every one so ever "'; %{gavAM@sarvam}, `" all that comes from cows "'; %{sarva} with a negation = `" not any
"', `" no "', `" none "' or `" not every one "', `" not everything "') RV. &c. &c.; of all sorts, manifold, various, different
MBh. &c.; (with another adjective or in comp.; cf. below) altogether, wholly, completely, in all parts, everywhere RV.
ChUp. &c.; (%{am}) ind. (with %{sarveNa}) completely DivyA7v.; m. (declined like a subst.) N. of S3iva MBh.; of
Kr2ishn2a Bhag.; of a Muni Cat.; pl. N. of a people Ma1rkP.; n. water Naigh. i, 12. [Cf. Gk. $ &358256[1184,3] for $ Lat.
{salvus}.] [1185,1]
sarvaM = all
sarvaH = all
sarvakarma = of all activities
sarvakarmaaNi = all reactions to material activities
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
satyaM = Truth
satyameva = Truth alone
satyasa.ndhaM = the one bound by Truth
satyasya = of truth
satyavat *= mfn. truthful , veracious MBh. R. BhP. Pan5car. ; containing the word %{satya} AitBr. ; w.r. for %{sattvavat} Ragh. ; m. N. of a spell spoken over weapons R. ; of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv. ; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha
BhP. ; of a son of Dyumat-sena (husband of Sa1vitri1) MBh. R. ; (%{atI}) f. N. of the wife of Para1s3ara (S3a1m2tanu)
and mother of Vya1sa MBh. Hariv. Pur. Pan5car. ; of a daughter of Ga1dhi and wife of R2ici1ka (fabled to have become
the Kaus3iki1 river) MBh. Hariv. R. Pur. ; of the wife of Na1rada MBh. ; of the wife of S3iva-ra1ja-bhat2t2a Va1s. ,
Introd. ; of a river = %{accho7dA} Cat. ; (%{-tI}) %{-suta} m. `" son of Satyavati "'N. of the poet , Vya1sa MBh.
satsangatve = in good company
sakshii = witness
satvat * satvat m. pl.N. of a people inhabiting the south of India (cf. {sAtvata}) Br. KaushUp. MBh. Hariv.; of a son of
Madhu Hariv.
satvata * = m. N. of a son of Mdhava (Mgadha) and Ans'a Hariv. V
sau.ndaryamaalikaa = Garland of beauty
saubha * = m. (also written {zaubha}) N. of the aerial city of Hari-s'candra (q.v.) MBh. BhP.; of a town of the S'alvas
MBh.; a king of the Saubhas ib.; pl. N. of a people ib.
saubhaga * = mfn. (fr. %{subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the tree Su-bhaga Car.; m. N. of a son of
Br2ihac-chloka BhP.; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment RV.; loveliness, grace, beauty BhP.
2 saubhagatva n. welfare, happiness RV.
sauchikaH = (m) tailor
saucakya* = n. (fr. {sUcaka}) g. {purohitA7di}.
sauci* = m. = next L.
saucikya* = n. (fr. {sUcika}) g. {purohitA7di}.
saucitti* = m. (prob. fr. {su-citta}) patr. of Satya-dhriiti MBh.
saucuka* = m. N. of the father of Bhti-rja (and grandfather of Indu-rja) Cat.
saucika* = m. (fr. {sUci}) one who lives by his needle, a tailor (in the caste system he is the son of a S'aundika and a
Kaivart) Kull. on Mn. iv, 214.
saucIka* = m. N. of a partic. Agni Sy. in RV., Introd.
saudaaminii = (f) lightning *= f. (fr. %{su-dAman}, `" Indra "' or `" a cloud "') lightning or a partic. kind of llightning;
perhaps forked llightning (%{vidyut@saudAmanI@yathA}, `" after the manner of fforked llightning "') MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; N. of a daughter of Kas3yapa and Vinata1 VP.; of a Yakshin2i1 Katha1s.; of a daughter of the Gandharva Ha1ha1 ib.;
of an Apsaras Ba1lar.; of a sorceress Ma1lati1m.; of part of the Su-da1man mountain (accord. to some).
saubhadraH = the son of Subhadra
saubhaagyavatii = Mrs
saubhaga * - mfn. (fr. {subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the tree Su-bhaga Car.; m. N. of a son of
Sanskrit Dictionary
Briihac-chloka BhP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment RV.; loveliness, grace, beauty BhP.
sauHrida // sauhrida= friendship * = mfn. relating to or coming from a friend R.; m. a friend Pan5cat.; pl. N. of a
people MBh.; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) affection, friendship for or with (loc. or %{saha} or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; liking for,
fondness of (comp.) Ja1takam.
saukshmyaat.h = due to being subtle
saumadattiH = the son of Somadatta
saumana* = n. (fr. {su-mana}, or {-nas}); m. or ({A}) f. a flower, blossom Sus'r.; a partic. mythical weapon
sauman'galya = n. welfare, prosperity BhP.; an auspicious object (as an amulet &c.)
saumitrivatsalaH = he who is affectionate to LakshmaNa
saumya* = (once in AV. {sau4mya}) mf({I4} later {A}; once in RV. {sau4myA})n. relating or belonging to Soma (the
juice or the sacrifice or the moon-god), connected or dealing with Soma, having his nature or qualities &c. RV. &c. &c.;
cool and moist (opp. to {agneya}, `" hot and dry "') Br. Hariv. Sus'r.; northern ({ena}, `" to the north "') Hariv.
VarBriS.; `" resembling the moon "', placid, gentle, mild ({saumya} voc. = `" O gentle Sir! "' `" O good Sir! "' `" O
excellent man! "' as the proper mode of addressing a Brhman Mn. ii, 125) S'Br. &c.&c.; auspicious (said of birds,
planets &c.; esp. of the Nakshatras Mriiga-s'iras, Citr, Anurdh, and Revat) R. VarBriS. Hariv. S'rngS.; happy,
pleasant, cheerful MW.; m. a Soma sacrifice L.; an adherent, worshipper BhP.; a Brhman L.; patr. of Budha or the
planet Mercury VarBriS.; of the Vedic Riishi Budha (author of RV. x, 1) RAnukr.; the left hand Hcat.; Ficus Glomerata
L.; the fifteenth cubit ({aratni}) from the bottom or the third from the top of the sacrificial post L.; (in anat.) the blood
before it becomes red, serum W.; the gastric juice MW.; the month Mrgas'rsha Hcat.; N. of the 43rd (or 17th) year in
the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; (pl.) the people of Soma S'nkhGri.; a partic. class of deceased ancestors Mn.
iii, 199; m. n. a partic. penance (see {-kRcchra}) Yj. GrudaP.; N. of a Dvpa of the earth or of Bharatavarsha Pur.; of
the 7th astrol. Yuga Jyot.; ({yA}) f. N. of various plants (Abrus Precatorius; Glycine Debilis; Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.; a
pearl L.; the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras Hariv.; N. of the five stars in Orios head (also called {ilvala} q.v.) W.; a species of
the ry metre Col.; N. of Durg Cat.; ({I}) f. moonshine MBh.; ({am}) n. the nature or condition of Soma AV.;
gentleness MBh. Pacat. the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras (presided over by the Moon) MaitrUp. Hariv. (accord. to Nlak. `"
Wednesday "'); the left eye L.; the middle of the hand L.; N. of the fifth Muhrta Cat.; (scil. {adbhuta}) a partic. kind of
omen or prodigy (occurring in the Diva or sky) MW.
saumyaM = very beautiful
saumyatvaM = being without duplicity towards others
saumyavapuH = the beautiful form
saurata: mfn. (fr. {su-rata}) relating to sexual enjoyment BhP.; n. sexual enjoyment ib.; m. mild wind L.
saura *= 1 mfn. (fr. %{surA}) consisting of spirituous liquor, S3rS. \\ 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. 1. %{sUra} and %{sUrya}; in
some meanings perhaps fr. %{sura}) relating or belonging or sacred to or coming from &c. the sun or the god Su1rya,
solar MaitrUp. MBh. &c. [1254,3]; celestial, divine W.; m. a worshipper of the sun MBh. Prab. (RTL. 342); `" son of the
Sun "'N. of the planet Saturn VarBr2S.; N. of the 20th Kalpa (q.v.); a solar day (while the sun is in one degree of the
ecliptic) W. a solar month (consisting of 30 risings and setting of the sun or the period during which the sun is in one
sign of the zodiac) W.; a representation of a solar zodiacal sign used at marriage ceremonies MW.; coriander L.;
Zanthoxylon Alatum L.; N. of a Guru MW.; (%{I}) f. the wife of the Sun W.; patr. of Tapati1 (the mother of Kuru; also
called %{vaivasvatI}) MBh.; a cow Hcat.; Polanisia Icosandra L.; (%{am}) n. a collection of hymns addressed to Su1rya
(extracted from the R2ig-veda) Cat.; the right eye Gal.; N. of a Sa1man (= %{bRhat-saura}) A1rshBr.; N. of wk. (prob. =
%{saura-purANa}) Kap. Sch.
saurata mfn. (fr. %{su-rata}) relating to sexual enjoyment BhP.; n. sexual enjoyment ib.; m. mild wind L.
saurabha = fragrance
sautraamaNI * =f. a partic. sacrifice in honour of Indra ({su-trAman}; described as the 6th or 7th; of the 7 Havir-yajasansths q.v.; in the S'Br. it is said that every one consecrated by the Sautrmani enters among the gods and is born
Sanskrit Dictionary
{sarva-tanUH} i.e. with his entire body; {-tva4} n. S'Br.) AV. VS. Br. S'rS. BhP.; N. of wk. by Deva-bhadra.
sauravyuuhaH = (m) the solar system
s'auri m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun) ib.; of Prajti MrkP.; of
Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn (w.r. for {sauri}).
sauvarNa = golden
sava * = 1 m. (fr. 3. %{su}) pressing out the juice of the Soma plant RV. S3Br. S3a1n3khS3r.; pouring it out L.; the
moon L.; n. the juice or honey of flowers L.\\ 2 m. (fr. 1. %{sU}) one who sets in motion or impels, an instigator,
stimulator, commander VS. S3Br.; m. the sun (cf. %{savitR}) L.; setting in motion, vivification, instigation, impulse,
command, order (esp. applied to the activity of Savitr2i; dat. %{savA4ya}, for setting in motion "') RV. AV. VS. TBr.; N.
of partic. initiatory rites, inauguration, consecration Br.; a kind of sacrifice Kaus3.; any sacrifice MBh.; a year (?) BhP.
(see %{bahu-s-}).\\ 3 m. (fr. 2. %{sU}) offspring, progeny L.
savana 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of pressing out the Soma-juice (performed at the three periods of the day; cf.
%{tri-SavaNa}; %{prAtaH-}., %{mAdhyaMdina-} and %{tRtIya-s-}) RV. &c. &c.; the pressed out Soma-juice and its
libation, a Soma festival, any oblation or sacrificial rite ib.; (with %{puMsaH}) = %{puMsavana} Ya1jn5. i, 11 (pl.) the
three periods of day (morning, noon, and evening) Gaut. Mn. BhP. [1190,2]; time (in general) BhP.; bathing, ablution,
religious bathing (performed at mmorning, nnoon, and evevening) Kir \\ n. (for 1. see col. 1; for see p. 1191, col. 2;
for %{sa-vana} see col. 3) instigation, order, command (cf. %{satya4-s-}) RV. MaitrUp.\\ mf(%{A})n. (fur %{savana}
see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh. \\ 3 n. (fr. %{su} or %{sU}; for 1. 2 see 1190, cols. 1. 2 for %{sa-vana}, p.
1190, col. 3) fire BhP.; a kind of hell VP.; N. of a son of Bhr2igu MBh.; of a son of Vasisht2ha (one of the seven Rishsis
under Manu Rohita) VP.; of a son of Manu Svayambhuva Hariv.; of a son of Priya-vrata (v.l. %{savala}) Pur.
savana* = mf({A})n. (fur {savana} see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh.
savikaaraM = with interactions
savichaara = investigational meditation
savitarka = inspectional meditation
savitri = a name of Sun
savyasaachin.h = O Savyasaci
sayanthini = (f) that belongs to the evening
s'ayitavya * =mfn. to be lain or slept Pacar. Kaths. (n. impers.; {mayA-hutavahe-zayitavyam}, `" it must be lain down
by me in the fire "' Vs.)
s'ayitR * = * =m. one who sleeps or rests Pn. 4-2, 15.
s'ayita * = mfn. reposed, lying, sleeping, asleep MBh. Kv. &c.; m. the plant Cordia Myxa W.; n. the place where any one
has lain or slept Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 68.
sayujya * = mfn. (fr. prec.) closely united with MW.; %{tA} f. intimate union or junction ib.
sechananaalaH = (m) a water-gun used during Holi, pichkaari
sehe - deriv of sehana = * saasahaaNa mfn. (for %{sa-s-}) overcoming, conquering RV.
senayoH = of the armies
senaaniinaaM = of all commanders
sena *= 1 mfn. (7. %{sa} + %{ina}) having a master or lord, dependent on another Va1s.\\ 2 (?) n. the body L.\\ 3 (for
1. 2. see col. 2), in comp. for %{senA}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
senaa *= f. (fr. 2. %{si}) a missile, dart, spear RV. AV.; N. of Indra's wife (or his thunderbolt so personified) TS. AitBr.
Vait.; an army, armament, battle-array, armed force (also personified as wife of Ka1rttikeya; ifc. also %{sena} n.) RV.
&c. &c.; a small army (consisting of 3 elephants, 3 chariots, 9 horse, and 15 foot) L.; any drilled troop or band or body
of men Ba1lar.; a kind of title or addition to the names of persons (also names of courtezans) Sa1h. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-1, 152
&c.); N. of a courtezan (abridged fr. %{kubera-senA}) HParis3.; of the mother of S3ambhava (the third Arhat of the
present Avasarpin2i1 L.
sendriyamaanasa = sa+indriya+mAnasa, wwith senses and mind
setavya * = mfn. to be bound or fastened together Nir. xi, 31 v.l.
setu = a bridge* mfn. (fr. 1. {si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.; m. a bond, fetter ib.; a ridge of earth,
mound, bank, causeway, dike, dam, bridge, any raised piece of ground separating fields (serving as a boundary or as a
passage during inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Rma's bridge (see {setubandha}) BhP.; a landmark, boundary, limit (also fig.
= `" barrier, bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a help to the understanding of a text, an explanatory commentary (also N. of
various commentaries) Cat.; an established institution, fixed rule MW.; the Pranava or sacred syllable Om (which is
said to be {mantrANAM setuH}) KlP.; Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (= {varaNa}, {varuNa}) L.; N. of a son of
Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv.; of a son of Babhru Pur.; of a place MW.
setubheda * = m. the breaking down of an embankment Ka1v.
setubhedin * = mfn. breaking down barriers, removing obstructions MW.; m. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium L.
setubhettR * = m. the destroyer of a dam or bridge MBh.
setukritpaatu = may the builder of bridge (over the sea) protect
setu\-bandhaasana = the bridge posture
setuba.ndhanaM = bridging
sev.h = to serve
sevaka = (m) servant
sevanIya 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 2) to be followed or practised Bhartr2.; to be served or waited upon or honoured Hariv.
BhP.// 1 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) to be sewn or stitched together MW.
sevate = (1 ap) to serve
savala *= see %{zabala} and 3. %{savana}.
savalataa *= f. the plant yielding Soma-juice (cf. %{soma-l-}) Sa1y. on RV. viii, 29, 1.
savaalakhilya *= mfn. together with the Va1lakhilya hymns MW. = 1.
sevama = (n) apple
sevayaa = by the rendering of service
sevaa = service
sevitaa * = f. service, attendance Ma1rkP.
sevita * = mfn. dwelt in, visited, frequented, followed, served &c. (see %{sev}); furnished or endowed with, abounding
in (comp.) R.; n. = 1. %{sevi} L.
sevitaa * = f. service, attendance Ma1rkP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
sevitavya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) to be frequented or inhabited Hariv.; to be followed or practised TUp. Mn. &c.;
to be tended or taken care of Ca1n2. Mr2icch.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) to be sewn Nir.
sevya * = to be resorted to or frequented or inhabited by (gen.) Hariv. Pacat. Kaths.; to be followed (as a path) Rjat.;
to be approached Cn.; to be waited upon or served or obeyed, a master (as opp. to `" a servant "') R. Klid. &c.; to be
honoured, honourable Yj. MBh. &c.; to be enjoyed carnally Subh.; to be practised or used or employed MBh. R. &c.;
to be studied Cat.; to be kept or hoarded Hit.; to be taken care of or guarded W.; m. the As'vattha tree, Ficus Religiosa
L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; a sparrow L.; an intoxicating drink made from the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia L.;
({A}) f. the parasitical plant Vand L.; Emblic Myrobolam L.; a kind of wild grain or rice L.; ({am}) n. the root of
Andropogon Muricatus Sus'r.; red sandal-wood L.; sea-salt L.; the thick middle part of curds L.; water L.
sevaamahe = (verb.Pr.I Per.Pl.Atma.Pada)
sevitvaM = aspiring
s'ekhara*= m. (fr. or connected with %{zikhara}) the top or crown of the head Katha1s.; a chaplet or wreath of flowers
worn on the top of the head, crown, diadem, crest Hariv. Ka1m. Pur. &c.; a peak, summit, crest (of a mountain) ib.
Ra1jat.; (mostly ifc.) the highest part, chief or head or best or most beautiful of (%{-tA} f.), R2it. Caurap. Dhu1rtas.; (in
music) a partic. Dhruva or introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of refrain); N. of an author (with
%{bhaTTa}) Cat.; of a grammatical work ib.; (%{I}) f. Vanda Roxburghii L.; n. cloves L.; the root of Moringa
Pterygosperma L.
s'abala *= mf(%{A}, or %{I})n. (also written %{zavala}; cf. %{zabara} above) variegated, brindled, dappled, spotted (in
RV. x, 14, 10 applied to the two four-eyed watch-dogs of Yama) RV. &c. &c.; variegated by i.e. mixed or provided or
filled with (instr. or comp.) Ka1v. Sarvad.; disfigured, disturbed BhP. (see comp.); m. a variegated colour W.; N. of a
serpent-demon MBh.; of a man (v.l. for %{zabara}) Cat.; (%{A}) or (%{I}) f. see below; n. water (cf. %{zabara}) W.; a
partic. religious observance of the Buddhists ib.
s'aabda * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zabda}) sonorous, sounding W.; relating to sound (as opp. to {Artha} q.v.) Sh.; based on
sounds, expressed in words oral, verbal, (esp.) resting on or enjoined by sacred sound (i.e. on the Veda; with
{brahman}. n. = `" the Veda "') S'Br. &c.; nominal (as inflection) W.; m. a philologist, grammarian RPrt.; pl. a partic.
sect Hcar.; ({I}) f. Sarasvat (as goddess of speech and eloquence) W.
s'aaD* = cl. 1. . {zADate}, to praise Dhtup. viii, 37.
shaadhi = just instruct
shaakiNii = the goddess in vishuddha chakra
shaakha = branch
shaakhaM = branches
shaakhaa = (fem) branch
shaakhaaH = branches
s'aakuni *= m. `" a bird-catcher "' or `" an augur "' VP.
s'aala* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}) being in a house &c. S'Br. ({a4m} ind. `" at home "' ib.); m. (also written {sAla}), an
enclosure, court, fence, rampart, wall Inscr. Kv.; the S'l tree, Vatica Robusta (a valuable timber tree) MBh. Kv. &c.;
Artocarpus Locucha L.; any tree L.; a kind of fish, Ophiocephalus Wrahl Vs.; N. of a son of Vriika BhP.; of king S'livhana L.; of a river W.; ({A}) f. see below; n. (ifc.) = {zAlA} (col. 2).
s'aalaa* = f. (ifc. also {zAla} n.) a house, mansion, building, hall, large room, apartment, shed, workshop, stable AV. &c.
&c. [cf. Germ. {saal}; Eng. {hall}]; a large branch (cf. {zAkhA}) L.; a kind of metre (cf. {zAlinI}).
s'aala* = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 1) = {zala} g. {jval-Adi}; m. n. (also written {sAla}) g. {ardharcA7di}.
s'aalva * m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh. &c. (mfn. `" relating to the S'alvas "' g.
Sanskrit Dictionary
{kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the S'lvas (mentioned among the enemies of Vishnu; cf. {zAlvA7ri} below) MBh. Hariv.
BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n. the fruit of the S'lva plant Pn. 4-3, 166 Vrtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)
s'aambalAmbAvarmaratna* = n. N. of a ch. of the Saubhgya-lakshm-tantra.
s'aamitra * =mfn. (fr. %{zamitR}) relating to the official who cuts up the sacrificial victim (see %{-karman}) BhP.; m.
(scil. %{agni}) the fire for cooking the sacrificial flesh Gr2S3rS. [1065,3]; n. the place for the above fire S3rS.; any place
of immolation, shambles Vait. Mr2icch.; = next MBh.
s'aaMtanu* = m. N. of the father of Bhshma (in older language {za4Mtanu} q.v.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; a partic. inferior
kind of grain Sus'r
s'aaMkara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kaths.; relating to or derived from or composed
by S'ankara7crya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracrya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra
rdr (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
shaambhavii = related to S'iva who is known as shambhu
s'aama* = mfn. (1. {zam}) appeasing, curing, having curative properties MW.
s'aamaa* = f. (prob.) a kind of plant (used for curing leprosy) AV. i, 24, 4 (Paipp. {zyAmA})
s'aambara * mf({I4})n. relating or belonging or peculiar to S'ambara RV. Hariv. &c.; coming from the deer called
S'S'ambara Bhpr.; ({I}) f. jugglery, sorcery, illusion (as practised by the Daitya S'S'ambara) Naish.; a sorceress W.; n.
the fight with S'S'ambara RV.; a kind of sandal L. (cf. {zAbara}).
s'aaMkara * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kaths.; relating to or derived from or composed
by S'ankara7crya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracrya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra
rdr (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
shaambhavii\-mudraa = gazing between ones eyes
shaamyati = (4 pp) to stop
shaaNDhya* n. (fr. {SaNDha}) the state of being a eunuch, impotence Car. (printed {zAThya}).
s'aanta 2 mfn. (fr. 1. %{zam}) appeased, pacified, tranquil, calm, free from passions, undisturbed Up. MBh. &c.; soft,
pliant Hariv.; gentle, mild, friendly, kind, auspicious (in augury; opp. to %{dIpta}) AV. &c. &c.; abated, subsided,
ceased, stopped, extinguished, averted (%{zAntam} or %{dhik@zAntam} or %{zAntam@pApam}, may evil or sin be
averted! may God forfend! Heaven forbid! not so!) S3Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; rendered ineffective, innoxious, harmless
(said of weapons) MBh. R.; come to an end, gone to rest, deceased, departed, dead, died out ib. Ragh. Ra1jat.; purified,
cleansed W.; m. an ascetic whose passions are subdued W.; tranquillity, contentment (as one of the Rasas q.v.); N. of a
son of Day MBh.; of a son of Manu Ta1masa Ma1rkP.; of a son of S3ambara Hariv.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a
son of A1pa VP.; of a Devaputra Lalit.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; Emblica Officinalis L.; Prosopis
Spicigera and another species L.; a kind of Du1rva1 grass L.; a partic. drug (= %{reNukA}) L.; N. of a daughter of
Das3a-ratha (adopted daughter of Loma-pa1da or Roma-pa1da and wife of R2ishya-s3r2in3ga) MBh. Hariv. R.; (with
Jainas) of a goddess who executes the orders of the 7th Arhat L.; of a S3akti MW.; n. tranquillity, peace of mind BhP.;
N. of a Varsha in Jambu-dvi1pa ib.; N. of a Ti1rtha W.
s'aastra= see shaastra
saa7svaadana* = n. (scil. {sthAna}; with Jainas) N. of the second of the 14 stages towards supreme bliss Cat.
s'aatha*= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or gown Vas. Cn.; ({I}) f.
see below.
s'aata4* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kaths. Rjat.; thin, feeble, slender, emaciated Hariv.
Kv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW.
s'aata* = 2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said
to be of fourteen or even eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word
denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a
work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole
body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAmaz-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prt. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general),
scripture, science Kv. Pur.shaastraM = revealed scripture
shaastravidhiM = the regulations of the scriptures
shaastraaNi = sciences (scriptures)
s'aastritva * = n. the state of being a ruler, ruling, governing BhP.
shaathikaa = (f) saree
s'aava *= 1 m. (prob. fr. 1. %{zU} for %{zvi}; cf. %{zizu}) the young of any animal (cf. %{mRga-zAva}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
\\ 2 mfn. (fr. %{zava}) cadaverous, relating to a dead body, produced by or belonging to a corpse Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.;
dead Hariv.; of a cadaverous or dark yell
s'aaya * mfn. (fr. {zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding
s'aayana* = n. N. of a Sman rshBr.
shabda = Word
shabdaM = sound
s'abda * = m. (in DhynabUp. also n. ifc. f. {A} perhaps connected with 3. {zap} cf. also 2. {zap}) sound, noise, voice,
tone, note ({zabdaM} {kR}, to utter a sound, raise the voice, cry aloud; sound is supposed to be sevenfold [MBh. xii,
6858] or eight. fold [Dharmas. 35] or tenfold [MBh. xiv, 1418] [1052, 3]; in the Mmns it is taught to be eternal); a
word ({zabdena}, by word, explicitly, expressly) ib. Ks'. on Pn. 2-3, 19; speech, language BhP.; the right word, correct
expression (opp. to {apa-zabda}) Pat.; the sacred syllable Om, AmriitUp.; (in gram.) a declinable word or a wordtermination, affix Pn. Sch.; a name, appellation, title Mn. MBh. &c. ({tacchabdAt} "', because it is so-called "' KtyS'r.);
a technical term TPrt.; verbal communication or testimony, oral tradition, verbal authority or evidence (as one of the
Pramnas q.v. ) Nyyas. Sarvad.
shabdaH = combined sound
shabdabrahma = ritualistic principles of scriptures
shabdaadin.h = sound vibration, etc
shabdhaartha = word by word meaning
shaD.hbala = Six Strengths. A method of determining planetary powers
shaD.hvarga = The Six Harmonic Charts: Rashi, Hora, dreshhkaaNa, navaa.nsha, dvadasha.nsha and tri.nsha.nsha
s'ad* = 1 (only occurring in the forms {zAzadu4H}, {zAzadmahe}, {zAzadre4}, and {zA4zadAna}), to distinguish one's
self. be eminent or superior, prevail, triumph RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $, $, &318197[1051,2] $, $], \\2 cl. 1. 6. . (Dhtup. xx,
25; xxviii, 134) {zIyate} (cf. Pn. 7-3, 78; P. in non-conjugational tenses, i, 3. 60; pf. {zazada}, {zeduH} Br.; fut.
{zatsyati} AV.; aor. {azadat} Gr.; fut. {zattA} ib. [1051,3]; inf. {zattum} ib.), to fall, fall off or out AV. Br. Bhathth.: Caus.
{zAdayati}, to impel, drive on (cattle) Pn. 7-3, 42; {zAta4yati}, {-te} (cf. ib), to cause to fall off or out or asunder, hew
or cut off, knock out AV. &c. &c.; to fell, throw down, slay, kill MBh. Hariv. R.; to disperse, dispel, remove, destroy
Gobh. S'is'. Sus'r.: Desid. {zizatsati} Gr.: Intens. {zAzadyate}, {zAzatti} ib. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. {cedo}.]
shadbhid *V = within six months SB 3.31.4; six SB 4.3.17, SB 4.9.30; with six (arrows) SB 10.54.26;
by the six (purification of place, time, substance, the doer, the mantras and the work) SB 11.21.15; with his six
types of associates SB 12.11.46; by these six
Sanskrit Dictionary
shaibyaH = Saibya
shaila = shell
shailaadhiraaja = the king of mountains (Himaalayaas)
shailii = (f) style
s'apa * = m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}.
shath =* (adj) six
s'aka *= 1 see %{su-za4ka}.\\ 2 n. excrement, ordure, dung (cf. %{zakan}, i, %{zakRt}) AV.; water (v.l. for %{kaza})
Naigh. i, 12; m. a kind of animal Pan5car. (v.l. %{zala}); w.r. for %{zuka} MBh. xiii, 2835; (%{A}) f. a kind of bird or fly
or long-eared animal VS. TS. (Sch.)
\\ 3 m. pl. N. of a partic. whiteskinned tribe or race of people (in the legends which relate the contests between
Vasisht2ha and Vis3vamitra the S3akas are fabled to have been produced by the Cow of Vasisht2ha, from her sweat, for
the destruction of Vis3va1mitra's army; in Mn. x, 44, they are mentioned together with the Paun2d2rakas, Od2ras,
Dravid2as, Ka1mbojas, Javanas or Yavanas, Pa1radas, Pahlavas, Ci1nas, Kira1tas, Daradas, and Khas3as, described by
Kullu1ka as degraded tribes of Kshatriyas called after the districts in which they reside: according to the VP. iv, 3, king
Sagara attempted to rid his kingdom of these tribes, but did not succeed in destroying them all: they are sometimes
regarded as the followers of S3aka or S3a1li-va1hana, and are probably to be identified with the Tartars or IndoScythians [Lat. %{saca}] who overran India before the A1ryans, and were conquered by the great Vikrama7ditya [q.v.];
they really seem to have been dominant in the north-west of India in the last century before and the first two centuries
after the beginning of our era) AV.Paris3. Mn. MBh. &c.; a king of the S3akas g. %{kambojA7di} (on Pa1n2. 4-1, 175
Va1rtt.); an era, epoch (cf. %{-kAla}); a year (of any era) Inscr.; a partic. fragrant substance Gal.
shakunta = crane
shakta = strong
shaktaaH = capable
s'akti: or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `" according to
ability "'
s'akti: f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `" according to
ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according to the capability of one's property "';
{zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all one's strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over
(gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c. &c.; effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'rngS.; regal power (consisting of three
parts, {prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Km. (cf. Ragh. iii, 13); the
energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the S'kta (q.v.) sect of Hinds under
various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrni, Vaishnav,
S'nt, Brahmn, Kaumri, Nrasinh, Vrh, and Mhes'var, but some substitute Cmund and Cndik for the third
and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishnav, Brahmni, Raudri, Mhes'var,
Nrasinh, Vrh, Indran, Krttik, and Pradhn: others reckon fifty different forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides
Lakshm, some of these are Krtti, Knti, Tushthi, Pushth, Dhriiti. S'nti, Kriy, Day, Medh &c.; and fifty forms of
the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra besides Durg "' or Gaur, some of whom are Guno7dar, Viraj, Slmali, Lola7kshi,
Vartula7ksh, Drgha-ghon, Sudirgha-mukh, Go-mukh, Dirgha-jihv, Kundo7dar, Ardha-kes', Vikriita-mukh, Jvlmukhi, Ulkmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra: according to the Vyu-Purna
the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again
becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included Lakshm, Sarasvati, Gaur, Um &c.; those of the dark
and fierce nature, Durg, Kli &c.) Kv. Kaths. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped by
the S'kta sect either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word (defined in the Nyya as
{padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the thing designated "') Bhshp. Sh.; (in Gram.)
case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (= {kAraka}) Pn. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most effective word of a
sacred text or magic formula Up. Pacar.; the creative power or imagination (of a poet) Kvya7d.; help, aid, assistance,
gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.; (prob.) a flag-staff (see
{ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and
10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he
Sanskrit Dictionary
was father of Pars'ara, and was devoured by king Kalmsha-pda, when changed to a man-eating Rkshasa, in
consequence of a curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16; S'akti is also
identified with one of the Vylsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere the patr. Jtukarna and Snkriiti)
Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'akti = strength
s'aktiH = power; might
s'aktichaalanii = one of the mudras, involves contracting the rectum
s'akti\-chaalinii = the nerve-power posture
s'aktimat * = mfn. possessed of ability, powerful, mighty, able to (inf. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; possessing a competence,
one who has gained a fortune MW.; possessed of or united with his Sakti or energy (as a god) Katha1s.; armed with a
spear or lance Hariv.; m. N. of a mountain (prob. w.r. for %{zukti-mat}) MBh.; (%{atI}) f. N. of a woman, Kathis.; (%{mat}) %{-tva} n. power, might Ragh.
s'aktitrayaH = three powers of `ichcha', `kriya' and `gyana'
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV. AV. TBr. Lthy.; m. N. of
Indra MBh. Kv. &c.; of an ditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen "' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.;
Terminalia Arjuna L.
shaknavaama = I pl `imperative' paras. of shak, be able
shaknoti = (5 pp) to be able
shaknomi = am I able
shaknoshhi = you are able
shakya = possible
shakyaM = is able
shakyaH = practical
shakyattvaat.h = from capability
shakyase = are able
shakrasya = (masc.poss.S)of God Indra
s'akuni *= m. a bird (esp. a large bird L. = %{gridhra} or %{cilla} accord. to some `" a cock "') RV. &c. &c.; (in
astronomy) N. of the first fixed %{karaNa} (q.v.) VarBr2S.; N. of a Naga MBh.; of an evil demon (son of Duh2-saha)
Ma1rkP.; of an Asura (son of Hiran2ya7ksha and father of Vr2ika) Hariv. Pur.; of the brother of queen Gandha1ri1 (and
therefore the brother-in-law of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and the Ma1tula or maternal uncle of the Kuru princes; as son of
Subala, king of Ga1ndha1ra, he is called Saubala; he often acted as counsellor of Duryodhana, and hence his name is
sometimes applied to an old officious relative whose counsels ten to misfortune) MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 380); of a son
of Vikukshi and grandson of Ikshva1ku) Hariv.; of a son of Das3a-ratha ib. BhP.; of the great-grandfather of As3oka
Ra1jat.; du. N. of the A1s3vins MW.; (%{i} or %{I}) f. see below.
s'akunii *= f. (of %{zakuna} or %{-ni}, col, 2) a female bird MBh. Hariv.; a hen-sparrow L.; Turdus Macrourus L.; N.
of a female demon (sometimes identified with Durga1) causing a partic. child's disease (sometimes = %{pUtanA}, and
in this sense also %{zakuni}) MBh. Hariv.
s'akunta *= m. a bird MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a partic. bird of prey BhP.; a blue jay L.; a sort of insect L.; N. of a son of
Vis3va1mitra MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
s'ama* = m. tranquillity, calmness, rest, equanimity, quietude or quietism, absence of passion, abstraction from eternal
objects through intense meditation ({zamaM} {kR}, `" to calm one's self "', be tranquil "') Mn. MBh. &c.; peace, peace
with ({sA7rdham}) MBh.; Quietism or Tranquillity (personified as a son of Dharma and husband of Pra7pti) MBh.;
tranquillization, pacification, allayment, alleviation, cessation, extinction MBh. Kv. &c.; absence of sexual passion or
excitement, impotence TndBr.; alleviation or cure of disease, convalescence W.; final happiness, emancipation from all
the illusions of existence L.; indifference, apathy Rjat.; the hand (cf. {zaya}) L.; imprecation, malediction (w.r. for
{zapa}) L.; N. of a king of the Nandi-vegas MBh.; of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Dharma-stra BhP.; ({A}) f.
N. of a divine female, PrGth.; ({za4ma}) mfn. tame, domestic RV. i, 32, 15; 33, 15.
s'amala *= n. (Un2. i, iii) impurity, sin, blemish, fault, harm AV. TS. Ka1t2h. Kaus3. BhP.; feces, ordure L.
s'ami* = n. labour, toil, work, effort RV. AV.; f. a legume, pod (v.l. {zimi}) L.; the S'am tree (see below); m. N. of a son
of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Us'inara BhP.
s'amii* = f. (cf. {za4mi}) effort, labour, toil RV. VS.; ({zamI4}) the S'am tree, Prosopis Spicigera or (accord. to others)
Mimosa Suma (possessing a very tough hard wood supposed to contain fire cf. Mn. viii, 247 Ragh. iii, 9; it was
employed to kindle the sacred fire, and a legend relates that Pur-ravas generated primeval fire by the friction of two
branches of the Sam and As'vattha trees) AV. &c. [1054,2]; a legume, pod (cf. {-jAti}); a partic. measure (see {catuh-z}) = {valgulI} or {vAgnji} L.
samiihaa *V = -ase... praying for, you endeavor *= f. striving after, longing for, wish, desire MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samiihana *= mfn. zealous, eager (said of Vishn2u) MBh.
s'aMkara * = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra or S'iva VS. s'vGri.
MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of
various authors and commentators, (esp.) of S'ankara7crya (see next page, col. 1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita},
{zarman}, {rAjA7naka}, &c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vrtt.i Pat.; N. of
a female ib.; a partic. Rga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.
saMsad *= P. %{-sIdati} (Ved. also %{-te} and %{-sadati}), to sit down together with (instr.) or upon (acc.), sit down
RV. VS.; to sink down collapse, l's discouraged or distressed, pine away (with %{kSudhA}, to perish with hunger "') Mn.
MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-sAdayati}, to cause tc sit down together RV. TS. Br. S3rS.; to meet, encounter (acc.) BhP.; to weigh
down, afflict, distress R.\\ f. `" sitting together "', an assembly meeting, congress, session, court of justice or of a king.
RV. &c. &c.; (%{saMsadAm@ayana} n. a partic. ceremony or festival of 24 days, S3rS.); a multitude number R.; mfn.
one who sits together, one who sits at or takes part in a sacrifice MW.
saMsada *= m. = %{saMsadAm@ayana} (above) Ka1tyS3r.
saMsAda *= m. a meeting assembly, company MW. (cf. %{strI-SasMsAda4}).
sankarshana: see saMkarshana or san'karshana
s'an'kaa *= f. (ifc. f. %{A}) apprehension, care, alarm, fear, distrust, suspicion of (abl. loc., or %{prati} with acc., or
comp.; %{brahma-hatyA-kRtA@zaGkA}, `" the fear of having committed the murder of a Bra1hman "' R.; %{pApazaGkA@na@katavyA}, `" no evil is to be suspected "' Katha1s.) S3Br. &c. &c.; doubt, uncertainty, hesitation MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; (ifc.) belief. supposition, presumption (of or that any person or thing is-) ib.; a subject started in disputation MW.;
a species of the Dan2d2aka metre W.
s'an'kana *= m. `" causing fear or awe (?) "'N. of a king MW.
s'an'kaniiya *= mfn. to be distrusted or suspected or apprehended (n. impers.), doubtful, questionable Ka1v. Hit.
Sarvad. &c.; to be supposed to be, to be regarded as (e.g. %{bAdhakatvena}, as hurting or injuring "'), Kusum.
s'an'kin *= mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; timid, suspicious, distrustful as (comp. e.g. %{kAka-s-}, `"
distrustful as a crow "') MBh. Katha1s.; assuming, supposing, suspecting, imagining Ragh. Hit.; full of apprehension or
danger Pan5cat.
s'an'kinta *= mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of (abl. gen., or comp.), anxious about (loc. or
acc. with %{prati}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; assuming, supposing Ra1jat.; feared, apprehended R. S3a1ntis3.; doubted, doubtful,
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
s'anaistarAm* = ind. more (or very) quietly, softly &c. AitBr. s'vS'r.
sha.nkara = Shankara
sha.nkaa = fear
s'ak * = zaGk = cl. 1. . (Dhtup. iv, 12) {sa4G kate} (ep. also P.; aor. 2. sg. {azaGkIs}, {azaGkiSTa}, {zaGkiSThAs},
{zaGkithAs} MBh. &c. inf. {zaGkitum} ib.; ind. p.; {-zaGkya} ib.; Gr. also pf. {zazaGke} fut. {zaGkitA}, {zaGkiSyate}), to
be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (abl.), fear, dread, suspect, distrust (acc.) Br. MBh.; to be in doubt or un
certain about (acc.), hesitate MBh. Kv. &c.; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two acc.), suppose to be
({zaGke}, `" l think "', I suppose "', `" it seems to me "') ib.; (in argumentative works) to ponder over or propound a
doubt or objection: Pass. {zaGkyate} (aor. {azaGki}), to be feared or doubted &c.: Caus. {zaGkayati}, to cause to fear or
doubt, render anxious about (loc.) Mlav.
s'akita* = mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of (abl. gen., or comp.), anxious about (loc. or
acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kv. &c.; assuming, supposing Rjat.; feared, apprehended R. S'ntis'.; doubted, doubtful,
uncertain Mn. Mriicch. &c.; weak, unsteady W.
s'akin * =mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; timid, suspicious, distrustful as (comp. e.g. {kAka-s-}, `"
distrustful as a crow "') MBh. Kaths.; assuming, supposing, suspecting, imagining Ragh. Hit.; full of apprehension or
danger Pacat.
s'akya* = mfn. to be distrusted or suspected or feared (n. impers.; superl. {-tama}) MBh. Kv. &c.; to be assumed or
expected or anticipated Das'. Rjat.
s'akila * = m. (prob. w.r. for {zankhila}; cf. {zaGkha}) a conch-shell suspended on the ear of an elephant L.
s'akitadrishthi * = mfn. looking afraid or shy Pacat.
s'akitamanas * mfn. fainthearted, timid, apprehensive
shaNNidhana* = n. N. of a Sman rshBr.
shaNNivartanii* = f. a partic. mode of subsistence Baudh. (v.l. {-niv-}).
sha.nsa = praise
sha.nsasi = You are praising
shapati = (1 pp) to curse
s'ap* = 1 (in gram.) a technical term used for the Vikaran2a a (inserted between the root and terminations of the
conjugational tenses in verbs of the Ist class; see %{vi-karaNa}, p. 954).\\ 2 ind. a prefix implying assent or acceptance
(as in %{zap-karoti}, he admits or accepts) W. \\ 3 cl. 1. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiii, 31; xxvi, 59) %{zapati}, %{-te} or
%{zapyati}, %{-te} (the latter only in Bhat2t2.; pf. %{zazA4pa}, %{zepe4} aor. %{azApsIt}, %{azapta} Gr. [2. pl.
%{zApta} in TS. prob. w.r. ]; fut. %{zaptA} ib.; %{zapsyati}, %{-te} ib.; %{zapiSye} MBh.; inf. %{zaptum} or %{zapitum}
ib.; ind. p. %{zapitvA} ib.; %{zaptvA} Gr.), to curse (mostly P. with acc.; in AV. v, 30, 3 A1. with dat.) RV. &c. &c.; (P.
A1.) to swear an oath, utter an execration (sometimes with %{zapatham} or %{-thAn}; also with %{anRtam}, to swear a
false oath) RV. &c. &c.; (P. A1.) to revile, scold, blame (acc., rarely dat.) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. Pur.; (A1.; m. c. also P.) to curse
one's self (followed by %{yadi}, `" if "', i. e. to promise with an oath, vow or swear, `" that one will not "' &c.; or
followed by dat. and rarely acc. of the person to whom and instr. of the object by which one swears; or followed by
%{iti} e.g. %{varuNe7ti}, `" to swear by the name of Varun2a VS.) RV. &c. &c.; (A1) to adjure, supplicate, conjure any
one (acc.) by (instr.) R. Hariv.: Caus. %{zApayati} (aor. %{azIzapat}), to adjure, conjure, exorcise (demons) AV. AitBr.;
to cause any one (acc.) to swear by (instr.) Mn. viii, 113 (cf. %{zApita}): Desid. %{zizapsati}, %{-te} Gr.: Intens.
%{zAzapyate}, %{zAzapti}, or %{zaMzpyate}, %{zaMzapti} ib.
s'apa * =m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}.
s'ataghnI * = f. (cf. {-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a missile, supposed by some to be a sort of firearms or rocket, but described by the Comm. on the Mahbhrata as a stone or cylindrical piece of wood studded with
Sanskrit Dictionary
iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Kv. &c.; a deadly disease of the throat Sus'r. S'rngS.; Tragia Involucrata L.; Pongamia Glabra
L.; a female scorpion W.; N. of S'iva (m.) MW.; {-pAza-zakti-mat} mfn. having a S'ata-ghn and a noose and a spear
MBh. xiii, 17, 134 (but {zata-ghnI} may also be, separate).
saMyuga * = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17); %{goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe "') MBh.; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front
of battle Ragh.
shara = Arrow
s'ara * = m. (fr. %{zrI} `" to rend "' or `" destroy "') a sort of reed or grass, Saccharum Sara (used for arrows) RV. &c.
&c.; an arrow, shaft Mun2d2Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the number `" five "' (from the 5 arrows of the god of love)
VarBr2S.; (in astron.) the versed sine of an arc (accord. to A1ryabh. also `" the whole diameter with subtraction of the
versed sine "'); a partic. configuration of stars (when all the planets are in the 4tb, 5th, 6th, and 7th houses) VarBr2S.;
the upper part of cream or slightly curdled milk (v.l. %{sara}), ApSr. Car.; mischief, injury, hurt, a wound W.; N. of a
son of Ricatka RV.; of an Asura Hariv. (v.l. %{zuka}); (%{I}) f. Typha Angustifolia L.; n. water (see %{zara-varSa} and
%{-Sin})
sharaNa = Refuge
sharaNaM = resort/surrender
sharaNaarthii = Refugee
sharaNyau = the refuge, people who are worthy of giving asylum, protection to
sharad.h = autumn
sharadaH = (autumnal seasons) years
s'ariira = body (neut) * = n. (once in R. m.; ifc. f. {A}; either fr. {zri} and orig. = `" suport or supporter "' cf. 2. {zaraNa}
and Mn. i, 7; or accord. to others, fr. {zRR}, and orig. = `" that which is easily destroyed or dissolved "') the body,
bodily frame, solid parts of the body (pl. the bones) RV. &c. &c.; any solid body (opp. to {udaka} &c.) MBh. VarBriS.
Pacat.; one's body i.e. one's own person Mn. xi, 229; bodily strength MW.; a dead body ib.
s'aariira * =mf({I})n. (fr. {zarIra}) bodily, corporeal, relating or belonging to or being in or produced from or connected
with the body (with {daNDa} m. corporal punishment) S'Br. &c. &c.; made of bone Sus'r.; n. bodily constitution MBh.
VarBriS.; (in med.) the science of the body and its parts, anatomy Sus'r. Car.; the feces, excrement Mn. xi, 202; the
embodied soul or spirit W.; = {vRSa} (?) L.
shariiraM = body
shariiramaadyaM = body + the beginning
shariirasthaM = situated within the body
shariirasthaH = dwelling in the body
shariiraaNi = bodies
shariiriNaH = of the embodied soul
shariire = in the body
s'aradhi: * = arrow-case, quiver
s'araja * = mfn. born in a clump of reeds Pn. 6-3, 16; m. = {-janman} L.; n. produced from sour cream "', butter L
s'araNa * = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1057, col. 1) one of the arrows of Kma-dev Cat.; n. falling asunder, bursting, falling in
Vop.; killing, slaying L.; what slays or injures MW. \\2 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}; for 1. see p. 1056) protecting, guarding,
Sanskrit Dictionary
defending RV. AV.; m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a poet Gt. (cf. {-deva}); of a king Buddh.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of
various plants &c. (prob. w.r. for {saraNA}, {-NI} q.v.); n. (Ifc f. {A}), shelter, place of shelter or refuge or rest, hut,
house, habitation, abode, lair (of an animal), home, asylum RV. &c. &c.; refuge, protection, refuge with ({zaraNaM}
{gam} or {yA} or {i} &c., `" to go to any one for protection, seek refuge with "' [acc. or gen.]; often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
water L.; (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sman rshBr.2.
s'araNya * = 1 n. (for 2. see ib.) injury, hurt W.
s'araNi * = 1 f. (for 2. see under 2. {zaraNa}) refractoriness, obstinacy RV. AV. (others `" hurt, injury, offence "').
sharma = grace
s'arma1 n. = %{zarman} L.
zarman *= n. (prob. fr. %{zri} and connected with 1. %{zaraNa}, %{zarIra}) shelter, protection, refuge, safety RV. &c.;
&c.; a house Naigh. iii, 4; Joy, bliss, comfort, delight, happiness (often at the end of names of Bra1hmans, just as
%{varman} is added to the names of Kshatriyas, and %{gupta} to those of Vais3yas) Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; N. of
partic. formulas VarYogay. [1058,3]; identified with %{zarva} (Kaus3.) and with %{vAc} (AitBr.); mfn. happy,
prosperous W.
sharkaraa = (f) sugar
s'arva m. (fr. %{zu4ru}) N. of a god who kills people with arrows (mentioned together with Bhava and other names of
Rudra-S3iva); N. of the god S3iva (often in the later language; esp. in the form Kshitimu1rti; du. S3arva and S3arva1n2i
cf. Va1m. v, 2, 21) AV. &c. &c.; of one of the 11 Rudras VP.; of Vishn2u MW.; of a son of Dhanusha VP.; of a poet
Sadukt.; pl. N. of a people Ma1rkP. (w.r. %{sarva}); (%{A}) f. N. of Uma1 BhP.\\ %{zarvaka} &c. see p. 1057, col. 1
s'asta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under %{zas}) recited repeated RV.; praised, commended, approved MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
auspicious (cf. %{a4-z-}) AV. Ra1jat.; beautiful R.; happy, fortunate Katha1s.; n. praise, eulogy RV.; happiness,
excellence W.\\ 2 zasta 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) cut down, slaughtered, killed MBh. iii, 1638.
s'a4stra * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting or wounding,
knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANimukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel
L.; a razor L.
s'astra * = (see also saastra) 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either audibly
or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as an
accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'nkhBr
s'ata* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam}, or {eka-z-}, a
hhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hhundred + twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or
{dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the
comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda
hhundred, exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or ibc. e.g.
{zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hhundred ancestors "'; sometimes also ifc. see comp.
below; rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g. {zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hhundred chariots "' RV.
i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the
following kind, {catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large number (in comp. as {zatapattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith. {szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda};
Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'atha* mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (prob. w.r. for
{zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
s'ath* = f. (= {saTA}, {jaTA}) an ascetic's clotted hair W.
shasha = rabbit
shashaH = (m) rabbit
Sanskrit Dictionary
shashaanka = moon
shashaankaH = the moon
shashi = moon
shashisuuryayoH = of the moon and the sun
shashii = the moon
shashvachchhaantiM = lasting peace
s'as'amaana *= mfn. (fr. 1. %{zam}) exerting one's self, zealous, toiling, working, active (esp. in worship) RV. VS. AV.
[1060,3]
s'as'vat *: mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $) &320906[1060, 3]
perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp. applied to the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all,
every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually, continually, repeatedly, always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial
time; {zazvac-chazvat}, again and again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or
followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly, indeed Br.
s'as'vata4*: mf({I})n. (fr. {zazvat}) eternal, constant, perpetual, all ({zA4zvatIbhyaH sa4mAbhyaH}, {zAzvatIH samAH},
or {zAzvatam}, for evermore, incessantly, eternally) VS. &c. &c.; about to happen, future MW.; m. N. of S'iva L.; of
Vysa L.; of a son of S'ruta (and father of Su-dhanvan) VP.; of a poet and various other writers (esp. of a lexicographer,
author of the Aneka7rtha-samuccaya); ({I}) f. the earth L.; n. continuity, eternity MBh.; heaven, ether W.
s'as'vatika*: mfn. = {zAzvaTa}, eternal, constant, permanent Nir. past. Kd.
shashhTashhTaka = 6th and 8th from each other
shashhTyaa.nsha = A varga. The 60th Harmonic Chart. Used in cases of delineation of twins
s'astra * = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either audibly or inaudibly, as
opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as an accompaniment to the
Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'nkhBr\\2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword
L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an
arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta})
S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra * = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction, advice, good counsel
MBh. Kv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any
religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said
to be of fourteen or even eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word
denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a
work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole
body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAmaz-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prt. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general),
scripture, science Kv. Pur.
shastra = weapon
shastraM = weapon
shastrapaaNayaH = those with weapons in hand
shastrapuutaaH = having become holy by (strike of) weapon
shastrabhritaaM = of the carriers of weapons
shastrasampaate = in releasing his arrows
Sanskrit Dictionary
shastraaNi = weapons
s'astra* = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either audibly or inaudibly, as
opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as an accompaniment to the
Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'nkhBr
s'astra* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting or wounding, knife,
sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta},
{yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a
razor L.
s'as'amaana * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{zam}) exerting one's self, zealous, toiling, working, active (esp. in worship) RV. VS. AV.
[1060,3]
s'as'amAtra * = mf(%{I})n. `" having the measure of a hare "', as large as a hare W.
s'as'amuNDarasa m. a kind of fluid medicine made from a hare's head S3a1rn3gS. -1.
s'as'vat * = mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $) &320906[1060, 3]
perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp. applied to the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all,
every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually, continually, repeatedly, always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial
time; {zazvac-chazvat}, again and again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or
followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly, indeed Br.
s'atha *= mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (prob. w.r. for
{zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
s'athA *=f. (= {saTA}, {jaTA}) an ascetic's clotted hair W.
s'ata *=n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam}, or {eka-z-}, a
hhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hhundred + twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or
{dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the
comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda
hhundred, exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or ibc. e.g.
{zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hhundred ancestors "'; sometimes also ifc. see comp.
below; rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g. {zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hhundred chariots "' RV.
i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the
following kind, {catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large number (in comp. as {zatapattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith. {szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda};
Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'ataavaya *= mfn. comprising or numbering a h. sheep RV.
s'atana *= n. (for %{zAtana}, 2, %{zad}) cutting down, belling DivyA7v.
s'aatha *= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or gown Vas. Cn.; ({I}) f.
see below.
s'aata * = mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kaths. Rjat.; thin, feeble, slender, emaciated Hariv. Kv.
VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW. \\2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r. \\3 n. joy,
pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright, happy W. \\4 Vriiddhi form of {zata}, in comp. \\mfn. see 1. {zAta}, p.
1063, col. 3.
s'athha* = * = mf({A})n. false, deceitful, frauduIent, malignant, wicked past. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a cheat, rogue (esp. a
false husband or lover, who pretends affection for one female while his heart is fixed on another; one of the four classes
into which husbands are divided) W.; a, fool, blockhead ib.; an idler ib.; a mediator, umpire L.; the thorn-apple L.;
white mustard seed L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (v.l. {gada} and {suta}); ({I}) f. w.r. for {zaTI}
Car.; n. saffron L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; steel L.; tin L.
s'athhamati * =(VP.) mfn. wicked -minded, malicious.
Sanskrit Dictionary
s'athhatva * =n. (Sh.) roguery, depravity, malice, wickedness ({-tA7caraNa} n. wicked or roguish conduct MW.)
shaTha = Rogue
shaThaH = deceitful
shata = Hundred
shataM = a hundred
shatakoTi = 100 koti or 1000 millions
shatataarakaa = Twenty-fourth nakshatra, hundred minor stars
shatapadii = (f) centipede
shatashaH = hundreds
shataabhishaka = Twenty-fourth nakshatra (also shatataarakaa)
shatena = hundred
shataiH = by hundreds
shatru = enemy
shatru-bhaava = House of Enemies or 6th
shatruM = the enemy
shatruH = enemy
shatrutve = because of enmity
shatrun.h = enemies
shatruvat.h = as an enemy
shatrau = in (towards)the enemy
shaucha = mental and bodily cleanliness
shauchaM = cleanliness
s'auNDa* = mf({A}, or {I})n. (fr. {zuNDA}) fond of spirituous liquor, addicted to drinking MBh. MrkP.; drunk,
intoxicated L.; (ifc.) passionately fond of or devoted to ({-tA} f.) MBh. R. &c.; skilled in, familiar with BhP.; being the
pride of Blar. x, 0/1; m. a cock L.; ({A}) f. spirituous liquor (ifc. perhaps w.r. for {zuNDa}) R.; ({I}) f. long pepper or
Piper Chaba Bhpr.; = {kaTabhI} (a tree) L.; a line of clouds L.
shauryaM = heroism
s'auri * =m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun) ib.; of Prajti
MrkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn (w.r. for {sauri}).
shava = cadaver
shavapetikaa = (f) coffin
shavaasana = the corpse posture
Sanskrit Dictionary
shaya = Sleep *=
s'aya * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case or sense; see
%{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z}, %{giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60 (cf. %{divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see
%{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard, chameleon L.; the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a
measure of length) VarBr2S. Naish. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; = %{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for %{zapa}); pl. N.
of a people MBh.; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. %{zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3]
shayana = a bed
shayanaM = sleep
s'ayana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Pacar.; n. the act of lying down or sleeping, rest, repose, sleep MBh. Kv.
&c.; (ifc. f. {A}) a bed, couch, sleeping-place (acc. with {bhaj}, {A-} {ruh}, {saM-viz} &c., to go to bed or to rest "'; with
Caus. of {A-ruh}, `" to take to bed, have sexual intercourse with "' [acc.]; {zayanaM} {zRta} or {-ne sthita} mfn. gone to
bed, being in bed) S'Br. &c. &c [1056, 1]; copulation, sexual intercourse L.; N. of a Sman L.
s'ayaana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a lizard, chameleon L.
s'aya * = mf({A})n. (fr. 1. {zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case or sense; see {adhaHz-}, {kuze-z}, {giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dhtup. xxiv, 60 (cf. {divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see {vIra-z-}); a snake
(accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard, chameleon L.; the hand (= {hasta}, also as a measure of length)
VarBriS. Naish. KtyS'r. Sch.; = {paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for {zapa}); pl. N. of a people MBh.; ({A4})
f. a place of rest or repose (cf. {zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055, 3]
shayanaprakoshhThaH = (m) bedroom
shayanaasana = the repose posture
shayyaa = (f) bedshafarii = a very small fish
shekishpira = (m) a play with too many words
sheNishheveta = does not marry
shenota = (n) the great void
sheshha = remaining
s'esha * m. n. (fr. 2. {ziS}) remainder, that which remains or is left, leavings, residue (pl. `" all the others "'), surplus,
balance, the rest ({zeSe} loc. `" for the rest "', `" in all other cases "'; {zeSe rAtrau}, `" during the rest of the night "';
{mama zeSam asti}, `" there remains something to happen to me "'); that which has to be supplied (e.g. any word or
words which have been omitted in a sentence; {iti zeSaH}, `" so it was left to be supplied "', a phrase commonly used by
Comm. in supplying any words necessary to elucidate the text); that which is saved or spared or allowed to escape
(nom. with {as}, or {bhU}, `" to be spared "'; {zeSaM-kR} "', to spare "', `" allow to escape "'; {zeSam avA7p} `" to
escape "') Mn. MBh. R. &c.; remaining (used as an adj. at the end of adj. comp. [f. {A}], cf. {kathA-z-}, {kRtya-z-})
AitBr. &c. &c.; remaining out of or from, left from (with abl. or loc. e.g. {prayAtebhyo ye zeSAH}, `" the persons left out
of those who had departed "'; but mostly ifc. after a pp. in comp. e.g. {bhukta-zeSa}, `" remaining from a meal "', `"
remnant of food "'; {hata-zeSAH}, `" those left out of the slain "', `" the survivors "' &c.) Mn. MBh. &c.; end, issue,
conclusion, finish, result RV. 77, 15; last, last-mentioned Rjat.; a supplement, appendix Nir. iii, 13; a keepsake, token
of remembrance Das'.; secondary matter, accident KtyS'r. Sch.; death, destruction W.; m. N. of a celebrated
mythological thousand-headed serpent regarded as the emblem of eternity (whence he is also called An-anta "', the
infinite "'; in the Vishnu-Purna he and the serpents Vsuki and Takshaka are described as sons of Kadru, but in one
place S'esha alone is called king of the Ngas or snakes inhabiting Ptla, while elsewhere Vsuki also is described as
king of the Nagas and Takshaka of the serpents; the thousand headed S'esha is sometimes represented as forming the
couch and canopy of Vishnu whilst sleeping during the intervals of creation, sometimes as supporting the seven Ptlas
with the seven regions above them and therefore the entire world [1089, 1]; he is said to have taught astronomy to
Garga; according to some legends he became incarnate in Bala-rma q.v.) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (RTL. 105; 112; 232 n.
r); N. of one of the Praj-patis R. VP.; of a Muni MW.; (also with {AcArya}, {dIkSita}, {zAstrin} &c.) of various authors
(cf. below); of one of the mythical elephants that support the earth L.; a kind of metre L.; ({A}) f. pl. the remains of
Sanskrit Dictionary
flowers or other offerings made to an idol and afterwards distributed amongst the worshippers and attendants (sg. `" a
garden made of the remains of flowers "') MBh. R. &c.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. see above.
s'eshavat* = mfn. left alive, spared MBh.; characterized by an effect or result (sometimes applied in logic to {a
posteriori} reasoning) Nyyas.
setu mfn. (fr. 1. %{si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.; m. a bond, fetter ib.; a ridge of earth, mound, bank,
causeway, dike, dam, bridge, any raised piece of ground separating fields (serving as a boundary or as a passage during
inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Ra1ma's bridge (see %{setubandha}) BhP.; a landmark, boundary, limit (also fig. = `" barrier,
bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a help to the understanding of a text, an explanatory commentary (also N. of various
commentaries) Cat.; an established institution, fixed rule MW.; the Pran2ava or sacred syllable Om (which is said to be
%{mantrANAM@setuH}) Ka1lP.; Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (= %{varaNa}, %{varuNa}) L.; N. of a son of
Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv.; of a son of Babhru Pur.; of a place MW.
seva*=(either fr. %{sev} or %{siv}) g. %{pacA7di}; n. = 1. %{sevi}, an apple L.
sevA *= f. going or resorting to, visiting, frequenting Ca1n2. Subh.; service, attendance on (loc. gen., or comp.;
%{sevAM-kR}, with gen., `" to be in the service of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; worship, homage, reverence, devotion to (gen. or
comp.) ib.; sexual intercourse with (comp.) Hit. Subh.; addiction to, indulgence in, practice or employment or frequent
enjoyment of (comp.) Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.
sevana 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of frequenting or visiting or dwelling in or resorting to (comp.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.
BhP.; waiting upon, attendance, service Mn. MBh. &c.; honouring, reverence, worship, adoration (also %{A} f.) Ka1v.
VarBr2S. &c.; sexual enjoyment, intercourse with (comp.) Mn. xi, 178; devotion or addiction to, fondness for,
indulgence in, practise or employment of (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c\\ 2 n. (for 1. see col. 1) the act of sewing, darning,
stitching Sus3r. Vop. A1pS3r. Sch.; a sack L.; (%{I}) f. a needle L.; a seam L.; a suture or peculiar, seam-like union of
parts of the body (seven in number, viz. five of the cranium, one of the tongue, and one of the glans penis) Br. Sus3r.;
(%{I}) f. a kind of small jasmine L.
shevadhi* = m. (L. also n.) `" treasure-receptacle "', wealth, treasure, jewel RV. &c. &c.; treasury, an inexhaustible
quantity (of good or evil) Sinha7s.; one of the nine treasures of Kubera MW.; {-pA4} mfn. guarding treasure RV.
shii = to sleep
siva* = or m. one who sews or stitches, a sewer, stitcher L
s'ii4la * = n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) habit, custom, usage, natural or acquired way of living or acting,
practice, conduct, disposition, tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `" habituated "' or `" accustomed "' or `"
disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf. {guNa-}, {dAna-}, {puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition or
character, moral conduct, integrity, morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.; cf. IW. 208; (with Buddhists {zIla} "', moral
conduct "', is one of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pramits [q.v.] and is threefold, viz. {sambhAra}, {kuzala-saMgrAha},
{sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106); a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5 fundamental precepts or rules of moral
conduct cf. {paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126; form, shape, beauty W.; m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. {zI}) L.; N. of a
man Buddh.; of a king Rjat.; ({A}) f. see below.
s'iilaa * = f. N. of the wife of Kaundinya Vs., Introd.; (also {-bhaTTArikA}) N. of a poetess S'rngP. Cat.
shiigraM = hurry; quickness
shiighraM = immediately
shiita = cold
s'ilpa * = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance, decoration, ornament,
artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Katha1s. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such
arts or crafts, sometimes called %{bAhya-kalA}, `" external or practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering,
architecture, jewellery, farriery, acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64 %{abhyantara-kalA},
`" secret arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other arts of coquetry) S3a1n3khBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in any art
or craft or work of art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; any act or work (also m.) BhP.; ceremonial act, ceremony,
rite (also m.) MW.; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. %{su-zilpa}); a partic. kind of S3astra or hymn (of a highly artificial
Sanskrit Dictionary
character, recited on the 6th day of the Pr2isht2hya Shad2-aha, at the Vis3vajit &c.) Br. S3rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle
(?) L.; (du. with %{jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sa1mans A1rshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S3Br.; (%{A}) f. a barber's shop L.;
(%{I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat.; (%{zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
s'ita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1071, col. 2) satisfied, regaled RV. viii, 23, 13.
s'ita* = 2 mfn. (for 1. and 4. see under %{zi} and %{zo}) w.r. for %{sita}, `" bright-coloured, white. "'\\3 m. N. of a son
of Vis3va1mitra MBh.\\mf(%{A4})n. (fr. %{zyai}; cf. %{zIna}) cold, cool, chilly, frigid (with ind. p. of %{kR} either
%{zItaM@kRtya}, or %{kRtvA} g. %{sA7kSA7di}) RV. &c. &c.; dull, apathetic, sluggish, indolent L.; boiled (=
%{kvathita}; %{zIta} prob. w.r. for %{zRta}) L.; m. Calamus Rotang L.; Cordia Myxa and Latifolia L.; Azadirachta
Indica L.; = %{asana-parNI} and %{parpaTA} L.; camphor L.; (%{A}) f. spirituous liquor L.; a kind of Du1rva1 grass L.;
another kind of grass (= %{zilpikA}) L.; often w.r. for %{sItA} (q.v.); n. cold, coldness, cold weather L.; cold water L.;
Cassia bark L.\\4 mfn. (for 1. &c. see p. 1069, col. 3) whetted, sharp RV. &c. &c.; thin, slender, weak, feeble L.\\see p.
1077, col. 3.
s'ithaa* = f. a rope (?) DivyA7v.
shiitaka = (m) refrigerator
shiitala = cool
s'ithila *= mf(%{A})n. (collateral form of prec.) loose, slack, lax, relaxed, untied, flaccid, not rigid or compact TS. &c.
&c.; soft, pliant, supple Pan5cat.; unsteady, tremulous MBh.; languid, inert, unenergetic, weak, feeble MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
careless in (loc.) R.; indistinct (as sound) L.; not rigidly observed W.; loosely retained or possessed, abandoned, shaken
off ib.; (%{am}) ind. loosely, not firmly Ragh.; (%{I}) f. a kind of tawny-coloured ant (said to be a variety of the white
ant) L.; (%{am}) n. a loose fastening, looseness, laxity, slowness MW.; a partic. separation of the terms or members of a
logical series ib.
shiirsha = head
shiirshha = head
s'iila = charactern. (and m. g. %{ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. %{A}) habit, custom, usage, natural or acquired way of living or
acting, practice, conduct, disposition, tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `" habituated "' or `" accustomed "' or `"
disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf. %{guNa-}, %{dAna-}, %{puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition
or character, moral conduct, integrity, morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.; cf. IW. 208; (with Buddhists %{zIla} "',
moral conduct "', is one of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pa1ramita1s [q.v.] and is threefold, viz. %{sambhAra}, %{kuzalasaMgrAha}, %{sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106); a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5 fundamental precepts or
rules of moral conduct cf. %{paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126; form, shape, beauty W.; m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1.
%{zI}) L.; N. of a man Buddh.; of a king Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. see below.
s'iilaa f. N. of the wife of Kaun2d2inya Va1s., Introd.; (also %{-bhaTTArikA}) N. of a poetess S3a1rn3gP. Cat.
shiilaM = chastity
s'iilana *= n. repeated practice, constant study (of the S3a1stras &c.) MBh.; frequent mentioning Pat.; wearing,
putting on, possessing MW.; serving, honouring ib.
shiishkaaraH = (m) a whistleshikharam.h = (n) summit, mountain top
s'ilpa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance, decoration, ornament,
artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Kaths. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts
or crafts, sometimes called {bAhya-kalA}, `" external or practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture,
jewellery, farriery, acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64 {abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret arts "'
e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other arts of coquetry) S'nkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in any art or craft or work of
art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Kv. &c.; any act or work (also m.) BhP.; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW.;
form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. {su-zilpa}); a partic. kind of S'astra or hymn (of a highly artificial character, recited on the
6th day of the Priishthhya Shad-aha, at the Vis'vajit &c.) Br. S'rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L.; (du. with {jamadagneH}) N. of two Smans rshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S'Br.; ({A}) f. a barber's shop L.; ({I}) f. a female artisan or
mechanic Cat.; ({zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
shishhya = student
shishhyaH = disciple
shishhyam.h = the disciple. the student
shishhyaan.h = desciples
shishhyeNa = disciple
shishhyaiH = disciples
s'is'u *= m. (fr. 1. %{zU} = %{zvi}) a child, infant, the young of any animal (as a calf, puppy &c.; also applied to young
plants, and to the recently risen sun; often ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; a boy under eight years of age W.; a lad under sixteen ib.; a
pupil, scholar ib.; N. of Skanda MBh. R. (cf. %{kumAra}); of a descendant of An3giras (author of RV. ix, 112). Anukr.; of
a son of Sa1ran2a VP.; of a king Buddh.; mfn. young, infantine L.
s'is'upaala * = m. `" child-protector "'N. of the king of the Cedis inhabiting a country in central India, probably the
same as Bundelkhand (see {cedi}; he was son of Dama-ghosha, and is also called Suntha; his impiety in opposing the
worship of Kriishna is described in the Sabh-parvan of the Mah-bhrata; when Yudhi-shthira was about to perform a
Rjasya sacrifice, numerous princes attended, and Bhishma proposed that especial honour should be paid to Kriishna,
who was also present, but S'is'u-pla objected, and after denouncing Kriishna as a contemptible person challenged him
to fight, whereupon Kriishna struck off his head with his discus; the Vishnu-Purna identifies this impious monarch
with the demons Hiranya-kas'ipu and Rvana; his death forms the subject of Mgha's celebrated poem called S'is'uplavadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSU} S'is'pla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSUdana} m. destroyer of S'isuplaN. of Kriishna L.; {-vadha} m. `" slaying of S'S'isu "'N. of a poem by Mgha (q.v.) on the above subject; {-vadhaparvan} n. N. of a ch. of the Mah-bhrata (ii, 1418-1627) on the same subject; {-ziraz-chettR} (Pacar.) and {-han}
(W.) m. N. of Kriishna.
shivasutaaya = to the son of `shiva'
s'is'u * = m. (fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi}) a child, infant, the young of any animal (as a calf, puppy &c.; also applied to young
plants, and to the recently risen sun; often ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; a boy under eight years of age W.; a lad under sixteen ib.; a
pupil, scholar ib.; N. of Skanda MBh. R. (cf. {kumAra}); of a descendant of Angiras (author of RV. ix, 112). Anukr.; of a
son of Srana VP.; of a king Buddh.; mfn. young, infantine L.
s'is'unaaga* = m. a young snake R.; a young elephant MW.; a kind of Rkshasa or demon ib.; N. of a king of Magadha
(pl. his descendants) BhP. VP. (v.l. {-nAka}).
s'iva = the destroyer * mf({A4})n. (according to Un. i, 153, fr. 1. {zI}, `" in whom all things lie "'; perhaps connected
with {zvi} cf. {zavas}, {zizvi}) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear
({a4m} ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. &c. &c.; happy, fortunate BhP.; m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.) R. v, 56, 36; liberation,
final emancipation L.; `" The Auspicious one "'N. of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who
constitutes the third god of the Hind Trimrti or Triad, the other two being Brahm `" the creator "' and Vishnu `" the
preserver "'; in the Veda the only N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra `" the terrible god "', but in later times it became
usual to give that god the euphemistic N. S'iva `" the auspicious "' [just as the Furies were called $ `" the gracious ones
"'], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution; in fact the preferential worship of
S'iva as developed in the Purnas and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive
worshippers [called S'aivas]; in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called Kla `" black "', and is then also
identified with Time "', although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name Kl,
whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices; as presiding over reproduction
consequent on destruction S'iva's symbol is the Linga [q.v.] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over
India at the present day; again one of his representations is as Ardha-nr, `" half-female "', the other half being male
to symbolize the unity of the generative principle [RTL. 85]; he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and
which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moos crescent,
above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a
second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive
extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead
into a coil; on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head
that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream; his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the
Sanskrit Dictionary
deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the
churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality; he holds a {tri-zUla}, or three-pronged trident [also
called Pinka] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and
Regenerator; he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called Damaru: his attendants or servants are
called Pramatha [qq.vv.]; they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various
hosts or troops called Ganas; his wife Durg [otherwise called Kl, Prvat, Um, Gaur, Bhavn &c.] is the chief object
of worship with the S'ktas and Tntrikas, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see {tANDava}] and winedrinking [1074, 2]; he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (Kma-deva) to
ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for Prvat whilst he was
engaged in severe penance; in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the
Universe and all the gods, including Brahm and Vishnu, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the
resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the Rudra7ksha berries
originated, it is said, from the legend that S'iva, on his way to destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears
of rage which became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is Kailsa, one of the loftiest northern peaks
of the Hima7laya; he has strictly no incarnations like those of Vishnu, though Vra-bhadra and the eight Bhairavas and
Khando-b &c. [RTL. 266] are sometimes regarded as forms of him; he is especially worshipped at Benares and has
even more names than Vishnu, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the S'iva-Purna and in
the 17th chapter of the Anus'sana-parvan of the Maha-bhrata, some of the most common being Mah-deva, S'ambhu,
S'ankara, s'a, s'vara, Mahe7s'vara, Hara; his sons are Gane7s'a and Krttikeya) s'vS'r. MBh. Kv. &c. RTL. 73; a kind
of second Siva (with S'aivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of perfection or emancipation MBh. Sarvad.;
{ziva-liGga} L.; any god L.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally {zivA} f. q.v.); sacred writings L.; (in astron.) N. of
the sixth month; a post for cows (to which they are tied or for them to rub against) L.; bdellium L.; the fragrant bark of
Feronia Elephantum L.; Marsilia Dentata L.; a kind of thorn-apple or = {puNDarIka} (the tree) L.; quicksilver L. (cf.
{ziva-bIja}); a partic. auspicious constellation L.; a demon who inflicts diseases Hariv.; = {zukra} m. {kAla} m. {vasu}
m. L.; the swift antelope L.; rum, spirit distilled from molasses L.; buttermilk L.; a ruby L.; a peg L.; time L.; N. of a son
of Medha7tithi MrkP.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a prince and various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {bhaTTa},
{paNDita}, {yajvan}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a fraudulent person Kaths.; (du.) the god S'iva and his wife Kir. v, 40 Pracand.
i, 20 (cf. Vm. v, 2, 1); pl. N. of a class of gods in the third Manvantara Pur.; of a class of Brhmans who have attained a
partic. degree of perfection like that of S'iva MBh.; ({A}) f. S'iva's wife (also {zivI}) see {zivA} below; ({am}) n. welfare,
prosperity, bliss ({Aya}, {e4na} or {e4bhis}, `" auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily "'; {zivAya gamyatAm}, `" a
prosperous journey to you! "') RV. &c. &c.; final emancipation L.; water L.; rock-salt L.; sea-salt L.; a kind of borax L.;
iron L.; myrobolan L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; sandal L.; N. of a Purna (= {ziva-purANa} or {zaiva}) Cat.; of
the house in which the Pndavas were to be burnt MrkP.; of a Varsha in Plaksha-dvpa and in Jambu-dvpa Pur.
s'ivaa * =. the energy of S'iva personified as his wife (known as Durg, Prvat &c.) Inscr. Kv. Kaths. Pur.; final
emancipation (= {mukti}) Pur.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally regarded as an animal of bad omen) GriS.
Baudh. MBh. &c. [1076, 1]; N. of various plants (accord. to L. `" Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; Terminalia
Chebula or Citrina, Emblica Offcinalis; Jasminum Auriculatum; turmeric; Drv grass &c. "'); the root of Piper longum
L.; a kind of yellow pigment (= {-go-rocanA}) L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangt.; N. of the wife of
Anila MBh.; of the wife of Angiras ib.; of a Brhman woman ib.; of the mother of Nemi (the 22nd Arhat of the present
Avasarpini) L.; of the mother of Rudra-bhaththa Cat.; of a river MBh. Hariv. (In the following comp. not always,
distinguishable from {ziva} m. or n.)
shmashru = moustache, beard
s'obha * mfn. (fr. {zubh}) bright, brilliant, handsome W.; m. N. of a man Rjat.; (pl.) of a class of gods L.; of a class of
heretics L.; lustre (in comp. for {zobhA} q.v.)
s'obhA * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) splendour, brilliance, lustre, beauty, grace, loveliness ({kA zobhA} with loc., `" what beauty is
there [in that] "' i.e. `" it has no beauty "'; {zobhAM na-kR}, `" to look bad or ugly "'; ifc. often = `" splendid "', `"
excellent "' e.g. {zaurya-zobhA}, `" splendid heroism "'; {karma-zobhA}, `" a masterpiece "') TS. &c. &c.; distinguished
merit W.; colour, hue VarBriS. Mudr.; wish, desire L.; a kind of metre Col.; turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocan
L.
s'obhana * = mf({A} or {I})n. brilliant, splendid, beautiful (at end of comp. = `" beautiful by reason of "') S'Br. Kaus'.
MBh. &c.; excellent, glorious, magnificent, distinguished in or by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; (ifc.) superior to,
better than BhP. propitious, auspicious VarBriS. Rjat.; virtuous, moral (see comp.); correct, right Sarvad.; m. N. of
Agni at the S'ung-karman Griihys.; of S'iva MBh.; a burnt offering for auspicious results W.; the fifth of the astron.
Yogas. L.; a planet L.; the eleventh year of Jupiter's cycle MW.; ({A}) f. a beautiful woman (often in voc.) MBh. Kv. &c.;
turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocan L.; N. of one of the Mtriis attending on Skanda MBh.; ({am}) n. the act of
Sanskrit Dictionary
adorning, causing to look beautiful MW.; an ornament (see {karNa-z-}); anything propitious or auspicious, welfare,
prosperity R. Pur.; moral good, virtue ib. brilliance MW.; a lotus L.; tin L.; (with {kazyapasya}) N. of a Sman rshBr.
shobh.h = to shine, look good
shobhini = person glowing with
shobheta = shine
s'ochati = (1 pp) to grieve
s'ochaniiya = adj. lamentable
s'ochituM = to lament
s'ochya = (participle, fem.)fit to be worried about; worth-concern
s' ocana* =mfn. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150; n. (L.) and (%{A}) f. (Ha1sy.) grief, sorrow.
s' ocaniiya* = mfn. lamentable, deplorable (n. impers. `" it should be lamented "') Ka1lid. Ra1jat.
s' ocaniiyataa* =f. deplorableness Kum.
s' ocayat* =mf(%{antI})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burn or causing to grieve; (%{zoca4yantI}) f. pl. `" inflaming "', `"
afflicting "'N. of the Apsarases of the Gandharva Ka1ma TBr.
s' ocayitri * = m. a causer of grief or pain ib.
shodashaa.nsha = A Varga. The 16th Harmonic Chart. Used for deeper delineation of Fourth House matters
shodhana = purification
shoDaza *= 1 mf(%{I4})n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the sixteenth, (with %{aMza} or %{bhAga} m. a 16th part Mn. Ma1rkP.;
%{RSabha-SoDazAH} [Gaut.] or %{vRSabha-S-} [Mn. ix, 124] "', 15 cows and one bull "') Br. Gr2S3rS. &c.; + 16 ChUp.;
consisting of 16 VS. TS. Pan5cavBr. &c.; Pl. incorrectly for %{So-Dazan}, 16 Ra1matUp.; (%{I}) f. having the length of
the 16th of a man (said of a brick) S3ulbas.; N. of one of the ten Maha1-vidya1s (also pl.) Pan5car. Cat.; one of the 12
forms of Durga1 called Maha1-vidya1 MW.; n. 1/16 AV. VarBr2S.
3 SoDaza 2 in comp. for %{So4-Dazan} below.
s'oka: sorrow mfn. ( {zuc}) burning, hot AV.; ({zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV. S'Br.; sorrow, affliction,
anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow personified (as a son of Death or of Drona and
Abhimati) Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
shokaM = lamentation
shokahataM = attacked(hata) by grief(shoka)
shoNita = red (adj); blood (neut)
s'osha* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.; m. the act of drying
up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.;
(also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'oshasambhava* = m. the root of long pepper L.
s'oshaapahaa* = f. `" removing consumption "', a kind of plant (= {klItanaka}) L.
s'oshaka* = mfn. drying up, absorbing, removing, destroying BhP.
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing, destroying BhP.; m. N.
Sanskrit Dictionary
of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gt. Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up
(intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry, draining, suction MBh. Pacat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.\\2 m. (fr. %{zU}
= %{zvi}; cf. %{zUSa}) breath, vital energy VS. (Mahi1dh.)
s'oshaNIya* = mfn. to be dried or sucked up or drained or absorbed VarBriS.
s'oshayitavya* = mfn. to be dried up &c. MW.
shoshhayati = driesshri.ngaara = the sentiment of love
shothaH = (m) swelling
shouchagriham.h = (n) toilet
sphutha *= mfn. open, opened Sus3r. BhP.; expanded, blossomed, blown MBh. Uttarar.; plain, distinct, manifest,
evident, clear MBh. VarBr2S. &c.; (in astron.) apparent, real, true, correct Su1ryas.; spread, diffused, extensive, wide,
broad Kum. Bhartr2. S3is3.; extraordinary, strange Kpr.; full of, filled with, possessed by (instr. or comp.) DivyA7v.
Lalit.; white L.; m. the expanded hood of a serpent L. (also %{A} f. Pan5cat.); N. of a man g. %{azvA7di}; (%{am}) ind.
distinctly, evidently, certainly Ka1v. Katha1s.
s'raama * = m. a temporary shed (= {maNDapa}) L.; a month L.; time L.; w.r. for {zrama} R.
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion, labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily
or mental, hard work of any kind (as in performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and austerity;
{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military
exercise, drill W. [1096, 2]; N. of a son of pa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'alva * = m. pl. N. of a people L. (cf. {sa4lva}); a kind of plant L.
s'ataghnii *= f. (cf. %{-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a missile, supposed by some to be a sort of firearms or rocket, but described by the Comm. on the Maha1bha1rata as a stone or cylindrical piece of wood studded with
iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c.; a deadly disease of the throat Sus3r. S3a1rn3gS.; Tragia Involucrata L.; Pongamia
Glabra L.; a female scorpion W.; N. of S3iva (m.) MW.; %{-pAza-zakti-mat} mfn. having a S3ata-ghni1 and a noose and
a spear MBh. xiii, 17, 134 (but %{zata-ghnI} may also be, separate).
s'aya =* mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case or sense; see
%{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z}, %{giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60 (cf. %{divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see
%{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard, chameleon L.; the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a
measure of length) VarBr2S. Naish. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; = %{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for %{zapa}); pl. N.
of a people MBh.; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. %{zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3] //2 mfn. (fr.
%{zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding (see %{kaGka-z-}).
shlathayati = (v) to unweave
shlaaghate = (1 ap) to praise
s'lakshNa *= mf(%{A})n. (in Un2. iii, 19 said to be fr. %{zliS}) slippery, smooth, polished, even, soft, tender, gentle,
bland AV. &c. &c.; small, minute, thin, slim, fine (cf. comp.) L.; honest, sincere W.; (%{am}) ind. softly, gently MBh. R.;
m. N. of a mountain, Di1vya7v.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river ib.
s'loka* = m. (prob. connected with 1. {zru} R. i, 2, 33 gives a fanciful derivation fr. {zoka}, `" sorrow "', the first {zloka}
having been composed by Vlmki grieved at seeing a bird killed) sound, noise (as of the wheels of a carriage or the
grinding of stones &c.) RV.; a call or voice (of the gods) ib.; fame renown, glory, praise, hymn of praise ib. AV. TS. Br.
BhP.; a proverb, maxim MW.; a stanza, (esp.) a partic. kind of common epic metre (also called Anu-shthubh q.v.;
consisting of 4 Pdas or quarter verses of 8 syllables each, or 2 lines of 16 syllables each, each line allowing great liberty
except in the 5th, 13th, 14th and 15th syllables which should be unchangeable as in the following scheme, 8. 1. 8-8., the
dots denoting either long or short; but the 6th and 7th syllables should be long; or if the 6th is short the 7th should be
short also) S'Br. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a Sman rshBr.
s'mas'aa*= f. (prob. connected with {azman}) the elevated ridge or edge of a trench or ditch or channel for water or of a
Sanskrit Dictionary
vessel RV. x, 105, 1 (but in S'Br. the m. pl. {zmazA4H} is said to mean those deceased ancestors who consume or eat the
oblations [?], and a comp. {zmazA7nna4} is formed to explain {zmazAna})
s'mas'aana* = n. (accord. to Kir. iii, 5 for {zmazayana} above; but prob. for {azma-zayana}) an elevated place for
burning dead bodies, crematorium, cemetery or burial-place for the bones of cremated corpses AV. &c. &c.; an oblation
to deceased ancestors (= {pitR-medha} see above) PrGri. KtyS'r. Sch.; = {brahma-randhra}.
s'oka* = mfn. ( %{zuc}) burning, hot AV.; (%{zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. %{A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV. S3Br.; sorrow,
affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow personified (as a son of Death or of
Dron2a and Abhimati) Pur.; (%{I}) f. see below
s'raaddha mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{zrad-dhA}) faithful, true, loyal, believing HParis3. SaddhP. (cf. Pa1n2. 5-2, 101); relating
to a S3ra1ddha ceremony Cat.; n. a ceremony in honour and for the benefit of dead relatives observed with great
strictness at various fixed periods and on occasions of rejoicing as well as mourning by the surviving relatives (these
ceremonies are performed by the daily offering of water and on stated occasions by the offering of Pin2d2as or balls of
rice and meal [see %{piNDa}] to three paternal and three maternal forefathers i.e. to father, grandfather, and great
grandfather; it should be borne in mind that a S3ra1ddha is not a funeral ceremouy [%{antye7STi}] but a supplement to
such a ceremony; it is an act of reverential homage to a deceased person performed by relatives, and is moreover
supposed to supply the dead with strengthening nutriment after the performance of the previous funeral ceremonies
has endowed them with ethereal bodies; indeed until those %{antye7STi}, or `" funeral rites "' have been performed,
and until the succeeding first S3ra1ddha has been celebrated the deceased relative is a %{pre7ta} or restless, wandering
ghost, and has no real body [only a %{liGga-zarIra} q.v.]; it is not until the first S3ra1ddha has taken place that he
attains a position among the Pitr2is or Divine Fathers in their blissful abode called Pitr2i-loka, and the S3rS3ra1ddha
is most desirable and efficacious when performed by a son; for a full description of the S3ra1ddha ceremonies see RTL.
276, 304 &c.) Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; gifts or offerings at a S3ra1ddha MW.
s'raamyati = (4 pp) to be tired
s'raava* m. hearing, listening MW.; N. of a son of Yuvans'va (and father of S'rvastaka) MBh.
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion, labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily
or mental, hard work of any kind (as in performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and austerity;
%{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military
exercise, drill W. [1096,2]; N. of a son of A1pa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'raddha mfn. having faith, believing in, trusting, faithful, having confidence Ka1t2h. TS.; (%{A}) f. see below; n. =
%{zraddhA} W.
s'raddhaa P. A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte} (pr. p. %{zraddadhat}, %{zrad-da4dhAna}; Ved. inf. %{zraddhe4} cf.
%{zra4t} above), to have faith or faithfulness, have belief or confidence, believe, be true or trustful (with %{na}, `" to
disbelieve "' &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to credit, think anything true (two acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to believe or have faith in or be
true to (with dat., and in later language with gen. of thing or person, or with loc. of thing) RV. &c. &c.; to expect
anything (acc.) from (abl.) MBh.; to consent, assent to, approve, welcome (with acc.; with %{na}, `" to disapprove "')
Katha1s.; to be desirous of (acc.), wish to (inf.) ib. BhP.: Caus. %{-dhApayati}, to make faithful, render trustful, inspire
confidence RV. x, 151, 5.\\ f. faith, trust, confidence, trustfulness, faithfulness, belief in (loc. or comp.; %{zraddhayAgam}, `" to believe in "', with gen. DivyA7v.), trust, confidence, loyalty (Faith or Faithfulnesses is often personified and
in RV. x, 151 invoked as a deity; in TBr. she is the daughter of Praja1-pati, and in S3Br. of the Sun; in MBh. she is the
daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma; in Ma1rkP. she is the mother of Ka1ma, and in BhP. the daughter of Kardama
and wife of An3giras or Manu) RV. &c. &c.; wish, desire (%{zraddhayA} ind. `" willingly, gladly "'), longing for (loc. acc.
with %{prati} inf., or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; desire of eating, appetite Sus3r.; the longing of a pregnant woman Car.;
curiosity (%{zraddhAm@AkhyAhi@nas@tAvat}, `" just satisfy our curiosity and tell us "') Katha1s.; purity L.; respect,
reverence W.; calmness or composure of mind MW.; intimacy ib.; a term for the fem. nouns in %{A} Ka1t.; (with
%{kAmAyanI}) N. of the authoress of RV. x, 151 (cf. above); du. (with %{prajA-pateH}) N. of two Sa1mans A1rshBr.\\
%{zrad-dadhAna} &c. see P. 1095, col. 3.
s'raddhayat * = (?) mfn. = {zrad-dadhAna} MundUp.
s'rad-dhayita * = mfn. trustful, believing in (gen.) DivyA7v.
s'raavayitavya * = mfn. (fr. id.) to be caused to be heard, to be communicated VarBr2S.; to be caused to hear, to be
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
shvaana = Dog
shvaasa = Breath
s'vaasa *= m. hissing, snorting, panting R. Katha1s. BhP.; respiration, breath (also as a measure of time = %{prA7Na},
%{asu}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; breathing or aspiration (in the pronunciation of consonants) RPra1t., Introd.; inspiration
Sarvad.; sighing, a sigh S3ak. Sa1h.; affection of the breath, hard breathing, asthma (of which there are five kinds, viz.
%{kSudra}, %{tamaka}, %{chinna}, %{mahat}, and %{Urdhva}) Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of S3vasana (the god
of wind) MBh.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; %{-karma-prakAza} m. N. of wk.
s'vasana *= mfn. blowing, hissing, panting, breathing RV. S3a1n3khBr. VarBr2S.; breathing heavily Sus3r.; m. air, wind
(also of the body) or the god of wind MBh. R. Sus3r.; N. of a Vasu (son of S3va1sa1) MBh. i, 2583; (%{zva4s-}) N. of a
serpent-demon Suparn2.; Vanguieria Spinosa Car.; (%{am}) n. breathing, respiration, breath Ka1v. Pur. Sus3r.; heavy
breathing Sus3r.; clearing the throat ib.; hissing (of a serpent) S3is3.; sighing, a sigh Ratna7v.; feeling or an object of
feeling BhP. (Sch.)
s'vasaana *= mfn. breathing, living, alive BhP.
shvaasaprashvaasa = heaving and sighing
s'vavritti *= f. `" dog-subsistence "', gaining a livelihood by menial service (forbidden to Bra1hmans) Mn. iv, 4, 6
Ra1jat. BhP. &c.; mfn. living on ddog, Pra7yas3c.; a `" lick-spittle "' or most contemptible toady Ya1jn5. Sch.
shveta = (adj) white
shvetaketaH = Shvetaketu(maan with white flag?)
shvetaayasaH = (m) steel
shvetaiH = with white
shhaT-pada = one with six legs (insect); here, a bumble bee
shhaD.h = six
shhaN.h = six
shhaNDa = (masc/neut) collection.
shhaNmaasaaH = the six months
shhaNmukha = with six mouths, a name of Kartikeya
shhad.h = to sit
shhashhThaaNi = the six
shhoDasha = 16
shhoDashaH = number sixteen
s'ubha = good, auspicious * =zubha mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc, {zubhe} "', fair one! "'
in addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable, useful, good (applied to
persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.; good (in moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest
S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an action) Yj. Sch.; eminent, distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water
L.; the Phenila tree (Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob. w.r. for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N. of
a man (cf. g. {tikA7di}) Kaths.; of a son of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city floating in the sky (cf.
{zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light, lustre, splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or
Mimosa Suma; white Drv grass; = {priyaGgu}; bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocan; an assembly of
the gods; a kind of metre; N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Um; ({am}) n. anything bright or
Sanskrit Dictionary
beautiful &c.; beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare, prosperity Kaus'. Kv. Kaths.;
benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kv. VarBriS. Kaths.; the wood of Cerasus Puddum L.
shubrataa = whiteness
shubhaM = good, auspicious
shubhagraha = Benefic planet
shubhadi = giver of auspicious
shubhasya = of good things
shubhaan.h = the auspicious
shubhra = clean
s'uca = worry, * = mf({A4})n. = {zuci}, pure RV. x, 26, 6; ({A}) f. grief. sorrow BhP.
shuchi = clean
shuchiH = pure
shuchiinaaM = of the pious
shuchau = in a sanctified
shuNThii = (f) ginger
shuNDaa = (f) elephant's trunk
s'uddha = pure * = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white RV. &c. &c.; cleared,
acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact, according to rule Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.;
upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine, true, unmixed (opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e.
unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized) S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital
punishment) Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable, unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.;
authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the moon increases) Inscr.;
N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an
author Cat.; of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.;
(%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.
shuddhapaksha = Bright side of the lunar month, also shuklapaksha
shuddhaye = for the purpose of purification
shudra = the caste of servants and labourers
shukaH = (m) parrot
shukaharitaH = dark green colour (literally, parrot green)
shuka = parrot
shuktiH = oyster
s'ukra = The planet Venus. The word means Semen or Sexual Secretions* = mf(%{A4})n. (fr. 1. %{zuc} cf. %{zukla})
bright, resplendent RV. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; clear, pure RV. AV. VS. S3Br.; light-coloured, white RV. AV. S3a1n3khBr.;
pure, spotless RV. Br.; m. N. of Agni or fire R.; of a month (Jyesht2ha = May-June, personified as the guardian of
Kubera's treasure) MBh. Sus3r.; the planet Venus or its regent (regarded as the son of Bhr2igu and preceptor of the
Daityas) MBh. R. &c.; clear or pure Soma RV.; (with or scil, %{graha}) a partic. Graha or receptacle for Soma VS. S3Br.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
a partic. astrol. Yoga L.; a N. of the Vya1hr2itis (%{bhUr}, %{bhuvaH}, %{svar}) MW.; a kind of plant (= %{citraka})
ib.; N. of a Marutvat Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha VP.; of the third Manu Hariv.; of one of the seven sages under Manu
Bhautya Ma1rkP.; of a son of Bhava VP.; of a son of Havir-dha1na (cf. %{zukla}) VP.; (with Jainas) of a partic. Kalpa
(q.v.); n. brightness, clearness, light RV. Up. MBh. R.; (also pl.)any clear liquid (as water, Soma &c.) RV. VS.; juice, the
essence of anything Br. S3rS. (also pl.); semen virile, seed of animals (male and female), sperm RV. &c. &c.; a morbid
affection of the iris (change of colour &c. accompanied by imperfect vision; cf. %{zukla}) Sus3r. S3a1rn3gS.; a good
action L.; gold, wealth L.; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; of a Vedic metre RPra1t.
s'ukravaara = Friday
shukla = light
shuklaH = the white fortnight
s'ulka* = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) price, value, purchase-money RV.; the prize of a contest MBh.; toil, tax, duty, customs (esp.
money levied at ferries, passes, and roads) Gaut. past. Mn. &c.; nuptial gift (orig. a price given to parents for the
purchase of a bride, but in later times bestowed on the wife as her own property together with the profits of household
labour, domestic utensils, ornaments &c.), dower, dowry, marriage settlement Gaut. Vishn. Mn. &c. (cf. IW. 267);
wages of prostitution Kaths. MrkP.; w.r. for {zukra} and {zukla} MBh.
shu.nThaH = roasted?
shunaka = (m) dog
sisRkSA* = f. (fr. Desid. of %{sRj}) wish or purpose to create (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. Hariv. BhP.
s'uNTa* = n. the hair under the arm-pit Gal.
s'uNTh* = cl. 1. P. {zuNThati}, to limp, be lame Dhtup. ix, 56 (cf. {zuTh}); to dry, become dry ({zoSaNe}) ib. 60; cl. 10.
P. {zuNThayati}, to dry, become dry ({zoSaNe}) ib. xxxii, 103.
s'uNTha* = mf({A})n. (applied to a bull or cow) TS. MaitrS. Kthh. S'rS. (accord. to Sch. either `" white coloured "' or
`" of small stature or = {AveSTita-karNa}); a kind of grass Gobh. (v.l.); a piece of flesh or meat L.; ({I}) f. see next.
s'uND* = cl.1. P. {zuNDati}, to break, crush, disturb, vex, torment Dhtup. ix, 40.
s'uNDaka* = m. a military flute or fife L.; a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors L.; ({ikA}) f. the uvula (in the throat)
L.; swelling of the uvula ({gala-z-}) Vgbh.
s'uNDAra* = m. the trunk of a young elephant Mcar.; an elephant 60 years old Gal.; a distiller or seller of spirituous
liquor L.
s'uNDAla* = m. `" possessing a proboscis or trunk "', an elephant L.
s'uNDika* = m. or n. (prob.) a tavern, dram-shop Pn. 4-3, 76; m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. {maNDika}); ({ikA}) f.
see under {zuNDaka}.
s'uNDin* = m. `" possessing spirituous liquor "', a distiller, preparer or seller of spirituous liquors (constituting a partic.
mixed caste) Cat.; `" having a proboscis "', an elephant W.
s'uNDI* = f. the swelling or enlargement of any gland (cf. {kaNTha}, and {gala-z-}; the plant Heliotropium Indicum L.
s'un* = cl. 6. P. {zunati}, to go Dhtup. xxviii, 46.
s'unaH* = in comp. for {zunas}.
s'unaka* = m. a young or small dog, any dog MBh.: xiii, 6070 (cf. Un. ii, 32 Sch.); N. of a Riishi MBh.; of an ngirasa
and disciple of Pathya BhP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Ruru ib.; of a son of Riicka R.; of a son of Riita BhP.; of a son
of Griitsa-mada Hariv.; of the slayer of Puram-jaya and father of Pradyota BhP.; = {zaunaka} Cat.; pl. the family or race
of S'unaka S'rS. (cf. {zaunaka}); ({I}) f. a bitch L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
s'unya* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zvan}) g. {gav-Adi}; n. and ({A}) f. a number of dogs or female dogs L. \\2 mfn. = {zUnya}, empty,
void L.; n. a cypher L.
s'uunya* = mf({A}) n. empty, void (with {vAjin} = `" a riderless horse "'; with {rAjya} = `" a kingless kingdom "'),
hollow, barren, desolate, deserted Br. &c. &c. [1085,2]; empty i.e. vacant (as a look or stare), absent, absentminded,
having no certain object or aim, distracted MBh. Kv. &c.; empty i.e. possessing nothing, wholly destitute MBh.
Kaths.; wholly alone or solitary, having no friends or companions R. BhP.; void of, free from, destitute of (instr. or
comp.), wanting, lacking Kv. Kaths. Pur. Sarvad. non-existent, absent, missing Kv. Pacat.; vain, idle, unreal,
nonsensical R. Rjat. Sarvad.; void of results, ineffectual ({a-zUnyaM-kR}, `" to effect "', accomplish "') S'ak. Ratna7v.;
free from sensitiveness or sensation (said of the skin), insensible Bhpr.; bare, naked MW.; guileless, innocent ib.;
indifferent ib.; ({A}) f. a hollow reed L.; a barren woman L.; Cactus Indicus = {malI} (for {nalI}?) L.; n. a void, vacuum,
empty or deserted place, desert ({zUnye}, in a lonely place) MBh. R. &c.; (in phil.)vacuity, nonentity, absolute nonexistence (esp. with Buddhists) IW. 83 n. 3; 105, n.4 MWB.7 n. 1; 142; N. of Brahma MW.; (in arithm.) nought, a cypher
VarBriS. Ganit. (cf. IW. 183); space, heaven, atmosphere L.; a partic. phenomenon in the sky. L.; an earring (see next).
[Cf. Gk. $, $; $. &328360[1085,2] $.]
s'us'hmi* = m. wind or the god of wind L.
s'us'ruu* = f. (fr. Desid. of 1. %{zru}) `" one who waits on a child "', a mother MBh. xii, 9513 (B.)
s'us'ruushaa * = f. desire or wish to hear Ka1m.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said to be of five kinds
(see %{zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; %{-para} mfn. diligent or attentive in service Katha1s.
s'us'ruushaka * = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or waiting on (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
m. an attendant, servant (comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz. a pupil, a religious pupil, a hired servant, an
officer, and a slave) W.
s'ushka* = 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk, withered, sere RV. &c. &c.;
useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.; mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a
relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman}) Rjat.; n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry
cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.
s'ushka* = 2 Nom. (only mf. {zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v
s'us'ruushaNa* = n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful homage to (gen. dat. loc., or comp.) MBh. R. &c.;
(ifc.) attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.
s'us'ruushaa* = f. desire or wish to hear Km.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said to be of five kinds
(see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn. diligent or attentive in service Kaths.
s'us'ruushaka* = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or waiting on (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.;
m. an attendant, servant (comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz. a pupil, a religious pupil, a hired servant, an
officer, and a slave) W.
s'us'ukvani * = mfn. shining, resplendent, brilliant RV.
s'us'ucAna4 * = see {A-zuz-} under {A-zuc}.
s'us'umAra-giri * = m. (perhaps for {ziz-}) N. of a place DivyA7v.
s'us'umAra-girIya * = or mfn. living at S'us'umra-giri ib.
s'us'umAra-girIyaka * = mfn. living at S'us'umra-giri ib.
s'us'ulUka-yAtu * = ({-lU4ka-}) m. a demon in the shape of an owlet RV. vii, 104, 22.
s'us'ukvana4 * = or mfn. shining, resplendent, brilliant RV.
s'us'ulUka * = m. a small owl, owlet Sy. on RV. vii, 104, 22.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
of a serpent-demon Suparn2.; Vanguieria Spinosa Car.; (%{am}) n. breathing, respiration, breath Ka1v. Pur. Sus3r.;
heavy breathing Sus3r.; clearing the throat ib.; hissing (of a serpent) S3is3.; sighing, a sigh Ratna7v.; feeling or an
object of feeling BhP. (Sch.)
s'vasaana *= mfn. breathing, living, alive BhP.
shyati = to sharpen
shyaamala = dark
shyaamalaM = the dark-complexioned one
shyaalaaH = brothers-in-law
sid.hdhyasid.hdhyoH = in success and failure
siddha = a prophet or adept, ever-ready, having psychic power
siddhaH = perfect
siddhayaH = great achievements including mystic powers
siddhaye = for perfection
siddhaloka* = m. the world of the Blest BhP
siddhasanghaaH = perfect beings
siddhaa.nsha = A Varga. The 24th Harmonic Chart. Also known as Chaturvi.nsha.nsha. Used in delineating Spiritual
Gifts
siddhaanaaM = of those who have achieved perfection
siddhaanta = thesis
siddhaasana = the adept's posture
siddhaloka* = m. the world of the Blest BhP.
siddhi= success, achievement * = 1 f. driving off, putting aside Yj. \\2 f. (for 1. see p. 1215, col. 1) accomplishment,
performance, fulfilment, complete attainment (of any object), success MBh. Kv. &c.; the hitting of a mark (loc.) Km.;
healing (of a disease), cure by (comp.) Yj.; coming into force, validity ib.; settlement, payment, liquidation (of a debt)
Mn. viii, 47; establishment, substantiation, settlement, demonstration, proof. indisputable conclusion, result, issue
RPrt. Up. Sarvad.; decision, adjudication, determination (of a lawsuit) W.; solution of a problem ib.; preparation,
cooking, maturing, maturity ib.; readiness W.; prosperity, personal success, fortune, good luck, advantage Mn. MBh.
&c.; supreme felicity, bliss, beatitude, complete sanctification (by penance &c.), final emancipation, perfection L.;
vanishing, making one's self invisible W.; a magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes) ib.; the
acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means or the supsupposed faculty so acquired (the eight usually
enumerated are given in the following S'loka, {aNimA} {laghimA prA7ptiH prAkAmyam mahimA tathA IzitvaM ca
vazitvaM ca tathA kAmA7vasAyitA} [1216, 3]; sometimes 26 are added e.g. {dUra-zravaNa}, {sarvajJa-tva}, {agnistambha} &c.) Snkhyak. Tattvas. Sarvad.; any unusual skill or faculty or capability (often in comp.) Pacat. Kaths.;
skill in general, dexterity, art Car.; efficacy, efficiency Kv. Pacat.; understanding, intellect W.; becoming clear or
intelligible (as sounds or words) BhP.; (in rhet.) the pointing out in the same person of various good qualities (not
usually united) Sh.; (prob.) a work of art Rjat. iii, 381; a kind of medicinal root (= {Rddhi} or {vRddhi}) L.; (in music)
a partic. S'ruti Sangt.; a partic. Yoga (either the 16th or 19th) Col.; Success or Perfection personified MBh. VarBriS.; N.
of Durg Kaths.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma Pur.; of the wife of Bhaga and mother of Mahiman BhP.;
of a friend of Danu Kaths.; of one of the wives of Gane7s'a RTL. 215, 2; N. of S'iva (in this sense m.) MBh.
siddhiM = powers
Sanskrit Dictionary
siddhiH = success
siddhii = a psychic (or occult) power
siddhau = in success
sidh.h = to be accomplished
sidhama.ntro = having got the effect of the mantra
sidhda = accomplished
sidhdaa.rth = (m) pr.n
sidhya.nti = (Vr.Pr.III P.pl.PP)materialise
sidhyati = (4 pp) to reach
s'iilana * = n. repeated practice, constant study (of the S3a1stras &c.) MBh.; frequent mentioning Pat.; wearing, putting
on, possessing MW.; serving, honouring ib.
siikataa = (f) sand
siisa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) lead (also used as money) VS. &c. &c.; the leaden weight used by weavers VS.;
mf({A})n. leaden, of lead VS. LthyS'r.
siitaa = the wife of Rama
sita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below; for 3. p. 1214, col. 2) bound, tied, fettered RV. &c. &c.; joined with, accompanied by
(instr.) Prab. Rjat. BhP.
sita* = 2 see 2. {pra4-sita} p. 697, col. 3.
sita* = 3 mf({A})n. (prob. formed fr. {a-sita} as {sura} fr. {asura}; for 1. and 2. {sita} see p. 1213, col. 1; for 4. see 1.
{so}) white, pale, bright, light (said of a day in the light half of a month and of the waxing moon) MBh. Kv. &c.;
candid, pure (see {-karman}); m. white (the colour) L.; the light half of the month from new to full moon VarBriS.; the
planet Venus or its regent (= {zukra}) ib.; sugar ib.; Bauhinia Candida L.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; ({A})
f. white sugar, refined sugar Sus'r.: Hcat.; moonlight L.; a handsome woman.; spirituous liquor L.; N. of various plants
(a species of Aparjit; white Kanthakr; white Drv grass; Arabian jasmine &c.) Sus'r.; bamboo juice L.; N. of the
Ganges (in {sitA7sitA}, under {sitA}); one of the 8 Devis (Buddh.) Klac.; ({am}) n. silver L.; sandal L.; a radish L.
siitaa* = f. (less correctly written {zItA}; cf. {sIma4n}, {sIra}) a furrow, the track or line of a ploughshare (also
personified, and apparently once worshipped as a kind of goddess resembling Pomona; in RV. iv, 57, 6, Sit is invoked
as presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth; in VS. xii, 69-72, Sit, the Furrow "' is again personified and
addressed, four furrows being required to be drawn at the ceremony when the above stanzas are recited; in TBr. she is
called {sAvitrI}, and in PrGri. {indra-patnI}, `" the wife of Indra "'; in epic poetry SSit is the wife of Rmacandra
and daughter of Janaka, king of Mithil, capital of Videha, who was otherwise called Sradhvaja; she was named Sit
because fabled to have sprung from a furrow made by Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice
instituted by him to obtain progeny, whence her epithet Ayoni-j, `" not womb-born "'; her other common names,
Maithil and Vaideh, are from the place of her birth; according to one legend she was Vedavat q.v., in the Kriita age;
accord. to others she was an incarnation of Lakshmi and of Um; the story of Rma's bending the bow, which was to be
the condition of the gift of Sit, is told in R. i, 67; St's younger sister Urmil was at the same time given to
Lakshmana, and two nieces of Janaka, daughters of his brother king Kusa-dhvaja, to Bharata and S'atrughna) RV. &c.
&c. IW. 335 n. 1; 337 &c.; N. of a form of Dkshyan Cat.; of a poetess Cat.; of a river MBh. R. &c.; of the eastern
branch of the four mythical branches of the heavenly Ganges (into which it is supposed to divide after falling on mount
Meru; this branch is fabled to flow into the Varsha or Dvpa called Bhadra7va) L.; of an Upanishad Cat.; spirituous
liquor W.
siitaapatiM = siotA's husband
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
effusion, spilling, shedding (cf. {a4} and {ghraNa-sk-}); perishing, destruction Gt.; quick-silver L.; `" Attacker "'N. of
Krttikeya (q.v., son of S'iva or of Agni; he is called god of war as leader of S'iva's hosts against the enemies of the gods
[1256,2]; he is also leader of the demons of illness that attack children [cf. {-graha}], also god of burglars and thieves;
cf. {-putra} and IW. 427 n. 1) MaitrS. MBh. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh.; a king prince L.; a clever or learned man (cf.
{skandha}) L.; the body L.; the {jA7di} (pl. Sanskrak.)
skandaH = Kartikeya
skandhaH = (m) shoulder
skhalanashiila = adj. liable to lapse
sma = an indeclinable that changes the sentence to past tense from present tense * = {smA}, (or {Sma}, {SmA}) ind. a
particle perhaps originally equivalent to `" ever "', `" always "'; and later to `" indeed "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `"
surely "' (it is often used pleonastically, and in earlier language generally follows a similar particle [esp. {ha}, {na}], or
relative, or prep. or verb, while in later language it frequently follows {iti}, {na} and {nA4} [cf. 1. {mA4}]; it is also
joined with a pres. tense or pres. participle to give them a past sense [e.g. {pravizanti sma}, `" they entered "']; this use
of {sma} is also found in the Brhmanas and is extended to {veda} and {Aha} cf. Vm. v, 2, 46) RV. &c. &c.
smaara * = m. remembrance, recollection of (comp.) Tr.; (fr. {smara}) relating or belonging to the god of love Naish.
smaashana *= graveyard
smara * mf({A}) n. remembering, recollecting (see {jAti-smara}); m. (ifc. f. {A}) memory, remembrance, recollection
ChUp. Uttarar.; loving recollection love, (esp.) sexual love AV. &c. &c.; Kma-deva (god of love) Klid. Kaths. &c.; an
interpreter or explainer of the Veda (and `" the god of love "') Naish.; the 7th astrol. mansion VarBriS.
smaradas'aa *= f. state of the body produced by love (ten states are named: joy of the eyes, pensive reflection, desire,
sleeplessness, emaciation, indifference to external objects, abandonment of shame, infatuation, fainting away, death)
Megh.
smarati = (1 pp) to remember, recollect
smaran.h = thinking of
smaraami = remember
smaret.h = remembers, recalls
smaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) smiling at anything, wonder, surprise, astonishment MBh. Bhartri. (v.l.); arrogance, conceit,
pride in or at (comp.) Ragh. Das'. BhP.; Pride (personified as the son of Dharma and Pushthi), Bhp.
smayate = (1 ap) to smile
smera * = mild smiles
smita * = mfn. smiled, smiling MBh. R. &c.; expanded, blown, blossomed S'is'. Pacat.; n. a smile, gentle laugh ({-taMkR}, `" to smile "') MBh. Kv. &c.
smrita = remembered
smritaM = is considered
smritaH = is considered
smritaa = when remembered
smriti = of memory
smritiH = memory
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sprihaa = aspiration
sprihaNiyaruupaM = desirable form (personal appearance)
sphiita = (adj) prosperous
sprihaa *= f. (ifc. f. %{A}) eager desire, desire, covetousness, envy, longing for, pleasure or delight in (dat., gen. loc., or
comp.; acc. with %{kR} or %{bandh}, `" to long for, be desirous of [loc. or comp.] "'; with %{kR}, `" to envy any one
[loc.] "') MBh. R. &c.; a kind of plant (v.l. %{spRzA}) L.
spris' = to touch
spris'a * = mfn. touching, reaching to (in {sarvadvAra-sp-}) MBh.; m. touch, contact (in {duH-sp-} q.v.); ({A}) f. a kind
of plant ( = {bhujaMga-ghAtinI}) L.; ({I}) f. the prickly nightshade, Solanum Jacquini L.
spris'ati = (6 pp) to touch
spris'an.h = touching
spris'tha= * mfn. touched, felt with the hand handled AV. &c. &c.; affected or afflicted or possessed by (instr. or comp.)
MBh. Kv. &c.; defiled (cf. comp.); (in gram.) formed by complete contact of the organs of utterance (applied to all
consonants except semivowels [called {ISat-spRSTa}, `" formed by slight contact "'] and except sibilants and {h}, which
are called {ardha-spRSTa}, `" formed by half-contact "') Prt. Siksh.
spris'thi * = f. touch, touching, contact S'Br.
sphuTatara = (adj) crystal clear
sphura* = mfn. id. Pacat.; m. quiver, throb &c. (in {sa-sphura}, `" throbbing "' i.e. `" living "') Bhathth.; = (and v.l.
for) {sphara}, a shield L.
sphuraNa* = mfn. glittering, sparkling VarBriS.; n. the act of trembling, throbbing, vibration, pulsation (also {A} f.)
Dhtup. L.; quivering or throbbing of parts of the body (as indicating good or bad luck) MW.; springing or breaking
forth, starting into view, expansion, manifestation Sh. BhP. Sarvad.; flashing, coruscation, twinkling, glittering Megh.
Mlatm.
sphurat* = mfn. (pr. p. P.) trembling, shaking &c. (see root and cf. comp.)
sphurati = (6 pp) to throb
sphurad* = in comp. for {sphurat}.
sphuran* = in comp. for {sphurat}.
sphurita = shining* = mfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating, flashing &c. Kv. VarBriS. Pacat.; struggling
Vs.; glittered, flashed (n. impers. `" it has been flashed by "') Hariv. Klid. BhP.; broken forth, burst into view,
suddenly arisen or appeared Kaths. Sarvad.; plainly displayed or exhibited S'is'.; swelled, swollen W.; ({am}) n. a
tremulous or convulsive motion, quiver, throb, twitch, tremor, convulsion Klid. Bhartri.; agitation or emotion of mind
MW.; flash, gleam, glittering, radiance, shren MBh. Kaths.; sudden appearance, coming into being Rjat.
sphuurta* = mfn. (accord. to some) throbbed, throbbing MW.; suddenly risen into remembrance ib.
sphuurti* = f. quivering, throbbing, throb, palpitation, tremor, vibration Bhpr.; breaking forth visibly, sudden
appearance or display, manifestation Kv. Rjat.; bragging, boasting Pacad.
sphuurj* = cl. 1. P. (Dhtup. vii, 61) {sphUrjati} (only in pres.; Gr. also pf. {pusphUrja} fut. {sphUrjitA} &c.), to rumble,
roar, thunder, crash Kv. Kaths.; to burst forth, be displayed, appear ib. Rjat. Sh.: Caus. {sphUrja4yati} (aor.
{apusphUrjat}), to crash, crackle AV. AitBr.: Desid. {pusphUrjiSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphUrjyate}, {posphUrkti} ib. [Cf.
Gk. $.] &383822[1271,2]
Sanskrit Dictionary
sphuurja* = m. the crashing sound of thunder, thunder-clap W.; Indra's thunderbolt ib.; sudden outbreak (cf. {narmasph-}); N. of a Rkshasa, BhgP.; a kind of plant (= {sphUrjaka}) L.
sphur* = 1 (cf. {sphar}) cl. 6. P. (Dhtup. xxviii, 95) {sphura4ti} (m. c. also {-te}; p. {sphurat} and {sphuramANa}
[qq.vv.]; only in pres. base, but see {apa-sphur}; Gr. also pf. {pusphora}, {pusphure}; fut. {sphuritA}, {sphuriSyati};
aor. {asphorIt}; Prec. {sphUryAt}; inf. {sphuritum}), to spurn RV. AV.; to dart, bound, rebound, spring RV. MBh. Kv.;
to tremble, throb, quiver, palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the arm S'ak.), struggle Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to flash, glitter,
gleam, glisten, twinkle, sparkle MaitrUp. R. &c.; to shine, be brilliant or distinguished Rjat. Kaths. MrkP.; to break
forth, burst out plainly or visibly, start into view, be evident or manifest, become displayed or expanded NriisUp. MBh.
&c.; to hurt, destroy Naigh. ii, 19: Caus. {sphorayati} (aor. {apusphurat} or {apuspharat}), to stretch, draw or bend (a
bow) Bhathth. [1271,1]; to adduce an argument S'ank. Sch.; to cause to shine, eulogize, praise excessively Pacad.;
{sphurayati}, to fill with (inser.) Lalit.: Desid. {pusphuriSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphuryate}, {posphorti}. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{sperno}; Lith. &383704[1271,1] {spi4rti}; Germ. {sporo}, {spor}, {Sporn}; Eng. {spur}, {spurn}.]
sphur* = 2 (ifc.) quivering, trembling, throbbing S'is'. ii, 14.
sraak *=quickly, speedily, instantly
sraja *: a garland MBh. Hariv.; m. N. of one of the Vis've Devh MBh
sraavaNa* = mfn. causing to flow, shedding ({rudhira-srAvaNaM-kR}, `" to shed any one's blood "') KtyS'r. Sus'r. Kull.
s'ramaNa *= mf(%{A} or %{I})n. making effort or exertion, toiling, labouring, (esp.) following a toilsome or menial
business W.; base, vile, bad ib.; naked L.; m. one who performs acts of mortification or austerity, an ascetic, monk,
devotee, religious mendicant S3Br. &c. &c.; a Buddhist monk or mendicant (also applied to Buddha himself cf. MWB.
23 &c.; also applied to a Jain ascetic now commonly called Yati) MBh. R. &c.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; (%{A} or
%{I}), a female mendicant or nun L.; a hard-working woman L.; (%{A}) f. a handsome woman L.; = %{zabarI-bhid},
%{mAMsI}, %{muNDIrI} L.; n. toil, labour, exertion S3a1n3khS3r.
sravanta: *mfn. flowing, dropping
sravaNa* = n. streaming, flowing, flowing off (also pl.; cf. {azva-sr-}) R.; premature abortion VarBriS.; sweat,
perspiration L.; urine L.
sravantI* = f. (of {sravat} q.v.) flowing water, a river RV. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh. i, 13); a kind of herb L.
sravana * = hearing
sravat * = mfn. (pr. p.) streaming, flowing &c.; (%{a4t}) f. a river RV. AV.; (%{antI}) f. see below.
sravatha * = m. or n. flowing, streaming, running RV.
s'reNi f. (L. also m.; according to Un2. iv, 51, fr. %{zri}; connected with %{zreTI} above) a line, row, range, series,
succession, troop, flock, multitude, number RV. &c. &c.; a swarm (of bees) S3is3.; a company of artisans following the
same business, a guild or association of traders dealing in the same articles Mn. MBh. &c.; a bucket, wateringpot L.; the
fore or upper part of anything L.; Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.\\ f. a line, row &c. (= %{zreNi}) Mn. MBh. &c.
sringara = amourous
srijati *V= (6 pp) creates, appears, descends, manifests, produces
srijs* = mfn. to be let go or emitted or created BhP. Sarvad.
srij* =1 (cf. 1. 2. {sarj}) cl. 6. P. (Dhtup. xxviii, 121) {sRja4ti} (Ved. and ep. also {-te}, and once in AV. {sa4rjati}; pf.
{sasarja}, {sasRje4} [2. sg. accord. to Pn. 7-2, 65, {sasarjitha} and {sasraSTha}, in BhP. once {sasarktha}]; Vedic forms
are {sasRjma4he}, {-jrire}, {sasRjyAt}, {asasRgram}; p. {sasRjAna4} q.v.; {sasRgma4he}; aor. {asrAkSIt}; {a4sRkSi},
{a4sRSTa} [Ved. also {a4sRgram} or {-ran}; {a4sarji}; {asrAk}, {asrAT}; {srAs}; {srakSat}; p. {sRjAna4} q.v.] ib.
[1245,2]; fut. {sraSTA} PacavBr.; {srakSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {sraSTum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {sRSTvA} Br.; {-sR4jya}
ib. &c.; {-sa4rgam} or {-sa4rjam} Br.), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at (acc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to cast or
let go (a measuring line) RV.; to emit, pour forth, shed, cause to flow (rain, streams &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to utter (a sound)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Kaths.; to turn or direct (glances) Kum.; to let loose, cause (horses) to go quickly; . `" to speed, run, hasten "' RV.; to
release, set free ib. AV. Kaus'.; to open (a door) Kaus'.; to publish, proclaim AitBr.; to draw out and twist (a thread),
twist, wind, spin (lit. and fig.; . {sRjyate}, `" for one's self "'; cf. Pat. on Pn. 3-1, 87 Vrtt. 15, and Dhtup. xxvi, 69)
TS. AV. S'Br. S'rS.; (in older language only .) to emit from one's self i.e. create, procreate, produce, beget RV. &c. &c.;
to procure, grant, bestow MBh. R. &c.; to use, employ Rjat.; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) Mn.
viii, 140; to hang on, fasten to (loc.) MBh. iii, 2218 (perhaps {asRjat}, w.r. for {asajat}; see {saJj}): Pass. {sRjyate} (aor.
{a4sarji}), to be let loose or emitted or created RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {sarjayati}, {-te} (aor. {asasarjat} or {asIsRjat}), to
cause to let loose, let go, create &c. Br. &c.: Desid. {sisRkSati}, {-te}, to wish to send forth or hurl or throw Hariv.; (.)
to wish to produce or create Kthh. BhP.: Intens. {sarIsRjyate}, {sarIsRSTi} &c. Gr.
srij* =2 (ifc.) letting loose, emitting, discharging MBh. Kv. &c.; producing, creating, begetting (also with gen.) Inscr.
MBh. Rjat.
srijaami* = manifest
srijaana* mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV.
srijati* = m. (used as, a substantive to denote the root {sRj}, `" to create "') S'is'.
srijatvakarman* = n. begetting children Sanskrak.
srijaya* = m. a kind of bird VS. (Mahdh.); ({A4}) f. = {nIla-makSikA}, {zukla-sarpa}, or {nIla-mahiSa} TS. (Sch.)
srijavaana* = m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat (v.l. {sRjAvaNa}) VP. [1245,3]
srijana* = w.r. for {sarjana} (q.v.) Cat.
srijAna* = mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV
srijati
srijya * = mfn. to be let go or emitted or created BhP. Sarvad.
sritii = different paths
srip (sRp)* = cl. 1 P. (Dha1tup. xxiii, 14) %{sa4rpati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; p. %{sa4rpat} [see s.v.] and
%{sarpamANa}; pf. %{sasarpa} [1. du. %{sasRpiva}] Br.; aor. %{asRpat} AV. Br.; %{asRpta} Br. &c.; %{asArpsIt}, or
%{asrApsIt} Gr.; fut. %{sarptA} or %{sraptA} ib.; %{sarpsyati} Br.; %{srapsyati} ib. &c.; inf. %{sarpitum} MBh. &c.;
%{sarptum} or %{sraptum} Gr.; %{-sR4pas} Br.; ind. p. %{sRptvA} ib.; %{-sR4pya} AV. &c.; %{-sarpam} Br. &c.), to
creep, crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously (%{sarpata}, `" depart! "' Ra1jat.) RV. &c. &c.; to slip into (acc.)
AitBr.; (in ritual) to glide noiselessly and with bended body and hand in hand (esp. from the Sadas to the Bahishpavama1na) Br. S3rS. ChUp.: Pass. %{sRpyate} (aor. %{asarpi}), to be crept &c. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{sarpayati} (aor.
%{asIsRpat} or %{asasarpat}, to cause to creep &c. (see %{ava-}, %{anu-pra-}, %{vi-sRp}): Desid. %{si4sRpsati} (see
%{ut-sRp}): Intens. %{sarIsRpyate} (AitA1r.), %{sarIsarpti}, p. %{sarIsRpat} (BhP.), to creep along or hither and
thither, glide about &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &375922[1245,3] %{serpere}; see also %{sarpa}.]
srishhTiH = creation
srishtha* = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in {a-sR-}) Das'.; brought forth produced,
created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.; engrossed by, intent upon (instr.)
MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented, adorned L.; abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.;
({A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.; a musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.
srishhTii = World
srishhTvaa = creating
s'ruta* = mfn. heard, listened to, heard about or of, taught, mentioned, orally transmitted or communicated from age to
age S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; known, famous, celebrated RV. AV. Br. MBh.; known as, called (nom. with {iti}) MBh. R. &c.;
m. N. of a son of Bhagratha Hariv.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Su-bhshana ib.; of a son of Upagu VP.; ({A})
Sanskrit Dictionary
f. N. of a daughter of Drghadanshthra Kaths.; ({am}) n. anything heard, that which has been heard (esp. from the
beginning), knowledge as heard by holy men and transmitted from generation to generation, oral tradition or
revelation, sacred knowledge (in the Pur. personified as a child of Dharma and Medh), the Veda AV. &c. &c.; the act of
hearing MundUp. Kv. Kaths.; learning or teaching, instruction ({zrutaM-kR}, `" to learn "') past.; memory,
remembrance AV. i, 1, 2.
srotasaaM = of flowing rivers
staH = is
stanabhara = breasts that are(full-with milk)
stabdhaH = impudent * = mfn. firmly fixed, supported, propped &c.; reaching up to (loe.) S'vetUp. MBh.; stiff, rigid,
immovable, paralyzed, senseless, dull ({am} ind.) MBh. Kv. &c.; solidified (as water) Hariv.; puffed up, proud,
arrogant ChUp. Bhag. &c.; tardy, slack, slow (?) VarBriS.; obstinate, stubborn, hard-hearted MW.; coarse ib.
stabh = (root) to make immobile, to stun
stambhaH = (m) pillar * =stambha m. (ifc. f. {A}) a post, pillar, column, stem (as of a tree; also improperly applied to
an arm) Kthh. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; support, propping, strengthening Bhartri.; inflation, pretentiousness, arrogance
MBh. R. &c.; fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, torpor, paralysis, stupefaction MBh. Kv. &c.; becoming hard or solid Rjat.;
stoppage, obstruction, suppression (also the magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of the
forces of water, fire &c. as taught in the Tantras) Kv. Sus'r. Pacar.; filling up, stuffing R.; N. of a partic. Adhyya Pat.
on Pn. 5-2, 60 Vrtt. 1; of a Riishi &c. VP. (cf. g. {kuJjA7di} and {zaunakA7di}).
stamba: a clump or tuft of grass, any clump or bunch or cluster AV. &c. &c.; a sheaf of corn L. a bush, thicket L. [1258,
1]; a shrub or plant having no decided stem (such as the Jhinth or Barleria) L.; the post to which an elephant is tied
(wrongly inferred from {stambe-rama} q.v.) L.; a mountain L.; N. of various men Hariv. Pur.; n. (in these senses prob.
w.r. for {stambha}, m.) a post, pillar in general W.; stupidity, insensibility W.
stambhana = Stationary planet
staram.h = (n) level
stana * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di} ifc. {A} or {I}; derivation doubtful, but prob. connected with {stan}, from the
hollow resonance of the human breast), the female breast (either human or animal), teat, dug, udder RV. &c. &e.; the
nipple (of the female or the male breast) Sus'r.; a kind of pin or peg on a vessel shaped like a teat S'Br.
stanayitnu * = m. (sg. or pl.) thunder (pl. personified as children of Vidyota,`" Lightning "') RV. AV. VS. &c.; a
ththunder-cloud Ka1v. BhP.; lightning L.; sickness ib.; death ib.; a kind of grass (= %{mustaka}) MW.
sthaa* = 1 cl. 1. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxii, 30) %{ti4SThati}, %{-te} (pf. %{tasthau4}, %{tasthe} RV. &c. &c.; aor.
%{a4sthAt}, %{a4sthita} ib.; 3. pl. %{asthiran} RV. AV. Br.; %{Asthat} [?] AV.; %{asthiSi}, %{-Sata} Br. &c.; Subj.
%{sthAti}, %{sthA4thaH} RV.; Prec. %{stheyAt} ib.; %{stheSam}, %{-SuH} [?] AV.; %{sthAsISTa} Gr.; fut. %{sthAtA}
MBh. &c.; %{sthAsyati}, %{-te} Br.&c.; inf. %{sthA4tum} ib.; %{-tos} Br. Gr2S3rS.; %{-sthitum} R.; ind. p. %{sthitvA}
MBh. &c.; %{-sthA4ya} RV. &c. &c.; %{-sthAyam} Bhat2t2.), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self stand upon, get
upon, take up a position on (with %{pAdAbhyAm}, `" to stand on the feet "'; with %{jAnubhyAm}, `" to kneel "'; with
%{agre} or %{agratas} and gen., `" to stand or present one's self before "'; with %{puras} and with or without gen., `" to
stand up against an enemy &c. "') RV. &c. &c.; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (e.g. with %{kanyA},
`" to remain a girl or unmarried "'; with %{tUSNIm} or with %{maunena} instr. `" to remain silent "'; with %{sukham},
`" to continue or feel well "') AV. &c. &c.; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on,
persevere in any act (with loc.; e.g. with %{rAjye}, `" to continue governing "'; with %{zAsane}, `" to practise obedience
"'; with %{bale}, `" to exercise power "'; with %{sva-dharme}, `" to do one's duty "'; with %{sva-karmaNi}, `" to keep to
one's own business "'; with %{saMzaye}, `" to persist in doubting "'; also with ind. p. e.g. %{dharmam@Azritya}, `" to
practise virtue "') AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to `" perish "'), endure, last TS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
to be, exist, be present, be obtainable or at hand AV. &c. &c.; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to (dat. gen., or
loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (A1. m. c. also P. cf. Pa1n2. 1-3, 23; iv, 34) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of,
adhere or submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (loc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop,
halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (see under %{sthitvA} below) RV. &c. &c.; to behave or conduct one's self (with
%{samam}, `" to behave equally towards any one "' loc.); to be directed to or fixed on (loc.) Hariv. Katha1s.; to be
Sanskrit Dictionary
founded or rest or depend on, be contained in (loc.) RV. AV. MBh.; to rely on, confide in (loc. e.g. %{mayi@sthitvA}, `"
confiding in me "') Bhat2t2.; to stay at, resort to (acc.) R.; to arise from (abl. or gen.) RV. ChUp.; to desist or cease from
(abl.) Katha1s.; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only Impv. and Pot.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.: Pass.
%{sthIyate} (aor. %{asthAyi}), to be stood &c. (frequently used impers. e.g. %{mayA@sthIyatAm}, `" let it be abided by
me "' i.e. `" I must abide "') Br. &c. &c.: Caus. %{sthApayati}, %{-te} (aor. %{a4tiSThipat}; ind. p. %{sthApayitvA}
[q.v.] and %{-sthA4pam}: Pass. %{sthApyate}), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found,
institute AV. &c. &c.; to set up, erect, raise, build MBh. R.; to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm
MBh. R. Sus3r. &c.; to prop up, support, maintain MBh. Hcat.; to affirm, assent Sa1h. Nya1yas. Sch.; to appoint (to any
office loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two acc.; with %{dhAtrIm}, `" to
employ any one as a nurse "'; with %{rakSA7rtham}, `" to appoint any one as guardian "'; with %{sajjam}, `" to make
anything ready "' [1262,3]; with %{su-rakSitam}, `" to keep anything well guarded "'; with %{svIkRtya}, `" to make
anything one's own "'; with %{parizeSam}, `" to leave anythanything over or remaining "') S3vetUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
to fix, settle, determine, resolve Mn. MBh. &c.; to fix in or on, lead or being into, direct or turn towards (loc., rarely
acc.; with %{hRdi}, `" to impress on the heart "'; with %{manas}, `" to fix the mind on "') AV. &c. &c.; to introduce or
initiate into, instruct in (loc. e.g. with %{naye}, `" to instruct in a plan or system "') MBh. Katha1s.; to make over or
deliver up to (loc. or %{haste} with gen., `" into the hands of "') Ya1jn5. Ratna7v. Katha1s.; to give in marriage MBh.; to
cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with %{baddhvA}, `" to keep bound or imprisoned "')
S3Br. &c. &c.; to place aside, keep, save, preserve MBh. Hariv.: Desid. of Caus. %{-sthApayiSati} (see %{saM-sthA}):
Desid. %{ti4SThAsati}, to wish to stand &c. S3Br.: Intens. %{teSThIyate}; %{tAstheti}, %{tAsthAti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{stare}; Lith. {sto4ti}; Slav. {stati}; &381116[1262,3] Germ. {sta7n}, {stehen}; Eng. {stand}.]//(or %{STha}) mf(%{A})n.
(only ifc.) standing, staying, abiding, being situated in, existing or being in or on or among (see %{agni-}, %{garbha-},
%{jala-}, %{naraka-}, %{rAjya-stha} &c.); occupied with, engaged in, devoted to performing, practising (see %{dhyAna}, %{yajJa-}, %{yoga-}, %{savana-stha} &c.); a place, ground (ibc. = %{sthala}) L.//sthA* = (or %{SThA4}) mfn. (nom.
m. n. %{sthA4s}) standing, stationary (often ifc. = `" standing, being, existing in or on or among "' cf. %{agni-SThA},
%{RtasthA} &c.) RV. Pan5cavBr. S3a1n3khS3r.
sthaa = to stand
sthaa(tishhThati) = to stand
sthaaNuH = unchangeable
sthaama *= in comp. for %{sthAman}.
sthaaman *= n. station, seat, place AV.; strength, power Ba1lar. Lalit. SaddhP.; the neighing of a horse MBh. i, 5116.
sthaamavat *= mfn. powerful, strong Lalit.; (ifc.) having the strength of ib. [1264,1]
sthaana = place, house, position * = n. (also said to be m. Siddh.) the act of standing, standing firmly, being fixed or
stationary AV. &c. &c.; position or posture of the body (in shooting &c.) R.; staying, abiding, being in or on (loc. or
comp.) Das3. Ka1m. Hariv. Sa1h.; storingplace or storage (of goods) Mn. viii, 401; firm bearing (of troops), sustaining a
charge (as opp. to %{yuddha}, `" charging "') ib. vii, 190; state, condition (ifc. = `" being in the state of "') Up. BhP.;
continued existence, continuance in the same state (i.e. in a kind of neutral state unmarked by loss or gain), continuing
as or as long as (with instr.) MBh. R. BhP.; a state of perfect tranquillity Sarvad.; station, rank, office, appointment,
dignity, degree MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; place of standing or staying, any place, spot, locality, abode, dwelling, house,
site (%{sthAne@sthAne} or %{sthAne@sthAneSu}, `" in different places "', `" here and there "') RV. &c. &c.; place or
room, stead (%{sthAne} with gen. or ifc. `" in place of "', `" instead of "', `" in lieu of "'; %{ripu-sthAne-vRt}, `" to act in
the place of an enemy "'; %{vilocana-sthAna-gata}, `" acting the part of eyes "'; also %{sthAna} ifc. = `" taking the place
of "', `" acting as "', `" representing "' or `" represented by "' e.g. %{pitR-sth-}, `" acting as a father "' or `" represented
by a ffather "'; %{iyaG-uvaG-sthAna}, `" reprrepresented by %{iy} or %{uv} "' [as %{I} and %{U} Pa1n2. 1-4, 4]; in
Pa1n2ini's grammar the gen. case is often used alone, when the word %{sthAne} has to be supplied e.g.
%{hanter@jaH}, `" %{ja} is to be substituted in place of %{han} "', i, 1, 49) AitBr. Gr2S3rS. &c.; place for, receptacle of
(gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; proper or right place (%{sthAne}, `" in the right place or at the right time, seasonably, justly "')
Pan5cavBr. &c. &c. (cf. g. %{svar-Adi}); province, region, domain, sphere (of gods or virtuous men; said to be in one of
three places, viz. `" earth "' or `" atmosphere "' or `" heaven "'; accord. to some that of virtuous Bra1hmans is called
Pra1ja1patya; of Kshatriyas, Aindra; of Vais3yas, Ma1ruta; of S3u1dras, Ga1ndharva) Nir. VarBr2S.; the main support or
strength or chief constituent of a kingdom (said to be four, viz. `" army "', `" treasury "', `" city "', `" territory "') Mn. vii,
56; a stronghold, fortress Pan5cat.; the place or organ of utterance of any sound (said to be 8 in number, viz.
%{kaNTha}, `" throat "'; %{tAlu}, `" palate "'; %{mUrdhan}, `" top of palate "'; %{danta}, `" teeth "'; %{oSTha}, `" lips
"'; %{kaNTha-tAlu}, `" throat and palate "'; %{kaNTh'-oSTha}, `" throat and lips "'; %{dant'-oSTha}, `" teeth and lips
Sanskrit Dictionary
"'; to which are added %{nAsikA}, `" nose "', said to be the place of utterance of true Anusva1ra, and %{uras}, `" chest
"', of Visarga) Pa1n2. 1-9 Sch. Pra1t. Sarvad.; any organ of sense (e.g. the eye) BhP.; the pitch or key of the voice, note,
tone (of which accord. to RPra1t., there are three [see %{mandra}], or accord. to TPra1t., seven;
%{vInA@cyutA@sthAnAt}, `" a lute out of tune "') S3rS. Pra1t. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (as of the moon)
VarBr2S.; the part or character of an actor MW.; case, occurrence (%{ne7daM@sthAnaM@vidyate}, `" this case does
not occur "') Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. Vajracch.; occasion, opportunity (or (gen. or comp.; %{sthAne} ind. `" occasionally "')
S3rS. MBh. &c.; cause or object of (gen. or comp. e.g. %{zulka-sthAna}, `" an object of toll "'; %{pUjA-} or %{mAnyasth-}, `" an object of honour "'; also applied to persons; %{sthAne} ind. `" because of "', `" on account of "') MBh.
Pan5cat. Katha1s.; a section or division (e.g. of medicine) Car. Sus3r. &c.; an astrol. mansion or its subdivision
VarBr2S.; = %{kAryo7tsarga}, S3i1l.; an open place in a town, plain, square W.; a holy place MW.; an altar ib.; N. of a
Gandharva king R.
sthaanaM = place
sthaanaka = (m) station, base
sthaanabhrashTa = adj. skidrow bum
sthaani = situated
sthaane = rightly
sthaapaya = please keep
sthaapayati = to put, to keep
sthaapayitvaa = placing
sthaasyati = remains
sthaalikaa = (f) plate, dish
sthaavara = not moving
sthaavaraaNaaM = of immovable things
sthaavira * = n. (fr. %{sthavira}) old age (described as commencing at seventy in men and fifty in women, and ending
at ninety, after which period a man is called %{varSIyas}) La1t2y. MBh. &c.; mfn. (v.l. for %{sthavira}) old, senile MBh.
Hit.
sthagayati = to stop someone
sthaH = situated
sthairyam: *V steadiness, gravity, immovability, permanence *= sthairya. firmness, hardness, solidity Yj. MBh. &c.;
fixedness, stability, immobility Prab. BhP. Sarvad.; calmness, tranquillity Pacad.; continuance, permanence Kv.
Kaths.; steadfastness, constancy, perseverance, patience MBh. R. &c.; firm attachment to, constant delight in (loc.)
Kv. Pacat. Kaths. &c.
sthairyaM = steadfastness
sthalaa = (f) tiles (on the floor)
sthavira * = mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (cf. %{sthAvara}, p. 1264) broad, thick, compact, solid, strong, powerful RV. AV. Br.
MBh. Hariv.; old, ancient, venerable (%{-re@kAle} or %{bhAve}, `" in old age "') Br. &c. &c. [1265,3]; m. an old man
W.; (with Buddhists) an `" Elder "' (N. of the oldest and most venerable Bhikshus) MWB. 184; 255 &c.; N. of Brahma1
L.; (pl.) N. of a school (also %{Arya-sth-}) Buddh.; (%{A}) f. an old woman MW.; a kind of plant L.; (%{am}) n. benzoin
L.
sthira* = mf({A4}) n. firm, hard, solid, compact, strong RV. &c. &c.; fixed, immovable, motionless, still, calm S'Br.
Sanskrit Dictionary
MBh. &c.; firm, not wavering or tottering, steady R. VarBriS.; unfluctuating, durable, lasting, permanent, changeless
RV. &c. &c.; stern, relentless, hard-hearted Kum.; constant, steadfast, resolute, persevering ({manas} or {hRdayaM
sthiraM-kR}, `" to steel one's heart, take courage "' R. Kaths.); kept secret Vet.; faithful, trustworthy Yj. MBh. &c.;
firmly resolved to (inf.) MBh.; settled, ascertained, undoubted, sure, certain Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a partic. spell recited
over weapons R.; a kind of metre VarBriS.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of Skanda's attendants ib.; N. of a partic. astrol.
Yoga MW.; of certain zodiacal signs (viz. Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius; so called because any work done under these
signs is supposed to be lasting) ib. (L. also `" a tree; Grislea Tomentosa; a mountain; a bull; a god; the planet Saturn;
final emancipation "'); ({A}) f. a strong-minded woman MW.; the earth L.; Desmodium Gangeticiim L.; Salmalia
Malabarica L.; = {-kAkolI} L.; N. of the sound {j} Up.; ({am}) n. steadfastness, stubbornness, resistance (acc. with {avatan} P. `" to loosen the resistance of [gen.] "'; . `" to relax one's own resistance, yield "'; with {A-tan} . `" to offer
resistance "') RV.
sthavishthha * = mfn. (superl. of %{sthUra}) very broad or thick or solid or strong TS. &c. &c.
sthitaM = situated
sthitaH = situated
sthitadhiiH = one fixed in KRishhNa consciousness
sthitapraGYaH = transcendentally situated
sthitapraGYasya = of one who is situated in fixed KRishhNa consciousness
sthita * = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" going "', `" sitting "', or `" lying "'; {parasparaM sthitam}, `" standing opposed to
each other "'; {sthitaM tena}, `" it was stood by him "' = `" he waited "') Mn. MBh. &c.; standing firm ({yuddhe}, `" in
battle "') Hariv.; standing, staying, situated, resting or abiding or remaining in (loc. or comp.; with {uccA7vaceSu}, `"
abiding in things high and low "'; with {anityam}, `" not remaining permanently "', `" staying only a short time "'
KtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; being or remaining or keeping in any state or condition (loc., instr. abl. comp., or a noun in the
same case, also ind. p. or adv.; {vyApya sthitaH}, `" he keeps continually pervading "' S'ak. Vikr.; {upavizya sthitaH}, `"
he remains sitting "' Vikr.; {kathaM sthitA7si}, `" how did you fare? "' Vikr. [1264, 2]; {evaM sthite}, `" it being so "'
Pac.; {puraH sthite}, `" it being imminent "') MBh. Kv. &c.; engaged in, occupied with, intent upon, engrossed by,
devoted or addicted to (loc. or comp.), performing, protecting Mn. MBh. &c.; abiding by, conforming to, following (loc.)
ib.; being in office or charge Pacat. Rjat.; adhering to or keeping with (loc.) Hariv.; lasting RPrt.; firm, constant,
invariable Kaths.; settled, ascertained, decreed, established, generally accepted S'Br. &c. &c.; fixed upon, determined
S'ak.; firmly convinced or persuaded MBh. Subh.; firmly resolved to (inf. or loc.) MBh. R. &c.; faithful to a promise or
agreement L.: upright, virtuous L.; prepared for or to (dat.) Yj. Kum.; being there, existing, present, close at hand,
ready ({sthito hy eSaH}, `" I myself am ready "'; {agraje sthite}, `" when the elder brother is there "') Mn. MBh. &c.;
belonging to (gen.) R.; turned or directed to, fixed upon (loc. or comp.) VarBriS. Sarvad.; resting or depending on (loc.)
MBh. R. &c.; leading or conducive to (dat.) Pacat.; one who has desisted or ceased Pacad.; left over L.; (in Vedic
gram.) not accompanied by {iti} (in the Pada-pthha), standing alone ({pade sthite}, `" in the Pada text "') Prt.; ({am})
n. standing still, stopping Bhartri.; staying, remaining, abiding R.; manner of standing ib.; perseverance on the right
path ib.
sthitaaH = are situated
sthitaan.h = standing
sthiti = position* = f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kvya7d.; standing, staying, remaining, abiding, stay,
residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "',
`" take up one's abode "') Kv. Kaths. &c.; staying or remaining or being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-});
continuance in being, maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st
being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence, duration S'vetUp. R.
Klid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life MrkP.; (in astron.) duration of an eclipse Sryas.; continued existence in any
place MBh. Sh.; that which continually exists, the world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kv.
Pacat. Kaths.; station, high position, rank Mn. Yj. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mlatm.; settled rule, fixed
decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in a
state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety
MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.; devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm
persuasion or opinion, conviction Yj. Km.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kaths. Rjat.; settled
Sanskrit Dictionary
bountary or bounds (esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mmorality "'), term, limit R.
Klid. Bhathth.; standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh. Rjat. Sus'r.; standingplace, halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Rjat.; resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness,
immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing, laying down Rjat. Kaths.; form, shape MrkP.; manner of acting,
procedure, behaviour, conduct Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pacat. v.l.; (in Vedic
gram.) the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see {sthita}).
sthitiM = situation
sthitiH = situation
sthitii = existing
sthitau = situated
sthitvaa = being situated
sthi4ti * =f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kvya7d.; standing, staying, remaining, abiding, stay, residence,
sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "', `" take up
one's abode "') Kv. Kaths. &c.; staying or remaining or being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance
in being, maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st being
{utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence, duration S'vetUp. R. Klid. BhP.
Sarvad.; duration of life MrkP.; (in astron.) duration of an eclipse Sryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sh.;
that which continually exists, the world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kv. Pacat. Kaths.;
station, high position, rank Mn. Yj. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mlatm.; settled rule, fixed decision,
ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in a state &c.)
Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R.
Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.; devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or
opinion, conviction Yj. Km.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kaths. Rjat.; settled bountary or bounds
(esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mmorality "'), term, limit R. Klid. Bhathth.;
standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh. Rjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, haltingplace, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Rjat.; resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness, immobility,
stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing, laying down Rjat. Kaths.; form, shape MrkP.; manner of acting, procedure,
behaviour, conduct Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pacat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.) the
standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see {sthita}).
sthity * =in comp. for {sthiti}.
sthitvA * =ind. having stood or stayed or stopped or waited &c. (sometimes used alone to express, after some time "';
{mAsaM sth-}, `" after a month "'; {ciram api sth-}, `" after a long period "' = `" sooner or later "') RV. &c. &c.
sthin * =see {tri-SThi4n} and {parame-SThi4n}.
sthira = fixed
sthira-raashi = Fixed Signs
sthiraM = firm
sthiraH = still
sthirataa = steadiness
sthirabuddhiH = self-intelligent
sthiraaM = stable
sthiraaH = enduring
sthiraiH = with firm or strong (limbs)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
straiNa* = mf({I})n. female, feminine RV. &c. &c.; relating or belonging to women, subject to or ruled by women, being
among wwomen Kv. BhP.; worthy of a woman L.; n. womankind, the female sex AV. &c. &c.; the nature of wwomen
Uttarar. BhP.
stra.nsate = is slipping
stravati = (1 pp) to flow
striyaH = women
stri* = (?) = 2. {stR}, a star (q.v.)
strI* = f. (perhaps for {sUtrI}, or {sotrI}, `" bearer of children "', fr. 2. {sU}; accord. to some connected with Lat.
{sator}; nom. {strI4}; acc. in later language also {strIm} and {strIs} pl.) a woman, female, wife RV. &c. &c.; the female
of any animal (e.g. {zAkhA-mRga-strI}, `" a female monkey "') S'Br. MBh.; a white ant L.; the Priyangu plant L.; (in
gram.) the feminine gender Nir. S'Br. &c.; a kind of metre Col.
striyashcharitraM = the characater of a woman
strii = (f) woman
striikaaraka = Significator of wife or partner Venus
strItva * = n. womanhood, wifehood MBh. R. &c.; (in gram.) feminineness Cat.
striishhu = by the womanhood.
su = good, used as a prefix *= (= 2. %{sU}), (only in 3. sg. %{sauti} see %{pra-sU}) to beget, bring forth.
6 su 5 ind. (opp. to %{dus} and corresponding in sense to Gk. $; perhaps connected with 1. %{va4su}, and,
&368595[1219,3] accord. to some, with pron. base %{sa}, as %{ku} with %{ka}; in Veda also %{sU4} and liable to
become %{Su} or %{SU} and to lengthen a preceding vowel, while a following %{na} may become %{Na}; it may be
used as an adj. or adv.), good, excellent, right, virtuous, beautiful, easy, well, rightly, much, greatly, very, any, easily,
willingly, quickly (in older language often with other particles; esp. with %{u}, = `" forthwith, immediately "'; with
%{mo7} i.e. %{mA@u}, = `" never, by no means "' [1220,1]; %{su4@kam} often emphatically with an Impv. e.g.
%{ti4SThA@su4@kam@maghavan@mA4@parA@gAH}, `" do tarry O Maghavan, go not past "' RV. iii, 53, 2; %{su}
always qualifies the meaning of a verb and is never used independently at the beginning of a verse; in later language it
is rarely a separate word, but is mostly prefixed to substantives, adjectives, adverbs and participles, exceptionally also to
an ind. p. e.g. %{su-baddhvA}, `" having well bound "' Mr2icch. x, 50; or even to a finite verb e.g. %{su-nirvavau} S3is3.
vi, 58) RV. &c. &c.
subhaaga *= mf(%{A4}) n. fortunate, wealthy, rich RV.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Raudra1s3va VP.
subhaga *= mf(%{A}) n. possessing good fortune, very fortunate or prosperous, lucky, happy, blessed, highly favoured
RV. &c. &c.; beautiful, lovely, charming, pleasing, pretty (voc. %{subhaga} and %{subhage}, often in friendly address)
ib.; nice (ironical) Va1s. (= %{zobhana-pazu} Sch.); liked, beloved, dear (as a wife) AV. MBh. R.; delicate, slender, thin
Car.; (ifc.) suitable for S3ak. (v.l.); (%{am}) ind. beautifully, charmingly Megh.; greatly, in a high degree (v.l. for
%{sutarAm}) S3ak.; m. N. of S3iva S3ivag.; borax L.; Michelia Champaka L.; Jonesia Asoka L.; red Amaranth L.; N. of a
son of Subala MBh.; (%{A}) f. good fortune (in this sense the loc. %{Asu} seems to be used) Pan5cavBr.; a beloved or
favourite wife R. (cf. comp.); a five-year-old girl representing Durga1 at festivals L.; musk L.; N. of various plants (a
species of Musa; Glycine Debilis; Cyperus Rotundus &c.) L.; (in music) a partic. Ra1gin2i1 Sam2gi1t.; N. of a daughter
of Pra1dha1 MBh.; of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda ib.; of a kind of fairy Buddh.; (%{am}) n. good fortune;
bitumen L. MW.; %{-M-karaNa} (%{-ga4M-}) mf(%{I})n. making happy AV.; charming, enchanting Ra1jat.; n.
fascinating, winning (a woman) Cat.; %{-tA} f. love, conjugal felicity VarBr2S.; %{-tva4} n. welfare, prosperity RV.
Pa1rGr2.; favour, dearness (esp. of a wife) VarBr2S. Va1s. [1229,3]; %{-mAnin} mfn. thinking one's self fortunate or
pleasing R. Das3.; %{m-bhavinSNu} mfn. becoming fortunate or pleasing Pa1n2. 3-2, 57; %{-m-bhAvuka} mfn. id. ib.
Dhu1rtas.; %{-m-manya} mfn. (= %{-mAnin}) Das3. (%{-bhAva} m. `" self-conceit, vanity "' Megh.); %{-saMdeza} m.
N. of a poem by Na1ra1yan2a; %{-gA7kheTa-bhUmi} mfn. having fine hunting-grounds (%{-tva} n.) Katha1s.; %{-gAtanaya} m. the son of a beloved wife or of an honoured mother R.; %{-gA7nanda} m. N. of a Prahasana (%{-nAtha} m.
N. of an author Cat.); %{-gA7rcana-candrikA} f. %{-gA7rcA-ratna} n. N. of wks.; %{-gA-suta} m. (= %{-gA-tanaya}) L.;
%{-go7daya} m. `" rise of prosperity "'N. of wk. (also %{-ya-darpaNa}, m.).\\ %{-bhaGga} &c. see p. 1229, cols. 2, 3.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sukara = easy
sukumaarau = (two) handsome young lads
sukha = happiness
sukhaM = easily
sukhaH = and happiness
sukhataH = for happiness
sukhada = the one giving comfort
sukhaduHkha = happiness and distress
sukhamedhate = happiness, obtains
sukhaleshaH = (even a little) happiness
sukhasampadaam.h = of the happiness and wealth
sukhasya = of happiness
sukhaani = happiness thereof
sukhaarthinaH = (of) a man seeking happiness
sukhaasana = the easy posture
sukhaasanam.h = (n) a reclining chair, rocking chair
sukhinaH = happy
sukhii = happy
sukhe = in happiness
sukhena = in transcendental happiness
sukheshhu = in happiness
s'ukla *= mf(%{A})n. (later form of %{zukra}, for which it is sometimes w.r.) bright, light (with %{pakSa} = %{zuklap-} q.v.) Ka1tyS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; white, whitish AitBr. &c. &c.; pure, spotless, unsullied MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. the bright
half of a lunar month or any day in it Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; the month Vais3a1kha BhP. (Sch.); white (the colour) L.;
mucus, saliva (%{zukla4M-kR}, to spit at) AV.; ricinus or white r L.; Mimusops Hexandra L.; the 37th (or 3rd) year of
Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; the 24th of the astronomical Yogas. L.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of Vishn2u BhP.; of a
son of Havir-dha1na (cf. %{zukra}) Hariv.; of a Muni Cat.; of a king Buddh.; of a mountain BhP.; (%{A}) f. a white cow
Ka1tyS3r.; white or candied sugar L.; Euphorbia Antiquorum L.; = %{kAkOlI} and %{vidArI} L.; N. of Sarasvati1 L.; of a
daughter of Sin6ha-hanu Buddh.; of a river BhP.; n. brightness, light MaitrUp.; a white spot, white substance, anything
white AV. S3Br. ChUp.; the white of the eye S3Br. R. Sus3r.; a disease of the cornea or white part of the eye (opacity,
albugo; cf. %{zukra}) L.; silver L.; fresh butter L.
sukritaM = pious activities
sukritadushhkrite = good and bad results
sukritasya = pious
sukritiM = good deed
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sus'ruNa * = mfn. obtaining good hearing (Sy. `" very famous "') RV.
sushumnaa = the spinal cord
sushhuptiH = deep sleeping
sushhuptii\-avasthaa = the state of the mind in dreamless sleep
susukhaM = very happy
sus'loka* = (%{su4-}) mf(%{A})n. well sounding or speaking VS. TBr. &c.; of good renown, famous, celebrated BhP.
susmita = endowed with good smiles
suta = son
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m. (sg. and pl., once n. in
ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought forth; m.
(ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. = `" son and daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th
astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.
sutaa = daughter* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suurata * = mfn. (for {su-r-}) well disposed towards, compassionate, tender Un. v, 14; tranquil, calm ib.; ({A}) f. a
tractable cow
suu = to produce * = 1 (not separable in all forms fr. 2. %{sU}; cf. 1. %{su-SU4}, %{asu-sU}, and 4. %{su}) cl. 6. P.
(Dha1tup. xxviii, 115) %{suva4ti} (in Br. also %{-te}, and accord. to Dha1tup. xxii, 43 and xxiv, 32 also %{savati} and
%{-sauti}; pf. %{suSuve4} AV.; p. %{suSuvANa4} q.v.; aor. %{asAvIt}, %{sAviSat} RV.: Pass. %{sUya4te} Br. &c.), to
set in motion, urge, impel, vivify, create, produce RV. &c. &c.; to hurl upon Bhat2t2.; to grant, bestow (esp. said of
Savitr2i) RV.; to appoint or consecrate to (A1. `" to let one's self be consecrated "') AV. TS.; to allow, authorize S3Br.:
Intens. %{soSavIti}, to urge or impel violently (said of Savitr2i) RV.\\2 (cf. 1. %{sU} and 5. %{su}) cl. 2. A1. (Dha1tup.
xxiv, 21) %{sUte} (1. sg. pr. %{suve}, 3. sg. impf. %{asUta}; in later language also %{sUyate} [xxvi, 31] and in comp.
with %{pra} also %{-savati} and %{-sauti} [cf. xxiv, 31]; pf. %{sasUva} RV.; %{suSuve4} AV. &c.; %{susAva} MBh. &c.;
aor. %{asuSot} MaitrS.; %{-SavuH} TBr.; %{asoSTa} ChUp.; %{asauSIt} and %{asaviSTa} Gr.; fut. %{sotA}, %{savitA}
ib.; %{soSya4ti}, %{-te} Br. &c.; %{saviSyati}, %{-te} MBh. &c.; p. f. %{sU4SyantI} RV.; %{soSya4ntI} [s. v.] S3Br.
[1240,1]; inf. %{sU4tave} RV.; %{sUtavai4} AV.; %{sa4vitave} ib.; %{sotum}, or %{savitum} Gr.; ind. p. %{sUtvA4} Br.;
%{-sUya} MBh. &c.; %{-su4tya} S3Br.), to beget, procreate, bring forth, bear, produce, yield RV. &c. &c.: Pass.
%{sUyate} (aor. %{asAvi}), to be begotten or brought forth MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus. %{sAvayati} Gr.: Desid. %{-susUSati}
ib.\\ 3 mfn. begetting, procreating, bringing forth, producing (mostly ifc.; see %{a-}, %{ambhaH-}, %{karNa-sU} &c.);
m. one who begets, a father RV. VS.; a mother RV. i, 32, 9; child-bearing, parturition W. [Cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {sus}; Angl.
Sax. &374185[1240,1] {su7}; Eng. {sow}; Germ. {Sau}.]\\ 4 ind., Ved. and in some comp. = 5. %{su}, well, good &c. (cf.
%{sU-nara}, %{sU-nRta} &c.)
suuchanaa = suggestion
suuchi = (fem) needle, pointer
suuchikaa = (f) safety pin
suuchii = (f) (sewing) needle
suudana *= mf(%{A} or %{I})n. putting in order, guiding aright RV. AV. Paipp.; (generally ifc.) killing, destroying
MBh. R. &c.; n. the act of killing or slaying, destruction Hariv.; the act of assenting or promising (= %{aGgI-karaNa})
L.; the act of ejecting or throwing away (= %{nikSepaNa}) L.
suukta = good words
suurya * = m. the sun or its deity (in the Veda the name Su1rya is generally distinguished from Savitr2i [q.v.], and
denotes the most concrete of the solar gods, whose connection with the luminary is always present to the poet's mind
Sanskrit Dictionary
[1243,2]; in Nir. vii, 5 he is regarded as one of the original Vedic triad, his place being in the sky, while that of Agni is on
the earth, and that of Indra is in the atmosphere; ten hymns in the RV. are entirely in praise of Su1rya, e. g. i, 50, i, 115
&c., also AV. xiii, 2; he moves through the sky in a chariot drawn by seven ruddy horses or mares [see %{saptA7zva},
%{harit}, %{harid-azva}]; in the later mythology Su1rya is identified with Savitr2i as one of the 12 A1dityas or emblems
of the Sun in the 12 months of the year, and his seven-horsed chariot is said to be driven by Arun2a or the Dawn as its
charioteer, who is represented without legs; the Sun, whether named Su1rya or Vivasvat, has several wives see
%{sUryA} below) RV. &c. &c. (cf. IW. 11; 16 &c. RTL. 341); a symbolical expression for the number `" twelve "' (in
allusion to the sun in the 12 signs of the zodiac) Jyot. Hcat.; the swallow-wort (either Calotropis or Asclepias Gigantea,
= %{arka}) L.; N. of the son of Bali L.; of a Da1nava VahniP.; of an astronomer (= %{sUrya-dAsa}) Cat.; epithet of
S3iva MBh.; (%{A4}) f. the wife of Su1rya or the Sun (also called Sam2jn5a1, q.v.); the daughter of Su1rya or the Sun
(see RV. i, 116, 17; also described as daughter of Praja1pati or of Savitr2i and wife of the As3vins, and in other places as
married to Soma; in RV. i, 119, 2 she is called U1rja1ni1, and in vi, 55, 4, vi, 58, 4 the sister of Pu1shan [q.v.], who is
described as loving her, and receiving her as a gift from the gods; accord. to some she represents a weak manifestation
of the Sun; Su1rya1 Sa1vitri1 is regarded as the authoress of the Su1rya1-su7kta RV. x, 85) RV. AV. AitBr. Kaus3.; =
%{vAc} Naigh. i, 11; = %{sUryA-sU7ktA} (q.v.) S3a1n3khGr2.; a new bride; a drug L.; the colocynth or bitter gourd L.;
mfn. solar (perhaps w.r. for %{saurya}) Jyot. [For cognate words see under 2. %{sva4r}.]
suuta = the chariot driver
suutaputraH = Karna
suutra = a thread
suutrachakram.h = (n) spinning wheel, charkha
suutrikaa = (f) noodles
suutre = on a thread
suuyate = manifests
suurya = sun
suuryaH = the sun
suuryakaanta = Effulgent like Sun
suuryagrihe = in the home of sun(during the solar eclipse)
suurya\-namaskaara = the homage to the sun posture
suuryanaaraayaNa = used for addressing Sun
suuryavarchasvii = with the prowess and brilliance of sun
suuryashcha = sun + and
suuryaastaH = (m) sunset
suuryodayaH = (m) sunrise
suukshma = minute, extremely small, keen *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. connected with %{sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute, small,
fine, thin, narrow, short, feeble, trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with %{artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' ) Ya1jn5.
MBh. &c.; acute, subtle, keen (understanding or mental operation; %{am} ind.) Kat2hUp. R. &c.; nice, exact, precise
Col.; subtle, atomic, intangible Up. Sa1m2khyak. MBh. &c.; m. a partic. figure of rhetoric (`" the subtle expression of an
intended act "') Cat.; (with S3aivas) one who has attained a certain grade of emancipation Hcat.; a mystical N. of the
sound %{I} Up.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of a Da1nava ib. Hariv.; m. or n. an atom, intangible matter Sa1m2khyak. Sarvad.
MBh. &c.; the subtle all-pervading spirit, Supreme Soul L.; the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L.; = %{kRtaka}, or
%{kaitava} L.; (%{A}) f. sand L.; small cardamoms L.; N. of two plants (= %{yUthikA} or %{karuNI}) L.; of one of the 9
S3aktis of Vishn2u L.; (%{am}) n. the cavity or socket of a tooth Vishn2.; woven silk L.; marrow L.; the Veda7nta
Sanskrit Dictionary
philosophy L.
suukshmatvaat.h = on account of being subtle
suukshmadarshakam.h = (n) microscope
suukshmashariira = the astral body
suuya * = n. extraction of the Soma-juice, libation, sacrifice (cf. {rAja-s-}) MBh.
suvaasas * = mfn. having beautbeautiful garments, well dressed RV. &c. &c.; well feathered (as an arrow) MBh.
suyama * = mf({A})n. easy to be guided, tractable (as a horse &c.) RV. TBr.; easy to be restrained or controlled or kept
in order, well regulated RV. AV. VS.; m. pl. a partic. class of gods BhP.; ({A}) f. the Priyangu plant L.
su-yaama4 * = mfn. binding or restraining well (as reins) RV.; m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; pl. a partic. class of gods
MB
suvarNakaaraH = (m) goldsmith
suvipulaM = great, in bulk
suviruuDha = strongly
su-vrit-tattva = the principle of goodness
suvyavasthitaa = well organised
suGYaanaaya = (instr.S) thro'good knowledge
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\ 2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m. (sg. and pl., once n. in
ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought forth; m.
(ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. = `" son and daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th
astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.
sutaa * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suucaka * =mf(%{ikA})n. pointing out, indicating, showing, designating MBh. Ka1v. &c.; pointing to (acc.) Hariv.;
informing, betraying, treacherous Car.; m. a denouncer, informer Mn. MBh. &c.; (the following only in L.) the manager
or chief actor of a company; a narrator, teacher; the son of an A1yogava and a Kshatriya1; a Buddha; a Siddha; demon,
imp; villain, dog; jackal; cat; crow; needle; balustrade, parapet; kind of rice.
suukshma * = mf({A})n. (prob. connected with {sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute, small, fine, thin, narrow, short, feeble,
trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with {artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' ) Yj. MBh. &c.; acute, subtle, keen
(understanding or mental operation; {am} ind.) KathhUp. R. &c.; nice, exact, precise Col.; subtle, atomic, intangible Up.
Snkhyak. MBh. &c.; m. a partic. figure of rhetoric (`" the subtle expression of an intended act "') Cat.; (with S'aivas)
one who has attained a certain grade of emancipation Hcat.; a mystical N. of the sound {I} Up.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of a
Dnava ib. Hariv.; m. or n. an atom, intangible matter Snkhyak. Sarvad. MBh. &c.; the subtle all-pervading spirit,
Supreme Soul L.; the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L.; = {kRtaka}, or {kaitava} L.; ({A}) f. sand L.; small cardamoms L.;
N. of two plants (= {yUthikA} or {karuNI}) L.; of one of the 9 S'aktis of Vishnu L.; ({am}) n. the cavity or socket of a
tooth Vishn.; woven silk L.; marrow L.; the Veda7nta philosophy L.
suunrita* = mf(%{A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh. &c.; pleasant and true (in this sense
supposed to be fr. 5. %{su} + %{Rta}) Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; (%{A}), E see below; (%{am}) n. joy, gladness, delight RV. AV.;
(with Jainas) pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities belonging to right conduct) Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `" joyfully "') RV. TS. Pa1rGr2.; kindness,
friendliness, kind and true speech Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1242,3]; truth (opp. to %{an-Rta}) personified as a goddess RV.
AV. &c.; the wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and wife of Utta1na-pa1da Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
suuta * = 1 mfn. urged, impelled &c. (cf. 3. {sUta}, p. 1241, col. 2, 1. {suta}, and {nR-SUta}). \\2 mfn. (for 3. see p. 1241,
col. 2) born, engendered (see {su-SUta}); one that has, brought forth (young) Mn. VarBriS.; m. quicksilver S'rngS.
Sarvad.; the sun W.; ({A}) f. a woman who has given birth to a child MW.; a young quadruped L.; w.r. for {sutA}
Pacat. iii, 192/193. \\ 3 m. (of doubtful derivation, prob. to be connected with 1. {sU}; for 1. 2. {sUta} see pp. 1239 and
1240) a charioteer, driver, groom, equerry, master of the horse (esp. an attendant on a king who in earlier literature is
often mentioned together with the {grAma-NI4}; in the epics also a royal herald or bard, whose business was to
proclaim the heroic actions of the king and his ancestors, while he drove his chariot to battle, or on state occasions, and
who had therefore to know by heart portions of the epic poems and ancient ballads; he is the son of a Kshatriya by a
Brhman or of a Brhman [accord. to S's'vata also of a S'dra] and a Kshatriy; the most celebrated S'ta was Lomaharshana who was a pupil of Vysa) AV. &c. &c. (IW. 510 n.); a carpenter or wheelwright L.; N. of a son of Vis'vmitra
MBh.; ({yA}) f. g. {krauDy-Adi}; ({I}) f. the wife of a Sta MW.; a female bard ib.
suutra* = n. (accord. to g. {ardhacA7di} also m.; fr. {siv}, `" to sew "', and connected with {sUci} and {sUnA}) a thread,
yarn, string, line, cord, wire AV. &c. &c.; a measuring line (cf. {-pAta}) Hariv. VarBriS. &c.; the sacred thread or cord
worn by the first three classes (cf. {yajJo7pavIta}) BhP.; a girdle ib.; a fibre Klid.; a line, stroke MBh. VarBriS. Gol.; a
sketch, plan Rjat.; that which like a thread runs through or holds together everything, rule, direction BhP.; a short
sentence or aphoristic rule, and any work or manual consisting of strings of such rules hanging together like threads
(these Stra works form manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar &c.: e.g. in ritual there are first the
S'rauta-su7tras, and among them the Kalpa-su7tras, founded directly on S'ruti q.v.; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic
ceremonial, giving concise rules for the performance of every kind of sacrifice [IW. 146 &c.]; other kinds of SS'ruti
works are the Griihya-stras and Smaycrika or Dharma-stras i.e. `" rules for domestic ceremonies and
conventional customs "', sometimes called collectively Smrta-stras [as founded on {smRti} or `" tradition "' see
{smArta}]; these led to the later DharmaS'stras or `" law-books "' [IW. 145]; in philosophy each system has its regular
text-book of aphorisms written in Stras by its supposed founder [IW. 60 &c.]; in Vykarana or grammar there are the
celebrated Stras of Pnini in eight books, which are the groundwork of a vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists,
Ps'upatas &c. the term Stra is applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with Jainas they form part
of the Driishthivda) IW. 162 &c.; a kind of tree DivyA7v.
suunrita* = mf({A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh. &c.; pleasant and true (in this sense supposed
to be fr. 5. {su} + {Rta}) Yj. MBh. &c.; ({A}), E see below; ({am}) n. joy, gladness, delight RV. AV.; (with Jainas)
pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities belonging to right conduct) Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `" joyfully "') RV. TS. PrGri.; kindness, friendliness,
kind and true speech KathhUp. MBh. &c. [1242, 3]; truth (opp. to {an-Rta}) personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the
wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and wife of Uttna-pda Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.
sva* = 1 mf({A4})n. own, one's own, my own, thy own, his own, her own, our own, their own &c. (referring to all three
persons accord. to context, often ibc., but generally declinable like the pronominal {sarva} e.g. {svasmai} dat. {svasmAt}
abl. [optionally in abl. loc. sing. nom. pl. e.g. {taM svAd AsyAd asRjat}, `" he created him from his own mouth "' Mn. i,
94]; and always like s'iva when used substantively [see below]; sometimes used loosely for `" my "', `" thy "', `" his "', `"
our "' [e.g. {rAjA bhrAtaraM sva-grIham pre7SayAm-Asa}, `" the king sent his brother to his (i.e. the brother's) house
"']; in the oblique cases it is used as a reflexive pronoun = {Atman}, e.g. {svaM dUSayati}, `" he defiles himself "'; {svaM
nindanti}, `" they blame themselves "') RV. &c. &c.; m. one's self, the Ego, the human soul W.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; a
man of one's own people or tribe, a kinsman, relative, relation, friend ({svAH}, `" one's own relations "', `" one's own
people "') AV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. a woman of one's own caste MBh.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), one's self, the Ego (e.g. {svaM ca
brahma ca}, `" the Ego and Brahman "'); one's own goods, property, wealth, riches (in this sense said to be also m.) RV.
&c. &c.; the second astrological mansion VarBriS.; (in alg.) plus or the affirmative quantity W. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {se},
{sovos}, {suus}; &385055[1275,1] Goth. {sik}; Germ. {sich} &c.] (N. B. in the following comp. {o} own stands for one's
own).
sva* = 2 Nom. P. {svati} (pf. {svAm-Asa}) = {sva ivA7carati}, he acts like himself or his kindred Vop. xxi, 7.
svaa* = in comp. for {svar}. -2.
svaabhaava * = m. own non-existence Nlak.
svaabhaavika mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{svabhAva}) belonging to or arising from one's own nature, natural, native,
spontaneous, original, peculiar, inherent (%{-tva} n.) Up. MBh. &c.; m. pl. N. of a Buddhistic school (cf. Buddhac. ix,
48; 51).
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
mfn. managing one's own affairs HParis'.; {-bhraMzin} mfn. ruinous to oone's own interests Pacat.; {-lipsu} mfn.
wishing to gain oone's own object, self-seeking MW.; {-vighAta} m. frustration of one's object ib.; {-sAdhaka} mfn.
effective of or promoting one's own object Cn. BhP. Nir.; {-sAdhana} n. accomplishment of one's own object or desire
Mn. Rjat.; ({-na}) {-tatpara} mfn. intent upon it Mn. iv, 196; {-siddhi} f. (= {sAdhana}) Rjat.; {-thA7numAna} n. `"
inference for oone's self "', (in log.) a partic. process of induction MW.; {-the74t} mfn. attending to one's own affairs
TS.; {-tho7papatti} f. the gaining oone's own object Ragh.
svaarthii = adj. self-centered
s'vaasa * = m. hissing, snorting, panting R. Katha1s. BhP.; respiration, breath (also as a measure of time = %{prA7Na},
%{asu}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; breathing or aspiration (in the pronunciation of consonants) RPra1t., Introd.; inspiration
Sarvad.; sighing, a sigh S3ak. Sa1h.; affection of the breath, hard breathing, asthma (of which there are five kinds, viz.
%{kSudra}, %{tamaka}, %{chinna}, %{mahat}, and %{Urdhva}) Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of S3vasana (the god
of wind) MBh.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; %{-karma-prakAza} m. N. of wk.
svaas'ishaatman * = mfn. (%{AziSA} instr. of %{Azis}) thinking only of oone's own wishes BhP
svaati = The fifteenth nakshatra. Can be spelt Svati
svaayatta = dependent only one onself
sva = Self
svabhaava = nature, personal mental attributes, habit, existence* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) native place Vishn.; own condition or
state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity; ({-vAt} or {vena} or {-va-tas} or ibc.), from natural disposition, by nature, naturally, by oone's self, spontaneously) S'vetUp. Mn.
MBh. &c.; {-kRta} mfn. done by nature, natural VarBriS.; {-kRpaNa} m. `" naturally mean "'N. of a Brhman Pacat.; {ja} mfn. produced by natural disposition, innate, natural R. Sh. &c.; {-janita} mfn. id. Kv.; {-tas} ind. see above; {-tA}
f. (Jtakam.) or {-tva} n. (TPrt. Sch.) the state of innate disposition or nature; {-daurjanya} n. natural or innate
wickedness W.; {-dveSa} m. natural hatred L.; {-prabhava} mfn. (= {-ja} above) VarBriS.; {-bhAva} m. natural
disposition Pacat.; {-vAda} m. the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and
necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties MW. [1276, 2]; {-vAdin} m. one who maintains
the above doctrine ib.; {-zUra} mfn. possessing natural heroes (others, `" valiant by nature "') Hit.; {-siddha} mfn.
established by nature, natural, imiate s'vS'r. Bhartri.; self-evident, obvious Ks'.; {-vA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of Comm.; {vo7kta} mfn. said or declared spontaneously Yj. Sch.; {-vo7kti} f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate
description of the properties (of things) Kvya7d. Pratp. &c.; spontaneous declaration A.; {-vo7nnata-bhAva} mfn.
high-minded by nature ({-tva} n.) Hariv.
svabhaavaH = characteristics
svabhaavajaM = born of his own nature
svabhaavajaa = according to his mode of material nature
svabhaavajena = born of your own nature
svabhaavaniyataM = prescribed according to one's nature
svabhAvikI (prob.) w.r. for %{svAbhAvikaM} Cat.
svachakshushhaa = your own eyes
svachchha = pure
svacchanda *= m. one's own or free will,one's own choice of fancy (ibc., %{-dAt}, %{-dena}, or %{-da-tas}, `" at one's
own will or pleasure "', `" spontaneously "', `" independently "', `" freely "') Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; N. of wk.; mf(%{A})n.
following one's own will, acting at pleasure, independent, uncontrolled, spontaneous (%{am} ind.) Ya1jn5. Ka1v.
VarBr2S. &c.; uncultivated, wild W.; m. N. of Skanda AV. Paris3.; %{-cara} mf(%{A})n. moving about at will,
independent R.; %{-cArin} mfn. id. Kuval. S3a1rn3gP. &c.; (%{iNI}) f. an independent woman Ka1d. a harlot MW.; %{tantra} n. %{-tantra-rAja} m. N. of wks.; %{-tas} ind. at will or pleasure, spontaneously MBh.; %{-tA} f. independent
Sanskrit Dictionary
action, uncontrolled behaviour Ka1d.; %{-naya} m. N. of wk.; %{-nAyaka} m. a partic. Rasa Rase7ndrac.; %{-paddhati}
f. %{-bhaTTA-raka-bRhat-pUjA-pattrikA-vidhi} m. %{-bhairava} m. N. of wks.; %{-bhairava-rasa} m. a partic. Rasa
Rase7ndrac.; %{-maraNa} n. dying at one's own will (a faculty bestowed on Bhishma) MBh. R.; %{-mRtyuka} mfn.
having death in one's own power MBh.; %{-vana-jAta} mfn. growing spontaneously or wild in a forest Hit.; %{zAktA7gama} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-sAra-saMgraha} m. %{-cchando7ddyota} m. N. of wks.
svachchha.ndii = adj. self-absorbed
svadesha = one's own country
svadhaa* = f. (for {svadhA4} see p. 1280) self-position, self-power, inherent power (accord. to someN. of Nature or the
material Universe; {sva-dha4yA} `" by self-power "') RV.; own state or condition or nature, habitual state, custom, rule,
law RV.; ease, comfort, pleasure ({a4nu svadhA4m}, {svadhA4m a4nu} or {svadhA4 a4nu}, {svadha4yA}, or
{svadhA4bhiH}, `" according to one's habit or pleasure, spontaneously, willingly, easily, freely, undisturbedly, wantonly,
sportively "') RV. AV. VS. TBr.; own place, home ({svadhe4} du. `" the two places or homes "', heaven and earth Naigh.
iii, 30) ib.; `" own portion or share "', the sacrificial offering due to each god, (esp.) the food or libation, or refreshing
drink (cf. 2. {su-dhA}) offered to the Pitriis or spirits of deceased ancestors (consisting of clarified butter &c. and often
only a remainder of the Havis; also applied to other oblations or libations, and personified as a daughter of Daksha and
wife of the Pitriis or of Angiras or of a Rudra or of Agni) RV. &c. &c.; ({-dha4}) ind. (with dat. or gen.) the exclamation
or benediction used on presenting (or as a substitute for) the above oblation or libation to the gods or departed
ancestors (accord. to Mn. iii, 252 the highest form of benediction at a S'rddha; with {kR}, `" to pronounce the
exclamation or benediction {sva-dhA} "'; {svadhA7stu}, `" let there be a blessing on it "' [cf. RTL. 104, n. 1]) RV. &c. &c.
svadhaa* = f. (for {sva-dhA} see p. 1278, col. 1) an axe, knife TS.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on! (with dat.; an
exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or {-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce
the exclamation Svh over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation (offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or Oblation personified (as a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she is thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the
four Vedas, and her limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra
Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svadharmaM = your religious duty
svadharmaH = one's prescribed duties
svadharme = in one's prescribed duties
svadhaa = oblation
svah= svar *=1 (= %{sur}) cl. 10. P. %{svarayati}, to find fault, blame, censure Dha1tup. xxxv, 11.// 2 (prob. = a lost
%{sur}; cf. %{svR}) cl. 1. P. %{svarati}, Caus. %{svarayati}, to shine.// svar // 4 (in Yajur-veda also %{su4var}) ind.
(used in Veda as nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.; from the weak base %{sU4r} the RV. forms the gen.
%{sU4ras} and the dat. %{sUre4} [iv, 3, 8]), the sun, sunshine, light, lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space or sky,
heaven (as distinguished from %{div}, which is regarded as the vault above it; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as
the abode of the gods and the Blest, in AV. also of the Asuras; %{svaH@prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `" departed
this life "') RV. &c. &c.; the space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star, the region of the planets and
constellations (regarded as the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see %{loka}] and the 3rd of the three Vya1hr2itis [i.e.
%{bhu4r@bhu4vaH@sva4H}]; %{svar} is pronounced after %{om} and before the Ga1yatri1 by every Bra1hman on
beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh. &c.; water Naigh. i, 12; N. of S3iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2]
Lith. {sa4ule}; Goth. {sauil}; Angl. Sax. {so7l}.]
svaira *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. %{sva} + %{Ira}, `" going, moving "') going where one likes, doing what one likes, selfwilled, wilful, independent, unrestrained L.; walking slowly or cautiously Ka1v.; voluntary, optional MW.; (%{am}) n.
wilfulness ib.; (%{am}) ind. according to one's own inclination or will or pleasure, of one's own accord, freely,
unconstrainedly, easily, spontaneously, at random Vas. MBh. Ka1v. &c., slowly, softly, gently, cautiously Ka1v. Katha1s.
&c.; unreservedly, confidingly ib.; (%{eNa}) ind. at will, at random R. BhP.; (%{eSu}) ind. in optional or indifferent
matters MBh. R.
svairin *= mfn. going where one likes, free, independent, unrestrained (esp. said of unchaste women) ChUp. MBh. &c.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
(%{iNI}) f. a bat L.
svajanaM = kinsmen
svakaM = His own
svakarma = in his own duty
svakarmaNaa = by his own duties
svakshetra = Planet in its own sign
svaliilayaa = sva+lIlaya, through one's play-like action
svalpa = little
svalpaM = a little
svaM = own
svamatipariNaamaavadhi = according to one's intellectual capacity
svana *= m. (ifc. f. %{U}) sound, noise (in the older language applied to the roar of wind, thunder, water &c.; in later
llanguage to the song of birds, speech, and sound of any kind cf. Naigh. i, 11) RV. &c. &c.; a partic. Agni MBh.;
(%{sva4na}), roaring water VS. TBr.; mfn. ill-sounding L.
svanushhThitaat.h = perfectly done
svapaksha *= m. one's own wings Katha1s.; one's own party MBh. Ma1lav. Pan5cat. &c.; a man of one's own party,
friend (also pl.) MBh. Sus3r. BhP.; one's own opinion or assertion Katha1s. Madhus.
svapan.h = dreaming
svapati = (2pp) to sleep
svapna = dream *= m. (once in R. n. ifc. f. %{A}; for %{sv-apna} see p. 1281, col. 1) sleep, sleeping RV. &c. &c.;
sleepiness, drowsiness Caurap.; sleeping too much, sloth, indolence Mn. ix, 13; xii, 33; dreaming, a dream (acc. with
%{dRz}, `" to see a vision, dream "' RV. &c. &c.
svapnaM = dreaming
svapnaH = dreaming
svapnashiilasya = of one who sleeps
svapnaavabodhasya = sleep and wakefulness
svapnaavasthaa = the state of the mind in a dream
svapne = in dream
svar (svaha)* = 1 (= {sur}) cl. 10. P. {svarayati}, to find fault, blame, censure Dhtup. xxxv, 11. \\* =2 (prob. = a lost
{sur}; cf. {svR}) cl. 1. P. {svarati}, Caus. {svarayati}, to shine.\\ * =4 (in Yajur-veda also {su4var}) ind. (used in Veda as
nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.; from the weak base {sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. {sU4ras} and the
dat. {sUre4} [iv, 3, 8]), the sun, sunshine, light, lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space or sky, heaven (as
distinguished from {div}, which is regarded as the vault above it; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of
the gods and the Blest, in AV. also of the Asuras; {svaH prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `" departed this life "') RV.
&c. &c.; the space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star, the region of the planets and constellations
(regarded as the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see {loka}] and the 3rd of the three Vyhriitis [i.e. {bhu4r bhu4vaH sva4H}];
{svar} is pronounced after {om} and before the Gyatr by every Brhman on beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c.; water Naigh. i, 12; N. of S'iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2] Lith. {sa4ule}; Goth. {sauil}; Angl. Sax.
{so7l}.]
svara = sound
svara* = or m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.
svara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.; voice Mn. MBh. &c.; tone in recitation &c. (either high or low), accent
(of which there are three kinds, {udAtta}, {anudAtta} qq. vv., and {svarita}, col. 3), a note of the musical scale (of which
seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated, 1. {niSAda}; 2. {RSabha}; 3. {gAndhAra}; 4. {SaDja}; 5. {madhyama}; 6.
{dhaivata}; 7. {paJcama} [described as resembling respectively the notes of an elephant, bull, goat, peacock, curlew or
heron, horse, and Koil [1285, 2]; and designated by their initial letters or syllables thus, {ni}; {R}; {ga}; {Sa}; {ma};
{dha}; {pa}], but the order is sometimes changed, {Sadja} being placed first, and {niSAda} last) Prt. S'rS. Sangt. MBh.
&c.; a symbolical expression for the number `" seven "' VarBriS.; a vowel (either {dIrgha}, `" long "'; or {hrasva}, `"
short "'; or {pluta}, `" prolated "') Prt. S'rS. MBh. &c.; air breathed through the nostrils ChUp.; N. of Vishnu Vishn.;
({A}) f. N. of the chief wife of Brahm L.; ({am}) n. a musical note Sy. on RV. x, 146, 2; N. of various Smans rshBr.
svarbhaaNu *= m. = %{-bhAnu} i.e. Ra1hu HParis3.\\ (%{svA7r-}) m. N. of a demon supposed to eclipse the sun and
the moon (in later language applied to Ra1hu or the personified ascending node) RV. &c. &c.; of a Kas3yapa VP.; of a
son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; %{-sUdana} m. `" destroyer of Ra1hu "'N. of the Sun MBh.
svarloka* = m. the world of hheaven, a partic. hheaven, the region called Svar (cf. {bhuvar-}, {bhUr-l-}) R. Pur.; N.
of mount Meru (also {-zikhara}) Das'.; m. an occupant of hheaven, a god, one of the Blest ({-tA} f.) BhP.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on! (with dat.; an
exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or {-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce
the exclamation Svh over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation (offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or Oblation personified (as a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she is thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the
four Vedas, and her limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra
Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svaara* = m. sound, noise (of a snorting horse) RV.; tone, accent RPrt.; the Svarita accent TPrt.; mfn. relating to
sound or accent MW.; having the Svarita accent; n. a Sman ending with the Svarita accent VS. PacavBr. Lthy.
s'van* = 1 m. (nom. sg. du. pl. {zvA}, {zvAnau}, {zvAnas}; weakest base {zun} cf. 2. {zuna} &c., p. 1082; in some comp.
{zvA} for {zva} cf. below), a dog, hound, cur RV. &c. &c.; ({zunI4}) f. a female dog. [Cf. Zd. {sp}; Gk. $; Lat. {canis};
Lit. {szu4}; Goth. {hunds}; Eng. {hound}; Germ. {Hund}.]\\ 2 (prob. fr. {zvi}) in {Rji4-}, {durgR4bhi-}, and {mAtari4zvan}, qq. vv
svaruupa = one's true nature
svaruupaM = form
svarga = heaven
svargaM = to heaven
svargatiM = passage to heaven
svargaparaaH = aiming to achieve heavenly planets
svargalokaM = heaven
svargaat.h = (Masc.abl.S)heaven
svarge = in heaven
svargepsu * = mfn. desirous of obtaining hheaven MW.
svarna= gold
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Katha1s.; of oone's own self, of oone's own accord (applicable to all three persons) MBh. Ragh. Katha1s. &c.; by
nature Katha1s.; out of (their) own estate Mn. viii, 166; (%{ca@svataH} w.r. for %{zAzvataH} Pan5cat. iii, 96); %{tahpramANa} mfn. self-proved, self-evident Sarvad.; %{-taH-siddha} mfn. sself-accomplished MW.; sself-proved,
sself-demonstrated ib.; %{-tas-tva} n. the being sself-proved Sarvad.
svatantra *= n. self-dependence, independence, self-will, freedom Pan5cat. Hit.; oone's own system or school Sus3r.;
oone's own army ib.; (with Buddh.) a partic. doctrine of free-will or independence Buddh.; N. of wk. (also called %{tra-tantra}); mf(%{A}) n. self-dependent, self-willed, independent, free, uncontrolled (with %{pada} n. `" an
indindependent word "') La1t2y. Up. Mn. &c.; of age, full grown W.; m. N. of a Cakra-va1ka Hariv.; %{-tantra} n. see
above; %{-tA} f. self-dependence, independence, freedom Mn. MBh. Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; originality Cat.; wilfulness W.;
%{-mukha@mardana} n. %{-lekhana} n. N. of wks.; %{-vRtti} f. acting self-reliantly, independent action L.; %{sAra}N. of wk.
svatejasaa = by Your radiance
svayaM = herself
svayaMprakaashita = self-illumined like stars(Sun)
svayaa = by their ownsvahastaH = Signature
svin * = see {zata-svin} and {zrotra-svin}. [1279,1]
sviiya * = s mf({A})n. relating or belonging to one's self, own, proper, peculiar, characteristic Kv. Pur. &c.; m. (pl.)
one's own people or kindred ib.; ({A}) f. `" one's own wife "', a wife solely attached to her husband Sh.
svita * = s n. = {suvita}, welfare, luck VS.
svishthi * = s f. a successful sacrifice AV. TS. Kaus'.; mfn. sacrificing well or with success MBh.
svI * = s in comp. for 1. {sva}.
svikaa * = s see under {svaka}, p. 1278.
svI * = s {svI-karaNa} &c. see p. 1219. col. 1.
svid * = s1 ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} + {id}; cf. {kuvid}) a particle of interrogation or inquiry or doubt, often translatable by
`" do you think? "' `" perhaps "', `" pray "', `" indeed "', `" any "' (esp. used after the interrogative {ka} and its
derivatives e.g. {kaH svid eSAm brAhmaNAnAm anucAna-tamaH}, `" pray who [or `" who do you think "'] is the most
learned of these Brahmans? "' S'Br.; but also without another interrogative e.g. {tvaM svin no yAjJavalkya brakmiSTho
'si}, `" do you think Yjavalkya, you are the greatest Brhman among us? "' ib.; also used after {uta}, {api}, {Aho}, and
{utA7ho}, and disjunctively in the first or second or both parts of a double interrogation, thus: {kiMnu-svid}; {kiMsvidsvid}; {svid-svid}; {svid-utA7ho}; {nu-svid}; {svid-nu}; {svid-uta}; {svid-vA}; {svid-kimu}; {svid-kim-nukim};
sometimes making a preceding interrogative indefinite e.g. {kva4 svid}, `" anywhere "'; {ka4H svid}, `" whoever "', `"
any one "'; similarly with {yad} e.g. {yad svid dIyate}, `" whatever is given "' MaitrS.; sometimes apparently a mere
expletive) RV. &c. &c.
svid * = 2 cl. 1. . 4. P. (Dhtup. xviii, 4; xxvi, 79) {svedate} or {svidyati} (. {svidyate} Yj.; p. {svidyamAna} Sus'r.;
pf. {siSveda} Gr.; {siSvide} MBh.; p. {siSvidAna4} RV.; aor. {asvidat} S'is'.; fut. {svettA}, {svetsyati} Gr.; ind. p. {svedam} Br.), to sweat, perspire Aitr. ChUp. KtyS'r. MBh. &c.; ({svedate}), to be anointed Dhtup.; to be disturbed (?
) ib.: Caus. {svedayati} (aor. {asiSvidat}), to cause to sweat, treat with sudorifics Sus'r.; to foment, soften SmavBr.:
Desid. of Caus. {sisvedayiSati}, Gr.: Desid. {sisvitSati} ib.: Intens. {seSvidyate}, {seSvetti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sdor},
{sUdare}; &387913[1284,3] Angl. Sax. {swa7t}; Eng. {sweat}; Germ. {Schweiss}, {schwitzen}.]
svid * = s' (ifc.) sweating, perspiring S'is'.
sviikaroti = to accept
sviikaara * = m. making one's own, appropriation, claiming, claim BhP. Siddh.; reception Kaths.; assent, agreement,
consent, promise Sarvad.; {-graha} m. robbery, forcible seizure Mcar.; {-pattra} n. a written document or will disposing
Sanskrit Dictionary
of one's property RTL. 531; {-rahita} mfn. devoid of assent, not agreed to W.; {-rA7nta} mfn. ended or concluded by
assent, agreed to ib.
svinna * = mfn. sweating, perspiring VS. &c. &c.; sweated, treated with sudorifics Sus3r.; seethed, boiled Hariv.
Ma1rkP.
svena = by your own
svyaM = of one's own
svraa.njalii = Musical notes
s'yaams'aaMkara*= mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kaths.; relating to or derived from or
composed by S'ankara7crya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracrya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the
Nakshatra rdr (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
syandane = chariot
syandin.h = oozing
syaaM = would be
syaat *= ind. (3. sg. Pot. of 1. %{as}) it may be, perhaps, perchance (esp. used in Jaina wks. and occurring in 7
formulas, viz. 1. %{syAd@asti}, `" perhaps it is [under certain circumstances] "'; 2. %{syAn@nA7sti}, `" perhperhaps
it is not, &c. "'; 3. %{syAd@asti@ca@nA7sti@ca}, `" perhperhaps it is and is not [under certain circumstances] "'; 4.
%{syAd@avaktavyaH}, `" perhperhaps it is not expressible in words "'; 5. %{syAd@asti@cA7vaktavyaH}, `" perhaps
it is and is not expressible in words "'; 6. %{syAn@nA7sti@cA7vaktavyaH}, `" perhaps it is not and is and is not
expressible in words "'; 7. %{syAd@asti@ca@nA7sti@cA7vaktavyaH}) Sarvad.
syaama = will we become
s'yaamasaah s'aMkara* = (with preceding {mahA-rAja}) m. N. of a king and author Ca
syamantaka* = m. N. of a celebrated jewel (worn by Kriishna on his wrist [cf. {kaustubha}], described as yielding daily
eight loads of gold and preserving from all dangers; it is said to have been given to Satr-jit [q.v.] by the Sun and
transferred by him to his brother Prasena, from whom it was taken by Jmbavat, and after much contention
appropriated by Kriishna see VishnuP. iv, 13) Hariv. Pur. Pacar.
syU * f. (fr. {siv}) a string, thread
syuH * = form from ``as.h'' meaning ``those who may be''
syutam.h = (n) a bag
syutna * =n. happiness, delight (cf. below) L.
syUta* =mfn. sewn, stitched, woven RV. &c. &c.; sewn on HParis'.; sewn or woven together, joined, fabricated MW.;
pierced, penetrated ib.; m. a sack, coarse canvas bag L.
syUti * =f. (only L.), sewing, stitching, weaving; a bag, sack; lineage, offspring.
syUna * =m. (only L.) a sack; a ray of light; the sun; ({A}) f. a ray of light L.; a girdle L.
syUman * =n. a band, thong, bridle RV.; a suture (of the skull) AitBr.
syUma * =1 m. n. (only L.) a, ray of light; water.
Sanskrit Dictionary
taadita = beaten
taadris'a 8= mf(%{I})n. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 60; vi, 3, 91) = %{-dR4z} S3Br. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c.; %{yAdRza@t-} [Pan5cat.) or
%{za-t-} [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever.
taaDa = a mountain
taaDayati = (10 up) to beat, slap
taadris'a * = mf({I})n. (Pn. 3-2, 60; vi, 3, 91) = {-dR4z} S'Br. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c.; {yAdRza t-} [Pacat.) or {za-t-} [MBh.
xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever
taakshaka* = mfn. relating or belonging to Takshaky g. {bilvakA7di}.
taala *= m. (Siddhnapun6s. 25 Sch.) the palmyra tree or fan-palm (Borassus flabelliformis, producing a sort of
spirituous liquor; considered as a measure of height R. iv; vi, 2, 6 Lalit. iii, xxii; forming a banner MBh. iv, vi, xvi Hariv.;
to pierce seven fan-palms with one shot is held to be a great feat R. i, 1, 64 AgP. viii, 2) Mn. viii, 246 MBh. &c.; (fr.
%{tADa}) slapping the hands together or against one's arm, xiii, 1397 R. &c.; the flapping of an elephant's ears Ragh. ix,
71 Katha1s. xii; xxi, 1 Prab. i, v; musical time or measure MBh. &c. (cf. %{-jJa} & %{-zIla}); a dance Sa1h. vi, 277; a
cymbal Pan5cat. BhP. viii, 15, 21; (in prosody) a trochee; a span measured by the thumb and middle finger Hcat. i, 3,
855 and 6, 171 [445,1]; (= %{tala}) the palm (of the hand) L.; a lock, bolt W.; (= %{tala}) the hilt of a sword L.; a
goldsmith Gal.; S3iva MBh. xiii, 1243; pl. N. of a people (cf. %{-vana} and %{apara-}) VarBr2S. xiv, 22; m. n. orpiment
L.; N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 2 and 10 S3ivaP.; n. the nut of the fan-palm MBh. iii, 8718 Hariv. 3711 (cf. %{kAkatAlIya}); the
throne of Durga1 (cf. %{manas-}) L. (v.l.); mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-3, 152) n. made of palmyra wood Mn.xi, 96/97; (%{A}) f.
(g. %{kuNDA7di}) see %{mAsa-}; (%{I}) f. (g. %{kuNDA7dI}) N. of a tree (Corypha Taliera, Corypha umbraculifera,
Flacourtia cataphracta, Curculigo orchioides L.) Hariv. 6407 R. Sus3r. &c.; toddy W.; a fragrant earth L.; = %{tallikA}
L.; a metre of 4 x 3 long syllables; cf. %{ucca-}, %{ut-}, %{eka-}, %{kara-}, %{kAMsya-}, %{kAma-}, %{kroza-}.
taalaH = (m) lock
taalikaa = clap
taaM = to that
taama* = m. ( {tam}) = {bhISaNa} L.; = {doSa} L.; anxiety, distress W.; ({I}) f. = {tamI}, night L. Sch.; see also {-mi}.
taamasa = to one in the mode of darkness
taamasaM = in the mode of ignorance
taamasaH = in the mode of ignorance
taamasaaH = in the mode of ignorance
taamasika = Planets that are slothful - Waning Moon, Saturn, Rahu, Ketu and Mercury
taamasii = in the mode of ignorance
taamisra * = (fr. %{tam-} and %{ta4misrA} g. %{jyotsnA7di}) mfn. (with %{pakSa}) or m. the dark half of the month
La1t2y.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813; m. `" nightwalker "', a Ra1kshasa Ragh. xv, 2; (in Sa1m2khya phil.) indignation,
anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidya1) MBh. xiv, 1019 Sa1m2khyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) Ma1rkP. iii l; N. of a hell
Mn. iv, xii Ya1jn5. iii, 222 BhP.iii, v Ma1rkP.; cf. %{andha-}.
taandava: dancing
taan.h = them
taani = his
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
2548 and 4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175; called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13; a Muni with the N. Arishtha-nemi MBh. iii,
12660 and 12665; xii, 10615; pl. a class of demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas, Yakshas, and Cranas R. i, 16, 9);
N. of the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Trkshya Arishthanemi) s'vS'r. ix SnkhS'r. xi f. Lthy. i; a horse Naigh. i, 14; a
cart L.; a bird MBh. vi, 71 Sus'r. iv, 28, 5; a snake L.; = {-prasava}, vi, 51, 19 ({-kSa} ed.); a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66; gold
L.; = {netrA7Jca keza} Npr.; S'iva; N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (p. and s'v.); pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871; n. = {-ja}
Sus'r. iv, 9, 45.
taasaaM = of all of them
taat.h = that location i, e.protect me from behind
taata = My friend
taataH = father
taaraka = star, eye
taarkika* = mfn. (fr. {tarka}) related or belonging to logic W.; m. a dialectician, logician, philosopher Gthsangr.
Veda7ntas. &c.
taaratama * = mfn. very loud Ta1n2d2yaBr. VPra1t. i.
taartiiya * = mfn. belonging to the 3rd (%{tRt-}) A1s3vS3r. x, 2 BhP. iii, 6, 29; the 3rd, viii, 19, 34; n. a 3rd part
Ka1tyS3r. iv, 7, Paddh.
taat* = ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4} Pn.; vii, 1, 39 Ks'.;
cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
taata * = m. (cf. 1. {tata4}) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. S'ak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c.; ({tA4ta}) voc. a term of affection
addressed to a junior [S'Br. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796 Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons
MBh. i, 6825; v, 5435 (C) [442, 1]; in the latter use also ({As}) voc. pl. ib. (B); i, 6820 f.; iv, 133; [cf. $; Lat. {tata} &c.]
taavat *= by that time(when it was over), meanwhile * taavat* = mf({atI})n. (fr. 2. {ta} Pn. 5-2, 39; vi, 3, 91) so great,
so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of {yA4vat}; rarely of {ya} or {yatho7kta} Nal.&c.) RV. &c.
({yAvatA kSaNena tAvatA}, `" after so long time, in that time "', as soon as Rjat. v, 110); just a little Kir. ii, 48; (in alg.)
an unknown quantity (also with {yAvat}); ind. (correlative of {yA4vat}) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a
number, so far RV. AV. &c. ({tA4vat-tAvat} S'Br. i, 8, 1, 6); so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 S'Br. i Mn. &c.;
meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative {yAvat} being often connected with a neg. e.g. {tAvac chobhate mUrkho
yAvat kiM-cin na bhASate}, `" so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing "' Hit.; {zocayiSyAmy AtmAnaM tAvad
yAvan me prA7ptam brAhmaNyam}, `" so long I will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have obtained the state of
a Brhman "' R. i, 64, 19) S'Br. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also correlative of {purA} [R. i, 28, 21], of
{yAvatA na}, of {yAvat} preceded by {purA} [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative [2727 Kaths. Hit.]); at once,
now, just, first (followed by {anantaram} [Hit.], {aparam} [Pacat.], {api} [ib.], {idAnIm} [Hit.], {uta} [S'ak.], {ca}
[Das'. Prab.], {tatas} [Mn. iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], {tad-anu} [Megh.], {tu} [Das'. vii Veda7ntas.], {pazcAt} [R. ii], {punar}
[Pacat.], {vA}; very often connected with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st
person of pr. or fut. MBh. &c.; the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [{itas tAvat}, `" just come hither "'; {mA tAvat}, `"
by no means, God forbid! "'] S'ak. Mlav. Vikr. Prab.; sometimes {arhasi} with the inf. is used instead R. i f.); (with {na}
or {a-}) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by {yAvat}, `" while "' Kaths. xxvi, 23; {tAvan na-api na}, `" not only not-but also
not "' Kd.); very well, all right Hcar.; indeed, truly (e.g. {dRDhas tAvad bandhaH}, `" the knot is tight I must admit "'
Hit.; {gatA tAvat}, `" she is indeed gone "' Kaths. xviii, 241) R. &c.; already (opposed to `" how much more "' or `" how
much less "') R. iv f. S'ak.; really (= {eva}, sometimes connected with this particle e.g. {vikrayas tAvad eva saH}, `" it is
really a sale "') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c.; ({tA}) instr. ind. to that extent RPrt. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii; in that time, in
the mean time, meanwhile Das'. Kaths. x, 24 Bharath.; ({ti}), loc ind. so far S'Br. viii, 6, 2, 8; so long, in that time TS.
ii, 4; [cf. Lat. {tantus}.]
taavannija = tAvat.h+nija, till then+one's
taavaan.h = similarly
taavaka *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{ta4va} [gen. of 1. %{tva4}] Pa1n2. 4-3, 3) thy, thine RV. i, 94, 11 MBh. iii, 14621 R. iii, 13,
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
iii, 26, 33 ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Snkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.
tanmukhyaM = tat.h + mukhyaM:that + important
tanmemanaH = tat.h + me + manaH: that + my + mind
tantu = thread / stalk
tantuvaayaH = (m) spinner (one who spins cloth, not the bowler :)
tantra = treatises on ritual, meditation, discipline, etc* = n. (Pn. 7-2, 9 Ks'.) a loom, v, 2, 70; the warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV.
x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TndyaBr. x, 5 S'Br. xiv Kaus'. MBh. i, 806 and 809; the leading or principal or essential part, main
point, characteristic feature, model, type, system, framework S'Br. xii TndyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lthy. KtyS'r. &c. (e.g.
{kulasya t-}, `" the principal action in keeping up a family i.e. propagation "' MBh. xiii, 48, 6; ifc. `" depending on "' cf.
{Atma-}, {sva-}, {para-}, &c.); doctrine, rule, theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp. the 1st section of a
treatise on astron. VarBriS. i, 9; Pars'ara's work on astron., ii, 3; vii, 8) MBh. &c. (cf. {SaSTi-} &c.); a class of works
teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between S'iva and Durg and said to treat of
5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects,
esp. of 6 superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation [436,2]; cf. RTL. pp. 63,
85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBriS. xvi, 19 Pacat. Das'. Kaths. xxiii, 63 Sarvad.; a spell HYog. i, 5 Vcar.; oath or ordeal L.;
N. of a Sman (also called `" that of Virpa "') rshBr.; an army (cf. {-trin}) BhP. x, 54, 15; ifc. a row, number, series,
troop Blar. ii f. vi; = {rAjya-t-}, government Das'. xiii S'is'. ii, 88; ({para t-}, `" the highest authority "') Subh.; a means
which leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31; a drug (esp. one of specific faculties), chief remedy cf. {trA7vApa}; = {paricchada} L.; = {anta} L.; wealth L.; a house L.; happiness W.; ({eNa}) instr. ind. so as to be typical or
hold good KtyS'r. xvi, xx; ({A}) f. for {-ndrA} Sus'r.; ({Is} cf. Pn. 5-4, 159 Ks'.; {I} L.) f. = {-ntI} Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and
BhP. iii, 15, 8 (v.l. for {-ntI}; see also {vatsatantrI}); the wire or string of a lute S'nkhS'r. xvii Lthy. iv, 1, 2 Kaus'. &c.
({-tri} R. vi, 28, 26); (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (v.l.); any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein Pn. 5-4,
159; the plant {-trikA} L.; a girl with peculiar qualities L.; N. of a river L.; cf. {ku-tantrI}.
tantraya * = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak. v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA}
v.l.; . `" to support a family "' Dhtup. xxxiii, 5); . to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi, 26.
tantrataa* = f. the state of anything that serves as a {tantra} s'vS'r. xi, 1; comprehending several rites in one, ceremony
in lieu of a number W.
tantratva* = n. dependance on (in comp.) Sarvad. i, 41.
tantraratna* = n. N. of wk. by Prtha-srathi.
tantraraaja* = m. N. of wk. Tantras. i nand. 99 Sch.
tantravaaya* = m. (= {-ntu-v-}) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15; a spider L.; m. n. weaving L.
tantrasaara* = m. `" Tantra-essence "'N. of a compilation.
tantraya* = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak. v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA}
v.l.; . `" to support a family "' Dhtup. xxxiii, 5); . to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi, 26.
tantraayin* = mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12.
tantraka* = mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pn. 5-2, 70; ifc. for {-tra}, doctrine see {paJca-}; ({ikA})
f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7; noise in the ears S'rngS. vii, 142; cf. {apa-}.
tantraNa* = n. the supporting of a family MBh. v, 3751.
tantrakaara* = m. the author of any scientific treatise Mlav. i, 8/9 Das'. xiii, 87.
tantrakaumudi* = * = f. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.
tantragarbha* = m. N. of wk., vii.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
(cf. %{mahA-}) Mn. iv, 89 Buddh.; N. of an Agni Hariv. 10465; Agastya (cf. %{Agneya}) L.; Semecarpus Anacardium
Npr.; = %{-cchada} (or `" a white kind of it "' Npr.) L.; Premna spinosa L.; Cassia Senna Npr.; the civet cat Gal.; = %{maNi} L.; N. of a Yaksha MBh. i, 32, 18; of a Rakshas R. vi; n. (%{-na4}) the being hot, burning, heat TBr. ii, 2, 9, 1 f.;
pining, grieving, mental distress Ka1t2h. xxviii, 4 Sa1h. iii; (%{I4}) f. heat RV. ii, 23, 14; the root of Bignonia suaveolens
Npr.; = %{-panti} DivyA7v. xxx, 317 and 409; a cooking vessel Baudh. (TS. Sch.); cf. %{gopAla-}, %{tripu4ra},
%{rAma-}.
tapas.h = sustained effort
tapas * = warmth, heat ({paJca tapAMsi}, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot season, viz. 4 fires
lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP. iv BrahmaP.; cf. Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV.
VS. SnkhS'r.; pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7; religious austerity, bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special
observance (e.g. `" sacred learning "' with Brhmans, `" protection of subjects "' with Kshatriyas, `" giving alms to
Brhmans "' with Vais'yas, `" service "' with S'dras, and `" feeding upon herbs and roots "' with Riishis Mn. xi, 236)
RV. ix, 113, 2; x (personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, `" father of Manyu "' RAnukr.) AV. &c.; (m. L.) N. of a month intervening
between winter and spring VS. TS. i S'Br.iv Sus'r. Pn. 4-4, 128 Vrtt. 2 Pat. S'is'. vi, 63; the hot season L. Sch.; = {-poloka} Veda7ntas. 120; the 9th lunar mansion ({dharma}) VarBri. i, 19; ix, 1 and 4; N. of a Kalpa period, VvuP. i, 21, 27.
tapasaa = by the penance
tapasaaM = and penances and austerities
tapasi = in penance
tapasyasi = austerities you perform
tapasyaa = (f) penance, meditation
tapasvibhyaH = than the ascetics
tapasvin * = mfn. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 102) distressed, wretched, poor, miserable TS. v, 3, 3, 4 (compar. %{-vi4-tara}) R. ii f.
S3ak. Ma1lav. BhP. Sa1h.; practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic AV. xiii, 2, 25 Ka1t2h. xx (compar.), xxiii (superl. %{-vitama}) S3Br. (compar. ii) &c.; m. a pauper W.; = %{-paHkara} L.; a kind of Karan5ja tree L.; Na1rada L.; N. of a son of
Manu Ca1kshusha Hariv. 71; of a R2ishi of the 12th Manv-antara, 482 BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP.; (%{inI}) f. a female devotee,
poor wretched woman Nal. R. iii, 2, 7 S3ak. Das3.; Nardostachys Jat2a1-ma1n6si1 L.; Helleborus niger L.; =
%{mahAzrAvaNikA} Bhpr.; %{-svi-kanyakA} or %{-nyA} f. the daughter of an ascetic S3ak. i, 15/16 and 24; %{-tA} f.
devout austerity MBh. xiii, 2896 S3atr.; %{-pattra} m. Artemisia L.; %{-svI7STA} f. Prosopis spicigera Gal.
tapasvishhu = in those who practice penance
tapaami = give heat
tapobhiH = by serious penances
tapoloka* = m. one of the 7 worlds (also called {tapar-l-}, situated above the {jana-l-}) runUp. BhP. ii, 5, 39 Ks'Kh.
xxii; pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2.
tapoyaGYaaH = sacrifice in austerities
tapta = troubled, frustrated
taptaM = executed
tapyante = undergotapyati* = f. heat TS. i, 4, 35, 1 (v.l. {-tu4}).
tapyatu* = mfn. hot RV. ii, 24, 9; f. see {-ti4}.
tapya* = mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bdar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. ({-tva} n. abstr.); performing austerity (= {sattva-maya} Sch.;
said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10381.
Sanskrit Dictionary
tara * =1 an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. {vRtra-ta4ra}) of substantives Sus'r. i, 20, 11;
({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs (see {ati-tarA4m} &c.) and (in later language) to verbs (Pacat. i, 14, 7
Ratna7v. iii, 9 Kaths.), intensifying their meaning; ind. with {na}, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43.
tara = crossing over ta4ra * =2 mfn. ( {tRR}; g. {pacA7di}) carrying across or beyond, saving (?, said of S'iva) MBh. xii,
10380; ifc. passing over or beyond W.; `" surpassing, conquering "' see {zoka-tara4} cf. {rathaMtara4}; excelling, w.; m.
crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12; viii, 96, 1 Mn. viii, 404 and 407 Yj. (ifc.) MBh. xii; ({a-} mfn. `" impassable "')
Bhathth. vii, 55 (cf. {dus-}); `" excelling, conquering "' see {duS-Ta4ra}, {su-ta4ra}, {dus-}; = {-paNya} Mn. viii, 406; a
raft W.; a road L.; N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4; fire W.; N.
of a man Rjat. vii, 809; ({I}; also {Is} L.) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 48), a boat, ship (cf. {-ri}) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv
S'is'. iii, 76 (cf. {nis-tarIka}); a clothes-basket (also {-ri}) L.; the hem of a garment (also {-ri}) L.; = {-raNi-peTaka} L.; a
club L.; for {starI} (smoke) W.
tara.ntu = (Vr.Imp.IIIP.Pl.PP) let them cross
taraka = a demon slain by Kartikeya
taram * = see tara
taranga = (m) wave
tarangaH = (m) wave
taraNe = in crossing
taras *= n. rapid progress, velocity, strength, energy, efficacy RV. MBh. xii, 5172 R. v, 77, 18 Ragh. xi, 77; a ferry RV.i,
190, 7; (fig.) v, 54, 15 AV. x, 10, 24; a symbolical N. of the %{stoma} of the gods Ta1n2d2yaBr. viii, xi, xv; a bank L.; =
%{plava-ga} L.; (%{sA}) instr. ind. (g. %{svar-Adi}, not in Ka1s3.) speedily, directly MBh. R. Ragh. BhP. S3is3. ix
Katha1s. Prab. iv, 24; (%{-ra4s}) mfn. quick, energetic SV. i, 4, 2, 4, 1
taraTa * = N. of a medicinal plant Npr.; (%{I}) f. N. of a thorny plant (cf. %{tAr-}) L.
taratamatas * = ind. more or less, 87, 19; cf. %{tAratamya}.
tarati = (1 pp) to cross
taran.h = swimming or crossing
tarangeshhu = among the waves
taranti = overcome
tarhi * = ind. (fr. {ta4d-hi4}; see {tarvan} Pn. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in that case (correlative of
{ya4d} [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], {yadA4} [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], {ya4rhi} [TS. i AitBr. i, 27], {ya4tra} [S'Br. ii BhP. v], {yadi} [S'ak.
v.l. Pacat. Kaths. &c.], {ced} [Prab. Sh.]; often connected with an Impv. [S'ak. Pacat. &c.] or interrogative pron.
[Pat. Ks'. Siddh. Sh.]) RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.); cf. {eta4r-}, {ka4r-}.
tarishhyasi *= you will overcome
tarjaka * = mfn. one who threatens Pacar. iv, 3.
tarjana * = n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c.; (ifc.) frightening MBh. iii, 12569; derision W.;
putting to shame, surpassing W.; anger W.; ({A}) f. scolding Sh.; ({I}) f. `" threatening finger "', the fore-finger Kaths.
xvii, 88 KtyS'r. Sch.; = {-nikA} Hcat. ii, 1.
tarjanikaa * = f. a kind of weapon (?), ii, 1, 953.
tarjanIya * = mfn. to be threatened or scolded.
tarka* = m. conjecture MBh. &c.; reasoning, speculation, inquiry KathhUp. ii, 9 PrGri. ii, 6, 5 Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c.; doubt W.; system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning, philosophical system (esp. the Nyya system,
but applicable also to any of the six na q.v.) BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop. Caran. Madhus.; the number 6 Sryas. xii, 87; logic,
confutation (esp. that kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus.; wish, desire
L.; supplying an ellipsis L.; cause, motive L.; n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7; ({A}) f. reasoning, inquiry (`" =
{kAGkSA} "' Sch.) MBh. iv, 892; cf. {a-}, {ku-}, {dus-}, {rUpa-}.
tarkshya* = m. saltpetre L. (see also taarkshya)
tarpaka * = mfn. ifc. satiating, satisfying BhP. vii, 15, 10 Sch.
ta4rpaNa * =mf({I})n. id. Sus'r. (cf. {ghrANa-}); (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18; 16, 3; n. satiety MBh. xiv, 673;
satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. {RSi-}, {pitR-}] by presenting to them libations of water; a
particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra Sarvad.; cf. RTL. p. 394 and 409) PrGri. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70
Yj. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c.; gladdening (ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27; refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pn.
2-3, 14 Ks'. Hcat. (ifc. f. {A}); fuel L.; (satiating i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Sus'r.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant L.
ta4rpaNa-vidhi * =m. a ch. of Smriity-artha-sra.
tarpaNecchu * =m. `" desirous of a Tarpana libation "', Bhshma L.
tarpaNIya * =mfn. to be satisfied, Kathhup. i, 27.
tarpara * =m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. {kapilakA7di} (Ganar. 446).
tarsha *= 2 m. ( %{triS}) thirst "', wish, desire for (in comp.) MBh. xii R. ii, 100, 3 BhP. v, 8, 12 (%{ati-}, `" excessive
desire "'); Desire (son of Arka [the sun] and Va1sana1), vi, 6, 13; (%{A}) f. thirst, desire, xi, 9, 27.
taru = Tree
taruNaH = young man
taruNii = young woman
taruNau = (two)youngsters
tarutalavaasaM = living under the trees
taruu = Tree
tarkeNa = (masc.instr.Sing.)logic
tarjanaM = the fear
tarjanii = Finger
tas * =1 cl. 4. {-syati}, to fade away, perish Dhtup. xxvi, 103; (cf. {taMs}) to cast upwards (or `" to throw down "') ib.
(Vop.); to throw Pn. 3-4, 61 Ks'. 2.
tas * =mfn. `" throwing "'; see {sukha-}.
tashtha * =mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-},
{sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tashthi * =f. v.l. for {tvaSTi} q.v.
tasara * =(m. L.) n. ( {taMs}?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 (`" the cloth in the loom "' TBr. Sch.)
taskara * =m. (for {tat-k-} Nir. iii, 14 VPrt. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv. 5180 Km. iv, 53; cf.
{a-taskara4}; ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kaths. ci, 140] Ganar. 114); Trigonella corniculata Sus'r. iv, 37, 15;
Vanguiera spinosa L.; Ardisia humilis (?) L.; the ear (derived fr. Ragh. i, 27) W.; pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBriS. xi,
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
titiksha * = m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man g. {kaNvA7di}; ({A}) f. endurance, forbearance, patience MBh. Pn. 1-2, 20 Sus'r.
&c.; Patience (daughter of Daksha; wife of Dharma; mother of Kshema) BhP. iv, 1, 19ff.
tiivra * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{tiv-ra}, %{tu}) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive, ardent, sharp,
acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c.; m. sharpness, pungency Pa1n2. 2-2, 8 Va1rtt. 3. Pat.; for %{-vara} (?) g.
%{rAjanyA7di}; S3iva; n. pungency W.; a shore (for 2. %{tIra} ?) Un2. k.; tin (cf. 1. %{tIra}) ib.; steel L.; iron L.;
(%{am}) ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W.; (%{A}) f. Helleborus niger L.; black mustard L.; basil L.;
%{gaNDa-dUrvA} L.; %{taradI} L.; %{mahA-jyotiSmatI} L.; (in music) N. of a S3ruti; of a Mu1rchana1; of the river
Padmavati1 (in the east of Bengal) L.
tiivraya %{-yati}, to strengthen Ta1n2d2yaBr. xviii.
te = they
te.api = even they
tejaH = prowess
tejas.h = brilliance
tejas * = n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare, splendour, brilliance,
light, fire RV. &c.; clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c.; the bright appearance of the human body (in health), beauty
Nal. Sus'r. i, 15 [454, 3]; the heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26; the bile
L.; fiery energy, ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c.; semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. S'ak.; marrow L.; the
brain W.; gold L.; (opposed to {kSamA}) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii VarBri. Sh. iii, 50 and 54
Das'ar. ii, 3; (in Snkhya phil.) = {rajas} (passion); spiritual or moral or magical power or influence, majesty, dignity,
glory, authority AV. VS. &c.; a venerable or dignified person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii S'ak. vii, 15; fresh
butter L.; a mystical N. of the letter $ RmatUp. i, 23; ({ase}) dat. inf. {tij} q.v.; cf. {a-}, {agni-}, {ugra-} &c.
tejasa = radiant energy, majesty
tejasvin.h = one who has tej (brilliance)
tejasvinaaM = of the powerful
tejasvinaavadhiitamastu = with glory \& strength, our study, be
tejobhiH = by effulgence
tejomayaM = full of effulgence
tejoraashiM = effulgence
tena = by that; with that *= 1 m. a note or cadence introductory to a song. \\ 2 ind. (instr. of 2. %{ta4}) in that
direction, there (correl. to %{yena}, `" in which direction, where "') SaddhP. iv Pa1n2. 2-1, 14 Ka1s3.; in that manner,
thus (correl. to %{yena}, `" in what manner "'), Pa1rGr2. ii, 2 Mn. iv, 178 Vop. v, 7 [455,1]; on that account, for that
reason, therefore (correl. to %{yena} [Mn. MBh.], %{ya4d} [S3Br. iv, 1, 5, 7 Mn. i, iii R. ii], %{yasmAt} [MBh. R.],
%{yatas} [Sa1h. i, 2 Hit.]); %{tena@hi}, therefore, now then S3ak. Vikr. i, 3/4.
tenaiva = in that
teshaaM = their
teshhaaM = their
teshhu = on them
thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i, 32.
thathaa api V*: still, nevertheless, yet, even so, nonetheless
Sanskrit Dictionary
thu* = Meaning m. gold L.; one who changes his shape at will W.; love, god of love W.
tilaka* m. (g. {sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a freckle (compared to a
sesamum-seed) VarBriS. l, 9; lii, 10 Kaths.; a kind of skin-eruption L.; (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.;
N. of a prince of Kampan Rjat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n. Pacad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths,
sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yj. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. {A}, iii)
&c.; the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pacat. i, 1, 92 Kaths. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Rjat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung
L.; black sochal salt L.; alliteration Rjat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; = {tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of observance Klanirn.
Introd. 12; ({A}) f. a kind of necklace L.; cf. {eNa-}, {kha-}, {vasanta-}; {Urdhva-tilakin}.
tilakaka* = n. N. of a man Rjat. viii, 469.
tilakaya* = Nom. P. to mark with spots HParis'. viii, 210; to mark Blar. i, 1; vi, 37; to adorn, i, 1 Viddh. ii, 13.
tilakita* = mfn. (g. {tArakA7di}) marked Blar. vi, 55 and 58; adorned Kaths. xciii, 17 Rjat. ii, 40.
tilakin* = mfn. marked with the Tilaka.
tiraskrita * = mfn. concealed R. ii Amar. Bhat2t2.; eclipsed W.; excelled Pan5cat.; censured, reviled, despised ib. (%{a-}
neg.); %{-prAtivezya} m. = %{tiraH-pr-} q.v.; %{-sambhASa} mfn. %{a-} neg. speaking together without abusing each
other MBh. iii, 233, 27.
tiryaJc [tiryak or tiryac] * = mfn. (fr. %{tira4s} + %{aJ} Pa1n2. 6-3, 94; nom. m. %{-rya4G} n. %{-rya4k} f. %{ra4izcI}, also %{-ryaJcI} Vop. iv, 12) going or lying crosswise or transversely or obliquely, oblique, transverse (opposed
to %{anv-a4Jc}), horizontal (opposed to %{Urdhva4}) AV. VS. TS. &c.; going across S3Br. xiv, 9, 3, 2 f.; moving
tortuously W.; curved, crooked W.; meandering W.; lying in the middle or between (a tone), xi, 4, 2, 5 ff. VPra1t. i, 149;
m. n. `" going horizontally "', an animal (amphibious animal, bird, &c.) Mn.v, 40; xii, 57 Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. [448,1]; the
organic world (including plants) Jain.; n. = %{-ryak-pramANa} S3ulbas.; f. the female of any animal W.; (%{rya4k})
ind. across, obliquely "', transversely, horizontally, sideways S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. S3a1n3khS3r. VPra1t. Mn. &c.; (%{razcA4}) instr. ind. id. RV. i, 61, 12; ii, 10, 4; x, 70, 4; (%{-razci4}) loc. ind. id. S3Br. ii, 3, 2, 12 Ka1tyS3r. xvii, 8, 14 and
12, 1.
tiryagja * = mfn. born or begotten by an animal Mn. x, 72.
tiryagjana * = m. an animal BhP. ii, 7, 46.
tiryagjAti * = mfn. belonging to the race of animals W.; m. an animal Ka1d.; f. the brute kind W.
tishthhati V*= stands, reamains, resides, exists
tishthhad * = %{-SThat}, pr. p. %{sthA} q.v. [448,3]
tishthhaddhoma * = mfn. (a sacrifice) at which the oblation (%{homa}) is offered standing Ka1tyS3r. i, 2, 6.
tishthhadgu * = ind. (Pa1n2. 2-1, 17), when the cows (%{go}) stand to be milked "', after sunset Bhat2t2. iv, 14.
toyaM = water
toyadaH = (m) cloud
toka* = n. (fr. 1. {tuc}) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with {ta4naya}; rarely pl. AV. i, v BhP. vi) RV. AV.
Kthh. S'Br. AitBr. Pn. 3-3, 1 Kr. BhP.; a new-born child; ii, x; m. ifc. the offspring of an animal (e.g. {aja-}, a young
goat), iii, x; cf. {ava-}, {jIvat-} and {sa-tokA}; {tvakS}.
tokataa *= f. childhood
tola = a balance
tolayati = (10 up) to weigh
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
tri: three, *= m. {tra4yas} f. nom. acc. {tisra4s} n. {trI4Ni} [{trI4} RV. S'Br. xi], 3 RV. &c. ({tribhi4s} & {tisR4bhis}, &c.
RV.; only once {tri4bhis} [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, cf. Pn. 6-1, 177 and 180 f.; gen. {trINA4m} [RV. x,
185, 1; cf. Pn. 7-1, 53 Ks'.] and {tisRRNA4m} [RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6], later on [fr. {-ya4}] {trayANAm} [AitBr.
Mn.] and {tisRNA4m} [RV. v, 69, 2 against metre; cf. Pn. 6-4, 4 f.]; ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Ks'.) [458, 1]; [cf. $, Lat. {tres};
Goth. {threis}; &c.]
tribhiH = three
tribhujam.h = (n) triangle
tridas'a* = mf({A})n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445; m. pl. (cf. Pn. 2-2, 25; v, 4, 73; vi, 3, 48 Ks'. and {dvi-d-}) the 3 X
10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 dityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 2 As'vins; cf. RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c.; du.
the As'vins, iii, 10345; mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21; n. heaven MBh. xiii, 3327 ({tri-diva}, B); {-guru} m. `" thirty-godpreceptor "', Briihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. VarBri.; {-gopa} m. = {indra-g-}, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42; {-gopaka}
m. id. Npr.; {-tA} f. divine nature Blar.; {-tva} n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30; {-dIrghikA} f. `" heavenly lake "', Gang L.; {nadI} f. `" heavenly river "', Gang W.; {-pati} m. `" lord of the gods "', Indra Mriicch. Ratna7v. iv, 11 VP. v, 18; {puMgava} m. `" god-chief "', Vishnu R. i, 14, 42; {-pratipakSa} m. = {-zA7ri}; {-maJjarI} f. `" heavenly plant "', the
Tulas L.; {-vadhU} f. `" wife of the gods "', an Apsaras W.; {-vanitA} f. id. Megh.; {-zaila} m. `" heavenly mountain "',
the Kailsa Kaths. cxiv; {-zreSTha} mfn. best of gods (Brahm, Agni) R. vi, 102 f.; {-sarSapa} m. = {deva-s-} Npr.; {zA7Gkuza} m. `" divine goad "', a thunderbolt L.; {-zA7GganA} f. = {-za-vadhU} Bhakta7m. 15; {-zA7cArya} m. = {-zaguru} L.; {-zA7dhipa} m. a lord of the gods, 28; {-zA7dhipati} m. S'iva; {-zA7yana} mfn. `" resort of the gods "',
Nryana Hariv.; {-zA7yudha} n. `" divine weapon "', the rainbow Ragh. ix, 54; the thunderbolt L.; {-zA7ri} m. an
enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78; {-zA7laya} m. `" abode of the gods "', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet.; the mountain
Su-meru L.; a heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725; {-zA7vAsa} m. = {-zA7laya}, heaven L.; {-zA7hAra} m. `" divine food
"', nectar L.; {-zI-bhUta} mfn. become divine Ragh. xv, 102; {-ze7dra} m. `" god-chief "', Indra Pacat. i; {-ze7ndrazatru} m. `" Indra's foe "', Rvana R. vi, 36, 6; {-ze7za} m. = {-ze7ndra} MBh. iii; {-ze7zadviS} m. = {-zA7ri} MBh.; {ze7zvara} m. = {-ze7ndra} MBh. R. ii; S'iva MBh.; pl. Indra, Agni, Varuna, and Yama Nal. iv, 31; ({I}) f. Durg DevP.; N.
of a female attendant of Durg W.; {-ze7zvara-dviS} m. = {-ze7ndra-zatru} R. i, 14, 47.
tridhaa = of three kinds
tridiva *= n. (m. L.) the 3rd or most sacred heaven, heaven (in general) RV. ix, 113, 9 & AV. (with gen. %{diva4s})
GopBr. Pras3nUp. Mn. &c.; (%{A}) f. cardamoms Npr.; N. of a river in India MBh. vi, 324; xiii, 7654; of a river in the
Plaksha-dvi1pa VP. ii, 4, 11; (%{-vI}) Brahma7n2d2aP. [Hcat. i, 5, 1070]; %{-gata} mfn. `" heaven-departed "', dead
Vcar. vi, 62; %{-vA7dhI7za}, %{-ve7za} m. `" lord of heaven "', a god L.; %{-ve7zAna} m. id. Gal.; %{-ve7zvara} m. `"
lord of heaven "', Indra R. i; %{-vo7dbhavA} f. large cardamoms L.; %{-vau9kas} m. `" heaven-residing "', a god Vcar.
xv, 72.
triguNa = three qualities (i.e. satva, rajas and tamas)
trigunadoshaiH = having all three qualities as well as faults
trijagati = in the three worlds
trikoNa = a triangle
trikoNamiti = trigonometry
trikoNaasana = the triangle posture
trikona = Trinal houses or 1, 5, 9
trimsat.h = (adj) thirty
triiNi = three
triin.h = three
triNa = grass
Sanskrit Dictionary
triNaa = grass
trina * = grass
triNemi mfn. with 3 fellies BhP. iii, 8, 20. (v.l. {-nemi}).
triph *= cl. 6. %{-phati}, to satisfy (cf. %{tRp}) Dha1tup.; to kill (cf. %{tarphitR}) W.
tripishthapa *= n. (m. Un2. Sch.) = %{-diva4}, Indra's heaven MBh. i, 7580 and 7657 R. i, vi Ma1rkP. xviii, 27; the sky
L.; cf. %{-viST-}; %{-sad} m. `" heavendweller "', a god L
tripta = satisfied
triptaH = being satisfied
triptiH = satisfaction
trishhu = in the three
trishNaa = desire* = f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. S'Br. &c.; desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c.; Avidity as mother of
Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mriityu VP. i, 7, 31; or Mra Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by Vedan and
generating Upa7dna (Buddh.); cf. {ati-}.
trishhNaaM = thirst/desiretri = three
trivikrama = fifth incarnation of Vishnu commonly known as vaamana
trividhaM = of three kinds
trividhaH = of three kinds
trividhaa = of three kinds
truTayaH = shortcomings, mistakes
truTi = shortcomings, mistakes
tuuNa = quiver(arrow receptacle)
tuula = air
tuulaa = Zodiacal Sign of Libra
tu = but * = Meaning 1 cl. 2. ({tauti} Dhtup.; fut. 2nd {totA} or {tavitA} Vop.) to have authority, be strong RV. i, 94, 2
(pf. {tUtAva} cf. Naigh. iv, 1 Pn. 6-1, 7 Ks'.); to go Dhtup.; to injure ib.: Caus. (aor. {tUtot}, 2. sg. {-tos}) to make
strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5; vi, 26, 4; cf. {ut-}, {saM-}; {tava4s}, &c., {tIvra4}; [Zd. {tav}, `" to be able "'; Lat.
{tumor}, {tueri}, {totus}.]
tu4 * = Meaning 2 (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse; metrically also {tU4} RV.; cf. Pn. 6-3, 133)
pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. {dum} used (esp. with the Imper.) RV.; but (also with {eva4} or {vai4} following) AV. iv,
18, 6 TS. S'Br. &c.; and Mn. ii, 22; or, i, 68; xi, 202; often incorrectly written for {nu} MBh. (i, 6151 B and C); sometimes
used as a mere expletive
tu (in conjuction) * = cana tu * =Meaning though-still not\\kiM tu * =g or though - still\\paraMtu * = though still\\varam-natu * = it is true - but not, ere - than\\kiM u * = still, nevertheless\\na-paraMtu * = not-however\\ na
caapi tu* = not-but This page was generated by SFgate 4.0.30. vai
tuccha * = mfn. empty, vain, small, little, trifling BhP. Nr2isUp. Prab.; n. anything trifling S3a1rn3gP. xxxi, 15; chaff
Un2. k.; (%{A}) f. the 14th lunar day Su1ryapr.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
tushhNiM = silent
tushhyati = (4 pp) to be pleased
tushhyanti = become pleased
tushita* = m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in number Hariv. VP. BhP. iv, 1, 8 VyuP. ii, 6;
36 in number L.); sg. Vishnu in the 3rd Manv-antara Vishn. iic, 47 VP. iii, 1, 38; ({A}) f. N. of the wife of Veda-s'iras and
mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21.
tushthi * = f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Snkhyaphil. Kap. iii, 39 Snkhyak. 47
and 50 Tattvas.; `" Satisfaction "' personified [Hariv. 9498] as daughter of Daksha and mother of Santosha or Muda VP.
i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MrkP. l; or as daughter of Paurnamsa VyuP. i, 28, 8 LingaP.; as a deity sprung from the Kals of
Prakriiti "' BrahmaP. ii, 1; as a Mtriik, Bhavadev.; as a S'akti Hcat. i, 5, 197); N. of a Kal of the moon BrahmaP. ii,
15; the plant {vRddhi} L.
tushthi-kara * = mfn. causing satisfaction Mn. xi, 234.
tushthimat * = mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nl.; m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23.
tushtha * = mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c.; m. N. of a prince VyuP. ii, 34, 122.
tushtha * = {-STi}, {-Sya} see {tuS}.
tusta * = m. n. dust (= {tUs-}) L. Sch.
tuuda* = m. the cotton tree L.; = {tUta} ($) Npr.; Thespesia populneoides L.; ({I}) f. N. of a district Pn. 4-3, 94.
tuula * =n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kthh. TndyaBr. ChUp. ({ISIkA-}) Kaus'.
p. Pn. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.); a pencil DivyA7v. v. xxxvi; = {tUta} L.; air L.; m. the thorn-apple Npr.; n. (m. L.) cotton
MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. id. L.; a lamp wick L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; cotton Snkhyak. 17, Gaudap.; = {-li} Un. Sch.; = {-paTI}
Subh. RmatUp. i, 86 Sch.; the Indigo plant L.; cf. {a4pa-}, {indra-}, {udak-}, {prAk-}, {bhasma-}, {zaNa-}, {sa-},
{haMsa-},
tuurya * = see {ap-}, {mitra-} &c. \\ 2 n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pn. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} KathhUp.
Hariv.); cf. {sa-}.\\ 3 mfn. = {tur-}, 4th Rjat. ii, 91; m. N. of a family W.
tuusta * = n. (Pn. 3-1, 21; ifc. g. {cUrNA7di}) dust, iii, 1, 21 Ks'. Purusho7tt. (Un. iii, 86 Sch.); sin L.; an atom L.; a
braid of hair L.
tuvigra * = mfn. swallowing much (Agni) RV. i, 140, 9.
tvadanyena = besides you
tvak.h = skin
tvameva = you only
tvaM = you
tvat.h = than you
tvattaH = from You
tvatto = from you
tvatprasaadaat.h = by Your mercy
tvatsamaH = equal to You
Sanskrit Dictionary
tvayaa = by you
tvayata* - ({tva4-}) mfn. given by thee, vii, 20, 10.
tvAya4t* = mfn. = {tvA4M-kAma} RV.
tvAyA* = ind. out of love towards thee, for thee, i-v
tvayi V* = in yourself, of you, unto you
tvarate = (1 ap) to hurry, to hasten
tvaramaaNaaH = rushing
tvaraa = hurry
tvarita = quick, without delay
tvahaM = tu + aham: emphasis + I
tvaa = unto you
tvaaM = to you
tvaca * =. skin (ifc. see {mukta-}, {mRdu-}) Un. ii, 63 Sch.; cinnamon, cinnamon tree R. iii, 39, 22 Sus'r.; Cassia bark
L.; ({A}) f. skin L.; cf. {guDa-}; {tanu-} and {pRthak-tvacA}.
tvca: relating to the skin
tvai = with regard to thee
tyaaga = sacrificing/abandonment* = m. (Pn. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c.; quitting (a place,
{deza-}) Pacat.; discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBriS. giving up, resigning, gift, donation, distribution KtyS'r.
Mn. &c.; sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3; liberality Mn. ii, 97 R. &c.; a sage L.; cf. {Atma-}, {tanu-}, {deha-},
{prA7Na-}, {zarIra-}.
tyaagaM = renunciation
tyaagaH = renunciation
tyaagasya = of renunciation
tyaagaat.h = by such renunciation
tyaagii = the renouncer
tyaage = in the matter of renunciation
tyaajana n. abandoning (worldly attachments, %{saGgAnAm}) BhP. xi, 20, 26.
tyaajita * = mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kaths. lxxxvi, 13; made to give up MrkP. lxxxix, 19; deprived of (acc.)
MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c.; expelled Pacad. iii, 60; caused to be disregarded Ragh. vi, 56.
tyaajya * = mfn. (Pn. 7-3, 66 Vrtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or removed Mn. ix, 83
MBh. &c.; to be given up Bhag. &c.; to be sacrificed Das'. vii, 211; to be excepted W.; n. part of an asterism or its
duration considered as unlucky W.
tyajana * = n. leaving, abandoning W.; giving W.; excepting, exclusion W.; expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4.
tyajanIya * = mfn. to be left or abandoned W.; to be avoided or excepted W.
Sanskrit Dictionary
tyaajyaM = to be given up
tyak.h = to sacrifice
tyakta = giving up
tyaktajiivitaaH = prepared to risk life
tyaktuM = to be renounced
tyaktvaa = having abandoned/sacrificed
tyaktvaa.atmaanaM = having abandoned see as one's own self
tyaj.h = to leave
tyajati = (1 pp) to abandon, to relinquish
tyaja* = n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV.; alienation, aversion, envy (= {krodha} Naigh. ii, 13) RV.; {-ja4s} m. `"
offshoot "', a descendant, x, 10, 3.
tyaj* = 1 cl. 1. {-jati} (metrically also {-te}; pf. Ved. {tityA4ja}, Class. {tat-} Pn. 6-1, 36; {tatyaja} BhP. iii, 4; fut.
{tyakSyati} Pn. 7-2, 10 Kr.; {tyajiSy-} R. ii, vii MrkP.; aor. {atyAhSIt}; inf. {tyaktum}) to leave, abandon, quit RV. x,
71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c.; to leave a place, go away from Mn. vi, 77 MBh. &c.; to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBriS. xvii, 22
Bhathth.; to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce s'Up. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. ({tanum} or {deham} or
{kalevaram}, `" to abandon the body, die "' Mn. vi MBh. &c.; {prANAn} or {zvAsam} or {jIvitam}, `" to give up breath
or life, risk or lose one's life "' MBh. R. &c.); P. . to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self from (any passion &c.) MBh.
&c.; to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity; {tyajate} etymologically = $) Mn. Yj. MBh.
&c.; to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard S'nkhS'r. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30; (ind. p. {tyaktvA}) to except
VarBriS. Caurap. Sch.; Pass. {tyajyate}, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pacat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. {tyAjayati} (aor.
{atityajat} Bhathth.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288; to cause anyone to give up Kaths. lxxxiii, 34; to expel, turn
out, xx, 126; to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhathth. xv, 120; to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.:
Desid. {tityakSati}, to be about to lose (one's life, {prANAn}) Car. v, 10 and 12.
tyaj* = 2 mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W.; giving up, offering BhP. viii Rjat. iv; cf. {tanu-}, {tanU-}, {su-}.
tyajana* = n. leaving, abandoning W.; giving W.; excepting, exclusion W.; expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4.
tyajita* = mfn. = {tyakta} Hariv. ii, 2, 22.
tyajan.h = quitting
tyajet.h = one must give up
U
uh * =cl. 1. P. %{ohati}, %{uvoha}, %{auhIt}, &c., to give pain, hurt, kill L. (cf. 1. %{Uh}.) [221,1]
uuh * =1 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te}, %{UhAMcakAra} and %{-cakre}, %{UhitA}, %{auhIt}, %{auhiSTa} (connected
with %{vah}, q.v., and in some forms not to be distinguished from it), to push, thrust, move, remove (only when
compounded with prepositions); to change, alter, modify S3a1n3khS3r. Comm. on Nya1yam.
uuh * = 2 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te} (Ved. %{ohate}), %{UhAM-cakAra}, &c. (by native authorities not distinguished
from 1. %{Uh} above), to observe, mark, note, attend to, heed, regard RV. AV. xx, 131, 10; to expect, hope for, wait for,
listen for RV.; to comprehend, conceive, conjecture, guess, suppose, infer, reason, deliberate upon MBh. BhP. Nya1yam.
Bhat2t2. &c.: Caus. %{Uhayati} (aor. %{aujihat}), to consider, heed MBh.; to cause to suppose or infer Bhat2t2.
Sanskrit Dictionary
uuru * = m. [the f. may be {U} at the end of compounds in comparison Pn. 4-1, 69], (fr. {UrNu} Un. i, 31) the thigh,
shank RV. AV. VS. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. &c.; N. of an ngirasa and author of a Vedic hymn; N. of a son of Manu
Ckshusha.
ubhaya = both* mf(%{I})n. (only sg. and pl.; according to Hara-datta also du. see Siddh. vol. i, p. 98) both, of both
kinds, in both ways, in both manners RV. AV. TS. S3Br. AitA1r. Mn. &c.; (%{I}) f. a kind of bricks S3ulbas.
ubhayaa* = 1 ind. in both ways RV. x, 108, 6.\\2 (in comp. for %{ubhaya} above).
ubhayatra = at both places
ubhayoH = both
ubhe = both
ubhau = both
ucca* = mfn. (said to be fr. {ca} fr. {aJc} with 1. {ud}), high, lofty, elevated; tall MBh. Kum. S'is'. Kaths. &c.; deep
Caurap.; high-sounding, loud Bhartri. VarBriS.; pronounced with the Udtta accent RPrt. VPrt. &c.; intense, violent
R.; m. height MBh.; the apex of the orbit of a planet, Klas. R. &c.; compar. {ucca-tara}, superl. {ucca-tama}; [cf. Hib.
{uchdan}, `" a hillock "'; Cambro-Brit. {uched}, `" cleve. "'
uccaa* = ind. above (in heaven), from above, upwards RV. AV. xiii, 2, 36.
uchchaara = pronunciation
uccaarita mfn. pronounced, uttered, articulated L.; having excretion, one who has had evacuation of the bowels Gaut.
Sus3r.; (%{am}) n. evacuation of the bowels Sus3r.
uccarita* = mfn. gone up or out, risen; uttered, articulated; (%{am}) n. excrement, dung BhP. Sus3r. Mn. Hit.
uchchaarya = having uttered or pronounced
uchchaiH = up
uchchaiHshravasaM = Uccaihsrava
uchchha = Exalted Planet
uchchhabda = loud sound (masc)
uchchhishhTaM = remnants of food eaten by others
uchchhoshhaNaM = drying up
uchchhritaM = high
uchyate = is said
udaahri *= P. %{-A4-harati}, to set up, put up S3Br. i, 1, 1, 22; to relate, declare, announce; to quote, cite, illustrate; to
name, call S3Br. Gobh. A1s3vS3r. Baudh. MBh. RPra1t. &c.: Pass. %{-hriya4te}, to be set up or put up TS. vi, 2, 9, 4.
uDDaayayati = to fly
uDDiyaana = a fetter or binding involving the raising of the diaphragm
ud * = 1 a particle and prefix to verbs and nouns. (As implying superiority in place, rank, station, or power) up,
upwards; upon, on; over, above. (As implying separation and disjunction) out, out of, from, off, away from, apart.
(According to native authorities {ud} may also imply publicity, pride, indisposition, weakness, helplessness, binding,
loosing, existence, acquisition.) {ud} is not used as a separable adverb or preposition; in those rare cases, in which it
Sanskrit Dictionary
appears in the Veda uncompounded with a verb, the latter has to be supplied from the context (e.g. {u4d u4tsam
zata4dhAram} AV. iii, 24, 4, out (pour) a fountain of a hundred streams). {ud} is sometimes repeated in the Veda to fill
out the verse Pn. 8-1, 6 ({kiM na ud ud u harSase dAtavA u} Ks'. on Pn.) [Cf. Zd. {uz}; Hib. {uas} and in composition
{os}, {ois} e.g. {os-car}, `" a leap, bound "', &c. see also {uttama4}, 1. {u4ttara}, &c.] \\2 or {und} cl. 7. P. {una4tti} (RV.
v, 85, 4): cl. 6. P. {undati} (p. {unda4t} RV. ii, 3, 2: Impv. 3. pl. {undantu} AV. vi, 68, 1; 2) . {unda4te} (AV. v, 19, 4;
{undAM cakAra}, {undiSyati} &c. Dhtup. xxix, 20) to flow or issue out, spring (as water); to wet, bathe RV. AV. S'Br.
KtyS'r. s'vGri. PrGri. &c.: Caus. (aor. {aundidat} Vop. xviii, 1): Desid. {undidiSati} Ks'. on Pn. 6-1, 3; [cf. Gk. $;
Lat. {unda}; Goth. {vat-o}; Old High Germ. &57290[183, 1] {waz-ar}; Mod. Eng. {wat-er}; Lith. {wand-4}.]
ud.hghaaTayati = to open
udaagaa * = 1. P. (aor. 1. sg. {-A74gAm}) to come up or out towards
udaana = the vital air controlling the intake of food and air
udaanii *= P. %{-nayati}, to lead up or out of (water) S3Br. La1t2y.: A1. %{-nayate}, to raise, elevate Bhat2t2. viii, 21.
udaara = generous *= mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1, 45])n. ( %{R}), high, lofty, exalted; great,
best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S3ak. S3is3. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent; sincere, proper,
right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in
some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric
(attributing nobleness to an inanimate object).
udaaraaH = magnanimous
udahaara * = mf(%{I})n. fetching or carrying water AV. x, 8, 14 VS. Kaus3.; intending to bring water Das3.; m. `"
water-carrier "', a cloud W.
udaahaara * = m. an example or illustration L.; the beginning of a speech L.
udaara4* = mf({A} and {I} [gana {bahv-Adi} Pn. 4-1, 45])n. ( {R}), high, lofty, exalted; great, best; noble, illustrious,
generous; upright, honest MBh. S'ak. S'is'. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent; sincere, proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed
L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits
or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an inanimate
object).udaasiina = neutrals between belligerents * = mfn. (pres. p.) sitting apart, indifferent, free from affection; inert,
inactive; (in law) not involved in a lawsuit MBh. Yj. Bhag. &c.; m. a stranger, neutral; one who is neither friend nor
foe; a stoic, philosopher, ascetic.
udaasiinaH = free from care *= mfn. (pres. p.) sitting apart, indifferent, free from affection; inert, inactive; (in law) not
involved in a lawsuit MBh. Ya1jn5. Bhag. &c.; m. a stranger, neutral; one who is neither friend nor foe; a stoic,
philosopher, ascetic.
udaasiinavat.h = as neutral
udaaharaNa = example
udaaharaNaaya = for example
udaahritaM = exemplified
udaahrita * = mfn. said, declared, illustrated; called, named, entitled MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.
udaahritaH = is said
udaahritya = indicating
udaara* = mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1, 45])n. ( %{R}), high, lofty, exalted; great, best; noble,
illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S3ak. S3is3. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent; sincere, proper, right; eloquent;
unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases
personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness
Sanskrit Dictionary
to an inanimate object).
udaaya *= m. emerging, coming forward; see %{try-ud-}.
udaayam * = P. (Impv. %{-A4yacchatu}) to bring out, fetch out, get fetch out, get off AV. v, 30, 15: A1. (aor. 3. sg. %{A7yata} du. %{-A7yasAtAm} pl. %{-A7yasata}) to show, exhibit, make known Pa1n2. 1-2, 15; (but also aor. %{A7yaMsta}, in the sense to bring out, get off Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-2, 15.)
udaaya * = emerging, coming forward; see {try-ud-}
udadhi = sea
udagayana n. the sun's progress north of the equator; the half year from the winter to the summer solstice S3Br.
Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. &c.; (mfn.) being on the path of the sun at its progress north of the equator BhP.
udagaayata *= mfn. extending towards the north A1s3vGr2.
udacana *= n. a bucket, pail (for drawing water out of a well) RV. v, 44, 13 AitBr. Ka1tyS3r. &c.; a cover or lid L.;
directing or throwing upwards; rising, ascending W.
udaka = (n) water
udapaane = in a well of water
udara = bellies * = n. ( %{dRR} Un2. v, 19; %{R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach, bowels RV. AV. S3Br.
Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the interior or inside of anything (%{udare},
inside, in the interior) Pan5cat. S3ak. Ragh. Mr2icch. &c.; enlargement of the abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any
morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver, spleen &c.; eight kinds are enumerated) Sus3r.; the thick part of anything
(e.g. of the thumb) Sus3r. Comm. on Ya1jn5.; slaughter Naish.
udaranimittaM = for the sake of the belly/living
udaram.h = (n) stomach
udarka * = m. arising (as a sound), resounding RV. i, 113, 18; the furture result of actions, consequence, futurity,
furture time MBh. R. Das3. Katha1s. Mn. &c.; a remote consequence, reward; happy future MBh.; conclusion, end S3Br.
TS. AitBr.; repetition, refrain Pa1n2. Ka1t2h. S3a1n3khS3r.; elevation of a building, a tower, look-out place MBh.; the
plant Vanguiera Spinosa.
udasta *= mfn. thrown or cast up; raised, thrown &c.
udavasaaya * = ending, concluding
udavaasa *= m. residence in water Pa1n2. 6-3, 58 MBh. Kum.; (%{am}) n. a house on the margin of a stream or pond,
a marine grotto &c. W.
udayana * = n. rise, rising (of the sun &c.) RV. i, 48, 7 S3Br. R. &c.; way out, outlet AV. v, 30, 7; exit; outcome, result,
conclusion, end TS. S3Br. Ta1n2d2yaBr.; means of redemption Car.; m. N. of several kings and authors.
udaya m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a cloud) S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Mn.
S3ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise) MBh. Hariv. Katha1s. &c.; going out R.;
coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development; production, creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Ya1jn5. S3ak.
Kum. &c.; conclusion, result, consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent sound
Pa1n2. 8-4, 67 RPra1t. APra1t. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune Katha1s.
Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue, interest R. Ya1jn5. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the orient sine (i.e.
the sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Su1ryas.; N. of several men.
udayat.h = rising udaya * m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a cloud) S'Br.
KtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise) MBh. Hariv. Kaths. &c.; going
out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development; production, creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yj.
Sanskrit Dictionary
S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result, consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent
sound Pn. 8-4, 67 RPrt. APrt. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune Kaths.
Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue, interest R. Yj. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the orient sine (i.e. the
sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sryas.; N. of several men. //
udbhR *= P. A1. %{-bharati}, %{-te} (pf. %{-jabhAra} pres. p. %{-bha4rat}; but %{-bibhrat} Gi1t. 1, 16) to take or
carry away or out RV. AV. S3Br.; to take for one's self, choose, select RV. AV. VS.; to raise up, elevate RV. viii, 19, 23; to
carry above, raise up Gi1t.
udbriMhaNa *= mfn. (%{bRh}), increasing, strengthening BhP.
uddaama * = mfn. (fr. %{dAman} with 1. %{ud}), unrestrained, unbound, set free; self-willed; unlimited,
extraordinary; violent, impetuous, fiery; wanton; proud, haughty; large, great MBh. Megh. Ra1jat. &c.; m. a particular
metre; `" one whose noose is raised "'N. of Yama L.; of Varun2a L.; (%{am}) ind. in an unrestrained manner, without
any limits Sa1h. Ka1d.
uddama *= m. the act of subduing, taming L.
uddharma *= m. unsound doctrine, heresy.
udiichii = (f) north
uduudashaa = Vinshottari Dasha
udgachchhati = to overflow
udgaara = expression
uddishya = desiring * having shown or explained; stipulating for, demanding; (used as a preposition) aiming at, in the
direction of; with reference to; towards; with regard to, for, for the sake of, in the name of &c. (with acc.) MBh. BhP.
S'ak. &c.
uddiSTa* = mfn. mentioned, particularized; described; promised; ({am}) n. a kind of time (in music).
uddes'aH = (m) aim, goal
uddes'a* = m. the act of pointing to or at, direction; ascertainment; brief statement; exemplification, illustration,
explanation; mentioning a thing by name MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. Pacat. &c.; assignment, prescription; stipulation, bargain
MBh. R.; quarter, spot, region, place; an object, a motive; upper region, high situation MBh. Pacat. S'ak. &c.; (in Nyya
phil.) enunciation of a topic (that is to be further discussed and elucidated) Nyyak.; ({ena} and {At}) ind. (ifc.) relative
to, aiming at, Kaths. Sus'r. &c. [188, 2]
uddeshataH = as examples
uddhara = uplift* = m. (in some senses perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR}), the act of raising, elevating, lifting up; drawing out,
pulling out Gaut. MBh. Comm. on BrirUp.; removing, extinction, payment (of a debt); taking away, deduction;
omission Mn. Comm. on Yj.; selection, a part to be set aside, selected part; exception TS. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. &c.;
selecting (a passage), selection, extract (of a book) Comm. on Kir. x, 10; extraction, deliverance, redemption, extrication
MBh. Prab. &c.; a portion, share; a surplus (given by the Hind law to the eldest son beyond the shares of the younger
ones) W.; the first part of a patrimony W.; the sixth part of booty taken in war (which belongs to the prince) W.; a debt
(esp. one not bearing interest), KtyDh.; obligation Das'.; recovering property; refutation Car. Comm. on Nyyad.; ({A})
f. the plant Cocculus Cordifolius L.; ({am}) n. a fire-place L.
uddharshaNa* = 1 (for 2. see p. 189, col. 3) mfn. animating, encouraging R.; ({am}) n. the act of animating or
encouraging MBh.
uddharaNa* = n. (in some meanings perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR} q.v.), the act of taking up, raising, lifting up MBh.
S'rng.; the act of drawing out, taking out, tearing out Mn. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; means of drawing out Vet.; taking off
(clothes) Sus'r.; taking away, removing Vm.; putting or placing before, presenting, treatment KtyS'r. iv, 1, 10;
extricating, delivering, rescuing Hit. Ragh. &c.; taking away (a brand from the Grhapatya-fire to supply other sacred
Sanskrit Dictionary
fires) KtyS'r.; eradication; extermination; the act of destroying; vomiting, bringing up; vomited food; final
emancipation L.; m. N. of the father of king S'antanu (the author of a commentary on a portion of the Mrkandeyapurna).
uddhAraNa* = n. the act of raising, elevating; drawing out BhP.; the act of giving out or paying Pacat. 138, 14 (ed.
Kosegarten).
uddharsha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see s.v.) glad, pleased, happy BhP.; m. the flaring upwards (of the fire) Sy. on AitBr. iii, 4,
5; great joy; a festival (especially a religious one) L.
uddharshaNa* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 188, col. 3) causing joy, gladdening; ({I}) f. a kind of metre; ({am}) n. erection of
the hair (through rapture) L.
uddharati = to draw up (water from a well)
uddharet.h = one must deliver
uddhaaraNa = lifting up
uddhritaM = that which had been lifted
uddhvahantii = she who is bearing or carrying the load
udbhavaM = produced
udbhava * = m. existence, generation, origin, production, birth; springing from, growing; becoming visible Yj. Mn.
Kaths. Pacat. &c.; birth-place S'vetUp. Kvya7d.; N. of a son of Nahusha VP.; a sort of salt L., (ifc.) mfn. produced or
coming from MBh. Mn. &c.
ud-bhaava * = m. production, generation g. {balA7di} Pn. 5-2, 136; rising (of sounds) Pushpas. ix, 4, 22.
udbhavaH = generation.
uddhRta *= mfn. drawn up or out (as water from a well &c.); extracted, pulled up or out, eradicated, broken off MBh.
R. Sus3r. &c.; drawn up or out, ladled out, skimmed AV. xii, 5, 34; xv, 12, 1 S3Br. &c.; raised, elevated, lifted up, thrown
up or upwards MBh. Ra1jat. &c.; separated, set apart, taken away, removed BhP. Mn. &c.; chosen, selected, taken from
or out of Mn. &c.; raised, made strong or famous Hit.; recovered; uncovered; dispersed, scattered; holding, containing;
vomited L.
udgrihiita* = mfn. lifted up, taken up, turned up, upraised Megh. &c.
udgrihya* = ind. p. having lifted up; having taken out S'B n. the act of throwing, casting, discharging (a missile) MBh.;
throwing out; exciting, stirring up Car.; saying, speaking, communicating Kum. Katha1s. Sa1h.
udita (for 2. see s.v.) mfn. risen, ascended; being above, high, tall, lofty RV. ChUp. Mn. &c.; conceited, proud, boasting
MBh.; elevated risen; increased, grown, augmented R. Kir. &c.; born, produced Bhartr2.; apparent, visible RV. viii, 103,
11; incurred, experienced.\\2 (p.p. of %{vad} q.v.; for 1. see col. 1) said, spoken AitBr. Katha1s. Ragh. S3is3. &c.; spoken
to, addressed BhP. S3is3. ix, 61 Katha1s.; communicated, proclaimed, declared Mn. Katha1s. BhP. Ra1jat. &c.;
(especially) proclaimed by law, taught, handed down; authoritative, right S3a1n3khBr. Mn. Ya1jn5. i, 154; indicated,
signified VarBr2S.; [a form %{udita} occurs, incorrectly spelt for %{ud-dita}, p. 188, col. 1.]
4 udita see 2. %{udita}, p. 186.
udiikshaa *= f. id. BhP.; expecting, waiting Comm. on Ba1dar.
udiiraNa *= n. the act of throwing, casting, discharging (a missile) MBh.; throwing out; exciting, stirring up Car.;
saying, speaking, communicating Kum. Katha1s. Sa1h.
udiita mfn. = 1. %{ud-ita} Naish. i, 83; vi, 52; 74.
uDupa *= m. n. a raft or float MBh. Ragh. &c.; a kind of drinking vessel covered with leather Comm. on Ragh. i, 2; m.
Sanskrit Dictionary
the moon (the half-moon being formed like a boat) MBh. Mr2icch. &c.
udvaha * = mfn. carrying or leading up AV. xix, 25, 1; carrying away, taking up or away S3Br. Pa1n2.; continuing,
propagating MBh. R. Katha1s.; eminent, superior, best L.; m. the act of leading home (a bride), marriage BhP.; son,
offspring MBh. R. Ragh.; chief offspring Ragh. ix, 9; the fourth of the seven winds or courses of air (viz. that which
supports the Nakshatras or lunar constellations and causes their revolution) Hariv.; the vital air that conveys
nourishment upwards; one of the seven tongues of fire; N. of a king MBh.; (%{A}) f. daughter L.
udvaaha * = m. the act of leading home (a bride), marriage, wedding MBh. Katha1s. VarBr2S. &c.
udvaapa* = m. the act of throwing out, removing Comm. on Nyyam.; ejection KtyS'r. Kaus'.; (in logic) non-existence
of a consequent resulting from the absence of an antecedent W.
udvejaka *= mfn. agitating, distressing, annoying, causing pain or sorrow S3a1rn3g
udviddha *= mfn. tossed upwards, high, elevated MBh. R.
udvidRR *= Caus. P. %{-dArayati}, to dig up, turn or tear up BhP. x, 68, 71.
udvigNa * = mfn. shuddering, starting, frightened, terrified MBh. R. Sus3r. Ragh. &c.; sorrowful, anxious, grieving for
(an absent lover) MBh. Das3. Bhag. &c.
udyaana = garden
udyaanapaalakaH = (m) gardener, mali
udyaanam.h = (n) garden
udyaama =* m. the act of erecting or stretching out S'Br. viii, 5, 1, 13; a rope, cord TS. S'Br. KtyS'r.
udyama *= m. the act of raising or lifting up, elevation R. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. &c.; undertaking, beginning; the act of
striving after, exerting one's self, exertion, strenuous and continued effort, perseverance, diligence, zeal R. Kum.
Pan5cat. VarBr2S. &c.
udyamena = (msc.instr.S) effort; exercise
udyamya = taking up
udyata = uplifted
udyataaH = trying
udvarta = plentiful
udvaaha = (m) marriage
udvaa * = to be blown out, go out
udvejaka *= mfn. agitating, distressing, annoying, causing pain or sorrow S3a1rn3g.
udvejana *= mfn. id. Katha1s. Ka1m.; (%{am}) n. shudder, shuddering Sus3r.; agitation, fear; the act of terrifying,
causing to shudder Das3ar. Sa1h.
udvejin *= mfn. causing anxiety or agitation of mind, causing shudder or horror Katha1s.
udvejita *= mfn. caused to shudder; grieved, pained, afflicted.
udvijate = are agitated
udvijet.h = become agitated
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
uktaH = addressed
uktaaH = are said
uktvaa = saying
uluukaH = (m) owl
ulbena = by the womb
ulkA * = f. (%{uS} Un2. iii, 42), a fiery phenomenon in the sky, a meteor, fire falling from heaven RV. iv, 4, 2; x, 68, 4
AV. xix, 9, 9 MBh. Ya1jn5. Sus3r. &c.; a firebrand, dry grass &c. set on fire, a torch S3Br. v R. Katha1s. &c.; (in astrol.)
one of the eight principal Das3a1s or aspect of planets indicating the fate of men, Jyotisha (T.); N. of a grammar.
ullaH = to shine
ullas * = (%{ud-las}) P. A1. %{-lasati}, %{-te}, to shine forth, beam, radiate, be brilliant BhP. Pan5car. S3is3. &c.; to
come forth, become visible or perceptible, appear BhP. Katha1s. &c.; to resound Katha1s. Ra1jat.; to sport, play, dance,
be wanton or joyful Amar. Chandom.; to jump, shake, tremble, be agitated BhP. Pan5car. &c.: Caus. %{-lAsayati}, to
cause to shine or radiate, make brilliant Pan5car. Prab.; to cause to come forth or appear, cause to resound Sa1h.; to
divert, delight S3atr. Hit.; to cause to dance or jump, agitate, cause to move Katha1s. Ra1jat. Hit. &c.
ullasa * = mfn. bright, shining; sporting, merry, happy; going out, issuing W.
ullaasa m. light, splendour L.; the coming forth, becoming visible, appearing Katha1s. xiv, 13 Sa1h. Kap. &c.; joy,
happiness, merriness Katha1s. Amar. &c.; increase, growth BhP. vii, 1, 7; (in rhet.) giving prominence to any object by
comparison or opposition Kuval.; chapter, section, division of a book (e.g. of the Ka1vya-praka1s3a).
ullaasana * = n. the act of shining forth, radiating Ra1jat. v, 343; (%{A}) f. causing to come forth or appear Ba1lar.
ullasitaM = shining
ullola = a large wave
ulmuka *= n. (Un2. iii, 84) a firebrand, a piece of burning charcoal used for kindling a fire S3Br. AitBr. Ka1tyS3r.
A1s3vGr2. &c.; m. N. of a son of a Bala-ra1ma MBh. Hariv.; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha VP.
uma* = m. a city, town L.; a wharf, landing-place L.
umaa= pArvatI* = f. (perhaps fr. {ve} BRD.) flax (Linum Usitatissimum) S'Br. vi Kaus'. Pn.; turmeric (Curcuma
Longa) Car.; N. of the daughter of Himavat (wife of the god S'iva; also called Prvat and Durg; the name is said to be
derived from {u mA}, `" O [child], do not [practise austerities] "' the exclamation addressed to Prvat by her mother)
Hariv. 946 S'ivaP. Kum. i, 26 R. Ragh. &c.; N. of several women; splendour, light L.; fame, reputation L.; quiet,
tranquillity L.; night L.
uuma* = m. (Un. i, 143) a helper, friend, companion RV. AV. v, 2, 1; 3 AitBr. S'nkhS'r.; ({am}) n. N. of a town or place
Comm. on Un. Siddh.
uu4ma* = Uma
unmad* = ({ud-mad}) P. {-mAdyati}, to become disordered in intellect or distracted, be or become mad or furious TS.
TBr. TndyaBr. S'Br. MBh. Kaths.: Caus. {-madayati}, or {-mAdayati}, to excite, agitate AV. vi, 130, 4 (see also {u4nmadita}); to make furious or drunk, inebriate, madden TS.: MBh. R. Das'. (cf. {un-mand}, next page.)
unmakara * = (%{ud-ma-}) m. `" a rising Makara "', a kind of ornament for the ears (so shaped) BhP. v, 21, 13.
unmanii = samadhi
unmaatha * = m. the act of shaking Prab.; killing, slaughter L.; a snare, trap MBh.; murderer L.; N. of an attendant of
Skanda MBh. ix, 2532.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
reproof; undertaking; giving; killing; diffusing; wish; power; effort; resemblance, &c.; [cf. Zd. {upa}; Gk. $; Lat. {sub};
Goth. {uf}; Old &60988[195, 1] Germ. {oba}; Mod. Germ. {ob} in {Obdach}, {obliegen}, &c.]
upaa * = ind. a particular Nidhana or concluding chorus at the end of a Sman Lthy. vii, 10, 1 ff. Sy. on TndyaBr.
upaacaara * = m. proceeding, procedure S3a1n3khS3r.; established use (of a word) Nir. i, 4; a particular Sandhi (see
above), APra1t. iv, 74 RPra1t.
upaadhAv *= P. %{-dhAvati}, to run towards BhP.: Caus. %{-dhAvayati}, to carry or convey towards S3Br. x.
upaadaa * = 1. . {-datte}, (once P. pf. 3. pl. {-dadus} BhP. i, 8, 12) to receive, accept, gain, acquire, appropriate to
one's self. take away, carry off, steal MBh. BhP. Mlav. &c. [213, 2]; to take with; to take in addition, include, comprise;
to take as help, use, employ, apply BhP. Pat. (cf. {upA7-dAya}); to seize, lay hold of, gather, take up, draw up MBh.
Ragh. Kum. &c.; to assume (a form or meaning) BhP. MrkP. Pat. &c.; to cling to; to feel, perceive, experience MBh. vii
S'is'. vi, 23 Riitus. &c.; to consider, regard MBh. xii; to mention, enumerate; to set about, undertake, begin Hariv. Kum.
&c.: Caus. P. {-dApayati}, to cause to use or employ Comm. on KtyS'r.: Desid. P. {-ditsati}, to strive to acquire BhP. v,
14, 7.
upaadaaya * = ind. p. having received or acquired &c.; receiving, acquiring &c.; taking with, together with MBh. Hariv.
Kaths. &c.; including, inclusive of BhP. Comm. on RPrt. &c.; by help of, by means of (acc.) MBh.
upaadhi * = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), %{is} m. that which is put in the place of another thing, a substitute, substitution R.;
anything which may be taken for or has the mere name or appearance of another thing, appearance, phantom, disguise
(said to be applied to certain forms or properties considered as disguises of the spirit W.) Prab. Bha1sha1p. Sa1h. &c.;
anything defining more closely, a peculiarity; an attribute (%{asty-upA7dhi}, having, `" is "' as an attribute); title,
discriminative appellation, nickname; limitation, qualification (e.g. %{an-upA7dhi-rAmaNIya}, beautiful without
limitation i.e. altogether beautiful); (in log.) a qualifying term added to a too general middle term to prevent ativya1pti;
that which is placed under, supposition, condition, postulate Sarvad. Veda1ntas. Tarkas. BhP. &c.; deception, deceit
MBh. iii, 13017; species.\\= 2 (for 1. see col. 2) m. ( %{dhyai}), point of view, aim Car.; reflection on duty, virtuous
reflection L.; a man who is careful to support his family L.
upaadhaa *= P. A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte}, to place upon, put on S3Br. x BhP.; to seize, lay hold of, take up MBh.;
to keep, hold back TBr. ii; to seduce (a woman) R.
upaadhyaaya * = m. (%{i}), a teacher, preceptor (who subsists by teaching a part of the Veda or Veda1n3gas, grammar
&c.; he is distinguished from the A1ca1rya q.v.) Mn. iv, 141, &c. Ya1jn5. i, 35 MBh. S3ak. &c.; (%{A}, or %{I}) f. a female
teacher Ka1ty. on Pa1n2. 3-13, 21; (%{I}) f. the wife of a teacher Ka1ty. on Pa1n2. 4-1, 49.
upaagrihya * = ind. p. having taken with, together with BhP. x, 58, 55.
upaahaaragriham.h = (n) restaurant
upaakrita *= mfn. brought or driven near, fetched AV. ii, 34, 2; prepared, undertaken, begun; attended with evil omens,
disastrous, calamitous L.; m. a sacrificial animal (killed during the recitation of particular prayers) L.; disaster, calamity
L.
upaalambha *= m. reproach, censure, abuse, finding fault with MBh. Hit. Katha1s. &c.; prohibition, interdict Nya1yad.
upaarata *= mfn. resting, lying upon, fixed upon BhP.; ceasing, turning back, returning Kir. iv, 10; leaving off, giving
up, free from BhP. Ragh. &c.
upaaraama* = m. rest, repose GopBr.
upaaraama * = m. rest, repose GopBr.
upaaraama* = m. rest, repose GopBr.upaarjana = earning/acquiring
upaarama* = m. the act of ceasing BhP.
upaarama* = m. the act of ceasing BhP.\\ m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.
Sanskrit Dictionary
upaaram* = P. . {-ramati}, {-te}, to rest, cease MBh. BhP. &c.; to cease, leave off, give up MBh. R. BhP. Kum.
upaarata mfn. resting, lying upon, fixed upon BhP.; ceasing, turning back, returning Kir. iv, 10; leaving off, giving up,
free from BhP. Ragh. &c.
upaasaadita mfn. met with, approached g. %{iSTA7di} Pa1n2. 5-2, 88.
upaasad * = P. (Ved. inf. {-sa4dam}) to sit down upon (acc.) RV. viii, 1, 8; to approach, walk along Kir. iv, 1.
upaasaka* = mfn. serving, a servant Kaus3. Katha1s.; worshipping, a worshipper, follower Mr2icch.; intent on, engaged
or occupied with Kap.; a Buddhist lay worshipper (as distinguished from the Bhikshu q.v.) Sarvad. Lalit. Prab. &c.; a
S3u1dra L.; (%{ikA}) f. a lay female votary of Buddha (as distinguished from a Bhikshun2i1 q.v.)
upaasana* =1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\* =2 {am}, {A} n. f. the act of sitting or
being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect p. Gaut. Mn. Yj. &c.; homage, adoration,
worship (with Rmnujas, consisting of five parts, viz. Abhigamana or approach, Updna or preparation of offering,
Ijy or oblation, Svdhyya or recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedntas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being
intent on or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yj. iii, 45.
upaas' * = 1 (%{upa-} 1. %{az}) P. A1. %{-aznoti}, %{-aznute}, to reach, obtain, meet with MBh. Mn.\\ 2 (%{upa-} 2.
%{az}) P. %{-aznAti}, to eat, taste, enjoy MBh.upaasana* = 1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery
MBh. \\2 {am}, {A} n. f. the act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect
p. Gaut. Mn. Yj. &c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Rmnujas, consisting of five parts, viz. Abhigamana or
approach, Updna or preparation of offering, Ijy or oblation, Svdhyya or recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad.
Vedntas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yj. iii, 45.
upaashritaaH = being fully situated
upaashritya = taking shelter of
upaas'raya* = m. leaning against, resting upon Kaths. Kvya7d.; any support for leaning against, a pillow, cushion Car.;
shelter, refuge, recourse MBh. Bhartri.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.; having recourse to,
relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to; approached, arrived at, abiding in MBh.
BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or upon which one rests Uttarar.
upaasthaa * = . {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to S'nkhS'r. R.; to approach
(sexually) MBh.
upaasate = worship
upaashri = to take shelter in
upaasita*= mfn. served, honoured, worshipped &c.; one who serves or pays worship. upaas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean
against, rest on Mn.; to go or betake one's self towards R.; to take refuge or have recourse to, seek shelter from, give
one's self up to, abandon one's self to Hariv. R. Bhag. &c.
upaatta = obtained
upaastamanavelaa* = f. the time about sunset MBh. x, 1.
upaastamayam * = ind. about the time of sunset S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. [215,2]
upaaviz *= P. %{-vizati}, to enter, enter into any state MBh. R. BhP.; (the augmented forms might also be referred to
%{upa-viz}.)
upaaya = (masc) means *= m. coming near, approach, arrival Bhartr2.; that by which one reaches one's aim, a means
or expedient (of any kind), way, stratagem, craft, artifice MBh. Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. &c.; (esp.) a means of success
against an enemy (four are usually enumerated, sowing dissension, negotiation, bribery, and open assault); joining in or
accompanying (in singing) S3a1n3khS3r.
upaayataH = by appropriate means
Sanskrit Dictionary
upaayuj* = P. (1. sg. {-yunajmi}) to put to, harness RV. iii, 35, 2.
upabarhaNa * =a cushion, pillow RV. x, 85, 7 AV. AitBr. S'Br. TBr. &c.; ({I}) f. id. RV. i, 174, 7; m. N. of the Gandharva
Narada BhP. VP. Pacar. &c. ({upabarhaNa}) mf({A})n. having a cushion, furnished with a pillow Vait. 36, 7.
upabrim: see upavrim
upabrimhitam V: by combination and permutation; SB 2.9.27 \\accompanied by the glories of the Supreme Lord; SB
5.4.11-12\\ in which is described; SB 7.10.46\\ being charged; SB 10.3.20\\ expanded; SB 10.20.30-31\\ overflowing;
SB 10.45.42-44\\replete; SB 10.48.2\\fully endowed; SB 11.7.21\\ strengthened; SB 11.19.25\\ established; SB
11.21.37\\enriched; SB 11.30.11\\filled; SB 12.10.26
upacaara m. approach, service, attendance Hcat. i, 111, 2 seqq.; act of civility, obliging or polite behaviour, reverence
S3Br. MBh. S3ak. &c. (64 Upaca1ras are enumerated in the Tantra-sa1ra, quoted by T.); proceeding, practice;
behaviour, conduct; mode of proceeding towards (gen.), treatment S3Br. MBh. A1p. Mn. &c.; attendance on a patient,
medical practice, physicking Sus3r. Pan5cat. Vikr.; a ceremony Kum. vii, 86; present, offering, bribe; solicitation,
request L.; ornament, decoration Kum. Ragh. vii, 4; a favourable circumstance Sa1h. 300; usage, custom or manner of
speech Nya1yad.; a figurative or metaphorical expression (%{upacArAt} ind. metaphorically), metaphor, figurative
application Sa1h. Sarvad. Comm. on S3is3. &c.; pretence, pretext L.; a kind of Sandhi (substitution of %{s} and %{S} in
place of Visarga) Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-3, 48; N. of a Paris3isht2a of the Sa1ma-veda.
upacara *= mfn. accessory, supplementary S3a1n3khBr.; m. access, approach S3Br. ii, 3, 4, 30; attendance, cure Sus3r.
(cf. %{sU7pacara}.)
upacaya * m. accumulation, quantity, heap; elevation, excess; increase, growth, prosperity MBh. Sus'r. Hit. &c.;
({upacayaM} 1. {kR}, to promote or advance the prosperity of, help, assist Km.); addition KtyS'r.; the third, sixth,
tenth, and eleventh of the zodiacal signs VarBriS. &c.
upachaya = Houses of earning (3, 6, 10, 11)
upacita * = mfn. heaped up, increased; thriving, increasing, prospering, succeeding MBh. BhP. Megh. Ragh. &c.; big,
fat, thick Sus3r. Car.; covered over, furnished abundantly, possessing plentifully MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat. &c.; plastered,
smeared; burnt L.
upaciti f. accumulation, increase; augmentation, S3a1ntis3.; gain, advantage; a heap, pile MBh. iii, 15144; (in arithm.)
progression A1ryabh. ii, 21.
upagrahaH = (m) satellite, spacecraft
upadhaanam.h = (n) pillow
upadaa * = 1 1. P. {-dadAti}, to give in addition, add; to give, grant, offer RV. vi, 28, 2 AV. iv, 21, 2; xix, 34, 8 R.; to take
upon one's self: Pass. (irr. p. {-dadya4mAna}) to be offered or granted (as protection) RV. vi, 49, 13.
upadaa4 * = 2 mfn. giving a present VS. xxx, 9; ({A}) f. a present, offering (esp. a respectful present to a king or person
of rank); a bribe Pn. Ragh. S'atr. &c.
upadhaa *= 1 P. A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte}, to place or lay upon, place near to, put on or into; to place, lay, put RV.
x, 87, 3; 145, 6 AV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Mn. Ragh. &c.; to put to, yoke (horses) RV. iv, 29, 4; to give or make over, hand
over (knowledge), teach Ragh.; to impose, lay upon, commit, consign Ragh.; to place under one's self, lie down upon R.;
to place in addition, add, connect AitBr. S3Br. La1t2y. &c.; to communicate, cause to share in; to use, employ; (in Gr.) to
lie or be placed close to, precede without the intervention of another syllable RPra1t. &c.; to cause to rest upon or
depend on BhP.\\ 2 f. imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, false pretence MBh. Mn. R.; trial or test of honesty (of
four kinds, viz. of loyalty, disinterestedness, continence, and courage) Ka1m. Bhat2t2. S3is3. &c.; (in Gr.) a penultimate
letter Pa1n2. RPra1t. APra1t. Nir. &c.; condition, reservation L.
upadhaav A1. (p. %{-dhA4vamAna}) to run; to soar RV. viii, 3, 21: P. %{-dhAvati}, to run near, approach hastily; to
have recourse to for assistance TS. S3Br. Ta1n2d2yaBr. MBh. R. BhP. &c.
upadhaavana *= m. a follower W.
Sanskrit Dictionary
upadrashthri* = %{TA} m. a looker-on, spectator; a witness AV. xi, 3, 59 TS. S3Br. A1s3vS3r. Ka1t2h. BhP. &c.; (%{upadra4STRkA}) f. a female witness MaitrS. iii, 2, 4.
upadrashthrimat* = mfn. having witnesses; (%{ma4ti} loc. ind. before witnesses TBr. ii, 2, 1, 3; 5.)
upadrava* = m. that which attacks or occurs suddenly, any grievous accident, misfortune, calamity, mischief, national
distress (such as famine, plague, oppression, eclipse, &c.); national commotion, rebellion; violence, outrage MBh. R.
S3ak. VarBr2S. &c. [199,3]; a supervenient disease or one brought on whilst a person labours under another Sus3r.; the
fourth of the five parts of a Sa1man stanza Shad2vBr. Comm. on TA1r. &c.
upadravin * = mfn. attacking suddenly, falling on; tyrannical, violent; factious; (%{I}) m. a tyrant, oppressor; a rebel L.
upadhyaata * = mfn. remembered, thought of MBh.
upadhaaraya = know
upadhaatu* = m. a secondary mineral, semi-metal (seven are specified: {svarNa-mAkSika}, pyrites; {tAra-mAkSika}, a
particular white mineral; {tuttha}, sulphate of copper; {kAMsya}, brass; {rIti}, calx of brass; {sindUra}, red lead;
{zilAjatu}, red chalk) Bhpr.; secondary secretions and constituents of the body (viz. the milk, menses, adeps, sweat,
teeth, hair, and lymph) S'rngS. &c.
upadah * = P. {-dahati} (aor. {-adhA-} {kSIt} MBh. iii, 546) to burn, set fire to S'Br. Gobh. MBh. [199, 1]
upadadya * = ind. p. having taken or taking upon one's self AV. x, 8, 18 (= xiii, 3, 14).
upadesha = advice
upadeshaH = advice
upadeshayati = giving advice
upadekshyanti = they will initiate
upadeva *= m. an inferior or secondary deity (as a Yaksha, Gandharva, Apsaras, &c.) BhP.; N. of several men Hariv.
VP.; (%{A}, %{I}) f. N. of a wife of Vasu-deva Hariv. VP
upadhaa *= 1 P. A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte}, to place or lay upon, place near to, put on or into; to place, lay, put RV.
x, 87, 3; 145, 6 AV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Mn. Ragh. &c.; to put to, yoke (horses) RV. iv, 29, 4; to give or make over, hand
over (knowledge), teach Ragh.; to impose, lay upon, commit, consign Ragh.; to place under one's self, lie down upon R.;
to place in addition, add, connect AitBr. S3Br. La1t2y. &c.; to communicate, cause to share in; to use, employ; (in Gr.) to
lie or be placed close to, precede without the intervention of another syllable RPra1t. &c.; to cause to rest upon or
depend on BhP. \\ 2 f. imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, false pretence MBh. Mn. R.; trial or test of honesty (of
four kinds, viz. of loyalty, disinterestedness, continence, and courage) Ka1m. Bhat2t2. S3is3. &c.; (in Gr.) a penultimate
letter Pa1n2. RPra1t. APra1t. Nir. &c.; condition, reservation L.
upadhaarya: *V= understanding, hearing, thinking, perceiving, listening.
upadharma* = m. a minor or subordinate duty; a by-law Mn. ii, 237; iv, 147; a false faith, heresy Bh
upadhi* = m. the act of putting to, adding, addition La1t2y.; the part of the wheel between the nave and the
circumference RV. ii, 39, 4 AV. vi, 70, 3 Ka1t2h.; fraud, circumvention MBh. R. Ya1jn5. Kir. &c.; condition; peculiarity,
attribute (Buddh.; see %{upA7-dhi}); support MW.
upadrashhTaa = overseer
upadruta * = mfn. run after, persecuted, attacked, oppressed, visited (by calamities), tyrannized over Hariv. R. Katha1s.
Hit. Sus3r. &c.; (in astrol.) eclipsed = boding evil, inauspicious VarBr2S.; (%{am}) n. a kind of Sandhi S3a1n3khS3r.
upagaayana * = n. singing BhP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
upagrihiita * = mfn. held from below, supported A1s3vGr2. iv, 7, 10; subdued, mastered Prab.
upagrihya * = ind. p. having held under or seized from below; having obtained, obtaining &c.
upahata = overpowered
upahanyaaM = would destroy
upahaara * = m. offering, oblation (to a deity); complimentary gift, present (to a king or superior) MBh. Megh. Kaths.
&c.; ({upahAraM vi-dhA}, to offer an oblation to a god [acc.], sacrifice to any one Kaths.); a particular kind of alliance
(purchased through a gift) Km. Hit. &c.; food (dis- tributed to guests &c.) [212, 2]; (with the Ps'upatas) a kind of
religious service (consisting of laughter, song, dance, muttering {huDuk}, adoration and pious ejaculation) Sarvad. 77,
22.
upaharaNa *= n. the act of bringing near, proffering, offering BhP.; presenting victims; distributing or serving out
food; taking, seizing L
upahartri *= mfn. one who offers or presents, one who serves out (food), a host Mn. v, 51.
upahaarya *= mfn. to be offered as an oblation; to be presented BhP.; (%{am}) n. an offering, oblation MBh. BhP.
upahaarin *= mfn. offering, presenting; sacrificing.
upai = to go to
upaiti = gets
upaishhyasi = you will attain
upaja 1 (for 2. see p. 198, col. 1) mfn. (%{jan}), additional, accessory S3Br. i, 1, 1, 10 (Sa1y. reads %{upa-ca4m} [1.
%{ci}]; see Weber's extracts from the Comm. on the above passage, where T. reads correctly %{tricaturamAsAd@Aropitam} instead of %{tRcaturAn@mAkhAbapitam} [?]). [198,1]
upajaayate *V= takes place, develops, manifests, arise, are increased, becomes manifest
upajan *= A1. %{-jA4yate}, to be produced or originate in addition; to be added or put to RV. i, 25, 8 Ta1n2d2yaBr.
A1s3vS3r. S3a1n3khS3r. RPra1t. &c.; to follow (as a consequence) Sarvad.; to be born, originate, come forth, appear,
become visible, happen MBh. BhP. Mn. Hit. Sus3r. &c.; to be born again MBh. xiii, 6689 Ya1jn5. iii, 256 Bhag.; to exist,
be Pan5cat. Hit.: Caus. %{-janayati}, to generate, produce; to cause, effect Ta1n2d2yaBr. Prab. Ma1lav. Sarvad.
upajaayante = are born
upaji *= P. %{-jayati}, to acquire by conquest, gain, obtain GopBr. ii, 2, 16.
upajigamishu * = mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or desiring to go near Megh. 43.
upajiiva * = mfn. probably not very different in meaning from %{jIva4} q.v. AV. xix, 69, 2; (%{A4}) f. subsistence TBr.
i, 5, 6, 4.
upajivana * = upajIvana n. livelihood, subsistence S'Br. Mn. ix, 207 Yj. iii, 236 MBh. Pacat. &c.; dependance,
submissiveness Prasannar.
upajuhvati = offer
upakalpa * = m. an appurtenance BhP.
upakalpana * = n. the act of preparing, preparation KtyS'r.; ({A}) f. preparing (articles of food or medicine),
fabricating, making Sus'r.; substituting L.
upakalpaniiya * = mfn. to be prepared or procured or fetched Car.; treating of preparation &c. (as & chapter) ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
upa-ni-shad * =1 ({upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. {-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to; to approach, set about AV. xix, 41, 1 S'Br.
Kaus'.
upanishad 1 (%{upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. %{-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to; to approach, set about AV. xix, 41, 1 S3Br.
Kaus3. \\ 2 %{t} f. (according to some) the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his words (and hence, secret
knowledge given in this manner; but according to native authorities %{upaniSad} means `" setting at rest ignorance by
revealing the knowledge of the supreme spirit "'); the mystery which underlies or rests underneath the external system
of things (cf. IW. p. 35 seqq.); esoteric doctrine, secret doctrine, mysterious or mystical meaning, words of mystery &c.
S3Br. ChUp. &c.; a class of philosophical writings (more than a hundred in number, attached to the Bra1hman2as [but
see I1s3opanishad]; their aim is the exposition of the secret meaning of the Veda, and they are regarded as the source
of the Veda1nta and Sa1m2khya philosophies; for the most important of the Upanishads see IW. p. 37 seq.)
upaniita *= mfn. led near, brought near RV. i, 129, 2 MBh. Mr2icch. VarBr2S. &c.; led to a man, married (?) RV. x, 109,
4 = AV. v, 17, 6; adduced; presented &c.; initiated BhP. Mn. ii, 49 Ragh. &c.; m. a boy brought near to a Guru and
initiated into one of the twice-born classes (by investiture with the sacred thread and other ceremonies).
upapaada *= m. happening; effecting, accomplishing; see %{dur-upapAda} and %{yatho7papAdam}.
upapada = The sign which is as apart from the 12th lord as the latter is from the 12th house *= n. a word standing
near or accompanying another to which it is subordinate (either a subordinate word in a compound [but not in a Bahuvri1hi compound] generally forming the first member, or a discriminative appellation at the end of proper names, as
%{varman}, %{zarman} &c.; or a preposition, particle &c. prefixed to a verb or noun; or a secondary word of any kind
which is governed by or limits the general idea contained in the principal word) Pa1n2. VPra1t. Sarvad.;
(%{vRkSAH@kalpo7-papadAH}, `" those trees which have the word "' %{kalpa} as accompanying word "' = %{kalpavRkSAH} S3is3. iii 59; cf. Ragh. xvi, 40); a bit, little L.
upapaadita * = mfn. effected, accomplished, performed, done; given, delivered, presented; proved, demonstrated;
treated medically, cured. [202,1]
[samupapAdita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made ready, prepared ib.]
upapadyate = is befitting
upapanna *= mfn. one who has approached a teacher (as a pupil) Sus3r. Veda1ntas.; one who has approached for
protection R.; one who has obtained or reached MBh. R. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 4-2, 13; obtained, reached, gained; happened,
fallen to one's share, produced, effected, existing, being near at hand MBh. Ya1jn5. Ragh. &c.; endowed with, possessed
of, furnished with MBh. Mn. &c.; fit, suited for the occasion, adequate, conformable S3ak. Vikr. Ra1jat. &c.
upapattishhu = having obtained
upapatti * = f. happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearing, taking place, production, effecting, accomplishing
MBh. BhP. Bhag. Ragh. &c.; proving right, resulting; cause, reason; ascertained or demonstrated conclusion, proof,
evidence, argument Sarvad. Sa1h. Veda1ntas. Naish. Ra1jat. &c.; fitness, propriety, possibility Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c. (instr.
%{upa-pattyA}, suitably, in a fit manner); association, connection, possession; religious abstraction L.
upapannaM = arrived at
uparamatva* = n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions) Vedntas.
uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Vedntas.; ceasing, discontinuance. [205,1]
uparambh* = P. {-rambhati}, to cause to resound BhP. x, 35, 12.
uparaamam* = ind. near Rma T.
uparam* = P. . (Pn. 1-3, 85) {-ramati}, {-te}, to cease from motion, stop TS. TBr. S'Br. S'nkhS'r.; to cease from
action, be inactive or quiet (as a quietist) BhP. Bhag.; to pause, stop (speaking or doing anything) S'Br. S'nkhS'r.
s'vGri. Pacat. &c.; to leave off, desist, give up, renounce (with abl.) MBh. R. BhP. Comm. on BrirUp. Das'.; to await,
wait for S'Br. ii, 2, 1, 2; iii, 8, 2, 29; to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Pn. 1-3, 84: Caus. {-ramayati}, to cause to
cease or stop; to render quiet Nir. Ks'.
Sanskrit Dictionary
uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting, giving up Sus'r. Snkhyak.; death Kd.
uparacita * = mfn. constructed, formed, made, prepared BhP. Bhartri. Kd.
uparata * = mfn. ceased, stopped, quiet, indifferent, patient S3Br. MBh. BhP. &c.; dead S3a1n3khGr2. R. Pan5cat. &c.;
ceasing to exist, disappeared, nonexisting, Pa1rGr. Mn. BhP. &c.; withdrawn or retired from, left off, given up R.
uparataM = ceased
uparanjitaiH = splendid, resplendant
uparamate = cease (because one feels transcendental happiness)
uparamet.h = one should hold back
upari = (adv) above
uparaamam* = ind. near Rma T.
uparaama* = m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.
uparajya* = ind. p. having dyed or coloured; darkening, obscuring BhP. iv, 29, 69.
upasad *= 1 P. %{-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. %{-sadema}; impf. %{-asadat}) to sit upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75, 8; to sit near to,
approach (esp. respectfully), revere, worship RV. AV. TS. S3Br. &c. MBh. Ragh. &c.; to approach (a teacher in order to
become his pupil) Katha1s. [209,2]; to approach asking, request, crave for RV. i, 89, 2; vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S3Br. ii; to
approach in a hostile manner BhP. vi, 3, 27; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14, 6; to perform the Upasad ceremony
(see below) TS. vi, 2, 3, 4: Caus. %{-sAdayati}, to place or put upon or by the side of TS. TBr. S3Br. &c.; to cause to
approach, lead near (see %{upa-sAdita}).\\ 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV. VS. xxx, 9;
(%{t}) m. N. of a particular fire (different from the Ga1rhapatya, Dakshin2a1gni, and A1havani1ya) VahniP.; (%{t}) f.
attendance, worship, service RV. ii, 6, 1; settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3; siege, assault S3Br. iii AitBr. Ka1t2h.; N. of a
ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the Sutya1 or pressing of the Soma (it lasts several days, and forms part of the
Jyotisht2oma) VS. xix, 14 TS. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. &c.
upasada * = mfn. one who goes near W.; m. the Upasad ceremony (see above) ChUp.; approach W.; gift, donation W.;
(%{I}) f. (%{u4pa-}) continuous propagation S3Br. xiv. 9, 4, 23 (= %{saMtati} Comm.)
uparam *= P. A1. (Pa1n2. 1-3, 85) %{-ramati}, %{-te}, to cease from motion, stop TS. TBr. S3Br. S3a1n3khS3r.; to
cease from action, be inactive or quiet (as a quietist) BhP. Bhag.; to pause, stop (speaking or doing anything) S3Br.
S3a1n3khS3r. A1s3vGr2. Pan5cat. &c.; to leave off, desist, give up, renounce (with abl.) MBh. R. BhP. Comm. on
Br2A1rUp. Das3.; to await, wait for S3Br. ii, 2, 1, 2; iii, 8, 2, 29; to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Pa1n2. 1-3, 84:
Caus. %{-ramayati}, to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Nir. Ka1s3.
uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting, giving up Sus3r. Sa1m2khyak.; death
Ka1d.
uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Veda1ntas.; ceasing, discontinuance. [205,1]
uparamatva* n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions) Veda1ntas.
upasaadanavn. the act of placing or putting upon Sa1y. on TBr. ii, 1, 3, 6; approaching respectfully, reverence, respect
BhP.
upasaadana* = &c. see %{upa-sad}.
upasadana* = n. the act of approaching (respectfully), respectful salutation MBh. i; approaching (a work), setting about,
undertaking Gaut.; approaching or going to (a teacher [gen.] to learn any science or art [loc.]) MBh. iii, 17169;
performing (a ceremony or sacrifice) R.; neighbouring abode, neighbourhood R.
upas'ama* = m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping, cessation, relaxation, intermission
Sanskrit Dictionary
Ma1n2d2Up. Prab. Pan5cat. &c.; tranquillity of mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii Bhartr2. S3a1ntis3.; (in astron.) N. of
the twentieth Muhu1rta.
upasarpa * = m. approaching, approach, sexual approach MBh. iii, 2513 (= %{upa-sasarpa} Ni1lak.; erroneous for
%{upa-sRpya} BRD.)
upasrita *= mfn. one who has approached, come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i, 4, 6, 1 BhP.; approached, applied to
TS. ii, 1, 4, 6; asked for S3a1n3khBr.; furnished with, having BhP. iv.
upasritavat *= mfn. one who has approached R.
upasritya *= ind. p. having approached, approaching, &c.
upas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean (anything) against TBr. i, 6, 6, 2 S3Br. xiv Ka1tyS3r.: A1. %{-zrayate} (p. of the pf. %{zizriyANa4}) to lean against, support, prop RV. x, 18, 12; to cling to, fit closely (as an ornament) RV. vii, 56, 13; to place
one's self near to, go towards MBh. BhP.; to accommodate one's self to ChUp. vi, 8, 2.
upasrishTa* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied to
the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished
with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.;
visited, afflicted, burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upas'rI* = f. an over-garment (fitting closely) KaushUp.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.; having recourse to,
relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to; approached, arrived at, abiding in MBh.
BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or upon which one rests Uttarar.
upasrishtha * = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied
to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished
with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.;
visited, afflicted, burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upasthaana * =n. proximity, imminence S'ank.
upa-sthaa * =P. . {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place one's self near, be
present (. if no object follows Pn. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's self near, expose one's self to (with loc.
or acc.) RV. AV. KtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place one's self before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV.
S'Br. s'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only . Vrtt. on Pn. 1-3, 25);
to lead towards (as a way, only . ib.); to go or betake one's self to Pacat. R.; to stand near in order to serve, attend,
serve MBh. Kaths. &c.; to attend on, worship (only . Kty. on Pn. 1-3, 25, e.g. {arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the
sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or
serviceable by, attend on with prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the Grhapatya with a
Riic addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with youthfulness
Ks'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for assistance, be near at hand or at the
disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's share, come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV.
vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.: Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down
by the side of (e.g. a woman) AitBr. s'vS'r. KtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh. R. S'ak.
&c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pthha) RPrt. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upa4-stha * =1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-surrounded or sheltered
place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr. viii,
9, 5 s'vGri. S'nkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a
woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br. MBh. Mn. Yj. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.
upa-stha4 * =2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
upas'ada * = m. (perhaps fr. 2. %{zad}, `" to excel "') a particular Eka1ha or sacrifice during one day A1s3vS3r. Vait.;
removal of an impediment to get children Sa1y. on Ta1n2d2yaBr. xix, 3, 1.
upasad * = 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV. VS. xxx, 9; ({t}) m. N. of a particular fire
(different from the Grhapatya, Dakshingni, and havanya) VahniP.; ({t}) f. attendance, worship, service RV. ii, 6, 1;
settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3; siege, assault S'Br. iii AitBr. Kthh.; N. of a ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the
Suty or pressing of the Soma (it lasts several days, and forms part of the Jyotishthoma) VS. xix, 14 TS. S'Br. KtyS'r.
&c.
upasatpatha * = m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.
upa-satti * = f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upa-sattR * = {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person who is domiciled,
the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii, 82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upa+shaM = to extinguish
upas'am * = P. A1. %{-zAmyati}, %{-te}, to become calm or quiet; to cease, become extinct AitBr. Kaus3. A1s3vGr2.
ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-zamayati} and ep. %{-zAmayati}, to make quiet, calm, extinguish; to tranquillize, appease,
pacify, mitigate MBh. VarBr2S. Das3. &c.
upas'ama *= m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping, cessation, relaxation, intermission MndUp.
Prab. Pacat. &c.; tranquillity of mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii Bhartri. S'ntis'.; (in astron.) N. of the twentieth
Muhrta.
upas'Amaka * = mfn. calming, quieting, affording repose, making patient Lalit.
upas'amakSaya * = m. (with Jainas) the destruction (of activity &c.) through quietism Sarvad.
upas'amana * = mf(%{I})n. calming, appeasing BhP.; (%{am}) n. the becoming extinct, ceasing Nir.; calming,
appeasing, mitigation MBh. BhP. Sus3r. Pan5cat.; an anodyne.
upasangamya = approaching
upasarga = Prefix
upasat*= (in comp. for 2. {upa-sa4d} below).
upasattva*= n. the being an Upasad ceremony (see below) MaitrS. iii, 8, 1.
upasatpatha*= m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.
upasatti*= f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upasattR*= {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person who is domiciled, the
inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii, 82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upas'ama m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping, cessation, relaxation, intermission Ma1n2d2Up.
Prab. Pan5cat. &c.; tranquillity of mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii Bhartr2. S3a1ntis3.; (in astron.) N. of the twentieth
Muhu1rta.
upastabdha * = mfn. supported, stayed Car.
upastambh* = P. %{-stabhnAti} (1. sg. %{-stabhnomi} TBr. iii, 7, 10, 1) to set up, erect, prop, stay, support S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. P. (Subj. %{-stabhAyat}) to raise, erect, set up, stay, support RV.; %{-stambhayati} id.
upashthambha * = &c. see %{upa-stambha}.
upastambha * = m. (less correctly written %{upa-STambha}) stay, support, strengthening Hit. Comm. on ChUp.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
encouragement, incitement; excitement Comm. on Sa1m2khyak.; base, basis, ground, occasion; support of life (as food,
sleep, and government of passions) Car.
upastambhaka * = mfn. (less correctly written %{upa-STa-}) supporting, promoting, encouraging Sa1m2khyak. Comm.
on Br2A1rUp.
upastambhana * = n. a support, stay TS. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
upastara * = m. anything laid under, a substratum AV. xiv, 2, 21.
upastaara * = m. anything poured under Nya1yam. x, 2, 2.
upastaraNa * = n. the act of spreading over, a cover RV. ix, 69, 5 AV. v, 19, 12; the act of spreading out under, anything
laid under, an undermattress, pillow A1s3vGr2. A1p. BhP. &c.; the act of pouring under S3a1n3khGr2. i, 13, 16; pouring
out so as to form a substratum, a substratum (said of the water which is sipped before taking food; cf. %{amRto7pa-})
A1s3vGr2. i, 24, 12 HirGr2. &c.; scattering grass (round the A1havani1ya and Ga1rhapatya fire, accompanied with the
Mantra %{ubhAv@agnI@upa-stRNate}) Comm. on TS. i, 6, 7, 2, &c.
12 upastava m. praise Sam2hUp.
upasr = (root) go near *= P. %{-sarati}, to go towards, step near, approach, visit TBr. & Up. AitBr. MBh. Ragh. Vikr.
&c.; to approach (sexually) MBh. iii; to set about, undertake S3a1n3khBr. ChUp.
upasravaNa *= n. the flowing out; termination of the periodical flow of a woman Ka1tyS3r. xxv, 11, 13.
upasrij *= P. A1. %{-sRjati}, %{-sRjate} (aor. A1. 1. sg. %{-sRkSi} RV. ii, 35, 1: Pass. 3. sg. %{-sarji} RV. ix, 69, 1) to let
loose upon or towards; to let stream upon, pour on, shed forth RV. vi, 36, 4; x, 98, 12 VS. xi, 38 TS. v TBr. i S3Br. iii; to
emit towards, cause to go near, bring or lead near RV. BhP.; to admit (a calf to its mother) RV. viii, 72, 7; ix, 69, 1 VS.
S3Br. S3a1n3khS3r. &c.; to add, subjoin, increase AitBr. A1s3vS3r. APra1t. &c.; to visit, afflict, plague, trouble S3Br. xiv;
to come together or into contact with Car.; to cause, effect BhP. iv, 19, 19: Caus. see %{upa-sarjita}.
uupasrishtha *= mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied
to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished
with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.;
visited, afflicted, burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
11 upasRta mfn. one who has approached, come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i, 4, 6, 1 BhP.; approached, applied to
TS. ii, 1, 4, 6; asked for S3a1n3khBr.; furnished with, having BhP. iv.
upasrita *=m mfn. one who has approached, come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i, 4, 6, 1 BhP.; approached, applied to
TS. ii, 1, 4, 6; asked for S3a1n3khBr.; furnished with, having BhP. iv.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.
upasrishtha * = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied
to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished
with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.;
visited, afflicted, burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upasruta* A= finding out, coming to hear, gathering, figuring out
upasevate = enjoys
upasthaa = to stand near, to stand by
upasthaa * 2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near L.
upastha* = P. . {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place one's self near, be
present (. if no object follows Pn. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's self near, expose one's self to (with loc.
or acc.) RV. AV. KtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place one's self before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV.
Sanskrit Dictionary
S'Br. s'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only . Vrtt. on Pn. 1-3, 25);
to lead towards (as a way, only . ib.); to go or betake one's self to Pacat. R.; to stand near in order to serve, attend,
serve MBh. Kaths. &c.; to attend on, worship (only . Kty. on Pn. 1-3, 25, e.g. {arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the
sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or
serviceable by, attend on with prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the Grhapatya with a
Riic addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with youthfulness
Ks'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for assistance, be near at hand or at the
disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's share, come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV.
vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.: Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down
by the side of (e.g. a woman) AitBr. s'vS'r. KtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh. R. S'ak.
&c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pthha) RPrt. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upades'a * = m. pointing out to, reference to Pa1n2. 1-4, 70 Kap. Ba1dar. Jaim. &c.; specification, instruction, teaching,
information, advice, prescription TUp. MBh. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c.; plea, pretext (= %{apa-deza}) Mn. ix, 268 Ragh.
Katha1s.; initiation, communication of the initiatory Mantra or formula Ka1tyS3r.; (in Gr.) original enunciation (i.e. the
original form [often having an Anubandha] in which a root, base, affix, augment, or any word or part of a word is
enunciated in grammatical treatises) Pa1n2. Ka1s3. Siddh. &c.; N. of a class of writings (Buddh.); a name, title MW.
upakalpita * = mfn. prepared, procured, fetched; arranged &c.
upakship P. %{-kSipati}, to throw at, hurl against BhP. Sa1h.; to beat, strike S3Br.; to strike with words, insult, accuse,
insinuate R.; to allude, hint at Sa1h. Mr2icch. Das3.; to speak of, describe, define Sa1h. Sarvad.; to commence, set about
(a work) Mall.
uparama * = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting, giving up Sus3r. Sa1m2khyak.; death
Ka1d.
uparata *= mfn. ceased, stopped, quiet, indifferent, patient S3Br. MBh. BhP. &c.; dead S3a1n3khGr2. R. Pan5cat. &c.;
ceasing to exist, disappeared, nonexisting, Pa1rGr. Mn. BhP. &c.; withdrawn or retired from, left off, given up R.
uparaama * = m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.
upasaadita *= mfn. caused to come near, led near, conveyed to BhP.
upas'aanta *= mfn. calmed, appeased, pacified; calm, tranquil BhP. Katha1s.; ceased, extinct, intermitted R.
Pras3nUp.
upasrishtha* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied
to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished
with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.;
visited, afflicted, burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upasrita* = mfn. one who has approached, come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i, 4, 6, 1 BhP.; approached, applied to
TS. ii, 1, 4, 6; asked for S3a1n3khBr.; furnished with, having BhP. iv.
upasthe = on the seat
upastha * = 1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-surrounded or sheltered
place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr. viii,
9, 5 s'vGri. S'nkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a
woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br. MBh. Mn. Yj. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.
upasthita *= mfn. come near, approached, arisen, arrived, appeared A1s3vGr2. MBh. Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.; present, near at
hand, ready for R. BhP. Kum. &c.; near, impending Mn. iii, 187 MBh. &c.; fallen to one's share, received, gained,
obtained S3ak. Ragh. &c.; accomplished, happened; lying or being upon Sus3r.; turned towards R.; approached, come
near to, visited MBh. Ragh. &c.; caused, occasioned; felt; known; clean, cleansed L.; (in the Pra1tis3a1khyas) followed by
%{iti} (as a word in the Pada-pa1t2ha) RPra1t. VPra1t. Pa1n2.; m. a door keeper, porter L.; (%{A}, %{am}) fn.N. of
several metres; (%{am}) n. (scil. %{pada}) a word followed by %{iti} (in the Pada-pa1t2ha; cf. %{sthita} and
%{sthito7pasthita}) RPra1t. VPra1t.
Sanskrit Dictionary
upataapa * = m. heat, warmth; heating Sus3r. L.; pain, trouble; paining S3ak. 122, 2 (v.l. for %{anu-tApa}) Sus3r.;
sickness, disease, hurt A1s3vGr2. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; haste, hurry L.
upataapaka * = mfn. causing pain, paining.
upatishya* = m. N. of a son of Tishya.
upatishthhaasu* = see {upa-sthA}., mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or being about to betake one's self to Das'.
upavana * = n. a small forest or wood, grove, garden MBh. Mn. Megh. &c.; a planted forest L.
upavastu = (n) by-product
upavishat.h = sat down again
upavishati = to sit
upavishya = sitting
upaviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to go or come near, approach RV. viii, 96, 6; to sit down, take a seat (as men), lie down (as
animals) AitBr. S3Br. MBh. S3ak. Hit. &c.; to enter; to stop, settle one's self MBh. iii; to sit near to MBh. i, 573 R. ii; to
set (as the sun) Katha1s.; to apply or devote one's self to, cultivate BhP.: Caus. P. %{-vezayati}, to cause to sit down,
summon or invite to sit down AitBr. A1s3vGr2. Gobh. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; to cause to settle BhP. R.
upAviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to enter, enter into any state MBh. R. BhP.; (the augmented forms might also be referred to
%{upa-viz}.)
upavishhTha = seated
upavrajya * = ind. p. having gone towards, coming near, approaching TBr. iii, 10, 11, 3 BhP.; going behind, following
upavriMh * = Caus. {-vRMhayati}, to make strong or powerful, promote BhP. MrkP. &c. [207, 2]; (see also {upabRh}.)
upavRMhaNa [upabRMhaNa]* =. the act of making strong, invigorating, promoting R. BhP.
upavRMhita * = mfn. made strong or powerful, invigorated, supported, promoted; (ifc.) increased or supported or aided
by, accompanied by MBh. BhP. Kaths. Das'. &c.
upavRMhin * = mfn. invigorating, supporting Kaths.
upayaa * = P. %{-yAti} (inf. %{-yai4}, opposed to %{ava-yai4} see %{ava-yA}) to come up RV. viii, 47, 12; to come
near, go near or towards, approach (for protection), visit, frequent RV. AV. A1s3vGr2. MBh. BhP. Katha1s. &c.; to
approach (a woman for sexual intercourse) MBh. R. &c.; to arrive at, reach, obtain, to get into any state or condition
MBh. VarBr2S. Ragh. &c.; to occur, befall Hit.; to give one's self up to VP.
2 upaaya &c. see p. 215, col. 2.
3 upaayaa P. %{-yAti}, to come near or towards, approach RV. MBh. BhP. Katha1s. &c.; to come into any state or
condition, undergo Ma1rkP. Kir.
4 upaaya m. coming near, approach, arrival Bhartr2.; that by which one reaches one's aim, a means or expedient (of
any kind), way, stratagem, craft, artifice MBh. Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. &c.; (esp.) a means of success aga
upayaanti = come
upayuj.h = use
upayuj* = only . (Pn. 1-3, 64) {-yuGkte} (but also rarely P. e.g. impf. {-ayunak} RV. x, 102, 7) to harness to RV. AV.
iv, 23, 3 S'Br. v; to take for one's self, appropriate RV. i, 165, 5 MBh. Mn. viii, 40; to follow, attach one's self to, be
devoted; to undertake MBh.; to use, employ, apply S'Br. AitBr. MBh. BhP.; to have the use of, enjoy (e.g. food or a
woman or dominion &c.) s'vGri. Lthy. MBh. &c.: Pass. {-yujyate}, to be employed or applicable, be useful or fit or
proper MBh. Pacat. Kaths. &c.: Caus. {-yojayati}, to use, employ Sus'r.; to cause to eat MnGri.; to come into contact
Sanskrit Dictionary
BhP.
upayoga = use
upayogitaa = Utility
upetaH = haaving reached or attained
upeta * = mfn. one who has come near or approached, one who has betaken himself to, approached (for protection),
arrived at, abiding in MBh. VarBriS. &c.; one who has obtained or entered into any state or condition, one who has
undertaken (e.g. a vow) MBh. Ratnv. Sh. &c.; come to, fallen to the share of Prab.; (a pupil) who has approached (a
teacher), initiated Yj. iii, 2 s'vGri. i, 22, 21; 22 PrGri. iii, 10, 10; accompanied by, endowed with, furnished with,
having, possessing MBh. R. Bhag. Hit. &c.; one who has approached (a woman sexually) T.
upetya = achieving; 1 mfn. to be set about or commenced Ta1n2d2yaBr. iv, 10, 3; 4.//2 ind. p. having approached,
approaching &c.
upekshaa = disregard *= m. N. of a son of S'va-phalka Hariv.; ({A}) f. overlooking, disregard, negligence, indifference,
contempt, abandonment MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c.; endurance, patience; dissent; trick, deceit (as one of the minor
expedients in war) L.; regard L.
upekshita *= mfn. looked at; overlooked, disregarded &c.
upekshitavya *= mfn. to be looked at; to be regarded or paid attention to Nir. R.; to be overlooked or disregarded,
S3a1rn3g.
upendra* = m. `" younger brother of Indra "'N. of Vishnu or Kriishna (born subsequently to Indra, especially as son of
Aditi, either as ditya or in the dwarf Avatra) MBh. Hariv. R. VP. &c.; N. of a Nga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.
upeya * = mfn. to be set about or undertaken, a thing undertaken Mn. vii, 215 Ma1lav.; to be approached sexually Mn.
xi, 172; to be striven after or aimed at, that which is aimed at, aim Naish. Comm. on VarBr2S.
uposhya* = 1 mfn. to be celebrated or passed by fasting (as time).
upo7shya* = 2 ind. p. having fasted, fasting MBh. Yj. &c.
uragaan.h = serpents
urasthala = place on the chest
uru = thighs\\*= mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large, much, excessive,
excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an ngirasa rshBr.; of a son of the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f.
the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space, space, room RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give
opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely, far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.)
ind. far, far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "';
&68196[217, 3] {uras}, `" power, ability. "']
urukrama: 'wide-stride', giant atep, name for vamana.
urvii *= f. (cf. %{uru4}), `" the wide one "', the wide earth, earth, soil RV. i, 46, 2; ii, 4, 7 S3ak. Mn. &c.; (%{vI4}) f. du.
`" the two wide ones "', heaven and earth RV. vi, 10, 4; x, 12, 3; 88, 14; (%{vya4s}) f. pl. (with and without %{SaS}) the
six spaces (viz. the four quarters of the sky with the upper and lower spaces) RV. AV.; (also applied to heaven, earth,
day, night, water, and vegetation) S3a1n3khS3r.; (also to fire, earth, water, wind, day and night) S3Br. i, 5, 1, 22; rivers
Nir.
usha * = 1 m. (for 2. see s.v.) early morning, dawn, daybreak L.; bdellium; saline earth L.; ({A}) f. see below; ({am}) n.
fossile salt L. (cf. {USa}.)
ushaa4 * = f. morning light, dawn, morning RV. AV. xii, 2, 45 VS. &c.; night VP. Car.; a cow L.; N. of a daughter of Bna
and wife of A-niruddha AgP.; burning, scorching Sus'r.; ({A}) ind. at daybreak L.; at night L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
usha * = 2 (for 1. see col. 1) m. (probably for {uza}, fr. {vaz}; cf. {uza-dah}), a lover L.
us'atii* = f. incorrect for %{ruzatI} q.v.
us'at * = 1 %{an}, or %{uzata} m. N. of a king Hariv.\\2 mfn. (pres. p. of %{vaz} q.v.) wishing, desiring.
uru * = mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large, much, excessive, excellent
RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an ngirasa rshBr.; of a son of the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth;
see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space, space, room RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity
RV.); ({u}) ind. widely, far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far, far off,
to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3]
{uras}, `" power, ability. "']
urugAya * = mfn. making large strides, wide-striding [fr. %{gA} Nir. ii, 7; also according to Sa1y., `" hymned by many,
much-praised "', fr. %{gai}] RV. AV. VS. TBr. &c. (said of Indra, Vishn2u, the Soma, and the As3vins); spacious for
walking upon, wide, broad (as a way) AitBr. vii, 13, 13; (%{am}) n. wide space, scope for movement RV. S3Br.
Kat2hUp.; %{-vat} mfn. offering ample space for motion, unconfined ChUp.
uruka = (n) pant
urukrama * = mfn. far-stepping, making wide strides (said of Vishn2u) RV. TUp.; m. (Vishn2u's) wide stride MaitrS.
i, 3, 9; N. of Vishn2u BhP.; of S3iva.
urjitaM = glorious
urvaarukaM = (Masc.Acc.S)water melon; melon
ushanaa = Usana
ushhitvaa = after dwelling
ushhTra = a camel
ushhTraH = (m) camel
ushhTrapakshii = (m) ostrich
ushhTraasana = the camel posture
ushhNa = (summer) hot, warm; ardent, passionate, impetuous; pungent, acrid; sharp, activ
ushhNamaapakam.h = (n) thermometer
ushhNarakshakam.h = (n) thermos flask
ushhNiishham.h = (n) turban
ushhmapaaH = the forefathers
usaH = (f) dawn
uSat * = m. N. of a son of Su-yaja Hariv.; a harsh speech; erroneous for
uttishthhaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off; the wish to leave (a sacrifice &c.) unfinished Nya1yam.
uvaacha = said
uta = it is said, * 2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. &c.; often used for the sake of emphasis, especially at
the end of a line after {iti} or a verb (e.g. {sarva-bhUtAni tam pArtha sadA paribhavanty uta}, all creatures, O king,
certainly always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag. &c. (As an interrogative particle, generally at the beginning of
Sanskrit Dictionary
the second or following part of a double interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g. {katham nirNIyate kiM syAn niSkAraNo
bandhur uta vizvAsa-ghAtakaH}, how can it be decided whether he be a friend without a motive or a violator of
confidence? Hit.) Kum. Kaths. Bhartri. Sh. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by {Aho} (e.g. {kaccit tvam asi
mAnuSI utA7ho surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine? Nala), or by {Aho-svit} (e.g. {zAlihotraH kiM nu
syAd utA7hosvid rAjA nalaH}, can it be S'lihotra or king Nala?) Rarely {kim} is repeated before {uta} used in this
sense (e.g. {kim nu svargAt prAptA tasyA rUpeNa kimutA7nyA7gatA}, has she arrived from heaven or has another come
in her form? Mriicch.) Amar. MBh. &c. (As a particle of wishing, especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a
potential) would that! utinam! (e.g. {utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!) ({uta} preceded by {kim}) on the
contrary, how much more, how much less (e.g. {samartho 'si sahasram api jetuM kimutai9kam}, thou art able to
conquer even a thousand, how much more one R.) S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. ({uta} preceded by {prati}) on the contrary,
rather (e.g. {eSa pRSTo 'smAbhir na jalpati hanti praty-uta pASANaih}, this one questioned by us does not speak, but
rather throws stones at us) Kaths. Pacat. &c.; {uta vA}, or else, and (e.g. {samudrAd uta vA purISAt}, from the sea or
from the moisture in the air); {vA} - {uta vA} or {utA7ho vA7pi} - {vA}, either - or; {uta} - {uta}, both - and (e.g. {uta
balavAn utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak); {kim} - {uta vA}, whether - or else.
uu4sha * = m. ({uS} BRD.; {US} T.), salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v,
120 Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the Malaya
mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil impregnated with saline particles,
sterile soil KtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bna and wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
utaaho * = and %{utA7ho-svid} see 2. %{uta4} above.
utha * =m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.
utkalita *= mfn. unbound, loosened BhP.; opened, blossoming; brilliant, bright BhP.; appearing, coming forth,
becoming visible BhP.; regretting, longing for L.; prosperous, rising, increasing L.
utkataa *= f. a state of longing or regret Katha1s.; the plant Pothos Officinalis having aromatic seeds L.
utkatha = fierce * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ud} with affix %{kaTa} Pa1n2. 5-2, 29), exceeding the usual measure, immense,
gigantic R. Prab. Pan5cat. &c.; richly endowed with, abounding in MBh. R. Pan5cat. &c.; drunk, mad, furious MBh. R.;
excessive, much; superior, high, proud, haughty; uneven; difficult; m. fluid dropping from the temples of an elephant in
rut L.; the plant Saccharum Sara, or a similar kind of grass Sus3r.; intoxication, pride L.; (%{A}) f. the plant Laurus
Cassia L.; N. of a town; (%{am}) n. the fragrant bark of Laurus Cassia.
utkaTaasana = the the hunkering posture
utkarshhaH = (m) prosperity, growth
utkrityamaana = one who is cut up
utkrishhTa = excellent
utkrishtha* = mfn. (opposed to {apa-kRSTa} and {ava-kRSTa}), drawn up or out; attracted; extracted; taking a high
position; excellent, eminent; superior, best; (ifc. e.g. {jJAno7tkRSTa} mfn. eminent in knowledge); much, most,
excessive Mn. MBh. Pacat. &c.
utkrishthatA* = f. or excellence, superiority, eminence.
utkrishthatva* = n. excellence, superiority, eminence.
ut-krishtha-bhUma
utkrishthabhUma* = m. a good soil.
utkrishthavedana* = n. marrying a man of a higher caste Mn. iii, 44.
utkrishthopAdhitA* = f. state of having something superior as an indispensable condition Vedntas. 42.
utkraamati = gives up
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
measure; contradiction Car.; (in the Mimns philosophy) the answer (the fourth member of an adhikarana or case);
superiority, excellence, competency R. Pacat. Kaths. &c.; result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic, what
remains or is left, conclusion, remainder, excess, over and above, (often ifc. e.g. {bhayo7ttara}, attended with danger,
having danger as the result; {dharmo7ttara}, chiefly characterized by virtue; {SaSTy-uttaraM sahasram}, one thousand
with an excess of sixty, i.e. 1060; {sapto7ttaraM zatam}, 107); remainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song Yj.;
N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain the word `" {uttara} "'; a particular figure in rhetoric; N. of the last book of
the Rmyana; ({am}) ind. at the conclusion, at the end e.g. {bhavad-uttaram}, having the word `" {bhavat} "' at the
end; {asro7ttaram IkSitA}, looked at with tears at the close i.e. with a glance ending in tears; afterwards, thereafter;
behind MBh. &c.; in the following part (of a book); [cf. Gk. $.]
u4ttara* = 1 &c. see p. 178, col. 1; for 2. see {ut-tRR}, col. 2. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 178, col. 1), crossing over; to be
crossed (cf. {dur-uttara}).
uttaraa* = ind. north, northerly; northward (with gen. or abl.) Pn. Vop.; ({uttarA-patha}, &c. see p. 178, col. 3.)
uttaraM = covering
uttaraNa * = mfn. coming out of, crossing over VS. &c.; ({am}) n. coming forth or out of (especially out of water)
VarBriS.; landing, disembarking; crossing rivers &c. Pacat.
ut-taaraNa * = mfn. transporting over MBh.; bringing over, rescuing; ({am}) n. the act of landing, delivering; rescuing,
helping to cross over or escape; transportation R. &c.
uttararuupaM = having it in the northern direction
uttaraaphaalguni = Twelfth nakshatra
uttaraabhaadrapada = Twenty-sixth nakshatra
uttaraayaNaM = when the sun passes on the northern side
uttaraashhaDhaa = Twenty-first nakshatra
uttaana = an intense stretch
uttishthha = get up
uttishThaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off; the wish to leave (a sacrifice &c.) unfinished Nya1yam
uttishthhata = (Verb Imp.II P.pl.PP)get up; stand up; rise; arise
uttunga = tall
utthaa * = ({ud-sthA} Pn. 8-4, 61; cf. {ut-tambh}, col. 1) P. . (but not . in the sense of, `" rising, standing up "' Pn.
1-3, 24) {-tiSThati}, {-te} (pf. {-tasthau} aor. {-asthAt} &c.) to stand up, spring up, rise, raise one's self, set out RV. AV.
S'Br. Ragh. S'ak. Bhag. &c.; to rise (from the dead) BhP.; to rise (from any occupation), leave off; to finish AitBr. S'Br.
TndyaBr. &c.; to come forth, arise, appear, become visible, result; to spring, originate from RV. AV. S'Br. TS. MBh.
Kaths. &c.; to come in (as revenues) S'ak.; to rise (for the performance of any action); to be active or brave; to make
efforts, take pains with, strive for; to excel MBh. R. &c.: Caus. {-thApayati} (aor. 1. sg. {u4d-atiSThipam} AV. vii, 95, 2)
to cause, to stand up, raise, rouse, start AV. AitBr. TBr. S'Br. MBh. Das'. BhP. &c.; to set up, lift up, erect Gobh. MBh. R.
Hit. &c.; to get out Hit.; to drive out, send out, push out AitBr.: Kaths. BhP.; to excite; to produce Ragh. Sh.; to
arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive, animate; to stir up, agitate S'Br. KaushUp. Hariv. R. Kaths. &c.: Desid. {tiSThAsati}, to wish or intend to stand up S'Br. xi, 1, 6, 5; to intend to leave off (a sacrifice) Nyyam.
ut-tha * = mfn. (generally ifc.) standing up, rising, arising MBh. Ragh. Caurap. &c.; coming forth, originating, derived
from Bhag. Kaths. Rjat. Pacat. &c.; m. arising, coming forth L.; [cf. Zd. {usta}.]
utthaM = produced of
utthita = strechted *= mfn. risen or rising (from a seat &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP. Katha1s. &c.; risen (from a sickness)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Hariv.; elevated, high VarBr2S. Ragh. &c.; come forth, arisen; born, produced, originated RV. Mn. MBh. BhP. &c.; come
in (as revenue) Hit.; endeavouring, striving, exerting one's self, active MBh. R. Ka1m. &c.; happened, occuring;
advancing, increasing; extended; high, lofty, eminent (said of a Praga1tha consisting of ten Pa1das) RPra1t.; (%{am}) n.
(%{u4t-thitam}) rising, arising AV. iii, 15, 4.
utthitaa = present
utpaaTin.h = (masc) puller-up
utpaataya = (causative of ut+pat) produce
utpaadanam.h = (n) production, creation
utpatti = production* = f. arising, birth, production, origin Sus'r. MBh. Yj. &c.; resurrection Mn.; production in
general, profit, productiveness, Rjat; producing as an effect or result, giving rise to, generating as a consequence;
occurrence, the being mentioned or quoted (as a Vedic passage) Jaim.
utpad.h = to obtain
utpiithhikaa = (f) table
utplavate = to jump
utsanna = spoiled
utsava = festival * m. enterprise, beginning RV. i, 100, 8; 102, 1; a festival, jubilee; joy, gladness, merriment MBh.
Ragh. Kaths. Amar. &c.; opening, blossoming BhP.; height, elevation; insolence L.; passion, wrath L.; wish, rising of a
wish L.
utsaadanaarthaM = for the sake of causing annihilation
utsaadyante = are devastated
utsaaha = enthusiasm *= m. power, strength; strength of will, resolution; effort, perseverance, strenuous and
continuous exertion, energy; fimness, fortitude R. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c.; joy, happiness Vet.; a thread L.
utsikta *= mfn. overflowing, foaming over; puffed up, superabundant Car. BhP. Ra1jat.; drawn too tight (as a bow)
Hariv. 1876; elevated, raised; haughty, proud; wanton; rude; crack-brained, disordered, disturbed in mind MBh. BhP.
Mn. Katha1s. &c.
utsiideyuH = would be put into ruin
utsrija = give up
utsrij* = ({ud-sRj}) P. . {-sRjati}, {-te}, to let loose, let off or go [182,3]; to set free; to open RV. AitBr. s'vGri. and
S'r. KtyS'r. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to pour out, emit, send forth s'vGri. MBh. &c.; to sling, throw, cast forth or away; to lay
aside MBh. R. Mriicch. &c.; to quit, leave, abandon, avoid, eschew Mn. Yj. MBh. &c.; to discontinue, suspend, cease,
leave off TS. TBr. TndyaBr. KtyS'r. &c.; to send away, dismiss, discharge AitBr. S'nkhS'r. MBh.; to drive out or away
S'Br.; to hand out, deliver, grant, give AV. xii, 3, 46 BhP. R. Mlatm.; to bring forth, produce, create AV. vi, 36, 2 R.:
Desid. {-sisRkSati}, to intend to let loose PrGri.; to intend to leave BhP.
utsrijya* = ind. p. having let loose, having abandoned &c
utsrijaami = send forth
utsrijya = giving up
utkaNTha * = 1 mfn. having the neck uplifted (on the point of doing anything) Ragh.; having the throat open (as in
crying) BhP.; longing for; m. longing for; a kind of sexual union L.; ({A}) f. longing for (a beloved person or thing);
regretting or missing anything or a person MBh. Bhartri. Pacat. Amar. &c. \\ 2 Nom. . {utkaNThate}, to raise the
Sanskrit Dictionary
neck; to long for, regret, sorrow for R. S'is'. Bhathth. &c.: Caus. {utkaNThayati}, to cause any one to lift up the neck; to
excite longing, inspire with tender emotions Bhartri. Kvya7d. &c.
uusa * = salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c. (according to
the Brhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in
the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of
a daughter of Bna and wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
uuchchhabala = Exaltation strength part of Shad Bala
uuna *= mfn. (%{av} Un2. iii, 2; ? cf. Zd. %{Una}), wanting, deficient, defective, short of the right quantity, less than
the right number, not sufficient; less (in number, size, or degree), minus, fewer, smaller, inferior AV. x, 8, 15; 44; xii, 1,
61 TS. S3Br. Mn. Ragh. &c.; less than (with abl. e.g. %{lakSAd@Una}, less than a Laksha Katha1s. liii, 10; or ifc. e.g.
%{tad-Una}, inferior to that one Mn. ix, 123), less by (with instr. e.g. %{dvAbhyAm@Una}, less by two S3Br. xi; or ifc.
e.g. %{alpo7na}, less by a little, a little less Mn.; %{paJco7na}, less by five &c.); less by one (prefixed to decimals from
twenty up to one hundred, e.g. %{Una-viMza} = %{eko7na-viMza}, the twentieth minus one, the nineteenth).
uupasad * = 1 P. {-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. {-sadema}; impf. {-asadat}) to sit upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75, 8; to sit near to,
approach (esp. respectfully), revere, worship RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c. MBh. Ragh. &c.; to approach (a teacher in order to
become his pupil) Kaths. [209, 2]; to approach asking, request, crave for RV. i, 89, 2; vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S'Br. ii; to
approach in a hostile manner BhP. vi, 3, 27; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14, 6; to perform the Upasad ceremony
(see below) TS. vi, 2, 3, 4: Caus. {-sAdayati}, to place or put upon or by the side of TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; to cause to
approach, lead near (see {upa-sAdita}).
uurdhva = raised * = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards, raised, elevated, erected,
erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit occurring generally in compounds); ({am}) n.
height, elevation L.; anything placed above or higher (with abl.) L.; ({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft,
above, in the upper regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go
upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in Sanskriit MSS. the later
leaves stand above), subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'nkhS'r. Sus'r. Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam},
hence forward, from that time forward, after that passage, hereafter S'Br. S'nkhS'r. Yj. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt},
after a year Mn. ix, 77; {UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death of (with abl. e.g.
{UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. &69531[222, 1]
{arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]
uurdhvaM = upwards* = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards, raised, elevated, erected,
erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit occurring generally in compounds); ({am}) n.
height, elevation L.; anything placed above or higher (with abl.) L.; ({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft,
above, in the upper regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go
upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in Sanskriit MSS. the later
leaves stand above), subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'nkhS'r. Sus'r. Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam},
hence forward, from that time forward, after that passage, hereafter S'Br. S'nkhS'r. Yj. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt},
after a year Mn. ix, 77; {UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death of (with abl. e.g.
{UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. &69531[222, 1]
{arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]
uurdhva\-prasaarita-ekapaadaasana = balancing forward posture
uurdhva\-mukha = face upwards
uurdhva\-retaH = a celibate intending to control(upward) the semen
uurdhva\-hastattanaasana = the up-stretched arms posture
uurdhvamuulaM = with roots above
uurdhvaat.h = from above
uurja * = mfn. strong, powerful, eminent BhP. S'is'.; invigorating, strengthening; m. N. of a month (= {kArttika}) TS. i
VS. S'Br. Sus'r. i, 19, 9 BhP. &c.; power, strength, vigour, sap MBh. Mn. ii, 55 BhP. &c.; life, breath L.; effort, exertion
Sanskrit Dictionary
L.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. strength, vigour, sap RV. x, 76, 1 AV. SV. Sus'r. &c.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife
of Vasishthha VP. BhP.; ({am}) n. water L.
uurjaad * =(3) mfn. consuming food RV. x, 53, 4.
uurjaavat * =mfn. powerful, strong PrGri. i, 15, 6 MBh.
uurjayat * =mfn. pres. p. of {Urj} q.v.; ({an}) m. N. of a teacher VBr.
uurjavya4 * =mfn. abounding in strength, sappy, strengthening RV. v, 41, 20.
uurjas * ={as} n. vigour, strength, power S
uurjita *= mfn. endowed with strength or power, strong, mighty, powerful, excellent, great, important, gallant,
exceeding MBh. Bhag. Ragh. Hit. &c.; proud, bragging; (%{am}) n. strength, power, valour; (%{am}) ind. excellently.
uurmi = wave *= %{is} mf. (%{R} Un2. iv, 44), a wave, billow RV. AV. VS. Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Ragh. &c.; (figuratively)
wave of pain or passion or grief &c. R. Prab. &c.; `" the waves of existence "' (six are enumerated, viz. cold and heat [of
the body], greediness and illusion [of the mind], and hunger and thirst [of life] Subh.; or according to others, hunger,
thirst, decay, death, grief, illusion Comm. on VP. W.); speed, velocity TBr. ii, 5, 7, r S3is3. v, 4; symbolical expression
for the number six Ra1matUp.; a fold or plait in a garment L.; line, row L.; missing, regretting, desire L.; appearance,
becoming manifest L.; [cf. Lith. {vil-ni-s}; Old High Germ. {wella}; Mod. Germ. {Welle}; Eng. {well}.]
uurNanaabhaH = (m) spider
uurNaa = (f) wool
uuruu = thighs
uuruuH = (m) thigh
uuta * = mfn. (p.p. of {av} q.v.) favoured; loved; promoted, helped; protected.
uuta *= 2 mfn. (p.p. of {ve} q.v.) woven, sewed.
uuti *= 1 f. help, protection, promoting, refreshing favour; kindness, refreshment RV. AV.; means of helping or
promoting or refreshing, goods, riches (also plur.) RV. AV. S3Br. xii; enjoyment, play, dalliance BhP. viii, 5, 44; =
%{kSaraNa} T. \\2 f. the act of weaving, sewing L.; red texture; tissue BhP. ii, 10, 1; a mole's hole TBr. i, 1, 3, 3. \\3 m.
(for 1. and 2. see 3. and 4. %{U} above)N. of a Daitya SkandaP.\\see 1. %{Uta} &c., p. 221, col. 1.
uuyate = to weave
V
va*= 1 ind. or (excluded, like the Lat. {ve}, from the first place in a sentence, and generally immediately following,
rarely and only m.c. preceding, the word to which it refers) RV. &c. &c. (often used in disjunctive sentences; {vA-vA}, `"
either'- `" or "', `" on the one side `" - `" on the other "'; {na vA} - {vA} or {na} - {vA}, `" neither'- `" nor "'; {vA na-vA},
`" either not'-`" or "'; {yadi vA-vA}, `" whether'-`" or "'; in a sentence containing more than two members {vA} is
nearly always repeated, although if a negative is in the first clause it need not be so repeated; {vA} is sometimes
interchangeable with {ca} and {api}, and is frequently combined with other particles, esp. with {atha}, {atho7}, {uta},
{kim}, {yad}, {yadi} q.v. [e.g. {atha vA}, `" or else "']; it is also sometimes used as an expletive); either-or not, optionally
KtyS'r. Mn. &c. (in gram. {vA} is used in a rule to denote its being optional e.g. Pn. 1-2, 13; 35 &c.); as, like (= {iva})
PrGri. MBh. &c.; just, even, indeed, very (= {eva}, laying stress on the preceding word) KtyS'r. Kv.; but even if, even
supposing (followed by a future) Pac. v, 36/37; however, nevertheless Bdar. Blar.; (after a rel. or interr.) possibly,
perhaps, I dare say MBh. Kv. &c. (e.g. {kiM vA zakuntale7ty asya mAtur AkhyA}, `" is his mother's name perhaps
S'akuntal? "' S'ak. vii, 20/21; {ko vA} or {ke vA} followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by `" every
one, all "' e.g. {ke vA na syuH paribhava-padaM niSphalA7ram-bha-yatnAH}, `" everybody whose efforts are fruitless is
an object of contempt "' Megh. 55).
Sanskrit Dictionary
va *= 2 (only L.) m. air, wind; the arm; N. of Varuna; the ocean, water; addressing; reverence; conciliation;
auspiciousness; a dwelling; a tiger; cloth; the esculent root of the water-lily; ({A}) f. going; hurting; an arrow; weaving;
a weaver (?). n. a sort of incantation or Mantra (of which the object is the deity Varuna); = {pra-catas}; mfn. strong,
powerful.
va*= 3 ind.= {iva}, like, as MBh. Kv. &c. (in some more or less doubtful cases).
vaa = or * = 1 the 3rd semivowel (corresponding to the vowels {u} and {U}, and having the sound of the English {v},
except when forming the last member of a conjunct consonant, in which case it is pronounced like {w}; it is often
confounded and interchanged with the labial consonant {b}).
vaa*= 2 cl. 2. P. (Dhtup. xxiv, 42) {vA4ti} (pf. {vavau} Br. MBh. &c.; aor. {avAsIt} Br.; fut. {vAsyati} Megh.; inf.
{vAtum} Hariv.), to blow (as the wind) RV. &c. &c.; to procure or bestow anything (acc.) by blowing RV. i, 89, 4; to
blow towards or upon (acc.) MBh. xii, 2798; to emit an odour, be diffused (as perfume) S'Br.; to smell (trans.) Vikr. iv,
41 (v.l.); to hurt, injure Vop.: Caus. {vApayati} see {nir-vA} and cf. {vAjaya}: Desid. {vivAsati} see 1. {van}. [Cf. Gk. $ for
$; Lat. &283227[934, 2] {ventus}; Slav. {vejati}; Goth. {waian}, {winds}; Germ. {wa7jan}, {woejen}, {wehen}, {Wind};
Angl. Sax. {wa7wan}; Eng. {wind}
vaara *= 1 m. (earlier form of %{vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp. of a horse's tail, = $) RV.; m. n. sg. and pl.
a hair-sieve ib.
4 vAra 2 (fr. 1. %{vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult to be restrained TBr.; cf. %{dur-v-});
anything which covers or surrounds or restrains, a cover MW.; anything which causes an obstruction, a gate, door-way
W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time, esp. an appointed place (e.g. %{sva-vAraM@samA-sthA}, to
occupy one's proper place) R.; the time fixed or appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. %{vR}, to choose), a
person's turn MBh. Ka1v. &c. (often, esp. with numerals, = times e.g. %{varAMs@trIn} or %{vara-trayam}, three times;
%{bhUribhir@vAraiH} or %{bhUri-vArAn} or %{bahu-vAram} or %{vAraM@vAram} or %{vAraM@vAreNa}, many
times, often, repeatedly); the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the week (they are A1ditya-, Soma-,
Man3gala-, Budha-, Guru., S3ukra-, and S3ani-vva1ra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1) Gan2it. Ya1jn5. Sch. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{dina} and
%{divasa-v-}); a moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a multitude, quantity (see %{bANa-v-}); an arrow L.; Achyranthes
Aspera L.; N. of S3iva L.; (%{A}) f. a harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. %{-kanyakA} &c.); n. a vessel for holding
spirituous liquor L.; a partic. artificial poison L.
5 vAra 3 m. (fr. 2. %{vR}) choice (see %{vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice or exquisite, goods, treasure RV.
(often ifc.; cf. %{azasta-}, %{Rdhad-}, %{dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.
vaavritta * = mfn. chosen, selected, appointed L.
vaac f. (fr. %{vac}) speech, voice, talk, language (also of animals), sound (also of inanimate objects as of the stones
used for pressing, of a drum &c.) RV. &c. &c. (%{vAcam-R}, %{Ir}, or %{iS}, to raise the voice, utter a sound, cry, call);
a word, saying, phrase, sentence, statement, asseveration Mn. MBh. &c. (%{vAcaM-vad}, to speak words;
%{vAcaM@vyA-hR}, to utter words; %{vAcaM-dA} with dat., to address words to; %{vAcA@satyaM-kR}, to promise
verbally in marriage, plight troth); Speech personified (in various manners or forms e.g. as Va1c Ambhr2in2i1 in RV. x,
125; as the voice of the middle sphere in Naigh. and Nir.; in the Veda she is also represented as created by Praja1-pati
and married to him; in other places she is called the mother of the Vedas and wife of Indra; in VP. she is the daughter
of Daksha and wife of Kas3yapa; but most frequently she is identified with Bha1rati1 or Sarasvati1, the goddess of
speech; %{vAcaH@sAma} and %{vAco@vratam}N. of Sa1mans A1rshBr.; %{vAcaH@stomaH}, a partic. Eka7ha S3rS.)
vaacaa* = 1 f. speech, a word Pacat. KtyS'r. Sch. &c.; the goddess of spspeech Un. ii, 57 Sch.; a holy word, sacred
text MW.; an oath ib.; w.r. for {vacA} MBh. xiii, 6149. [937, 3]\\vaacaa* = 2 instr. of {vAc}, in comp.
vaaca* = m. (only L.) a species of fish; a species of plant; = {madana
vaacana *= n. the causing to recite S3rS.; the act of reciting, recitation Ya1jn5. Va1ra1hi1t.; the act of reading Ba1lar.;
the act of declaring or designating Sa1h.; (%{A}) f. a lesson, chapter HParis3.
vaachaM = words
vaachaH = the Vedas
vaachaa = speech
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L.
vaahana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W.
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L
vaa4hana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1)
drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying, bringing &c. Kaths. Rjat.; m. N. of a Muni Cat.; ({A}) f. an army S'is'. xix, 33;
n. the act of drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying MBh. R. &c.; driving Sus'r.; riding Kaths.; guiding (horses) MBh.;
any vehicle or conveyance or draught-animal, carriage, chariot, waggon, horse, elephant (cf. Pn. 8-4, 8) AitBr. &c. &c.
(ifc. [f. {A}] riding or driving on or in); any animal Kaths. xxi, 30; `" oar "' or `" sail "' R. ii, 52, 5.
vaahanakaaraka = Significator of vehicles which is Venus
vaaJNchhasi = you desire
vaaJNchhita = desired
vaak.h = language/speech
vaakya = sentence* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) speech, saying, assertion, statement, command, words ({mama vAkyAt}, in my
words, in my name) MBh. &c. &c.; a declaration (in law), legal evidence Mn.; an express decldeclaration or statement
(opp. to {liGga}, `" a hint "' or indication) Sarvad.; betrothment Nr.; a sentence, period RmatUp. Pn. Vrtt. &c.; a
mode of expression Cat.; a periphrastic mode of expression Pn. Sch. Siddh.; a rule, precept, aphorism MW.; a
disputation MBh.; (in logic) an argument, syllogism or member of a syllogism; the singing of birds Hariv.; (in astron.)
the solar process in computations MW
vaakyaM = words
vaakyaani = sentences
vaakyena = words
vaalmiiki* = m. (incorrectly {vAlmiki}) N. of the celebrated author of the Rma7yana (so called, according to some,
because when immersed in thought he allowed himself to be overrun with ants like an anthill; he was no doubt a
Brhman by birth and closely connected with the kings of Ayodhy; he collected the different songs and legendary tales
relating to Rma-candra and welded them into one continuous poem, to which later additions may have been made; he
is said to have invented the S'loka metre, and probably the language and style of Indian epic poetry owe their definite
form to him; according to one tradition he began life as a robber, but repenting be took himself to a hermitage on a hill
in the district of Banda in Bundelkund, where he eventually received St, the wife of Rma, when banished by her
husband; cf. IW. 314; 315 &c.) MBh. R. &c.; of a son of Garuda MBh.; of a grammarian TPrt.; of the authors of various
wks. (the Yoga-vsishthha, the Adbhuta-rma7yana, and the Gangashthaka) Cat.; (with {kavi}) of the son of Rudramani Tri-pthhin and author of the Ramale7ndu-praks'a ib.
vaalkala mfn. (fr. %{valkala}) made of bark L.; (%{I4}) f. intoxicating liquor L.; n. a bark dress worn by ascetics W.
vaalmiikikokilam.h = the vaalmIki-cuckoo
vaama = left side
vaama *= 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2) the act of vomiting g. %{jvalA7di}; (%{I}) f. id. Gal.
3 vAma 2 mf(%{I4} or %{A})n. (fr. 1. %{van}; for 1. see col. 1) lovely, dear, pleasant, agreeable, fair, beautiful,
splendid, noble RV. &c. &c.; (ifc.) striving after, eager for, intent upon, fond of Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.; m. the female
breast L.; the god of love L.; N. of S3iva BhP.; of a Rudra ib.; of Varun2a L.; (with S3aivas) = %{vAma-deva-guhya}
Sarvad.; of a son of R2ici1ka MBh. (B. %{rAma}); of a son of Kr2ishn2a and Bhadra1 BhP.; of a prince (son of Dharma)
Cat.; of a son of Bhat2t2a-na1ra1yan2a Kshiti7s3. (cf. %{-deva}); of one of the Moon's horses VP.; m. or n. a kind of
pot-herb, Chenopodium Album L.; (%{A}) f. a beautiful woman, any woman or wife Pan5car. Sa1h.; a partic. form of
Durga1 Pur.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; N. of Lakshmi1 W.; of Sarasvati1 ib.; of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda
MBh.; of the mother of Pa1rs3va (the 23rd Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1) L.; (%{a4yA}) ind. in a pleasant or lovely
manner RV. viii, 9, 7; (%{I}) f. a mare L. (%{vAmI-ratha} mfn. Pat. on Pa1n2. 4-2, 104 Va1rtt. 20); a she-ass L.; a
Sanskrit Dictionary
female camel (cf. %{uSTra-v-}); a young female elephant L.; the female of the jackal L.; n. a lovely thing, any dear or
desirable good (as gold, horses &c.), wealth, fortune RV. AV. Br. ChUp.; mfn. relating to a mare Pat. (cf. under %{I} f.
above).
4 // 3 mf(%{A})n. (perhaps originally identical with 2. above) left, not right, being or situated on the left side S3Br. &c.
&c. (the quivering of the left eye or arm is supposed to be a good omen in women and of the left arm a bad omen in
men); reverse, adverse, contrary, opposite, unfavourable Ka1v. Katha1s.; crooked, oblique (%{am} ind. sideways) BhP.;
refractory, coy (in love) Sa1h.; acting in the opposite way or differently S3ak. iv, 18; hard, cruel Ka1v. Pur. [941,3]; vile,
wicked, base, low, bad Kir.; m. or n. the left side (%{vAmAd@dakSiNam}, from the left to the right; %{vAmena}, on the
left side) Ka1v. Katha1s.; m. the left hand Ra1matUp.; a snake L.; an animal, sentient being L.; n. adversity, misfortune
Katha1s.; the left-hand practices of the followers of the Tantras (= %{vAmA7cAra} q.v.) Cat.
vaamadevaasana = Vamadeva's posture
vaamana = Vishnu's fifth incarnation also known as trivikrama
vaamaprakaasha = lovely shiningness
vaamaa.nkaaruuDha = having the left side of the body climbed, occupied by
vaame = left side
vaaMs'a* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaMza}) relating or belonging to sugar-cane Car.; made of bamboo W.; ({I}) f. bamboomanna Car. Bhpr.
vaana * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 940) blown &c. (cf. %{nir-vANa}); n. blowing L.; a perfume, fragrance L.; living ib.;
going, moving, rolling W.; the rolling of water or of the tide (esp. the high wave in Indian rivers, commonly called `" the
Bore "') ib.
vaaNa * = 1 m. (fr. %{vaN}; often written %{bANa} q.v.) sounding, a sound Kir. xv, 10; an arrow (see %{bANa}, p. 727
for comp.) RV. ix, 50, 1; music (esp. of flutes, harps &c.) RV. i, 85, 10 &c. AV. x, 2, 17 (here written %{bANa4}); a harp
with 100 strings TS. Br. S3rS.; (%{I}) f. see below; n. the sound of a partic. little hand-drum L.\\ 2 w.r. for %{vAna} in
%{vAnadaNDa} and %{vAnaprastha} (see 3. and 6. %{vAna}).
vaana * = 2 mfn. (fr. %{vai}; for 1. see p. 935, col. 3) dried &c.; n. dry or dried fruit L.; a kind of bamboo manna L.\\3
n. (fr. %{ve}) the act of weaving or sewing Nya1yam. Sa1y. (reckoned among the 64 Kala1s); a mat of straw L.\\4 m. or
n. (?) a hole in the wall of a house L. [940,3]\\ 5 m. an intelligent man L.; N. of Yama L.\\ 6 mf(%{I})n. (fr. 1. %{vana},
p. 917) relating to a wood or to a dwelling in a wood &c. W.; n. a dense wood Nalo7d.; a multitude of woods or groves or
thickets W.\\ mfn. dried &c. (see 2. %{vAna}, p. 940, col. 2).
vaarNa *= mfn. (fr. %{varNa}) relating to a sound or letter (in gram.)
vaasana* =1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gi1t. Sch.; (%{A}) f. id. S3is3. Sch.
vaasana* = 2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Ka1v.; an envelope, box, casket Ya1jn5.//3 mfn. belonging to an
abode, fit for a dwelling W.; n. causing to abide or dwell Ba1lar.; abiding, abode L.; a receptacle for water L.; knowledge
L.; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract meditation, and by others; described as sitting on the ground
with the knees bent and the feet turned backwards) W.; (%{A}) f. see next.
vaasanaa*= f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the present consciousness of past
perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S3am2k. Ka1v. Katha1s.; fancy, imagination, idea, notion, false notion,
mistake (ifc., e.g. %{bheda-v-}, the mistake that there is a difference) ib. Ra1jat. Sarvad. &c.; thinking of, longing for,
expectation, desire, inclination Katha1s.; liking, respectful regard Bha1m.; trust, confidence W.; (in math.) proof,
demonstration (= %{upapatti}) Gol.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of Durga1 BhP.; of the wife of Arka ib.; of a Comm. on the
Siddha7nta-s3iroman2i.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. {vana-prastha}) a Brhman in the third stage of life (who has passed through the stages of
student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an ascetic life in the woods; see {Azrama}),
hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name $) past. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of
supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or Butea Frondosa L.; mfn. relating to a Vnaprastha; m. (scil. {Azrama}) the
third stage of a Brhmas life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vaanara * = m. (prob. fr. {vanar}, p. 918) `" forest-animal "', a monkey, ape (ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind of incense,
Olibanum L.; (with {AcArya}) N. of a writer on medicine Cat.; ({I}) f. a female ape MBh. R. Kaths.; Carpopogon
Pruriens L.; mf({I})n. belonging to an ape or monkey, mmonkey-like &c. MBh. R.
vaaNii* = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the {sapta vANIs} are referred by the
Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech, language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent
speech or fine diction MBh. Kv. &c.; a literary production or composition Uttarar. Bhm.; praise, laudation MW.; the
goddess of speech, Sarasvat R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Kvya7d. Sch.; of a river
(accord. to some the Sarasvat) VP.\\ f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. {vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of
metre; a cloud; price, value.\\2 f. (cf. {vANi}) weaving L. \\3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1; du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib.
i, 119, 5
vaanmayaM = of the voice
vaanmayaH = full of the `word' i.e. master of the word \& language
vaa.ngmaya = full of speech
vaa.nchh.h = to want
vaa.nchhaa = (fem) desire
vaachita* = mfn. wished, desired, beloved, longed for MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. wish, desire ib.; m. (in music) a kind of
measure.
vaanara = monkey
vaanarayuuthamukhyam.h = the chieftain of the monkey brigade
vaaNijyaM = trade
vaaNijyam.h = (n) trade, commerce
vaaNii = language
vaaNii * = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the %{sapta@vANIs} are referred by the
Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech, language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent
speech or fine diction MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a literary production or composition Uttarar. Bha1m.; praise, laudation MW.;
the goddess of speech, Sarasvati1 R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Ka1vya7d. Sch.; of a river
(accord. to some the Sarasvati1) VP.\\* = 2 f. (cf. %{vANi}) weaving L.\\= 3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1; du. the two bars of a
car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5.
vaaNi * = f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. %{vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of metre; a cloud; price, value.
vaaNiiM = speech
vaaraNa *= 1 mf(%{I})n. warding off, restraining, resisting, opposing MBh. Ka1v. &c.; all-resisting, invincible (said of
the Soma and of Indra's elephant) RV. ix, 1, 9 Hariv. 1700; relating to prevention Sus3r.; shy, wild RV. AV. (with
%{mRga} accord. to some = elephant RV. viii, 33, 8; x, 40, 4); dangerous RV. Shad2vBr.; forbidden AitBr.; m. (ifc. f.
%{A}) an elephant (from its power of resistance) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; an elelephant-hook Das3.; armour, mail L.; a kind
of ornament on an arch MBh. iv, 1326; (%{I}) f. a female elephant L.; w.r. for %{vAruNI} HYog.; n. the act of
restraining or keeping back or warding off from (abl.); resistance, opposition, obstacle; impediment, KatyS3r. MBh. &c.;
a means of restraining Bhartr2.; = %{hari-tAla} L.; N. of a place MBh.
vaari *= 1 n. = %{vAr}, water, rain, fluid, fluidity Mn. MBh. &c.; a species of Andropogon Bhpr.; a kind of metre RPra1t.
[943,2]\\ 2 f. (for 1. see p. 943, col. 1) a place for tying or catching an elephant Va1s. S3is3. (also %{I}); a rope for tying
an elephant Dharmas3. (also %{I}); a captive, prisoner W.; a water-pot, pitcher, jar L. (also %{I}); N. of Sarasvati1 (the
goddess of speech) L.
vaasu * = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit or soul considered as
Sanskrit Dictionary
the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu} in comp.)
vaarNa mfn. (fr. {varNa}) relating to a sound or letter (in gram.)
vaarya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L. y\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col. \\ 3) to be warded
off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kv. &c.; m. a wall R.
vaasa *= 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Ma1lati1m. Car.; Gendarussa Vulgaris L. (also %{A} f.) \\ 2 m. (fr. 4. %{vas}) a
garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for %{vAsas}) MBh. (cf. %{kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr. 5. %{vas}) staying, remaining (esp.
`" overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or comp.; cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 18 Sch.), abode, habitation RV. &c.
&c.; ifc. = having one's abode in, dwelling or living in [947,3]; %{vAsaM-vas}, to take up one's abode, abide, dwell; place
or seat of (gen.) R.; a day's journey ib.; state, situation, condition Hariv.; = %{vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see %{sajjA}); = %{vAsanA}, imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.
vaas'itaagrishthi * = f. a young female elephant MBh. xi, 642 (cf. Pn. 2-1, 65).
vaas'ita * =1 mfn. roared, cried, sung MBh. &c.; n. roaring, croaking, yelling, howl, cry, scream MBh. R. VarBriS.
Kaths.
vaas'itaa* = f. (also written {vAsitA}, prob. fr. {vaz}) a cow desiring the bull (also applied to other animals desiring the
male, esp. to a female elephant) AV. &c. &c. [947, 2]; a woman, wife MBh.
vaat *= 1 ind. g. %{cA7di}. [939,3]
vAt *= 2 cl. 10. P. %{vAtayati}, to fan (cf. %{vAtaya}, p. 935, col. 2); to fan; to serve, make happy; to go Dha1tup. xxxv,
30.
vaath ind. (g. %{cA7di}) an exclamation on performing a sacrifice (prob.= `" bring "' or `" take "', fr. %{vAh} =
%{vah}) VS.
vaata = (masc) wind * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also `" the
Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of the
humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila}, {samIraNa}) Kaths. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection
of the windy humour, flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and
{vAtA7dhipa}); of a Rkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ra ib. \\\\vAta * = 2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita}, solicited, wished for,
desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and {nivAta}). \\3 mfn. (for 1. and 2. see pp.
934, 939) dried up (see 1. {a-vAta4})
vaatha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood &c. Mn. ii, 45; m. an
enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park, plantation MBh. Kv. &c.; a district Das'.;
a road Vs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum W.; the groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitr L.; (also n. and
[{I}] f.) an enclosure of a (low-caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden
Hariv. Sh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and {anna-bheda}.
vaataya = blow (like a wind?)
vaataaTaH = (m) kite
vaataatmajaM = the son of the wind-god (`vAta' or `vAyu)
vaataayana = a horse
vaataayanaM = window
vaataayanaasana = the horseface posture
vaataavaraNam.h = (n) environment, also used to mean weather
vaapi = at all
Sanskrit Dictionary
vaara = Day
vaara * = 1 m. (earlier form of {vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp. of a horse's tail, = $) RV.; m. n. sg. and pl. a
hair-sieve ib.
vaara * = 2 (fr. 1. {vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult to be restrained TBr.; cf. {dur-v-});
anything which covers or surrounds or restrains, a cover MW.; anything which causes an obstruction, a gate, door-way
W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time, esp. an appointed place (e.g. {sva-vAraM samA-sthA}, to
occupy one's proper place) R.; the time fixed or appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. {vR}, to choose), a
persos turn MBh. Kv. &c. (often, esp. with numerals, = times e.g. {varAMs trIn} or {vara-trayam}, three times;
{bhUribhir vAraiH} or {bhUri-vArAn} or {bahu-vAram} or {vAraM vAram} or {vAraM vAreNa}, many times, often,
repeatedly); the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the week (they are ditya-, Soma-, Mangala-,
Budha-, Guru., S'ukra-, and S'ani-vvra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1) Ganit. Yj. Sch. Kv. &c. (cf. {dina} and {divasa-v-}); a
moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a multitude, quantity (see {bANa-v-}); an arrow L.; Achyranthes Aspera L.; N. of
S'iva L.; ({A}) f. a harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. {-kanyakA} &c.); n. a vessel for holding spirituous liquor L.; a
partic. artificial poison L.
vaara * =3 m. (fr. 2. {vR}) choice (see {vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice or exquisite, goods, treasure RV. (often
ifc.; cf. {azasta-}, {Rdhad-}, {dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.
vaaradhipati = Ruler of the Day
vaari = water
vaari-dhara = water-carrier(cloud )
vaaraM = and again
vaaramukhya * = m. (prob.) a singer, dancer Ma1rkP.; (%{A}) f. the chief of a number of harlots, a royal courtezan
MBh. R. &c
vaariNi = the one who prevents
vaarida = cloud (one who gives water)
vaaristha * = mfn. standing in water, reflected in the wwater Mn. iv, 37.
vaarivaaha = (m) cloud
vaarshmaNa * = mfn. (fr. %{varSman}) being uppermost Kaus3. (accord. to others `" a tree struck at the top by
lightning "').
vaartaa = news
vaartaaM = word (here enquiry/inquiry)
vaartaaharaH = (m) reporter, journalist
vaarshhNeya = O descendant of VRishhNi
vaarsha* = 1 mf({I4})n. (fr. {varSa} or {varSA}) belonging to the rainy season VS.; belonging to a year, yearly, annual
W.; ({I}) f. = {varSA}, the rainy season L. \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {varSa} in comp.\\3 n. (fr. {vRSa} of which it is also the
Vriiddhi form in comp.) g. {pRthv-Adi}; N. of a Sman L.
vaaruNi * = 1 m. `" son of Varuna "' patr. of various persons (esp. of Bhriigu, Satya-dhriiti, Vasishthha, Agastya &c.) Br.
RAnukr. MBh. \\ 2 f. (m. c.) = {vAruNI}, spirituous liquor Hariv.
vaaruNI * = f. the western quarter or region (presided over by Varuna), the west (with or without {diz}) VarBriS.; N. of
partic. serpents GriS.; (pl.) of partic. sacred texts Gaut.; Varuna's female Energy (personified either as his wife or as his
daughter, produced at the churning of the ocean and regarded as the goddess of spirituous liquor) Tr. MBh. R. Pur.; a
Sanskrit Dictionary
partic. kind of spirit (prepared from hogweed mixed with the juice of the date or palm and distilled), any spirituous
liquor MBh. Kv. &c.; N. of S'iva's wife L.; a partic. fast-day on the thirteenth of the dark half of Caitra Col.; Drv grass
or a similar species L.; colocynth L.; the Nakshatra S'ata-bhishaj (ruled by Varuna) L.; N. of a river R.
vaarya * =1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L.\\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col. 3) to be warded off or
prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kv. &c.; m. a wall R. \\3 mfn. to be chosen Pn. 3-1, 101 Sch.; precious,
valuable RV.; n. treasure, wealth, goods ib. \\4 m. (for 1. 2. 3. see pp. 943, col. 3, and 944, col. 1) patr. (?) rshBr..
vaasa * = 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Mlatm. Car.; Gendarussa Vulgaris L. (also {A} f.) \\ 2 m. (fr. 4. {vas}) a
garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for {vAsas}) MBh. (cf. {kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr. 5. {vas}) staying, remaining (esp. `"
overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or comp.; cf. Pn. 6-3, 18 Sch.), abode, habitation RV. &c. &c.;
ifc. = having one's abode in, dwelling or living in [947, 3]; {vAsaM-vas}, to take up one's abode, abide, dwell; place or
seat of (gen.) R.; a day's journey ib.; state, situation, condition Hariv.; = {vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see {-sajjA}); =
{vAsanA}, imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.
vaasaH = living
vaasana * = 1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gt. Sch.; ({A}) f. id. S'is'. Sch. \\2 n. covering,
clothing, garment, dress Kv.; an envelope, box, casket Yj \\3 mfn. belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W.; n.
causing to abide or dwell Blar.; abiding, abode L.; a receptacle for water L.; knowledge L.; a partic. posture (practised
by ascetics during abstract meditation, and by others; described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and the
feet turned backwards) W.; ({A}) f. see next.
vaasanaa = longings, craving* = f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the present
consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S'ank. Kv. Kaths.; fancy, imagination, idea,
notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. {bheda-v-}, the mistake that there is a difference) ib. Rjat. Sarvad. &c.; thinking
of, longing for, expectation, desire, inclination Kaths.; liking, respectful regard Bhm.; trust, confidence W.; (in math.)
proof, demonstration (= {upapatti}) Gol.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of Durg BhP.; of the wife of Arka ib.; of a Comm. on
the Siddha7nta-s'iromani.
vaasara = Day
vaasava = indra
vaasavaH = the heavenly king
vaasas.h = apparel / clothes
vaasaa.nsi = garments
vaas'a* = 1 mfn. roaring, sounding RV. viii, 19, 31; ({vA4za}) id. (only {A} and {I} f. pl. applied to water) VS. TS.
vaas'a* = 2 m. patr. fr. {vaza} S'nkhS'r.; n. N. of a Sman rshBr.
vaasita = made fragrant
vaastu* = n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwellingplace, habitation,
homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBriS.; m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a Rkshasa Cat.;
(prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of grain pS'r. Sch. (cf. {-maya}).
vaastunara* = m. the archetype or ideal pattern of a house personified as a deity VarBriS.
vaasu* = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit or soul considered as
the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu} in comp.)
vaasuu* = f. (of doubtful derivation) a young girl, maiden (voc. {vAsu}) Das'.
vaasukiH = Vasuki
vaasukii = a name of Shesha
Sanskrit Dictionary
vaasudeva * = (fr. {vasu-d-}) patr. of Kriishna Tr. &c. (RTL. 111); of a king of the Pundras Hariv.; N. of a class of
beings peculiar to the Jainas L.; a horse L.; N. of various kings and authors (also with {AcArya}, {dIkSita}, {zarman},
{zAstrin} &c.) Inscr. Cat.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; n. N. of an Upanishad; mf({I})n. relating to (the god)
Kriishna NriisUp.; written or composed by VVsudeva Cat.; {-jJAna} n. N. of wk.; {-jyotis} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {tIrtha} m. N. of a man ib.; {-dvAdazA7kSarI} f. {-puNyA7ha} n. {-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-priya} m. `" friend of
VVsudeva "'N. of Krttikeya MBh.; {-priyaM-karI} f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; {-manana} n. N. of a Veda7nta wk.; {maya} mf({I})n. consisting of Kriishna, representing him AgP.; {-mahA7rAdhana} n. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {vargINa} or {-vargya} mfn. taking VVsudeva's side, partial to him Pn. 4-2, 104 Vrtt. 11 Pat.; {-vijaya} m. {-sahasranAman} n. N. of wks.; {-suta} m. {-sena} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra; {-vA7nandI-campU} f. N. of
a poem; {-vA7nubhava} m. N. of a medical wk.; {-vA7zrama} m. {-ve7ndra} m. {-ve7ndra-ziSya} m. N. of authors Cat.;
{--vo7paniSad} f. N. of one of the more recent Upanishads of the Atharva-veda.
vaasudevaH = the Personality of Godhead, KRishhNa
vaasudevasya = of KRishhNa
vaasudevaaH = KRishhNa
vaaso = cloth, dress
vaastu
n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwellingplace, habitation, homestead,
house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBr2S.; m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a Ra1kshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N.
of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of grain A1pS3r. Sch. (cf. %{-maya}).
vaastushaastra = study of architecture
vaath* = ind. (g. {cA7di}) an exclamation on performing a sacrifice (prob.= `" bring "' or `" take "', fr. {vAh} = {vah})
VS. Br. S'rS.
vaat* = 1 ind. g. {cA7di}. [939, 3]
vaat* = 2 cl. 10. P. {vAtayati}, to fan (cf. {vAtaya}, p. 935, col. 2); to fan; to serve, make happy; to go Dhtup. xxxv, 30.
vaata*=1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also `" the Maruts "', cf.
{vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of the humours of the
body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila}, {samIraNa}) Kaths. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy
humour, flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a
Rkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ra ib.\\*=1 &c. see p. 934, col. 2 &c. *=2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita}, solicited, wished for,
desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and {nivAta}).
vaatha*= mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood &c. Mn. ii, 45; m. an
enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park, plantation MBh. Kv. &c.; a district Das'.;
a road Vs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum W.; the groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitr L.; (also n. and
[{I}] f.) an enclosure of a (low-caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden
Hariv. Sh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and {anna-bheda}
vaaTikaa = (f) garden
vaava* = ind. (a particle laying stress on the word preceding it, esp. in relative clauses; also {ha vA4va4}, {ha}
[{kha4lu}] {vA4va4}, {u ha vAva}, {ha tvA4va4} [q.v.]) just, indeed, even TS. Br. (in S'Br. only from book vi) Up. BhP.
[947,1]
vaavrit * = cl. 4. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 51, rather Intens. fr. a lost 3. %{vRt}) %{vAvRtyate} (only pr. p.
%{vAvRtyamAna}), to choose, select Bhat2t2.
vaayu = wind
vaayuna* = m. a god, deity L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Plumbago Ceylanica; Semecarpus Anacardium; Poa Cynosuroides; and the citron tree) Sus3r.; a mystical N. of the letter
%{r} Up. [934,1]; N. of the 8th Kalpa (q.v.) Cat.; of a Daitya MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of a son of Turvasu ib.;
of a son of Kukura ib.
vahniH = fire ( for worship)
vahnikaNa = spark
vaH = your
vai = emphasis * = Meaning 1 (orig. identical with 2. {vA}) cl. 1. P. (Dhtup. xxii, 24) {vA4yati}, to become languid or
weary or exhausted RV. ({zoSaNe} Dhtup.); to be deprived of (gen.) RV. viii. 47, 6; P. and (ep. also .), to blow past.
MBh.\\Meaning 2 ind. a particle of emphasis and affirmation, generally placed {after} a word and laying stress on it (it
is usually translatable by `" indeed "', `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `" just "' &c.; it is very rare in the RV.; more
frequent in the AV., and very common in the Brhmanas and in works that imitate their style; in the Stras it is less
frequent and almost restricted to the combination {yady u vai}; in Manu MBh. and the Kvyas it mostly appears at the
end of a line, and as a mere expletive. In RV. it is frequently followed by {u} in the combination {vA4 u} [both particles
are separated, v, 18, 3] [1020, 1]; it is also preceded by {u} and various other particles e.g. by {i4d}, {a4ha}, {uta4}; in
the Brhmanas it often follows {ha}, {ha sma}, {eva}; in later language {api} and {tu}. Accord. to some it is also a
vocative particle).
vaibhava * =. (fr. {vi-bhava}) might, power (ifc. f. {A}); high position, greatness Kv. Kaths. &c.; superhuman power or
might MW.; grandeur, glory, magnificance Kaths.
vaicitra n. (fr. %{vi-citra}) = %{vaicitrya} below Ra1jat.; (%{I}) f. strangeness, wonderfulness, marvellous beauty
Ba1lar. Katha1s.
vaicitravirya * = m. (fr. %{vicitra-v-}) patr. of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra, of Pa1n2d2u and of Vidura Ka1t2h. MBh. Hariv. BhP.
vaicitravIryaka * = mfn. belonging to Vicitra-vi1rya &c. Hariv.
vaicitravIryin * = (m. c.) m. = %{-vIrya} MBh.
vaicitrya* = n. variety, manifoldness, diversity Kap. Hit. VarBr2S. &c.; = %{vaicitrI} above Ka1v. Sa1h. &c.; w.r. for
%{vaicittya} Ma1lati1m.; sorrow, despair MW.
vaicitryavIrya w.r. for %{vaicitra-vI-} MBh.
vaidika *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{veda}) relating to the Veda, derived from or conformable to the VVeda, prescribed in the
VVeda, Vedic, knowing the VVeda Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.; m. a Bra1hman versed in the VVeda W.; n. a Vedic passage
Mn. xi, 96; a Vedic precept MBh. Kan2.; (%{-keSu}) ind. = %{vede}, in the Veda Pat.
vaiDuurya * = n. (rarely m.; cf. {vidUra-ja}) a cat's-eye gem (ifc. `" a jewel "', = `" anything excellent of its kind "')
AdbhBr. MBh. Kv. &c.; m. N. of a mountain (also {-parvata}) MBh. VarBriS. &c.; mf({A})n. made of cat's-eye gems
MBh. R. &c.
vaidurya * =w.r. for {vaidUrya} (or {vaiDUrya}) MrkP.
vaiduurya* =1 mf({I} or {rI})n. (fr. {vi-dUra}) brought from Vidra Pn. 4-3, 84.
vaiduurya * =2 w.r. for {vaiDUrya}.
vaidyaH = doctor
vaiGYaanikaH = (m) scientist
vaihaayasa * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. 2. %{vi-hAyas}) being or moving in the air, suspended in the air, aerial Gr2S. MBh. &c.;
(%{am}) ind. in the open air A1past.; m. pl. `" sky-dwellers "', the gods &c. BhP.; N. of partic. R2ishis (personified
luminous phenomena) VarBr2S.; m. N. of a lake MW.; (%{I}) f. N. of a river BhP.; n. the air, atmosphere MBh.; flying
in the air BhP. (%{-gata} n. id. R.); a partic. attitude in shooting L
Sanskrit Dictionary
vaijayanta *= m. (fr. {vi-jayat}, or {-yanta}) the banner of Indra MBh.; a banner, flag R.; the palace of Indra Buddh.; a
house A.; N. of Skanda L.; of a mountain MBh. Hariv.; pl. (with Jainas) N. of a class of deities L.; ({I}) f. a flag, banner
MBh. Kv. &c.; an ensign W.; a kind of garland prognosticating victory MBh. Pur.; the necklace of Vishnu MW.; N. of
the 8th night of the civil month Sryapr.; Premna Spinosa Sus'r.; Sesbania Aegyptiaca L.; N. of a lexicon by
Ydavapraks'a; of a Comm. to Vishnu's Dharmas'stra (IW. 304, 305); of various other wks.; of a town or a river AV.
Paris'.; n. N. of a gate in Ayodhy R.; of a town (= {vana-vAsI}) R. Inscr.
vaikaarika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kAra}) based on or subject to modification, modifying or modified MBh. Sus'r. Pur. &c.;
m. a class of deities MW.; (with {kAla}) the time necessary for the formation of the fetus Car.; n. emotion, flurry R.
vaikalpika* = mf({I})n. admitting of difference of opinion, optional rshBr. s'vS'r. &c
vaiklava * = bewilderment, despondency
vaikrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kRti}) modified, derivative, secondary ({-tva} n. Lthy.) RPrt. TPrt. Sch. &c.; undergoing
change, subject to modification Snkhyak. KapS.; disfigured, deformed MBh.; not natural, perpetuated by adoption (as
a family) Cat.; m. N. of the Ahan-kra or I-making faculty MBh.; of a demon causing a partic. disease Hariv.; n. (ifc. f.
{A}) change, modification, alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an
unnatural phenomenon, portent Ragh. VarBriS. Rjat.; mental change, agitation MBh. R. &c.; aversion, hatred, enmity,
hostility MBh. Hariv. Kaths. Rjat.
vaikuNthha = the abode of Vishnu
vaikuNthhaadhipatii = ruler of Vaikunthha which is Vishnu
vaimaanikaH = (m) pilot
vaimana* veman= n. (L. also m.) a loom VS.; a slay
vainateyaH = Garuda
vaira * = mfn. (fr. %{vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n. (exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f. %{A}) enmity, hostility,
animosity, grudge, quarrel or feud with (instr. with or without %{saha}, or %{sA7rdham}, or comp.; often pl.) AV.
Pan5cavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host S3is3.; money paid as a fine for manslaughter Ta1n2d2yaBr.
vaitasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetasa}) made of or peculiar to a reed ({-sI vRtti}, `" reed-like action "' i.e. yielding to superior
force, adapting one's self to circumstances) TS. Br. KtyS'r. &c.; m. or n. a basket made of reed KtyS'r.; m. (met.) the
penis AV.; Rumex Vesicarius L.; Calamus Fasciculatus W.
vaitasena* = m. (prob. derived fr. a misunderstanding of {vaitase4na} instr. RV. x, 95, 4; cf. {vaitasa4})N. of Pur-ravas
BhP.
vaira = enmity* = mfn. (fr. {vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n. (exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f. {A}) enmity, hostility,
animosity, grudge, quarrel or feud with (instr. with or without {saha}, or {sA7rdham}, or comp.; often pl.) AV.
PacavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host S'is'.; money paid as a fine for manslaughter TndyaBr.
vairaagya = uncolouredness, not desiring physical objects
vairaagyaM = renunciation
vairaagyeNa = by detachment
vairaajya = excelent rulership
vairiNaM = greatest enemy
vairishhu = on enemies
vais'aarada* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zArada}) experienced, skilled, expert, unerring BhP.; n. profound learning R.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vais'aaradya* = n. experience, skill in (loc.), expertness, wisdom MBh. Blar. Sh.; clearness of intellect, infallibility
Yogas. BrirUp. Sch.; Buddha's confidence in himself (of four kinds) DivyA7v. (cf. Dharmas. 77).
vaishama *= n. (fr. %{vi-Sama})inequality, change Amar. (v. l.)
vaishamya *= n. unevenness (of ground) MBh.; inequality, oddness (opp. to `" evenness "'), diversity, disproportion
S3rS. MBh. &c.; difficulty, trouble, distress, calamity MBh. Ka1v. &c.; injustice, unkindness, harshness R. Katha1s.
Sarvad.; impropriety, incorrectness, wrongness Sarvad.; an error, mistake in or about (loc. or comp.) BhP.; solitariness,
singleness W.
vais'asa * = mfn. (fr. a form %{vi-zasa}, derived fr. %{vi-zas}; cf. %{vi-zasana}) causing death or destruction MBh.; n.
(ifc. f. %{A}) rending in pieces MW.; slaughter, butchery, war, strife, injury, hurt, outrage, distress, calamity, ruin (with
%{premNaH}, ruin of affection) MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c.; the hell BhP.; N. of a hell ib.
vais'eshika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zeSa}, p. 990) special, peculiar, specific, characteristic past. Sus'r. Bhshp. Hcat.;
distinguished, excellent, pre-eminent MBh.; relating or belonging to or based on or dealing with the Vais'eshika
doctrine Bhshp. Madhus.; m. a follower of the VVais'eshika doctrine Kap. Kusum. Buddh.; n. peculiarity, distinction
Kan.; N. of the later of the two great divisions of the Nyya school of philosophy (it was founded by Kana7da, and
differs from the, `" Nyya proper "' founded by Gautama, in propounding only seven categories or topics instead of
sixteen; and more especially in its doctrine of {vizeSa}, or eternally distinct nature of the nine substances, air, fire,
water, earth, mind, ether, time, space, and soul, of which the first five, including mind, are held to be atomic) IW. 65
&c. [1026,3]
vaishya = the caste of merchants and professionals
vaishyaH = mercantile people
vaishravaNa = son of Vishravas (typically applied only to Kubera)
vais'va* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vizva}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.), relating to or presided over by the Vis've
Devh; ({I}) f. N. of the Nakshatra Uttara7shdha L.; n. id. VarBriS.; (with {yuga}) the 8th cycle of 5 years in the 60
years "' cycle of Jupiter VarYogay.
vaishvaanaraH = My plenary portion as the digesting fire
vaishhNava = a large sect of the followers of Sri Vishnu
vaitaanika * mf({I})n. = {vaitAna} (with {dvi-ja} or {vipra}, a Brhman who observes the precepts relative to the three
sacred fires) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W.; n. a burnt-offering (esp. of clarified butter, as
presented daily by the Brhmans) W.
vaitanika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetana}) living on wages, serving for wages; m. a hireling, labourer
vaitaana * = mf({I})n. (fr. 2. {vi-tAna}) relating to or performed with the three sacred fires GriS'rS. Mn. MBh.; m. (m.
c.) = {vitAna}, a canopy BhP. (accord. to Comm. = {vitAna-samUha}); a patr. Caran. (v.l. {vaitAyana}); n. a rite
performed with the three sacred fires PrGri. Mn. &c.; an oblation with fire W.
vaitaalika * =1 m. one who is possessed by a Vetla, the servant of a Vetla W.; the worshipper of a Vetla MW.; a
magician, conjurer ib.
vaitaalika * = 2 m. (fr. {vi-tAla}) a bard, panegyrist of a king (whose duty also is to proclaim the hour of day) MBh. Kv.
&c.; = {-kheDDatAla} L.; one who sings out of tune (?) W. (prob. w.r. for 2. {vaitAnika} above); n. knowledge of one of
the 64 arts BhP. Sch.
vaitaanika * = 1 mf(%{I})n. = %{vaitAna} (with %{dvi-ja} or %{vipra}, a Bra1hman who observes the precepts relative
to the three sacred fires) Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W.; n. a burnt-offering (esp. of clarified
butter, as presented daily by the Bra1hmans) W.\\ 2 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vi-tAna}) see under 2. %{vaitAlika} below.
vaivasvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{vivasvat}) coming from or belonging to the sun R.; relating or belonging to Yama
Vaivasvata Kaus3. MBh. Ka1v.; relating to Manu Vaivasvata MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. patr. of Yama RV. &c. &c.; of a Man3u
Sanskrit Dictionary
AV. S3Br. &c.; of the planet Saturn L.; N. of one of the Rudras VP.; (%{I}) f. a daughter of Su1rya MBh.; patr. of Yami1
MW.; the south L.; N. of Yamuna1 A.; n. (scil. %{antara}) N. of the 7th or present Manv-antara (as presided over by
Manu Vaivasvata) MW.
vaivasvatamanvantara* = n. N. of the 7th or present Manvantara (q.v.) MW.
vaivasvatIya * = mfn. relating to Manu Vaivasvata Ra1jat
vaiyaakaraNa = Grammar
vaiyaakaraNasyaishhaH = to the grammarian+this
vaiyaasika: derived from or composed by Vysa suka, the son of ysa
vajra = one of the channels in the spine, a thunderbolt, diamond
vajra-maNii = diamond
vajraM = the thunderbolt
vajram.h = (n) diamond
vajraasana = the thunderbolt posture
vajrolii = the thunderbolt contraction
vaksha = chest
vakshaHsthalam.h = (n) breasts, chest
vakshoja = breasts
vakshyaami = shall explain
vaktaaram.h = the man who speaks or utters
vaktuM = to say
vaktri = orator
vaktra = the mouth
vaktraM = face
vaktraaNi = the mouths
vakra = Retrogra * mf({A})n. crooked, curved, bent, tortuous, twisted, wry, oblique AV. &c. &c.; curled, curly (as hair)
AV. &c. &c.; having an apparently backward motion, retrograde (said of planets) Sryas. Var. &c. [911, 1]; (in prosody)
long (the form of the long mark being curved); crooked in disposition, cunning, fraudulent, dishonest, evasive,
ambiguous KathhUp. MBh. &c.; hostile, cruel, malignant, inauspicious Kv. Kaths. Sh.; m. a nose L.; the planet Mars
VarBriS.; the planet Saturn L.; a partic. drug (= {parpaTa}) L.; N. of Rudra L.; of the Asura Bna L.; of a prince of the
Karshas MBh. (v.l. {vaktra}); of a Rkshasa R.; pl. N. of a people VP. (v.l. {cakra}); () f. a partic. musical instrument
Lthy.; (scil. {gati}) a partic. variation in the course of Mercury VarBriS.; n. the winding course of a river, the arm or
bend of a stream S'vetUp.; the apparent retrograde motion of a planet MBh. Hariv. VarBriS.; a form of fracture (when a
bone is bent or only partially broken) Sus'r.; w.r. for {vaktra}.
vakragati = not straight
vakratuNDaaya = to one who has crooked limb or part(the twised broken tusk)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
amulet, a block on which criminals are executed, a coffin &c.) RV. AV. VS.; an ascetic W.; N. of Vishn2u Vishn2.; of a
son of Ghr2itaprisht2ha BhP.; du. pestle and mortar RV. i, 28, 6; f. N. of a Gandharvi1 Ka1ran2d2.; n. N. of the Varsha
ruled by Vanas-pati BhP.; %{-kAya} m. the whole body or world of plants L.; %{-yA7ga} m. and %{-sava} m. N. of
partic. sacrificial rites Vait.
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Rjat.; mfn. retiring into a
forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vanara * = m.= {vAnara}, an ape L.
vacita* = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Kv. &c.; () f. a kind of riddle or enigma Cat.
vanga = Bengal
va.nda = Worship
va.nde = (Vr. Pr.I. P.Sing.AP)bow; salute
vandatha * = m. `" a praiser "' or `" one deserving praise "' L.
vandita4 * =mfn. praised, extolled, celebrated AV. &c. &c.
vandin * =mfn. to praise or honour (ifc.) Kum. (cf. 1. {bandin}).
va4ndya * =mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable, very venerable Kv.
Kaths.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical plant L.; {-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a
Yaksh Kaths.
vandra * =mfn. praising, doing homage, worshipping Un. ii, 13 Sch.; m. a worshipper, votary, follower W.; n. prosperity,
plenty abundance L.
va.nsha = family
va.nshahiina = without family
vana = forest
vanaM = forest
vanachara = animal
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Ra1jat.; mfn. retiring into a
forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. %{vana-prastha}) a Bra1hman in the third stage of life (who has passed through the stages of
student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an ascetic life in the woods; see %{Azrama}),
hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name $) A1past. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of
supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or Butea Frondosa L.; mfn. relating to a Va1naprastha; m. (scil. %{Azrama})
the third stage of a Bra1hman's life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.
vanaspatishaastram.h = botany
vacaka * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. Caus.) deceiving, a deceiver, fraudulent, crafty Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a jackal Va1s. Hit.; a
tame or house-ichneumon L.; a low or vile man W.
vacana * = n. (or %{-nA}, f.; fr. Caus.) cheating, deception, fraud MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-naM} or %{-nAM} %{kR}, to
practise fraud, cheat, take in; %{-nAM-labh} or %{pra-Ap}, to be deceived); illusion, delusion, hallucination MW.;
(%{A}) f. lost labour or time Ka1lid. (cf. %{zIla-v-}).
vacita * = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (a1) f. a kind of riddle or enigma Cat.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
n.; ifc. f. %{A}) `" act or object of choosing, election, wish, request; boon, gift, reward, benefit, blessing, favour
(%{va4rAya}, %{va4ram@A4}, %{pra4ti@va4ram} or %{va4raM@varam}, `" according to wish, to one's heart's
content "'; %{mad-varAt}, in consequence of the boon granted by me "'; %{va4raM-vR}, to choose a boon "'; %{varaMyAc} or %{A-kAGkS} or %{brU} or Caus. of %{pra-arth}, `" to prefer a request "'; %{va4raMdA}, `" to grant a boon or
blessing "'; %{varam@pra-dA} or %{pra-yam} id.; %{varaM-labh}, to receive a boon or reward "') RV. &c. &c.; a
benefit, advantage, privilege Das3.; charity, alms VarBr2S.; a dowry Pan5cat.; m. a kind of grain (= %{varata})
Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; bdellium L.; a sparrow L.; N. of a son of S3vaphalka VP.; (%{A}) f. N. of various plants and vegetable
products (accord. to L. `" the three kinds of myrobolan "'; Clypea Hemandifolia; Asparagus Racemosus; Cocculus
Cordifolius; turmeric; Embelia Ribes; a root similar to ginger; = %{brAhrnI} and %{reNukA}) Sus3r.; N. of Pa1rvati1 L.;
N. of a river BhP.; (%{I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; N. of Cha1ya (the wife of Su1rya) L.; n. saffron BhP. (In comp. not
always separable from 1. %{vara}.)
varaM = better
varaH = better
varada = the one granting boons * mf({A4})n. granting wishes, conferring a boon, ready to fulfil requests or answer
prayers (said of gods and men) AV. S'vetUp. Tr. &c.; m. a benefactor W.; N. of Agni in S'ntika Griihys.; fire for burnt
offerings of a propitiatory character W.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a partic. class of deceased ancestors
MrkP.; of a partic. Samdhi Krand.; of one of the 7 Rishis in the 4th Manv-antara VP.; of a Dhyni-buddha W.;
(mostly with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {bhaTTAraka} or {dezdezika Ac-}) N. of various authors and other men Cat.;
pl. N. of a people R.; ({A}) f. a young woman, girl, maiden L.; N. of a guardian goddess in the family of Vara-tantu Cat.;
of a Yogin Hcat. (cf. {vara-pradA}); of various plants, Physalis Flexuosa Bhpr. Npr.; Polanisia Icosandra L.; Helianthus
Npr.; Linum Usitatissimum Bhpr.; the root of yam ib.; = {tri-parNI} Npr.; N. of a river MBh. Kv.; {gaNapati-stotra}, {gaNe7?za-stotra} n. N. of Stotras; {-caturthI} f. N. of the 4th day in the light half of the month Mgha Cat. (prob. w.r.
for {varadA-caturthI}); {-nAtha}, {-thA7cArya-sUnu}, {-nAyaka-sUri} (Cat.), {-bhaTTa} (V. P, ), {-mUrti} (Cat.) m. N.
of authors; {-rAja} m. (also with {AcArya}, {colapaNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {bhaTTAraka}) N. of various authors and other
persons Cat. ({-ja-campU} f. {-daNDaka}, {-paJcAzat} f. {-maGgala}, {-mahiSI-stotra} n. {-mUla} n. {-zataka} n. {-suprabhAta}, {-stava} m. {-stotra} n.; {-jA7STaka} n. {-jA7STo7ttara-zata} n. N. of wks.; {-jIya} mfn. coming from or
relating to or composed by Varada-rja; n. N. of wk.); {-viSNu-sUri} m. N. of a Commentator Cat.; {-hasta} m. the
beneficent hand (of a deity or benefactor of any kind) MW.; {-das-caturthI} see {varada-c-} above L.; {-dA-tantra} n.
N. of wk.; {odA7dhiza-yajvan} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-dA7rka} m. {-do7paniSad-dIpikA} f. N. of wks.
varadaM = that which gives boons
varadamuurtaye = to the personified boongiver
varaan.h = (masc.Acc.Pl.) boons; bridegrooms
varaanane = Oh! lady having the best face!
varaaha = the boar
varaahaH = (m) pig, boar
varaaya * = Nom, (only {-yita} n. impers.) to be or represent a boon Kaths.
varcas* = n. ( {ruc}) vital power, vigour, energy, activity, (esp.) the illuminating power of fire or the sun i.e. brilliance,
lustre, light RV. &c. &c.; colour R. BhP. [924, 2]; splendour, glory Kv. Pur.; form, figure, shape L.; excrement, ordure,
feces Rjat. Sus'r.; m. N. of a son of Soma MBh.; of a son of Su-tejas or Su-ketas ib.; of Rkshava BhP. (Sch.)
varcasvin mfn. vigorous, active, energetic AV. VS. &c.; m. an energetic man S3Br.; N. of a son of Varcas and grandson
of Soma MBh. Hariv.
varishhTham.h = the foremost
vardhate = (1 ap) to grow, to increase
vardhana = Who prospers
Sanskrit Dictionary
varNa *= m. (or n. g. %{ardharcA7di}, prob. fr. 1. %{vR}; ifc. f. %{A}) a covering, cloak, mantle L.; a cover, lid Ya1jn5.
iii, 99; outward appearance, exterior, form, figure, shape, colour RV. &c. &c.; colour of the face, (esp.) good colour or
complexion, lustre, beauty Mn. MBh. &c.; colour, tint, dye, pigment (for painting or writing) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; colour =
race, species, kind, sort, character, nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things) RV. &c. &c.; class of men,
tribe, order, caste (prob. from contrast of colour between the dark aboriginal tribes and their fair conquerors; in RV.
esp. applied to the A1ryas and the Da1sas; but more properly applicable to the four principal classes described in
Sanskrit Dictionary
Manu's code, viz. Bra1hmans, Kshatriyas, Vais3yas, and Su1dras; the more modern word for `" caste "' being ja1ti; cf.
IW. 210 n. 1) ib.; a letter, sound, vowel, syllable, word Br. Pra1t. &c.; a musical sound or note (also applied to the voice
of animals) MBh. R. Pan5cat.; the order or arrangement of a song or poem W.; praise, commendation, renown, glory
Mr2icch. Kum. Ra1jat.; (in alg.) an unknown magnitude or quantity; (in arithm.) the figure, `" one "'; (accord. to some)
a co-efficient; a kind of measure L. (cf. %{-tAla}); gold L.; a religious observance L.; one who wards off, expeller Sa1y.
on RV. i, 104, 2; (%{A}) f. Cajanus Indicus L.; n. saffron L. [Cf. accord. to some, Slav. {vranu8}, `" black "', `" a crow "';
Lith. {vA7rnas}, `" a crow. "']
va4rNa-ja* = mfn. produced from castes VarBriS.
varNanIya mfn. to be painted or coloured or delineated or described BhP. Sa1h. Sarvad. (cf. %{zoNita-v-}).
varNatanu* = f. N. of a partic. Mantra addressed to Sarasvat Cat.
varNatas* = ind. by or with or according to colour &c. RPrt. AgP.
varNada* = mfn. giving colour, colouring, dyeing W.; giving tribe &c. ib.; n. a kind of fragrant yellow wood L.
varNadUta* = m. `" letter-messenger "', a letter, epistle L.
varNapAta* = m. the dropping or omission of a letter in pronunciation MW.
varNapuSpa* = n. the blossom of globe-amaranth L.; ({I}) f. Echinops Echinatus L.
varNa = color * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}, prob. fr. 1. {vR}; ifc. f. {A}) a covering, cloak, mantle L.; a cover, lid Yj.
iii, 99; outward appearance, exterior, form, figure, shape, colour RV. &c. &c.; colour of the face, (esp.) good colour or
complexion, lustre, beauty Mn. MBh. &c.; colour, tint, dye, pigment (for painting or writing) MBh. Kv. &c.; colour =
race, species, kind, sort, character, nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things) RV. &c. &c.; class of men,
tribe, order, caste (prob. from contrast of colour between the dark aboriginal tribes and their fair conquerors; in RV.
esp. applied to the ryas and the Dsas; but more properly applicable to the four principal classes described in Manu's
code, viz. Brhmans, Kshatriyas, Vais'yas, and s'dras; the more modern word for `" caste "' being jti; cf. IW. 210 n. 1)
ib.; a letter, sound, vowel, syllable, word Br. Prt. &c.; a musical sound or note (also applied to the voice of animals)
MBh. R. Pacat.; the order or arrangement of a song or poem W.; praise, commendation, renown, glory Mriicch. Kum.
Rjat.; (in alg.) an unknown magnitude or quantity; (in arithm.) the figure, `" one "'; (accord. to some) a co-efficient; a
kind of measure L. (cf. {-tAla}); gold L.; a religious observance L.; one who wards off, expeller Sy. on RV. i, 104, 2;
({A}) f. Cajanus Indicus L.; n. saffron L. [Cf. accord. to some, Slav. {vranu8}, `" black "', `" a crow "'; Lith. {vA7rnas}, `"
a crow. "']
varNaas'rama *= n. caste and order, class and stage of life (see %{Azrama}) S3ak.; %{-guru} m. `" chief of caste and
order "'N. of S3iva L.; %{-dharma} m. the duties of caste and order W.; N. of wk. (also %{-madIpa}, m.); %{-zramavat} or %{-zramin} mfn. possessed of caste and order BhP.
varNaM = colors
varNaya *V= describe, pleasee describe (zie anuvarn)
varNayaaM *V = do we describe
varNayati *= f. (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.
varNaayatva *= n. change of complexion or colour Sa1h.
varNasankara = of unwanted children
varNasankaraH = unwanted progeny
varNaadii.n = the letter groups or caste groups
varNya *= 1 mfn. to be (or being) delineated or described or pictured, describable Sa1h
Sanskrit Dictionary
varsha = Year
varsha * = mf({A})n. (fr. {vRS}) raining (ifc. e.g. {kAma-v-}, raining according to one's wish) BhP.; m. and (older) n.
(ifc. f. {A}) rain, raining, a shower (either `" of rain "', or fig. `" of flowers, arrows, dust &c. "'; also applied to seminal
effusion) RV. &c. &c.; (pl.) the rains AV. (cf. {varSA} f.); a cloud L.; a year (commonly applied to age) Br. &c. &c. ({A
varSAt}, for a whole year; {varSAt}, after a year; {varSeNa} within a year; {varSe} every year); a day (?) R. vii, 73, 5
(Sch.); a division of the earth as separated off by certain mountain ranges (9 such divisions are enumerated, viz. Kuru,
Hiranmaya, Ramyaka, Ila7vriita, Hari; Ketu-ml, Bhadra7s'iva. Kimnara, and Bhrata "'; sometimes the number given
is 7) MBh. Pur. (cf. IW. 420); India (= {bhAratavarSa} and {jambu-dvIpa}) L.; m. N. of a grammarian Kaths.; ({A4}) f.
see p. 92 7, col. 2.
varshaa4* = f. rain S'nkhGri. VarBriS.; pl. (exceptionally sg.) the rains, rainy season, monsoon (lastyear into six
seasons [see {Rtu}], the rains falling in some places during S'rvana and Bhdra, and in others during Bhdra and
s'vina; and in others for a longer period) TS. &c. &c.; Medicago Esculenta L. [Cf. Gk. $, `" rain-drops. "']
varshaphala = Annual results. Method of Progression using Solar Returns
varshh.h = to pour
varshha = year
varshhaM = rain
varshhatu = (Vr.Imp.IIIP S)let it rain
varshhaa = monsoon
varshman *= m. height, top RV. AV.; the vertex RV.; n. (%{va4rihman}) height, top, surface, uttermost part RV. VS.
TS. &c.; height, greatness, extent MBh. Hariv. &c.; measure W.; body MBh. Hariv. Ya1jn5. &c.; a handsome form or
auspicious appearance L.; mfn. holding rain W.\\ vaarshmaNa mfn. (fr. %{varSman}) being uppermost Kaus3.
(accord. to others `" a tree struck at the top by lightning "').
varshma *= 1 m. Pa1rGr2. i, 3, 8 (%{varSmo'smi} prob. w.r. for %{varSmA7smi}); n. body, form = %{va4rSman} MW.
varshma *= 2 in comp. for %{varSman}.
varshmaabha *= mfn. resembling the body or form (of anything) MW.
varshmala *= mfn. fr. %{varSman} g. %{sidhmA7di}.
varshman *= m. height, top RV. AV.; the vertex RV.; n. (%{va4rihman}) height, top, surface, uttermost part RV. VS.
TS. &c.; height, greatness, extent MBh.
Hariv. &c.; measure W.; body MBh. Hariv. Ya1jn5. &c.; a handsome form or auspicious appearance L.; mfn. holding
rain W.
varshmavat *= mfn. having a body MBh.
varshmavIrya *= n. vigour of body MW.
varta *= m. (fr. %{vRt}) subsistence, livelihood L. (mostly ifc.; see %{andhaka-}, %{kalya-}, %{bahu-}, %{brahma-v}); the -urethra, Ksus3. Sch. (v.l. for 1. %{varti}).
vartana *= mfn. (also fr. Caus.) abiding, staying &c. (= %{vartiSNu}) L.; setting in motion, quickening, causing to live
or be (also applied to Vishn2u) Hariv. BhP.; m. a dwarf. L.; (%{A}) f. see under n.; (%{I}) f. staying, abiding, living, life
L.; a way, road, path (= %{vartani4}) HParis3.; `" grinding "' or `" despatching "' (= %{peSaNa} or %{pre4SaNa}) L.; a
spindle or distaff, Lali.; n. the act of turning or rolling or rolling on or moving forward or about (trans. and intrans.)
Nir. Ka1tyS3r. BhP. Car. &c. (also %{A} f. Harav.); twisting (a rope) L.; staying, abiding in (loc.) Uttarar.; living on
(instr.), livelihood, subsistence, occupation, earnings, wages Ka1v. Ra1jat. Katha1s. Hit.; commerce, intercourse with
(%{saha}) Ka1m.; proceeding, conduct, behaviour Sa1h.; (ifc.) application of. Kir.; a distaff or spindle L.; a globe or ball
L.; an often told word L.; a place where a horse rolls L.; decoction L.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way, course ib. AV. ChUp.;
the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern country L.; = {stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.
vartanin* = see {eka-}, {ubhaya-} and {sahasra-v-}.
vartanIya* = mfn. to be stayed or dwelt in; n. (impers.) it should be applied or attended to (loc.) Vcar.
varti-tva* = n. (ifc.) treatment as of Km.
vartin* = mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.) Kv. Kaths. &c.; (ifc.) being in any position
or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying, executing (an order; cf. {nideza-v-}); conducting
one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) behaving properly towards ib. (cf. {guru-v-}; {guru-vat} = {gurAv iva});
turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (= {pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
varti4s* = n. circuit, orbit RV.; lodging, abode ib. (= {mArga} Mahdh.; = {gRha} Sy.)
vartIkR* = P. {-karoti}, to make into a paste or pill, &c. SrngS.
vartula* = mf({A})n. round, circular, globular BhP. Vet. Hcat.; m. a kind of pea Madanav.; a ball L.; N. of one of S'iva's
attendants L.; ({A}) f. a ball at the end of a spindle to assist its rotation, L,; ({I}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.; n. a circle
Cat.; the bulb of a kind of onion L.
vartuli* = (gender doubtful), a kind of bean Buddh.
vartma* = in comp. for {vartman}.
vartate = (1 ap) to exist, to be
vartana = Behavior *= mfn. (also fr. Caus.) abiding, staying &c. (= %{vartiSNu}) L.; setting in motion, quickening,
causing to live or be (also applied to Vishn2u) Hariv. BhP.; m. a dwarf. L.; (%{A}) f. see under n.; (%{I}) f. staying,
abiding, living, life L.; a way, road, path (= %{vartani4}) HParis3.; `" grinding "' or `" despatching "' (= %{peSaNa} or
%{pre4SaNa}) L.; a spindle or distaff, Lali.; n. the act of turning or rolling or rolling on or moving forward or about
(trans. and intrans.) Nir. Ka1tyS3r. BhP. Car. &c. (also %{A} f. Harav.); twisting (a rope) L.; staying, abiding in (loc.)
Uttarar.; living on (instr.), livelihood, subsistence, occupation, earnings, wages Ka1v. Ra1jat. Katha1s. Hit.; commerce,
intercourse with (%{saha}) Ka1m.; proceeding, conduct, behaviour Sa1h.; (ifc.) application of. Kir.; a distaff or spindle
L.; a globe or ball L.; an often told word L.; a place where a horse rolls L.; decoction L.
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way, course ib. AV. ChUp.;
the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern country L.; = {stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.
vartante = are being engaged
vartman* = n. the track or rut of a wheel, path, road, way, course (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (instr. or loc. ifc. = by way
of. along, through, by); an edge, border, rim Sus'r.; an eyelid (as encircling the eye) AV. ChUp. Sus'r.; basis, foundation,
RPrat. (cf. {dyUta-v-}).
vartamana = present
vartamaana = Present *= mfn. turning, moving, existing, living, abiding &c.; present Ka1tyS3r.; (%{A}) f. the
terminations of the present tense Ka1t.; n. presence, the present time Ka1v. BhP.; (in gram.) the present tense.
vartamaanaH = being situated* = vartamAna* mfn. turning, moving, existing, living, abiding &c.; present KtyS'r.;
({A}) f. the terminations of the present tense Kt.; n. presence, the present time Kv. BhP.; (in gram.) the present
tense.
vartamaanaani = present
vartana * = mfn. (also fr. Caus.) abiding, staying &c. (= %{vartiSNu}) L.; setting in motion, quickening, causing to live
or be (also applied to Vishn2u) Hariv. BhP.; m. a dwarf. L.; (%{A}) f. see under n.; (%{I}) f. staying, abiding, living, life
L.; a way, road, path (= %{vartani4}) HParis3.; `" grinding "' or `" despatching "' (= %{peSaNa} or %{pre4SaNa}) L.; a
Sanskrit Dictionary
spindle or distaff, Lali.; n. the act of turning or rolling or rolling on or moving forward or about (trans. and intrans.)
Nir. Ka1tyS3r. BhP. Car. &c. (also %{A} f. Harav.); twisting (a rope) L.; staying, abiding in (loc.) Uttarar.; living on
(instr.), livelihood, subsistence, occupation, earnings, wages Ka1v. Ra1jat. Katha1s. Hit.; commerce, intercourse with
(%{saha}) Ka1m.; proceeding, conduct, behaviour Sa1h.; (ifc.) application of. Kir.; a distaff or spindle L.; a globe or ball
L.; an often told word L.; a place where a horse rolls L.; decoction L.
vartani f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way, course ib. AV. ChUp.; the
course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S3Br. (cf. %{vartman}); the eastern country L.; = %{stotra} g. %{uJchA7di}.
vartaya = to operate (causal from vart.h)
varti 1 (or 33 vartI ) * = f. anything rolled or wrapped round, a pad, a kind of bandage bound round a wound
Sus3r.; any cosmetic prepared from various substances (used as a remedy in the form of a paste or pill) ib. [925,3];
ointment, unguent, collyrium Uttarar. Katha1s.; a suppository ib.; the wick of a lamp MBh. VarBr2S. Katha1s.; a
magical wick Pan5cat.; a limp L.; the projecting threads or unwoven ends of woven cloth, a kind of fringe L.; a
projecting rim or protuberance round a vessel Ka1tyS3r.; a swelling or poly. pus in the throat Sus3r.; a swelling or
protuberance formed by internal rupture ib. (cf. %{mUtra-v-}); a surgical instrument, bougie L.; a streak, line (see
%{dhUma-v-}.
vartin.h = one who lives / behaves* = vartin mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.) Ka1v.
Katha1s. &c.; (ifc.) being in any position or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying,
executing (an order; cf. %{nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) behaving properly
towards ib. (cf. %{guru-v-}; %{guru-vat} = %{gurAv@iva}); turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (=
%{pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
vartita= *mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned, rounded (see %{su-v-}); turned about, rolled (as a wheel) BhP.; caused to be or exist,
brought about, accomplished, prepared MBh. Pan5cat.; spent, passed (as time or life) MBh. BhP.
vartitaa= * f. (ifc.) conduct or behaviour towards R.
vartitavya= *mfn. to be dwelt or stayed in BhP.; to be carried out or practised or observed R.; to be treated or dealt with
MBh.; n. (impers.) it should be abided or remained in (loc.; with %{asmad-vaze}, `" in obedience to us "' - `" we ought
to be obeyed "') BhP. Katha1s. Pan5cat.; it should be applied (by any one) to (loc.) MBh. R.; it should be lived or existed
Pan5cat.; (with an adv. or instr.) it should be proceeded or behaved towards or dealt in any way with any one (loc. gen.,
or instr. with %{saha}) MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{mAtR-vat} = %{mAta4rva}, `" as with a mother "').
varte = I am engaged
varteta = remains
varteyaM = thus engage
vartin mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; (ifc.) being in any
position or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying, executing (an order; cf. %{nideza-v-});
conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) behaving properly towards ib. (cf. %{guru-v-}; %{guru-vat}
= %{gurAv@iva}); turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (= %{pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
vartma = path
vartmani = on the path
varuNaH = the demigod controlling the water
varuutha * = n. protection, defence, shelter, secure abode RV. AV. VS. TBr.; a house or dwelling Naigh.; armour, a coat
of mail L.; a shield L.; (also m.) a sort of wooden ledge or guard fastened round a chariot as a defence against collision
Sa1n3khS3r. MBh. &c.; any multitude, host, swarm, quantity, assemblage (also of sons &c.) BhP.; m. the Indian cuckoo
L.; time L.; %{-nija-rASTraka} (?) L.; N. of a Gra1ma R.; of a man Ma1rkP.
varya * =mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) to be chosen, eligible, to be asked or obtained in marriage Pn. 3-i, 101 Sch.; excellent,
eminent, chief, principal, best of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; m. the god of love L.; ({A}) f. a girl who chooses her
Sanskrit Dictionary
husband L.
vasaa * = (sometimes written {vazA}) f. `" shining "', `" white "', the serum or marrow of the flesh (considered by some
as distinct from that of the bones by others as the same), marrow, fat, grease, lard, suet, melted fat, any fatty or oily
substance VS. &c. &c.; brain Kaths.; a partic. root similar to ginger L.; N. of a river MBh.
vasa * = m. or n. dwelling, residence (see {dur-vasa}); ({A4}) f. (accord. to some) id. (?) RV. v. 2, 6.
vasat.h = one who lives
vasana = dwelling * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an upper and lower
garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly devoted or attached to e.g. to a
doctrine Ka1v. Pur.); investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon tree L.; (also %{A} f.) an ornament woris by women
round the loins L. //2 n. (for 1. see col. 1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vas'a *= 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. %{va4zAn@a4nu} or %{a4nu@va4za}, `" according to wish or will,
at pleasure "'); authority, power, control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of going e.g. with %{i},
%{anu-i}, %{gam}, %{A-gam}, %{ya}, %{A-pad}, %{A-sthA} &c., `" to fall into a person's [gen.] power, become subject
or give way to "'; acc. with %{nI}, %{A-nI} and %{pra-yuj}, or loc. with %{kR}, %{labh} or Caus. of %{sthA} or %{saMsthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "'; loc. with %{bhU}, %{vRt}, %{sthA} and %{saM-sthA}, `" to be in a person's
[gen.] power "'; %{vazena}, %{-zAt}, and %{-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by force of, on account of, by
means of, according to "'); birth, origin L.; a brothel L. (cf. %{veza}); Carissa Carandas L.; the son of a Vais3ya and a
Karan2i1 L.; N. of a R2ishi preserved by the As3vins RV.; (with %{azvya}) of the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in
S3Br. &c. also of this hymn itself); = %{vAlmIki} Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh.; (%{A}) f. see below; mf(%{A})n.
willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent on (gen.) Katha1s. BhP. Pan5cat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.\\2
n. (cf. %{vasA}) liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Ka1t2h.
vazaa *= f. (rather fr. %{vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. %{vaz}) a cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br. Gr2S3rS.;
(with %{a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female elephant Vikr. Katha1s.; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28; any woman or wife L.; a
daughter L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat. {vacca}.]
vas'ana* = n. wishing, desiring, willing &c. Pa1n2. 3-3, 58 Va1rtt. 3 Sch.
vasanaM = pitambharam
vasanta = the deity of Spring, also Spring itself
vasantau = (and) Spring season
vasaanaM = having worn
vasana * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an upper and lower garment) RV. &c.
&c. (ifc. f. {A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly devoted or attached to e.g. to a doctrine Kv. Pur.);
investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon tree L.; (also {A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. \\ 2 n.
(for 1. see col. 1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vasantakaala * = m. spring-time, vernal season R.
vasati = (1 pp) to stay, dwell
vasaunaaM = of the Vasus
vasav = of clothes, wearing clothes
vasavaH = the Vasus
vasha = Agree
vas'a* = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. {va4zAn a4nu} or {a4nu va4za}, `" according to wish or will, at
pleasure "'); authority, power, control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of going e.g. with {i}, {anu-i},
Sanskrit Dictionary
{gam}, {A-gam}, {ya}, {A-pad}, {A-sthA} &c., `" to fall into a persos [gen.] power, become subject or give way to "';
acc. with {nI}, {A-nI} and {pra-yuj}, or loc. with {kR}, {labh} or Caus. of {sthA} or {saM-sthA}, `" to reduce to
subjection, subdue "'; loc. with {bhU}, {vRt}, {sthA} and {saM-sthA}, `" to be in a persos [gen.] power "'; {vazena}, {zAt}, and {-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by force of, on account of, by means of, according to "'); birth,
origin L.; a brothel L. (cf. {veza}); Carissa Carandas L.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Karan L.; N. of a Riishi preserved by
the As'vins RV.; (with {azvya}) of the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in S'Br. &c. also of this hymn itself); = {vAlmIki}
Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh.; ({A}) f. see below; mf({A})n. willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent
on (gen.) Kaths. BhP. Pacat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.
vas'a* = 2 n. (cf. {vasA}) liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Kthh.
vas'aa* = f. (rather fr. {vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. {vaz}) a cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; (with
{a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female elephant Vikr. Kaths.; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28; any woman or wife L.; a daughter
L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat. {vacca}.]
vashaM = control
vashaaH = (Nom.Pl.) (are under) control or influence
vas'a * = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. %{va4zAn@a4nu} or %{a4nu@va4za}, `" according to wish or
will, at pleasure "'); authority, power, control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of going e.g. with %{i},
%{anu-i}, %{gam}, %{A-gam}, %{ya}, %{A-pad}, %{A-sthA} &c., `" to fall into a person's [gen.] power, become subject
or give way to "'; acc. with %{nI}, %{A-nI} and %{pra-yuj}, or loc. with %{kR}, %{labh} or Caus. of %{sthA} or %{saMsthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "'; loc. with %{bhU}, %{vRt}, %{sthA} and %{saM-sthA}, `" to be in a person's
[gen.] power "'; %{vazena}, %{-zAt}, and %{-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by force of, on account of, by
means of, according to "'); birth, origin L.; a brothel L. (cf. %{veza}); Carissa Carandas L.; the son of a Vais3ya and a
Karan2i1 L.; N. of a R2ishi preserved by the As3vins RV.; (with %{azvya}) of the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in
S3Br. &c. also of this hymn itself); = %{vAlmIki} Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh.; (%{A}) f. see below; mf(%{A})n.
willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent on (gen.) Katha1s. BhP. Pan5cat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.\\ 2
n. (cf. %{vasA}) liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Ka1t2h.
vas'aa * = f. (rather fr. %{vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. %{vaz}) a cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br. Gr2S3rS.;
(with %{a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female elephant Vikr. Katha1s.; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28; any woman or wife L.; a
daughter L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat. {vacca}.]
vashath * = ind. (accord. to some fr. 1. {vah}; cf. 2. {vaT} and {vauSaT}) an exclamation uttered by the Hotrii priest at
the end of the sacrificial verse (on hearing which the Adhvaryu priest casts the oblation offered to the deity into the fire;
it is joined with a dat. e.g. {pUSNe vaSaT}; with {kR}, to utter the exclamation {vaSaT} "') RV. VS. Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh.
Pur
vashaat.h = under obligation
vashii = one who is controlled
vashii+kri = to conquer, overcome
vashe = in full subjugation
vas'itva * = n. freedom of will, the being one's own master MBh. Hariv. [929, 3]; power or dominion over (loc.) Sarvad.;
the supernatural power of subduing to one's own will MrkP. Pacar. &c.; mastery of one's self, self-command Kum.
MrkP.; subduing by magical means, fascinating, bewitching MW.
vas'itaa * = f. subjugation, dominion W.; the supernatural power of subduing all to one's own will, unbounded power of
(comp.; a Bodhi-sattva is said to have 10 Vas'its, viz. {Ayur-}, {citta-}, {pariSkAra-}, {dharma-}, {Rddhi-}, {janma-},
{adhimukti-}, {praNidhAna-}, {karma-}, and {jAna-v-} Dharmas. 74) BhP. Buddh.; subduing by the use of magical
means, fascinating, bewitching W.
vas.h = to livevasudhara = one that is wearing vasu, earth
vashya = under control
Sanskrit Dictionary
vas'yataa *= f. (MBh. Hariv. R. &c.) or (MBh. R.) the being under the control of (gen. or comp.), fitness for subjection,
obedience, humility.
vasishthha * = mfn. (superl. fr. 1. {va4su}; cf. {va4sIyas} and under 3. {vas}) most excellent, best, richest RV. AV. Br.
ChUp. MBh.; m. (wrongly written {vaziSTha}), `" the most wealthy "'N. of a celebrated Vedic Riishi or sage (owner of
the `" cow of plenty "', called Nandin, offspring of Surabhi, which by gransing all desires made him, as his name
implies, master of every {vasu} or desirable object; he was the typical representative of Brhmanical rank, and the
legends of his conflict with Vis'v-mitra, who raised himself from the kingly or Kshatriya to the Brhmanical class, were
probably founded on the actual struggles which took place between the Brhmans and Kshatriyas; a great many hymns
of the RV. are ascribed to these two great rivals; those of the seventh Mandala, besides some others, being attributed to
Vasishthha, while those of the third Mandala are assigned to Vis'v-mitra; in one of Vasishtha's hymns he is represented
as king Su-ds "' family priest, an office to which Vis'v-mitra also aspired; in another hymn Vasishthha claims to have
been inspired by Varuna, and in another [RV. vii, 33, 11] he is called the son of the Apsaras Urvas' by Mitra and
Varuna, whence his patronymic Maitrvaruni [930,3]; in Manu i, 35, he is enumerated among the ten Praj-patis or
Patriarchs produced by Manu Svyambhuva for the peopling of the universe; in the MBh. he is mentioned as the family
priest of the solar race or family of Ikshvku and Rma-candra, and in the Purnas as one of the arrangers of the Vedas
in the Dvpara age; he is, moreover, called the father of Aurva [Hariv.], of the Suklins [Mn.], of seven sons [Hariv.
Pur.], and the husband of Aksha-ml or Arundhat [MBh.] and of rj [Pur.]; other legends make him one of the 7
patriarchal sages regarded as forming the Great Bear in which he represents the star (see {RSi}) RV. &c. &c. (cf. IW.
361; 402 n. 1 &c.); N. of the author of a law-book and other wks. (prob. intended to be ascribed to the Vedic Riishi
above); pl. the family of Vasishthha RV. S'Br. S'rS. ({vasiSThasyA7GkuzaH} &c.N. of Smans rshBr.); N. of an
Anuvka Pat. on Pn. 4-3, 131 Vrtt. 2; n. flesh Gal.
vasti = internal cleansing
vastu = Article* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen. {va4stoH}, in the
mmorning; {va4stor vastoH}, every mmorning; {va4stor asyA4H}, this mmorning; {pra4ti va4stoH}, towards
mmorning; dat. {va4stave} see under 2. {vas}).
vastu* = 2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see {kapila-}, {vraNa-v-}); any really existing or abiding
substance or essence, thing, object, article Kv. VarBriS. Kaths. &c. (also applied to living beings e.g. S'ak. ii, 7/8); (in
phil.) the real (opp. to {a-v-}, `" that which does not really exist, the unreal "'; {a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance
or essence which has no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for
(comp.) Kv.; goods, wealth, property (cf. {-vinimaya} and {-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair, circumstance
MBh. Kv. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech &c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Kv. Das'ar. Sh.
&c.; (in music) a kind of composition Sangt.; natural disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of
anything W.
vastutaa *= f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pan5cat.; = next BhP.
vastutaH = actually, in reality
vastuuni = objects
vastunirdes'a* = m. table of contents, register Kvya7d. Sh.
vastra = Garment
vastrakos'a* = n. a clothes-bag L.
vastragriha* = n. '" cloth-house "', a tent L.
vastradazaa* = f. the border of a garment Gobh.
vastrapa* = m. pl. N. of a people MBh.
vastravat* = mfn. having fine clothes, welldressed MBh.
vastravidyaa* = w.r. for {vAstu-v-} q.v.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vastraveza* = m. or a tent L.
vastu* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen. %{va4stoH}, in the mmorning;
%{va4stor@vastoH}, every mmorning; %{va4stor@asyA4H}, this mmorning; %{pra4ti@va4stoH}, towards
mmorning; dat. %{va4stave} see under 2. %{vas}).//2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see %{kapila-},
%{vraNa-v-}); any really existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article Ka1v. VarBr2S. Katha1s. &c.
(also applied to living beings e.g. S3ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to %{a-v-}, `" that which does not really exist,
the unreal "'; %{a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the
right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (comp.) Ka1v.; goods, wealth, property (cf. %{-vinimaya} and
%{-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair, circumstance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme
(of a speech &c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h. &c.; (in music) a kind of composition Sam2gi1t.;
natural disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.//1. 2 see pp. 931 and 932.
vastutaa f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pan5cat.; = next BhP.
vastutantra* = mfn. dependent on things, objective ({-tva} n.) S'ank.
vastutas* = ind. owing to the nature of things BhP.; in fact, in reality, actually, verily, essentially ib. Rjat. Sarvad.
vasudhaa = earth
vasudhaiva = vasudhA(fem.nom.sing.)earth;world + eva:alone;itself
vasun.h = the eight Vasus
vasundharaa = (f) earth
vasu * = 1 mf({u} or {vI})n. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) excellent, good, beneficent RV. GriS'rS.; sweet L.; dry L.; N. of the
gods (as the `" good or bright ones, esp. of the dityas, Maruts, As'vins, Indra, Ushas, Rudra, Vyu, Vishnu, S'iva, and
Kubera) RV. AV. MBh. R.; of a partic. class of gods (whose number is usually eight, and whose chief is Indra, later Agni
and Vishnu; they form one of the nine Ganas or classes enumerated under Gana-devat q.v.; the eight Vasus were
originally personifications, like other Vedic deities, of natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with the other
Ganas common in the Veda, viz. the eleven Rudras and the twelve diyas, constituting with them and with Dyaus,
Heaven, and Priithiv, `" Earth "' [or, according to some, with Indra and Praj-pati, or, according to others, with the
two As'vins], the thirty-three gods to which reference is frequently made; the names of the Vasus, according to the
Vishnu-Purna, are, 1. pa [connected with {ap} "', `" water "']; 2. Dhruva, `" the Pole-star; 3. Soma, `" the Moon "'; 4.
Dhava or Dhara; 5. Anila, `" Wind "'; 6. Anala or Pvaka, `" Fire "'; 7. Pratyusha, `" the Dawn "'; 8. Prabhsa, `" Light
"'; but their names are variously given; Ahan, `" Day "', being sometimes substituted for 1; in their relationship to Fire
and Light they appear to belong to Vedic rather than Purnic mythology) RV. &c. &c.; a symbolical N. of the number `"
eight "' VarBriS.; a ray of light Naigh. i, 15; a partic. ray of light VP.; = {jina} S'l. (only L. the sun; the moon; fire; a
rope, thong; a tree; N. of two kinds of plant = {baka} and {pIta-madgu}; a lake, pond; a kind of fish; the the of the yoke
of a plough; the distance from the elbow to the closed fist); N. of a Rishi (with the patr. Bharad-vja, author of RV. ix,
80-82, reckoned among the seven sages) Hariv.; of a son of Manu ib.; of a son of Uttna-pda ib.; of a prince of the
Cedis also called Upari-cara MBh.; of a son of lina ib.; of a son of Kus'a and the country called after him RV.; of a son
of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Kriishna ib.; of a son of Vatsara ib.; of a son of Hiranya-retas and the Varsha ruled by
him ib.; of a son of Bhtajyotis ib.; of a son of Naraka ib.; of a king of Kas'mra Cat. [931, 1]; ({u}) f. light, radiance L.; a
partic. drug L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Vasus (as a class of gods) Hariv. VP.: ({vI}) f. night Naigh.
i, 7; n. (in Veda gen. {va4sos}, {va4svas} and {va4sunas}; also pl., exceptionally m.) wealth, goods, riches, property RV.
&c. &c. ({vasoS-pati} m. prob. `" the god of wealth or property "' AV. i, 12 [Paipp. {asoS-p-}, `" the god of life "'];
{va4sor-dhA4rA} f. `" stream of wealth "'N. of a partic. libation of Ghriita at the Agni-cayana AV. TS. Br. &c.; of the wife
of Agni BhP.; of the heavenly Gang MBh.; of sacred bathing-place ib.; of a kind of vessel ib.; {-rA-prayoga} m. N. of
wk.); gold (see {-varma-dhara}); a jewel, gem, pearl (see {-mekhala}); any valuable or precious object L.; (also f.) a
partic. drug L.; a kind of salt (= {romaka}) L.; water L.; a horse (?) L.; = {zyAma} L
vasu * = 2 m. or n. (for 1. see p. 930, col. 3) dwelling or dweller (see {sa4M-vasu}).
vasu 2 m. or n. (for 1. see p. 930, col. 3) dwelling or dweller (see {sa4M-vasu}).
vasudeva * = m. N. of the father of Kriishna (he was the son of S'ra, a descendant of Yadu of the lunar line, and was
also called naka-dundubhi q.v., because at his birth the gods, foreseeing that Vishnu would take a human form in his
Sanskrit Dictionary
family, sounded the drums of heaven for joy; he was a brother of Kunt or Priith, the mother of the Pandu princes,
who were thus cousins of Kriishna; see 1. {kRSNa}) MBh. Hariv. BhP. &c.; of a king of the Kanva dynasty Pur. Vs.,
Introd.; of Kriishna Pacar.; of the grandfather of the poet Mgha Cat.; (also with {brahma-prasAda}) of two authors
Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of S'va-phalka VP.; n. the lunar mansion Dhanishthh VarBriS.; {-janman} m. N. of
Kriishna S'is'.; {-tA} f. a goddess granting wwealth Hariv. (cf. {vasu-devatA} below); {-putra} m. N. of Kriishna Kv.; {brahma-prasAda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-bhU} m. `" son of Vasu-deva "'N. of Kriishna L.; {-vA7tma-ja} m. id.
Pacar
vasya* = to be put on
vath* = (prob. invented to serve as a root for the words below; cf. 1. {vRt}) cl. 1. P, {vaTati} (pf. {vavATa} &c.), to
surround, encompass Dhtup. ix, 13; cl. 10. P. {vaTayati}, to tie, string, connect, xxxv, 5; to divide, partition, xxxv, 65; to
speak, xix, 1 7: Pass. {vaTyate} (only {vaTyante} Vishn. xliii, 34), to be crushed or pounded or ground down.
va4th* = 2 ind. an interjection or exclamation used in sacrificial ceremonies TS.
vat* = 1 an affix (technically termed {vati}; see Pn. 5-1, 115 &c.) added to words to imply likeness or resemblance, and
generally translatable by `" as "', `" like "' (e.g. {brAhmaNa-vat}, like a Brhman; {pitR-vat} = {pite7va}, {pitaram iva},
{pitur iva} and {pitarI7va}).
vat* = 2 see {api-vat}.
vata * = mfn. uttered, sounded, spoken W.; asked, begged ib.; killed, hurt MW.; (ind.) see {bata}.
vatha*= m. (perhaps Prkriit for {vRta}, `" surrounded, covered "'; cf. {nyag-rodha}) the Banyan or Indian fig. tree
(Ficus Indica) MBh. Kv. &c. RTL. 337 (also said to be n.); a sort of bird BhP.; a small shell, the Cypraea Moneta or
cowry L.; a pawn (in chess) L.; sulphur L.; = {sAmya} L.; N. of a Trtha Vishn.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; the
son of a Vais'ya and a Venuk L. (also n. and {I} f.); a string, rope, tie L. (only {vaTa} ibc., and {paJca-v-}, q.v.); a small
lump, globule &c. = {vaTaka} S'rngS.; ({I}) f. a kind of tree, Rajan.; (with {gA-DhA}) a partic. position in the game of
Catur-anga or chess L.; a little round ball L.
vathavrikshaH = (m) a banyan tree
vathu (baTu) *= m. (also written %{vaTu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young Bra1hman, but also
contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; N. of a class of priests Cat.; a form of S3iva (so called from
being represented by boys in the rites of the S3a1ktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica L.
vatsa* = yearling, a calf, the young of any animal, offspring, child, often used as a term of endearment = my dear child,
my darling; a son, boy
vatsya = reside
vava * = see %{bava}, and vaava
vavarsha *V= showered, poured, rained
vavra * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{vR}) hiding or concealing one's self. RV.; m. `" hiding-place "', a cavern, hole, cave ib.
vavraya * = Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to retire or shrink from, keep aloof RV. viii, 40, 2.
vavre *V = asked, proposed, acepted, said, requested, chose
vaya = age
vayaM = (pron) we
vayanam.h = weaving
vayas* =1 n. a web (?) RV. ii, 31, 5. \\ 2 n. (cf. 2. %{vi4}) a bird, any winged animal, the winged tribe (esp. applied to
smaller birds) RV. &c. &c.\\ 3 n. ( %{vI}) enjoyment, food, meal, oblation RV. AV. (cf. %{vIti}) [920,3]; energy (both
Sanskrit Dictionary
bodily and mental), strength, health, vigour, power, might RV. AV. VS. (often with %{bRha4t}; with %{dhA} and dat. or
loc. of pers. `" to bestow vigour or might on "'); vigorous age, youth, prime of life, any period of life, age RV. &c. &c.
(%{sarvANi@vayAMsi}, animals of any age; %{vayasA7nvita} or %{vayasA7tI7ta}, aged. old); degree, kind (in
%{vayAMsi@pra-brUhi}) S3Br.
vayasi = of age
vayasigate = vayasi+gate, when age has advanced/gone
vayasya *= mfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary MBh. Kv. &c.; m. a contemporary, associate,
companion, friend (often used in familiar address) ib.; ({A4}) f. a female friend, a womas confidante Mriicch. Kaths.;
(scil. {iSTakA}) N. of 19 bricks used for building the sacrificial altar (so called from the word {vayas} in the formula of
consecration) TS. Kthh. Br.
vayuna *= mfn. (rather fr. %{vI} than fr. %{ve}) moving, active, alive S3Br.; waving, agitated, restless (applied to the
sea) TS. MaitrS.; clear (as an eye) BhP. (cf. %{a-vayuna}); a path, way (= %{mArga} also fig. either - `" means expedient
"', or `" rule, order, custom "') RV. AV. VS. (instr., according to rule "' RV. i, 162, 18); distinctness, clearness, brightness
RV. ii, 19, 3; iii, 29, 3 &c. (loc. pl. `" clearly, distinctly "', ii, 34, 4); a mark, aim(?) RV. i, 182, 1; ii, 19, 8 &c.; knowledge,
wisdom BhP.; a temple Un2. iii, 61 Sch.; (%{A}) f. a mark, aim, goal(?) RV. iv, 5, 13; x, 49, 5; knowledge, wisdom BhP.;
N. of a daughter of Svadha1 BhP.; m. N. of a son of Kr2is3a7s3va and Dhishan2a1 BhP.
(vAyuna *= m. a god, deity L.)
vayunasas *= ind. according to rule or order, in due order ib.
vayunavat *= (%{vayu4na}.) mfn. clear, distinct, bright RV.
vayunAvid *= (Padap. %{vayuna-vi4d}) mfn. learned in rules, well versed in ordinances RV.
vayunaadha *= or (for %{vayuna-dhA8} mfn. establishing rule or order MaitrS.
vayunaadhaa *= (for %{vayuna-dhA8} mfn. establishing rule or order MaitrS.
veda = Ancient Indian Religious Texts
veDa * = n. a kind of coarse sandal (= {sAndra-vicchinna-candana}) L.; ({A}) f. (also written {beDA}) a boat L. (cf.
{veTI}).
veda * =1 m. (fr. 1. {vid} q.v.) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore, knowledge of ritual RV. AitBr.; N. of certain
celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hind religion (these works were primarily three,
viz. 1. the Riig-veda, 2. the Yajur-veda [of which there are, however, two divisions see {taittirIya-saMhitA},
{vAjasaneyi-saMhitA}], 3. the Sma-veda [1015,2]; these three works are sometimes called collectively {trayI}, `" the
triple Vidy "' or `" threefold knowledge "', but the Riig-veda is really the only original work of the three, and much the
most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period
between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the ryans in India; and by others who adopt a different
reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the ryans had settled down in the Panjb]; subsequently a
fourth Veda was added, called the Atharva-veda, which was probably not completely accepted till after Manu, as his
law-book often speaks of the three Vedas-calling them {trayam brahma sanAtanam}, `" the triple eternal Veda "', but
only once [xi, 33] mentions the revelation made to Atharvan and Angiras, without, however, calling it by the later name
of Atharva-veda; each of the four Vedas has two distinct parts, viz. 1. Mantra, i.e. words of prayer and adoration often
addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind &c., and praying for health,
wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. Brhmana, consisting of Vidhi and Arthavda, i. e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the Mantras were to be used and explanations of the
legends &c. connected with the Mantras [see {brAhmaNa}, {vidhi}], both these portions being termed {zruti},
revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men [cf. I. W. 24 &c.],
although it is certain that both Mantras and Brhmanas were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of
the latter being comparatively modern; as the Vedas are properly three, so the Mantras are properly of three forms, 1.
Riic, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation; 2. Yajus, which are in prose, and intended
for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices; 3. Sman, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the Soma or
Moon-plant ceremonies, the Mantras of the fourth or Atharva-veda having no special name; but it must be borne in
Sanskrit Dictionary
mind that the Yajur and Sma-veda hymns, especially the latter, besides their own Mantras, borrow largely from the
Riig-veda; the Yajur-veda and Sma-veda being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayerand hymn-books intended as manuals for the Adhvaryu and Udgtrii priests respectively [see {yajur-veda}, {sAmaveda}]; the Atharva-veda, on the other hand, is, like the Riig-veda, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with
incantations, borrowing little from the Riig and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation
to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies &c.; each of the four Vedas seems to have passed
through numerous S'khs or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the Riig-veda is only
preserved in the S'kala recension, while a second recension, that of the Bhshkalas, is only known by name; a tradition
makes Vysa the compiler and arranger of the Vedas in their present form: they each have an Index or Anukraman
[q.v.], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or Sarva7nukraman [q.v.]; out of the Brhmana portion
of the Veda grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name Veda, viz. the
strings of aphoristic rules, called Stras [q.v.], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul
and matter, called Upanishad [q.v.], which were appended to the ranyakas [q.v.], and became the real Veda of thinking
Hinds, leading to the nas or systems of philosophy; in the later literature the name of `" fifth Veda "' is accorded to the
Itihsas or legendary epic poems and to the Purnas, and certain secondary Vedas or Upa-vedas [q.v.] are enumerated;
the Veda7ngas or works serving as limbs [for preserving the integrity] of the Veda are explained under {vedA7Gga}
below: the only other works included under the head of Veda being the Paris'ishthas, which supply rules for the ritual
omitted in the Stras; in the Briihad-ranyaka Upanishad the Vedas are represented as the breathings of Brahm, while
in some of the Purnas the four Vedas are said to have issued out of the four mouths of the four-faced Brahm and in
the Vishnu-Purna the Veda and Vishnu are identified) RTL. 7 &c. IW. 5; 24 &c.; N. of the number `" four "' VarBriS.
[1015,3] Srutabh.; feeling, perception S'Br.; = {vRtta} (v.l. {vitta}) L. (cf. 2. {veda}).
veda * =2 m. (fr. 3. {vid}) finding, obtaining, acquisition (see {su-v-}); property, goods s'vGri.
veda * =3 m. (perhaps connected with 1. {ve}, to weave or bind together) a tuft or bunch of strong grass (Kus'a or
Muja) made into a broom (and used for sweeping, making up the sacrificial fire &c., in rites) AV. MS. Br. S'rS. Mn.
veda * =vedaH = (masc.nom.sing.)the Veda
vedaanga* = n. `" a limb (for preserving the body) of the Veda "'N. of certain works or classes of works regarded as
auxiliary to and even in some sense as part of the Veda, (six are usually enumerated [and mostly written in the Stra or
aphoristic style]; 1. {zikSA}, `" the science of proper articulation and pronunciation "', comprising the knowledge of
letters, accents, quantity, the use of the organs of pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the laws of
euphony peculiar to the Veda [many short treatises and a chapter of the Taittirya-ranyaka are regarded as the
representatives of this subject; but other works on Vedic phonetics may be included under it see {prAtizAkhya}]: 2.
{chandas}, `" metre "' [represented by a treatise ascribed to Pingala-nga, which, however, treats of Prkriit as well as
Sanskriit metres, and includes only a few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. {vyAkaraNa}, `" linguistic analysis or
grammar [represented by Pnini's celebrated Stras]: 4. {nirukta}, `" explanation of difficult Vedic words "' [cf.
{yAska}]: 5. {jyotiSa}, `" astronomy "', or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a small tract, the object of which is
to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. {kalpa}, `" ceremonial "', represented by a large number of Stra works
[cf. {sUtra}]: the first and second of these Veda7ngas are said to be intended to secure the correct reading or recitation
of the Veda, the third and fourth the understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at sacrifices:
the Veda7ngas are alluded to by Manu, who calls them, in iii, 184, Pravacanas, `" expositions "', a term which is said to
be also applied to the Brhmanas) IW. 145 &c.
vedakrama = vedaas
vedanaa = feelings of pain,
vedana* = pain, torture, agony, feeling sensation, but also: announcing, proclaiming; n. perception, knowledge; making
known, proclaiming
vedana * =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1017, col. 2) announcing, proclaiming (see %{bhaga-v-}); n. perception, knowledge Nir.
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (rarely %{A} f.); making known, proclaiming Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. pain, torture, agony (also personified as
a daughter of Anr2ita) MBh. R. &c. (exceptionally n.); feeling, sensation Ya1jn5. S3is3. (with Buddhists one of the 5
Skandhas MWB. 109); (%{I}) f. the true skin or cutis L.\\ 2 mfn. finding, procuring (see %{naSTa} and %{pati-v-}); n.
the act of finding, falling in with (gen.) MBh.; the act of marrying (said of both sexes, esp. the marriage of a S3u1dra
woman with a man of a higher caste; cf. Mn. iii, 44, and %{utkRSTa-v-}) Mn. Ya1jn5.; the ceremony of holding the
ends of a mantle (observed by a S3u1dra female on her marriage with a man of a higher caste) W.; property, goods RV.
AV. [1017,3]
Sanskrit Dictionary
vedas *= 1 n. (for 2. see p. 1017, col. 3) knowledge, science RV. (cf. %{keta-}, %{jAta-}, %{vizva-v-}).\\ 2 n. property,
wealth RV. AV.
vedyaM = what is to be known
vedyaH = knowable
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vepathu *= m. quivering, trembling, tremor AV. &c. &c.; mfn. trembling, quaking VarBr2S
vepathumathii = she who is sweating
vepamaanaH = trembling
vepita *= n. trembling, agitation (in {sa-vepitam}), S'ntis'.
vesha = dress
veshhaH = make-ups/garbs/roles
veshhTiH = (m) dhoti
vetanam.h = (n) salary
vetaala * = m. (of doubtful derivation) a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin, vampire (esp. one occupying a dead body)
Hariv. Kv. Kaths. &c.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants, KlikP.; of a teacher BhP.; of a poet Cat.; a door-keeper (?) L.;
({A}) f. a form of Durg Vs.; ({I}) f. N. of Durg Hariv.
vetravat* = mfn. containing or consisting of reeds BhP.; m. N. of a mythical being (a son of Pu1shan) Katha1s.; (%{atI})
f. a female door-keeper S3ak. Prab.; a form of Durga1 Hariv. (v.l. %{citra-rathI}); N. of a river (now called the Betwa1,
which, rising among the Vindhya hills in the Bhopa1l State and following a north-easterly direction for about 360 miles,
falls into the Jumna1 below Hami1rpur) MBh. R. &c.; of the mother of Vetra7sura VarP.
vetrika* = m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (v.l. %{veNika}).
vetrin* = mfn. (ifc.) having a cane, having anything for a cane MaitrUp.; m. a staff-bearer, door-keeper Ra1jat.
vetrIya* = mfn. (fr. %{vetra}) g. %{utkarA7di}.
vetta = the knower
vetti = knows
vettha = knowvelaa = (fem) time
vettR * = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vid}) ono who knows or feels or witnesses or experiences, a knower, experiencer, witness
S3vetUp. MBh. &c.; m. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and God W.\\ = 2 m. (fr. 3. %{vid}) one who
obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband A1past.
vi * = 1 m. (nom. {vi4s} or {ve4s} acc. {vi4m} gen. abl. {ve4s}; pl. nom. acc. {va4yas} [acc. {vIn} Bhathth.]; {vi4bhis},
{vi4bhyas}, {vInA4m}) a bird (also applied to horses, arrows, and the Maruts) RV. VS. PacavBr, (also occurring in later
language). [Cf. 1. {va4yas}; Gk. $ for $; Lat. {a-vis}; accord. to &287958[949, 3] some Germ. {Ei}; Angl. Sax. {ae4g};
Eng. {egg.}] - 1.
vi * = 2 n. an artificial word said to be = {anna} S'Br. \\* = 3 ind. (prob. for an original {dvi}, meaning `" in two parts
"'; and opp. to {sam} q.v.) apart, asunder, in different directions, to and fro, about, away, away from, off, without RV.
&c. &c. In RV. it appears also as a prep. with acc. denoting `" through "' or `" between "' (with ellipse of the verb e.g. i,
181, 5; x, 86, 20 &c.) It is esp. used as a prefix to verbs or nouns and other parts of speech derived from verbs, to
express `" division "', `" distinction "', `" distribution "', `" arrangement "', `" order "', `" opposition "', or `" deliberation
"' (cf. {vi-bhid}, {-ziS}, {-dhA}, {-rudh}, {-car}, with their nominal derivatives); sometimes it gives a meaning opposite
to the idea contained in the simple root (e.g. {krI}, `" to buy "'; {vi-krI}, `" to sell "'), or it intensifies that idea (e.g.
{hiMs}, `" to injure "'; {vi-hiMs}, `" to injure severely "'). The above 3. {vi4} may also be used in forming compounds
not immediately referable to verbs, in which cases it may express `" difference "' (cf. 1. {vi-lakSaNa}), `" change "' or `"
variety "' (cf. {vi-citra}), `" intensity "' (cf. {vi-karAla}), `" manifoldness "' (cf. {vi-vidha}), `" contrariety "' (cf. {viloma}), `" deviation from right "' (cf. {vi-zIla}), `" negation "' or `" privatlon "' (cf. {vi-kaccha}, being often used like 3.
{a}, {nir}, and {nis} [qq. vv.], and like the Lat. {dis}, {se}, and the English {a}, {dis}, {in}, {un} &c.); in some cases it
does not seem to modify the meaning of the simple word at all (cf. {vi-jAmi}, {vi-jAmAtR}); it is also used to form
proper names out of other proper names (e.g. {vi-koka}, {vi-pRthu}, {vi-viMza}). To save space such words are here
Sanskrit Dictionary
mostly collected under one article; but words having several subordinate compounds will be found s.v.
vi+apa+gam.h = to go away
vi+bhaa = to adorn
vi+GYaa = to know
vibhaaga * = m. distribution, apportionment RV. AitBr.; partition of patrimony, law of inheritance (one of the 18 titles
or branches of law) Mn. Ya1jn5. &c. (cf. IW. 261); a share, portion, section, constituent part of anything Ya1jn5. MBh.
&c.; division, separation, distinction, difference Nir. Gr2S3rS. &c. (%{ena}, separately, singly, in detail; cf. also %{yogav-}); disjunction (opp. to %{saM-yoga} and regarded in Nya1ya as one of the 24 Gun2as) IW. 68; (in arithm.) the
numerator of a fraction Col.; N. of S3iva R.; %{-kalpanA} f. apportioning or allotment of shares or portions W.; %{-jJa}
mfn. (ifc.) knowing the difference between S3a1n3khGr2. MBh. %{-tas} ind. according to a part or share,
proportionately Sarvad. W.; %{-tattva-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-tva} n. state of separation or distinction Sarvad.; %{dharma} m. the law of division, rule of inheritance Mn. i, 115; %{-pattrikA} f. a deed of partition MW.; %{-bhAj} mfn.
one who shares in a portion of property already distributed (applied esp. to a son by a father and mother of the same
tribe, born subsequently to a distribution of property amongst his parents and brethren, in which case he inherits the
portion allotted or reserved to the parents) Ya1jn5. Pan5cat.; %{-bhinna} n. = %{takra}, buttermilk mixed with water
L.; %{-rekhA} f. partition-line, boundary between (gen.) Ba1lar.; %{-vat} mfn. divided, separated, distinguished (%{-tA}
f.) Sarvad.; %{-zas} ind. according to a part or share, separately, proportionately Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) according to BhP.
[977,3]; %{-sAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-ge7cchu} mfn. wishing for a partition or distribution MW.
vibhaagayoH = differences
vibhaagashaH = in terms of division
vibhaajana *= n. division, distinction L.; the act of causing to share or distribute, participation MW.
vibhaajya* = mfn. to be divided or apportioned, divisible Mn. ix, 219.
vibhaata* = mfn. shone forth, grown light &c. ({-tA vibhAvarI}, the morning has dawned Kaths.); become visible,
appeared ChUp. BhP.; n. dawn, day-break, morning Klid.vibhaashita* = mfn. admitting an alternative (esp. in gram. =
optional) Nir. Kaus'. Pn.
vibhaasita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made bright, illuminated MBh.
vibhaava *= 2 m. (for 1. see under %{vi-bhA}) any condition which excites or develops a partic. state of mind or body,
any cause of emotion (e.g. the persons and circumstances represented in a drama, as opp. to the %{anu-bhAva} or
external signs or effects of emotion) Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h. (%{-tva} n.); a friend, acquaintance L.; N. of S3iva Pan5car.
vibhaavasau = in the fire
vibhaavya *= mfn. to be clearly perceived or observed, distinguishable, comprehensible MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be attended
to or heeded (n. impers. `" it should be heeded "') MBh. Ka1vya7d.
vibhaktaM = divided1 * = vibhakta mfn. divided, distributed among (instr.). AV. &c. &c. (%{e} ind. after a partition,
Ya1jn. ii, 126); one who has received his share Mn. ix, 210; 215; one who has caused a partition to be made BhP. (Sch.);
parted, separated by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; separated from i.e. without (instr.) Ya1jn5. iii, 103; isolated,
secluded R.; distinct, different, various, manifold MBh. Ka1v. &c.; divided into regular parts, harmonious, symmetrical
ib.; ornamented, decorated Hariv. Katha1s.; divided (arithmetically) Su1ryas.; m. N. of Skanda MBh.; n. isolation,
seclusion, solitude Pa1n2. 2-3, 42; %{-gAtra} mfn. one whose limbs are embellished with (comp.) Hariv.; %{-ja} m. a
son born after the partition of the family property between his parents and brothers Gaut.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness,
variety Va1m. iv, 1, 7 (quot.); %{-tA7tman} mfn. divided (in his essence) Ragh. x, 66; %{-tA7vibhakta-nirNaya} m. N. of
wk.
vibhakteshhu = in the numberless divided
vibhava *= mfn. powerful, rich MBh. xiii, 802; m. being everywhere, omnipresence Kan2.; development, evolution
(with Vaishn2avas `" the evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms "') Sarvad.; power, might, greatness,
Sanskrit Dictionary
exalted position, rank, dignity, majesty, dominion R. Ka1lid. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. with loc., `" one whose power consists in
"' Gi1t.); influence upon (loc.) S3a1n3khS3r.; (also pl.) wealth, money, property, fortune MBh. Ka1v. &c.: luxury,
anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar.; magnanimity, lofty-mindedness W.; emancipation from existence Inscr.
BhP.; N. of the 2nd year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; destruction (of the world) Buddh.; (in music) a kind of
measure; %{-kSaya} m. loss of fortune or property Ca1n2.; %{-tas} ind. according to rank or fortune or dignity Ka1lid.
Prab.; %{-mati} f. N. of a princess Ra1jat.; %{-mada} m. the pride of power MW.; %{-vat} mfn. possessed of power "',
wealthy Mr2icch. [978,3]
vibheda *= m. breaking asunder, splitting, piercing, division, separation MBh. R. &c.; knitting, contraction (of the
brows) Sa1h.; interruption, disturbance Ba1lar.; change, alteration Car.; diverging (in opinion), dissension, disagreeing
with (%{samam}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; distinction, variety VarBr2S. Katha1s. BhP.
vibhid * =P. . {-bhinatti}, {-bhintte} to split or break in two, break in pieces, cleave asunder, divide, separate, open
RV. &c. &c.; to pierce, sting S'Br. MrkP.; to loosen, untie Hariv. BhP.; to break, infringe, violate R. Blar. BhP.; to
scatter, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Kv. &c.; to alter, change (the mind) MBh. BhP.: Pass. to be split or broken,
burst asunder &c. (also P. Cond. {vyabhetsyat} ChUp.); to be changed or altered R. BhP.: Caus. {-bhedayati}, to cause
to split &c.; to divide, alienate, estrange MBh. R.
vi4-bhida * = m. N. of a demon Suparn.; ({A}) f. `" perforation "' and `" falling away "', `" apostasy "' S'is'. xx, 23.
vibhI4daka * = vm. n. id. RV. GriS'rS. (cf. {vi-bhedaka} under {vi-bhid}).
vibhrama * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) moving to and fro, rolling or whirling about, restlessness, unsteadiness Ka1v. VarBr2S.
Ra1jat.; violence, excess, intensity, high degree (also pl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; hurry, rapture, agitation, disturbance,
perturbation, confusion, flurry MBh. Ka1v. &c.; doubt, error, mistake, blunder (with %{daNDasya}, `" erroneous
application of punishment "') Mn. MBh. &c.; illusion, illusive appearance or mere semblance of anything Ka1v. Katha1s.
&c. (cf. %{-bhASita}); beauty, grace Ka1lid. Ma1lati1m.; feminine coquetry, amorous gestures or action of any kind (esp.
play of the eyes), perturbation, flurry (as when a woman in her confusion puts her ornaments in the wrong places)
Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h.; caprice, whim MW.; (%{A}) f. old age L.; %{-tantra} n. (= %{-sUtra}); %{-bhASita} n. pl. language
in appearance Subh.; %{-vatI} f. a girl Harav.; N. of a female servant Prab.; %{-sUtra} n. N. of a treatise on grammar
(attributed to Hema-candra); %{-mA7rka} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.
vibububhuushu* =mfn. wishing to develop or expand one's self. ib.
vi4-buddha* mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) without consciousness W.
vi-buddha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) awakened, wide awake MBh. Kv. &c.; expanded, blown ib.; clever,
experienced, skilful in (loc.) MBh. xiv, 1015; {-kamala} mfn. having expanded lotuses MBh.; {-cUta} m. a mango-tree in
blossom Mlav.
vibhu *= ; %{-dA4van} mfn. bestowing richly, liberal TS.; %{-ma4t} mfn. joined with the Vibhus or Ribhus MaitrS.;
%{-vasu} (%{vibhU4}.) mfn. possessing mighty treasures or wealth RV.
vibhuM = greatest
vibhuH = the Supreme Lord
vibhum.h = the Lord who shines
vibhuu *= P. %{-bhavati}, to arise, be developed or manifested, expand, appear RV. TS. Mun2d2Up.; to suffice, be
adequate or equal to or a match for (dat. or acc.) S3Br.; to pervade, fill Pan5cavBr.; to be able to or capable of (inf.),
Bhp.; to exist (in %{a-vibhavat}, `" not existing "') Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. %{-bhAvayati}, to cause to arise or appear, develop,
manifest, reveal, show forth, display S3a1n3khBr. MBh. &c.; to pretend, feign Kull. on Mn. viii, 362; to divide, separate
BhP.; to perceive distinctly, find out, discover, ascertain, know, acknowledge, recognise as (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
regard or consider as, take for (two acc.) Kuval.; to suppose, fancy, imagine BhP. Pan5car.; to think, reflect Katha1s.
Pan5cat.; to suppose anything of or about (loc.) BhP.; to make clear, establish, prove, decide Mn. Ya1jn5.; to convict,
convince Ya1jn5. Das3.: Pass. of Caus. %{-bhAvyate}, to be considered or regarded as, appear, seem (nom.) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.: Desid. see %{-bubhUSA}: Intens. see %{-bobhuvat}\\2 mf(%{U4} or %{vI4})n. being everywhere, far-extending,
all-pervading, omnipresent, eternal RV. VS. Up. MBh. &c.; abundant, plentiful RV. VS. Br.; mighty, powerful, excellent,
great, strong, effective, able to or capable of (inf.) RV. &c. &c.; firm, solid, hard L.; m. a lord, ruler, sovereign, king (also
Sanskrit Dictionary
applied to Brahma1, Vishn2u, and S3iva) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (ifc.) chief of or among VarBr2S.; a servant L.; the sun L.; the
moon L.; N. of Kubera L. (W. also `" ether; space; time; the soul "'); N. of a god (son of Veda-s3iras and Tushita1) BhP.;
of a class of gods under Manu Sa1varn2i Ma1rkP.; of Indra under Manu Raivata and under the 7th Manu ib. BhP.; of a
son of Vishn2u and Dakshin2a1 BhP.; of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi ib.; of Buddha L.; of a brother of S3akuni MBh.; of
a son of S3ambara Hariv.; of a son of Satya-ketu and father of Su-vibhu VP.; of a son of Dharma-ketu and father of Sukuma1ra ib.; of a son of Varsha-ketu or Satya-ketu and father of A1narta Hariv.; of a son of Prasta1va and Niyutsa1
BhP.; of a son of Bhr2igu MW.; pl. N. of the R2ibhus RV.; %{-kra4tu} mfn. strong. heroic RV.; %{-tA} f. power,
supremacy W.; %{-tva} n. being everywhere, omnipresence S3vetUp. Sarvad.; omnipotence, sovereignty Pras3nUp.
S3ak. Ba1lar.; %{-tva-samarthana} n. N. of wk.; %{-pramita} n. the hall of Brahma1 KaushUp.; %{-ma4t} mfn.
extending everywhere RV.; joined with the Vibhus or R2ibhus VS. AitBr. S3rS.; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Inscr.
vibhuutayaH = opulences
vibhuuta * = mfn. arisen, produced &c.; great, mighty (see comp.); m. = next Buddh.; %{-M-gamA} f. a partic. high
number Buddh.; %{-dyumna} (%{vi4-}) mfn. abounding in splendour or glory RV.; %{-manas} mfn. (used to explain
%{vi-manas}) Nir. x, 26; %{-rAti} (%{vi-}) mfn. bestowing rich gifts.
vibhuuti = divine power * = mfn. penetrating, pervading Nir.; abundant, plentiful RV.; mighty, powerful ib.; presiding
over (gen.) ib. viii, 50, 6; m. N. of a Sdhya Hariv.; of a son of Vis'vmitra MBh.; of a king VP.; f. development,
multiplication, expansion, plenty, abundance Kv. Kaths. &c.; manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power
(consisting of eight faculties, especially attributed to S'iva, but supposed also to be attainable by human beings through
worship of that deity, viz. {aNiman}, the power of becoming as minute as an atom; {laghiman}, extreme lightness;
{prA7pti}, attaining or reaching anything [e.g. the moon with the tip of the finger] [979, 1]; {prAkAmya}, irresistible
will; {mahiman}, illimitable bulk; {IzitA}, supreme dominion; {vazitA}, subjugating by magic; and {kAmA7vasAyitA},
the suppressing all desires) ib.; a partic. S'akti Hcat.; the might of a king or great lord, sovereign power, greatness
Klid. Pacat. Kaths. &c.; successful issue (of a sacrifice) MBh. R.; splendour, glory, magnificence Hariv. Ragh.
VarBriS.; fortune, welfare, prosperity Pras'nUp. MBh. &c.; (also pl.) riches, wealth, opulence Km. Kv. Kaths.; N. of
Lakshmi (the Goddess of Fortune and welfare) BhP.; the ashes of cow-dung &c. (with which S'iva is said to smear his
body, and hence used in imitation of him by devotees) Pacar. Sh.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangt.; {-grahaNa} n.
taking up ashes (at the Vais'vadeva ceremony) RTL. 420; {-candra} m. N. of an author, Cat; {-dvAdazI} f. a Vrata or
religious observance on a partic. twelfth day (in honour of Vishnu) ib.; {-dhAraNa-vidhi} m. N. of wk.; {-bala} m. N. of
a poet Cat.; {-mat} mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman Bhag. BhP.; smeared with ashes W.; {-mAdhava} m. N. of a
poet Cat.; {-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {-yoga} m. N. of the 6th canto of the S'iva-gt.
vibhuutiM = opulence
vibhuutinaaM = opulences
vibhuutibhiH = opulences
vibhuuteH = of opulences
vibhuush.h = to decorate
vibhuushhaNa = ornament, asset
vibhram * = P. %{-bhramati}, %{-bhrAmyati}, to wander or roam or fly about, roll, hover, whirl MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
reel, quiver, shake BhP.; to roam over, wander through (acc.). MBh.; to fall into disorder or confusion, be disarranged
or bewildered MBh. Hariv. &c.; to drive asunder, disperse, scare away MBh.; to move about (the tail) R.: Caus. %{bhramayati}, or %{-bhrAmayati} (Pass. %{-bhrAmyate}), to confise, perplex Ma1rkP. Hcat.
vibhrama m. (ifc. f. %{A}) moving to and fro, rolling or whirling about, restlessness, unsteadiness Ka1v. VarBr2S.
Ra1jat.; violence, excess, intensity, high degree (also pl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; hurry, rapture, agitation, disturbance,
perturbation, confusion, flurry MBh. Ka1v. &c.; doubt, error, mistake, blunder (with %{daNDasya}, `" erroneous
application of punishment "') Mn. MBh. &c.; illusion, illusive appearance or mere semblance of anything Ka1v. Katha1s.
&c. (cf. %{-bhASita}); beauty, grace Ka1lid. Ma1lati1m.; feminine coquetry, amorous gestures or action of any kind (esp.
play of the eyes), perturbation, flurry (as when a woman in her confusion puts her ornaments in the wrong places)
Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h.; caprice, whim MW.; (%{A}) f. old age L.; %{-tantra} n. (= %{-sUtra}); %{-bhASita} n. pl. language
in appearance Subh.; %{-vatI} f. a girl Harav.; N. of a female servant Prab.; %{-sUtra} n. N. of a treatise on grammar
(attributed to Hema-candra); %{-mA7rka} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vibhramaH = bewilderment
vibhramin * = mfn. moving hither and thither Chandom.
vibhraMs' * = (sometimes written %{bhraMs}) A1. %{-bhraMzate}, to fall off (fig.), be unfortunate, fail or be
unsuccessful in (loc.) Pan5cavBr.; to be separated from, desert (abl.) Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. %{-bhraMzayati}, to cause to fall
MBh.; to strike or break off R.; to cause to disappear or vanish, destroy annihilate BhP.; to divert from, deprive of (abl)
MBh. BhP.
vibhraMs'a * = m. diarrhoea, laxity of the bowels (see %{manda-v-}); decline, cessation, end MBh. Katha1s. Pur.;
disturbance, perturbation (see %{citta-v-}); fall, decay, ruin MBh. VarBr2S. BhP.; (ifc.) being deprived of, loss Pur.
Ra1jat.; a precipice MW.; %{-yAjJa} m. a partic. Eka7tha Vait.
vibhraMzin * = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see %{a-v-}); falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhraMs'ita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall &c.; %{-jJAna} mfn. deprived of reason or consciousness BhP.; %{puSpa-pattra} mfn. having the flowers and leaves knocked off R.
vibhraMs'in * = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see {a-v-}); falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhrashhTaH = deviated from
vibhraantaaH = perplexed
vibhram *= P. %{-bhramati}, %{-bhrAmyati}, to wander or roam or fly about, roll, hover, whirl MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
reel, quiver, shake BhP.; to roam over, wander through (acc.). MBh.; to fall into disorder or confusion, be disarranged
or bewildered MBh. Hariv. &c.; to drive asunder, disperse, scare away MBh.; to move about (the tail) R.: Caus. %{bhramayati}, or %{-bhrAmayati} (Pass. %{-bhrAmyate}), to confise, perplex Ma1rkP. Hcat.
vibhrama *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) moving to and fro, rolling or whirling about, restlessness, unsteadiness Ka1v. VarBr2S.
Ra1jat.; violence, excess, intensity, high degree (also pl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; hurry, rapture, agitation, disturbance,
perturbation, confusion, flurry MBh. Ka1v. &c.; doubt, error, mistake, blunder (with %{daNDasya}, `" erroneous
application of punishment "') Mn. MBh. &c.; illusion, illusive appearance or mere semblance of anything Ka1v. Katha1s.
&c. (cf. %{-bhASita}); beauty, grace Ka1lid. Ma1lati1m.; feminine coquetry, amorous gestures or action of any kind (esp.
play of the eyes), perturbation, flurry (as when a woman in her confusion puts her ornaments in the wrong places)
Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h.; caprice, whim MW.; (%{A}) f. old age L.; %{-tantra} n. (= %{-sUtra}); %{-bhASita} n. pl. language
in appearance Subh.; %{-vatI} f. a girl Harav.; N. of a female servant Prab.; %{-sUtra} n. N. of a treatise on grammar
(attributed to Hema-candra); %{-mA7rka} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.
vibhramin *= mfn. moving hither and thither Chandom.
vibhraMs' *= (sometimes written %{bhraMs}) A1. %{-bhraMzate}, to fall off (fig.), be unfortunate, fail or be
unsuccessful in (loc.) Pan5cavBr.; to be separated from, desert (abl.) Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. %{-bhraMzayati}, to cause to fall
MBh.; to strike or break off R.; to cause to disappear or vanish, destroy annihilate BhP.; to divert from, deprive of (abl)
MBh. BhP.
vibhraMs'a *= m. diarrhoea, laxity of the bowels (see %{manda-v-}); decline, cessation, end MBh. Katha1s. Pur.;
disturbance, perturbation (see %{citta-v-}); fall, decay, ruin MBh. VarBr2S. BhP.; (ifc.) being deprived of, loss Pur.
Ra1jat.; a precipice MW.; %{-yAjJa} m. a partic. Eka7tha Vait.
vibhraMs'in *= mfn. crumbling to pieces (see %{a-v-}); falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhraMs'ita *= mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall &c.; %{-jJAna} mfn. deprived of reason or consciousness BhP.; %{puSpa-pattra} mfn. having the flowers and leaves knocked off R.
vibudha* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) destitute of learned men Kvya7d. - 1.\\* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) very
wise or learned Kv. Kaths. Pacat. &c.; m. a wise or learned man, teacher, Pandit ib.; a god MBh. Kv. &c.; the moon
L.; N. of a prince (son of Deva-midha) R.; of Kriita VP.; of the author of the Janma-pradipa; {-guru} m. `" teacher of
the gods "', Briihas-pati or the planet Jupiter VarBriS.; {-taTinI} f. `" river of the gods "', the Gang Prasang.; {-tva} n.
wisdom, learning Cat.; {-nadI} f. = {-taTinI} Viddh.; {-pati} m. `" king of the gods "'N. of Indra Car.; {-priyA} f. `"
Sanskrit Dictionary
favourite of the gods "'N. of a metre Ping.; -mati mfn. of wise understanding Km.; {-raJjanI} f. N. of wk.; {-rAja}, m.=
{-pati} R.; {-ripu} m. an enemy of the gods Prab.; {-rSabha} (for {-RS-}) m. chief of the gods BhP.; {-vijaya} m. a
victory won by the gods MW.; {-vidviS} (MBh.) or {-zatru} (Vikr.) m. `" foe of the gods "', a demon; {-sakha} m. a friend
of the gods Bhathth.; {-sadman} n. `" abode of the gods "', heaven or the sky Kd.; {-strI} f. `" divine female "', an
Apsaras S'ak.; {-dhA7cArya} m. `" teacher of the gods "'N. of Briihas-pati Das'.; {-dhA7dhipa} (MBh.), {-dhA7dhipati}
(VarBriS.) m. sovereign of the gods ({-tya} n. sovereignty of the gods BhP.); {-dhA7nucara} m. a god's attendant Mn.
xii, 47; {-dhA7vAsa} m. `" god's abode "', a temple Rjat.; {-dhe7tara} m. `" other than a god "', an Asura BhP.; {dhe7ndra} m. `" best of the wise "', (with {AcArya} or {Azrama}) N. of a teacher Cat.; {-dhe7zvara} m. lord of the gods
MBh.; {-dho7padeza} m. N. of a vocabulary
vicaarin * = mfn. having wide paths (as the earth) RV. v, 84, 2; moving about, wandering, traversing MBh. R. &c.;
proceeding, acting MBh.; changing, mutable A1s3vS3r.; wanton, dissolute, lascivious Ca1n2. (v.l.); (ifc.) deliberating,
judging, discussing MBh. Mr2icch.; m. N. of a son of Kavandha GopBr.
vicaarita * = mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c.; anything which is under discussion,
dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib.; anything which has been discussed or decided, ascertained, settled Mn. xi, 28; n. (also
pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh. Mr2icch. Pan5cat.
vicakSaNa * = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. Gr2S3rS.; distinct, perceptible Pa1rGr2.;
clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.;
m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Ta1n2d2ya) VBr.; (%{A}) f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahma1's throne
KaushUp.; N. of a female servant Viddh.; (%{am}) ind. g. %{gotrA7di}; %{-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the
word %{vicakSaNa}, or %{canasita} Ka1tyS3r.; %{-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom
MBh.; %{-m-manya} mfn. considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; %{-vat} mfn. connected with the word
%{vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. %{-NA7nta} La1t2y., %{-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicarita * = mfn. moved in different directions &c.; n. wandering, roaming about MBh.
vicar.h = to think
vicara * = mfn. wandered or swerved from (abl.) MBh. v, 812. 2.
vicaara* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) mode of acting or proceeding, procedure (also = a single or particular case) S3rS.; change of
place Gobh.; pondering, deliberation, consideration, reflection, examination, investigation RPra1t. MBh. &c.; doubt,
hesitation R. Katha1s. BhP.; a probable conjecture Sa1h.; dispute, discussion W.; prudence MW.; %{-kartR} m. one who
makes investigation, a judge, investigator W.; %{-cintAmaNi} m. N. of wk.; %{-jJa} mfn. knowing how to discriminate
or judge, able to decide on the merits of a case, a judge MW.; %{-driz} mfn. `" employing no spies for eyes "' (see
%{cAra}), and `" looking at a matter with consideration "' Naish.; %{-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; %{-para} m. N. of a king,
S3in6ha7s.; %{-bhU} f. a tribunal L.; the judgment-seat of Yama (judge of the dead) W.; %{-maJjarI} f. %{-mAlA} f. N.
of wks.; %{-mUDha} mfn. foolish or mistaken in judgment Ragh. Hit.; %{-vat} mfn. proceeding with consideration,
considerate, prudent S3atr. Ka1v.; %{-vid} m. (prob.) `" knowing how to discriminate "'N. of S3iva MBh.; %{-zAstra} n.
N. of wk.; %{-zIla}, disposed to deliberation or reflection, considerate, deliberative MW.; %{-sudhA7kara} m. %{dhA7rNava} m. N. of wks. [958,3]; %{-sthala} n. a place for discussion or investigation, tribunal MW.; a logical
disputation W.; %{-rA7rka-saMgraha} m. N. of wk.; %{-rA7rthasamAgama} m. assembly for the sake of trial or
judgment, an assembly for investigation or discussion MW.; %{-ro7kti} f. discriminating speech L.
vicaarya *= mfn. to be deliberated or discussed (n. impers.), dubious, doubtful, questionable MBh. Katha1s. &c.
vicakshaNa = clever, wise* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; distinct,
perceptible PrGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tndya) VBr.; ({A}) f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahm's
throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the
word {vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {m-manya} mfn. considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr.
(cf. {-NA7nta} Lthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicakshaNaH = the experienced
vicakshaNa* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; distinct, perceptible PrGri.;
clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tndya) VBr.; ({A}) f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahm's throne KaushUp.; N. of
a female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word {vicakSaNa}, or
{canasita} KtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn.
considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta}
Lthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicaarin * = mfn. having wide paths (as the earth) RV. v , 84 , 2 ; moving about , wandering , traversing MBh. R. &c. ;
proceeding , acting MBh. ; changing , mutable A1s3vS3r. ; wanton , dissolute , lascivious Ca1n2. (v.l.) ; (ifc.) deliberating
, judging , discussing MBh. Mr2icch. ; m. N. of a son of Kavandha GopBr.
vicarita * = mfn. moved in different directions &c. ; n. wandering , roaming about MBh.
vicaarita * = mfn. deliberated , considered , discussed , judged Mn. MBh. &c. ; anything which is under discussion ,
dubious , doubtful , uncertain ib. ; anything which has been discussed or decided , ascertained , settled Mn. xi , 28 ; n.
(also pl.) deliberation , doubt , hesitation MBh. Mr2icch. Pan5cat.
vicashthe *V= acting, sees, perceive, sees this, can search for
vicetana *= mf(%{A})n. (for 2. see under %{vi-cit}) senseless, unconscious, absent-minded MBh. R. &c.; inanimate,
dead Hit.; foolish, stupid Kum.; (f. %{I}), rendering unconscious Pan5car. 1.
vichaara = thought
vichaaraM = thought
vichaalayet.h = should try to agitate
vichaalyate = becomes shaken
viceshTa * = mfn. motionless R.
viceshTA* = f. motion (see %{nir-viceSTa}); acting, proceeding, conduct, behaviour MBh. Ka1m. BhP. (cf. %{durviceSTa}); effort, exertion MW.
viceshTana* = n. moving the limbs MBh.; kicking or rolling (said of horses) Ragh.
vi+chint.h = think
vicintya * = mfn. to be considered or thought of or cared for VarBr2S. Prab. BhP.; to be found out or devised Das3.;
doubtful, questionable Va1m.
vic(h)itra = foolish, extraordinary, strange *= mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.;
manifold, various, diverse Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful R.
Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kaths.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind. manifoldly, variously BhP.;
charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Raucya or Deva-svarni Hariv. Pur.; of a
heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth L.; (in music) a partic. Mrchan Sangt.; N. of a river VP.; n.
variegated colour, party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gt.; a figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the
meaning intended) Kuval. Pratp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kaths.; {-caritra} mfn.
behaving in a wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China cloth, shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f.
{-tva} n. variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kv. Sh.; {-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed ib.; m.
a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.; {-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having
variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having various
forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and there (not everywhere) VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f.
great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n. filled with various outspread nets Kaths.; {-vIrya} m. `"
of marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race (the son of S'ntanu by his wife Satya-vat, and so halfbrother of Bhshma; when he died childless, his mother requested Vysa, whom she had borne before her marriage to
the sage Pars'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vrya; so Vysa married the two widows of his half-brother, Ambik and
Amblik, and by them became the father of Dhriita-rshthra and Pndu; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f.
`" mother of Vicitra-vrya "'N. of Satya-vat L.); {-siMha} m. N. of a man Rjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated
limbs or a spotted body "', a peacock L.; a tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidy-dhara Kaths.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara}
Sanskrit Dictionary
m. N. of a serpentdemon Buddh.
vichitraH = wonderful/mysterious
viccchitti * = (%{vi4-}) f. cutting asunder or off, breaking off, prevention, interruption, cessation TBr. &c. &c.; wanting,
lack of (instr.) S3is3.; (in rhet.) a pointed or cutting or sharp style Sa1h. Kuval.; irregularity or carelessness in dress and
decoration Va1s. Das3ar.; colouring or marking the body with unguents, painting S3ak. S3is3.; caesura, pause in a verse
W.
vichintaya = think well
vichintya = having thought
viceSTita* = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.; investigated, inquired into W.; unconsidered,
illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the body), gesture Ka1v. Sus3r.; action, exertion, conduct, behaviour Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; evil
or malicious act, machination W.
vichetasaH = bewilderedvi+smri = to forget
viceshthita * = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.; investigated, inquired into W.;
unconsidered, illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the body), gesture Kv. Sus'r.; action, exertion, conduct, behaviour Yj. MBh.
&c.; evil or malicious act, machination W.
vicitra *= mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.; manifold, various, diverse Mn. MBh. &c.;
strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story)
Kaths.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind. manifoldly, variously BhP.; charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king
MBh.; of a son of Manu Raucya or Deva-svarni Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth L.;
(in music) a partic. Mrchan Sangt.; N. of a river VP.; n. variegated colour, party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gt.; a
figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning intended) Kuval. Pratp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose
stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kaths.; {-caritra} mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n.
variegated China cloth, shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kv. Sh.; {deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed ib.; m. a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m.
N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.; {-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa}
m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having various forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and
there (not everywhere) VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n.
filled with various outspread nets Kaths.; {-vIrya} m. `" of marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar
race (the son of S'ntanu by his wife Satya-vat, and so half-brother of Bhshma; when he died childless, his mother
requested Vysa, whom she had borne before her marriage to the sage Pars'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vrya; so
Vysa married the two widows of his half-brother, Ambik and Amblik, and by them became the father of Dhriitarshthra and Pndu; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `" mother of Vicitra-vrya "'N. of Satya-vat L.); {siMha} m. N. of a man Rjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a peacock L.; a tiger L.; {trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidy-dhara Kaths.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N. of a serpentdemon Buddh.
vid.h = to obtain
vidaH = who understand
viDa * = m. n. a kind of salt (either factitious salt, procured by boiling earth impregnated with saline particles, or a
partic. kind of fetid salt used medicinally as a tonic aperient, commonly called Vit-lavan or Bit-noben cf. {viD-lavaNa};
it is black in colour and is prepared by fusing fossil silt with a small portion of Emblic Myrobalan, the product being
muriate of soda with small quantities of muriate of lime, sulphur, and oxide of iron) Sus'r.; m. N. of a country and its
king Inscr.; a fragment, bit, portion (?) W.
vida * = mfn. = prec. (cf. {ko-}, {trayI-}, {dvi-v-}); m. knowledge, discovery (cf. {dur-v-}); m. N. of a man (cf. {bida}).
vi-daa * = P. {-dadAti}, to give out, distribute, grant R.
vi-daa * = (or {do}, not separable fr. 4. {dA}) P. {-dAti}, or {-dyati} (ind. p. {-ditya}), to cut up, cut to pieces, bruise,
pound VS.; to untie, release, deliver from (abl.) S'Br.; to destroy Hariv.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vidadhaami = give
vidadas'va * = m. `" granting horses "'N. of a man (cf. %{vaidadazvi}).
vidadvasu * = (%{vida4d-}) mfn. possessing or granting wealth RV. Br.
vidadhaati = VB: award, perform, arrange, execute
viDamba *= mfn. imitating, representing BhP.; m. mockery, derision Kv. Sh.; degradation, desecration VarBriS.;
afflicting, distressing, annoyance MW.
vidaarayati = to split apart
vidaahinaH = burning
viddha *= mfn. (p.p. of %{vyadh}) pierced, perforated, penetrated, stabbed, struck, wounded, beaten, torn, hurt,
injured AV. &c. &c.; cleft, split, burst asunder MBh.; (with %{zUlAyAm}) impaled Katha1s.; opposed, impeded L.;
thrown, sent L.; stung, incited, set in motion BhP.; filled or affected or provided or joined or mixed with (instr. or
comp.) Hariv. VarBr2S. BhP.; like, resembling S3rutab.; m. Echites Scholaris L.; n. a wound MW.
viddhi = know for sure
videsha = foreign land
videha*= *mfn. bodiless, incorporeal; deceased, dead (also {videha-prA7pta}) MBh. R. BhP. &c.; ({a4}) m. (cf. {videgha4}) N. of a country (= the modern Tirhut) S'Br. &c. &c.; a king of VVi-deha (esp. applied to Janaka) Up. BhP.
Rjat.; N. of a medical author (also called {-pati}, or {-hA7dhipa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. the capital city of VVi-deha i.e. Mithil
L.; ({As}) m. pl. the people of VVi-deha; {-kaivalya-prA7pti} f. the attainment of emancipation after death Madhus.; {jA} f. `" daughter of Janaka "'N. of S't R.; {-tva} n. bodilessness (acc. with {gataH} = deceased, dead) R.; {-nagara} n.
(Cat.), {-rI} f. (Ragh.) the city of Mithil; {-pati}, lord of MMithil; {-mukti} f. deliverance through release from the
body RmatUp. ({-ti-kathana} and {-ty-Adi-kathana} n. N. of two treatises); {-rAja} m. a king of VVi-deha R.; {hA7dhipa} see {viheha}; {-hA7dhipati} m. = {-ha-rAja} Hariv.
vidharaNa *= mf(%{I}) n. checking, restraining S3Br.; (%{I}) f. maintaining, supporting ib.
vidhaaraNa *= mf(%{I})n. dividing, separating Vas. BhP.; n. stopping, detaining (a carriage) Katha1s.; checking,
restraining, retention, suppression, APra1t. MBh. &c.; bearing, carrying MBh. Hariv. &c.; maintaining, supporting MBh.
[969,1]
vidhaataa f. = %{madya} L.
vidhaatavya *= mfn. to be fixed or settled Hariv.; to be got or procured MBh.; to be performed or accomplished or
exhibited MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be striven after or cared for ib.; n. impers. with %{yathA}, `" care must be taken that "' R.;
to be used or employed or appointed Sa1h. Sarv.
vidhaatri = the creator *= mf(%{trI})n. distributing. arranging, disposing &c.; m. a distributer, disposer, arranger,
accomplisher, maker, author, creator RV. &c. &c.; a granter, giver, bestower Kum.; N. of Brahma1 (as the creator of the
world and disposer of men's fate, sometimes in pl. = %{prajA-pati} e.g. S3ak. vii, 30/31; sometimes Vi-dha1tr2i is
mentioned together with Dha1tr2i e.g. MBh. iii, 10419 &c.; both are supposed to be the sons of Brahma1 [MBh.] or of
Bhr2igu [Pur.]; in VarBr2S. Vidha1tr2i is the regent of the 2nd Tithi, while Brahma1 presides over the first) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; Fate or Destiny (personified) Ka1v. Hit.; N. of Vishn2u BhP.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of Ka1ma (god of love) L.; of Vis3vakarman MW.; (%{trI}) f. see below; %{-bhU} m. `" son of Brahma1 "'N. of Na1rada L.; %{-vazAt} ind, from the will of
BrBrahma1, through the power of destiny MW.; %{-tr-Ayus} m. the sunflower L.
vidhaatrI *= f. a female creator, mother of (comp.), Pan5cav.
vidhaatRkA *= f. (used to explain %{vidhavA}) Nir. iii, 15.
vidhaana = placing * = mf({I})n. disposing, arranging, regulating Vait.; acting, performing, possessing, having MW.; m.
N. of a Sdhya Hariv.; n. order, measure, disposition, arrangement, regulation, rule, precept, method, manner RV. &c.
Sanskrit Dictionary
&c. (instr. sg. and pl., and {-tas} ind. according to rule or precept; {saMkhyA-vidhAnAt}, according to mathematical
method, mathematically; {deza-kAla-vidhAnena}, in the right place and at the right time); medical prescription or
regulation, diet Sus'r.; fate, destiny MBh. Kv.; taking measures, contriving, managing Mn. MBh. &c.; a means,
expedient Pacat.; setting up (machines) Yj.; creating, creation Kum. Ragh.; performance (esp. of prescribed acts or
rites), execution, making, doing, accomplishing Mn. MBh. &c.; enumeration, statement of particulars Sus'r.; (in dram.)
conflict of different feelings, occasion for joy and sorrow Sh. Pratp.; (in gram.) affixing, prefixing, taking as an affix
&c. W.; an elephant's fodder &c. S'is'. v, 51 (only L. worship; wealth; wages; sending; act of hostility &c.); {-kalpa} m. {khaNDa} m. or n. (?) N. of wks.; {-ga} m. `" rulegoer "', a Pandit, teacher L.; {-gumpha} m. N. of wk.; {-jJa} mfn. one
who knows rules or precepts MBh. Sus'r.; m. a teacher, Pandit W.; {-tilaka} n. {-pArijAta} m. {-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; {yukta} mfn. agreeable to rule or precept MBh.; {-ratna} n. {-ratnamAlA} f. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-saptamI} f. N. of
the 7th day in the light half of Mgha W.; {-sArasaMgraha} m. N. of wk.; {-no7kta} mfn. proclaimed or enjoined
according to rule or (sacred) precept Bhag.
vidhana* = mfn. devoid of wealth, poor VarBriS.; {-tA} f. poverty Mriicch. Hit.; {-nI-kR} P. {-karoti}, to impoverish
Kaths.
vidhana* = {vi-dhanuSka} &c. see p. 951, col. 1.
vidhaanoktaH = according to scriptural regulation
vidhaatri * = mf(%{trI})n. distributing. arranging, disposing &c.; m. a distributer, disposer, arranger, accomplisher,
maker, author, creator RV. &c. &c.; a granter, giver, bestower Kum.; N. of Brahma1 (as the creator of the world and
disposer of men's fate, sometimes in pl. = %{prajA-pati} e.g. S3ak. vii, 30/31; sometimes Vi-dha1tr2i is mentioned
together with Dha1tr2i e.g. MBh. iii, 10419 &c.; both are supposed to be the sons of Brahma1 [MBh.] or of Bhr2igu
[Pur.]; in VarBr2S. Vidha1tr2i is the regent of the 2nd Tithi, while Brahma1 presides over the first) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
Fate or Destiny (personified) Ka1v. Hit.; N. of Vishn2u BhP.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of Ka1ma (god of love) L.; of Vis3vakarman MW.; (%{trI}) f. see below; %{-bhU} m. `" son of Brahma1 "'N. of Na1rada L.; %{-vazAt} ind, from the will of
BrBrahma1, through the power of destiny MW.; %{-tr-Ayus} m. the sunflower L.
vidhaatrii * = f. a female creator, mother of (comp.), Pan5cav.
vidhava *= in comp. for %{-vA} below.
vidhavaa * = f. (accord. to some fr. %{vi} + %{dhava} see 2. %{dhava4}, p. 513) a husbandless woman, widow (also
with %{nArI}, %{yoSit}, %{strI} &c.) RV. &c. &c.; bereft of a king (a country) R. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &293125[967,2]
{vidua}; Goth. {widuwo7}; Germ. {wituwa}, {witewe}, {Witwe}; Angl. Sax. {wuduwe}, {widewe}; Eng. {widow}.]
vidhava * = Nom. (fr. 1. %{vidhu}) P. %{-vati}, to resemble the moon Ka1vya7d.
vidhi = ritual* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 968, col. 1) a worshipper, one who does homage AitBr. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 967, col.
2) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction (esp. for the performance of a rite as given in
the Brhmana portion of the Veda, which accord. to Sy. consists of two parts, 1. Vidhi, `" precepts or commandments
"' e.g. {yajeta}, `" he ought to sacrifice "', {kuryAt}, `" he ought to perform "'; 2. Artha-vda, `" explanatory statements "'
as to the origin of rites and use of the Mantras, mixed up with legends and illustrations) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.
24); a grammatical rule or precept Pn. 1-1, 57; 72; any prescribed act or rite or ceremony Mn. Klid. Pacat.; use,
employment, application Car.; method, manner or way of acting, mode of life, conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c.; a
means, expedient for (dat. loc., or comp.; {adhvavidhinA}, by means of i.e. along the road) Hariv. Kv. Pur. Hit.; any act
or action, performance, accomplishment, contrivance, work, business (ifc. often pleonastically e.g. {mathana-vidhi}, the
[act of] disturbing) Yj. S'ak. &c.; creation (also pl.) Kum. Kir.; fate, destiny MBh. Kv. &c.; the creator Pacar.; N. of
Brahm S'ak. Naish.; of Vishnu L.; of Agni at the Pra7yas'citta Griihys.; a physician L. time L.; fodder, food for
elephants or horses L.; f. N. of a goddess Cat.
vidhii* = (or {dIdhI}, only Subj. {-dIdhayaH} and {-dIdhyaH}), to be uncertain, hesitate RV. AV
vidhidishhTaH = according to the direction of scripture
vidhihiinaM = without scriptural direction
vidhiiyate = does take place
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vidhuunana * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to move to and fro Naish.; n. shaking, agitation Sa1h.; waving,
undulating Cat.; repugnance, repulsion (as of love) Das3ar. Sch.
vidhuunita * = mfn. shaken, agitated, harassed, annoyed W.
viditam.h = known
viditaatmanaaM = of those who are self-realized
viditvaa = having known/realised
vidishaaM = non-direction
vidmaH = do we know
vidraavita* =mfn. caused to disperse, driven away, defeated, routed R BhP.; liquefied, fused W.
vidmahe = ?
viduH = understood
viduushhakaH = (m) clown, joker
vidura * = mfn. knowing, wise, intelligent, skilled in (comp.) Uttamac.; m. a learned or clever man W.; an intriguer ib.;
N. of the younger brother of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u (they were all three sons of Vya1sa, but only the latter two
by the two widows of Vicitra-vi1rya; when Vya1sa wanted a third son, the elder widow sent him one of her slave-girls,
dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura, who is sometimes called Kshattr2i, as if he were
the son of a Kshatriya man and S3u1dra woman Vidura is described as %{sarva-buddhimatAM@varaH} and is one of
the wisest characters in the Maha1-bha1rata, always ready with good advice both for his nephews, the Pa1n2d2avas,
and for his brother Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra) MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. IW. 376; 385 &c.)
viduura * =mf(%{A})n. very remote or distant S3a1n3khS3r. Ka1v. &c. (acc. with %{kR}, to remove; %{vi-dUram} ind.
far distant, far away TBr.; %{vi-dUrAt}, or %{-ra-tas}, from afar, far away; %{-re}, far distant; %{-ra} ibc. far, from
afar); far removed from, not attainable by (gen.) BhP.; (ifc.) not caring for ib.; m. N. of a son of Kuru MBh. (B.); of a
mountain or town or any locality S3is3. Sch. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-3, 84); %{-kramaNa-kSama} mfn. able to run far away
Ka1m.; %{-ga} mfn. going far away Cat.; far-spreading (as scent) L.; %{-gamana} n. the going far away Katha1s.; %{ja}
n. cat's eye (a sort of jewel) Harav.; %{-jAta} mfn. grown a long way off MBh.; %{-tA} f. = next Mr2icch.; %{-tva} n. a
great distance (abl. `" from afar "') Hariv.; %{-bhUmi} f. N. of a locality (= %{vidUra}) Kum.; %{-ratna} n. = %{-ja} L.;
%{-vigata} mfn. `" come from afar "', of lowest origin BhP.; %{-saMzrava} mfn. audible a long way off R.; %{-rA7dri}
m. N. of a mountain W.; %{-rI-bhU} P. %{-bhavati}, to become far distant Ragh.; %{-rodbhAvita} n. = %{-ra-ja} L.
vidvaj *= in comp. for %{vidvat}.
vidvajjana *= m. a wise man, sage, seer Bhartr2. Hit.; %{-parisevitA} f. N. of a Kim2-nari1 Ka1ran2d2.; %{-madabhaJjana} n. %{-manoharA} f. %{-vallabha} m. %{-vallabhIya} n. N. of wks.
vidvat.h = scholar
vidvattva = scholarliness
vidvaan.h = learned
vidvan* = 1 mfn. = {vidva4s} AV. ix, 9, 7. \\2 in comp. for {vidvat
vidvas * = mf({u4SI})n. one who knows, knowing, understanding, learned, intelligent, wise, mindful of, familiar with,
skilled in (acc. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (cf. {vidvat-tara}, {vidvat-tama}, {viduSTara}, {viduSI8-tara}); m. a wise
man, sage, seer W.; N. of a Brhman Hariv.
vidvat * = in comp. for %{vidvas}.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vidvesha * = m. hatred, dislike, contempt, aversion to (loc. or gen.) AV. &c. &c. (%{-SaM-gam}, to make one's self
odious; %{-SaM-kR}, with loc., to show hostility towards; %{-SaM-grah}, with loc., to conceive hatred against); a
magical act or formula used for exciting hatred or enmity (also %{-karman} n.) Cat.; proud indifference (even for
desired objects) Bhar.; a class of evil demons Hariv.; %{-vIra} m. N. of a chief of the S3aivas Cat.
vidveshaka * = mfn. hating, adverse to (comp.) MBh.
vidveshaNa * = mfn. causing to hate, rendering hostile RV.; m. one who hates, a hater MW.; (%{I}) f. a woman of
resentful disposition ib.; N. of a female demon (daughter of Duh2-saha) Ma1rkP. (v.l. for %{-SiNI}); n. hating,
disliking, having an aversion to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv. [967,2]; the being hated or disliked, a means for making
one's self hateful MBh. VarBr2S.; exciting hatred or enmity Gaut.; a magical act performed to excite hatred Cat.
vidveshas * = (%{vi4-}) mfn. opposing or resisting enmity RV.
vidveshin * = mf(%{iNI})n. hating, hostile, inimical to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (ifc.) rivalling or vying with
S3rutab.; (%{iNI}) f. N. of a female demon Ma1rkP. (cf. %{-SaNI}); %{Si-tA} f. hatred, enmity Ra1jat.; %{-Si-prabhava}
mfn. proceeding from an enemy MW.
vidvish * = 1 P. A1. %{-dveSTi}, %{-dviSTe}, to dislike, hate, be hostile to (acc.) Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Hariv.; (A1.) to hate
each other mutually, dislike one another AV. Kat2hUp. Gr2S3rS.: Caus. %{-dveSayati}, to cause to dislike, render an
enemy, make hostile towards one another Bhat2t2.\\] 2 mfn. hating, hostile, an enemy to (mostly ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
vidvishhaavahai = may us not quarrel or hate
vidyaa* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c. &c. (according to some
there are four Vidys or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI}, logic and metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the
science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts, such as agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a
fifth, viz. {Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others, Vidy has fourteen divisions, viz.
the four Vedas, the six Vedngas, the Purnas, the Mmns. Nyya, and Dharma or law [964,1]; or with the four Upavedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs} or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and
identified with Durg; she is even said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true
or false (with Ps'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kaths.; magical skill MW.; a kind of magical pill
(which placed in the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a mystical N.
of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidya* = 1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}). \\vidya* =2 n.
finding, acquiring, gaining (see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}). \\=1 {vidyA} &c. see p. 963, col. 3.
vidyate = there is
vidyamaana * = mfn. (Pass. pr. p.) `" being found "', existent, existing, present, real Pat. Kv. Pur. (cf. {a-vid-}).
vidyamaanamati * = mfn. possessing understanding, wise Pan5cat.
vidyamaanatva* = n. existence, presence S3am2k.
vidyanipuNai = by the ace scholar Shankara (Plural is used for reverance)
vidyayaa = (fem.instr.sing.) by knowledge
vidyaa = knowledge
vidyaat.h = you must know
vidyaaturaanaaM = (poss.pl.) of people who are indulging in knowledge
vidyaanaaM = of all education
vidyaanidhiH = the stock-pile of knowledge (here rAma)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vigarhita* = mfn. blamed, reprehensible, prohibited, forbidden by (instr. gen., or comp.) or on account of (comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; {-tA7cAra} mfn. of reprehensible conduct Mn. iii, 167.
vigata = having discarded
vigataH = is removed
vigatajvaraH = without being lethargic
vigatabhiiH = devoid of fear
vigatasprihaH = without being interested
viguNaH = even faulty
vigraha = attack
vigraha * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950. col. 2) keeping apart or asunder, isolation Nir. BhP.; division, Bh.; distribution (esp.
of fluids cf. {vi-grah}) KtyS'r.; (in gram.) independence (of a word, as opp. to composition) APrt.; separation,
resolution, analysis, resolution of a compound word into its constituent parts, the separation or analysis of any word
capable of separation (such words are Kriidantas, Taddhitas, all Samsas or compound words, Ekas'eshas, and all
derivative verbs like desideratives &c.; the only words incapable of resolution being the simple verb, the singular of the
noun, and a few indeclinables not derived from roots; all compounds being called {nitya} or `" fixed "', when their
meaning cannot be ascertained through an analysis of their component parts; cf. {jamad-agni}) Pn. Sch. S'ank. &c.;
discord, quarrel, contest, strife, war with (instr. with or without {saha}, {sA7rdham} or {sAkam} loc. gen. with {upari},
or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (one of the 6 Gunas or measures of policy Mn. vii, 160 [cf. under {guNa}], also applied to the
conflict of hostile planets, in this sense also n. Sryas. R.; acc. with {kR}, to make or wage war); separate i.e. individual
form or shape, form, figure, the body Up. MBh. &c. (also applied to the shape of a rainbow; acc. with {grah}, {parigrah}, {kR}, {upA7-dA}, to assume a form); an ornament, decoration MBh. R.; (in Snkhya) an element; N. of S'iva
MBh. [957, 3]; of one of Skanda's attendants ib.; {-grahaNa} n. the assumption of a form Sarvad.; {-dhyAna} n. N. of a
Stotra; {-para} mfn. intent on war, engaged in fighting MW.; {-parigraha} m. = {-grahaNa} Sarvad.; {-pAla-deva} m. N.
of a king Col.; {-rAja} m. N. of various kings Rjat.; of a poet Cat.; {-vat} mfn. having form or figure, embodied,
incarnate MBh. R. &c.; having a handsome form or shape, fine, beautiful MW.; {-vyAvartanI} f. N. of wk.; {-hA7vara} n.
`" hinder part of the body "', the back L.; {-he7cchu} mfn. eager for combat Mcar.
vigrAham * = ind. in portions, successively
vigrahasandhau = for war(dissension) or peace-making
vijigISa* = mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of victory, emulous W.; ({A}) f. desire to conquer or overcome or subdue (acc. dat.,
or comp.) R. Km. Kaths. ({-SA-vat} [Nlak.] or {-Sin} [MBh.] mfn. desirous to conquer or overcome; {-SA-vivarjita}
mfn. devoid of ambition MW.; {-SIya} mfn. g. {utkarA7di}).
vighati = Equivalent to 24 seconds of clock time
vighna = calamity
vighnanaashine = to the destroyer of all obstacles
vighnaiH = difficulties, obstacles
viGYaataM = has been known
viGYaatuM = to know
viGYaana = comprehension, Science
viGYaanaM = numinous knowledge
viGYaanamaya = full of greater(scientific in a way) knowledge
Sanskrit Dictionary
viGYaanii = scientist
viGYaapana = advertisement, ad
viGYaaya = after understanding
vihaga = bird
vihaaya = giving up
vihanana* = n. (only L.) killing, slaying; hurting, injury; opposition, obstruction; a bow-like instrument for carding
cotton.
vihaana* = (?) m. n. morning, dawn L.
vihaara = in relaxation; * distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lthy.; arrangement or disposition (of the 3
sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between them), S'rS.; too great expansion of the organs of
speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrt.; walking for
pleasure or amusement, wandering, roaming MBh. Kv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`" in
"' or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight in) Yj. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. Kv.
&c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where the monks met or walked about;
afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch. Kaths. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a
sacrifice past.; N. of the country of Magadha (called Bihr or Behr from the number of Buddhist monasteries see
MWB. 68) Cat.; the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; {krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house, theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a
female attendant of a convent or temple Mlatm.; {-deza} m. a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MrkP.; {bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. = {-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasurewalk MBh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasuregrove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing about in Ragh.; {zayana} n. a plpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plpleasure-mountain R.; {-sthalI} f. (Vs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-gRha}) MBh.
vihara * =vihara taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence W.
vihaaraNa * = n. pleasure, delight (ifc. = delighting in)
viharaNa * =n. the act of taking away or removing or changing or transposing Lthy. MrkP.; opening, expanding Pn.
1-3, 20; stepping out ib. i, 3, 41; going about for pleasure or exercise, roaming, strolling Kv. Pur. Sus'r.; taking out for a
walk or for airing Gobh.; moving to and fro, brandishing MBh.
vihaara* = m. (once in BhP. n.) distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lthy.; arrangement or disposition (of the
3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between them), S'rS.; too great expansion of the organs
of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrt.; walking
for pleasure or amusement, wandering, roaming MBh. Kv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`"
in "' or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight in) Yj. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh.
Kv. &c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where the monks met or walked about;
afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch. Kaths. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a
sacrifice past.; N. of the country of Magadha (called Bihr or Behr from the number of Buddhist monasteries see
MWB. 68) Cat.; the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; {krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house, theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a
female attendant of a convent or temple Mlatm.; {-deza} m. a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MrkP.; {bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. = {-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasurewalk MBh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasuregrove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing about in Ragh.; {zayana} n. a plpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plpleasure-mountain R.; {-sthalI} f. (Vs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-gRha}) MBh.
vihaarasya = recreation
vihaariNi = one who strolls
Sanskrit Dictionary
vihata*= torn up, furrowed TBr. S'Br.; struck or beaten away or dashed out (of a persos hand) BhP.; struck or touched
or visited by (instr. or comp.) Kv. Pur.; warded off, repelled MBh. R.; rejected, repulsed BhP.; disturbed, impeded Kv.
Pur.
vihaayasa * = m. n. heaven, sky, atmosphere Tr. MBh. Hariv.; m. a bird L.
vihara* = m. taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence W.
vihartri *= m. one who takes away, a robber Ya1jn5. MBh.; one who rambles about or enjoys himself Ragh.
vihiaa = vihitA?, understood
vihiina* = mfn. entirely abandoned or left &c.; low, vulgar MBh.; (ibc.) wanting, missing, absent R. VarBriS.; destitute
or deprived of, free from (instr. abl., or comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; {-tA} f. abandonment MW.; (ifc.) absence or want of
Hariv. Pacat.; {-tilaka} mf({A})n. having no coloured sectarian mark (see {tilaka}) on the forehead R.; {-yoni} mfn. of
low origin MBh.; {-varNa} mfn. of low caste Gaut.
vihita * = prescribedvihita mfn. (for see under %{vi-dhA}) improper, unfit, not good W.\\ 2 mfn. (fr., %{vi-} 1.
%{dhA}, p. 967; for 1. %{vi-hita} see p. 953, col. 2) distributed, divided, apportioned, bestowed, supplied &c.; put in
order, arranged, determined, fixed, ordained, ordered RV. &c. &c.; prescribed, decreed, enjoined Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh.
&c.; destined or meant for (nom.) MBh.; contrived, performed, made, accomplished, done Mn. MBh. &c.; supplied,
endowed, furnished with or possessed of (instr.) MBh. R. (cf. %{su-vihita}); n. an order, command, decree Pan5cat.;
%{-kSaNa} mfn. eager for the right moment, intent upon (%{artham}) Vcar. (cf. %{kRta-kS-}); %{-tva} n. the being
enjoined or prescribed, prescription, direction Hcat. %{-durga-racana} mfn. one who has enjoined the building of a
fortress MW.; %{-pratiSiddha} mfn. enjoined and prohibited (%{-tva} n.) Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; %{-yajJa} mfn. performing
sacrifices S3ak. (v.l. for %{vitata-y-}); %{-vat} mfn. one who has performed or undertaken W.; %{-vRtti} mfn. one who
is maintained or nourished by (instr.) Ra1jat.; %{-sena} m. N. of a prince Katha1s.; %{-tA7gas} mfn. one who has
committed a fault, faulty, wicked W.; %{-tA7Jjali} mfn. making a respectful obeisance S3is3.; %{-te7ndriya} mfn.
possessed of one's senses Bhat2t2.
vihitaM = directed
vihitaaH = used
vihitaan.h = arranged
vihiina = without
vihiinaa = bereft
vihiti * = f. procedure, way of acting AitBr.; action, performance, accomplishment Kvya7d. Blar.
vihri = to roam
vihvala * = mf(%{A})n. agitated, perturbed, distressed, afflicted, annoyed (%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. myrrh L.;
%{-cetana} (MBh.), %{-cetas} (Katha1s.) mfn. distressed in mind, low-spirited; %{-tanu} mfn. one whose body is
exhausted by (comp.) Pan5cat.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. agitation, perturbation, consternation, anxiety MBh. [1004,1]; %{locana} mfn. one who has unsteady or rolling eyes MBh. BhP.; %{-sA7lasA7Gga} mf(%{I})n. one whose body is
exhausted and languid Caurap.; %{-hRdaya} mfn. (= %{-cetana}) BhP.; %{-lA7kSa} mf(%{I})n. (= %{-la-locana}) ib.;
%{-lA7Gga} mfn. (= %{-la-tanu}) Ma1rkP. Pan5cat.; %{-lA7tman} mfn. (= %{-la-cetana}) BhP.
Viigana *: a fragrant grass
viihaara* = m. = {vi-h-}, a temple, sanctuary, (esp.) a Jaina or Buddhist convent or temple W.
viijati = to fan
viiNaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vn or Indian lute (an instrument of the guitar kind, supposed to have been
invented by Nrada q.v., usually having seven wires or strings raised upon nineteen frets or supports fixed on a long
rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large gourds; its compass is said to be two octaves, but it has many
Sanskrit Dictionary
varieties according to the number of strings &c.) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when
all planets are situated in 7 houses) VarBriS.; lightning L.; N. of a Yogin Cat.; of a river MBh.
viira-vantam *V= the father of good sons; [Shastri:] made me have sons
vijApita* = mfn. = %{-jJapta} Ragh. Hit.
vijapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) made known, reported, informed Katha1s. Hit.
viita = free from
viitaraagaaH = in the renounced order of life
viithi = (f) road, way
viira = the sentiment of valor
viiraJNcha = name of Brahma
viirabhadraasana = the arrow posture
viiraasana = the hero posture
viirya = vitality, enthusiasm, semen * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) manliness, valour, strength, power, energy RV. &c. &c.; heroism,
heroic deed ib.; manly vigour, virility, semen virile MBh. Kv. &c.; efficacy (of medicine) Kum. Kir.; poison BhP.;
splendour, lustre W.; dignity, consequence ib.; ({A}) f. vigour, energy, virility L.; N. of a serpent-maid Krand.
viiryaM = valour
viiryavaan.h = very powerful
viiryaaM = glories
viiksh.h = to see
viikshante = are beholding
viikshya = having seen
vijaya4* =m. contest for victory, victory, conquest, triumph, superiority RV. &c. &c. (fig. applied to `" the sword "' and
to `" punishment "' MBh. xii, 6204; 4428); the prize of victory, booty KtyS'r.; N. of a partic. hour of the day (esp. the
17th, and the hour of Kriishna's birth accord. to some the 11th Muhrta) MBh. Hariv. &c.; the third month L.; the 27th
(or first) year of Jupiter's cycle VarBriS.; a kind of military array Km.; a province, district HParis'.; (in music) a kind of
flute Sangt.; a kind of measure ib.; a kind of composition ib.; a divine car, chariot of the gods (?) L.; N. of Yama L.; of a
son of Jayanta (son of Indra) Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva ib.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of an attendant of Vishnu ib.;
of an attendant of Padmapni W.; of a son of Sva-rocis MrkP.; of a Muni Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of a son of
Dhriitarshthra (?) ib.; of a warrior on the side of the Pndavas ib.; of one of the eight councillors of Das'aratha R.; of
Arjuna MBh. BhP.; of a son of Jaya Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Cacu or Cucu ib.; of a son of Sanjaya VP.; of a son of Sudeva BhP.; of a son of Purravas ib.; of a son (or grandson) of Briihan-manas Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Yaja-s'r Pur.; of
the founder of Buddhist civilisation in Ceylon MW.; (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 white Balas and of one of the 5
Anuttaras; of the 20th Arhat of the future and of the father of the 21st Arhat of the present Avasarpin; of the attendant
of the 8th Arhat of the same; of a son of Kalki KalkiP.; of a son of Kalpa KlP.; of a hare Kaths.; of the lance of Rudra
(personified) MBh.; (pl.) of a people MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of various plants (accord to L. Terminalia Chebula; Sesbania
Aegyptiaca; Vitex Negundo; Rubia Munjista; Premna Spinosa; a kind of hemp; a kind of {zamI}; = {vacA}) VarBriS.
Sus'r. &c.; of a partic. Tithi or lunar day (the 12th day in the light half of S'rvana i.e. Kriishna's birthday, the 10th in
that of s'vina, being a festival in honour of Durg, and the 7th in that of Bhdrapada, if it falls on a Sunday; also the
7th night in the Karma-msa) VarBriS. BhP. &c.; of a partic. magical formula Bhathth.; N. of Durg MBh. Hariv.; of a
female friend of Durg Mudr.; of the wife of Yama L.; of another goddess Cat.; of a Yogin Hcat.; of a Sura7ngan
Sinha7s.; of the mother of the 2nd Arhat of the present Avasarpin L.; of a daughter of Daksha R.; of the mother of
various Su-hotras MBh.; of Kriishna's garland MBh.; of a Kumr (i.e. small flag-staff) on Indra's banner VarBriS.; of a
Sanskrit Dictionary
partic. spear R.; n. the poisonous root of the plant Vijay Sus'r.; a royal tent Vstuv.; a kind of pavilion ib.; N. of a
sacred district in Kas'mra Kaths. (cf. {-kSetra}); mfn. leading to victory, proclaiming victory MBh.; victorious,
triumphant L.
viivaaha *= m. = %{vi-vAha}, taking a wife, marriage (`" with "', %{saha}) HParis3. Pan5cad.
vijayaM = victory
vijayaH = victory
vijayate = is victorious
vijayii = victorious man
vijaanataH = who is in complete knowledge
vijaani * = ({vi4-}) mfn. `" strange, foreign "' or `" having no wife "
vijaaniitaaH = are in knowledge
vijaaniiyaM = shall I understand
vijaati * =mfn. belonging to another caste or tribe, dissimilar, heterogeneous Kull.; m. N. of a prince VP.; f. different
origin or caste or tribe W.; {-tIya} mfn. = {-jAti} Sarvad. Kull.
vijala * = mfn. waterless, dry Hariv. VarBriS.; n. drought AdbhBr.; m. n. and ({A}) f. sauce &c. mixed with rice-water or
gruel, W. [950, 3]
vijara * = mfn. not growing old S'Br. &c. &c.; m. a stalk W.; ({A}) f. N. of a river in Brahm's world KaushUp.
vijigiisha * = mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of victory , emulous W. ; (%{A}) f. desire to conquer or overcome or subdue
(acc. dat. , or comp.) R. Ka1m. Katha1s. (%{-SA-vat} [Ni1lak.] or %{-Sin} [MBh.] mfn. desirous to conquer or overcome
; %{-SA-vivarjita} mfn. devoid of ambition MW. ; %{-SIya} mfn. g. %{utkarA7di}).
vijitaatmaa = self-controlled
vijitendriyaH = sensually controlled
vijjanaaman*=m. N. of a Viha1ra called after Vijja1 ib.
vijaana (vijJAna) *= n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the act of distinguishing or discerning, understanding, comprehending,
recognizing, intelligence, knowledge AV. &c. &c.; skill, proficiency, art Uttamac.; science, doctrine Sus3r.; worldly or
profane knowledge (opp. to %{jJAna}, `"knowledge of the true nature of God "') Mn. MBh. &c.; the faculty of
discernment or of right judgment MBh. R. &c.; the organ of knknowledge (= %{manas}) BhP.; (ifc.) the understanding
of (a particular meaning), regarding as Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 17; 66 &c.; (with Buddhists) consciousness or thoughtfaculty (one of the 5 constituent elements or Skandhas, also considered as one of the 6 elements or Dha1tus, and as one
of the 12 links of the chain of causation) Dharmas. 22; 42; 58 (cf. MWB. 102; 109); %{-kanda} m. N. of a man Cat.; %{kAya} m. N. of a Buddhist wk.; %{-kRtsna} n. one of the 10 mystical exercises called Kr2itsnas Buddh.; %{-kevala}
mfn. (with S3aivas) an individual soul to which only %{mala} adheres Sarvad.; %{-kaumudI} f. N. of a female Buddhist
Cat.; %{-ghana4} m. pure knowledge, nothing but intelligence S3Br. Sarvad.; %{-taraMgiNI} f. N. of wk.; %{-tA} f.
knowledge of (loc.) Ca1n2.; %{-tArA7valI} f. N. of wk.; %{-tailagarbha} m. Alangium Decapetalum L.; %{-dezana} m. a
Buddha L.; %{-naukA} f. N. of sev. wks.; %{-pati} m. a lord of intelligence TUp.; N. of one who has attained to a partic.
degree of emancipation Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-pAda} m. N. of Vya1sa L.; %{-bhaTTAraka} m. %{-bhArata} m. %{-bhikSu}
m. N. of scholars Cat.; %{-bhairava}, %{-vo7ddyota-saMgraha} m. N. of wks.; %{-ma4ya} mf(%{I})n. consisting of
knowledge or intelligence, all knknowledge, full of intellintelligence S3Br. Up. &c.; %{-ya-koSa} m. the sheath
consconsisting of intellintelligence, the intelligent sheath (of the soul accord. to the Veda7nta) or the sheath caused
by the understanding being associated with the organs of perception MW.; %{-mAtRka} m. `" whose mother is
knowledge "', a Buddha L.; %{-yati} m. = %{-bhikSu} Cat.; %{-yogin} m. = %{vijJAne7zvara} Col.; %{-latikA} f. %{lalita} or %{-ta-tantra} n. N. of wks.; %{-vat} mfn. endowed with intelligence Up. ChUp. Sch. Katha1s.; %{-vAda} m.
the doctrine (of the Yoga7ca1ras) that only intelligence has reality (not the objects exterior to us) Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-
Sanskrit Dictionary
vAdin} mfn. one who affirms that only intelligence has reality; m. a Yoga7ca1ra Sarvad. Buddh.; %{-vinodinI-TIkA} f.
%{-vilAsa} m. %{-zAstra} n. %{-zikSA} f. %{saMjJA-prakaraNa} n. N. of wks.; %{-nA7kala} mfn. = %{-na-kevala}
above Sarvad.; %{-nA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.; %{-nA7tman} m. N. of an author ib.; %{-nA7ntyA7yatana} n.
(with Buddhists) N. of a world Buddh.; %{-nA7mRta} n. N. of Comm.; %{-nA7zrama} m. = %{-nA7tman} Cat.; %{nA7stitva-mAtra-vAdin} mfn. = %{-na-vAdin} Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-nA7hAra} m. spiritual food as nourishment L.; %{ne7zvara} m. N. of an author Cat. (%{-tantra} n. %{-vArttika}, n. N. of wks.); %{-ne7zvarIya} n. a wk. of
Vijn5a1ne7s3vara Cat.; %{-nai9ka-skandha-vAda} m. = %{-na-vAda} above Ba1dar. Sch.
vijaananA*=f. (perhaps for %{-jAnanA} or %{-jAnatA}) perceiving, understanding L.
vijaanika*=mfn. = %{vi-jJa} or %{vaijJAnika} L.
vijaanin*=mfn. having intelligence or knowledge or science, clever, skilful, a specialist Hcar. Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; %{-nitA} f. (ifc.) science or knowledge of, acquaintance with Ka1m.
vijaaniiya*=mfn. (ifc.) treating of the science or doctrine of Sus3r.
vijrimbhin* = mfn. breaking forth, appearing Ka1v.
vijrimbhita* =mfn. yawned, gaped, opened, expanded, blown &c. (n. impers.); drawn, bent (said of a bow) MBh. R.;
sported, wantoned W.; n. yawning Gaut.; coming out, appearance, manifestation, consequences Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.;
exploit Ma1lav. [961,1]
vijvara * = mf({A})n. free from fever or pain Kaths.; free from distress or anxiety, cheerful MBh. R. &c.; exempt from
decay W.
vikaara * = m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.v\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature,
alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or
mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954,3];
an apparition, spectre Kaths.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Snkhya) a production or derivative from Prakriiti
(there are 7 Vikras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras}
q.v.; these are also producers, inasmuch as from them come the 16 Vikras which are only productions, viz. the 5
{mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5 {karme7ndriyANi} or
organs of action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace
Kaths.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection MBh. Rjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the
state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn.
undergoing changes Km.; {-hetu} m. `" cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikaaraM = appearance (generally, grotesque/ugly)
vikaaraan.h = transformations
vikaari = changes
vikara * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1.
vikara * = 1 {vi-karaNa}. see p. 950. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness L.; a partic.
mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {rya4} mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vikaasaH = (m) progress, well-being, growth
vikalpa* = m. (for 2. see under %{vi-klRp}) an intermediate Kalpa, the interval between two Kalpas (q.v.) BhP.\\ = &c.
see under %{vi-klRp}.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S3rS. Mn. VarBr2S. &c. (%{ena}
ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity, manifoldness Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art
Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction Nya1yas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
admission, statement BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gi1t.; calculation VarBr2S.; mental occupation,
thinking L.; = %{kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Prata1p.; (in gram.) admission
of an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure (%{ve7ti@vikalpaH} Pa1n2. 1-1, 44
Sch.); a collateral form VarBr2S.; pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. %{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; %{-jAla} "' n. a number
Sanskrit Dictionary
of possible cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPra1t. Sch.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus3r.; %{-vat} mfn. undecided,
doubtful Veda7ntas.; %{-sama} m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; %{-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to
a dilemma Sarvad.; %{-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma (%{-tva} n.) ib.; %{-po7pahAra} m. an
optional offering. MW.
vikampituM = to hesitate
vikarNaH = Vikarna
vikarmaNaH = of forbidden work
vikarSaNa * = drawing (a bow-string); taking away, removing, destroying; n. the act of drawing or dragging asunder;
the drawing (a bow-string); putting apart, distributing; putting off eating, abstinence from food; searching,
investigation; a cross-throw (in wrestling); m. `" distractor "', one of the five arrows of Kma-deva ib.
vikala = disabled
vikalaM = not related or joined
vikalpa = imagination, fancy * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S'rS. Mn. VarBriS. &c.
({ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity, manifoldness KtyS'r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art
Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction Nyyas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Kv. &c.;
admission, statement BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gt.; calculation VarBriS.; mental occupation,
thinking L.; = {kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Pratp.; (in gram.) admission of
an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure ({ve7ti vikalpaH} Pn. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a
collateral form VarBriS.; pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. {vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; {-jAla} "' n. a number of possible
cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPrt. Sch.; {-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus'r.; {-vat} mfn. undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.;
{-sama} m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; {-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma Sarvad.; {pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma ({-tva} n.) ib.; {-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.
vikalpana * = m. a contriver, composer Cat.; n. and ({A}) f. allowing an option or alternative Pacar. Kr. on Pn.; the
use of a collateral form VarBriS. Sch.; distinction (pl. = different opinions) Sarvad.; false notion or assumption, fancy,
imagination BhP.; indecision MW.; inconsideration ib.
vikara * =mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1;
for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col.
1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4} mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vi4-kaara * =m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.
vi-kaara * =2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state,
transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury,
(or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954, 3]; an apparition, spectre Kaths.; extravagance ib.;
a product Gaut.; (in Snkhya) a production or derivative from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "',
{ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers, inasmuch as from
them come the 16 Vikras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5
{buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5 {karme7ndriyANi} or organs of action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW.
82 &c.; the derivative of a word Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace Kaths.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection
MBh. Rjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {maya} mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Km.; {-hetu} m. `"
cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikatthana * = mfn. boasting, a boaster, braggart MBh. R. &c.; praising ironically W.; n. and ({A}) f. the act of boasting
or vaunting or praising MBh. Das'. Kaths. &c.; irony W.; {-tva} n. boastfulness Rjat.
vikhanana * = n. digging up Nir.
vikhaanasa * = m. (prob.) `" one who digs up (scil. roots) "'N. of a Muni S'ak. Sch. (cf. {vaikhAnasa}).
vikarsha *= m. the drawing (a bow-string) R.; parting or dragging or drawing asunder (as in the separation of
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
sounds, wail, lament, bewail (acc. with or without %{prati}) AV. &c. &c.; to speak variously, talk, chatter MBh. Hariv.:
Caus. %{-lApayati}, %{-te}, to cause to mourn or lament AV. (cf. Pa1n2. 1-4, 52, Vartt. 3 Sch.); to cause to speak much
(A1.) Bhat2t2.: Intens. (only p. %{-lA4lapat}), to talk idly MaitrS.
vilaapana * = mfn. (for 2. see under %{vi-lI}) causing moaning or lamentation (as a weapon) R. Hariv.; m. N. of one of
S3iva's attendants Hariv.; n. the act of causing moaning or llamentation MBh. xii, 6113 (= %{nAza} Ni1lak.); m.c. =
%{-vi-lapana}, wail, llamentation BhP.\\ 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.; for 1 see under %{vi-lap}) dissolving, destroying,
removing Sus3r.; melting, liquefying (see %{Ajaya-vilA4panI}); n. destruction, death BhP.; a means of destruction VP.;
melting or a means of melting ib.; a partic. product of milk VarYogay. (cf. %{vi-layana}).
vilagnaaH = becoming attached
vilajja* = mfn. shameless BhP
vilajjita * = mfn. ashamed, abashed ib.
vilapana n. wailing, lamenting Uttarar. Hit.; talking idly or wildly W.; the dirt or sediment of any oily substance (as of
clarified butter, &c.) Ya1jn5. Sch.; %{-vinoda} m. removing grief by weeping Uttarar.
vilasita* = mfn. gleaming, glittering, shining forth, appearing BhP.; played, sported (n. also impers.) Ka1v. Katha1s.;
moving to and fro BhP.; n. flashing, quivering (of lightning) Vikr. Prab.; appearing, manifestation (%{vidyA}, %{v-}
manifestation of knowledge) Cat.; sport play, pastime, dalliance Ka1v. Katha1s.; any action or gesture Ragh.
vilayamaM = extinct
vilaya * = m. dissolution, liquefaction, disappearance, death, destruction (esp. ddestruction of the world) MBh. Kv.
&c. (acc. with {gam}, {yA}, {vraj} &c. to be dissolved, end; with Caus. of {gam}, to dissolve, destroy)
vilepana = smearing
viliGga* = n. absence of marks; mfn. of a different gender Pat.; {-stha} mfn. not to be understood MBh. ii, 845. - 1.
.), to scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate Lthy. MBh. &c.; to rub against, reach to, touch Hariv.; to wound (the heart) i.e.
vex, offend S'Br.; to scratch in or on, make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint Gol. MBh. &c.; (in medicine) to tear
up i.e. stir up (phlegm &c.) Car.: Caus. {-lekhayati}, or {-likhApayati}, to cause to scratch or write, Kriishnaj.
vilikhana* = n. the act of scraping, scratching &c. Blar.
vilikhita* = mfn. scratched, scraped, scarified Pacat.
viligii* = f. a kind of serpent AV.
vilinaatha* = m. (with {kavi}) N. of a poet (author of the drama Madana-majar) Cat.
vilimpita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed L.
vilimpita* mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed
viliptaa* = or f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) Ganit. - 1.
viliptikaa* = f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) Ganit. - 1. vilikh* = P. {-likhati} (Ved. inf. {-likhas}; cf. Pn. 3-4, 13 Sch
vilip* = P. . {-limpati}, {-te}, to smear or spread over, anoint (also `" to anoint one's self "' P.) S'Br. &c. &c.; to smear
or spread with (instr.) Kum.: Caus. {-lepayati}, to smear or anoint with (instr.) Hcat.; {-limpayati} see {-limpita}.
vilis'* = . {-lizate}, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered, break off, become rent or torn TS. S'Br.
vilisteGgaa* = f. N. of a Dnavi Kthh.
vilishtha* = mfn. (cf. {vi-riSTa}) broken off, out of due order VS. KtySr.; {-bheSaja} n. a remedy for fractures or
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vimohayati = bewilders
vimohitaaH = deluded
vimohini * = bewilderer
vimokshaNaat.h = giving up
vimokshaaya = meant for liberation
vimokshyase = you will be liberated
vimriga* = mfn. containing no deer (as a forest) R
vimuchya = being delivered from
vimuc* = 1 P. . {-muJcati}, {-te} (Impv. {-mumoktu} RV. i, 24, 13), to unloose, unharness (. `" one's own horses "'),
unyoke (i.e. make to halt, cause to stop or rest "') RV. &c. &c.; to take off (clothes, ornaments &c.) MBh. Kv. &c.; to
release, set free, liberate ib.; to leave, abandon, quit, desert, give up, relinquish ib.; to shun, avoid MundUp. Bhag. &c.;
to lose (consciousness) Hariv.; to pardon, forgive Gt. BhP.; to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send forth MBh. R. Pacat.
(with {grastam}, to set free a seized planet i.e. `" free it from eclipse "' Sryas.); to throw, hurl, cast (with {AtmAnam}
and loc., `" to cast one's self into "' Uttarar.) MBh. R. &c.; to utter (a sound) MBh.; to assume (a shape) Mn. i, 56; to lay
(eggs) Pacat. i, 353/354/; Pass. {-mucyate}, to be unloosed or detached &c.; to be slackened (as reins) S'ak.; to drop or
be expelled (prematurely, as a fetus) Sus'r.; to be freed or delivered or released (esp. from the bonds of existence), get
rid of, escape from (abl. adv. in {-tas} gen., or instr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be deprived of (instr.) Hit.: Caus. {-mocayati}, to
loosen, detach S'ak.; to unyoke Kaus'.; to set free, deliver from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to keep off, avoid R.: Desid. {mumukSati}, {-te}, to wish to liberate (. `" one's self "') BhP.
vimuc* =2 f. unyoking, alighting, stopping, putting up RV. ({vimuco napAt}, `" son of unyoking "'N. of Pshan as "'
conductor on the way to the next world "' ib.)
vimuJNchati = one gives up
vimuh *= P. A1; %{-muhyati}, %{-te}, to be confused, become bewildered or stupefied, faint away Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.:
Caus. %{-mohayati}, to confuse, bewilder, infatuate MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to confound, efface Sa1y.
vimuhyati = one is bewildered
vimuuDha = foolish
vimuuDhaH = bewildered
vimuuDhabhaavaH = bewilderment
vimuuDhaaH = foolish persons
vimuuDhaan.h = perfectly befooledvinaas'a* = m. utter loss, annihilation, perdition, destruction, decay, death, removal
TPrt. Up. MBh. &c.; {-kRt} mfn. (ifc.) causing destruction of, destroying Yj.; {-dharman} mfn. subject to the law of
decay Ragh. viii, 10 (v.l. {-min}; but cf. Pn. 5-4, 124); {-sambhava} m. a source of destruction, cause of the subsequent
non-existence of a composite body ({avayavin}) MW.; {-hetu} mfn. being the cause of death Sus'r.; {-zA7nta} m. `" end
(caused by) destruction "', death MBh.; mfn. ending in death ib.; {-zo7nmukha} mfn. ready to perish, fully ripe or
mature L.
vimuktaH = liberated
vimuktaanaaM = of those who are liberated
vimuktaiH = by one who has become free from
vimuja * = (%{vi4-}) mf(%{A})n. without a sheath S3Br.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vinaa = without* = or {vinA4} ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. {vi}) without, except, short or exclusive of (preceded or
followed by an acc. instr., rarely abl.; cf. Pn. 2-3, 32; exceptionally ifc., e g. {zuci-vinA}, without honesty, {satya-v-},
without faith Subh.) AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript) Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes {vinA} is used pleonastically, e.g.
{natad asti vinA deva yat te virahitaM hare}, `" there is nothing, O god Hari, that is without thee "' Hariv. 14966).
vinaasha = total destruction
vinaashaM = destruction
vinaashaH = destruction
vinaashaaya = for the annihilation
vinan's'in *= mfn. disappearing, vanishing VS.
vinas' * = P. %{-nazati}, to reach, attain RV.\\ 2 P. %{-nazati}, or %{-nazyati} (fut. %{-naziSyati} or %{-naGkSyati};
inf. %{-nazitum} or %{-naMSTum}), to be utterly lost, perish, disappear, vanish RV. &c. &c.; to come to nothing, be
frustrated or foiled ib.; to be deprived of (abl.) RV. ix, 79, 1; to destroy, annihilate Hariv.: Caus. %{-nAzayati} (aor.
%{vy-anInazat}), to cause to be utterly lost or ruined or to disappear or vanish RV. &c. &c. (once in Su1ryas. with gen.
for acc.); to frustrate, disappoint, render ineffective (a weapon) AV.; to suffer to be lost or ruined Ragh. ii, 56; (aor.) to
be lost, perish MBh. R.
vinashtha *= mfn. utterly lost or ruined, destroyed, perished, disappeared MBh. Ka1v. &c.; spoilt, corrupted Mn.
Ya1jn5.; (prob.) n. a dead carcass, carrion (see below); %{-cakSus} mfn. one who has lost his eyes MBh.; %{-tejas}
(%{vi4-n-}) mfn. one whose energy is lost, weak, feeble AV.; %{-dRSTi} mfn. one who has lost his sight, Bhp. %{dharma} mfn. (a country) whose laws are corrupted Ra1jat.; %{-tA7pajIvin} mfn. living on dead carcasses or carrion
GopBr. [969,3]
vinidra *= mf(%{A})n. sleepless, awake MBh. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-ka} Katha1s.); occurring in the waking condition
Katha1s.; passed sleeplessly Ka1v.; expanded, blown S3is3.; opened (as the eyes) Vikr.; m. a partic. formula recited over
weapons R.; %{-tA} f. (Bhpr.), %{-tva} n. (L.) sleeplessness, wakefulness, vigilince.
vinda *= mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc.; see %{go-}, %{cAru-v-} &c.); m. a partic. hour of the day R.; N. of a son of
Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh.; of a king of Avanti ib.
vindati = (6 pp) to find
vindate = enjoys
vindaka* = m. N. of a man Rjat.
vindatvat* = mfn. containing a form of 3. {vid}; ({atI}) f. a verse of this kind Maitr
vindaami = I have
vineya *= mfn. to be taken away or removed Hariv.; to be trained or educated or instructed Sa1h. Sarvad.; to be
chastised L.; m. a pupil, disciple L.
vinigrahaH = control
viniha.nsi = you kill
vinimayaH = (m) exchange
vinimaya *= m. ( %{me}) exchange, barter (%{ena}, alternately) A1past. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; mutual engagement,
reciprocity (see %{kArya-vin-}); a pledge, deposit, security L.; transmutation (of letters) MW.
vinirNaya *= m. complete settlement or decision, certainty, a settled rule Mn. MBh. &c.
vinirNI *= ( %{nI}; only ind. p. %{-NIya}), to decide or determine clearly BhP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sus3r.; to bear fruit, develop consequences VarBr2S.: Caus. %{-pAcayati}, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking, melt,
liquefy Sus3r.
vipaksha = of the opposite side
vipaNa *= m. (for 2. see %{vi-paN}) low or petty traffic MW.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 2) selling, sale Mn. MBh.
&c.; a wager MBh.; a trading-place, shop, market-place MBh. Ma1rkP.; `" market "' (fig. applied to speech, the organ of
speech, or the energy of activity) Ma1rkP.; N. of S3iva MBh. (= %{nirvyavahAra} or %{daNDA7di-rahita}); %{NA7paNa-vat} mfn. furnished with shops and markets MBh.
vipanna mfn. gone wrong, failed, miscarried (opp. to %{sam-panna}) MBh.; afflicted, distressed Hit.; ruined,
destroyed, decayed, dead, gone MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. a snake L.; %{-kRtya} mfn. (a deity) whose rites have been
disturbed or neglected VarBr2S.; %{-tA} f. misfortune, ruin, destruction VarBr2S. (%{-tAMgataH}, ruined R.); %{dIdhiti} mfn. one whose splendour or glory is gone. Bhartr2.; %{-deha} mfn. `" having a decomposed body "', dead,
defunct Mr2icch. i, 30; %{-nnA7patyA} f. a woman who has lost her child by abortion MW.; %{-nnA7rtha} mfn. one
whose property or fortune is ruined R. (v.l. %{-nnA7tman}).
vipatti = calamity
viparivartate = is working
vipariita = inverted, contrary to rule, wrong *= mfn. turned round, reversed, inverted A1s3vS3r. Nir. &c.; being the
reverse of anything, acting in a contrary manner, opposite, contrary to (abl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; going asunder or in
different directions, various, different Kat2hUp.; perverse, wrong, contrary to rule MBh. Ka1v. &c.; adverse,
inauspicious, unfavourable ib.; false, untrue Bha1m.; (%{A}) f. a perverse or unchaste woman L.; N. of two metres
RPra1t.; %{-kara} or %{-kartR} mfn. acting in a contrary manner or perversely MW.; %{-kArin} mfn. id. Gi1t.; %{krIDA} f. N. of a ch. of S3a1rn3gP.; %{-gati} mfn. going backwards or in a reverse direction W.; f. inverse or reverse
motion ib.; %{-graha-prakaraNa} n. N. of. wk.; %{-citta} (MBh.), %{-cetas} (R.) mfn. contrary-minded, having a
perverted mind or impaired mental faculties; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. contrariety, inversion, counterpart Ka1v. Pan5cat.;
%{-pathyA} f. a kind of metre Col.; %{-pratyaGgirA} f. N. of a Tantric wk.; %{-buddhi} (Pan5cat.), %{-bodha} (MW.),
%{-mati} (Ya1jn5.), mfn. = %{-citta}; %{-malla-taila} n. a kind of preparation made of oil Bhpr.; %{-rata} n. inverted
sexual intercourse Caurap.; %{-lakSaNA} f. ironical description of an object by mentioning its contrary properties MW.;
%{-vat} ind. invertedly R.; %{-vRtti} mfn. acting or behaving in a contrary manner Ragh.; %{-tA7khyAnakI} f. `"
inverted A1khya1naki "', a kind of metre Col.; %{-tA7di} n. (with %{vakra}) a kind of metre Ked. [974,2]; %{-tA7nta} m.
(with %{pragAtha}) a kind of metre RPra1t.; %{-tA7yana} n. a contrary Ayana or progress of the sun from solstice to
solstice (%{-gata} mfn. situated in contrary Ayanas) MW.; %{-to7ttara} n. (with %{pragAtha}) a kind of metre RPra1t.
vipariitaM = the opposite
vipariitakaraNii = the upside-down posture
vipariitaan.h = in the wrong direction
vipariitaani = just the opposite
viparyaya = inversion // viparyaya *= mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse, contrary to (gen.) BhP.; m. turning round,
revolution Jyot.; running off, coming to an end R.; transposition, change, alteration, inverted order or succession,
opposite of. A1s3vS3r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. %{buddhi-v-}, the opposite opinion; %{svapna-v-}, the opp of sleep, state of
being awake; %{saMdhi-viparyayau}, peace and its opposite i.e. war; %{viparyaye}, %{-yena} and %{-yAt} ind. in the
oppopposite case, other wise); exchange, barter (e.g. %{dravya-v-}, exchange of goods, buying and selling, trade) MW.;
change for the worse, reverse of fortune, calamity, misfortune Mn. MBh. &c.; perverseness R. Katha1s. BhP.; overthrow,
min, loss, destruction (esp. of the world) Ka1v.; change of opinion Sa1h.; change of purpose or conduct, enmity, hostility
W.; misapprehension, error, mistake Mn. BhP. Sarvad.; mistaking anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is
MW.; shunning, avoiding R. vii, 63, 31 (Sch.); N. of partic. forms of intermittent fever Sus3r. // viparyAya m. =
%{vi-paryaya}, reverse, contrariety L.
viparyak* = ind. (fr. {-paryaJc}) invertedly BhP.
viparyANa* = mfn. unsaddled Kaths.; {-NI-kRta} mfn. id. ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
viphalaH = not good, fruitless; * = mf({A})u. bearing no fruit (as a tree) Kv. VarBriS.; fruitless, useless, ineffectual,
futile, vain, idle Yj. Hariv. &c.; having no testicles R.; m. Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. fruitlessness,
uselessness, unprofitableness Kv. Pacat.; {-pre7raNa} mfn. flung in vain Hit.; {-zrama} mfn. exerting one's self in
vain ({-tva} n.), Rjat; {-lA7rambha} mfn. one whose efforts are vain or idle Yj.; {-lA7za} mfn. one whose hopes are
disappointed Hariv. (v.l. {niSphal-}).
vipina * =`" stirring or waving (scil. in the wind) "', a wood, forest, thicket, grove MBh. Kv. &c.; a multitude, quantity
Blar.; {-tilaka} n. a kind of metre Col.; {-nau9kas} m. wood-dweller "', an ape, monkey Mcar.
viplaava *= m. a horse's canter or gallop L.; deluging W.; devastating ib.; causing tumult or public disturbance ib.
viplava * = 1mfn. (for 2. see %{vi-plu}) having no ship or boat MBh.\\ m. (for 2. see p. 951, col. 2) confusion, trouble,
disaster, evil, calamity, misery, distress Mn. MBh. &c.; tumult, affray, revolt Ka1v. Ra1jat.; destruction, ruin MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; loss, damage Ya1jn5.; violation (of a woman) Katha1s.; profanation of the Veda by unseasonable study Ya1jn5. Sch.;
shipwreck Hariv.; rust (on a mirror) Kir. ii, 26; portent, evil omen L.; terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures W.;
spreading abroad, divulging (%{-vaM-gam}, to become widely known) MW.; mfn. confused (as words) BhP.; %{-tas}
ind. in consequence of misfortune MW. [976,3]; %{-vA7TTahAsa} m. malicious laughter Dharmas3.
vipluta *= mfn. drifted apart or asunder, scattered, dispersed &c.; confused, disordered, gone astray, lost, perished Mn.
MBh. &c.; suffused, dimmed (as the eyes) R.; agitated, excited, troubled (as speech or reason) MBh.; broken, violated
(as chastity, a vow &c.) Mn. Ya1jn5. BhP.; vicious, immoral Katha1s.; committing adultery with (%{saha}) Mn. viii, 377;
(with %{karmaNA}) wrongly treated, mismanaged (in med.) Car.; (with %{plava}) drawn out of the water, landed (?)
Hariv.; depraved, wicked W.; contrary, adverse ib.; inundated, immersed ib.; %{am} n. springing or bursting asunder
Hariv.; %{-netra} or %{-locana} mfn. having the eyes suffused or bathed (with tears, joy &c.) R. Hariv. BhP.; %{bhASin} mf(%{iNI})n. speaking confusedly, stammering, stuttering R.; %{-yoni} f. (in med.) a partic. painful condition
of the %{vagina} Sus3r.
viplushtha *= mfn. ( %{pluS}) burned, scorched R
vipra = Brahmin, sage
vipralambaka * = w.r. for %{-lambhaka} Prab.
vipralup P. %{-lumpati}, to tear or snatch away, rob, plunder Mn. MBh.; to visit, afflict, disturb MBh.
vipralambha * = m. (fr. Caus.) deception, deceit, disappointment MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the being disappointed or deceived
through (abl.) MBh. xiv, 133; separation of lovers Ragh. Uttarar. &c.; disunion, disjunction W.; quarrel, disagreement
ib.
vipralambhaka * = mfn. deceiving, fallacious, a cheat or deceiver Katha1s. Prab.; %{-tva} n. deceptiveness,
fallaciousness Sam2k.
vipralambhana * = n. pl. deception, fraud, trick Das3.
vipralambhin * = mfn. deceiving, fallacious Pan5cat.
vipratipanna = adj. perplexed
vipratipannaa = without being influenced by the fruitive results
viprapriyaM = the loved of the Brahmins
vipraaH = (masc.nom.Pl.)Brahmins
vipriya *= (%{vi4-}) mfn. disaffected, estranged TS. (cf. %{-preman}); disagreeable, unpleasant to (gen. or comp.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. (also pl.) anything unpleasant or hateful, offence, transgression ib.; %{-kara} (Katha1s.), %{-kArin}
and %{-M-kara} (MBh.) mfn. doing what is displeasing, acting unkindly, offensive; %{-tva} n. unpleasantness BhP.
Sch.
vipula = ample * = mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. %{pula} = %{pura}; cf. under %{pul}) large, extensive, wide, great, thick, long
Sanskrit Dictionary
(also of time), abundant, numerous, important, loud (as a noise), noble (as a race) Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c.; m. a respectable
man W.; N. of a prince of the Sauviras MBh.; of a pupil of Deva-s3arman (who guarded the virtue of Ruci, his
preceptor's wife, when tempted by Indra during her husband's absence) MBh.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a
mountain (either Meru or the Hima7laya) Pur.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; a form of the A1rya1 metre (in which the caesura
is irregular; divided into 3 species, A1di-, Anlya-, and Ubhaya-vipula1) Col.; (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.; n.
a sort of building Gal.; %{-grIva} mfn. long-necked R.; %{-cchAya} mfn. having ample shade, shady, umbrageous MW.;
%{-jaghanA} f. a woman with large hips ib.; %{-tara} mfn. larger or very large S3is3.; %{-tA} f. (S3ak.), %{-tva} n.
(MBh.) largeness, greatness, extent, width, magnitude; %{dravya} mfn. having great wealth, wealthy Car.; %{-pArzva}
m. N. of a mountain Buddh.; %{-prajJa} (MBh.), %{-buddhi} (Sus3r.) mfn. endowed with great understanding; %{mati} mfn. id. Bhartr2.; m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh.; %{-rasa} m. `" having abundant juice "', the sugar-cane L.; %{vrata} mfn. one who has undertaken great duties MBh.; %{-zroni} mf(%{I})n. having swelling hips MW.; (%{-NIbhara} mf[%{A}]n. id. Amar.) [975,1]; %{-skandha} m. `" broad-shouldered "'N. of Arjuna L.; %{-sravA} f. = %{lA7sravA} L.; %{-hRdaya} mfn. large-hearted, llarge-minded Bhartr2. (v.l.); %{-lA7yatA7kSa} mfn. having large and
long eyes MW.; %{-lA7rtha-bhoga-vat} mfn. having great wealth and many enjoyments VarBr2S.; %{-lA7zravA} f. Aloe
Perfoliata L.; %{-le7kSaNa} mfn. large-eyed MW.; %{-lo7raska} mfn. broad-chested ib.; %{-lau9jas} mfn. having great
strength, very strong R.
vipulaM = more than enough, plenty
vira * = m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied to gods, as to Indra, Vishnu &c.; pl.
men, people, mankind, followers, retainers) RV. &c. &c.; a hero (as opp. to a god) RTL. 272 n.; a husband MBh. R. Pur.;
a male child, son (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; the male of
an animal AV. S'nkhS'r.; (with, Tntrikas) an adept (who is between the {divya} and the {pazu} RTL. 191) Rudray.; (in
dram.) heroism (as one of the 8 Rasas [q.v.]; the Vra-carita [q.v.] exhibits an example) Bhar. Das'ar. Sh. &c.; an actor
W.; a partic. Agni (son of Tapas) MBh.; fire, (esp.) sacred or sacrificial fire L.; N. of various plants (Terminalia Arunja;
Nerium Odorum; Guilandina Bonduc, manioc-root) L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-rshthra ib.; of a son
of Bharad-vja ib.; of a son of Purusha Vairja and father of Priya-vrata and Uttna-pda Hariv.; of a son of Griijima
ib.; of two sons of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Kshupa and father of Vivins'a MrkP.; of the father of Llvat ib.; of a
teacher of Vinaya Buddh.; of the last Arhat of the present Avasarpini L.; (also with {bhaTTa}, {AcArya} &c.) of various
authors &c. Cat.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Tmasa BhP.; ({A}) f. a wife, matron (whose husband and sons are
still alive) L.; an intoxicating beverage ib.; N. of various plants and drugs (Flacourtia Cataphracta; Convolvulus
Paniculatus; Gmelina Arborea; the drug Ela-vluka &c.) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangt.; N. of the wife of Bharadvja L.; of the wife of Karan-dhama MrkP.; of a river MBh. (B. {vANI}); n. (only L.) a reed (Arundo Tibialis); the root
of ginger(?); pepper; rice-gruel; the root of Costus Speciosus, of Andropogon Muricatus &c. [1005, 3]; mf({A})n. heroic,
powerful, strong, excellent, eminent L. [Cf. Lat. {vir}; Lith. {vy4ras}; Goth. {wair}; Angl. Sax. {wr}, {wre-wulf};
Eng. {werewolf}; Germ. {Werwolf}, {Wergeld}.]
viraagaH = Non-attachment/desirelessness
viraath* = in comp. for 2. {vi-rAj}.
viraaj* = m. (for 2. see s.v.) king of birds BhP.\\* = P.. {-rAjati}, {-te}, to reign, rule, govern, master (gen. or acc.),
excel (abl.) RV. AV. Br.; to be illustrious or eminent, shine forth, shine out (abl.), glitter ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to appear
as (nom.) MBh.: Caus. {-rAjayati}, (rarely {-te}) cause to shine forth, give radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate MBh.
R. &c.
vi-raa4j* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 949, col. 3) ruling far and wide, sovereign, excellent, splendid RV.; mfn. a ruler, chief.
king or queen (applied to Agni, Sarasvat, the Sun &c.) ib. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; f. excellence, pre-eminence, high rank,
dignity, majesty TS. Br. S'rS.; m. or f. the first progeny of Brahm (according to Mn. i, 32 &c., Brahm having divided
his own substance into male and female, produced from the female the male power Virj, who then produced the first
Manu or Manu Svyambhuva, who then created the ten Praj-patis; the BhP. states that the male half of Brahm was
Manu, and the other half S'ata-rp, and does not allude to the intervention of VVirj; other Purnas describe the
union of S'ata-rp with VVirj or Purusha in the first instance, and with Manu in the second; Virj as a sort of
secondary creator, is sometimes identified with Praj-pati, Brahm, Agni, Purusha, and later with Vishnu or Kriishna,
while in RV. x, 90, he is represented as born from Purusha, and Purusha from him; in the AV. viii, 10, 24; xi, 8, 30,
VVirj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow; being elsewhere, however, identified with Pra7na) IW. 22 &c.;
(in Vednta) N. of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed aggregate of gross bodies (= {vaizvAnara}, q. v.),
Vedantas.; m. a warrior (= {kSatriya}) MBh. BhP.; the body MW.; a partic. Eka7ha PacavBr. Vait.; N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kmy Hariv.; of a son of Nara VP.; of Buddha L. [983,1]; of a son of Rdh MW.; of a district ib.; f. a
particular Vedic metre consisting of four Pdas of ten syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical N. of the number
Sanskrit Dictionary
`" ten "'; in RV. x, 130, 5 this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuna, and in AitBr. i, 4 Virj is
mystically regarded as `" food "', and invocations are directed to be made in this metre when food is the especial object
of prayer; in prosody VVirj is applied to any metre defective by two syllables RPrt.); pl. N. of partic. bricks (40 in
number) VS. S'Br.
viraaja *= mfn. shining, brilliant Pan5car.; m. a partic. form of a temple Hcat.; a part. Eka7ha Vait.; a species of plant
L.; N. of a Praja1-pati Hariv.; of a son of A-vikshit MBh
viraajana* = mfn. embellishing, beautifying (ifc.) Car.; n. ruling, being eminent or illustrious, &c. Nir.
viraaTaH = Virata
viraam.h = to stop
viraama = stop * cessation, termination, end S'nkhGri. Mn. &c. (acc. with {yA} or {pra-yA}, to come to an end, rest);
end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (ifc. = ending with), APrt. Pn. &c.; end of or caesura with in a Pda S'rutab.;
(in gram.), the stop "'N. of a small oblique stroke placed under a consonant to denote that it is quiescent i.e. that it has
no vowel inherent or otherwise pronounced after it (this mark is sometimes used in the middle of conjunctions of
consonants; but its proper use, according to native grammarians, is only as a stop at the end of a sentence ending in a
consonant); desistence, abstention Ks'. Vop.; exhaustion, languor Car.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f.
cessation, abatement Pacar.
viraamaH = respite, full stop
viraamaka * = mfn. ending in (ifc.) L.
viraamaNa * = n. a pause Hcat.
viracita* = mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1]; performed BhP.; composed, written, Kalid. Pan5cat.; put together,
spoken, uttered (see comp.); put on, worn Ragh.; furnished with (instr.) Megh.; put in, inlaid, set MW.; (%{A}) f. N. of
a woman Katha1s.; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or song &c.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged,
rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid.; %{-vapus} mfn. one who has his body formed or arranged MW.; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has
composed a speech or who has spoken Ragh.; %{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.
viramamNa * = n. ceasing cessation KtyS'r.; (ifc.) desistence from Subh.
viramArga* = m. the course or career of a hero MBh. Hariv
vira4matii * = f. N. of a woman HParis'.
vira4matsya * = m. pl. N. of a people R.
vira4maya * = mf({I})n. (with Tntrikas) relating or belonging to an initiated person L.
vira4mANikya * = m. N. of a king Prasannar.
vira4maanin * = mfn. thinking one's self a hero Kaths.; m. N. of a hero Vcar.
vi-ramita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to cease, stopped BhP.
viram * = P. {-ramati} (rarely .; cf. Pn. 1-3, 83), to stop (esp. speaking), pause, cease, come to an end TS. &c. &c.; to
give up, abandon, abstain or desist from (abl.) KtyS'r. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-rA8mayati}, to cause to stop or rest &c., bring
to an end, finish R. BhP.: Desid. see {vi-riraMsA}.
vi-rama * = m. cessation, end MBh. BhP.; sunset S'is'. ix, 11; (ifc.) desistence or abstention from MBh.
virachita = created
virachitaM = created, composed
Sanskrit Dictionary
viracita *=f mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1]; performed BhP.; composed, written, Kalid. Pan5cat.; put together,
spoken, uttered (see comp.); put on, worn Ragh.; furnished with (instr.) Megh.; put in, inlaid, set MW.; (%{A}) f. N. of
a woman Katha1s.; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or song &c.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged,
rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid.; %{-vapus} mfn. one who has his body formed or arranged MW.; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has
composed a speech or who has spoken Ragh.; %{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.
viraha = separation * = m. abandonment, desertion, parting, separation (esp. of lovers), absence from (instr. or comp.)
MBh. Kv. &c.; lack, want (ifc. = lacking, with the exception of) Kv. Kaths. &c.; {-guNita} mfn. increased by
separation Megh.; {-ja} mfn. arising from sseparation S'ak.; {-janita} mfn. id. MW.; {-jvara} m. the anguish of
sseparation ib.; {-virasa} mfn. painful through (the idea of) separation, S'ntis'.; {-vyApad} mfn. decreased by
sseparation Megh.; {-zayana} n. a solitary couch or bed Megh.; {-hA7dhigama} m. experiencing sseparation ib.; {hA7nala} m. the fire of sseparation ib.; {-hA7rta} mfn. pained by sseparation W.; {-hA7vasthA} f. state of
sseparation MW.; {-ho7tkaNThikA} f. (in dram.) a woman who longs after her absent lover or husband Sh.; {ho7tsuka} mfn. suffering from sseparation A.
virahitaM = without
viraaja *= mfn. shining, brilliant Pan5car.; m. a partic. form of a temple Hcat.; a part. Eka7ha Vait.; a species of plant
L.; N. of a Praja1-pati Hariv.; of a son of A-vikshit MBh.
viraja*= (3. %{vi+raja} for %{rajas}) mf(%{A})n. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig. `" free from passion "') S3Br.
MBh. &c.; free from the menstrual excretion L.; m. N. of a Marut-vat Hariv.; of a son of Tvasht2r2i BhP.; of a son of
Pu1rn2iman ib.; of a pupil of Ja1tu1karn2ya ib.; of the world of Buddha Padma-prabha SaddhP.; (pl.) of a class of gods
under Manu Sa1varn2i BhP.; (%{A}) f. Panicum Dactylon (= %{dUrA}) MBh. (= %{kapitthAnI} L.); of the wife of
Nahusha (spiritual daughter of a class of Pitr2is called Su-svadhas or Sva.svadhas) Hariv.; of a mistress of Kr2ishn2a
(who was changed into a river) Pan5car.; of a Ra1kshasi1 Cat.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh.; %{-prabha} m. N. of
a Buddha Buddh.; %{-loka} m. N. of a partic. world, VB.; %{-jA7kSa} m. N. of a mountain (to the north of Meru)
Ma1rkP.; %{-jAkSetra} n. N. of a sacred district Cat.; %{-je7zvarI} f. N. of Ra1dha1 Pan5car.
virajAta * = (%{vIra4-}) mfn. (wealth) consisting in men or sons RV.
virica or viraca * = A* 'beyond passion' m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahm (but also applied to
Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kaths. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)
virakta = uninerested
virala = rare
virama V = become detached, stop
virica* = m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahm (but also applied to Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kaths. Pur.
({-ta} f. BhP.)
virocana *= mfn. shining upon, brightening, illuminating MBh.; m. the sun or the god of the sun (also applied to
Vishn2u) MBh. Ra1jat.; the moon MBh. ix, 2025; fire L.; a species of Karan5ja L.; a species of Syona1ka L.; N. of an
Asura (son of Prahra1da or Prahla1da and father of Bali and Manthara1 or Dirgha-jihva1) AV. &c, &c.; (%{A}) f. N. of
one of the Ma1tr2is attendant on Skanda MBh.; of the wife of Tvasht2r2i (and mother of Viraja) BhP.; n. (?) light, lustre
W.; %{-vadha} m. N. of a ch. of the Gan2P.; %{-suta} m. `" son of Virocana "' N. of Bali (sovereign of Maha1bali-pura)
W
virochana = a demon prince
virodha = opposition *= m. opposition, hostility, quarrel, strife between (gen., rarely instr., or comp.) or with (instr.
with or without %{saha}, or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; hostile contact of inanimate objects (as of planets &c.) VarBr2S.;
(logical) contradiction, contrariety, antithesis, inconsistency, incompatibility Ka1tyS3r. Kan2. [984,1] Kap. &c.; (ifc.)
conflict with, injury of (instr. = at the cost or to the detriment of) Ya1jn5. MBh.; hindrance, prevention Gaut.; blockade,
siege W.; adversity, calamity, misfortune Sa1h.; perversity Katha1s.; (in rhet.) an apparent contradiction or incongruity
(e.g. %{bharato} %{'pi@zatru-ghnaH}) Kpr.; (in dram.) impediment to the successful progress of a plot W.; (%{I}) f.
fixed rule, ordinance(?) W.; %{-kAraka} mfn. causing opposition or disagreement, fomenting quarrels MW.; %{-kRt}
mfn. causing dissension or revolt Ya1jn5. Sch.; m. an enemy MW.; the 45th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Cat.; %{-
Sanskrit Dictionary
kriyA} f. quarrel, strife Ragh.; %{-parihAra} m. removal of incompatibility, reconciliation Kull. on Mn. vii, 152; N. of wk.
on Bhakti (by Lakshman2a7ca1rya); of another wk. on the reconciliation of the different Vaishn2ava systems (by
Varada7ca1rya); %{-phala} n. the fruit or result of perverseness Katha1s.; %{-bhaJjanI} f. N. of a commentary on the
Ra1ma1yan2a; %{-bhAj} mfn. contradictory, opposed to (instr.) Sa1h.; %{-va4t} mfn. containing a contradiction
Ka1vya7d.; %{-varUthinI} f. %{-varUthinI-nirodha} m. %{-varUthinI-bhaJjinI}, f. %{-vAda} m. N. of wks.; %{zamana}. n. making up a quarrel Das3ar.; %{-dhA7carana} m. (in rhet.) apparent conduct L.; %{-dhA7bhA7sa} m. (in
rhet.) aparent contradiction, the semblance of opposite qualities Prata1p.; %{-dhA7laMkAra} m. (in rhet) a figure of
speech implying incongruity (cf. under %{vi-rodha}) MW.; %{-dho7kti} f. dispute, mutual contradiction Pa1n2. 1-3, 50
Sch.; %{-dho7ddhAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-dho7pamA} f. (in rhet.) a comparison founded on opposition (e.g. `" the lotus
flower and thy face are opposed [as rivals] to each other "' i.e. resemble each other), Ka1vyftd. ii, 33.
virodhaka *= mfn. disuniting, causing dissension or revolt Ya1jn5. Sch.; opposed to, incompatible with (gen. or comp.)
MBh.; (ifc.) preinventing, an obstacle to ib.
virodhana *= mfn. opposing, fighting MBh.; n. checking, restraining Nir. vi, 1 (Sch.); quarrel, contest, resistance,
opposition to (gen.) Ka1m. Katha1s. &c.; harming, injuring R.; (in dram.) either `" angry altercation "' (e.g. in S3ak. the
dialogue between the king and S3a1rn3garava) Bhar.; or `" consciousness of the risk of an enterprise "' (e.g. Ven2is, 6,
1) Sa1h.; incongruity, inconsistency W.; investing, blockading ib.
viruda * = hot out, sprouted, budded, grown; come forth, formed, produced, born, arisen; ascended, mounted, ridden,
overgrown with young grass
virugna * =mfn. (less correctly {vi-rugna}) broken to pieces, torn asunder &c. Bhathth.
visarga* = m. sending forth, letting go, liberation, emission, discharge GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; voiding, evacuation (of
excrement) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; opening (of the closed hand) KtyS'r.; getting rid of, sending away, dismissal, rejection
Mn. MBh. &c.; letting loose i.e. driving out (cows; see {go-vis-}); final emancipation, exemption from worldly existence
BhP.; cessation, end RV. GriS.; end of the annual course of the sun Car.; destruction of the world BhP.; giving, granting,
bestowal Mn. MBh. &c.; scattering, hurling, throwing, shooting, casting (also of glances) MBh. Ragh. BhP.; producing,
creating (esp. secondary creation or creation in detail by Purusha; see under {sarga}) Bhag. BhP.; creation (in the
concrete sense), product, offspring Hariv. BhP.; `" producer "', cause BhP.; membrum virile ib.; the sus southern
course L.; separation, parting W. (cf. {-cumbana}); light, splendour ib.; N. of a symbol in grammar (= {vi-sarjanIya},
which is the older term see below) Pn. Sch. S'rutab. MBh. BhP.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1241; {-cumbana} n. a parting
kiss Ragh.; {-lupta} n. elision of the Visarga Pratp.
vishaNNa * =mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Kv. Kaths. BhP.; {-cetas}
mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. dejection, sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of
the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; {-bhAva} m. id. Das'.; {-manas} mfn. = {-cetas} BhP.; {-mukha} mf({I})n. dejected
in countenance, looking sad or dejected R.; {-rUpa} mf({A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected mood R.; {vadana} mfn. = {-mukha} ib.; {-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP.
vishate = he enters
vishama *= mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{vi} + %{sama}) uneven, rugged, rough MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c.; unequal, irregular,
dissimilar, different, inconstant Br. S3a1n3khGr2. Mn. &c.; odd, not even (in numbers &c.) Var. Ka1vya7d.; that which
cannot be equally divided (as a living sheep among three or four persons) Mn. ix, 119; hard to traverse, difficult,
inconvenient, painful, dangerous, adverse, vexatious, disagreeable, terrible, bad, wicked (ibc. `" terribly "' S3is3.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; hard to be understood Gol. Ka1v.; unsuitable, wrong Sus3r. Sarvad.; unfair, dishonest, partial Mn. MBh.;
rough, coarse, rude, cross MW.; odd, unusual, unequalled W.; m. a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.; N. of Vishn2u MW.;
(%{I}) f. N. of various wks.; n. unevenness, uneven or rough ground or place (%{sama-viSameSu}, `" on even and
uneven ground "' S3is3.), bad road VS. TS. S3Br. &c.; oddness (of numbers) W.; a pit, precipice Mn. MBh. &c.;
difficulty, distress, misfortune MBh. R. &c.; unevenness, inequality (%{eNa} ind. `" unequally "') Ka1s3.; (in rhet.)
incongruity, incompatibility Ka1vya7d. Prata1p. Kuval.; pl. (with %{bharad-vAjasya})N. of Sa1mans SV. A1rshBr.;
(%{am}) ind. unequally, unfairly MW.; %{-karNa} mfn. having unequal diagonals Col.; m. or n. (?) any four-sided
figure with ununequal didiagonals MW.; the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle (esp. as formed between the
gnomon of a dial and the extremities of the shadow) W.; %{-karman} n. an odd or unequalled act W.; a dissimilar
operation; the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the
difference of the quantities Col.; %{-kAla} m. an unfavourable time, inauspicious season MW.; %{-kriya} mfn.
undergoing unequal (medical) treatment (%{-tva} n.) Sus3r.; %{-khAta} n. an irregular cavity or a solid with unequal
sides Col.; %{-gata} mfn. situated or placed on an uneven place (higher or lower) A1past.; fallen into distress ib.; %{-
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
BhP.; = {sarasvatI} L.; N. of an Apsaras VP.; of the wife of Aja-midha MBh.; of the wife of Arishtha-nemi (and daughter
of Daksha) GrudaP.; ({I}) f. a kind of plant L.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage, Bh.; du. (with {viSNoH}) N. of two
Smans rshBr.
vis'aarada * = mf({A})n. experienced, skilled or proficient in, conversant with (loc. or comp.; {-tva} n. Pacad.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; learned, wise W.; clever (as a speech) BhP.; of a clear or serene mind Lalit.; famous, celebrated W.;
beautifully autumnal Vs.; lacking the gift of speech ib.; bold, impudent ib.; = {zreSTha} L.: m. Mimusops Elengi Kir.
Sch.; N. of an author and of another person Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of Alhagi L.; {-di-man} m. skill, proficiency,
conversancy Harav.
vishah * =( %{sah}) A1. %{-Sahate} (impf. %{vy-aSahata}, or %{vy-asahata} Pa1n2. 8-3, 71; inf. %{-Sahitum} or %{soDhum}, not %{-SoDhum} ib., 115), to conquer, subdue, overpower, be a match for (acc.) RV. AV. MBh. Hariv.; to be
able to or capable of (inf.) MBh. R.; to bear, withstand, resist MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to endure, suffer, put up with (acc. also
with inf.) R. Gi1t. BhP.: Caus. (only aor. %{vy-asISa-hat}) Pa1n2. 8-3, 116: Intens. see %{vi-SAsahi4}.
vishaha * = mfn. removing ppoison L.; (%{A}) f. Kyllingia Monocephala L.; a kind of gourd L.
vishaaya * = Nom. . {-yate} (m. c. also P. {-yati}), to become poison, turn into poison Bhartri. Subh.
vis'ada *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. 1. %{zad}) `" conspicuous "', bright, brilliant, shining, splendid, beautiful, white,
spotless, pure (lit. and fig.; %{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; calm, easy, cheerful (as the mind, the eye, a smile) Ka1lid.
S3is3. Ra1jat.; clear, evident, manifest, intelligible (compar. %{-tara}) Hariv. Mr2icch. Ra1jat.; tender, soft (to the
touch; as food, wind, odour) MBh. Sus3r.; (ifc.) skilled or dexterous in, fit for Mr2icch. i, 9; endowed with Sus3r.; m.
white (the colour) L.; N. of a king (the son of Jayad-ratha) BhP.; n. yellowish sulphurate of iron L.; %{-tA} f. clearness,
distinctness Pan5cat. (v.l.); %{-nara-karankAya} (A1. %{-yate}), to resemble a white human skull Can2d2.; %{-prajJa}
mfn. of clear understanding, keen-witted, sagacious Ra1jat.; %{-prabha} mfn. of pure effulgence, shedding pure light
MW.; %{-dA7tman} mfn. pure-hearted Ka1m.; %{-dA7nana} mfn. (ifc.) one whose face is radiant with Ra1jat.
vishahya * = mfn. bearable, tolerable (see %{a-v-}), conquerable, resistible MBh. R.; (also with %{kartum}) possible,
practicable MBh.; ascertainable, determinable (see %{a-v-}).
vis'ankita *= mfn. apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, uncertain of (%{prati} or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
vishama * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{vi} + %{sama}) uneven, rugged, rough MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c.; unequal, irregular,
dissimilar, different, inconstant Br. S3a1n3khGr2. Mn. &c.; odd, not even (in numbers &c.) Var. Ka1vya7d.; that which
cannot be equally divided (as a living sheep among three or four persons) Mn. ix, 119; hard to traverse, difficult,
inconvenient, painful, dangerous, adverse, vexatious, disagreeable, terrible, bad, wicked (ibc. `" terribly "' S3is3.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; hard to be understood Gol. Ka1v.; unsuitable, wrong Sus3r. Sarvad.; unfair, dishonest, partial Mn. MBh.;
rough, coarse, rude, cross MW.; odd, unusual, unequalled W.; m. a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.; N. of Vishn2u MW.;
(%{I}) f. N. of various wks.; n. unevenness, uneven or rough ground or place (%{sama-viSameSu}, `" on even and
uneven ground "' S3is3.), bad road VS. TS. S3Br. &c.; oddness (of numbers) W.; a pit, precipice Mn. MBh. &c.;
difficulty, distress, misfortune MBh. R. &c.; unevenness, inequality (%{eNa} ind. `" unequally "') Ka1s3.; (in rhet.)
incongruity, incompatibility Ka1vya7d. Prata1p. Kuval.; pl. (with %{bharad-vAjasya})N. of Sa1mans SV. A1rshBr.;
(%{am}) ind. unequally, unfairly MW.; %{-karNa} mfn. having unequal diagonals Col.; m. or n. (?) any four-sided
figure with ununequal didiagonals MW.; the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle (esp. as formed between the
gnomon of a dial and the extremities of the shadow) W.; %{-karman} n. an odd or unequalled act W.; a dissimilar
operation; the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the
difference of the quantities Col.; %{-kAla} m. an unfavourable time, inauspicious season MW.; %{-kriya} mfn.
undergoing unequal (medical) treatment (%{-tva} n.) Sus3r.; %{-khAta} n. an irregular cavity or a solid with unequal
sides Col.; %{-gata} mfn. situated or placed on an uneven place (higher or lower) A1past.; fallen into distress ib.; %{cakra-vAla} n. (in math.) an ellipse Su1ryapr.; %{-catur-azra}, or %{-catur-bhuja} or %{-catuSkoNa} m. an unequal
four-sided figure, trapezium Su1ryapr.; %{-cchada} m. = %{sapta-cch-}, Alstonia Scholaris L.; Echites Scholaris W.;
%{-cchAyA} f. `" uneven-shadow "', the shadow of the gnomon at noon when the sun is on the equinoctial line W.; %{jvara} m. irregular (chronic) fever Sus3r.; (%{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. a partic. ferruginous preparation Rase7ndrac.; %{rA7ntaka-lauha} m. id. L.); %{-tri-bhuja} m. a scalene triangle Col.; %{-tva} n. inequality, difference MaitrUp.;
dangerousness, terribleness Vishn2.; %{-dRSTi} mfn. looking obliquely, squint-eyed A1pGr2. Sch.; %{-dhAtu} mfn.
having the bodily humors unequally proportioned, unhealthy MW.; %{-nayana} or %{-netra} mfn. `" having an odd
number of eyes "', `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva L.; %{-pada} mf(%{A})n. having unequal steps (as a path) Kir.; having
ununequal Pa1das (a stanza) RPra1t. RAnukr. VS. Anukr.; %{-da-vRtti} f. N. of various commentaries; %{-palAza} m.
Alstonia Scholaris (= %{sapta-pal-}) L. [997,1]; %{-pAda} mf(%{A})n. consisting of unequal Pa1das Nida1nas.; %{-
Sanskrit Dictionary
bANa} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love L.; (%{-Na-lIlA} f. N. of a poem) %{-bhojana} n. eating at irregular
hours MW.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. = %{viSamAd@AgataH} L.; %{-rAga} mfn. differently nasalized (%{-tA} f.). RPra1t.;
%{-rUpya} mfn. unequal quantities or qualities W.; %{-rca} mfn. (fr. %{viSama} + %{Rc}) having an unequal number
of verses S3a1n3khS3r.; %{-lakSmI} f. adverse fortune, bad luck VarBr2S.; %{-vibhAga} m. unequal division of property
amongst co-heirs W.; %{-vilocana} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva (cf. %{-nayana} above) Siddh.; %{-vizikha} m. `" fivearrowed "'N. of the god of love Cat.; %{-vRtta} n. a kind of metre with unequal Pa1das Pin3g.; %{-vyAkhyA} f. N. of
Comm.; %{-vyAptika} mfn. furnishing an example of partial or one-sided invariable concomitance, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.;
%{-zara} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Das3.; %{-zAyin} mfn. sleeping irregularly W.; %{-ziSTa} mfn.
inaccurately prescribed (%{-tva} n.) L.; left-unfairly, unjustly divided (as property &c. at death) W.; %{-zIla} mfn.
having an unequable disposition, cross-tempered, rough, difficult W.; m. N. of Vikrama7ditya Katha1s.; of the 18th
Lambaka of the Katha1-sarit-sa1gara called after him; (w.r. for %{viSama-zilA}, `" an uneven rock "' Pan5cat. iii,
310/311); %{-zloka-TIkA} f. %{-zloka-vyAkhyA} f. N. of wks.; %{-sAhasa} n. irregular boldness, temerity, W; %{-stha}
mf(%{A})n. standing unevenly W.; being in an inaccessible position ib.; standing on a precipice, ststanding in a
dangerous place Pan5cat.; being in difficulty or misfortune MBh. R. &c.; %{-spRhA} f. coveting wrongly another's
property L.; %{-mA7kSa} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva S3ivag.; %{-mA7ditya} m. N. of a poet Subh.; %{-mA7nna} n.
irregular or unusual food MW. %{-mA7yudha} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Sin6ha7s.; %{-mA7rthadIpikA} f. N. of wk.; %{-mA7vatAra} m. descending on uneven ground MW.; %{-mA7zana} n. eating irregularly (either
as to quantity or time) Va1gbh. Sin6ha7s. Bhpr.; %{-mA7zaya} mfn. having an unfair disposition, dishonest, crafty W.;
%{-me7kSaNa} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva S3is3.; %{-me7Su} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love S3is3. Hit.;
%{-mo7nnata} mfn. raised unevenly L.; %{-mo7pala} mfn. having rough stones or rocks MW.
vishaya * = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. either fr 1. {viS}, `" to act "', or fr. {vi} + {si}, `" to extend "' cf. Pn. 8-3, 70 Sch.) sphere
(of influence or activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district, country, abode (pl. = lands, possessions) Mn.
MBh. &c.; scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of eyes, ears, mind &c.) S'nkhS'r. MBh. &c.; period or duration (of
life) Pacat.; special sphere or department, peculiar province or tield of action, peculiar element, concern (ifc. = `"
concerned with, belonging to, intently engaged on "'; {viSaye}, with gen. or ifc. = `" in the sphere of, with regard or
reference to "'; {atra viSaye}, `" with regard to this object "') MBh. Kv. &c.; space or room (sometimes = fitness) for
(gen.) Kv. Pacat.; an object of sense (these are five in number, the five {indriya}, or organs of sense having each their
proper {viSaya} or object, viz. 1. {zabda}, `" sound "', for the ear cf. {zruti-viSaya}; 2. {sparza}, `" tangibility "', for the
skin; 3. {rUpa}, `" form "' or `" colour "', for the eye; 4. {rasa}, `" savour "', for the tongue; 5. {gandha}, `" odour "' for
the nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called the Gunas or `" properties "' of the five elements, ether, air, fire,
water, earth, respectively; cf. {zruti-viSaya-guNa}) Yj. S'ank. Sarvad. IW. 83; a symbolical N. of the number `" five "'
VarBriS.; anything perceptible by the senses, any object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly object
or aim or matter or business, (pl.) sensual enjoyments, sensuality KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; any subject or topic, subjectmatter MBh. Kv. &c.; an object (as opp. to `" a subject "') Sarvad. [997, 2]; a fit or suitable object (`" for "' dat. gen., or
comp.) MBh. Kv. &c.; (in phil.) the subject of an argument, category, general head (one of the 5 members of an
Adhikarana [q.v.], the other 4 being {vizaya} or {saMzaya}, {pUrva-pakSa}, {uttara-pakSa} or {siddhA7nta}, and
{saMgati} or {nirNaya}) Sarvad.; un-organic matter IW. 73; (in gram.) limited or restricted sphere (e.g. {chandasi
viSaye}, `" only in the Veda "') Ks'. (ifc. = restricted or exclusively belonging to); (in rhet.) the subject of a comparison
(e.g. in the comp. `" lotus-eye "' the second member is the {viSaya}, and the first the {viSayin}) Kuval. Pratp.; a
country with more than 100 villages L.; a refuge, asylum W.; a religious obligation or observance ib.; a lover, husband
ib.; semen virile ib.
vis'aaya m. sleeping and watching alternately W. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3, 39).
vis'aya &c. see under %{vi-zI}.\\m. the middle, centre S3ulbas.; doubt, uncertainty Jaim. S3am2k.; = %{Azraya} L.;
%{-vat} mfn. = next Nir.
vishayakarman * = n. worldly business or act W.
vishaya-kAma * = m. desire of worldly goods or pleasures ib.
vishaya-tA * = f. the character or condition of being an object or having anything for an object, the relation between an
object and the knowledge of it Sh. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; {-rahasya} n. {-vAda} (or {-vicAra}) m. {-vAda-TippaNa} n. {vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.
vishaya-tva * = n. = {-tA} Sarvad. Yj. Sch.; (ifc.) the being restricted to, occurring only in Pat.
vishaya-nirati * =f. attachment to sensual objects A.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
fame, celebrity BhP.; learning (see comp.); %{-deva} m. N. of a king Buddh.; %{-vat} mfn. possessing much learning, very
learned Hariv.; m. N. of Maru (the father of Br2ihad-bala) VP.; %{-tA7bhijana} mfn. of a renowned family, of noted birth MW.
visthaana * = mfn. belonging to another place or organ (as a sound) RPrt. - 1.
visraavya *= mfn. (fr. id.) to be made to flow MBh. (cf. %{a-visr-}); dissolving, melting, becoming liquid (%{-tA} f.)
Cat.; to be bled, requiring bleeding Sus3r.
vishraavya *V = making hear - SB 10.64.44
vishthhaa * = 1 f. (for 2. 3. see p. 999, col. 1) = 3. {viS}, feces, excrement (acc. with {kR} or {vi-dhA}, to void
excrexcrement) Mn. MBh. &c. (often w.r. {viSTA}).
vishthhaa * = 2 ( {sthA}; for 1. {viSThA} see p. 996, col. 2) . {-tiSThate} (cf. Pn. 1-3, 22; Ved. and ep. also P.), to
stand or go apart, be spread or diffused or scattered over or through (acc. or {adhi} with loc.) RV. VS. AV.; to be
removed or separated from (instr.) TS. AV.; to stand, be stationary stand still, remain firm, abide, dwell, stop RV. &c.
&c.; to keep ground, not to budge R.; to be present or near MBh.; to be engaged in (loc.) Hariv.: Caus. (only aor. {tiSThipaH}) to spread, expand RV. i, 56, 5.
vishthhaa * = 3 f. place, position, station, form, kind RV. AV. TBr. S'rS.; a rope (?) DivyA7v.; {-vrAji4n} mfn. remaining
in one place, stationary S'Br.
vishthara * = m. ( %{stR}) anything spread out, a handful of rushes or grass for sitting on (esp. the seat of the
presiding Bra1hman at a sacrifice) Gr2S3rS. MBh.; a seat made of 25 shoots of Kus3a grass tied up in a sheaf W.; a tree
L.; N. of a divine being reckoned among the Vis3ve Deva1h2 Hariv.; m. n. any seat or couch, chair, stool &c. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; mfn. = %{vi-stara}, extensive, wide (?) see comp.; %{-bhAj} mfn. occupying a seat, seated Ragh.; %{-zrava} m. =
next Hcat.; %{-zravas} m. `" broad-eared "' or `" far-famed "'N. of Vishn2u-Kr2ishn2a MBh. Hariv. S3is3.; of S3iva
S3ivag.; %{-stha} mfn. sitting on a seat, reclining on a bed (of leaves &c.) W.; %{-rA7zva} m. N. of a son of Pr2ithu
Hariv.; %{-ro7ttara} mfn. covered with Kus3a grass MW.
vishthaara * = m. a layer of grass (?) RV. v, 52, 10 (others `" the far spread host, scil. of the Maruts "'); a kind of metre
(cf. next and Pa1n2. 3-3, 34; viii, 3, 94); %{-paGkti} (%{-TAra4-}) f. a partic. form of Pan3kti metre (consisting of 8 x
12 x 12 x 8 syllables) VS. RPra1t.; %{-bRhatI} f. a species of Br2ihati1 (8 x 10 x 10 x 8 syllables) RPra1t.
vicariya
vishthabha *= m. `" fixed or planted firmly "', the world W.
vistaara * =m. (ifc. f. %{A}; cf. %{vi-stara}) spreading, expansion, extent, width MBh. Ka1v. &c.; becoming large or
great (met. said of the heart) Sa1h.; the breadth of a circle i.e. its diameter Col.; specification, detailed enumeration or
description Ya1jn5. Sus3r. (%{eNa}, diffusely, at length, prob. w.r. for %{vistareNa} R. iii, 4, 4); the branch of a tree with
its new shoots L.; a shrub L.; the diameter of a circle L.
vistara * = mfn. extensive, long (as a story) Sa1h.; m. (ifc. f. %{A}; cf. %{vi-stAra} and Pa1n2. 3-3, 31 Va1m. v, 2, 41)
spreading, extension, expansion, prolixity, diffuseness MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a multitude, number, quantity, assemblage,
large company Mn. R. VarBr2S. &c.; becoming large or great (met. applied to the heart) Das3.; high degree, intensity,
MBIi. Hariv. BhP.; (pl.) great wealth or riches MBh.; detail, particulars, full or detailed description, amplification (also
as direction to a narrator = %{vistareNa@kAryam}, `" give full particulars "'; %{eNa} or %{At} ind. diffusely, at length,
fully, in detail; %{-rI-kR}, to spread, divulge, expand) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) an extensive treatise Cu1lUp.; affectionate
solicitation L.; a layer, bed, couch (= %{vi-STara}) L.; (%{A}) f. a partic. S3akti Hcat.; %{-tas} ind. diffusely, at length
Ka1v. Pur. &c.; %{-tA} f. extension, spreading R2itus.; %{-bhIru} mfn. afraid of diffuseness Sarvad.; %{-zaGkA} f. fear
of diffdiffuseness Sa1h.; %{-zas} ind. = %{-tas} Mn. MBh. &c.
vishuddha = pure
vishuddhayaa = fully purified
vishuddhaye = for clarifying
vishuddhaatmaa = a purified soul
Sanskrit Dictionary
visheshha = particular
vis'esha * = m. (once in Pacat. n.; ifc. f. {A}) distinction, difference between (two gen., two loc., or gen. and instr.)
GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality, peculiarity Mn. MBh. &c.; a
kind, species, individual (e.g. {vRkSa-v-}, a species of tree, in comp. often also = special, peculiar, particular, different,
e.g. {chando-v-}, a particular metre, {vvizeSa-maNDana}, a peculiar ornament "'; {argha-vizeSAH}, different prices "')
MBh. Kv. &c.; (pl.) various objects Megh.; distinction, peculiar merit, excellence, superiority (in comp. often=
excellent, superior, choice, distinguished e.g. {AkRti-v-}, `" an excellent form "' [990, 3]; cf. {vvizeSa-pratipatti}) Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in gram.) a word which defines or limits the meaning of another word (cf. {vi-zeSaka} and {vi-zeSaNa}); (in
phil.) particularity, individuality, essential difference or individual essence (with the Vais'eshikas the 5th cate gory or
Pada7rtha, belonging to the 9 eternal substances or Dravyas, viz. soul, time, place, ether, and the 5 atoms of earth,
water, light, air, and mind, which are said to be so essentially different that one can never be the other) IW. 66 &c.; (in
medicine) a favourable turn or crisis of a sickness Sus'r.; (in rhet.) statement of difference or distinction,
individualization, variation Kuval. (cf. {vizeSo7kti}); a sectarian mark, any mark on the forehead (= {tilaka}) L.; (in
geom.) the hypotenuse S'ulbas.; N. of the primary elements or Mah-bhtas (q.v.) MaitrUp.; the earth as an element
BhP.; the mundane egg ib.; {-virAj} ib.; (ibc., {ena} or {At} ind. exceedingly, especially, particularly, even more Mn.
MBh. &c.; {At} ifc., by reason or in consequence of. VarBriS.; {yena yena vizeSeNa}, in any way whatever MBh.);
mf({A})n. extraordinary, abundant Ragh. ii, 14 (B. {vizeSAt} for {vizeSA}); {-karaNa} n. making better, improvement
Mlav.; {-kRt} mfn. making a distinction, distinguishing RPrt.; {--garhaNIya} mfn. especially reprehensible, even
more blamable Kuval.; {-guNa} m. a special or distinct quality Nlak.; (in phil.) a substance of a distinct kind (as soul,
time, space, ether, and the five atoms enumerated above) W.; {-jJa} mfn. knowing distinctions, judicious Kv. Kaths.;
(ifc.) knowing various kinds of. R.; {jJAna-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-tac} ind. according to the difference of. in
proportion to (comp.) Mn. xi, 2; especially, particularly, above all Mn. MBh. &c.; individually, singly, Vedantas.; {-tva}
n. distinction, notion of the particular L.; {-drizya} mfn. of splendid aspect or appearance Ragh.; {-dharma} m. a
peculiar or different duty W.; a special law MW.; {niyama} m. a partic. observance MBh.; {-nirukti} f. (ibc.) `"
explanation of differences "'; N. of wk. ({-kroDa} m. {-TIkA} f. {-prakAza}, m.; {-tyAloka} m. N. of wks.); {-patanIya} n.
a partic. crime or sin Yj. iii, 298; {-padA7rtha} m. (in Nyya) the category of particularity (cf. above under {vizeSa});
{-pratipatti} f. a special mark of honour or respect Ragh.; {-pratiSedha} m. a special exception MW.; {-pramANa} n.
spspecial authority ib.; {-bhAga} m. a partic. part of an elephant's fore-foot L.; {-bhAvanA} f. reflecting on or
perceiving difference W.; (in arithm.) a partic. operation in extracting roots, composition by the difference of the
products ib.; {-bhUta-pariziSTa} n. N. of wk.; {-maNDana} n. a peculiar ornament S'ak.; {-mati} m. N. of a Bodhisattva
and of another man Buddh.; {-mitra} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {-ramaNIya} mfn. especially delightful, particularly
pleasant Vikr.; {-lakSaNa} n. any specific or characteristic mark or sign W.; ({-NATIkA} f. N. of wk.); {liGga} n. a
partic. mark, specific property, attribute of a subordinate class Kap.; {-vacana} n. `" distinguishing or defining word "',
an adjective, apposition Pn. 8-1, 74; a special text, special rule or precept W.; {-vat} mfn. pursuing something
particular MBh. ii, 849; possessed of some distinguishing property or specific quality BhP.; excellent, superior, better
than (abl.) MBh. Hariv.; making a difference (see {a-v-}); {-vAda} m. the above doctrine of the Vais'eshikas; ({-TIkA} f.
N. of wk.; {-din} m. an adherent of that doctrine Snkhyak. Sch.); {-vikrama-ruci} mfn. taking delight in splendid
heroism Bhartri.; {-vid} mfn. = {jJa} MBh.; {-vidvas} m. `" eminently learned "', a sage, philosopher W.; {-vidhi} m. a
special rule or observance W.; {-vyApti} f. (in logic) a form of Vypti or pervasion L.; N. of wk. (also {-rahasya} n.); {zArGgadhara} m. N. of wk.; {-zAlin} mfn. possessing peculiar merit or excellence Kir.; {-zAstra} n. (in gram.) a special
rule(= {apavAda}) MW.; {-sthu} mfn. being (found only) in excellent persons or things Kvya7d. ii, 170; {-SA7tideza} m.
a spspecial supplementary rule ib.; {-SA7mRta} n. N. of wk.; {-SA7rtha} m. the sense or essence of distinction,
difference ({am} ind. for the sake of ddifference MW.); {-prakAzikA} f. {-bodhikA} f. N. of wks.; {-SA7rthin} mfn.
seeking for excellence or distinction MBh.; particular in searching for anything MW.; ({-thi}) {-tA} f. the searching for
something better Pacat.; {-SA7vasyakaniryukti} f. N. of wk.; {-So7kti} f. `" mention of difference "'N. of a figure of
speech (in which the excellence of a thing is implied by comparing it to some highly prized object, yet mentioning the
difference e.g. {dyUtaMnAma puruSasyA7siMhA7sanaM rAjyam}, `" truly gambling is a mas throneless kingdom "'
Mriicch. ii, 6/7) Vm. iv, 3, 23 (cf. Kvyad. ii, 323 &c.) [991, 1]; enumeration of merits, panegyric W.; {-SA7cchvasita} n.
the peculiar breath or life, cherished object), a peculiar treasure (applied to an object especially dear) MW.; {-So7ddeza}
m. (in Nyya) a partic. kind of enunciation ib.
visheshhataH = especially
visheshhasanghaan.h = specifically assembled
visheshhaGYa = the knowledgeable or wise person
vishyati = (4 pp) to pierce
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vis'vaasa = faith * = m. confidence, trust, reliance, faith or belief in (loc. gen. instr. with or without %{saha}, or comp.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a confidential communication, secret Das3. Hit.; %{-kAraka} mf(%{ikA})n. inspiring confidence,
causing trust MBh.; %{-kAraNa} n. reason for cconfidence Hit.; %{-kArya} n. a confidential matter of business Hit.;
%{-kRt} mfn. = %{-kAraka} W.; %{-ghAta} m. destruction of confidence, violation of trust, treachery Ra1matUp.; %{ghAtaka} or %{-ghAtin} mfn. one who destroys cconfidence, a traitor MBh. R. &c.; %{-janman} mfn. produced from
cconfidence MW.; %{-devI} f. N. of the patroness of Vidya1-pati (to whom he dedicated his Gan3ga1-va1kya7vali1, a
wk. on the worship of the water of the Ganges) Cat.; %{-parama} mfn. wholly possessed of cconfidence, thoroughly
trustful R.; %{-pAtra} n. `" receptacle of confidence "', a trustworthy person Hit.; %{-pratipanna} mfn. possessed of
cconfidence, trustful Hit.; %{-prada} mfn. inspiring cconfidence W.; %{-bhaGga} m. violation of cconfidence,
breach of faith Ma1lati1m.; %{-bhUmi} f. `" ground for cconfidence "', a trustworthy person Hit.; %{-maya}
mf(%{I})n. consisting in cconfidence Ja1takam.; %{-rAya} m. N. of a minister Cat.; %{-sthAna} n. `" place for or
object of cconfidence "', a hostage, surety Pan5cat.; %{-hantR} (Ma1rkP.) or %{-hartR} (MBh.) m. `" destroyer or
stealer of cconfidence "', a traitor; %{-sai9ka-bhU} f. `" sole ground for cconfidence "', sole trustworthy person,
Kusum.; %{-sai9ka-sAra} m. `" one whose sole essence is cconfidence "'N. of a man MW.; %{zo7jjhita-dhI} mfn. `"
one whose mind has abandoned cconfidence "', distrustful, suspicious Ra1jat. [995,2]; %{-so7pagama} m. access of
cconfidence S3ak.
vishvaasabhuumi = trustworthy
vishve = the Visvedevas
vishveshvara = O Lord of the universe
visha = poison
vishaaya *= Nom. A1. %{-yate} (m. c. also P. %{-yati}), to become poison, turn into poison Bhartr2. Subh.
vishama = odd (as in odd or even)
vishamiva = like poison
vishame = in this hour of crisis
vishaya = kingdom (here)
vishayaaH = on the subject matter
vishayaan.h = sense objects
vishaya *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}; prob. either fr 1. %{viS}, `" to act "', or fr. %{vi} + %{si}, `" to extend "' cf. Pa1n2. 8-3, 70
Sch.) sphere (of influence or activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district, country, abode (pl. = lands,
possessions) Mn. MBh. &c.; scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of eyes, ears, mind &c.) S3a1n3khS3r. MBh. &c.;
period or duration (of life) Pan5cat.; special sphere or department, peculiar province or tield of action, peculiar element,
concern (ifc. = `" concerned with, belonging to, intently engaged on "'; %{viSaye}, with gen. or ifc. = `" in the sphere of,
with regard or reference to "'; %{atra@viSaye}, `" with regard to this object "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; space or room
(sometimes = fitness) for (gen.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.; an object of sense (these are five in number, the five %{indriya}, or
organs of sense having each their proper %{viSaya} or object, viz. 1. %{zabda}, `" sound "', for the ear cf. %{zrutiviSaya}; 2. %{sparza}, `" tangibility "', for the skin; 3. %{rUpa}, `" form "' or `" colour "', for the eye; 4. %{rasa}, `"
savour "', for the tongue; 5. %{gandha}, `" odour "' for the nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called the
Gun2as or `" properties "' of the five elements, ether, air, fire, water, earth, respectively; cf. %{zruti-viSaya-guNa})
Ya1jn5. S3am2k. Sarvad. IW. 83; a symbolical N. of the number `" five "' VarBr2S.; anything perceptible by the senses,
any object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly object or aim or matter or business, (pl.) sensual
enjoyments, sensuality Kat2hUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; any subject or topic, subject-matter MBh. Ka1v. &c.; an object (as opp.
to `" a subject "') Sarvad. [997,2]; a fit or suitable object (`" for "' dat. gen., or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in phil.) the
subject of an argument, category, general head (one of the 5 members of an Adhikaran2a [q.v.], the other 4 being
%{vizaya} or %{saMzaya}, %{pUrva-pakSa}, %{uttara-pakSa} or %{siddhA7nta}, and %{saMgati} or %{nirNaya})
Sarvad.; un-organic matter IW. 73; (in gram.) limited or restricted sphere (e.g. %{chandasi@viSaye}, `" only in the
Veda "') Ka1s3. (ifc. = restricted or exclusively belonging to); (in rhet.) the subject of a comparison (e.g. in the comp. `"
lotus-eye "' the second member is the %{viSaya}, and the first the %{viSayin}) Kuval. Prata1p.; a country with more
than 100 villages L.; a refuge, asylum W.; a religious obligation or observance ib.; a lover, husband ib.; semen virile ib.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
of a partic. form of that deity to whom the fragments of a sacrifice are offered) MBh. Kv. &c.; of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1168;
of an attendant of Vishnu Pur.; of a Sdhya Hariv.; of the 14th (or 13th) Manu VP.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a king R.; of a
son of Brahma-datta Hariv. Pur.; of a son of S'ambara Hariv.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or {phalinI}) L.; {kAntA} f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or a Diascorea) Car.; {-priyA} f. `" beloved of Vishnu "'N. of Lakshm L.; a
Diascorea L.; {-saMhitA} f. N. of wk.
vismaraNa *= n. the act of forgetting, oblivion Kap. S3ak.
vismaarita *= (fr. Caus.) caused to forget anything (acc.) Rjat.; caused to be forgotten, lost to memory BhP.
vismaya *=wonder, surprise, amazement, bewilderment, perplexity; pride, arrogance; doubt, uncertainty, mfn. causing
astonishment or admiration, astonishing, wonderful mfn. manifesting pride or arrogance Hcat.; mfn. filled with
astonishment and perplexity Kaths.; {-harSa-mUla} mfn. caused by astonishment and Joy MW.; {-yA7kula}, {yA7nvita} or mfn. filled with astonishment or wonder; mfn. having eyes wide open or staring with astonishment.
\\mfn. amazed, surprised, perplexed MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; wondered at, surprising R. BhP.; proud, arrogant BhP.; n. and
({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; {-mAnasa} mfn. surprised or perplexed in mind MW.; {-tA7nana} mfn. having a surprised
face ib.
vismayapadaM = object of wonder
vismayaavishhTaH = being overwhelmed with wonder
vismitaaH = in wonder
vismri * = P. %{-smarati} (m. c. also A1.), to forget, be unmindful of (acc. or gen.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Pass. %{-smaryate}
(aor. %{vy-asmAri}), to be forgotten Ra1jat.: Caus. %{-smArayati} (fut. %{-smArayiSyate}), to cause to forget Vikr. iii,
18: Desid. of Caus. see %{vi-sismArayiSu}.
vismrita * = mfn. one who has forgotten anything, forgetful of (acc. or comp.) Ka1v.; forgetful of all R. ii, 58, 30;
forgotten by (instr. or gen.) R. Ka1lid. Ra1jat. &c.; %{-pUrva-saMskAra} mfn. forgetting a former promise or resolution
MW.; m. N. of Bhava-bhu1ti L.; %{-vat} mfn. one who has forgotten S3ak.; %{-saMskAra} mfn. one who forgets an
agreement MW.
vismriti * = f. forgetfulness, loss of memory, oblivion Ka1v. VarBr2S. Katha1s.
visphotha * = m. cracking, crashing MBh.; a blister, boil Ka1v. Katha1s. Sus3r.; mfn. open DivyA7v.\\ &c. see above
under %{vi-sphuT}. [1002,2]
visphuth * = P. %{-sphuTati}, %{-sphoTati} (fut. %{-sphuTiSyati}), to burst open, be split or cleft or rent asunder R.
Ma1rkP.
visphutha * = mfn. burst open, gaping (%{-TI-kRta} mfn. = next) Sus3r.
visphuthita * = mfn. opened, burst MBh.
visphur * = (cf. %{vi-sphar}) P. %{-sphurati}, or %{-Sphurati} (Pa1n2. 8-3, 76), to dart asunder (intr.) RV. S3Br.; to
quiver, tremble, writhe, struggle MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to vibrate, flash, glitter ib.; to break forth, appear Subh. S3a1rn3gS.
visphura * = mfn. opening the eyes wide R.
visphuraNa * = n. quivering (of lightning) Harav. (cf. also %{buddhi-visphuraNa}).
visphurita * = mfn. trembling, quivering, palpitating (%{-tA7dhara} mfn. having quivering lips BhP.; %{-tekSaNa} mfn.
having trembling eyes R.); flashing, glittering (%{-zastra} mfn. with glittering weapons Uttarar.); swollen, enlarged W.;
n. = %{-sphuraNa} Ja1takam.
visphuurjita * = mfn. resounded, resounding &c.; broken forth, appeared Ka1v.; outstretched Sus3r.; shaken, agitated
BhP.; m. N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; n. the act of rumbling, resounding, roaring, thundering MBh. R. BhP.;
breaking forth, sudden manifestation of (comp.) Ragh. Prab.; knitting, contraction (of the brows) BhP.
Sanskrit Dictionary
visrijan.h = giving up
visrijaami = I create
visphuraNai = by emanation
visrijya = putting aside *= visRjya mfn. to be sent out or let go &c.; to be (or being) produced or effected (as subst. = `"
effect "') BhP
visrishTa * = mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run, discharged, emitted, shed, cast, thrown, hurled
RV. &c. &c.; spat out VP.; removed TS.; turned, directed Mr2icch.; deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP.; spread,
diffused AV.; opened Vait.; (ifc.) bestowed on Ma1rkP.; produced, created, founded R. Ragh.; n. (in gram.) = %{visarjanIya} Ka1t.; %{-dhena} (%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV.; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space or
room given (to sit down &c.) MW.; %{-rAti} (%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in gifts RV.; %{-vat} mfn. one who has sent out
or despatched (messengers) Katha1s.; %{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking silence A1s3vS3r.; %{-tA7tman} mfn.
one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self, unselfish R.
visrishtha *= mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run, discharged, emitted, shed, cast, thrown, hurled
RV. &c. &c.; spat out VP.; removed TS.; turned, directed Mr2icch.; deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP.; spread,
diffused AV.; opened Vait.; (ifc.) bestowed on Ma1rkP.; produced, created, founded R. Ragh.; n. (in gram.) = %{visarjanIya} Ka1t.; %{-dhena} (%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV.; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space or
room given (to sit down &c.) MW.; %{-rAti} (%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in gifts RV.; %{-vat} mfn. one who has sent out
or despatched (messengers) Katha1s.; %{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking silence A1s3vS3r.; %{-tA7tman} mfn.
one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self, unselfish R.
vistaarita = expanded
vistaara *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}; cf. %{vi-stara}) spreading, expansion, extent, width MBh. Ka1v. &c.; becoming large or
great (met. said of the heart) Sa1h.; the breadth of a circle i.e. its diameter Col.; specification, detailed enumeration or
description Ya1jn5. Sus3r. (%{eNa}, diffusely, at length, prob. w.r. for %{vistareNa} R. iii, 4, 4); the branch of a tree with
its new shoots L.; a shrub L.; the diameter of a circle L.
vistaaraM = the expansion
vistara *= mfn. extensive, long (as a story) Sa1h.; m. (ifc. f. %{A}; cf. %{vi-stAra} and Pa1n2. 3-3, 31 Va1m. v, 2, 41)
spreading, extension, expansion, prolixity, diffuseness MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a multitude, number, quantity, assemblage,
large company Mn. R. VarBr2S. &c.; becoming large or great (met. applied to the heart) Das3.; high degree, intensity,
MBIi. Hariv. BhP.; (pl.) great wealth or riches MBh.; detail, particulars, full or detailed description, amplification (also
as direction to a narrator = %{vistareNa@kAryam}, `" give full particulars "'; %{eNa} or %{At} ind. diffusely, at length,
fully, in detail; %{-rI-kR}, to spread, divulge, expand) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) an extensive treatise Cu1lUp.; affectionate
solicitation L.; a layer, bed, couch (= %{vi-STara}) L.; (%{A}) f. a partic. S3akti Hcat.; %{-tas} ind. diffusely, at length
Ka1v. Pur. &c.; %{-tA} f. extension, spreading R2itus.; %{-bhIru} mfn. afraid of diffuseness Sarvad.; %{-zaGkA} f. fear
of diffdiffuseness Sa1h.; %{-zas} ind. = %{-tas} Mn. MBh. &c.
vistaraH = the expanse
vistarashaH = in detail
vistarasya = to the extent
vistareNa = in detail
vistyArayam *V: expanding
vis'uddha* = mfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense), clean, clear, pure (lit.and fig.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
free from vice, virtuous, honest MBh. Kv. &c.; brilliantly white (as teeth) Riitus.; thoroughly settled or established or
fixed or determined or ascertained ib.; (ifc.) one who has gone through or thoroughly completed ({upadeza-v-}) Mlav.;
cleared i.e. exhausted, empty (as a treasury) Rjat.; (in alg.) subtracted Gol.; n. a kind of mystical circle in the body (cf.
{cakra} and {vi-zuddhi-c-}); {-karaNa} mfn. one whose acts are pure or virtuous BhP.; {-gAtra-tA} f. the having bright
or pure limbs (a minor mark of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-cAritra} m. `" of virtuous conduct "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva
Sanskrit Dictionary
SaddhP.; {-tA}, f. (Kv.), {-tva} n. (S'ank.) purity; {-dhiSaNa} mfn. having the mind purified BhP.; {-dhI} mfn. id.
Rjat.; {-dhIra} mfn. pure and grave Kaths.; {-netra-tA} f. having the eyes bright (one of the minor marks of a
Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-pArSNi} mfn. having the rear or back protected or covered Km.; {-prakRti} mfn. of pure or
virtuous disposition Rjat.; {-bhAva} (R.), {-manas} (Bhartri.) mfn. pure-minded; {-mugdha} mfn. ppure and
innocent Mlatm.; {-rasa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.; {-vaMzya} mfn. of a ppure or virtuous family Rjat.; {-sattva} mfn. of
a pure character MundUp.; {-sattva-pradhAna} mfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness MW.; {-sattva-vijJAna}
mfn. of pure character and understanding R.; {-siMha} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {svara-nirghoSA} f. a partic. Dhran
Buddh.; {-ddhA7tman} mfn. of a ppure nature or character MBh. R. &c.; {-ddhe7zvara-tantra} n. N. of a Tantra.
vitaana * = mfn. (for 2. see under %{vi-tan}) `" out of tune "', dejected, sad Ragh. vi, 86; empty Harav. (also in %{av-}
S3is3. iii, 50); dull, stupid W.; wicked, abandoned ib.; %{-nI-bhUta} mfn. being sad or dejected Ja1takam. // 2 m. n.
(for 1. see p. 950, col. 3) extension, great extent or quantity, mass, heap, plenty, abundance Ka1v. VarBr2S.; high degree
Bhartr2.; manifoldness, variety Gi1t.; performance, accomplishment, development, growth BhP.; an oblation, sacrifice
MBh. S3is3. BhP.; an awning, canopy, cover MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the separate arrangement of the three sacred fires or the
separate fires themselves Gr2S3rS.; m. or n. (?) a partic. bandage for the head Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of
Sattra1yan2a BhP.; n. N. of a partic. metre or of a class of metres Pin3g. Sch. Col.; leisure, opportunity L.; %{-kalpa} m.
N. of a Paris3isht2a belonging to the Atharva-veda Caran2.; %{-mUlaka} n. the root of Andropogon Muricatus L.; %{vat} mfn. having a canopy or awning Kum.
vitan * = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-tanute} (fut. %{-tAyitA} BhP.), to spread out or through or over, cover, pervade, fill
TUp. MBh. &c.; to spread, stretch, extend (a net, snare, cord &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to draw or bend (a bow) MBh.; to spread
out i.e. lay on, impose (a yoke) RV.; to apply (ointment) Ka1v.; to extend, make wide (with %{tanva4s}, the bodies, = to
oppose or resist boldly RV.; with %{padAni}, steps, = to stride Gi1t.); to unfold, display, exhibit, manifest RV. &c. &c.;
to carry out, perform, accomplish (esp. a rite or ceremony) ib.; to sacrifice Hariv.; to cause, effect, produce Sa1h.; to
make, render (two acc.) Prasannar. vitataH = are spread
vitana * = see %{Ahara-vitanA}.
vitana * = 2 m. n. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 3) extension, great extent or quantity, mass, heap, plenty, abundance Ka1v.
VarBr2S.; high degree Bhartr2.; manifoldness, variety Gi1t.; performance, accomplishment, development, growth BhP.;
an oblation, sacrifice MBh. S3is3. BhP.; an awning, canopy, cover MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the separate arrangement of the
three sacred fires or the separate fires themselves Gr2S3rS.; m. or n. (?) a partic. bandage for the head Sus3r.; (%{A}) f.
N. of the wife of Sattra1yan2a BhP.; n. N. of a partic. metre or of a class of metres Pin3g. Sch. Col.; leisure, opportunity
L.; %{-kalpa} m. N. of a Paris3isht2a belonging to the Atharva-veda Caran2.; %{-mUlaka} n. the root of Andropogon
Muricatus L.; %{-vat} mfn. having a canopy or awning Kum.
vitana * = see %{Ahara-vitanA}.
vitarati = to distribute
vitarka = discernment * = m. conjecture, supposition, guess, fancy, imagination, opinion MBh. Kv. &c.; doubt,
uncertainty Yogas. Sarvad.; a dubious or questionable matter Yogas.; reasoning, deliberation, consideration Kv. Sh.;
purpose, intention Jtakam.; a teacher, instructor in divine knowledge W.; a partic. class of Yogis Jtakam.; N. of a son
of Dhriita-rshthra MBh.; pl. N. of the five principal sins Jtakam.; {-padavI} f. the path of conjecture or supposition
Prab.; {-vat} mfn. (speech) containing a cconjecture or ssupposition Das'ar.
vitasti * = f. (once in Hcat. m.; prob. fr. {tan}) a partic. measure of length (defined either as a long span between the
extended thumb and little finger, or as the distance between the wrist and the tip of the fingers, and said to = 12
Angulas or about 9 inches) S'Br. GriS'rS. &c. [963, 1]; {-dezya} mfn. almost a Vitasti long Rjat.
vitata * = mfn. spread out, extended &c.; diffused, drawn (as a bow-string) RV.; bent (as a bow) R.; covered, filled
Hariv.; prepared (as a road) AV.; extensive, far-spreading, broad, wide ({am} ind.) VS. &c. &c.; n. any stringed
instrument (such as a lute &c.) L.; {-tva} n. extendedness, expansiveness, largeness Hariv. Pur.; {-dhanvan} mfn. one
who has drawn a bow to its full stretch MBh.; {-vapus} mfn. having an elongated body MW.; {-tA7dhvara} ({vi4-}) mfn.
one who has prepared a sacrifice S'Br.; {-tA7yudha} mfn. = {vitata-dhanvan} MBh.; {-to7tsava} mfn. one who has
arranged a festival Kaths.
vith * = stool, to ask beg
vitraasa *= m. fear, terror, alarm Katha1s. Sus3r.; mfn. = next Hariv.
Sanskrit Dictionary
vitri = to distribute
vitrishhNaaM = desirelessness *= vitRSNa mf(%{A})n. id. MBh.; free from desire, not desirous of (comp.) BhP.;
(%{A}) f. = next BhP. (cf. under %{vi-tRS}); %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. freedom from desire, satiety Ka1v.\\ 2 f. (cf. p. 950,
col. 3) thirst for, ardent desire BhP.; N. of a river VP.
vitta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3. {vid}) known, understood (see comp.); celebrated, notorious, famous for (comp.)
Das'. (cf. Pn. 8-2, 58).\\ = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired, gained, obtained, possessed AV. Br.; caught or
seized by (instr. or comp.) Br. Kaus'.; ({A}) f. taken, married (as a woman) S'Br.; n. anything found, a find AitBr.; (in
later language also pl.) acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance, money, power RV. &c. &c.; the second
astrological mansion VarYogay.
vitta = money * = see under 1. %{vid} &c. [963,2]\\1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3. %{vid}) known, understood (see comp.);
celebrated, notorious, famous for (comp.) Das3. (cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 58).\\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired, gained,
obtained, possessed AV. Br.; caught or seized by (instr. or comp.) Br. Kaus3.; (%{A}) f. taken, married (as a woman)
S3Br.; n. anything found, a find AitBr.; (in later language also pl.) acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance,
money, power RV. &c. &c.; the second astrological mansion VarYogay.\\ or mfn. = %{vicArita} L.\\vItta mfn. (for
%{vi-datta}, 1. %{dA}) APra1t. Sch. (cf. %{parI-tta}).
vittArtha* = m. `" one who knows the matter "', an expert L.
vittakAma * = mfn. desirous of wealth, covetous, avaricious MBh.; {-myA4} ind. (instr. f.) from avarice AV.
vittaja * = mfn. produced by wwealth Pacat.
vittada * = m. `" wealth-giver "', benefactor W.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.
vittadha * = mfn. `" wwealth-possessing "', rich VS.
vittapa * = mf({A})n. guarding wwealth BhP.; m. N. of Kubera R. Hariv.
vittavat * = mfn. possessing wwealth, opulent, rich s'vS'r. MBh. &c.
vItta * = mfn. (for {vi-datta}, 1. {dA}) APrt. Sch. (cf. {parI-tta}).
vittasaMcaya
* = m. accumulation of wwealth or riches R.
vittaM = wealth
vittakoshhaH = (m) bank
vitte = wealth
vitteshaH = the lord of the treasury of the demigods
vivaaha = Wedding *= m. leading away (of the bride from her father's house), taking a wife, marriage with (instr. with
or without %{saha}) AV. &c. &c. (eight kinds of marriage are enumerated in Mn. iii, 21, viz. Bra1hma, Daiva, A1rsha,
Pra1ja1patya, A1sura, Ga1ndharva, Ra1kshasa, and Pais3a1ca; cf. Ya1jn5.)i. i, 58-61 and IW. 190 &c.); a partic. wind
S3ak. Sch. (prob. w.r. for %{vi-vaha}); a vehicle (and, marriage "' AitBr. vii, 13; n. a partic. high number Buddh.; %{karman} n. %{-ma-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-kAma} mfn. desirous of marriage MW.; %{-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; %{kAla} m. the (right) time for mmarriage VarBr2S.; %{-griha} n. `" mmarriage-house "', the house in which a wedding
is celebrated Katha1s.; %{-caturthika} n. or %{-caturthI-karman} n. N. of wks.; %{-catuSTaya} n. a quadruple
mmarriage, the marrying of four wives MW.; %{-tattva} (or %{udvAha-t-}) n. %{-tattva-dIpikA} f. N. of wks.; %{dIkSA} f. the mmarriage rite, mmarriage ceremony Ragh.; (%{-kSA-tilaka} m. n. a Tilaka mark made on the
forehead during a mmarriage cerceremony MW.; %{-kSA-vidhi} m. the preparatory rites of mmarriage ib.); %{dvir-Agamanapaddhati} f. N. of wk. (containing rules to be observed on a bride's coming for the second time from her
father's to her husband's house); %{nepathya} n. a mmarriage-dress Ma1lav.; %{-paTala} m. n. N. of various wks. (or
of that section in an astrological wk. that treats of the times fit for mmarriage); %{-paTaha} m. a mmarriage-drum
Mr2icch.; %{-paddhati} f. %{-prakaraNa} n. (and %{-Na-TIkA} f.), %{-prayoga} m. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-mela-vANI-
Sanskrit Dictionary
vidhi} m. N. of wks.; %{-yajJa} m. a mmarriage-sacrifice MW.; %{-ratna} n. N. of wk.; %{-vidhi} m. the law of
mmarriage Mn. ix, 65 (also N. of wk.); %{-vRndAvana} n. N. of an astrol. wk. by Kes3ava7rka; %{-veSa} m. (ifc. f.
%{A}) a mmarriage-dress Ragh.; %{-samaya} m. = %{-kAla} Pan5cat.; %{-sambandha} m. relation or connection by
mmarriage, Pracan2d2.; %{-siddhA7nterahasya} n. %{-saukhya} n. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n. the place for a
mmarriage-ceremony (before a house) A1pGr2. Sch.; %{-homa} m. = mmarriage-sacrifice; (%{-ma-vidhi} m. and
%{-mo7payuktA@mantrAH} m. pl. N. of wks.); %{-hA7gni} m. a mmarriage-fire A1s3vGr2.; %{-hA7dikArmaNAm@prayoga} m. N. of wk.; %{-hA7rtha} m. purpose of mmarriage, a m. suit MW.; %{-he7cchu} mfn.
desirous of mmarriage ib.; %{-ho7tsava} m. `" marriage feast "'N. of wk. [987,3]
vivaahaM = marriage
vivaha m. `" carrying away "'N. of one of the seven winds MBh. Hariv.; of one of the seven tongues of fire Col.
vivaara* = m. dilation, expansion W.; (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech, expansion of the
throat in articulation (one of the bhyantara-prayatnas or efforts of articulate utterance which take place within the
mouth, opp. to {saM-vAra} q.v.) Pn. 1-1, 9 Sch.
vivaarayishu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of 1. {R}) wishing to keep back or ward off (an army) MBh.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sy. `" gushing "', `" spurting "' or,
bringing to heave= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshaa = choice* = f. (fr. Desid. of {vac}) the wish or desire to speak or declare or teach or express Sank. Sarvad. &c.;
meaning, signification, sense, sense of (loc. or comp.) BhP. Pn. Sch. [986, 3]; the (mere) wish or intention to speak,
uncertainty, doubt, hesitation (`" as to "' comp.) MBh. R.; wish, desire W.; a question MW.; {--rtham} ({-kSA7r-}) ind.
(ifc.) in order to point out or lay stress upon Pn. Sch.; {-vazAt} ind. according to the meaning (of a speaker or writer)
MW.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sy. `" gushing "', `" spurting "' or,
bringing to heave= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshase* = (fr. {vakS}, or {vac} or {vah}, either 2. sg. A. or Ved. inf.), occurring only as refrain and without
connection with other words in the hymns of Vi-mada RV. x, 24 &c. (accord. to Naigh. iii, 3= {mahat}).
vivakshita* = mfn. wished or intended to be spoken or said, meant, intended MBh. R. S'ank.; expressly meant, to be
urged, essential (in {a-viv-}) S'ank.; chief, favourite Km.; literal (not figurative) W.; n. what is wished or intended to
be spoken &c.; any desired object or aim ib.; ({A}) f. meaning, purpose, wish (?) ib.; {-tva} n. the being intended or
meant to be said Nlak.
vivakshitavya* = mfn. to be intended or meant to be said, necessarily meant Nyyam., Sch {-vakSu4} mfn. calling or
crying aloud AV.; wishing to speak, intending to say or announce or tell or ask anything (acc., rarely gen., or comp.)
MBh. Hariv. &c.; wishing to speak to (acc.) MBh.
vivardhayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to increase or augment MBh. Hariv. BhP.
vivas'a* = mf({A})n. deprived or destitute of will, powerless, helpless (`" through "' comp.), unwilling, involuntary,
spontaneous (ibc. `" involuntarily "') Mn. &c. &c.; (only W.) unrestrained; independent; subject; apprehensive of death;
desirous of death (as being free from worldly cares); m. a town, suburb (?) Gal.; pl. v.l. for {viviMza} below VP.; {-tA} f.
absence of will, helplessness Rjat.; {-zI-kR}, to render helpless; {-zI-kRta}, checked (as a carriage in motion) MBh.
Rjat. Kaths.
vivasvataH = of the sun-god
vivasvate = unto the sun-god
vivasvaan.h = Vivasvan (the sun-god's name)
vivarjita = without/ having abandoned
vivaraNa* = mfn. the act of uncovering, spreading out, opening, laying bare or open TPrt. MBh. Sus'r.; explanation,
Sanskrit Dictionary
exposition, interpretation, gloss, comment, translation, interpretation, specification &c. Pur. S'ank. Sarvad.; a sentence
MW.; N. of wk. on Veda7nta; {-kArikA-bhASya} n. {-catuHsUtrI} f. {-tattva-dIpana} n. {-darpaNa} m. {-prameyasaMgraha} m. {-prasthAna} n. {-bhAva-prakAzikA} f. {-ratna} n. {-vraNa} (?) m. {-saMgraha}, m. {-sAra-saMgraha},
m.; {-NA7panyAsa} m. N. of wks.
vivara* = {vi-varaNa} &c. see under {vi-} 1. {vR}, p. 988.
vivara* = m. n. a fissure, hole, chasm, slit, cleft, hollow, vacuity (also applied to the apertures of the body and to gaping
wounds) RV. &c. &c.; intermediate space, interstice MBh. Kv. &c.; difference VarBriS. Ganit.; a breach, fault, flaw,
vulnerable or weak point MBh. Kv.; harm, injury MrkP.; expansion, opening, widening BhP.; N. of the number, nine
"' (cf. above and under {randhra}) MW.; a partic. high number Buddh.; {-darzaka} mfn. showing one's weak points
MBh.; {-nAlika} f. a fife, flute L.; {-rA7nuga} mfn. seeking after (another's) weak points MBh.; {-re-sad} mfn. abiding
in intermediate space, an inhabitant of the sky Kir.
vivarjitaM = devoid of
vivardhanaaH = increasing
vivastra *= mf(%{A})n. without clothes, unclothed, naked MBh. Pur. &c.; %{-tA} f. nakedness MBh. Ka1m.
viveka *= m. discrimination, distinction Mn. Sarvad. Sus3r.; consideration, discussion, investigation Gi1t. Ma1rkP.
Sarvad.; true knowledge, discretion, right judgment, the faculty of distinguishing and classifying things according to
their real properties ChUp. Kap. &c.; (in Veda7nta) the power of separating the invisible Spirit from the visible world
(or spirit from matter, truth from untruth, reality from mere semblance or illusion); a water trough (= %{jala-droNI})
L. [988,1]; N. of wk.; %{-kaumudI} f. N. of wk.; %{-khyAti} f. right knowledge Sarvad.; %{-candro7daya} m. %{cUDAmaNi} m. N. of wks.; %{-ja} mfn. produced or arising from discrimination Dharmas. 72; %{jJa} mfn. skilled in
discrdiscrimination, intelligent, well acquainted with (comp.) R. &c.; %{-jJAna} n. knowledge arising from
discrdiscrimination, the faculty of discrdiscrimination Sarvad.; %{-tA} w.r. for %{viveki-tA} (q.v.); %{-tilaka} m. %{dIpaka} m. (or %{ikA} f.) N. of wks.; %{-dRzvan} mfn. one who sees or is conversant with true knowledge (%{-zva-tva}
n.) Bhat2t2.; %{-dhairyA7zraya} m. N. of wk. on Bhakti (by Vallabha7ca1rya); %{-padavI} f. path of
discrdiscrimination "', reflection Katha1s.; %{-paripanthin} mfn. obstructing right judgment Katha1s.; %{-phala} n. N.
of wk.; %{-bhAj} mfn. `" possessed of discrdiscrimination, discerning, wise Bha1m.; %{-bhraSTa} mfn. one who has
lost the faculty of discrdiscrimination, foolish, unwise Bhartr2.; %{-makaranda} m. %{-maJjarI} f. N. of wks.; %{mantharatA} f. feebleness of judgment Ml.; %{-mArtaNDa} m. N. of various wks.; %{-rahita} mfn. `" not separated "'
(applied to breasts) and `" wanting discernment "', S3r2in3ga1r.; %{-vat} mfn. `" possessing discrdiscrimination "',
judicious, discerning Katha1s.; %{-viguNa} mfn. wanting discrdiscrimination "', unwise, foolish Ra1jat.; %{-viraha} m.
`" want of discrdiscrimination "', ignorance, folly, S3a1ntis3.; %{-vilAsa} m. N. of wk.; %{-vizada} mfn. distinct, clear,
intelligible Ra1jat.; %{-vizrA7nta} mfn. void of discrdiscrimination, foolish, unwise Ma1lav.; %{-zataka} n. %{-zloka}
m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-saravarNana} n. %{-sAra-siGdhu} m. %{-sindhu}, m.; %{-kA7Jjana} n. %{kA7mRta} n. %{-kA7rNava} m. N. of wks.; %{-kA7rtham} ind. in order to distinguish Mn. i, 26; %{-kAzrama} m. N. of
a man Cat.; %{-ko7daya} m. the rise of true knowledge or wisdom, Bhattr2.\\&c. see under %{vi-vic}.
vivekin.h = one who is thoughtful and just
vivic *= P. %{-vinakti}, to sift (esp. grain by tossing or blowing), divide asunder, separate from (instr. or abl.) S3Br.
S3rS. BhP. to shake through (acc.) RV. i, 39, 5; to cause to lose, deprive of (abl.) Bhat2t2.; to distinguish, discern,
discriminate Kat2hUp. BhP. to decide (a question) MBh.; to investigate, examine, ponder, deliberate Ka1v. Katha1s.
BhP.; to show, manifest, declare MBh.: Pass. %{-vicyate}, to go asunder, separate (in. trans.) AV.: Caus. %{-vecayati}, to
separate, distinguish Mn. Sus3r.; to ponder, investigate, examine Pan5car. Sa1h.
vivici *= id. (applied to Agni or Indra) RV. Br. A1s3vS3r.; %{-cI7STi} f. an oblation made to Agni Vivici TS. Sch.
vividha = varied
vividhaH = various
vividhaaH = various
vividhaiH = various
Sanskrit Dictionary
vivikta = to solitary* = mfn. separated, kept apart, distinguished, discriminated Kap. MBh. BhP.; isolated, alone,
solitary Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) alone with i.e. intent upon (e.g. {cintA-v-}) MBh.; free from (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Kum.;
pure, clean, neat, trim Mn. MBh. &c.; clear, distinct Hariv. Km.; discriminative, judicious ( = {vi-vekin}) L.; profound
(as judgment or thought) W.; m. = {vasu-nandana} or {vasu-nanda} L.; n. separation, solitude, a lonely place (see
comp.); clearness, purity MrkP.; {-ga} mfn. going to a lonely place, seeking solitude Kaths.; {-carita} mfn. faultless in
conduct or behaviour BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. pure-minded ib.; {-tarka} mfn. clear in reasoning MW.; {-tA} f. separation,
isolation, Rjat; clearness, purity Sus'r.; being well, good health ib.; distinction, discrimination L.; an empty or free
place, loneliness MW.; {-tva} n. solitude Mriicch.; {-dRSTi} mfn. clear-sighted BhP.; {-nAman} m. N. of one of the 7
sons of Hiranyaretas and of the Varsha ruled by him ib.; {-bhAva} mfn. having a mind separated or abstracted (from
other pursuits), intent on any object W.; {-varNa} mfn. containing letters or syllables distinctly enunciated MW.; {zaraNa} (BhP.), {-sevin} (Bhag.) mfn. resorting to or seeking solitude; {-ktA7sana} mfn. having a secluded seat, sitting
at a sequestered place Mn. ii, 215; {-ktI-kRta} mfn. emptied, cleared Kaths.; left, deserted Ragh.
viviktasevii = living in a secluded place
vivitsaa* = f. (fr. Desid.) desire of knowing MBh.\\ {vivitsu}, {vividiSu} see p. 964, col. 3.
vivriNute = (Vr. Pr.III Per.S.AP)chooses
vivriddha *= mfn. grown, increased, enhanced, grown up, fully developed, large, numerous, abundant, mighty,
powerful S3vetUp. MBh. &c.; %{-matsara} mfn. one whose anger or resentment is increased MW.
vivriddhaM = increased
vivriddhe = when developed
vivrit* = A1. %{-vartate} (rarely P.), to turn round, revolve RV.; to roll, wallow MBh. Hariv.; to writhe in convulsions,
struggle R. Uttarar.; to turn hither and thither, move about (as clouds) Hariv. 3822 (v. l. %{vi-vardhante}); to turn back
or away, depart, part, sever RV. &c. &c.; to go astray MBh. v, 2861 (v.l. %{ni-vartantam}); to be parted (as hair) TUp.;
to change one's place Sus3r.; to go down, set (as the sun) MBh.; to come forth from (abl.) S3Br.; to expand, develop
S3vetUp.; (with %{antikam}), to turn upon, set upon, attack MBh. iii, 8438: Caus. %{-vartayati}, to turn round (trans.),
turn, roll RV. MBh.; to turn, make or produce by turning (`" out of "' instr.) VP.; to cause to turn away, remove,
withdraw RV. AV.; to keep asunder RV.; to leave behind ib.; to cast off (a garment) DivyA7v.; to accomplish, execute
AitA1r.
vivrita * = mfn. uncovered, unconcealed, exposed, naked, bare MBh. Ka1v. &c.; unhurt, woundless MBh. iv, 2027;
unclosed, open A1s3vGr2. Up. Pra1t. MBh. &c. (also applied to the organs in speaking and to the articulation of partic.
sounds, = %{vivRta-prayatno7pe7ta} S3am2k. on ChUp. ii, 22, 5; superl. %{-tama}, APra1t.); extensive, large, wide W.;
(also %{vI-vRta}) unfolded, exposed, revealed, explained, divulged, public, manifest, evident, known MBh. VarBr2S.
&c.; opened i.e. presented, offered (as an opportunity) BhP.; (%{am}) ind. openly, publicly, in the sight of every one
MBh.; (%{A}) f. a partic. disease, an ulcer attended with much pain and heat Sus3r.; a species of plant ib.; n. the bare
ground MBh. Hariv.; publicity (loc. `" in public "' or `" straight out "') MBh. iv, 34, 4; (in gram.) open articulation,
approach of the tongue towards the organ of speech but without contact; %{-tA} f. the being known, publicity (acc. with
%{gam}, to become known or public) R.; %{-dvAra} mfn. `" open-gated "', unchecked, unbounded (sorrow) Kum.; %{pauruSa} mfn. one whose prowess is displayed, displaying valour Mn. vii, 102; %{-bhAva} mfn. open-hearted, candid,
sincere, Ma1latim.; %{-vat} mfn. one who has opened Katha1s.; %{-snAna} n. bathing publicly Pa1rGr2.; %{-smayana}
n. an open smile (i.e. one in which the mouth is sufficiently open to show the teeth) A1s3vS3r.; %{-tA7kSa} m. openeyed
"', a cock L. (cf. %{vi-vRttA7kSa}); %{-tA7nana} mfn. open-mouthed (%{-tva} n.) Ragh.; %{-tA7sya} mfn. id. MW.; %{to7kti} f. open or explicit expression (opp. to %{gUDho7kti}) Kuval.
vivRti * = f. making clear or manifest, explanation, exposition, gloss, comment, interpretation Sarvad.; exposure,
discovery W.; %{-vimarzinI} f. N. of wk.
vivyata: *A= shaken, disturbed, agitated, daunted
vivyadh * P. {-vidhyati}, to pierce through, transfix VS.
vivyaadhin * mfn. piercing, transfixing
vivyaduh*: beat attack.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
%{vrAjayati}, to send, drive, AitAr.; to prepare, decorate Dha1tup.: Desid. %{vivrajiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{vAvrajate},
%{vAvrakti}, to go crookedly Pa1n2. 3-1, 23 Sch.
vraja 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1042, col. 1) a way, road L.; n. wandering, roaming W. \\ 2 m. (n. only RV. v, 6, 7; ifc. f. %{A};
fr. %{vRj}) a fold, stall, cow-pen, cattle-shed, enclosure or station of herdsmen RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of the district around
Agra and Mathura1 (the abode of Nanda, of Kr2ishn2a's foster-father, and scene of Kr2ishn2a's juvenile adventures;
commonly called Braj; cf. %{vRji}) Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(%{saMgrAmaH@savrajaH} `" a fight with many "' Ma1rkP.; %{vrajo@girimayaH}, prob. = %{giri-vraja}, q.v Hariv.); a
cloud (= %{megha}) Naigh. i, 10; N. of a son of Havir-dha1na Hariv. VP.
vrajana *= n. going, travelling (%{anyatra}, `" elsewhere "') Pan5cat. ii 62/63 going into exile ib. iii, 268 (v.l. %{pravrajana}); a road, way RV. vii, 3, 2; m. N. of as one of Aja-mi1d2ha and brother of Jahnu (considered as one of the
ancestors of Kus3ika) MBh.
vrajeta = walks
vraNa = injury, wound (masc, neut)
vraNaH = (m) scar
vrata = austerities* = n. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. 2. {vR}) will, command, law, ordinance, rule RV.; obedience, service ib. AV.
s'vGri.; dominion, realm RV.; sphere of action, function, mode or, manner of life (e.g. {zuci-vr-}, pure manner of life "'
S'ak.), conduct, manner, usage, custom RV. &c. &c.; a religious vow or practice, any pious observance, meritorious act
of devotion or austerity, solemn vow, rule, holy practice (as fasting, continence &c.; {vrata4M-car}, to observe a vow "',
esp., `" to practise chastity "') ib.; any vow or firm purpose, resolve to (dat. loc., or comp.; {vratAt}, or {vrata-vazAt}, `"
in consequence of a vow "'; cf. {asi-dhArA-vrata} and {AsidhAraM vratam}) MBh. Kv. &c.; the practice of always
eating the same food (cf. {madhu-vr-}) L.; the feeding only on milk (as a fast or observance according to rule; also the
milk itself) VS. Br. KtyS'r.; any food (in {a-yAcita-vr-} q.v.); = {mahA-vrata} (i.e. a partic. Stotra, and the day for it) Br.
S'rS "'; (with gen. or ifc.) N. of Smans rshBr. (L. also `" month; season; year; fire; `" = Vishnu; `" N. of one of the
seven islands of Antara-dvpa "'); ({vra4ta}) m. (of unknown meaning) AV. v, 1, 7 pS'r. xiii, 16, 8; N. of a son of Manu
and Nadval BhP.; (pl.) N. of a country belonging to Prcya L.; mfn. = {veda-vrata}, one who has taken the vow of
learning the Veda Griihys. ii, 3 (Sch.)
vrataaH = avowed
vriddha = old, aged *= vRddha 1 mfn. (fr. %{vardh}, p. 926, col. 1) cut, cut off, destroyed MBh.; n. what is cut off, a
piece S3ulbas. (v.l. %{vRdhra}).
\\ 2 mfn. grown, become larger or longer or stronger, increased, augmented, great, large RV. &c. &c.; grown up, fullgrown, advanced in years, aged, old, senior (often in comp. with the names of authors, esp. of authors of law-books [cf.
IW. 300, 302], to denote either an older recension of their wks. or the wk. of some older authors of the same name; cf.
%{vRddha-kAtyAyana}, %{-garga} &c.) TS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) older by Gaut. vi, 15; experienced, wise, learned MBh.
Ka1m.; eminent in, distinguished by (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1010,3]; important VPra1t.; exalted, joyful, glad
(also applied to hymns) RV.; (in gram., a vowel) increased (by Vr2iddhi q.v.) to %{A} or %{ai} or %{au}, APra1t.
La1t2y.; containing (or treated as containing) %{A} or %{ai} or %{au} in the first syllable Pa1n2. 1-73 &c.; m. an old
man (ifc. `" eldest among "') Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. comp.); a religious mendicant VarBr2S.; an elephant eighty years old
Gal.; Argyreia Speciosa or Argentea L.; (%{A}) f. an old woman MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. and (%{A}) f. an elder male or
female descendant, a patronymic or metron. designating an elder descendant (as opp. to %{yuvan} q.v.; e.g. %{gArgya}
is %{vRddha}, %{gArgyAyaNa} is %{yuvan}) Pa1n2. 1-2, 65 &c.; n. a nominal stem (and some other stems) whose first
syllable contains an %{A} or %{ai} or %{au} Pa1n2. 1-1, 73 &c.; the word %{vRddha} ib. v, 3, 62.
vridh* cl. 1. . (Dhtup. xviii, 20) {va4rdhate} (Ved. and ep. also {-ti}; pf. {vava4rdha}, {vavRdhe} RV. &c. &c. [Ved.
also {vA7vR-}; {vavRdhAti}, {-dhItA4s}, {-dha4sva} RV.; {vAvRdhe4te} RV.; p. {vA8vRdha4t} RV. AV.; aor. Ved.
{avRdhat}, {vRdhAtas}, {-dhAtu}; p. {vRdha4t}, {-dhAna4}]; {avardhiSTa} MBh. &c.; Prec. {vardhiSIma4hi} VS.; fut.
{vardhitA} Gr.; {vartsyati} Kv.; {vardhiSyate} Gr.; inf. Ved. {vRdhe} [`" for increase "', `" to make glad "'], {vRdha4se},
{vAvRdha4dhyai}; Class. {vardhitum}; ind. p. {vRddhvA}, or {vardhitvA} Gr.; in MBh. {vRdh} is sometimes
confounded with 1. {vRt}), trans. P., to increase, augment, strengthen, cause to prosper or thrive RV. AV. S'Br. MBh.; to
elevate, exalt, gladden, cheer, exhilarate (esp. the gods, with praise or sacrifice) RV.; (intrans. .; in Ved. P. in pf. and
aor.; in Class. P. in aor. fut. and cond.; also P. m. c. in other forms), to grow, grow up, increase, be filled or extended,
become longer or stronger, thrive, prosper, succeed RV. &c. &c.; to rise, ascend (as the scale in ordeals) Yj. Sch.; to be
exalted or elevated, feel animated or inspired or excited by (instr. loc. gen.) or in regard to (dat.), become joyful, have
Sanskrit Dictionary
cause for congratulation ({vRdhaH}, {-dhat} in sacrificial formulas = `" mayest thou or may he prosper "'; in later
language often with {diStyA}) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {vardha4yati}, {-te} (in later language also {vardhApayati}; aor. Ved.
{avIvRdhat}, {-dhata}), to cause to increase or grow, augment, increase, make larger or longer, heighten, strengthen,
further, promote (. `" for one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to rear, cherish, foster, bring up ib.; to elevate, raise to power, cause
to prosper or thrive AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; to exalt, magnify, glorify (esp. the gods), make joyful, gladden (. in Ved. also=
to rejoice, be joyful, take delight in [instr.], enjoy RV. &c. &c.; (with. or scil. {diSTyA}) to congratulate Kd.; (cl. 10.
accord. to Dhtup. xxxiii, 109) `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}): Desid. of Caus. see
{vivardhayiSu}: Desid. {vivardhiSate} or {vivRtsati} Gr.: Intens. {varivRdhyate}, {varivRdhIti} ib.
vriddhatA * f. = {-tva} MBh.; (ifc.) pre-eminence in (e.g. {jJAna-v-}, `" in knowledge "') Prab
vriddha = aged
vriddhaH = old man
vriddhashravaaH = having become old with years of hearing knowledge
vrii *= (cf. %{vri} and %{vlI}) cl. 9. P. and 4. A1. %{vrINAti}, %{vriNAti}, or %{vrIyate}, to choose "' or `" to cover "'
(%{varaNe}) Dha1tup. xxxi, 31; xxvi, 31 Caus. %{vrayayati}, or %{vrepayati} Gr.: Desid. %{vivrISati}, %{-te}: Intens.
%{vevrIyate}, %{vevrayIti}, %{vevreti} ib.
vriiDita *= mfn. ashamed, abashed, modest MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. shame, embarrassment Kir.
vrijanaM = the ocean of miseries
vrijina * = mf({A})n. bent, crooked (lit. and fig.), deceitful, false, wicked RV. &c. &c.; disastrous, calamitous MBh. ii,
857; m. curled hair, hair L.; ({A4}) f. deceit, intrigue, guile AV.; n. id. RV. AV. TBr.; sin, vice, wickedness MBh. Kv. &c.;
distress, misery, affliction BhP.; red leather L.
vvrika = wolf
vrikodaraH = the voracious eater (Bhima)
vriksha = tree* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. connected with 2. {bRh}, `" to grow "', or with 1. {bRh}, `" to root up "', or with
{vrasc}, as `" that which is felled "') a tree, (esp.) any tree bearing visible flowers and fruit (see Mn. i, 47; but also
applied to any tree and other plants, often = wood see comp.) RV. &c. &c.; the trunk of a tree RV. i, 130, 4; a coffin AV.
xviii, 2, 25; the staff of a bow RV. AV.; a frame (see comp.); Wrightia Antidysenterica Sus'r.; a stimulant L.
vrikshaasana = the tree posture
vrikshi = I sing. aatmane. `injunctive' of vRij, `to avoid
vriN *= cl. 8. P. A1. %{vRNoti}, %{vRNute}, to consume, eat Dha1tup. xxx, 6 (Vop.); cl. 6. P. %{vRNati}, to please,
gratify, exhilarate ib. xxviii, 40.
vrnda = bunches, clusters, groups, heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number, quantity, aggregation
vrinda * = n. (fr. 1. %{vR} ?) a heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number, quantity, aggregation
(%{vRndaM@vRndam}, %{vRndais}, or %{vRndavRndais}, in separate groups, in flocks or crowds) Naigh. MBh. &c.; a
bunch, cluster (of flowers or berries &c.) BhP.; achorus of singers and musicians Sam2gi1t.; a partic. high number
(100,000 millions) L.; m. a tumour in the throat Sus3r.; a partic. high number (1,000 millions) A1ryabh.; (with Jainas)
a partic. S3akti L. (prob. %{vRndA}); N. of a medical author Bhpr.; (%{A}) f. sacred basil (= %{tulasI}) Cat.; N. of
Ra1dha1 (Kr2ishn2a's mistress) Pan5car. Vr2ishabha1n.; of the wife of Jalam2-dhara (daughter of king Keda1ra) L.;
mfn. numerous, many, much, all W.
vrintam.h = (n) the stem of a flower
vrintaakam.h = (n) brinjal
vriNute = chooses
Sanskrit Dictionary
vrishalii * = f. a woman of low caste, S3u1dra woman S3Br. &c. &c. (L. also `" an unmarried girl twelve years old in
whom menstruation has commenced; a woman during menstruation; a barren woman; the mother of a still-born child
"').
vrishaliipati * = m. the husband of a S3u1dra woman or a Bra1hman who owns such a wwoman as his mistress Mn.
iii, 155.
vrishashaila = vRishaa hill
vrishchika = The Zodiacal Sign of Scorpio
vrishchikaasana = the scorpion posture
vrishhabha = The Zodiacal Sign of Taurus
vrishhabhaH = (m) bull, the Zodiacal Sign of Taurus
vrishhTi = rain
vrishhTiH = (m) rain, showers
vrishhNiinaaM = of the descendants of VRishhNi
vrishNi * = mfn. manly, strong, powerful, mighty RV.; angry, passionate L.; heretical, heterodox L.; m. a ram VS. TS.
S'Br.; a bull L.; a ray of light L.; air, wind L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of Vishnu-Kriishna L.; of Indra L.; of Agni L.; of various
kings Hariv. Pur.; pl. N. of a tribe or family (from which Kriishna is descended, = {yAdava} or {mAdhava}; often
mentioned together with the Andhakas) MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. N. of a Sman rshBr.
vrita * = 1 mfn. concealed, screened, hidden, enveloped, surrounded by, covered with (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.;
stopped, checked, held back, pent up (as rivers) RV.; filled or endowed or provided or affected with (instr. or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c.\\ 2 mfn. chosen, selected, preferred, loved, liked, asked in marriage &c. RV. &c. &c.; n. a treasure, wealth
(= {dhana}) L.
vrit.h = to exist
vritta = desire
vritti * =f. rolling, rolling down (of tears) S'ak. iv, 5; 14; mode of life or conduct, course of action, behaviour, (esp.)
moral conduct, kind or respectful behaviour or treatment (also v.l. for {vRtta}) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; general usage,
common practice, rule Prt.; mode of being, nature, kind, character, disposition ib. Kv.; state, condition Tattvas.;
being, existing, occurring or appearing in (loc. or comp.) Lthy. Hariv. Kv. &c.; practice, business, devotion or
addiction to, occupation with (often ifc. `" employed about "', `" engaged in "', `" practising "') MBh. Kv. &c.;
profession, maintenance, subsistence, livelihood (often ifc.; cf. {uJcha-v-}; {vRttiM-kR} or {klRp} [Caus.] with instr., `"
to live on or by "'; with gen., `" to get or procure a maintenance for "'; only certain means of subsistence are allowed to
a Brhman see Mn. iv, 4-6) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; wages, hire, Pacav.; working, activity, function MaitrUp. Kap.
Veda7ntas. &c.; mood (of the mind) Veda7ntas.; the use or occurrence of a word in a partic. sense (loc.), its function or
force Pn. Sh. Sch. on KtyS'r. &c.; mode or measure of pronunciation and recitation (said to be threefold, viz.
{vilambitA}, {madhyamA}, and {drutA} q.v.) Prt.; (in gram.) a complex formation which requires explanation or
separation into its parts (as distinguished from a simple or uncompounded form e.g. any word formed with Kriit or
Taddhita affixes, any compound and even duals and plurals which are regarded as Dvandva compounds, of which only
one member is left, and all derivative verbs such as desideratives &c.); style of composition (esp. dram. style, said to be
of four kinds, viz. 1. Kais'ik, 2. Bhrat 3. Stvat, 4. rabhath, qq.vv.; the first three are described as suited to the
S'riingra, Vra, and Raudra Rasas respectively, the last as common to all) Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; (in rhet.) alliteration,
frequent repetition of the same consonant (five kinds enumerated, scil. {madhurA}, {prau9DhA}, {puruSA}, {lalitA},
and {bhadrA}) Das'ar., Introd.; final rhythm of a verse (= or v.l. for {vRtta} q.v.); a commentary, comment, gloss,
explanation (esp. on a Stra); N. of the wife of a Rudra BhP.
vrittapatrikaa = (f) newspaper
vrittisthaaH = whose occupation
Sanskrit Dictionary
vrittii = tendancy
vrithaa = (indecl) wanton, uselessly, idly; * = ind. (prob. connected with 2. {vR} at will, at pleasure, at random, easily,
lightly, wantonly, frivolously RV. Br. Gobh. Mn. Yj. MBh.; in vain, vainly, uselessly, fruitlessly, idly TBr. &c. &c. (with
{kR}, `" to make useless "', disappoint, frustrate; with {bhU}, `" to be useless "', be disappointed or frustrated); wrongly,
falsely, incorrectly, unduly MBh. Kv. &c.
vriN * = cl. 8. P. . {vRNoti}, {vRNute}, to consume, eat Dhtup. xxx, 6 (Vop.); cl. 6. P. {vRNati}, to please, gratify,
exhilarate ib. xxviii, 40.
vyaadhaH = (m) hunter
vyaadhi = disease
vyaadhii = illness
vyaaghraH = (m) tiger
vyaaharan.h = vibrating
vyaakrita *= mfn. separated, divided, developed, unfolded; analyzed, expounded, explained (see %{a4-vy-});
transformed, disfigured "', changed W.
vyaakship * = P. . {-kSipati}, {-te}, to stretch out (the hand &c.) MBh.; to shoot off(an arrow) ib.,; to carry away,
captivate (the mind) R. Pacat.
vyaakshipati = (v) to postpone
vyaakshipta * = mfn. stretched out &c.; (ifc.) filled with, full of VarBriS.; {-manas} (Pacat.), {-hRdaya} (R.) mfn.
having the mind or heart carried away or captivated or distracted.
vyaakula = alarmed (adj)
vyaakulatva = (neut) sorrow, concern
vyaakulitaa = she who has been afflicted/affected
vyaala = elephant *= mfn. (prob. connected with %{vyADa} q.v.) mischievous, wicked, vicious AV. Ka1v. Katha1s.;
prodigal, extravagant L.; m. (ifc. f. %{A}) a vicious elephant, Kav.; a beast of prey Gaut. MBh. &c.; a snake MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; a lion L.; a tiger L.; a hunting leopard L.; a prince, king L.; Plumbago Ceylanica L.; the second %{dRkANa} (q.v.) in
Cancer, the first in Scorpio, and the third in Pisces VarBr2S. [1038,3]; a kind of metre Col.; N. of the number `" eight "'
Gan2it.; N. of a man (cf. %{vyADa}) Cat.; (%{I}) f. a female snake MBh. R. &c.; n. N. of one of the three retrograde
stages in the motion of the planet Mars VarBr2S.
vyaamishreNa = by equivocal
vyaana = one of the vital airs, circulates energy all over the body
vyaapaara = affair (masc)
vyaaptaM = pervaded
vyaapya = pervading
vyaahrita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated VS. &c, &c.; one who has uttered a sound R.; eaten,
devoured Ja1takam.; n. speaking, talking, conversation Ka1v. BhP.; information, instruction, direction Pa1n2. 5-4, 35;
inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh. Hariv.; %{-saMdeza} mfn. one who tells news or communicates
information MW.
vyaapin *= mfn. reaching through, pervading, covering, diffusive, comprehensive, spreading everywhere, spread over
Sanskrit Dictionary
(ifc.), extending or reaching or continuing to or filling up or containing (ifc.) Nir. S3vetUp. MBh. &c.; invariably
inherent or concomitant (in logic) Bha1sha1p.; m. pervader "'N. of Vishn2u MW.; an invariably pervading property as
characteristic ib.
vyaasaH = Vyasa
vyaasa* = m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation), Prt.; extension,
diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and {-tas} ind. in detail, at length, fully) MBh. Sus'r. BhP.; width,
breadth, the diameter of a circle S'ulbas. VarBriS.; `" distributing, disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pthha or, disjoined text "'
Aprt.; `" arranger, compiler "'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called Veda-vysa and regarded as the
original compiler and arranger of the Vedas, Veda7nta-stras &c.; he was the son of the sage Pars'ara and Satyavati,
and half-brother of Vicitra-vrya and Bhshma; he was also called Vdaryana or Baldaryana, and Kriishna from his
dark complexion, and Dvaipyana because he was brought forth by Satyavat on a Dvpa or island in the Jumn; when
grown up he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to become the
husband of Vicitra-vrya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the blind Dhriita-rshthra and of Pndu;
he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl, and of S'uka, the supposed narrator of the Bhgavata-Purna, he
was also the supposed compiler of the Mah-bhrata, the Purnas, and other portions of Hind sacred literature; but
the name Vysa seems to have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n. 2; 373
&c.; a Brhman who recites or expounds the Purnas &c. in public (= {pAThaka-brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing
100 Palas L.
vyaasanga = varied interests, (involvement in) many hobbies
vyaasaprasaadaat.h = by the mercy of Vyasadeva
vyaasochchhishhThaM = vyAsa + uchchhishhThaM:by VyAsa + mouth-dropped
vyabhichaarin.h = adj. deviate
vyacas * = n. expanse, capacity, compass RV. AV. VS.; wide space, free scope, room RV. AV. S'Br. ({vyacas-kR}, to
dilate, expand, open Kaus'.)
vyaccha * = see {go-vyaccha4}.
vyadaarayat.h = shattered
vyagraya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to divert or distract any one's thoughts Car.
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk (often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajanakriyA* = f. the act of fanning Kd.
vyajanacaamara* = n. the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a whisk or fan, a chowry (cf. {vyajanacAmara}).
vyaadhi * = m. (less probably from %{vyadh}, p. 1031) disorder, disease, ailment, sickness, plague (esp. leprosy) ChUp.
Mn. MBh. &c.; Disease personified (as a Child of Mr2ityu or Death) VP.; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing
(ifc., e .g. %{strI-v-}, a plague of a woman, very troublesome woman) VarBr2S.; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.
vyaadhii * = f. (1. %{dhI}, or %{dhyai}) care, sorrow AV.
vyaadhunot *V= gave up
vyaahaara *= m. utterance, language, speech, discourse, conversation, talk about (comp.) Ka1v. Pan5cat. Sa1h.; song
(of birds) Hariv. Ma1lav.; (in dram.) a jest, joke, humorous speech Bhar. Das3ar. &c.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting
of speech or talk about (comp.) Katha1s.
vyaahri * = P.. {-harati}, {-te}, to utter or pronounce a sound, speak, say to (acc.), converse with ({saha}), name (with
{nAmabhis}, to call by name; with {praznAn}, to answer questions; with {udAharANi}, to state examples) TBr. &c. &c.;
to begin to talk (said of a child) MBh.; to confess, avow to (gen.) ib.; to utter inarticulate sounds, cry, scream (said of
animals) KtyS'r.; to sport, enjoy one's self (exceptionally for {vi-hR}) BhP.; to cut off, sever MBh. vi, 2757 (B. {vi-hR}):
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
vat} mfn. see %{a-vyabhicAra-vat}; %{-vivarjita} mfn. free from extravagance or debauchery Hit.; %{-rA7rtham} ind.
for the sake of (committing) adultery Pa1n2. 4-1, 127 Sch.
vyabhiicaara m. transgression, offence MBh.; change, alteration ib.
vyadha *= m. piercing, hitting, striking, a stroke, wound S3is3.; cutting, opening (of a vein) Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. bleeding
MW.\\ *V : did it, created, applied, established, awarded, begot, made, constructed, bestowed, arranged.
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk (often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajanin* = m. the Yak (Bos Grunniens) L.
vyakta = made known* = mfn. adorned, embellished, beautiful RV.; caused to appear, manifested, apparent, visible,
evident ({am}, ind. apparently, evidently, certainly) MBh. Kv. &c.; developed, evolved (see below); distinct, intelligible
(see {-vAc}); perceptible by the senses (opp. to {a-vyakta}, transcendental) MBh. BhP.; specified, distinguished L.;
specific, individual L.; hot L.; wise, learned Lalit.; m. heat L.; a learned man L.; an initiated monk S'l.; `" the
manifested One "'N. of Vishnu MW.; of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas (with Jainas); n. (in Snkhya) `" the developed or
evolved "' (as the product of {a-vyakta} q.v.), Sankhyak. (cf. IW. 82); {-kRtya} n. a public action or deed Rjat.; {gaNita} n. calculation with known numbers, arithmetic IW. 176, n. 3; {-gandhA} f. (only L.) long pepper; jasmine; a
species of Sanseviera; Clitoria Ternatea; {-tA} f. or {-tva} n. distinctness, manifestation (instr. `" clearly, distinctly "';
acc. with {gam}, `" to appear "') Up. Kaths.; {-tAraka} mfn. having clear stars MW.; {-darzana} mfn. one who has
attained to right knowledge R.; {-dRSTA7rtha} mfn. perceiving or witnessing a transaction with one's own eyes, a
witness L.; {-bhuj} mfn. consuming all manifested or visible things (said of time) MW.; {-maya} mf({I})n. relating to
what is perceptible by the senses MBh.; {-mAricika} mfn. much peppered Car.; {-rasa} mfn. having a perceptible taste
({tA} f.) Sus'r.; {-rAzi} m. (in arithm.) known or absolute quantity; {-rUpa} m. `" having a manifested form "'N. of
Vishnu MW.; {-rUpin} mfn. having a discernible shape ib.; {-lakSman} mfn. having evident sings or marks, clearly
characterized W.; {-lavaNa} mfn. much salted Car.; {-vAc} f. a clear or distinct speech Pn. 1-3, 48; {-vikrama} mfn.
displaying valour MW.; {-tA7vadhUta} mfn. one who has publicly shaken off worldly ties (opp. to {guptA7v-} q.v.) W.;
{-to7dita} mfn. spoken clearly or plainly MW. [1029,3]
vyaktayaH = living entities
vyaktiM = personality
vyaktitva = personality
vyalIka * = mfn. very false or untruthful, lying, hypocritical (%{am} ind.) Amar. BhP.; disagreeable, painful, offensive,
strange MW.; improper or unfit to be done MW.; not false, S3ls3.; = %{vyaJgya} L.; m. = %{nAgara} L.; a catamite
MW.; n. anything displeasing ib.; any cause of pain or uneasiness ib.; pain, grief. MBh. Ka1v. Pur. &c.; a falsehood, lie,
fraud (also pl.) Ka1v. Pur. &c.; transgression, offence, misdeed Ratna7v. Ja1takam.; = %{vailakSya} L.; reverse,
contrariety, inversion MW.; %{-tA} f. or %{-tva} n. disagreeableness, painfulness MW.; impropriety, displeasure ib.;
%{-niHzvAsa} m. a sigh of pain or sorrow Kum.
vyalla * = mischievous, wicked, vicious; prodigal, extravagant, a vicious elephant, Kav.; a beast of prey; a snake; a lion
L.; a tiger L.; a hunting leopard L.; a prince, king L.; Plumbago Ceylanica L.; the second {dRkANa} (q.v.) in Cancer, the
first in Scorpio, and the third in Pisces; a kind of metre Col.; of the number `" eight; N. of a man a female snake
vyanakti (SB): expressed, he produces, shows.
vyaMs * = P. {-aMsayati}, to cheat, deceive DivyA7v.
vyac* = see {uru-vya4Jc}.
vyaj* = P.. {-anakti}, {-aGkte}, (.) to anoint thoroughly RV.; to decorate, adorn, beautify ib.; (P. .) to cause to
appear, manifest, display RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {-ajyate}, to be manifested or expressed RV. Ragh. Pacat.: Caus. {aJjayati}, to cause to appear, make clearly visible or manifest Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajana* = mfn. manifesting, indicating Hariv. (v.l. {vyaJcana}); m. (once for n.; cf. below) a consonant VPrt.;
Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; = {vAditra-karman} L.; ({A}) f. (in rhet.) implied indication, allusion, suggestion Sh.
Pratp.; a figurative expression ({-nA-vRtti} f. figurative style) W.; n. decoration, ornament RV. viii, 78, 2;
Sanskrit Dictionary
manifestation, indication Sus'r. Rjat.; allusion, suggestion (= {A} f.), Sah. s'vS'r. Sch.; figurative expression, irony,
sarcasm W.; specification Nir.; a mark, badge, spot, sign, token pS'r. R. Kaths. &c.; insignia, paraphernalia Kv.;
symptom (of a disease) Cat.; mark of sex or gender (as the beard, breasts &c.), the private organs (male or female)
GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; anything used in cooking or preparing food, seasoning, sauce, condiment MBh. R. &c.; a consonant
Prt. S'rS. &c.; a syllable VPrt. (cf. {hInavy-}); the letter (as opp. to {arha}, `" meaning "') Mahv.; a limb, member,
part L.; a day L.; purification of a sacrificial animal (also m. and {A} f.) L.; a fan L. (w.r. for {vyajana}); {-kAra} m. the
preparer of a sauce or condiment MBh.; {-guNa} (?) m. N. of wk. on condiments in cookery; {-saMgama} m. a collection
or group of consonants MW.; {-saMdhi} m. (in gram.) the junction of consonants ib.,; {-saMnipAta} m. a falling
together or conjunction of consonants ib.; {-sthAne} ind. in the place of sauce or seasoning ib.; {-hArI7kA} f. N. of a
female demon supposed to remove the hair of a womas pudenda MrkP.; {-no7daya} mfn. followed by a consonant
MW.; {-no7padha} mfn. preceded by a cconsonant ib.
vyajita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) clearly manifested or made visible; {-vRtti-bheda} mfn. having various actions manifested
MW.
vyajanam.h = (n) fan
vyas * = 2 %{as} P. %{-asyati} (ep. pf. %{vivyAsa} as if fr. a %{vyas}), to throw or cast asunder or about or away, throw
(effort) into, divide, separate, dispose, arrange [1035,1]; scatter, disperse; expel, remove RV. &c.&c.
vyathA* = f. agitation, perturbation, alarm, uneasiness, pain, anguish, fear MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{vyathAM-kR}, either, `"
to cause pain "' or `" to feel pain "'); loss, damage, ill-luck S3Br. VarBr2S.; (with %{hRdi} or %{hRdaye}), palpitation,
throbbing of the heart Sus3r.
vyathaka* = mfn. agitating, frightening, afflicting Kir.
vyathana * = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46; alteration, change (of a
sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.; piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyathAkara* = mfn. causing pain (bodily or mental), painful, excruciating W.
vyathAkrAnta* = (%{vyathA7kr-}) mfn. id. Katha1s.
vyathAkula* = (%{vyathA7k-}) mfn. agitated by fear or anguish Pan5cat.
vyathana* = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46; alteration, change (of a
sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.; piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyathanIya* = mfn. to be pained or afflicted or disturbed W.
vyathita * = mfn. tottering, rocking, reeling R.; troubled, changed (as colour) Das3.; disquieted, agitated, perturbed,
distressed, afflicted MBh. Ka1v. &c.; painful, causing pain BhP.
vyatitarishhyati = surpasses
vyatikara* = 1 mfn. acting reciprocally, reciprocal W.; m. reciprocity, reciprocal action or relation ib.; contact,
contiguity, union (ifc. = joined with, spreading through or over, pervading) MBh. Kv. &c.; (ifc.) taking to,
accomplishing, performing Amar. Das'. Rjat.; incident, opportunity Nalac.; reverse, misfortune, calamity, accident,
fatality Hcar. Pacat. Kaths. [1030,1]; destruction, end BhP.\\* =2 m. mixing or blending together, mixture MBh.
BhP.; a confusing (or striking) resemblance Jtakam.; {-vat} mfn. mixed, of contrary kind or nature Mcar.
vyatiikaara* = m.= 1. {vy-atikara}, contact, hostile encounter Hariv.
vyatiSaGga * = m. mutual connection, reciprocal junction or relation Pan5cavBr. Ka1tyS3r.; entanglement S3is3. v, 61;
hostile encounter MBh.; exchange, barter BhP.; absorption MW.; %{-vat} mfn. having mutual connection, connected,
united, mixed ib.
vyatiitaani = have passed
vyatta = open
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
{taurya-trika}, {vRthA7tyA}; and eight under the second, viz. {paizunya}, {sAhasa}, {droha}, {irSyA}, {asUyA} {arthadUSaNa} {vAkpAruSya}, {daNDa-pAruSya}, qq.vv.) Mn. vii, 47, 48 MBh. &c.; favourite pursuit or occupation, hobby
MBh. Pacat. Rjat.; evil predicament or plight, disaster, accident, evil result, calamity, misfortune ({vyasanAni} pl.
misfortunes), ill-luck, distress, destruction, defeat, fall, ruin Mn. MBh. &c.; setting (of sun or moon) Mriicch. S'ak.;
fruitless effort L.; punishment, execution (of criminals) MW.; incompetence, inability W.; air, wind ib.; tale-bearing L.;
{-kAla} m. time of need Subh.; {prasArita-kara} mfn. having the hand stretched forth for (inflicting) calamity Hit.; {prahArin} mfn. inflicting calamity, giving trouble or pain W.; {-prA7pti} f. occurrence of calamity Sh.; {-brahmacArin}
m. a companion of adversity, fellow-sufferer Mudr.; {-mahA7rNava} m. a sea of troubles Mriicch.; {-rakSin} mfn.
preserving from calamity R. Kaths.; {-vat} mfn. one who has had ill-luck with (comp.) Km.; {-vAgurA} f. the net or
snare of adversity R.; {-saMstkita} mfn. one who indulges in any whim or favourite fancy Pacat.; {-nA7krAnta-tva} n.
distressful condition, grievous distress MW.; {-nA7gama} m. approach of calamity S'ukas.; {-nA7tibhAra} mfn. weighed
down or overburdened with misfortunes MW.; {-nA7tyaya} m. the passing away of calamity or distress BhP.; {nA7nantaram} ind. immediately after misfortune Kv.; {-nA7pAta} m. (= {-nA7gama}) Rjat.; {-nA7vApa} m.
receptacle or abode of calamity BhP.; {-nA7nvita} or {-nA7pluta} mfn. involved in or overwhelmed with ccalamity
MW.; {-nA7rta} mfn. afflicted by calamity, suffering pain L.; {-no7tsava} m. a feast for the (evil) passions, an orgy &c.
VarBriS.; {-no7daya} m. the rising or approaching of misfortune Pacat.; mfn. followed by or resulting in calamities
MBh.
vyatirikta* = mfn. reaching beyond, excessive, immoderate (ifc. = abundantly furnished with) MBh.; separate,
different or distinct from, other than (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) free from Sarvad.; left remaining from Ragh.
Sch. (v.l.); with drawn, withheld W.; excepted ib.; (%{am}) ind. with the exception of, except, without (e. g. %{svara-v}, `" except the accent "') MW.; %{-tA}, f. (BhP.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) distinction, difference.
2 vyatiriktatiriktaka n. a partic. manner of flying MBh.
vyavahaara *= m. doing, performing, action, practice, conduct, behaviour MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{vyavahAraH@kAryaH},
with instr., `" it should be acted according to ); commerce or intercourse with (saha or comp.) Nir. Ka1m. &c.; affair,
matter Ni1lak.; usage, custom, wont, ordinary life, common practice Pat. BhP. Hit.; activity, action or practice of
occupation or business with (loc. or comp.) Inscr. Ka1v. Katha1s.; mercantile transaction, traffic, trade with, dealing in
(comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1034,2]; a contract Mn. viii, 163; legal procedure, contest at law with (%{saha}), litigation,
lawsuit, legal process (see %{-matRkA} below) Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.; practices of law and kingly government IW. 209;
mathematical process Col.; administration of justice Gaut.; (fig.) punishment L.; competency to manage one's own
affairs, majority (in law) ib.; propriety, adherence to law or custom ib.; the use of an expression, with regard to,
speaking about (%{tair@eva@vyavahAraH}, `" just about these is the question "', it is to these that the discussion has
reference "') Kap. Sa1h. Sarvad.; designation Jaim. Sch.; compulsory work L.; a sword L.; a sort of tree L.; N. of a ch. of
the Agni-pura1n2a.
vyavachchhetsiiH = cut or dissect
vyavakalanam.h = (n) subtraction
vyavasaayaH = enterprise or adventure
vyavasaayaatmikaa = resolute in KRishhNa consciousness
vyavasitaH = situated in determination1
vyavasita *= mfn. finished, ended, done Ka1t2h.; decided, determined, resolved, undertaken (also n. impers.; with dat.
or inf.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one who has resolved upon or is determined or willing to (loc., dat., or inf.) Ka1v. Pur.; settled,
ascertained, known (n. impers.), convinced or sure of anything (with %{samyak}, `" one who has ascertained what is
right; with acc., `" one who has acknowledged anything as true "') MBh. BhP.; deceived, tricked, cheated, disappointed
L.; energetic, persevering, making effort or exertion W.; n. resolution, determination Ka1v. Pur.; an artifice, contrivance
Mr2icch.
vyavasitaa = engaged
vyavasta *= mfn. = %{vy-avasita}, Divya4v.; bound (?) A1s3vS3r. (Sch.)
vyavasthaa A1. %{-tiSThate}, to go apart, separate from (abl.) S3a1n3khSr.; to differ respectively S3am2k.; to halt,
stop, stay R.; to prepare or make ready for (dat.) ib.; to be settled, be (logically) true or tenable MBh. Sarvad.; to appear
as (nom.) Nir. Sa1m2khyak.: Caus. %{-sthApayati}, to put down, place VarBr2S. Va1s.; to fix on, direct towards (loc.)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Kum.; to charge with, appoint to (%{artham}) Hit.; to stop, hold up, prevent from falling MBh. Ra1jat.; to restore, reestablish Kum. Ja1takam.; to settle, arrange, establish, determine, prove to be (logically) tenable Das3. Sarvad.; to give
a name DivyA7v.; to perform MW. \\ f. respective difference (%{AyAm} loc. in each single case) S3rS. Kap. S3am2k.;
abiding in one place, steadiness Katha1s.; fixity, perseverance, constancy MBh. R. &c.; a fixed limit S3is3.; settlement,
establishment, decision, statute, law, rule (aya1, instr. according to a fixed rule) BhP. Pa1n2. Sch. Kull.; legal decision or
opinion (applied to the written extracts from the codes of law or adjustment of contradictory passages in different
codes) W.; conviction, persuasion R.; fixed relation of time or place Pa1n2. 1-1, 34; rate, proportion Bhpr.; state,
condition Ka1v. Ra1jat.; case, occasion, opportunity Ra1jat. W.; an engagement, agreement, contract ib.; %{--tikrama}
(%{-sthA7t-}) m. transgression or violation of the law or settled rule, breaking an agreement or contract W.; %{-tivartana} (%{-sthA7t-} ) n. id ib.; %{--tivartin} (%{-sthA7i-}) mfn. transgressing the law, breaking an agreement or
contract ib.; %{-darpaNa} m. %{-prakAza} m. N. of wks.; %{-pattra} n. a written deed, document L.; %{-ratna-mAlA} f.
%{--rNava} (%{-thA4rN-}) m. %{-sAra-saMgraha}, m. %{-sA7ra-saMcaya} m. %{-setu} m. N. of wks.
vyavasthitaan.h = situated
vyavasthitiH = the situation
vyavasthitau = put under regulations
vyavaasitaaH = have decided
vyavaaya* = m. intervention, interposition, separation by insertion, being separated by (instr. or comp.) S'rS. Prt. Pn.;
entering, pervading, penetration MBh. Sus'r.; change, transmutation BhP.; sexual intercourse, copulation MBh.
VarBriS. Sus'r.; wantonness, lasciviousness BhP.; covering, disappearance W.; interval, space ib.; an obstacle,
impediment MW.; n. light, lustre L.
vyaya-bhaava = House of Expenditure/Loss or 12th
vyayam.h = (n) expenditure, spending
vyu * =to urge on, incite, animate
vyudasya = laying aside
vyuuDhaM = arranged in a military phalanx
vyuuDhaaM = arranged
vyUha* = 1 m. placing apart, distribution, arrangement R. VarBriS. &c.; orderly arrangement of the parts of a whole (cf.
{caraNa-vy-}), disposition Nyyas.; military array, an army, host, squadron (various arrays are {daNDa-}, `" staff-like
array "'; {zakaTa-}, `" cart array "'; {varAha-}, `" boar array "'; {maNDala-}, `" circular ararray; {A-saMhata-}, `"
loose ararray "'; {AkheTa-vyUha}, `" hunting array "' &c.) Mn. vii, 187 MBh. &c.; shifting, transposition, displacement
S'Br. S'rS.; separation, resolution (of vowels, syllables &c.) RPrt.; detailed explanation or description SaddhP.; a
section, division, chapter Sarvad.; form, manifestation (esp. the quadruple manifestation of Purusho7ttama as
Vsudeva, Sankarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha), appearance (often ifc. after numerals cf. {catur-}, {trir-vy-})
MBh. BhP. Sarvad.; formation, structure, manufacture L.; an aggregate, flock, multitude Vs. S'atr.; the body W.;
breathing Nyyas.; {pArSNi} m. or f. {-pRSTha} n. the rear of an army L.; {-bhaGga} m. {-bheda} m. the breaking of an
array, throwing into, disorder W.; {-racanA} f. arrangement of troops ({-naM vi-dhA}, `" to assume a warlike attitude
"') Pacat.; 1. {-rAja} m. the chief or best form of military array MBh.; {-hA7ntara} m. a different arrangement or
position MW. \\2 m. reasoning, logic (= {tarka}) L.; {-mati} m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; -2. {-rAja} m. a partic.
Samdhi SaddhP.; N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib. ({-je7ndrA} f. N. of a Kin-nar Krand.)
vyoman *= 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1; accord. to Un2. iv, 150 fr. %{vye} accord. to others fr. %{vi-av} or %{ve})
heaven, sky, atmosphere, air (%{vyomnA}, %{vyoma-mArgeNa} or %{-vartmanA}, `" through the air "') RV. &c. &c.;
space Kap.; ether (as an element) Ka1v. Pur. Sus3r.; wind or air (of the body) BhP.; water L.; talc, mica L.; a temple
sacred to the sun L.; a partic. high number L.; the 10th astrol. mansion VarBr2S.; preservation, welfare TS. (=
%{rakSaNa} Sch.); m. a partic. Eka7ha S3rS.; N. of Praja1-pati or the Year (personified) TS. VS. (Mahi1dh.); of Vishn2u
Vishn2.; of a son of Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. %{vyoma}).
vyomagaamii = astronaut, cosmonaut
Sanskrit Dictionary
vyomachaariNaH = the people who wander over the sky (and `pAtAla'\&bhUtala')
vyoman.h = (n) the sky
vyoman * = mfn. (for 2. see s.v.) one who cannot be saved
vyoman * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1; accord. to Un. iv, 150 fr. {vye} accord. to others fr. {vi-av} or {ve}) heaven,
sky, atmosphere, air ({vyomnA}, {vyoma-mArgeNa} or {-vartmanA}, `" through the air "') RV. &c. &c.; space Kap.;
ether (as an element) Kv. Pur. Sus'r.; wind or air (of the body) BhP.; water L.; talc, mica L.; a temple sacred to the sun
L.; a partic. high number L.; the 10th astrol. mansion VarBriS.; preservation, welfare TS. (= {rakSaNa} Sch.); m. a
partic. Eka7ha S'rS.; N. of Praj-pati or the Year (personified) TS. VS. (Mahdh.); of Vishnu Vishn.; of a son of
Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. {vyoma}).
ya * = the 1st semivowel (corresponding to the vowels %{i} and %{I}, and having the sound of the English %{y}, in
Bengal usually pronounced %{j}).\\2 m. (in prosody) n. bacchic ($) Pin3g.\\ 3 the actual base of the relative pronoun
in declension [cf. %{ya4d} and Gk. $]. \\ 4 m. (in some senses fr. 1. %{yA}, only L.) a goer or mover; wind; joining;
restraining; fame; a carriage (?); barley; light; abandoning; (%{A}) f. going, a car; restraining, religious meditation;
attaining; pudendum muliebre; N. of Lakshmi1.
yaa * = 1 (collateral form of 5. %{i}) cl. 2. P. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 41) %{yA4ti} (1. pl. %{yAmahe} MBh.; impf. 3. pl.
%{ayuH} Br.; %{ayAn} Pa1n2. 3-4, 111 Sch.; pf. %{yayau4}, %{yayA4tha}, %{yaya4}, %{yayu4H} RV. &c. &c.; %{yaye}
Ka1v.; aor. %{ayAsam} or %{ayAsiSam}; Subj. %{yA4sat}, %{yeSam}, %{yAsiSat} RV. Br.; Prec. %{yAsiSISThAs} Br.;
fut. %{yAtA} MBh. &c.; %{yAsyati} AV.; %{-te} MBh.; inf. %{yAtum} MBh. &c.; Ved. inf. %{yai4}, %{yA4tave} or %{vai4}; ind. p. %{yAtvA4} Br. &c.; %{-yA4ya},\\2 (ifc.) going, moving (see %{RNa-} %{eva-}, %{tura-}, %{deva-yA}).\\3
f. of 3. %{ya} q.v.
yaabhiH = by which
yaachaka = begger
yaacana * = begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'rngP. Sh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking, soliciting, request, petition,
entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Klid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaac * = cl. 1. P. . (Dhtup. xxi, 3) for {yA4cati}, {-te} (usually . in sense of `" asking for one's self "'; pf. {yayAca} Gr.,
{yayAce} Br. &c.; aor. {ayAcIt}, {-ciSTa} Subj. {yAciSat}, {-SAmahe} RV.; Prec. {yAcyAt} Gr.; fut. {yAcitA} ib.;
{yAciSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {yAcitum} AV. &c.; ind. p. {yAcitvA}, {-yA4cya} Br. &c.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat,
require, implore (with double acc.; or with abl., rarely gen. of pers.; the thing asked may also be in acc. with {prati}, or
in dat., or ibc. with {arthe}, or {artham}) RV. &c. &c.; (with {pu4nar}) to ask anything back TBr.; (with {kanyAm}) to be
a suitor for a girl, to ask a girl in marriage from (abl., rarely acc.) or for ({kRte} or {arthe}; also with {vivAhA7rtham})
MBh. Kv. &c.; to offer or tender anything (acc.) to (dat.) AV.; to promise (?) ib.: Pass. {yAcyate}, to be asked (`" for "',
acc.; rarely of things) MBh. Kv. &c.; Caus. {yAca4yati} ({-te} AV.; aor. {ayayAcat} Pn. 7-4, 2), to cause to ask or woo
MBh.; to request anything (acc.) for ({arthe}) Pacat.: Desid. {yiyAciSate} Pn. 6-1, 8 Vrtt. 3 Pat.: Intens. {yAyAcyate},
{yAyAkti} Gr.
yaacaka * = m. a petitioner, asker, beggar Yj. MBh. &c.; ({I}) f. a female beggar MBh.
yaacaka * = m. a petitioner, asker, beggar Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; (%{I}) f. a female beggar MBh.
yaacakavRtti * = f. the occupation or profession of a beggar MW.
yaacana * = n. begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S3a1rn3gP. Sa1h. Vet.; (%{A}) f. asking, soliciting, request,
petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Ka1lid. &c. (%{-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaacanaka * = m. an asker, petitioner, beggar Mn. MBh. Hariv.,
Sanskrit Dictionary
yaacaniiya * = mfn. to be asked, to be desired or requested (n. also impers.) MBh. Pan5cat.
yaacana * = n. begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'rngP. Sh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking, soliciting, request,
petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Klid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaachate = (1 ap) to beg, to plead
yaaci* = or f. a petition, request Ks'. on Pn. 3-3, 110.
yaacita* = mfn. asked, begged (borrowed) Mn. MBh. &c.; solicited or asked for (anything, aoc.), entreated, importuned
ib.; asked in marriage Vet.; required, requisite, necessary MW.; n. alms obtained by begging L.
yaacin* = mfn. (ifc.) asking, requesting Nir.
yaacaa *= f. begging, asking for (comp.), asking alms, mendicancy, any petition or request, prayer, entreaty TS. &c. &c.
({yAcJAM-kR}, to fulfil a request); the being a suitor, making an offer of marriage Kaths.
yaacya* = mfn. to be asked (esp. for alms) Mn. viii, 181 &c.; to be wooed ({-tA} f.) MBh.; to be required ib. Hariv.; n.
asking, making a request MBh.
yaadasaaM = of all aquatics
yaadrik.h = as it is
yaaji = worshiper
yaaksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {yakska}) belonging or peculiar to the Yakshas Snkhyak. Sch
yaama = one-eighth part of day, three yaamaas constitute one night
yaa4ma * = 1 m. (for 2. see below, for 3. see p. 851, col. 3) motion, course, going, progress RV. AV. Br.; a road, way,
path ib.; a carriage, chariot RV.; (ifc. f. {A}) a night-watch, period or watch of 3 hours, the 8th part of a day Mn. MBh.
&c.; pl. N. of a partic. class of gods MBh. Hariv. Pur. ({yama-syA7rkaH} w.r. for {yam-} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a daughter of
Daksha (wife of Dbarma or Manu; sometimes written {yAmi}) Hariv. Pur.; of an Apsaras Hariv. \\yAma * = 2 in comp.
for 2. {yA4man}. \\ * = 3 m. ( {yam}; for 1. 2. {yAma} see p. 850, col. 1) cessation, end TS.; restraint, forbearance (=
{yama}, {saMyama}) L.; ({yAma4}) mf({I4})n. (fr. {yama}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to or
derived from or destined for Yama Br. Kaus'. Mn.; n. N. of various Smans rshBr.
yaamini = night
yaamimaaM = all these
yaamuna = of the yamunaa river
yaan.h = those who
yaanti = undergo
yaana* = mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f. a path, course TS.
MaitrS. Kthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or
comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with {prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon,
vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means
of release from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-} or
{pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and the {hina-y-}
or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the {eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP.
Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end "'; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `" up to five "'; or with
another ind. word e.g. %{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as far as, as long as A1past. R. BhP.; till,
until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not, before BhP.); as soon as, the moment that Cat.; in as much as Pat.;
%{yA4vati} ind. as long as, as far as &c. S3Br. TBr.; %{yAvati-tAvati} Das3.
yaavachcha..ndrashcha = yAvat.h + chandraH + cha:till the moon and (sun last)
yaaja* = m. a sacrificer (in {ati-yAja4}) RV.; m. a sacrifice (cf. {upA7Mzu-}, {Rtu-y-} &c.); boiled rice or any food L.; N.
of a Brahmarshi MBh.
yaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sacrificing for others, the act of performing a sacrifice for (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.
yaana mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in %{-trA4}) RV.; (%{yA4nI}) f. a path, course TS.
MaitrS. Ka1t2h. (cf. g. %{gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or
comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with %{prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon,
vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means
of release from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the %{zrAvaka-yAna}, the %{pratyeka-buddha-y-} or
%{pratyeka-y-}, and the %{mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the %{mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and the
%{hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the %{eka-yAna}, or `" one way to
beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yaavat.h = by the time when
yaavat *= mf(%{atI})n. (fr. 3. %{ya}; correlative of %{tAvat} q.v.) as great, as large, as much, as many, as often, as
frequent, as far, as long, as old &c. (or how great &c. = quantus, quot or qualis) RV. &c. &c.
(%{yA4vantaH@ki4yantaH}, `" as many as "' TBr.; %{yA4vad@vA@yAvad@vA}, `" as much as possible "' S3Br.;
%{yAvat@tAvat}, `" so much as "', in alg. applied to the first unknown quantity [= x] or so much of the unknown as its
co-efficient number; in this sense also expressed by the first syllable %{yA} cf. IW. 182; %{iti@yAvat} in Comms. `" just
so much "', `" only so "', `" that is to say "', `" such is the explanation "'); ind. as greatly as, as far as, as much or as
many as; as often as, whenever; as long as, whilst; as soon as, the moment that, until that, till, until RV. &c. &c. (in
these senses used with either pres. Pot. fut. impf., or aor., or with the simple copula). %{yAvat} with the 1st sg. of pres.,
rarely of Pot., may denote an intended action and may be translated by `" meanwhile "', `" just "'; %{yA4vad@yAvadtA4vat@tAvat}, `" as gradually as-so "' S3Br.; %{yAvan@na}, `" while not "', `" before "', `" till "'; `" if not "', `" whether
not "'; %{na@yAvattAvat}, `" scarcely-when "', `" no sooner-than "'; %{na@param}, or %{na@kevalam-yAvat}, `" not
only-but even. "' Sometimes %{yAvat} is also used as a preposition with a prec. or following acc., or with a following
abl., rarely dat. e.g. %{mAsam@ekaM@yAvat}, `" during one month "'; %{sUryo7dayaM@yAvat}, `" until sunrise "';
%{sarpa-vivaraM@yAvat}, `" up to the serpent's hole "'; %{yAvad} or %{yAvad-A@samApanAt}, `" until the
completion "'; %{yAvad@garbhasya@paripAkAya}, `" until the maturity of the fetus. "' Sometimes also with a nom.
followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end "'; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `" up to five "'; or with
another ind. word e.g. %{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as far as, as long as A1past. R. BhP.; till,
until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not, before BhP.); as soon as, the moment that Cat.; in as much as Pat.;
%{yA4vati} ind. as long as, as far as &c. S3Br. TBr.; %{yAvati-tAvati} Das3.
yaavantaH = as many as
yaavaan.h = all that
ya = who
yacchIla* = (for {-zIla}) mfn. having which disposition MBh.
yacchraddha* = (for {-zraddha}) mfn. having which faith or belief Bhag.
yac* = in comp. for {yad}
yad * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. and base in comp. of 3. %{ya}), who, which, what, whichever, whatever, that RV. &c. &c.
(with correlatives %{tad}, %{tyad}, %{etad}, %{idam}, %{adas}, %{tad@etad}, %{etad@tyad}, %{idaM@tad},
%{tad@idam}, %{tAdRza}, %{IdRza}, %{IdRz}, %{etAvad}, by which it is oftener followed than preceded; or the correl.
is dropped e.g. %{yas@tu@nA7rabhate@karma@kSipram@bhavati@nirdravyaH}, `" [he] indeed who does not begin
work soon becomes poor "' R.; or the rel. is dropped e.g. %{andhakam@bhartAraM@na@tyajet@sA@mahA-satI}, `"
Sanskrit Dictionary
she who does not desert a blind husband is a very faithful wife "' Vet. %{yad} is often repeated to express `" whoever "',
`" whatever "', `" whichever "', e.g. %{yo@yaH}, `" whatever man "'; %{yA@yA}, `" whatever woman;
%{yo@yaj@jayati@tasya@tat}, `" whatever he wins [in war] belongs to him "' Mn. vii, 96;
%{yad@yad@vadati@tad@tad@bhavati}, `" whatever he says is true "', or the two relatives may be separated by %{hi},
and are followed by the doubled or single correl. %{tad} e.g.
%{upyate@yad@dhi@yad@bIjam@tat@tad@eva@prarohati}, `" whatever seed is sown, that even comes forth "' Mn.
ix, 40; similar indefinite meanings are expressed by the relative joined with %{tad} e.g. %{yasmai@tasmai}, `" to any
one whatever "', esp. in %{yadvA@tadvA}, `" anything whatever "'; or by %{yaH} with %{kazca}, %{kazcana}, %{kazcit},
or [in later language, not in Manu] %{ko'pi} e.g. %{yaH@kazcit}, `" whosoever "'; %{yAni@kAni@ca@mitrANi}, `" any
friends whatsoever "'; %{yena@kenA7py@upA7yena}, `" by any means whatsoever. "' %{yad} is joined with %{tvad} to
express generalization e.g. %{zUdrAMs@tvad@yAMs@tvad}, `" either the S3u1dras or anybody else "' S3Br.; or
immediately followed by a pers. pron. on which it lays emphasis e.g. %{yo@'ham}, `" I that very person who "';
%{yas@tvaM@kathaM@vettha}, `" how do you know? "' S3Br.; it is also used in the sense of `" si quis "' e.g.
%{striyaM@spRzed@yaH}, `" should any one touch a woman. "' %{yad} is also used without the copula e.g.
%{andho@jaDaH@pITha@sarpI@saptatyA@sthavirazca@yaH}, `" a blind man, an idiot, a cripple, and a man seventy
years old "' Mn. viii, 394; sometimes there is a change of construction in such cases e.g. %{ye@ca@mAnuSAH} for
%{mAnuSAMz-ca} Mn. x, 86; the nom. sg. n. %{yad} is then often used without regard to gender or number and may
be translated by `" as regards "', `" as for "', e.g. %{kSatraM@vA@etad@vanaspatInAM@yan@nyag-rodhaH}, `" as for
the Nyag-rodha, it is certainly the prince among trees "' AitBr.; or by `" that is to say "', `" to wit "' e.g.
%{tato@devA@etaM@vajraM@dadRzur@yad@apaH}, `" the gods then saw this thunderbolt, to wit, the water "' S3Br.
%{yad} as an adv. conjunction generally = `" that "', esp. after verbs of saying, thinking &c., often introducing an oratio
directa with or without %{iti}; %{iti@yad}, at the end of a sentence = `" thinking that "', `" under the impression that "'
e.g. Ratna7v. ii, 2/8. %{yad} also = `" so that "', `" in order that "', `" wherefore "', `" whence "', `" as "', `" in as much as
"', `" since "', `" because "' [the correlative being %{tad}, `" therefore "'], `" when "', `" if "' RV. &c. &c.;
%{a4dha@ya4d}, `" even if "', `" although "' RV. %{yad@api} id. Megh. %{yad@u} - %{evam}, `" as - so "' S3vetUp.;
%{yad@uta}, `" that "' Ba1lar.; `" that is to say "', `" scilicet "' Ka1ran2d2. DivyA7v.; %{yat@kila}, `" that "' Prasannar.;
%{yac@ca}, `" if "', `" that is to say "' Car.; %{yac@ca-yac@ca}, `" both - and "' DivyA7v.; `" that "' [accord. to Pa1n2. 33, 148 after expressions of `" impossibility "', `" disbelief "', `" hope "', `" disregard "', `" reproach "' and, wonder "'];
%{yad@vA}, `" or else "', `" whether "' Ka1v. Ra1jat.; [%{yad@vA}, `" or else "', is very often in commentators]; `"
however "' Ba1lar.; %{yad@vA} - %{yadi@vA}, `" if-or it "' Bhag.; %{yad@bhUyasA}, `" for the most part "' DivyA7v.;
%{yat@satyam}, `" certainly "', `" indeed "', `" of course "' Mr2icch. Ratna7v.; %{yan@nu}, with 1st pers., `" what if I "',
`" let me DivyA7v.); m. = %{puruSa} Tattvas.
yadaa = when
yadaayuH = yat+AyuH
yadi = if
yadrichchhayaa = by its own accord
yadricchaa = out of its own accord * = mf({A})n. spontaneous, accidental pGri.; ({A}) f. self-will, spontaneity,
accident, chance (ibc. or {ayA} ind. spontaneously, by accident, unexpectedly), S'vetUP. Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) see {zabda}, below; {-tas} ind. by chance, accidentally BhP.; {--bhijJa} ({-cchA7bh-}) m. a voluntary or self-offered witness
Nr.; {-mAtra-tas} ind. only quite by accident Kaths.; {-lAbha-saMtuSTa} mfn. satisfied with obtaining what comes
spontaneously, easily satisfied Bhag.; {-zabada} m. `" chance-word "', a word neither derived from authority nor
possessing meaning S'is'.; {-saMvAda} m. accidental or spontaneous conversation Uttarar.; {-cchika} m. (scil. {putra}) a
son who offers himself for adoption MW.
yadeva = yat.h + eva: whatever + itself or alone
yadyat.h = whatever
yadyapi = even though
yadvat.h = as
yadvaa = whether
yaGYa = a sacrifice
Sanskrit Dictionary
yaGYaM = sacrifice
yaGYaH = performance of yajna
yaGYabhaavitaaH = being satisfied by the performance of sacrifices
yaGYavidaH = conversant with the purpose of performing sacrifices
yaGYashishhTa = of the result of such performances of yajna
yaGYashishhTaa = of food taken after performance of yajna
yaGYakshapita = being cleansed as the result of such performances
yaGYaaH = sacrifices
yaGYaat.h = from the performance of sacrifice
yaGYaanaaM = sacrifices
yaGYaaya = for the sake of Yaja (KRishhNa)
yaGYaarthaat.h = done only for the sake of Yaja, or Visnu
yaGYe = in sacrifice
yaGYena = by sacrifice
yaGYeshaH = lord of all sacrifices, worshipping rites
yaGYeshhu = in the performances of yajna, sacrifice
yaGYaiH = with sacrifices
yaja *= m. a word formed to explain %{yajus} S3Br.; (%{A}) f. N., of a female tutelary being (mentioned with Si1ta1,
S3ama1 and Bhu1ti) Pa1rGr2. \\ see also yAja.
yajata* = mf({A4})n. worthy of worship, adorable, holy, sublime RV. [cf. Zd. {yazata}]; m. a priest (= {Rtv-ij}) L.; the
moon L.; N. of S'iva L.; (with treya) of a Riishi (author of RV. v, 67, 68) Anukr.
yajati* = m. N. of those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb {yajati} is applied (as opp. to {juhoti}) KtyS'r. (cf. Kull.
on Mn. ii, 84).
yajatisthAna* = n. the place or position of the Vedi or sacrificial altar KtyS'r. Sch.
yajatra* = mf({A})n. worthy of worship or sacrifice, deserving adoration RV. VS. AV.; m. = {agnihotrin} L.; = {yAga} L.;
n. = {agni-hotra} L.
yajatha* = (only in slat. = {-thAya}, construed like an inf.) worship, sacrifice RV.
yajanta* = m. a sacrificer, worshipper (?) W.
yajas* = n. worship, sacrifice RV. viii, 40, 4 (= {yAga} Sy.)
yaja* = m. a word formed to explain {yajus} S'Br.; ({A}) f. N., of a female tutelary being (mentioned with St, S'am
and Bhti) PrGri.
yajanIya* = 1 mfn. (fr. prec.) relating to sacrifice or worship; n. (with or scil. {ahan}) a day of sacrifice or consecration
GriS'rS.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
son of Vivasvat and Chy) Hariv. BhP.; of one of Skanda's attendants (mentioned together with Ati-yama) MBh.; a
crow L. (cf. {-dUtaka}); a bad horse (whose limbs are either too small or too large) L.; ({I4}) f. N. of Yama's twin-sister
(who is identified in Postvedic mythology with the river-goddess Yamun) RV. &c. &c.; n. a pair, brace, couple L.; (in
gram.) a twin-letter (the consonant interposed and generally understood, but not written in practice, between a nasal
immediately preceded by one of the four other consonants in each class) Prt. Pat. on Pn. 1-1, 8; pitch of the voice,
tone of utterance, key Prt.
yamaH = the controller of death
yamaduutaanaaM = the messengers of the lord of death (yama)
yamana * mf({I})n. restraining, governing, managing VS.; m. the god Yama L.; n. the act of restraining &c. Hariv.
Rjat.; binding, tying L.; cessation, end L.
yamena = by Yama, the lord of Death
yamevaisha = yaM + eva + esha: him + itself or alone + this
yaM = one to whom
yana, see: yAna * =. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f. a path, course
TS. MaitrS. Kthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or
comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with {prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon,
vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means
of release from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-} or
{pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and the {hina-y-}
or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the {eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP.
Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yantavya * = mfn. to be restrained or checked or controlled MaitrS. MBh.
yantri (yantR) * = mfn. restraining, limiting, withholding from (loc.) A1past.; fixing, establishing RV. AV. VS. (f.
%{ya4ntrI}); granting, bestowing RV.; m. (ifc. also %{-tRka}) a driver (of horses or elephants), charioteer ib. &c. &c.; a
ruler, governor, manager, guide RV. Hariv.; %{yantAraH} among the %{yAcJA-karmANaH} Naigh. iii, 19.
yantra * = n. any instrument for holding or restraining or fastening, a prop, support, barrier RV. &c. &c.; a fetter,
band, tie, thong, rein, trace Mn. MBh.; a surgical instrument (esp. a blunt one, such as tweezers, a vice &c., opp. to
%{zastra}) Sus3r. Va1gbh.; any instrument or apparatus, mechanical contrivance, engine, machine, implement,
appliance (as a bolt or lock on a door, oars or sails in a boat, &c.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{kUpa-}, %{jala-}, %{taila-y-};
ibc. or ifc. often = mechanical, magical); restraint, force (%{eNa} ind. forcibly, violently) MW.; an amulet, mystical
diagram supposed to possess occult powers Katha1s. Pan5car. (cf. RTL. 203).
yantra = a design used in meditation
yantram.h = (n) machine
yantraagaaram.h = (n) factory
yantr * = (rather Nom. fr. %{yantra} see col. 3) cl. 10. P. (Dha1tup. xxxii, 3) %{yantrayati} (or 1. P. %{yantrati}), to
restrain, curb, bind (%{saMkocane}) Dha1tup.; to bind up, bandage Sus3r.
ya.ntu = reach us
yarhi: V* when because, whenever, as if, *= ind. (fr. 3. {ya}; correlative of {ta4rhi}, {eta4rhi}, but also followed by
{tadA}, {tatra}, {atha} &c.) when, at which time, whenever, while, whereas (with pres. or Pot., imp. aor. or pf.;
sometimes also with no verb) TS. AitBr. BhP.; since, as, because BhP.
yasha = Success
yashaH = fame
Sanskrit Dictionary
yashas.h = glory
yas'as *= n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth RV. AV. VS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; honour, glory, fame, renown AV.
&c. &c. (also personified as a son of Kma and Rati Hariv.; or of Dharma and Krti Pur.); an object of honour, a person
of respectability S'Br.; favour, graciousness, partiality RV.; N. of various Smans rshBr.; = {udaka}, water, or {anna},
food, or {dhana}, wealth Naigh.; ({yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful, splendid, worthy, excellent RV. AV.; honoured, respected,
venerated ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable ib.
yashaa.nsi = reputation
yas'oda*= mfn. conferring fame or renown L.; m. quicksilver L. (cf. {yazo-dhA}); ({A}) f. see 1. {yazo-dA}.
yas'odaa*= f. (of {yazoda}) N. of the daughter of a class of deceased ancestors Hariv.; of the wife of the cowherd Nanda
(Kriishna's foster-mother who nursed him immediately after his birth cf. IW. 332) Hariv. Pur. &c.; of the wife of Mahvra (and daughter of Samaravra) W.; {-garbha-sambhUtA} f. N. of Durg MBh.; {-nanda} (Hariv.), {-nandana}
(Pacar.), {-suta} (Cn.), m. `" Yas'o-d's son "', metron. of Kriishna. -2.\\*=mfn. bestowing fame or honour TS.; f. N.
of partic. bricks ib. pS'r.
yashovaan.h = man with fame
yashhTavyaM = must be performed
yashhTikaasana = the stick posture
yashhTikriiDaa = (f) dandia (a dance using wooden sticks)
yasmaat.h = from whom *= ind. (abl. of 3. %{ya}, correlative of %{tasmAt}, %{tatas}, %{tad} &c.) from which, from
which cause, since, as, because Mn. MBh. &c. that, in order that R.
yasmai = that person to whom
yasmin.h = in which
yasya = whose, * to be endeavored, to be killed, to be one oines way, to be gone
yasyaaM = in which
yazas *= n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth RV. AV. VS. S3Br. Gr2S3rS.; honour, glory, fame, renown
AV. &c. &c. (also personified as a son of Ka1ma and Rati Hariv.; or of Dharma and Ki1rti Pur.); an object of honour, a
person of respectability S3Br.; favour, graciousness, partiality RV.; N. of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.; = %{udaka}, water,
or %{anna}, food, or %{dhana}, wealth Naigh.; (%{yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful, splendid, worthy, excellent RV. AV.;
honoured, respected, venerated ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable ib.
yazasya *= mfn. conferring fame or renown, famous, creditable, glorious TS. &c. &c.; honoured, celebrated R.; stately,
decent Car.; (%{A}) f. N. of various plants (= %{Rddhi}, %{jIvantI} &c.) L.
yat V*= that which, which, whatever, because, as* = 1 mfn. (pr. p. of 5. {i}) going, moving RV. &c. &c. ({abde yati}, in
this year L.) \\ 2 cl. 1. . (prob. connected with {yam} and orig. meaning, to stretch "' Dhtup. ii, 29) {ya4tate} (Ved.
and ep. also P. {-ti}; p. {ya4tamAna}, {ya4tAna} and {yatAna4} RV.; pf. {yete}, 3. pl. {yetire} ib. &c.; aor. {ayatiSTa} Br.;
fut. {yatiSyate} Br., {-ti} MBh.; inf. {yatitum} MBh.; ind. p. {-ya4tya} MBh.), (P.) to place in order, marshal, join,
connect RV.; (P. or .) to keep pace, be in line, rival or vie with (instr.) ib.; (.) to join (instr.), associate with (instr.),
march or fly together or in line ib.; to conform or comply with (instr.) ib.; to meet, encounter (in battle) ib. Br.; to seek
to join one's self with, make for, tend towards (loc.) ib.; to endeavour to reach, strive after, be eager or anxious for (with
loc. dat. acc. with or without {prati}, once with gen.; also with {arthe}, {arthAya}, {artham} and {hetos} ifc.; or with
inf.) Mn. MBh. Kv. &c.; to exert one's self, take pains, endeavour, make effort, persevere, be cautious or watchful ib.;
to be prepared for (acc.) R.: Caus. (or cl. 10 Dhtup. xxxiii, 62) {yAta4yati} (or {-te}; aor. {ayIyatat}; Pass. {yAtyate}), to
join, unite (. intrans.) RV.; to join or attach to (loc.), P PacavBr.; to cause to fight AitBr.; to strive to obtain anything
(acc.) from (abl.) Mlav.; (rarely .) to requite, return, reward or punish, reprove (as a fault) RV. &c. &c. [841, 1]; (.)
to surrender or yield up anything (acc) to (acc. or gen.) MBh.; (P. .) to distress, torture, vex, annoy BhP.; accord. to
Dhtup. also {nikAre} (others {nirAkAre} or {khede}) and {upaskAre}: Desid. {yiyatiSate} Gr.: Intens. {yAyatyate} and
Sanskrit Dictionary
{yAyatti} ib.
yata * = see under %{yam}, p. 845.\\mfn. restrained, held in, held forth, kept down or limited, subdued, governed,
controlled &c. RV. &c. &c. (cf. comp. below); n. restraint (?) see %{yataM-kara4}; the spurring or guiding of an
elephant by means of the rider's feet L.
yaata * = mfn. gone, proceeded, marched (n. also impers.) RV. &c. &c.; gone away, fled, escaped MBh. Ka1v. &c.; passed
by, elapsed Hariv. Var.; entered upon, pursued (as a path) R.; gone to, come or fallen into (acc. loc, or comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; situated (as a heavenly body) VarBr2S.; become, turned out (%{kva@tad@yAtam}, what has become of this?
) Hariv.; known, understood Pat.; n. motion, progress, gait, course, drive RV. &c. &c.; the place where a person has gone
Pa1n2. 2-3, 68 Sch.; the past time (opp. to %{an-Agatam}, the future) VarBr2S.; the guiding or driving of an elephant
with a goad L.
yat.h = to strive
yata = controlled
yataH = because; VB: from whom, by which, wherein, wherever, whereupon, as it is so
yatachitta = controlling the mind
yatachittasya = whose mind is controlled
yatachittaatmaa = always careful in mind
yatachetasaaM = who have full control over the mind
yatamaanaH = endeavoring
yatantaH = fully endeavoring
yatana* = n. making effort or exertion W.
yatanti = endeavor
yatataH = while endeavoring
yatataa = while endeavoring
yatataaM = of those so endeavoring
yatati = endeavors
yatate = (1 app) to attempt, to try
yatayaH = enlightened persons
yatasyataH = wherever
yataatma = self-controlled
yataatmanaaH = engaged in self-realization
yataatmavaan.h = self-situated
yathaa * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pli {seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in
Prkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam},
{tum}, {tunc}.]
yathaa * = * = ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or way, according as,
Sanskrit Dictionary
as, like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by correl. {tathA}, {tathA tathA},
{tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841, 3]; {yathAtathA} or {yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here
follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or Subj., later also
with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed after the first word of a sentence; sometimes
with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `" believing "', `" hearing "', `"
doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of the sentence) Up. MBh. Kv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as,
because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam},
expressing `" admiration "') Pn. 8-1, 37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP.
({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in
proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `" in
whatever manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in
any way "', `" somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yatha* = for {yathA} before {R} and {r} = {R}.
yathocita * = mfn. accordant with propriety or equity, fit, suitable, becoming R. Hit. &c.; ibc. (Katha1s.) or %{am} ind.
(R. BhP. &c.) suitably, fitly.
yati = Mendicant * = 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2 and p. 845) a disposer RV. vii, 13, 1 (Sy. `" a giver "'); `" a striver "',
an ascetic, devotee, one who has restrained his passions and abandoned the world Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 131); N. of
a mythical race of ascetics (connected with the Bhriigus and said to have taken part in the creation of the world) RV. &c.
&c.; N. of a son of Brahm BhP.; of a son of Nahusha MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vis'vmitra MBh.; N. of S'iva MBh.;
= {nikAra} or {kAra} L.\\ 2 (fr. 3. {ya} correlative of {ta4ti}; declined only in pl. nom. acc. {ya4ti}), as many as (= Lat.
{quot}), as often, how many or often RV. (for 1. and 3. {yati} see col. 1 and p. 845).\\3 f. (for 1. and 2. see p. 841, cols. 1
and 2) restraint, control, guidance TS. Br.; stopping, ceasing, a pause (in music) Sangt.; a caesura (in prosody) Ping.;
(also {I}) f. a widow L.
yatiinaaM = of the saintly persons
yatna = effort *= m. activity of will, volition, aspiring after Kan2. Bha1sha1p.; performance, work Bhar.; (also pl.)
effort, exertion, energy, zeal, trouble, pains, care, endeavour after (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (%{yatnaM} with
%{kR}, %{A-sthA}, %{samA-sthA}, %{A-dhA} and loc. or inf., `" to make an effort or attempt "', take trouble or pains
for "'; %{yatnena} or %{-tnais}, `" with effort "', `" carefully "', `" eagerly "', `" strenuously "' [also %{yatna} ibc.];
%{yatnenA7pi}, `" in spite of every effort "'; %{yatnair@vinA}, `" without effeffort "'; %{yatnAt}, with or
notwithstanding effeffort; %{mahato@yatnAt} "', with great effeffort "', `" very carefully "'); a special or express
remark or statement A1pS3r. Sch.
yatnaM = effort
yatra = wherein
yathaa = just as (or how) * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pli {seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-}
S'Br.) Jain. (in Prkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]\\ ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or
way, according as, as, like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by correl.
{tathA}, {tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "'
[841,3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also {tad
yathA}, `" as here follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or
Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed after the first word of a
sentence; sometimes with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `"
believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of the sentence) Up. MBh. Kv. &c.;
as soon as Megh.; as, because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.;
how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pn. 8-1, 37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (=
{yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in that manner "', `"
according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more;
{yathA tathA}, `" in whatever manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `" really not "';
{yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `" somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if
"').
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
yoshit* = f. = {yoSaNA} (also applied to the females of animals and to inanimate things e.g. {yoSito mantrAH}, `"
female magical texts "') RV. &c. &c.
yoshitaa* = f. a woman, wife MundUp. Sch.
yos * = ind. (only in {za4M yo4H} and {za4M ca yo4z ca}) welfare, health, happiness R
yuddha = Planetary War
yuddhaM = war
yuddhavishaaradaaH = experienced in military science
yuddhaat.h = than fighting
yuddhaaya = for the sake of fighting
yuddhe = in the fight
yudhaamanyuH = Yudhamanyu
yudhi = in the fight
yudhishhThiraH = Yudhisthira
yudhiSThira * = m. (for %{-sthira}) `" firm or steady in battle "'N. of the eldest of the 5 reputed sons of Pa1n2d2u
(really the child of Pr2itha1 or Kunti1, Pa1n2d2u's wife, by the god Dharma or Yama, whence he is often called Dharmaputra or Dharma-ra1ja; he ultimately succeeded Pa1n2d2u as king, first reigning over Indra-prastha, and afterwards,
when the Kuru princes were defeated, at Hastina1-pura; cf. IW. 379 &c.) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a
Hariv.; of two kings of Kas3mi1ra Ra1jat.; of a potter Pan5cat.; (with %{maho7pA7dhyAya}) of a preceptor Cat.; pl. the
descendants of Yudhi-sht2hira (son of Pa1n2d2u) Pa1n2. 2-4, 66 Sch.; %{-vijaya} (or %{-dig-v-}) m. N. of a poem by
Va1sudeva Parama-s3iva-yogin of Kerala. [855,2]
yudhya = fight
yudhyate = (4 ap) to fight
yudhyasva = fight
yuga = World Ages
yugapat.h = simultaneously
yugale = dual
yugala* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) a pair, couple, brace Kv. Pur. Pacat. &c. ({-lo-bhU}, to be yoked or united with); `"
double prayer "'N. of a prayer to Lakshm and Nryana L.
yugalaja* = m. du. twins HParis'.
yugalaka* = n. a pair, couple, brace Kaths.; a double S'loka (= {yuga} q.v.) Rjat.
yugalAya* = Nom. . {-yate}, to be like or represent a pair (of anything) Kv.
yugaMdhara * = mf({A})n. holding or bearing the yoke (?) MBh.; m. n. the pole of a carriage or wood to which the yoke
is fixed MBh.; m. a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R.; N. of a king Hariv. Pur.; of a mountain MBh. (with
Buddhists one of the 8 mountains Dharmas. 125); of a forest Pacar.; pl. N. of a people MBh. VarBriS. VP.
yugapad * = ind. `" being in the same yoke or by the side of each other "', together, at the same time, simultaneously (`"
with "' instr. Pn. 2-1, 6 Sch.; cf. {yuga-za4ram}) GriS'rS. &c. &c.; ({-pat}){-karman} n. a simultaneous action Lthy.;
Sanskrit Dictionary
({-pat}) {-kAla} mfn. taking place at the same time pS'r.; ({-pat}) {-prA7pti} f. reaching simultaneously s'vGri.; ({pad}) {-bhAva} m. simultaneousness KtyS'r.
yuga4-bhanga * = m. the breaking of a yoke Kath
yuge = millennium
yugma *= mf(%{A})n. even (as opp. to `" odd "') Gr2S3rS. Mn. &c.; n. a pair, couple, brace S3a1n3khGr2. Ya1jn5. R.
&c.; twins Sus3r.; (in astron.) the sign of the zodiac Gemini; a double S3loka (cf. %{yuga}) Ra1jat.; junction, confluence
(of two streams) R.; often w.r. for %{yugya}.
yuj.h = to yoke, join, concentrate on
yujya *= mfn. connected, related, allied RV. AV.; homogeneous, similar, equal in rank or power RV.; suitable, proper,
capable RV. VS.; n. union, alliance, relationship RV. (with %{jamad-agneH}) N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr. (v.l. %{yugya}).
yujyate = is engaged
yujyasva = engage (fight)
yukta = used* = mfn. yoked or joined or fastened or attached or harnessed to (loc. or instr.) RV. &c. &c.; set to work,
made use of, employed, occupied with, engaged in, intent upon (instr. loc. or comp.) ib.; ready to, prepared for (dat.)
MBh.; absorbed in abstract meditation, concentrated, attentive RV. &c. &c.; skilful, clever, experienced in, familiar with
(loc.) MBh. R.; joined, united, connected, combined, following in regular succession RV. S'nkhS'r. Var. BhP. ({a4m}
ind. in troops S'Br.); furnished or endowed or filled or supplied or provided with, accompanied by, possessed of (instr.
or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [853, 3]; come in contact with (instr.) R.; (in astron.) being in conjunction with (instr.)
s'vGri.; (ifc.) added to, increased by (e.g. {catur-yuktA viMzatiH}, twenty increased by four i.e. 24) VarBriS.; (ifc.)
connected with, concerning KtyS'r.; (ifc.) subject to, dependent on MBh.; fitted, adapted, conforming or adapting one's
self to, making use of (instr. e.g. {yuktaH kAlena yaH}, one who makes use of the right opportunity) Km.; fit, suitable,
appropriate, proper, right, established, proved, just, due, becoming to or suitable for (gen. loc. or comp., e.g. {Ayatiyukta}, suitable for the future; or ibc. see below; {yuktam} with {yad} or an inf. = it is fit or suitable that or to; {na
yuktam bhavatA}, it is not seemly for you) Mn. MBh. &c.; auspicious, favourable (as fate, time &c.) Mn. R.; prosperous,
thriving R.; (with {tathA}) faring or acting thus MBh.; (in gram.) primitive (as opp. to `" derivative "') Pn. 1-2, 51; m.
N. of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv.; of a Riishi under Manu Bhautya ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L. (cf. {yukta-rasA}); n. a
team, yoke S'Br.; junction, connection Pn. 2-3, 4; 8 &c.; fitness, suitableness, propriety ({am} ind. fitly, suitably, justly,
properly, rightly; {e4na}, properly, suitably RV. v, 27, 3; {buddhi-yuktena}, conformably to reason Rjat.)
yuktasena* = mfn. one whose army is ready (for marching) Sus'r.; {-nIya} mfn. relating to him ib.
yuktaH = dovetailed
yuktachetasaH = their minds engaged in Me
yuktatamaH = the greatest yogi
yuktatamaaH = most perfect in yoga
yuktasya = engaged
yuktaa = with
yuktaaH = engaged
yuktaatma = having the mind firmly set on
yuktaatmaa = self-connected
yuktakrit* = (BhP.) mfn. acting properly or suitably.
yuktatva* = n. application, employment KtyS'r.; fitness, propriety ({a-y-}) Veda7ntas.
Sanskrit Dictionary
Sanskrit Dictionary
yuyudhaanaH = Yuyudhana
yuvan.h = young
yuvaa = the two youths
yuutha = (neut) collection, troop
contentsb.